initial commit of ebook 11866HEADmain

34 files changed, 54832 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/11866-0.txt b/11866-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e00067c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/11866-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10390 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 11866 ***
+
+Editorial notes:    Daniel Defoe's tale of Robinson Crusoe was first
+                    published in 1719. Numerous--almost countless--
+                    versions were published subsequently. Several are
+                    available in Project Gutenberg's library, including
+                    our e-books #521, 561, 5902, 6328, 6936, and 11239
+                    (https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/521 etc.). Various
+                    tales have been included in the different versions,
+                    usually under the names of "The Adventures of
+                    Robinson Crusoe," "The Further Adventures of
+                    Robinson Crusoe," and "Robinson Crusoe's Vision of
+                    the Angelic World." Even an account of the
+                    adventures of Alexander Selkirk, who was marooned
+                    for four years on an island in the Pacific Ocean,
+                    has been incorporated into some versions of the
+                    Robinson Crusoe stories. All of these tales are
+                    incorporated into this e-book taken from an 1801
+                    edition.
+
+                    Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+                    file which includes the original illustrations.
+                    See 11866-h.htm or 11866-h.zip:
+                    (https://www.gutenberg.org/files/11866/11866/11866.htm)
+                    or
+                    (https://www.gutenberg.org/files/11866/11866.zip)
+
+
+Transcriber's Note: Several pages (23, 90, 134, and 224-226) of the
+                    original book were unavailable for scanning. Page
+                    images of the identical text were subsequently
+                    made available by the University of Florida Baldwin
+                    Library of Historical Children's Literature and
+                    have been added to this e-book. The page images can
+                    be seen by the reader at
+                    http://www.uflib.ufl.edu/UFDC/UFDC.aspx?s=defoe&m=hd1J&i=53904
+
+
+
+
+
+THE
+
+LIFE
+
+AND MOST
+
+SURPRISING ADVENTURES
+
+OF
+
+ROBINSON CRUSOE,
+
+OF YORK, MARINER.
+
+WHO LIVED EIGHT AND TWENTY YEARS IN AN
+UNINHABITED ISLAND, ON THE COAST OF
+AMERICA, NEAR THE MOUTH OF THE
+GREAT RIVER OROONOQUE,
+
+Including an Account of
+
+HIS DELIVERANCE THENCE, AND HIS AFTER
+SURPRISING ADVENTURES.
+
+WITH
+
+HIS VISION OF THE ANGELIC WORLD.
+
+AN IMPROVED EDITION,
+
+Illustrated with eight Engravings, from Original designs.
+
+To which is annexed,
+
+THE REMARKABLE HISTORY OF
+
+ALEXANDER SELKIRK;
+
+Who lived four years and four months in a state of Solitude,
+on the Island of Juan Fernandez, in the Pacific Ocean,
+
+1801
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FRONTISPIECE.
+
+
+
+[Illustration: I Was Wrapt Up In Contemplation And Often Lifted
+Up My Hands, With The Profoundest Humility, To
+The Divine Powers, For Saving My Life, When The
+Rest Of My Companions Were All Drowned.
+_Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin_.]
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+If ever the story of any private man's adventures in the world were
+worth making public, and were acceptable when published, the Editor of
+this account thinks this will be so.
+
+The wonders of this man's life exceed all that (he thinks) is to be
+found extant; the life of one man being scarce capable of a
+greater variety.
+
+The story is told with modesty, with seriousness, and with a religious
+application of events to the uses to which wise men always apply them,
+viz. to the instruction of others by this example, and to justify and
+honour the wisdom of Providence in all the variety of our circumstances,
+let them happen how they will.
+
+The editor believes this narrative to be a just history of fact; neither
+is their any appearance of fiction in it: and though he is well aware
+there are many, who on account of the very singular preservations the
+author met with, will give it the name of romance; yet in which ever of
+these lights it shall be viewed, he imagines, that the improvement of
+it, as well as the diversion, as to the instruction of the reader, will
+be the same; and as such, he thinks, without farther compliment to the
+world, he does them a great service in the publication.
+
+
+
+THE
+
+LIFE AND ADVENTURES
+
+OF
+
+ROBINSON CRUSOE.
+
+
+I was born at York, in the year 1632, of a reputable family. My father
+was a native of Bremen, who by merchandizing at Hull for some time,
+gained a very plentiful fortune. He married my mother at York, who
+received her first breath in that country: and as her maiden name was
+Robinson, I was called _Robinson Kreutznaer_: which not being easily
+pronounced in the English tongue, we are commonly known by the name
+of Crusoe.
+
+I was the youngest of three brothers. The eldest was a lieutenant
+colonel in Lochart's regiment, but slain by the Spaniards: what became
+of the other, I could never learn.
+
+No charge or pains were wanting in my education.--My father designed me
+for the law; yet nothing would serve me but I must go to sea, both
+against the will of my father, the tears of my mother, and the
+entreaties of friends. One morning my father expostulated very warmly
+with me: What reason, says he, have you to leave your native country,
+where there must be a more certain prospect of content and happiness, to
+enter into a wandering condition of uneasiness and uncertainty? He
+recommended to me Augur's wish, "Neither to desire poverty nor riches:"
+that a middle state of life was the most happy, and that the high
+towering thoughts of raising our condition by wandering abroad, were
+surrounded with misery and danger, and often ended with confusion and
+disappointment. I entreat you, nay, I command you, (says he) to desist
+from these intentions. Consider your elder brother, who laid down his
+life for his honour, or rather lost it for his disobedience to my will.
+If you will go (added he) my prayers shall however be offered for your
+preservation; but a time may come, when, desolate, oppressed, or
+forsaken, you may wish you had taken your poor despised father's
+counsel.--He pronounced these words with such a moving and paternal
+eloquence, while floods of tears ran down his aged cheeks, that it
+seemed to stem the torrent of my resolutions. But this soon wore, off,
+and a little after I informed my mother, that I could not settle to any
+business, my resolutions were so strong to see the world; and begged she
+would gain my father's consent only to go one voyage; which, if I did
+not prove prosperous, I would never attempt a second. But my desire was
+as vain as my folly in making. My mother passionately expressed her
+dislike of this, proposal, telling me, "That as she saw I was bent upon
+my own destruction, contrary to their will and my duty, she would say no
+more; but leave me to do whatever I pleased."
+
+I was then, I think, nineteen years old, when one time being Hull; I met
+a school-fellow of mine, going along with his father, who was master of
+a ship, to London; and acquainted him with my wandering desires; he
+assured me of a free passage, and a plentiful share of what was
+necessary. Thus, without imploring a blessing, or taking farewell of my
+parents, I took shipping on the first of September 1651. We set sail
+soon after, and our ship had scarce left the Humber astern, when there
+arose so violent a storm, that, being extremely sea-sick, I concluded
+the judgment of God deservedly followed me for my disobedience to my
+dear parents. It was then I called to mind, the good advice of my
+father; how easy and comfortable was a middle state of life; and I
+firmly resolved, if it pleased God to set me on dry land once more, I
+would return to my parents, implore their forgiveness, and bid a final
+adieu to my wandering inclinations.
+
+Such were my thoughts while the storm continued: but these good
+resolutions decreased with the danger; more especially when my companion
+came to me, clapping me on the shoulder: "What, Bob!" said he, "sure you
+was not frightened last night with scarce a capful of wind?"--"And do
+you" cried I, "call such a violent storm a capful of wind?"--"A storm,
+you fool you," said he, "this is nothing; a good ship and sea-room
+always baffles such a foolish squall of wind as that: But you're a fresh
+water sailor: Come boy, turn out, see what fine weather we have now, and
+a good bowl of punch will drown all your past sorrows." In short, the
+punch was made, I was drunk and in one night's time drowned both my
+repentance and my good resolutions, forgetting entirely the vows and
+promises I made in my distress: and whenever any reflections would
+return on me, what by company, and what by drinking, I soon mastered
+those fits, as I deridingly called them. But this only made way for
+another trial, whereby I could not but see how much I was beholden to
+kind Providence.
+
+Upon the sixth day we came to an anchor in Harwich road, where we lay
+wind bound with some Newcastle ships; and there being good anchorage,
+and our cables found, the seamen forgot their late toil and danger, and
+spent the time as merry as if they had been on shore. But on the eight
+day there arose a brisk gale of wind, which prevented our tiding it up
+the river; and still increasing, our ship rode forecastle in, and
+shipped several large seas.
+
+It was not long before horror seized the seamen themselves, and I heard
+the master express this melancholy ejaculation, "Lord have mercy upon
+us, we shall be all, lost and undone!" For my part, sick unto death, I
+kept my cabin till the universal and terribly dreadful apprehensions of
+our speedy fate made me get upon deck; and there I was affrighted
+indeed. The sea went mountains high: I could see nothing but distress
+around us; two ships had cut their masts on board, and another was
+foundered; two more that had lost their anchors, were forced out to the
+mercy of the ocean; and to save our lives we were forced to cut our
+foremast and mainmast quite away.
+
+Who is their so ignorant as not to judge of my dreadful condition? I was
+but a fresh-water sailor and therefore it seemed more terrible. Our ship
+was very good, but over-loaded; which made the sailors often cry out,
+"She would founder!" Words I then was ignorant of. All this while the
+storm continuing, and rather increasing, the master and the most sober
+part of his men went to prayers, expecting death every moment. In the
+middle of the night one cried out, "We had sprung a leak;" another,
+"That there was four feet water in the hold." I was just ready to expire
+with fear, when immediately all hands were called to the pump; and the
+men forced me also in that extremity to share with them in their labour.
+While thus employed, the master espying some light colliers, fired a gun
+as a signal of distress; and I, not understanding what it meant, and
+thinking that either the ship broke, or some dreadful thing happened,
+fell into a swoon. Even in that common condition of woe, nobody minded
+me, excepting to thrust me aside with their feet, thinking me dead, and
+it was a great while before I recovered.
+
+Happy it was for us, when, upon the signal given, they ventured out
+their boats to save our lives. All our pumping had been in vain, and
+vain had all our attempts been, had they not come to our ship's side,
+and our men cast them a rope over the stern with a buoy to it, which
+after great labour they got hold of, and we hauling them up to us got
+into their boat, and left our ship which we perceived sink within less
+than a quarter of an hour; and thus I learned what was meant by
+_foundering at sea._ And now the men incessantly laboured to recover
+their, own ship; but the sea ran so high, and the wind blew so hard,
+that they thought it convenient to hale within shore; which, with great
+difficulty and danger, at last we happily effected landing at a place
+called _Cromer_, not far from Winterton lighthouse; from whence we all
+walked to Yarmouth, where, as objects of pity, many good people
+furnished us with necessaries to carry us either to Hull or London.
+
+Strange, after all this, like the prodigal son, I did not return to my
+father; who hearing of the ship's calamity, for a long time thought me
+entombed in the deep. No doubt but I should have _shared on his fatted
+calf_, as the scripture expresseth it; but my ill fate still pusheth me
+on, in spite of the powerful convictions of reason and conscience.
+
+When we had been at Yarmouth three days, I met my old companion, who had
+given me the invitation to go on board along with his father. His
+behaviour and speech were altered, and in a melancholy manner asked me
+how I did, telling his father who I was, & how I had made this voyage
+only for a trial to proceed further abroad. Upon which the old gentleman
+turning to me gravely, said, "Young man, you ought never to go to sea
+any more, but to take this for a certain sign that you never will
+prosper in a sea-faring condition." "Sir" answered I, "will you take the
+same resolution?" "It is a different case," said he, "it is my calling,
+and consequently my duty; but as you have made this voyage for a trial,
+you see what ill success heaven has set before your eyes; and perhaps
+our miseries have been on your account, like _Jonah_ in the ship of
+_Tarshish_. But pray what are you, and on what account did you go to
+sea?" Upon which I very freely declared my whole story: at the end of
+which he made this exclamation: "Ye sacred powers: what had I committed,
+that such a wretch should enter into my ship to heap upon me such a
+deluge of miseries!" But soon recollecting his passion, "Young man" said
+he, "if you do not go back, depend upon it, wherever you go, you will
+meet with disasters and disappointments till your father's words are
+fulfilled upon you." And so we parted.
+
+I thought at first to return home; but shame opposed that good motion,
+as thinking I should be laughed at by my neighbours and acquaintance. So
+strange is the nature of youth, who are not ashamed to sin, but yet
+ashamed to repent; and so far from being ashamed of those actions for
+which they may be acounted fools, they think it folly to return to their
+duty, which is the principal mark of wisdom. In short I travelled up to
+London, resolving upon a voyage, and a voyage I soon heard of, by my
+acquaintance with a captain who took a fancy to me, to go to the coast
+of Guinea. Having some money, and appearing like a gentleman, I went on
+board, not as a common sailor or foremast man; nay, the commander agreed
+I should go that voyage with him without any expence; that I should be
+his messmate and companion, and I was very welcome to carry any thing
+with me, and make the best merchandise I could.
+
+I blessed my happy fortune, and humbly thanked my captain for this
+offer; and acquainting my friends in Yorkshire, forty pounds were sent
+me, the greatest part of which my dear father and mother contributed to,
+with which I bought toys and trifles, as the captain directed me. My
+captain also taught me navigation, how to keep an account of the ship's
+course, take an observation, and led me into the knowledge of several
+useful branches of the mathematics. And indeed this voyage made me both
+a sailor and a merchant; for I brought home five pounds nine ounces of
+gold-dust for my adventure which produced, at my return to London,
+almost three hundred pounds. But in this voyage I was extremely sick,
+being thrown into a violent calenture through the excessive heat,
+trading upon the coast from the latitude of fifteen degrees north, even
+to the line itself.
+
+But alas! my dear friend the captain soon departed this life after his
+arrival. This was a sensible grief to me; yet I resolved to go another
+with his mate, who had now got command of the ship. This proved a very
+unsuccessful one; for though I did not carry quite a hundred pounds of
+my late acquired wealth, (so that I had two hundred pounds left, which I
+reposed with the captain's widow, who was an honest gentlewoman) yet my
+misfortunes in this unhappy voyage were very great. For our ship sailing
+towards the Canary islands, we were chased by a Salee rover; and in
+spite of all the haste we could make by crowding as much canvas as our
+yards could spread, or our masts carry, the pirate gained upon us, to
+that we prepared ourselves to fight. They had eighteen guns, and we had
+but twelve. About three in the afternoon there was a desperate
+engagement, wherein many were killed and wounded on both sides; but
+finding ourselves overpowered with numbers, our ship disabled and
+ourselves too impotent to have the least hopes of success, we were
+forced to surrender; and accordingly were all carried prisoners into the
+port of Salee. Our men were sent to the Emperor's court to be sold
+there, but the pirate captain taking notice of me, kept me to be his
+own slave.
+
+In this condition, I thought myself the most miserable creature on
+earth, and the prophecy of my father came afresh into my thoughts.
+However, my condition was better than I thought it to be, as will soon
+appear. Some hopes indeed I had that my new patron would go to sea
+again, where he might be taken by a Spanish or Portuguese man of war,
+and then I should be set at liberty. But in this I was mistaken; for he
+never took me with him, but left me to look after his little garden, and
+do the drudgery of his house, and when he returned from sea, would make,
+me lie in the cabin, and look after the ship. I had no one that I could
+communicate my thoughts to, which were continually meditating my escape;
+no Englishman, Irishman, or Scotchman here but myself; and for two years
+I could see nothing practicable, but only pleased myself with the
+imagination.
+
+After some length of time, my patron, as I found, grew; so poor that he
+could not fit out his ship as usual; and then he used constantly, once
+or twice a week, if the weather was fair, to go out a fishing, taking me
+and a young Moresco Boy to row the boat; and to much pleased was he with
+me for my dexterity in catching the fish, that he would often send me
+with a Moor, who was one of his kinsemen, and the Moresco youth, to
+catch a dish of fish for him.
+
+One morning, as we were at the sport, there arose such a thick fog that
+we lost sight of the shore; and rowing we knew not which way, we
+laboured all the night, and in the morning found ourselves in the ocean,
+two leagues from land. However, we attained there at length, and made
+the greater haste, because our stomachs were exceedingly sharp and
+hungry. In order to prevent such disasters for the future, my patron
+ordered a carpenter to build a little state room or cabin in the middle
+of the long-boat, with a place behind it to steer and hale home the
+main-sheet, with other conveniences to keep him from the weather, as
+also lockers to put in all manner of provisions, with a handsome
+shoulder of mutton sail, gibing over the cabin.
+
+In this he frequently took us out a fishing: and one time inviting two
+or three persons of distinction to go with him, made provision
+extraordinary, providing also three fusees with powder and shot, that
+they might have some sport at fowling along the sea-coast. The next
+morning the boat was made clean, her ancient and pendants on, and every
+thing ready: but their minds altering, my patron ordered us to go a
+fishing, for that his guests would certainly sup with him that night.
+
+And now I began to think of my deliverance indeed. In order to this I
+persuaded to Moor to get some provisions on board, as not daring to
+meddle with our patron's: and he taking my advice, we stored ourselves
+with rusk biscuit, and three jars of water. Besides, I privately
+conveyed into the boat a bottle or brandy, some twine, thread, a hammer,
+hatchet, and a saw; and, in particular, some bees wax, which was a great
+comfort to me, and served to make candles. I then persuaded Muley (for
+so was the Moor called) to procure some powder and shot, pretending to
+kill sea curlues, which he innocently and readily agreed to. In short,
+being provided with all things necessary, we sailed out, resolving for
+my own part to make my escape, though it should cost me my life.
+
+When we had passed the castle, we fell a fishing; but though I knew
+there was a bite, I dissembled the matter, in order to put out further
+to sea. Accordingly we ran a league further; when giving the boy the
+helm, and pretending to stoop for something, I seized Muley by surprise
+and threw him overboard. As he was an excellent swimmer, he soon arose
+and made towards the boat; upon which I took out a fusee, and presented
+at him: "Muley" said I, "I never yet designed to do you any harm, and
+seek nothing now but my redemption. I know you are able enough to swim
+to shore, and save your life: but if you are resolved to follow me to
+the endangering of mine, the very moment you proceed, I will shoot you
+through the head." The harmless creature at these words, turned himself
+from me, and I make no doubt got safe to land. Them turning to the boy
+Xury, I perceived he trembled at the action: but I put him out of all
+fear, telling him, that if he would be true and faithful to me, I would
+do well by him. "And therefore," said I, "you must stroke your face to
+be faithful: and, as the Turks have learned you, swear by Mahomet, and
+the beard of your father, or else I will throw you into the sea also."
+So innocent did the child then look, and with such an obliging smile
+consented, that I readily believed him, and from that day forward began
+to love him entirely.
+
+We then pursued our voyage: and least they should think me gone to the
+Straits' mouth, I kept to the southward to the truly Barbarian coast;
+but in the dusk of the evening, I changed my course, and steering
+directly S. and by E. that I might keep near the shore: and, having a
+fresh gale of wind, with a pleasant smooth sea, by three o'clock next
+day I was one hundred and fifty miles beyond the Emperor of Morocco's
+dominions. Yet still having the dreadful apprehensions of being retaken,
+I continued sailing for five days successively, till such time as the
+wind shifting to the southward, made me conclude, that if any vessel was
+in the chase of me, they would proceed no farther. After so much fatigue
+and thought, I anchored at the mouth of a little river, I knew not what
+or where: neither did I then see, any people. What I principally wanted
+was fresh water; and I was resolved about dusk to swim ashore. But no
+sooner did the gloomy clouds of night begin to succeed the declining
+day, when we heard such barking, roaring, and howling of wild creatures,
+that one might have thought the very strongest monsters of nature, or
+infernal spirits had their residence there. Poor Xury, almost dead with
+fear, entreated me not to go on shore that night. "Supposing I don't,
+Xury," said I, "and in the morning we should see men who are worse than
+those we fear, what then?" "O den we may give dem de shoot gun," replied
+Xury, laughing, "and de gun make dem all run away."
+
+The wit and broken English which the boy had learned among the captives
+of our nation, pleased me entirely: and, to add to his cheerfulness I
+gave him a dram of the bottle: we could get but little sleep all the
+night for those terrible howlings they made; and, indeed, we were both
+very much affrighted, when, by the rollings of the water, and other
+tokens, we justly concluded one of these monsters made towards our boat.
+I could not see till it came within two oars length, when taking my
+fusee, I let fly at him. Whether I hit him or no, I cannot tell; but he
+made towards the shore, and the noise of my gun increased the
+stupendious noise of the monsters.
+
+The next morning I was resolved to go on shore to get fresh water, and
+venture my life among the beasts or savages should either attack me.
+Xury said, he would take one of the jars and bring me some. I asked him
+why he would go and not I? The poor boy answered, "If wild mans come
+they eat me, you go away." A mind scarcely now to be imitated, so
+contrary to self-preservation, the most powerful law of Nature. This
+indeed increased my affection to the child. "Well, dear Xury," said I,
+we will both go ashore, both kill wild mans, and they "shall eat neither
+of us." So giving Xury a piece of rusk-bread to eat, and a dram, we
+waded ashore, carrying nothing with us but our arms, and two jars for
+water. I did not go out of sight of the boat, as dreading the savages
+coming down the river in their canoes; but the boy seeing a low descent
+or vale about a mile in the country, he wandered to it: and then running
+back to me with great precipitation, I thought he was pursued by some
+savage or wild beast; upon which I approached, resolving to perish or
+protect him from danger. As he came nearer to me, I saw something
+hanging over his shoulders, which was a creature he had shot like a
+hare, but different in colour, and longer legs; however, we were glad of
+it, for it proved wholesome, and nourishing meat: but what added to our
+joy was, my boy assured me there was plenty of water, and that he _see
+no wild mans. _And greater still was our comfort when we found fresh
+water in the creek where we were when the tide was out, without going so
+far up into the country.
+
+In this place I began to consider that the Canary and Cape de Verde
+islands lay not for off: but having no instrument, I knew not what
+latitude, or when to stand off to sea for them; yet my hopes were, I
+should meet some of the English trading vessels, who would relieve and
+take us in.
+
+The place I was in was no doubt that wild country, inhabited only by a
+few, that lies between the Emperor of Morocco's dominions and the
+Negroes. It is filled with wild beasts and the Moors use it for hunting
+chiefly.--From this place I thought I saw the top of the mountain
+Teneriff in the Canaries: which made me try twice to attain it: but as
+often was I drove back, and so forced to pursue my fortune along shore.
+
+Early one morning we came to an anchor under a little point of land, but
+pretty high; and the tide beginning to flow, we lay ready to go further
+in--But Xury, whose youthful and penetrating eyes were sharper then
+mine, in a soft tone, desired me to keep far from land, lest we should
+be devoured, "For look yonder, mayter," said he, "and see de dreadful
+monster fast asleep on de side of de hill." Accordingly looking where he
+pointed, I espied a fearful monster indeed. It was a terrible great lion
+that lay on shore, covered as it were by a shade of a piece of the hill.
+"Xury," said I, "you shall go on shore and kill him." But the boy looked
+amazed: "Me kill him!" says he, "he eat me at one mouth:" meaning one
+mouthful. Upon which I bid him lie still, and charging my biggest gun
+with two slugs, and a good charge of powder, I took the best aim I could
+to shoot him through the head, but his leg lying over his nose, the slug
+broke his knee-bone. The lion awaking with the pain, got up, but soon
+fell down, giving the most hideous groan I ever heard: but taking my
+second piece, I shot him through the head, and then he lay struggling
+for life. Upon this Xury took heart and desired my leave to go on shore.
+"Go then," said I. Upon which taking a little gun in one hand, he swam
+to shore with the other, and coming close to the lion, put a period to
+his life, by shooting him again through the head.
+
+But this was spending our ammunition in vain, the flesh not being good
+to eat. Xury was like a champion, and comes on board for a hatchet, to
+cut of the head of his enemy: but not having strength to perform it, he
+cut off and brought me a foot. I bethought me, however, that his skin
+would be of use. This work cost Xury and me a whole day: when spreading
+it on the top of our cabin, the hot beams of the sun effectually dried
+it in two days time, and it afterwards served me for a bed to lie on.
+
+And now we sailed southerly, living sparingly on our provisions, and
+went no oftener on shore than we were obliged for fresh water. My design
+was to make the river Gambia or Senegal, or any where about the Cape de
+Verde, in hopes to meet some European ship. If Providence did not so
+favour me, my next course was to seek for the islands, or lose my life
+among the Negroes. And in a word, I put my whole stress upon this,
+"Either that I must meet with some ship or certainly perish."
+
+One day as we were sailing along, we saw people stand on the shore
+looking at us: we could also perceive they were black and stark naked. I
+was inclined to go on shore, but Xury cried, "No, no:" however, I
+approached nearer, and I found they run along the shore by me a good
+way. They had no weapons in their hands, except one, who held a long
+stick, which Xury told me was a lance, with which they could kill at a
+great distance. I talked to them by signs and made them sensible I
+wanted something to eat: they beckoned to me to stop my boat, while two
+of them ran up into the country, and in less than half an hour came
+back, and brought with them two pieces of dried flesh, and some corn,
+which we kindly accepted; and to prevent any fears on either side, they
+brought the food to the shore, laid it down, then went and stood a great
+way off till we fetched it on board, and then came close to us again.
+
+But while we were returning thanks to them, being all we could afford,
+two mighty creatures came from the mountains: one as it were pursuing
+the other with great fury, which we were the rather inclined to believe
+as they seldom appear but in the night: and both these swiftly passing
+by the Negroes, jumped into the sea, wantonly swimming about, as tho'
+the diversion of the waters had put a stop to their fierceness. At last
+one of them coming nearer to my boat than I expected or desired, I shot
+him directly through the head; upon which he sunk immediately, and yet
+rising again, would have willingly made the shore: but between the wound
+and the strangling of the water, he died before he could reach it.
+
+It is impossible to express the consternation the poor Negroes were in
+at the firing of my gun; much less can I mention their surprise, when
+they perceived the creature to be slain by it. I made signs to them to
+draw near it with a rope, and then gave it them to hale on shore. It was
+a beautiful leopard, which made me desire its skin: and the Negroes
+seeming to covet the carcase, I freely gave it to them. As for the other
+leopard, it made to shore, and ran with prodigious swiftness out of
+sight. The Negroes having kindly furnished me with water, and with what
+roots and grains their country afforded, I took my leave, and, after
+eleven days sail, came in sight of the Cape de Verde, and those islands
+called by its name. But the great distance I was from it, and fearing
+contrary winds would prevent my reaching them, I began to grow
+melancholy and dejected, when, upon a sudden, Xury cried out, "Master!
+Master! a ship with a sail!" and looked as affrighted as if it was his
+master's ship sent in search of us. But I soon discovered she was a
+Portuguese ship, as I thought bound to the coast of Guinea for Negroes.
+Upon which I strove for life to come up to them. But vain had it been,
+if through their perspective glasses they had not perceived me and
+shortened their sail to let me come up. Encouraged at this, I set up my
+patron's ancient, and fired a gun, both as signals of distress; upon
+which they very kindly lay to, so that in three hours time I came up
+with them. They spoke to me in Portuguese, Spanish, and French, but
+neither of these did I understand; till at length a Scots sailor called,
+and then I told him I was an Englishman, who had escaped from the Moors
+at Sallee: upon which they took me kindly on board, with all my effects.
+
+Surely none can express the inconceivable joy I felt at this happy
+deliverance! who from being a late miserable and forlorn creature was
+not only relieved, but in favour with the master of the ship, to whom,
+in return for my deliverance, I offered all I had. "God forbid," said
+he, "that I should take any thing from you. Every thing shall be
+delivered to you when you come to Brazil. If I have saved your life it
+is no more than I should expect to receive myself from any other, when
+in the same circumstances I should happen to meet the like deliverance.
+And should I take from you what you have, and leave you at Brazil, why,
+this would be only taking away a life I had given. My charity teaches me
+better. Those effects you have will support you there, and provide you a
+passage home again." And, indeed, he acted with the strictest justice in
+what he did, taking my things into his possession, and giving me an
+exact inventory, even to my earthen jars. He bought my boat of me for
+the ship's use, giving me a note of eighty pieces of eight, payable at
+Brazil; and if any body offered more, he would make it up. He also gave
+me 60 pieces for my boy Xury. It way with great reluctance I was
+prevailed upon to sell the child's liberty, who had served me so
+faithfully; but the boy was willing himself; and it was agreed, that
+after ten years he should be made free, upon his renouncing
+Mahometanism, and embracing Christianity.
+
+Having a pleasant voyage to the Brazils, we arrived in the Bay de Todos
+los Santos, or All Saints Bay, in twenty-two days after. And here I
+cannot forget the generous treatment of the captain. He would take
+nothing for my passage, gave me twenty ducats for the leopard's skin,
+and thirty for the lion's. Every thing he caused to be delivered, and
+what I would sell he bought. In short I made about 220 pieces of my
+cargo; and with this stock I entered once more, as I may say into the
+scene of life.
+
+Being recommended to an honest planter, I lived with him till such time
+as I was informed of the manner of their planting and making sugar; and
+seeing how well they lived, and how suddenly they grew rich, I was
+filled with a desire to settle among them, and resolved to get my money
+remitted to me, and to purchase a plantation.
+
+To be brief, I bought a settlement next door to an honest and kind
+neighbour, born at Lisbon, of English parents, whose plantation joining
+to mine, we improved it very amicably together. Both our stocks were
+low, and for two years we planted only for food: but the third year we
+planted some tobacco, and each of us dressed a large piece of ground the
+ensuing year for planting canes. But now I found how much I wanted
+assistance, and repented the loss of my dear boy Xury.
+
+Having none to assist me, my father's words came into my mind; and I
+used to ask myself, if what I sought was only a middle station of life,
+why could it not as well be obtained in England as here? When I pondered
+on this with regret, the thoughts of my late deliverance forsook me. I
+had none to converse with but my neighbour; no work to be done but by my
+own hands; it often made me say, my condition was like to that of a man
+cast upon a desolate island. So unhappy are we in our reflections, so
+forgetful of what good things we receive ourselves, and so unthankful
+for our deliverance from these calamities that others endure.
+
+I, was in some measure settled, before the captain who took me up
+departed from the Brazils. One day I went to him, and told him what
+stock I had in London, desiring his assistance in getting it remitted;
+to which the good gentleman readily consented, but would only have me
+send for half my money, lest it should miscarry; which, if it did, I
+might still have the remainder to support me: and so taking letters of
+procuration of me, bid me trouble myself no farther about it.
+
+And indeed wonderful was his kindness towards me; for he not only
+procured the money I had drawn for upon my captain's widow, but sent me
+over a servant with a cargo proportionable to my condition. He also sent
+me over tools of all sorts, iron-work, and utensils necessary for my
+plantation, which proved to be of the greatest use to me in my business.
+
+Wealth now accumulating on me, and uncommon success crowning my
+prosperous labours, I might have rested happy in that middle state of
+life my father had so often recommended, yet nothing would content me,
+such was my evil genius, but I must leave this happy station, for a
+foolish ambition in rising; and thus, once more, I cast myself into the
+greatest gulph of misery that ever poor creature fell into. Having lived
+four years in Brazil, I had not only learned the language, but
+contracted acquaintance with the most eminent planters, and even the
+merchants of St. Salvadore; to whom, once, by way of discourse, having
+given account of my two voyages to the coast of Guinea and the manner of
+trading there for mere trifles, by which we furnish our plantations with
+Negroes, they gave such attention to what I said, that three of them
+came one morning to me, and told me they had a secret proposal to make.
+After enjoining me to secrecy (it being an infringement on the powers of
+the Kings of Portugal and Spain) they told me they had a mind to fit out
+a ship to go to Guinea, in order to stock the plantation with Negroes,
+which as they could not be publicly sold, they would divide among them:
+and if I would go their supercargo in the ship, to manage the trading
+part, I should have ah equal share of the Negroes, without providing any
+stock. The thing indeed was fair enough, had I been in another
+condition. But I, born to be my own destroyer, could not resist the
+proposal, but accepted the offer upon condition of their looking after
+my plantation. So making a formal will, I bequeathed my effects to my
+good friend the captain, as my universal heir; but obliged him to
+dispose of my effects as directed, one half of the produce to himself,
+and the other to be shipped to England.
+
+The ship being fitted out, and all things ready, we set sail the first
+of September, 1659, being the same day eight-years I left my father and,
+mother in Yorkshire. We sailed northward upon the coast, in order to
+gain Africa, till we made Cape Augustine; from whence going farther into
+the ocean, out of sight of land, we steered as though we were bound for
+the isle Fernand de Norenba, leaving the islands on the east; and then
+it was that we met with a terrible tempest, which continued for twelve
+days successively, so that the wind carried us wheresoever they pleased.
+In this perplexity one of our men died, and one man and a boy were
+washed overboard. When the weather cleared up a little, we found
+ourselves eleven degrees north latitude, upon the coast of Guinea. Upon
+this the captain gave reasons for returning; which I opposed,
+counselling him to stand away for Barbadoes, which as I supposed, might
+be attained in fifteen days. So altering our course, we sailed
+north-west and by west, in order to reach the Leeward Islands; but a
+second storm succeeding, drove us to the westward; so that we were
+justly afraid of falling into the hands of cruel savages, or the paws of
+devouring beasts of prey.
+
+In this great distress, one of our men, early in the morning cried out,
+_Land, land!_ which he had no sooner cried out, but our ship struck upon
+a sand bank, and in a moment the sea broke over her in such a manner
+that we expected we should all have perished immediately. We knew
+nothing where we were, or upon what land we were driven; whether an
+island or the main, inhabited or not inhabited; and we could not so much
+as hope that the ship would hold out many minutes, without breaking in
+pieces, except the wind by a miracle should turn about immediately.
+While we stood looking at one another, expecting death every moment, the
+mate lay a hold of the boat, and with the help of the rest got her flung
+over the ship's side, and getting all into her, being eleven of us,
+committed ourselves to God's mercy and the wild sea. And now we saw that
+this last effort would not be a sufficient protection from death; so
+high did the sea rise, that it was impossible the boat should live. As
+to making sail, we had none; neither if we had, could we make use of
+any. So that when we had rowed, or rather were driven about a league and
+a half, a raging wave, like a lofty mountain, came rolling astern of us,
+and took us with such fury, that at once it overset the boat. Thus being
+swallowed up in a moment, we had hardly time to call upon the tremendous
+name of God; much less to implore, in dying ejaculations, his infinite
+mercy to receive our departing souls.
+
+Men are generally counted insensible, when struggling in the pangs of
+death; but while I was overwhelmed with water, I had the most dreadful
+apprehensions imaginable. For the joys of heaven and the torments of
+hell, seemed to present themselves before me in these dying agonies, and
+even small space of time, as it were, between life and death. I was
+going I thought I knew not whither, into a dismal gulf unknown, and as
+yet unperceived, never to behold my friends, nor the light of this world
+any more! Could I even have thought of annihilation, or a total
+dissolution of soul as well as body, the gloomy thoughts of having no
+further being, no knowledge of what we hoped for, but an eternal
+_quietus_, without life or sense: even that, I say, would have been
+enough to strike me with horror and confusion! I strove, however, to the
+last extremity, while all my companions were overpowered and entombed in
+the deep: and it was with great difficulty I kept my breath till the
+wave spent itself, and retiring back, left me on the shore half dead
+with the water I had taken in. As soon as I got on my feet, I ran as
+fast as I could, lest another wave should pursue me, and carry me back
+again. But for all the haste I made, I could not avoid it: for the sea
+came after me like a high mountain, or furious enemy; so that my
+business was to hold my breath, and by raising myself on the water,
+preserve it by swimming. The next dreadful wave buried me at once twenty
+or thirty feet deep, but at the same time carried me with a mighty force
+and swiftness toward the shore: when raising myself, I held out as well
+as possible, till at length the water having spent itself, began to
+return, at which I struck forward, and feeling ground with my feet, I
+took to my heels again. Thus being served twice more, I was at length
+dashed against a piece of a rock, in such a manner as left me senseless;
+but recovering a little before the return of the wave, which, no doubt,
+would then have overwhelmed me, I held fast by the rock till those
+succeeding waves abated; and then fetching another run, was overtaken by
+a small wave, which was soon conquered. But before any more could
+overtake me, I reached the main land, where clambering up the cliffs of
+the shore, tired and almost spent I sat down on the grass, free from the
+dangers of the foaming ocean.
+
+No tongue can express the ecstasies and transports that my soul felt at
+the happy deliverance. It was like a reprieve to a dying malefactor,
+with a halter about his neck, and ready to be turned off. I was wrapt up
+in contemplation and often lifted up my hands, with the profoundest
+humility, to the Divine Powers, for saving, my life, when the rest of my
+companions were all drowned. And now I began to cast my eyes around, to
+behold what place I was in and what I had next to do. I could see no
+house nor people; I was wet, yet had no clothes to shift me; hungry and
+thirsty, yet had nothing to eat or drink; no weapon to destroy any
+creature for my sustenance; nor defend myself against devouring beasts;
+in short, I had nothing but a knife, a tobacco pipe, and a box half
+filled with tobacco. The darksome night coming on upon me, increased my
+fears of being devoured by wild creatures; my mind was plunged in
+despair, and having no prospect, as I thought, of life before me, I
+prepared for another kind of death then what I had lately escaped. I
+walked about a furlong to see if I could find any fresh water, which I
+did, to my great joy: and taking a quid of tobacco to prevent hunger, I
+got up into a thick bushy tree, and seating myself so that I could not
+fall, a deep sleep overtook me, and for that night buried my sorrows in
+a quiet repose.
+
+It was broad day the next morning before I awaked; when I not only
+perceived the tempest was ceased, but law the ship driven almost as far
+as the rock before-mentioned, which the waves had dashed me against, and
+which was about a mile from the place where I was. When I came down from
+my apartment in the tree, I perceived the ship's boat two miles distant
+on my right-hand, lying on shore, as the waves had cast her. I thought
+to have got to her; but there being an inlet of water of about half a
+mile's breadth between it and me, I returned again towards the ship, as
+hoping to find something for my more immediate subsistence. About noon,
+when the sea was calm, that I could come within a quarter of a mile of
+her, it was to my grief I perceived, that, if we had kept on board all
+our lives had been saved. These thoughts, and my solitude drew tears
+from my eyes, though all in vain. So resolving to get to the ship, I
+stripped and leapt into the water, when swimming round her, I was afraid
+I should not get any thing to lay hold of; but it was my good fortune to
+espy a small piece of rope hang down by the fore chains, so low that, by
+the help of it, though with great difficulty, I got into the forecastle
+of the ship. Here I found that the ship was bulged, and had a great deal
+of water in her hold: her stern was lifted up against a bank, and her
+head almost to the water. All her quarter and what was there, was free
+and dry. The provisions I found in good order, with which I crammed my
+pockets, and losing no time, ate while I was doing other things: I also
+found some rum, of which I took a hearty dram: and now I wanted for
+nothing except a boat, which indeed was all, to carry away what was
+needful for me.
+
+Necessity occasions quickness of thought. We had several spare yards, a
+spare topmast or two, and two or three large spars of wood. With these I
+fell to work, and flung as many of them overboard as I could manage,
+tying every one of them with a rope, that they might not drive away.
+This done, I went down to the ship's side, and tyed four of them fast
+together at both ends, in form of a raft, and laying two or three short
+pieces of plank upon them crosswise, I found it would bear me, but not
+any considerable weight. Upon which I went to work again, cutting a
+spare topmast into three lengths, adding them to my raft with a great
+deal of labour and pains. I then considered what I should load it with,
+it being not able to bear a ponderous burden. And this I soon thought
+of, first laying upon it all the planks and boards I could get; next I
+lowered down three of the seamen's chests, after I had filled them with
+bread, rice, three Dutch cheeses, five pieces of dried goat's flesh, and
+some European corn, what little the rats had spared: and for liquors, I
+found several cases of bottles belonging to our skipper, in which were
+some cordial waters, and four or five gallons of rack, which I stowed by
+themselves. By this time the tide beginning to flow, I perceived my
+coat, waistcoat, and shirt, swim away, which I had left on the shore; as
+for my linen breeches and stockings, I swam with them to the ship; but I
+soon found clothes enough, though I took no more than I wanted for the
+present. My eyes were chiefly on tools to work with; and after a long
+search, I found out the carpenter's chest, which I got safe down on my
+raft. I then looked for arms and ammunition, and in the great cabin
+found two good fowling pieces, two pistols, several powder horns filled,
+a small bag of shot, and two old rusty swords. I likewise found three
+barrels of powder, two of which were good, but the third had taken
+water, also two or three broken oars, two saws, an ax, and a hammer. I
+then put to sea, and in getting to shore had three encouragements. 1. A
+smooth calm sea. 2. The tide rising and letting in to shore. 3. The
+little wind there was blew towards the land. After I had sailed about a
+mile, I found the raft to drive a little distance from the place where I
+first landed; and then I perceived a little opening of the land, with a
+strong current of the tide running into it: upon which I kept the middle
+of the stream. But great was my concern, when on a sudden the fore part
+of my raft ran a ground, so that had I not, with great difficulty, for
+near half an hour, kept my back straining against the chests to keep my
+effects in their places, all I had would have gone into the sea. But
+after some time, the rising of the water caused the raft to float again,
+and coming up a little river with land on both sides, I landed in a
+little cove, as near the mouth as possible, the better to discover a
+sail, if any such providentially passed that way.
+
+Not far off, I espied a hill of stupendous height, surounded with lesser
+hills about it, and thither I was resolved to go and view the country
+that I might see what part was best, to fix my habitation. Accordingly,
+arming myself with a pistol a fowling piece, powder and ball, I ascended
+the mountain. There I perceived I was in an island, encompassed by the
+sea; no distant lands to be seen but scattering rocks that lay to the
+west: that it seemed to be a barren place, and, as I thought, inhabited
+only by wild beasts. I perceived abundance of fowls, but ignorant of
+what kind, or whether good for nourishment; I shot one of them at my
+return, which occasioned a confused screaming among the other birds, and
+I found it, by its colours and beak, to be a kind of a hawk, but its
+flesh was perfect carrion.
+
+When I came to my raft, I brought my effects on shore, which work spent
+that day entirely; and fearing that some cruel beasts might devour me in
+the night time while I slept, I made a kind of hut or barricade with the
+chests and boards I had brought onshore. That night I slept very
+comfortably; and the next morning my thoughts were employed to make a
+further attempt on the ship, and bring away what necessaries I could
+find, before another storm should break her to pieces. Accordingly I got
+on board as before, and prepared a second raft far more nice then the
+first, upon which I brought away the carpenter's stores, two or three
+bags full of nails, a great jack-screw, a dozen or two of hatchets, and
+a grind-stone. I also took away several things that belonged to the
+gunner, particularly two or three iron crows, two barels of
+musket-bullets, another fowling-piece, a small quantity of powder, and a
+large bagful of small shot. Besides these, I took all the men's clothes
+I could find, a spare fore topsail, a hammock, and some bedding; and
+thus completing my second cargo, I made all the haste to shore I could,
+fearing some wild beast might destroy what I had there already. But I
+only found a little wild cat sitting on one of the chests, which seeming
+not to fear me or the gun that I presented at her, I threw her a piece
+of biscuit, which she instantly ate, and departed.
+
+When I had gotten these effects on shore, I went to work in order to
+make me a little tent with the sail and some poles which I had cut for
+that purpose; and having finished it, what things might be damaged by
+the weather I brought in, piling all the empty chests and calks in a
+circle, the better to fortify it against any sudden attempt of man or
+beast. After this, I blocked up the doors with some boards, and an empty
+chest, turned the long way out. I then charged my gun and pistol, and
+laying my bed on the ground, slept as comfortably, till next morning, as
+though I had been in a christian country.
+
+Now, though I had enough to subsist me a long time, yet despairing of a
+sudden deliverance, or that both ammunition and provision might be spent
+before such a thing happened, I coveted as much as I could; and so long
+as the ship remained in that condition, I daily brought away one
+necessary or other; particularly the rigging, sails, and cordage, some
+twine, a barrel of wet powder, some sugar, a barrel of meal, 3 calks of
+rum, &, what indeed was most welcome to me, a whole hogshead of bread.
+
+The next time I went I cut the cables in pieces, carried off a hawser
+whole, with a great deal of iron work, and made another raft with the
+mizen and sprit-sail-yard; but this being so unwieldy, by the too heavy
+burden I had upon it, and not being able so dextrously to guide it, as
+the former, both my cargo and I were overturned. For my part, all the
+damage I sustained was a wet skin; and, at low water, after much labour
+in diving, I got most of the cables, and some pieces of iron.
+
+Thirteen days I had now been in the island, and eleven times on board,
+bringing away all that was possible, and, I believe, had the weather
+been calm, I should have brought away the whole ship piece by piece. As
+I was going the twelfth time, the wind began to rise; however, I
+ventured at low water, and rummaging the cabin, in a locker I found
+several razors, scissors, and some dozens of knives and forks; and in
+another thirty-six pounds in pieces of eight, silver and gold. _Ah!
+simple vanity_ said I _whom this world so much dotes on, where is now
+thy virtue, thy excellency to me? You cannot procure me one thing
+needful, nor remove me from this desolate island to a place of plenty.
+One of these knives, so meanly esteemed, is to me more preferable than
+all this heap. E'en therefore remain where thou art to sink in the deep
+as unregarded, even as a creature whose life is not worth preserving._
+Yet, after all this exclamation, I wrapt it up in a piece of canvas,
+and began to think of making another raft, but I soon perceived the wind
+began to arise, a fresh gale blowing from the shore, and the sky
+overcast with clouds and darkness; so thinking a a raft to be in yaw, I
+let myself into the water with what things I had about me, and it was
+with much difficulty I got ashore, when soon after it blew a
+fearful storm.
+
+That night I slept very contentedly in my little tent, surrounded with
+all my effects; but when I looked out in the morning no more ship was to
+be seen. This much surprised me for the present; yet, when I considered
+I had lost no time, abated no pains and had got every thing useful out
+of her, I comforted myself in the best manner, and entirely submitted to
+the will of Providence.
+
+My next thoughts were, how I should defend and secure myself from
+savages and wild beasts, if any such were in the island. At one time I
+thought of digging a cave, at another I was for erecting a tent; and, at
+length, I resolved to do both: The manner or form of which will not, I
+hope, be unpleasing to describe.
+
+When I considered the ground where I was, that it was moorish, and had
+no fresh water near it, my resolutions were to search for a soil healthy
+and well watered, where I might not only be sheltered from the sun's
+scorching heat, but be more conveniently situated, as well to be secured
+from wild men and beasts of prey, as more easily to discover any distant
+sail, should it ever happen.
+
+And, indeed, it was not long before I had my desire. I found a little
+plain near a rising hill, the front towards which being as steep as a
+house side, nothing could descend on me from the top. On the side of
+this rock, was a little hollow place, resembling the entrance or door of
+a cave. Just before this place; on the circle of the green, I resolved
+my tent should stand. This plain did not much exceed a hundred yards
+broad, and about twice as long, like a delightful green, before my door,
+with a pleasing, though an irregular descent every way to the low
+grounds by the sea-side, lying on the N. W. side of the hill, so that it
+was sheltered from the excessive heat of the sun. After this, I drew a
+semi-circle, containing ten yards in a semi-diameter, and twenty yards
+in the whole, driving down two rows; of strong stakes, not 6 inches from
+each other. Then with the pieces of cable which I had cut on board, I
+regularly laid them in a circle between the piles up to their tops,
+which were more than five feet out of the earth, and after drove another
+row of piles looking within side against them, between two or three feet
+high, which made me conclude it a little impregnable castle against men
+and beasts. And for my better security I would have no door, but entered
+in and came out by the help of a ladder, which I also made.
+
+[Illustration: Robinson Crusoe building his castle. _Dr. & Eng. by A.
+Carse, Edin._]
+
+Here was my fence and fortress, into which I carried all my riches,
+ammunition, and stores. After which, working on the rock, what with dirt
+and stones I dug out, I not only raised my ground two feet, but made a
+little cellar to my mansion-house; and this cost me many days labour and
+pains. One day in particular a shower of rain falling, thunder and
+lighting ensued, which put me in terror lest my powder should take fire,
+and not only hinder my necessary subsistence, by killing me food, but
+even blow up me and my habitation. To prevent which, I fell to making
+boxes and bags, in order to separate it, having by me near 150lb.
+weight. And thus being established as king of the island, every day I
+went out with my gun to see what I could kill that was fit to eat. I
+soon perceived numbers of goats but very shy, yet having watched them
+narrowly, and seeing I could better shoot off the rocks than when in the
+low grounds, I happened to shoot a she-goat suckling a young kid; which
+not thinking its dam slain, stood by her unconcerned; and when I took
+the dead creature up, the young one followed me even to the inclosure. I
+lifted the kid over the pales, and would willingly have kept it alive;
+but finding it could not be brought to eat, I was forced to slay it also
+for my subsistence.
+
+Thus entered into as strange a scene of life as ever any man was in, I
+had most melancholy apprehensions concerning my deplorable condition:
+and many times the tears would plentifully run down my face, when I
+considered how I was debarred from all communications with human kind.
+Yet while these disponding cogitations would seem to make me accuse
+Providence, other good thoughts would interpose and reprove me after
+this manner: Well, supposing you are desolate, it is not better to be so
+than totally perish? Why, were you singled out to be saved and the rest
+destroyed? Why should you complain, when not only your life is
+preserved, but the ship driven into your reach, in order to take what
+was necessary out of her for your subsistence? But to proceed, it was,
+by the account I kept, the 30th of September, when I first landed on
+this island. About twelve days after, fearing lest I should lose my
+reckoning of time, nay, even forget the Sabbath days, for want of pen,
+ink, and paper, I carved with a knife upon a large post, in great
+letters; and set it up: in the similitude of a cross, on the seashore
+where I landed, I CAME ON SHORE, _Sept._ 30 1659. Every day I cut a
+notch with my knife on the sides of the square post, and this on the
+Sabbath was as long again as the rest; and every first day of the month
+as long again as that long one. In this manner I kept my calendar,
+weekly, monthly or yearly reckoning of time. But had I made a more
+strict search (as afterwards I did) I needed not have set up this mark;
+for among the parcels belonging to the gunner, carpenter, and captain's
+mate, I found those very things I wanted; particularly pens, ink, and
+paper. So I found two or three compasses, some mathematical
+instruments, dials, perspective glasses, books of navigation, three
+English Bibles, and several other good books, which I carefully put
+up.--Here I cannot but call to mind our having a dog and two cats on
+board, whom I made inhabitants with me in my castle. Though one might
+think I had all the necessities that were desirable, yet still I found
+several things wanting. My ink was daily wasting; I wanted needles,
+pins, and thread to mend or keep my clothes together; and particularly a
+spade, pickax, or shovel, to remove the earth. It was a year before I
+finished my little bulwark; and having some intervals of relaxation,
+after my daily wandering abroad for provision, I drew up this plan,
+alternately, as creditor and debtor, to remind me of the miseries and
+blessings of my life, under so many various circumstances.
+
+E V I L
+
+I am cast upon a desolate island, having no hopes, no prospects of a
+welcome deliverance.
+
+Thus miserably am I singled out from the enjoyment or company of all
+mankind.
+
+Like an hermit (rather should I say a lonely anchorite) am I forced from
+human conversation.
+
+My clothes after some time will be worn out; and then I shall have none
+to cover me.
+
+When my ammunition is wasted, then shall I remain without any defence
+against wild men and beasts.
+
+I have no creature, no soul to speak to; none to beg assistance from.
+Some comfort would it be to resound my woes where I am understood, and
+beg assistance where I might hope for relief.
+
+GOOD
+
+But yet I am preserved, while my companions are perished in the raging
+ocean.
+
+Yet set apart to be spared from death. And he, who has so preserved me,
+can deliver me from this condition.
+
+However, I have food to eat, and even a happy prospect of subsistence
+while life endures.
+
+At present I enjoy what is absolutely needful; and the climate is so
+hot, that had I never so many, I would hardly wear them.
+
+Yet if it does, I see no danger of any hurt to me, as in Africa; And
+what if I had been cast away, upon that coast.
+
+Is there not God to converse to, and is not he able to relieve thee?
+Already has he afforded thee sustenance, and put it in thy power to
+provide for thyself till he sends thee a deliverance.
+
+And now easing my mind a little by these reflections, I began to render
+my life as easy as possible.
+
+I must here add, to the description I have given of my habitation, that
+having raised a turf wall against the outside of it, I thatched it so
+close as might keep it from the inclemency of the weather; I also
+improved it within, enlarged my cave, and made a passage and door in the
+rock, which came out beyond the pale of my fortification. I next
+proceeded to make a chair and a table, and so began to study such
+mechanical arts as seemed to me practicable. When I wanted a plank or
+board I hewed down a tree with my hatchet, making it as thin with my ax
+as possible, and then smooth enough with an adz to answer my designs:
+yet though I could make no more this way than one board out of a tree,
+in length of time I got boards enough to shelter all my stores, every
+thing being regularly placed, and my guns securely hanging against the
+side of the rock. This made it a very pleasant sight to me, as being the
+result of vast labour and diligence; which leaving for a while, and me
+to the enjoyment of it, I shall give the reader an account of my Journal
+from the day of my landing, till the fixing and settling of my
+habitation, as heretofore shown.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+JOURNAL.
+
+_September 30, 1659_. I unhappy Robinson Crusoe, having suffered
+shipwreck, was driven on this desolate island, which I named the
+_Desolate Island of Despair_, my companions being swallowed up in the
+tempestous ocean. The next day I spent in consideration of my unhappy
+circumstances, having no prospect but of death, either to be starved
+with hunger, or devoured with beasts or merciless savages.
+
+_Oct. 1_. That morning, with great comfort, I beheld the ship drove
+ashore. Some hopes I had, that when the storm was abated I might be able
+to get some food and necessaries out of her, which I conceived were not
+damaged, because the ship did stand upright. At this time I lamented the
+loss of my companions, and our misfortune in leaving the vessel. When I
+perceived the ship as it were lay dry, I waded through the sands, then
+swam aboard, the weather being very rainy, and with scarcely any wind.
+
+To the 14th of this month, my time was employed in making voyages, every
+tide getting what I could out of the ship. The weather very wet and
+uncertain.
+
+_Oct. 20_. My raft and all the goods thereon were overset: yet I
+recovered most again at low water.
+
+_Oct. 25_. It blew hard, and rained night and day, when the ship went in
+pieces, so that nothing was seen of her but the wreck at low water. This
+day I secured my goods from the inclemency of the weather.
+
+_Oct. 26_. I wandered to see where I could find a place convenient for
+my abode. I fixed upon a rock in the evening, marked out a half-moon,
+intending to erect a wall, fortified with piles, lined within with
+pieces of cables, and covered with turf.
+
+_Nov. 1_. I erected my tent under a rock, and took up my lodgings very
+contentedly in a hammock that night.
+
+_Nov._ 2. This day I fenced myself in with timber, chests, and boards.
+
+_Nov._ 3. I shot two wild fowl, resembling ducks, which were good to
+eat, and in the afternoon made me a table.
+
+_Nov._ 4. I began to live regularly. In the morning I allowed myself two
+or three hours to walk out with my gun; I then worked till near eleven
+o'clock, and afterwards refreshed myself, with what I had to eat. From
+twelve to two I would lie down to sleep. Extremely sultry weather. In
+the evening go to work again.
+
+_Nov._ 5. Went out with my gun and dog, shot a wild cat with a soft skin,
+but her flesh was good for nothing. The skins of those I killed, I
+preserved. In my return, I perceived many wild birds, and was terrified
+by some seals which made off to sea.
+
+_Nov._ 6. Completed my table.
+
+_Nov._ 7. Fair weather. I worked till the 12th, but omitted the 11th,
+which, according to my calculation, I supposed to be Sunday.
+
+_Nov._ 13. Rain in abundance, which, however, much cooled the air; with
+thunder and lightening, caused in me a terrible surprise. The weather
+clearing, I secured my powder in separate parcels.
+
+_Nov._ 14--16. I made little boxes for my powder, lodging them in
+several places. I also shot a large fowl, which proved excellent meat.
+
+_Nov._ 17. I began to dig in the rock, yet was obliged to desist for
+want of a pickax, shovel, and wheel-barrow. Iron crows I caused to
+supply the place of the first; but with all my art I could not make a
+wheel-barrow.
+
+_Nov._ 18. It was my fortune to find a tree, resembling what Brazilians
+call an iron tree. I had like to have spoiled my ax with cutting it,
+being very hard and exceedingly heavy; yet with much labour & industry,
+I made a sort of a spade out of it.
+
+_Nov._ 21. These tools being made, I daily carried on my business;
+eighteen days I allowed for enlarging my cave, that it might serve me,
+not only for a warehouse, but kitchen, parlour, and cellar. I commonly
+lay in the tent, unless the weather was rainy that I could not lie dry.
+So wet would it be at certain seasons, that I was obliged to cover all
+within the pale with long poles, in the form of rafters, leaning against
+the rock, and loaded them with flags and large leaves of trees,
+resembling a thatch.
+
+_Dec._ 10. No sooner did I think my habitation finished, but suddenly a
+great deal of the top broke in, so that it was a mercy I was not buried
+in the ruins. This occasioned a great deal of pains and trouble to me,
+before I could make it firm and durable.
+
+_Dec_ 17. I nailed up some shelves and drove nails and staples in the
+wall and posts to hang things out of the way.
+
+_Dec_ 20. Every thing I got into its place, then made a sort of a
+dresser, and another table.
+
+_Dec._ 24. 25. Rain in abundance.
+
+_Dec._ 26. Very fair weather.
+
+_Dec._ 27. I chanced to light on some goats, shot one and wounded
+another. I led it home in a string, bound up its leg, and cured it in a
+little time; at length it became so tame and familiar as to feed before
+the door, and follow me where I pleased. This put me in mind to bring up
+tame creatures, in order to supply me with food after my ammunition
+was spent.
+
+_Dec._ 28, 29, 30. The weather being excessively hot, with little air,
+obliged me for the most part, to keep within doors.
+
+_Jan_ 1. Still sultry, however, obliged by necessity, I went out with my
+gun, and found a great store of goats in the valleys; they were
+exceedingly shy, nor could my dog hunt them down.
+
+_Jan._ 3 to 14. My employment this time was to finish the wall before
+described, and search the island. I discovered a kind of pigeons like
+our house-pigeons in a nest among the rocks. I brought them home, nursed
+them till they could fly, and then they left me. After this, I shot
+some, which proved excellent food. Some time I spent vainly in
+contriving to make a cask; I may well say it was vain, because I could
+neither joint the staves; nor fix the heads, so as to make it tight: So,
+leaving that, took some goat's tallow I had about me, and a little okum
+for the wick, and provided myself with a lamp, which served me instead
+of candles.
+
+But now a very strange event happened. For being in the height of my
+search, what should come into my hand, but a bag, which was used to hold
+corn (as I supposed) for the fowls; so immediately resolving to put
+gunpowder in it, I shook all the hulks and dirt upon one side of the
+rock, little expecting what the consequences would be. The rain had
+fallen plentifully a few days before; and about a month after, to my
+great amazement something began to lock out very green and flourishing;
+and when I came to view it more nicely, every day as it grew, I found
+about ten or twelve ears of green barley appeared in the very same shape
+and make as that in England.
+
+I can scarce express the agitations of my mind at this sight. Hitherto I
+had looked upon the actions of this life no otherwise than only as the
+events of blind chance and fortune. But now the appearance of this
+barley, flourishing in a barren soil, and my ignorance in not conceiving
+how it should come there, made me conclude _that miracles were not yet
+ceased:_ nay, I even thought that God had appointed it to grow there
+without any seed, purely for my sustenance in this miserable and
+desolate island. And indeed such great effect this had upon me, that it
+often made me melt into tears, through a grateful sense of God's
+mercies; and the greater still was my thankfulness, when I perceived
+about this little field of barley some rice stalks, also wonderfully
+flourishing.
+
+While thus pleased in mind, I concluded there must be more corn in the
+island; and therefore made a diligent search narrowly among the rocks;
+but not being able to find any, on a sudden it came into my mind, how I
+had shaken the husks of corn out of the bag, and then my admiration
+ceased, with my gratitude to the Divine Being, _as thinking it was but
+natural_, and not to be conceived a miracle; though even the manner of
+its preservation might have made me own it as a wonderful event of God's
+kind providence.
+
+It was about the latter end of June when the ears of this corn ripened,
+which I laid up very carefully together with 20 or 30 stalks of rice,
+expecting one day I should reap the fruit of my labour; yet four years
+were expired before I could allow myself to eat any barley-bread, and
+much longer time before I had any rice. After this, with indefatigable
+pains and industry for three or four months, at last I finished my wall
+on the 14th, of April, having no way to go into it, but by ladder
+against the wall.
+
+_April_ 16. I finished my ladder, and ascended it; afterwards pulled it
+up, then let it down on the other side, and descended into my new
+habitation, where I had space enough, and so fortified that nothing
+could attack me, without scaling the walls.
+
+But what does all human pains and industry avail, if the blessing of God
+does not crown our labours? Or who can stand before the Almighty, when
+he stretcheth forth his arm? For one time as I was at the entrance of my
+cave, there happened such a dreadful earthquake, that not only the roof
+of the cave came rumbling about my ears, but the posts seemed to crack
+terribly at the same time. This put me in great amazement; and running
+to the ladder, and getting over the wall, I then plainly knew it was an
+earthquake, the place I stood on sustaining three terrible shocks in
+less than three minutes. But judge of my terror when I saw the top of a
+great rock roll into the sea; I then expected the island would be
+swallowed up every moment: And what made the scene still more dreadful,
+was to see the sea thrown into the most violent agitations and disorders
+by this tremendous accident.
+
+For my part I stood like a criminal at the place of execution ready to
+expire. At the moving of the earth, I was, as it were, sea-sick; and
+very much afraid lest the rock, under which was my fence and habitation,
+should overwhelm it and myself in a lasting tomb.
+
+When the third dreadful shock had spent itself, my spirits began to
+revive; yet still I would not venture to ascend the ladder, but
+continued fitting, not knowing what I should do. So little grace had I
+then, as only to say _Lord have mercy upon me!_ and no sooner was the
+earthquake over, but that pathetic prayer left me.
+
+It was not long after, when a horrible tempest arose, at the same time
+attended with a huricane of wind. The sea seemed mountains high, and the
+waves rolled so impetously, that nothing could be perceived but froth
+and foam. Three hours did this storm continue, and in so violent a
+manner, as to tear the very trees up by the roots, which was succeeded
+by abundance of rain. When the tempest was over I went to my tent: but
+the rain coming on in a furious manner, I was obliged to take shelter in
+the cave, where I was forced to cut a channel through my fortification
+to let the water out. It continued raining all that night, and some time
+the next day. These accidents made me resolve, as soon as the weather
+cleared up, to build me a little hut in some open place, walled round to
+defend me from wild creatures and savages; not doubting but at the next
+earthquake, the mountain would fall upon my habitation and me, and
+swallow up all in its bowels.
+
+_April_ 16--20. These days I spent in contriving how and in what manner
+I should fix my place of abode. All this while I was under the most
+dreadful apprehensions. When I looked round my habitation, every thing I
+found in its proper place. I had several resolutions whether I should
+move or not; but at length resolved to stay where I was, till I found
+out a convenient place where I might pitch my tent.
+
+_April_ 22. When I began to put my resolutions in practice, I was stopt
+for want of tools and instruments to work with. Most of my axes and
+hatchets were useless, occasioned by cutting the hard timber that grew
+on the island. It took me up a full week to make my grind-stone of use
+to me, and at last I found out a way to turn it about with my foot, by
+help of a wheel and a string.
+
+_April_ 28--29. These days were spent in grinding my tools.
+
+_April_ 30. My bread falling short, I allowed myself but one biscuit a
+day.
+
+_May_ 1. As I walked along the sea shore I found a barrel of gunpowder,
+and several pieces of the wreck, the sea had flung up. Having secured
+those, I made to the ship, whose stern was torn off, and washed a great
+distance ashore; but the rest lay in the sands. This I suppose was
+occasioned by the earthquake. I now resolved to keep my old place of
+abode; and also to go to the ship that day, but then found it
+impossible.
+
+_May_ 3. This day I went on board, and with my saw sawed off one of the
+beams, which kept her quarter-deck. I then cleared the sand till flood.
+
+_May_ 4. I caught some fish, but they were not wholesome, The same day I
+also catched a young dolphin.
+
+_May 5._ 'This day I also repaired to the wreck, and sawed another
+piece of timber, and when the flood came, I made a float of three great
+planks, which were driven ashore by the tide.
+
+_May 6, 7, 8, 9._ These days I brought off the iron bolts, opened the
+deck with the iron crow, and carried two planks to land, having made a
+way into the very middle of the wreck.
+
+_May 10, 11, 12, 13, 14._ All this time I spent in bringing off great
+quantities of iron and timber.
+
+_May 15._ Took with me two hatchets on purpose to cut off some lead from
+the roll, but all in vain, for it lay too low under water.
+
+_May 16._ I omitted going to the wreck this day, for employing myself in
+looking for pigeons, I outstaid my time.
+
+_May 17._ I perceived several pieces of the wreck driven ashore, which I
+found belonged to the head of the ship.
+
+_May 24._ To this day I worked on the wreck, and with great difficulty
+loosened some things so much with the crow, that at the first flowing
+tide several casks floated out, and many of the seamen's chests, yet
+that day nothing came to land but pieces of timber, and a hogshead which
+had some Brazil pork in it. I continued working to the 15th of June;
+(except necessary times for food and rest) and had I known how to have
+built a boat, I had timber and planks enough; I had also near 100 weight
+of sheet lead.
+
+_June 16._ As I was wandering towards the sea-side, I found a large
+tortoise or turtle, being the first I had seen on the island, though, as
+I afterwards found, there were many on the other side of it.
+
+_June 17._ This day I spent in cooking it, found in her threescore eggs,
+and her flesh the most savoury and pleasant I ever tasted in my life.
+
+_June 18._ I staid within this day, there being a continual rain; and it
+was somewhat more chilly and cold than usual.
+
+_June 19._ Exceedingly bad, being taken with a trembling and shivering.
+
+_June 20._ Awake all night, my head racked with pain and feverish.
+
+_June 21._ Sick unto death, and terrified with the dismal apprehensions
+of my condition. Prayed to God more frequently, but very confusedly.
+
+_June 22._ Something better, but still uneasy in my mind.
+
+_June 23._ Again relapsed much as before.
+
+_June 24._ Mended a second time.
+
+_June 25._ A violent ague for seven hours, cold and hot fits succeeded
+with faint sweats.
+
+_June 26._ Better, but very weak, yet I scrambled out, shot a she-goat,
+brought it home and broiled some of it; I would willingly have stewed
+it, and made some broth, but had no pod.
+
+_June 27_ All this day I was afflicted with an ague; thirsty, yet I
+could not help myself to water: Prayed to God in these words: _Lord, in
+pity look upon me: Lord, have mercy upon me: have mercy upon me!_ After
+this I fell asleep, which I found had much refreshed me when I awaked. I
+fell fast asleep a second time, and fell into this strange and terrible
+sort of dream.
+
+Methought I was sitting on the same spot of ground at the outside of the
+wall where I sat when the storm blew after the earthquake; and that I
+saw a man descending from a great black cloud, and alight upon the
+ground. He was all over as bright as a flash of fire that a little
+before surrounded him; his countenance inconceivably terrible; the earth
+as it were trembled when he stept upon the ground, and flashes of fire
+seemed to fill all the air. No sooner I thought him landed upon the
+earth, but with a long spear, or other weapon, he made towards me; but
+first ascending a rising ground, his voice added to my amazement, when I
+thought I heard him pronounce these dreadful words, _Unhappy wretch!
+seeing all these things have not brought thee to repentance, thou shalt
+immediately die._ In pronouncing this dreadful sentence, I thought he
+went to kill me with the spear that was in his hand.
+
+Any body may think it impossible for me to express the horrors of my
+mind at this vision: and even when I awaked, this very dream made a deep
+impression upon my mind. The little divine knowledge I had, I received
+from my father's instructions, and that was worn out by an uninterrupted
+series of sea-faring impiety for eight years space. Except what sickness
+forced from me, I do not remember I had one thought of lifting up my
+heart towards God, but rather had a certain stupidity of soul, not
+having the least sense or fear of the Omnipotent Being when in distress,
+nor of gratitude to him for his deliverances. Nay, when I was on the
+desperate expedition on the desert African shore, I cannot remember I
+had one thought of what would become of me, or to beg his consolation
+and assistance in my sufferings and distress. When the Portugal captain
+took me up and honorably used me, nay, farther, when I was even
+delivered from drowning by escaping to this island, I never looked upon
+it as a judgment, but only said I was an unfortunate dog, and that's
+all. Indeed some secret transports of soul I had, which was not through
+grace but only a common flight of joy, that I was yet alive, when my
+companions were all drowned, and no other joy could I conceive but what
+is common with the sailors over a bowl of punch, after they have escaped
+the greatest dangers.
+
+The likelihood of wanting for neither food nor conveniences, might have
+called upon me for a thankful acknowledgment to Providence. Indeed, the
+growth of my corn touched with some sense, but that soon wore off again.
+The terrible earthquake pointed to me, as it were, the finger of God,
+but my dreadful amazement continued no longer than its duration. But
+now, when my spirits began to sink under the burden of a strong
+distemper, and I could leisurely view the miseries of death present
+themselves before my eyes, then my awakened conscience began to reproach
+me with my past life, in which I had so wickedly provoked the justice of
+God to pour down his vengeance upon me.
+
+Such reflections as these oppressed me even in the violence of
+distemper. Some prayers I uttered, which only proceeded from the fear of
+death. But when I considered my father's advice and prophecy, I could
+not forbear weeping; for he told me, _That if I did persist in my folly,
+I should not only be deprived of God's blessing, but have time enough to
+reflect upon my despising his instructions, and this, in a wretched
+time, when none could help me_. And now concluding it to be fulfilled,
+having no soul in the island to administer any comfort to me, I prayed
+earnestly to the Lord, that he would help me in this great calamity. And
+this, I think, was the first time I prayed in sincerity for many years.
+But now I must return to my journal.
+
+_June_ 28. Something refreshed with sleep, and the fit quite off, I got
+up. My dream still occasioned in me a great consternation; and, fearing
+that the ague might return the succeeding day, I concluded it time to
+get something to comfort me. I filled a case bottle with water, and set
+it within reach of my bed; and, to make it more nourishing and less
+chilly, I put some rum in it. The next thing I did was to broil me a
+piece of goat's flesh, of which I ate but little. I was very weak;
+however, walked about, dreading the return of my distemper; and at night
+I supped on three of the turtle's eggs, which I roasted and ate, begging
+God's blessing therewith.
+
+After I had eaten, I attempted to walk again out of doors with my gun;
+but was so weak, that I sat down, and looked at the sea, which was
+smooth and calm. While I continued here, these thoughts came into
+my mind.
+
+In what manner is the production of the earth and sea, of which I have
+seen so much? From whence came myself, and all other creatures living,
+and of what are they made?
+
+Our beings were assuredly created by some almighty invisible Power, who
+framed the earth the sea, and air, and all therein. But what is
+that Power?
+
+Certainly it must follow that God has created it all. Yet, said I, if
+God has made all this he must be the Ruler of them all, and what is
+relating thereto; for certainly the Power that makes, must indisputably
+have a power to guide and direct them. And if this be so, (as certainly
+it must) nothing can happen without his knowledge and appointment. Then,
+surely, if nothing happens without God's appointment, certainly God has
+appointed these my sufferings to befal me. And here I fixed my firm
+belief that it was his will that it should be so; and then proceeded to
+enquire, why should God deal with me in this manner? Or what have I done
+thus to deserve his indignation.
+
+Here conscience flew in my face, reprehending me as a blasphemer; crying
+with a loud and piercing voice, _Unworthy wretch! how dare you ask what
+you have done? Look on your past life, and see what you have left
+undone? Ask thyself, why thou wert not long ago in the merciless hands
+of death? Why not drowned in Yarmouth roads, or killed in the fight,
+when the ship was taken by the Sallee man of war? Why not entombed in
+the bowels of wild beasts on the African coast, or drowned here when all
+thy companions suffered shipwreck in the ocean._
+
+Struck dumb with these reflections, I rose up in a pensive manner, being
+so thoughtful that I could not go to sleep; and fearing the dreadful
+return of my distemper, it caused me to remember, that the Brazilians
+use tobacco for almost all diseases. I then went to my chest in older to
+find some, where Heaven, no doubt, directed me to find a cure for both
+soul and body; for there I found one of the Bibles, which, till this
+time, I had neither leisure nor inclination to look into, I took both
+the tobacco and that out of the chest, and laid them on the table.
+Several experiments did I try with the tobacco: First, I took a piece or
+leaf, and chewed it; but it being very green and strong, almost
+stupified me. Next I steeped it in some rum an hour or two, resolving
+when I went to bed to take a dole of it: and, in the third place, I
+burnt some over a pan of fire, holding my nose over it as long as I
+could endure it without suffocation.
+
+In the intervals of this operation, though my head was giddy and
+disturbed by the tobacco, I took up the Bible to read. No sooner did I
+open it, but there appeared to me these words _Call on me in the day of
+trouble, and I will deliver thee, and thou shall glorify me_.
+
+At first this sentence made a very deep impression on my heart, but it
+soon wore off again, when I considered the word _deliver_ was foreign to
+me. And as the children of Israel said, when they were promised flesh to
+eat, _Can God spread a table in the wilderness?_ in like manner I began
+to say, _Can God himself deliver me from this desolate island?_ However,
+the words would still return to my mind, and afterwards made a greater
+impression upon me. As it was now very late, and the tobacco had dazed
+my head, I was inclined to sleep: but before I would lie down I fell on
+my knees, and implored the promise that God had made to me in the Holy
+Scriptures, that _if I called upon him in the day of trouble he would
+deliver me._ With much difficulty I afterwards drank the rum wherein I
+had steeped the tobacco, which flying into my head, threw me into such a
+profound sleep, that it was three o'clock the next day before I awaked;
+or rather, I believe, I slept two days, having certainly lost a day in
+my account, and I could never tell any other way. When I got up, my
+spirits were lively and cheerful; my stomach much better, being very
+hungry; and, in short, no fit returned the next day, which was the 29th,
+but I found myself much altered for the better.
+
+The 30th, I went abroad with my gun, but not far, and killed a sea-fowl
+or two, resembling a brand goose, which, however, I cared not to eat
+when I brought them home, but dined on two more of the turtle's eggs. In
+the evening I renewed my medicine, excepting that I did not take so
+large a quantity, neither did I chew the leaf, or hold my head over the
+smoke: but the next day, which was the 1st of _July_, having a little
+return of the cold fit, I again took my medicine as I did the
+first time.
+
+_July_ 3. The fit quite left me, but very weak. In this condition, I
+often thought of these words, _I will deliver thee_; and while, at some
+times, I would think of the impossibility of it, other thoughts would
+reprehend me for disregarding the deliverances I had received, even from
+the most forlorn and distressed condition. I asked myself, what regard
+have I had to God for his abundant mercies? Have I done my part_: He has
+delivered me, but I have not glorified him:_--as if I had said, I had
+not owned and been thankful for these as deliverances, and how could I
+expect greater? So much did this sensibly touch my heart, that I gave
+God thanks for my recovery from weakness in the most humble prostration.
+
+_July_ 4. This morning I began seriously to ponder on what is written in
+the New Testament, resolving to read a chapter every morning and night
+as long an my thoughts would engage me. As soon as I set about this work
+seriously, I found my heart deeply affected with the impiety of my past
+life; these words that I thought were spoken to me in my dream revived,
+_All these things have not brought thee to repentance._ After this, I
+begged of God to assist me with his Holy Spirit in returning to my duty.
+One day in perusing the Scriptures, I came to these words, _He is
+exalted a Prince and a Saviour, to give repentance and to give
+remission_: Immediately I laid down the book, and with uplifted hands to
+Heaven, loudly cried, _O blessed Jesus, thou son of David, Jesus, thou
+exalted Prince and Saviour, give we repentance!_ And now indeed I prayed
+with a true sense of my condition, and a more certain hope, founded on
+the word of God. Now I had a different sense of these words, _Call on me
+and I will deliver thee_, that is from the dreadful load of guilt which
+oppressed my sinful soul, and not from a solitary life, which might
+rather be called, a blessing, seeing I wanted neither food nor raiment,
+when compared living amongst the human race, surrounded with so much
+oppression, misery, and affliction; in a word, I came to this
+conclusion, that a deliverance from sin was a much greater blessing,
+than a deliverance from affliction. But again I proceed to my journal.
+
+To the 14th of _July_, I walked about with my gun, little and little at
+a time, having been reduced to the greatest extremity of weakness. The
+applications and experiments I used were perfectly new: neither could I
+recommend them to any one's practice. For though it carried off the fit,
+it very much weakened me, and I had frequently convulsions in my nerves
+and limbs for some time. From this I learned, that going abroad in rainy
+weather, especially when it was attended with storms and hurricanes of
+wind, was most pernicious to health. I had now been about ten months in
+the island; and as I never had seen any of the human kind, I therefore
+accounted myself as sole monarch; and as I grew better, having secured
+my habitation to my mind, I resolved to make a tour round my kingdom, in
+order to make new discoveries.
+
+The 15th of _July_, I began my journey; I first went to the creek, where
+I had brought my rafts on shore; and travelling farther, found the tide
+went no higher than two miles up, where there was a little brook of
+running water, on the banks of which were many pleasant savannahs or
+meadows, plain, smooth, and covered with grass. On the rising parts,
+where I supposed the water did not reach, I perceived a great deal of
+tobacco growing to a very strong stalk. Several other plants I likewise
+found, the virtues of which I did not understand. I searched a long time
+for the Cassava root, which I knew the Indians in that climate made
+their bread of, but all in vain. There were several plants of aloes,
+though at that time I knew not what they were; likewise I saw several
+sugar canes, but imperfect for want of cultivation. With these few
+discoveries, I came back that night, and slept contentedly in my
+little castle.
+
+The next day, being the 16th, going the same way, but farther then the
+day before, I found the country more adorned with woods and trees. Here
+I perceived different fruits in great abundance. Melons in plenty lay on
+the ground, and clusters of grapes, ripe and very rich, spread over the
+trees. You may imagine I was glad of this discovery, yet ate very
+sparingly, lest I should throw myself into a flux or fever. The grapes I
+found of excellent use; for when I had dried them in the sun, which
+preserved them as dried raisins are kept, they proved very wholesome and
+nourishing, and served me in those seasons when no grapes were to
+be had.
+
+The night drawing on apace, I ascended up a tree, and slept very
+comfortably, though it was the first time I had lain out of my
+habitation. And when the morning came, I proceeded with great pleasure
+on my way, travelling about four miles, as I imagined, by the length of
+the valley, directing my course northward, there being a ridge of hills
+on the south and north side of me. At the end of this valley, I came to
+an opening, where the country seemed to descend to the west; there I
+found a little spring of fresh water, proceeding out of the side of the
+hill, with its chrystal streams running directly east. And, indeed, here
+my senses were charmed with the most beautiful landscape nature could
+afford; for the country appeared flourishing, green, and delightful,
+that to me it seemed like a planted garden. I then descended on the side
+of that delicious vale, when I found abundance of cocoa, orange, lemon,
+and citron trees, but very wild and barren at that time. As for the
+limes, they were delightful and wholesome, the juice of which I after
+used to mix in water, which made it very cooling and refreshing. And now
+I was resolved to carry home and lay up a store of grapes, limes, and
+lemons, against the approaching wet season. So laying them up in
+separate parcels, and then taking a few of each with me, I returned to
+my little castle, after having spent three days in this journey. Before
+I got home, the grapes were so bruised that they were utterly spoiled;
+the limes indeed were good, but of those I could bring only a few.
+
+_July 19_. Having prepared two bags, I returned thither again, but, to
+my great surprise, found all the grapes spread about, trod to pieces,
+and abundance eaten, which made me conclude there were wild beasts
+thereabouts. To prevent this happening again, I gathered a large
+quantity of the grapes, and hung them upon the out branches of the tree,
+both to keep them unhurt, and that they might cure and dry in the sun;
+and having well loaded myself with limes and lemons, I returned once
+more to my old place of residence.
+
+And now contemplating on the fruitfulness of this valey, and
+pleasantness of its situation, its security from storms, and the
+delightfulness of the adjacent woods, I concluded I was settled in the
+worst part of the country, and therefore was thinking to remove my
+habitation.
+
+But when I considered again, that though it was pleasant, it was off
+from the sea-side, where there was a possibility, some time or other, a
+ship might either be driven or sail by; and that to inclose myself among
+hills and woods must certainly put an end to my hopes of deliverance; I
+resolved to let my castle remain where Providence had first assigned it.
+Yet so ravished was I with this place, that I made me a little kind of
+bower, surrounding it with a double hedge, as high as I could reach,
+well staked and filled with bullrushes: and having spent a great part of
+the month of _July_, I think it was the first of _August_ before I began
+to enjoy my labour.
+
+_Aug. 3._ Perceiving my grapes to be dry, I took them from the trees,
+and they proved excellent good raisins of the sun: the most of which I
+carried to my cave; and happy for me I did so; by which I saved the best
+part of my winter food.
+
+_Aug_. 14. This day it began to rain; and though I had made me a tent
+like the other, yet having no shelter of a hill to keep me from storms,
+nor a cave behind me to retreat to, I was obliged to return to my old
+castle. The rain continued more or less every day, till the middle of
+_October;_ and sometimes so violently, that I could not stir out of my
+cave for several days. This season I found my family to increase; for
+one of my cats that ran away from me, and which I thought had been dead,
+returned about _August_, with three kittens at her heels, like herself,
+which I thought strange, because both my cats were females, and the wild
+cats of the island seemed to be of a different kind from our European
+cats; but from these cats proceeded such numbers, that I was forced to
+kill and destroy them as I would do wild beasts and vermin.
+
+To the 26th of this month, I could not stir out, it raining incessantly;
+when beginning to want food, I was compelled to venture twice, the first
+of which I shot a goat, and afterwards found a very large tortoise. The
+manner of my regulating my food was thus: a bunch of raisins served me
+for my breakfast; a piece of goat's flesh or turtle boiled for my
+dinner, and two or three turtle's eggs for my supper. While the rain
+lasted, I daily worked two or three hours at enlarging my cave, and by
+degrees worked it on towards one side, till I came to the outside of the
+hill, and made a door or way out, which came beyond my fence or wall,
+and so I came in and out this way. But after I had done this, I was
+troubled to see myself thus exposed; though I could not perceive any
+thing to fear, a goat being the biggest creature I had seen upon
+this island.
+
+_Sept_. 30. Casting up my notches on my post, which amounted to 365, I
+concluded this to be the anniversary of my landing; and, therefore,
+humbly prostrating myself on the ground, confessing my sins,
+acknowledging God's righteous judgments upon me, and praying to Jesus
+Christ to have mercy upon me, I fasted for twelve hours till the going
+down of the sun; and then eating a biscuit and a bunch of grapes, laid
+me on the bed, and with great comfort took my night's repose. Till this
+time I never had distinguished the Sabbath-day; but now made a longer
+notch than ordinary for the days of rest, and divided the weeks as well
+as I could, though I found I had lost a day or two in my account. My ink
+failing soon after, I omitted in my daily memorandum things of an
+indifferent nature, & contented myself to write down only the most
+remarkable events of my life. The rainy and dry seasons appeared now
+regular to me, and experience taught me how to provide for them; yet, in
+one thing I am going to relate, my experience very much failed me. You
+may call to mind what I have mentioned of some barley and rice which I
+had saved; about thirty stalks of the former, and twenty of the latter;
+and at that time, the sun being in its southern position, going from
+me, together with the rains, made me conclude it a very proper season to
+sow it. Accordingly I dug up a piece of ground, with my wooden spade,
+and dividing it into two parts, sowed about two thirds of my seed,
+preserving by me about a handful of each. And happy it was I did so; for
+no rains falling, it was choaked up, and never appeared above the earth
+till the wet season came again, and then part of it grew, as if it had
+been newly sown.
+
+I was resolved all to make another trial; and seeking for a moister
+piece of ground near my bower, I there sowed the rest of my seed in
+February, a little before the vernal equinox; which having the rainy
+months of March and April to water it, yielded a noble crop, and sprang
+up very pleasantly. I had still saved part of the seed, not daring to
+venture all; and by the time I found out the proper seasons to sow it
+in, and that I might expect every year two seed-times and two harvests,
+my stock amounted to above half a peck of each sort of grain.
+
+No sooner were the rains over, but the stakes which I had cut from the
+trees, shot out like willows the first year after lopping their heads. I
+was ignorant of the tree I cut them from; but they grew so regularly
+beautiful, that they made a most lively appearance, and so flourished in
+three year's time, that I resolved to cut more of them; and these soon
+growing made a glorious fence, as afterwards I shall observe.
+
+And now I perceived that the seasons of the year might generally be
+divided, not into summer and winter, as in Europe, but into wet and dry
+seasons, as in this manner:
+
+     / February,\
+Half<  March,    >  Rainy, sun coming near the Equinox.
+     \ April,   /
+
+      / April,  \
+     |  May,     |
+Half<   June,     > Dry, sun getting north of the Line.
+     |  July,    |
+      \ August, /
+
+     / August,   \
+Half<  September, >  Wet, the sun being then come back.
+     \ October,  /
+
+      / October,  \
+     |  November,  |
+Half<   December,   >  Dry, sun running south of the Line.
+     |  January,   |
+      \ February, /
+
+
+The wet seasons would continue longer or shorter, as the winds happened
+to blow. But having found the ill consequences of being abroad in the
+rain, I took care beforehand to furnish myself with provisions; and
+during the wet months sat within doors as much as possible. At this time
+I contrived to make many things that I wanted, though it cost me much
+labour and pains, before I could accomplish them. The first I tried was
+to make a basket; but all the twigs I could get proved so brittle, that
+I could not then perform it. It now proved of great advantage to me that
+when a boy, I took great delight in standing at a basket-maker's in the
+same town where my father lived, to view them at work; and like other
+boys, curious to see the manner of their working these things and very
+officious to assist, I perfectly learned the method of it, and wanted
+nothing but the tools. And it coming into my mind that the twigs of that
+tree of which I made my stakes, might be as tough as a fallow willow, or
+osiers, growing in England, I resolved to make an experiment, and went
+the next day to my country-seat, and found some fit for my turn; and
+after cutting down a quantity with my hatchet, I dried them in my pale,
+and, when fit to work with, carried them to my cave, where I employed
+myself in making several sorts of baskets, insomuch that I could put in
+whatsoever I pleased. It is true, they were not cleverly made, yet they
+served my turn upon all occasions.
+
+But still I wanted two necessary things. I had no cask to hold my
+liquor, except two rundlets almost full of rum, a few bottles of an
+ordinary size, and some square case bottles, neither had I a pot to boil
+any thing in, only a large kettle unfit to make broth, or stew a bit of
+meat: I wanted, likewise at the beginning of this dry season a tobacco
+pipe; but for this I afterwards found an expedient.
+
+I kept myself employed in planting my second row of stakes, But
+remembering that when I travelled up to the brook, I had a mind to see
+the whole island, I now resumed my intention, and taking my dog, gun,
+hatchet, two biscuit cakes, a great bunch of raisins, with a larger
+quantity of powder and shot than usual, I began my journey. Having
+passed the vale where my bower stood, I came within view of the sea
+lying to the west when it being a clear day, I fairly descried land,
+extending from the W. to the S.W. about ten or fifteen leagues, as I
+concluded; but could not say whether it was an island or a
+continent.--Neither could I tell what this place might be; only thought
+it was part of America, & where I might have been in a miserable
+condition, had I landed. Again I considered that if this was the Spanish
+coast, certainly, one time or other, I should see some ship pass by; and
+if it was not, then it must be the savage coast, between the Spanish
+country and Brazil, which abounds with cannibals or man-eaters.
+
+As I proceeded forward I found this side of the island much more
+pleasant than mine; the fields fragrant adorned with sweet flowers &
+verdant grass, together with several very, fine woods. There were
+parrots in plenty, which made me long for one to be my companion; but
+it was with great difficulty I could knock one down with my stick; and I
+kept him at home some years before I could get him to call me by
+my name.
+
+In the low grounds, I found various sorts of hares and foxes, as I took
+them to be, but much different from those in England. Several of these I
+killed, but never ate them; neither indeed had I any occasion; for
+abounding with goats, pigeons, turtle, and grapes, I could defy
+Leadenhall market to furnish me a better table. In this journey I did
+not travel above two miles a-day, because I took several turns and
+windings, to see what discoveries I could make, returning weary enough
+to the place where I designed to rest all night, which was either in a
+tree, or in a place which I surrounded with stakes, that no wild
+creature might suddenly surprise me. When I came to the sea shore, I was
+amazed to see the splendour of it. Its strand was covered with shells of
+the most beautiful fish, and constantly abounding with innumerable
+turtles, and fowls of many kinds, which I was ignorant of, except those
+called penguins. I might have shot as many as I pleased, but was sparing
+of my ammunition, rather choosing to kill a she-goat, which I did with
+much difficulty, on account of the flatness of the country.
+
+Now though this journey produced me the most pleasing satisfaction, yet
+my habitation was so much to my liking, that I did not repine at my
+being seated on the worst part of the island. I continued my journey,
+travelling about twelve miles further towards the east, where I set a
+great pile on the shore for a mark, concluding that my next journey
+should bring me to the other side of the island, east from my castle,
+and so round till I came to my post again. As I had a constant view of
+the country, I thought I could not miss my way; but scarce had I
+travelled three miles, when I descended into a very large valley, so
+surrounded with hills covered with wood, that I having no guide but the
+sun, nor even this, unless I knew will the position of the sun at the
+time of day; and to add to my misfortune, the weather proving very hazy,
+I was obliged to return to my post by the sea-side, and so backwards the
+same way I came. In this journey my dog surprised a kid and would have
+killed it, had I not prevented him. As I had often been thinking of
+getting a kid or two, and so raising a breed of tame goats to supply me
+after my ammunition was spent, I took this opportunity of beginning: and
+having made a collar for this little creature, with a string made of
+rope-yarn, I brought it to my bower, and there inclosed and left him;
+and, having spent a month in this journey, at length I returned to my
+habitation.
+
+Nobody can doubt of my satisfaction, when I returned to my little
+castle, and reposed myself in my hammock. After my journey I rested
+myself a week, which time I employed in, making a cage for my pretty
+Poll. I now began to consider the poor kid I had left in the bower, and
+I immediately went to fetch it home. When I came there I found the young
+creature almost starved; I gave it some food, and tied it as before: but
+there was no occasion, for it followed me like a dog; and, as I
+constantly fed it, it became so loving, gentle, and fond, that it
+commenced one of my domestics, and would never leave me.
+
+The rainy season of the autumnal equinox being now come, I kept the 30th
+of September in the most solemn manner, as usual, it being the third
+year of my abode in the island. I spent the whole day in acknowledging
+God's mercies, in giving him thanks for making this solitary life as
+agreeable, and less sinful, than that of human society; and for the
+communications of his grace to my soul, in supporting, comforting, and
+encouraging me to depend, upon his Providence, and hope for his eternal
+presence in the world to come.
+
+Indeed, I often did consider how much more happy I was in this fate of
+life, than in that accursed manner of living formerly used; and
+sometimes when hunting, or viewing the country, the anguish of my soul
+would break out upon me, and my very heart would sink within me, to
+think of the woods, the mountains, the desarts I was in; and how I was a
+prisoner locked up within the eternal bars and bolts of the ocean, in an
+uninhabited wilderness, without hopes, and without redemption: In this
+condition I would often wring my hands, and weep like a child: And even
+sometimes, in the middle of my work, this fit would take me; and then I
+would sit down and sigh, looking on the ground for an hour or two
+together, till such time as my grief got vent in a flood of tears.
+
+One morning as I was sadly employed in this manner, I opened my Bible,
+when I immediately fixed my eyes upon these words, _I will never leave
+thee, nor forsake thee!_ Surely, thought I, these words are directed to
+me, or else why should they appear just at a moment when I am bemoaning
+my forlorn condition? and if God does not forsake, what matters it,
+since he can me more happy in this state of life, than if I enjoyed the
+greatest splendour in the world? But while I was going to return God
+thanks for my present state, something seemed to shock my mind, as if it
+had thus said: _Unworthy wretch; can you pretend to be thankful for a
+condition, from which you would pray to be delivered_? Therefore I
+stopt:--and tho' I could not say, I thanked the Divine Majesty for
+being there, yet I gave God thanks for placing in my view my former
+course of life, and granting me a true knowledge of repentance. And
+whenever I opened or read the Bible, I blessed kind Providence, that
+directed my good friend in England to send it among my goods without
+any order, and for assisting me to save it from the power of the
+raging ocean.
+
+And now beginning my third year, my several daily employments were
+these: _First_, My duty to Heaven, and diligently reading the Holy
+Scriptures, which I did twice or thrice every day: _Secondly_, Seeking
+provision with my gun, which commonly took me up, when it did not rain,
+three hours every morning: _Thirdly_, The ordering, curing, preserving,
+and cooking what I killed, or catched for my supply which took me up
+great part of the day: for, in the middle of the day, the sun being in
+its height, it was so hot, that I could not stir out; so that I had only
+but four hours in the evening to work in: and then the want of tools, of
+assistance, and skill, wasted a great deal of time to little purpose. I
+was no less than two and forty days making a board fit for a long shelf,
+which two sawyers with their tools and saw-pit, would have cut off the
+same tree in half a day. It was a large tree, as my board was to be
+broad. I was three days in cutting it down and two more in lopping off
+the boughs, and reducing it to a piece of timber. This I hacked and
+hewed off each side, till it became light to move; then I turned it,
+made one side of is smooth and flat as a board from end to end, then
+turned it downward, cutting the other side, till I brouht the plank to
+be about three inches thick, and smooth on both sides. Any body may
+judge my great labour and fatigue in such a piece of work; but this I
+went through with patience, as also many other things that my
+circumstances made necessary for me to do.
+
+The harvest months, November and December, were now at hand, in which I
+had the pleasing prospect of a very good crop. But here I met with a new
+problem; for the goats and hares, having tasted of the outshoot of the
+blade, kept it to short that it had not strengthen to shoot up into a
+stalk. To prevent this, I enclosed it with a hedge, and by day shot some
+of its devourers; and my dog which I had tied to the field-gate, keeping
+barking all night; so frightened those creatures, that I got entirely
+rid of them.
+
+But no sooner did I get rid of these, than other enemies appeared, to
+wit, whole flocks of several sorts of birds, who only waited till my
+back was turned, to ruin me: so much did this provoke me, that I let
+fly, and killed three of the malefactors; and afterwards served them as
+they do notorious thieves in England, hung them up in chains as a terror
+to others. And, indeed, to good an effect had this that they not only
+forsook the corn, but all that part of the island, so long as these
+criminals hung there.
+
+My corn having ripened apace, the latter end of December, which was my
+second harvest, I reaped it with a scythe, made of one of my broad
+swords. I had no fatigue in cutting down my my first crop it was so
+slender. The ears I carried home in a basket, rubbing it with my hands,
+instead of threshing it: and when the harvest was over, found my half
+peck of seed produced near two bushels of rice, and two bushels and a
+half of barley. And now I plainly foresaw, that by God's goodness, I
+should be furnished with bread; but yet I was concerned, because I knew
+not how to grind or make meal of my corn, nor bread, neither knew how to
+bake it. I would not however, taste any of the crop, but resolved to
+preserve it against next season, and, in the mean while, use my best
+endeavours to provide myself with other food.
+
+But where were my labours to end? The want of a plough to turn up the
+earth, or shovel to dig it, I conquered by making me a wooden spade. The
+want of a harrow I supplied myself, with dragging over the corn a great
+bough of a tree. When it was growing I was forced to fence it; when ripe
+to mow it, carry it home, thrash it, part it from the chaff, and save
+it. And, after all, I wanted a mill to grind it, sieve to dress it, yest
+and salt to make it into bread, and an oven to bake it. This set my
+brains to work to find some expedient for every one of these necessaries
+against the next harvest.
+
+And now having more seed, my first care was to prepare me more land. I
+pitched upon two large flat pieces of ground near my castle, for that
+purpose, in which sowed my seed, and fenced it with a good hedge. This
+took me up three months: by which time the wet season coming on, and the
+rain keeping me within doors, I found several occasions to employ
+myself; and, while at work, used to divert myself in talking to my
+parrot, learning him to know and speak his own name _Poll_ the first
+welcome word I ever heard spoke in the island. I had been a long time in
+contriving how to make earthen vessels, which I wanted extremely; and
+when I considered the heat of the climate, I did not doubt but if I
+could find any such clay, I might botch up a pot, strong enough, when
+dried in the sun, to bear handling, and to hold any thing that was dry,
+as corn, meal, and other things.
+
+To be short, the clay I found; but it would occasion the most serious
+person to smile, to see what aukward ways I took, and what ugly
+misshapen things I made; how many either fell out or cracked by the
+violent heat of the sun, and fell in pieces when they were removed; so
+that I think it was two months time before I could perfect any thing:
+and even then but two clumsy things in imitation of earthen jars. These,
+however, I very gently placed in wicker baskets, made on purpose for
+them, and between the pot and the baskets, stuffed it full of rice and
+barley straw, and these I presume would hold my dried corn, and perhaps
+the meal when the corn was bruised. As for the smaller thing, I made
+them with better success, such as little round pots, flat dishes,
+pitchers, and pipkins, the fun baking them very hard.
+
+Yet still I wanted one thing absolutely necessary, and that was an
+earthen pot, not only to hold my liquid, but also to bear the fire,
+which none of these could do. It once happened that as I was putting out
+my fire, I found therein a broken piece of one of my vessels burnt as
+hard as a rock, and red as a tile. This made me think of burning some
+pots; and having no notion of a kiln, or of glazing them with leaf, I
+fixed three large pipkins, and two or three pots in a pile one upon
+another. The fire I piled round the outside, and dry wood on the top,
+till I saw the pots in the inside red hot, and found out that, they were
+net crackt at all: and when I perceived them perfectly red, I let one of
+them stand in the fire about five or six hours, till the clay melted by
+the extremity of the heat, and would have run to glass, had I suffered
+it; upon which I slacked my fire by degrees, till the redness abated;
+and watching them till the morning, I found I had three very good
+pipkins, and two earthen pots, as well burnt and fit for my turn as I
+could desire.
+
+No joy could be greater than mine at this discovery. For after this, I
+may say, I wanted for no fort of earthen ware. I filled one of my
+pipkins with water to boil me some meat, which it did admirably well,
+and with a piece of kid I made me some good broth, as well as my
+circumstances would afford me at that time.
+
+The next concern I had was to get me a stone-morter to beat some corn
+in, instead of a mill to grind it. Here indeed I was at a great loss, as
+not being fit for a stone-cutter; and many days I spent to find out a
+great stone big enough to cut hollow and make fit for a morter, and
+strong enough to bear the weight of a pestil, and that would break the
+corn without filling it with sand. But all the stones of the island
+being of a mouldering nature, rendered my search fruitless; and then I
+resolved to look out for a great block of hard wood, which having found,
+I formed it with my ax and hammer, and then, with infinite labour, made
+a hollow in it, just as the Indians of Brazil make their canoes. When I
+had finished this, I made a great pestil of iron wood, and then laid
+them up against my succeeding harvest.
+
+My next business was to make me a sieve, to sift my meal and part it
+from the bran and husk. Having no fine thin canvas to search the meal
+through, I could not tell what to do. What linen I had was reduced to
+rags: I had goat's hair, enough, but neither tools to work it, nor did I
+know how to spin it: At length I remembered I had some neckcloths of
+calico or muslin of the sailors, which I had brought out of the ship,
+and with these I made three small sieves proper enough for the work.
+
+I come now to consider the baking part. The want of an oven I supplied
+by making some earthen pans very broad but not deep. When I had a mind
+to bake, I made a great fire upon the hearth, the tiles of which I had
+made myself; and when the wood was burnt into live coals, I spread them
+over it, till it became very hot; then sweeping them away, I set down my
+loaves, and whelming down the earthen pots upon them, drew the ashes and
+coals all around the outsides of the pots to continue the heat; and in
+this manner I baked my barley loaves, as well as if I had been a
+complete pastry-cook, and also made of the rice several cakes
+and puddings.
+
+It is no wonder that these things took me up the best part of a year,
+since what intermediate time I had was bestowed in managing my new
+harvest and husbandry; for in the proper season I reaped my corn,
+carried it home, and laid it up in the ear in my large baskets, til I
+had time to rub, instead of thrashing it. And now, indeed, my corn
+increased so much, that it produced me twenty bushels of barley, and as
+much rice, that I not only began to use it freely, but was thinking how
+to enlarge my barns, and resolved to sow as much at a time as would be
+sufficient for me for a whole year.
+
+All this while, the prospect of land, which I had seen from the other
+side of the island, ran in my mind. I still meditated a deliverance from
+this place, though the fear of greater misfortunes might have deterred
+me from it.--For, allowing that I had attained that place, I run the
+hazard of being killed and eaten by the devouring cannibals: and if they
+were not so, yet I might be slain, as other Europeans had been, who fell
+into their hands. Notwithstanding all this, my thoughts ran continually
+upon that shore. I now wished for my boy Xury, and the long boat, with
+the shoulder of mutton sail: I went to the ship's boat that had been
+cast a great way on the shore in the late storm. She was removed but a
+little; but her bottom being turned up by the impetuosity and fury of
+the waves and wind, I fell to work with all the strength I had, with
+levers and rollers I had cut from the wood, to turn her, and repair the
+damages she had sustained. This work took me up three or four weeks,
+when finding my little strength all in vain, I fell to undermining it by
+digging away the sand, and so to make it fall down, setting pieces of
+wood to thrust and guide it in the fall. But after this was done, I was
+still unable to stir it up, or to get under it, much less to move it
+forward towards the water, and so I was forced to give it over.
+
+This disapointment, however did not frighten me. I began to think
+whether it was not possible for me to make a canoe or perigua, such as
+the Indians make of the trunk of a tree, But here I lay under particular
+inconveniencies; want of tools to make it, and want of hands to move it
+in the water when it was made. However, to work I went upon it, stopping
+all the inquiries I could make, with this very simple answer I made to
+myself, _Let's first make it, I'll warrant I'll find some way or other
+to get it along when it is done_.
+
+I first cut down a cedar tree, which was five feet ten inches diameter
+at the lower part next the stump, and four feet eleven inches diameter
+at the end of twenty-two feet, after which it lessened for a space, and
+then parted into branches. Twenty days was I a hacking and hewing this
+tree at the bottom, fourteen more in cutting off the branches and limbs,
+and a whole month in shaping it like the bottom of the boat. As for the
+inside, I was three weeks with a mallet and chissel, clearing it in such
+a manner, as that it was big enough to carry twenty-six men, much bigger
+than any canoe I ever saw in my life, and consequently sufficient to
+transport me and all my effects to that wished-for shore I so
+ardently desired.
+
+Nothing remained now, but, indeed, the greatest difficulty to get it
+into the water, it lying about one hundred yards from it. To remedy the
+first inconvenience, which was a rising hill between the boat and the
+creek, with wonderful pains and labour I dug into the bowels of the
+earth, and made a declivity. But when this was done, all the strength I
+had was as insufficient to remove it, as it was when I attempted to
+remove the boat. I then proceeded to measure the difference of ground,
+resolving to make a canal, in order to bring the water to the canoe,
+since I could not bring the canoe to the water. But as this seemed to be
+impracticable to myself alone, under the space of eleven or twelve
+years, it brought me into some sort of consideration: so that I
+concluded this also to be impossible, and the attempt altogether vain. I
+now saw, and not before, _what stupidity it is to begin a work before we
+reckon its costs, or judge rightly our own abilities to go through with
+its performance_.
+
+In the height of this work my fourth year expired, from the time I was
+cast on this island, At this time I did not forget my anniversary; but
+kept it with rather greater devotion than before. For now my hopes being
+frustrated, I looked upon this world as a thing had nothing to do with;
+and very well might I say as Father Abraham said unto Dives, _Between
+thee and me there is a gulph fixed._ And indeed I was separated from its
+wickedness too, having neither the lust of the flesh, the lust of the
+eye, nor the pride of life; I had nothing to covet, being lord, king and
+emperor over the whole country I had in possession, without dispute and
+without control: I had loadings of corn, plenty of turtles, timber in
+abundance, and grapes above measure. What was all the rest to me? the
+money I had lay by me as despicable dross, which I would freely have
+given for a gross of tobacco pipes, or a hard mill to grind my corn: in
+a word the-nature and experience of these things dictated to me this
+just reflection: _That the good things of this world are no farther
+good to us, than they are for our use; and that whatever we may heap up
+to give to others, we can but enjoy as much as we use, and no more._
+
+These thoughts rendered my mind more easy than usual. Every time I sat
+down to meat, I did it with thankfulness, admiring the providential hand
+of God, who in this wilderness had spread a table to me. And now I
+considered what I enjoyed, rather than what I wanted, compared my
+present condition with what I at first expected it should be; _how I
+should have done, if I had got nothing out of the ship, that I must have
+perished before I had caught fish or turtles; or lived, had I found
+them, like a mere savage, by eating them raw, and pulling them in pieces
+with my claws, like a beast_. I next compared my station to that which I
+deserved: _how undutiful I had been to my parents; how destitute of the
+fear of God; bow void of every thing that was good; and how ungrateful
+for those abundant mercies I had received from Heaven, being fed as it
+were, by a miracle, even as great as Elijah's being fed by ravens; and
+cast on a place where there is no venomous creatures to poison or devour
+me_; in short making God's tender mercies matter of great consolation, I
+relinquished all sadness, and gave way to contentment.
+
+As long as my ink continued, which with water I made last as long as I
+could, I used to minute down the days of the month on which any
+remarkable event happened.--And,
+
+First, I observed, _that the same day I forsook my parents and friends,
+and ran away to Hull, in order to go to sea, the same day afterwards in
+the next year, I was taken and made a slave by the Sallee rovers_.
+
+_That the very day I escaped out of the wreck of the ship in Yarmouth
+roads, a year after on the same day, I made my escape from Sallee in my
+patron' fishing boat_.
+
+_And on the 30th of September, being the day of the year I was born on,
+on that day twenty-six years after, was I miraculously saved, and cast
+ashore on this island_.
+
+The next thing that wasted after my ink, was the biscuit which I had
+brought out of the ship, and though I allowed myself but one cake a day,
+for above a twelvemonth, yet I was quite out of bread for near a year,
+before I got any corn of my own.
+
+In the next place, my clothes began to decay, and my linen had been gone
+long before. However, I had preserved about three dozen of the sailors
+chequered shirts, which proved a great refreshment to me, when the
+violent beams of the sun would not suffer me to bear any of the seamen's
+heavy watch coats, which made me turn taylor, and, after a miserable
+botching manner, convert them to jackets. To preserve my head, I made
+me a cap of goat-skins, with the hair outwards to keep out the rain;
+which indeed served me so well, that afterwards I made me a waistcoat
+and opened-kneed breeches of the fame: And then I contrived a sort of an
+umbrella, covering it with skins, which not only kept out the heat of
+the sun, but rain also. Thus being easy, and settled in my mind, my
+chief happiness was to converse with God, in most heavenly and
+comfortable ejaculations.
+
+For five years after this I cannot say any extraordinary thing occured
+to me. My chief employment was to cure my raisins, and plant my barley
+and rice, of both which I had a year's provision beforehand. But though
+I was disapointed in my first canoe, I made it, at intermediate times,
+my business to make a second, of much inferior size; and it was
+two-years before I had finished it. But as I perceived it would no way
+answer my design of sailing to the other shore, my thoughts were
+consigned to take a tour round the island, to see what further
+discoveries I could make. To this intent, after having moved her to the
+water, and tried how she would sail, I fitted up a little raft to my
+boat, and made a sail of the ships sail that by me. I then made lockers
+or boxes at the end of it, to put in necessaries, provision, and
+ammunition, which would preserve them dry, either from rain or the spray
+of the sea; and in the inside of the boat, I cut me a long hollow place
+to lay my gun in, and to keep it dry made a flag to hang over it. My
+umbrella I fixed in a step in the stern, like a mast, to keep the heat
+of the sun off me. And now resolving to see the circumference of my
+little kingdom, I victualled my ship for the voyage, putting in two
+dozen of my barley-bread loaves, an earthen pot-full of parched rice, a
+little bottle of rum, half a goat, powder and shot, and two watch coats.
+It was the _6th_ of November, in the _6th_ year of my reign, or
+captivity, that I set out in this voyage; which was much longer than I
+expected, being obliged to put further out, by reason of the rocks that
+lay a great way in the sea. And indeed so much did these rocks surprise
+me, that I was for putting back, fearing that if I ventured farther it
+would be out of my power to return in this uncertainty I came to an
+anchor just off shore, to which I waded with my gun on my shoulder, and
+then climbing up a hill, which overlooked that point, I saw the full
+extent of it, and so resolved to run all hazards.
+
+In this prospect from the hill, I perceived a violent current running to
+the east, coming very close to the point; which I the more carefully
+observed, thinking it dangerous, and that when I came to it, I might be
+drove into the sea by its force, and not able to return to the island;
+and certainly it must have been so, had I not made this observation; for
+on the other side was the like current, with this difference, that it
+set off at a greater distance; and I perceived there was a strong eddy
+under the land; so that my chief business was to work out of the first
+current, and conveniently get into the eddy. Two days I staid here, the
+wind blowing very briskly E.S.E. which being contrary to the current,
+leaves a great breach of the sea upon the point; so it was neither fit
+for me to keep too near the shore, on account of the breach; nor stand
+at too great a distance, for fear of the streams. That night the wind
+abating, it grew so calm, that I ventured out; & here I may be a
+monument to all rash and ignorant pilots; for I was no sooner come to
+the point and not above the boat's length from shore, but I was going
+into a deep water, with a current like a mill, which drove my boat along
+so violently, that it was impossible for me to keep near the edge of it,
+but forced me more and more out from the eddy to the left of me; and all
+I could do with my paddle were useless, there being no wind to help me.
+
+Now I began to look upon myself as quite lost, since as, the current ran
+on both sides of the island, I was very certain they must join again,
+and then I had no hope but of perishing for want in the sea, after what
+provision I had was spent, or before, if a storm should happen to arise.
+
+Who can conceive the present anguish of my mind at this calamity? with
+longing eyes did I look upon my little kingdom, and thought the island
+the pleasantest place in the universe. _Happy, thrice happy desert_,
+said I, _shall I never see thee more?_ _Wretched creature! wither am I
+going? Why did I murmur at my lonesome condition, when now I would give
+the whole world to be thither again?_ While I was thus complaining, I
+found myself to be driven about two leagues into the sea; however, I
+laboured till my strength was far spent, to keep my boat as far north as
+possibly I could, to that side of the current where the eddy lay on.
+About noon I perceived a little breeze of wind spring up from the S.S.E.
+which overjoyed my heart; and was still more elated, when, in about half
+an hour it blew a gentle fine gale. Had any thick weather sprung up, I
+had been left another way; for having no compass onboard, I should never
+have found the way to steer towards the island, if once it had
+disappeared; but it proving the contrary, I set up my mast again, spread
+my sail, and stood away northward, as much as I could, to get rid of the
+current. And no sooner did the boat begin to stretch away, but I
+perceived by the clearness of the water, a change of the current was
+near; for, where it was strong, the water was foul; and where it was
+clear the current abated. To the east, I soon saw about half a mile, a
+breach of the sea upon, some rocks, which caused it again to separate;
+and as the main force of it drove away more southwardly, leaving the
+rocks to the north-east, so the other came back by the repulse of the
+rocks making a sharp eddy, which returned back again to the north-west
+with a very swift stream.
+
+They who have experienced what it is to be reprieved upon the ladder, or
+to be saved from thieves, just going to take away their lives, or such
+as have been in the like calamities with my own, may guess my present
+excess of joy, how heartily I ran my boat into the stream of this eddy,
+and how joyfully I spread my sail to the refreshing wind, standing
+cheerfully before it, with a smart tide under foot. By the assistance of
+this eddy, I was carried above a league home again, when being in the
+wake of the island, betwixt the two currents, I found the water to be in
+a sort of a stand. About four o'clock in the afternoon, I reached within
+a league of the island, and perceived the points of the rock, which
+caused this disaster, stretching out, as I observed before, to the
+southward, which throwing off the current more southwardly had
+occasioned another eddy to the north. But having a fair brisk gale, I
+stretched across this eddy, and in an hour came within a mile of the
+shore, where I soon landed to my unspeakable comfort; and after an
+humble prostration, thanking God for my deliverance, with a resolution
+to lay all thoughts of escaping aside, I brought my boat safe to a
+little cove, and laid me down to take a welcome repose. When I awoke I
+was considering how I might get my boat home; and coasting along the
+shore, I came to a good bay, which ran up to a rivulet or brook, where
+finding a safe harbour, I stowed her as safe as if she had been in a
+dry-dock made on purpose for her.
+
+I now perceived myself not far from the place where before I had
+travelled on foot; so taking nothing with me except my gun and umbrella,
+I began my journey, and in the evening came to my bower, where I again
+laid me down to rest. I had not slept long before I was awakened in
+great surprise, by a strange voice that called me several times. _Robin,
+Robin, Robinson Crusoe, poor Robin! Where are you, Robinson Crusoe?
+Where are you? Where have you been_?
+
+So fast was I asleep at first, that I did not awake thoroughly: but half
+asleep and half awake, I thought I dreamed that somebody spoke to me.
+But, as the voice repeated _Robinson Crusoe_ several times, being
+terribly affrighted, I started up in utmost confusion; and, no sooner
+were my eyes fully open, but I beheld my pretty Poll sitting on the top
+of the hedge, and soon knew that it was he that called me; for just in
+such bewailing language I used to talk and teach him; which he so
+exactly learned that he would sit upon my finger and lay his bill close
+to my face, and cry, _Poor Robinson Crusoe, where are you? where have
+you been? how came you here_? and such like prattle I had constantly
+taught him. But even though I knew it to be the parrot, it was a great
+while before I could adjust myself; being amazed how the creature got
+thither, and that he should fix about that place; and no where else.
+But now being assured it could be no other than my honest Poll, my
+wonder ceased, and reaching out my hand, and calling familiarly Poll,
+the creature came to me, and perched upon my thumb as he was wont,
+constantly prating to me with _Poor Robinson Crusoe, and how did I come
+here, and where had I been?_ as if the bird was overjoyed to see me; and
+so I took him home along with me.
+
+I was now pretty well cured of my rambling to sea; yet I could wish my
+boat, which had cost me so much trouble and pains, on this side the
+island once more, but which indeed was impracticable. I therefore began
+to lead a very retired life, living near a twelvemonth in a very
+contented manner, wanting for nothing except conversation. As to
+mechanic labours, which my necessities obliged me to, I fancied I could,
+upon occasion, make a tolerable carpenter were the poor tools I had to
+work withal but good. Besides, as I improved in my earthen ware, I
+contrived to make them with a wheel, which I found much easier and
+better, making my work shapely, which before was rude and ugly. But I
+think I was never so elevated with my own performance or project, than
+for being able to make a tobacco-pipe, which though it proved an awkward
+clumsy thing, yet it was very sound, and carried the smoke perfectly
+well, to my great satisfaction.
+
+I also improved my wicker ware, making me abundance of necessary
+baskets, which though not very handsome, were very handy and convenient
+to fetch things home in, as also for holding my stores, barley, rice,
+and other provisions.
+
+My powder beginning to fail, made me examine after what manner I should
+kill the goats or birds to live on after it was all gone. Upon which I
+contrived many ways to ensnare the goats, and see if I could catch them
+alive, particularly a she-goat with young. At last I had my desire, for
+making pitfalls and traps baited with barley and rice, I found one
+morning, in one of them, an old he-goat, and in the other three kids,
+one male, the other two females.
+
+So boisterous was the old one, that I could not bring him away. But I
+forgot the old proverb, _That hunger will tame a lion_: For had I kept
+him three or four days without provisions, and then given him some
+water, with a little corn, he would have been as tame as a young kid.
+The other creatures I bound with strings together; but I had great
+difficulty before I could bring them to my habitation. It was some time
+before they would feed; but throwing them sweet corn it so much tempted
+them, that they began to be tamer. From hence I concluded, that if I
+designed to furnish myself with goat's flesh, when my ammunition was
+spent, the tamely breeding them up, like a flock of sheep, about my
+settlement, was the only method I could take. I concluded also I must
+separate the wild from the tame, or else they would always run wild as
+they grew up; and the best way for this, was to have some inclosed piece
+of ground, well fenced, either with a hedge or pale, to keep them so
+effectually, that those within might not break out, or those without
+break in. Such an undertaking was very great for one pair of hands; but
+as there was an absolute necessity for doing it, my first care was to
+find a convenient piece of ground where there was likely to be herbage
+for them to eat, water to drink, and cover to keep them from the sun.
+
+Here again, I gave another instance of my ignorance and inexperience,
+pitching upon a piece of meadow land so large, that had I inclosed it,
+the hedge or pale must have been at least two miles about. Indeed had it
+been ten miles, I had time enough to do it in; but then I did not
+consider that my goats would be as wild in so much compass, as if they
+had had the whole island, and consequently as difficult for me to catch
+them. This thought came into my head, after I had carried it on, I
+believe, about fifty yards; I therefore altered my scheme, and resolved
+to inclose a piece of ground about one hundred and fifty yards in
+length, and one hundred in breadth, sufficient enough for as many as
+would maintain me, till such time as my flock increased, and then I
+could add more ground. I now vigorously prosecuted my work, and it took
+me about three months in hedging the first piece; in which time I
+tethered the three kids in the best part of it, feeding them as near me
+as possible, to make them familiar: and indeed I very often would carry
+some ears of barley or a handful of rice, and feed them out of my hands;
+by which they grew so tame, that when my inclosure was finished, and I
+had let them loose they would run after me for a handful of corn. This
+indeed answered my end; and in a year and half's time I had a flock of
+about twelve goats, kids and all; and in two years after, they amounted
+to forty-three, besides what I had taken and killed for my sustenance.
+After which I inclosed five several pieces of ground to feed them in,
+with pens to drive them into, that I might take them as I had occasion.
+
+In this project I likewise found additional blessings; for I not only
+had plenty of goat's flesh, but milk too, which in my beginning I did
+not so much as think of. And, indeed, though I had never milked a cow,
+much less a goat, or seen butter or cheese made, yet, after some essays
+and miscarriages, I made the both, and never afterwards wanted.
+
+How mercifully can the omnipotent Power comfort his creatures, even in
+the midst of their greatest calamities? How can be sweeten the bitterest
+providences, and give us reason to magnify him in dungeons and prisons?
+what a bounteous table was here spread in a wilderness for me, where I
+expected nothing thing at first but to perish for hunger.
+
+Certainly a Stoic would have smiled to see me at dinner. There sat my
+royal majesty, and absolute prince and ruler of my kingdom, attended by
+my dutiful subjects, whom, if I pleased, I could either hang, draw,
+quarter, give them liberty, or take it away. When I dined, I seemed a
+king eating alone, none daring to presume to do so till I had done.
+_Poll_, as if he had been my principal court favorite, was the only
+person, permitted to talk with me. My old but faithful dog, now grown
+exceedingly crazy, and who had no species to multiply his kind upon,
+continually sat on my right hand; while my two cats sat on each side of
+the table, expecting a bit from my hand, as a principal mark of my royal
+favour. These were not the cats I had brought from the ship; they had
+been dead long before, and interred near my habitation by mine own hand.
+But one of them, as I suppose, generating with a wild cat, a couple of
+their young I had made tame; the rest ran wild into the woods, and in
+time grew so impudent as to return and plunder me of my stores, till
+such time as I shot a great many, and the rest left me without troubling
+me any more. In this plentiful manner did I live, wanting for nothing
+but conversation. One thing indeed concerned me, the want of my boat; I
+knew not which way to get her round the island. One time I resolved to
+go along the shore by land to her; but had any one in England met such a
+figure, it would either have affrighted them, or made them burst into
+laughter; nay, I could not but smile myself at my habit, which I think
+in this place will be very proper to describe.
+
+The cap I wore on my head, was great, high, and shapeless, made of a
+goat's skin, with a flap of pent-house hanging down behind, not only to
+keep the sun from me, but to shoot the rain off from running into my
+neck, nothing being more pernicious than the rain falling upon the flesh
+in these climates. I had a short jacket of goat's skin, whose hair hung
+down such a length on each side, that it reached down to the calves of
+my legs. As for shoes and stockings, I had none, but made a semblance of
+something, I know not what to call them; they were made like buskins,
+and laced on the sides like spatterdashes, Barbarously shaped like the
+rest of my habit. I had a broad belt of goat's skin dried, girt round me
+with a couple of thongs, instead of buckles; on each of which, to supply
+the deficiency of sword and dagger, hung my hatchet and saw. I had
+another belt, not so broad, yet fastened in the same manner, which hung
+over my shoulder, and at the end of it, under my left arm, hung two
+pouches, made of goat's skin, to hold my powder and shot. My basket I
+carried on my back, and my gun on my shoulder; and over my head a great
+clumsy ugly goat's skin umbrella; which, however, next to my gun, was
+the most necessary thing about me. As for my face, the colour was not
+so swarthy as the Mulattoes, or might have been expected from one who
+took to little care of it, in a climate within nine or ten degrees of
+the equinox. At one time my beard grew so long that it hung down about a
+quarter of a yard; but as I had both razors scissors in store, I cut it
+all off, and suffered none to grow, except a large pair of Mahometan
+whiskers, the like of which I had seen wore by some Turks at Sallee, not
+long enough indeed to hang a hat upon, but of such a monstrous size, as
+would have amazed any in England to have seen.
+
+But all this was of no consequence here, there being none to observe my
+behavior or habit. And so, without fear and without controul, I
+proceeded on my journey, the prosecution of which took me up five or six
+days. I first travelled along the sea shore, directly to the place where
+I first brought my boat to an anchor, to get upon the rocks; but now
+having no boat to take care of, I went overland a nearer way to the same
+height that I was before upon; when looking forward to the point of the
+rock, which lay out, and which I was forced to double with my boat, I
+was amazed to see the sea so smooth and quiet, there being no ripling
+motion, nor current, any more than in other places. This made me ponder
+some time to guess the reason of it, when at last I was convinced that
+the ebb setting from the west, and joining with the current of water
+from some great river on shore, must be the occasion of these rapid
+streams; & that, consequently, as the winds blew more westwardly, or
+more southwardly, so the current came he nearer, or went the farther
+from the shore. To satisfy my curiosity, I waited there till evening,
+when the time of ebb being made, I plainly perceived from the rock the
+current again as before, with the difference that it ran farther off,
+near half a league from the shore, whereas in my expedition, it set
+close upon it, furiously hurrying me and my canoe along with it, which
+at another time would not have done. And now I was convinced, that, by
+observing the ebbing and flowing of the tide I might easily bring my
+boat round the island again. But when I began to think of putting it in
+practice, the remembrance of the late danger, struck me with such
+horror, that I changed my resolution, and formed another, which was more
+safe, though more laborious; and this was to make another canoe, and to
+have one for one side of the island, and one for the other.
+
+I had now two plantations in the island; the first my little
+fortification, fort, or castle, with many large and spacious
+improvements; for by this time I had enlarged the cave behind me with
+several little caves, one with another, to hold my baskets, corn, and
+straw. The piles with which I made my wall were grown so lofty and great
+as obscured my habitation. And near this commodious and pleasant
+settlement, lay my well cultivated and improved corn-fields, which
+kindly yielded me their fruit in the proper season. My second plantation
+was that near my country seat, or little bower, where my grapes
+flourished, and where, having planted many stakes, I made inclosures for
+my goats, so strongly fortified by labour and time, that it was much
+stronger than a wall, and consequently impossible for them to break
+through. As for my bower itself, I kept it constantly in repair, and cut
+the trees in such a manner, as made them grow thick and wild, and form a
+most delightful shade. In the centre of this stood my tent, thus
+erected. I had driven four piles in the ground, spreading over it a
+piece of the ship's sail; beneath which I made a sort of couch with the
+skins of the creatures I had slain, and other things; and having laid
+thereon one of the sailor's blankets, which I had saved from the wreck
+of the ship, and covering myself with a great watch-coat, I took up this
+place for my country retreat.
+
+Very frequently from this settlement did I use to visit my boat, and
+keep her in very good order. And sometimes I would venture in her a cast
+or two from shore, but no further, lest either a strong current, a
+sudden stormy wind, or some unlucky accident should hurry me from the
+island as before. But now I entreat your attention, whilst I proceed to
+inform you of a new, but most surprising scent of life which there
+befel me.
+
+You may easily suppose, that, after having been here so long, nothing
+could be more amazing than to see a human creature. One day it happened,
+that going to my boat I saw the print of a man's naked foot on the
+shore, very evident on the sand, as the toes, heel, and every part of
+it. Had I seen an apparition in the most frightful shape, I could not
+have been more confounded. My willing ears gave the strictest attention.
+I cast my eyes around, but could satisfy neither the one nor the other,
+I proceeded alternately in every part of the shore, but with equal
+effect; neither could I see any other mark, though the sand about it was
+as susceptible to take impression, as that which was so plainly stamped.
+Thus struck with confusion and horror, I returned to my habitation,
+frightened at every bush and tree, taking every thing for men; and
+possessed with the wildest ideas. That night my eyes never closed. I
+formed nothing but the most dismal imaginations, concluding it must be
+the mark of the devil's foot which I had seen. For otherwise how could
+any mortal come to this island? where was the ship that transported
+them? & what signs of any other footsteps? Though these seemed very
+strong reasons for such a supposition, yet (thought I) why should the
+devil make the print of his foot to no purpose, as I can see, when he
+might have taken other ways to have terrified me? why should he leave
+his mark on the other side of the island, and that too on the sand,
+where the surging waves of the ocean might soon have erased the
+impression. Surely this action is not consistent with the subtility of
+Satan, said I to myself; but rather must be some dangerous creature,
+some wild savage of the main land over against me, that venturing too
+far in the ocean, has been driven here, either by the violent currents
+or contrary winds; and not caring to stay on this desolate island, has
+gone back to sea again.
+
+[Illustration: Robinson Crusoe struck with confusion and horror, at
+seeing the print of a man's foot upon the sand _Dr. & Eng. by A.
+Carse, Edin._]
+
+Happy, indeed, said I to myself, that none of the savages had seen me in
+that place: yet I was not altogether without fear, lest, having found my
+boar, they should return in numbers and devour me; or at least carry
+away all my corn, and destroy my flock of tame goats. In a word, all my
+religious hopes vanished, as though I thought God would not now protect
+me by his power, who had so wonderfully preserved me so long.
+
+What various chains of Providence are there in the life of man! How
+changeable are our affections, according to different circumstances! We
+love to-day, what we hate to-morrow; we shun one hour, what we seek the
+next. This was evident in me in the most conspicous manner: For I, who
+before had so much lamented my condition, in being banished from all
+human kind, was now even ready to expire, when I considered that a man
+had set his foot on this desolate island. But when I considered my
+station of life decreed by the infinitely wise and good providence of
+God, that I ought not to dispute my Creator's sovereignty, who has an
+unbounded right to govern and dispose of his creatures as he thinks
+convenient; and that his justice and mercy could either punish or
+deliver me: I say when I considered all this, I comfortably found it my
+duty to trust sincerely in him, pray ardently to him, and humbly resign
+myself to his divine will.
+
+One morning, lying on my bed, these words of the sacred writings came
+into my mind, _Call upon me in the day of trouble, and I will deliver
+thee, and thou shalt glorify me._ Upon this sentence, rising more
+cheerfully from my bed, I offered up my prayers in the most heavenly
+manner; and when I had done, taking up my Bible to read, these words
+appeared first in my sight:--_Wait on the Lord, and be of good cheer,
+and he shall strengthen thy heart: Wait, I say, on the Lord._ Such
+divine comfort did this give me, as to remove all cause of sadness upon
+that occasion.
+
+Thus, after a world of apprehensions and fears, for three days and
+nights, I at last ventured out of my castle, and milked my goats, one of
+which was almost spoiled for want of it. I next (though in great fear)
+visited my bower, and milked my flocks there also; when, growing bolder,
+I went down to the shore again, and measuring the print of the foot to
+mine, to see, perhaps, whether I myself had not occasioned that mark, I
+found it much superior in largeness; and so returned home, now
+absolutely convinced that either some men had been ashore, or that the
+island must be inhabited, and therefore that I might be surprised before
+I was aware.
+
+I now began to think of providing for my security, and resolved in my
+mind many different schemes for that purpose. I first proposed to cut
+down my inclosures; and turn my tame cattle wild into the woods that the
+enemy might not find them, and frequent the island in hopes of killing
+the same. Secondly, I was for digging up my corn fields for the very
+same reason. An, lastly, I concluded to demolish my bower, lest, seeing
+a place of human contrivance, they might come farther and find out and
+attack me in my little castle.
+
+Such notions did the fear of danger suggest to me; and I looked I
+thought like the unfortunate king Saul, when not only oppressed by the
+Philistines, but also forsaken by God himself. And, it is strange, that
+a little before, having entirely resigned myself to the will of God, I
+should now have little confidence in him, fearing those more who could
+kill this fading body, than him who could destroy my immortal soul.
+
+Sleep was an utter stranger to my eyes that night: yet nature, spent and
+tired, submitted to a silent repose the next morning, and then joining
+reason with fear, I considered that this delightful and pleasant island
+might not be to entirely forsaken as I might think; but that the
+inhabitants from the other shore might fail, either with design or from
+necessity, by cross winds; and if the latter circumstance. I had reason
+to believe they would depart the first opportunity. However, my fear
+made me think of a place for retreat upon an attack. I now repented that
+I had made my door to come out beyond my fortification; to remedy which,
+I resolved to make me a second one: I fell to work, therefore, and drove
+betwixt that double row of trees, which I planted above twelve years
+before, several strong piles, thickening it with pieces of timber and
+old cables, and strengthening the foot of it with earth which I dug out
+of my cave; I also made me seven holes, wherein I planted my muskets
+like cannon, fitting them into frames resembling carriages. This being
+finished with indefatigable industry, for a great way every where, I
+planted sticks of osier like a wood, about twenty thousand of them,
+leaving a large space between them and my wall, that I might have room
+to see an enemy, and that they might not be sheltered among the young
+trees, if they offered to approach the outer wall. And, indeed, scarce
+two years had passed over my head, when there appeared a lovely shady
+grove, and in six years it became a thick wood perfectly impassable. For
+my safety, I left no avenue to go in or out: instead of which I set two
+ladders, one to a part of a rock which was low, and then broke in,
+leaving room to place another ladder upon that; so that when I took
+these down, it was impossible for any man to descend without hurting
+himself; and if they had, they would still be at the outside of my outer
+wall. But while I took all these measures of human prudence for my own
+preservation I was not altogether unmindful of other affairs. To
+preserve my stock of tame goats, that the enemy should not take all at
+once, I looked out for the most retired part of the island, which was
+the place where I had lost myself before-mentioned; and there finding a
+clear piece of land, containing three acres, surrounded with thick
+woods, I wrought so hard, that in less than a month's time, I fenced it
+so well round, that my flocks were very well secured in it, and I put
+therein two he-goats and ten she ones.
+
+All this labour was occasioned purely by fearful apprehensions, on
+account of seeing the print of a man's foot. And not contented yet with
+what I had done, I searched for another place towards the west point of
+the island, where I might also retain another flock. Then wandering on
+this errand more to the west of the island than ever I had yet done, and
+casting my eyes towards the sea, methought I perceived a boat at a great
+distance; but could not possibly tell what it was for want of my
+perspective glass. I considered then it was no strange thing to see the
+print of a man's foot; and concluding them cannibals, blessed God for
+being cast on the other side of the island, where none of the savages,
+as I thought, ever came. But when I came down the hill to the shore,
+which was the S.W. point of the island, I was soon confirmed in my
+opinion; nor can any one describe my horror and amazement, when I saw
+the ground spread with sculls, hands, feet, and bones of human bodies;
+and particularly, I perceived a space like a circle, in the midst of
+which had been a fire, about which I conjectured these wretches sat, and
+unnaturally sacrificed and devoured their fellow creatures.
+
+The horror and loathsomeness of this dreadful spectacle, both confounded
+my senses, and made me discharge from my stomach in an excessive manner.
+I then returned towards my habitation; and, in my way thither, shedding
+floods of tears, and falling down on my bended knees, gave God thanks
+for making my nature contrary to these wretches, and delivering me so
+long out of their hands.
+
+Though reason and my long residence here had assured me, that these
+savages never came up to the thick woody parts of the country, and that
+I had no reason to be apprehensive of a discovery; yet such an abhorence
+did I still retain, that, for two years after, I confined myself only to
+my three plantation: I mean my castle, country-seat, and inclosure in
+the woods. And though in process of time, my dreadful apprehensions
+began to wear away, yet my eyes were more vigilant for fear of being
+heard by those creatures, they should proceed to attack me. I resolved,
+however, manfully to lose my life if they did, and went armed with three
+pistols stuck in my girdle, which added to the description I have given
+of myself before, made me look with a very formidable appearance.
+
+Thus my circumstances for some time remained very calm and undisturbed;
+and when I compared my condition to others, I found it far from being
+miserable. And, indeed, would all persons compare their circumstances,
+not with those above them, but with those innumerable unhappy objects
+beneath them, I am sure we should not hear these daily murmurings and
+complainings that are in the world. For my part, I wanted but few
+things. Indeed, the terror which the savages had put me in, spoiled some
+inventions for my own conveniences. One of my projects was to brew me
+some beer; a very whimsical one indeed, when it is considered that I had
+neither casks sufficient; nor could I make any to preserve it in;
+neither had I hops to make it keep, yest to make it work, nor a copper
+or kettle to make it boil. Perhaps, indeed, after some years, I might
+bring this to bear, as I had done other things. But now my inventions
+were placed another way; and day and night I could think of nothing but
+how I might destroy some of these cannibals, when proceeding to their
+bloody entertainments; and so saving a victim from being sacrificed,
+that he might after become my servant. Many were my contrivances after
+this purpose, and as many more objections occurred after I hatched them.
+I once contrived to dig a hole under the place where they made their
+fire, and put therein five or six pounds of gunpowder, which would
+consequently blow up all those that were near it: but then I was loth to
+spend so much upon them, lest it should not do that certain execution I
+could desire, & but only affright & not kill them. Having laid this
+design aside, I again proposed to myself to lie privately in ambush, in
+some convenient place, with my three guns double loaded, and let fly at
+them in the midst of their dreadful ceremony: and having killed two or
+three of them at every shot, fall upon the rest suddenly with my three
+pistols, & not let one mother's son escape. Thus imagination pleased my
+fancy so much that I used to dream of it in the night time. To put my
+design in execution, I was not long in seeking for a place convenient
+for my purpose, where unseen I might behold every action of the savages.
+Here I placed my two muskets, each of which was loaded with a brace of
+slugs, and four or five smaller bullets about the size of pistol
+bullets; the fowling-piece was charged with near a handful of the
+largest swan-shot, and in every pistol were about four bullets. And thus
+all things being prepared, no sooner would the welcome light spread over
+the element, but, _like a giant refreshed with wine_, as the Scripture
+has it, would I issue forth from my castle, and from a lofty hill, three
+miles distant, view if I could see any invaders approach unlawfully to
+my kingdom. But having waited in vain two or three months, it not only
+grew very tiresome to me, but brought me to some consideration, and
+made me examine myself, what right I had to kill these creatures in
+this manner.
+
+If (argued I to myself) this unnatural custom of theirs be a sin
+offensive to Heaven, it belongs to the Divine Being, who alone has the
+vindictive power in his hands, to shower down his vengeance upon them.
+And perhaps he does so, in making them become one another's
+executioners. Or, if not, if God thinks these doings just, according to
+the knowledge they conceive, what authority have I to pretend to thwart
+the decrees of Providence, which has permitted these actions for so many
+ages, perhaps from almost the beginning of the creation? They never
+offended me, what right have I then to concern myself in their shedding
+one another's blood: And, indeed, I have since known, they value no more
+to kill and devour a captive taken in war, than we do to kill an ox or
+eat mutton. I then concluded it necessarily followed, that these people
+were no more murderers than Christians, who many times put whole troops
+to the sword, after throwing down their arms.--Again I considered, that
+if I fell upon them, I should be as much in the wrong as the Spaniards,
+who had committed the greatest barbarities upon these people who had
+never offended them in their whole lives; as if the kingdom of Spain was
+eminent for a race of men without common compassion to the miserable, a
+principal sign of the most generous temper: these considerations made me
+pause, and made me think I had taken wrong measures in my resolution: I
+now argued with myself, it was better for me never to attack, but to
+remain undiscovered as long as I possibly could; that an opposite
+conduct would certainly prove destructive; for as it was scarcely to be
+supposed I could kill them all, I might either be overpowered by the
+remaining, or that some escaping, might bring thousands to my certain
+destruction. And, indeed, religion took their part so much as to
+convince me how contrary it was to my duty to be guilty of shedding
+human blood, innocent as to my particular, whatever they are to one
+another: that I had nothing to do with it, but leave it to the God of
+all power and dominion, as I said before, to do therein what seemed
+convenient to his heavenly wisdom. And, therefore, on my knees I thanked
+the Almighty for delivering me from blood guiltiness, and begged his
+protection that I might never fall into their hands.
+
+Thus giving over an attempt which I had rashly begun, I never ascended
+the hill on that occasion afterwards: I only re-removed my boat, which
+lay on the other side of the island, and every thing that belonged to
+her, towards the east, into a little cove; that there might not be the
+least shadow of any boat near, or habitation upon the island.--My castle
+then became my cell, keeping always retired in it, except when I went
+out to milk my she-goats, and order my little flock in the wood, which
+was quite out of danger: for sure I was that these savages never came
+here with expectations to find any thing, consequently never wandered
+from the coast; however, as they might have several times been on shore,
+as well before as after my dreadful apprehensions, I looked back with
+horror to think in what state I might have been, had I suddenly met them
+slenderly armed; with one gun only loaded with small shot; and how great
+would have been my amazement, if, instead of seeing the print of one
+man's foot, I had perceived fifteen, or twenty savages, who having once
+set their eyes upon me, by the swiftness of their feet would have left
+me no possibility of escaping? These thoughts would sink my very soul,
+so that I would fall into a deep melancholy, till such time as the
+consideration of my gratitude to the Divine Being moved it from my
+heart. I then fell into a contemplation of the secret springs of
+Providence, and how wonderfully we are delivered, when insensible of it;
+and when intricated in uncertain mazes or labyrinths of doubt or
+hesitation, what secret hint directs us in the right way, when we
+intended to go out of it, nay, perhaps contrary to our business, sense
+or inclination. Upon which, I fixed within me this as a certain rule,
+never to disobey those secret impressions of the mind, to the acting or
+not acting any thing that offered, for which I yet could assign no
+reason. But let it be how it will, the advantage of this conduct very
+eminently appeared in the latter part of my abode on this island; I am,
+a stranger in determining whence these secret intimations of Providence
+derive; yet methinks they are not only some proof of the converse of
+spirits, but also of the secret communications they are supposed to have
+with those that have not passed through the gloomy vale of death.
+
+These anxieties of mind, and the care of my preservation, put a period
+to all future inventions and contrivances, either for accommodation or
+convenience. I now cared not to drive a nail, chop a stick, fire a gun
+or make a fire, lest either the noise should be heard, or the smoke
+discover me. And on this account I used to burn my earthen ware
+privately in a cave which I found in the wood, and which I made
+convenient for that purpose; the principal cause that brought me here
+was to make charcoal, so that I might bake and dress my bread and meat
+without any danger. At that time a curious accident happened me, which I
+shall now relate.
+
+While I was cutting down some wood for making my charcoal, I perceived a
+cavity behind a very thick branch of underwood. Curious to look into it,
+I attained its month, and perceived it sufficient for me to stand
+upright in. But when I had entered, and took a further view, two rolling
+shining eyes like flaming stars seemed to dart themselves at me; so that
+I made all the haste out that I could, as not knowing whither it was the
+devil or a monster that had taken his residence in that place. When I
+recovered a little from my surprise, I called myself a thousand fools,
+for being afraid to see the devil one moment, who had now lived almost
+twenty years in the most retired solitude. And therefore resuming all
+the courage I had, I took a flaming firebrand, and in I rushed again. I
+had not proceeded above three steps, when I was more affrighted than
+before; for then I heard a very loud sigh, like that of a human creature
+in the greatest agony, succeeded with a broken noise, resembling words
+half expressed, and then a broken sigh again. Stepping back, _Lord!_
+(thought I to myself) _where am I got, into what enchanted place have I
+plunged myself, such as are reported to contain miserable captives, till
+death puts an end to their sorrow_? And, indeed, in such great amazement
+was I, that it struck me into a cold sweat; and had my hat been on my
+head, I believe my hair would have moved it off. But again encouraging
+myself with the hopes of God's protection, I proceeded forward, and, by
+the light of my firebrand, perceived it to be a monstrous he-goat, lying
+on the ground, gasping for life, and dying of mere old age. At first, I
+stirred him, thinking to drive him out, but the poor ancient creature
+strove to get upon his feet, but was not able; so I e'en let him lie
+still to affright the savages, should they venture into this cave. I now
+looked round me and found the place but small and shapeless. At the
+farther side of it, I perceived a sort of an entrance, yet so low, as
+must oblige me to creep upon my hands and knees to it; so, having no
+candle, I suspended my enterprise till the next day, and then I came
+provided with two large ones of my own making.
+
+Having crept upon my hands and feet, through this strait, I found the
+roof higher up, I think about twenty feet. But surely mortal never saw
+such a glorious sight before! The roof and walls of this cave reflected
+a hundred thousand lights to me from my two candles, as though they were
+indented with mining gold, precious stones, or sparkling diamonds. And
+indeed it was the most delightful cavity or grotto of its kind that
+could be desired, though entirely dark. The floor was dry and level, and
+had a kind of gravel upon it: no nauseous venomous creatures to be seen
+there, neither any damp or wet about it. I could find no fault but in
+the entrance, and I began to think that even this might be very
+necessary for my defence, and therefore resolved to make it my most
+principal magazine. I brought hither two fowling-pieces, and three
+muskets, leaving only five pieces at my castle, planted in the nature of
+cannon. Of the barrel of gunpowder, which I took up out of the sea, I
+brought away about sixty pounds powder, which was not damaged, and this
+with a great quantity of lead for bullets, I removed for my castle to
+this retreat, now fortified both by art and nature.
+
+I fancied myself now like one of the giants of old, who were said to
+live in caves and holes among the rocks, inaccessible to any but
+themselves, or, at lest, a most dangerous to attempt. And now I despised
+both the cunning and strength of the savages, either to find me out or
+to hurt me.
+
+But I must not forget the old goat, which caused my late dreadful
+amazement. The poor creature gave up the ghost the day after my
+discovery; & it being difficult to drag him out, I dug his grave, and
+honourably entombed him in the same place where is departed, with as
+much ceremony as any Welch goat that has been interred about the high
+mountain Penmanmawn.
+
+I think I was now in the twenty-third year of my reign, and my thoughts
+much easier than formerly, having contrived several pretty amusements
+and diversions to pass away the time in a pleasant manner. By this time
+my pretty Poll had learned to speak English, and pronounce his words
+very articulately and plain; so that for many hours we used to chat
+together after a familiar manner, and he lived with me no less than
+twenty-six years. My dog which was nineteen years old, sixteen of which
+he lived with me, died some time ago of mere old age. As for my cats,
+they multiplied so fast, that I was forced to kill or drive them into
+the woods, except two or three which became my particular favourites.
+Besides these, I continually kept two or three household kids about me,
+which I learned to feed out of my hand, and two more parrots which could
+talk indifferently, and call _Robinson Crusoe_, but not so excellently
+as the first, as not taking that pains with them. I had also several
+sea-owls which I had wounded and cut their wings; and growing tame, they
+used to breed among the low trees about my castle walls, all which made
+my abode very agreeable.
+
+But what unforeseen events suddenly destroy the enjoyment, of this
+uncertain state of life, when we least expect them! it was now the month
+of December, in the southern solstice, and particular time of my
+harvest, which required my attendance in the fields; when going out
+pretty early one morning, before it was day-light, there appeared to me,
+from the sea shore, a flaming light, about two miles from me at the east
+end of the island, where I had observed some savages had been before,
+not on the other side, but to my great affliction, it was on my side
+the island.
+
+Struck with a terrible surprise, and my usual apprehensions, that the
+savages would perceive my improvements, I returned directly to my
+castle, pulled the ladder after me, making all things look as wild and
+natural as I possibly could. In the next place, I put myself into a
+posture of defence, loading my muskets and pistols, and committing
+myself to God's protection, I resolved to defend myself till my last
+breath. Two hours after, impatient for intelligence, I set my ladder up
+to the side of the hill, where there was a flat place, and then pulling
+the ladder after me ascended to the top, where laying myself on my
+belly, with my perspective glass, I perceived no less than nine naked
+savages, sitting round a small fire, eating, as I supposed human flesh,
+with their two canoes haled on shore, waiting for the flood to carry
+them off again. You cannot easily express the consternation I was in at
+this sight, especially seeing them near me; but when I perceived their
+coming must be always with the current of the ebb, I became more easy in
+my thoughts, being fully convinced that I might go abroad with security
+all the time of flood, if they were not before landed. And, indeed, this
+proved just as I imagined; for no sooner did they all take boat and
+paddle away, but the tide made N.W. Before they went off they danced,
+making ridiculous postures and gestures for above an hour, all stark
+naked; but whether men or women, or both, I could not perceive. When I
+saw them gone, I took two guns upon my shoulders, and placing a couple
+of pistols in my belt, with my great sword hanging by my side, I went to
+the hill, where at first I made a discovery of these cannibals, and then
+saw there had been three canoes more of the savages on shore at that
+place, which with the rest were making over to the main land.
+
+But nothing could be more horrid to me, when going to the place of
+sacrifice, the blood, the bones, and other mangled parts of human bodies
+appeared in my sight; and so fired was I with indignation, that I was
+fully resolved to be revenged on the first that came there, though I
+lost my life in the execution. It then appeared to me, that the visits
+which they make to this island are not very frequent, it being fifteen
+months before they came again; but still I was very uneasy, by reason of
+the dismal apprehensions of their surprising me unawares; nor dared I
+offer to fire a gun on that side of the island where they used to
+appear, lest, taking the alarm, the savages might return with many
+hundred canoes, and then God knows in what manner I should have made my
+end. Thus was I a year or more before I saw any of these devouring
+cannibals again.
+
+But to wave this, the following accident, which demands attention, for a
+while eluded the force of my thoughts in revenging myself on
+those Heathens.
+
+On the 16th of May (according to my wooden calendar) the wind blew
+exceedingly hard, accompanied with abundance of lightning and thunder
+all day, and succeeded by a very stormy night. The seeming anger of the
+Heavens made me have recourse to my Bible. While I was seriously
+pondering upon it, I was suddenly alarmed with the noise of a gun, which
+I conjectured was fired upon the ocean. Such an unusual surprise made me
+start up in a minute, when, with my ladder, ascending the mountain as
+before, that very moment a flash of fire presaged the report of another
+gun which I presently heard, and found it was from that part of the sea
+where the current drove me away. I could not but then think, that this
+must be a ship in distress, and that there were the melancholy signals
+for a speedy deliverance. Great, indeed, was my sorrow upon this
+occasion; but my labours to assist them must have proved altogether vain
+& fruitless. However, I brought together all the dry wood that was at
+hand, and making a pretty large pile, set it on fire on the hill. I was
+certain they plainly perceived it, by their firing another gun as soon
+as it began to blaze, and after that several more from the same quarter.
+All night long I kept up my fire: and when the air cleared up, I
+perceived something a great way at sea, directly E. but could not
+distinguish what it was, even with my glass, by reason that the weather
+was so very foggy out at sea. However, keeping my eyes directly fixed
+upon it, and perceiving it did not stir, I presently concluded it must
+be a ship at anchor, and so very hasty I was to be satisfied, that
+taking the gun, I went to the S.E. part of the island, to the same rocks
+where I had been formerly drove away by the current, in which time the
+weather being perfectly cleared up, to my great sorrow, I perceived the
+wreck of a ship cast away upon those hidden rocks I found when I was out
+with my boat; and which, by making a kind of an eddy, were the occasion
+of my preservation.
+
+Thus, _what is one man's safety is another's ruin_; for undoubtedly this
+ship had been driven on them in the night, the wind blowing strong at
+E.N.E. Had they perceived the island, as I now guessed they had not,
+certainly, instead of firing there guns for help, they would rather have
+ventured in their boat and saved themselves that way. I then thought,
+that perhaps they had done so, upon seeing my fire, and were cast away
+in the attempt: for I perceived no boat in the ship. But then I again
+imagined, that, perhaps, they had another vessel in company, which, upon
+signal, saved their lives, and took the boat up: or that the boat might
+be driven into the main ocean, where these poor creatures might be in
+the most miserable condition. But as all these conjectures were very
+uncertain, I could do no more than commiserate there distress, and thank
+God for delivering me, in particular, when so many perished in the
+raging ocean.
+
+When I considered seriously every thing concerning this wreck, and could
+perceive no room to suppose any of them saved, I cannot explain, by any
+possible force of words, what longings my soul felt on this occasion,
+often breaking out in this manner: _O that there had been but two or
+three, nay even one person saved, that we might have lived together,
+conversed with, and comforted one another!_ and so much were my desires
+moved, that when I repeated these words, _Oh! that there had been but
+one!_ my hands would clench together, and my fingers press the palms of
+my hands to close, that, had any soft thing been between, it would have
+crushed it involuntarily, while my teeth would strike together, and set
+against each other so strong that it required some time for me to
+part them.
+
+Till the last year of my being on this island, I never knew whether or
+not any had been saved out of this ship. I had the affliction, some time
+after, to see the corpse of a drowned boy come on shore, at the end of
+the island which was next the shipwreck; there was nothing on him but a
+seaman's waistcoat, a pair of opened kneed linen drawers, and a blue
+linen shirt, but no particular mark to guess what nation he was of. In
+his pocket were two pieces of eight, and a tobacco-pipe, the last of
+which I preferred much more than I did the first. And now the calmness
+of the sea tempted me to venture out in my boat to this wreck, not only
+to get something necessary out of the ship, but perhaps, some living
+creature might be on board, whose life I might preserve. This had such
+an influence upon my mind, that immediately I went home, and prepared
+every thing necessary for the voyage, carrying on board my boat
+provisions of all sorts, with a good quantity of rum, fresh water, and a
+compass: so putting off, I paddled the canoe along the shore, till I
+came at last to the north-east part of the island, from whence I was to
+launch into the ocean; but here the currents ran so violently, and
+appeared so terrible, that my heart began to fail me; foreseeing that if
+I was driven into any of these currents, I might be carried not only out
+of reach or sight of the island, but even inevitably lost in the boiling
+surges of the ocean.
+
+So oppressed was I at these troubles, that I gave over my enterprize,
+sailing to a little creek on the shore, where stepping out, I set me
+down on a rising hill, very pensive and thoughtful. I then perceived
+that the tide was turned; and the flood came on, which made it
+impracticable for me to go out for so many hours. To be more certain how
+the sets of the tides or currents lay when the flood came in, I ascended
+a higher piece of ground, which overlooked the sea both ways; and here I
+found that as the current of the ebb set out close by the south point of
+the island, so the current of the flood set in close by the shore of the
+north side; and all that I had to do was to keep to the north of the
+island in my return.
+
+That night I reposed myself in my canoe, covered with my watch coat,
+instead of a blanket, the heavens being my tester. I set out with the
+first of the tide full north, till I felt the benefit of the current,
+which carried me at a great rate eastward, yet not with such impetuosity
+as before, as to take from me all government of my canoe; so that in two
+hours time I came up to the wreck, which appeared to me a most
+melancholy sight. It seemed to be a Spanish vessel by its building,
+stuck fast between two rocks; her stern and quarter beaten to pieces by
+the sea; her mainmast and foremast were brought off by the board, that
+is broken off short. As I approached near, I perceived a dog on board,
+who seeing me coming, yelped and cried, and no sooner did I call him,
+but the poor creature jumped into the sea, out of which I took him up,
+almost famished with hunger and thirst; so that when I gave him a cake
+of bread, no ravenous wolf could devour it more greedily; and he drank
+to that degree of fresh water, that he would have burst himself, had I
+suffered him.
+
+The first sight I met with in the ship, were two men drowned in the
+cook-room or forecastle, inclosed in one another's arms: hence I very
+probably supposed, that _when the vessel struck in the storm, so high
+and incessantly did the waters break in and over her, that the men not
+being able to bear it, were strangled by the constant rushing in of the
+waves_. There were several casks of liquor, whether wine of brandy, I
+could not be positive, which lay in the lower hold, as were plainly
+perceptible by the ebbing out of the water, yet were too large for me to
+pretend to meddle with; likewise I perceived several chests, which I
+supposed to belong to the seamen, two of which I got into my boat,
+without examining what was in them. Had the stern of the ship been
+fixed, and the forepart broken off, I should have made a very prosperous
+voyage; since by what I after found in these two chests, I could not
+otherwise conclude, but that the ship must have abundance of wealth on
+board; nay, if I must guess by the course she steered, she must have
+been bound from the Buenos Ayres, or the Rio de la Plata, in the
+southern parts of America, beyond the Brazils, to the Havannah, in the
+gulf of Mexico, and so perhaps to Spain. What became of the rest of the
+sailors, I could not certainly tell; and all her riches signified
+nothing at that time to any body.
+
+Searching farther, I found a cask containing about twenty gallons, full
+of liquor, which, with some labour, I got into my boat; in her cabin
+were several muskets, which I let remain there; but took away with me a
+great powder horn, with about four pounds of powder in it. I took also a
+fire-shovel and tongs, two brass kettles, a copper pot to make
+chocolate, and a gridiron; all which were extremely necessary to me,
+especially the fire-shovel and tongs. And so with this cargo,
+accompanied with my dog, I came away, the tide serving for that purpose;
+and the same evening, about an hour within night, I attained the island,
+after the greatest toil and fatigue imaginable.
+
+That night I reposed my wearied limbs in the boat, resolving the next
+morning to harbour what I had gotten in my new-found subterraneous
+grotto; & not to carry my cargo home to my ancient castle. Having
+refreshed myself, and got all my effects on shore I next proceeded to
+examine the particulars; and so tapping the cask, I found the liquor to
+be a kind of rum, but not like what we had at the Brazils, nor indeed
+near so good. At the opening of the chest, several things appeared very
+useful to me; for instance, I found in one a very fine case of bottles,
+containing the finest and best sorts of cordial waters; each bottle held
+about three pints, curiously tip with silver. I found also two pots full
+of the choicest sweetmeats, and two more which the water had utterly
+spoiled. There were likewise several good shirts exceedingly welcome to
+me, and about one dozen and a half white linen handkerchiefs and
+coloured neckcloths, the former of which was absolutely necessary for
+wiping my face in a hot day; and, in the till, I found three bags of
+pieces of eight, about eleven hundred in all, in one of which, decently
+wrapped up in a piece of paper, were six doubloons of gold, and some
+small bars and wedges of the same metal, which I believe might weigh
+near a pound. In the other chest, which I guessed to belong to the
+gunner's mate, by the mean circumstances which attended it, I found only
+some clothes of very little value, except about two pounds of fine
+glazed powder, in three flasks, kept, as I believe, for charging their
+fowling pieces on any occasion; so that, on the whole, I had no great
+advantage by this voyage. The money was indeed as mere dirt to me,
+useless and unprofitable, all which I would freely have parted with for
+two or three pair of English shoes and stockings; things that for many
+years I had not worn, except lately those which I had taken of the feet
+of those unfortunate men I found drowned in the wreck, yet not so good
+as English shoes either for ease or service. I also found in the
+seaman's chest about fifty pieces of eight in royals, but no gold; so
+concluded that what I took from the first belonged to an officer, the
+latter appearing to have a much inferior person for its owner. However,
+as despicable as the money seemed, I likewise lugged it to my cave,
+laying it up securely, as I did the rest of my cargo; and after I had
+done all this, I returned back to my boat, rowing and paddling her along
+till I came to my old harbour, where I carefully laid her up, and so
+made the best of my way to my castle. When I arrived there, every thing
+seemed safe and quiet: so that now my only business was to repose myself
+after my wonted manner, and take care of my domestic affairs. But though
+I might have lived very easy, as wanting nothing absolutely needful, yet
+still I was more vigilant than usual upon account of the savages, never
+going much abroad; or, if I did, it was to the east part of the island,
+where I was well assured that the savages never came, and where I might
+not be troubled to carry that heavy load of weapons for my defence, as I
+was obliged to do if I went the other way.
+
+Two years did I live in this anxious condition, in all which time,
+contrary to my former resolutions, my head was filled with nothing but
+projects and designs, how I might escape from this island; and so much
+were my wandering thoughts bent upon a rambling disposition that had I
+had the same boat that I went from Sallee in, I should have ventured
+once more to the uncertainty of the raging ocean.
+
+I cannot, however, but consider myself as one of the unhappy persons,
+who make themselves wretched by there dissatisfaction with the stations
+which God has placed them in; for, not to take a review of my primitive
+condition, and my father's excellent advice, the going contrary to which
+was, as I may say, my original sin, the following mistakes of the same
+nature certainly had been the means of my present unhappy station. What
+business had I to leave a settled fortune, and well stocked plantation,
+improving and increasing, where, by this time, I might have been worth a
+hundred thousand moidores, to turn supercargo to Guinea, to fetch
+Negroes, when time and patience would so much enlarge my stock at home,
+as to be able to employ those whose more immediate business it was to
+fetch them home even to my door?
+
+But as this is commonly the fate of young heads, so a serious reflection
+upon the folly of it ordinarily attends the exercise of future years,
+when the dear bought experience of time teaches us repentance. Thus was
+it with me; but not withstanding the thoughts of my deliverance ran so
+strongly in my mind, that is seemed to check all the dictates of reason
+and philosophy. And now to usher in my kind reader with greater pleasure
+to the remaining part of my relation, I flatter myself it will not be
+taken amiss, to give him an account of my first conceptions of the
+manner of escaping, and upon what foundation I laid my foolish schemes.
+
+Having retired to my castle, after my late voyage to the ship, my
+frigate laid up and secured, as usual, and my condition the same as
+before, except being richer, though I had as little occasion for riches
+as the Indians of Peru had for gold, before the cruel Spaniards came
+among them: One night in March, being the rainy season in the four and
+twentieth year of my solitude, I lay down to sleep, very well in health,
+without distemper pain, or uncommon uneasiness, either of body or mind;
+yet notwithstanding, I could not compose myself to sleep all the night
+long. All this tedious while, it is impossible to express what
+innumerable thoughts came into my head. _I traced quite over the whole
+history of my life in miniature, from my utmost remembrance of things
+till I came to this island, and then proceeded to examine every action
+and passage that had occurred since I had taken possession of my
+kingdom._ In my reflections upon the latter, I was _comparing the happy
+posture of my affairs from the beginning of my reign, to this life of
+anxiety, fear, and concern, since I had discovered a print of a foot in
+the sand; that while I continued without apprehension, I was incapable
+of feeling the dread and terror I now suffered._ How thankful rather
+ought I to have been for the knowledge of my danger, since the greatest
+happiness one can be possessed of is to have sufficient time to provide
+against it? How stupendous is the goodness of Providence, which sets
+such narrow bounds to the sight and knowledge of human nature, that
+while men walk in the midst of so many dangers they are kept serene and
+calm, by having the events of things hid from their eyes and knowing
+nothing of those many dangers that surround them, till perhaps they are
+dissipated and vanish away.
+
+When I came more particularly to considerer of _the real danger I had
+for so many years escaped; how I had walked about in the greatest
+security and tranquility, at a time, perhaps, when even nothing but the
+brow of a hill, a great tree, or the common approach of night, had
+interposed between me and the destructive hands of the cannibals, who
+would devour me with as good an appetite, as I would a pigeon or
+curlew;_ surely all this, I say, could not but make me sincerely
+thankful to my great Preserver, whose singular protection I acknowledge
+with the greatest humility, and without which I must inevitably have
+fallen into the cruel hands of those devourers.
+
+Having thus discussed my thoughts in the clearest manner, according to
+my weak understanding, I next proceeded to consider _the wretched nature
+of those destroying savages, by seeming, though with great reverence,_
+to enquire _why God should give up any of his creatures to such
+inhumanity, even to brutality itself, to devour its own kind?_ but as
+this was rather matter of obstruse speculation, and as my miserable
+situation made me think this of mine the most uncomfortable situation in
+the world, I then began rather to inquire _what part of the world these
+wretches lived in; how far off the coast was from whence they came; why
+they ventured over so far from home; what kind of boats conveyed them
+hither; and why I could not order myself and my business so, that I
+might be able to attack their country, as they were to come to
+my kingdom.
+
+But then_ thought I, _how shall I manage myself when I come thither?
+what will become of me if I fall into the hands of the savages? or how
+shall I escape from them if they make an attempt upon me? and supposing
+I should not fall into their power, what shall I do for provisions, or
+which way shall I bend my course?_ These counter thoughts threw me into
+the greatest horror and confusion imaginable; but then I still looked
+upon my present condition to be the most miserable that possibly could
+be, and that nothing could be worse, except death _For_ (thought I)
+_could I but attain the shore of the main, I might perhaps meet with
+some reliefs, or coast it along, as I did with my boy Xury, on the
+African shore, till I came to some inhabited country, where I might meet
+with some relief, or fall in with some Christian ship that might take me
+in; and if I failed, why then I could but meet with death, which would
+put an end to all my miseries._ These thoughts, I must confess, were the
+fruit of a distempered mind and impatient temper made desperate, as it
+were, by long continuance of the troubles and disappointments I had met
+with in the wreck; where I hoped to have found some living person to
+speak to, by whom I might have known in what place I was, and of the
+probable means of my deliverance. Thus, while my thoughts were agitated,
+my resignation to the will of heaven was entirely suspended; to that I
+had no power to fix my mind to any thing, but to the project of a voyage
+to the main land. And indeed so much was I inflamed upon this account,
+that it set my blood into a ferment, and my pulse beat high, as though I
+had been in a fever; till nature being, as it were, fatigued and
+exhausted with the thoughts of it, made me submit myself to a
+silent repose.
+
+In such a situation, it is very strange, that I did not dream of what I
+was so intent upon; but, instead of it, my mind roved on a quite
+different thing, altogether foreign. I dreamed, that as I was issuing
+from my castle one morning, as customary, when I perceived upon the
+shore two canoes, and eleven savages coming to land, who had brought
+with them another Indian, whom they designed to make a sacrifice of, in
+order to devour; but just as they were going to give the fatal blow,
+methought the poor designed victim jumped away, and ran directly into my
+little thick grove before my fortification, to abscond from his enemies,
+when perceiving that the others did not follow him that way, I appeared
+to him; that he humbly kneeled down before me, seeming to pray for my
+assistance; upon which I showed him my ladder, made him ascend, carried
+him to my cave, and he became my servant; and when I had gotten this
+man, I said to myself, _now surely I may have some hopes to attain the
+main land; for this fellow will serve me as a pilot, tell me what to do,
+and where I must go for provisions, what places to shun, what to venture
+to, and what to escape._ But when I awaked, and found all these
+inexpressible impressions of joy entirely vanished, I fell into the
+greatest dejection of spirit imaginable.
+
+Yet this dream brought me to reflect, that one sure way of escaping was
+to get a savage; that after I had ventured my life to deliver him from
+the bloody jaws of his devourers, the natural sense he might have of
+such a preservation, might inspire him with a lasting gratitude and most
+sincere affection. But then this objection reasonably interposed: _how
+can I effect this,_ thought I, _without I attack a whole company of
+them, and kill them all? why should I proceed on such a desperate
+attempt, which my scruples before had suggested to be unlawful?_ and
+indeed my heart trembled at the thoughts of so much blood, though it
+were a means to procure my deliverance. 'Tis true, I might reasonably
+enough suppose these men to be real enemies to my life, men who would
+devour me, was it in their power, so that it was self preservation in
+the highest degree to free myself, by attacking them in my own defence,
+as lawfully as if they were actually assaulting me: though all these
+things, I say, seemed to me to be of the greatest weight, yet, as I just
+said before, the dreadful thoughts of shedding human blood, struck such
+a terror to my soul, that it was a long time before I could reconcile
+myself to it.
+
+But how far will the ardency of desire prompt us on? For notwithstanding
+the many disputes and perplexities I had with myself, I at length
+resolved, right or wrong, to get one of these savages into my hands,
+cost what it would, or even though I should lose my life in the attempt.
+Inspired with this firm resolution, I set all my wits at work, to find
+out what methods I should take to answer my design: this, indeed, was so
+difficult a task, that I could not pitch upon any probable means to
+execute it: I, therefore, resolved continually to be in a vigilant
+posture, to perceive when the savages came on shore and to leave the
+rest to the event, let the opportunities offer as they would.
+
+Such was my fixed resolutions; and accordingly I set myself upon the
+scout, as often as I could, till such time as I was heartily tired of
+it. I waited for above a year and a half, the greatest part of which I
+went out to the west, and south-west corner of the island, almost every
+day, to look for canoes, but none appeared. This was a very great
+discouragement; yet, though I was very much concerned, the edge of my
+design was as keen as ever, and the longer it seemed to be delayed, the
+more eager was I for it: in a word, I never before was so careful to
+shun the loathing sight of these savages, as I was now eager to be with
+them; and I thought myself sufficiently able to manage one, two, or
+three savages if I had them, so as to make them my entire slaves, to do
+whatsoever I should direct them, and prevent their being able at any
+time to do me any mischief. Many times did I used to please myself with
+these thoughts, with long and ardent expectations; but nothing
+presenting, all my deep projected schemes and numerous fancies vanished
+away, as though, while I retained such thoughts, the decrees of
+Providence was such, that no savages were to come near me.
+
+About a year and a half after, when I was seriously musing of sundry
+other ways how I should attain my end, one morning early I was very much
+surprised by seeing no less than five canoes all on shore together, on
+my side the island, and the savages that belonged to them all landed,
+and out of my sight. Such a number of them disconcerted all my measures;
+for, seeing so many boats, each of which would contain six, and
+sometimes more, I could not tell what to think of it, or how to order my
+measures, to attack twenty or thirty men single-handed; upon which, much
+dispirited and perplexed, I lay still in my castle; which, however, I
+put in a proper posture for an attack: and, having formerly provided all
+that was necessary, was soon ready to enter upon an engagement, should
+they attempt. Having waited for some time, my impatient temper would let
+me bear it no longer; I set my guns at the foot of my ladder, and, as
+usual, ascended up to the top of the hill at two stages, standing,
+however, in such a manner, that my head did not appear above the hill,
+so that they could easily perceive me; and here, by the assistance of my
+perspective glass, I observed no less than thirty in number around a
+fire, feasting upon what meat they had dressed: how they cooked it, or
+what it was, I could not then perfectly tell; but they were all dancing
+and capering about the flames, using many frightful and
+barbarous gestures.
+
+But while, with a curious eye, I was beholding these wretches, my
+spirits sunk within me, when I perceived them drag two miserable
+creatures from the boats, to act afresh the dreadful tragedy, as I
+supposed they had done before. It was not long before one of them fell
+upon the ground, knocked down, as I suppose, with a club or wooden
+sword, for that was their manner; while two or three others went
+immediately to work, cutting him open for their cookery, and then fell
+to devour him as they had done the former, while the last unhappy
+captive was left by himself, till such time as they were ready for him.
+The poor creature looked round him with a wishful eye, trembling at the
+thoughts of death; yet, seeing himself a little at liberty, nature, that
+very moment, as it were, inspired him with hopes of life: He started
+away from them, and ran, with incredible swiftness along the sands,
+directly to that part of the coast where my ancient and venerable
+castle stood.
+
+You may well imagine, I was dreadfully affrighted upon this occasion,
+when, as I thought, they pursued him in a whole body, all running
+towards my palace. And now, indeed, I expected that part of my dream was
+going to be fulfilled, and that he would certainly fly to my grove for
+protection; but, for the rest of my dream, I could depend nothing on it;
+that the savages would pursue him thither, and find him there. However
+my spirits, beginning to recover, I still kept upon my guard; and I now
+plainly perceived, there were but three men out of the number that
+pursued him. I was infinitely pleased with what swiftness the poor
+creature ran from his pursuers, gaining so much ground upon them, that I
+plainly perceived, could he thus hold out for half an hour, there was
+not the least doubt but he would save his life from the power of
+his enemies.
+
+Between them and my castle there was a creek, that very same which I
+sailed into with all my effects from the wreck of the ship on the steep
+banks of which I very much feared the poor victim would be taken, if he
+could not swim for his escape: but soon was I out of pain for him, when
+I perceived he made nothing of it, though at full tide, but with an
+intrepid courage, spurred on by the sense of danger, he plunged into the
+flood, swimming over in about thirty strokes, and then landing, ran with
+the same incredible strength and swiftness as before. When the three
+pursuers came to the creek, one of them, who I perceived could not swim,
+happily for his part, returned to his company, while the others, with
+equal courage, but much less swiftness attained the other side, as
+though they were resolved never to give over the pursuit. And now or or
+never I thought was the time for me to procure me a servant, companion,
+or assistant; and that I was decreed by Providence to be the instrument
+to save this poor creature's life. I immediately descended my two
+ladders with the greatest expedition: I took up my two guns, which, I
+said before, were at the bottom of them, and getting up again with the
+same haste towards the hill, I made nearer the sea. In a word, taking a
+short cut down the hill, I interposed between the pursuers and pursued,
+hallooing aloud to the latter, who, venturing to look back, was, no
+doubt, as much terrified at me as I at them. I beckoned to him with my
+hand, to return back, in the mean time advancing towards the pursuers,
+and rushing on the foremost, I knocked him down with the stock of my
+piece, and laid him flat on the ground. I was very unwilling to fire
+lest the rest should hear, though at a distance, I question whether they
+could or no; and being out of sight of the smoke, they could not easily
+have known what to make of it. The other savage seeing his fellow fall,
+stopped as if he had been amazed; when advancing towards him, I could
+perceive him take his bow from his back, and, fixing and arrow to it,
+was preparing to shoot at me, and, without dispute, might have lodged
+the arrow in my breast; but, in this absolutely necessary case of self
+preservation, I immediately fired at him, and shot him dead, just as his
+hand was going to draw the fatal string. All this while, the savage who
+had fled before stood still, and had the satisfaction to see his enemies
+killed, as he thought, who designed to take away his life; so affrighted
+was he with the fire and noise of my piece, _that he stood as it were
+like Lot's wife, fixed and immoveable, without either sense or motion_.
+This obliged me to halloo to him again, making the plainest signs I
+could to him to draw nearer. I perceived he understood those tokens by
+his approaching to me a little way, when, as is afraid I should kill him
+too, he stopped again. Several times did he advance, as often stop in
+this manner, till coming more, to my view, I perceived him trembling, as
+if he was to undergo the same fate. Upon which I looked upon him with a
+smiling countenance, and still beckoning to him, at length he came close
+to me and kneeled down, kissed my hand, laid his head upon it, and
+taking me by the foot, placed it upon his head; and this, as I
+understood afterwards, was in token of swearing to be my slave for ever.
+I took him up, and, making much of him, encouraged him in the best
+manner I could. But my work was not yet finished; for I perceived the
+savage whom I knocked down, was not killed, but stunned with the blow,
+and began to come to himself, Upon which I pointed to my new servant,
+and shewed him that his enemy was not yet expired, he spoke some words
+to me, but which I could not understand; yet being the first sound of a
+man's voice I had heard for above twenty-five years, they were very
+pleasing to me. But there was no time for reflection now, the wounded
+savage recovering himself so far as to sit upon the ground, which made
+my poor prisoner as much afraid as before; to put him out of which fear,
+I presented my other gun at the man, with an intent to shoot him; but my
+savage, for so I must now call him, prevented my firing, by making a
+motion to me, to lend him my sword, which hung naked in my belt by my
+side. No sooner did I grant his request, but away he runs to his enemy,
+and at one blow cut off his head as dextrously as the most accomplished
+executioner in Germany could have done; for, it seems, these creatures
+make use of wooden swords made of hard wood which will bear edge enough
+to cut off heads and arms at one blow. When this valorous exploit was
+done, he comes to me laughing, as a token of triumph, delivered me my
+sword again, with abundance of suprising gestures, laying it, along with
+the bleeding and ghastly head of the Indian, at my feet.
+
+[Illustration: ROBINSON CRUSOE rescuing FRIDAY from his pursuers.]
+
+The greatest astonishment that my new servant conceived was the manner
+of killing the savage at such a distance, without a bow and arrow; and
+such was his longing desire to know it, that he first pointed to the
+dead carcase, and then made signs to me to grant him leave to go up to
+him. Upon which I bid him go, and, as well as I could, made him sensible
+I granted his request. But when he came there, how wonderfully was he
+struck with amazement! First, he turned him on one side, then on
+another, wondering he could perceive no quantity of blood, he bleeding
+inwardly; and after sufficiently admiring the wound the bullet had made
+in his breast, he took up his bow and arrows, and came back again; upon
+which I turned to go away, making signs to him to follow, left the rest
+missing their companions, might come in pursuit of them, and this I
+found he understood very well, by his making me understand that his
+design was to bury them, that they might not be seen if it happened; and
+which by signs again I made him sensible I very much approved of.
+Immediately he fell to work, and never was a grave-digger more dextrous
+in the world than he was; for in an instant, as I might say, he scraped
+a large hole in the sand with his hands, sufficient to bury the first
+in; there he dragged him; and without any ceremony he covered him over;
+in like manner he saved the other; so that I am sure no undertaker could
+be more expert in his business, for all this was done in less than a
+quarter of an hour. I then called him away, and instead of carrying him
+directly to my castle at first, I conveyed him to my cave on the farther
+part of the island; and so my dream was now fulfilled in that
+particular, that my grove should prove an asylum or sanctuary to him.
+
+Weary and faint, hungry and thirsty, undoubtedly must this poor creature
+be, supported chiefly by the vivacity of spirit, and, uncommon
+transports of joy that his deliverance occasioned. Here I gave him bread
+and a bunch of raisins to eat, and water to drink, on which he fed very
+cheerfully, to his exceeding refreshment. I then made him a convenient
+bed with a parcel of rice straw, and a blanket upon it, (a bed which I
+used myself sometimes) and then pointing to it, made signs for him to
+lie down to sleep, upon which the poor creature went to take a
+welcome repose.
+
+Indeed he was a very comely, handsome, young fellow, extremely well
+made, with straight long limbs, not too large, but tall and well shaped,
+and, as near as I could reckon, about twenty-six years of age. His
+countenance had nothing in it fierce or surly, but rather a sort of
+majesty in his face; and yet, especially when he smiled, he had all the
+sweetness and softness of an European. His hair was not curled like
+wool, as many of the blacks are, but long and black, with the most
+beautiful, yet careless tresses spreading over his shoulders. He had a
+very high and large forehead, with a great vivacity and sparkling
+sharpness in his eyes. His skin was not so tawney, as the Virginians,
+Brazilians, or other Americans; but rather of a bright dun, olive
+colour, that had something agreeable in it, though not very easy to give
+a description of. His face was round and plump, with a small nose, very
+different from the flatness of the negroes, a pretty small mouth, thin
+lips, fine teeth, very well set, and white as the driven snow. In a
+word, such handsome features, and exact symmetry in every part, made me
+consider that I had saved the life of an Indian prince, no less graceful
+and accomplished than the great _Oroonoko_ whose memorable behavior and
+unhappy contingencies of life have charmed the world, both to admiration
+of his person, and compassion to his sufferings.
+
+But let him be either prince or peasant, all my happiness centered in
+this, that I had now got a good servant or companion, to whom, as he
+deserved, I was resolved to prove a kind master and a lasting friend. He
+had not, I think, slept above an hour when he awakened again, and while
+I was milking my goats hard by, out he runs from the cave towards me in
+my inclosure, and laying himself down on the ground, in the lowest
+prostration, made all the antic gestures imaginable, to express his
+thankfulness to me for being his deliverer. I confess though the manner
+of his behaviour seemed to be ludicrous enough to occasion, laughter,
+yet I was very much moved at his affection, so that my heart melted
+within me, fearing he might die away in excess of joy, like reprieved
+malefactors, especially as I was incapable either to let him blood, or
+administer physic. It were to be wished, that Christians would take
+example by this Heathen, to have received by the kind mediation and
+powerful interposition of their benefactors and deliverers; and it would
+be likewise happy for mankind, were there no occasion to blame many,
+who, instead of thankfully acknowledging favours and benefits, rather
+abuse and condemn those who have been the instruments to save them from
+destruction.
+
+But, leaving these just reflections, I return to the object that
+occasioned them; for my man, to conclude the last ceremony of obedience,
+laid down his head again on the ground, close to my foot, and set my
+other foot upon is head, as he had done before, making all the signs of
+subjection, servitude, and submission imaginable, and let me understand
+he would serve me as long as his life endured. As I understood him in
+many things, I made him sensible I was very well pleased with him; and,
+in a little time, I began to speak to him, and learn him to talk to me
+again. In the first place, I made him understand his name was to be
+_Friday_, because it was upon that day I saved his life; then I taught
+him to say _Master_, which I made him sensible was to be my name. I
+likewise taught him to say _Yes_ and _No_, and to know what they meant.
+I gave him some milk in an earthen pot, making him view me while I drank
+it before him, and soaked my bread in it; I gave him a cake of bread,
+and caused him to soak it likewise, to which he readily consented,
+making signs of the greatest satisfaction imaginable.
+
+All that night did I keep him there; but no sooner did the morning light
+appear, when I ordered him to arise, and come along with me, with
+certain tokens that I would give him some clothes like mine, at which he
+seemed very glad, being stark naked, without the least covering
+whatever. As we passed by the place where the two men had been interred,
+my man pointed directly to their graves, showing me the marks that he
+had made to find them again, giving me to understand, by signs, that we
+should dig them up, and devour them. At this I appeared extremely
+displeased, expressed my utmost abhorrence, as if I would vomit at the
+apprehensions of it, beckoning with my hand to come away, which he did
+with the greatest reverence and submission. After this I conducted him
+to the top of the hill, to view if the rest of the savages were yet
+remaining there; but when I looked through my perspective glass, I could
+see no appearance of them, nor of their canoes; so that it was evident
+they never minded their deceased companions whom we had slain: which if
+they had, they would surely have searched for, or left one boat behind
+for them to follow, after they returned from their pursuit.
+
+Curiosity, and a desire of satisfaction, animating me with courage to
+see this scene of barbarity, I took my man Friday with me, putting a
+sword into his hand, with the bow and arrows at his back, which I
+perceived he could use very dexterously, causing him to carry one gun
+for me, and I two for myself; and thus equipped against all attacks,
+away we marched directly to the place of their bloody entertainment. But
+when I came there, I was struck with the utmost horror at so dreadful a
+spectacle, whilst Friday was no way concerned about it, being no doubt
+in his turn one of these devourers. Here lay several human bones, there
+several pieces of mangled flesh, half eaten, mangled, and scorched,
+whilst streams of blood ran promiscuously as waters from a fountain. As
+I was musing on this dreadful sight, Friday took all the pains he could,
+by particular signs, to make me understand, that they had brought over
+four prisoners to feast upon, three of whom they had eaten up, and that
+he was the fourth, pointing to himself; that there having been a bloody
+battle between them and his great king, in the just defence of whom he
+was taken prisoner, with many others; all of these were carried off to
+different places to be devoured by their conquerors; and that it was his
+misfortune to be brought hither by these wretches for the same purpose.
+
+After I was made sensible of these things, I caused Friday to gather
+those horrid remains, and lay them together upon a heap, which I ordered
+to be set on fire, and burnt them to ashes: My man, however, still
+retained the nature of a cannibal, having a hankering stomach after some
+of the flesh; but such an extreme abhorrence did I express at the least
+appearance of it, that he durst not but conceal it; for I made him very
+sensible, that if he offered any such thing, I would certainly
+shoot him.
+
+This being done, I carried my man with me to my castle, and gave him a
+pair of linen drawers, which I had taken out of the poor gunner's chest
+before mentioned; and which, with a little alteration, fitted him very
+well; in the next place I made him a jerkin of goat's skin, such as my
+skill was able to manage, and indeed I thought myself then a tolerable
+good tailor. I gave him also a cap which I made of a hare's skin, very
+convenient and fashionable. Thus being clothed tolerably well, my man
+was no less proud of his habit, than I was at seeing him in it. Indeed
+he went very aukwardly at first, the drawers being too heavy on his
+thighs not used to bear any weight, and the sleeves of the waistcoat
+galled his shoulders and the inside of his arms; but by a little easing
+where he complained they hurt him, and by using himself to them, at
+length he took to them very well.
+
+My next concern was, where I should lodge him; and that I might do well
+by him, and yet be perfectly easy myself, I erected a tent for him in
+the vacant place between my two fortifications, in the inside of the
+last, and the outside of the first; and, as there was an entrance or
+door into my cave, I made a formal framed door-case, and a door to open
+on the inside; I barred it up in the night time, taking in my ladders
+too, so that, was my man to prove treacherous, there could be no way to
+come at me in the inside of my innermost wall, without making so much
+noise in getting over, that it must needs waken me; for my first wall
+had now a complete roof over it of long poles, spreading over my tent,
+and leaning up to the side of the mountain, which was again laid cross
+with smaller sticks instead of laths, and thatched over a great
+thickness with the rice straw, which was as strong as reeds; and at the
+hole of the place, left on purpose to go in or out by the ladder, had
+placed a kind of trap-door, which, if it had been attempted on the
+outside, would not have opened at all, but have fallen down, and made a
+great noise; and as to my weapons, every night I took them all to my
+bed side.
+
+But there was no occasion for this precaution; for surely never master
+had a more sincere, faithful, and loving servant, than Friday proved to
+me. Without passion, sullenness, or design, perfectly obliging and
+engaging, his affections were as much tied to me, as those of a child to
+its parents; & I might venture to say, he would have sacrificed his life
+for the saving mine, upon any occasion whatsoever. And indeed the many
+testimonies he gave me of this, sufficiently convinced me that I had no
+occasion to use these precautions. And here I could not but reflect with
+great wonder, that however it hath pleased the Almighty in his
+providence, and in the government of the creation, to take from so great
+a part of the world of his creatures, the noblest uses to which their
+faculties, and the powers of their souls are adapted; yet that he has
+bestowed upon them the same reason, affections, sentiments of kindness
+and obligation, passions of resentment, sincerity, fidelity, and all the
+capacities of doing and receiving good that he has given us; and that
+when he is graciously pleased to offer them occasions of exerting these,
+they are as ready, nay, more ready, to apply them to the proper uses for
+which they were bestowed, than we often are. These thoughts would make
+me melancholy, especially when I considered how mean a use we make of
+all these, even though we have these powers enlightened by the Holy
+Spirit of God, and by the knowledge of this world, as an addition to our
+understanding; and why it has pleased the heavenly Wisdom to conceal the
+life saving knowledge from so many millions of souls who would certainly
+make a much better use of it than generally mankind do at this time.
+These reflections would sometimes lead me so far, as to invade the
+sovereignty of Providence, and, as it were, arraign the justice of such
+an arbitrary disposition of things, that should obscure that light from
+some, and reveal it to others, and yet expect a like duty from all. But
+I closed it up, checking my thoughts with this conclusion; first, That
+we were ignorant of that right and law by which those should be
+condemned; but as the Almighty was necessarily, and by the nature of his
+essence, infinitely just and holy; so it could not be otherwise, but
+that if these creatures were all destined to absence from himself, it
+was on account of sinning against that light, _which_, as the Scripture
+says, _was a law to themselves_ and by such rules as their consciences
+would acknowledge to be just, though the first foundation was not
+discovered to us. And, secondly, That still as we were the clay in the
+hand of the potter, no vessel could thus say to him, _Why hast thou
+fashioned me after this manner_?
+
+I had not been above two or three days returned to my castle, but my
+chief design was, how I should bring Friday off from this horrid way of
+feeding; and to take from him that inhuman relish he by nature had been
+accustomed to, I thought it my duty to let him taste other flesh, which
+might the rather tempt him to the same abhorrence I so often expressed
+against their accursed way of living. Upon which, one morning I took him
+out with me, with an intention to kill a kid out of the flock, and bring
+it home and dress it. As I was going, I perceived a she-goat lying down
+in the shade, and two young kids sitting by her. Immediately I catched
+hold of my man Friday, and bidding him stand still, and not stir, I
+presented my piece, and shot one of the kids. My poor servant, who had
+at a distance perceived me kill his adversary, and yet did not know by
+what means, or how it was done, stood trembling and surprised, and
+looked so amazed, that I thought he would have sunk into the earth. He
+did not see the kid I aimed at, or behold I had killed it, but ripped up
+his waistcoat to see if he was not wounded, thinking my resolution was
+to kill him; for coming to me, he fell on his knees, earnestly
+pronouncing many things which I did not understand the meaning of; which
+at length I perceived was, that I would not take away his life.
+
+Indeed I was much concerned to see him in that condition, where nature
+is upon the severest trial, when the immediate hand of death is ready to
+put for ever a period to this mortal life; and indeed so much compassion
+had I to this creature, that it was with difficulty I restrained from
+tears. But, however, as another sort of countenance was necessary, and
+to convince him that I would do no harm, I took him smiling by the hand,
+then laughed at him, and pointing to the kid which I had slain, made
+signs to him to fetch it, which accordingly he did. No less curious was
+he in viewing how the creature was killed, than he had been before in
+beholding the Indian; which, while he was admiring at, I charged my gun
+again, and presently perceived a great fowl like a hawk, perching upon a
+tree within shot; and therefore, to let Friday understand what I was
+going to do, I called him to me again, pointing at the fowl, which I
+found to be a parrot. I made him understand that I would shoot and kill
+that bird; accordingly I fired, and bade him look, when immediately he
+saw the parrot fall down. Again he stood like one amazed,
+notwithstanding all I had said to him: and the more confounded he was,
+because he did not perceive me put any thing into my gun. Undoubtedly a
+thing so utterly strange, carrying death along with it, far or near,
+either to man or beast, must certainly create the greatest astonishment
+to one who never had heard such a thing in his whole life; and really
+his amazement continued so long, that had I allowed it, he would have
+prostrated himself before me and my gun, with the greatest worship and
+adoration. As for the gun in particular, he would not so much as touch
+it for several days after, but would come & communicate his thoughts to
+it, & talk to it, as if the senseless piece had understood and answered
+him; all this I could perceive him do, when he thought my back was
+turned, the chief intent of which was, to desire it not to kill him, as
+I afterwards came to understand.
+
+I never strove to prevent his admiration, nor hinder him from those
+comical gestures he used on such occasions; but when his astonishment
+was a little over, I make tokens to him to run and fetch the parrot that
+I had shot; which accordingly he did, staying some time longer than
+usual, by reason the bird not being quite dead, had fluttered some way
+further from the place where she fell. In the mean time, as he was
+looking for her, I took the advantage of charging my gun again, that so
+I might be ready for any other mark that offered; but nothing more
+occurred at that time. So I brought home the kid, and the same evening
+took off the skin and divided the carcase as well as I could. Part of
+the flesh I stewed and boiled in a pot I had for this purpose. And then
+spreading my table, I sat down, giving my man some of it to eat, who was
+wonderfully pleased and seemed to like it very well: but what was the
+most surprising to him was to see me eat salt with it: upon which he
+made me understand, that the salt was very bad for me; when putting a
+little into his mouth, he seemed to nauseate it in such a manner as to
+spit and sputter at it, and then washed his mouth with fresh water: but
+to shew him how contrary his opinion was to mine, I put some meat into
+my mouth without salt and feigned to spit and sputter as much for the
+want of it, as he had done at it; yet all this proved of no
+signification to Friday; and it was a long while before he could endure
+salt in his meat or broth, and even then but a small quantity.
+
+Thus having fed him sufficiently with boiled meat and broth at that
+time, the next day I was resolved to feast him with a roasted piece of
+the kid. And having no spit to fasten it, nor jack to turn it, I made
+use of that common artifice which many of the common people of England
+have, that is to let two poles upon each side of the fire, and one cross
+on top, hanging the meat thereon with a string, and so turning round
+continually, roast it, in the same manner as we read bloody tyrants of
+old cruelly roasted the holy martyrs. This practice caused great
+admiration in my man Friday, being quite another way than that to which
+the savages were accustomed. But when he came to taste the sweetness and
+tenderness of the flesh, he expressed his entire satisfaction above a
+thousand different ways. And as I could not but understand his meaning,
+you may be sure I was as wonderfully pleased, especially when he made it
+also very plain to me, that he would never, while he lived eat man's
+flesh more.
+
+It was now high time I should set my servant to work; so next day I set
+him to beat out some corn, and sat it in the same manner as I had done
+before. And really the fellow was very quick and handy in the execution
+of any thing I ordered him to go about. I made him understand that it
+was to make bread for us to eat, and afterwards let him see me make it.
+In short, he did every thing as I ordered him, and in a little time as
+well as I could perform it myself.
+
+But now considering that I had two mouths to feed instead of one, it was
+necessary that I must provide more ground for my harvest, and plant a
+larger quantity of corn than I commonly used to do; upon which I marked
+out a larger piece of land, fencing it in, in the same manner as I had
+done before; in the execution of which I must give Friday this good
+word; that no man could work, more hardy or with better will than he
+did: and when I made him sensible that it was for bread to serve him as
+well as me, he then very passionately made me understand that he thought
+I had much more labour on his account, than I had for myself; and that
+no pains or diligence should be wanting in him, if I would but direct
+him in those works wherein he might proceed.
+
+I must certainly own, that this was the most pleasant year I ever had on
+the island; for after some time Friday began to talk pretty well, and
+understood the names of those things which I was wont to call for, and
+the places where I used to send him. So that my long silent tongue,
+which had been useless so many years, except in an exclamatory manner,
+either for deliverance or blessings, now began to be occupied in
+teaching, and talking to my man Friday for indeed I had such a singular
+satisfaction in the fellow himself, so innocent did his simple and
+unfeigned honesty appear more and more to me every day, that I really
+began entirely to love him; and for his part, I believe there was no
+love lost, and that his nature had been more charmed by his exceeding
+kindness, and his affections more placed upon me, than any other object
+whatsoever among his own countrymen. I once had a great mind to try if
+he had any hankering inclination to his own country again; and by this
+time, having learned the English so well; that he could give me
+tolerable answer to any question which I demanded. I asked him whether
+that nation to which he belonged, ever conquered in battle? This
+question made Friday to smile, and to which he answered, _Yes, yes, we
+always fight the better;_ as much as to say, they always got the better
+in fight. Upon which we proceeded on the following discourse: _You say_,
+said I, _that you always fight the better; why, then, Friday, how came
+you to be taken prisoner_?
+
+Friday. _But for all that my nation beat much_.
+
+Master. _How say you, beat? if your nation beat them, how came you to be
+taken_?
+
+Friday. _They more many mans than my nation in the place where me was;
+they take one, two, three, and me: my nation much over beat them in the
+yonder place where me no was, there my nation mans beat one, two, three,
+great tousand_.
+
+Master. _Then why did not your men recover you from the hands of your
+enemies?_
+
+Friday. _They run one, two, or three, and me: they make all go in the
+canoe; my nation have no canoe that time_--
+
+Master. _'Tis very well, Friday; but what does your nation do with the
+prisoners they take? Do they carry them away and eat them as these
+have done_?
+
+Friday. _Yes, yes, my nation eat mans too, eat up all_.
+
+Master. _To what place do they carry them to be devoured_?
+
+Friday. _Go to other nations where they think_.
+
+Master. _Do they bring them hither_?
+
+Friday. _Yes, come over hither, came over other place_.
+
+Master. _And have you been with them here, Friday_?
+
+Friday. _Yes, me been here_, (pointing to the north-west of the island,
+being the side where they used to land.)
+
+Thus having gotten what account I could from my man, I plainly
+understood that he had been as bad as any of the rest of the cannibals,
+having been formerly among the savages who used to come on shore on the
+farthest part of the island, upon the same bloody occasion as he was
+brought hither for; and some time after I carried him to that place
+where he pointed; and no sooner did he come there, but he presently knew
+the ground, signifying to me that he was once there when they ate up
+twenty men, two women and a young child; but as he could not explain the
+number in English, he did it by so many stones in a row, making a sign
+to me to count them.
+
+This passage I have the rather mentioned, because it led to things more
+important and useful for me to know; for after I had this satisfactory
+discourse with him, my next question was, how far it was from the island
+to the shore, and whether the canoes were not often lost in the ocean?
+to which he answered, _there was no danger, that no canoes were ever
+lost; but that after a little way out to the sea, there was a strong
+current and a wind always one way in the afternoon_. This I thought at
+first to be no more than the sets of the tide, of going out or coming
+in; but I afterwards understood it was occasioned by the great-draught
+and reflux of the mighty river Oroonoko, in the mouth or gulf of which I
+imagined my kingdom lay: and that the land which I perceived to the W.
+and N.W. must be the great island Trinidad, on the north of the river. A
+thousand questions (if that would satisfy me) did I ask Friday about the
+nature of the country, the sea, the coasts, the inhabitants, and what
+nations were nearest them: To which questions the poor fellow declared
+all he knew with the greatest openness & utmost sincerity. When I
+demanded of him the particular names of the various nations of his sort
+of people, he could only answer me in general that they were called
+_Carrabee_. Hence it was I considered that these must be the Carribees,
+so much taken notice of by our maps to be on that part of America, which
+reaches from the mouth of the river Oroonoko to Guiana, and so on to St.
+Martha. Then Friday proceeded to tell me, _that up a great way beyond
+the moon_, as much as to say, beyond the setting of the moon, which must
+be W. from their country, _there dwelt white-bearded men, such as I
+was_, pointing to my whiskers, _and that they kill much mans_. I was not
+ignorant with what barbarity the Spaniards treated these creatures; so
+that I presently concluded it must be them, whose cruelties had spread
+throughout America, to be remembered even to succeeding generations.
+
+Well, you may be sure, this knowledge, which the imperfect knowledge of
+my man had led me to, was very comfortable to me, and made me so curious
+as to ask him how I might depart from this island, & get amongst those
+white men? He told me, _Yes, yes, I might go in two canoes_. In two
+canoes, thought I, what does my man mean? surely he means one for
+himself, and another for me; and if not, how must two canoes hold me
+without being joined, or one part of my body being put in one, and
+another in another? And indeed it was a long time before I understood
+his meaning; which was, that it must be a large boat, as big as two
+canoes, able to bear with the waves, and not so liable to be overwhelmed
+as a small one must be.
+
+I believe there is not a state of life but what may be happy, if people
+would but endeavour for their part to make it so. He is not the
+happiest man that has the most riches; but he that is content with what
+he hath. Before I had my servant, I thought myself miserable till I had
+him; and now that I had enjoyed the happy benefits of him, I still
+complained, and begged a deliverance from a place of retirement, ease,
+and plenty, where Providence had sufficiently blessed me. In a word,
+from this time I entertained some hopes, that one time or other I might
+find an opportunity to make my escape from this island, and that this
+poor savage might be a great furtherance thereto.
+
+All the time since my man became so intelligent as to understand and
+speak to me, I spared no pain nor diligence to instruct him, according
+to my poor share of knowledge in the principles of religion, and the
+adoration that he ought to pay to the TRUE GOD. One time, as I very well
+remember, I asked him who made him? At first the innocent creature did
+not understand what I meant, but rather thought I asked him who was his
+father? upon which I took another way to make him sensible, by demanding
+from him an answer to this question. "Friday," I said, "who is it that
+made the sea, this ground whereon we walk, and all the hills and woods
+which we behold?" And here, indeed, I did not miss my intention; for he
+told me _it was Old Benamuckee_ (the God whom I supposed these savages
+adored) _who lived a great way beyond all_. But as to his attributes,
+poor Friday was an utter stranger. He could describe nothing of this
+great person; and all that he could say was, _that he was very old, much
+older than the sea and land, the moon, or the stars_. "Friday," said I
+again, "if this great and old person has made all things in the world,
+how comes it to pass, that all things, as you in particular, do not
+adore and worship him? upon this looking very grave, with a perfect
+sweet look of innocence, he replied: _Master all things say O to him_,"
+by which it may reasonably be supposed he meant adoration. "And where,"
+said I, "do the people of your country go when they die?" He answered
+_to Benamuckee_. "What, and those people that are eaten up, do they go
+there?" _Benamuckee_, said he, _love 'em dearly; me pray to Benamuckee
+in the canoe, and Benamuckee would love me when dey eat me all up_.
+
+Such discourses as these had I with my man, and such made me sensible,
+that the true God is worshipped, tho' under imperfect similitudes; and
+that the false adoration which the Heathens give to their imaginary
+Deity, is as great an argument of the divine essence, as the most
+learned Atheists _(falsely so called)_ can bring against it; for God
+will be glorified in his works, let their denominations be what it will;
+and I cannot be of that opinion which some conceive, that God should
+decree men to be damned for want of a right notion of faith, in a place
+where the wisdom of the Almighty has not permitted it to be preached;
+and therefore cannot but conclude, that since obedience is the best
+sacrifice, these poor creatures are acting by that light and knowledge
+which they are possessed of, may undoubtedly obtain a happy salvation,
+though not that enjoyment with Christ, as his saints, confessors, and
+martyrs must enjoy.
+
+But laying these determinations aside, more fit for divines than me to
+discuss, I began to instruct my servant in the saving knowledge of the
+true Deity, in which the direction of God's Holy Spirit assisted me. I
+lifted up my hands to Heaven, and pointing thereto, told him "that the
+great Maker of Heaven and Earth lived there; that as his infinite power
+fashioned this world out of a confused chaos, and made it in that
+beautiful frame which we behold; so he governs and preserves it by his
+unbounded knowledge, sovereign greatness and peculiar providence; that
+he was omnipotent, could do every thing for us, give every thing to us,
+and take every thing away from us; that he was a rewarder and punisher
+of good, and evil actions; that there was nothing but what he knew, no
+thoughts so secret, but what he could bring to light;" and thus, by
+degrees, I opened his eyes, and described to him "the manner of the
+creation of the world, the situation of paradise, the transgression of
+our first parents, the wickedness of God's peculiar people, and the
+universal sins and abominations of the whole earth." When these things
+were implanted in his mind, I told him "that as God's justice was equal
+to his mercy, he resolved to destroy this world, till his Son Jesus
+Christ interposed in our behalf; and to procure our redemption, obtained
+leave of his heavenly Father to come down from Heaven into the world,
+Where he took human nature upon him, instructed us in our way to eternal
+life, and died as a sacrifice for our sins; that he was now ascended
+into Heaven, mediating for our pardon, delivering our petitions, and
+obtaining all those good benefits which we ask in his name, by humble
+and hearty prayers, all which were heard at the throne of Heaven." As
+frequently I used to inculcate things into his mind. Friday one day told
+me, _that if our great God could hear us beyond the sun, he must surely
+be a greater God than their Benamuckee, who lived but a little way off,
+yet could not hear them till they ascended the great mountains, where he
+dwelt to speak to him._ 'What' said I, 'Friday, did you go thither to
+speak to him too?' He answered, _No, they never went that were young
+men, none but old men, called their Oowakakee_, meaning the Indian
+priests, _who went to say O,_ (so he called saying their prayers) _and
+they returned back, and told them what Benamuckee said._ From hence, I
+could not but observe how happy we Christians are, who have God's
+immediate revelation for our certain guide; and that our faith is
+neither misled, nor our reason imposed upon, by any set of men,
+such as these Indian impostures.
+
+But to clear up this palpable cheat to my man Friday, I told
+him, "that the pretence of their ancient men going up to
+the mountain to say O to their God _Benamuckee_ was an imposture,
+and that their bringing back an answer was all a sham, if
+not worse; for that, if there was any such thing spoken to them,
+surely it must proceed from an infernal spirit." And here I
+thought it necessary to enter into a long discourse with him,
+which I did after this manner.
+
+"Friday," said I, "you must know, that before the world
+was made, there was an Almighty power existing, by whose
+power all things were made, and whose Majesty shall have no
+end. To be glorified and adored by beings of a heavenly nature,
+he created angels and archangels, that is glorified spirits
+resembling himself, to encompass his throne, eternally singing
+forth his praise in the most heavenly sounds and divine harmony.
+And, among this heavenly choir, Lucifer bore a great sway, as being
+then one of the peculiar favourites of these celestial abodes;
+but he, contrary to that duty he owed his heavenly Sovereign,
+with unbounded ingratitude to his Divine Creator, not only
+envied him that adoration which was his due, but thought to
+usurp that throne, which he had neither power to keep, nor
+title to pretend to. He raised a dissention and civil war in
+Heaven, and had a number of angels to take his part. Unbounded
+folly! stupendous pride! to hope for victory, and aspire
+above his powerful Creator! The Deity, not fearful of such
+an enemy, yet justly provoked at this rebellion, commissioned
+his archangel Michael to lead forth the heavenly host, and give
+him battle; the advantage of which was quickly perceived,
+by Satan's being overthrown, and the prince of the air, for so
+was the devil called, with all his fallen angels, driven headlong
+into a dismal place, which is called _Hell_."
+
+The recital of this truth made my man give the greatest attention,
+and he expressed a great satisfaction by his gestures, that God
+had sent the devil into a deep hole. And then I desired him to
+give great heed to what I had further to say.
+
+"No sooner," proceeded I, "was God freed from, and the Heaven clear
+of this arch-traitor, but the Father speaks to the Son and Holy
+Spirit, who belonged to his essence, and were equal to him in power
+and glory, _Come let us make man_, said he _in our own image, after
+our own likeness_, Gen. i. 26. to have dominion over the creatures
+of the world which we have created. And these he intended should
+glorify him in Heaven, according to their obedience in this state of
+probation on earth, which was, as it were, to be the school to train
+them up for these heavenly mansions. Now, Satan seeing himself foiled;
+yet that God had taken the power from him as prince of the air, which
+power Heaven designed he should retain, whereby his creatures might
+be tried; in revenge for the disgrace he had received, he tempts
+Adam's wife, Eve, to taste of the tree of knowledge of good and
+evil, which God had forbidden. He appears to her in the shape of a
+serpent, then a most beautiful creature, and tells her that it was no
+better than an imposition, which God had put upon her and her husband
+not to eat of that fair fruit which he had created; that the taste
+thereof would make them immortal like God himself; and consequently as
+great and powerful as he. Upon which she not only eat thereof herself,
+but made her husband eat also, which brought them both under the
+heavenly displeasure."
+
+Here Friday expressed a great concern: _Ah, poor mans!_ cried he,
+_naughty womans! naughty devil! make God not love de mans, made mans
+like devil himself._
+
+'Friday,' said I, 'God still loved mankind, and though the devil tempted
+human nature so far, he would not suffer him to have an absolute power
+over them. I have told you before of his tender love to his people, till
+they, like Lucifer, disobeyed his commands and rebelled against him; and
+even then, how Jesus Christ, his only Son, came to save sinners. But
+still every man that lives in the world is under temptation and trial.
+The devil has yet a power, as prince of the air, to suggest evil
+cogitations in our minds, and prompt us on to wicked actions, that he
+might glory in our destruction. Whatever evil thoughts we have, proceed
+from him; so that God in this our distress, expects we should apply
+ourselves to him by fervent prayer for speedy redress. He is not like
+_Benamuckee,_ to let none come near him but _Oowakakee_, but suffers the
+people as well as priests to offer themselves at his feet, thereby to be
+delivered from the power and temptation of the devil.
+
+But though at first my man Friday expressed some concern at the
+wickedness of Lucifer, I found it not so easy to imprint the right
+notions of him in his mind, as it was about the divine essence of God;
+for there nature assisted me in all my arguments, to show him plainly
+the necessity of a great first cause, and over-ruling, governing power,
+of a secret directing Providence, and of the equity and reasonableness
+of paying adoration to our Creator: whereas there appeared nothing of
+all this in the notion of an evil spirit, of his first beginning, his
+nature, and, above all, of his inclination to evil actions, and his
+power to tempt us to the like. And indeed this unlearned _Indian_, by
+the mere force of nature, puzzled me with one particular question, more
+than ever I could have expected.
+
+I had, it seems, one day, been talking to him of the omnipotent power of
+God, and his infinite abhorrence of sin, insomuch that the Scriptures
+styled him _a consuming fire_ to all the workers of iniquity; and that
+it was in his power, whenever he pleased, to destroy all the world in a
+moment, the greater part of which are continually offending him.
+
+When, with a serious attention, he had listened a great while to what
+I said, after I had been telling him how the devil was God's enemy in
+the hearts of men, and used all his malice and skill to defeat the good
+designs of Providence, and destroy the kingdom of Christ in the world,
+and so forth: _Very well, Master_, said Friday, _you say God is so
+strong, so great, is he not much strong, much mightier than the naughty
+devil?_ "To be sure, Friday," said I, "God is more wise and stronger
+than the serpent: he is above the devil, which makes us pray to him,
+that he would tread down Satan under his feet, enable us to resist the
+violent temptations; and quench his fiery darts." _Why then_, answered
+Friday quickly, _if God, as you say, has much strong, much might as the
+devil, why God no kill devil, make no more tempt, no more do wicked._
+
+You may be certain, I was strangely surprised at this question of my
+man's: and, though an old man, I was but a young doctor, and
+consequently very ill qualified for a causuist, or a resolver of
+intricate doubts in religion, and as it required some time for me to
+study for an answer, I pretended not to hear him, nor to ask him what he
+said; but, to so earnest was he for an answer, as not to forget his
+question which he repeated in the very same broken words as above. When
+I had recovered myself a little, "Friday," said I, "God will at last
+punish him severely, being reserved for judgment, and is to be cast into
+the bottomless pit, to remain in fire everlasting." But all this did not
+satisfy Friday, for, returning upon me, he repeated my words "RESERVE AT
+LAST, _me no understand; but, why not kill devil now, not kill devil,
+great, great while ago_?" "Friday" said I "you may as well ask me why
+God does not kill you and me, when, by our wicked actions, we so much
+offend his divine Majesty? He gives us time to repent of our sins, that
+thereby we may obtain pardon." At these words _obtain pardon_, Friday
+mused a great while; and, at last, looking me stedfastly in the face,
+_Well, well_, said he, _that's very well; so you, I, devil, all wicked
+mans, all preserve, repent, God pardon all._
+
+Indeed, here I was ran down to the last extremity, when it became very
+evident to me; how mere natural notions will guide reasonable creatures
+to the knowledge of a Deity, and to the homage due to the Supreme Being
+of God; but, however, nothing but divine revelation can form the
+knowledge of Jesus Christ, and of a redemption purchased for us, of the
+mediator of the new covenant, and of an intercessor at the footstool of
+God's throne; and, therefore, the Gospel of our Lord and Saviour Jesus
+Christ; that is, the word and Spirit of God, promised for the guide and
+the sanctifier of his people, are the most necessary instructors of the
+souls of men, in the saving knowledge of the Almighty, and the means to
+attain eternal happiness.
+
+And now I found it necessary to put an end to this discourse between my
+man and me; for which purpose I rose up hastily, and made as if I had
+some occasion to go out, sending Friday for something that was a good
+way off, I then fell on my knees, and beseeched God that he would
+inspire me so far as to guide this poor savage in the knowledge of
+Christ, to answer his questions more clearly, that his conscience might
+be convinced, his eyes opened, and his soul saved. When he returned
+again, I entered into a very long discourse with him, upon the subject
+of the world's redemption by the Saviour of it, and the doctrine of
+repentance preached from heaven, together with an holy faith of our
+blessed Redeemer Jesus Christ; and then I proceeded to explain to him,
+according to my weak capacity, the reason why our Saviour took not on
+him the nature of angels, but rather the seed of Abraham; and how the
+fallen angels had no benefit by that redemption; and, lastly, that he
+came only to the lost sheep of the house of Israel, and the like. God
+knows I had more sincerity than knowledge in all the ways I took for the
+poor Indian's instruction; and, I must acknowledge what I believe, every
+body that acts upon the same principle will find, that in laying
+heavenly truths open before him, I informed and instructed myself in
+many things that either I did not know, or had not perfectly considered
+before: so that, however, this poor creature might be improved by my
+instructions, certain it is, that I myself had great reason to be
+thankful to Providence for sending him to me. His company allayed my
+grief, and made my habitation comfortable; and when I reflected that the
+solitary life to which I had been so long confined, had made me to look
+further towards Heaven, by making me the instrument under Providence, to
+save the life, and for ought I know, the soul of this poor savage, by
+bringing him to the knowledge of Jesus Christ, it caused a secret joy to
+spread through every part of my soul; and I frequently rejoiced, that
+ever I was brought to this place, which I once thought the most
+miserable part of the world.
+
+In this thankful frame of mind did I afterwards continue, while I abode
+on the island, and for three years did my man and I live in the greatest
+enjoyment of happiness. Indeed, I believe the savage was as good a
+Christian as I; and I hope we were equally penitent; and such penitents
+as were comforted and restored by God's Holy Spirit; for now we had the
+word of the Lord to instruct us in the right way, as much as if we had
+been on the English shore.
+
+By the constant application I made to the Scriptures, as I read them to
+my man Friday, I earnestly endeavoured to make him understand every part
+of it, as much as lay in my power. He also, on the other hand, by his
+very serious questions and inquiries, made me a much better proficient
+in Scripture knowledge, than I should have been by my own private
+reading and study. I must not omit another thing, proceeding from the
+experience I had in my retirement: It was that infinite and
+inexpressible blessing, the knowledge of God through Jesus Christ, which
+was so plain and easy to be understood, as immediately to direct me to
+carry on the great work of sincere repentance for my sins, and laying
+hold of a Saviour for eternal life, to a practical stated reformation,
+and obedience to all God's institutions, without the assistance of a
+reverend and orthodox divine; and especially by this same instruction,
+so to enlighten this savage creature, as to make him so good a
+Christian, as very few could exceed him. And there was only this great
+thing wanting, that I had no authority to administer the Holy Sacrament,
+that heavenly participation of Christ's body and blood; yet, however, we
+rested ourselves content; that God would accept our desires, and
+according to our faith, have mercy on us.
+
+But what we wanted one way, was made up in another, and that was
+universal peace in our little church. We had no disputes and wrangling
+about the nature and equality of the holy, blessed, and undivided
+Trinity, no niceties in doctrine, or schemes of church government; no
+sour or morale dissenters to impose more sublimated notions upon us; no
+pedant sophisters to confound us with unintelligible mysteries: but,
+instead of all this, we enjoyed the most certain guide to Heaven; that
+is, the word of God: besides which, we had the comfortable views of his
+Spirit leading us to the truth, and making us both willing and obedient
+to the instruction of his word. As the knowledge and practice of this
+are the principal means of salvation, I cannot see what it avails any
+christian church, or man in the world, to amuse himself with
+speculations and opinions, except it be to display their particular
+vanity and affectation.
+
+You may well suppose, that, by the frequent discourse we had together,
+my man and I became most intimately acquainted, and that their was but
+very little that I could say, but what Friday understood; and, indeed,
+he spoke very fluently, though it was but broken English. I now took a
+particular pleasure in relating all my adventures, especially those that
+occurred since my being cast on this island. I made him understand that
+wonderful mystery, as he conceived, of gunpowder and bullet, and taught
+him how to shoot. I also presented to him a knife, which pleased him
+exceedingly, making him a belt, with a frog hanging thereto, like those
+in which we wear hangers in England; and, instead of a hanger to put in
+the frog, I gave him a hatchet, which was not only as good, but even a
+better weapon upon many occasions. In a word, my man thus accoutred,
+looked upon himself as great as Don Quixote, when that celebrated
+champion went to combat the windmill.
+
+I next gave him a very particular description of the territories of
+Europe, and in a particular manner of Old England, the place of my
+nativity. I laid, before him the manner of our worshipping God, our
+behaviour one to another, and how we trade in ships to every part of the
+universe. I then told him my misfortunes in being shipwrecked, showing
+him, as near as I could the place where the ship lay, which had been
+gone long before; but I brought him to the ruins of my boat which before
+my whole strength could not move, but now was a most rotten, and fallen
+to pieces. I observed my man Friday to view this boat with uncommon
+curiosity; which, when he had done, he stood pondering a great while,
+and said nothing. At last, said I, "Friday, what makes you ponder so
+much?" He replied, _O master, me see like boat come to place at
+my nation_.
+
+It was some time, indeed, before I understood what my man meant; but
+examining strictly into it, I plainly found, that such another boat
+resembling mine, had come up on the country where he dwelt: that is to
+say, by his farther explanation, that the boat was driven there through
+stress of weather. It then came into my mind that some European ship
+having been cast away, the poor distressed creatures were forced to have
+recourse to the boat to save their lives; and being all, as I thought
+drowned, I never concerned my self to ask any thing concerning, them,
+but my only inquiry was about the boat, and what description my man
+could give of it.
+
+Indeed Friday answered my demands very well; making everything very
+plain to my understanding: but beyond measure was I satisfied, when he
+told me with great warmth and ardour. _O master, we save white mans from
+drown;_ upon which I immediately asked him, If there were any white
+mans, as he called them in the boat? _Yes, yes_, said he, _the boat
+full, very full of white mans_ "How many, Friday?" said I. Hereupon he
+numbered his fingers, and counted seventeen. And when I asked him what
+became of them all, and whether they lived or not? he replied, _Yes
+master, they all live, they be live among my nation._ This information
+put fresh thoughts into my head, that these must be those very men who
+before I concluded had been swallowed up in the ocean, after they had
+left the ship that had struck upon the rocks of my kingdom, and after
+escaping the fury of the deep, landed upon the wild shore, and committed
+themselves to the fury of the devouring Indians.
+
+The manner of their cruelties to one another, which consequently, as I
+thought, must be acted with greater barbarity to strangers, created in
+me a great anxiety, and made me still more curious to ask Friday
+concerning them. He told me, he was sure they still lived there, having
+resided among them above four years, and that the savages gave them
+victuals to live upon: "But pray, Friday," said I, "whence proceeded all
+this good nature and generosity? How came it to pass that they did not
+kill and eat them, to please their devouring appetites, and occasion to
+splendid an entertainment among them?" _No, no,_ said Friday, _they not
+kilt 'em, they make brothers with 'em_; by which I understood there was
+a truce between them. And then I had a more favourable opinion of the
+Indians, upon Friday uttering these words, _My nation, t'other nation no
+eat man, but when mans, make war fight:_ as though he had said, that
+neither those of his kingdom, nor any other nations that he knew of,
+ever ate their fellow-creatures, but such as their law of arms allowed
+to be devoured; that is, those miserable captives, whose misfortune it
+should be to be made prisoners of war.
+
+Some considerable time after, upon a very pleasant day, in most serene
+weather, my man and I stood upon the top of a hill, on the east side of
+the island, whence I had once before beheld the continent of America. I
+could not tell immediately what was the matter, for suddenly Friday fell
+a jumping and dancing as if he had been mad, and upon my demanding the
+reason of his behaviour, _O joy_! said he, _O glad! there see my
+country, there my nation, there live white mans gether_. And indeed such
+a rapturous sense of pleasure appeared in his countenance that his eyes
+had an uncommon sparkling and brightness, and such a strange eagerness,
+as if he had a longing desire to be in his country again. This made me
+no so well satisfied with my man Friday as before; for by this
+appearance, I made no dispute, but that if he could get back thither
+again, he would not only be unmindful of what religion I had taught him,
+but likewise of the great obligation he owed me for his wonderful
+deliverance; nay, that he would not only inform his countrymen of me,
+but accompany hundreds of them to my kingdom, and make me a miserable
+sacrifice like those unhappy wretches taken in battle.
+
+Indeed I was very much to blame to have those cruel and unjust
+suspicions, and must freely own I wronged the poor creature very much,
+who was of a quite contrary temper. And had he had that discerning
+acuteness which many Europeans have, he would certainly have perceived
+my coldness and indifference, and also have been very much concerned
+upon that account; as I was now more circumspect, I had much lessened my
+kindness and familiarity with him, and while this jealousy continued, I
+used that artful way (now to much in fashion, the occasion of strife and
+dissention) of pumping him daily thereby to discover whether he was
+deceitful in his thoughts and inclinations; but certainly he had nothing
+in him but what was consistent with the best principles, both as a
+religious Christian and a grateful friend; and indeed; I found every
+thing he said was ingenuous and innocent, that I had no room for
+suspicion, and, in spite of all uneasiness, he not only made me entirely
+his own again, but also caused me much to lament that I ever conceived
+one ill thought of him.
+
+As we were walking up the same hill another day, when the weather was
+so hazy at sea, that I could not perceive the continent, "Friday," said
+I "don't you wish yourself to be in your own country, your nation, among
+your old friends and acquaintances?" _Yes,_ said he, _me much O glad to
+be at my own nation._ "And what would you do there, Friday? Would you
+turn wild again, eat man's flesh, and be a savage as you were formerly."
+_No, no,_ (answered he, full of concern and making his head) _Friday now
+tell them to live good, tell them pray God, tell them to eat corn bread,
+cattle flesh, milk, no eat man again._ "But surely," replied I, "if you
+should offer to do all this, they will kill you; and to manifest their
+contempt of such instruction eat you up when they have done." He then
+put on a grave, yet innocent and smooth countenance, saying, _No, they
+no kill me, they willing love learn_: that is that they would be very
+willing to learn: adding withal, _that they had learned much of the
+bearded mans that came in the boat_. "Will you," said I "go back again,
+Friday?" He smiled at that, and told me, that he could not swim so far.
+But said I, I will make a canoe for you. _Yes, Master_ said he, _me go
+if you go, me no go if you stay_. "I go, Friday! why would you have them
+to eat me up, and devour your kind master?" _No no_, said he, _me make
+them not eat master, and me make them much love you_; that is, he would
+tell them how I had slain his enemies, and thereby saved his life, for
+which reason he would make them love me: and then he related to me, as
+well as he was able, how exceedingly kind those his nation were to the
+white, or bearded men, as he called them, who, in their great calamity,
+were driven into their country.
+
+It was from this time, indeed, I had strong inclinations to venture
+over, and use my utmost efforts, if possible, to join these white
+bearded men, who undoubtedly were Spaniards or Portuguese; for, thought
+I, it must be certainly a better and safer way to escape when there is a
+good company, than for me alone, from an island forty miles off the
+shore, and without any assistance. Some days, after, Friday and I being
+at work, as usual, at the same time diverting ourselves with various
+discourses; I told him I had a boat which I would bestow upon him,
+whenever he pleased to return to his own nation; and to convince him of
+the truth of what I said, I took him with me to the other side of the
+island, where my frigate lay, and then taking it from under the water,
+(for I always kept it sunk for fear of a discovery) we went both into it
+to see how it would manage such an expedition.
+
+And really never could any be more dexterous in rowing than my faithful
+servant, making the boat go as fast again as I could. "Well now,
+Friday", said I, "shall we now go to your so much admired nation." But
+instead of meeting with that cheerfulness I expected, he looked very
+dull and melancholy at my saying so; which indeed at first surprised
+me, till he made me sensible, that his concern was about the boat's
+being too small to go so far a voyage. Upon which I let him understand I
+had a much bigger; and accordingly, the next day went to the place where
+the first boat lay, which I had made, when all the strength I had or art
+I could use failed me in my attempt to get it into the water: but now it
+having lain in the sun two and twenty years, and no care being taken of
+it all that while, it became in a manner rotten. My man told me, that
+such a boat would do very well for the purpose, sufficient to carry
+_enough vittle, drink, bread_, for that was his manner of talking. In
+short, my mind being strongly fixed upon my design of going over with
+him to the Continent, I very plainly told him that we would both go and
+make a boat full as big, and more proportionable than that, wherein he
+might safely return to his own nation.
+
+These words made Friday look so very pensive that I thought he would
+have fallen at my feet. It was some time before he could speak a word,
+which made me ask him, what was the matter with him? He replied in a
+very soft and moving tone, _What has poor Friday done? why are you angry
+mad with poor servant? What me done, O what me done?_ "Friday," said I,
+"you never yet have offended me, what makes you think I am angry with
+you, when I am not angry at all." _You no angry, no angry,_ said he
+several times, _if you be no angry, why den send Friday over great water
+to my own nation?_ "Why from a mountain you beheld the place where you
+was born, and is it not to satisfy your desires that I am willing to
+give you leave to return thither?" _Yes, yes_, said Friday, _me wish to
+be there sure enough, but then me with master there too: no wish Friday
+there, no master there._ In short, he could not endure the thoughts of
+going there without me. "I go there! Friday," said I, "what shall I do
+there?" He answered very quickly, _O master you do great deal much good,
+you teach all de wild mans to be good tame mans: you learn dem to be
+sober, life good live, to know God, and pray God._ "Alas! poor Friday,"
+said I, "what can I do against their priests of _Benamuckee_, or indeed
+what good can I make your nation sensible of, when I myself am but a
+poor ignorant man?" _No, no, master,_ said he, _you be no ignorant, you
+teachee me good, you teachee dem good._ "You shall go without me,
+Friday," said I, "for I don't care to accompany you thither; I would
+rather live in this solitude than venture among such inhuman savages.
+_Go your way since you desire it, and leave me alone by myself as I was
+before I saved your life_."
+
+Never was any creature more thunderstruck than Friday was at these
+words. _Go me away, leave master away, (said he after a long silence,)
+no, no, Friday die, Friday live not master gone_, as though he had
+said, I neither can nor will live, if my master sends me from him. And
+here I cannot but take notice of the strong ties of friendship, which
+many times surpass those of consanguinity: For often we find a great
+disagreement among kindred; and when there is any seeming regard for
+each other, it is very seldom true, and scarce ever lasting, if powerful
+interest does not bear the sway; and that alone is often the occasion of
+the greatest hatred in the world, which is to desire the death of
+parents and relations, for the sake of acquiring their fortunes. But
+there was no such thing between my servant and me; instead of which
+there was the greatest gratitude and the most sincere love; he found me
+not only his deliverer, but his preserver and comforter; not a severe
+and cruel tyrant, but a kind, loving, and affable friend. He wanted for
+no manner of sustenance; and when he was ill or out of order, I was his
+physician, not only for his body but his soul; and therefore no wonder
+was it, that such an innocent creature long since divested of his former
+natural cruelty, should have an uncommon concern at so cruel a
+seperation from me, which pierced him to the very soul, and made him
+desire even to die, rather than live without me..
+
+After I had told Friday, in a very careless manner, that he should be at
+his liberty as soon as the boat was made, the language of his eyes
+expressed all imaginable confusion; when, immediately running to one of
+his hatchets, which he used to wear as a defensive weapon, he gives it
+into my hand, with a heart so full, that he could scarcely speak.
+'Friday,' said I, 'what is it you mean? What must I do with this?' _Only
+kill Friday_, said he, _Friday care not live long._' 'But what must I
+kill you for? replied I again, _Ah! dear master, what made you Friday
+save from eat a me up, so keep long Friday, make Friday love God, and
+love not Benamuckee, and now Friday send away; never see Friday more._
+As though the poor creature had said, Alas! my dearest kind master, how
+comes it to pass, that after having ventured your precious life to save
+me from the jaws of devouring cannibals, like myself, after such a
+tender regard to provide for me such a comfortable nourishment, and
+continuing so long a kind master, and a most sincere friend; and after
+making me forsake the false notion of an Indian Deity, and worship the
+true God in spirit and in truth; and after all this how comes it now,
+that you are willing to send me away to my former course of living, by
+which means undoubtedly we shall be dead to each other; but greater must
+be my misfortune, that I shall never behold my best friend I have in the
+world any more. And this undoubtedly, though he could not express
+himself so clearly, must be his sentiments; for the tears ran down his
+cheeks in such a plentiful manner, that I had much ado to refrain from
+weeping also, when I beheld the poor creature's affection; so that I was
+forced to comfort him in the best manner I could, which I did, by
+telling him, if he was content to abide with me, I should be ever
+willing to keep him.
+
+After Friday's grief was something abated, more fully to convince me of
+his affection, he said, _O master, me not care to be in my nation, leave
+you here; me desire nation learn good, that's all;_ meaning, that his
+desire was for the conversion of that barbarous people. But as I had no
+apostolic mission, nor any concern about their salvation; so I had not
+the least intention or desire of undertaking it; and the strength of my
+inclination, in order to escape, proceeded chiefly from my late
+discourse with Friday, about these seventeen white bearded men, that had
+been driven upon the Barbarian coast; whom I designed to join, as the
+only means to further our escape. To which intent my man and I went to
+search for a proper tree to fell, whereof we might make a large perigua
+or canoe, to undertake the voyage; and, indeed, we were not long in
+finding one fit for our purpose, there being enough of wood in the
+island to have built a fleet of large vessels, but the thing we
+principally wanted was to get one so near the water, that we might
+launch it after it was finished, and not commit so horrid a mistake as I
+had once done before.
+
+Well, after a great search for what was best and most convenient,
+Friday, at last, whose judgment in such affairs was much superior to
+mine, pitches upon a kind of wood the most fitting for it. To this day I
+cannot tell the name of the tree, nor describe it any other way, than
+only by saying, that it is like what we call _fustic_, or between that
+and the Niacaragua wood, being much of the same colour and smell. But
+though my man exceeded me in the knowledge of the most proper tree, yet
+I shewed him a much better and clearer way to make a canoe than ever he
+knew before; for he was for burning the hollow or cavity of the tree, in
+order to make this boat; but I then told him how he might do it with
+tools, learning him at the same time how to use them, which indeed he
+did very dexterously; so that in a month's time we finished it, making
+it very handsome, by cutting the outside in the true shape of a boat.
+After this it took us a full fortnight before we could get her into the
+water, which we did as it were inch by inch, upon great rollers; but
+when she was in, she would have carried twenty men, with all the ease
+imaginable.
+
+As I was very well pleased, you may be sure at the launching of this man
+of war of mine, I was no less amazed to behold with what dexterity my
+man would manage her, turn her, and paddle her along. 'Well Friday,'
+said I, 'what do you think of it now? Do you think this will carry us
+over? _Yes, master_, said he, _me venture over well, though great blow
+wind_. But my design was yet farther, which he was insensible of; and
+that was to make a mast and a sail, and to provide her with an anchor
+and cable. As to a mast, that was no difficult thing at all to procure:
+so I fixed upon a strait young cedar-tree; which I found near the place,
+great plenty of it abounding in the island; and setting Friday to cut it
+down, I gave him particular directions how to shape and order it; but as
+to the sail, that I managed myself. I very well knew I had some old
+ones, or pieces of sails enough, which had lain six and twenty years by
+me; but not being careful to preserve them, as thinking I should have no
+occasion to use them any more, when I came to overlook them I found them
+almost all rotten, except two; and with these I went to work, and after
+a great deal of pains and aukward tedious stitching for want of needles,
+at length I finished a three-cornered ugly thing, like those which our
+long boats use, and which I very well knew how to manage, especially
+since it was like that which I had in my patron's fishing boat, when,
+with my boy Xury, I made my escape from the Barbarian shore.
+
+It was near two months, I think, before I completed this work, that is,
+the rigging and fitting my mast and sails; and indeed they were nicely
+done, having made a small stay and a sail, or a foresail to it, to
+assist, if we should turn to the westward; and what is still more, I
+fixed a rudder to the stern of her, to steer with; and though I was but
+a very indifferent shipwright, yet, as I was sensible of the great
+usefulness and absolute necessity of a thing like this, I applied myself
+to it with such a confident application, that at last I accomplished my
+design; but what with the many dull contrivances I had about it, and the
+failure of many things, it cost me as much pains in ordering as in
+making the boat. Besides when all this was done, I had my man to teach
+what belonged to its navigation; for though he very well understood how
+to paddle a canoe along, he was an utter stranger to a sail and a
+rudder, and was amazed when he saw me work the boat to and again in the
+sea, by them, and how the sail gibbed and filled this way or that way,
+as the course we sailed changed. After some time and a little use, I
+made all these things very familiar to him, so that he became an expert
+sailor, except in relation to the compass, and that I could make him
+understand but little of. But, as it happened, there was seldom occasion
+for it, there being but little cloudy weather, and scarce any fog in
+those parts; the stars were always visible in the night, and the shore
+perspicuous by day, except in the rainy season, which confined every one
+to his habitation. Thus entered in the seven and twentieth year of my
+reign, or captivity, which you please, (the last three of which blessed
+with the company of my man Friday, ought not to be reckoned) I kept the
+anniversary of my landing here with the same thankfulness to God, for
+his tender mercies, as I did before; and certainly, as I had great
+cause for a thankful acknowledgement for my deliverance at first, I had
+much greater now for such singular and additional testimonies of the
+care of Providence over me, in all my distress of both body and mind,
+and the great hopes I had of being effectually and speedily delivered;
+for I had a strong impression upon my mind, that I should not be another
+year in this island. But, however, I still continued on with my
+husbandry, digging, planting, and fencing, as usual; gathering and
+curing my grapes, and doing all other things that were necessary.
+
+And now the rainy season beginning to come on, obliged me to keep the
+longer within doors; but before this I brought my new vessel into the
+creek, where I had landed my rafts from the ship, and haling her up to
+the shore, I ordered my man Friday to dig a dock sufficient to hold her
+in, and deep enough to give her water, wherein she might float; and then
+when the tide was out, we made a strong dam cross the end of it, to keep
+out the water; by which means she lay dry, as to the tide from the sea;
+and to keep the rain from her, we thatched her over, as it were, with
+boughs of trees, like a house, so we waited for the months of November
+and December, in which I designed to venture over the ocean.
+
+No sooner did the seasonable weather begin to draw near, but so much was
+I elevated with this new designed adventure, that I daily prepared for
+the voyage. The first thing I thought on was, to lay by a certain
+quantity of provisions, as a sufficient store for such an expedition,
+intending in a week or fortnight's time to open the dock, and to launch
+out the boat for that purpose. But one morning as I was very busy upon
+something necessary for this occasion, I called Friday to me, and bid
+him go to the seashore, and see if he could find a turtle or tortoise, a
+thing which we commonly had once a week, as much upon account of the
+eggs, as for the sake of the flesh. He had not been long gone, but he
+came running back, as though he was pursued for life, and as if it were
+flew over my outer-wall, or fence, like one that felt not the ground, or
+steps he set his feet on; and before I had time to enquire the reason of
+this precipitation, he cries out, _O dear master, O sorrow, sorrow! Bad!
+O bad!_ 'Why, what's the matter Friday,' said I. _O yonder, yonder!_
+said he; _there be one, two, or three canoes! two three!_ Surely,
+thought I, there must be six, by my man's way of reckoning; but on a
+stricter inquiry, I found there were but three. 'Well Friday,' said I,
+'don't be terrified, I warrant you we will not only defend ourselves
+against them, but kill the most of these cruel savages.' But though I
+comforted him in the best manner I could, the poor creature trembled so,
+that I scarce knew what to do with him:--_O master_, said he, _they come
+look Friday, cut pieces Friday, cut a me up_. 'Why Friday,' said I,
+'they will eat me up as well as you, and my danger is as great as
+yours. But since it is so, we must resolve to fight for our lives. What
+say you? Can you fight Friday? _Yes,(said he, very faintly) me shoot, me
+kill what I can, but there come a great many number._'That's no matter,'
+said I again, 'our guns will terrify those that we do not kill: I am
+very willing to stand by you to the last drop of my blood. Now tell me
+if you will do the like by me, and, obey my orders in whatsoever I
+command?' Friday then answered, _O master, me loses life for you, me die
+when you bid die._ Thus concluding all questions concerning his
+fidelity, immediately I fetched him a good dram of rum, (of which I had
+been a very good husband) and gave it him to comfort his heart. After he
+had drank it, I ordered him to take the two-fowling pieces, which we
+always carried, and load them with large swan-shot, as big as small
+pistol bullets; then I took four muskets, and loaded them with two slugs
+and five small bullets each; charging my two pistols each with a brace;
+I hung my great sword, as customary, naked to my side, and gave Friday
+his hatchet, as a most excellent weapon for defence.
+
+Thus prepared, I thought as well of myself, as any knight errant that
+ever handled a sword and spear. I took my perspective glass and went up
+to the side of the hill, to see what I could discover; and I perceived
+very soon, by my glass, that there were one and twenty savages, three
+prisoners, and three canoes, and that their chief concern seemed to be
+the triumphant banquet upon the three poor human bodies, a thing which
+by this time I had observed was very common with them. I also remarked,
+that they did not land at that place from whence Friday made his escape,
+but nearer to the creek, where the shore was low, and where a thick wood
+came very close to the sea. My soul was then filled with indignation and
+abhorrence at such inhuman wretches, which put a period to all my former
+thoughts in their vindication, neither would I give myself time to
+consider their right of conquest, as I had done before: but descending
+from the mountain, I came down to Friday, and told him, I was resolved
+to go speedily to them, and kill them all; asking him again in the same
+breath, if he would stand by me; when by this time being recovered from
+his fright, and his spirits much cheered with the dram I had given him,
+he was very pleasant, yet seriously telling me, as he did before, _When
+I bid die, he would die_.
+
+And now it was, having fixed my resolution in so strong a manner, that
+nothing could divest my breast of its uncommon fury. I immediately
+divided the loaded arms betwixt us. To my man Friday I gave a pistol to
+stick in his girdle, with three guns upon his shoulder, a weight too
+great, I confess, to bear but what must a poor king do, who has but one
+soldier in the world? But to show I made him bear no more than what I
+would lay on myself, I stuck the other pistol in my girdle, and the
+other three guns upon my shoulders; nay, something more, but that was
+like Aesop's burden, a small bottle of rum, which was soon lightened to
+our exceeding refreshment. Thus we marched out, under a ponderous load
+of armour, like two invincible champions, with a quantity of powder and
+bullets to stand our battle, and load again, when the pieces were
+discharged. And now my orders being to be obeyed, I charged Friday to
+keep close behind me, and not to stir, or shoot, or attempt anything
+till I commanded him; and in the interim, not to speak so much as one
+word. It was in this order I fetched a compass to the right hand, of
+near a mile, as well to get over the creek, as to attain the wood; and
+by this, I thought to come within shot of them before I could be
+discerned, as I found by my glass, would not be difficult to accomplish.
+
+But how fickle and wavering is the mind of man, even in our greatest
+fury and strongest inclinations. For while I was taking this march, my
+resolution began to abate, not through fear of their numbers, who were a
+parcel of naked unarmed wretches, but those reflections occurred to my
+thoughts: _what power was I commissioned with, or what occasion or
+necessity had I to go and imbrue my hands in human blood, and murder
+people that had neither done nor intended to do me any wrong? They were
+innocent in particular as to me: and their barbarous custom was not only
+their misfortune but a sign that God had left them in the most immense
+stupidity; but yet did not warrant me to be a judge of their actions,
+much less an executioner of his righteous judgments? That, on the
+contrary, whenever he thought fit, he would take vengeance on them
+himself, and punish them in a national way, according to their national
+crimes; but this was nothing at all to me, who had no concern with them.
+Indeed my man Friday might justify himself, because they were his
+declared enemies, of that very same nation that went to sacrifice him
+before; and indeed it was lawful for him to attack them, which I could
+not say was so with respect to me,_--So warmly did these things press
+upon my thoughts all the way I went, that I only resolved to place
+myself so as to behold their bloody entertainment, without falling upon
+them, except something more than ordinary, by God's special direction,
+should oblige me thereto.
+
+Thus fixed in my resolution, I entered into the thick wood, (my man
+Friday following me close behind) when with all possible wariness and
+silence, I marched till I came close to the skirt of it, on that side
+which was the nearest to them; for only one end of the wood interposed
+between me and them. Upon which I called very softly to Friday, and
+shewing him a great tree, that was just at the corner of the wood, I
+ordered him to repair thither, and bring me word, if he could plainly
+perceive their actions; accordingly he did as I commanded him, and came
+back with this melancholy story, _that they were all about their fire,
+eating the flesh of one of their prisoners; and that another lay bound
+upon the sands at a little distance from them, which they designed for
+the next sacrifice, and this, he told me was not one of their nation,
+but one of those very bearded men, who were driven by a storm into their
+country, and of whom he had so often talked to me about_--You may be
+sure, that upon hearing this, my soul was ready to sink within me: when
+ascending into a tree, I saw plainly, by my glass, a white man, who lay
+upon the beach of the sea, with his hands and feet tied with flags, or
+things resembling rushes, being covered with clothes, and seemed to be
+an European. From the tree where I took this prospect I perceived
+another tree and a thicket beyond it, about fifty yards nearer to them
+than where I was, which, by taking a small circle round, I might come at
+undiscovered, & then I should be within half a shot of these devourers.
+And this consideration alone, to be more perfectly revenged upon them,
+made me withhold my passion, though I was enraged to the highest degree
+imaginable; when going back about twenty paces I got behind some bushes,
+which held all the way till I came to the other tree; and then I
+ascended to a little rising ground, not above eighteen yards distance,
+and there I had a full view of these creatures, and I could perceive all
+their actions.
+
+Such a fight did then appear, as obliged me not to lose a moment's time.
+No less than nineteen of these dreadful wretches sat upon the ground,
+close huddled together, expressing all the delight imaginable at so
+barbarous an entertainment; and they had just sent the other two to
+murder this poor unhappy Christian, and bring him limb by limb to their
+fire; for they were then just going to untie the bands from his feet, in
+order for death, as fetters are knocked off the feet of malefactors
+before they go to the place of execution. Hereupon, immediately turning
+to my man, 'now, Friday' said I 'mind what I say, fail in nothing, but
+do exactly as you see me do'. All which he promising--he would perform,
+I let down one of my muskets, and fowling-piece upon the ground, and
+Friday did the same by his; and with the other musket I took my aim at
+the savages, bidding him do the like: 'Are you ready' said I: _Yes,
+Master,_ said he; 'why then fire at them,' said I; and that very moment
+I gave fire likewise.
+
+I only killed one and wounded two; but my man Friday, taking his aim
+much better than I, killed two and wounded three. You may be sure they
+were in a dreadful consternation, at, such an unexpected disaster, and
+those who had yet escaped our penetrating shot, immediately jumped upon
+their feet, but were in such a confusion, that they knew not which way
+to run or look; not knowing from whence their destruction came. We threw
+down our pieces, and took up others, giving a second dreadful volley;
+but as they were loaded only with swan shot, or small pistol bullets, we
+perceived only two of them fall; tho many were wounded, who run yelling
+and screaming about like mad creatures. 'Now, Friday,' said I, 'lay down
+your piece, and take up the musket, and follow me.' He did so, with
+great courage, when showing ourselves to the savages we give a great
+shout, and made directly to the poor victim, who would have been
+sacrificed, had not our first fire obliged the butchers, with three
+others, to jump into a canoe. By my order, Friday fired at them, at
+which shot I thought he had killed them all, by reason of their falling
+to the bottom of the boat; however, he killed two, and mortally wounded
+a third. In the mean time, I cut the flags that tied the hands and feet
+of the poor creature, and lifting him up asked him in the Portuguese
+tongue, _What he was?_ He answered me in Latin, _Christiantis;_ but so
+very weak and faint, that he could scarce stand or speak. Immediately I
+gave him a dram; and a piece of bread to cherish him, and asked him,
+What countryman he was? He said, _Hispaniola;_ and then uttered all the
+thankfulness imaginable for his deliverance. 'Signior,' said I, with as
+much Spanish as I was master of, 'let us talk afterwards, but fight now;
+here, take this sword and pistol, and do what you can.' And, indeed, he
+did so with much courage and intrepidity, that he cut two of them to
+pieces in an instant, the savages not having the power to fly for their
+lives. I ordered Friday to run for those pieces we had left at the tree,
+which he brought me with great swiftness, and then I gave him my musket,
+while I loaded the rest. But now their happened a fierce encounter
+between the Spaniard & one of the savages who had made at him with one
+of their wooden swords; and though the former was as brave as could be
+expected, having twice wounded his enemy in the head, yet being weak &
+faint, the Indian had thrown him upon the ground, & was wrestling my
+sword out of his hand, which the Spaniard very wisely quiting, drew out
+his pistol, and shot him through the body before I could come near him,
+though I was running to his assistance.' As to Friday, he pursued the
+flying wretches with his hatchet, dispatching three, but the rest were
+too nimble for him. The Spaniard taking one of the fowling pieces,
+wounded two, who running into the wood Friday pursued and killed; but
+the other, notwithstanding his wounds, plunged himself into the sea &
+swam to those who were left in the canoe; which, with one wounded, were
+all that escaped out of one and twenty. The account is as follows.
+
+_Killed at first shot from the tree ..... 3
+At the second shot ...................... 2
+By Friday in the boat ................... 2
+Ditto of those first wounded ............ 2
+Ditto in the wood ....................... 1
+By the Spaniard ......................... 3
+Killed or died of their wounds .......... 4
+Escaped in the boat, whereof one wounded,
+  if not slain_ ......................... 4
+                                   --------
+                                   Total 21
+                                   --------
+
+The savages in the canoe worked very hard to get out of our reach, and
+Friday was as eager in pursuing them; and indeed I was no less anxious
+about their escape, lest after the news had been carried to their
+people, they should return in multitudes and destroy us. So being
+resolved to pursue them, I jumped into one of the canoes and bid Friday
+follow me; but no sooner was I in, than to my surprise, I found another
+poor creature bound hand and foot for the slaughter, just as the
+Spaniard had been, with very little life in him. Immediately I unbound
+him, and would have helped him up; but he could neither stand nor speak,
+but groaned so piteously, as thinking he was only unbound in order to be
+slain. Hereupon I bid Friday speak to him, and tell him of his
+deliverance; when pulling out my bottle I made the poor wretch drink a
+dram; which, with the joyful news he had received, so revived his heart
+that he sat up in the boat. As soon as Friday began to hear him speak,
+and look more fully in his face, it would have moved any one to tears to
+perceive his uncommon transports of joy; for he kissed, embraced him,
+hugged him, cried, laughed, hollooed, jumped about, danced, sung, then
+cried again, wrung his hands, beat his face and head, then sung and
+jumped about again, like a distracted creature; so that it was a great
+while before I could make him speak to me, or tell me what was the
+matter with him; but when he came to the liberty of his speech at last,
+he told me it was his father.
+
+Here indeed I was infinitely moved to see that dutiful and tender
+affection this poor savage had to his aged parent. He would sit down by
+him in the boat, open his breast and hold his father's head close to his
+bosom half an hour together to cherish him: then he took his arms &
+ankles, which were stiff and numbed with binding, and chaffed and rubbed
+them with his hands; by which means perceiving what the case was, I gave
+him some rum, which proved of great benefit to him.
+
+While we were busy in this action the savages had gotten almost out of
+sight; and happy it was we did not pursue them: For there arose from the
+north-west, which continued all night long, such a violent storm that I
+could not suppose otherwise but that they were all drowned. After this I
+called Friday to me, and asked him if he had given his father any bread?
+He shook his head and said, _None, not one bit, me eat-a up all;_ so I
+gave him a cake of bread out of a little pouch I carried for this end. I
+likewise gave him a dram for himself, & two or three bunches of raisins
+for his father. Both these he carried to him, for he would make him
+drink the dram to comfort him.
+
+Away then he runs out of the boat as if he was bewitched, with such an
+extraordinary swiftness, that he was out of sight as it were in an
+instant; but at his return I perceived him slacken his pace, because he
+had something in his hand. And this I found to be as he approached
+nearer, an earthen jug with some water for his father, with two more
+cakes of bread, which he delivered into my hands. Being very thirsty
+myself I drank some of the water, of which his father had drank
+sufficiently, it more revived his spirits than all the rum I had
+given him.
+
+I then called Friday to me and ordered him to carry the Spaniard one of
+the cakes and some water, who was reposing himself under a green place
+under the shade of a tree, but so weak, that though he exerted himself
+he could not stand upon his feet. Upon which I ordered Friday to rub and
+bathe his ankles with rum as he did his father's. But every minute he
+was employed in this he would cast a wishful eye towards the boat, where
+he left his father sitting; who suddenly disappearing he flew like
+lightning to him, and finding he had only laid himself down to ease his
+limbs, he returned back to me presently; and then I spoke to the
+Spaniard to let Friday help him and lead him to the boat, in order to be
+conveyed to my dwelling where I would take care of him. Upon which
+Friday took him upon his back and so carried him to the canoe, setting
+him close by his father; and presently stepping out again, launched the
+boat off and paddled it along the shore faster than I could walk, though
+the wind blew very hard too, and having brought them safe to the creek,
+away he runs to fetch the other canoe, which he brought to the creek
+almost as soon as I got to it by land, when wafting me over, he took our
+new guests out of the boat; but so weak were they that I was forced to
+make a kind of a hand-barrow; and when I came to my castle, not being
+willing to make an entrance into my wall, we made them a handsome tent
+covered with old sails and boughs of trees, making two good beds of rice
+straw, with blankets to lie upon and cover them. Thus like an absolute
+king over subjects who owed their lives to me, I thought myself very
+considerable, especially as I had now three religions in my kingdom, my
+man Friday being a Protestant, his father a Pagan, and the Spaniard a
+Papist: but I gave liberty of conscience to them all.
+
+To get provisions for my poor weak subjects, I ordered Friday to kill me
+a yearling goat; which when he had done I cut off the hinder quarters,
+and chopping it into small pieces, boiled and stewed it, putting barley
+and rice into the broth. This I carried into their tent, set a table,
+dined with them myself and encouraged them. Friday was my interpreter to
+his father, and indeed to the Spaniard too, who spoke the language of
+the savages pretty well. After dinner I ordered Friday to fetch home all
+our arms from the field of battle, and the next day to bury the dead
+bodies, which he did accordingly.
+
+And now I made Friday inquire of his father, whether he thought these
+savages had escaped the late storm in their canoe? and if so, whether
+they would not return with a power too great for us to resist? He
+answered, _that he thought it impossible they could outlive the storm;
+or, if they were driven southwardly, they would come to a land where
+they would as certainly be devoured, as if they were drowned in the sea.
+And suppose they had attained their own country, the strangeness of
+their fatal and bloody attack, would make them tell their people, that
+the rest of them were killed by thunder and lightning, not by the hand
+of man, but by two heavenly spirits_ (meaning Friday and me) _who were
+sent from above to destroy them. And this_, he said, _he knew because he
+heard them say the same to one another_. And indeed he was in the right
+on't; for I have heard since, that these four men gave out that whoever
+went to that inchanted island, would be destroyed by fire from the gods.
+
+No canoes appearing soon after, as I expected, my apprehensions ceased:
+instead of which my former thoughts of a voyage took place, especially
+when Friday's father assured me, I should have good usage in his nation.
+As to the Spaniard, he told me, that sixteen more of his countrymen and
+Portuguese, who had been shipwrecked, made their escape thither; that
+though they were in union with the savages, yet they were very miserable
+for want of provisions and other necessaries. When I asked him about the
+particulars of his voyage, he answered that their ship was bound from
+the Rio de la Plata to the Havannah; that when the ship was lost, only
+five men perished in the ocean; the rest having saved themselves in the
+boat, were now landed on the main continent. 'And what do they intend to
+do there?' said I. He replied, they have concerted measures to escape,
+by building a vessel, but that they had neither tools nor provisions,
+for that all their designs came to nothing. 'Supposing, said I, I should
+make a proposal, and invite them here, would they not carry me prisoner
+to New Spain?' he answered no; for he knew them to be such honest men,
+as would scorn to act such inhuman baseness to their deliverer: That, if
+I pleased, he and the old savage would go over to them, talk with them
+about it, and bring me an answer: That they should all swear fidelity to
+me as their leader, upon the Holy Sacrament; and for his, part he would
+not only do the same, but stand to the last drop of his blood should
+there be occasion.
+
+These solemn assurances made me resolve to grant them relief, and to
+send these two over for that purpose; but when every thing was ready,
+the Spaniard raised an objection, which carried a great deal of weight
+in it: _You know, Sir, said he, that having been some time with you, I
+cannot but be sensible of your stock of rice and corn, sufficient,
+perhaps for us at present, but not for them, should they come over
+presently; much less to victual a vessel for an intended voyage. Want
+might be as great an occasion for them to disagree and rebel, as the
+children of Israel did against God himself, when they wanted to break
+bread in the wilderness. And therefore, my advice is to await another
+harvest and in the mean time cultivate and improve more land, whereby we
+may have plenty of provisions in order to execute our design_.
+
+This advice of the Spaniard's I approved extremely; and so satisfied was
+I of his fidelity that I esteemed him ever after. And thus we all four
+went to work upon some more land, and against seed time we had gotten so
+much cured and trimmed up sufficient to sow twenty-two bushels of barley
+on, and sixteen jars of rice, which was in short all the feed we had to
+spare. As we were four in number and by this time all in good health, we
+feared not a hundred Indians should they venture to attack us; and while
+the corn was growing, I pitched upon some trees, fit to build us a large
+vessel in case the Spaniards came over; which being marked, I ordered
+Friday and his father to cut them down, appointing the Spaniard, who was
+now my privy counsellor, to oversee and direct the work. I likewise
+increased my flocks of goats by shooting the wild dams and bringing home
+their kids to my inclosure. Nor did I neglect the grape season, but
+cured them as usual, though I had such a quantity now as would have
+filled eighty barrels with raisins. And thus all of us being employed,
+they in working, and I in providing for them till harvest came, God
+Almighty blessed the increase of it so much, that from twenty-two
+barrels of barley we thrashed out two hundred and twenty, and the like
+quantity of rice; sufficient to victual a ship fit to carry me and all
+the Spaniards to any part of America.
+
+Thus the principal objection being answered, by a sufficient stock of
+provisions, I sent my two ambassadors over to the main land, with a
+regal authority to administer the oaths of allegiance and fidelity, and
+have an instrument signed under their hands, though I never asked
+whether they had pen, ink, or paper; when giving each of them a musket,
+eight charges of powder and ball, and provisions enough for eight days,
+they sailed away with a fair gale on a day when the moon was at full.
+
+Scarce a fortnight had passed over my head, but impatient for their
+return, I laid me down to sleep one morning, when a strange accident
+happened, which was ushered in by Friday's coming running to me, and
+calling aloud, _Master, Master, they are come, they are come._ Upon
+which, not dreaming of any danger, out I jumped from my bed, put on my
+clothes and hurried through my little grove; when looking towards the
+sea, I perceived a boat about a league and a half distant, standing in
+for the shore with the wind fair. I beheld they did not come from the
+side where the land lay on, but from the southerhmost end of the island:
+So these being none of the people we wanted, I ordered Friday to lie
+still, till such time as I came down from the mountain, which, with my
+ladder, I now ascended in order to discover more fully what they were;
+and now, with the help of my perspective glass, I plainly perceived an
+English ship, which I concluded it to be; by the fashion of its long
+boat; and which filled me with such uncommon transports of joy, that I
+cannot tell how to describe; and yet some secret doubts hang about me,
+proceeding from I know not what cause, as though I had reason to be upon
+my guard. And, indeed, I would have no man contemn the secret hints and
+intimations of danger, which very often are given, when he may imagine
+there is no possibility of its being real; for had I not been warned by
+this silent admonition, I had been in a worse situation than before, and
+perhaps inevitably ruined.
+
+Not long it was, before I perceived the boat to approach the shore, as
+though they looked for a place where they might conveniently land; and
+at last they ran their boat on shore upon the beach, about half a mile
+distance; which proved so much the happier for me, since, had they come
+into the creek, they had landed just at my door, and might not only have
+forced me out of my castle, but plundered me of all I had in the world.
+Now I was fully convinced they were all Englishmen, three of which were
+unarmed and bound; when immediately the first four or five leaped on
+shore, and took those three out of the boat as prisoners; one of whom I
+could perceive used the most passionate gestures of entreaty,
+affliction, and despair, while the others in a lesser degree, showed
+abundance of concern.
+
+Not knowing the meaning of this, I was very much astonished, and I
+beckoned to Friday, who was below, to ascend the mountain, and likewise
+view this sight. _O master_, said he to me, _you see English mans eat
+prisoners as well as Savage mans_. 'And do you think they will eat them
+Friday?' said I. _Yes_, said Friday, _they eat all up_. 'No, no,' said
+I, 'Friday, I am much more concerned lest they murder them, but as for
+eating them up, that I am sure they will never do.'
+
+And now I not only lamented my misfortune in not having the Spaniard and
+Savage with me, but also that I could not come within shot of them
+unperceived, they having no fire arms among them, and save these three
+me, whom I thought they were going to kill with their swords. But some
+comfort it was to me, that I perceived they were set at liberty to go
+where they pleased, the rascally seamen scattering about as though they
+had a mind to see the place; and so long did they negligently ramble,
+that the tide had ebbed so low, as to leave the boat aground. Nor were
+the two men who were in her more circumspect; for having drunk a little
+too much liquor, they fell fast asleep; but one of them waking before
+the other, and perceiving the boat too fast aground for his strength to
+move it, he hallooed out to the rest, who made all possible expedition
+to come to him; but as Providence ordered it, all their force was
+ineffectual to launch her, when I could hear them speak to one another,
+_Why let her alone, Jack, can't ye, she'll float next tide_; by which
+words I was fully convinced they were my own countrymen. I all this
+while lay very quiet, as being fully sensible it could be no less than
+ten hours before the boat would be afloat, and then it would be so dark,
+that they could not easily perceive me, by which means I should be at
+more liberty to hear their talk, and observe all their motions: not but
+that I prepared for my defence: yet, as I had another sort of enemy to
+combat with I acted with more caution. I took two fusees on my shoulder,
+and gave Friday three muskets; besides my formidable goat-skin coat and
+monstrous cap made me look as fierce and terrible as Hercules of old,
+especially when two pistols were stuck in my belt, and my naked sword
+hanging by my side.
+
+It was my design at first not to make any attempt till it was dark; and
+it being now two o'clock, in the very heat of the day, the sailors were
+all straggling in the woods, and undoubtedly were lain down to sleep.
+The three poor distressed creatures, too anxious to get any repose, were
+however seated under the shade of a great tree, about a quarter of a
+mile from me. Upon which, without any more ado, I approached towards
+them, with my man following behind me, and before I was perceived, I
+called aloud to them in Spanish, _What are ye, Gentlemen_.
+
+At these words, they started up in great confusion, when they beheld the
+strange figure I made; they returned no answer, but seemed as if they
+would fly from me: 'Gentlemen,' said I, in English 'don't be afraid,
+perhaps you have a friend nearer than you expect.' _He must be from
+Heaven_, said one of them, gravely pulling off his hat, _for we are past
+all help in this world._ 'All help is from Heaven,' said I: 'But Sir, as
+I have perceived every action between you and these brutes since your
+landing only inform me, how to assist you, and I will do it to the
+utmost of my power.'
+
+_Am I talking with God or man_, said he, in melting tears. _Are you of
+human kind or an angel_? 'Sir,' said I, 'my poor habit will tell you I
+am a man, and an Englishman, willing to assist you, having but this
+servant only: here are arms and ammunition: tell freely your condition:
+Can we save you?' _The story_, said he, _is too long to relate, since
+our butchers are so near: but, Sir, I was master of that ship, my men
+have mutinied, and it is a favour they have put my mate, this
+passenger, and me, on shore without murdering us, though we expect
+nothing but perishing here_. 'Are your enemies gone?' said I. _No_,
+replied he, pointing to a thicket, _there they lie, while my heart
+trembles, lest having seen and heard us they should murder us all._
+'Have they fire arms?' said I. _They have but two pieces_, said he, _one
+of which is left in the boat._ He also told me there were two enormous
+villains among them, that were the authors of this mutiny, who, if they
+were killed or seized, might induce the rest to return to their
+obedience. 'Well, well,' said I, 'let us retire farther under the
+covering of the woods;' and there it was I made these conditions
+with him:
+
+[Illustration: R. Crusoe accosting the Captain, &c. set ashore by the
+Mutineers.]
+
+I. That, while they staid in the island, they should not pretend to any
+authority; but should entirely conform to my orders, and return me the
+arms which I should put in their hands.
+
+II. That, if the ship was recovered, they should afford Friday and
+myself a passage _gratis_ to England.
+
+When he had given me all the satisfaction I could desire, I gave him and
+his two companions each of them a gun, with powder and ball sufficient,
+advising them to fire upon them as they lay sleeping. The Captain
+modestly said, that he was sorry to kill them; though, on the other
+hand, to let these villains escape, who were the authors of his misery,
+might be the ruin of us all. _Well,_ said he, _do as you think fit;_ and
+so accordingly I fired, killed one of the Captain's chief enemies and
+wounding the other; who eagerly called for assistance, but the Captain
+who had reserved his piece, coming up to him, _Sirrah_, said he, _'tis
+too late to call for assistance, you should rather cry to God to pardon
+your villany;_ and so knocked him down with the stock of his gun: three
+others were also slightly wounded, who at my approach cried out for
+mercy. This the Captain granted upon condition that they would swear to
+be true to him in recovering the ship, which they solemnly did; However
+I obliged the Captain to keep them bound. After which I sent Friday and
+the Captain's mate to secure the boat and bring away the oars and sails;
+when, at their return, three men coming back, and seeing their late
+distressed Captain, now their conqueror, submitted to be bound also. And
+then it was, that having more liberty, I related the adventures of my
+whole life, which he heard with a serious and wonderful attention. After
+this, I carried him and his two companions into my little fortified
+castle, shewed them all my conveniences, and refreshed them with such
+provisions as I could afford. When this was over, we began to consider
+about regaining the ship: he said, that there were twenty-six hands on
+board, who knowing their lives were forfeited by the law, for conspiracy
+and mutiny, were so very hardened, that it would be dangerous for our
+small company to attack them. This was a reasonable inference indeed;
+but something we must resolve on, and immediately, put in execution:
+we, therefore heaved the boat upon the beach so high that she could not
+shoot off at high water mark, and broke a hole in her not easily to be
+stopped; so that all the signals they gave for the boat to come on board
+were in vain. This obliged them to send another boat ashore, with ten
+men armed, whose faces the Captain plainly descried, the boatswain being
+the chief officer; but he said there were three honest lads among them,
+who were forced into the conspiracy. Hereupon I gave him fresh courage
+(for I had perceived he was in concern): In the mean while securing our
+prisoners, except two, whom we took to our assistance, we thought
+ourselves able enough to adventure a battle. When the sailors landed,
+and beheld their boat in that condition, they not only hallooed, but
+fired for their companions to hear, yet they received no answer. This
+struck them with horror and amazement, thinking their companions were
+murdered, they made as if they would return to the ship. I could
+perceive the Captain's countenance change at this, till of a sudden
+three men were ordered to look after the boat, while the other seven
+leapt on shore in order to search for their companions; and, indeed,
+they came to the brow of the hill, near my ancient castle, from whence
+they could see to a great distance in the woods, and there shooting and
+hallooing till tired and weary, they at length seated themselves under a
+spreading tree. My opinion was, that nothing could be done till night,
+when I might use some artifice to get them all out of the boat; but of a
+sudden they started up, and made to the sea-side; hereupon I ordered
+Friday and the Captain's mate to go over the creek, and halloo as loud
+as they could, and so decoying them into the woods, come round to me
+again. And this, indeed, had good effect; for they followed the noise,
+till coming westward to the creek, they called for their boat to carry
+them over, and taking one of the men out of her, left two to look after
+her, having fastened her to the stump of a little tree on shore.
+Hereupon immediately the Captain and our party passing the creek, out of
+their sight, we surprised them both, by the Captain's knocking down one,
+and ordering the other in surrender upon pain of death, and who being
+the honestest of them all, sincerely joined with us. By this time it was
+pretty late; when the rest returning to there boat, which they found
+aground in the creek, the tide out, and the men gone, they ran about
+wringing their hands, crying it was an enchanted island, and that they
+should be all murdered by spirits or devils. My men would willingly have
+fallen upon them, but I would not agree to hazard any of our party. But
+to be more certain, Friday & the Captain crawled upon their hands &
+feet, as near as possible; and when the boatswain approached in sight,
+so eager was the Captain, that he fired and killed him on the spot;
+Friday wounded the next man, and a third ran away. Hereupon I advanced
+with, my whole army: and, it being dark, I ordered the man we had
+surprised in the boat, to call them by their names, and to parley with
+them. Accordingly he called out aloud, _Tom Smith, Tom Smith!_ He
+answered, _Who's that? Robinson!_ answered the other. _For God's sake
+Tom, surrender immediately, or you're all dead men. Who must we
+surrender to?_ says Smith. _To our captain and fifty men here, who have
+taken me prisoner, wounded Will Frye, and killed the boatswain. Shall we
+have quarter then?_ said he. Hereupon the Captain calls out, _You Smith,
+you know my voice, surrender immediately, and you shall all have your
+lives granted, except Will Atkins_. Hereupon Atkins cries out, _What
+have I done Captain, more than the rest, who have been as bad as me?_
+But that was a lie, for he was the person that laid hold of him, and
+bound him. However, he was ordered to submit to the governor's mercy,
+for such was I called. And so, laying down their arms, we bound them
+all, and seized on their boat.
+
+After this, the Captain expostulated with them, telling them that the
+governor was an Englishman, who might execute them there; but he thought
+they would be sent to England, except Will Atkins, who was ordered to
+prepare for death next morning. Hereupon Atkins implored the Captain to
+intercede for his life, and the rest begged they might not be sent to
+England. This answered our project for seizing the ship. For after
+sending Atkins and two of the worst fast bound to the cave, and the rest
+being committed to my bower, I sent the Captain to treat with them in
+the, governor's name, offering them pardon if they would assist in
+recovering the ship. Upon which they all promised to stand by him till
+the last drop of their blood; and whoever acted treacherously, should be
+hanged in chains upon the beach. They were all released on these
+assurances: and then the Captain repaired to the other boat, making his
+passenger Captain of her, and gave him four men well armed; while
+himself, his mate, and five more, went in the other boat. By midnight
+they came within call of the ship, when the Captain ordered Robinson to
+hale her, and tell them that with great difficulty they had found the
+men at last. But while they were discoursing, the Captain, his mate and
+the rest entered, and knocked down the second mate and carpenter,
+secured those that were upon the deck, by putting them under hatches,
+while the other boat's crew entered and secured the forecastle; they
+then broke into the round-house, where the mate after some resistance,
+shot the pirate captain through the head, upon which all the rest
+yielded themselves prisoners. And thus the ship being recovered, the
+joyful signal was fired, which I heard with the greatest joy imaginable:
+nor was it long before he brought the ship to an anchor at the creek's
+mouth, where, coming to me unawares, _There_, says he _my dearest friend
+and deliverer, there is your ship, and we are your servants_: a comfort
+so unspeakable, as made me swoon in his arms while, with gratitude to
+Heaven, we were tenderly embracing each other.
+
+Nothing now remaining, but to consult what we should do with the
+prisoners, whom he thought it was not safe to take on board. Hereupon
+concerting with the Captain, I dressed myself in one of his suits, and
+sending for them, told them, that I was going to leave the island with
+all my people, if they would tarry there, their lives should be spared;
+if not, they should be hanged at the first port they came at. They
+agreed to stay. Hereupon I told them my whole story, charging them to be
+kind to the Spaniards that were expected, gave them, all my arms, and
+informing them of every thing necessary for their subsistence, I and my
+man Friday went on board. But the next morning two of the men came
+swimming to the ship's side, desiring the Captain to take them on board,
+though he hanged them afterwards, complaining mightily how barbarously
+the others used them. Upon which I prevailed with the Captain to take
+them in; and being severely whipt and pickled, they proved more honest
+for the future, and so I bid farewell to this island, carrying along
+with me my money, my parrot, umbrella, and goat-skin cap; setting sail
+December 12, 1686, after twenty-eight years, two months, and nineteen
+days residence, that same day and month that I escaped from Sallee;
+landing in England, June 11, 1687, after five and thirty years absence
+from my own country; which rendered me altogether a stranger there.
+
+Here I found my first Captain's widow alive, who had buried a second
+husband, but in very mean circumstances, and whom I made easy upon his
+account. Soon after I went down to Yorkshire, where all my family were
+expired, except two sisters, and as many of one of my brother's
+children. I found no provision had been made for me, they concluding I
+had been long since dead; so that I was but in a very slender station.
+Indeed the Captain did me a great kindness, by his report to the owners,
+how I had delivered their ship on the Desolate Island, upon which they
+made me a present of 200£. sterling. I next went to Lisbon, taking my
+man Friday with me, and there arriving in April, I met the Portuguese
+Captain who had taken me on board on the African coast; but, being
+ancient, he had left off the sea, and resigned all his business to his
+son, who followed the Brazil trade. So altered both of us were, that we
+did not know each other at first, till I discovered myself more fully to
+him. After a few embraces, I began to enquire of my concerns; and then
+the old gentleman told me that it was nine years since he had been at
+Brazil, where my partner was then living, but my trustees were both
+dead; that he believed I should have a good account of the product of my
+plantation; that the imagination of my being lost, had obliged my
+trustees to give an estimate of my share to the procurator fiscal, who,
+in case of my not returning, had given one third to the king & the rest
+to the monastery of St. Augustine: but if I put in my claim, or any one
+for me, it would be returned, except the yearly product which was given
+to the poor. I then desired him to tell me what improvement he thought
+had been made of my plantation, and whether he imagined it was worth my
+while to look after it? he answered, he did not know how much it was
+improved; but this he was certain of, that my partner was grown vastly
+rich upon his half of it; and, that he had been informed, that the kind
+had 200 moidores per annum of his third part. He added, that the
+survivors of my trustees were nervous of an ingenuous character; that my
+partner could witness my title, my name being registered in the country,
+by which means I should indefensibly recover considerable sums of money,
+but, answered, I, how could my trustees dispose of my effects, when I
+made you only my heir? This, said he, was true but, there being no
+affidavit made of my death he could not act as my executor. However, he
+had ordered his don,(then at Brazil), to act by procuration upon my
+account, and he had taken possession of my sugar-house, having accounted
+himself for eight years with my partner and trustees for the profits, of
+which he would give me a very good account.
+
+And, indeed, this he performed very faithfully in a few days, making
+himself indebted to me 470 moidores of gold, over and above what had
+been lost at sea, after I had left the place. And then he recounted to
+me what misfortune he had gone through, which forced my money out of his
+hands, to buy part in a new ship-but says he, _you shall not want, take
+this; and, when my son returns, every farthing shall be paid you._ Upon
+which he put into my hand a purse of 150 moidores in gold, as likewise
+the instrument, containing the title to the ship which his son was in,
+and which he offered as security for the remainder. But really when I
+saw so much goodness, generosity, tenderness, and real honesty, I had
+not the heart to accept it, for fear he should straiten himself upon my
+account. _It is true,_ said he, _it may be so; but then the money is
+yours, not mine, and you may have the greatest occasion for it._
+However, I returned fifty of them back again, promising that I would
+freely forgive him the other hundred when I got my effects into my
+hands, and that I designed to go myself for that purpose. But he told me
+he could save me that trouble, and so caused me to enter my name with a
+public notary, as likewise my affidavit, with a procuration affixed to
+it; and this he ordered me to send in a letter to one of his
+acquaintance, a merchant in Brazil; and, indeed, nothing could be more
+faithfully and honourably observed; for, in seven months time, I had a
+very faithful account of all my effects, what sums of money were raised,
+what expended, and what remained for myself! In a word I found myself
+to be worth 5000£. sterling, and 1000 per annum. Nor was this all, for
+my partner congratulated me upon my being alive, telling me how much my
+plantation was improved; what Negroes were at work, and how many _Ave
+Marias_ he had said to the Virgin Mary for my preservation, desiring me
+to accept kindly some presents he had sent me, which I found showed the
+greatest generosity.
+
+No sooner did the ship arrive, but I rewarded my faithful Captain, by
+returning him the hundred moidores, and not only forgiving him all he
+owed me, I allowed him yearly a hundred more, and fifty to his son,
+during their lives. And now being resolved to go to England, I returned
+letters of thanks to the Prior of St. Augustine, and in particular to my
+old partner, with very suitable presents. By the Captain's advice, I was
+persuaded to go by land to Calais, and there take passage for England:
+when, as it happened, I got a young English gentleman, a merchant's son
+at Lisbon, to accompany me, together with two English, and two
+Portuguese gentleman: so that with a Portuguese servant, an English
+sailor, and my man Friday, there were nine of us in number.
+
+Thus armed and equipped, we set out, and came to Madrid, when the summer
+decaying, we hasted to Navarre, where we were informed that there was
+scarcely any passing, be reason of the prodigious quantity of snow; so
+that we were obliged to abide near twenty days at Pamoeluria, and at
+last to take a guide to conduct us safe towards Tholouse. And now twelve
+other gentlemen joining with us, together with their servants, we had a
+very jolly company. Away our guide led us by frightful mountains, and
+through so many intricate mazes and windings, that we insensibly passed
+them, which, as we travelled along, ushered us into the prospect of the
+fruitful and charming provinces of Languedoc and Galcoigne.
+
+But now came on two adventures, both tragical and comical. First, our
+guide was encountered by three wolves and a bear, who set upon him and
+his horse, and wounded him in three places; upon which my man, riding up
+to his assistance, shot one of them dead upon the spot, which made the
+others retire into the woods. But the pleasantest adventure was, to
+behold my man attack the bear. 'Tis such a creature, that if you let him
+alone, he will never meddle with you, and this my man very well knew,
+and so begging leave of me in broken English, he told us, _he would make
+good laugh_. 'Why, you silly fool,' said I, 'he'll eat you up at a
+mouthful.' _Eatee me up,_ replied he, by way of scorn, _me not only
+eatee him, but make much good laugh._ Upon which, pulling off his boots,
+he claps on his pumps, and running after the monstrous beast, he called
+out, that he wanted to discourse with him, and then throwing stones on
+purpose to incense him, the beast turns about in fury, and, with
+prodigious strides, shuffles after him. But though he was not swift
+enough to keep up pace with Friday, who made up to us as it were for
+help; yet being angry, 'You dog,' said I, 'immediately take horse, and
+let us shoot the creature.' But he cried, _Dear master, no shoot, me
+make you laugh much._ And so he turned about, making signs to follow,
+while the bear ran after, till coming to a great oak, he ascended in a
+minute, leaving his gun, at the bottom of it. Nor did the bear make any
+difficulty of it, but ascended like a cat, though his weight was very
+great. You must consider I was not a little amazed at the folly of my
+man, as not perceiving any thing to occasion our laughter, till such
+time as we rode up nearer, and beheld the bear mounted upon the oak, on
+the beginning of the same branch, to which Friday clung at the farther
+end, where the bear durst not come. Hereupon Friday cried out, _Now
+master, me make much laugh, me make bear dance._ Upon which he fell a
+shaking the bough, which made the creature look behind him, to see how
+he could retreat. Then as if the bear had understood his stammering
+English, _Why you no come farther, Mr. Bear_ said he, _pray, Mr. Bear
+come farther_; and then indeed we all burst into a laughter; especially
+when we perceived Friday drop like a squirrel upon the ground, leaving
+the beast to make the best of his way down the tree. And now thinking it
+the most convenient time to shoot the creature, Friday cried out, _O
+dear master, no shoot, me shoot by and by_; when taking up the gun, _me
+no shoot yet_, said he _me make one more much laugh._ And accordingly he
+was as good as his word; for the creature descending backwards from the
+tree very leisurely, before he could lay one foot on the ground, Friday
+shot him through the ear, stone dead; and looking to see whether we were
+pleased, he burst out into a hearty laughter, saying, _So we kill de
+bear in my country, not with the gun, but with much long arrows._ Thus
+ended our diversion, to our great satisfaction; especially in a place
+where the terrible howlings struck us with a continual terror. But the
+snows now growing very deep, particularly on the mountains, the ravenous
+creatures were then obliged to seek for sustenance in the villages, were
+coming by surprise on the country people, killed several of them,
+besides a great number of their sheep and horses.
+
+Our guide told us, we had yet one more dangerous place to pass by; and
+if their were any more wolves in the country, there we should find them.
+This was a small plain encompassed with woods, to get through a long
+lane to the village where we were to lodge. When we entered the wood,
+the sun was within half an hour of setting: and a little after it was
+set, we came into the plain, which was not above two furlongs over, and
+then we perceived five great wolves cross the road, without taking
+notice of us, and so swift as though they were pursuing after their
+prey. Hereupon our guide, believing there were more coming, desired us
+to be on our guard. Accordingly our eyes were very circumspect, till
+about half a league farther, we perceived a dead horse, and near a dozen
+of wolves devouring its carcase. My man Friday fain would have fired at
+them, but I would not permit him; nor had we gone half over the plain,
+but we heard dreadful howlings in a wood on our left, when presently we
+saw an hundred come up against us, as though they had been an
+experienced army. This obliged us to form ourselves in the best manner;
+and then I ordered that every other man should fire, that those who did
+not, might be ready to gave a second volley, should they advance upon
+us; and then every man should make use of his pistols. But there was no
+necessity for this; for the enemy being terrified stopped at the noise
+of the fire; four of them were shot dead, and, several others being
+wounded; went bleeding away, as we could very plainly discover by the
+snow. And now remembering what had been often told me, that such was the
+majesty of a man's voice, as to strike terror even in the fiercest
+creatures, I ordered all our companions to halloo as loud as possible;
+and in this notion I was not altogether mistaken; for they immediately
+turned about upon the first halloo, and began to retire; upon which,
+ordering a second volley in their rear, they galloped into the woods
+with great precipitation.
+
+Thus we had some small time to load our pieces again, and then made all
+the haste we could on our way; but we had not rode far, before we were
+obliged to put ourselves in a posture of defence as before, being
+alarmed with a very dreadful noise in the same wood, on our left hand,
+the same way as we were to pass, only that it was at some distance from
+us. By this time the darksome clouds began to spread over the elements,
+and the night growing very dusky, made it so much the more to our
+disadvantage; but still the noise increasing, we were fully assured,
+that it was the howling and the yelling of those ravenous creatures;
+when presently three troops of wolves on our front appeared in sight, as
+though a great number of them had a design to surround us, and devour us
+in spite of fate. But as they did not fall upon us immediately, we
+proceeded on our journey in as swift a manner as the roads would permit
+our horses, which was only a large trot. It was in this manner we
+travelled, till such a time as we discovered another wood, and had the
+prospect of its entrance through which were to pass, at the farthest
+side of the plain. But surely none can express the terror we were in,
+when approaching the lane, we perceived a confused number of the
+fiercest wolves, standing, as it were guarding its entrance. Nor were we
+long in this amazement, before another occasion of horror presented
+itself; for suddenly we heard the report of a gun at another opening in
+the wood and, looking that way, out ran a horse bridled and saddled,
+flying with the greatest swiftness, and no less than sixteen or
+seventeen wolves pursuing after him, in order to devour the poor
+creature; and unquestionably they did so, after they had run him down,
+not being able to hold out that swiftness with which he at first
+escaped them.
+
+When we rode up to that entrance from whence the horse came forth, there
+lay the carcases of another horse & two men, mangled and torn by these
+devouring wolves; and undoubtedly one of these men was the person who
+fired the gun which we had heard, for the piece lay by him; but alas!
+most of the upper part of his body and his head were entombed in the
+bowels of these ravenous creatures.
+
+What course to take, whether to proceed or retreat, we could not tell;
+but it was not long before the wolves themselves made us to come to a
+resolution; for such numbers surrounded us, every one of whom expected
+their prey, that were our bodies to be divided among them, there would
+not be half a mouthful a-piece. But happy, very happy it was for us,
+that but a little way from the entrance, there lay some very large
+timber trees, which I supposed had been cut down and laid there for
+sale: amongst which I drew my little troop, placing ourselves in a line
+behind one long tree, which served us for a breast work, when desiring
+them to alight, we stood in a triangle, or three fronts, closing our
+bodies in the centre, the only place where we could preserve them.
+
+Never certainly was there a more furious charge than what the wolves
+made upon us in this place: and the sight of the horses, which was the
+principal prey they aimed at, provoked their hunger, and added to their
+natural fierceness. They came on us with a most dreadful noise, that
+made the woods ring again: and beginning to mount the pieces of timber,
+I ordered every man to fire, as before directed: and, indeed, so well
+did they take their aim, that they killed several of the wolves at the
+first volley; but still we were obliged to keep a continual firing, by
+reason they came on like devils, pushing one another with the greatest
+fury. But our second volley something abated their courage, when
+stopping a little, we hoped they would have made the best of their way,
+however, it did not prove so, for others made a new attempt upon us; and
+though in four firings, we killed seventeen or eighteen of them, laming
+twice as many, yet they several times successively came on, as though
+they valued not their lives for the sake of their prey.
+
+Unwilling was I to spend our last shot too suddenly, and therefore
+calling my other servant, and giving him a horn of powder, bid him lay a
+large train quite along the timber, which he did, while Friday was
+charging my fusee and his own, with the greatest dexterity. By this time
+the wolves coming up the timber, I set fire to the train, by snapping a
+discharged pistol close to the powder. This so scorched and terrified
+them, that some fell down, and others jumped in among us: but there
+were immediately dispatched, when all the rest, frighted with the
+light, which the darksome night caused to appear more dreadful, began at
+length to retire; upon which ordering our last pistols to be fired at
+once, giving at the same time a great shout, the wolves were obliged to
+have recourse to their swiftness, and turn tail; and then we sallied out
+upon twenty lame ones, cutting them in pieces with our swords, which
+obliged them to howl lamentably, to the terror of their fellows, who
+resigned to us the field as victorious conquerors. And, indeed, I
+question whether Alexander king of Macedonia, in any of his conquests,
+had more occasion for triumph than we had; for he was but attacked with
+numerous armies of soldiers; whereas our little army was obliged to
+combat a legion of devils, as it were, worse than the cannibals, who,
+the same moment they had slain us, would have sacrificed us, to satisfy
+their voracious appetites.
+
+Thus ended our bloody battle with the beasts, having killed threescore
+of them, and saved our lives from their fury. We still had a league
+further to go, when, as we went, our ears were saluted with their most
+unwelcome howlings, and we expected every moment another attack. But, in
+an hour's time, we arrived at the town where we were to lodge; and here
+we found the place strictly guarded, and all in terrible confusion, as
+well they might, for fear of the bears and wolves breaking into the
+village, in order to prey upon their cattle and people. The next morning
+we were obliged to take a new guide, by reason the other fell very bad
+of his wounds, which he had received as before mentioned. After we had
+reached Tholouse, we came into a warm, pleasant, and fruitful country,
+not infested with wolves, nor any sort of ravenous creatures: and when
+we told our story there, they much blamed our guide, for conducting us
+through the forest at the foot of the mountains, in such a severe
+season, when the snow obliged the wolves to seek for shelter in the
+woods. When we informed them in what manner we placed ourselves, and the
+horses in the centre, they exceedingly reprehended us, and told us, it
+was an hundred to one, but we had been all destroyed; for that it was
+the very sight of the horses, their so much desired prey, that made the
+wolves more ragingly furious than they would have been, which was
+evident, by their being at other times really afraid of a gun; but then
+being exceedingly hungry and furious upon that account, their eagerness
+to come at the horses made them insensible of their danger; and that, if
+we had not, by a continual fire, and at last by the cunning stratagem of
+the train of powder, got the better of them, it had been great odds if
+their number had not overpowered us; besides, it was a great mercy we
+alighted from our horses, and fought them with that courage and conduct,
+which, had we failed to do, every man of us, with our beasts, had been
+devoured: and, indeed, this was nothing but truth; for never in my life
+was I so sensible of danger, as when three hundred, devils came roaring
+upon us, to shun whose unwelcome company, if I was sure to meet a storm
+every week; I would rather go a thousand leagues by sea.
+
+I think I have, nothing uncommon in my passage through France to take
+notice of, since other travellers of greater learning and ingenuity,
+have given more ample account than my pen is able to set forth. From
+Tholouse I travelled to Paris, from thence to Calais, where I took
+shipping, and landed at Dover the 14th of January, in a very
+cold season.
+
+Thus come to the end of my travels, I soon discovered my new found
+estate, and all the bills of exchange I had were currently paid. The
+good ancient widow, my only privy counsellor, thought no pains nor care
+too great to procure my advantage, nor had I ever occasion to blame her
+fidelity, which drew from me an ample reward. I was for leaving my
+effects in her hands, intending to set out for Lisbon, and so the
+Brazils; but as in the Desolate Island I had some doubt about the Romish
+religion, so I knew there was little encouragement to settle there,
+unless I would apostatize from the orthodox faith, or live in continual
+fear of the Inquisition. Upon this account I resolved to sell my
+plantation; and, for that intent, I wrote to my old friend at Lisbon,
+who returned to me an answer to my great satisfaction; which was, that
+he could sell it to good account; however, if I thought it convenient to
+give him liberty to offer it in my name to the two merchants, the
+survivors of my trustees residing at the Brazils, who consequently knew
+its intrinsic value, having lived just upon the spot, and who I was
+sensible were very rich, and therefore might be the more willing to
+purchase it: he did not in the least doubt, but that I should make four
+or five thousand pieces of eight more of it, than I could, if I disposed
+of it in any other manner whatsoever.
+
+You may be sure I could not but agree with this kind and ingenuous
+proposal; and immediately I sent him an order to offer it to them, which
+he accordingly did; so that about eight months after, the ship being in
+that time returned, he gave me a satisfactory account, that they not
+only willingly accepted the offer, but that they had also remitted
+33,000 pieces of eight to a correspondence of their own at Lisbon, in
+order to pay for the purchase.
+
+Hereupon, in return, I signed the instrument of sale, according to form,
+which they had sent from Lisbon, and returned it again to my old friend,
+he having sent me, for me estate, bills of three hundred and
+twenty-eight thousand pieces of eight, reserving the payment of one
+hundred moidores per annum, which I had allowed him during life,
+likewise: fifty to his son during life also, according to my faithful
+promise, which the plantation was to make good as a rent charge.
+
+And thus having led my reader to the knowledge of the first parts of my
+life so remarkable for the many peculiar providences that attended it,
+floating in the ocean of uncertainty and disappointment, of adversity
+and prosperity, beginning foolishly, and yet ending happily; methinks
+now that I am come to a safe & pleasant haven, it is time to cast out my
+anchor, &c, laying up my vessel, bid, for a while, adieu to foreign
+adventures. I had no other concerns to look after but the care of my
+brother's two sons, which, with the good widow's persuasions, obliged me
+to continue at home seven years. One of these children I bred up a
+gentleman, and the other an experienced sailor, remarkable for his
+courage and bravery. Besides this, I married a virtuous young
+gentlewoman, of a very good family, by whom I had two sons and one
+daughter. But my dear and tender wife leaving this earthly stage (as in
+the second part of my life you will hear) which rent my soul as it were
+asunder, my native country became weary and tiresome to me; and my
+nephew happening to come from sea, tempted me to venture another voyage
+to the East Indies, which I did in the year 1694, at which time I
+visited my island, and informed myself of every thing that happened
+since my departure.
+
+One might reasonably imagine, that what I had suffered, together with an
+advanced age, and the fear of losing not only what I had gotten, but my
+life also, might have choaked up all the seeds of youthful ambition and
+curiosity, and put a lasting period to my wandering inclinations. But as
+nothing but death can fully allay the active part of my life, no less
+remarkable for the many various contingencies of it, you will next
+perceive how I visited my little kingdom, saw my successors the
+Spaniards, had an account of the usage they met with from the
+Englishmen, agreeing and disagreeing, uniting and separating, till at
+last they were subjected to the Spaniards, who yet used them very
+honorably, together with the wonderful and successful battles over the
+Indians who invaded, and thought to have conquered the island, but were
+repelled by their invincible courage and bravery, having taken eleven
+men and five woman prisoners by which at my return, I found about twenty
+young children on my little kingdom. Here I staid twenty days, left them
+supplies of all necessary things, as also a carpenter and smith, and
+shared the islands into parts, reserving the whole property to myself.
+Nor will you be insensible, by the account of these things, of several
+new adventures I have been engaged in, the battles I have fought, the
+deliverances I have met with; and while, in the surprising relation of
+such remarkable occurrences, I shall describe many of God's kindest
+providences to me in particular, no less conspicuous in the same
+goodness, power, and majesty of our great creator, shown one way or
+other, over the face of the earth, if duly adverted to.
+
+
+
+THE FURTHER ADVENTURES OF
+
+ROBINSON CRUSOE.
+
+_Wherein are contained several strange and surprising accounts of his
+travels, and his most remarkable transactions both by sea and by land;
+with his wonderful vision of the angelic world_.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+When we consider the puissant force of Nature and, what mighty influence
+it has many times over the temper of the mind, it will be no such great
+wonder to think, that my powerful reason should be overcome by a much
+stronger inclination. My late acquired kingdom ran continually in my
+thoughts all the day, and I dreamed of it in the night: nay, I made it
+the continual subject of my talk, even to impertinence, when I was
+awake. I had such vapours in my head, that I actually supposed myself at
+my castle; that I not only perceived Friday's father the old Spaniard,
+and the wicked sailors, but that I talked and discoursed with them about
+their manner of living; that I heard the things related to me, which I
+found afterwards to be true; & that I executed my judgments with the
+greatest severity upon the offenders. And, indeed, this anticipating all
+the pleasing joys of my life, scarcely afforded me one pleasant hour: my
+dear and tender wife could not but take notice of it, which drew those
+affectionate speeches from her: _My dear,_ said she, _I am really
+persuaded that some secret impulse from Heaven occasions in you a
+determination to see the island again; nor am I less sensible, but your
+being engaged to me and these dear children is the only hinderance of
+your departure. I know my dear, if I were in the grave, you would not
+long continue at home; prevent not your happiness on my account, whose
+only comfort centres in you. All that I can object is, that such an
+hazardous undertaking is no way consistent with a person of your years;
+but if you are resolved to go,_ added she, weeping, _only permit me to
+bear you company, and that is all that I desire._
+
+Such endearing tenderness, graced with the most innocent and yet most
+powerful charms, brought me insensibly into my right understanding; and
+when I considered all the transactions of my life, and particularly my
+new engagement, that I had now one child already born, and my wife big
+of another; and that I had no occasion to seek for more riches, who
+already was blessed with sufficiency, with much struggling I altered my
+resolutions at last, resolving to apply myself to some business or
+other, which might put a period to such wandering inclinations. Hereupon
+I bought a little farm in the county of Bedford, with a resolution to
+move thither; upon this there was a pretty convenient house surrounded
+with land, very capable of improvement, which suited my temper, as to
+planting, managing, and cultivating. Nor was I long before I entered
+upon my new settlement, having bought ploughs, harrows, carts, waggons,
+horses, cows, and sheep; so that I now led the life of a country
+gentleman, and as happy in my retirement as the greatest monarch in the
+world. And what made me think my happiness the greater was, that I was
+in the middle state of life, which my father had so often recommended,
+much resembling the felicity of a rural retirement, which is elegantly
+described by the poet in these lines:
+
+_Free from all vices, free from care,
+Age has no pain, and youth no snare._
+
+But, in the midst of this my happiness, I was suddenly plunged in the
+greatest sorrow that I could possibly endure; for when I least expected
+it, my dear and tender wife was forced to submit to the irresistable
+power of Death, leaving this transitory life for a better. It is
+impossible for me to express the beauties of her mind, or the loveliness
+of her person; neither can I too much lament her loss, which my latest
+breath shall record; her influence was greater over me, than the powers
+of my own reason, the importunities of friends, the instructions of a
+father, or the melting tears of a tender and disconsolate mother; in a
+word, she was the spirit of all my affairs, and the centre of my
+enterprizes. But now, since the cruel hand of Death had closed my
+dearest's eyes, I seemed in my thoughts a stranger to the world; my
+privy counsellor being gone, I was like a ship without a pilot, that
+could only run before the wind. And when I looked around me in this busy
+world, one party labouring for bread, and the other squandering away
+their estates; this put me in mind how I had lived in my little kingdom,
+where both reason and religion dictated to me, that there was something
+that certainly was the reason and end of life, which was far superior to
+what could be hoped for on this side the grave. My country delights were
+now as insiped and dull, as music and science to those who have neither
+taste nor ingenuity. In short, resolving to leave off house-keeping, I
+left my farm, and in a few months returned to London.
+
+But neither could that great city, so famous for its variety of
+entertainment, afford me any agreeable delight; a state of idleness I
+found to be the very dregs of life, and most hurtful to body and soul.
+It was now the beginning of the year 1684, at which time my nephew (who
+as I before observed had been brought up to the sea, and advanced to be
+captain of a ship) was returned from a short voyage to Bilboz, the first
+he had made in that station. He comes to me one morning, telling me that
+some merchants of his acquaintance had proposed to him to go a voyage
+for them to the East Indies and China in the manner of private traders;
+_and now uncle_, said he, _if you'll accompany me thither, I'll engage
+to land you upon your old island, to visit the state of your
+little kingdom_.
+
+Just before he came in, my thoughts were fixed to get a patent for its
+possession, and then to fill it with inhabitants. After I had paused a
+while, and looked stedfastly on him. _What devil or spirit_, said I,
+_sent you with this unlucky errand_? He started at first; but recovering
+himself, when he perceived I was not offended; _Sir_, replied he, _what
+I have proposed cannot I hope, be styled unlucky, since certainly you
+must be desirous to see your little territory, where you reigned with
+more content, than any of your brother kings in the universe. Nephew_,
+said I, _if you will leave me there, and call for me as you came back, I
+care not if I give my consent_: but he answered, _that the merchants
+would not allow their vessel loaden with an infinite value, to return
+there again, which was a month's sail out of the way; besides, Sir_ said
+he, _if I should miscarry, was your request granted, why then you would
+be locked up as before_. This indeed carried a great deal of reason in
+it; but we found out a remedy, and that was to carry a framed sloop on
+board, ready to be set up in the island, by the assistance of some
+carpenters, which we should carry with us, that might be fitted in a few
+days to go to sea. I was not long in forming my resolution, which
+overswayed my good friend the widow's persuasions, and the natural
+affection I bore to my young children. I made my will, and settled my
+estate in such manner, that I was perfectly sure my poor infants would
+have justice done them. The good widow not only undertook to make
+provision, for my voyage, but also took the charge of my domestic
+affairs, and to provide for my children's education; and indeed no
+mother could take more care, or understood that office better; for which
+I lived to reward and return her my hearty thanks.
+
+The beginning of January, 1694.5, my nephew being ready to sail, I and
+Friday went on board in the Downs on the 8th, having, besides that sloop
+already mentioned, a very considerable cargo for my new colony. First, I
+had some servants, whom I proposed to leave there, as they should appear
+willing; there were two carpenters, a smith, and a very ingenuous fellow
+who was Jack-of-all-trades; for he was not only a cooper by trade, but
+also he was dexterous at making wheels and hand-mills to grind corn,
+likewise a good turner, and a good pot-maker. I also carried a tailor,
+who consented to stay in my plantation, and proved a most necessary
+fellow in the island. As to my cargo, it consisted of a sufficient
+quantity of linen, and English stuffs for clothing the Spaniards that I
+expected to find there; as likewise gloves, hats, shoes, stockings;
+together with beds, bedding, and household stuff, especially kitchen
+utensils, with pots, kettles, pewter, brass, &c. also nails, tools of
+all sorts, staples, hooks, hinges, and all other things necessary; all
+which, I think, cost me about three hundred pounds. Nor was this all for
+I carried an hundred spare arms, muskets, & fusees, besides some
+pistols, a considerable quantity of several sorts of shot, two brass
+cannon, besides swords, cutlasses, and the iron part of some pikes and
+halberts. I made my nephew take with us two small quarter-deck guns,
+more than he had occasion for in his ship, to leave behind, if there was
+a necessity; so that we might build a fort there, and man it against all
+opposers whatsoever.
+
+Well, we put out to sea; and though I can't say this voyage was so
+unprosperous as my others had been, yet contrary winds drove us so far
+northward, that we were obliged to put in at Galway in Ireland, where we
+lay wind-bound two and twenty days. Here indeed our provisions were very
+cheap, and we added to our ship's stores by taking several live hogs,
+two cows and calves, which I then resolved to put on shore in my island,
+if our necessities did not call for them. On the 5th of February we
+sailed from Ireland, with a very fair gale, which lasted for some days;
+and I think it was about the 20th of the same month late in the evening,
+when the mate informed us, that he saw a flash of fire, and heard a gun
+fired: and when he was speaking a boy came in and told us, that the
+boatswain had heard another. Upon which we all ran to the quarter-deck,
+from whence, in a few moments, we perceived a terrible fire at a
+distance. We had immediately recourse to our reckonings, in which, we
+were all of opinion, that there could be no land that way, it appearing
+to be at N.N.W. Hereupon we concluded that some ship had taken fire at
+sea, and that it could not be far off by the report of the guns which we
+had heard. We made up directly to it, and in half an hour's time the
+wind being fair, we could plainly perceive a great ship on fire in the
+middle of the sea. Touched with this unhappy disaster, and considering
+my former circumstances, when the Portuguese Captain took me up, I
+immediately ordered five guns to be fired that the poor creatures, not
+seeing us, it being dark, (though we could perceive their flame) might
+be sensible there was deliverance at hand, and consequently might
+endeavor to save themselves in their boat. Nor was it long before the
+ship blew up in the air and the fire was extinguished in the ocean. But
+supposing them all to be in their boats, we hung out our lanterns and
+kept firing till eight o'clock in the morning; when with our
+perspectives, we beheld two boats full of people making towards us tho'
+the tide was against them then spreading out our ancient; and hanging
+out a waft, as a signal for them to come on board, in half an hour's
+time; we came up to them, and took them all in, there being no less than
+sixty-four men, women, and children. It was a French merchant ship of
+three hundred tons; homeward bound from Quebec in the river of Canada.
+The master informed me how, by the negligence of the steersman, the
+steerage was set on fire: that, at his outcry for help, the fire was, as
+we thought totally extinguished; but, that some sparks getting between
+the timber, and within the ceiling, it proceeded into the hold, where
+there was no resisting it; & then they got into their boats, as
+creatures in the last extremity, with what provision they had, together
+with oars, sails, and a compass, intending to go back to Newfoundland,
+the wind blowing at S.E. and by E. though there were several chances
+against them as storms to overset and founder them, rains and colds to
+benumb and perish their limbs, and contrary winds to keep them back and
+starve them; _But_, said he, _in this our great distress we heard the
+welcome report of your guns, when with unspeakable joy, taking down our
+masts and sails, we were resolved to lie by till morning; but perceiving
+your light, we set our oars at work, to keep our boat a head, the sooner
+to attain your ship, the happy instrument of our deliverance_.
+
+Indeed no one can express the joy of these poor creatures on this
+occasion: fear and grief are easily set forth; sighs and tears, with a
+few motions of the hands and head, are all the demonstrations of these
+passions; but an excess of joy, carries in it a thousand extravagancies;
+especially, I think, among the French, whose temper is allowed to be
+more volatile, passionate, sprightly, and gay, than that of other
+nations. Some were weeping, tearing themselves in the greatest agonies
+of sorrow, and running stark mad about the ship, while the rest were
+stamping with their feet, wringing their hands, singing, laughing,
+swooning away, vomiting, fainting, with a few returning hearty thanks to
+the Almighty; and crossing themselves. I think, if I am not mistaken,
+our surgeon was obliged to let thirty of them blood. But among the
+passengers, there were two priests, the one an old, and the other a
+young man; but what amazed me more was, that the oldest was in the worst
+plight; for no sooner did he perceive himself freed from danger, but he
+dropt down as it were without life, and to every one's appearance quite
+dead; but the surgeon chasing and rubbing his arm, opened a vein, which
+at first dropped, and then flowing more freely, the old man began to
+open his eyes; and in a quarter of an hour was well again. But soon
+remembering this happy change, the joy of which whirled his blood about
+faster than the vessels could convey it, he became so feverish, as made
+him more fit for bedlam than any other place. But the surgeon giving
+him a sleepy dose, he was perfectly composed the next morning.
+
+Remarkable indeed was the behaviour of the young priest. At his entrance
+on board the ship, he fell on his face in the most humble prostration to
+the Almighty. I thought, indeed, he had fallen into a swoon, and so ran
+to help him up; but he modestly told me, _he was returning his thanks to
+the Almighty, desiring me to leave him a few moments, and that, next to
+his Creator, he would return me thanks also_. And indeed he did so about
+three minutes after, with great seriousness, and affection, while the
+tears stood in his eyes, which convinced me of the gratitude of his
+soul. Nor did he less show his piety and wisdom in applying himself to
+his country people, and labouring to compose them, by the most powerful
+reasons, arguments, and persuasions. And when, indeed, these people had
+taken their night's repose, in such lodgings as our ship would allow, we
+found nothing but the best of manners, and the most civil
+acknowledgements, for which the French are eminently remarkable. The
+next day the Captain and one of the priests desired to speak with me and
+my nephew the commander. They told us, _that they had saved some money
+and valuable things out of the ruined vessel, which was at our service;
+only that they desired to be set on shore some where in our way_. At the
+first my nephew was for accepting the money; but I (who knew how hard my
+case would have been, had the Portuguese Captain served me so) persuaded
+him to the contrary; and therefore told them, _that as we had done
+nothing but what we were obliged to do, by nature and humanity, and what
+we ourselves might expect from others in such calamity; so we took them
+up to save them, not to plunder them, or leave them naked upon the land,
+to perish for want of subsistance, and therefore would not accept their
+money: but as to landing them, that was a great difficulty; for being
+bound to the East Indies, it was impossible wilfully to change our
+voyage upon their particular account, nor could my nephew_ (who was
+under charter party to pursue it by was of Brazil) _answer it to the
+freighters_. All that we could do, was to put ourselves in the way of
+meeting some ships homeward bound from the West Indies, that, if
+possible, they might get a passage to France or England. Indeed, they
+were very thankful for our first kindness; but were under great concern,
+especially the passengers, at their being carried to the East Indies.
+_They begged therefore, I would keep on the banks of Newfoundland,
+where, probably, they might meet with some ship, or sloop to carry them
+to Canada, whence they came._ As this was but a reasonable request, I
+was inclined to grant it, since it was no breach of charter party, and
+that the laws of God and nature obliged us to do what good we could to
+our fellow-creatures; and besides the danger we ourselves should be in
+for want of provisions: so we consented to carry them to Newfoundland,
+if wind and weather would permit; if not, that we should carry them to
+Martinico in the West Indies. But, as it happened, in a week's time we
+made the banks of Newfoundland, where the French people hired a bark to
+carry them to France. But the young priest being desirous to go to the
+East Indies, I readily agreed to it, because I liked his conversation,
+and two or three of the French sailors also entered themselves on
+board our ship.
+
+Now directing our course for the West Indies, steering S. and S. by E.
+about twenty days, with little wind, another adventure happened to
+exercise our humanity. In the latitude of 27 degrees, 5 minutes north,
+the 19th of March 1694-5, we perceived a sail, (our course S. E. and by
+S.) which bore upon us, and then she appeared to be a large vessel,
+having lost her main topmast and boltsprit; when firing a gun as a
+signal of distress, wind N. N.W. we soon came to speak with her. She was
+a ship from Bristol, bound home from Barbadoes, out of which road she
+had been forced in a hurricane to the westward, in which they lost
+their masts.
+
+They told us, _their expectations were to see the Bahama islands, but
+were driven away by a strong wind at N.N.W. and having no sails to work
+the ship with, but the main-course and a kind of square sail upon a jury
+foremast, because they could not come near the land, were endeavouring
+to stand for the Canaries: nay what was worse, besides all their
+fatigue, they were almost starved for want of provision, having ate
+nothing for eleven all that they had aboard, was sugar, a barrel of
+fresh water and seven casks of rum_. In this ship were passengers, a
+youth, his mother, and a maid-servant, who were in a most deplorable
+condition for want of food. If I had not gone on board their ship, the
+knowledge of their misery had been concealed from me, and they would
+have inevitably perished; though, indeed, their second mate who was
+Captain, by reason the true Captain was not on board when the hurricane
+happened, had before informed me that there was such persons on board,
+whom he supposed to be dead, being afraid to inquire after them, because
+he had nothing to give them for relief. Hereupon we resolved to let them
+have what we could spare, ordering the mate to bring some of his men on
+board us, which he did accordingly: as he and they looked like
+skeletons, when meat was set before them, I ordered them to eat
+sparingly. But, however they soon fell sick; which obliged the surgeon
+to mix something in their broth, which was to be to them both food and
+physic. When they were fed, we ordered our mate to carry them a sack of
+bread, and four or five pieces of beef; but the surgeon charged them to
+see it boiled, and to keep a guard on the cook-room, to prevent the men
+from eating it raw, and consequently killing themselves with what was
+designed for their relief. But, particularly, I desired the mate to see
+what condition the poor passengers were in, and the surgeon gave him a
+pitcher of the same broth which he had prepared for the men. And being
+curious to see this scene of misery myself, I took the Captain (as we
+called the mate of the ship) in our own boat, and sailed after them.
+
+Here was a sad sight indeed! scarce were the victuals half boiled in the
+pot; but they were ready to break open the cook-room door. To stay their
+stomachs the mate gave them biscuits, which were dipped in and softened
+them with the liquor of the meat, which they call _bruise_; telling
+them, it was for their own safety, that he was obliged to give them but
+a little at a time; and so feeding them gradually, their bellies were
+comfortable filled, and the men did very well again. But when they came
+to the poor gentlewoman in the cabin, who for several days had continued
+without food, giving what she had to her son, they found her as it were
+in the arms of death. She was sitting upon the floor of the deck, with
+her back up against the sides, between two chairs, which were lashed
+fast, and her head shrunk, between her shoulders, like a senseless
+corpse. Nothing was wanting in my mate to revive and encourage her;
+opening her lips, and putting some broth into her mouth with a spoon.
+But not having strength to speak, she lifted up her head with much
+difficulty, intimating that it was now too late! at the same time
+pointing to the youth her son, as though she desired him to do what he
+could to save the lad; and in a little time after she died.
+
+The youth, indeed, was not so far gone; yet lay stretched out on a cabin
+bed, like one that had scarce any life. In his mouth was a piece of an
+old glove, the rest of which he had ate up. At first he vomited what the
+mate had given him; but at length began sensibly to revive, though in
+the greatest concern for the death of his tender mother.
+
+As to the poor maid, she lay by her mistress, like one in the last pangs
+of death: her limbs were distorted, one of her hands were clasped round
+the frame of a chair, which she grasped so hard, that it was with some
+difficulty we separated her from it; her other arm lay over her head,
+and her feet lay both together, set fast against the frame of the cabin
+table; not only being, starved with hunger, but overcome with grief at
+the loss of her mistress, whom she loved most tenderly. It was a great
+while before the surgeon could bring her to life, and a much longer time
+before she came to her senses.
+
+After we had sailed with them some days, we sent them five barrels of
+beef, one of pork, two hogsheads of biscuit, with peas, flour, and other
+things; taking three casks of sugar, some rum, and some pieces of eight
+as payment, we left them, but took the youth and maid with us, with all
+their goods. The lad was about seventeen years old, very handsome,
+modest, sensible, and well-bred, but mightily concerned for the loss
+of his honoured mother, having lost his father at Barbadoes but a few
+months before. He beseeched the surgeon to intercede with me to take him
+out of the ship; for that the sailors, not sparing a small sustenance,
+had starved his mother. But hunger has no bounds, no right, and
+consequently is incapable of any compassion. When the surgeon told him,
+our voyage might put him in bad circumstances, and farther from his
+friends, he said _he did not care, if he was delivered from that terrible
+crew; that as the Captain_ (meaning me) _had saved him from death, so he
+was sure he would do him no harm; and, as for the maid, when she was
+restored to her senses, she would be no less thankful, let us carry them
+where we would_. And indeed the surgeon so represented their case to me,
+that I consented, and took them on board with all their goods, except
+eleven hogsheads of sugar; but the youth having a bill of lading, I made
+the commander oblige himself to deliver a letter and the deceased widow's
+goods to Mr. Rogers, a merchant in Bristol; but I believe the ship was
+lost at sea, for we never could hear what became of her afterwards. We
+were now in the latitude 19 deg. 32 min. having as yet a tolerable good
+voyage. But, passing by several little incidents relating to wind and
+weather, I shall relate what is most remarkable concerning my little
+kingdom, to which I was then drawing near. I had great difficulty in
+finding it, for as I came to, and went from it before, on the south and
+east side of the island, as coming from the Brazils, so now approaching
+between the main and the island, not having any chart for the coast, nor
+land mark, it obliged us to go on shore on several islands in the mouth
+of the river Oroonoko, but to the purpose. Thus I perceived, that what
+I thought was a continent before, was no such thing, but a long island,
+or rather a ridge of sands. On one of these islands I found some
+Spaniards, but they belonged to the isle of Trinidad, who came hither
+in a sloop to make salt, and try to find some pearl muscles. But at
+length I came fair on the south side of my island, and there I
+presently knew the countenance of my little kingdom; so we brought the
+ship safe to an anchor, broadside within the creek, where stood my
+ancient and venerable castle.
+
+No sooner did I see the place, but calling for Friday, I asked him where
+he was? But when he looked a little, he clapped his hands, crying, _O
+joy, O there, O yes, O there!_ pointing to our old abode, and then fell
+a dancing and capering as if he was mad, and I had much ado to keep him
+from jumping into the sea, to swim ashore. 'Friday,' said I, 'what do you
+think, shall we go to see your father?' at the mentioning his father's
+name, the poor affectionate creature fell a-weeping: _No, no,_ says he,
+_me see him no more, never see poor father more! he long ago die, die
+long ago: he much old man._ 'You don't know that,' said I, 'but shall we
+see anybody else?' He looks about, and pointing to the hill above my
+house, cries out, _We see, we see there much men and there_: which,
+though I could not perceive them with my perspective glass, was true,
+by what the men themselves told me the next day.
+
+When the English ancient was spread, and three guns fired, as a signal
+of friendship, we perceived a smoke rise from the creek; upon which I
+ordered the boat out, taking Friday with me, and hanging out a white
+flag of truce, I went on shore, accompanied also by the young friar, to
+whom I had related the history of the first part of my life; besides we
+had sixteen men well armed, in case we had met with any opposition.
+
+After we had rowed directly into the creek, the first man I fixed my eye
+upon was the Spaniard, whose life I had saved, and whose face I
+perfectly well knew. I ordered them all to stay in the boat for a while:
+but Friday, perceiving his father at a distance, would have jumped into
+the sea, had they not let the boat go. No sooner was he on shore, but he
+flew like a swift arrow out of a bow to embrace his aged father.
+Certainly it would melt a man of the firmest resolution into the softest
+tears to see with what uncommon transports of joy he saluted him; he
+first kissed him, then stroked his face, took him in his arms, laid him
+under a shady tree, sat down by him, then looked as earnestly at him as
+one could do at a picture, for a quarter of an hour together. After this
+he would lie upon the ground, stroke his legs and kiss them, then get up
+and stare at him, as though he was bewitched; but the next day one could
+not forbear laughter to see his behaviour, for he would walk several
+hours with his father along the shore, leading him by the hand as tho'
+he was a lady; while, every now and then, he would run to the boat to
+get something for him, as a lump of sugar, dram, biscuit, or something
+or other that was good. His frolics ran in another channel in the
+afternoon; when he set old Friday on the ground, he would dance round
+him, making comical postures and gestures; and all this while would be
+telling him one story or another of his travels and adventures.
+
+It was on the 10th of April, _anno_ 1695, that I set my foot upon the
+island a second time. When my faithful Spaniard, accompanied by one
+more, approached the boat, he little knew who I was, till I discovered
+myself to him. _Seignor_, said I, in Portuguese, _don't you know me_? He
+spoke never a word, but giving his musket to his attendant, extended his
+arms, and saying something in Spanish that I did not then understand, he
+came forward & embraced me, saying, _he was inexcusable not to know his
+deliverer: who, like an angel sent from heaven, had saved his life_; He
+then beckoned to the man to call out his companions, asking me if I
+would walk to my own habitation and take possession, where I should find
+some mean improvements; but indeed they were extraordinary ones: for
+they had planted so many trees so close together, that the place was
+like a labyrinth, which none could find out except themselves, who knew
+its intricate windings. I asked him the meaning of all these
+fortifications? he told me _he would give a large account of what had
+passed since my departure till this time, and how he had subdued some
+English, who thought to be their murderers, hoping I would not be
+displeased, since necessity compelled them to it_. As I knew they were
+wicked villains, so I told him, that I was not only far from finding
+fault with it, but was rather heartily glad that they had subdued them.
+While we were thus talking, the man whom he sent returned, accompanied
+by eleven more, but in such habits, that it was impossible to tell what
+nations they were of. He first turned to me, and pointing to them,
+_These Sir,_ said he, _are some of the gentlemen who owe their lives to
+your goodness_, then turning to them, and pointing to me, he made them
+sensible who I was; and, then indeed they saluted me one by one, not as
+ordinary men, but as tho' they had been ambassadors or noblemen, and I a
+triumphant conqueror; for their behaviour not only agreed with a
+manlike, majestic gravity, but at the same time was so obliging and
+courteous, as made them agreeable to the last degree.
+
+Before I relate the history of the transactions of my kingdom, as I had
+it from the Spaniard's own mouth, I must here insert what I omitted in
+my former relation. The matter is this: Just before we weighed anchor
+and set sail, there happened a quarrel on board the ship, which had like
+to have occasioned a second mutiny, till such time the courageous
+Capitan, taking two of the most refractory prisoners, laid them in irons
+threatening, as they were concerned in the former disorders, so have
+them hanged in England for running away with the ship. This frightened
+some of the rest, as thinking the Captain would serve them in the same
+manner, though he seemed to give them good word for the present. But the
+mate having intelligence of this, mad me acquainted with their fears; so
+that to make them more easy, and ourselves more safe from their
+conspiracies I was obliged to go down, and pass my honour's word for it,
+that upon their good behaviour, all that was past should be forgiven; in
+testimony of which, I ordered the two men's irons to be taken off; &
+themselves forgiven. But as this had brought us to an anchor that night,
+in which there was a calm; the two men that had been in irons stole each
+of them a musket, and some other weapons, and taking the ship's pinnace,
+not yet hauled up, ran away to their brother rogues. The next morning we
+sent the long-boat with men to pursue them, but all in vain; the mate,
+in revenge, would have demolished my little castle, burnt his furniture
+and destroyed their plantations, but having no orders for it, he did not
+put it in execution. And thus there were five Englishmen in the island,
+which caused great differences, as my faithful Spaniard gave me a
+perfect account of, in the following manner:
+
+You cannot, Sir, but remember the embassy you sent me about, and what a
+disappointment we met with, by your absence, at our return. There is but
+little variety in the relation of all our voyage, being blessed with
+calm weather and a smooth sea. Great indeed was the joy of my countrymen
+to see me alive, having acted as the principal man on board, the captain
+of the shipwrecked vessel dying before; nor was their surprise less, as
+knowing I was taken prisoner by the savages of another nation, they had
+thought me long since entombed in their monstrous bowels. But when I
+showed them the arms, ammunition, and provisions I had brought for them,
+they looked upon me as a second Joseph advanced in Pharoah's court, and
+immediately prepared to come along with me. Indeed they were obliged to
+trespass upon their friendly savages, by borrowing two of their canoes,
+under a pretext for fishing; and they came away the next morning, but
+without any provisions of their own, except a few roots which served
+them instead of bread. After three weeks absence we arrived at our
+habitation. Here we met with three English sailors, who, I confess, gave
+us provisions, and that letter of direction you had left for us, which
+informed us how to bring up tame goats, plant corn, cure grapes, make
+pots, and, in short, every thing that was necessary for our life. As, in
+particular, I knew your method best, so taking Friday's father to assist
+me, we managed all the affairs; nor were the rest of the Spaniards
+wanting in their kind offices, dressing food for the Englishmen, who did
+nothing but ramble and divert themselves in the woods, either shooting
+parrots, or catching tortoises. But we had not been long ashore, before
+we were informed of two more Englishmen, unnaturally turned out of their
+common place of residence, by the three others above mentioned; this
+made my Spaniards and me (whom they now looked upon as their governor in
+your absence) endeavour to persuade them to take them in, that we might
+be as one family; but all our intreaties were in vain, so that the poor
+fellows finding nothing to be done without industry, pitched their tents
+on the north side of the island, a little inclining to the west, for
+fear of savages. Here they built two huts, one to lodge, and the other
+to lay their stores in; for my good natured Spaniards giving them some
+seeds, they dug and planted as I had done, and began to live prettily.
+But while they were thus comfortably going on, the three unnatural
+brutes, their countrymen, in a mere bullying humour, insulted them by
+saying, 'the governor (meaning you) had given them a possession of the
+island, and d-mn 'em they should build no houses upon their ground,
+without paying rent.' The two honest men (for so let me now distinguish
+them) thought their three countrymen only jested, and one of them
+invited them in, to see their fine habitations; while the other
+facetiously told them 'that since they built tenements with great
+improvements, they should, according to the custom of lords, give them
+a longer lease;' at the same time desiring them to fetch a scriviner to
+draw the writings. One of these wretches swearing _he should pay for the
+jest_, snatches up a fire brand, and clapping it to the outside of their
+hut, very fairly set it on fire, which would soon have consumed it, had
+not the honest man thrust him away, and trod it with his feet. Hereupon
+the fellow returns with his pole, with which he would have ended his
+days, had not the poor man avoided the blow when fetching his musket, he
+knocked down the villain that began the quarrel. The other two coming to
+assist their fellow, obliged the honest man to take his musket also, and
+both of them presenting their pieces bid the villains stand off; and if
+they did not lay down their arms, death should decide the dispute one
+way or other. This brought them to a parley, in which they agreed to
+take their wounded man and begone; but they were in the wrong that they
+did not disarm them when they had the power, and then make their
+complaint to me and my Spaniards for justice, which might have prevented
+their farther designs against them. And indeed so many trespass did they
+afterwards commit, by treading down their corn, shooting their young
+kids and goats, and plaguing them night and day, that they resolved to
+come to my castle, challenge all the three, and decide their right by
+one plain battle, while the Spaniards stood by to see fair play. One day
+it happened, that two of my Spaniards (one of whom understood English)
+being in the woods, were met by one of the honest men, who complained
+how barbarous their countrymen had been in destroying their corn,
+killing their milk-goat and three kids, which deprived them of their
+subsistence; and that if we did not grant them relief, they must be
+inevitably starved, and so they parted; but when my Spaniards came home
+at night, and supper being on the table, one of them began to reprehend
+the Englishmen, but in a very mannerly way; which they resenting,
+replied, _What business had their countrymen in that place without
+leave, when it was none of their ground? Why_, said my Spaniard, calmly,
+_Inglise, they must not starve:_ but they replied, _Let them starve and
+be damn'd, they should neither plant nor build, and damn them, they
+should be their servants, and work for them, for the island was their's,
+and they would burn all the huts they should find in the island. By this
+rule_, said my Spaniard, smiling, _We shall be your servants too. Aye,
+by God, and so you shall_ replied the impudent rascal. Upon which,
+starting up, Will Atkins cries, _Come Jack, let's have t'other brush
+with them; who dare to build in our dominions?_--Thus leaving us
+something heated with just passion, away they trooped, every man having
+a gun, pistol, and sword, muttering some threatening words, that we
+could then but imperfectly understand. That night they designed to
+murder their two companions, and slept till midnight in the bower,
+thinking to fall upon them in their sleep: not were the honest men less
+thoughtful concerning them; for at this juncture they were coming to
+find them out, but in a much fairer way. As soon as the villains came to
+the huts, and found nobody there, they concluded that I and my Spaniard
+had given them notice, and therefore swore to be revenged on us. Then
+they demolished the poor men's habitations; not by fire, as they
+attempted before, but pulled down their houses, limb from limb, not
+leaving stick nor stone on the ground where they stood, broke their
+household stuff in pieces, tore up their trees, spoiled their
+inclosures, and, in short, quite ruined them of every thing they had.
+Had these people met together, no doubt but there would have been a
+bloody battle; but Providence ordered it for the better; for just as the
+three were got together the two were at our castle; and when they left
+us, the three came back again, but in great rage, scoffingly telling us
+what they had done; when one taking hold of a Spaniard's hat, twirls it
+round, saying, _And you Seignor Jack Spaniard, shall have the same
+sauce, if you don't mind your manners_. My Spaniard, a grave but
+courageous man, knocked him down with one blow of his fist; at which
+another villain fired his pistol, and narrowly missed his body, but
+wounded him a little in the ear. Hereat enraged, the Spaniard takes up
+the fellow's musket who he had knocked down, and would have shot him, if
+I and the rest had not come out, and taken their arms from every one
+of them.
+
+"These Englishmen perceiving they had made all of us their enemies,
+began to cool; but not withstanding their better words the Spaniards
+would not return them their arms again, telling them, 'they would do
+them no manner of harm, if they would live peaceably; but if they
+offered any injury to the plantation or castle, they would shoot them as
+they would do ravenous beasts. This made them so mad, that they went
+away raging like furies of hell. They were no sooner gone, but in came
+the two honest men, fired with the justest rage, if such can be, having
+been ruined as aforesaid. And indeed it was very hard, that nineteen of
+us should be bullied by three villains, continually offending
+with impunity.
+
+"It was a great while, Sir, before we could persuade the two Englishmen
+from pursuing, and undoubtedly killing them with their fire-arms; but we
+promised them 'justice should be done them, and, in the mean time, they
+should reside with us in our habitation.' In about five days after,
+these three vagrants, almost starved with hunger, drew near our grove,
+and perceiving me, the governor, & two others walking by the side of the
+creek, they very submissively desired to be received into the family
+again. We told them of 'their great incivility to us, and of their
+unnatural barbarity to their countrymen; but yet we would see what the
+rest agreed to, and in half an hour's time would bring them word.'
+After some debate, we called them in, where their two countrymen laid a
+heavy charge against them, for not only ruining, but designing to murder
+them, which they could not deny. But here I was forced to interpose as a
+mediator, by obliging the two Englishmen not to hurt them, being naked &
+unarmed, and that the other three should make them restitution, by
+building their two huts, and fencing their ground in the same manner as
+it was before. Well, being in a miserable condition, they submitted to
+this at present, and lived some time regularly enough, except as to the
+working part, which they did not care for, but the Spaniards would have
+dispensed with that, had they continued easy and quiet. Their arms being
+given them again, they scarce had them a week when they became as
+troublesome as ever; but an accident happening soon after, obliged us to
+lay aside private resentments, and look to our common preservation.
+
+"One night, Sir, I went to bed, perfectly well in health, and yet by no
+means could I compose myself to sleep; upon which, being very uneasy, I
+got up and looked out, but it being dark, I could perceive nothing but
+the trees around the castle. I went to bed again, but it was all one, I
+could not sleep; when one of my Spaniards, hearing me walk about, asked
+who it was up? I answered, _It is I_. When I told him the occasion,
+_Sir_, said he, _such things are not to be slighted; for certainly there
+is some mischief plotting against us. Where are the Englishmen?_ said I.
+He answered _In their huts_; for they lay separate from us, Sir, since
+the last mutiny. _Well,_ said I, _some kind spirit gives this
+information for advantage. Come let us go abroad, and see if any thing
+offers to justify our fears._ Upon which I and some of my Spaniards went
+up the mountain, not by the ladder, but through the grove, and then we
+were struck with a panic fear on seeing a light, as though it were a
+fire, at a very little distance, and hearing the voices of several men.
+Hereupon we retreated immediately, and raised the rest of our forces,
+and made them sensible of the impending danger; but with all my
+authority, I could not make them stay where they were, so earnest were
+they to see how things went. Indeed the darkness of the night gave them
+opportunity enough to view them by the light of the fire undiscovered.
+As they were in different parties, and straggling over the shore, we
+were much afraid that they should find out our habitations, and destroy
+our flocks of goats: to prevent which, we sent immediately an Englishman
+and two Spaniards to drive the goats into the valley where the cave lay;
+or, if there was occasion, into the cave itself: As to ourselves,
+resuming our native courage and prudent conduct, had we not been
+divided, we durst venture to attack an hundred of them; but before it
+was very light, we resolved to send out Friday's father as a spy, who,
+immediately stripping himself naked, gets among them undiscovered, and
+in two hours time brings word, that 'they were two parties of two
+different nations, who lately having a bloody battle with one another,
+happened to land by mere chance on the same island, to devour their
+miserable prisoners; that they were entirely ignorant of any person's
+inhabiting here; but rather filled with rage and fury against one
+another, he believed, that as soon as day light appeared, there would be
+a terrible engagement.' Old Friday had scarce ended his relation, when
+we heard an uncommon noise, and perceived that there was a horrid
+engagement between the two armies.
+
+"Such was the curiosity of our party, especially the Englishmen, that
+they would not lie close, tho' Old Friday told them, 'their safety
+depended upon it; and that if we had patience, we should behold the
+savages kill one another.' However they used some caution, by going
+farther into the woods, and placing themselves in a convenient place to
+behold the battle.
+
+"Never could there be a more bloody engagement, or men of more
+invincible spirits and prudent conduct, according to their manner and
+way of fighting. It lasted near two hours, till the party which was
+nearest our castle began to decline, and at last to fly from their
+conquerors. We were undoubtedly put into a great consternation on this
+account, lest they should run into our grove, and consequently bring us
+into the like danger. Hereupon we resolved to kill the first that came,
+to prevent discovery, and that too with our swords, and the butt end of
+our muskets, for fear the report of our guns should be heard.
+
+"And so indeed, as we thought, it happened; for three of the vanquished
+army crossing the creek, ran directly to the place, as to a thick wood
+for shelter; nor was it long before our scout gave us notice of it: as
+also, that the victors did not think fit to pursue them. Upon this I
+would not suffer them to be slain, but had them surprised and taken by
+our party; afterwards they proved very good servants to us, being stout
+young creatures, and able to do a great deal of work. The remainder of
+the conquered savages fled to their canoes, and put out into the ocean,
+while the conquerors, joining together, shouted by way of triumph, and
+about three in the afternoon they also embarked for their own nation.
+Thus we were freed at once from these savages and our fears, not
+perceiving any of these creatures for some considerable time after. We
+found two and thirty men dead in the field of battle; some were slain
+with long arrows, which we found sticking in their bodies; & the rest
+were killed with great unwieldy wooden swords, which denoted their vast
+strength, and of which we found seventeen, besides bows and arrows: but
+we could not find one wounded creature among them alive; for they either
+kill their enemies quite, or carry those wounded away with them.
+
+"This terrible fight tamed the Englishmen for some time, considering
+how unfortunate they might have been had they fallen into their hands,
+who would not only kill them as enemies, but also for food, as we do
+cattle; and indeed so much did this nauseate their stomachs, that it not
+only made them very sick, but more tractable to the common necessary
+business of the whole society, planting, sowing, and reaping, with the
+greatest signs of amity and friendship; so, that being now all good
+friends, we began to consider of circumstances in general; and the first
+thing we thought of was, whether, as we perceived the savages haunted
+that side of the island, and there being more retired parts of it, and
+yet as well suited to our manner of living, and equally to our
+advantage, we ought not rather to move our place of residence, & plant
+it in a much safer place, both for the security of our corn and cattle.
+
+"After a long debate on this head; it was resolved, or rather voted,
+_nemine comradicente_, not to remove our ancient castle, and that for
+this very good reason, that some time or other we expected to hear from
+our supreme governor, (meaning you, Sir) whose messengers not finding us
+there, might think the place demolished, and all his subjects destroyed
+by the savages.
+
+"As to the next concern relating to our corn and cattle, we consented to
+have them removed to the valley where the cave was, that being most
+proper and sufficient for both. But yet when we considered farther, we
+altered one part of our resolution, which was to remove part of our
+cattle thither and plant only part of our corn there; so that in case
+one part was destroyed, the other might be preserved. Another resolution
+we took, which really had a great deal of prudence in it; and that was,
+in not trusting the three savages whom we had taken prisoners, with any
+knowledge of the plantations we had made in the valley, of what number
+of cattle we had there, much less of the cave, wherein we kept several
+arms, and two barrels of powder you left for us at your departure from
+this island. But though we could not change our habitation, we resolved
+to make it more fortified and more secret. To this end, Sir, as you
+planted trees at some distance before the entrance of your palace; so
+we, imitating your example, planted and filled up the whole space of
+ground, even to the banks of the creek, nay, into the very ooze where
+the tide flowed, not leaving a place for landing; and among those I had
+planted, they had intermingled so many short ones, all of which growing
+wonderfully fast and thick, a little dog could scarcely find a passage
+through them. Nor was this sufficient, as we thought, for we did the
+same to all the ground, on the right and left hand of us, even to the
+top of the hill, without so much as leaving a passage for ourselves,
+except by the ladder; which being taken down, nothing but what had
+wings or witchcraft could pretend to come near us. And indeed this was
+exceedingly well-contrived, especially to serve that occasion for which
+we afterwards found it necessary.
+
+"Thus we lived two years in a happy retirement, having, all this time,
+not one visit from the savages. Indeed one morning we had an alarm,
+which put us in some amazement; for a few of my Spaniards being out very
+early, perceived no less than twenty canoes, as it were coming on shore:
+upon which returning home, with great precipitation, they gave us the
+alarm, which obliged us to keep at home all that day and the next, going
+out only in the night-time to make our observations; but, as good luck
+would have it, they were upon another design, and did not land that time
+upon the island.
+
+"But now there happened another quarrel between the three wicked
+Englishmen, and some of my Spaniards.--- The occasion was this: One of
+them being enraged at one of the savages, whom he had taken prisoner,
+for not being able to comprehend something which he was showing him,
+snatched up a hatchet in a great fury not to correct, but to kill him;
+yet missing his head gave him such a barbarous--cut in the shoulder,
+that he had like to have struck off his arm; at which one of my
+good-natured Spaniards interposing between the Englishman and the savage
+beseeched the former, not to murder the poor creature, but this kindness
+had like to have cost the Spaniard his life, for the Englishman, struck
+at him in the same manner; which he nimbly and wisely avoiding, returned
+suddenly upon him with his shovel, (being all at work about their corn
+land), and very fairly knocked the brutish creature down. Hereupon
+another Englishman coming to his fellow's assistance, laid the good
+Spaniard on the earth; when immediately two others coming to his relief
+were attacked by the third Englishman, armed with an old cutlass, who
+wounded them both. This uproar soon reached our ears, when we rushing
+out upon them, took the three Englishmen prisoners, and then our next
+question was, what would be done to such mutinous, and impudent fellows,
+so furious, desperate, and idle, that they were mischievious to the
+highest degree and consequently not safe for the society to let them
+live among them.
+
+"Now, Sir, as I was governor in your absence, so I also took the
+authority of a judge, and, having them brought before me; I told them,
+that if they had been of my country, I would have hanged every mother's
+son of them, but since it was an Englishman (meaning you, kind Sir,) to
+whom we were indebted for our preservation and deliverance, I would, in
+gratitude, use them with all possible mildness, but at the same time
+leave them to the judgment of the other two Englishmen who, I hoped,
+forgetting their resentments, would deal impartially by them.'
+
+"Hereupon one of his countrymen stood up: _Sir_, said he, _leave it not
+for us, for you may be sensible we have reason to sentence them to the
+gallows: besides, Sir, this fellow, Will Atkins, and the two others,
+proposed to us, that we might murder you all in your sleep, which we
+could not consent to: but knowing their inability, and your vigilance,
+we did not think fit to discover it before now._
+
+"_How, Signor_, said I, _do you hear what is alledged against you? What
+can you say to justify so horrid an action, as to murder us in cold
+blood?_ So far, Sir, was the wretch from denying it, that he swore,
+_damn him but he would do it still. But what have we done to you, Seignor
+Atkins_, said I, _or what will you gain by killing us? What shall we do
+to prevent you? Must we kill you, or you kill us? Why will you Seignor
+Atkins,_ said I, smiling, _put us to such an unhappy dilemma, such a
+fatal necessity?_ But so great a rage did my scoffing and yet severe
+jest put him into, that he was going to fly at me and undoubtedly had
+attempted to kill me if he had been possessed of weapons, and had not
+been prevented by three Spaniards. This unparalleled and villainous
+carriage, made us seriously consider what was to be done. The two
+Englishmen and the Spaniard, who had saved the poor Indian's life,
+mightily petitioned me to hang one of them, for an example to the
+others, which should be him that had twice attempted to commit murder
+with his hatchet, it being at that time thought impossible the poor
+slave should recover. But they could never gain my consent to put him to
+death, for the reasons above mentioned, since it was an Englishman (even
+yourself) who was my deliverer; and as merciful counsels are most
+prevailing when earnestly pressed, so I got them to be of the same
+opinion as to clemency. But to prevent them doing us any farther
+mischief; we all agreed, that they should have no weapons, as sword,
+gun, powder, or shot, but be expelled from the society, to live as they
+pleased by themselves; that neither the two Englishmen, nor the rest of
+the Spaniards, should have conversation with them upon any account
+whatsoever; that they should be kept from coming within a certain
+distance of our castle; and if they dared to offer us any violence,
+either by spoiling, burning, killing, or destroying any of the corn,
+plantings, buildings, fences, or cattle, belonging to the society, we
+would shoot them as freely as we would do beasts of prey, in whatsoever
+places we should find them.
+
+"This sentence seemed very just to all but themselves; when, like a
+merciful judge, I called out to the two honest Englishmen, saying, _You
+must consider they ought not to be starved neither: and since it will be
+some time before they can raise corn and cattle of their own, let us
+give them some corn to last them eight months, and for seed to sow, by
+which time they'll raise some for themselves; let us also bestow upon
+them six milch goats, four he ones, and six kids, as well for their
+present support, as for a further increase; with tools necessary for
+their work, as hatchets, an ax, saw, and other things convenient to
+build them huts:_ all which were agreed: but before they took them into
+possession, I obliged them solemnly to swear, never to attempt any thing
+against us, or their countrymen for the future. Thus dismissing them
+from our society, They went away, sullen & refractory, as though neither
+willing to go nor stay; however seeing no remedy, they took what
+provision was given them, proposing to choose a convenient place where
+they might live by themselves.
+
+"About five days after, they came to those limits appointed, in order
+for more victuals, and sent me word by one of my Spaniards, whom they
+called to, where they had pitched their tents; and marked themselves out
+an habitation and plantation, at the N.E. and most remote part of the
+island. And, indeed, there they built themselves two very handsome
+cottages, resembling our little castle, being under the side of a
+mountain, with some trees already growing on three sides of it; so that
+planting a few more, it would be obscured from sight, unless
+particularly sought for. When these huts were finished, we gave them
+some dry goat-skins for bedding and covering; & upon their giving us
+fuller assurances of their good behaviour for the future, we gave them
+some pease, barley, and rice for sowing and whatever tools we
+could spare.
+
+"Six months did they live in this separate condition, in which they got
+their first harvest in, the quantity of which was but small, because
+they had planted but little land; for, indeed, all their plantations
+being to form, made it more difficult; especially as it was a thing out
+of their element; and when they were obliged to make their boards and
+pots, &c. they could make little or nothing of it. But the rainy season
+coming on, put them into a greater perplexity for want of a cave to keep
+their corn dry, and prevent it from spoiling: and so much did this
+humble them, that they begged of my Spaniards to help them, to which the
+good-natured men readily consented, and in four days space, worked a
+great hole in the side of the hill for them, large enough for their
+purpose, to secure their corn and other things from the rain, though not
+comparable to ours, which had several additional appartments.
+
+"But a new whim possessed these rogues about three quarters of a year
+after, which had like to have ruined us, and themselves too: for it
+seems, being tired and weary of this sort of living, which made them
+work for themselves, without hopes of changing their condition, nothing
+would serve them, but that they would make a voyage to the continent,
+and try if they could seize upon some of the savages, and bring them
+over as slaves, to do their drudgery, while they lived at ease
+and pleasure.
+
+"Indeed the project was not so preposterous, if they had not gone
+farther; but they neither did, nor proposed any thing, but what had
+mischief in the design, or the event. One morning, these three fellows
+came down to the limited station, and humbly desired to be admitted to
+talk with us, which we readily granted; they told us in short, that
+_being tired of their manner of living, and the labour of their hands in
+such employments, not being sufficient to procure the necessaries of
+life, they only desired one of the canoes we came over in, with some
+arms and ammunition for their defence, and they would seek their
+fortunes abroad, and never trouble us any more._ To be sure we were glad
+enough to get rid of such wretched plagues; but yet honesty made us
+ingenuously represent to them, by what we ourselves had suffered, the
+certain destruction they were running into, either of being starved to
+death or murdered by the savages. To this they very audaciously replied,
+_that they neither could nor would work: and consequently that they
+might as well be starved abroad as at home: & neither had they any wives
+or children to cry after them: nay, so intent were they upon their
+voyage, that if the Spaniards had not given them arms, so they had but
+the canoe they would have gone without them._
+
+"Though we could not well spare our fire arms, rather than they should
+go like naked men, we let them have two muskets, a pistol, a cutlass,
+and three hatchets, which were thought very sufficient: we gave them
+also goat's flesh, a great basket full of dried grapes, a pot of fresh
+butter, a young live kid, and a large canoe sufficient to carry twenty
+men. And thus, with a mast made of a long pole, and a sail of six large
+goat-skins dried, having a fair breeze, and a flood-tide with them, they
+merrily sailed away, the Spaniards calling after them, _Bon voyaje_, no
+man ever expecting to see them more.
+
+"When they were gone, the Spaniards and Englishmen would often say to
+one another, _O how peaceably do we now live, since these turbulent
+fellows have left us!_ Nothing could be farther from their thoughts than
+to behold their faces any more; and yet scarce two and twenty days had
+passed over their heads, but one of the Englishmen, being abroad a
+planting, perceived at a distance, three men well armed, approaching
+towards him. Away he flies with speed to our castle, and tells me and
+the rest, that we were all undone, for that strangers were landed upon
+the island, and who they were he could not tell; but added that they
+were not savages but men habited, bearing arms. _Why then,_ said I, _we
+have the less occasion to be concerned, since, if they were not Indians,
+they must be friends; for I am sure there is no Christian people upon
+earth, but what will do us good rather than harm._ But while we were
+considering of the event, up came the three Englishmen, whose voices we
+quickly knew, and so all our admiration of that nature ceased at once.
+And our wonder was succeeded by another sort of inquiry, which was, what
+could be the occasion of their returning so quickly to the island, when
+we little expected, and much less desired their company? But as this was
+better to be related by themselves, I ordered them to be brought in,
+when they gave me the following relation of their voyage.
+
+"After two days sail, or something less, they reached land, where they
+found the people coming to give them another sort of reception than what
+they expected or desired; for, as the savages were armed with bows and
+arrows, they durst not venture on shore, but steered northward, six or
+seven hours, till they gained an opening, by which they plainly
+perceived, that the land that appeared from this place, was not the main
+land, but an island. At their entrance into the opening of the sea, they
+discovered another island, on the right hand northward, and several more
+lying to the westward; but being resolved to go on shore some where or
+other, they put over to one of the western islands. Here they found the
+natives very courteous to them, giving them several roots and dried
+fish; nay, even their women too were as willing to supply them with what
+they could procure them to eat, bringing it a great way to them upon
+their heads. Among these hospitable Indians they continued some days,
+inquiring by signs and tokens, what nations lay around them; and were
+informed, that there were, several fierce and terrible people lived
+every way, accustomed to eat mankind; but for themselves they never used
+such diet, except those that were taken in battle, and of them they made
+a solemn feast.
+
+"The Englishmen inquired how long it was since they had a feast of that
+kind? They answered, _about two moons ago_, pointing to the moon, and
+then two fingers; that, _at this time, their king had two hundred
+prisoners, which were fattening up for the slaughter_. The Englishmen
+were mighty desirous of seeing the prisoners, which the others
+mistaking, thought that they wanted some of them for their own food:
+upon which they beckoned to them, pointing to the rising, and then to
+the setting of the sun; meaning, that by the time it appeared in the
+east next morning, they would bring them some: and indeed they were as
+good as their word; for by that time they brought eleven men & five
+women, just as so many cows & oxen are brought to sea-port towns to
+victual a ship. But as brutish as these Englishmen were, their stomachs
+turned at the sight. What to do in this case, they could not tell: to
+refuse the prisoner, would have been the highest affront offered to the
+savage gentry; and to dispose of them, they knew not, in what manner;
+however, they resolved to accept them, and so gave them, in return, one
+of their hatchets, an old key, a knife, and six or seven of their
+bullets; things which, tho' they were wholly ignorant of, yet of seemed
+entirely contented with; & dragging the poor wretches into the boat,
+with their hands bound behind them, delivered them to the Englishmen.
+But this obliged them to put off as soon as they had these presents,
+lest the donors should have expected two or three of them to be killed,
+and to be invited to dinner the next day; and so taking leave with all
+possible respect and thanks, though neither of them understood what the
+others said, they sailed away back to the first island, and there set
+eight of the prisoners at liberty. In their voyage they endeavoured to
+comfort, and have some conversation with the poor captives; but it was
+impossible to make them sensible of any thing; and nothing they could
+say or give, or do for them, could make them otherwise persuaded, but
+that they were unbound only to be devoured: if they gave them any food,
+they thought it was only to fatten them for the slaughter; or looked at
+any one more particularly, the poor creature supposed itself to be the
+'first sacrifice'; and even when we brought them to our island, and
+began to use them with the greatest humanity and kindness, yet they
+expected every day that their new masters would devour them.
+
+"And thus, Sir, did these three strange wanderers conclude their
+unaccountable relation of their voyage, which was both amazing and
+entertaining. Hereupon, I asked them, where there new family was? They
+told me _they had put them into one of their huts, and they came to beg
+some victuals for them_. This, indeed, made us all long to see them; and
+taking Friday's father with us, leaving only two at our castle, we came
+down to behold these poor creatures.
+
+"When we arrived at the hut, (they being bound again by the Englishmen,
+for fear of escaping) we found them stark naked, expecting their fatal
+tragedy: there were three lusty men, well shaped, with straight and good
+limbs, between thirty and five and thirty years old; and five women, two
+of them might be from thirty to forty, two more not above four and
+twenty; and the last, a comely tall maiden of about seventeen. Indeed,
+all the women were very agreeable, both in proportion and features,
+except that they were tawny, which their modest behaviour, and other
+graces, made amends for, when they afterwards came to be clothed.
+
+"This naked appearance, together with their miserable circumstances, was
+no very comfortable sight to my Spaniards, who, for their parts, I may
+venture, Sir, without flattery, to say, are men of the best behaviour,
+calmest tempers, and sweetest nature, that can possibly be; for they
+immediately ordered Friday's father to see if he knew any of them, or if
+he understood what they could say. No sooner did the old Indian appear,
+but he looked at them with great seriousness; yet, as they were not of
+his nation, they were utter strangers to him, and none could understand
+his speech or signs, but one woman. This was enough to answer the
+design, which was to assure them they would not be killed, being fallen
+into the hands of Christians, who abhorred such barbarity. When they
+were fully satisfied of this, they expressed their joy by such strange
+gestures, and uncommon tones, as it is not possible for me to describe.
+But the woman their interpreter, was ordered next to enquire, whether
+they were content to be servants, and would work for the men who had
+brought them hither to save their lives? Hereupon, (being at this time
+unbound) they fell a capering and dancing, one taking this thing upon
+her shoulders, and the other that, intimating, that they were willing to
+do any thing for them. But now, Sir, having women among us, and dreading
+that it might occasion some strife, if not blood, I asked the three men
+'what they would do, and how they intended to use these creatures,
+whether as servants or women?' One of them very pertly and readily
+answered, 'they would use them as both,' _Gentlemen_, said I _as you are
+your own masters, I am not going to restrain you from that; but
+methinks, for avoiding dissentions among you, I would only desire you to
+engage, that none of you will take more than one for a woman or wife,
+and that having taken this one, none else should presume to touch her;
+for though we have not yet a priestly authority to marry you, yet it is
+but reasonable, that whoever thus takes a woman, should be obliged to
+maintain her, since nobody has any thing to do with her_; and this,
+indeed, appeared so just to all present, that it was unanimously agreed
+to. The Englishmen then asked my Spaniards, 'whether they designed to
+take any of them? but they all answered, _No_; some declaring they had
+already wives in Spain; and others that they cared not to join with
+infidels. On the reverse, the Englishmen took each of them a temporary
+wife, and so set up a new method of living. As to Friday's father, the
+Spaniards, and the three savage servants we had taken in the late
+battle, they all lived with me in our ancient castle; and indeed we
+supplied the main part of the island with food, as necessity required.
+But the most remarkable part of the story is, how these Englishmen, who
+had been so much at variance, should agree about the choice of those
+women; yet they took a way good enough to prevent quarreling among
+themselves. They let the five women in one of their huts, and going
+themselves to the other, drew lots which should have the first choice.
+Now, he that had the first lot went to the hut, and fetched out her he
+chose; and it is remarkable, that he took her that was the most homely
+and eldest of the number, which made the rest of the Englishmen
+exceedingly merry; the Spaniards themselves could not help but smile at
+it; but as it happened, the fellow had the best thought, in choosing
+one fit for application and business; and indeed she proved the best
+wife of all the parcel.
+
+"But when the poor creatures perceived themselves placed in a row, and
+separated one by one, they were again seized with an unspeakable terror,
+as now thinking they were going to be slain in earnest; and when the
+Englishmen came to take the first, the rest set up a lamentable cry,
+clasped their arms around her neck, and hanging about her, took their
+last farewell, as they thought, in such trembling agonies, and
+affectionate embraces, as would have softened the hardest heart in the
+world, and made the driest eyes melt into tears; nor could they be
+persuaded but that they were going to die, till such time as Friday's
+father made them sensible that the Englishmen had chosen them for their
+wives, which ended all their terror and concern upon this occasion.
+
+"Well, after this, the Englishmen went to work, and being assisted by my
+good natured Spaniards, in a few hours they, erected every one of them a
+new hut or tent for their separate lodging, since those they had already
+were, filled with tools, household stuff, and provision. They all
+continued on the north shore of the island, but separate as before; the
+three wicked ones pitching farther off, and the two honest men nearer
+our castle; so that the island seemed to be peopled in three places,
+three towns beginning to be built for that purpose. And here I cannot
+but remark, what is very common, that the two honest men had the worst
+wives, (I mean as to industry, cleanliness, and ingenuity) while the
+three reprobates enjoyed women of quite contrary qualities.
+
+"But another observation I made was, in favour of the two honest men, to
+show what disparity there is between a diligent application to business,
+on the one hand, and a slothful negligent, and idle temper, on the
+other. Both of them had the same parcel of ground laid out, and corn to
+sow, sufficient either in their cultivation or their planting. The two
+honest men had a multitude of young trees planted about their
+habitations, so that when you approached near them, nothing appeared but
+a wood, very pleasing and delightful. Every thing they did prospered and
+flourished: their grapes, planted in order, seemed as though managed in
+a vineyard and were infinitely preferable to any of the others. Nor were
+they wanting to find out a place of retreat, but dug a cave in the most
+retired part of a thick wood, to secure their wives and children, with
+their provision and chiefest goods, surrounded with innumerable stakes,
+and having a most subtle entrance, in case any mischief should happen
+either from their fellow countrymen, or the devouring savages.
+
+"As to the reprobates, (though I must own they were much more civilized
+than before) instead of delightful wood surrounding their dwellings, we
+found the words of King Solomon too truly verified: _I went by the
+vineyard of the slothful, and it was all overgrown with thorns_. In many
+places their crop was obliterated by weeds: the hedges having several
+gaps in them, the wild goats had got in, and eaten up the corn, and here
+and there was a dead bush to stop these gaps for the present, which was
+no more than shutting the stable door after the steed was stolen away.
+But as to their wives, they (as I observed before) were more diligent,
+and cleanly enough, especially in their victuals, being instructed by
+one of the honest men, who had been a cook's mate on board a ship: &
+very well it was so, for as he cooked himself, his companion and their
+families lived as well as the idle husbands, who did nothing but loiter
+about, fetch turtle's eggs, catch fish and birds, and do any thing but
+work, and lived accordingly; while the diligent lived very handsomely
+and plentifully, in the most comfortable manner.
+
+"And now, Sir, I come to lay before your eyes a scene quite different
+from any thing that ever happened to us before, and perhaps ever befel
+you in all the time of your residence on this island. I shall inform you
+of its original in the following manner.
+
+"One morning, Sir, very early, there came five or six canoes of Indians
+on shore, indisputably upon their old custom of devouring their
+prisoners. All that we had to do upon such an occasion, was to lie
+concealed, that they, not having any notice of inhabitants, might depart
+quietly after performing their bloody execution: whoever first
+discovered the savages, was to give notice to all the three plantations
+to keep within doors, and then a proper scout was to be placed to give
+intelligence of their departure. But notwithstanding these wise
+measures, an unhappy disaster discovered us to the savages, which was
+like to have caused the desolation of the whole island; for, after the
+savages were gone off in their canoes, some of my Spaniards and I
+looking abroad; and being inflamed with a curiosity to see what they had
+been doing, to our great amazement beheld three savages fast asleep on
+the ground, who, either being gorged, could not awake when the others
+went off, or having wandered too far into the woods, did not come
+back in time.
+
+"What to do with them as first, we could not tell; as for slaves we had
+enough of them already; and as to killing them, neither Christianity or
+humanity would suffer us to shed the blood of persons who never did us
+wrong. We perceived they had no boat left them to transport them to
+their own nation; and that, by letting them wander about, they might
+discover us, and inform the first savages that should happen to land
+upon the same bloody occasion, which information might entirely ruin us;
+and therefore I counselled my Spaniards to secure them, and set them
+about some work or other, till we could better dispose of them.
+
+"Hereupon we all went back, and making them awake, took them prisoners.
+It is impossible to express the horror they were in, especially when
+bound, as thinking they were going to be murdered and eaten, but we soon
+eased them of their fear as to that point. We first took them to the
+bower, where the chief of our country work lay as keeping goats,
+planting corn, &c and then carried them to the two Englishmen's
+habitation, to help them in their business; but happy it was for us all
+we did not carry them to our castle, as by the sequel will appear. The
+Englishmen, indeed, found them work to do; but whether they did not
+guard them strictly, or that they thought they could not better
+themselves, I cannot tell; but certainly one of them ran away into the
+woods, and they could not hear of him for a long time after.
+
+"Undoubtedly there was reason enough to suppose he got home in some of
+the canoes, the savages returning in about four weeks time, and going
+off in the space of two days. You may be certain, Sir, this thought
+could not but terrify us exceedingly, and make us justly conclude, that
+the savage would inform his countrymen of our abode in the island, how
+few and weak we were in comparison to their numbers & we expected it
+would not be long before the Englishmen would be attacked in their
+habitations; but the savages had not seen their places of safety in the
+woods, nor our castle, which it was a great happiness they did not know.
+
+"Nor were we mistaken in our thoughts upon this occasion: for, about
+eight months after this, six canoes, with about ten men in each canoe,
+came sailing by the north side of the island, which they were never
+accustomed to do before, and landed about an hour after sunrise, near a
+mile from the dwelling of the two Englishman, who, it seems, had the
+good fortune to discover them about a league off: to that it was an hour
+before they could come at them. And now being confirmed in this opinion
+that they were certainly betrayed, they immediately bound the two slaves
+which were left, causing two of the three men, whom they brought with
+the women, and who proved very faithful to lead them with their wives,
+and other conveniences, into their retired care in the wood, and there
+to bind the two fellows hand and foot till they had further orders. They
+then opened their fences, where they kept their milch goats, and drove
+them all out, giving the goats liberty to ramble in the woods, to make
+the savages believe that they were wild ones; but the slave had given a
+truer information, which made them come to the very inclosures. The two
+frighted men sent the other slave of the three, who had been with them
+by accident, to alarm the Spaniards, and desire their assistance; in
+the mean time they took their arms and ammunition, and made to the cave
+where they had sent their wives, and securing their slaves, seated
+themselves in a private place, from whence they might behold all the
+actions of the savages. Nor had they gone far, when ascending a rising
+ground, they could see a little army of Indians approach to their
+beautiful dwelling, and in a few moments more, perceive the same, and
+their furniture, to their unspeakable grief, burning in a consuming
+flame, and when this war done, they spread here and there, searching
+every bush and place for the people, of whom it was very evident, they
+had information. Upon which the two Englishmen, not thinking themselves
+secure where they stood, retreated about half a mile higher in the
+country, rightly concluding, that the farther the savages strolled,
+there would be less numbers together: upon which they next took their
+stand by the trunk of an old tree, very hollow and large, whence they
+resolved to see what would offer: but they had not stood long there,
+before two savages came running directly towards them, as though having
+knowledge of their being there, who seemed resolved to attack them; a
+little farther were three more, and five more behind them again, all
+running the same way. It cannot be imagined the perplexity the poor men
+were in at this sight, thinking that if assistance did not speedily come
+their cave in the wood would be discovered, and consequently all therein
+lost; so they resolved to resist them there, and, when overpowered, to
+ascend to the top of the trees, where they might defend themselves as
+long as their ammunition lasted, and sell their lives as dear as
+possible to those devouring savages. Thus fixed in their resolution,
+they next considered, whether they should fire at the first two, or wait
+for the three, and so take the middle party, by which the two first &
+the five last would be separated. In this regulation the two savages
+also confirmed them, by turning a little to another part of the wood:
+but the three, & the five after them, came directly towards the tree.
+Hereupon they resolved to take them in a direct line, as they approached
+nearer, because perhaps the first shot might hit them all three; and
+upon this occasion, the man who was to fire, charged his piece with
+three or four bullets. And thus while they were waiting, the savages
+came on, one of them was the runaway, who had caused all the mischief;
+so they resolved he should not escape, if they both fired at once. But,
+however, though they did not fire together, they were ready charged;
+when the first that let fly, was too good a marksman to miss his aim;
+for he killed the foremost outright, the second (_who was the runaway
+Indian_) fell to the ground, being shot through the body, but not dead
+and the third was a little wounded in the shoulder, who, sitting down on
+the ground, fell a screaming in a most fearful manner. The noise of the
+guns, which not only made the most resounding echoes, from one side to
+the other, but raised the birds of all sorts, fluttering with the most
+confused noise, so much terrified the five savages behind that they
+stood still at first, like so many inanimate images. But when all things
+were in profound silence, they came to the place where there companions
+lay; and here, not being sensible that they were liable to the same
+fate, stood over the wounded man, undoubtedly inquiring the occasion of
+this sad calamity; and 'tis as reasonable to suppose he told them, that
+it came by thunder and lightning from the gods, having never seen or
+heard of a gun before, in the whole course of their lives. By this time
+the Englishmen, having loaded their pieces, fired both together a second
+time, when seeing them all fall immediately on the ground, they thought
+they had killed every creature of them. This made them come up boldly
+before they had charged their guns, which indeed was a wrong step; for,
+when they came to the place, they found four alive, two of them very
+little wounded, and one not at all, which obliged them to fall upon them
+with their muskets: they first knocked the runaway savage on the head,
+and another that was but a little wounded in the arm, & then put the
+other languishing wretches out of their pain: while he that was not
+hurt, with bended knees and uplifted hands, made piteous moans, and
+signs to them to spare his life; nor, indeed, were they unmerciful to
+the poor wretch, but pointed to him to sit down at the root of a tree
+hard by; and then, one of the Englishmen, with a piece of rope twine he
+had in his pocket, by mere chance, tying his two feet fast together, and
+his two hands behind him, they left him there, making all the haste they
+could after the other two, fearing they should find out their cave; but
+though they could not overtake them, they had the satisfaction to
+perceive them at a distance, cross a valley towards the sea, a quite
+contrary way to their retreat: upon which they returned to the tree, to
+look after their prisoner; but when they came there, he was gone,
+leaving the piece of rope-yarn, wherewith he was bound, behind him.
+
+"Well, now they were as much concerned as ever, as not knowing how near
+their enemies might be, or in what numbers. Immediately they repaired to
+the cave, to see if all was well there, and found every thing safe,
+except the women, who were frightened upon their husbands account, whom
+they now loved entirely. They had not been long here, before seven of my
+Spaniards came to assist them; while the other ten, their servants, and
+Friday's father, were gone to defend their bower, corn, and cattle, in
+case the savages should have rambled so far. There accompanied the seven
+Spaniards, one of the three savages that had formerly been taken
+prisoner; and with them also that very Indian whom the Englishmen had,
+a little before, left under the tree; for it seems, they passed by that
+way where the slaughter was made, and so carried along with them that
+poor wretch that was left bound. But so many prisoners now becoming a
+burthen to us, and fearing the dreadful consequence of their escaping,
+most of the Spaniards and English urged the absolute necessity there was
+of killing them for our common preservation; but, Sir, the authority I
+bore, as a governor, over-ruled that piece of cruelty; and then I
+ordered them to be sent prisoners to the old cave in the valley, bound
+hands and feet, with two Spaniards to guard them.
+
+"So much encouraged were the Englishmen at the approach of the
+Spaniards, and so great was their fury against the savages for
+destroying their habitations, that they had not patience to stay any
+longer; but, taking five Spaniards along with them, armed with four
+muskets, a pistol, and a quarter staff, away they went in pursuit of
+their enemies. As they passed by the place where the savages were slain,
+it was very easy to be perceived that more of them had been there,
+having attempted to carry off their dead bodies, but found it
+impracticable. From a rising ground our party had the mortification to
+see the smoke that proceeded from their ruins; when coming farther in
+flight of the shore, they plainly perceived that the savages had
+embarked in their canoes, and were putting out to sea. This they were
+very sorry for, there being no coming at them to give them a parting
+salute, but however, they were glad enough to get clear of such
+unwelcome guests.
+
+"Thus the two honest, but unfortunate Englishmen, being ruined a second
+time, and their improvements quite destroyed, most of my good natured
+Spaniards helped them to rebuild, and we all assisted them with needful
+supplies; nay, what is more remarkable, their three mischievous
+countrymen, when they heard of it _(which was after all these disasters
+were over, they living more remote eastward)_ very friendly sympathised
+with them, and worked for them several days; so that, in a little, their
+habitations were rebuilt, their necessities supplied, and themselves
+restored to their former tranquility.
+
+"Though the savages had nothing to boast of in this adventure, _(several
+canoes being driven ashore, followed by two drowned creatures, having
+undoubtedly met with a storm at sea that very night they departed)_ yet
+it was natural to be supposed, that those whose better fortune it was to
+attain their native shore, would inflame their nation to another ruinous
+attempt, with a greater force, to carry all before them. And, indeed, so
+it happened: for about seven months after, our island was invaded with a
+most formidable navy, no less than eight and twenty canoes full of
+savages, armed with wooden swords, monstrous clubs, bows and arrows, and
+such like instruments of war, landing at the east end of the island.
+
+"You may well, Sir, imagine what consternation our men were in upon
+this account, and how speedy they were to execute their resolution,
+having only that night's time allowed them. They knew that since they
+could not withstand their enemies, concealment was the only way to
+procure their safety; and, therefore, they took down the huts that were
+built for the two Englishmen, and drove their flocks of goats together
+with their own at the bower, to the old cave in the valley, leaving as
+little appearance of inhabitants as possible; and then posted
+themselves, with all their force, at the plantation of the two men. As
+they expected, so it happened: for early the next morning, the Indians,
+leaving their canoes at the east-end of the island, came running along
+the shore, about two hundred and fifty in number, as near as could be
+guessed. Our army was but little indeed; and what was our greatest
+misfortune, we had not arms sufficient for them. The account, as to the
+men, Sir, is an follows: viz. 17 _Spaniards_, 5 _Englishmen, Old Friday,
+the three savages, taken with the five women, who proved faithful
+servants, and three other slaves, living with the Spaniards. To arm
+these they had_ 11 _muskets_, 5 _pistols_, 3 _fowling-pieces_, 2
+_swords_, 3 _old halberts_, 5 _muskets, or fowling-pieces, taken from
+the sailors whom you reduced. As to the slaves, we gave three of them
+halberts, and the other three long staves, with great iron spikes at the
+end of them, with hatchets by their sides; we also had hatchets sticking
+in our girdles, besides the fire-arms: nay, two of the women, inspired
+with Amazonian fortitude, could not be dissuaded from fighting along
+with their dear husbands, and if they died, to die with them, Seeing
+their resolution, we gave them hatchets likewise; but what pleased them
+best, were the bows and arrows (which they dexterously knew how to use)
+that the Indians had left behind them, after their memorable battle one
+against another_.
+
+"Over this army, which though little, was of great intrepidity, I was
+constituted chief general and commander: and knowing Will Atkins, though
+exceedingly wicked, yet a man of invincible courage, I gave him the
+power of commanding under me: he had six men with their muskets loaded
+with six or seven bullets a-piece, and were planted just behind a small
+thicket of bushes, as an advanced guard, having orders to let the first
+pass by; and then, when he fired into the middle of them, making a
+nimble retreat round a part of the wood, and so come in the rear of the
+Spaniards, who were shaded by a thicket of trees: for though the savages
+came on with the fierceness of lions, yet they wanted the subtility of
+foxes, being out of all manner of order, and straggling in heaps every
+way: and, indeed, when Will Atkins, after fifty of the savages had
+passed by, had ordered three of his men to give fire, so great was their
+consternation, to see so many men killed and wounded, and hear such a
+dreadful noise, and yet knew not whence it came, that they were
+frightened to the highest degree: and when the second volley was given,
+they concluded no less but that their companions were slain by thunder
+and lightning from Heaven. In this notion they would have continued, had
+Will Atkins and his men retired, as soon as they fired, according to
+order: or had the rest been near them, to pour in their shot
+continually, their might have been a complete victory obtained: but
+staying to load their pieces again, discovered the whole matter. They
+were perceived by some of the scattering savages at a distance, who let
+fly their arrows among them, wounded Atkins himself, and killed his
+fellow Englishman, and one of the Indians taken with the women. Our
+party did not fail to answer them, and in their retreat killed about
+twenty savages. Here I cannot but take notice of our poor dying slave,
+who, tho' stopt from his retreat by a fatal arrow, yet with his staff
+and hatchet, desperately and gallantly assailed his pursuers, and killed
+five of the savages, before his life submitted to a multiplicity of
+wounds. Nor is the cruelty or malice of the Indians to be less remarked,
+in breaking the arms, legs, and heads of the two dead bodies, with their
+clubs and wooden swords, after a most wretched manner. As Atkins
+retreated our party advanced, to interpose between him and the savages:
+but after three vollies, we were obliged to retreat also: for they were
+so numerous and desperate, that they came up to our very teeth, shot
+their arrows like a cloud, and their wounded men, enraged with cruel
+pain, fought like madmen. They did not, however, think fit to follow us,
+but drawing themselves up in a circle, they gave two triumphant shouts
+in token of victory, though they had the grief to see several of their
+wounded men bleed to death before them.
+
+"After I had, Sir, drawn up our little army together, upon a rising
+ground, Atkins, wounded as he was, would have had us attack the whole
+body of the savages at once, I was extremely well pleased with the
+gallantry of the man: but, upon consideration, I replied, _You perceive,
+Seignor Atkins, how their wounded men fight; let them alone till
+morning, when they will be faint, stiff, and sore, and then we shall
+have fewer to combat with_. To which Atkins, smiling, replied, _That's
+very true, Seignor, so shall I too; and that's the reason I would fight
+them now I am warm_. We all answered, _Seignor Atkins for your part you
+have behaved very gallantly; and, if you are not able to approach the
+enemy in the morning, we will fight for you, till then we think it
+convenient to wait_, and so we tarried.
+
+"By the brightness of the moon that night, we perceived the savages in
+great disorder about their dead and wounded men. This made us change our
+resolution, and resolve to fall upon them in the night, if we could
+give them one volley undiscovered. This we had a fair opportunity to do,
+by one of the two Englishmen leading us round, between the woods and the
+sea-side westward, and turning short south, came privately to a place
+where the thickest of them were. Unheard and unperceived, eight of us
+fired among them, and did dreadful execution; and in half a minute
+after, eight more of us let fly, killing and wounding abundance of them;
+and then dividing ourselves into three bodies, eight persons in each
+body we marched from among the trees, to the very teeth of the enemy,
+sending forth the greatest shouts and acclamations. The savages hearing
+a different noise from three quarters at once, stood in the utmost
+confusion; but coming in sight of us, let fly a volley of arrows, which
+wounded poor old Friday, yet happily it did not prove mortal. We did
+not, however, give them a second opportunity; but rushing in among them,
+we fired three several ways, and then fell to work with our swords,
+staves, hatchets, and the butt-end of our muskets, with a fury not to be
+resisted; so that with the most dismal screaming and howling they had
+recourse to their feet, to save their lives by a speedy flight. Nor must
+we forget the valour of the two women; for they exposed themselves to
+the greatest dangers, killed many with their arrows, and valiantly
+destroyed several more with their hatchets.
+
+"In fighting these two battles, we were so much tired, that we did not
+then trouble ourselves to pursue them to their canoes, in which we
+thought they would presently put to the ocean; but their happening a
+dreadful storm at sea, which continuing all that night, it not only
+prevented their voyage, but dashed several of their boats to pieces
+against the beach, and drove the rest so high upon the shore, that it
+required infinite labour to get them off. After our men had taken some
+refreshment and a little repose, they resolved early in the morning to
+go towards the place of their landing, and see whether they were gone
+off, or in what posture they remained. This necessarily led them to the
+place of battle, where several of the savages were expiring, a sight no
+way pleasing to generous minds, to delight in misery, though obliged to
+conquer them by the law of arms; but our own Indian slaves put them out
+of their pain, by dispatching them with their hatchets. At length,
+coming in view of the remainder of the army, we found them leaning upon
+their knees, which were bended towards their mouth, and the head between
+the two hands. Hereupon, coming within musket shot of them, I ordered
+two pieces to be fired without ball, in order to alarm them, that we
+might plainly know, whether they had the courage to venture another
+battle, or were utterly dispirited from such an attempt, that so we
+might accordingly manage them. And indeed, the prospect took very well;
+for, no sooner did the savages hear the first gun, and perceive the
+flash of the second, but they suddenly started upon their feet in the
+greatest consternation; and when we approached towards them, they ran
+howling and screaming away up the hill into the country.
+
+"We could rather, at first, have wished, that the weather had permitted
+them to have gone off to the sea; but when we considered, that their
+escape might occasion the approach of multitudes, to our utter ruin and
+dissolution; we were very well pleased the contrary happened; and Will
+Atkins (who, tho' wounded, would not part from us all this while)
+advised us not to let slip this advantage, but clapping between them and
+their boats, deprive them of the capacity of ever returning to plague
+the island: _I know_, said he, _there is but on objection you can make,
+which is, that these creatures, living like beasts in the wood, may make
+excursions, rifle the plantations, and destroy the tame goats; but then,
+consider, we had better to do with an hundred men whom we can kill, or
+make slaves of at leisure, than with an hundred nations, whom it is
+impossible we should save ourselves from, much less subdue_. This
+advice, and these arguments being approved of, we set fire to their
+boats; and though they were so wet that we could not burn them entirely,
+yet we made them incapable for swimming in the seas. As soon as the
+Indians perceived what we were doing, many of them ran out of the woods,
+in fight of us, and kneeling down, piteously cried out, _Oa, Oa!
+Waramakoa_. Intimating, I suppose, that, if we would but spare their
+canoes, they would never trouble us again.
+
+"But all their complaints, submissions, and entreaties, were in vain;
+for self-preservation obliging us to the contrary, we destroyed every
+one of them that had escaped the fury of the ocean. When the Indians
+perceived this, they raised a lamentable cry, and ran into the woods,
+where they continued ranging about; making the woods ring with their
+lamentation. Here we should have considered, that making these
+creatures, thus desperate, we ought, at the same time to have set a
+sufficient guard upon the plantations: for the savages, in their ranging
+about, found out the bower, destroyed the fences, trod the corn down
+under their feet, and tore up the vines and grapes. It is true, we were
+always able to fight these creatures; but, as they were too swift for
+us, and very numerous, we durst not go out single, for fear of them;
+though that too was needless, they having no weapons, nor any materials
+to make them; and, indeed, their extremity appeared in a little
+time after.
+
+[ILLUSTRATION: The Spaniard, &c. burning the Indian canoes. _Dr. & Eng.
+by A. Carse, Edin._]
+
+"Though the savages, as already mentioned, had destroyed our bower, and
+all our corns, grapes, &c. yet we had still left our flock of cattle in
+the valley, by the cave, with some little corn that grew there, and the
+plantation of Will Atkins and his companions, one of whom being killed
+by an arrow, they were now reduced to two: it is remarkable that this
+was the fellow who cut the poor Indian with his hatchet, and had design
+to murder me and my countrymen the Spaniards. As our condition was low,
+we came to the resolution to drive the savages up to the farther part of
+the island, where no Indians landed, to kill as many of them as we
+could, till we had reduced their number; and then to give the remainder
+some corn to plant, and to teach them how to live by their daily labour,
+accordingly we pursued them with our guns, at the hearing of which they
+were so terrified, that they would fall to the ground. Every day we
+killed and wounded some of them, and many were found starved to death,
+so that our hearts began to relent at the sight of such miserable
+objects. At last, with great difficulty, taking one of them alive, and
+using him with kindness, & tenderness, we brought him to Old Friday, who
+talked to him, & told him how good we would be to them all, giving them
+corn and land to plant and live in, and present nourishment, provided
+they should keep within such bounds as should be allotted them, and not
+do prejudice to others: _Go then_, said he, _and inform your countrymen
+of this; which, if they will not agree to, every one of them shall
+be slain_.
+
+"The poor creatures, thoroughly humbled, being reduced to about
+thirty-seven, joyfully accepted the offer, and earnestly begged for
+food; hereupon we sent twelve Spaniards and two Englishmen well armed,
+together with Old Friday, and three Indian slaves were loaded with a
+large quantity of bread and rice cakes, with three live goats: and the
+poor Indians being ordered to sit down on the side of the hill, they ate
+the victuals very thankfully, and have proved faithful to the last,
+never trespassing beyond their bounds, where at this day they quietly
+and happily remain, and where we now and then visit them. They are
+confined to a neck of land about a mile and a half broad, and three or
+four in length, on the south-east corner of the island, the sea being
+before, and lofty mountains behind them, free from the appearance of
+canoes; and indeed their countrymen never made any inquiry after them.
+We gave them twelve hatchets, and three or four knives; have taught them
+to build huts, make wooden spades, plant corn, make bread, breed tame
+goats and milk them, as likewise to make wicker work, in which I must
+ingenuously confess, they infinitely out do us, having made themselves
+several pretty necessaries and fancies, as baskets, sieves, bird-cages,
+and cupboards, as also stools, beds and couches, no less useful than
+delightful; and now they live the most innocent and inoffensive
+creatures that ever were subdued in the world, wanting nothing but wives
+to make them a nation.
+
+"Thus, kind Sir, have I given you, according to my ability, an
+impartial account of the various transactions that have happened, in the
+island since your departure to this day; and we have great reason to
+acknowledge the kind providence of Heaven in our merciful deliverance.
+When you inspect your little kingdom, you will find in it some little
+improvement, your flocks increased, and your subjects augmented, so that
+from a desolate island, as this was before your wonderful deliverance
+upon it, here is a visible prospect of its becoming a populous and well
+governed little kingdom, to your immortal fame and glory."
+
+There is no doubt to suppose but that the preceeding relation of my
+faithful Spaniard was very agreeable and no less surprising to me, to
+the young priest, and to all who heard it: now were these people less
+pleased with those necessary utensils that I brought them, such as the
+knives, scissars, spades, shovels, and pick-axes, with which they now
+adorn their habitations.
+
+So much had they addicted themselves to wicker-work, prompted by the
+ingenuity of the Indians, who assisted them, that when I viewed the
+Englishmen's colonies, they seemed at a distance as though they had
+lived like bees in a hive: for Will Atkins, who was now become a very
+industrious and sober man, had made himself a tent of basket-work round
+the outside; the walls were worked in as a basket, in pannels or strong
+squares of thirty-two in number, standing about seven feet high: in the
+middle was another, not above twenty-two paces round, but much stronger
+built, being of an octagonal form, and in the eight corners stood eight
+strong poles, round the top of which he raised a pyramid for the roof,
+mighty pretty, I assure you, and joined very well together, with iron
+spikes, which he made himself; for he had made him a forge, with a pair
+of wooden bellows and charcoal for his work, forming an anvil cut of one
+of the iron crows, to work upon, and in the manner would he make himself
+hooks, staples, spikes, bolts, and hinges. After he had pitched the roof
+of his innermost tent, he made it so firm between the rafters with
+basket-work, thatching that over again with rice-straw, and over that a
+large leaf of a tree, that his house was as dry as if it had been tiled
+or slated. The outer circuit was covered as a lean-to, quite round this
+inner appartment, laying long rafters from the thirty-two angles to the
+top posts of the inner house, about twenty-feet distant, so that there
+was a space like a wall between the outer and inner wall, near twenty
+feet in breadth. The inner place he partitioned off with the same
+wicker-work, dividing it into six neat apartments every one of which had
+a door, first into the entry of the main tent, and another into the
+space and walk that was round it, not only convenient for retreat, but
+for family necessaries. Within the door of the outer circle, there was
+a passage directly to the door of the inner house; on either side was a
+wicker partition, and a door, by which you go into a room twenty-two
+feet wide, and about thirty long, and through that into another of a
+smaller length; so that in the outer circle were ten handsome rooms, six
+of which were only to be come at through the apartments of the inner
+tent, serving as retiring rooms to the respective chambers of the inner
+circle, and four large warehouses, which went in through one another,
+two on either hand of the passage that led through the outer door to the
+inner tent. In short, nothing could be built more ingeniously, kept more
+neat, or have better conveniences; and here lived the three families,
+Will Atkins, his companion, their wives and children, and the widow of
+the deceased. As to religion, the men seldom taught their wives the
+knowledge of God, any more than the sailors' custom of swearing by his
+name. The greatest improvement their wives had, was, they taught them to
+speak English, so as to be understood.
+
+None of their children were then above six years old; they were all
+fruitful enough; and I think the cook's mate's wife was big of her
+sixth child.
+
+When I inquired of the Spaniards about their circumstances while among
+the savages, they told me, _that they abandoned themselves to despair,
+reckoning themselves a poor and miserable people, that had no means put
+into their hands, and consequently must soon be starved to death._ They
+owned, however, that they were in the wrong to think so, and for
+refusing the assistance that reason offered for their support, as well
+as future deliverance, confessing that grief was a most insignificant
+passion, as it looked upon things as without remedy, and having no hope
+of things to come; all which verified this noted proverb,
+
+_In trouble to be troubled,
+Is to have your trouble doubled._
+
+Nor did his remarks end here, for, making observations upon my
+improvement, and on my condition at first, infinitely worse than theirs,
+he told me that Englishmen had, in their distress, greater presence of
+mind than those of any other country that he had met with; and that they
+and the Portuguese were the worst men in the world to struggle under
+misfortunes. When they landed among the savages, they found but little
+provision except they would turn cannibals, there being but a few roots
+and herbs, with little substance in them, and of which the natives gave
+them but very sparingly. Many were the ways they took to civilize and
+teach the savages, but in vain; for they would not own them to be their
+instructors, whose lives were owing to their bounty. Their extremities
+were very great and many days being entirely without food, the savages
+there being more indolent and less devouring than those who had better
+supplies. When they went out to battle they were obliged to assist these
+people, in one of which my faithful Spaniard being taken, had like to
+have been devoured. They had lost their ammunition, which rendered their
+fire-arms useless; nor could they use the bows and arrows that were
+given them, so that while the armies were at a distance, they had no
+chance but when close, then they could be of service with halberts, &
+sharpened sticks put into the muzzles of their muskets. They made
+themselves targets of wood covered with the skins of wild beasts; and
+when one happened to be knocked down, the rest of the company fought
+over him till he recovered; and then standing close in a line, they
+would make their way through a thousand savages. At the return of their
+friend, who they thought had been entombed in the bowels of their
+enemies, their joy was inconceivable. Nor were they less surprised at
+the sight of the loaves of bread I had sent them, things that they had
+not seen for several years, at the same time crossing and blessing it,
+as though it was manna sent from Heaven: but when they knew the errand,
+and perceived the boat which was to carry them back to the person and
+place from whence such relief came, this struck them with such a
+surprise of joy as made some of them faint away, and others burst out
+into tears.
+
+This was the summary account that I had from them. I shall now inform
+the reader what I next did for them, and in what condition I left them.
+As we were all of opinion that the savages would scarce trouble them any
+more, so we had no apprehensions on the score. I told them I was come
+purely to establish, and not to remove them; and upon that occasion, had
+not only brought them necessaries for convenience and defence, but also
+artificers, and other persons, both for their necessary employments, and
+to add to their number. They were altogether when I thus talked to them;
+and before I delivered to them the stores I brought, I asked them, one
+by one, if they had entirely forgot their first animosities, would
+engage in the strictest friendship; and shake hands with one another? On
+this Will Atkins, with abundance of good humour, said, _they had
+afflictions enough to make them all sober, and enemies enough to make
+them all friends: as for himself, he would live and die among them,
+owning that what the Spaniards had done to him, his own mad humour had
+made necessary for them to do_. Nor had the Spaniards occasion to
+justify their proceeding to me; but they told me, _that since Will
+Atkins had behaved himself so valiantly in fight, and at other times
+showed such a regard to the common interest of them all, they had not
+only forgotten all that was past, but thought he ought as much to be
+trusted with arms and necessaries as any of them, which they testified
+by making him next in command to the governor: and they most heartily
+embraced the occasion of giving me this solemn assurance, that they
+would never separate their interest again, as long as they lived_.
+
+After these kind declarations of friendship, we appointed all of us to
+dine together the next day; upon this I caused the ship's cook and his
+mate to come on shore for that purpose, to assist in dressing our
+dinner. We brought from the ship six pieces of beef, and four of pork,
+together with our punch bowl, and materials to fill it; and in
+particular I gave them ten bottles of French claret, and ten of English
+beer, which was very acceptable to them. The Spaniards added to our
+feast, five whose kids, which being roasted, three of them were sent as
+fresh meat to the sailors on board, and the other two we ate ourselves.
+After our merry and innocent feast was over, I began to distribute my
+cargo among them. First, I gave them linen sufficient to make every one
+four shirts, and at the Spaniard's request made them up six. The thin
+English stuffs I allotted to make every one a light coat like a frock,
+agreeable to the climate, and left them such a quantity as to make more
+upon their decay; as also pumps, shoes, hats, and stockings. It is not
+to be expressed the pleasing satisfaction which sat upon the
+countenances of these poor men, when they perceived what care I took of
+them, as if I had been a common father to them all; and they all engaged
+never to leave the island, till I gave my consent for their departure. I
+then presented to them the people I brought, viz. the tailor, smith, and
+the two carpenters; but my Jack-of-all-trades was the most acceptable
+present I could make them. My tailor fell immediately to work, and made
+every one of them a shirt; after which, he learned the women how to sew
+and stitch, thereby to become the more helpful to their husbands.
+Neither were the carpenters less useful, taking in pieces their clumsy
+things; instead of which they made convenient and handsome tables,
+stools, bedsteads, cupboards, lockers, and shelves. But when I carried
+them to see Will Atkins's basket-house, they owned they never saw such a
+piece of natural ingenuity before: _I am sure,_ said one of the
+carpenters, _the man that built this has no need of us; you need, Sir,
+do nothing but give him tools._
+
+I divided the tools among them in this manner: to every man I gave a
+digging spade, a shovel, and a rake, as having no harrows or ploughs;
+and to every separate place a pickax, a crow, a broad ax, and a saw,
+with a store for a general supply, should any be broken or worn out. I
+left them also nails, staples, hinges, hammers, chisels, knives,
+scissors, and all sorts of tools and iron work; & for the use of the
+smith, gave them three tons of unwrought iron, for a supply; and as to
+arms and ammunition, I stored them even to profusion; or at least to
+equip a sufficient little army against all opposers whatsoever.
+
+The young man (whose mother was unfortunately starved to death) together
+with the maid, a pious and well educated young woman, seeing things so
+well ordered on shore (for I made them accompany me) and considering
+they had no occasion to go so far a voyage as to the East Indies, they
+both desired of me, that I would leave them there, and enter them among
+my subjects. This I readily agreed to, ordering them a plat of ground,
+on which were three little houses erected, environed with basket-work,
+pallisadoed like Atkins's and adjoining to his plantation. So contrived
+were their tents that each of them had a room apart to lodge in, while
+the middle tent was not only their store-house, but their place for
+eating and drinking. At this time the two Englishmen removed their
+habitation to their former place; in that now the island was divided
+into three colonies: first, Those I have just now mentioned; secondly
+That of Will Atkins, where there were four families of Englishmen, with
+their wives and children, the widow and her children; the young man and
+the maid, who, by the way, we made a wife of before our departure; three
+savages, who were slaves; the tailor, smith, (who served also as a
+gunsmith) and my other celebrated person called Jack-of-all-trades.
+Thirdly, my chief colony, which consisted of the Spaniards, with Old
+Friday, who still remained at my old habitation, which was my capital
+city, and surely never was there such a metropolis, it now being hid in
+so obscure a grove, that a thousand men might have ranged the island a
+month, and looked purposely for it, without being able to find it,
+though the Spaniards had enlarged its boundaries, both without and
+within, in a most surprising manner.
+
+But now I think it high time to speak of the young French priest of the
+order of St. Benedict, whose judicious and pious discourses, upon sundry
+occasions, merit an extraordinary observation; nor can his being a
+French Papist priest, I presume, give offence to any of my readers, when
+they have this assurance from me, that he was a person of the most
+courteous disposition, extensive charity, and exalted piety. His
+arguments were always agreeable to reason, and his conversation the most
+acceptable of any person that I had ever yet met with in my life.
+
+_Sir,_ said he, to me, one day, _since, under God,_ at the same time
+crossing his breast, _you have not only saved my life; but, by
+permitting me to go this voyage, have granted me the happiness of free
+conversation, I think is my duty as my profession obliges me, to save
+what souls I can, by bringing them to the knowledge of some Catholic
+doctrine, necessary to salvation; and since these people are under your
+immediate government, in gratitude, justice, and decency, for what you
+have done for me, I shall offer no farther points in religion, that what
+shall merit your approbation_. Being a-pleased with the modesty of his
+carriage, I told him he should not be worse used for being of a
+different persuasion, if upon that very account, we did not differ in
+points of faith, not decent in a part of the country where the poor
+Indians ought to be instructed in the knowledge of the true God, and his
+Son Jesus Christ. To this he replied, that conversation might easily be
+separated from disputes; that he would discourse with me rather as a
+gentleman than a religious: but that, if we did enter upon religious
+argument, upon my desiring the same, I would give him liberty to defend
+his own principles. He farther added, that he would do all that became
+him in his office, as a priest as well as a Christian, to procure the
+happiness of all that were in the ship: that though he could not pray
+with, he would pray for us on all occasions; and then he told me several
+extraordinary events of his life, within a few years past; but
+particularly in this last, which was the most remarkable: that, in this
+voyage, he had the misfortune to be five times shipped and unshipped:
+his first design was to have gone to Martinico; for which, taking ship
+at St. Malos, he was forced into Lisbon by bad weather, the vessel
+running aground in the mouth of the Tagus; that from thence he went on
+board a Portuguese ship, bound to the Madeiras, whose master being but
+an indifferent mariner, and out of his reckoning, they were drove to
+Fial, where selling their commodity, which was corn, they resolved to
+take in their loading at the Isle of May, and to sail to Newfoundland;
+at the banks of which, meeting a French ship bound to Quebec, in the
+river of Canada, and from thence to Martinico, in this ship he embarked;
+the master of which dying at Quebec, that voyage was suspended; and
+lastly, shipping himself for France, this last ship was destroyed by
+fire, as before has been related.
+
+At this time we talked no further; but another morning he comes to me,
+just as I was going to visit the Englishman's colony, and tells me, that
+as he knew; the prosperity of the island, was my principal desire, he
+had something to communicate agreeable to my design, by which perhaps he
+might put it, more than he yet thought it was, in the way of the
+benediction of heaven. _How, Sir,_ said I, in a surprise, _are we not
+yet in the way of God's blessings, after all these signal providences
+and deliverances, of which you have had such an ample relation?_ He
+replied, _Nope, Sir, you are in the way, and that your good design will
+prosper: but still there are some among you that are not equally right
+in their actions; and remember, I beseech you, Sir, that Achan, by his
+crime, removed God's blessing from the camp of the children of Israel;
+that though six and thirty were entirely innocent, yet they became the
+object of divine vengeance, and bore the weight of his punishment
+accordingly._
+
+So sensibly was I touched with this discourse, and so satisfied with
+that ardent piety that inflamed his soul, that I desired him to
+accompany me to the Englishman's plantations, which he was very glad of,
+by reason they were the subject of what he designed to discourse with me
+about: and while we walked on together, he began in the
+following manner:
+
+"Sir, said he, I must confess it as a great unhappiness that we disagree
+in several doctrinal articles of religion; but surely both of us
+acknowledge this, that there is a God, who having given us some stated
+rules for our service and obedience, we ought not willingly and
+knowingly to offend him; either by neglecting what he has commanded, or
+by doing what he has forbidden. This truth every Christian owns, that
+when any one presumptuously sins against God's command, the Almighty
+then withdraws his blessing from him; every good man therefore ought
+certainly to prevent such neglect of, or sin against, God and his
+commands." I thanked the young priest for expressing so great a concern
+for us, and desired him to explain the particulars of what he had
+observed, that according to the parable of Achan, I _might remove the
+accursed thing from among us_ "Why then, Sir, said he, in the first
+place, you have four Englishmen, who have taken savage women to their
+wives, by whom they have several children, though none of them are
+legally married, as the law of God and man requires; they, I say, Sir,
+are no less than adulterers, and as they still live in adultery, are
+liable to the curse of God. I know, Sir, you may object the want of a
+priest or clergyman of any kind; as also, pen, ink and paper, to write
+down a contract of marriage, and have it signed between them. But
+neither this, nor what the Spanish governor has told you of their
+choosing by consent, can be reckoned a marriage, nor any more than an
+agreement to keep them from quarrelling among themselves; for, Sir, the
+essence or sacrament of matrimony (so he called it) not only consists in
+mutual consent, but in the legal obligation, which compels them to own
+and acknowledge one another, to abstain from other persons, the men to
+provide for their wives and children, and the woman to the same and like
+conditions, _nutatis mutandis,_ on their side: whereas, Sir, these men,
+upon their own pleasure, on any occasion, may forsake those women and
+marry others, and by disowning their children, suffer them utterly to
+perish. Now, Sir, 'added he, 'can God be honoured in such an unlawful
+liberty as this; how can a blessing succeed to the best endeavours, if
+men are allowed to live in so licentious a way?" I was indeed struck
+with the thing myself, and thought that they were much to blame, that no
+formal contract had been made, though it had been but breaking a stick
+between them, to engage them to live as man and wife, never to separate,
+but love, cherish, and comfort one another all their lives; _yet Sir,_
+said I, _when they took these wommen, I was not here, and if it is
+adultery, it is past my remedy, and I cannot help it_. "True, Sir,'
+answered the young priest, you cannot be charged with that part of the
+crime which was done in your absence: but I beseech you, don't flatter
+yourself, that you are under no obligation now to put a period to it:
+which if you neglect to do, the guilt will be entirely on you alone,
+since it is certainly in nobody's power but yours, to alter their
+condition." I must confess, I was so dull, that I thought he meant, I
+should part them, and knowing that this would put the whole island in
+confusion, I told him, I could not consent to it upon any account
+whatsoever. "Sir,' said he, in a great surprise, 'I do not mean that you
+should separate, but marry them, by a written contract, signed by both
+man and woman, and by all the witnesses present, which all the European
+laws decree to be of sufficient efficacy." Amazed with such true piety
+and sincerity, and considering the validity of a written contract, I
+acknowledged all that he said to be very just and kind, and that I would
+discourse with the man about it; neither could I see what reason they
+could have not to let him marry them, whose authority in that affair is
+owned to be as authentic as if they were married by any of our clergymen
+in England.
+
+The next complaint he had to make to me was this, that though these
+English subjects of mine have lived with these women seven years, and
+though they were of good understanding, and capable of instruction,
+having learned not only to speak, but to read English, yet all this
+while they had never taught them any thing of the Christian religion, or
+the knowledge of God, much less in what manner he ought to be served.
+"And is not this an unaccountable neglect:' said he warmly. 'Depend upon
+it, God Almighty will call them to account for such contempt. And though
+I am not of your religion, yet I should be glad to see these people
+released from the devil's power, and be saved by the principles of the
+Christian religion, the knowledge of God, of a Redeemer, the
+resurrection, and of a future state. But as it is not too late, if you
+please to give me leave to instruct them, I doubt not but I shall supply
+this great defect, by bringing them into the great circle of
+Christianity, even while you continue in the island."
+
+I could hold no longer, but embracing him, told him, with a thousand
+thanks, I would grant whatever he requested, and desired him to proceed
+in the third article, which he did in the following manner;
+
+"Sir,' said he, 'it should be a maxim among all Christians, that
+Christian knowledge ought to be propagated by all possible means, and on
+all occasion. Upon this account our church sends missionaries into
+Persia, India, and China, men who are willing to die for the sake of God
+& the Christian faith, in order to bring poor infidels into the way of
+salvation. Now, Sir, as here is an opportunity to convert seven & thirty
+poor savages, I wonder how you can pass by such an occasion of doing
+good, which is really worth the expence of a man's whole life."
+
+I must confess I was so confounded at this discourse, that I could not
+tell how to answer him. "Sir,' said he, feeling me in disorder, 'I shall
+be very sorry if I have given you offence." _No Sir,_ said I, _I am
+rather confounded; and you know my circumstances, that being bound to
+the East Indies in a merchant ship, I cannot wrong the owners so much,
+as to detain the ship here, the men lying at victuals and savages on
+their account. If I stay aboard several days, I must pay 3l. sterling_
+per diem _demurage, nor must the ship stop above eight days more; so
+that I am unable to engage in this work, unless I would leave the ship,
+and be reduced to my former condition._ The priest, though he owned this
+was hard upon me, yet laid it to my conscience, whether the blessing of
+saving seven and thirty souls was not worth venturing all that I had in
+the world? _Sir,_ said I, _it is very true; but as you are an
+ecclesiastic, it naturally falls into your profession: why, therefore,
+don't you rather offer to undertake it yourself than press me to it?_
+upon this he turned about, making a very low bow, "I most humbly thank
+God and you, Sir, (said he) for so blessed a call; and most willingly
+undertake so glorious an office, which will sufficiently compensate all
+the hazards and difficulties I have gone through in a long and
+uncomfortable voyage."
+
+While he was thus speaking, I could discover a rapture in his face, by
+his colour going and coming; at the same time his eyes sparkled like
+fire, and all the signs of the most zealous transports. And when I asked
+whether he was in earnest? _Sir,_ said he, _it was to preach to the
+Indians I consented to come along with you; these infidels, even in this
+little island, are infinitely of more worth than my poor life: if so
+that I should prove the happy instrument of saving these poor creatures'
+souls, I care not if I never see my native country again. One thing I
+only beg of you more is, that you would leave Friday with me, to be my
+interpreter, without whose assistance neither of us will understand
+each other._
+
+This request very sensibly troubled me; first, upon Friday's being bred
+a Protestant; and secondly, for the affection I bore to him for his
+fidelity: But, immediately the remembrance of Friday's father coming
+into my head, I recommended him to him as having learned Spanish, which
+the priest also understood; and so was thoroughly satisfied with him.
+
+When we came to the Englishmen, after I had told them what necessary
+things I had done for them, I talked to them of the scandalous life they
+led, told them what notice the clergyman had taken of it, and asked them
+if they were married men or bachelors? They answered, two of them were
+widowers, and the other three single men. But, said I, with what
+conscience can you call these your wives, by whom you have so many
+children, and yet are not lawfully married? They all said that they took
+them before the governor as such, having nobody else to marry them,
+which they thought as legal, as if they had had a parson. No doubt, said
+I, but in the eye of God it is so: but unless I am assured of your
+honest intent, never to desert these poor creatures, I can do nothing
+more for you, neither can you expect God's blessing while you live in
+such an open course of adultery. Hereupon, Will Atkins, who spoke for
+the rest, told me 'That they believed their wives the most innocent and
+virtuous creatures in the world; that they would never forsake them
+while they had breath; and that, if there was a clergyman in the ship,
+they would be married to them with all their hearts.' I told you before,
+said I, that I have a minister with me, who shall marry you to-morrow
+morning, if you are willing; so I would have you consult to-night with
+the rest about it. I told him the clergyman was a Frenchman, and knew
+not a word of English, but that I would act as clerk between them. And
+indeed this business met with such speedy success, that they all told
+me, in a few minutes after, 'that they were ready to be formally married
+as soon as I pleased;' with which informing the priest, he was
+exceedingly rejoiced.
+
+Nothing now remained, but that the women should be made sensible of the
+meaning of the thing; with which being well satisfied, they with their
+husbands attended at my apartment the next morning; there was my priest,
+habited in a black vest, something like a cassock, with a sash round it;
+much resembling a minister, and I was his interpreter. But the
+seriousness of his behaviour, and the scruples he made of marrying the
+women, who were not baptized, gave them, an exceeding reverence for his
+person: nor indeed would he marry them at all, till he obtained my
+liberty to discourse both with the men and women, and then he told them,
+'That in the sight of all indifferent men, and in the sense of the laws
+of society, they had lived in open adultery, which nothing new, but
+their consent to marry, or final separation, could put an end to; and
+even here was a difficulty with respect to the laws of Christian
+matrimony, in marrying a professed Christian to a heathen idolater,
+unbaptized; but yet there was time enough to make them profess the name
+of Christ, without which nothing could be done; that, besides, he
+believed themselves very indifferent Christians; and consequently had
+not discoursed with their wives upon that subject; and that unless they
+promised him to do so, he could not marry them, as being expressly
+forbidden by the laws of God.'
+
+All this they heard attentively, and owned readily.
+
+_But, Lord, Sir,_ said Will Atkins to me _how could we teach them
+religion, who know nothing of it ourselves? How can we talk to our wives
+of God, Jesus Christ, heaven, and hell? Why they would only laugh at us,
+who never yet have practiced religion, but on the contrary all manner of
+wickedness. Will Atkins,_ said I, _cannot you tell your wife she is in
+the wrong, and that her gods are idols, which can neither speak nor
+understand; but that our God, who has made, can destroy all things; that
+he rewards the good and punishes the wicked; and at last will bring us
+to judgment; cannot you tell her these things? That's true,_ said
+Atkins, _but then she'll tell me it is utterly false, since I am not
+punished and sent to the devil, who hath been such a wicked creature._
+These words I interpreted to the priest. "Oh!" said he, "tell him, his
+repentance will make him a very good minister to his spouse, and qualify
+him to preach on the mercy and long suffering of a merciful Being, who
+desires not the death of a sinner, and even defers damnation to the last
+judgment; this will lead him to the doctrine of the resurrection and
+will make him an excellent preacher to his wife." I repeated this to
+Atkins, who being more than ordinary affected with it, replied, _I know
+all this, Sir, and a great deal more; but how can I have the impudence
+to talk thus to my wife, given my conscience witnesses against me?
+Alas!_ said he (with tears in his eye, and giving a great sigh) _as for
+repenting, that is for ever past me. Past you! Atkins,_ said I, _what do
+you mean? You know well enough,_ said he, _what I mean, I mean it is
+too late._
+
+When I told the priest what he said, the poor affectionate man could not
+refrain from weeping; but recovering himself "Pray, Sir," said he, "ask
+him if he is contented that it is too late; or is he concerned, and
+wishes it were not so?" This question I put fairly to Atkins, who
+replied in a passion, _How can I be easy in a state which I know must
+terminate in my ruin? for I really believe, some time or other, I shall
+cut my threat, to put a period both to my life, and to the terrors of my
+conscience._
+
+At this, the clergyman shook his head, "Sir," said he, "pray tell him it
+is not too late; Christ will give him repentance, if he has recourse to
+the merit of his passion. Does he think he is beyond the power of Divine
+mercy? There may indeed be a time when provoked mercy will no longer
+strive, but never too late for men to repent in this world." I told
+Atkins every word the priest had said, who then parted from us to walk
+with his wife, while we discoursed with the rest. But these were very
+stupid in religious matters; yet all of them promised to do their
+endeavours to make their wives turn Christians; and upon which promises
+the priest married the three couple. But as Atkins was the only sincere
+convert and of more sense than the rest, my clergyman was earnestly
+inquiring after him: "Sir," said he, "let us walk out of this labyrinth,
+& I dare say we shall find this poor man preaching to his wife already."
+And indeed we found it true; for coming to the edge of the wood, we
+perceived Atkins and his savage wife sitting under the shade of a bush,
+in very earnest discourse; he pointed to the sun, to the quarters of the
+earth, to himself, to her, the woods, and the trees. Immediately we
+could perceive him start upon his feet, fall down upon his knees, and
+lift up both his hands; at which the tears ran down my clergyman's
+cheeks; but our great misfortune was, we could not hear one word that
+passed between them. Another time he would embrace her, wiping the tears
+from her eyes, kissing her with the greatest transports, and then both
+kneel down for some minutes together. Such raptures of joy did this
+confirm in my young priest, that he could scarcely contain himself: And
+a little after this, we observed by her motion, as frequently lifting up
+her hands, and laying them on her breast, that she was mightily affected
+with his discourse, and so they withdrew from our sight.
+
+When we came back, we found them both waiting to be called in; upon
+which he agreed to examine him alone, and so I began thus to discourse
+him. "Prithee, Will Atkins," said I, "what education have you? What was
+your father?"
+
+_W.A._ A better man than ever I shall be; he was, Sir, a clergyman, who
+gave me good instruction, or correction, which I despised like a brute
+as I was, and murdered my poor father.
+
+_Pr._ Ha! a murderer!
+
+[_Here the priest started and looked pale, as thinking he had really
+killed his father_.]
+
+_R.C._ What, did you kill him with your hands?
+
+_W.A._ No, Sir, I cut not his throat, but broke his heart by the most
+unnatural turn of disobedience to the tenderest and best of fathers.
+
+_R.C._ Well, I pray God grant you repentance: I did not ask you to
+exhort a confession; but I asked you because I see you have more
+knowledge of what is good than your companions.
+
+_W.A._ O Sir, whenever I look back upon my past life, conscience
+upbraids me with my father: the sins against our parents make the
+deepest wounds, and their weight lies the heaviest upon the mind.
+
+_R.C._ You talk, Will, too feelingly and sensibly for me; I am not able
+to bear it.
+
+_W.A._ You bear it, Sir! you know nothing of it.
+
+_R.C._ But yes, Atkins, I do; and every shore, valley, and tree in this
+island, witness the anguish of my soul for my undutifulness to my kind
+father, whom I have murdered likewise; yet my repentance falls
+infinitely short of yours. But, Will, how comes the sense of this matter
+to touch you just now?
+
+_W.A._ Sir, the work you have set me about, has occasioned it; for
+talking to my wife about God and religion, she has preached me such a
+sermon, that I shall retain it in lasting remembrance.
+
+_R.C._ No, no, it is your own moving pious arguments to her, has made
+conscience fling them back upon you. But pray, Atkins, inform us what
+passed between you and your wife, and in what manner you did begin.
+
+_W.A._ I talked to her of the laws of marriage, the reason of such
+compacts, whereby order and justice is maintained; without which men
+would run from their wives and children, to the dissolution of families
+or inheritances.
+
+_R.C._ Well, and what did she say to all this?
+
+_W.A._ Sir, we began our discourse in the following manner, which I
+shall exactly repeat according to my mean capacity, if you think it
+worth you while to honour it with your attention.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_The DIALOGUE between WILL ATKINS and his Wife in the wood._
+
+_Wife._ You tell me marriage God appoint, have you God in your country?
+
+_W.A._ Yes, child, God is in every nation.
+
+_Wife._ No; great old Benamuckee God is in my country, not yours.
+
+_A._ My dear, God is in heaven, which he made; he also made the earth,
+the sea and all that is therein.
+
+_Wife._ Why you no tell me much long ago?
+
+_A._ My dear I have been a wicked wretch, having a long time lived
+without the knowledge of God in the world.
+
+_Wife._ What, not know great God in own nation? No do good ting? No say
+O to him? that's strange!
+
+_A._ But, my dear, many live as if there was no God in heaven for all
+that.
+
+_Wife._ Why God suffer them? why makee not live well?
+
+_A._ It is our own faults, child.
+
+_Wife._ But if he is much great, can makee kill, why no makee kill when
+no serve him? No be good mans, no cry O to him?
+
+_A._ That's true, my dear, he may strike us dead, but his abundant mercy
+spareth us.
+
+_Wife._ Did not you tell God thanked for that?
+
+_A._ No, I have neither thanked him for his mercy, nor feared him for
+his power.
+
+_Wife._ Then me not believe your God be good, nor makee kill, when you
+makee him angry.
+
+_A._ Alas! must my wicked life hinder you from believing in him?
+
+_Wife_. How can me tink your God lives there? _(pointing to heaven.)_
+Sure he no ken what you do here.
+
+_A._ Yes, my dear, he hears us speak, sees what we do, and knows what we
+even think.
+
+_Wife._ Where then makee power strong, when he hears you curse, swear de
+great damn?
+
+_A._ My dear, this shows indeed he is a God and not a man who has such
+tender mercy.
+
+_Wife._ Mercy I what you call mercy?
+
+_A._ He pities and spares us: as he is our great Creator, so he is also
+our tender Father.
+
+_Wife._ So God never angry, never kill wicked, then he no good, no great
+mighty.
+
+_A._ O my dear, don't say so, he is both; and many times he shows
+terrible examples of his judgment and vengeance.
+
+_Wife._ Then you makee de bargain with him; you do bad ting, he no hurt
+you, he hurt other mans.
+
+_A._ No, indeed, my lips are all presumptions upon his goodness.
+
+_Wife._ Well, and yet no makee you dead; and you give him no tankee
+neither?
+
+_A._ It is true, I an ungrateful, unthankful dog, that I am.
+
+_Wife._ Why, you say, he makee you, why makee you no much better then?
+
+_A._ It is I alone that have deformed myself, and abused his goodness.
+
+_Wife._ Pray makee God know me, me no makee him angry, no do bad ting.
+
+_A._ You mean, my dear, that you desire I would teach you to know God:
+alas! poor dear creature, he must teach thee, and not I. But I'll pray
+earnestly to him to direct thee, and to forgive me, a miserable sinner.
+_(Hereupon he went a little distance, and kneeling down, prayed
+earnestly to God to enlighten her mind, and to pardon his sins; when
+this was done, they continued their discourse thus.)_
+
+_Wife._ What you put down knee for? For what hold up hand? Who you speak
+to?
+
+_A._ My dear, I bowed in token of submission to him that made me, and
+prayed that he would open your eyes and understanding.
+
+_Wife._ And can he do that too? And will he hear what you say?
+
+_A._ Yes, my dear, he bids us pray, and has given us promise that he
+will hear us.
+
+_Wife._ When did he bid you pray? What I do you hear him speak?
+
+_A._ No, my dear, but God has spoken formerly to good men from heaven;
+and by divine revelation they have written all his laws down in a book.
+
+_Wife_. O where dat good book?
+
+_A_. I have it not now by me; but one time or other I shall get it for
+you to read. _Then he embraced her with great affection_.
+
+_Wife_. Pray tell a mee, did God, teachee them write that book?
+
+_A_. Yes, and by that rule we know him to be God.
+
+_Wife_. What way, what rule you know him?
+
+_A_. Because he teaches what is good, just, and holy; and forbids all
+wicked and abominable actions that incur his displeasure.
+
+_Wife_. O me fain understand that, and if he do all things you say he
+do, surely he hear me say O to him; he makee me good if I wish to be
+good, he no kill me if I love him; me tink, believe him great God; me
+say O to him, along with you, my dear.
+
+_Here the poor man fell upon his knees, and made her kneel down by him
+praying with the greatest fervency, that God would instruct her by his
+Holy Spirit; and that God by his providence would send them a Bible for
+both their instructions. And such was the early piety of this new
+convert, that she made him promise never to forsake God any more, lest
+being_ made dead, _as she called it; she should not only want her
+instructor, but himself be miserable in a long eternity_.
+
+Such a surprising account as this was, proved very affecting to us both,
+but particularly to the young clergyman, who was mightily concerned he
+could not talk to her himself. "Sir," said he, "there, is something more
+to be done to this woman then to marry her; I mean that she ought to be
+baptized." To this, I presently agreed: "Pray," said he, "ask her
+husband, whether he has ever talked to her of Jesus Christ, the
+salvation of sinners, the nature of faith, and redemption in and by him,
+of the Holy Spirit, the resurection, last judgment, and a future state;"
+but the poor fellow melted into tears at this question, saying, that he
+had said something to her of these things, but his inability to talk of
+them, made him afraid, lest her knowledge of them should rather make her
+contemn religion, than be benefited by it; but that if I would discourse
+with her, it would be very evident my labour would not be in vain.
+Accordingly I called her in, and placing myself as interpreter between
+the religious priest and the woman, I entreated him to go on; but surely
+never was such a sermon preached by any clergyman in these latter days,
+with so much zeal, knowledge, and sincerity; in short, he brought the
+woman to embrace the knowledge of Christ, and of redemption by him, with
+so surprising a degree of understanding, that she made it her own
+request to be baptized.
+
+He than performed his office in the sacrament of baptism, first, by
+saying some words over to himself in Latin, and then asking me to give
+her a name, as being her godfather, and pouring a whole dish-full of
+water upon the woman's head, he said, "_Mary_, I baptize thee in the
+name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost;" so that none
+could know of what religion he was. After this he pronounced the
+benediction in Latin. Thus the woman being made a Christian, he married
+her to Will Atkins; which being finished, he affectionately exhorted him
+to lead a holy life for the future; and since the Almighty, for the
+convictions of his conscience, had honoured him to be the instrument or
+his wife's conversion, he should not dishonor the grace of God, that
+while the savage was converted, the instrument should be cast away. Thus
+ended a ceremony, to me the most pleasant and agreeable I ever passed
+in my life.
+
+The affairs of the island being settled, I was preparing to go on board,
+when the young man (whose mother was starved) came to me, saying, that
+as he understood I had a clergyman with me, who had married the
+Englishmen with savages, he had a match to make between two Christians,
+which he desired might be finished before I departed. Thinking that it
+was he himself that had courted his mother's maid, I persuaded him not
+to do any thing rashly upon the account of his solitary circumstances;
+that the maid was an unequal match for him, both in respect to substance
+and years; and that it was very probable he would live to return to his
+own country, where he might have a far better choice. At these words,
+smiling, he interrupted me, thanking me for my good-advice; that as he
+had nothing to beg of me but a small settlement, with a servant or two,
+or some new necessaries, so he hoped I would not be unmindful of him
+when I returned to England, but give his letter to his friends; and that
+when he was redeemed, the plantation, and all its improvements, however
+valuable, should be returned to me again. But as for the marriage he
+proposed, that it was not himself, but that it was between my
+Jack-of-all-trades and the maid Susan.
+
+I was indeed agreeably surprised at the mentioning this match, which
+seemed very suitable, the one being a very ingenious fellow, and the
+other an excellent, dexterous, and sensible housewife, fit to be
+governess of the whole island; so we married them the same day; and as I
+was her father, and gave her away, so I gave her a handsome portion,
+appointing her and her husband a convenient large space of ground for
+their plantation. The sharing out of the land I left to Will Atkins, who
+really divided if very justly, to every person's satisfaction; they only
+desired one general writing under my hand for the whole, which I caused
+to be drawn up, signed, and sealed to them, setting out their bounds,
+and giving them a right to the whole possession of their respective
+plantations, with their improvements, to them and their heirs, reserving
+all the rest of the island as my own property, and a certain rent for
+every particular plantation, after eleven years. As to their laws and
+government, I exhorted them to love one another; and as to the Indians
+who lived in a nook by themselves, I allotted three or four of them
+plantations, and the rest willingly chose to become servants to the
+other families, by which means they were employed in useful labour, and
+fared much better than they did before. Besides the savages thus mixed
+with the Christians, the work of their conversion might be set on foot
+by the latter, in the clergyman's absence, to our equal satisfaction.
+The young priest, however, was a little anxious lest the Christians
+should not be willing to do their parts in instructing these poor
+Indians; I therefore told him we should call them all together; that he
+should speak to the Spaniards who were Papists, and I to the English,
+who were Protestants, and make them promise that they would never make
+any distinction in religion, but teach the general true knowledge of
+God, and his son Jesus Christ, in order to convert the poor savages. And
+this, indeed, they all promised us accordingly.
+
+When I came to Will Atkins's house, I found his baptized wife, and the
+young woman newly married to my Jack-of-all-trades, were become great
+intimates, and discoursing of religion together. _O, Sir,_ says Will
+Atkins, _when God has sinners to reconcile to himself, he never wants an
+instructor; I knew I was unworthy of so good a work, and therefore this
+young woman has been sent hither as it were from heaven, who is
+sufficient to convert a whole nation of savages_. The young woman
+blushed, and was going to rise; but I desired her to sit still, and
+hoped that God would bless her in so good a work; and then pulling out a
+Bible (which I brought on purpose in my pocket for him.) _Here Atkins_,
+said I, _here is an assistant that perhaps you had not before_. So
+confounded was the poor man, that is was some time before he could
+speak; at last turning to his wife, _My dear_, he said, _did I not tell
+you that God could hear what we said? Here's the book I prayed for, when
+you and I kneeled under the bush: God then heard us, and now has sent
+it_. The woman was surprised, and thought really God had sent that
+individual book from heaven; but I turned to the young woman, and
+desired her to explain to the young convert, that God may properly be
+said to answer our petitions, when, in the course of his providence,
+such particular things came to pass as we petitioned for. This the young
+woman did effectually; but surely Will Atkins's joy cannot be expressed;
+no man being more thankful for any thing in the world, than he was for
+his Bible, nor desired it from a better principle.
+
+After several religious discourses, I desired the young woman to give me
+an account of the anguish she felt when she was starving to death with
+hunger; to which she readily consented, and began in the
+following manner:
+
+"Sir," said she, "all our victuals being gone, after I had fasted one
+day, my stomach was very sickly, and, at the approach, of night, I was
+inclined to yawning and sleepy. When I slept upon the couch three hours,
+I awaked a little refreshed: three hours after, my stomach being more
+and more sickly, I lay down again, but could not sleep, being very faint
+and ill. Thus I passed the second day with a strange variety, first
+hungry, then sick again, with reachings to vomit: that night I dreamed I
+was at Barbadoes, buying plenty of provisions; and dined heartily. But
+when I awaked, my spirits were exceedingly sunk, to find myself in the
+extremity of famine. There was but one glass of wine, which being mixed
+with sugar, I drank up; but for want of substance to digest upon, the
+fumes of it got into my head, & made me senseless for some time. The
+third day I was so ravenous and furious, that I could have eaten a
+little child if it had come in my way; during which time, I was as mad
+as any creature in Bedlam. In one of these fits I fell down, and struck
+my face against the corner of a pallet bed, where my mistress lay; the
+blood gushed out of my nose, but by my excessive bleeding, both the
+violence of the fever, and the ravenous part of the hunger abated. After
+this, I grew sick again, strove to vomit, but could not; then bleeding a
+second time, I swooned away as dead; when I came to myself, I had a
+dreadful gnawing pain in my stomach, which went of towards night, with a
+longing desire for food. I took a draught of water and sugar, but it
+came up again; then I drank water without sugar, and that staid with me.
+I laid me down on the bed, praying God would take me away: after I had
+slumbered, I thought myself a-dying, therefore recommended my soul to
+God, and wished somebody would throw me into the sea. All this while my
+departing mistress lay by me: the last bit of bread she had, she gave to
+her dear child my young master. The morning after, I fell into a violent
+passion of crying, and after that into hunger. I espied the blood that
+came from my nose in a basin, which I immediately swallowed up. At night
+I had the usual variations, as the pain in the stomach, sick, sleepy,
+and ravenous: and I had no thought but that I should die before morning.
+In the morning came on terrible gripings in my bowels. At this time I
+heard my young master's lamentations, by which I understood his mother
+was dead. Soon after this, the sailors cried, _A sail! A sail!_
+hallooing as if they were distracted for joy of that relief, which
+afterwards we received from your hands."
+
+Surely never was a more distinct account of starving to death than this.
+But to return to the disposition of things among my people, I did not
+take any notice to them of the sloop that I had framed, neither would I
+leave them the two pieces of brass cannon, or the two quarter-deck guns
+that I had on board, lest, upon any disgust, they should have separated,
+or turned pirates, and so made the island a den of thieves, instead of
+a plantation of sober pious people: but leaving them in a flourishing
+condition, with a promise to send them further relief, from Brazil, as
+sheep, hogs, and cows (being obliged to kill the latter at sea, having
+no hay to feed them) I went on board the ship again, the first of May,
+1695, after having been twenty days among them: and next morning, giving
+them a salute of five guns at parting, we set sail for the Brazils. The
+third day, towards evening, there happening a calm, and the current
+being very strong, we were drove to the N.N.E. towards the land. Some
+hours after, we perceived the sea covered as it were with something very
+black, not easily at first to be discovered: upon which our chief mate
+ascending the shrouds a little way, and taking a view with a perspective
+glass, he cries out, _An army! An army! You fool_, said I, _what do you
+mean? Nay, Sir_, said he, _don't be angry. I assure you, it is not only
+an army, but a fleet, too, for I believe there are a thousand canoes
+paddling along, and making with great haste towards us_.
+
+Indeed every one of us were surprised at this relation; and my nephew
+the captain could not tell what to think of it, but thought we should
+all be devoured. Nor was I free from concern, when I considered how much
+we were becalmed, and what a strong current set towards the shore;
+however, I encouraged him not to be afraid, but bring the ship to an
+anchor as soon as we were certain that we must engage them. Accordingly
+we did so, and furled all our sails, as to the savages we feared
+nothing, but only that they might se the ship on fire; to prevent which,
+I ordered them to get their boats out, and fasten them, one close by the
+head, and the other by the stern, well manned, with skeets and buckets
+to extinguish the flames, should it so happen. The savages soon came up
+with us, but there were not so many as the mate had said, for instead of
+a thousand canoes there were only one hundred and twenty; too many
+indeed for us, several of their canoes containing about sixteen or
+seventeen men.
+
+As they approached us, they seemed to be in the greatest amazement, not
+knowing what to make of us. They rowed round the ship, which occasioned
+us to call to the men in the boats, not to suffer them to come near
+them. Hereupon they beckoned to the savages to keep back, which they
+accordingly did; but at their retreat they let fly about fifty arrows
+among us, and very much wounded one of our men in the long-boat. I
+called to them not to fire upon any account, but handing them down some
+deal boards, the carpenters made them a kind of fence to shield them
+from the arrows. In half an hour after they came so near astern of us,
+that we had a perfect sight of them; then they rowed a little farther
+out, till they came directly along-side of us, and then approached so
+near, that they could hear us speak; this made me order all our men to
+keep close, and get their guns ready. In the mean time I ordered Friday
+to go out upon deck, and ask them in his language what they meant. No
+sooner did he do so, but six of the savages, who were in the foremost
+canoes, stooping down, showed us their naked backsides, as much as to
+say in English, _Kiss our_----: but Friday quickly knew what this meant,
+by immediately crying out they were going to shoot; unfortunately for
+him, poor creature, who fell under the cloud of three hundred arrows, no
+less than seven piercing through his body, killing one of the best
+servants, and faithfullest of companions in all my solitudes and
+afflictions.
+
+So enraged was I at the death of poor Friday, that the guns, which
+before were charged only with powder, to frighten them, I ordered to be
+loaded with small shot; nor did the gunners fail in their aim, but at
+this broadside split and overset thirteen or fourteen of their canoes,
+which killed numbers of them, and set the rest a swimming, the others,
+frightened out of their wits, little regarding their fellows drowning,
+scoured away as fast as they could. One poor wretch our people took up,
+swimming for his life, an hour after. He was very sullen at first, to
+that he would neither eat nor speak; but I took a way to cure him, by
+ordering them to throw him into the sea, which they did, and then he
+came swimming back like a cork, calling in his tongue, as I suppose, to
+save him. So we took him on board, but it was a long time before we
+could make him speak or understand English; yet when we had taught him,
+he told us, 'they were going with their kings to fight a great battle;'
+and when we asked him, what made them come up to us? he said, _to makee
+de great wonder look_; where it is to be noted, that those natives, and
+those of Africa, always add to _e_'s at the end of English words, as
+_makee, takee_, and the like, from which it is very difficult thing to
+make them break off.
+
+Being now under sail, we took our last farewell of poor honest Friday,
+and interred him with all possible decency and solemnity, putting him in
+a coffin, and committing him to the deep, at the same time cauling
+eleven guns to be fired at him. Thus ended the life of one of the most
+grateful, faithful, honest, and affectionate servants, that ever any man
+was blessed with in the world.
+
+Having now a fair wind for Brazil, in about twelve days time we made
+land in the latitude of five degrees south of the line. Four days we
+kept on S. by E. in sight of shore, when we made Cape St. Augustin, and
+in three days we came up to an anchor off the Bay of all Saints. I had
+great difficulty here to get leave to hold correspondence on shore; for
+neither the figure of my partner, my two merchant trustees, nor the fame
+of my wonderful preservation in the island, could procure me the favour,
+till such time as the prior of the monastery of the Augustines (to
+whom I had given 500 moidores) obtained leave from the Governor, for me
+personally, with the Captain & one more, together with eight sailors, to
+come on shore; upon this condition, that we should not land any goods
+out of the ship, nor carry any person away without licence; I found
+means, however, to get on shore three bales of English goods, such as
+fine broad cloths, stuffs, and some linen, which I brought as a present
+for my partner, who had sent me on board a present of fresh provisions,
+wine and sweetmeats, worth about thirty moidores, including some
+tobacco, and three or four fine gold medals.
+
+[Illustration: Revenging the death of Friday.]
+
+Here I delivered my partner in goods to the value of 100£ sterling, and
+obliged him to fit up the sloop I bought for the use of my island, in
+order to send them refreshments; and so active was he in this matter,
+that he had the vessel finished in a few days, to the master of which I
+gave particular instructions to find the place. I soon loaded him with a
+small cargo; and one of our sailors offered to settle there, upon my
+letter to the Spanish governor, if I would allot him tools and a
+plantation. This I willingly granted, and gave him the savage we had
+taken prisoner to be his slave. All things being ready for the voyage,
+my old partner told me there was an acquaintance of his, a Brazil
+planter, who having fallen under the displeasure of the church, & in
+fear of the Inquisition which obliged him to be concealed, would be glad
+of such an opportunity to make his escape, with his wife & two
+daughters; & if I would allot them a plantation in my island, he would
+give them a small stock to begin with, for that the officers had already
+seized his effects and estate, and left him nothing but a little
+household stuff and two slaves. This request I presently granted,
+concealing him and his family on board our ship, till such time as the
+sloop (where all the effects were) was gone out of the bay, and then we
+put them on board, who carried some materials, and plants for planting
+sugar-canes, along with them. By this sloop, among other things, I sent
+my subjects three milch cows and five calves, about 22 hogs, three sows
+big with pig, two mares and a stone horse. I also engaged three Portugal
+women to go for sake of the Spaniards, which, with the persecuted man's
+two daughters, were sufficient, since the rest had wives of their own,
+though in another country; all which cargo arrived safe, no doubt to
+their exceeding comfort, who, with this addition, were about sixty or
+seventy people, besides children.
+
+At this place, my truly honest and pious clergyman left me; for a ship
+being ready to set sail for Lisbon, he asked me leave to go thither, but
+I assure you it was with the greatest reluctance I parted from a person,
+whose virtue and piety merited the greatest esteem.
+
+From the Brazils, we made directly over the Atlantic Ocean to the Cape
+of Good Hope, having a tolerable good voyage, steering for the most part
+S.E. We were on a trading voyage, and had a supercargo on board, who
+was to direct all the ship's motions after she arrived at the Cape, only
+being limited to a certain number of days, for stay, by charter party,
+at the several ports she was to go to. At the Cape we only took in fresh
+water, and then sailed for the coast of Coromandel; we were there
+informed, that a French man of war of 50 guns, and two large merchant
+ships were sailed for the Indies, but we heard no more of them.
+
+In our passage, we touched at the island of Madagascar, where, though
+the inhabitants are naturally fierce and treacherous, & go constantly
+armed with bows & lances, yet for some time they treated us civily
+enough; and, in exchange for knives, scisors, and other trifles, they
+brought us eleven good fat bullocks, which we took partly for present
+victuals, and the remainder to salt for the ship's use.
+
+So curious was I to view every corner of the world where I came to, that
+I went on shore as often as I could. One evening when on shore, we
+observed numbers of the people stand gazing at us at a distance. We
+thought ourselves in no danger, as they had hitherto used us kindly.
+However, we cut three boughs cut of a tree, sticking them at a distance
+from us, which it seems, in that country, is not only a token of truce
+and amity, but when poles or boughs are set up on the other side, it is
+a sign the truce is accepted. In these treaties, however, there is one
+principal thing to be regarded, that neither party come beyond one
+another's three poles or boughs; so that the middle space is not only
+secure, but is also allowed as a market for traffic and commerce. When
+the truce is thus accepted, they stick up their javelins and lances at
+the first poles, and come on unarmed; but if any violence is offered,
+away they run to their poles, take up their weapons, and then the truce
+is at an end. This evening it happened that a greater number of people
+than usual, both men and women, traded among us for such toys as we had,
+with such great civility, that we made us a little tent, of large boughs
+of trees, some of the men resolving to lie on shore all night; but, for
+my part, I and some others took our lodging in the boat, with boughs of
+trees spread over it, having a sail spread at the bottom to lie upon.
+About two o'clock in the morning we were awakened by the firing of
+muskets, and our men crying out for help, or else they would all be
+murdered. Scarce had we time to get the boat ashore, when our men came
+plunging themselves into the water, with about four hundred of the
+islanders at their heels. We took up seven of the men, three of them
+very much wounded, and one left behind killed, while the enemy poured
+their arrows so thick among us, that we were forced to make a barricade,
+with boards lying at the side of the boat, to shield us from danger:
+and, having got ready our fire-arms, we returned them a volley, which
+wounded several of them, as we could hear by their cries. In this
+condition we lay till break of day, and then making signals of distress
+to the ship, which my nephew the captain heard and understood, he
+weighed anchor, & stood as near the shore as possible, and then sent
+another boat with ten hands in her to assist us; but we called to them
+not to come near, informing them of our unhappy condition. However they
+ventured; when one of the men taking the end of a tow-line in one hand,
+and keeping our boat between him and our adversaries, swam to us, and
+slipping our cables, they towed us, out of reach of their arrows, and
+quickly after a broadside was given them from the ship, which made a
+most dreadful havoc among them. When we got on board, we examined into
+the occasion of this fray. The men who fled informed us that an old
+woman who sold milk within the poles, had brought a young woman with
+her, who carried roots or herbs, the sight of whom so much tempted our
+men, that they offered rudeness to the maid, at which the old woman set
+up a great cry: nor would the sailors part with the prize, but carried
+her among the trees, while the old woman went, and brought a whole army
+down upon them. At the beginning of the attack, one of our men was
+killed with a lance, and the fellow who began the mischief, paid dear
+enough for his mistress, though as yet we did not know what had become
+of him; the rest luckily escaped. The third night after the action,
+being curious to understand how affairs stood, I took the supercargo and
+twenty stout fellows with me, and landed about two hours before
+midnight, at the same place where those Indians stood the night before,
+and there we divided our men into two bodies, the boatswain commanding
+one, and I another. It was so dark, that we could see nobody, neither
+did we hear any voice near us: but by & bye the boatswain falling over a
+dead body, we agreed to halt till the moon should rise, which he knew
+would be in an hour after. We perceived here no fewer than two and
+thirty bodies upon the ground, whereof two were not quite dead.
+Satisfied with this discovery I was for going on board again; but the
+boatswain and the rest told me, they would make a visit to the Indian
+town, where these dogs (so they called them) resided, asking me at the
+same time to go along with them; for they did not doubt, besides getting
+a good booty, but they should find Tom Jeffery there, for that was the
+unhappy man we missed. But I utterly refused to go, and commanded them
+back, being unwilling to hazard their lives, as the safety of the ship
+wholly depended upon them. Notwithstanding all I could say to them, they
+all left me but one, and the supercargo; so we three returned to the
+boat, where a boy was left, resolving to stay till they returned. At
+parting I told them I supposed most of them would run the same fate with
+Tom Jeffery. To this they replied, _Come boys, come along, we'll warrant
+we'll come off safe enough_; and so away they went, notwithstanding all
+my admonitions, either concerning their own safety or the preservation
+of the ship. Indeed they were gallantly armed, every man having a
+musket, bayonet, and a pistol, besides cutlasses, hangers, pole-axes,
+and hand granades. They came to a few Indian houses at first, which not
+being the town they expected they went farther, & finding a cow tied to
+a tree, they concluded that she would be a sufficient guide, and so it
+proved; for, after they untied her, she led them directly to the town,
+which consisted of above two hundred houses, several families living in
+some of the huts together. At their arrival, all being in a profound
+sleep, the sailors agreed to divide themselves into three bodies, and
+set three parts of the town on fire at once, to kill those that were
+escaping, and plunder the rest of the houses. Thus desperately resolved,
+they went to work; but the first party had not gone far, before they
+called out to the rest, that they had found Tom Jeffery; whereupon they
+all ran up to the place, and found the poor fellow indeed hanging up
+naked by one arm, and his throat almost cut from ear to ear. In a house
+that was hard by the tree, they found sixteen or seventeen Indians, who
+had been concerned in the fray, two or three of them being wounded, were
+not gone to sleep: this house they set on fire first, and in a few
+minutes after, five or six places more in the town appeared in flames.
+The conflagration spread like wild-fire, their housing being all of
+wood, and covered with flags or rushes. The poor affrighted inhabitants
+endeavoured to run out to save their lives, but they were driven back
+into the flames by the sailors, and killed without mercy. At the first
+house above mentioned, after the boatswain had slain two with his
+pole-ax, he threw a hand-granade into the house, which bursting, made a
+terrible havoc, killing and wounding most of them; and their king and
+most of his train, who were then in that house, fell victims to their
+fury, every creature of them being either smothered or burnt. All this
+while they never fired a gun, lest the people should awaken faster than
+they could overpower them. But the fire awakened them fast enough, which
+obliged our fellows to keep together in bodies. By this time the whole
+town was in a flame, yet their fury rather increased, calling out to one
+another to remember Tom Jeffery. The terrible light of this
+conflagration made me very uneasy, and roused my nephew the captain, and
+the rest of his men, who knew nothing of the matter. When he perceived
+the dreadful smoke, and heard the guns go off, he readily concluded his
+men were in danger; he therefore takes another boat, and comes ashore
+himself, with thirteen men well armed. He was greatly surprised to see
+me and only two men in the boat, but more so when I told him the story:
+but though I argued with him, as I did with the men, about the danger
+of the voyage, the interests of the merchants and owners, and the
+safety of the ship, yet my nephew, like the rest, declared, that he
+would rather lose the ship, his voyage, his life and all, than his men
+should be lost for want of help; and so away he went. For my part,
+seeing him resolved to go, I had not power to stay behind. He ordered
+the pinnace back again for twelve men more, and then we marched directly
+as the flame guided us. But surely never was such a scene of horror
+beheld, or more dismal cries heard, except when Oliver Cromwell took
+Drogheda in Ireland, where he neither spared man, woman, nor child.
+
+The first object, I think, we met with, was the ruins of one of their
+habitations, before which lay four men and three woman killed, and two
+more burnt to death among the fire, which was now decaying. Nothing
+could appear more barbarous than this revenge; none more cruel than the
+authors of it. As we went on, the fire increased, and the cry proceeded
+in proportion. We had not gone much farther, when we beheld three naked
+women, followed by sixteen or seventeen men, flying with the greatest
+swiftness from our men, who shot one of them in our sight. When they
+perceived us, whom they supposed also their murderers, they set up a
+most dreadful shriek, and both of them swooned away in the fright. This
+was a sight which might have softened the hardest heart; and in pity we
+took some ways to let them know we would not hurt them, while the poor
+creatures with bended knees, and lifted up hands, made piteous
+lamentations to us to save their lives. I ordered our men not to hunt
+any of the poor creatures whatsoever; but being willing to understand
+the occasion of all this, I went among these unhappy wretches, who
+neither understood me, nor the good I meant them. However being resolved
+to put an end to this barbarity, I ordered the men to follow me. We had
+not gone fifty yards before we came up with the boatswain, with four of
+our men at his heels, all of them covered with blood and dust, and in
+search of more people to satiate their vengeance. As soon as we saw
+them, we called out, and made them understand who we were; upon which
+they came up to us, setting up a holloo of triumph, in token that more
+help was come. _Noble Captain_, said he to my nephew, _I'm glad your
+come: we have not half done with these villainous hell-hound dogs;
+wee'll root out the very nation of them from the earth, and kill more
+than poor Tom has hairs upon his head:_ and thus he went on till I
+interrupted him.--"Blood-thirsty dog," said I, "will your cruelty never
+end? I charge you touch not one creature more; stop your hands and stand
+still, or you're a dead man this moment." _Why Sir_, said he, _you
+neither know whom you are protecting, nor what they have done: but pray
+come hither, and behold an instance of compassion, if such can merit
+your clemency_; and with that he shewed me the poor fellow with his
+throat cut, hanging upon the tree.
+
+Indeed, here was enough to fill their breasts with rage, which, however,
+I thought had gone too far, agreeable to these words of Jacob to his
+sons Simeon and Levi: _Cursed be their anger for it was fierce; and
+their wrath; for it was cruel._ But this sight made my nephew and the
+rest as bad as they: nay, my nephew declared, his concern was only for
+his men; as for the people, not a soul of them ought to live. Upon this,
+the boatswain and eight more directly turned about, and went to finish
+the intended tragedy; which being out of my power to prevent, I returned
+back from the dismal sight, & the piteous cries of those unfortunate
+creatures, who were made victims to their fury. Indeed, it was an
+egregious piece of folly in me to return to the boat with but one
+attendant; and I had very near paid for it, having narrowly escaped
+forty armed Indians, who had been alarmed by the conflagration; but
+having passed the place where they stood, I got to the boat accompanied
+with the supercargo, and so went on board, sending the pinnace back
+again, to assist the men in what might happen. When I had got to the
+boat, the fire was almost extinguished, and the noise abated; but I had
+scarce been half an hour on board the ship, when I heard another volley
+given by our sailors, and a great smoke, which, as I afterwards found,
+was our men falling upon those houses and persons that stood between
+them and the sea; but here they spared the wives and children, and
+killed only the men, to the number of about sixteen or seventeen. By the
+time they got to the shore, the pinnace and the ship's boat were ready
+to receive them, and they all got safe on board, not a man of them
+having received the least hurt, except two, one of whom strained his
+foot, and the other burnt his hand a little; for they met with no
+resistance, the poor Indians being unprepared, amazed, and confounded.
+
+I was extremely angry with every one of them, but particularly with the
+captain, who instead of cooling the rage of the men, had prompted them
+on to further mischief: nor could he make me any other excuse, but that
+as he was a man, he could not master his passions at the sight of one of
+his men so cruelly murdered. As for the rest, knowing they were not
+under my command, they took no notice of any anger, but rather boasted
+of their revenge. According to all their accounts, they killed or
+destroyed about 150 men, women, and children, besides burning the town
+to ashes. They took their companion Tom Jeffery from the tree, covered
+him with some of the ruins, and so left him. But however this action of
+our men might seem to them justifiable, yet I always openly condemned it
+with the appellation, of the Massacre of Madagascar. For tho' the
+natives had slain this Jeffery, yet certainly he was the first
+aggressor, by attempting to violate the chastity of a young innocent
+woman, who ventured down to them, on the faith of the public
+capitulation, which was so treacherously broken.
+
+While we were under sail, the boatswain would often defend this bloody
+action, by saying, that the Indians had broke the truce the night
+before, by shooting one of our men without just provocation: and what if
+the poor fellow had taken a little liberty with the wench, he ought not
+to have been murdered in so villainous a manner: and that they had acted
+nothing but what the divine laws commissioned to be done to such
+homicides. However I was in the same mind as before, telling them that
+they were murderers, and bid them depend upon it that God would blast
+their voyage, for such an unparalleled piece of barbarity.
+
+When we came to the Gulph of Persia, five of our men, who ventured on
+shore, were either killed or made slaves by the Arabians, the rest of
+them having scarce time to escape to their boat. This made me upbraid
+them afresh with the just retribution of Heaven for such actions; upon
+which the boatswain very warmly asked me, _Whether those men on whom the
+tower of Siloam fell, were greater sinners than the rest of the
+Galileans? and besides, Sir_, said he, _none of these five poor men that
+are lost, were with us at the Massacre of Madagascar, as you call it,
+and therefore your representation is very unjust, and your application
+improper. Besides_, added he, _you are continually using the men very
+ill upon this account, and, being but a passenger yourself, we are not
+obliged to bear it; nor can we tell what evil designs you may have to
+bring us to judgment for it in England: and, therefore, if you do not
+leave this discourse, as also not concern yourself with any of our
+affairs, I will leave the ship, and not sail among such
+dangerous company._
+
+All this I heard very patiently; but, it being often repeated, I at
+length told him, the concern I had on board was none of his business;
+that I was a considerable owner in the ship, and therefore had a right
+to speak in common, and that I was no way accountable to him, nor to any
+body else. As no more passed for some time after, I thought all had been
+over. At this time we were in the road of Bengal, where, going on shore
+with the supercargo one day, in the evening, as I was preparing to go on
+board, one of the men came to me, and told me, I need not trouble myself
+to come to the boat, for that the cockswain and others had ordered him
+not to carry me on board any more. This insulent message much surprised
+me; yet I gave him no answer to it, but went directly and acquainted the
+supercargo, entreating him to go on board, and, by acquainting the
+Captain with it, prevent the mutiny which I perceived would happen. But
+before I had spoken this, the matter was effected on board; for no
+sooner was he gone off in the boat, but the boatswain, gunner,
+carpenter, and all the inferior officers, came to the quarter-deck,
+desiring to speak with the Captain; & there the boatswain made a long
+harangue, exclaiming against me, as before mentioned, that, if I had not
+gone on shore peaceably, for my own diversion, they, by violence would
+have compelled me, for their satisfaction: that as they had shipped with
+the Captain, so they would faithfully serve him; but if I did not quit
+the ship, or the Captain oblige me to it, they would leave the ship
+immediately: hereupon, turning his face about by way of signal, they all
+cried out, "ONE and ALL! ONE and ALL!"
+
+You may be sure, that though my nephew was a man of great courage, yet
+he could not but be surprised at their sudden and unexpected behaviour;
+and though he talked stoutly to them, and afterwards expostulated with
+them, that in common justice to me, who was a considerable owner in the
+ship, they could not turn me as it were out of mine own house, which
+might bring their lives in danger should they ever be taken in England;
+nay, though he invited the boatswain on shore to accomodate matters with
+me, yet all this I say, signified nothing; they would have nothing to do
+with me; and they were resolved to go on shore if I came on board.
+_Well,_ said my nephew, _if you are so resolved, permit me to talk with
+him, and then I have done; and so he came to me, giving me an account of
+their resolution, how one and all designed to forsake the ship when I
+came on board, for which he was mightily concerned._ "I am glad to see
+you, nephew," said I, "and rejoice it is no worse, since they have not
+rebelled against you; I only desire you to send my necessary things on
+shore, with a sufficient sum of money, and I will find my way to England
+as well as I can." Though this grieved my nephew to the heart, yet there
+was no remedy but complience; in short, all my necessaries were sent me,
+and so this matter was over in a few hours.
+
+I think I was now near a thousand leagues farther off England by sea,
+than at my little kingdom, except this difference, that I might travel
+by land over the Great Mogul's country to Surat, from thence to Baffora,
+by sea up the Persian Gulph, then take the way of the caravans over the
+Arabian desert to Alleppo and Scanderoon, there take shipping to Italy,
+and so travel by land into France, and from thence cross the sea
+to England.
+
+My nephew left me two persons to attend me; one of them was his servant,
+and the other clerk to the purser, who engaged to be mine. I took
+lodging in an English woman's house, where several French, one English,
+and two Italian merchants resided. The handsome entertainment I met with
+here, occasioned me to stay nine months, considering what course I
+should take. Some English goods I had with me of great value, besides a
+thousand pieces of eight, and a letter for more, if there was such
+necessity. The goods I soon disposed of to advantage, and bought here
+several good diamonds, which I could easily carry about with me. One
+morning the English merchant came to me, as being very intimate
+together, _countryman_, said he, _I have a project to communicate to
+you, which I hope will suit to both our advantage. To be short, Sir, we
+are both in a remote part of the world from our country; but yet in a
+place where men of business may get a great deal of money. Now, if you
+will put a thousand pounds to my thousand pounds, we will hire a ship to
+our satisfaction; you shall be Captain, I will be merchant: and we'll go
+a trading voyage to China, for why should we lie still like drones,
+while the whole world is in a continual motion_.
+
+This proposal soon got my consent, being very agreeable to my rambling
+genius; and the more so, because I looked upon my countryman to be a
+very sincere person; it required some time before we could get a vessel
+to our mind, and sailors to man it accordingly; at length we bought a
+ship, and got an English mate, boatswain, and gunner, a Dutch carpenter,
+and three Portuguese foremast men; and, for want of others, made shift
+with Indian seamen. We first sailed to Achin, in the island of Sumatra,
+and then to Siam, where we bartered our wares for some arrack and opium,
+the last of which bore a great price among the Chinese; in a word, we
+went up to Suskan, making a very great voyage; &, after eight months
+time, I returned to Bengal, very well satisfied with this adventure,
+having not only got a sufficient quantity of money, but an insight of
+getting a great deal more.
+
+The next voyage my friend proposed to me, was to go among the spice
+islands, and bring home a load of cloves from the Manillas, or
+thereabouts; islands belonging partly to Spain, but where the Dutch
+trade very considerably. We were not long in preparing for this voyage,
+which we made no less successful than the last, touching at Borneo, and
+several other places which I do not perfectly remember, and returning
+home in about five months time. We soon sold our spices, which were
+chiefly cloves and some nutmegs, to the Persian merchants, who carried
+them away to the gulph; and, in short, making five to one advantage, we
+were loaded with money.
+
+Not long after my friend and I had made up our accounts, to our entire
+satisfaction, there came in a Dutch coaster from Batavia of about two
+hundred tons. The crew of this vessel pretended themselves so sickly,
+that there were not hands sufficient to undertake a voyage; and the
+Captain having given out that he intended to go to Europe, public notice
+was given that the ship was to be sold. No sooner did this come to our
+ears, but we bought the ship, paid the master, and took possession. We
+would also have very willingly entertained some of the men; but they
+having received their share of booty, were not to be found, being
+altogether fled to Agra, the great city of the Mogul's residence; and
+from thence went to travel to Surat, and so by the sea to the Persian
+Gulph. And indeed they had reason to fly in this manner; for the truth
+of it was the pretended Captain was the gunner only, and not the
+commander; that having been on a trading voyage, they were attacked on
+shore by the Malayans, who killed three men and the Captain; after whose
+death the other eleven men ran away with the ship to the Bay of Bengal,
+and left the mate and five men more on shore: but of this affair we
+shall have occasion to speak more at length hereafter.
+
+However they came by the ship, we thought we bought it honestly; neither
+did we suspect any thing of the matter, when the man showed us a bill of
+sale for the ship (undoubtedly forged) to one Emanuel Clostershoven,
+which name he went by. And so without any more to do, we picked up some
+Dutch and English seamen, resolving for another voyage for cloves among
+the Phillippine and Molucca Islands: in short, we continued thus five or
+six years, trading from port to port with extraordinary success. In the
+seventh year, we undertook a voyage to China, designing to touch at
+Siam, and buy some rice by the way. In this voyage, contrary winds beat
+us up and down for a considerable time among the islands in the Straits
+of Molucca. No sooner were we clear of those rugged seas, but we
+perceived our ship had sprung a leak, which obliged us to put into the
+river Cambodia, which lies northward of the Gulph, and goes up to Siam.
+
+One day, as I was on shore refreshing myself, there comes to me an
+Englishman, who was gunner's mate on board an English East India ship,
+riding up the river near the city of Cambodia. _Sir_, said he, _you may
+wonder at my business, having never seen me in your life; but tho' I am
+a stranger, I have something to tell you that very nearly concerns you:
+& indeed it is the imminent danger you are in has moved me to give you
+this timely notice_. "Danger!" said I, "what danger? I know of none,
+except my ship being leaky, for which I design to have her run aground
+to-morrow morning" _I hope you will be better employed when you shall
+hear what I have to say to you. You know the town of Cambodia is about
+fifteen leagues up this river; about three leagues on this side of it,
+there lie two Dutch and three English ships. And would you venture here
+without considering what strength you have to engage them_? I knew not
+what he meant by this discourse, and turning short upon him, "Sir," said
+I, "I know no reason I have to be afraid either of any Dutch or English
+ships. I am no interloper, and what business have they with me?" _Well,
+Sir,_ said the man, _if you do think yourselves secure, all as I can
+say, you must take your chance; however, I am very sorry you are so deaf
+to good advice; but I assure you; if you do not put to sea immediately,
+you will be attacked by five long-boats full of men, hanged yourself for
+a pirate, if you are taken, and the particulars examined afterwards. I
+thought, Sir_, added he, _I might have met a better reception for such a
+singular piece of service_. "Sir," said I, "I was never ungrateful to
+any man; but pray explain yourself and I'll go on board this minute,
+whether the leak be stopped or no." _Why, Sir,_ said he, _to be short,
+because time is precious, the matter is this: You know well enough that
+you was with the ship at Sumatra, when your Captain was murdered by the
+Malayans, with three of his sailors; and that either you, or some who
+were on board you, ran away with the ship, and are since turned pirates
+at sea. Now, Sir, this is the sum of what I had to say: and I can
+positively assure you, that if you are taken, you will be executed
+without much ceremony, for undoubtedly you cannot but be sensible what
+little law merchant ships show to pirates, whenever they fall into
+their hands_.
+
+"Sir,' said I, 'I thank you for your kind information; and though I am
+sure no man could come more honestly by the ship than I have done, yet
+knowing their enterprize, and being satisfied of your honest intention,
+I'll be upon my defence. _Pr'ythee, Sir,_ said the man, _don't talk of
+being upon your defence, the best that you can make is to be out of
+danger; and therefore, if you have any regard for your life, & the lives
+of your men, take the advantage, without fail, of putting out to sea at
+high-water: by which means, as you have a whole tide before you, you
+will be gone too far out of their reach before they can come down._
+
+"I am mighty well satisfied," said I, "in this particular, and for your
+kindness, which merits my great esteem; pray, Sir, what amends shall I
+make you?" He replied, "I know not what amends you are willing to make,
+because you may have some doubts of its certainty: but, to convince you
+of the truth of what I say, I have one offer to make to you. On board
+one of the English ships, I have nineteen months pay due to me, and this
+Dutchman that is with me has seven months pay due to him, which if you
+will make good to us, we will go along with you. If you shall find that
+there is nothing in what we have said, then we shall desire nothing; but
+when you are convinced that we have saved the ship, your life, and the
+lives of the men, we will leave the whole to your generosity."
+
+So reasonable did this every way appear, that I immediately consented,
+and we went directly on board. As soon as we came on board, my partner
+calls joyfully out, _That they had stopped the leak?_ "Well, thank God,"
+said I, "but pray let us weigh anchor forthwith."--_Weigh,_ said he,
+_what is the meaning of this hurry_? "Pray ask no questions," said I,
+"but all hands to work, without losing a moment's time." Upon which, in
+great surprise, the Captain was called, who immediately ordered the
+anchor to be got up; and though the tide was not quite down, yet being
+assisted with a little land breeze, we stood to sea. I then called my
+partner into the cabin, and related the story at large, which was
+confirmed and more amplified by the two men I had brought on board.
+Scarce had we finished our discourse upon this head, but a sailor came
+to the cabin door, with a message from the Captain, that we were chased
+by five sloops full of armed men. "Very well," said I, "it is plain now
+there is something in it." And so, going upon deck, I told all the men
+there was a design for seizing the ship, and of executing us for
+pirates; and asked them whether they would faithfully stand by us, and
+by one another? To which they unanimously replied, "That they would
+fight to their last drop of blood." I then asked the Captain, which way
+he thought best for us to manage the battle? _Sir_, said he, _the only
+method is to keep them off with our great shot as long as we are able,
+and then have recourse to our small arms: and when both these fail us,
+then retire to close quarters, when perhaps the enemy wanting materials,
+can neither break open our bulk heads, nor get in upon us_. Meantime,
+the gunner was ordered to bring two guns to bear fore and aft out of the
+steerage, and so load them with musket-bullets and small pieces of old
+iron; and the deck being cleared, we prepared for the engagement, still,
+however, keeping out at sea. The boats followed us, with all the sail
+they could make, and we could perceive the two foremost were English,
+which out-sailed the rest by two leagues, and which we found would come
+up with us: hereupon, we fired a gun without a ball, intimating that
+they should bring to, and we put out a flag of truce, as a signal for
+parley; but finding them crowding after us, till they came within shot,
+we took in our white, and hanging out the red flap, immediately fired at
+them with ball: we then called to them with a speaking trumpet, bidding
+them at their peril keep off.
+
+But all this signified nothing; for depending upon the strength that
+followed them, they were resolutely bent for mischief: hereupon I
+ordered them to bring the ship to, by which means, they lying upon our
+broadside, we let fly at them at once, one of whom carried away the
+stern of the hindermost boat, and obliged them not only to take down
+their sail, but made them all run to the head of the boat, to keep them
+from sinking, and so she lay by, having enough of it. In the meantime,
+we prepared to welcome the foremost boat in the same manner. While we
+were doing this, one of the three hindermost boats came up to the relief
+of that which was disabled, and took the men out of her. We again
+called to parley with them; but, instead of an answer, one of the boats
+came close under our stern; whereupon our gunner let fly his two chase
+guns, but missing, the men in the boat shouted, and, waving their caps,
+came on with greater fury. To repair this seeming disgrace, the gunner
+soon got ready, and firing a second time, did a great deal of mischief
+among the enemy. We waved again, and, bringing our quarter to bear upon
+them, fired three guns more, when we found the boat a sinking, and
+several men already in the sea; hereupon, manning our pinnace, I gave
+orders to save as many as they could, and instantly to come on board,
+because the rest of their boats were approaching: accordingly they did
+so, and took up three of them, one of whom was almost past recovery; and
+then crowding all the sail we could, after our men came on board, we
+stood out farther to sea, so that the other three boats gave over the
+chase, when they came up to the first two. Thus delivered from imminent
+danger, we changed our course to the eastward, quite out of the course
+of all European ships.
+
+Being now at sea, and inquiring more particularly of the two seamen, the
+meaning of all this, the Dutchman at once let us into the secret. He
+told us, that the fellow who sold us the ship was an errant thief, who
+had run away with her; that the Captain was treacherously murdered on
+the coast of Molucca by the natives there, with three of his men; that
+he, the Dutchman, and four more, being obliged to have recourse to the
+woods for their safety, at length escaped by means of a Dutch ship in
+its way to China, which had sent their boat on shore for fresh water:
+That, after this, he went to Batavia, where two of the seamen belonging
+to the ship (who had deserted the rest in their travels) arrived, and
+there gave an account that the fellow who ran away with the ship had
+sold her at Bengal to a set of pirates, who went a cruising, and had
+already taken one English and two Dutch ship, richly laden.
+
+Now, tho' this was absolutely false, my partner truly said, that our
+deliverance was to be esteemed so much the more, by reason, had we
+fallen into their hands, we could have expected nothing from them but
+immediate death, considering our accusers would have been our judges;
+and, therefore, his opinion was to return directly to Bengal, where,
+being known, we could prove how honestly we came by the ship, of whom we
+bought her, and the like, and where we were sure of some justice; at
+least would not be hanged first, and judged afterwards. I was at first
+of my partner's opinion, but when I had more seriously considered of the
+matter, I told him, we ran a great hazard in attempting to return, being
+on the wrong side of the Straits of Molucca and that, if, upon alarm
+given, we should be taken by the Dutch at Batavia, or English elsewhere,
+our turning away would be a sufficient evidence to condemn us. This
+danger indeed startled not only my partner, but likewise all the ship's
+company; so we changed our former resolution, and resolved to go to the
+coast of Tonquin, and so to that of China, where, pursuing our first
+design as to trade, we might likewise have an opportunity to dispose of
+the ship some way or other, and to return to Bengal in any country
+vessel we could procure. This being agreed to, we steered away N.N.E.
+about 50 leagues off the usual course to the east; which put us to some
+inconveniences. As the wind blew steadily against us, our voyage became
+more tedious, and we began to be afraid of want of provision; and what
+was still worse, we apprehended, that as those ships from whose boat we
+had escaped, were bound to China, they might get before us, and have
+given fresh information, which might create another vigorous pursuit.
+Indeed, I could not help being grieved, when I considered that I who had
+never wronged or defrauded any person in my life, was now pursued like a
+common thief, and if taken to run the greatest danger of being executed
+as such; and, though innocent, I found myself under the necessity of
+flying for my safety; and thereby escape being brought to shame, of
+which I was even more afraid than death itself. It was easy to read my
+dejection in my countenance. My mind was oppressed, like those unhappy
+innocent persons, who being overpowered by blasphemous and perjured
+evidences, wickedly resolved to take away their lives, or ruin their
+reputation, have no other recourse in this world to ease their sorrow,
+but sighs, prayers, and tears. My partner seeing me so concerned,
+encouraged me as well as he could; and, after describing to me the
+several ports of that coast, he told me, he would either put me in on
+the coast of Cochinchina, or else in the bay of Tonquin, from whence we
+might go to Macao, a town once possessed by the Portuguese, and where
+still many European families resided.
+
+To this place we steered, and, early next morning, came in sight of the
+coast; but thought it advisable to put into a small river where we
+could, either over land, or by the ship's pinnace, know what vessels
+were in any ports thereabouts. This happy step proved our deliverance;
+for, next morning, there came to the bay of Tonquin two Dutch ships, and
+a third without any colours; and in the evening, two English ships
+steered the same course. The river where we were was but small, and ran
+but a few leagues up the country northward; the country was wild and
+barbarous, and the people thieves, having no correspondence with any
+other nation; dealing only in fish, oil, and such gross commodities: and
+one barbarous custom they still retained, that when any vessel was
+unhappily shipwrecked upon their coast, they make the men prisoners or
+slaves, so that now we might fairly say we were surrounded by enemies
+both by sea and land.
+
+As the ship had been leaky, we took the opportunity, in this place to
+search her, and to stop up the places which let in the water. We
+accordingly lightened her, and bringing our guns and other moveable
+things to one side, we essayed to bring her down, that we might come to
+her bottom: but, upon second consideration, we did not think it safe to
+let her lie on dry ground, neither indeed was the place convenient for
+it. The inhabitants not used to such a sight as to see a ship lie down
+on one side; and heel in towards the shore, and not perceiving her men,
+who were at work on her bottom, with stages and boats on the off side,
+presently imagined the ship had been cast away, and lay fast on the
+ground. Agreeable to this supposition, they surrounded us with ten or
+twelve large boats, with a resolution, undoubtedly to plunder the ship,
+and to carry away those they found alive for slaves to their king. But
+when they perceived our men hard at work on the ship's bottom and side,
+washing, graving, and stopping her, it filled them all with such
+surprise, that they stood gazing as though they were confounded. Nor
+could we imagine what their design was; however, for fear of danger, we
+handed down arms and ammunition to those at work, in order to defend
+themselves; and, indeed, this precaution was absolutely necessary; for,
+in a quarter of an hour after, the natives, concluding it was really a
+shipwreck, and that we were saving our lives and goods, which they
+thought belonged to them, came down upon our men as though it had been
+in line of battle. We lay at present but in a very unfit posture to
+fight; and before the stages could be got down, or the men in the boat
+come on board as they were ordered, the Cochinchinese were upon them,
+and two of their boats boarding our long boat, they began to lay hold of
+our men as prisoners. The first they seized was a stout English sailor,
+who never fired his musket, like a fool, as I imagined, but laid it down
+in the boat: but he knew what he was doing; for, by main force, he
+dragged the Pagan out of the boat into ours by the two ears, and knocked
+his brains out against the boat's gunnel; a Dutchman that was next him,
+snatched up the musket, and knocked down five more with the but-end of
+it; however, this was doing very little to their number; but a strange
+unexpected accident, which rather merits laughter than any thing else,
+gave our men a complete victory over them.
+
+It seems the carpenter, who was preparing to grave the outside of the
+ship, as well as to pay the seams, where he caulked to stop the leaks,
+had gotten two kettles just let down in the boat, one filled with
+boiling pitch, and the other with rosin, tallow, oil, and such stuffs as
+the shipwrights use; the carpenter's man had a great iron ladle with
+which he used to supply the workmen with hot stuff, & as two of the
+enemies entered the boat where the fellow stood, he saluted them with a
+full ladle of the hot boiling liquor; which, the poor creatures being
+half naked, made them roar out, and jump into the sea. _Well done,
+Jack_, says the carpenter, _give them the other dose_: and so stepping
+forward himself, takes a mop, and dipping it into the pitch-pot, he and
+his man so plentifully flung it among them, as that none escaped being
+scalded; upon which they all made the best of their way, crying and
+howling in such a frightful manner, that, in all my adventures, I never
+heard the like. And, indeed, never was I better pleased with any
+conquest than I was with this, there being so little bloodshed, and
+having an aversion to killing such savage wretches, (more than was
+necessary) as knowing they came on errands, which their laws and customs
+made them think were just and equitable. By this time, all things being
+in order, and the ship swimming, they found their mistake, so they did
+not venture a second attack. Thus ended our merry fight; and, having got
+rice, bread, roots, and sixteen good hogs on board the day before we set
+sail, not daring to go into the bay of Tonquin, but steering N.E. toward
+the isle of Formosa, or as tho' we would go to the Manillas, or
+Phillippine islands, for fear of meeting with any European ships; when
+we anchored at the isle of Formosa, the inhabitants not only courteously
+supplied us with provisions and fresh water, but dealt very fairly and
+honestly with us in their bargains and agreements. From this place we
+steered north, keeping still off the coast of China, till we were beyond
+all its ports where European ships usually come; and, at length, being
+come to the latitude of thirty degrees, we resolved to put into the
+first trading port we should come at; and standing for the shore, a boat
+came off two leagues to us, with an old Portuguese pilot on board, who
+offered his service; we very gladly accepted him, and sent the boat back
+again. And now, having the man on board, I talked to him of going to
+Nanquin, the most northward part of the coast of China. _What will you
+do there_? said he, smiling. I told him that we would sell our cargo,
+and purchase calicoes, raw and wrought silks, tea, &c. and so return the
+same way back. _O_, said he, _you had better put in at Macao, where you
+may buy China wares as cheap as at Nanquin, and sell your opium at a
+greater advance_. "But' said I 'we are gentlemen as well as merchants,
+and design to see the great city of Pekin, and the magnificent court of
+the monarch of China," _Why then_, said he, _you should go to Ningpo,
+where is a navigable river that goes through the heart of that vast
+empire, two hundred and seventy leagues from the sea, which crosses all
+the rivers, passes considerable hills, by the help of the sluices and
+gates, and goes even up to the city of Pekin. You may go to Nanquin if
+you please, and travel to Pekin, and there is a Dutch ship just before
+bound that way_. At the name of a Dutch or English ship, I was struck
+with confusion; they being as great a terror to me in this vessel, as an
+Algerine man of war is to them in the Mediterranean. The old man finding
+me troubled, _Sir_, said he, _I hope the Dutch are not now at war with
+your nation_. "No," said I, "but God knows what liberty they may take
+when out of the reach of the law." _Why_, says he _what occasion is
+there for peaceable merchants to fear? For believe me, they never meddle
+with any but PIRATES._
+
+[Illustration: The Carpenter and his man defeats the Cochinchinese.]
+
+At the mentioning the word _pirates_, my countenance turned to that of
+scarlet; nor was it possible for me to conceal it from the old pilot;
+who was taking notice of it, _Sir_, said he _take what course you
+please, I'll do you all the service I can._ "Seignior," said I, "I am a
+little concerned at your mentioning pirates; I hope there are none such
+in these seas, because you see in what weak condition we are to defend
+ourselves." _O, Sir_, said he, _if that's all, don't be concerned, I
+don't remember one in these seas these fifteen years, except above a
+month ago one was seen in the bay of Siam, but he is gone to the
+southward; neither was she built for a privateer, but was run away with
+by a reprobate Captain, and some of his men, the right Captain having
+been murdered by the Malayans_.
+
+"What," said I, (as though ignorant of what had happened) "did they kill
+the Captain?" _No_, said he, _it is generally thought the Malayans
+murdered him; but they justly deserve hanging. The rogues were lately
+discovered in the bay of Siam, in the river of Cambodia, by some
+Dutchmen who belonged to the ship, and had much ado to escape the five
+boats that pursued them, but they have solemnly sworn to give no quarter
+to the Captain or the seamen but hang them every one up at the yard-arm,
+without any formal business of bringing them to a court of judicature_.
+
+Being sensible, that, having the old man on board, he was incapable of
+doing me any mischief, "Well, Seignior, (said I) it is for this very
+reason I would have you carry us up to Nanquin, where neither English
+nor Dutch ships come; and I must tell you, their Captains are a parcel
+of rash, proud, insolent rascals, that neither know what belongs to
+justice, nor how to behave themselves as the laws of God or nature
+direct; fellows that would prove murderers to punish robbers, and take
+upon them to adjudge innocent men to death, without any proof to prove
+them guilty, but perhaps I may live to call them to account for it, in a
+place where they may be taught how justice is to be executed." And so I
+told him all the story of buying the ship, and how we were saved by the
+means of two men; that the murder of the Captain by the Malayans, as
+also the running away with the ship, I believed to be true; but that
+we, who bought it, were turned pirates, was a mere fiction to cover
+their cowardice and foolish behaviour, when they attacked us, & the
+blood of those men we killed in our own just defence, lay at their door,
+who sent to attack us by surprise.
+
+"Sir, (said the old man, amazed) you have taken the right course to
+steer to the north, and, if I might advise you, I would have you sell
+your ship in China, and buy or build another in that country; and I'll
+procure people to buy the one and sell the other." "Well, but, Seignior,
+(said I) if I sell the ship in this manner, I may bring some innocent
+persons into the same dangers I have gone through, perhaps worse, even
+death itself; whereby I should be as guilty of their murder as their
+villainous executioners." "That need not trouble you, (says the old man)
+I'll find a way to prevent that; for these commanders you talk of I know
+very well, and will inform them rightly of the matter as you have
+related, and I am persuaded they will not only believe me, but act more
+cautiously for the future." "And will you deliver one message from me to
+them?" "Yes, (said he) if you will give it under your hand, that I may
+prove it is not of my own production," Hereupon I wrote a large account
+of their attacking me in their long-boat, the pretended reason and
+unjust design of it; that they had done what they might be ashamed of,
+and could not answer for at any tribunal in England. But this letter was
+writ in vain. Providence ordered things another way. We sailed directly
+for Nanquin, and in about thirteen day's sail, came to an anchor at the
+south-west point of the great gulf of that place, where we learned, that
+two Dutch ships were gone the length before us, and that we should
+certainly fall into their hands. We were all at a great loss in this
+exigency, and would very gladly have been on shore almost any where; but
+our old pilot told me, that if I would sail to the southward about two
+and forty leagues, there was a little port called Quinchange, where no
+European ships ever came, and where we might consider what was further
+to be done. Accordingly we weighed anchor the next day, calling only
+twice on shore by the way to get fresh water. The country people very
+courteously sold us roots, tea, rice, fowls, and other provisions. After
+five days sail we came to the port, and landed with unspeakable joy. We
+resolved to dispose of ourselves and effects in any other way possible,
+than enter on board that ill-fated vessel more; for no state can be more
+miserable than a continued fear, which is a life of death, a confounder
+of our understandings, that sets the imagination at work to form a
+thousand frightful things that may never happen. And we scarce slept one
+night without dreaming of halters, yard-arms, or gibbets, of fighting,
+being taken, and being killed; nay, so violent were our apprehensions,
+that we would bruise our hands and heads against the sides of the
+cabin, as though actually engaged. The story of the Dutch cruelty at
+Amboyns, often came into our thoughts when awake; and, for my part, I
+thought my condition very hard; that after so many difficulties and such
+signal deliverances, I should be hanged in my old age, though innocent
+of any crime that deserved such punishment; but then religion would seem
+to represent to me, as though the voice of it had said; 'consider, O
+man! what sins you have been formerly guilty of; which now thou art
+called to an account for, to expiate with thy blood! And as to thy
+innocence, what art thou more innocent than thy blessed Redeemer, Jesus
+Christ, who suffered for thy offences, and to whose providence you ought
+to submit, let what will happen?' After this, natural courage would
+inspire me to resist to the last drop of blood, and sooner die than
+suffer myself to be taken by boorish, rascally Dutchmen, who had arts to
+torment beyond death itself.
+
+But now, thank kind Heaven, being ashore; our old pilot procured us a
+lodging and a warehouse for our goods; it was a little hut with a large
+warehouse joining to it, all built with canes, and pallisadoed round
+with large ones, to keep out pilfering thieves, which are very numerous
+in that country. The magistrates allowed us a little guard during the
+night, and we employed a centinel with a kind of halbert for three pence
+a day. The fair, or mart, we found, had been over for some time;
+however, there remained in the river four junks and two Japan ships, the
+merchants of the latter being on shore. In the first place, our old
+pilot brought us acquainted with the missionary Roman priests, who were
+converting the people to Christianity: two of them were reserved, rigid,
+and austere, applying themselves to the work they came about with great
+earnestness, but the third, who was a Frenchman, called Father Simon,
+was of a freer conversation, not seemingly so serious and grave, yet no
+worse Christian than the other two, one of whom was a Portuguese, and
+the other a Genoese. Father Simon, it seems, was appointed to go to
+Pekin, the royal seat of the Emperor of the Chinese; and he only waited
+for another priest, who was ordered from Macao to accompany him. We
+never met together, but he was prompting me to accompany him in that
+journey: _Sir_, said he, _I will show you the glorious things of this
+mighty empire, and a city, the city of Pekin, far exceeding London and
+Paris, put them both together_. One day in particular, being at dinner
+with him, I showed some inclination to go; which made him press the more
+upon me and my partner, to gain our perfect consent. _But, Father
+Simon_, said my partner, _what satisfaction can you have in our company,
+whom you esteem as heretics, and consequently objects not worthy your
+regard? O_, said he, _you may be as good Catholics in time as those I
+hope to convert to our religion. And so_, said I, _we shall have you
+preaching to us all the way, instead of pleasing us with a description
+of the country. Sir_, said he, _however our religion may be villified by
+some people, it is very certain it neither divests us of good manners or
+Christian charity; and as we are gentlemen, as such we may converse
+together, without making one another uneasy_.
+
+But we shall leave him a while, to consider our ship and the merchandise
+which we had to dispose of. There was but very little trade in the place
+where we were; and I was once resolved to venture to sail to the river
+Kilam, and so to the city of Nanquin; but Providence ordered it
+otherwise, by our old pilot's bringing a Japan merchant to us, to see
+what goods we had. He immediately bought our opium, for which he gave us
+a very good price in gold by weight, some wedges of which were about ten
+or eleven ounces. It came into my head that perhaps he might buy the
+ship too; and I ordered the interpreter to propose it to him. He said
+nothing then, but shrugged up his shoulders; yet in a few days after he
+came accompanied by a missionary priest, who was his interpreter, with
+this proposal, _That as he had bought a great quantity of our goods, he
+had not money enough to purchase our ship; but if I pleased he would
+hire her, with all my men, to go to Japan, and from thence with another
+loading to the Philippine islands, the freight of both which he would
+very willingly pay to us before; and at their return to Japan, would buy
+the ship_. Upon this we asked the Captain and his men if they were
+willing to go to Japan; to which they unanimously agreed. While this was
+in agitation, the young man my nephew left to attend me, told me, "That
+as I did not care to accept his prospect of advantage he would manage it
+for me as I pleased, and render me a faithful account of his success,
+which would be wholly mine." Indeed I was very unwilling to part with
+him; but considering it might be for the young man's good, I discoursed
+with my partner about it, who, of his own generosity, gave him his share
+of the vessel, so that I could do no otherwise than give him mine: but,
+however, we let him have but the proper half of it, and preserved a
+power, that when we met in England, if he had obtained success, he
+should account to us for one half of the profit of the ship's freight
+and the other should be his own. Thus having taken a writing under his
+hand, away he sailed to Japan, where the merchant dealt very honestly by
+him, got him a licence to come on shore, sent him loaded to the
+Philippines with a Japanese supercargo, from whence he came back again
+loaded with European goods, cloves, and other spiceries. By this voyage
+he cleared a considerable sum of money, which determined him not to sell
+his ship, but to trade on his own account; so he returned to the
+Manillas, where, getting acquaintance, he made his ship free, was hired
+by the governor privately to go to Acapulco in America, on the Mexican
+coast, with a licence to travel to the great city of Mexico. This
+traffic turned out greatly to account, and my friend finding means to
+get to Jamaica, returned nine years after exceedingly rich into England.
+
+In parting with the ship, it comes in course to consider of those men
+who had saved our lives when in the river of Cambodia; and though, by
+the way, they were a couple of rogues, who thought to turn pirates
+themselves, yet we paid them what they had before demanded, and gave
+each of them a small sum of money, making the Englishman a gunner, and
+the Dutchman a boatswain, with which they were very well contented.
+
+We were now about 1000 leagues farther from home, than when at Bengal.
+All the comfort we could expect was, that there being another fair to be
+kept in a month's time, we might not only purchase all sorts of that
+country's manufactures, but very possibly find some Chinese junks, or
+vessels from Tonquin, to be sold, which would carry us and our goods
+wheresoever we pleased. Upon these hopes, we resolved to continue; and,
+to divert ourselves, we took several little journies in the country.
+About ten days after we parted with the ship, we travelled to see the
+city of Nanquin. The city lies in latitude 30 degrees north of the line:
+it is regularly built, and the streets are exactly straight, and cross
+one another in direct lines, which sets it out to the greatest
+advantage. At our return, we found the priest was come from Macao, that
+was to accompany Father Simon to Pekin. That Father earnestly solicited
+me to accompany him, & I referred him to my partner. In short, we both
+agreed, and prepared accordingly; and we were so lucky as to have
+liberty to travel among the retinue of one of their Mandarines, who is a
+principal magistrate, and much reverenced by the people.
+
+We were five and twenty days travelling thro' this miserable country,
+infinitely populous, but as indifferently cultivated; and yet their
+pride is infinitely greater than their poverty, insomuch that they
+priests themselves derided them. As we passed by the house of one of
+their country gentlemen, two leagues off Nanquin, we had the honour,
+forsooth, to ride with the Chinese squire about two miles. Never was Don
+Quixote so exactly imitated! Never such a compound of pomp and poverty
+seen before!
+
+His habit, made of calico, was dirty, greasy, and very proper for a
+Mersy Andrew or Scaramouch, with all its tawdry trappings, as hanging
+sleeves, tassels, &c. though torn and rent in almost every part; his
+vest underneath it was no less dirty, but more greatly; resembling the
+most exquisite sloven or greasy butcher; his horse (worse than
+Rosinante, or the famous steed of doughty Hudibras) was a poor starved
+decrepid thing, that would not sell for thirty shillings in England;
+and yet this piece of worshipful pomp was attended with ten or twelve
+slaves who guarded their master to his country seat. We stopped at a
+little village for refreshment; and when we came by the country seat of
+this great man, we found him sitting under a tree before his door,
+eating a mess of boiled rice, with a great piece of garlic in the
+middle, and a bag filled with green pepper by him, and another plant
+like ginger, together with a piece of lean mutton in it: this was his
+worship's repast: but pray observe the state of the food! two women
+slaves brought him his food, which being laid before him, two others
+appeared to perform their respective offices; one fed him with a spoon,
+while the other scraped off what fell upon his beard and taffety vest,
+and gave it to a particular favourite to eat. And thus we left the
+wretch pleased with the conceit of our admiring his magnificence, which
+rather merited our scorn and detestation.
+
+At length we arrived at the great city of Pekin, accompanied by two
+servants, and the old Portuguese pilot, whose charges we bore, and who
+served us as an interpreter by the way. We had scarce been a week at
+Pekin, but he comes laughing to us. "Ah! Seignior Inglise, (said he) me
+something tell you make your heart glad, but make me sorry: for your
+bring me here twenty-five days journey, and now you leave me go back
+alone; and which way shall I make my port after, without de ship,
+without de horse, without pecune?" so he called money in his broken
+Latin. He then informed me, that there was a great caravan of Muscovite
+and Polish merchants in the city, who were preparing to set out for
+Muscovy by land within six weeks; and, that he was certain we would take
+this opportunity, and consequently that he must go home by himself.
+Indeed this news infinitely surprised & pleased me. "Are you certain of
+this?" said I, "Yes, Sir, (says he) me sure its true." And so he told
+me, that having met an old acquaintance of his, an Armenian, in the
+street, who was among them, and who had come from Astracan, with a
+design to go to Tonquin, but for certain reasons having altered his
+resolutions, he was now resolved to go with the caravan, and to return
+by the river Wolga to Astracan. "Well, Seignior, (said I) don't be
+discontented about your returning alone; and if, by this means, I can
+find a passage to England, it will be your own fault if you return to
+Macao at all." And so consulting with my partner what was best to be
+done, he referred it to me as I pleased, having our affairs so well
+settled at Bengal, that if he could convert the good voyage he had made
+in China silks, wrought or raw, he would be satisfied to go to England;
+and so return to Bengal in the Company's ships. Thus resolved, we agreed
+that if our pilot would go with us, we would bear his charges either to
+Moscow or England; and to give him in a present the sum of one hundred
+and seventy pounds sterling. Hereupon we called him in, and told him the
+cause of his complaint should be removed, if he would accompany us with
+the caravans; and, therefore, we desired to know his mind. At this he
+shook his head, "Great long journey, (said he) me no pecune carry me to
+Moscow, or keep me there." But we soon put him out of that concern, by
+making him sensible of what we would give him here to lay out the best
+advantage; and, as for his charges, we would set him safe on shore, God
+willing, either in Muscovy or England, as he pleased, at our own charge,
+except the carriage of his goods. At this proposal, he was like a man
+transported, telling us he would go with us all the world over; and we
+made preparations for our journey; but it was near four months before
+all the merchants were ready.
+
+In the mean time, my partner and the pilot went express to the port
+where we first put in, to dispose of what goods had been left there,
+while I accompanied a Chinese merchant who was going to Nanquin, and
+there bought twenty-nine pieces of damask, with about three hundred more
+of other fine silks; and, by the time my partner returned to Pekin, I
+had them all carried thither; our cargo in silks amounted to 45col.
+sterling, which, together with tea, fine calicoes, nutmegs, and cloves,
+loaded eighteen camels for our share, besides what we rode upon, with
+two or three spare horses, and two more loaden with provisions; the
+company now was very great, making about four hundred horse, and above
+one hundred and twenty men, well armed and provided. We were of several
+nations, among whom were five Scotch merchants, inhabiting in Moscow,
+and well experienced in trade.
+
+We set out from Pekin the beginning of February our stile; and in two
+days more, we passed through the gate of the great China wall, which was
+erected as a fortification against the Tartars, being one hundred
+English miles long. We then entered a country not near so populous,
+chiefly under the power of plundering Tartars, several companies of whom
+we perceived riding on poor starved horses, contemptible as themselves
+without order of discipline. One time our leader, for the day, gave us
+leave to go a hunting; but what do you think we hunted? only a parcel of
+sheep, which indeed exceeded any in the world for wildness and
+swiftness; but while we were pursuing this game, it was our chance to
+meet with about forty Tartars, who no sooner perceived us, but one of
+them blew a horn, at the sound of which there soon appeared a troop of
+forty or fifty more, at about a mile's distance. Hereupon, one of the
+Scots merchants (who knew their ways) ordered us to advance towards
+them, and attack them immediately, As we advanced, they let fly a
+volley of arrows, which happily fell a little short of us; this made us
+halt a little, to return the compliment with bullets; and then being led
+up by the bold Scot, we fired our pistols in their faces, and drew out
+our swords; but there was no occasion; for they flew like timorous
+sheep, & only three of them remained, beckoning to the rest to come
+back. But our brave commander gallops up to them by himself, shot one
+dead, knocked another of his horse, while the third ran away; and thus
+ended our battle with the Tartars.
+
+We travelled a month more through the Emperor of China's dominions; and
+at length coming to one of their towns about a day and a half's journey
+from the city of Naum, I wanted to buy a camel. The person I spoke to
+would have brought me one, but, like a fool, I must go along with him,
+about two miles from the village. My old pilot and I walked on foot,
+forsooth, for some variety, when coming to the place where the camels
+were kept as in a park guarded by Chinese soldiers, we there agreed and
+bought one, which the Chinese man that came along with me led along the
+road. But we had not gone far, before we were attacked by five Tartars,
+mounted on horseback, two of whom seized the man, took the camel from
+him, and rode away, while the other three approached us, the first of
+whom suddenly seized me as I was drawing my sword, the second; knocked
+me down, but my old trusty Portuguese taking a pistol out of his pocket,
+which I knew nothing of, and coming up to the fellow that struck me, he
+with one hand pulled him off his horse, and then shot him dead upon the
+spot; then taking his scymitar, he struck at the man that stopped us,
+but missing him, cut off one of his horses ears, the pain of which made
+him throw his rider to the ground. The poor Chinese who had led the
+camel, seeing the Tartar down, runs to him, and seizing upon his
+pole-ax, wrenched it from his hands, and knocked his brains out. But
+there was another Tartar to deal with, who seeming neither inclined to
+fight nor fly, and my old man having begun to charge his pistol, the
+very sight of it struck such a terror into the wretch, that away he
+scoured, leaving my old pilot, rather my champion and defender, an
+absolute victory.
+
+By this time being awakened from my trance, I began to open my eyes,
+wondering where I was, having quite forgot all that passed; but my
+senses returning, and feeling a great pain in my head, and seeing the
+blood was running over my clothes, I instantly jumped upon my feet, and
+grasped my sword in my hand, with a resolution to take revenge: but no
+enemies now remained, except the dead Tartar, with his horse standing by
+him. The old man seeing me recovered, whom he thought slain, ran towards
+me, and embraced me with the greatest tenderness, at the same time
+examining into my wound, which was far from being mortal. When we
+returned to the village, the man demanded payment for his camel, which I
+refusing, we brought the cause, before a Chinese judge, who acted with
+great impartiality: Having heard both sides, he asked the Chinese man
+that went with me, whose servant he was? _Sir,_ said he, _I am nobody's,
+but went with the stranger at his request: Why then_, said the judge,
+_you are the stranger's servant for the time, and the camel being
+delivered to his servant, it is the same as though delivered to himself,
+and accordingly he must pay for it._ Indeed the case was so fairly
+stated, that I had nothing to object to it; so, having paid for that I
+was robbed of, I sent for another, but did not go myself to fetch it, as
+I had enough of that sport before.
+
+The city of Naum is a frontier of the Chinese empire, so fortified, as
+some will tell you, that millions of Tartars cannot batter down their
+walls; by which certainly one might think one of our cannons would do
+more execution than all their legions.
+
+When we were within a day's march of that city, we had information that
+the governor had sent messengers to every part of the road, to inform
+the travellers and caravans to halt, till a guard was sent to protect
+them from the numerous bodies of Tartars that lately appeared about the
+city. This news put us into great consternation; but, obeying the
+orders, we stopt; & two days after, there came two hundred soldiers from
+a garrison of the Chinese, and three hundred more from Naum; thus
+guarded both in the front and rear, with our own men in the flanks, we
+boldly advanced, thinking we were able to combat with ten thousand Mogul
+Tartars, if they appeared.
+
+Early next morning, in our march from a little well situated town called
+Changu, after having passed a river, and entered upon a desert of about
+fifteen or sixteen miles over, we soon beheld by a cloud of dust that
+was raised, that the enemy was approaching. This much dispirited the
+Chinese. My old pilot took notice of it, and called out, _Seignor
+Inglise, those fellows must be encouraged, or they will ruin us all, and
+I am afraid if the Tartars attack us, they will all run away_. "Why,
+Seignor, (said I), what shall be done in this case?" _Done_, says he,
+_why let fifty of our men advance, and flank them on each wing. I know
+the fellows will fight well enough in company_. We accordingly took his
+advice, and marched fifty to the right wing, and the same number to the
+left, and with the rest made a line of reserve, leaving the last two
+hundred men to guard the camels, or to assist us, as occasion required.
+
+Thus prepared, a party of the enemy came forward, viewing our posture,
+and traversing the ground on the front of our line. Hereupon we ordered
+the two wings to move on, and give them a salute with their shot; which
+accordingly was done. This put a stop to their proceedings; for
+immediately wheeling off to their left, they all marched away, and we
+saw no more of them. They had undoubtedly given an account to their
+companions of what reception they might expect, which made them to
+easily give over their enterprize.
+
+When we came to the city of Naum, we returned the governor hearty
+thanks, and distributed a hundred crowns among the soldiers that guarded
+us. We rested there one day, and then proceeded on our travels, passing
+several great rivers and deserts and on the 13th of April we came to the
+frontiers of Muscovy, the first town of which was called Argun.
+
+This happy occasion, as I thought, of coming into a Christian country,
+made me congratulate the Scots merchant upon it. He smiled at that,
+telling me not to rejoice too soon; _for_, said he, _except the Russian
+soldiers in garrison, and a few inhabitants of the cities upon the road,
+all the rest of this country, for above a thousand miles, is inhabited
+by the most ignorant and barbarous Pagans_.
+
+We advanced from the river Arguna, by moderate journies and found
+convenient garrisons on the road, filled with Christian soldiers for the
+security of commerce, and for the convenient lodgings of travellers: but
+the inhabitants of the country were mere Pagans, worshiping the sun,
+moon, and stars. We particularly observed this idolatry near the river
+Arguna, at a city inhabited by Tartars and Russians, called Nerisinkey.
+Being curious to see their way of living, while the caravan continued to
+rest themselves in that city, I went to one of their villages, where
+there was to be one of their solemn sacrifices.
+
+There I beheld upon the stump of an old tree, an idol of wood, more ugly
+than the representation of the devil himself: its head resembled no
+living creature; its ears were as big and as high as goat's horns, a
+crooked nose, four-cornered mouth, and horrible teeth: it was clothed in
+sheep skins, had a great Tartar bonnet, with two horns growing thro' it,
+and was eight feet high, without feet, legs or proportion. Before this
+idol their lay sixteen or seventeen people, who brought their offerings,
+and were making their prayers, while at a distance stood three men and
+one bullock, as victims to this ugly monster.
+
+Such stupendous sacrilege as this, in robbing the true God of his
+honour, filled me with the greatest astonishment and reflection: which
+soon turning to rage and fury, I rode up to the image, and cut in pieces
+the bonnet that was upon his head with my sword, so that it hung down by
+one of the horns, while one of my men that was with me pulled at it by
+his sheep-skin garment. Immediately an hideous howling and outcry ran
+through the village, and two or three hundred people coming about our
+ears, we were obliged to fly for it.
+
+But I had not done with the monster; for the caravan being to rest
+three nights in the town, I told the Scots merchant what I had seen, and
+that I was resolved to take four or five men well armed with me, in
+order to destroy the idol, and show the people how little reason they
+had to trust in a god who could not save himself. At first he laughed at
+me, representing the danger of it, and when it was destroyed, what time
+had we to preach to them better things, whole zeal and ignorance was in
+the highest degree, and both unparalleled? that if I should be taken by
+them, I should be served as a poor ruffian, who contemned their worship;
+that is, to be stripped naked, and tied to the top of the idol, there
+shot at with arrows till my body was fall of them, and then burnt as a
+sacrifice to the monster; _but Sir_, said he, _since your zeal carries
+you so far, rather than you should be alone I will accompany you, and
+bring a stout fellow equal to yourself, if you will, to assist you in
+this design:_ and accordingly he brought one Captain Richardson, who,
+hearing the story, readily consented; but my partner declined it, being
+altogether out of his way: and so we three, and my servant, resolved to
+execute this exploit about midnight; but upon second thoughts we
+deferred it to the next night, by reason that the caravan being to go
+from hence the next morning, we should be out of the governor's power.
+The better to effectuate my design, I procured a Tartar's sheep-skin
+robe, a bonnet, with bow and arrows, and every one of us got the like
+habits, the first night we spent in mixing combustible matter with aqua
+vitae, gunpowder, &c. having a good quantity of tar in a little pot:
+next night we came up to the idol about eleven o'clock, the moon being
+up. We found none guarding it; but we perceived a light in the house,
+where we had seen the priests before. One of our men was for firing the
+hut, another for killing the people, and a third for making them
+prisoners, while the idol was destroyed. We agreed to the latter; so
+knocking at the door, we seized the first that opened it, and stopping
+his mouth and tying his feet, we left him. We served the other two in
+the like manner; and then the Scots merchant set fire to the
+composition, which frightened them so much, that we brought them all
+away prisoners to their wooden god. There we fell to work with him,
+daubing him all over with tar mixed with tallow and brimstone stopping
+his eyes, ears, and mouth full of gunpowder, with a great piece of
+wild-fire in his bonnet, and environed it with dry forage. All this
+being done, we unloosed and ungagged the prisoners, and set the idol on
+fire, which the gunpowder blowing up, the shape of it was deformed, rent
+and split, which the forage utterly consumed; for we staid to see its
+destruction, lest the ignorant idolatrous people should have thrown
+themselves into the flames, And thus we came away undiscovered, in the
+morning appearing as busy among our fellow travellers, as no body could
+have suspected any other, but that we had been in our beds all night.
+
+Next morning we let out, and had gone but a small distance from the
+city, when there came a multitude of people of the country to the gates
+of the city, demanding satisfaction of the Ruffian governor for
+insulting their priests, and burning their great Cham Cai-Thaungu, who
+dwelt in the sun, and no mortal would violate this image but some
+Christian miscreants; and being already no less than thirty thousand
+strong, they announced war against him and all his Christians.
+
+The governor assured them he was ignorant of the matter, and that none
+of his garrison had been abroad; that indeed there was a caravan that
+went away that morning, and that he would send after them to inquire
+into it; and whoever was the offender, should be delivered into their
+hands. This satisfied them for the present, but the governor sent to
+inform us, that if any of us had done it, we should make all the haste
+away possible, while he kept them in play as long as he could. Upon this
+we marched two days and two nights, stopping but very little, till at
+last we arrived at a village called Plothus, and hasted to Jerawena,
+another of the Czar's colonies. On the third day, having entered the
+desert, and passed the lake called Shaks Oser, we beheld a numerous body
+of horde on the other side or it to the north, who supposed we had
+passed on that side of the lake; but either having found the mistake, or
+being certainly informed of the way we took, they came upon us towards
+the dusk of the evening, just as we had pitched our camp between two
+little but very thick woods, with a little river running before our
+front and some felled trees with which we covered our rear; a precaution
+we always took, and which we had just finished when the enemy came up.
+They did not fall on us immediately, but sent three messengers,
+demanding the men who had insulted their priests, & burnt their god,
+Cham Chi-Thaungu, that they might be burnt with fire; that if this was
+complied with, they would peaceably depart; but if not, they would
+destroy one and all of us. Our men stared at one another on receipt of
+this message, but Nobody was the word, as indeed nobody knew it, but he
+who did it. Upon which the leader of the caravan returned for answer,
+_That they were peaceable merchants, who meddled with none of their
+priests and gods and therefore desired, them not to disturb us, and put
+us to the necessity of defending ourselves_. But do far was this from
+satisfying them, that the next morning coming to our right, they let fly
+a volley of arrows among us, which happily did not hurt any, because we
+sheltered ourselves behind our baggage. We expected however to come to a
+closer engagement; but were happily saved by a cunning fellow, a
+Cossack, who obtaining leave of the leader to go out, mounts his horse,
+rides directly from our rear, and taking a circuit, comes up to the
+Tartars, as tho he had been sent express, and tells them a formal story,
+that the wretches who had burnt the Cham Chi-Thaungu, were gone to
+Shiheilka, with a resolution to burn the god Shal-Ifar, belonging to the
+Tongueses. Upon which, believing this cunning Tartar, who was servant to
+our Muscovites, away they drove to Shiheilka, and in less than three
+minutes were out of sight, nor did we ever hear of them more.
+
+When we came to the city of Jarawena, we rested five days, and then
+entered into a frightful desert, which held us twenty-three days march,
+infested with several small companies of robbers, or Mogul Tartars, who
+never had the courage to attack us. After we had passed over this
+desert, we found several garisons to defend the caravans from the
+violence of the Tartars. In particular the Governor of Adinskoy offered
+us a guard of fifty men to the next station, if we apprehended any
+danger. The people here retained the same paganism and barbarity, only
+they were not so dangerous, being conquered by the Muscovites. The
+clothing, both of men & women, is of the skins of beasts, living under
+the ground in vaults & caves, which have a communication with one
+another. They have idols almost in every family; besides, they adore the
+sun and stars, water and snow; and the least uncommon thing that happens
+in the elements, alarms them as much as thunder and lightning does the
+unbelieving Jews.
+
+Nothing remarkable occurred in our march through this country. When we
+had gone through the desert, after two days farther travel; we came to
+Jenezoy, a Muscovite city, on the great river so called, which we were
+told, parted Europe from Asia. The inhabitants here were very little
+better, though intermixed with the Muscovites, but the wonder will
+cease, when I inform my readers of what was observed to me, that the
+Czar rather converts the Tartars with soldiers than clergymen, and is
+more proud to make them faithful subjects, than good Christians.
+
+From this city to the river Oby, we travelled over a pleasant, fruitful,
+but very uncultivated country, for want of good management and people,
+and those few are mostly Pagans. This is the place where the Muscovite
+criminals are banished to, if they are not put to death. The next city
+we came to, was the capital city of Siberia, called Tobolski when having
+been almost seven months on our journey, and winter drawing on apace, my
+partner and I consulted about our particular affairs in what manner we
+should dispose of ourselves. We had been told of sledges and rein-deer
+to carry us over the snow in the winter season, the snow being frozen so
+hard, that the sledges can run upon the surface without any danger of
+going down. As I was bound to England, I now behoved either to go with
+the caravan to Jerosaw, from thence west to Marva, and the gulph of
+Finland, and so by land or sea to Denmark; or else I must leave the
+caravan at a little town on the Dwina, and so to Archangel, where I was
+certain of shipping either to England, Holland, or Hamburgh. One night I
+happened to get into the company of an illustrious, but banished Prince,
+whose company and virtues were such as made me to propose to him a
+method how he might obtain his liberty. _My dear friend_, said he, _as I
+am here happily free from my miserable greatness with all its attendants
+of pride, ambition, avarice, and luxury, if I should escape from this
+place, those pernicious seeds may again revive, to my lasting
+disquietude; therefore let me remain in a blessed confinement, for I am
+but flesh, a mere man, with passions and affections as such; O be not my
+friend and tempter too!_ Struck dumb with surprise, I stood silent
+a-while; nor was he less in disorder, by which perceiving he wanted to
+give vent to his mind, I desired him to consider of it, and so withdrew.
+But about two hours after he came to my apartment: _Dear friend_, said
+he, _though I cannot consent to accompany you, I shall have this
+satisfaction in parting, that you leave me an honest man still: but as a
+testimony of my affection to you, be pleased to accept this present
+of sables_.
+
+In return for his compliment, I sent my servant next morning to his
+Lordship with a small present of tea, two pieces of China damask, and
+four little wedges of gold; but he only accepted the tea, one piece of
+damask, and one piece of gold, for the curiosity of the Japan stamp that
+was upon it. Not long after he sent for me, and told me, _that what he
+had refused himself, he hoped upon his account, I would grant to another
+whom he should name:_ In short it was his only son, who was about two
+hundred miles distant from him, on the other side of the city, whom he
+said he would send for, if I gave my consent. This I soon complied with;
+upon which he sent his servants next day for his son, who returned in
+twenty days time, bringing seven horses loaded with valuable furs. At
+night the young Lord was conducted incognito into our apartment, where
+his father presented him to me. We then concerted the best ways for
+travelling, and after having bought a considerable quantity of sables,
+black fox-skins, fine ermines, &c. (which I sold at Archangel at a good
+price) we set out from this city the beginning of June, making a small
+caravan, being about thirty-two horses and camels, of which I
+represented the head. My young Lord had with him a very faithful
+Siberian servant, well acquainted with the roads: We shunned the
+principal towns and cities, as Tumen, Soli Kamoskoi, and several others,
+by reason of their strictness in examining travellers, lest any of the
+banished persons of distinction should escape. Having passed the river
+Kama, we came to a city on the European side, called Soloy Kamoskoi,
+where we found the people mostly Pagans as before. We then passed a
+desert of about two hundred miles over; but in other places it is near
+seven hundred. In passing this wild place, we were beset by a troop of
+men on horseback, and about five and forty men armed with bows and
+arrows. At first they looked earnestly on us, and then placed themselves
+in our way. We were above sixteen men, and drew up a little line before
+our camels. My young Lord sent out his Siberian servant, to know who
+they were; but, when he approached them, he neither knew a word they
+said; nor would they admit him to come near them at his peril, but
+prepared to shoot him. At his return, he told us he believed them to be
+Calmuc Tartars; and that there were more upon the desert. This was but a
+small comfort to us; yet seeing a little grove, about a quarter of a
+mile's distance, we moved to it, by the old Portuguese pilot's advice,
+without meeting with any opposition. Here we found a marshy piece of
+ground, and a spring of water running into a little brook on one side,
+which joined another like it a little further off, and these two formed
+the head of the river called Writska. As soon as we arrived, we went to
+work, cutting great arms off the trees, and laying them hanging (not
+quite off from one tree to another). In this situation we waited the
+motion of the enemy, without perceiving any advancement they made
+towards us. About two hours before night, being joined by some others,
+in all about fourscore horse, among whom we fancied were some women,
+they came upon us with great fury. We fired without ball, calling to
+them in the Russian tongue, to know their business; but they, either not
+knowing, or seeming not to understand us, came directly to the wood
+side, nor considering that we were to be fortified, as that they could
+not break in. Our old pilot, the Portuguese, proved both our captain and
+engineer, and desired us not to fire, till they came within pistol shot;
+and when he gave the word of command, then to take the surest aim: but
+he did not bid us give fire, till they were within two pikes length of
+us, and then we filled fourteen of them, wounded several, as also their
+horses, having every one of us loaded our pieces with two or three
+bullets at least. So much were they surprised at our undauntedness, that
+they retired about a hundred roods from us. In the mean while we loaded
+our pieces again, and sallying out, secured four or five of their
+horses, whose riders we found were killed, and perceived them to be
+Tartars. About an hour after, they made another attempt, to see where
+they might break in; but finding us ready to receive them, they retired.
+
+All that night we wrought hard, in strengthening our situation, and
+barricading the entrances into the woods; but when day-light came, we
+had a very unwelcome discovery; for the enemy, being encouraged by
+their numbers, had set up eleven or twelve tents, in form of a camp,
+about three quarters of a mile from us. I must confess, I was never more
+concerned in my life, giving myself and all that I had over for lost.
+And my partner declared, that as the loss of his goods would be his
+ruin, before they should be taken from him, he would fight to the last
+drop of his blood. As we could not pretend to force our way, we had
+recourse to a stratagem; we kindled a large fire, which burnt all night;
+and no sooner was it dark, but we pursued our journey towards the pole
+or north star, and travelling all night; by six o'clock in the morning
+we came to a Russian village called Kertza, and from thence came to a
+large town named Ozonzoys, where we heard that several troops of Calmuc
+Tartars had been abroad upon the desert, but that we were past all
+danger. In five days after we came to Veuslima, upon the river Witzedga;
+from thence we came to Lawrenskoy, on the third of July, where,
+providing ourselves with two luggage boats, and a convenient bark, we
+embarked the seventh, and arrived at Archangel the eighteenth, after a
+year, five months, and three days journey, including the eight months
+and odd days at Tobolski. We came from Archangel the 20th of August in
+the same year, and arrived at Hamburg the 30th of September. Here my
+partner and I made a very good sale of our goods, both those of China
+and Siberia; when dividing our effects, my share came to 3475l. 17s. 3d.
+after all the losses we had sustained, and charges we had been at. Here
+the young Lord took his leave of me, in order to go to the court of
+Vienna, not only to seek protection, but to correspond with his father's
+friends. After we had staid four months in Hamburgh, I went from thence
+overland to the Hague, where embarking in the packet, I arrived in
+London the 10th of January 1705, after ten years and nine months absence
+from England.
+
+
+
+_R O B I N S O N C R U S O E'S_  VISION OF THE ANGELIC WORLD.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+CHAP. I. Of SOLITUDE.
+
+However solitude is looked upon as a restraint to the pleasure of the
+world, in company and conversation, yet it is a happy state of exemption
+from a sea of trouble, an inundation of vanity and vexation, of
+confusion and disappointment. While we enjoy ourselves, neither the joy
+not sorrow of other men affect us: We are then at liberty with the voice
+of our soul, to speak to God. By this we shun such frequent trivial
+discourse, as often becomes an obstruction to virtue: and how often do
+we find that we had reason to with we had not been in company, or said
+nothing when we were there? for either we offend God by the impiety of
+our discourse, or lay ourselves open to the violence of designing people
+by our ungarded expressions; and frequently feel the coldness and
+treachery of pretended friends, when once involved in trouble and
+affliction: of such unfaithful intimates (I should say enemies) who
+rather by false inuendoes would accumulate miseries upon us, than
+honestly assist us when under the hard hand of adversity. But in a state
+of solitude, when our tongues cannot be heard, except from the great
+Majesty of Heaven, how happy are we, in the blessed enjoyment of
+conversing with our Maker! It is then we make him our friend, which sets
+us above the envy and contempt of wicked men. When a man converses with
+himself, he is sure that he does not converse with an enemy. Our retreat
+should be to good company, and good books. I mean not by solitude, that
+a man should retire into a cell, a desert, or a monastry: which would be
+altogether an useless and unprofitable restraint: for as men ate formed
+for society, and have an absolute necessity and dependance upon one
+another; so there is a retirement of the soul, with which it converses
+in heaven, even in the midst of men; and indeed no man is more fit to
+speak freely, than he who can, without any violence himself, refrain his
+tongue, or keep silence altogether. As to religion, it is by this the
+foul gets acquainted with the hidden mysteries of the holy writings;
+here she finds those floods of tears, in which good men wash themselves
+day and night, and only makes a visit to God, and his holy angels. In
+this conversation the truest peace and most solid joy are to be found;
+it is a continual feast of contentment on earth, and the means of
+attaining everlasting happiness in heaven.
+
+
+
+CHAP. II. Of HONESTY.
+
+Honesty is a virtue beloved by good men, and pretended to by all other
+persons. In this there are several degrees: to pay every man his own is
+the common law of honesty: but to do good to all mankind, is the
+chancery law of honesty: and this chancery court is in every man's
+breast, where his conscience is a Lord Chancellor. Hence it is, that a
+miser, though he pays every body their own, cannot be an honest man,
+when he does not discharge the good offices that are incumbent on a
+friendly, kind, and generous person: for, faith the prophet Isaiah,
+chap. XXXII. ver. 7, 8. _The instruments of a churl are evil: he
+deviseth wicked devices to destroy the poor with lying words, even when
+the needy speaketh right. But the liberal soul deviseth liberal things,
+and by liberal things shall he stand_. It is certainly honest to do
+every thing the law requires; but should we throw every poor debtor into
+prison till he has paid the utmost farthing, hang every malefactor
+without mercy, exact the penalty of every bond, and the forfeiture of
+every indenture, this would be downright cruelty, and not honesty: and
+it is contrary to that general rule, _To do to another, that which you
+would have done unto you_. Sometimes necessity makes an honest man a
+knave: and a rich man a honest man, because he has no occasion to be a
+knave. The trial of honesty is this: Did you ever want bread, and had
+your neighbour's loaf in keeping, and would starve rather than eat it?
+Were you ever arrested, having in your custody another man's cash, and
+would rather go to gaol, than break it? if so, this indeed may be
+reckoned honesty. For King Solomon tells us, _That a good name is better
+than life, and is a precious ointment, and which, when a man has once
+lost, he has nothing left worth keeping_.
+
+
+
+CHAP. III _Of the present state of Religion in the world_.
+
+I doubt, indeed, there is much more devotion than religion in the world,
+more adoration than supplication, and more hypocrisy than sincerity; and
+it is very melancholy to consider, what numbers of people there are
+furnished with the powers of reason and gifts of nature, and yet
+abandoned to the grossest ignorance and depravity. But it would be
+uncharitable for us to imagine (as some Papists, abounding with too much
+ill nature, the only scandal to religion, do) that they will certainly
+be in a state of damnation after this life; for how can we think it
+consistent with the mercy and goodness of an infinite Being, to damn
+those creatures, when he has not furnished them with the light of the
+gospel? or how can such proud, conceited and cruel bigots, prescribe
+rules to the justice and mercy of God?
+
+We are told by some people, that the great image which King
+Nebuchadnezzar set up to be adored by his people held the representation
+of the sun in it's right hand, as the principal object of adoration. But
+to wave this discourse of Heathens, how many self-contradicting
+principles are there held among Christians? and how do we doom one
+another to the devil, while all profess to worship the same Deity, and
+to expect the same salvation.
+
+When I was at Portugal, there was held at that time the court of justice
+of the Inquisition. All the criminals were carried in procession to the
+great church, where eight of them were habited in gowns and caps of
+canvass, whereon the torments of hell were displayed, and they were
+condemned and burnt for crimes against the Catholic faith and
+blessed Virgin.
+
+I am sorry to make any reflection upon Christians; but indeed, in Italy
+the Roman religion seems the most cruel and mercenary upon earth; and a
+very judicious person, who travelled through Italy from Turkey, tells,
+_That there is only the face and outward pomp of religion there; that
+the church protects murderers and assassins; and then delivers the civil
+magistrate over to Satan for doing justice; interdicts whole kingdoms,
+and shuts up the churches for want of paying a few ecclesiastical dues,
+and so puts a stop to religion for want of their money; that the court
+of Inquisition burnt two men for speaking dishonourably of the Blessed
+Virgin; and the missionaries of China tolerated the worshipping the
+devil by their new converts: that Italy was the theatre, where religion
+was the grand opera: and that the Popish clergy were no other than
+stage players_.
+
+As to religion in Poland, they deny Christ to be the Messiah, or that
+the Messiah has come in the flesh. And as to their Protestants, they are
+the followers of Laelius Socinus, who denied our Saviour's divinity; and
+have no concern about the divine inspiration of the Holy Ghost.
+
+In Muscovy their churches are built of wood, and, indeed, they have but
+wooden priests, though of the Greek church; they pray as much to St.
+Nicholas, as the Papists do to the Virgin Mary, for protection in all
+their difficulties or afflictions.
+
+As to Lutherans, they only differ from the Romans in believing
+consubstantiation, instead of transubstantiation; but like them, they
+are much pleased with the external gallantry and pomp, more than the
+true and real practice of it.
+
+In France I found a world of priests, the streets every where crowded
+with them, and the churches full of women: but surely never was a nation
+so full of blind guides, so ignorant of religion, and even as void of
+morals, as those people who confess their sins to them.
+
+Does it not seem strange, that, while all men own the Divine Being,
+there should be so many different opinions as to the manner of paying
+him obedience in the Christian church? I know not what reason to assign
+for this, except it be their different capacities and faculties.
+
+And, indeed, upon this account, we have perceived, in all Christian
+countries, what mortal feuds have been about religion; what wars and
+bloodshed have molested Europe, till the general pacification of the
+German troubles at the treaty of Westphalia: and since those times, what
+persecution in the same country among the churches of the Lutherans; and
+should I take a prospect at home, what unhappy divisions are between
+Christians in this kingdom, about Episcopacy and Presbytery; the church
+of England and the Dissenters opposing one another like St. Paul and St.
+Peter, even to the face; that is, they carry on the dispute to the
+utmost extremity.
+
+It might be a question, why there are such differences in religious
+points, and why these breaches should be more hot and irreconcileable?
+All the answer I can give to this, is, that we inquire more concerning
+the truth of religion, than any other nation in the world; and the
+anxious concern we have about it, makes us jealous of every opinion, and
+tenacious of our own; and this is not because we are more furious and
+rash than other people; but the truth is, we are more concerned about
+them, and being sensible that the scripture is the great rule of faith,
+the standard for life and doctrine, we have recourse to it ourselves,
+without submitting to any pretended infallible judge upon earth.
+
+There is another question, pertinent to the former, and that is, _What
+remedy can we apply to this malady_? And to this I must negatively
+answer, _Not to be less religious, that we may differ the less_. This is
+striking at the very root of all religious differences; for, certainly,
+were they to be carried on with a peaceable spirit, willing to be
+informed, our variety of opinions would not have the name of
+differences; nor should we separate in communion of charity though we
+did not agree in several articles of religion.
+
+Nor is there a less useful question to start, namely, _Where will our
+unhappy religious differences end?_ To which, I hope, I may answer, _In
+Heaven_; there we shall unchristian and unbrotherly differences will
+find a period; there we shall embrace many a sinner, that here we think
+it a dishonour to converse with; & perceive many a heart we have broken
+here with censures, reproachings, & revilings, made whole again by the
+balm of the same Redeemer's blood. Here we shall perceive there have
+been other flocks than those of our fold; that those we have
+excommunicated have been taken into that superior communion; and, in a
+word, that those contradicting notions and principles which we thought
+inconsistent with true religion, we shall then find reconcileable to
+themselves, to one another, and to the fountain of truth. If any man ask
+me, Why our differences cannot be ended on earth? I answer, _Were we all
+thoroughly convinced, that then they would be reconciled, we would put
+an end to them before; but this is impossible to be done: for as men's
+certain convictions of truth are not equal to one another, or the weight
+or significancy of such veracity: so neither can a general effect of
+this affair be expected on this side of time_.
+
+Before I conclude this chapter, I shall beg leave to discourse a little
+of the wonderful excellency of negative religion and negative virtue.
+The latter sets out, like the Pharisee, with, _God, I thank thee;_ it is
+a piece of religious pageantry, the hypocrite's hope: and, in a word, it
+is positive vice: for it is either a mask to deceive others, or a mist
+to deceive ourselves. A man that is clothed with negatives, thus argues:
+_ I am not such a drunkard as my landlord, such a thief as my tenant,
+such a rakish fellow, or a highwayman; No! I live a sober, regular,
+retired life: I am a good man, I go to church; God, I thank thee._ Now,
+through a mans boasts of his virtue in contradiction to the vices
+mentioned, yet a person had better have them altogether than the man
+himself; or he is so full of himself, so persuaded that he is good and
+religious enough already, that he has no thoughts of any thing, except
+it be to pull of his hat to God Almighty now and then, and thank him
+that he has no occasion for him; and has the vanity to think that his
+neighbours must imagine well of him too.
+
+The negative man, though he is no drunkard is yet intoxicated with the
+pride of his own worth; a good neighbour and peace-maker in other
+families, but a tyrant in his own; appears in church for a show, but
+never falls upon his knees in his closet; does all his alms before men,
+to be seen of them; eager in the duties of the second table, but
+regardless of the first; appears religious, to be taken notice of by
+men, but without intercourse or communication between God and his own
+soul: Pray, what is this man? or what comfort is there of the life he
+lives? he is insensible of faith, repentance, and a Christian mortified
+life: in a word, he is a perfectly a stranger to the essential part
+of religion.
+
+Let us for a while enter into the private and retired part of his
+conversation: What notions has he of his mispent hours, and of the
+progress of time to the great centre and gulph of life, eternity? Does
+he know how to put a right value on time, or esteem the life-blood of
+his soul, as it really is, and act in all the moments of it, as one that
+must account for them? if then you can form an equality between what he
+can do and what he shall receive; less can be founded upon his negative
+virtue, or what he has forborne to do: And if neither his negative nor
+positive piety can be equal to the reward, and to the eternity that
+reward is to last for, what then is to become of the Pharisee, when he
+is to be judged by the sincerity of his repentance, and rewarded,
+according to the infinite grace of God, with a state of blessedness to
+an endless eternity?
+
+When the negative man converses with the invisible world, he is filled
+with as much horror and dread as Felix, when St Paul reasoned to him of
+temperance, righteousness, and of judgment to come; for Felix, though a
+great philosopher, of great power and reverence, was a negative man, and
+he was made sensible by the Apostle, that, as a life of virtue and
+temperance was its own reward, by giving a healthy body, a clear head,
+and a composed life, so eternal happiness must proceed from another
+spring; namely, the infinite unbounded grace of a provoked God, who
+having erected a righteous tribunal, Jesus Christ would separate such as
+by faith and repentance he had brought home and united to himself by the
+grace of adoption, and on the foot of his having laid down his life as a
+ransom for them, had appointed them to salvation, when all the
+philosophy, temperance, and righteousness in the world besides had been
+ineffectual. And this, I say, it was, that made Felix, this negative
+man tremble.
+
+
+
+CHAP. IV. _Of listening to the voice of Providence_.
+
+The magnificent and wise King Solomon bids us cry after knowledge, and
+lift up our voice for understanding; by which is meant, religious
+knowledge, for it follows: _Then shalt thou understand the fear of the
+Lord, and find the knowledge of God_. By which undoubtedly he meant, to
+enquire after every thing he has permitted us to know, and not to search
+into those ways that are unsearchable, and are effectually locked up
+from our knowledge.--Now, _as listening to the voice of Providence_ is
+my present subject, I intend, in the first place, to write to those who
+own, 1. That there is a God, a first great moving cause of all things,
+and eternal power, prior, and consequently superior to all created power
+or being.--2. That this eternal power, which is God, is the sovereign
+creator and governor of heaven and earth.
+
+To avoid all needless distinctions, what persons in the God-head
+exercise the creating, and what the governing power, I offer that
+glorious text, Psal. xxiii. 6. where the whole Trinity is entitled to
+the whole creating work: and, therefore, in the next place, I shall lay
+down these two propositions.
+
+I. _That the eternal God guides, by his providence, the whole
+   universe, which was created by his power._
+
+II. _That this providence manifests a particular care over, and
+    concern in, the governing and directing man, the most noble
+    creature upon earth_.
+
+It is plain, that natural religion proves the first, by intimating the
+necessity of a providence guiding and governing the world, from the
+consequence of the wisdom, justice, prescience, and goodness of the
+Almighty Creator: for otherwise it would be absurd to think, that God
+should create a world, without any care or providence over it, in
+guiding the operations of nature, so as to preserve the order of
+his creation.
+
+Revealed religion gives us a light into the care and concern of his
+providence, by the climate's being made habitable, the creatures
+subjected and made nourishing, and all vegetative life made medicinal;
+and all this for the sake of man, who is made viceroy to the King of the
+earth. The short description I shall give of providence is this: _That
+it is that operation of the power, of the wisdom, and goodness of God,
+by which be influences, governs, and directs, not only the means, but
+the events of all things, which concern us in this sublunary world; the
+sovereignty of which we ought always to reverence, obey its motions,
+observe its dictates, and listen to its voice. The prudent man forseeth
+the evil, and hideth himself; that is, as I take it, there is a secret
+providence intimates to us, that some danger threatens, if we strive not
+to shun it_.
+
+The same day that Sir John Hotham kept out Hull against the royal martyr
+King Charles I. the same day Sir John Hotham was put to death by the
+parliament for that very action: The same day that the King himself
+signed the warrant for the execution of the Earl of Stafford, the same
+day of the month was he barbarously murdered by the blood-thirsty
+Oliverian crew: and the same day that King James II. came to the crown
+against the bill of exclusion, the same day he was voted abdicated by
+the parliament, and the throne filled with King William and Queen Mary.
+
+The voice of signal deliverances from sudden dangers, is not only a just
+call to repentance, but a caution against falling into the like danger;
+but such who are utterly careless of themselves after, show a lethargy
+of the worst nature, which seems to me to be a kind of practical atheism
+or at least, a living in a contempt of Heaven, when he receives good at
+the hand of his Maker, but is unconcerned from whence it comes, or to
+thank the bountiful hand that gave it; neither, when he receives evil,
+does it alter his manner of life, or bring him to any state of
+humiliation.
+
+We have a remarkable story of two soldiers being condemned to death in
+Flanders. The general being prevailed upon to spare one of them, ordered
+them to cast dice upon the drumhead for their lives; the first having
+thrown two sixes, the second fell a wringing his hands, having so poor a
+chance to escape; however, having thrown, he was surprised when he also
+threw other two sixes. The officer appointed to see the execution,
+ordered them to throw again; they did so, and each of them threw fives;
+at which the soldiers that stood round, shouted, and said, neither of
+them was to die. Upon this, the officer acquainted the council of war,
+who ordered them to throw a third time, when they threw two fours: the
+general being acquainted with it, sent for the men, and pardoned them.
+_I love,_ said he, _in such extraordinary cases, to listen to the voice
+of Providence._
+
+We read in the holy writings, how God speaks to men by appearance of
+angels, or by dreams and visions of the night. As God appeared to
+Abraham, Lot, and Jacob: so angels have appeared to many in other cases,
+as to Manoah and his wife, Zechariah, the Virgin Mary, and to the
+apostles; other have been warned in a dream as king Abimelech, the false
+prophet Balaam, and many others.
+
+It is certainly a very great and noble inquiry, _What we shall be after
+this life?_ for there is scarce a doubt, that there is a place reserved
+for the reception of our souls after death: for if we are to be, we must
+have a where, which the scriptures assert by the examples of Dives and
+Lazarus. The doctrine of spirits was long believed before our Saviour's
+time; for when the disciples of the blessed Jesus perceived our Saviour
+walking on the sea, they were as much surprised as though they had seen
+a spirit. Nay, in those ages of the world, it was believed that spirits
+intermeddled in the affairs of mankind; and, throughout the Old
+Testament, I do not find any thing that in the least contradicts is. All
+the pains and labour that some learned men have taken, to confute the
+story of the witch of Endor, and the appearance of an old man
+personating Samuel, cannot make such apparitions inconsistent with
+nature or religion; and it is plain, that it was either a good or bad
+spirit, that prophetically told the unfortunate king what should happen
+the next day; for, said the spirit, _The Lord will deliver thee into the
+hands of the Philistines; and to-morrow shalt thou and thy sons be
+with me._
+
+Abundance of strange notions possessed me, when I was in the desolate
+island; especially on a moonshine night, when every bush seemed a man,
+and every tree a man on horseback. When I crept into the dismal cave
+where the old goat lay expiring, whole articulate groans even resembled
+those of a man, how was I surprised! my blood chilled in my veins,
+a cold sweaty dew sat on my forehead, my hair stood upright, and my
+joints, like Belshazzar's knees, struck against one another. And, indeed,
+though I afterwards found what it was, the remains of this surprise did
+not wear off for a great while; and I had frequently returns of those
+vapours on different occasions, and sometimes without any occasion at all.
+
+One night, after having seen some appearance in the air, as I had just
+lain down in my bed, one of my feet pained me; after that came a
+numbness, succeeded with a tingling in my blood; when on a sudden I
+thought something alive lay upon me, from my knee to above half my leg.
+Upon this I flung myself out of bed where I thought the creature lay;
+but finding nothing, _Lord deliver me from evil spirits_, said I, _what
+can this be?_ When I lighted a candle, I could perceive no living
+creature in the place with me, but the poor parrot, who, being frighted,
+cried out, _Hold your tongue_, and _What's the matter with you_, which
+words I had taught him, by saying so to him, when he made such screaming
+noises as I did not like. _Lord_, said I aloud, _surely the devil has
+been here._ _Hold your tongue_, says Poll. I was then mad at the bird,
+and putting on my clothes, cried, _I am terribly frighted._ _What's the
+matter with you_? says Poll. _You toad_, said I, _I'll knock your brains
+out._ _Hold you tongue_, cried he again, and so fell a chattering, and
+calling Robinson Crusoe, as he did before. But after I had composed
+myself, and went to bed again, I began plainly to see it was a distemper
+that affected my nerves, and so my terrors vanished at once.
+
+How intelligences are given or received, we do not know; nor are we
+sensible how they are conveyed from spirits embodied to ours that are
+in life; or, on the contrary, from us to them; the latter is certainly
+done without help of the organs, and the former is conveyed by the
+understanding, and the retired faculties of the soul.
+
+The spirits, without the help of voices, converse, and the more
+particular discoveries of converse of the spirits, seem to me as
+follow: to wit, dreams, voices, noises, impulses, hints, apprehensions,
+involuntary sadness, &c.
+
+Dreams of old were the ways by which God himself was pleased to warn
+men what services to perform, and what to shun. Joseph was directed of
+God in a dream to go to Egypt; and so were the wise men warned in a
+dream to depart into their own country another way, to avoid the fury
+of Herod. I am not like those who think dreams are the mere designs of
+a delirious head, or the relics of a day's perplexities or pleasures;
+but, on the contrary, I must beg leave to say, I never met with any
+capital mischief in my life, but I had some notice of it by a dream;
+and had I not been a thoughtless unbelieving creature, I might have
+taken many a warning, and avoided many of the evils I afterwards fell
+into, merely by total neglect of those dreams.
+
+I was once present at a dispute between a layman and a clergyman, upon
+the subject of dreams. The first thought no regard should be given unto
+them; that their communication from the invisible to the visible world
+was a mere chimera, without any solid foundation. For, first, said he,
+if dreams were from the agency of any prescient being, the motives would
+be more direct, and the discoveries more plain, and not by allegories
+and emblematic fancies, expressing things imperfect and obscure. 2.
+Since, with the notice of evil, there was not a power given to avoid it,
+it is not likely to proceed from a spirit, but merely fortuitious. 3.
+That the inconstancy of such notices, in cases equally important, proves
+they did not proceed from any such agent. 4. That as our most distinct
+dreams had nothing in them of any significancy, it would be irrational
+and vain to think that they came from heaven. And, 5. That as men were
+not always thus warned or supplied with notice of good or evil, so all
+men are not alike supplied with them; and what reason could we give,
+why one man or one woman should not have the same hints as another.
+
+To all this the clergyman gave answer: 1. That as to the signification of
+dreams, & the objections against them, as being dark and doubtful, they are
+expressed generally by hierogliphical representations, similies, allusions,
+and figurative emblematic ways, by which means, for want of interpretation,
+the thing was not understood, and, consequently, the evil not shunned. 2.
+That we charge God foolishly, to say, that he has given the notice of evil,
+without the power to avoid it; for, if any one had not power to avoid the
+evil, it was no notice to him; and it was want of giving due head to that
+notice, that men first neglected themselves, and then charged the Judge of
+all the earth with injustice. 3. That we ought not to find fault with the
+inconstancy of these notices; but rather with our weak understandings, by
+pretending dreams were not to be regarded, and negligent when the voice
+really spoke to us for our good. It is a mistake to say, dreams have no
+import at all: we might, with more reason, have said, none that we could
+perceive the reason of, owing to our blindness and supine negligence, too
+secure at one time, and too much alarmed at another; so that the spirit,
+which we might be said to be conversing with in a dream, was constantly
+and equally kind and careful; but our powers are not always in the same
+state of action, not equally attentive too, or retentive of the hints
+that were given. And, 5. To answer the last question, Why people are not
+equally supplied? This seemed to be no question; for Providence itself
+might have some share in the direction of it, and then that Providence
+might be limited by a superior direction; that as to the converse of
+spirits, he could not call it a stated converse: such a thing there was,
+but why there was so much of it, and no more, was none of his business,
+and that no such discovery had ever yet been made to mankind. Nor were
+we to imagine less of waking dreams, trances, visions, noises, hints,
+impulses, and all the waking testimonies of an invisible world, and of
+the communication that there is between us and them, which commonly
+entertain us with our open eyes.
+
+One time my fancy soared on high, to see what discoveries I could make
+in those clearer regions. I found that such immense bodies as the sun,
+stars, planets, and moon, in the great circle of the lower heaven, are
+far from being found in the study of nature on the surface of the earth.
+Here I saw many things that we can entertain little or no notion of, in
+a state of common life, and the emptiness of our notion, that the
+planets are habitable worlds; that is, created like ours, for the
+subsistence and existence of man and beast, and the preservation of the
+vegitative and sensitive life: No, no, this is, I assure you, a world of
+spirits; for here I saw a clear demonstration of Satan being the _prince
+of the power of the air_, keeping his court or camp, with innumerable
+angels to attend him; but his power is not so great as we imagine, he
+can tempt us to the crime, but cannot force us to commit: _Humanium est
+peccare_. Neither has the devil power to force the world into a
+rebellion against heaven, though his legions are employed among savage
+nations, to set up their master for a god, who make the heathens either
+worship him in person, or by his representatives, idols and monsters,
+with the cruel sacrifices of human blood. Now, as to the limitations of
+the devil's power, you must understand, that as there are numbers of
+evil spirits employed in mischief, so there are numbers of good angels
+sent from the higher and blessed abodes to disconcert and oppose their
+measures; and this every Christian, I hope, believes, when he prays to
+God, the father of spirits, to give his angels charge over him while he
+slumbereth and sleepeth. For if by these preventing powers the devil was
+not restrained, the earth would be subjected to dearth, droughts, and
+famine; the air infected with noxious fumes; and, in a word, mankind
+would be utterly destroyed, which might oblige our Maker (if I may be
+allowed the expression) to the necessity of a new _fiat_, or else have
+no more creatures to honour and worship him.
+
+As the devil never wanted insinuators, I shall observe, that I learned a
+way how to make a man dream of what I pleased. For instance, let us suppose
+one to be found asleep; let another lay his mouth close to his ear, and
+whisper any thing so softly as not to awake him, the sleeping man shall
+dream of what has been so whispered in his ear; nay, I can assure you,
+those insinuating devils can do this even when we are awake, which I call
+impulses of the mind: for from whence, but from these insinuators, come
+our causeless passions, involuntary wickedness, or sinful desires? Who
+else form ideas in the mind of man when he is asleep, or present terrible
+or, beautiful figures to his fancy: Mr. Milton represents the devil
+tempting Eve in the shape of a toad, lying just at her ear, when in her
+bower she lay fast asleep; and brings in Eve telling Adam what an uneasy
+night's rest she had, and relating her dream to him. And likewise I
+believe that good spirits have the same intercourse with us, in warning
+us against those things that are evil, and prompting us to that which is
+good.
+
+Were we to have the eyes of our souls opened, through the eyes of our
+bodies, we should see this very immediate region or air which we breath
+in, thronged with spirits now invisible, and which otherwise would be
+the most terrible; we should view the secret transactions of those
+messengers who are employed when the parting soul takes it's leave of
+the reluctant body, and perhaps see things nature would shrink back from
+with the utmost terror and amazement. In a word, the curtain of
+Providence for the disposition of things here, and the curtain of
+judgment for the determination of the state of souls hereafter, would be
+alike drawn back; and what heart could support here its future state in
+life; much less that, of its future state after life, even good or bad.
+
+A gentleman of my acquaintance, being about seven miles distant from
+London, a friend that came to dine with him, solicited him to go to the
+city. _What_, said the gentleman, _is there any occasion for me? No,
+Sir_, said the other, _nothing at all except the enjoyment of your good
+company_: and so gave over importuning him. Just then a strong impulse
+of mind urged the gentleman and pursued him like a voice, with, _Go to
+London, Go to London. Hark ye_, says he to his friend, _is all well at
+London? Am I wanted there? Or did you ask me to go with you on any
+particular account? Are all my family well? Yes, indeed, Sir_, said he,
+_I perceived them all very hearty; and I did not ask you to go to London
+upon any particular account whatsoever, except it was for the sake of
+your good company_. Again, he put off his resolution: but still the
+impulse suggested to him, _Go to London_; and at length he did so. When
+he came there, he found a letter and a messenger had been there to seek
+him, and to tell him of a particular business, which was at first and
+last above a thousand pounds to him, and which might inevitably have
+been lost, had he hot gone to London that night.
+
+The obeying of several hints, of secret impulses, argues great wisdom.
+I knew a man that was under misfortunes, being guilty of misdemeanors
+against the goverment; when, absconding for fear of his ruin, all his
+friends advising him not to put himself in the hands of the law, one
+morning as he awaked, he felt a strong impulse darting into his mind
+thus, _Write a letter to them;_ and this was repeated several times to
+his mind, and at last he answered to it, as if it had been a voice,
+_Whom shall I write to?_ Immediately it replied, _Write to the judge:_
+and this impulse pursued him for several days, till at length he took
+pen, ink, and paper, and sat down to write to him: when immediately
+words flowed from his pen, like streams from a fair fountain, that
+charmed even himself with hopes of success. In short, the letter was so
+strenuous in argument, so pathetic in its eloquence, and so persuasively
+moving, that when the judge had read it, he sent him an answer he might
+be easy, he would endeavour to make that matter light to him; and,
+indeed, never left exerting himself, till he had stopt the prosecution,
+and restored him to his liberty and family.
+
+I know a person who had so strong an impression upon her mind, that the
+house she was in would be burnt that very night, that she could not
+sleep; the impulse she had upon her mind pressed her not to go to bed,
+which, however, she got over, and went to bed; but was so terrified with
+the thought, which run in her mind, that the house would be burnt, that
+she could not go to sleep; but communicating her apprehensions to
+another in the family, they were both in such a fright, that they
+applied themselves to search from the top of the house to the bottom, &
+to see every fire and candle safe out, so that, as they all said, it was
+impossible that any thing could happen then, and they sent to the
+neighbours on both sides to do the like. Thus far they did well: But had
+she obeyed the hint which pressed upon her strangely, not to go to bed,
+she had done much better; for the fire was actually kindled at that very
+time, though not broken out. About an hour after the whole family was in
+bed, the house just over the way, directly opposite, was all in flames,
+and the wind, which was very high, blowing the flame upon the house this
+gentlewoman lived in, so filled it with smoke and fire, in a few
+minutes, the street being narrow, that they had not air to breathe, or
+time to do any thing, but jump out of their beds, and save their lives.
+Had she obeyed the hint given, and not gone to bed, she might have saved
+several things; but the few moments she had spared to her, were but just
+sufficient to leap out of bed, put some cloathes on, and get down
+stairs, for the house was on fire in half a quarter of an hour.
+
+While I am mentioning these things, methinks it is very hard that we
+should obey the whispers of evil spirits, and not much rather receive
+the notices which good ones are pleased to give. We never perceive the
+misfortune of this, but when in real danger; and then we cry, _My mind
+misgave me when I was going about it_; but if so, why do you fight the
+caution? Why not listen to it as to a voice? and then there had been no
+reason to make this complaint.
+
+I remember about fourteen or fifteen years ago (as to time I cannot be
+very positive) there was a young clergyman in the city of Dublin, in
+Ireland, who dreamed a very uncommon dream, that a gentleman had killed
+his wife, a relation of his, by stabbing her in several places; the
+fright of this awaked him, but finding it a dream, he composed himself
+again to sleep, when he dreamed a second time the same dream. This made
+him a little uneasy; but thinking it proceeded from the impression made
+on his mind by the former, he went to sleep again, and dreamed the same
+dream a third time also. So troubled was he at this, that he arose, and
+knocked at his mother's chamber, told his concern, and his apprehensions
+that all was not right at his relation's house. _Dear son_, says the
+good old gentlewoman, _do not mind these foolish dreams; and I very much
+wonder, that you, being a person in holy orders, should have regard to
+such illusions_. Upon this he went to bed again, fell asleep, and
+dreamed a fourth time as before. And then indeed he put on his
+night-gown, and went to Smithfield, the place where his relation dwelt.
+Here it was, alas! he perceived his dream too sadly fulfilled, by seeing
+his relation the young lady, big with child, who was a Protestant,
+stabbed in several places by her barbarous husband, Mr. Eustace, a
+violent Papist, only for some discourses of religion that happened the
+day before. After the wretch had stabbed her in three places, he went to
+make his escape out at a window; but she cried out, _My dear! don't
+leave me, come back, and I shall be well again_. At which he returned in
+a hellish rage, and gave her four wounds more; when, even in this
+condition, rising from her bed, she wrapped herself in her night-gown,
+and went to the Lord Bishop of Rapho's chamber door (the Bishop lodging
+at that time in the house). _My Lord_, said she, _O my Lord, make haste
+unto me_; but as soon as his Lordship came, she expired in his arms,
+resigning her precious soul into the hands of Almighty God. The cruel
+wretch her husband was shot by the pursuers; too good a death for one
+who deserved the gibbet; and the lady was universally lamented by all
+tender and religious people. And this tragical relation I have
+mentioned, upon the account of that impulse, or dream, that the
+clergyman had at the fatal time of the bloody action.
+
+It might be expected I should enter upon the subject of apparitions,
+and discourse concerning the reality of them; and whether they can
+revisit the place of their former existence, and resume those faculties
+of speech and shape as they had when living; but, as these are very
+doubtful matters, I shall only make a few observations upon them.
+
+I once heard of a man that would allow the reality of apparitions, but
+laid it all upon the devil, thinking that the souls of men departed, or
+good men, did never appear. To this very man something did appear: He
+said, he saw the shape of an ancient man pass by him in the dusk, who,
+holding up his hand in a threatening posture, cried out, _O wicked man,
+repent, repent_. Terrified with this apparition, he consulted several
+friends, who advised him to take the advice. But after all, it was not
+an apparition, but a grave and pious gentleman, who met him by mere
+accident, and had been sensible of his wickedness; and who never
+undeceived him, lest it should hinder his reformation.
+
+Some people make a very ill use of the general notion, that there are no
+apparitions nor spirits at all: which is worse than those who fancy they
+see them upon every occasion; for those carry their notions farther,
+even to annihilate the devil, and believe nothing about him, neither of
+one kind or other: the next step they come to, is to conclude, _There is
+no God_, and so atheism takes its rise in the same sink, with a
+carelessness about futurity. But there is no occasion to enter upon an
+argument to prove the being of the Almighty, or to illustrate his power
+by words, who has so many undeniable testimonies in the breasts of every
+rational being to prove his existence: and we have sufficient proofs
+enough to convince us of the great superintendency of Divine Providence
+in the minutest affairs of this world; the manifest existence of the
+invisible world; the reality of spirits, and intelligence between us and
+them. What I have said, I hope, will not mislead any person, or be a
+means whereby they may delude themselves; for I have spoken of these
+things with the utmost seriousness of mind, and with a sincere and
+ardent desire for the general good and benefit of the world.
+
+
+
+CHAP. V. _Of suffering Afflictions._
+
+Afflictions are common to all mankind; and whether they proceed from
+losses, disappointments, or the malice of men, they often bring their
+advantages along with them: For this shews man the vanity and
+deceitfulness of this life, and is an occasion of rectifying our
+measures, and bringing us to a more modest opinion of ourselves: It
+tells us, how necessary the assistance of divine grace is unto us, when
+life itself becomes a burden, and death even desirable: But when the
+greatest oppression comes upon us, we must have recourse to patience,
+begging of God to give us that virtue; and the more composed, we are
+under any trouble, the more commendable is our wisdom, and the larger
+will be our recompense. Let the provocation be what it will, whether
+from a good-natured and conscientious, or a wicked, perverse, and
+vexatious man; all this we should take as from the over-ruling hand of
+God, as a punishment for our sins. Many times injured innocence may be
+abused by false oaths, or the power of wicked, jealous, or malicious
+men; but we often find it, like the palm, rise the higher the more it is
+depressed; while the justice of God is eminently remarkable in punishing
+those, one way or other, who desire to endeavour to procure the downfal
+of an innocent man: Nor does God fail comforting an afflicted person,
+who with tears and prayers solicits the throne of Heaven for deliverance
+and protection. David says, _that his soul was full of trouble, and his
+life drew near unto the grave_. But certainly David's afflictions made
+him eminently remarkable, as particularly when pursued by King Saul, and
+hunted as a partridge over the mountains. But one thing which stands by
+innocence, is the love of God; for were we to suffer disgrace, nay, an
+ignominious death itself, what consolation does our innocence procure at
+our latest conflict, our last moments!
+
+
+
+CHAP. VI. _Of the immorality of conversation, and the vulgar errors of
+behaviour_.
+
+As conversation is a great part of human happiness, so it is a pleasant
+sight to behold a sweet tempered man, who is always fit for it; to see
+an air of humour and pleasantness sit ever upon his brow, and even
+something angelic in his very countenance: Whereas, if we observe a
+designing man, we shall find a mark of involuntary sadness break in upon
+his joy, and a certain insurrection in the soul, the natural concomitant
+of profligate principles.
+
+They err very much, who think religion, or a strict morality discomposes
+the mind, and renders it unfit for conversation; for it rather inspires
+us to innocent mirth, without such a counterfeit joy as vitious men
+appear with; and indeed wit is as consistent with religion, as religion
+is with good manners; nor is there any thing in the limitation of virtue
+and religion that should abate the pleasures of this world, but on the
+contrary rather serves to increase them.
+
+On the other hand, many men, by their own vice and intemperance,
+disqualify themselves for conversation. Conversation is immoral, where
+the discourse is undecent, immodest, scandalous, slanderous, and
+abusive. How great is their folly, and how much do they expose
+themselves when they affront their best friend, even God himself, who
+laughs at the fool _when his fear cometh?_
+
+The great scandal atheistical and immoral discourse gives to virtue,
+ought, methinks, to be punished by all good magistrates: Make a man once
+cease to believe a God, and he has nothing left to limit his soul. How
+incongruous is it to government, that a man shall be punished for
+drunkenness, and yet have liberty to affront, and even deny the Majesty
+of heaven? When if, even among men, one gives the lie to a gentleman in
+company, or perhaps speaks an affronting word, a quarrel will ensue, and
+a combat, and perhaps murder be the consequence: At the least, he, will
+prosecute him at law with the utmost virulence and oppression.
+
+The next thing to be refrained, is obscene discourse, which is the
+language only of proficients in debauchery, who never repent, but in a
+gaol or hospital; and whose carcases relish no better than their
+discourse, till the body becomes too nasty for the soul to stay any
+longer in it.
+
+Nor is false talking to be less avoided; for lying is the sheep's
+clothing hung upon the wolf's back: It is the Pharisee's prayer, the
+whore's buss, the hypocrite's paint, the murderer's smile, the thief's
+cloak; it is Joab's embrace, and Judah's kiss; in a word, it is
+mankind's darling sin, and the devil's distinguishing character. Some
+add lies to lies, till it not only comes to be improbable, but even
+impossible too: Others lie for gain to deceive, delude, and betray: And
+a third lies for sport, or for fun. There are other liars, who are
+personal and malicious; who foment differences, and carry tales from one
+house to another, in order to gratify their own envious tempers, without
+any regard to reverence or truth.
+
+
+
+
+THE
+
+REMARKABLE HISTORY
+
+OF
+
+ALEXANDER SELKIRK
+
+_From the voyage of Captain Woodes Rogers to the South Seas and round
+the World._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+On February 1st, 1709, we came before that island,[1] having had a good
+observation the day before, and found our latitude to be 34 degrees 10
+minutes south. In the afternoon, we hoisted out our pinnace; and Captain
+Dover, with the boat's crew, went in her to go ashore, though we could
+not be less that four leagues off. As soon as the pinnace was gone, I
+went on board the Duchess, who admired our boat attempting going ashore
+at that distance from land. It was against my inclination: but, to
+oblige Captain Dover, I let her go: As soon as it was dark, we saw a
+light ashore. Our boat was then about a league off the island, and bore
+away for the ship as soon as she saw the lights: We put our lights
+aboard for the boat, though some were of opinion, the lights we saw were
+our boat's lights: But, as night came on, it appeared too large for
+that: We fired our quarter-deck gun, and several muskets, showing lights
+in our mizen and fore-shrouds, that our boat might find us whilst we
+were in the lee of the island: About two in the morning our boat came on
+board, having been two hours on board the Duchess, that took them up
+astern of us; we were glad they got well off, because it began to blow.
+We were all convinces the light was on the shore, and designed to make
+our ships ready to engage, believing them to be French ships at anchor,
+and we must either fight them, or want water. All this stir and
+apprehension arose, as we afterwards found, from one poor naked man, who
+passed in our imagination, at present, for a Spanish garrison, a body of
+Frenchmen, or a crew of pirates. While we were under these
+apprehensions, we stood on the backside of the island, in order to fall
+in with the southerly wind, till we were past the island; and then we
+came back to it again, and ran close aboard the land that begins to make
+the north-east side.
+
+[Footnote 1: _Juan Fernandez._]
+
+We still continued to reason upon this matter; and it is in a manner
+incredible, what strange notions many of our people entertained from the
+sight of the fire upon the island. It served, however, to show people's
+tempers and spirits; and we were able to give a tolerable guess how our
+men would behave, in case there really were any enemies upon the island.
+The flaws came heavy off the shore, and we were forced to reef our
+topsails when we opened the middle bay, where we expected to have found
+our enemy; but saw all clear, & no ships, nor in the other bay next the
+north-east end. These two bays are all that ships ride in, which recruit
+on this island; but the middle bay is by much the best. We guessed there
+had been ships there, but that they were gone on sight of us. We sent
+our yawl ashore about noon, with Captain Dover, Mr. Fry, and six men,
+all armed: Mean while we and the Duchess kept turning to get in, and
+such heavy flaws came off the land, that we were forced to let go our
+top sail sheet, keeping all hands to stand by our sails, for fear of the
+winds carrying them away: But when the flaws were gone, we had little or
+no wind. These flaws proceeded from the land; which is very high in the
+middle of the island. Our boat did not return; we sent our pinnace with
+the men armed, to see what was the occasion of the yawl's stay; for we
+were afraid, that the Spaniards had a garrison there, and might have
+seized them. We put out a signal for our boat, and the Duchess showed a
+French ensign. Immediately our pinnace returned from the shore, and
+brought abundance of cry-fish, with a man clothed in goats skins, who
+looked wilder than the first owners of them. He had been on the island
+four years and four months, being left there by Captain Stradling in the
+Cinque-ports, his name was Alexander Selkirk, a Scotchman, who had been
+master of the Cinque-ports, a ship that came here last with Captain
+Dampier, who told me, that this was the best man in her. I immediately
+agreed with him to be a mate on board our ship: It was he that made the
+fire last night when he saw our ships, which he judged to be English.
+During his stay here he saw several ships pass by, but only two came in
+to anchors: As he went to view them; he found them to be Spaniards, and
+retired from them, upon which they shot at him: Had they been French, he
+would have submitted; but choose to risque his dying alone on the
+island, rather than fall into the hands of Spaniards in these parts;
+because he apprehended they would murder him, or make a slave of him in
+the mines; for he feared they would spare no stranger that might be
+capable of discovering the South Seas.
+
+The Spaniards had landed, before he knew what they were; and they came
+so near him, that he had much ado to escape; for they not only shot at
+him, but pursued him to the woods, where he climbed to the top of a
+tree, at the foot of which they made water, and killed several goats
+just by, but went off again without discovering him. He told us that he
+was born at Largo, in the county of Fife, in Scotland, and was bred a
+sailor from his youth. The reason of his being left here was difference
+between him and his captain; which together with the ship's being leaky,
+made him willing rather to stay here, than go along with him at first;
+but when he was at last willing to go, the captain would not receive
+him. He had been at the island before, to wood and water, when two of
+the ship's company were left upon it for six mouths, till the Ship
+returned, being chased thence by two French South-sea ships. He had with
+him his cloaths and bedding, with a firelock, some powder, bullets and
+tobacco, a hatchet, a knife, a kettle, a bible, some practical pieces,
+and his mathematical instruments and books. He diverted and provided for
+himself as well as he could; but for the first eight months, had much
+ado to bear up against melancholy, and the terror of being left alone in
+such a desolate place. He built two huts with pimento trees, covered
+them with long grass, & lined them with the skins of goats, which be
+killed with his gun as he wanted, so long as his powder lasted, which
+was but a pound; and that being almost spent, he got fire by rubbing two
+sticks of pimento-wood together upon his knee. In the lesser hut, at
+some distance from the other, he dressed his victuals; and in the larger
+he slept; and employed himself in reading, singing psalms, and praying;
+so that he said. He was a better Christian, while in this solitude, than
+ever he was before, or than, he was afraid, he would ever be again.
+
+At first he never ate anything till hunger constrained him, partly for
+grief, and partly for want of bread and salt: Nor did he go to bed, till
+he could watch no longer; the pimento-wood, which burnt very clear,
+served him both for fire and candle, and refreshed him with its fragrant
+smell. He might have had fish enough, but would not eat them for want of
+salt, because they occasioned a looseness, except crayfish which are as
+large as our lobsters, and very good: These he sometimes boiled, and at
+other times broiled, as he did his goat's flesh, of, which he made very
+good broth, for they are not so rank as ours: he kept an account of 500
+that he killed while there, and caught as many more, which he marked on
+the ear, and let go. When, his powder failed, he took them by speed of
+feet; for his way of living, continual exercise of walking and running
+cleared him of all gross humours; so that he ran with wonderful
+swiftness through the woods, and up the rocks and hills, as we perceived
+when we employed him to catch goats for us; We had a bull dog, which we
+lent with several of our nimblest runners, to help him in catching
+goats; but he distanced and tired both the dog and the men, caught the
+goats, and brought them to us on his back.
+
+He told us, that his agility in pursuing a goat had once like to have
+cost him his life; he pursued it with so much eagerness, that he catched
+hold of it on the brink of a precipiece, of which he was not aware, the
+bushes hiding it from him; so, that he fell with the goat down the
+precipiece; a great height, and was to stunned and bruised with the
+fall, that he narrowly escaped with his life; and, when he came to his
+senses, found the goat dead under him: He lay there about twenty-four
+hours, and was scarce able to crawl to his hut, which was about a mile
+distant, or to stir abroad again in ten days.
+
+He came at last to relish his meat well enough without salt or bread;
+and, in the season had plenty of good turreps, which had been sewed
+there by Captain Dampier's men, and have now overspread some acres of
+ground. He had enough of good cabbage from the cabbage-trees, and
+seasoned his meat with the fruit of the pimento trees, which is the same
+as Jamaica pepper, and smells deliciously: He found also a black pepper,
+called Ma'azeta, which was very good to expel wind, and against gripping
+in the guts.
+
+He soon wore out all his shoes and clothes by running in the woods; and
+at last, being forced to shift without them, his feet became so hard,
+that he ran everywhere without difficulty; and it was some time before
+he could wear shoes after we found him; for not being used to any so
+long, his feet swelled when he came first to wear them again.
+
+After he had conquered his melancholy, he diverted himself sometimes
+with cutting his name in the trees, and the time of his being left, and
+continuance there. He was at first much pestered with cats and rats,
+that bred in great numbers, from some of each species which had got
+ashore from ships that put in there to wood and water: The rats gnawed
+his feet and cloathes whilst asleep, which obliged him to cherish the
+cats with his goats flesh, by which many of them became so tame, that
+they would lie about him in hundreds, and soon delivered him from the
+rats: He likewise tamed some kids; and, to divert himself would, now and
+then, sing and dance with them, and his cats: So that by the favour of
+Providence, and vigour of his youth, being now but thirty years old, he
+came, at last, to conquer all the inconveniencies of his solitude, and
+to be very easy.
+
+When his cloathes were worn out, he made himself a coat and a cap of
+goat-skins, which he stiched together with little thongs of the same,
+that he cut with his knife, He had no other needle but a nail; and, when
+his knife was worn to the back, he made others, as well as he could, of
+some iron hoops that were left ashore, which he beat thin, and ground
+upon stones. Having some linnen cloth by him, he sewed him some shirts
+with a nail, and stiched them with the worsted of his old stockings,
+which he pulled out on purpose. He had his last shirt on, when we found
+him in the island.
+
+At his first coming on board us, he had so much forgot his language, for
+want of use, that we could scarce understand him: for he seemed to speak
+his words by halve. We offered him a dram: but he would not touch it;
+having drank nothing but water since his being there; And it was
+sometime before he could relish our victuals. He could give us an
+account of no other product of the island, than what we have mentioned,
+except some black plums, which are very good, but hard to come at, the
+trees, which bear them, growing on high mountains and rocks.
+Pimento-trees are plenty here, and we saw some of sixty feet high and
+about two yards thick; and cotton-trees higher, and near four fathoms
+round in the stock. The climate is so good that the trees and grass are
+verdant all the year round. The winter lasts no longer than June and
+July, and is not then severe, there being only a small frost, and a
+little hail: but sometimes great rains. The heat of the summer is
+equally moderate; and there is not much thunder, or tempestuous weather
+of any sort. He saw no venomous or savage creature on the island, nor
+any sort of beasts but goats, the first of which had been put ashore
+here, on purpose for a breed, by Juan Fernandez, a Spaniard, who settled
+there with some families, till the continent of Chili began to submit to
+the Spaniards; which, being more profitable; tempted them to quit this
+island, capable however, of maintaining a good number of people, and
+being made so strong, that they could hot be easily dislodged from
+thence.
+
+February 3d we got our smith's forge on shore, set our coopers to work,
+and made a little tent for me to have the benefit of the air. The
+Duchess had also a tent for their sick men; so that we had a small town
+of our own here, and every body employed. A few men supplied us all with
+fish of several sorts, all very good, in such abundance, that, in a few
+hours, we could take as many as would serve 200. There were sea-fowls in
+the bay, as large as geese: but eat fishy. The governor never failed of
+procuring us two or three goats a day for our sick men; by which, with
+the help of the greens, and the wholesome air, they recovered very soon
+of the scurvy; so that Captain Dover and I thought it a very agreeable
+seat, the weather being neither too hot nor too cold. We spent our time,
+till the 10th, in refitting our ships, taking wood on board; and laying
+in water, that which we brought from England and St. Vincent being
+spoiled by the badness of the casks. We likewise boiled up about eighty
+gallons of sea-lions oil, as we might have done several tons, had we
+been provided with vessels. We refined it for our lamps, to save
+candles. The sailors sometimes use it to fry their meat, for want of
+butter, and find it agreeable enough. The men who worked on our
+rigging, eat young seals, which they preferred to our ships victuals, &
+said it was as good as English lamb, though I should have been glad of
+such an exchange. We made what haste we could to get all the necessaries
+on board, being willing to lose no time; for we were informed at the
+Canaries, that five stout French ships were coming together to those
+seas.
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 11866 ***
diff --git a/11866-8.txt b/11866-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4ba3b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/11866-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10820 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Life and Most Surprising Adventures of
+Robinson Crusoe, of York, Mariner (1801), by Daniel Defoe
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Life and Most Surprising Adventures of Robinson Crusoe, of
+York, Mariner (1801)
+
+Author: Daniel Defoe
+
+Release Date: April 1, 2004  [eBook #11866]
+Most recently modified September 16, 2009
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: iso-8859-1
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LIFE AND MOST SURPRISING
+ADVENTURES OF ROBINSON CRUSOE, OF YORK, MARINER (1801)***
+
+
+E-text prepared by Internet Archive; University of Florida; and Charlie
+Kirschner and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team
+
+
+
+Editorial notes:    Daniel Defoe's tale of Robinson Crusoe was first
+                    published in 1719. Numerous--almost countless--
+                    versions were published subsequently. Several are
+                    available in Project Gutenberg's library, including
+                    our e-books #521, 561, 5902, 6328, 6936, and 11239
+                    (https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/521 etc.). Various
+                    tales have been included in the different versions,
+                    usually under the names of "The Adventures of
+                    Robinson Crusoe," "The Further Adventures of
+                    Robinson Crusoe," and "Robinson Crusoe's Vision of
+                    the Angelic World." Even an account of the
+                    adventures of Alexander Selkirk, who was marooned
+                    for four years on an island in the Pacific Ocean,
+                    has been incorporated into some versions of the
+                    Robinson Crusoe stories. All of these tales are
+                    incorporated into this e-book taken from an 1801
+                    edition.
+
+                    Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+                    file which includes the original illustrations.
+                    See 11866-h.htm or 11866-h.zip:
+                    (https://www.gutenberg.org/files/11866/11866/11866.htm)
+                    or
+                    (https://www.gutenberg.org/files/11866/11866.zip)
+
+
+Transcriber's Note: Several pages (23, 90, 134, and 224-226) of the
+                    original book were unavailable for scanning. Page
+                    images of the identical text were subsequently
+                    made available by the University of Florida Baldwin
+                    Library of Historical Children's Literature and
+                    have been added to this e-book. The page images can
+                    be seen by the reader at
+                    http://www.uflib.ufl.edu/UFDC/UFDC.aspx?s=defoe&m=hd1J&i=53904
+
+
+
+
+
+THE
+
+LIFE
+
+AND MOST
+
+SURPRISING ADVENTURES
+
+OF
+
+ROBINSON CRUSOE,
+
+OF YORK, MARINER.
+
+WHO LIVED EIGHT AND TWENTY YEARS IN AN
+UNINHABITED ISLAND, ON THE COAST OF
+AMERICA, NEAR THE MOUTH OF THE
+GREAT RIVER OROONOQUE,
+
+Including an Account of
+
+HIS DELIVERANCE THENCE, AND HIS AFTER
+SURPRISING ADVENTURES.
+
+WITH
+
+HIS VISION OF THE ANGELIC WORLD.
+
+AN IMPROVED EDITION,
+
+Illustrated with eight Engravings, from Original designs.
+
+To which is annexed,
+
+THE REMARKABLE HISTORY OF
+
+ALEXANDER SELKIRK;
+
+Who lived four years and four months in a state of Solitude,
+on the Island of Juan Fernandez, in the Pacific Ocean,
+
+1801
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FRONTISPIECE.
+
+
+
+[Illustration: I Was Wrapt Up In Contemplation And Often Lifted
+Up My Hands, With The Profoundest Humility, To
+The Divine Powers, For Saving My Life, When The
+Rest Of My Companions Were All Drowned.
+_Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin_.]
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+If ever the story of any private man's adventures in the world were
+worth making public, and were acceptable when published, the Editor of
+this account thinks this will be so.
+
+The wonders of this man's life exceed all that (he thinks) is to be
+found extant; the life of one man being scarce capable of a
+greater variety.
+
+The story is told with modesty, with seriousness, and with a religious
+application of events to the uses to which wise men always apply them,
+viz. to the instruction of others by this example, and to justify and
+honour the wisdom of Providence in all the variety of our circumstances,
+let them happen how they will.
+
+The editor believes this narrative to be a just history of fact; neither
+is their any appearance of fiction in it: and though he is well aware
+there are many, who on account of the very singular preservations the
+author met with, will give it the name of romance; yet in which ever of
+these lights it shall be viewed, he imagines, that the improvement of
+it, as well as the diversion, as to the instruction of the reader, will
+be the same; and as such, he thinks, without farther compliment to the
+world, he does them a great service in the publication.
+
+
+
+THE
+
+LIFE AND ADVENTURES
+
+OF
+
+ROBINSON CRUSOE.
+
+
+I was born at York, in the year 1632, of a reputable family. My father
+was a native of Bremen, who by merchandizing at Hull for some time,
+gained a very plentiful fortune. He married my mother at York, who
+received her first breath in that country: and as her maiden name was
+Robinson, I was called _Robinson Kreutznaer_: which not being easily
+pronounced in the English tongue, we are commonly known by the name
+of Crusoe.
+
+I was the youngest of three brothers. The eldest was a lieutenant
+colonel in Lochart's regiment, but slain by the Spaniards: what became
+of the other, I could never learn.
+
+No charge or pains were wanting in my education.--My father designed me
+for the law; yet nothing would serve me but I must go to sea, both
+against the will of my father, the tears of my mother, and the
+entreaties of friends. One morning my father expostulated very warmly
+with me: What reason, says he, have you to leave your native country,
+where there must be a more certain prospect of content and happiness, to
+enter into a wandering condition of uneasiness and uncertainty? He
+recommended to me Augur's wish, "Neither to desire poverty nor riches:"
+that a middle state of life was the most happy, and that the high
+towering thoughts of raising our condition by wandering abroad, were
+surrounded with misery and danger, and often ended with confusion and
+disappointment. I entreat you, nay, I command you, (says he) to desist
+from these intentions. Consider your elder brother, who laid down his
+life for his honour, or rather lost it for his disobedience to my will.
+If you will go (added he) my prayers shall however be offered for your
+preservation; but a time may come, when, desolate, oppressed, or
+forsaken, you may wish you had taken your poor despised father's
+counsel.--He pronounced these words with such a moving and paternal
+eloquence, while floods of tears ran down his aged cheeks, that it
+seemed to stem the torrent of my resolutions. But this soon wore, off,
+and a little after I informed my mother, that I could not settle to any
+business, my resolutions were so strong to see the world; and begged she
+would gain my father's consent only to go one voyage; which, if I did
+not prove prosperous, I would never attempt a second. But my desire was
+as vain as my folly in making. My mother passionately expressed her
+dislike of this, proposal, telling me, "That as she saw I was bent upon
+my own destruction, contrary to their will and my duty, she would say no
+more; but leave me to do whatever I pleased."
+
+I was then, I think, nineteen years old, when one time being Hull; I met
+a school-fellow of mine, going along with his father, who was master of
+a ship, to London; and acquainted him with my wandering desires; he
+assured me of a free passage, and a plentiful share of what was
+necessary. Thus, without imploring a blessing, or taking farewell of my
+parents, I took shipping on the first of September 1651. We set sail
+soon after, and our ship had scarce left the Humber astern, when there
+arose so violent a storm, that, being extremely sea-sick, I concluded
+the judgment of God deservedly followed me for my disobedience to my
+dear parents. It was then I called to mind, the good advice of my
+father; how easy and comfortable was a middle state of life; and I
+firmly resolved, if it pleased God to set me on dry land once more, I
+would return to my parents, implore their forgiveness, and bid a final
+adieu to my wandering inclinations.
+
+Such were my thoughts while the storm continued: but these good
+resolutions decreased with the danger; more especially when my companion
+came to me, clapping me on the shoulder: "What, Bob!" said he, "sure you
+was not frightened last night with scarce a capful of wind?"--"And do
+you" cried I, "call such a violent storm a capful of wind?"--"A storm,
+you fool you," said he, "this is nothing; a good ship and sea-room
+always baffles such a foolish squall of wind as that: But you're a fresh
+water sailor: Come boy, turn out, see what fine weather we have now, and
+a good bowl of punch will drown all your past sorrows." In short, the
+punch was made, I was drunk and in one night's time drowned both my
+repentance and my good resolutions, forgetting entirely the vows and
+promises I made in my distress: and whenever any reflections would
+return on me, what by company, and what by drinking, I soon mastered
+those fits, as I deridingly called them. But this only made way for
+another trial, whereby I could not but see how much I was beholden to
+kind Providence.
+
+Upon the sixth day we came to an anchor in Harwich road, where we lay
+wind bound with some Newcastle ships; and there being good anchorage,
+and our cables found, the seamen forgot their late toil and danger, and
+spent the time as merry as if they had been on shore. But on the eight
+day there arose a brisk gale of wind, which prevented our tiding it up
+the river; and still increasing, our ship rode forecastle in, and
+shipped several large seas.
+
+It was not long before horror seized the seamen themselves, and I heard
+the master express this melancholy ejaculation, "Lord have mercy upon
+us, we shall be all, lost and undone!" For my part, sick unto death, I
+kept my cabin till the universal and terribly dreadful apprehensions of
+our speedy fate made me get upon deck; and there I was affrighted
+indeed. The sea went mountains high: I could see nothing but distress
+around us; two ships had cut their masts on board, and another was
+foundered; two more that had lost their anchors, were forced out to the
+mercy of the ocean; and to save our lives we were forced to cut our
+foremast and mainmast quite away.
+
+Who is their so ignorant as not to judge of my dreadful condition? I was
+but a fresh-water sailor and therefore it seemed more terrible. Our ship
+was very good, but over-loaded; which made the sailors often cry out,
+"She would founder!" Words I then was ignorant of. All this while the
+storm continuing, and rather increasing, the master and the most sober
+part of his men went to prayers, expecting death every moment. In the
+middle of the night one cried out, "We had sprung a leak;" another,
+"That there was four feet water in the hold." I was just ready to expire
+with fear, when immediately all hands were called to the pump; and the
+men forced me also in that extremity to share with them in their labour.
+While thus employed, the master espying some light colliers, fired a gun
+as a signal of distress; and I, not understanding what it meant, and
+thinking that either the ship broke, or some dreadful thing happened,
+fell into a swoon. Even in that common condition of woe, nobody minded
+me, excepting to thrust me aside with their feet, thinking me dead, and
+it was a great while before I recovered.
+
+Happy it was for us, when, upon the signal given, they ventured out
+their boats to save our lives. All our pumping had been in vain, and
+vain had all our attempts been, had they not come to our ship's side,
+and our men cast them a rope over the stern with a buoy to it, which
+after great labour they got hold of, and we hauling them up to us got
+into their boat, and left our ship which we perceived sink within less
+than a quarter of an hour; and thus I learned what was meant by
+_foundering at sea._ And now the men incessantly laboured to recover
+their, own ship; but the sea ran so high, and the wind blew so hard,
+that they thought it convenient to hale within shore; which, with great
+difficulty and danger, at last we happily effected landing at a place
+called _Cromer_, not far from Winterton lighthouse; from whence we all
+walked to Yarmouth, where, as objects of pity, many good people
+furnished us with necessaries to carry us either to Hull or London.
+
+Strange, after all this, like the prodigal son, I did not return to my
+father; who hearing of the ship's calamity, for a long time thought me
+entombed in the deep. No doubt but I should have _shared on his fatted
+calf_, as the scripture expresseth it; but my ill fate still pusheth me
+on, in spite of the powerful convictions of reason and conscience.
+
+When we had been at Yarmouth three days, I met my old companion, who had
+given me the invitation to go on board along with his father. His
+behaviour and speech were altered, and in a melancholy manner asked me
+how I did, telling his father who I was, & how I had made this voyage
+only for a trial to proceed further abroad. Upon which the old gentleman
+turning to me gravely, said, "Young man, you ought never to go to sea
+any more, but to take this for a certain sign that you never will
+prosper in a sea-faring condition." "Sir" answered I, "will you take the
+same resolution?" "It is a different case," said he, "it is my calling,
+and consequently my duty; but as you have made this voyage for a trial,
+you see what ill success heaven has set before your eyes; and perhaps
+our miseries have been on your account, like _Jonah_ in the ship of
+_Tarshish_. But pray what are you, and on what account did you go to
+sea?" Upon which I very freely declared my whole story: at the end of
+which he made this exclamation: "Ye sacred powers: what had I committed,
+that such a wretch should enter into my ship to heap upon me such a
+deluge of miseries!" But soon recollecting his passion, "Young man" said
+he, "if you do not go back, depend upon it, wherever you go, you will
+meet with disasters and disappointments till your father's words are
+fulfilled upon you." And so we parted.
+
+I thought at first to return home; but shame opposed that good motion,
+as thinking I should be laughed at by my neighbours and acquaintance. So
+strange is the nature of youth, who are not ashamed to sin, but yet
+ashamed to repent; and so far from being ashamed of those actions for
+which they may be acounted fools, they think it folly to return to their
+duty, which is the principal mark of wisdom. In short I travelled up to
+London, resolving upon a voyage, and a voyage I soon heard of, by my
+acquaintance with a captain who took a fancy to me, to go to the coast
+of Guinea. Having some money, and appearing like a gentleman, I went on
+board, not as a common sailor or foremast man; nay, the commander agreed
+I should go that voyage with him without any expence; that I should be
+his messmate and companion, and I was very welcome to carry any thing
+with me, and make the best merchandise I could.
+
+I blessed my happy fortune, and humbly thanked my captain for this
+offer; and acquainting my friends in Yorkshire, forty pounds were sent
+me, the greatest part of which my dear father and mother contributed to,
+with which I bought toys and trifles, as the captain directed me. My
+captain also taught me navigation, how to keep an account of the ship's
+course, take an observation, and led me into the knowledge of several
+useful branches of the mathematics. And indeed this voyage made me both
+a sailor and a merchant; for I brought home five pounds nine ounces of
+gold-dust for my adventure which produced, at my return to London,
+almost three hundred pounds. But in this voyage I was extremely sick,
+being thrown into a violent calenture through the excessive heat,
+trading upon the coast from the latitude of fifteen degrees north, even
+to the line itself.
+
+But alas! my dear friend the captain soon departed this life after his
+arrival. This was a sensible grief to me; yet I resolved to go another
+with his mate, who had now got command of the ship. This proved a very
+unsuccessful one; for though I did not carry quite a hundred pounds of
+my late acquired wealth, (so that I had two hundred pounds left, which I
+reposed with the captain's widow, who was an honest gentlewoman) yet my
+misfortunes in this unhappy voyage were very great. For our ship sailing
+towards the Canary islands, we were chased by a Salee rover; and in
+spite of all the haste we could make by crowding as much canvas as our
+yards could spread, or our masts carry, the pirate gained upon us, to
+that we prepared ourselves to fight. They had eighteen guns, and we had
+but twelve. About three in the afternoon there was a desperate
+engagement, wherein many were killed and wounded on both sides; but
+finding ourselves overpowered with numbers, our ship disabled and
+ourselves too impotent to have the least hopes of success, we were
+forced to surrender; and accordingly were all carried prisoners into the
+port of Salee. Our men were sent to the Emperor's court to be sold
+there, but the pirate captain taking notice of me, kept me to be his
+own slave.
+
+In this condition, I thought myself the most miserable creature on
+earth, and the prophecy of my father came afresh into my thoughts.
+However, my condition was better than I thought it to be, as will soon
+appear. Some hopes indeed I had that my new patron would go to sea
+again, where he might be taken by a Spanish or Portuguese man of war,
+and then I should be set at liberty. But in this I was mistaken; for he
+never took me with him, but left me to look after his little garden, and
+do the drudgery of his house, and when he returned from sea, would make,
+me lie in the cabin, and look after the ship. I had no one that I could
+communicate my thoughts to, which were continually meditating my escape;
+no Englishman, Irishman, or Scotchman here but myself; and for two years
+I could see nothing practicable, but only pleased myself with the
+imagination.
+
+After some length of time, my patron, as I found, grew; so poor that he
+could not fit out his ship as usual; and then he used constantly, once
+or twice a week, if the weather was fair, to go out a fishing, taking me
+and a young Moresco Boy to row the boat; and to much pleased was he with
+me for my dexterity in catching the fish, that he would often send me
+with a Moor, who was one of his kinsemen, and the Moresco youth, to
+catch a dish of fish for him.
+
+One morning, as we were at the sport, there arose such a thick fog that
+we lost sight of the shore; and rowing we knew not which way, we
+laboured all the night, and in the morning found ourselves in the ocean,
+two leagues from land. However, we attained there at length, and made
+the greater haste, because our stomachs were exceedingly sharp and
+hungry. In order to prevent such disasters for the future, my patron
+ordered a carpenter to build a little state room or cabin in the middle
+of the long-boat, with a place behind it to steer and hale home the
+main-sheet, with other conveniences to keep him from the weather, as
+also lockers to put in all manner of provisions, with a handsome
+shoulder of mutton sail, gibing over the cabin.
+
+In this he frequently took us out a fishing: and one time inviting two
+or three persons of distinction to go with him, made provision
+extraordinary, providing also three fusees with powder and shot, that
+they might have some sport at fowling along the sea-coast. The next
+morning the boat was made clean, her ancient and pendants on, and every
+thing ready: but their minds altering, my patron ordered us to go a
+fishing, for that his guests would certainly sup with him that night.
+
+And now I began to think of my deliverance indeed. In order to this I
+persuaded to Moor to get some provisions on board, as not daring to
+meddle with our patron's: and he taking my advice, we stored ourselves
+with rusk biscuit, and three jars of water. Besides, I privately
+conveyed into the boat a bottle or brandy, some twine, thread, a hammer,
+hatchet, and a saw; and, in particular, some bees wax, which was a great
+comfort to me, and served to make candles. I then persuaded Muley (for
+so was the Moor called) to procure some powder and shot, pretending to
+kill sea curlues, which he innocently and readily agreed to. In short,
+being provided with all things necessary, we sailed out, resolving for
+my own part to make my escape, though it should cost me my life.
+
+When we had passed the castle, we fell a fishing; but though I knew
+there was a bite, I dissembled the matter, in order to put out further
+to sea. Accordingly we ran a league further; when giving the boy the
+helm, and pretending to stoop for something, I seized Muley by surprise
+and threw him overboard. As he was an excellent swimmer, he soon arose
+and made towards the boat; upon which I took out a fusee, and presented
+at him: "Muley" said I, "I never yet designed to do you any harm, and
+seek nothing now but my redemption. I know you are able enough to swim
+to shore, and save your life: but if you are resolved to follow me to
+the endangering of mine, the very moment you proceed, I will shoot you
+through the head." The harmless creature at these words, turned himself
+from me, and I make no doubt got safe to land. Them turning to the boy
+Xury, I perceived he trembled at the action: but I put him out of all
+fear, telling him, that if he would be true and faithful to me, I would
+do well by him. "And therefore," said I, "you must stroke your face to
+be faithful: and, as the Turks have learned you, swear by Mahomet, and
+the beard of your father, or else I will throw you into the sea also."
+So innocent did the child then look, and with such an obliging smile
+consented, that I readily believed him, and from that day forward began
+to love him entirely.
+
+We then pursued our voyage: and least they should think me gone to the
+Straits' mouth, I kept to the southward to the truly Barbarian coast;
+but in the dusk of the evening, I changed my course, and steering
+directly S. and by E. that I might keep near the shore: and, having a
+fresh gale of wind, with a pleasant smooth sea, by three o'clock next
+day I was one hundred and fifty miles beyond the Emperor of Morocco's
+dominions. Yet still having the dreadful apprehensions of being retaken,
+I continued sailing for five days successively, till such time as the
+wind shifting to the southward, made me conclude, that if any vessel was
+in the chase of me, they would proceed no farther. After so much fatigue
+and thought, I anchored at the mouth of a little river, I knew not what
+or where: neither did I then see, any people. What I principally wanted
+was fresh water; and I was resolved about dusk to swim ashore. But no
+sooner did the gloomy clouds of night begin to succeed the declining
+day, when we heard such barking, roaring, and howling of wild creatures,
+that one might have thought the very strongest monsters of nature, or
+infernal spirits had their residence there. Poor Xury, almost dead with
+fear, entreated me not to go on shore that night. "Supposing I don't,
+Xury," said I, "and in the morning we should see men who are worse than
+those we fear, what then?" "O den we may give dem de shoot gun," replied
+Xury, laughing, "and de gun make dem all run away."
+
+The wit and broken English which the boy had learned among the captives
+of our nation, pleased me entirely: and, to add to his cheerfulness I
+gave him a dram of the bottle: we could get but little sleep all the
+night for those terrible howlings they made; and, indeed, we were both
+very much affrighted, when, by the rollings of the water, and other
+tokens, we justly concluded one of these monsters made towards our boat.
+I could not see till it came within two oars length, when taking my
+fusee, I let fly at him. Whether I hit him or no, I cannot tell; but he
+made towards the shore, and the noise of my gun increased the
+stupendious noise of the monsters.
+
+The next morning I was resolved to go on shore to get fresh water, and
+venture my life among the beasts or savages should either attack me.
+Xury said, he would take one of the jars and bring me some. I asked him
+why he would go and not I? The poor boy answered, "If wild mans come
+they eat me, you go away." A mind scarcely now to be imitated, so
+contrary to self-preservation, the most powerful law of Nature. This
+indeed increased my affection to the child. "Well, dear Xury," said I,
+we will both go ashore, both kill wild mans, and they "shall eat neither
+of us." So giving Xury a piece of rusk-bread to eat, and a dram, we
+waded ashore, carrying nothing with us but our arms, and two jars for
+water. I did not go out of sight of the boat, as dreading the savages
+coming down the river in their canoes; but the boy seeing a low descent
+or vale about a mile in the country, he wandered to it: and then running
+back to me with great precipitation, I thought he was pursued by some
+savage or wild beast; upon which I approached, resolving to perish or
+protect him from danger. As he came nearer to me, I saw something
+hanging over his shoulders, which was a creature he had shot like a
+hare, but different in colour, and longer legs; however, we were glad of
+it, for it proved wholesome, and nourishing meat: but what added to our
+joy was, my boy assured me there was plenty of water, and that he _see
+no wild mans. _And greater still was our comfort when we found fresh
+water in the creek where we were when the tide was out, without going so
+far up into the country.
+
+In this place I began to consider that the Canary and Cape de Verde
+islands lay not for off: but having no instrument, I knew not what
+latitude, or when to stand off to sea for them; yet my hopes were, I
+should meet some of the English trading vessels, who would relieve and
+take us in.
+
+The place I was in was no doubt that wild country, inhabited only by a
+few, that lies between the Emperor of Morocco's dominions and the
+Negroes. It is filled with wild beasts and the Moors use it for hunting
+chiefly.--From this place I thought I saw the top of the mountain
+Teneriff in the Canaries: which made me try twice to attain it: but as
+often was I drove back, and so forced to pursue my fortune along shore.
+
+Early one morning we came to an anchor under a little point of land, but
+pretty high; and the tide beginning to flow, we lay ready to go further
+in--But Xury, whose youthful and penetrating eyes were sharper then
+mine, in a soft tone, desired me to keep far from land, lest we should
+be devoured, "For look yonder, mayter," said he, "and see de dreadful
+monster fast asleep on de side of de hill." Accordingly looking where he
+pointed, I espied a fearful monster indeed. It was a terrible great lion
+that lay on shore, covered as it were by a shade of a piece of the hill.
+"Xury," said I, "you shall go on shore and kill him." But the boy looked
+amazed: "Me kill him!" says he, "he eat me at one mouth:" meaning one
+mouthful. Upon which I bid him lie still, and charging my biggest gun
+with two slugs, and a good charge of powder, I took the best aim I could
+to shoot him through the head, but his leg lying over his nose, the slug
+broke his knee-bone. The lion awaking with the pain, got up, but soon
+fell down, giving the most hideous groan I ever heard: but taking my
+second piece, I shot him through the head, and then he lay struggling
+for life. Upon this Xury took heart and desired my leave to go on shore.
+"Go then," said I. Upon which taking a little gun in one hand, he swam
+to shore with the other, and coming close to the lion, put a period to
+his life, by shooting him again through the head.
+
+But this was spending our ammunition in vain, the flesh not being good
+to eat. Xury was like a champion, and comes on board for a hatchet, to
+cut of the head of his enemy: but not having strength to perform it, he
+cut off and brought me a foot. I bethought me, however, that his skin
+would be of use. This work cost Xury and me a whole day: when spreading
+it on the top of our cabin, the hot beams of the sun effectually dried
+it in two days time, and it afterwards served me for a bed to lie on.
+
+And now we sailed southerly, living sparingly on our provisions, and
+went no oftener on shore than we were obliged for fresh water. My design
+was to make the river Gambia or Senegal, or any where about the Cape de
+Verde, in hopes to meet some European ship. If Providence did not so
+favour me, my next course was to seek for the islands, or lose my life
+among the Negroes. And in a word, I put my whole stress upon this,
+"Either that I must meet with some ship or certainly perish."
+
+One day as we were sailing along, we saw people stand on the shore
+looking at us: we could also perceive they were black and stark naked. I
+was inclined to go on shore, but Xury cried, "No, no:" however, I
+approached nearer, and I found they run along the shore by me a good
+way. They had no weapons in their hands, except one, who held a long
+stick, which Xury told me was a lance, with which they could kill at a
+great distance. I talked to them by signs and made them sensible I
+wanted something to eat: they beckoned to me to stop my boat, while two
+of them ran up into the country, and in less than half an hour came
+back, and brought with them two pieces of dried flesh, and some corn,
+which we kindly accepted; and to prevent any fears on either side, they
+brought the food to the shore, laid it down, then went and stood a great
+way off till we fetched it on board, and then came close to us again.
+
+But while we were returning thanks to them, being all we could afford,
+two mighty creatures came from the mountains: one as it were pursuing
+the other with great fury, which we were the rather inclined to believe
+as they seldom appear but in the night: and both these swiftly passing
+by the Negroes, jumped into the sea, wantonly swimming about, as tho'
+the diversion of the waters had put a stop to their fierceness. At last
+one of them coming nearer to my boat than I expected or desired, I shot
+him directly through the head; upon which he sunk immediately, and yet
+rising again, would have willingly made the shore: but between the wound
+and the strangling of the water, he died before he could reach it.
+
+It is impossible to express the consternation the poor Negroes were in
+at the firing of my gun; much less can I mention their surprise, when
+they perceived the creature to be slain by it. I made signs to them to
+draw near it with a rope, and then gave it them to hale on shore. It was
+a beautiful leopard, which made me desire its skin: and the Negroes
+seeming to covet the carcase, I freely gave it to them. As for the other
+leopard, it made to shore, and ran with prodigious swiftness out of
+sight. The Negroes having kindly furnished me with water, and with what
+roots and grains their country afforded, I took my leave, and, after
+eleven days sail, came in sight of the Cape de Verde, and those islands
+called by its name. But the great distance I was from it, and fearing
+contrary winds would prevent my reaching them, I began to grow
+melancholy and dejected, when, upon a sudden, Xury cried out, "Master!
+Master! a ship with a sail!" and looked as affrighted as if it was his
+master's ship sent in search of us. But I soon discovered she was a
+Portuguese ship, as I thought bound to the coast of Guinea for Negroes.
+Upon which I strove for life to come up to them. But vain had it been,
+if through their perspective glasses they had not perceived me and
+shortened their sail to let me come up. Encouraged at this, I set up my
+patron's ancient, and fired a gun, both as signals of distress; upon
+which they very kindly lay to, so that in three hours time I came up
+with them. They spoke to me in Portuguese, Spanish, and French, but
+neither of these did I understand; till at length a Scots sailor called,
+and then I told him I was an Englishman, who had escaped from the Moors
+at Sallee: upon which they took me kindly on board, with all my effects.
+
+Surely none can express the inconceivable joy I felt at this happy
+deliverance! who from being a late miserable and forlorn creature was
+not only relieved, but in favour with the master of the ship, to whom,
+in return for my deliverance, I offered all I had. "God forbid," said
+he, "that I should take any thing from you. Every thing shall be
+delivered to you when you come to Brazil. If I have saved your life it
+is no more than I should expect to receive myself from any other, when
+in the same circumstances I should happen to meet the like deliverance.
+And should I take from you what you have, and leave you at Brazil, why,
+this would be only taking away a life I had given. My charity teaches me
+better. Those effects you have will support you there, and provide you a
+passage home again." And, indeed, he acted with the strictest justice in
+what he did, taking my things into his possession, and giving me an
+exact inventory, even to my earthen jars. He bought my boat of me for
+the ship's use, giving me a note of eighty pieces of eight, payable at
+Brazil; and if any body offered more, he would make it up. He also gave
+me 60 pieces for my boy Xury. It way with great reluctance I was
+prevailed upon to sell the child's liberty, who had served me so
+faithfully; but the boy was willing himself; and it was agreed, that
+after ten years he should be made free, upon his renouncing
+Mahometanism, and embracing Christianity.
+
+Having a pleasant voyage to the Brazils, we arrived in the Bay de Todos
+los Santos, or All Saints Bay, in twenty-two days after. And here I
+cannot forget the generous treatment of the captain. He would take
+nothing for my passage, gave me twenty ducats for the leopard's skin,
+and thirty for the lion's. Every thing he caused to be delivered, and
+what I would sell he bought. In short I made about 220 pieces of my
+cargo; and with this stock I entered once more, as I may say into the
+scene of life.
+
+Being recommended to an honest planter, I lived with him till such time
+as I was informed of the manner of their planting and making sugar; and
+seeing how well they lived, and how suddenly they grew rich, I was
+filled with a desire to settle among them, and resolved to get my money
+remitted to me, and to purchase a plantation.
+
+To be brief, I bought a settlement next door to an honest and kind
+neighbour, born at Lisbon, of English parents, whose plantation joining
+to mine, we improved it very amicably together. Both our stocks were
+low, and for two years we planted only for food: but the third year we
+planted some tobacco, and each of us dressed a large piece of ground the
+ensuing year for planting canes. But now I found how much I wanted
+assistance, and repented the loss of my dear boy Xury.
+
+Having none to assist me, my father's words came into my mind; and I
+used to ask myself, if what I sought was only a middle station of life,
+why could it not as well be obtained in England as here? When I pondered
+on this with regret, the thoughts of my late deliverance forsook me. I
+had none to converse with but my neighbour; no work to be done but by my
+own hands; it often made me say, my condition was like to that of a man
+cast upon a desolate island. So unhappy are we in our reflections, so
+forgetful of what good things we receive ourselves, and so unthankful
+for our deliverance from these calamities that others endure.
+
+I, was in some measure settled, before the captain who took me up
+departed from the Brazils. One day I went to him, and told him what
+stock I had in London, desiring his assistance in getting it remitted;
+to which the good gentleman readily consented, but would only have me
+send for half my money, lest it should miscarry; which, if it did, I
+might still have the remainder to support me: and so taking letters of
+procuration of me, bid me trouble myself no farther about it.
+
+And indeed wonderful was his kindness towards me; for he not only
+procured the money I had drawn for upon my captain's widow, but sent me
+over a servant with a cargo proportionable to my condition. He also sent
+me over tools of all sorts, iron-work, and utensils necessary for my
+plantation, which proved to be of the greatest use to me in my business.
+
+Wealth now accumulating on me, and uncommon success crowning my
+prosperous labours, I might have rested happy in that middle state of
+life my father had so often recommended, yet nothing would content me,
+such was my evil genius, but I must leave this happy station, for a
+foolish ambition in rising; and thus, once more, I cast myself into the
+greatest gulph of misery that ever poor creature fell into. Having lived
+four years in Brazil, I had not only learned the language, but
+contracted acquaintance with the most eminent planters, and even the
+merchants of St. Salvadore; to whom, once, by way of discourse, having
+given account of my two voyages to the coast of Guinea and the manner of
+trading there for mere trifles, by which we furnish our plantations with
+Negroes, they gave such attention to what I said, that three of them
+came one morning to me, and told me they had a secret proposal to make.
+After enjoining me to secrecy (it being an infringement on the powers of
+the Kings of Portugal and Spain) they told me they had a mind to fit out
+a ship to go to Guinea, in order to stock the plantation with Negroes,
+which as they could not be publicly sold, they would divide among them:
+and if I would go their supercargo in the ship, to manage the trading
+part, I should have ah equal share of the Negroes, without providing any
+stock. The thing indeed was fair enough, had I been in another
+condition. But I, born to be my own destroyer, could not resist the
+proposal, but accepted the offer upon condition of their looking after
+my plantation. So making a formal will, I bequeathed my effects to my
+good friend the captain, as my universal heir; but obliged him to
+dispose of my effects as directed, one half of the produce to himself,
+and the other to be shipped to England.
+
+The ship being fitted out, and all things ready, we set sail the first
+of September, 1659, being the same day eight-years I left my father and,
+mother in Yorkshire. We sailed northward upon the coast, in order to
+gain Africa, till we made Cape Augustine; from whence going farther into
+the ocean, out of sight of land, we steered as though we were bound for
+the isle Fernand de Norenba, leaving the islands on the east; and then
+it was that we met with a terrible tempest, which continued for twelve
+days successively, so that the wind carried us wheresoever they pleased.
+In this perplexity one of our men died, and one man and a boy were
+washed overboard. When the weather cleared up a little, we found
+ourselves eleven degrees north latitude, upon the coast of Guinea. Upon
+this the captain gave reasons for returning; which I opposed,
+counselling him to stand away for Barbadoes, which as I supposed, might
+be attained in fifteen days. So altering our course, we sailed
+north-west and by west, in order to reach the Leeward Islands; but a
+second storm succeeding, drove us to the westward; so that we were
+justly afraid of falling into the hands of cruel savages, or the paws of
+devouring beasts of prey.
+
+In this great distress, one of our men, early in the morning cried out,
+_Land, land!_ which he had no sooner cried out, but our ship struck upon
+a sand bank, and in a moment the sea broke over her in such a manner
+that we expected we should all have perished immediately. We knew
+nothing where we were, or upon what land we were driven; whether an
+island or the main, inhabited or not inhabited; and we could not so much
+as hope that the ship would hold out many minutes, without breaking in
+pieces, except the wind by a miracle should turn about immediately.
+While we stood looking at one another, expecting death every moment, the
+mate lay a hold of the boat, and with the help of the rest got her flung
+over the ship's side, and getting all into her, being eleven of us,
+committed ourselves to God's mercy and the wild sea. And now we saw that
+this last effort would not be a sufficient protection from death; so
+high did the sea rise, that it was impossible the boat should live. As
+to making sail, we had none; neither if we had, could we make use of
+any. So that when we had rowed, or rather were driven about a league and
+a half, a raging wave, like a lofty mountain, came rolling astern of us,
+and took us with such fury, that at once it overset the boat. Thus being
+swallowed up in a moment, we had hardly time to call upon the tremendous
+name of God; much less to implore, in dying ejaculations, his infinite
+mercy to receive our departing souls.
+
+Men are generally counted insensible, when struggling in the pangs of
+death; but while I was overwhelmed with water, I had the most dreadful
+apprehensions imaginable. For the joys of heaven and the torments of
+hell, seemed to present themselves before me in these dying agonies, and
+even small space of time, as it were, between life and death. I was
+going I thought I knew not whither, into a dismal gulf unknown, and as
+yet unperceived, never to behold my friends, nor the light of this world
+any more! Could I even have thought of annihilation, or a total
+dissolution of soul as well as body, the gloomy thoughts of having no
+further being, no knowledge of what we hoped for, but an eternal
+_quietus_, without life or sense: even that, I say, would have been
+enough to strike me with horror and confusion! I strove, however, to the
+last extremity, while all my companions were overpowered and entombed in
+the deep: and it was with great difficulty I kept my breath till the
+wave spent itself, and retiring back, left me on the shore half dead
+with the water I had taken in. As soon as I got on my feet, I ran as
+fast as I could, lest another wave should pursue me, and carry me back
+again. But for all the haste I made, I could not avoid it: for the sea
+came after me like a high mountain, or furious enemy; so that my
+business was to hold my breath, and by raising myself on the water,
+preserve it by swimming. The next dreadful wave buried me at once twenty
+or thirty feet deep, but at the same time carried me with a mighty force
+and swiftness toward the shore: when raising myself, I held out as well
+as possible, till at length the water having spent itself, began to
+return, at which I struck forward, and feeling ground with my feet, I
+took to my heels again. Thus being served twice more, I was at length
+dashed against a piece of a rock, in such a manner as left me senseless;
+but recovering a little before the return of the wave, which, no doubt,
+would then have overwhelmed me, I held fast by the rock till those
+succeeding waves abated; and then fetching another run, was overtaken by
+a small wave, which was soon conquered. But before any more could
+overtake me, I reached the main land, where clambering up the cliffs of
+the shore, tired and almost spent I sat down on the grass, free from the
+dangers of the foaming ocean.
+
+No tongue can express the ecstasies and transports that my soul felt at
+the happy deliverance. It was like a reprieve to a dying malefactor,
+with a halter about his neck, and ready to be turned off. I was wrapt up
+in contemplation and often lifted up my hands, with the profoundest
+humility, to the Divine Powers, for saving, my life, when the rest of my
+companions were all drowned. And now I began to cast my eyes around, to
+behold what place I was in and what I had next to do. I could see no
+house nor people; I was wet, yet had no clothes to shift me; hungry and
+thirsty, yet had nothing to eat or drink; no weapon to destroy any
+creature for my sustenance; nor defend myself against devouring beasts;
+in short, I had nothing but a knife, a tobacco pipe, and a box half
+filled with tobacco. The darksome night coming on upon me, increased my
+fears of being devoured by wild creatures; my mind was plunged in
+despair, and having no prospect, as I thought, of life before me, I
+prepared for another kind of death then what I had lately escaped. I
+walked about a furlong to see if I could find any fresh water, which I
+did, to my great joy: and taking a quid of tobacco to prevent hunger, I
+got up into a thick bushy tree, and seating myself so that I could not
+fall, a deep sleep overtook me, and for that night buried my sorrows in
+a quiet repose.
+
+It was broad day the next morning before I awaked; when I not only
+perceived the tempest was ceased, but law the ship driven almost as far
+as the rock before-mentioned, which the waves had dashed me against, and
+which was about a mile from the place where I was. When I came down from
+my apartment in the tree, I perceived the ship's boat two miles distant
+on my right-hand, lying on shore, as the waves had cast her. I thought
+to have got to her; but there being an inlet of water of about half a
+mile's breadth between it and me, I returned again towards the ship, as
+hoping to find something for my more immediate subsistence. About noon,
+when the sea was calm, that I could come within a quarter of a mile of
+her, it was to my grief I perceived, that, if we had kept on board all
+our lives had been saved. These thoughts, and my solitude drew tears
+from my eyes, though all in vain. So resolving to get to the ship, I
+stripped and leapt into the water, when swimming round her, I was afraid
+I should not get any thing to lay hold of; but it was my good fortune to
+espy a small piece of rope hang down by the fore chains, so low that, by
+the help of it, though with great difficulty, I got into the forecastle
+of the ship. Here I found that the ship was bulged, and had a great deal
+of water in her hold: her stern was lifted up against a bank, and her
+head almost to the water. All her quarter and what was there, was free
+and dry. The provisions I found in good order, with which I crammed my
+pockets, and losing no time, ate while I was doing other things: I also
+found some rum, of which I took a hearty dram: and now I wanted for
+nothing except a boat, which indeed was all, to carry away what was
+needful for me.
+
+Necessity occasions quickness of thought. We had several spare yards, a
+spare topmast or two, and two or three large spars of wood. With these I
+fell to work, and flung as many of them overboard as I could manage,
+tying every one of them with a rope, that they might not drive away.
+This done, I went down to the ship's side, and tyed four of them fast
+together at both ends, in form of a raft, and laying two or three short
+pieces of plank upon them crosswise, I found it would bear me, but not
+any considerable weight. Upon which I went to work again, cutting a
+spare topmast into three lengths, adding them to my raft with a great
+deal of labour and pains. I then considered what I should load it with,
+it being not able to bear a ponderous burden. And this I soon thought
+of, first laying upon it all the planks and boards I could get; next I
+lowered down three of the seamen's chests, after I had filled them with
+bread, rice, three Dutch cheeses, five pieces of dried goat's flesh, and
+some European corn, what little the rats had spared: and for liquors, I
+found several cases of bottles belonging to our skipper, in which were
+some cordial waters, and four or five gallons of rack, which I stowed by
+themselves. By this time the tide beginning to flow, I perceived my
+coat, waistcoat, and shirt, swim away, which I had left on the shore; as
+for my linen breeches and stockings, I swam with them to the ship; but I
+soon found clothes enough, though I took no more than I wanted for the
+present. My eyes were chiefly on tools to work with; and after a long
+search, I found out the carpenter's chest, which I got safe down on my
+raft. I then looked for arms and ammunition, and in the great cabin
+found two good fowling pieces, two pistols, several powder horns filled,
+a small bag of shot, and two old rusty swords. I likewise found three
+barrels of powder, two of which were good, but the third had taken
+water, also two or three broken oars, two saws, an ax, and a hammer. I
+then put to sea, and in getting to shore had three encouragements. 1. A
+smooth calm sea. 2. The tide rising and letting in to shore. 3. The
+little wind there was blew towards the land. After I had sailed about a
+mile, I found the raft to drive a little distance from the place where I
+first landed; and then I perceived a little opening of the land, with a
+strong current of the tide running into it: upon which I kept the middle
+of the stream. But great was my concern, when on a sudden the fore part
+of my raft ran a ground, so that had I not, with great difficulty, for
+near half an hour, kept my back straining against the chests to keep my
+effects in their places, all I had would have gone into the sea. But
+after some time, the rising of the water caused the raft to float again,
+and coming up a little river with land on both sides, I landed in a
+little cove, as near the mouth as possible, the better to discover a
+sail, if any such providentially passed that way.
+
+Not far off, I espied a hill of stupendous height, surounded with lesser
+hills about it, and thither I was resolved to go and view the country
+that I might see what part was best, to fix my habitation. Accordingly,
+arming myself with a pistol a fowling piece, powder and ball, I ascended
+the mountain. There I perceived I was in an island, encompassed by the
+sea; no distant lands to be seen but scattering rocks that lay to the
+west: that it seemed to be a barren place, and, as I thought, inhabited
+only by wild beasts. I perceived abundance of fowls, but ignorant of
+what kind, or whether good for nourishment; I shot one of them at my
+return, which occasioned a confused screaming among the other birds, and
+I found it, by its colours and beak, to be a kind of a hawk, but its
+flesh was perfect carrion.
+
+When I came to my raft, I brought my effects on shore, which work spent
+that day entirely; and fearing that some cruel beasts might devour me in
+the night time while I slept, I made a kind of hut or barricade with the
+chests and boards I had brought onshore. That night I slept very
+comfortably; and the next morning my thoughts were employed to make a
+further attempt on the ship, and bring away what necessaries I could
+find, before another storm should break her to pieces. Accordingly I got
+on board as before, and prepared a second raft far more nice then the
+first, upon which I brought away the carpenter's stores, two or three
+bags full of nails, a great jack-screw, a dozen or two of hatchets, and
+a grind-stone. I also took away several things that belonged to the
+gunner, particularly two or three iron crows, two barels of
+musket-bullets, another fowling-piece, a small quantity of powder, and a
+large bagful of small shot. Besides these, I took all the men's clothes
+I could find, a spare fore topsail, a hammock, and some bedding; and
+thus completing my second cargo, I made all the haste to shore I could,
+fearing some wild beast might destroy what I had there already. But I
+only found a little wild cat sitting on one of the chests, which seeming
+not to fear me or the gun that I presented at her, I threw her a piece
+of biscuit, which she instantly ate, and departed.
+
+When I had gotten these effects on shore, I went to work in order to
+make me a little tent with the sail and some poles which I had cut for
+that purpose; and having finished it, what things might be damaged by
+the weather I brought in, piling all the empty chests and calks in a
+circle, the better to fortify it against any sudden attempt of man or
+beast. After this, I blocked up the doors with some boards, and an empty
+chest, turned the long way out. I then charged my gun and pistol, and
+laying my bed on the ground, slept as comfortably, till next morning, as
+though I had been in a christian country.
+
+Now, though I had enough to subsist me a long time, yet despairing of a
+sudden deliverance, or that both ammunition and provision might be spent
+before such a thing happened, I coveted as much as I could; and so long
+as the ship remained in that condition, I daily brought away one
+necessary or other; particularly the rigging, sails, and cordage, some
+twine, a barrel of wet powder, some sugar, a barrel of meal, 3 calks of
+rum, &, what indeed was most welcome to me, a whole hogshead of bread.
+
+The next time I went I cut the cables in pieces, carried off a hawser
+whole, with a great deal of iron work, and made another raft with the
+mizen and sprit-sail-yard; but this being so unwieldy, by the too heavy
+burden I had upon it, and not being able so dextrously to guide it, as
+the former, both my cargo and I were overturned. For my part, all the
+damage I sustained was a wet skin; and, at low water, after much labour
+in diving, I got most of the cables, and some pieces of iron.
+
+Thirteen days I had now been in the island, and eleven times on board,
+bringing away all that was possible, and, I believe, had the weather
+been calm, I should have brought away the whole ship piece by piece. As
+I was going the twelfth time, the wind began to rise; however, I
+ventured at low water, and rummaging the cabin, in a locker I found
+several razors, scissors, and some dozens of knives and forks; and in
+another thirty-six pounds in pieces of eight, silver and gold. _Ah!
+simple vanity_ said I _whom this world so much dotes on, where is now
+thy virtue, thy excellency to me? You cannot procure me one thing
+needful, nor remove me from this desolate island to a place of plenty.
+One of these knives, so meanly esteemed, is to me more preferable than
+all this heap. E'en therefore remain where thou art to sink in the deep
+as unregarded, even as a creature whose life is not worth preserving._
+Yet, after all this exclamation, I wrapt it up in a piece of canvas,
+and began to think of making another raft, but I soon perceived the wind
+began to arise, a fresh gale blowing from the shore, and the sky
+overcast with clouds and darkness; so thinking a a raft to be in yaw, I
+let myself into the water with what things I had about me, and it was
+with much difficulty I got ashore, when soon after it blew a
+fearful storm.
+
+That night I slept very contentedly in my little tent, surrounded with
+all my effects; but when I looked out in the morning no more ship was to
+be seen. This much surprised me for the present; yet, when I considered
+I had lost no time, abated no pains and had got every thing useful out
+of her, I comforted myself in the best manner, and entirely submitted to
+the will of Providence.
+
+My next thoughts were, how I should defend and secure myself from
+savages and wild beasts, if any such were in the island. At one time I
+thought of digging a cave, at another I was for erecting a tent; and, at
+length, I resolved to do both: The manner or form of which will not, I
+hope, be unpleasing to describe.
+
+When I considered the ground where I was, that it was moorish, and had
+no fresh water near it, my resolutions were to search for a soil healthy
+and well watered, where I might not only be sheltered from the sun's
+scorching heat, but be more conveniently situated, as well to be secured
+from wild men and beasts of prey, as more easily to discover any distant
+sail, should it ever happen.
+
+And, indeed, it was not long before I had my desire. I found a little
+plain near a rising hill, the front towards which being as steep as a
+house side, nothing could descend on me from the top. On the side of
+this rock, was a little hollow place, resembling the entrance or door of
+a cave. Just before this place; on the circle of the green, I resolved
+my tent should stand. This plain did not much exceed a hundred yards
+broad, and about twice as long, like a delightful green, before my door,
+with a pleasing, though an irregular descent every way to the low
+grounds by the sea-side, lying on the N. W. side of the hill, so that it
+was sheltered from the excessive heat of the sun. After this, I drew a
+semi-circle, containing ten yards in a semi-diameter, and twenty yards
+in the whole, driving down two rows; of strong stakes, not 6 inches from
+each other. Then with the pieces of cable which I had cut on board, I
+regularly laid them in a circle between the piles up to their tops,
+which were more than five feet out of the earth, and after drove another
+row of piles looking within side against them, between two or three feet
+high, which made me conclude it a little impregnable castle against men
+and beasts. And for my better security I would have no door, but entered
+in and came out by the help of a ladder, which I also made.
+
+[Illustration: Robinson Crusoe building his castle. _Dr. & Eng. by A.
+Carse, Edin._]
+
+Here was my fence and fortress, into which I carried all my riches,
+ammunition, and stores. After which, working on the rock, what with dirt
+and stones I dug out, I not only raised my ground two feet, but made a
+little cellar to my mansion-house; and this cost me many days labour and
+pains. One day in particular a shower of rain falling, thunder and
+lighting ensued, which put me in terror lest my powder should take fire,
+and not only hinder my necessary subsistence, by killing me food, but
+even blow up me and my habitation. To prevent which, I fell to making
+boxes and bags, in order to separate it, having by me near 150lb.
+weight. And thus being established as king of the island, every day I
+went out with my gun to see what I could kill that was fit to eat. I
+soon perceived numbers of goats but very shy, yet having watched them
+narrowly, and seeing I could better shoot off the rocks than when in the
+low grounds, I happened to shoot a she-goat suckling a young kid; which
+not thinking its dam slain, stood by her unconcerned; and when I took
+the dead creature up, the young one followed me even to the inclosure. I
+lifted the kid over the pales, and would willingly have kept it alive;
+but finding it could not be brought to eat, I was forced to slay it also
+for my subsistence.
+
+Thus entered into as strange a scene of life as ever any man was in, I
+had most melancholy apprehensions concerning my deplorable condition:
+and many times the tears would plentifully run down my face, when I
+considered how I was debarred from all communications with human kind.
+Yet while these disponding cogitations would seem to make me accuse
+Providence, other good thoughts would interpose and reprove me after
+this manner: Well, supposing you are desolate, it is not better to be so
+than totally perish? Why, were you singled out to be saved and the rest
+destroyed? Why should you complain, when not only your life is
+preserved, but the ship driven into your reach, in order to take what
+was necessary out of her for your subsistence? But to proceed, it was,
+by the account I kept, the 30th of September, when I first landed on
+this island. About twelve days after, fearing lest I should lose my
+reckoning of time, nay, even forget the Sabbath days, for want of pen,
+ink, and paper, I carved with a knife upon a large post, in great
+letters; and set it up: in the similitude of a cross, on the seashore
+where I landed, I CAME ON SHORE, _Sept._ 30 1659. Every day I cut a
+notch with my knife on the sides of the square post, and this on the
+Sabbath was as long again as the rest; and every first day of the month
+as long again as that long one. In this manner I kept my calendar,
+weekly, monthly or yearly reckoning of time. But had I made a more
+strict search (as afterwards I did) I needed not have set up this mark;
+for among the parcels belonging to the gunner, carpenter, and captain's
+mate, I found those very things I wanted; particularly pens, ink, and
+paper. So I found two or three compasses, some mathematical
+instruments, dials, perspective glasses, books of navigation, three
+English Bibles, and several other good books, which I carefully put
+up.--Here I cannot but call to mind our having a dog and two cats on
+board, whom I made inhabitants with me in my castle. Though one might
+think I had all the necessities that were desirable, yet still I found
+several things wanting. My ink was daily wasting; I wanted needles,
+pins, and thread to mend or keep my clothes together; and particularly a
+spade, pickax, or shovel, to remove the earth. It was a year before I
+finished my little bulwark; and having some intervals of relaxation,
+after my daily wandering abroad for provision, I drew up this plan,
+alternately, as creditor and debtor, to remind me of the miseries and
+blessings of my life, under so many various circumstances.
+
+E V I L
+
+I am cast upon a desolate island, having no hopes, no prospects of a
+welcome deliverance.
+
+Thus miserably am I singled out from the enjoyment or company of all
+mankind.
+
+Like an hermit (rather should I say a lonely anchorite) am I forced from
+human conversation.
+
+My clothes after some time will be worn out; and then I shall have none
+to cover me.
+
+When my ammunition is wasted, then shall I remain without any defence
+against wild men and beasts.
+
+I have no creature, no soul to speak to; none to beg assistance from.
+Some comfort would it be to resound my woes where I am understood, and
+beg assistance where I might hope for relief.
+
+GOOD
+
+But yet I am preserved, while my companions are perished in the raging
+ocean.
+
+Yet set apart to be spared from death. And he, who has so preserved me,
+can deliver me from this condition.
+
+However, I have food to eat, and even a happy prospect of subsistence
+while life endures.
+
+At present I enjoy what is absolutely needful; and the climate is so
+hot, that had I never so many, I would hardly wear them.
+
+Yet if it does, I see no danger of any hurt to me, as in Africa; And
+what if I had been cast away, upon that coast.
+
+Is there not God to converse to, and is not he able to relieve thee?
+Already has he afforded thee sustenance, and put it in thy power to
+provide for thyself till he sends thee a deliverance.
+
+And now easing my mind a little by these reflections, I began to render
+my life as easy as possible.
+
+I must here add, to the description I have given of my habitation, that
+having raised a turf wall against the outside of it, I thatched it so
+close as might keep it from the inclemency of the weather; I also
+improved it within, enlarged my cave, and made a passage and door in the
+rock, which came out beyond the pale of my fortification. I next
+proceeded to make a chair and a table, and so began to study such
+mechanical arts as seemed to me practicable. When I wanted a plank or
+board I hewed down a tree with my hatchet, making it as thin with my ax
+as possible, and then smooth enough with an adz to answer my designs:
+yet though I could make no more this way than one board out of a tree,
+in length of time I got boards enough to shelter all my stores, every
+thing being regularly placed, and my guns securely hanging against the
+side of the rock. This made it a very pleasant sight to me, as being the
+result of vast labour and diligence; which leaving for a while, and me
+to the enjoyment of it, I shall give the reader an account of my Journal
+from the day of my landing, till the fixing and settling of my
+habitation, as heretofore shown.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+JOURNAL.
+
+_September 30, 1659_. I unhappy Robinson Crusoe, having suffered
+shipwreck, was driven on this desolate island, which I named the
+_Desolate Island of Despair_, my companions being swallowed up in the
+tempestous ocean. The next day I spent in consideration of my unhappy
+circumstances, having no prospect but of death, either to be starved
+with hunger, or devoured with beasts or merciless savages.
+
+_Oct. 1_. That morning, with great comfort, I beheld the ship drove
+ashore. Some hopes I had, that when the storm was abated I might be able
+to get some food and necessaries out of her, which I conceived were not
+damaged, because the ship did stand upright. At this time I lamented the
+loss of my companions, and our misfortune in leaving the vessel. When I
+perceived the ship as it were lay dry, I waded through the sands, then
+swam aboard, the weather being very rainy, and with scarcely any wind.
+
+To the 14th of this month, my time was employed in making voyages, every
+tide getting what I could out of the ship. The weather very wet and
+uncertain.
+
+_Oct. 20_. My raft and all the goods thereon were overset: yet I
+recovered most again at low water.
+
+_Oct. 25_. It blew hard, and rained night and day, when the ship went in
+pieces, so that nothing was seen of her but the wreck at low water. This
+day I secured my goods from the inclemency of the weather.
+
+_Oct. 26_. I wandered to see where I could find a place convenient for
+my abode. I fixed upon a rock in the evening, marked out a half-moon,
+intending to erect a wall, fortified with piles, lined within with
+pieces of cables, and covered with turf.
+
+_Nov. 1_. I erected my tent under a rock, and took up my lodgings very
+contentedly in a hammock that night.
+
+_Nov._ 2. This day I fenced myself in with timber, chests, and boards.
+
+_Nov._ 3. I shot two wild fowl, resembling ducks, which were good to
+eat, and in the afternoon made me a table.
+
+_Nov._ 4. I began to live regularly. In the morning I allowed myself two
+or three hours to walk out with my gun; I then worked till near eleven
+o'clock, and afterwards refreshed myself, with what I had to eat. From
+twelve to two I would lie down to sleep. Extremely sultry weather. In
+the evening go to work again.
+
+_Nov._ 5. Went out with my gun and dog, shot a wild cat with a soft skin,
+but her flesh was good for nothing. The skins of those I killed, I
+preserved. In my return, I perceived many wild birds, and was terrified
+by some seals which made off to sea.
+
+_Nov._ 6. Completed my table.
+
+_Nov._ 7. Fair weather. I worked till the 12th, but omitted the 11th,
+which, according to my calculation, I supposed to be Sunday.
+
+_Nov._ 13. Rain in abundance, which, however, much cooled the air; with
+thunder and lightening, caused in me a terrible surprise. The weather
+clearing, I secured my powder in separate parcels.
+
+_Nov._ 14--16. I made little boxes for my powder, lodging them in
+several places. I also shot a large fowl, which proved excellent meat.
+
+_Nov._ 17. I began to dig in the rock, yet was obliged to desist for
+want of a pickax, shovel, and wheel-barrow. Iron crows I caused to
+supply the place of the first; but with all my art I could not make a
+wheel-barrow.
+
+_Nov._ 18. It was my fortune to find a tree, resembling what Brazilians
+call an iron tree. I had like to have spoiled my ax with cutting it,
+being very hard and exceedingly heavy; yet with much labour & industry,
+I made a sort of a spade out of it.
+
+_Nov._ 21. These tools being made, I daily carried on my business;
+eighteen days I allowed for enlarging my cave, that it might serve me,
+not only for a warehouse, but kitchen, parlour, and cellar. I commonly
+lay in the tent, unless the weather was rainy that I could not lie dry.
+So wet would it be at certain seasons, that I was obliged to cover all
+within the pale with long poles, in the form of rafters, leaning against
+the rock, and loaded them with flags and large leaves of trees,
+resembling a thatch.
+
+_Dec._ 10. No sooner did I think my habitation finished, but suddenly a
+great deal of the top broke in, so that it was a mercy I was not buried
+in the ruins. This occasioned a great deal of pains and trouble to me,
+before I could make it firm and durable.
+
+_Dec_ 17. I nailed up some shelves and drove nails and staples in the
+wall and posts to hang things out of the way.
+
+_Dec_ 20. Every thing I got into its place, then made a sort of a
+dresser, and another table.
+
+_Dec._ 24. 25. Rain in abundance.
+
+_Dec._ 26. Very fair weather.
+
+_Dec._ 27. I chanced to light on some goats, shot one and wounded
+another. I led it home in a string, bound up its leg, and cured it in a
+little time; at length it became so tame and familiar as to feed before
+the door, and follow me where I pleased. This put me in mind to bring up
+tame creatures, in order to supply me with food after my ammunition
+was spent.
+
+_Dec._ 28, 29, 30. The weather being excessively hot, with little air,
+obliged me for the most part, to keep within doors.
+
+_Jan_ 1. Still sultry, however, obliged by necessity, I went out with my
+gun, and found a great store of goats in the valleys; they were
+exceedingly shy, nor could my dog hunt them down.
+
+_Jan._ 3 to 14. My employment this time was to finish the wall before
+described, and search the island. I discovered a kind of pigeons like
+our house-pigeons in a nest among the rocks. I brought them home, nursed
+them till they could fly, and then they left me. After this, I shot
+some, which proved excellent food. Some time I spent vainly in
+contriving to make a cask; I may well say it was vain, because I could
+neither joint the staves; nor fix the heads, so as to make it tight: So,
+leaving that, took some goat's tallow I had about me, and a little okum
+for the wick, and provided myself with a lamp, which served me instead
+of candles.
+
+But now a very strange event happened. For being in the height of my
+search, what should come into my hand, but a bag, which was used to hold
+corn (as I supposed) for the fowls; so immediately resolving to put
+gunpowder in it, I shook all the hulks and dirt upon one side of the
+rock, little expecting what the consequences would be. The rain had
+fallen plentifully a few days before; and about a month after, to my
+great amazement something began to lock out very green and flourishing;
+and when I came to view it more nicely, every day as it grew, I found
+about ten or twelve ears of green barley appeared in the very same shape
+and make as that in England.
+
+I can scarce express the agitations of my mind at this sight. Hitherto I
+had looked upon the actions of this life no otherwise than only as the
+events of blind chance and fortune. But now the appearance of this
+barley, flourishing in a barren soil, and my ignorance in not conceiving
+how it should come there, made me conclude _that miracles were not yet
+ceased:_ nay, I even thought that God had appointed it to grow there
+without any seed, purely for my sustenance in this miserable and
+desolate island. And indeed such great effect this had upon me, that it
+often made me melt into tears, through a grateful sense of God's
+mercies; and the greater still was my thankfulness, when I perceived
+about this little field of barley some rice stalks, also wonderfully
+flourishing.
+
+While thus pleased in mind, I concluded there must be more corn in the
+island; and therefore made a diligent search narrowly among the rocks;
+but not being able to find any, on a sudden it came into my mind, how I
+had shaken the husks of corn out of the bag, and then my admiration
+ceased, with my gratitude to the Divine Being, _as thinking it was but
+natural_, and not to be conceived a miracle; though even the manner of
+its preservation might have made me own it as a wonderful event of God's
+kind providence.
+
+It was about the latter end of June when the ears of this corn ripened,
+which I laid up very carefully together with 20 or 30 stalks of rice,
+expecting one day I should reap the fruit of my labour; yet four years
+were expired before I could allow myself to eat any barley-bread, and
+much longer time before I had any rice. After this, with indefatigable
+pains and industry for three or four months, at last I finished my wall
+on the 14th, of April, having no way to go into it, but by ladder
+against the wall.
+
+_April_ 16. I finished my ladder, and ascended it; afterwards pulled it
+up, then let it down on the other side, and descended into my new
+habitation, where I had space enough, and so fortified that nothing
+could attack me, without scaling the walls.
+
+But what does all human pains and industry avail, if the blessing of God
+does not crown our labours? Or who can stand before the Almighty, when
+he stretcheth forth his arm? For one time as I was at the entrance of my
+cave, there happened such a dreadful earthquake, that not only the roof
+of the cave came rumbling about my ears, but the posts seemed to crack
+terribly at the same time. This put me in great amazement; and running
+to the ladder, and getting over the wall, I then plainly knew it was an
+earthquake, the place I stood on sustaining three terrible shocks in
+less than three minutes. But judge of my terror when I saw the top of a
+great rock roll into the sea; I then expected the island would be
+swallowed up every moment: And what made the scene still more dreadful,
+was to see the sea thrown into the most violent agitations and disorders
+by this tremendous accident.
+
+For my part I stood like a criminal at the place of execution ready to
+expire. At the moving of the earth, I was, as it were, sea-sick; and
+very much afraid lest the rock, under which was my fence and habitation,
+should overwhelm it and myself in a lasting tomb.
+
+When the third dreadful shock had spent itself, my spirits began to
+revive; yet still I would not venture to ascend the ladder, but
+continued fitting, not knowing what I should do. So little grace had I
+then, as only to say _Lord have mercy upon me!_ and no sooner was the
+earthquake over, but that pathetic prayer left me.
+
+It was not long after, when a horrible tempest arose, at the same time
+attended with a huricane of wind. The sea seemed mountains high, and the
+waves rolled so impetously, that nothing could be perceived but froth
+and foam. Three hours did this storm continue, and in so violent a
+manner, as to tear the very trees up by the roots, which was succeeded
+by abundance of rain. When the tempest was over I went to my tent: but
+the rain coming on in a furious manner, I was obliged to take shelter in
+the cave, where I was forced to cut a channel through my fortification
+to let the water out. It continued raining all that night, and some time
+the next day. These accidents made me resolve, as soon as the weather
+cleared up, to build me a little hut in some open place, walled round to
+defend me from wild creatures and savages; not doubting but at the next
+earthquake, the mountain would fall upon my habitation and me, and
+swallow up all in its bowels.
+
+_April_ 16--20. These days I spent in contriving how and in what manner
+I should fix my place of abode. All this while I was under the most
+dreadful apprehensions. When I looked round my habitation, every thing I
+found in its proper place. I had several resolutions whether I should
+move or not; but at length resolved to stay where I was, till I found
+out a convenient place where I might pitch my tent.
+
+_April_ 22. When I began to put my resolutions in practice, I was stopt
+for want of tools and instruments to work with. Most of my axes and
+hatchets were useless, occasioned by cutting the hard timber that grew
+on the island. It took me up a full week to make my grind-stone of use
+to me, and at last I found out a way to turn it about with my foot, by
+help of a wheel and a string.
+
+_April_ 28--29. These days were spent in grinding my tools.
+
+_April_ 30. My bread falling short, I allowed myself but one biscuit a
+day.
+
+_May_ 1. As I walked along the sea shore I found a barrel of gunpowder,
+and several pieces of the wreck, the sea had flung up. Having secured
+those, I made to the ship, whose stern was torn off, and washed a great
+distance ashore; but the rest lay in the sands. This I suppose was
+occasioned by the earthquake. I now resolved to keep my old place of
+abode; and also to go to the ship that day, but then found it
+impossible.
+
+_May_ 3. This day I went on board, and with my saw sawed off one of the
+beams, which kept her quarter-deck. I then cleared the sand till flood.
+
+_May_ 4. I caught some fish, but they were not wholesome, The same day I
+also catched a young dolphin.
+
+_May 5._ 'This day I also repaired to the wreck, and sawed another
+piece of timber, and when the flood came, I made a float of three great
+planks, which were driven ashore by the tide.
+
+_May 6, 7, 8, 9._ These days I brought off the iron bolts, opened the
+deck with the iron crow, and carried two planks to land, having made a
+way into the very middle of the wreck.
+
+_May 10, 11, 12, 13, 14._ All this time I spent in bringing off great
+quantities of iron and timber.
+
+_May 15._ Took with me two hatchets on purpose to cut off some lead from
+the roll, but all in vain, for it lay too low under water.
+
+_May 16._ I omitted going to the wreck this day, for employing myself in
+looking for pigeons, I outstaid my time.
+
+_May 17._ I perceived several pieces of the wreck driven ashore, which I
+found belonged to the head of the ship.
+
+_May 24._ To this day I worked on the wreck, and with great difficulty
+loosened some things so much with the crow, that at the first flowing
+tide several casks floated out, and many of the seamen's chests, yet
+that day nothing came to land but pieces of timber, and a hogshead which
+had some Brazil pork in it. I continued working to the 15th of June;
+(except necessary times for food and rest) and had I known how to have
+built a boat, I had timber and planks enough; I had also near 100 weight
+of sheet lead.
+
+_June 16._ As I was wandering towards the sea-side, I found a large
+tortoise or turtle, being the first I had seen on the island, though, as
+I afterwards found, there were many on the other side of it.
+
+_June 17._ This day I spent in cooking it, found in her threescore eggs,
+and her flesh the most savoury and pleasant I ever tasted in my life.
+
+_June 18._ I staid within this day, there being a continual rain; and it
+was somewhat more chilly and cold than usual.
+
+_June 19._ Exceedingly bad, being taken with a trembling and shivering.
+
+_June 20._ Awake all night, my head racked with pain and feverish.
+
+_June 21._ Sick unto death, and terrified with the dismal apprehensions
+of my condition. Prayed to God more frequently, but very confusedly.
+
+_June 22._ Something better, but still uneasy in my mind.
+
+_June 23._ Again relapsed much as before.
+
+_June 24._ Mended a second time.
+
+_June 25._ A violent ague for seven hours, cold and hot fits succeeded
+with faint sweats.
+
+_June 26._ Better, but very weak, yet I scrambled out, shot a she-goat,
+brought it home and broiled some of it; I would willingly have stewed
+it, and made some broth, but had no pod.
+
+_June 27_ All this day I was afflicted with an ague; thirsty, yet I
+could not help myself to water: Prayed to God in these words: _Lord, in
+pity look upon me: Lord, have mercy upon me: have mercy upon me!_ After
+this I fell asleep, which I found had much refreshed me when I awaked. I
+fell fast asleep a second time, and fell into this strange and terrible
+sort of dream.
+
+Methought I was sitting on the same spot of ground at the outside of the
+wall where I sat when the storm blew after the earthquake; and that I
+saw a man descending from a great black cloud, and alight upon the
+ground. He was all over as bright as a flash of fire that a little
+before surrounded him; his countenance inconceivably terrible; the earth
+as it were trembled when he stept upon the ground, and flashes of fire
+seemed to fill all the air. No sooner I thought him landed upon the
+earth, but with a long spear, or other weapon, he made towards me; but
+first ascending a rising ground, his voice added to my amazement, when I
+thought I heard him pronounce these dreadful words, _Unhappy wretch!
+seeing all these things have not brought thee to repentance, thou shalt
+immediately die._ In pronouncing this dreadful sentence, I thought he
+went to kill me with the spear that was in his hand.
+
+Any body may think it impossible for me to express the horrors of my
+mind at this vision: and even when I awaked, this very dream made a deep
+impression upon my mind. The little divine knowledge I had, I received
+from my father's instructions, and that was worn out by an uninterrupted
+series of sea-faring impiety for eight years space. Except what sickness
+forced from me, I do not remember I had one thought of lifting up my
+heart towards God, but rather had a certain stupidity of soul, not
+having the least sense or fear of the Omnipotent Being when in distress,
+nor of gratitude to him for his deliverances. Nay, when I was on the
+desperate expedition on the desert African shore, I cannot remember I
+had one thought of what would become of me, or to beg his consolation
+and assistance in my sufferings and distress. When the Portugal captain
+took me up and honorably used me, nay, farther, when I was even
+delivered from drowning by escaping to this island, I never looked upon
+it as a judgment, but only said I was an unfortunate dog, and that's
+all. Indeed some secret transports of soul I had, which was not through
+grace but only a common flight of joy, that I was yet alive, when my
+companions were all drowned, and no other joy could I conceive but what
+is common with the sailors over a bowl of punch, after they have escaped
+the greatest dangers.
+
+The likelihood of wanting for neither food nor conveniences, might have
+called upon me for a thankful acknowledgment to Providence. Indeed, the
+growth of my corn touched with some sense, but that soon wore off again.
+The terrible earthquake pointed to me, as it were, the finger of God,
+but my dreadful amazement continued no longer than its duration. But
+now, when my spirits began to sink under the burden of a strong
+distemper, and I could leisurely view the miseries of death present
+themselves before my eyes, then my awakened conscience began to reproach
+me with my past life, in which I had so wickedly provoked the justice of
+God to pour down his vengeance upon me.
+
+Such reflections as these oppressed me even in the violence of
+distemper. Some prayers I uttered, which only proceeded from the fear of
+death. But when I considered my father's advice and prophecy, I could
+not forbear weeping; for he told me, _That if I did persist in my folly,
+I should not only be deprived of God's blessing, but have time enough to
+reflect upon my despising his instructions, and this, in a wretched
+time, when none could help me_. And now concluding it to be fulfilled,
+having no soul in the island to administer any comfort to me, I prayed
+earnestly to the Lord, that he would help me in this great calamity. And
+this, I think, was the first time I prayed in sincerity for many years.
+But now I must return to my journal.
+
+_June_ 28. Something refreshed with sleep, and the fit quite off, I got
+up. My dream still occasioned in me a great consternation; and, fearing
+that the ague might return the succeeding day, I concluded it time to
+get something to comfort me. I filled a case bottle with water, and set
+it within reach of my bed; and, to make it more nourishing and less
+chilly, I put some rum in it. The next thing I did was to broil me a
+piece of goat's flesh, of which I ate but little. I was very weak;
+however, walked about, dreading the return of my distemper; and at night
+I supped on three of the turtle's eggs, which I roasted and ate, begging
+God's blessing therewith.
+
+After I had eaten, I attempted to walk again out of doors with my gun;
+but was so weak, that I sat down, and looked at the sea, which was
+smooth and calm. While I continued here, these thoughts came into
+my mind.
+
+In what manner is the production of the earth and sea, of which I have
+seen so much? From whence came myself, and all other creatures living,
+and of what are they made?
+
+Our beings were assuredly created by some almighty invisible Power, who
+framed the earth the sea, and air, and all therein. But what is
+that Power?
+
+Certainly it must follow that God has created it all. Yet, said I, if
+God has made all this he must be the Ruler of them all, and what is
+relating thereto; for certainly the Power that makes, must indisputably
+have a power to guide and direct them. And if this be so, (as certainly
+it must) nothing can happen without his knowledge and appointment. Then,
+surely, if nothing happens without God's appointment, certainly God has
+appointed these my sufferings to befal me. And here I fixed my firm
+belief that it was his will that it should be so; and then proceeded to
+enquire, why should God deal with me in this manner? Or what have I done
+thus to deserve his indignation.
+
+Here conscience flew in my face, reprehending me as a blasphemer; crying
+with a loud and piercing voice, _Unworthy wretch! how dare you ask what
+you have done? Look on your past life, and see what you have left
+undone? Ask thyself, why thou wert not long ago in the merciless hands
+of death? Why not drowned in Yarmouth roads, or killed in the fight,
+when the ship was taken by the Sallee man of war? Why not entombed in
+the bowels of wild beasts on the African coast, or drowned here when all
+thy companions suffered shipwreck in the ocean._
+
+Struck dumb with these reflections, I rose up in a pensive manner, being
+so thoughtful that I could not go to sleep; and fearing the dreadful
+return of my distemper, it caused me to remember, that the Brazilians
+use tobacco for almost all diseases. I then went to my chest in older to
+find some, where Heaven, no doubt, directed me to find a cure for both
+soul and body; for there I found one of the Bibles, which, till this
+time, I had neither leisure nor inclination to look into, I took both
+the tobacco and that out of the chest, and laid them on the table.
+Several experiments did I try with the tobacco: First, I took a piece or
+leaf, and chewed it; but it being very green and strong, almost
+stupified me. Next I steeped it in some rum an hour or two, resolving
+when I went to bed to take a dole of it: and, in the third place, I
+burnt some over a pan of fire, holding my nose over it as long as I
+could endure it without suffocation.
+
+In the intervals of this operation, though my head was giddy and
+disturbed by the tobacco, I took up the Bible to read. No sooner did I
+open it, but there appeared to me these words _Call on me in the day of
+trouble, and I will deliver thee, and thou shall glorify me_.
+
+At first this sentence made a very deep impression on my heart, but it
+soon wore off again, when I considered the word _deliver_ was foreign to
+me. And as the children of Israel said, when they were promised flesh to
+eat, _Can God spread a table in the wilderness?_ in like manner I began
+to say, _Can God himself deliver me from this desolate island?_ However,
+the words would still return to my mind, and afterwards made a greater
+impression upon me. As it was now very late, and the tobacco had dazed
+my head, I was inclined to sleep: but before I would lie down I fell on
+my knees, and implored the promise that God had made to me in the Holy
+Scriptures, that _if I called upon him in the day of trouble he would
+deliver me._ With much difficulty I afterwards drank the rum wherein I
+had steeped the tobacco, which flying into my head, threw me into such a
+profound sleep, that it was three o'clock the next day before I awaked;
+or rather, I believe, I slept two days, having certainly lost a day in
+my account, and I could never tell any other way. When I got up, my
+spirits were lively and cheerful; my stomach much better, being very
+hungry; and, in short, no fit returned the next day, which was the 29th,
+but I found myself much altered for the better.
+
+The 30th, I went abroad with my gun, but not far, and killed a sea-fowl
+or two, resembling a brand goose, which, however, I cared not to eat
+when I brought them home, but dined on two more of the turtle's eggs. In
+the evening I renewed my medicine, excepting that I did not take so
+large a quantity, neither did I chew the leaf, or hold my head over the
+smoke: but the next day, which was the 1st of _July_, having a little
+return of the cold fit, I again took my medicine as I did the
+first time.
+
+_July_ 3. The fit quite left me, but very weak. In this condition, I
+often thought of these words, _I will deliver thee_; and while, at some
+times, I would think of the impossibility of it, other thoughts would
+reprehend me for disregarding the deliverances I had received, even from
+the most forlorn and distressed condition. I asked myself, what regard
+have I had to God for his abundant mercies? Have I done my part_: He has
+delivered me, but I have not glorified him:_--as if I had said, I had
+not owned and been thankful for these as deliverances, and how could I
+expect greater? So much did this sensibly touch my heart, that I gave
+God thanks for my recovery from weakness in the most humble prostration.
+
+_July_ 4. This morning I began seriously to ponder on what is written in
+the New Testament, resolving to read a chapter every morning and night
+as long an my thoughts would engage me. As soon as I set about this work
+seriously, I found my heart deeply affected with the impiety of my past
+life; these words that I thought were spoken to me in my dream revived,
+_All these things have not brought thee to repentance._ After this, I
+begged of God to assist me with his Holy Spirit in returning to my duty.
+One day in perusing the Scriptures, I came to these words, _He is
+exalted a Prince and a Saviour, to give repentance and to give
+remission_: Immediately I laid down the book, and with uplifted hands to
+Heaven, loudly cried, _O blessed Jesus, thou son of David, Jesus, thou
+exalted Prince and Saviour, give we repentance!_ And now indeed I prayed
+with a true sense of my condition, and a more certain hope, founded on
+the word of God. Now I had a different sense of these words, _Call on me
+and I will deliver thee_, that is from the dreadful load of guilt which
+oppressed my sinful soul, and not from a solitary life, which might
+rather be called, a blessing, seeing I wanted neither food nor raiment,
+when compared living amongst the human race, surrounded with so much
+oppression, misery, and affliction; in a word, I came to this
+conclusion, that a deliverance from sin was a much greater blessing,
+than a deliverance from affliction. But again I proceed to my journal.
+
+To the 14th of _July_, I walked about with my gun, little and little at
+a time, having been reduced to the greatest extremity of weakness. The
+applications and experiments I used were perfectly new: neither could I
+recommend them to any one's practice. For though it carried off the fit,
+it very much weakened me, and I had frequently convulsions in my nerves
+and limbs for some time. From this I learned, that going abroad in rainy
+weather, especially when it was attended with storms and hurricanes of
+wind, was most pernicious to health. I had now been about ten months in
+the island; and as I never had seen any of the human kind, I therefore
+accounted myself as sole monarch; and as I grew better, having secured
+my habitation to my mind, I resolved to make a tour round my kingdom, in
+order to make new discoveries.
+
+The 15th of _July_, I began my journey; I first went to the creek, where
+I had brought my rafts on shore; and travelling farther, found the tide
+went no higher than two miles up, where there was a little brook of
+running water, on the banks of which were many pleasant savannahs or
+meadows, plain, smooth, and covered with grass. On the rising parts,
+where I supposed the water did not reach, I perceived a great deal of
+tobacco growing to a very strong stalk. Several other plants I likewise
+found, the virtues of which I did not understand. I searched a long time
+for the Cassava root, which I knew the Indians in that climate made
+their bread of, but all in vain. There were several plants of aloes,
+though at that time I knew not what they were; likewise I saw several
+sugar canes, but imperfect for want of cultivation. With these few
+discoveries, I came back that night, and slept contentedly in my
+little castle.
+
+The next day, being the 16th, going the same way, but farther then the
+day before, I found the country more adorned with woods and trees. Here
+I perceived different fruits in great abundance. Melons in plenty lay on
+the ground, and clusters of grapes, ripe and very rich, spread over the
+trees. You may imagine I was glad of this discovery, yet ate very
+sparingly, lest I should throw myself into a flux or fever. The grapes I
+found of excellent use; for when I had dried them in the sun, which
+preserved them as dried raisins are kept, they proved very wholesome and
+nourishing, and served me in those seasons when no grapes were to
+be had.
+
+The night drawing on apace, I ascended up a tree, and slept very
+comfortably, though it was the first time I had lain out of my
+habitation. And when the morning came, I proceeded with great pleasure
+on my way, travelling about four miles, as I imagined, by the length of
+the valley, directing my course northward, there being a ridge of hills
+on the south and north side of me. At the end of this valley, I came to
+an opening, where the country seemed to descend to the west; there I
+found a little spring of fresh water, proceeding out of the side of the
+hill, with its chrystal streams running directly east. And, indeed, here
+my senses were charmed with the most beautiful landscape nature could
+afford; for the country appeared flourishing, green, and delightful,
+that to me it seemed like a planted garden. I then descended on the side
+of that delicious vale, when I found abundance of cocoa, orange, lemon,
+and citron trees, but very wild and barren at that time. As for the
+limes, they were delightful and wholesome, the juice of which I after
+used to mix in water, which made it very cooling and refreshing. And now
+I was resolved to carry home and lay up a store of grapes, limes, and
+lemons, against the approaching wet season. So laying them up in
+separate parcels, and then taking a few of each with me, I returned to
+my little castle, after having spent three days in this journey. Before
+I got home, the grapes were so bruised that they were utterly spoiled;
+the limes indeed were good, but of those I could bring only a few.
+
+_July 19_. Having prepared two bags, I returned thither again, but, to
+my great surprise, found all the grapes spread about, trod to pieces,
+and abundance eaten, which made me conclude there were wild beasts
+thereabouts. To prevent this happening again, I gathered a large
+quantity of the grapes, and hung them upon the out branches of the tree,
+both to keep them unhurt, and that they might cure and dry in the sun;
+and having well loaded myself with limes and lemons, I returned once
+more to my old place of residence.
+
+And now contemplating on the fruitfulness of this valey, and
+pleasantness of its situation, its security from storms, and the
+delightfulness of the adjacent woods, I concluded I was settled in the
+worst part of the country, and therefore was thinking to remove my
+habitation.
+
+But when I considered again, that though it was pleasant, it was off
+from the sea-side, where there was a possibility, some time or other, a
+ship might either be driven or sail by; and that to inclose myself among
+hills and woods must certainly put an end to my hopes of deliverance; I
+resolved to let my castle remain where Providence had first assigned it.
+Yet so ravished was I with this place, that I made me a little kind of
+bower, surrounding it with a double hedge, as high as I could reach,
+well staked and filled with bullrushes: and having spent a great part of
+the month of _July_, I think it was the first of _August_ before I began
+to enjoy my labour.
+
+_Aug. 3._ Perceiving my grapes to be dry, I took them from the trees,
+and they proved excellent good raisins of the sun: the most of which I
+carried to my cave; and happy for me I did so; by which I saved the best
+part of my winter food.
+
+_Aug_. 14. This day it began to rain; and though I had made me a tent
+like the other, yet having no shelter of a hill to keep me from storms,
+nor a cave behind me to retreat to, I was obliged to return to my old
+castle. The rain continued more or less every day, till the middle of
+_October;_ and sometimes so violently, that I could not stir out of my
+cave for several days. This season I found my family to increase; for
+one of my cats that ran away from me, and which I thought had been dead,
+returned about _August_, with three kittens at her heels, like herself,
+which I thought strange, because both my cats were females, and the wild
+cats of the island seemed to be of a different kind from our European
+cats; but from these cats proceeded such numbers, that I was forced to
+kill and destroy them as I would do wild beasts and vermin.
+
+To the 26th of this month, I could not stir out, it raining incessantly;
+when beginning to want food, I was compelled to venture twice, the first
+of which I shot a goat, and afterwards found a very large tortoise. The
+manner of my regulating my food was thus: a bunch of raisins served me
+for my breakfast; a piece of goat's flesh or turtle boiled for my
+dinner, and two or three turtle's eggs for my supper. While the rain
+lasted, I daily worked two or three hours at enlarging my cave, and by
+degrees worked it on towards one side, till I came to the outside of the
+hill, and made a door or way out, which came beyond my fence or wall,
+and so I came in and out this way. But after I had done this, I was
+troubled to see myself thus exposed; though I could not perceive any
+thing to fear, a goat being the biggest creature I had seen upon
+this island.
+
+_Sept_. 30. Casting up my notches on my post, which amounted to 365, I
+concluded this to be the anniversary of my landing; and, therefore,
+humbly prostrating myself on the ground, confessing my sins,
+acknowledging God's righteous judgments upon me, and praying to Jesus
+Christ to have mercy upon me, I fasted for twelve hours till the going
+down of the sun; and then eating a biscuit and a bunch of grapes, laid
+me on the bed, and with great comfort took my night's repose. Till this
+time I never had distinguished the Sabbath-day; but now made a longer
+notch than ordinary for the days of rest, and divided the weeks as well
+as I could, though I found I had lost a day or two in my account. My ink
+failing soon after, I omitted in my daily memorandum things of an
+indifferent nature, & contented myself to write down only the most
+remarkable events of my life. The rainy and dry seasons appeared now
+regular to me, and experience taught me how to provide for them; yet, in
+one thing I am going to relate, my experience very much failed me. You
+may call to mind what I have mentioned of some barley and rice which I
+had saved; about thirty stalks of the former, and twenty of the latter;
+and at that time, the sun being in its southern position, going from
+me, together with the rains, made me conclude it a very proper season to
+sow it. Accordingly I dug up a piece of ground, with my wooden spade,
+and dividing it into two parts, sowed about two thirds of my seed,
+preserving by me about a handful of each. And happy it was I did so; for
+no rains falling, it was choaked up, and never appeared above the earth
+till the wet season came again, and then part of it grew, as if it had
+been newly sown.
+
+I was resolved all to make another trial; and seeking for a moister
+piece of ground near my bower, I there sowed the rest of my seed in
+February, a little before the vernal equinox; which having the rainy
+months of March and April to water it, yielded a noble crop, and sprang
+up very pleasantly. I had still saved part of the seed, not daring to
+venture all; and by the time I found out the proper seasons to sow it
+in, and that I might expect every year two seed-times and two harvests,
+my stock amounted to above half a peck of each sort of grain.
+
+No sooner were the rains over, but the stakes which I had cut from the
+trees, shot out like willows the first year after lopping their heads. I
+was ignorant of the tree I cut them from; but they grew so regularly
+beautiful, that they made a most lively appearance, and so flourished in
+three year's time, that I resolved to cut more of them; and these soon
+growing made a glorious fence, as afterwards I shall observe.
+
+And now I perceived that the seasons of the year might generally be
+divided, not into summer and winter, as in Europe, but into wet and dry
+seasons, as in this manner:
+
+     / February,\
+Half<  March,    >  Rainy, sun coming near the Equinox.
+     \ April,   /
+
+      / April,  \
+     |  May,     |
+Half<   June,     > Dry, sun getting north of the Line.
+     |  July,    |
+      \ August, /
+
+     / August,   \
+Half<  September, >  Wet, the sun being then come back.
+     \ October,  /
+
+      / October,  \
+     |  November,  |
+Half<   December,   >  Dry, sun running south of the Line.
+     |  January,   |
+      \ February, /
+
+
+The wet seasons would continue longer or shorter, as the winds happened
+to blow. But having found the ill consequences of being abroad in the
+rain, I took care beforehand to furnish myself with provisions; and
+during the wet months sat within doors as much as possible. At this time
+I contrived to make many things that I wanted, though it cost me much
+labour and pains, before I could accomplish them. The first I tried was
+to make a basket; but all the twigs I could get proved so brittle, that
+I could not then perform it. It now proved of great advantage to me that
+when a boy, I took great delight in standing at a basket-maker's in the
+same town where my father lived, to view them at work; and like other
+boys, curious to see the manner of their working these things and very
+officious to assist, I perfectly learned the method of it, and wanted
+nothing but the tools. And it coming into my mind that the twigs of that
+tree of which I made my stakes, might be as tough as a fallow willow, or
+osiers, growing in England, I resolved to make an experiment, and went
+the next day to my country-seat, and found some fit for my turn; and
+after cutting down a quantity with my hatchet, I dried them in my pale,
+and, when fit to work with, carried them to my cave, where I employed
+myself in making several sorts of baskets, insomuch that I could put in
+whatsoever I pleased. It is true, they were not cleverly made, yet they
+served my turn upon all occasions.
+
+But still I wanted two necessary things. I had no cask to hold my
+liquor, except two rundlets almost full of rum, a few bottles of an
+ordinary size, and some square case bottles, neither had I a pot to boil
+any thing in, only a large kettle unfit to make broth, or stew a bit of
+meat: I wanted, likewise at the beginning of this dry season a tobacco
+pipe; but for this I afterwards found an expedient.
+
+I kept myself employed in planting my second row of stakes, But
+remembering that when I travelled up to the brook, I had a mind to see
+the whole island, I now resumed my intention, and taking my dog, gun,
+hatchet, two biscuit cakes, a great bunch of raisins, with a larger
+quantity of powder and shot than usual, I began my journey. Having
+passed the vale where my bower stood, I came within view of the sea
+lying to the west when it being a clear day, I fairly descried land,
+extending from the W. to the S.W. about ten or fifteen leagues, as I
+concluded; but could not say whether it was an island or a
+continent.--Neither could I tell what this place might be; only thought
+it was part of America, & where I might have been in a miserable
+condition, had I landed. Again I considered that if this was the Spanish
+coast, certainly, one time or other, I should see some ship pass by; and
+if it was not, then it must be the savage coast, between the Spanish
+country and Brazil, which abounds with cannibals or man-eaters.
+
+As I proceeded forward I found this side of the island much more
+pleasant than mine; the fields fragrant adorned with sweet flowers &
+verdant grass, together with several very, fine woods. There were
+parrots in plenty, which made me long for one to be my companion; but
+it was with great difficulty I could knock one down with my stick; and I
+kept him at home some years before I could get him to call me by
+my name.
+
+In the low grounds, I found various sorts of hares and foxes, as I took
+them to be, but much different from those in England. Several of these I
+killed, but never ate them; neither indeed had I any occasion; for
+abounding with goats, pigeons, turtle, and grapes, I could defy
+Leadenhall market to furnish me a better table. In this journey I did
+not travel above two miles a-day, because I took several turns and
+windings, to see what discoveries I could make, returning weary enough
+to the place where I designed to rest all night, which was either in a
+tree, or in a place which I surrounded with stakes, that no wild
+creature might suddenly surprise me. When I came to the sea shore, I was
+amazed to see the splendour of it. Its strand was covered with shells of
+the most beautiful fish, and constantly abounding with innumerable
+turtles, and fowls of many kinds, which I was ignorant of, except those
+called penguins. I might have shot as many as I pleased, but was sparing
+of my ammunition, rather choosing to kill a she-goat, which I did with
+much difficulty, on account of the flatness of the country.
+
+Now though this journey produced me the most pleasing satisfaction, yet
+my habitation was so much to my liking, that I did not repine at my
+being seated on the worst part of the island. I continued my journey,
+travelling about twelve miles further towards the east, where I set a
+great pile on the shore for a mark, concluding that my next journey
+should bring me to the other side of the island, east from my castle,
+and so round till I came to my post again. As I had a constant view of
+the country, I thought I could not miss my way; but scarce had I
+travelled three miles, when I descended into a very large valley, so
+surrounded with hills covered with wood, that I having no guide but the
+sun, nor even this, unless I knew will the position of the sun at the
+time of day; and to add to my misfortune, the weather proving very hazy,
+I was obliged to return to my post by the sea-side, and so backwards the
+same way I came. In this journey my dog surprised a kid and would have
+killed it, had I not prevented him. As I had often been thinking of
+getting a kid or two, and so raising a breed of tame goats to supply me
+after my ammunition was spent, I took this opportunity of beginning: and
+having made a collar for this little creature, with a string made of
+rope-yarn, I brought it to my bower, and there inclosed and left him;
+and, having spent a month in this journey, at length I returned to my
+habitation.
+
+Nobody can doubt of my satisfaction, when I returned to my little
+castle, and reposed myself in my hammock. After my journey I rested
+myself a week, which time I employed in, making a cage for my pretty
+Poll. I now began to consider the poor kid I had left in the bower, and
+I immediately went to fetch it home. When I came there I found the young
+creature almost starved; I gave it some food, and tied it as before: but
+there was no occasion, for it followed me like a dog; and, as I
+constantly fed it, it became so loving, gentle, and fond, that it
+commenced one of my domestics, and would never leave me.
+
+The rainy season of the autumnal equinox being now come, I kept the 30th
+of September in the most solemn manner, as usual, it being the third
+year of my abode in the island. I spent the whole day in acknowledging
+God's mercies, in giving him thanks for making this solitary life as
+agreeable, and less sinful, than that of human society; and for the
+communications of his grace to my soul, in supporting, comforting, and
+encouraging me to depend, upon his Providence, and hope for his eternal
+presence in the world to come.
+
+Indeed, I often did consider how much more happy I was in this fate of
+life, than in that accursed manner of living formerly used; and
+sometimes when hunting, or viewing the country, the anguish of my soul
+would break out upon me, and my very heart would sink within me, to
+think of the woods, the mountains, the desarts I was in; and how I was a
+prisoner locked up within the eternal bars and bolts of the ocean, in an
+uninhabited wilderness, without hopes, and without redemption: In this
+condition I would often wring my hands, and weep like a child: And even
+sometimes, in the middle of my work, this fit would take me; and then I
+would sit down and sigh, looking on the ground for an hour or two
+together, till such time as my grief got vent in a flood of tears.
+
+One morning as I was sadly employed in this manner, I opened my Bible,
+when I immediately fixed my eyes upon these words, _I will never leave
+thee, nor forsake thee!_ Surely, thought I, these words are directed to
+me, or else why should they appear just at a moment when I am bemoaning
+my forlorn condition? and if God does not forsake, what matters it,
+since he can me more happy in this state of life, than if I enjoyed the
+greatest splendour in the world? But while I was going to return God
+thanks for my present state, something seemed to shock my mind, as if it
+had thus said: _Unworthy wretch; can you pretend to be thankful for a
+condition, from which you would pray to be delivered_? Therefore I
+stopt:--and tho' I could not say, I thanked the Divine Majesty for
+being there, yet I gave God thanks for placing in my view my former
+course of life, and granting me a true knowledge of repentance. And
+whenever I opened or read the Bible, I blessed kind Providence, that
+directed my good friend in England to send it among my goods without
+any order, and for assisting me to save it from the power of the
+raging ocean.
+
+And now beginning my third year, my several daily employments were
+these: _First_, My duty to Heaven, and diligently reading the Holy
+Scriptures, which I did twice or thrice every day: _Secondly_, Seeking
+provision with my gun, which commonly took me up, when it did not rain,
+three hours every morning: _Thirdly_, The ordering, curing, preserving,
+and cooking what I killed, or catched for my supply which took me up
+great part of the day: for, in the middle of the day, the sun being in
+its height, it was so hot, that I could not stir out; so that I had only
+but four hours in the evening to work in: and then the want of tools, of
+assistance, and skill, wasted a great deal of time to little purpose. I
+was no less than two and forty days making a board fit for a long shelf,
+which two sawyers with their tools and saw-pit, would have cut off the
+same tree in half a day. It was a large tree, as my board was to be
+broad. I was three days in cutting it down and two more in lopping off
+the boughs, and reducing it to a piece of timber. This I hacked and
+hewed off each side, till it became light to move; then I turned it,
+made one side of is smooth and flat as a board from end to end, then
+turned it downward, cutting the other side, till I brouht the plank to
+be about three inches thick, and smooth on both sides. Any body may
+judge my great labour and fatigue in such a piece of work; but this I
+went through with patience, as also many other things that my
+circumstances made necessary for me to do.
+
+The harvest months, November and December, were now at hand, in which I
+had the pleasing prospect of a very good crop. But here I met with a new
+problem; for the goats and hares, having tasted of the outshoot of the
+blade, kept it to short that it had not strengthen to shoot up into a
+stalk. To prevent this, I enclosed it with a hedge, and by day shot some
+of its devourers; and my dog which I had tied to the field-gate, keeping
+barking all night; so frightened those creatures, that I got entirely
+rid of them.
+
+But no sooner did I get rid of these, than other enemies appeared, to
+wit, whole flocks of several sorts of birds, who only waited till my
+back was turned, to ruin me: so much did this provoke me, that I let
+fly, and killed three of the malefactors; and afterwards served them as
+they do notorious thieves in England, hung them up in chains as a terror
+to others. And, indeed, to good an effect had this that they not only
+forsook the corn, but all that part of the island, so long as these
+criminals hung there.
+
+My corn having ripened apace, the latter end of December, which was my
+second harvest, I reaped it with a scythe, made of one of my broad
+swords. I had no fatigue in cutting down my my first crop it was so
+slender. The ears I carried home in a basket, rubbing it with my hands,
+instead of threshing it: and when the harvest was over, found my half
+peck of seed produced near two bushels of rice, and two bushels and a
+half of barley. And now I plainly foresaw, that by God's goodness, I
+should be furnished with bread; but yet I was concerned, because I knew
+not how to grind or make meal of my corn, nor bread, neither knew how to
+bake it. I would not however, taste any of the crop, but resolved to
+preserve it against next season, and, in the mean while, use my best
+endeavours to provide myself with other food.
+
+But where were my labours to end? The want of a plough to turn up the
+earth, or shovel to dig it, I conquered by making me a wooden spade. The
+want of a harrow I supplied myself, with dragging over the corn a great
+bough of a tree. When it was growing I was forced to fence it; when ripe
+to mow it, carry it home, thrash it, part it from the chaff, and save
+it. And, after all, I wanted a mill to grind it, sieve to dress it, yest
+and salt to make it into bread, and an oven to bake it. This set my
+brains to work to find some expedient for every one of these necessaries
+against the next harvest.
+
+And now having more seed, my first care was to prepare me more land. I
+pitched upon two large flat pieces of ground near my castle, for that
+purpose, in which sowed my seed, and fenced it with a good hedge. This
+took me up three months: by which time the wet season coming on, and the
+rain keeping me within doors, I found several occasions to employ
+myself; and, while at work, used to divert myself in talking to my
+parrot, learning him to know and speak his own name _Poll_ the first
+welcome word I ever heard spoke in the island. I had been a long time in
+contriving how to make earthen vessels, which I wanted extremely; and
+when I considered the heat of the climate, I did not doubt but if I
+could find any such clay, I might botch up a pot, strong enough, when
+dried in the sun, to bear handling, and to hold any thing that was dry,
+as corn, meal, and other things.
+
+To be short, the clay I found; but it would occasion the most serious
+person to smile, to see what aukward ways I took, and what ugly
+misshapen things I made; how many either fell out or cracked by the
+violent heat of the sun, and fell in pieces when they were removed; so
+that I think it was two months time before I could perfect any thing:
+and even then but two clumsy things in imitation of earthen jars. These,
+however, I very gently placed in wicker baskets, made on purpose for
+them, and between the pot and the baskets, stuffed it full of rice and
+barley straw, and these I presume would hold my dried corn, and perhaps
+the meal when the corn was bruised. As for the smaller thing, I made
+them with better success, such as little round pots, flat dishes,
+pitchers, and pipkins, the fun baking them very hard.
+
+Yet still I wanted one thing absolutely necessary, and that was an
+earthen pot, not only to hold my liquid, but also to bear the fire,
+which none of these could do. It once happened that as I was putting out
+my fire, I found therein a broken piece of one of my vessels burnt as
+hard as a rock, and red as a tile. This made me think of burning some
+pots; and having no notion of a kiln, or of glazing them with leaf, I
+fixed three large pipkins, and two or three pots in a pile one upon
+another. The fire I piled round the outside, and dry wood on the top,
+till I saw the pots in the inside red hot, and found out that, they were
+net crackt at all: and when I perceived them perfectly red, I let one of
+them stand in the fire about five or six hours, till the clay melted by
+the extremity of the heat, and would have run to glass, had I suffered
+it; upon which I slacked my fire by degrees, till the redness abated;
+and watching them till the morning, I found I had three very good
+pipkins, and two earthen pots, as well burnt and fit for my turn as I
+could desire.
+
+No joy could be greater than mine at this discovery. For after this, I
+may say, I wanted for no fort of earthen ware. I filled one of my
+pipkins with water to boil me some meat, which it did admirably well,
+and with a piece of kid I made me some good broth, as well as my
+circumstances would afford me at that time.
+
+The next concern I had was to get me a stone-morter to beat some corn
+in, instead of a mill to grind it. Here indeed I was at a great loss, as
+not being fit for a stone-cutter; and many days I spent to find out a
+great stone big enough to cut hollow and make fit for a morter, and
+strong enough to bear the weight of a pestil, and that would break the
+corn without filling it with sand. But all the stones of the island
+being of a mouldering nature, rendered my search fruitless; and then I
+resolved to look out for a great block of hard wood, which having found,
+I formed it with my ax and hammer, and then, with infinite labour, made
+a hollow in it, just as the Indians of Brazil make their canoes. When I
+had finished this, I made a great pestil of iron wood, and then laid
+them up against my succeeding harvest.
+
+My next business was to make me a sieve, to sift my meal and part it
+from the bran and husk. Having no fine thin canvas to search the meal
+through, I could not tell what to do. What linen I had was reduced to
+rags: I had goat's hair, enough, but neither tools to work it, nor did I
+know how to spin it: At length I remembered I had some neckcloths of
+calico or muslin of the sailors, which I had brought out of the ship,
+and with these I made three small sieves proper enough for the work.
+
+I come now to consider the baking part. The want of an oven I supplied
+by making some earthen pans very broad but not deep. When I had a mind
+to bake, I made a great fire upon the hearth, the tiles of which I had
+made myself; and when the wood was burnt into live coals, I spread them
+over it, till it became very hot; then sweeping them away, I set down my
+loaves, and whelming down the earthen pots upon them, drew the ashes and
+coals all around the outsides of the pots to continue the heat; and in
+this manner I baked my barley loaves, as well as if I had been a
+complete pastry-cook, and also made of the rice several cakes
+and puddings.
+
+It is no wonder that these things took me up the best part of a year,
+since what intermediate time I had was bestowed in managing my new
+harvest and husbandry; for in the proper season I reaped my corn,
+carried it home, and laid it up in the ear in my large baskets, til I
+had time to rub, instead of thrashing it. And now, indeed, my corn
+increased so much, that it produced me twenty bushels of barley, and as
+much rice, that I not only began to use it freely, but was thinking how
+to enlarge my barns, and resolved to sow as much at a time as would be
+sufficient for me for a whole year.
+
+All this while, the prospect of land, which I had seen from the other
+side of the island, ran in my mind. I still meditated a deliverance from
+this place, though the fear of greater misfortunes might have deterred
+me from it.--For, allowing that I had attained that place, I run the
+hazard of being killed and eaten by the devouring cannibals: and if they
+were not so, yet I might be slain, as other Europeans had been, who fell
+into their hands. Notwithstanding all this, my thoughts ran continually
+upon that shore. I now wished for my boy Xury, and the long boat, with
+the shoulder of mutton sail: I went to the ship's boat that had been
+cast a great way on the shore in the late storm. She was removed but a
+little; but her bottom being turned up by the impetuosity and fury of
+the waves and wind, I fell to work with all the strength I had, with
+levers and rollers I had cut from the wood, to turn her, and repair the
+damages she had sustained. This work took me up three or four weeks,
+when finding my little strength all in vain, I fell to undermining it by
+digging away the sand, and so to make it fall down, setting pieces of
+wood to thrust and guide it in the fall. But after this was done, I was
+still unable to stir it up, or to get under it, much less to move it
+forward towards the water, and so I was forced to give it over.
+
+This disapointment, however did not frighten me. I began to think
+whether it was not possible for me to make a canoe or perigua, such as
+the Indians make of the trunk of a tree, But here I lay under particular
+inconveniencies; want of tools to make it, and want of hands to move it
+in the water when it was made. However, to work I went upon it, stopping
+all the inquiries I could make, with this very simple answer I made to
+myself, _Let's first make it, I'll warrant I'll find some way or other
+to get it along when it is done_.
+
+I first cut down a cedar tree, which was five feet ten inches diameter
+at the lower part next the stump, and four feet eleven inches diameter
+at the end of twenty-two feet, after which it lessened for a space, and
+then parted into branches. Twenty days was I a hacking and hewing this
+tree at the bottom, fourteen more in cutting off the branches and limbs,
+and a whole month in shaping it like the bottom of the boat. As for the
+inside, I was three weeks with a mallet and chissel, clearing it in such
+a manner, as that it was big enough to carry twenty-six men, much bigger
+than any canoe I ever saw in my life, and consequently sufficient to
+transport me and all my effects to that wished-for shore I so
+ardently desired.
+
+Nothing remained now, but, indeed, the greatest difficulty to get it
+into the water, it lying about one hundred yards from it. To remedy the
+first inconvenience, which was a rising hill between the boat and the
+creek, with wonderful pains and labour I dug into the bowels of the
+earth, and made a declivity. But when this was done, all the strength I
+had was as insufficient to remove it, as it was when I attempted to
+remove the boat. I then proceeded to measure the difference of ground,
+resolving to make a canal, in order to bring the water to the canoe,
+since I could not bring the canoe to the water. But as this seemed to be
+impracticable to myself alone, under the space of eleven or twelve
+years, it brought me into some sort of consideration: so that I
+concluded this also to be impossible, and the attempt altogether vain. I
+now saw, and not before, _what stupidity it is to begin a work before we
+reckon its costs, or judge rightly our own abilities to go through with
+its performance_.
+
+In the height of this work my fourth year expired, from the time I was
+cast on this island, At this time I did not forget my anniversary; but
+kept it with rather greater devotion than before. For now my hopes being
+frustrated, I looked upon this world as a thing had nothing to do with;
+and very well might I say as Father Abraham said unto Dives, _Between
+thee and me there is a gulph fixed._ And indeed I was separated from its
+wickedness too, having neither the lust of the flesh, the lust of the
+eye, nor the pride of life; I had nothing to covet, being lord, king and
+emperor over the whole country I had in possession, without dispute and
+without control: I had loadings of corn, plenty of turtles, timber in
+abundance, and grapes above measure. What was all the rest to me? the
+money I had lay by me as despicable dross, which I would freely have
+given for a gross of tobacco pipes, or a hard mill to grind my corn: in
+a word the-nature and experience of these things dictated to me this
+just reflection: _That the good things of this world are no farther
+good to us, than they are for our use; and that whatever we may heap up
+to give to others, we can but enjoy as much as we use, and no more._
+
+These thoughts rendered my mind more easy than usual. Every time I sat
+down to meat, I did it with thankfulness, admiring the providential hand
+of God, who in this wilderness had spread a table to me. And now I
+considered what I enjoyed, rather than what I wanted, compared my
+present condition with what I at first expected it should be; _how I
+should have done, if I had got nothing out of the ship, that I must have
+perished before I had caught fish or turtles; or lived, had I found
+them, like a mere savage, by eating them raw, and pulling them in pieces
+with my claws, like a beast_. I next compared my station to that which I
+deserved: _how undutiful I had been to my parents; how destitute of the
+fear of God; bow void of every thing that was good; and how ungrateful
+for those abundant mercies I had received from Heaven, being fed as it
+were, by a miracle, even as great as Elijah's being fed by ravens; and
+cast on a place where there is no venomous creatures to poison or devour
+me_; in short making God's tender mercies matter of great consolation, I
+relinquished all sadness, and gave way to contentment.
+
+As long as my ink continued, which with water I made last as long as I
+could, I used to minute down the days of the month on which any
+remarkable event happened.--And,
+
+First, I observed, _that the same day I forsook my parents and friends,
+and ran away to Hull, in order to go to sea, the same day afterwards in
+the next year, I was taken and made a slave by the Sallee rovers_.
+
+_That the very day I escaped out of the wreck of the ship in Yarmouth
+roads, a year after on the same day, I made my escape from Sallee in my
+patron' fishing boat_.
+
+_And on the 30th of September, being the day of the year I was born on,
+on that day twenty-six years after, was I miraculously saved, and cast
+ashore on this island_.
+
+The next thing that wasted after my ink, was the biscuit which I had
+brought out of the ship, and though I allowed myself but one cake a day,
+for above a twelvemonth, yet I was quite out of bread for near a year,
+before I got any corn of my own.
+
+In the next place, my clothes began to decay, and my linen had been gone
+long before. However, I had preserved about three dozen of the sailors
+chequered shirts, which proved a great refreshment to me, when the
+violent beams of the sun would not suffer me to bear any of the seamen's
+heavy watch coats, which made me turn taylor, and, after a miserable
+botching manner, convert them to jackets. To preserve my head, I made
+me a cap of goat-skins, with the hair outwards to keep out the rain;
+which indeed served me so well, that afterwards I made me a waistcoat
+and opened-kneed breeches of the fame: And then I contrived a sort of an
+umbrella, covering it with skins, which not only kept out the heat of
+the sun, but rain also. Thus being easy, and settled in my mind, my
+chief happiness was to converse with God, in most heavenly and
+comfortable ejaculations.
+
+For five years after this I cannot say any extraordinary thing occured
+to me. My chief employment was to cure my raisins, and plant my barley
+and rice, of both which I had a year's provision beforehand. But though
+I was disapointed in my first canoe, I made it, at intermediate times,
+my business to make a second, of much inferior size; and it was
+two-years before I had finished it. But as I perceived it would no way
+answer my design of sailing to the other shore, my thoughts were
+consigned to take a tour round the island, to see what further
+discoveries I could make. To this intent, after having moved her to the
+water, and tried how she would sail, I fitted up a little raft to my
+boat, and made a sail of the ships sail that by me. I then made lockers
+or boxes at the end of it, to put in necessaries, provision, and
+ammunition, which would preserve them dry, either from rain or the spray
+of the sea; and in the inside of the boat, I cut me a long hollow place
+to lay my gun in, and to keep it dry made a flag to hang over it. My
+umbrella I fixed in a step in the stern, like a mast, to keep the heat
+of the sun off me. And now resolving to see the circumference of my
+little kingdom, I victualled my ship for the voyage, putting in two
+dozen of my barley-bread loaves, an earthen pot-full of parched rice, a
+little bottle of rum, half a goat, powder and shot, and two watch coats.
+It was the _6th_ of November, in the _6th_ year of my reign, or
+captivity, that I set out in this voyage; which was much longer than I
+expected, being obliged to put further out, by reason of the rocks that
+lay a great way in the sea. And indeed so much did these rocks surprise
+me, that I was for putting back, fearing that if I ventured farther it
+would be out of my power to return in this uncertainty I came to an
+anchor just off shore, to which I waded with my gun on my shoulder, and
+then climbing up a hill, which overlooked that point, I saw the full
+extent of it, and so resolved to run all hazards.
+
+In this prospect from the hill, I perceived a violent current running to
+the east, coming very close to the point; which I the more carefully
+observed, thinking it dangerous, and that when I came to it, I might be
+drove into the sea by its force, and not able to return to the island;
+and certainly it must have been so, had I not made this observation; for
+on the other side was the like current, with this difference, that it
+set off at a greater distance; and I perceived there was a strong eddy
+under the land; so that my chief business was to work out of the first
+current, and conveniently get into the eddy. Two days I staid here, the
+wind blowing very briskly E.S.E. which being contrary to the current,
+leaves a great breach of the sea upon the point; so it was neither fit
+for me to keep too near the shore, on account of the breach; nor stand
+at too great a distance, for fear of the streams. That night the wind
+abating, it grew so calm, that I ventured out; & here I may be a
+monument to all rash and ignorant pilots; for I was no sooner come to
+the point and not above the boat's length from shore, but I was going
+into a deep water, with a current like a mill, which drove my boat along
+so violently, that it was impossible for me to keep near the edge of it,
+but forced me more and more out from the eddy to the left of me; and all
+I could do with my paddle were useless, there being no wind to help me.
+
+Now I began to look upon myself as quite lost, since as, the current ran
+on both sides of the island, I was very certain they must join again,
+and then I had no hope but of perishing for want in the sea, after what
+provision I had was spent, or before, if a storm should happen to arise.
+
+Who can conceive the present anguish of my mind at this calamity? with
+longing eyes did I look upon my little kingdom, and thought the island
+the pleasantest place in the universe. _Happy, thrice happy desert_,
+said I, _shall I never see thee more?_ _Wretched creature! wither am I
+going? Why did I murmur at my lonesome condition, when now I would give
+the whole world to be thither again?_ While I was thus complaining, I
+found myself to be driven about two leagues into the sea; however, I
+laboured till my strength was far spent, to keep my boat as far north as
+possibly I could, to that side of the current where the eddy lay on.
+About noon I perceived a little breeze of wind spring up from the S.S.E.
+which overjoyed my heart; and was still more elated, when, in about half
+an hour it blew a gentle fine gale. Had any thick weather sprung up, I
+had been left another way; for having no compass onboard, I should never
+have found the way to steer towards the island, if once it had
+disappeared; but it proving the contrary, I set up my mast again, spread
+my sail, and stood away northward, as much as I could, to get rid of the
+current. And no sooner did the boat begin to stretch away, but I
+perceived by the clearness of the water, a change of the current was
+near; for, where it was strong, the water was foul; and where it was
+clear the current abated. To the east, I soon saw about half a mile, a
+breach of the sea upon, some rocks, which caused it again to separate;
+and as the main force of it drove away more southwardly, leaving the
+rocks to the north-east, so the other came back by the repulse of the
+rocks making a sharp eddy, which returned back again to the north-west
+with a very swift stream.
+
+They who have experienced what it is to be reprieved upon the ladder, or
+to be saved from thieves, just going to take away their lives, or such
+as have been in the like calamities with my own, may guess my present
+excess of joy, how heartily I ran my boat into the stream of this eddy,
+and how joyfully I spread my sail to the refreshing wind, standing
+cheerfully before it, with a smart tide under foot. By the assistance of
+this eddy, I was carried above a league home again, when being in the
+wake of the island, betwixt the two currents, I found the water to be in
+a sort of a stand. About four o'clock in the afternoon, I reached within
+a league of the island, and perceived the points of the rock, which
+caused this disaster, stretching out, as I observed before, to the
+southward, which throwing off the current more southwardly had
+occasioned another eddy to the north. But having a fair brisk gale, I
+stretched across this eddy, and in an hour came within a mile of the
+shore, where I soon landed to my unspeakable comfort; and after an
+humble prostration, thanking God for my deliverance, with a resolution
+to lay all thoughts of escaping aside, I brought my boat safe to a
+little cove, and laid me down to take a welcome repose. When I awoke I
+was considering how I might get my boat home; and coasting along the
+shore, I came to a good bay, which ran up to a rivulet or brook, where
+finding a safe harbour, I stowed her as safe as if she had been in a
+dry-dock made on purpose for her.
+
+I now perceived myself not far from the place where before I had
+travelled on foot; so taking nothing with me except my gun and umbrella,
+I began my journey, and in the evening came to my bower, where I again
+laid me down to rest. I had not slept long before I was awakened in
+great surprise, by a strange voice that called me several times. _Robin,
+Robin, Robinson Crusoe, poor Robin! Where are you, Robinson Crusoe?
+Where are you? Where have you been_?
+
+So fast was I asleep at first, that I did not awake thoroughly: but half
+asleep and half awake, I thought I dreamed that somebody spoke to me.
+But, as the voice repeated _Robinson Crusoe_ several times, being
+terribly affrighted, I started up in utmost confusion; and, no sooner
+were my eyes fully open, but I beheld my pretty Poll sitting on the top
+of the hedge, and soon knew that it was he that called me; for just in
+such bewailing language I used to talk and teach him; which he so
+exactly learned that he would sit upon my finger and lay his bill close
+to my face, and cry, _Poor Robinson Crusoe, where are you? where have
+you been? how came you here_? and such like prattle I had constantly
+taught him. But even though I knew it to be the parrot, it was a great
+while before I could adjust myself; being amazed how the creature got
+thither, and that he should fix about that place; and no where else.
+But now being assured it could be no other than my honest Poll, my
+wonder ceased, and reaching out my hand, and calling familiarly Poll,
+the creature came to me, and perched upon my thumb as he was wont,
+constantly prating to me with _Poor Robinson Crusoe, and how did I come
+here, and where had I been?_ as if the bird was overjoyed to see me; and
+so I took him home along with me.
+
+I was now pretty well cured of my rambling to sea; yet I could wish my
+boat, which had cost me so much trouble and pains, on this side the
+island once more, but which indeed was impracticable. I therefore began
+to lead a very retired life, living near a twelvemonth in a very
+contented manner, wanting for nothing except conversation. As to
+mechanic labours, which my necessities obliged me to, I fancied I could,
+upon occasion, make a tolerable carpenter were the poor tools I had to
+work withal but good. Besides, as I improved in my earthen ware, I
+contrived to make them with a wheel, which I found much easier and
+better, making my work shapely, which before was rude and ugly. But I
+think I was never so elevated with my own performance or project, than
+for being able to make a tobacco-pipe, which though it proved an awkward
+clumsy thing, yet it was very sound, and carried the smoke perfectly
+well, to my great satisfaction.
+
+I also improved my wicker ware, making me abundance of necessary
+baskets, which though not very handsome, were very handy and convenient
+to fetch things home in, as also for holding my stores, barley, rice,
+and other provisions.
+
+My powder beginning to fail, made me examine after what manner I should
+kill the goats or birds to live on after it was all gone. Upon which I
+contrived many ways to ensnare the goats, and see if I could catch them
+alive, particularly a she-goat with young. At last I had my desire, for
+making pitfalls and traps baited with barley and rice, I found one
+morning, in one of them, an old he-goat, and in the other three kids,
+one male, the other two females.
+
+So boisterous was the old one, that I could not bring him away. But I
+forgot the old proverb, _That hunger will tame a lion_: For had I kept
+him three or four days without provisions, and then given him some
+water, with a little corn, he would have been as tame as a young kid.
+The other creatures I bound with strings together; but I had great
+difficulty before I could bring them to my habitation. It was some time
+before they would feed; but throwing them sweet corn it so much tempted
+them, that they began to be tamer. From hence I concluded, that if I
+designed to furnish myself with goat's flesh, when my ammunition was
+spent, the tamely breeding them up, like a flock of sheep, about my
+settlement, was the only method I could take. I concluded also I must
+separate the wild from the tame, or else they would always run wild as
+they grew up; and the best way for this, was to have some inclosed piece
+of ground, well fenced, either with a hedge or pale, to keep them so
+effectually, that those within might not break out, or those without
+break in. Such an undertaking was very great for one pair of hands; but
+as there was an absolute necessity for doing it, my first care was to
+find a convenient piece of ground where there was likely to be herbage
+for them to eat, water to drink, and cover to keep them from the sun.
+
+Here again, I gave another instance of my ignorance and inexperience,
+pitching upon a piece of meadow land so large, that had I inclosed it,
+the hedge or pale must have been at least two miles about. Indeed had it
+been ten miles, I had time enough to do it in; but then I did not
+consider that my goats would be as wild in so much compass, as if they
+had had the whole island, and consequently as difficult for me to catch
+them. This thought came into my head, after I had carried it on, I
+believe, about fifty yards; I therefore altered my scheme, and resolved
+to inclose a piece of ground about one hundred and fifty yards in
+length, and one hundred in breadth, sufficient enough for as many as
+would maintain me, till such time as my flock increased, and then I
+could add more ground. I now vigorously prosecuted my work, and it took
+me about three months in hedging the first piece; in which time I
+tethered the three kids in the best part of it, feeding them as near me
+as possible, to make them familiar: and indeed I very often would carry
+some ears of barley or a handful of rice, and feed them out of my hands;
+by which they grew so tame, that when my inclosure was finished, and I
+had let them loose they would run after me for a handful of corn. This
+indeed answered my end; and in a year and half's time I had a flock of
+about twelve goats, kids and all; and in two years after, they amounted
+to forty-three, besides what I had taken and killed for my sustenance.
+After which I inclosed five several pieces of ground to feed them in,
+with pens to drive them into, that I might take them as I had occasion.
+
+In this project I likewise found additional blessings; for I not only
+had plenty of goat's flesh, but milk too, which in my beginning I did
+not so much as think of. And, indeed, though I had never milked a cow,
+much less a goat, or seen butter or cheese made, yet, after some essays
+and miscarriages, I made the both, and never afterwards wanted.
+
+How mercifully can the omnipotent Power comfort his creatures, even in
+the midst of their greatest calamities? How can be sweeten the bitterest
+providences, and give us reason to magnify him in dungeons and prisons?
+what a bounteous table was here spread in a wilderness for me, where I
+expected nothing thing at first but to perish for hunger.
+
+Certainly a Stoic would have smiled to see me at dinner. There sat my
+royal majesty, and absolute prince and ruler of my kingdom, attended by
+my dutiful subjects, whom, if I pleased, I could either hang, draw,
+quarter, give them liberty, or take it away. When I dined, I seemed a
+king eating alone, none daring to presume to do so till I had done.
+_Poll_, as if he had been my principal court favorite, was the only
+person, permitted to talk with me. My old but faithful dog, now grown
+exceedingly crazy, and who had no species to multiply his kind upon,
+continually sat on my right hand; while my two cats sat on each side of
+the table, expecting a bit from my hand, as a principal mark of my royal
+favour. These were not the cats I had brought from the ship; they had
+been dead long before, and interred near my habitation by mine own hand.
+But one of them, as I suppose, generating with a wild cat, a couple of
+their young I had made tame; the rest ran wild into the woods, and in
+time grew so impudent as to return and plunder me of my stores, till
+such time as I shot a great many, and the rest left me without troubling
+me any more. In this plentiful manner did I live, wanting for nothing
+but conversation. One thing indeed concerned me, the want of my boat; I
+knew not which way to get her round the island. One time I resolved to
+go along the shore by land to her; but had any one in England met such a
+figure, it would either have affrighted them, or made them burst into
+laughter; nay, I could not but smile myself at my habit, which I think
+in this place will be very proper to describe.
+
+The cap I wore on my head, was great, high, and shapeless, made of a
+goat's skin, with a flap of pent-house hanging down behind, not only to
+keep the sun from me, but to shoot the rain off from running into my
+neck, nothing being more pernicious than the rain falling upon the flesh
+in these climates. I had a short jacket of goat's skin, whose hair hung
+down such a length on each side, that it reached down to the calves of
+my legs. As for shoes and stockings, I had none, but made a semblance of
+something, I know not what to call them; they were made like buskins,
+and laced on the sides like spatterdashes, Barbarously shaped like the
+rest of my habit. I had a broad belt of goat's skin dried, girt round me
+with a couple of thongs, instead of buckles; on each of which, to supply
+the deficiency of sword and dagger, hung my hatchet and saw. I had
+another belt, not so broad, yet fastened in the same manner, which hung
+over my shoulder, and at the end of it, under my left arm, hung two
+pouches, made of goat's skin, to hold my powder and shot. My basket I
+carried on my back, and my gun on my shoulder; and over my head a great
+clumsy ugly goat's skin umbrella; which, however, next to my gun, was
+the most necessary thing about me. As for my face, the colour was not
+so swarthy as the Mulattoes, or might have been expected from one who
+took to little care of it, in a climate within nine or ten degrees of
+the equinox. At one time my beard grew so long that it hung down about a
+quarter of a yard; but as I had both razors scissors in store, I cut it
+all off, and suffered none to grow, except a large pair of Mahometan
+whiskers, the like of which I had seen wore by some Turks at Sallee, not
+long enough indeed to hang a hat upon, but of such a monstrous size, as
+would have amazed any in England to have seen.
+
+But all this was of no consequence here, there being none to observe my
+behavior or habit. And so, without fear and without controul, I
+proceeded on my journey, the prosecution of which took me up five or six
+days. I first travelled along the sea shore, directly to the place where
+I first brought my boat to an anchor, to get upon the rocks; but now
+having no boat to take care of, I went overland a nearer way to the same
+height that I was before upon; when looking forward to the point of the
+rock, which lay out, and which I was forced to double with my boat, I
+was amazed to see the sea so smooth and quiet, there being no ripling
+motion, nor current, any more than in other places. This made me ponder
+some time to guess the reason of it, when at last I was convinced that
+the ebb setting from the west, and joining with the current of water
+from some great river on shore, must be the occasion of these rapid
+streams; & that, consequently, as the winds blew more westwardly, or
+more southwardly, so the current came he nearer, or went the farther
+from the shore. To satisfy my curiosity, I waited there till evening,
+when the time of ebb being made, I plainly perceived from the rock the
+current again as before, with the difference that it ran farther off,
+near half a league from the shore, whereas in my expedition, it set
+close upon it, furiously hurrying me and my canoe along with it, which
+at another time would not have done. And now I was convinced, that, by
+observing the ebbing and flowing of the tide I might easily bring my
+boat round the island again. But when I began to think of putting it in
+practice, the remembrance of the late danger, struck me with such
+horror, that I changed my resolution, and formed another, which was more
+safe, though more laborious; and this was to make another canoe, and to
+have one for one side of the island, and one for the other.
+
+I had now two plantations in the island; the first my little
+fortification, fort, or castle, with many large and spacious
+improvements; for by this time I had enlarged the cave behind me with
+several little caves, one with another, to hold my baskets, corn, and
+straw. The piles with which I made my wall were grown so lofty and great
+as obscured my habitation. And near this commodious and pleasant
+settlement, lay my well cultivated and improved corn-fields, which
+kindly yielded me their fruit in the proper season. My second plantation
+was that near my country seat, or little bower, where my grapes
+flourished, and where, having planted many stakes, I made inclosures for
+my goats, so strongly fortified by labour and time, that it was much
+stronger than a wall, and consequently impossible for them to break
+through. As for my bower itself, I kept it constantly in repair, and cut
+the trees in such a manner, as made them grow thick and wild, and form a
+most delightful shade. In the centre of this stood my tent, thus
+erected. I had driven four piles in the ground, spreading over it a
+piece of the ship's sail; beneath which I made a sort of couch with the
+skins of the creatures I had slain, and other things; and having laid
+thereon one of the sailor's blankets, which I had saved from the wreck
+of the ship, and covering myself with a great watch-coat, I took up this
+place for my country retreat.
+
+Very frequently from this settlement did I use to visit my boat, and
+keep her in very good order. And sometimes I would venture in her a cast
+or two from shore, but no further, lest either a strong current, a
+sudden stormy wind, or some unlucky accident should hurry me from the
+island as before. But now I entreat your attention, whilst I proceed to
+inform you of a new, but most surprising scent of life which there
+befel me.
+
+You may easily suppose, that, after having been here so long, nothing
+could be more amazing than to see a human creature. One day it happened,
+that going to my boat I saw the print of a man's naked foot on the
+shore, very evident on the sand, as the toes, heel, and every part of
+it. Had I seen an apparition in the most frightful shape, I could not
+have been more confounded. My willing ears gave the strictest attention.
+I cast my eyes around, but could satisfy neither the one nor the other,
+I proceeded alternately in every part of the shore, but with equal
+effect; neither could I see any other mark, though the sand about it was
+as susceptible to take impression, as that which was so plainly stamped.
+Thus struck with confusion and horror, I returned to my habitation,
+frightened at every bush and tree, taking every thing for men; and
+possessed with the wildest ideas. That night my eyes never closed. I
+formed nothing but the most dismal imaginations, concluding it must be
+the mark of the devil's foot which I had seen. For otherwise how could
+any mortal come to this island? where was the ship that transported
+them? & what signs of any other footsteps? Though these seemed very
+strong reasons for such a supposition, yet (thought I) why should the
+devil make the print of his foot to no purpose, as I can see, when he
+might have taken other ways to have terrified me? why should he leave
+his mark on the other side of the island, and that too on the sand,
+where the surging waves of the ocean might soon have erased the
+impression. Surely this action is not consistent with the subtility of
+Satan, said I to myself; but rather must be some dangerous creature,
+some wild savage of the main land over against me, that venturing too
+far in the ocean, has been driven here, either by the violent currents
+or contrary winds; and not caring to stay on this desolate island, has
+gone back to sea again.
+
+[Illustration: Robinson Crusoe struck with confusion and horror, at
+seeing the print of a man's foot upon the sand _Dr. & Eng. by A.
+Carse, Edin._]
+
+Happy, indeed, said I to myself, that none of the savages had seen me in
+that place: yet I was not altogether without fear, lest, having found my
+boar, they should return in numbers and devour me; or at least carry
+away all my corn, and destroy my flock of tame goats. In a word, all my
+religious hopes vanished, as though I thought God would not now protect
+me by his power, who had so wonderfully preserved me so long.
+
+What various chains of Providence are there in the life of man! How
+changeable are our affections, according to different circumstances! We
+love to-day, what we hate to-morrow; we shun one hour, what we seek the
+next. This was evident in me in the most conspicous manner: For I, who
+before had so much lamented my condition, in being banished from all
+human kind, was now even ready to expire, when I considered that a man
+had set his foot on this desolate island. But when I considered my
+station of life decreed by the infinitely wise and good providence of
+God, that I ought not to dispute my Creator's sovereignty, who has an
+unbounded right to govern and dispose of his creatures as he thinks
+convenient; and that his justice and mercy could either punish or
+deliver me: I say when I considered all this, I comfortably found it my
+duty to trust sincerely in him, pray ardently to him, and humbly resign
+myself to his divine will.
+
+One morning, lying on my bed, these words of the sacred writings came
+into my mind, _Call upon me in the day of trouble, and I will deliver
+thee, and thou shalt glorify me._ Upon this sentence, rising more
+cheerfully from my bed, I offered up my prayers in the most heavenly
+manner; and when I had done, taking up my Bible to read, these words
+appeared first in my sight:--_Wait on the Lord, and be of good cheer,
+and he shall strengthen thy heart: Wait, I say, on the Lord._ Such
+divine comfort did this give me, as to remove all cause of sadness upon
+that occasion.
+
+Thus, after a world of apprehensions and fears, for three days and
+nights, I at last ventured out of my castle, and milked my goats, one of
+which was almost spoiled for want of it. I next (though in great fear)
+visited my bower, and milked my flocks there also; when, growing bolder,
+I went down to the shore again, and measuring the print of the foot to
+mine, to see, perhaps, whether I myself had not occasioned that mark, I
+found it much superior in largeness; and so returned home, now
+absolutely convinced that either some men had been ashore, or that the
+island must be inhabited, and therefore that I might be surprised before
+I was aware.
+
+I now began to think of providing for my security, and resolved in my
+mind many different schemes for that purpose. I first proposed to cut
+down my inclosures; and turn my tame cattle wild into the woods that the
+enemy might not find them, and frequent the island in hopes of killing
+the same. Secondly, I was for digging up my corn fields for the very
+same reason. An, lastly, I concluded to demolish my bower, lest, seeing
+a place of human contrivance, they might come farther and find out and
+attack me in my little castle.
+
+Such notions did the fear of danger suggest to me; and I looked I
+thought like the unfortunate king Saul, when not only oppressed by the
+Philistines, but also forsaken by God himself. And, it is strange, that
+a little before, having entirely resigned myself to the will of God, I
+should now have little confidence in him, fearing those more who could
+kill this fading body, than him who could destroy my immortal soul.
+
+Sleep was an utter stranger to my eyes that night: yet nature, spent and
+tired, submitted to a silent repose the next morning, and then joining
+reason with fear, I considered that this delightful and pleasant island
+might not be to entirely forsaken as I might think; but that the
+inhabitants from the other shore might fail, either with design or from
+necessity, by cross winds; and if the latter circumstance. I had reason
+to believe they would depart the first opportunity. However, my fear
+made me think of a place for retreat upon an attack. I now repented that
+I had made my door to come out beyond my fortification; to remedy which,
+I resolved to make me a second one: I fell to work, therefore, and drove
+betwixt that double row of trees, which I planted above twelve years
+before, several strong piles, thickening it with pieces of timber and
+old cables, and strengthening the foot of it with earth which I dug out
+of my cave; I also made me seven holes, wherein I planted my muskets
+like cannon, fitting them into frames resembling carriages. This being
+finished with indefatigable industry, for a great way every where, I
+planted sticks of osier like a wood, about twenty thousand of them,
+leaving a large space between them and my wall, that I might have room
+to see an enemy, and that they might not be sheltered among the young
+trees, if they offered to approach the outer wall. And, indeed, scarce
+two years had passed over my head, when there appeared a lovely shady
+grove, and in six years it became a thick wood perfectly impassable. For
+my safety, I left no avenue to go in or out: instead of which I set two
+ladders, one to a part of a rock which was low, and then broke in,
+leaving room to place another ladder upon that; so that when I took
+these down, it was impossible for any man to descend without hurting
+himself; and if they had, they would still be at the outside of my outer
+wall. But while I took all these measures of human prudence for my own
+preservation I was not altogether unmindful of other affairs. To
+preserve my stock of tame goats, that the enemy should not take all at
+once, I looked out for the most retired part of the island, which was
+the place where I had lost myself before-mentioned; and there finding a
+clear piece of land, containing three acres, surrounded with thick
+woods, I wrought so hard, that in less than a month's time, I fenced it
+so well round, that my flocks were very well secured in it, and I put
+therein two he-goats and ten she ones.
+
+All this labour was occasioned purely by fearful apprehensions, on
+account of seeing the print of a man's foot. And not contented yet with
+what I had done, I searched for another place towards the west point of
+the island, where I might also retain another flock. Then wandering on
+this errand more to the west of the island than ever I had yet done, and
+casting my eyes towards the sea, methought I perceived a boat at a great
+distance; but could not possibly tell what it was for want of my
+perspective glass. I considered then it was no strange thing to see the
+print of a man's foot; and concluding them cannibals, blessed God for
+being cast on the other side of the island, where none of the savages,
+as I thought, ever came. But when I came down the hill to the shore,
+which was the S.W. point of the island, I was soon confirmed in my
+opinion; nor can any one describe my horror and amazement, when I saw
+the ground spread with sculls, hands, feet, and bones of human bodies;
+and particularly, I perceived a space like a circle, in the midst of
+which had been a fire, about which I conjectured these wretches sat, and
+unnaturally sacrificed and devoured their fellow creatures.
+
+The horror and loathsomeness of this dreadful spectacle, both confounded
+my senses, and made me discharge from my stomach in an excessive manner.
+I then returned towards my habitation; and, in my way thither, shedding
+floods of tears, and falling down on my bended knees, gave God thanks
+for making my nature contrary to these wretches, and delivering me so
+long out of their hands.
+
+Though reason and my long residence here had assured me, that these
+savages never came up to the thick woody parts of the country, and that
+I had no reason to be apprehensive of a discovery; yet such an abhorence
+did I still retain, that, for two years after, I confined myself only to
+my three plantation: I mean my castle, country-seat, and inclosure in
+the woods. And though in process of time, my dreadful apprehensions
+began to wear away, yet my eyes were more vigilant for fear of being
+heard by those creatures, they should proceed to attack me. I resolved,
+however, manfully to lose my life if they did, and went armed with three
+pistols stuck in my girdle, which added to the description I have given
+of myself before, made me look with a very formidable appearance.
+
+Thus my circumstances for some time remained very calm and undisturbed;
+and when I compared my condition to others, I found it far from being
+miserable. And, indeed, would all persons compare their circumstances,
+not with those above them, but with those innumerable unhappy objects
+beneath them, I am sure we should not hear these daily murmurings and
+complainings that are in the world. For my part, I wanted but few
+things. Indeed, the terror which the savages had put me in, spoiled some
+inventions for my own conveniences. One of my projects was to brew me
+some beer; a very whimsical one indeed, when it is considered that I had
+neither casks sufficient; nor could I make any to preserve it in;
+neither had I hops to make it keep, yest to make it work, nor a copper
+or kettle to make it boil. Perhaps, indeed, after some years, I might
+bring this to bear, as I had done other things. But now my inventions
+were placed another way; and day and night I could think of nothing but
+how I might destroy some of these cannibals, when proceeding to their
+bloody entertainments; and so saving a victim from being sacrificed,
+that he might after become my servant. Many were my contrivances after
+this purpose, and as many more objections occurred after I hatched them.
+I once contrived to dig a hole under the place where they made their
+fire, and put therein five or six pounds of gunpowder, which would
+consequently blow up all those that were near it: but then I was loth to
+spend so much upon them, lest it should not do that certain execution I
+could desire, & but only affright & not kill them. Having laid this
+design aside, I again proposed to myself to lie privately in ambush, in
+some convenient place, with my three guns double loaded, and let fly at
+them in the midst of their dreadful ceremony: and having killed two or
+three of them at every shot, fall upon the rest suddenly with my three
+pistols, & not let one mother's son escape. Thus imagination pleased my
+fancy so much that I used to dream of it in the night time. To put my
+design in execution, I was not long in seeking for a place convenient
+for my purpose, where unseen I might behold every action of the savages.
+Here I placed my two muskets, each of which was loaded with a brace of
+slugs, and four or five smaller bullets about the size of pistol
+bullets; the fowling-piece was charged with near a handful of the
+largest swan-shot, and in every pistol were about four bullets. And thus
+all things being prepared, no sooner would the welcome light spread over
+the element, but, _like a giant refreshed with wine_, as the Scripture
+has it, would I issue forth from my castle, and from a lofty hill, three
+miles distant, view if I could see any invaders approach unlawfully to
+my kingdom. But having waited in vain two or three months, it not only
+grew very tiresome to me, but brought me to some consideration, and
+made me examine myself, what right I had to kill these creatures in
+this manner.
+
+If (argued I to myself) this unnatural custom of theirs be a sin
+offensive to Heaven, it belongs to the Divine Being, who alone has the
+vindictive power in his hands, to shower down his vengeance upon them.
+And perhaps he does so, in making them become one another's
+executioners. Or, if not, if God thinks these doings just, according to
+the knowledge they conceive, what authority have I to pretend to thwart
+the decrees of Providence, which has permitted these actions for so many
+ages, perhaps from almost the beginning of the creation? They never
+offended me, what right have I then to concern myself in their shedding
+one another's blood: And, indeed, I have since known, they value no more
+to kill and devour a captive taken in war, than we do to kill an ox or
+eat mutton. I then concluded it necessarily followed, that these people
+were no more murderers than Christians, who many times put whole troops
+to the sword, after throwing down their arms.--Again I considered, that
+if I fell upon them, I should be as much in the wrong as the Spaniards,
+who had committed the greatest barbarities upon these people who had
+never offended them in their whole lives; as if the kingdom of Spain was
+eminent for a race of men without common compassion to the miserable, a
+principal sign of the most generous temper: these considerations made me
+pause, and made me think I had taken wrong measures in my resolution: I
+now argued with myself, it was better for me never to attack, but to
+remain undiscovered as long as I possibly could; that an opposite
+conduct would certainly prove destructive; for as it was scarcely to be
+supposed I could kill them all, I might either be overpowered by the
+remaining, or that some escaping, might bring thousands to my certain
+destruction. And, indeed, religion took their part so much as to
+convince me how contrary it was to my duty to be guilty of shedding
+human blood, innocent as to my particular, whatever they are to one
+another: that I had nothing to do with it, but leave it to the God of
+all power and dominion, as I said before, to do therein what seemed
+convenient to his heavenly wisdom. And, therefore, on my knees I thanked
+the Almighty for delivering me from blood guiltiness, and begged his
+protection that I might never fall into their hands.
+
+Thus giving over an attempt which I had rashly begun, I never ascended
+the hill on that occasion afterwards: I only re-removed my boat, which
+lay on the other side of the island, and every thing that belonged to
+her, towards the east, into a little cove; that there might not be the
+least shadow of any boat near, or habitation upon the island.--My castle
+then became my cell, keeping always retired in it, except when I went
+out to milk my she-goats, and order my little flock in the wood, which
+was quite out of danger: for sure I was that these savages never came
+here with expectations to find any thing, consequently never wandered
+from the coast; however, as they might have several times been on shore,
+as well before as after my dreadful apprehensions, I looked back with
+horror to think in what state I might have been, had I suddenly met them
+slenderly armed; with one gun only loaded with small shot; and how great
+would have been my amazement, if, instead of seeing the print of one
+man's foot, I had perceived fifteen, or twenty savages, who having once
+set their eyes upon me, by the swiftness of their feet would have left
+me no possibility of escaping? These thoughts would sink my very soul,
+so that I would fall into a deep melancholy, till such time as the
+consideration of my gratitude to the Divine Being moved it from my
+heart. I then fell into a contemplation of the secret springs of
+Providence, and how wonderfully we are delivered, when insensible of it;
+and when intricated in uncertain mazes or labyrinths of doubt or
+hesitation, what secret hint directs us in the right way, when we
+intended to go out of it, nay, perhaps contrary to our business, sense
+or inclination. Upon which, I fixed within me this as a certain rule,
+never to disobey those secret impressions of the mind, to the acting or
+not acting any thing that offered, for which I yet could assign no
+reason. But let it be how it will, the advantage of this conduct very
+eminently appeared in the latter part of my abode on this island; I am,
+a stranger in determining whence these secret intimations of Providence
+derive; yet methinks they are not only some proof of the converse of
+spirits, but also of the secret communications they are supposed to have
+with those that have not passed through the gloomy vale of death.
+
+These anxieties of mind, and the care of my preservation, put a period
+to all future inventions and contrivances, either for accommodation or
+convenience. I now cared not to drive a nail, chop a stick, fire a gun
+or make a fire, lest either the noise should be heard, or the smoke
+discover me. And on this account I used to burn my earthen ware
+privately in a cave which I found in the wood, and which I made
+convenient for that purpose; the principal cause that brought me here
+was to make charcoal, so that I might bake and dress my bread and meat
+without any danger. At that time a curious accident happened me, which I
+shall now relate.
+
+While I was cutting down some wood for making my charcoal, I perceived a
+cavity behind a very thick branch of underwood. Curious to look into it,
+I attained its month, and perceived it sufficient for me to stand
+upright in. But when I had entered, and took a further view, two rolling
+shining eyes like flaming stars seemed to dart themselves at me; so that
+I made all the haste out that I could, as not knowing whither it was the
+devil or a monster that had taken his residence in that place. When I
+recovered a little from my surprise, I called myself a thousand fools,
+for being afraid to see the devil one moment, who had now lived almost
+twenty years in the most retired solitude. And therefore resuming all
+the courage I had, I took a flaming firebrand, and in I rushed again. I
+had not proceeded above three steps, when I was more affrighted than
+before; for then I heard a very loud sigh, like that of a human creature
+in the greatest agony, succeeded with a broken noise, resembling words
+half expressed, and then a broken sigh again. Stepping back, _Lord!_
+(thought I to myself) _where am I got, into what enchanted place have I
+plunged myself, such as are reported to contain miserable captives, till
+death puts an end to their sorrow_? And, indeed, in such great amazement
+was I, that it struck me into a cold sweat; and had my hat been on my
+head, I believe my hair would have moved it off. But again encouraging
+myself with the hopes of God's protection, I proceeded forward, and, by
+the light of my firebrand, perceived it to be a monstrous he-goat, lying
+on the ground, gasping for life, and dying of mere old age. At first, I
+stirred him, thinking to drive him out, but the poor ancient creature
+strove to get upon his feet, but was not able; so I e'en let him lie
+still to affright the savages, should they venture into this cave. I now
+looked round me and found the place but small and shapeless. At the
+farther side of it, I perceived a sort of an entrance, yet so low, as
+must oblige me to creep upon my hands and knees to it; so, having no
+candle, I suspended my enterprise till the next day, and then I came
+provided with two large ones of my own making.
+
+Having crept upon my hands and feet, through this strait, I found the
+roof higher up, I think about twenty feet. But surely mortal never saw
+such a glorious sight before! The roof and walls of this cave reflected
+a hundred thousand lights to me from my two candles, as though they were
+indented with mining gold, precious stones, or sparkling diamonds. And
+indeed it was the most delightful cavity or grotto of its kind that
+could be desired, though entirely dark. The floor was dry and level, and
+had a kind of gravel upon it: no nauseous venomous creatures to be seen
+there, neither any damp or wet about it. I could find no fault but in
+the entrance, and I began to think that even this might be very
+necessary for my defence, and therefore resolved to make it my most
+principal magazine. I brought hither two fowling-pieces, and three
+muskets, leaving only five pieces at my castle, planted in the nature of
+cannon. Of the barrel of gunpowder, which I took up out of the sea, I
+brought away about sixty pounds powder, which was not damaged, and this
+with a great quantity of lead for bullets, I removed for my castle to
+this retreat, now fortified both by art and nature.
+
+I fancied myself now like one of the giants of old, who were said to
+live in caves and holes among the rocks, inaccessible to any but
+themselves, or, at lest, a most dangerous to attempt. And now I despised
+both the cunning and strength of the savages, either to find me out or
+to hurt me.
+
+But I must not forget the old goat, which caused my late dreadful
+amazement. The poor creature gave up the ghost the day after my
+discovery; & it being difficult to drag him out, I dug his grave, and
+honourably entombed him in the same place where is departed, with as
+much ceremony as any Welch goat that has been interred about the high
+mountain Penmanmawn.
+
+I think I was now in the twenty-third year of my reign, and my thoughts
+much easier than formerly, having contrived several pretty amusements
+and diversions to pass away the time in a pleasant manner. By this time
+my pretty Poll had learned to speak English, and pronounce his words
+very articulately and plain; so that for many hours we used to chat
+together after a familiar manner, and he lived with me no less than
+twenty-six years. My dog which was nineteen years old, sixteen of which
+he lived with me, died some time ago of mere old age. As for my cats,
+they multiplied so fast, that I was forced to kill or drive them into
+the woods, except two or three which became my particular favourites.
+Besides these, I continually kept two or three household kids about me,
+which I learned to feed out of my hand, and two more parrots which could
+talk indifferently, and call _Robinson Crusoe_, but not so excellently
+as the first, as not taking that pains with them. I had also several
+sea-owls which I had wounded and cut their wings; and growing tame, they
+used to breed among the low trees about my castle walls, all which made
+my abode very agreeable.
+
+But what unforeseen events suddenly destroy the enjoyment, of this
+uncertain state of life, when we least expect them! it was now the month
+of December, in the southern solstice, and particular time of my
+harvest, which required my attendance in the fields; when going out
+pretty early one morning, before it was day-light, there appeared to me,
+from the sea shore, a flaming light, about two miles from me at the east
+end of the island, where I had observed some savages had been before,
+not on the other side, but to my great affliction, it was on my side
+the island.
+
+Struck with a terrible surprise, and my usual apprehensions, that the
+savages would perceive my improvements, I returned directly to my
+castle, pulled the ladder after me, making all things look as wild and
+natural as I possibly could. In the next place, I put myself into a
+posture of defence, loading my muskets and pistols, and committing
+myself to God's protection, I resolved to defend myself till my last
+breath. Two hours after, impatient for intelligence, I set my ladder up
+to the side of the hill, where there was a flat place, and then pulling
+the ladder after me ascended to the top, where laying myself on my
+belly, with my perspective glass, I perceived no less than nine naked
+savages, sitting round a small fire, eating, as I supposed human flesh,
+with their two canoes haled on shore, waiting for the flood to carry
+them off again. You cannot easily express the consternation I was in at
+this sight, especially seeing them near me; but when I perceived their
+coming must be always with the current of the ebb, I became more easy in
+my thoughts, being fully convinced that I might go abroad with security
+all the time of flood, if they were not before landed. And, indeed, this
+proved just as I imagined; for no sooner did they all take boat and
+paddle away, but the tide made N.W. Before they went off they danced,
+making ridiculous postures and gestures for above an hour, all stark
+naked; but whether men or women, or both, I could not perceive. When I
+saw them gone, I took two guns upon my shoulders, and placing a couple
+of pistols in my belt, with my great sword hanging by my side, I went to
+the hill, where at first I made a discovery of these cannibals, and then
+saw there had been three canoes more of the savages on shore at that
+place, which with the rest were making over to the main land.
+
+But nothing could be more horrid to me, when going to the place of
+sacrifice, the blood, the bones, and other mangled parts of human bodies
+appeared in my sight; and so fired was I with indignation, that I was
+fully resolved to be revenged on the first that came there, though I
+lost my life in the execution. It then appeared to me, that the visits
+which they make to this island are not very frequent, it being fifteen
+months before they came again; but still I was very uneasy, by reason of
+the dismal apprehensions of their surprising me unawares; nor dared I
+offer to fire a gun on that side of the island where they used to
+appear, lest, taking the alarm, the savages might return with many
+hundred canoes, and then God knows in what manner I should have made my
+end. Thus was I a year or more before I saw any of these devouring
+cannibals again.
+
+But to wave this, the following accident, which demands attention, for a
+while eluded the force of my thoughts in revenging myself on
+those Heathens.
+
+On the 16th of May (according to my wooden calendar) the wind blew
+exceedingly hard, accompanied with abundance of lightning and thunder
+all day, and succeeded by a very stormy night. The seeming anger of the
+Heavens made me have recourse to my Bible. While I was seriously
+pondering upon it, I was suddenly alarmed with the noise of a gun, which
+I conjectured was fired upon the ocean. Such an unusual surprise made me
+start up in a minute, when, with my ladder, ascending the mountain as
+before, that very moment a flash of fire presaged the report of another
+gun which I presently heard, and found it was from that part of the sea
+where the current drove me away. I could not but then think, that this
+must be a ship in distress, and that there were the melancholy signals
+for a speedy deliverance. Great, indeed, was my sorrow upon this
+occasion; but my labours to assist them must have proved altogether vain
+& fruitless. However, I brought together all the dry wood that was at
+hand, and making a pretty large pile, set it on fire on the hill. I was
+certain they plainly perceived it, by their firing another gun as soon
+as it began to blaze, and after that several more from the same quarter.
+All night long I kept up my fire: and when the air cleared up, I
+perceived something a great way at sea, directly E. but could not
+distinguish what it was, even with my glass, by reason that the weather
+was so very foggy out at sea. However, keeping my eyes directly fixed
+upon it, and perceiving it did not stir, I presently concluded it must
+be a ship at anchor, and so very hasty I was to be satisfied, that
+taking the gun, I went to the S.E. part of the island, to the same rocks
+where I had been formerly drove away by the current, in which time the
+weather being perfectly cleared up, to my great sorrow, I perceived the
+wreck of a ship cast away upon those hidden rocks I found when I was out
+with my boat; and which, by making a kind of an eddy, were the occasion
+of my preservation.
+
+Thus, _what is one man's safety is another's ruin_; for undoubtedly this
+ship had been driven on them in the night, the wind blowing strong at
+E.N.E. Had they perceived the island, as I now guessed they had not,
+certainly, instead of firing there guns for help, they would rather have
+ventured in their boat and saved themselves that way. I then thought,
+that perhaps they had done so, upon seeing my fire, and were cast away
+in the attempt: for I perceived no boat in the ship. But then I again
+imagined, that, perhaps, they had another vessel in company, which, upon
+signal, saved their lives, and took the boat up: or that the boat might
+be driven into the main ocean, where these poor creatures might be in
+the most miserable condition. But as all these conjectures were very
+uncertain, I could do no more than commiserate there distress, and thank
+God for delivering me, in particular, when so many perished in the
+raging ocean.
+
+When I considered seriously every thing concerning this wreck, and could
+perceive no room to suppose any of them saved, I cannot explain, by any
+possible force of words, what longings my soul felt on this occasion,
+often breaking out in this manner: _O that there had been but two or
+three, nay even one person saved, that we might have lived together,
+conversed with, and comforted one another!_ and so much were my desires
+moved, that when I repeated these words, _Oh! that there had been but
+one!_ my hands would clench together, and my fingers press the palms of
+my hands to close, that, had any soft thing been between, it would have
+crushed it involuntarily, while my teeth would strike together, and set
+against each other so strong that it required some time for me to
+part them.
+
+Till the last year of my being on this island, I never knew whether or
+not any had been saved out of this ship. I had the affliction, some time
+after, to see the corpse of a drowned boy come on shore, at the end of
+the island which was next the shipwreck; there was nothing on him but a
+seaman's waistcoat, a pair of opened kneed linen drawers, and a blue
+linen shirt, but no particular mark to guess what nation he was of. In
+his pocket were two pieces of eight, and a tobacco-pipe, the last of
+which I preferred much more than I did the first. And now the calmness
+of the sea tempted me to venture out in my boat to this wreck, not only
+to get something necessary out of the ship, but perhaps, some living
+creature might be on board, whose life I might preserve. This had such
+an influence upon my mind, that immediately I went home, and prepared
+every thing necessary for the voyage, carrying on board my boat
+provisions of all sorts, with a good quantity of rum, fresh water, and a
+compass: so putting off, I paddled the canoe along the shore, till I
+came at last to the north-east part of the island, from whence I was to
+launch into the ocean; but here the currents ran so violently, and
+appeared so terrible, that my heart began to fail me; foreseeing that if
+I was driven into any of these currents, I might be carried not only out
+of reach or sight of the island, but even inevitably lost in the boiling
+surges of the ocean.
+
+So oppressed was I at these troubles, that I gave over my enterprize,
+sailing to a little creek on the shore, where stepping out, I set me
+down on a rising hill, very pensive and thoughtful. I then perceived
+that the tide was turned; and the flood came on, which made it
+impracticable for me to go out for so many hours. To be more certain how
+the sets of the tides or currents lay when the flood came in, I ascended
+a higher piece of ground, which overlooked the sea both ways; and here I
+found that as the current of the ebb set out close by the south point of
+the island, so the current of the flood set in close by the shore of the
+north side; and all that I had to do was to keep to the north of the
+island in my return.
+
+That night I reposed myself in my canoe, covered with my watch coat,
+instead of a blanket, the heavens being my tester. I set out with the
+first of the tide full north, till I felt the benefit of the current,
+which carried me at a great rate eastward, yet not with such impetuosity
+as before, as to take from me all government of my canoe; so that in two
+hours time I came up to the wreck, which appeared to me a most
+melancholy sight. It seemed to be a Spanish vessel by its building,
+stuck fast between two rocks; her stern and quarter beaten to pieces by
+the sea; her mainmast and foremast were brought off by the board, that
+is broken off short. As I approached near, I perceived a dog on board,
+who seeing me coming, yelped and cried, and no sooner did I call him,
+but the poor creature jumped into the sea, out of which I took him up,
+almost famished with hunger and thirst; so that when I gave him a cake
+of bread, no ravenous wolf could devour it more greedily; and he drank
+to that degree of fresh water, that he would have burst himself, had I
+suffered him.
+
+The first sight I met with in the ship, were two men drowned in the
+cook-room or forecastle, inclosed in one another's arms: hence I very
+probably supposed, that _when the vessel struck in the storm, so high
+and incessantly did the waters break in and over her, that the men not
+being able to bear it, were strangled by the constant rushing in of the
+waves_. There were several casks of liquor, whether wine of brandy, I
+could not be positive, which lay in the lower hold, as were plainly
+perceptible by the ebbing out of the water, yet were too large for me to
+pretend to meddle with; likewise I perceived several chests, which I
+supposed to belong to the seamen, two of which I got into my boat,
+without examining what was in them. Had the stern of the ship been
+fixed, and the forepart broken off, I should have made a very prosperous
+voyage; since by what I after found in these two chests, I could not
+otherwise conclude, but that the ship must have abundance of wealth on
+board; nay, if I must guess by the course she steered, she must have
+been bound from the Buenos Ayres, or the Rio de la Plata, in the
+southern parts of America, beyond the Brazils, to the Havannah, in the
+gulf of Mexico, and so perhaps to Spain. What became of the rest of the
+sailors, I could not certainly tell; and all her riches signified
+nothing at that time to any body.
+
+Searching farther, I found a cask containing about twenty gallons, full
+of liquor, which, with some labour, I got into my boat; in her cabin
+were several muskets, which I let remain there; but took away with me a
+great powder horn, with about four pounds of powder in it. I took also a
+fire-shovel and tongs, two brass kettles, a copper pot to make
+chocolate, and a gridiron; all which were extremely necessary to me,
+especially the fire-shovel and tongs. And so with this cargo,
+accompanied with my dog, I came away, the tide serving for that purpose;
+and the same evening, about an hour within night, I attained the island,
+after the greatest toil and fatigue imaginable.
+
+That night I reposed my wearied limbs in the boat, resolving the next
+morning to harbour what I had gotten in my new-found subterraneous
+grotto; & not to carry my cargo home to my ancient castle. Having
+refreshed myself, and got all my effects on shore I next proceeded to
+examine the particulars; and so tapping the cask, I found the liquor to
+be a kind of rum, but not like what we had at the Brazils, nor indeed
+near so good. At the opening of the chest, several things appeared very
+useful to me; for instance, I found in one a very fine case of bottles,
+containing the finest and best sorts of cordial waters; each bottle held
+about three pints, curiously tip with silver. I found also two pots full
+of the choicest sweetmeats, and two more which the water had utterly
+spoiled. There were likewise several good shirts exceedingly welcome to
+me, and about one dozen and a half white linen handkerchiefs and
+coloured neckcloths, the former of which was absolutely necessary for
+wiping my face in a hot day; and, in the till, I found three bags of
+pieces of eight, about eleven hundred in all, in one of which, decently
+wrapped up in a piece of paper, were six doubloons of gold, and some
+small bars and wedges of the same metal, which I believe might weigh
+near a pound. In the other chest, which I guessed to belong to the
+gunner's mate, by the mean circumstances which attended it, I found only
+some clothes of very little value, except about two pounds of fine
+glazed powder, in three flasks, kept, as I believe, for charging their
+fowling pieces on any occasion; so that, on the whole, I had no great
+advantage by this voyage. The money was indeed as mere dirt to me,
+useless and unprofitable, all which I would freely have parted with for
+two or three pair of English shoes and stockings; things that for many
+years I had not worn, except lately those which I had taken of the feet
+of those unfortunate men I found drowned in the wreck, yet not so good
+as English shoes either for ease or service. I also found in the
+seaman's chest about fifty pieces of eight in royals, but no gold; so
+concluded that what I took from the first belonged to an officer, the
+latter appearing to have a much inferior person for its owner. However,
+as despicable as the money seemed, I likewise lugged it to my cave,
+laying it up securely, as I did the rest of my cargo; and after I had
+done all this, I returned back to my boat, rowing and paddling her along
+till I came to my old harbour, where I carefully laid her up, and so
+made the best of my way to my castle. When I arrived there, every thing
+seemed safe and quiet: so that now my only business was to repose myself
+after my wonted manner, and take care of my domestic affairs. But though
+I might have lived very easy, as wanting nothing absolutely needful, yet
+still I was more vigilant than usual upon account of the savages, never
+going much abroad; or, if I did, it was to the east part of the island,
+where I was well assured that the savages never came, and where I might
+not be troubled to carry that heavy load of weapons for my defence, as I
+was obliged to do if I went the other way.
+
+Two years did I live in this anxious condition, in all which time,
+contrary to my former resolutions, my head was filled with nothing but
+projects and designs, how I might escape from this island; and so much
+were my wandering thoughts bent upon a rambling disposition that had I
+had the same boat that I went from Sallee in, I should have ventured
+once more to the uncertainty of the raging ocean.
+
+I cannot, however, but consider myself as one of the unhappy persons,
+who make themselves wretched by there dissatisfaction with the stations
+which God has placed them in; for, not to take a review of my primitive
+condition, and my father's excellent advice, the going contrary to which
+was, as I may say, my original sin, the following mistakes of the same
+nature certainly had been the means of my present unhappy station. What
+business had I to leave a settled fortune, and well stocked plantation,
+improving and increasing, where, by this time, I might have been worth a
+hundred thousand moidores, to turn supercargo to Guinea, to fetch
+Negroes, when time and patience would so much enlarge my stock at home,
+as to be able to employ those whose more immediate business it was to
+fetch them home even to my door?
+
+But as this is commonly the fate of young heads, so a serious reflection
+upon the folly of it ordinarily attends the exercise of future years,
+when the dear bought experience of time teaches us repentance. Thus was
+it with me; but not withstanding the thoughts of my deliverance ran so
+strongly in my mind, that is seemed to check all the dictates of reason
+and philosophy. And now to usher in my kind reader with greater pleasure
+to the remaining part of my relation, I flatter myself it will not be
+taken amiss, to give him an account of my first conceptions of the
+manner of escaping, and upon what foundation I laid my foolish schemes.
+
+Having retired to my castle, after my late voyage to the ship, my
+frigate laid up and secured, as usual, and my condition the same as
+before, except being richer, though I had as little occasion for riches
+as the Indians of Peru had for gold, before the cruel Spaniards came
+among them: One night in March, being the rainy season in the four and
+twentieth year of my solitude, I lay down to sleep, very well in health,
+without distemper pain, or uncommon uneasiness, either of body or mind;
+yet notwithstanding, I could not compose myself to sleep all the night
+long. All this tedious while, it is impossible to express what
+innumerable thoughts came into my head. _I traced quite over the whole
+history of my life in miniature, from my utmost remembrance of things
+till I came to this island, and then proceeded to examine every action
+and passage that had occurred since I had taken possession of my
+kingdom._ In my reflections upon the latter, I was _comparing the happy
+posture of my affairs from the beginning of my reign, to this life of
+anxiety, fear, and concern, since I had discovered a print of a foot in
+the sand; that while I continued without apprehension, I was incapable
+of feeling the dread and terror I now suffered._ How thankful rather
+ought I to have been for the knowledge of my danger, since the greatest
+happiness one can be possessed of is to have sufficient time to provide
+against it? How stupendous is the goodness of Providence, which sets
+such narrow bounds to the sight and knowledge of human nature, that
+while men walk in the midst of so many dangers they are kept serene and
+calm, by having the events of things hid from their eyes and knowing
+nothing of those many dangers that surround them, till perhaps they are
+dissipated and vanish away.
+
+When I came more particularly to considerer of _the real danger I had
+for so many years escaped; how I had walked about in the greatest
+security and tranquility, at a time, perhaps, when even nothing but the
+brow of a hill, a great tree, or the common approach of night, had
+interposed between me and the destructive hands of the cannibals, who
+would devour me with as good an appetite, as I would a pigeon or
+curlew;_ surely all this, I say, could not but make me sincerely
+thankful to my great Preserver, whose singular protection I acknowledge
+with the greatest humility, and without which I must inevitably have
+fallen into the cruel hands of those devourers.
+
+Having thus discussed my thoughts in the clearest manner, according to
+my weak understanding, I next proceeded to consider _the wretched nature
+of those destroying savages, by seeming, though with great reverence,_
+to enquire _why God should give up any of his creatures to such
+inhumanity, even to brutality itself, to devour its own kind?_ but as
+this was rather matter of obstruse speculation, and as my miserable
+situation made me think this of mine the most uncomfortable situation in
+the world, I then began rather to inquire _what part of the world these
+wretches lived in; how far off the coast was from whence they came; why
+they ventured over so far from home; what kind of boats conveyed them
+hither; and why I could not order myself and my business so, that I
+might be able to attack their country, as they were to come to
+my kingdom.
+
+But then_ thought I, _how shall I manage myself when I come thither?
+what will become of me if I fall into the hands of the savages? or how
+shall I escape from them if they make an attempt upon me? and supposing
+I should not fall into their power, what shall I do for provisions, or
+which way shall I bend my course?_ These counter thoughts threw me into
+the greatest horror and confusion imaginable; but then I still looked
+upon my present condition to be the most miserable that possibly could
+be, and that nothing could be worse, except death _For_ (thought I)
+_could I but attain the shore of the main, I might perhaps meet with
+some reliefs, or coast it along, as I did with my boy Xury, on the
+African shore, till I came to some inhabited country, where I might meet
+with some relief, or fall in with some Christian ship that might take me
+in; and if I failed, why then I could but meet with death, which would
+put an end to all my miseries._ These thoughts, I must confess, were the
+fruit of a distempered mind and impatient temper made desperate, as it
+were, by long continuance of the troubles and disappointments I had met
+with in the wreck; where I hoped to have found some living person to
+speak to, by whom I might have known in what place I was, and of the
+probable means of my deliverance. Thus, while my thoughts were agitated,
+my resignation to the will of heaven was entirely suspended; to that I
+had no power to fix my mind to any thing, but to the project of a voyage
+to the main land. And indeed so much was I inflamed upon this account,
+that it set my blood into a ferment, and my pulse beat high, as though I
+had been in a fever; till nature being, as it were, fatigued and
+exhausted with the thoughts of it, made me submit myself to a
+silent repose.
+
+In such a situation, it is very strange, that I did not dream of what I
+was so intent upon; but, instead of it, my mind roved on a quite
+different thing, altogether foreign. I dreamed, that as I was issuing
+from my castle one morning, as customary, when I perceived upon the
+shore two canoes, and eleven savages coming to land, who had brought
+with them another Indian, whom they designed to make a sacrifice of, in
+order to devour; but just as they were going to give the fatal blow,
+methought the poor designed victim jumped away, and ran directly into my
+little thick grove before my fortification, to abscond from his enemies,
+when perceiving that the others did not follow him that way, I appeared
+to him; that he humbly kneeled down before me, seeming to pray for my
+assistance; upon which I showed him my ladder, made him ascend, carried
+him to my cave, and he became my servant; and when I had gotten this
+man, I said to myself, _now surely I may have some hopes to attain the
+main land; for this fellow will serve me as a pilot, tell me what to do,
+and where I must go for provisions, what places to shun, what to venture
+to, and what to escape._ But when I awaked, and found all these
+inexpressible impressions of joy entirely vanished, I fell into the
+greatest dejection of spirit imaginable.
+
+Yet this dream brought me to reflect, that one sure way of escaping was
+to get a savage; that after I had ventured my life to deliver him from
+the bloody jaws of his devourers, the natural sense he might have of
+such a preservation, might inspire him with a lasting gratitude and most
+sincere affection. But then this objection reasonably interposed: _how
+can I effect this,_ thought I, _without I attack a whole company of
+them, and kill them all? why should I proceed on such a desperate
+attempt, which my scruples before had suggested to be unlawful?_ and
+indeed my heart trembled at the thoughts of so much blood, though it
+were a means to procure my deliverance. 'Tis true, I might reasonably
+enough suppose these men to be real enemies to my life, men who would
+devour me, was it in their power, so that it was self preservation in
+the highest degree to free myself, by attacking them in my own defence,
+as lawfully as if they were actually assaulting me: though all these
+things, I say, seemed to me to be of the greatest weight, yet, as I just
+said before, the dreadful thoughts of shedding human blood, struck such
+a terror to my soul, that it was a long time before I could reconcile
+myself to it.
+
+But how far will the ardency of desire prompt us on? For notwithstanding
+the many disputes and perplexities I had with myself, I at length
+resolved, right or wrong, to get one of these savages into my hands,
+cost what it would, or even though I should lose my life in the attempt.
+Inspired with this firm resolution, I set all my wits at work, to find
+out what methods I should take to answer my design: this, indeed, was so
+difficult a task, that I could not pitch upon any probable means to
+execute it: I, therefore, resolved continually to be in a vigilant
+posture, to perceive when the savages came on shore and to leave the
+rest to the event, let the opportunities offer as they would.
+
+Such was my fixed resolutions; and accordingly I set myself upon the
+scout, as often as I could, till such time as I was heartily tired of
+it. I waited for above a year and a half, the greatest part of which I
+went out to the west, and south-west corner of the island, almost every
+day, to look for canoes, but none appeared. This was a very great
+discouragement; yet, though I was very much concerned, the edge of my
+design was as keen as ever, and the longer it seemed to be delayed, the
+more eager was I for it: in a word, I never before was so careful to
+shun the loathing sight of these savages, as I was now eager to be with
+them; and I thought myself sufficiently able to manage one, two, or
+three savages if I had them, so as to make them my entire slaves, to do
+whatsoever I should direct them, and prevent their being able at any
+time to do me any mischief. Many times did I used to please myself with
+these thoughts, with long and ardent expectations; but nothing
+presenting, all my deep projected schemes and numerous fancies vanished
+away, as though, while I retained such thoughts, the decrees of
+Providence was such, that no savages were to come near me.
+
+About a year and a half after, when I was seriously musing of sundry
+other ways how I should attain my end, one morning early I was very much
+surprised by seeing no less than five canoes all on shore together, on
+my side the island, and the savages that belonged to them all landed,
+and out of my sight. Such a number of them disconcerted all my measures;
+for, seeing so many boats, each of which would contain six, and
+sometimes more, I could not tell what to think of it, or how to order my
+measures, to attack twenty or thirty men single-handed; upon which, much
+dispirited and perplexed, I lay still in my castle; which, however, I
+put in a proper posture for an attack: and, having formerly provided all
+that was necessary, was soon ready to enter upon an engagement, should
+they attempt. Having waited for some time, my impatient temper would let
+me bear it no longer; I set my guns at the foot of my ladder, and, as
+usual, ascended up to the top of the hill at two stages, standing,
+however, in such a manner, that my head did not appear above the hill,
+so that they could easily perceive me; and here, by the assistance of my
+perspective glass, I observed no less than thirty in number around a
+fire, feasting upon what meat they had dressed: how they cooked it, or
+what it was, I could not then perfectly tell; but they were all dancing
+and capering about the flames, using many frightful and
+barbarous gestures.
+
+But while, with a curious eye, I was beholding these wretches, my
+spirits sunk within me, when I perceived them drag two miserable
+creatures from the boats, to act afresh the dreadful tragedy, as I
+supposed they had done before. It was not long before one of them fell
+upon the ground, knocked down, as I suppose, with a club or wooden
+sword, for that was their manner; while two or three others went
+immediately to work, cutting him open for their cookery, and then fell
+to devour him as they had done the former, while the last unhappy
+captive was left by himself, till such time as they were ready for him.
+The poor creature looked round him with a wishful eye, trembling at the
+thoughts of death; yet, seeing himself a little at liberty, nature, that
+very moment, as it were, inspired him with hopes of life: He started
+away from them, and ran, with incredible swiftness along the sands,
+directly to that part of the coast where my ancient and venerable
+castle stood.
+
+You may well imagine, I was dreadfully affrighted upon this occasion,
+when, as I thought, they pursued him in a whole body, all running
+towards my palace. And now, indeed, I expected that part of my dream was
+going to be fulfilled, and that he would certainly fly to my grove for
+protection; but, for the rest of my dream, I could depend nothing on it;
+that the savages would pursue him thither, and find him there. However
+my spirits, beginning to recover, I still kept upon my guard; and I now
+plainly perceived, there were but three men out of the number that
+pursued him. I was infinitely pleased with what swiftness the poor
+creature ran from his pursuers, gaining so much ground upon them, that I
+plainly perceived, could he thus hold out for half an hour, there was
+not the least doubt but he would save his life from the power of
+his enemies.
+
+Between them and my castle there was a creek, that very same which I
+sailed into with all my effects from the wreck of the ship on the steep
+banks of which I very much feared the poor victim would be taken, if he
+could not swim for his escape: but soon was I out of pain for him, when
+I perceived he made nothing of it, though at full tide, but with an
+intrepid courage, spurred on by the sense of danger, he plunged into the
+flood, swimming over in about thirty strokes, and then landing, ran with
+the same incredible strength and swiftness as before. When the three
+pursuers came to the creek, one of them, who I perceived could not swim,
+happily for his part, returned to his company, while the others, with
+equal courage, but much less swiftness attained the other side, as
+though they were resolved never to give over the pursuit. And now or or
+never I thought was the time for me to procure me a servant, companion,
+or assistant; and that I was decreed by Providence to be the instrument
+to save this poor creature's life. I immediately descended my two
+ladders with the greatest expedition: I took up my two guns, which, I
+said before, were at the bottom of them, and getting up again with the
+same haste towards the hill, I made nearer the sea. In a word, taking a
+short cut down the hill, I interposed between the pursuers and pursued,
+hallooing aloud to the latter, who, venturing to look back, was, no
+doubt, as much terrified at me as I at them. I beckoned to him with my
+hand, to return back, in the mean time advancing towards the pursuers,
+and rushing on the foremost, I knocked him down with the stock of my
+piece, and laid him flat on the ground. I was very unwilling to fire
+lest the rest should hear, though at a distance, I question whether they
+could or no; and being out of sight of the smoke, they could not easily
+have known what to make of it. The other savage seeing his fellow fall,
+stopped as if he had been amazed; when advancing towards him, I could
+perceive him take his bow from his back, and, fixing and arrow to it,
+was preparing to shoot at me, and, without dispute, might have lodged
+the arrow in my breast; but, in this absolutely necessary case of self
+preservation, I immediately fired at him, and shot him dead, just as his
+hand was going to draw the fatal string. All this while, the savage who
+had fled before stood still, and had the satisfaction to see his enemies
+killed, as he thought, who designed to take away his life; so affrighted
+was he with the fire and noise of my piece, _that he stood as it were
+like Lot's wife, fixed and immoveable, without either sense or motion_.
+This obliged me to halloo to him again, making the plainest signs I
+could to him to draw nearer. I perceived he understood those tokens by
+his approaching to me a little way, when, as is afraid I should kill him
+too, he stopped again. Several times did he advance, as often stop in
+this manner, till coming more, to my view, I perceived him trembling, as
+if he was to undergo the same fate. Upon which I looked upon him with a
+smiling countenance, and still beckoning to him, at length he came close
+to me and kneeled down, kissed my hand, laid his head upon it, and
+taking me by the foot, placed it upon his head; and this, as I
+understood afterwards, was in token of swearing to be my slave for ever.
+I took him up, and, making much of him, encouraged him in the best
+manner I could. But my work was not yet finished; for I perceived the
+savage whom I knocked down, was not killed, but stunned with the blow,
+and began to come to himself, Upon which I pointed to my new servant,
+and shewed him that his enemy was not yet expired, he spoke some words
+to me, but which I could not understand; yet being the first sound of a
+man's voice I had heard for above twenty-five years, they were very
+pleasing to me. But there was no time for reflection now, the wounded
+savage recovering himself so far as to sit upon the ground, which made
+my poor prisoner as much afraid as before; to put him out of which fear,
+I presented my other gun at the man, with an intent to shoot him; but my
+savage, for so I must now call him, prevented my firing, by making a
+motion to me, to lend him my sword, which hung naked in my belt by my
+side. No sooner did I grant his request, but away he runs to his enemy,
+and at one blow cut off his head as dextrously as the most accomplished
+executioner in Germany could have done; for, it seems, these creatures
+make use of wooden swords made of hard wood which will bear edge enough
+to cut off heads and arms at one blow. When this valorous exploit was
+done, he comes to me laughing, as a token of triumph, delivered me my
+sword again, with abundance of suprising gestures, laying it, along with
+the bleeding and ghastly head of the Indian, at my feet.
+
+[Illustration: ROBINSON CRUSOE rescuing FRIDAY from his pursuers.]
+
+The greatest astonishment that my new servant conceived was the manner
+of killing the savage at such a distance, without a bow and arrow; and
+such was his longing desire to know it, that he first pointed to the
+dead carcase, and then made signs to me to grant him leave to go up to
+him. Upon which I bid him go, and, as well as I could, made him sensible
+I granted his request. But when he came there, how wonderfully was he
+struck with amazement! First, he turned him on one side, then on
+another, wondering he could perceive no quantity of blood, he bleeding
+inwardly; and after sufficiently admiring the wound the bullet had made
+in his breast, he took up his bow and arrows, and came back again; upon
+which I turned to go away, making signs to him to follow, left the rest
+missing their companions, might come in pursuit of them, and this I
+found he understood very well, by his making me understand that his
+design was to bury them, that they might not be seen if it happened; and
+which by signs again I made him sensible I very much approved of.
+Immediately he fell to work, and never was a grave-digger more dextrous
+in the world than he was; for in an instant, as I might say, he scraped
+a large hole in the sand with his hands, sufficient to bury the first
+in; there he dragged him; and without any ceremony he covered him over;
+in like manner he saved the other; so that I am sure no undertaker could
+be more expert in his business, for all this was done in less than a
+quarter of an hour. I then called him away, and instead of carrying him
+directly to my castle at first, I conveyed him to my cave on the farther
+part of the island; and so my dream was now fulfilled in that
+particular, that my grove should prove an asylum or sanctuary to him.
+
+Weary and faint, hungry and thirsty, undoubtedly must this poor creature
+be, supported chiefly by the vivacity of spirit, and, uncommon
+transports of joy that his deliverance occasioned. Here I gave him bread
+and a bunch of raisins to eat, and water to drink, on which he fed very
+cheerfully, to his exceeding refreshment. I then made him a convenient
+bed with a parcel of rice straw, and a blanket upon it, (a bed which I
+used myself sometimes) and then pointing to it, made signs for him to
+lie down to sleep, upon which the poor creature went to take a
+welcome repose.
+
+Indeed he was a very comely, handsome, young fellow, extremely well
+made, with straight long limbs, not too large, but tall and well shaped,
+and, as near as I could reckon, about twenty-six years of age. His
+countenance had nothing in it fierce or surly, but rather a sort of
+majesty in his face; and yet, especially when he smiled, he had all the
+sweetness and softness of an European. His hair was not curled like
+wool, as many of the blacks are, but long and black, with the most
+beautiful, yet careless tresses spreading over his shoulders. He had a
+very high and large forehead, with a great vivacity and sparkling
+sharpness in his eyes. His skin was not so tawney, as the Virginians,
+Brazilians, or other Americans; but rather of a bright dun, olive
+colour, that had something agreeable in it, though not very easy to give
+a description of. His face was round and plump, with a small nose, very
+different from the flatness of the negroes, a pretty small mouth, thin
+lips, fine teeth, very well set, and white as the driven snow. In a
+word, such handsome features, and exact symmetry in every part, made me
+consider that I had saved the life of an Indian prince, no less graceful
+and accomplished than the great _Oroonoko_ whose memorable behavior and
+unhappy contingencies of life have charmed the world, both to admiration
+of his person, and compassion to his sufferings.
+
+But let him be either prince or peasant, all my happiness centered in
+this, that I had now got a good servant or companion, to whom, as he
+deserved, I was resolved to prove a kind master and a lasting friend. He
+had not, I think, slept above an hour when he awakened again, and while
+I was milking my goats hard by, out he runs from the cave towards me in
+my inclosure, and laying himself down on the ground, in the lowest
+prostration, made all the antic gestures imaginable, to express his
+thankfulness to me for being his deliverer. I confess though the manner
+of his behaviour seemed to be ludicrous enough to occasion, laughter,
+yet I was very much moved at his affection, so that my heart melted
+within me, fearing he might die away in excess of joy, like reprieved
+malefactors, especially as I was incapable either to let him blood, or
+administer physic. It were to be wished, that Christians would take
+example by this Heathen, to have received by the kind mediation and
+powerful interposition of their benefactors and deliverers; and it would
+be likewise happy for mankind, were there no occasion to blame many,
+who, instead of thankfully acknowledging favours and benefits, rather
+abuse and condemn those who have been the instruments to save them from
+destruction.
+
+But, leaving these just reflections, I return to the object that
+occasioned them; for my man, to conclude the last ceremony of obedience,
+laid down his head again on the ground, close to my foot, and set my
+other foot upon is head, as he had done before, making all the signs of
+subjection, servitude, and submission imaginable, and let me understand
+he would serve me as long as his life endured. As I understood him in
+many things, I made him sensible I was very well pleased with him; and,
+in a little time, I began to speak to him, and learn him to talk to me
+again. In the first place, I made him understand his name was to be
+_Friday_, because it was upon that day I saved his life; then I taught
+him to say _Master_, which I made him sensible was to be my name. I
+likewise taught him to say _Yes_ and _No_, and to know what they meant.
+I gave him some milk in an earthen pot, making him view me while I drank
+it before him, and soaked my bread in it; I gave him a cake of bread,
+and caused him to soak it likewise, to which he readily consented,
+making signs of the greatest satisfaction imaginable.
+
+All that night did I keep him there; but no sooner did the morning light
+appear, when I ordered him to arise, and come along with me, with
+certain tokens that I would give him some clothes like mine, at which he
+seemed very glad, being stark naked, without the least covering
+whatever. As we passed by the place where the two men had been interred,
+my man pointed directly to their graves, showing me the marks that he
+had made to find them again, giving me to understand, by signs, that we
+should dig them up, and devour them. At this I appeared extremely
+displeased, expressed my utmost abhorrence, as if I would vomit at the
+apprehensions of it, beckoning with my hand to come away, which he did
+with the greatest reverence and submission. After this I conducted him
+to the top of the hill, to view if the rest of the savages were yet
+remaining there; but when I looked through my perspective glass, I could
+see no appearance of them, nor of their canoes; so that it was evident
+they never minded their deceased companions whom we had slain: which if
+they had, they would surely have searched for, or left one boat behind
+for them to follow, after they returned from their pursuit.
+
+Curiosity, and a desire of satisfaction, animating me with courage to
+see this scene of barbarity, I took my man Friday with me, putting a
+sword into his hand, with the bow and arrows at his back, which I
+perceived he could use very dexterously, causing him to carry one gun
+for me, and I two for myself; and thus equipped against all attacks,
+away we marched directly to the place of their bloody entertainment. But
+when I came there, I was struck with the utmost horror at so dreadful a
+spectacle, whilst Friday was no way concerned about it, being no doubt
+in his turn one of these devourers. Here lay several human bones, there
+several pieces of mangled flesh, half eaten, mangled, and scorched,
+whilst streams of blood ran promiscuously as waters from a fountain. As
+I was musing on this dreadful sight, Friday took all the pains he could,
+by particular signs, to make me understand, that they had brought over
+four prisoners to feast upon, three of whom they had eaten up, and that
+he was the fourth, pointing to himself; that there having been a bloody
+battle between them and his great king, in the just defence of whom he
+was taken prisoner, with many others; all of these were carried off to
+different places to be devoured by their conquerors; and that it was his
+misfortune to be brought hither by these wretches for the same purpose.
+
+After I was made sensible of these things, I caused Friday to gather
+those horrid remains, and lay them together upon a heap, which I ordered
+to be set on fire, and burnt them to ashes: My man, however, still
+retained the nature of a cannibal, having a hankering stomach after some
+of the flesh; but such an extreme abhorrence did I express at the least
+appearance of it, that he durst not but conceal it; for I made him very
+sensible, that if he offered any such thing, I would certainly
+shoot him.
+
+This being done, I carried my man with me to my castle, and gave him a
+pair of linen drawers, which I had taken out of the poor gunner's chest
+before mentioned; and which, with a little alteration, fitted him very
+well; in the next place I made him a jerkin of goat's skin, such as my
+skill was able to manage, and indeed I thought myself then a tolerable
+good tailor. I gave him also a cap which I made of a hare's skin, very
+convenient and fashionable. Thus being clothed tolerably well, my man
+was no less proud of his habit, than I was at seeing him in it. Indeed
+he went very aukwardly at first, the drawers being too heavy on his
+thighs not used to bear any weight, and the sleeves of the waistcoat
+galled his shoulders and the inside of his arms; but by a little easing
+where he complained they hurt him, and by using himself to them, at
+length he took to them very well.
+
+My next concern was, where I should lodge him; and that I might do well
+by him, and yet be perfectly easy myself, I erected a tent for him in
+the vacant place between my two fortifications, in the inside of the
+last, and the outside of the first; and, as there was an entrance or
+door into my cave, I made a formal framed door-case, and a door to open
+on the inside; I barred it up in the night time, taking in my ladders
+too, so that, was my man to prove treacherous, there could be no way to
+come at me in the inside of my innermost wall, without making so much
+noise in getting over, that it must needs waken me; for my first wall
+had now a complete roof over it of long poles, spreading over my tent,
+and leaning up to the side of the mountain, which was again laid cross
+with smaller sticks instead of laths, and thatched over a great
+thickness with the rice straw, which was as strong as reeds; and at the
+hole of the place, left on purpose to go in or out by the ladder, had
+placed a kind of trap-door, which, if it had been attempted on the
+outside, would not have opened at all, but have fallen down, and made a
+great noise; and as to my weapons, every night I took them all to my
+bed side.
+
+But there was no occasion for this precaution; for surely never master
+had a more sincere, faithful, and loving servant, than Friday proved to
+me. Without passion, sullenness, or design, perfectly obliging and
+engaging, his affections were as much tied to me, as those of a child to
+its parents; & I might venture to say, he would have sacrificed his life
+for the saving mine, upon any occasion whatsoever. And indeed the many
+testimonies he gave me of this, sufficiently convinced me that I had no
+occasion to use these precautions. And here I could not but reflect with
+great wonder, that however it hath pleased the Almighty in his
+providence, and in the government of the creation, to take from so great
+a part of the world of his creatures, the noblest uses to which their
+faculties, and the powers of their souls are adapted; yet that he has
+bestowed upon them the same reason, affections, sentiments of kindness
+and obligation, passions of resentment, sincerity, fidelity, and all the
+capacities of doing and receiving good that he has given us; and that
+when he is graciously pleased to offer them occasions of exerting these,
+they are as ready, nay, more ready, to apply them to the proper uses for
+which they were bestowed, than we often are. These thoughts would make
+me melancholy, especially when I considered how mean a use we make of
+all these, even though we have these powers enlightened by the Holy
+Spirit of God, and by the knowledge of this world, as an addition to our
+understanding; and why it has pleased the heavenly Wisdom to conceal the
+life saving knowledge from so many millions of souls who would certainly
+make a much better use of it than generally mankind do at this time.
+These reflections would sometimes lead me so far, as to invade the
+sovereignty of Providence, and, as it were, arraign the justice of such
+an arbitrary disposition of things, that should obscure that light from
+some, and reveal it to others, and yet expect a like duty from all. But
+I closed it up, checking my thoughts with this conclusion; first, That
+we were ignorant of that right and law by which those should be
+condemned; but as the Almighty was necessarily, and by the nature of his
+essence, infinitely just and holy; so it could not be otherwise, but
+that if these creatures were all destined to absence from himself, it
+was on account of sinning against that light, _which_, as the Scripture
+says, _was a law to themselves_ and by such rules as their consciences
+would acknowledge to be just, though the first foundation was not
+discovered to us. And, secondly, That still as we were the clay in the
+hand of the potter, no vessel could thus say to him, _Why hast thou
+fashioned me after this manner_?
+
+I had not been above two or three days returned to my castle, but my
+chief design was, how I should bring Friday off from this horrid way of
+feeding; and to take from him that inhuman relish he by nature had been
+accustomed to, I thought it my duty to let him taste other flesh, which
+might the rather tempt him to the same abhorrence I so often expressed
+against their accursed way of living. Upon which, one morning I took him
+out with me, with an intention to kill a kid out of the flock, and bring
+it home and dress it. As I was going, I perceived a she-goat lying down
+in the shade, and two young kids sitting by her. Immediately I catched
+hold of my man Friday, and bidding him stand still, and not stir, I
+presented my piece, and shot one of the kids. My poor servant, who had
+at a distance perceived me kill his adversary, and yet did not know by
+what means, or how it was done, stood trembling and surprised, and
+looked so amazed, that I thought he would have sunk into the earth. He
+did not see the kid I aimed at, or behold I had killed it, but ripped up
+his waistcoat to see if he was not wounded, thinking my resolution was
+to kill him; for coming to me, he fell on his knees, earnestly
+pronouncing many things which I did not understand the meaning of; which
+at length I perceived was, that I would not take away his life.
+
+Indeed I was much concerned to see him in that condition, where nature
+is upon the severest trial, when the immediate hand of death is ready to
+put for ever a period to this mortal life; and indeed so much compassion
+had I to this creature, that it was with difficulty I restrained from
+tears. But, however, as another sort of countenance was necessary, and
+to convince him that I would do no harm, I took him smiling by the hand,
+then laughed at him, and pointing to the kid which I had slain, made
+signs to him to fetch it, which accordingly he did. No less curious was
+he in viewing how the creature was killed, than he had been before in
+beholding the Indian; which, while he was admiring at, I charged my gun
+again, and presently perceived a great fowl like a hawk, perching upon a
+tree within shot; and therefore, to let Friday understand what I was
+going to do, I called him to me again, pointing at the fowl, which I
+found to be a parrot. I made him understand that I would shoot and kill
+that bird; accordingly I fired, and bade him look, when immediately he
+saw the parrot fall down. Again he stood like one amazed,
+notwithstanding all I had said to him: and the more confounded he was,
+because he did not perceive me put any thing into my gun. Undoubtedly a
+thing so utterly strange, carrying death along with it, far or near,
+either to man or beast, must certainly create the greatest astonishment
+to one who never had heard such a thing in his whole life; and really
+his amazement continued so long, that had I allowed it, he would have
+prostrated himself before me and my gun, with the greatest worship and
+adoration. As for the gun in particular, he would not so much as touch
+it for several days after, but would come & communicate his thoughts to
+it, & talk to it, as if the senseless piece had understood and answered
+him; all this I could perceive him do, when he thought my back was
+turned, the chief intent of which was, to desire it not to kill him, as
+I afterwards came to understand.
+
+I never strove to prevent his admiration, nor hinder him from those
+comical gestures he used on such occasions; but when his astonishment
+was a little over, I make tokens to him to run and fetch the parrot that
+I had shot; which accordingly he did, staying some time longer than
+usual, by reason the bird not being quite dead, had fluttered some way
+further from the place where she fell. In the mean time, as he was
+looking for her, I took the advantage of charging my gun again, that so
+I might be ready for any other mark that offered; but nothing more
+occurred at that time. So I brought home the kid, and the same evening
+took off the skin and divided the carcase as well as I could. Part of
+the flesh I stewed and boiled in a pot I had for this purpose. And then
+spreading my table, I sat down, giving my man some of it to eat, who was
+wonderfully pleased and seemed to like it very well: but what was the
+most surprising to him was to see me eat salt with it: upon which he
+made me understand, that the salt was very bad for me; when putting a
+little into his mouth, he seemed to nauseate it in such a manner as to
+spit and sputter at it, and then washed his mouth with fresh water: but
+to shew him how contrary his opinion was to mine, I put some meat into
+my mouth without salt and feigned to spit and sputter as much for the
+want of it, as he had done at it; yet all this proved of no
+signification to Friday; and it was a long while before he could endure
+salt in his meat or broth, and even then but a small quantity.
+
+Thus having fed him sufficiently with boiled meat and broth at that
+time, the next day I was resolved to feast him with a roasted piece of
+the kid. And having no spit to fasten it, nor jack to turn it, I made
+use of that common artifice which many of the common people of England
+have, that is to let two poles upon each side of the fire, and one cross
+on top, hanging the meat thereon with a string, and so turning round
+continually, roast it, in the same manner as we read bloody tyrants of
+old cruelly roasted the holy martyrs. This practice caused great
+admiration in my man Friday, being quite another way than that to which
+the savages were accustomed. But when he came to taste the sweetness and
+tenderness of the flesh, he expressed his entire satisfaction above a
+thousand different ways. And as I could not but understand his meaning,
+you may be sure I was as wonderfully pleased, especially when he made it
+also very plain to me, that he would never, while he lived eat man's
+flesh more.
+
+It was now high time I should set my servant to work; so next day I set
+him to beat out some corn, and sat it in the same manner as I had done
+before. And really the fellow was very quick and handy in the execution
+of any thing I ordered him to go about. I made him understand that it
+was to make bread for us to eat, and afterwards let him see me make it.
+In short, he did every thing as I ordered him, and in a little time as
+well as I could perform it myself.
+
+But now considering that I had two mouths to feed instead of one, it was
+necessary that I must provide more ground for my harvest, and plant a
+larger quantity of corn than I commonly used to do; upon which I marked
+out a larger piece of land, fencing it in, in the same manner as I had
+done before; in the execution of which I must give Friday this good
+word; that no man could work, more hardy or with better will than he
+did: and when I made him sensible that it was for bread to serve him as
+well as me, he then very passionately made me understand that he thought
+I had much more labour on his account, than I had for myself; and that
+no pains or diligence should be wanting in him, if I would but direct
+him in those works wherein he might proceed.
+
+I must certainly own, that this was the most pleasant year I ever had on
+the island; for after some time Friday began to talk pretty well, and
+understood the names of those things which I was wont to call for, and
+the places where I used to send him. So that my long silent tongue,
+which had been useless so many years, except in an exclamatory manner,
+either for deliverance or blessings, now began to be occupied in
+teaching, and talking to my man Friday for indeed I had such a singular
+satisfaction in the fellow himself, so innocent did his simple and
+unfeigned honesty appear more and more to me every day, that I really
+began entirely to love him; and for his part, I believe there was no
+love lost, and that his nature had been more charmed by his exceeding
+kindness, and his affections more placed upon me, than any other object
+whatsoever among his own countrymen. I once had a great mind to try if
+he had any hankering inclination to his own country again; and by this
+time, having learned the English so well; that he could give me
+tolerable answer to any question which I demanded. I asked him whether
+that nation to which he belonged, ever conquered in battle? This
+question made Friday to smile, and to which he answered, _Yes, yes, we
+always fight the better;_ as much as to say, they always got the better
+in fight. Upon which we proceeded on the following discourse: _You say_,
+said I, _that you always fight the better; why, then, Friday, how came
+you to be taken prisoner_?
+
+Friday. _But for all that my nation beat much_.
+
+Master. _How say you, beat? if your nation beat them, how came you to be
+taken_?
+
+Friday. _They more many mans than my nation in the place where me was;
+they take one, two, three, and me: my nation much over beat them in the
+yonder place where me no was, there my nation mans beat one, two, three,
+great tousand_.
+
+Master. _Then why did not your men recover you from the hands of your
+enemies?_
+
+Friday. _They run one, two, or three, and me: they make all go in the
+canoe; my nation have no canoe that time_--
+
+Master. _'Tis very well, Friday; but what does your nation do with the
+prisoners they take? Do they carry them away and eat them as these
+have done_?
+
+Friday. _Yes, yes, my nation eat mans too, eat up all_.
+
+Master. _To what place do they carry them to be devoured_?
+
+Friday. _Go to other nations where they think_.
+
+Master. _Do they bring them hither_?
+
+Friday. _Yes, come over hither, came over other place_.
+
+Master. _And have you been with them here, Friday_?
+
+Friday. _Yes, me been here_, (pointing to the north-west of the island,
+being the side where they used to land.)
+
+Thus having gotten what account I could from my man, I plainly
+understood that he had been as bad as any of the rest of the cannibals,
+having been formerly among the savages who used to come on shore on the
+farthest part of the island, upon the same bloody occasion as he was
+brought hither for; and some time after I carried him to that place
+where he pointed; and no sooner did he come there, but he presently knew
+the ground, signifying to me that he was once there when they ate up
+twenty men, two women and a young child; but as he could not explain the
+number in English, he did it by so many stones in a row, making a sign
+to me to count them.
+
+This passage I have the rather mentioned, because it led to things more
+important and useful for me to know; for after I had this satisfactory
+discourse with him, my next question was, how far it was from the island
+to the shore, and whether the canoes were not often lost in the ocean?
+to which he answered, _there was no danger, that no canoes were ever
+lost; but that after a little way out to the sea, there was a strong
+current and a wind always one way in the afternoon_. This I thought at
+first to be no more than the sets of the tide, of going out or coming
+in; but I afterwards understood it was occasioned by the great-draught
+and reflux of the mighty river Oroonoko, in the mouth or gulf of which I
+imagined my kingdom lay: and that the land which I perceived to the W.
+and N.W. must be the great island Trinidad, on the north of the river. A
+thousand questions (if that would satisfy me) did I ask Friday about the
+nature of the country, the sea, the coasts, the inhabitants, and what
+nations were nearest them: To which questions the poor fellow declared
+all he knew with the greatest openness & utmost sincerity. When I
+demanded of him the particular names of the various nations of his sort
+of people, he could only answer me in general that they were called
+_Carrabee_. Hence it was I considered that these must be the Carribees,
+so much taken notice of by our maps to be on that part of America, which
+reaches from the mouth of the river Oroonoko to Guiana, and so on to St.
+Martha. Then Friday proceeded to tell me, _that up a great way beyond
+the moon_, as much as to say, beyond the setting of the moon, which must
+be W. from their country, _there dwelt white-bearded men, such as I
+was_, pointing to my whiskers, _and that they kill much mans_. I was not
+ignorant with what barbarity the Spaniards treated these creatures; so
+that I presently concluded it must be them, whose cruelties had spread
+throughout America, to be remembered even to succeeding generations.
+
+Well, you may be sure, this knowledge, which the imperfect knowledge of
+my man had led me to, was very comfortable to me, and made me so curious
+as to ask him how I might depart from this island, & get amongst those
+white men? He told me, _Yes, yes, I might go in two canoes_. In two
+canoes, thought I, what does my man mean? surely he means one for
+himself, and another for me; and if not, how must two canoes hold me
+without being joined, or one part of my body being put in one, and
+another in another? And indeed it was a long time before I understood
+his meaning; which was, that it must be a large boat, as big as two
+canoes, able to bear with the waves, and not so liable to be overwhelmed
+as a small one must be.
+
+I believe there is not a state of life but what may be happy, if people
+would but endeavour for their part to make it so. He is not the
+happiest man that has the most riches; but he that is content with what
+he hath. Before I had my servant, I thought myself miserable till I had
+him; and now that I had enjoyed the happy benefits of him, I still
+complained, and begged a deliverance from a place of retirement, ease,
+and plenty, where Providence had sufficiently blessed me. In a word,
+from this time I entertained some hopes, that one time or other I might
+find an opportunity to make my escape from this island, and that this
+poor savage might be a great furtherance thereto.
+
+All the time since my man became so intelligent as to understand and
+speak to me, I spared no pain nor diligence to instruct him, according
+to my poor share of knowledge in the principles of religion, and the
+adoration that he ought to pay to the TRUE GOD. One time, as I very well
+remember, I asked him who made him? At first the innocent creature did
+not understand what I meant, but rather thought I asked him who was his
+father? upon which I took another way to make him sensible, by demanding
+from him an answer to this question. "Friday," I said, "who is it that
+made the sea, this ground whereon we walk, and all the hills and woods
+which we behold?" And here, indeed, I did not miss my intention; for he
+told me _it was Old Benamuckee_ (the God whom I supposed these savages
+adored) _who lived a great way beyond all_. But as to his attributes,
+poor Friday was an utter stranger. He could describe nothing of this
+great person; and all that he could say was, _that he was very old, much
+older than the sea and land, the moon, or the stars_. "Friday," said I
+again, "if this great and old person has made all things in the world,
+how comes it to pass, that all things, as you in particular, do not
+adore and worship him? upon this looking very grave, with a perfect
+sweet look of innocence, he replied: _Master all things say O to him_,"
+by which it may reasonably be supposed he meant adoration. "And where,"
+said I, "do the people of your country go when they die?" He answered
+_to Benamuckee_. "What, and those people that are eaten up, do they go
+there?" _Benamuckee_, said he, _love 'em dearly; me pray to Benamuckee
+in the canoe, and Benamuckee would love me when dey eat me all up_.
+
+Such discourses as these had I with my man, and such made me sensible,
+that the true God is worshipped, tho' under imperfect similitudes; and
+that the false adoration which the Heathens give to their imaginary
+Deity, is as great an argument of the divine essence, as the most
+learned Atheists _(falsely so called)_ can bring against it; for God
+will be glorified in his works, let their denominations be what it will;
+and I cannot be of that opinion which some conceive, that God should
+decree men to be damned for want of a right notion of faith, in a place
+where the wisdom of the Almighty has not permitted it to be preached;
+and therefore cannot but conclude, that since obedience is the best
+sacrifice, these poor creatures are acting by that light and knowledge
+which they are possessed of, may undoubtedly obtain a happy salvation,
+though not that enjoyment with Christ, as his saints, confessors, and
+martyrs must enjoy.
+
+But laying these determinations aside, more fit for divines than me to
+discuss, I began to instruct my servant in the saving knowledge of the
+true Deity, in which the direction of God's Holy Spirit assisted me. I
+lifted up my hands to Heaven, and pointing thereto, told him "that the
+great Maker of Heaven and Earth lived there; that as his infinite power
+fashioned this world out of a confused chaos, and made it in that
+beautiful frame which we behold; so he governs and preserves it by his
+unbounded knowledge, sovereign greatness and peculiar providence; that
+he was omnipotent, could do every thing for us, give every thing to us,
+and take every thing away from us; that he was a rewarder and punisher
+of good, and evil actions; that there was nothing but what he knew, no
+thoughts so secret, but what he could bring to light;" and thus, by
+degrees, I opened his eyes, and described to him "the manner of the
+creation of the world, the situation of paradise, the transgression of
+our first parents, the wickedness of God's peculiar people, and the
+universal sins and abominations of the whole earth." When these things
+were implanted in his mind, I told him "that as God's justice was equal
+to his mercy, he resolved to destroy this world, till his Son Jesus
+Christ interposed in our behalf; and to procure our redemption, obtained
+leave of his heavenly Father to come down from Heaven into the world,
+Where he took human nature upon him, instructed us in our way to eternal
+life, and died as a sacrifice for our sins; that he was now ascended
+into Heaven, mediating for our pardon, delivering our petitions, and
+obtaining all those good benefits which we ask in his name, by humble
+and hearty prayers, all which were heard at the throne of Heaven." As
+frequently I used to inculcate things into his mind. Friday one day told
+me, _that if our great God could hear us beyond the sun, he must surely
+be a greater God than their Benamuckee, who lived but a little way off,
+yet could not hear them till they ascended the great mountains, where he
+dwelt to speak to him._ 'What' said I, 'Friday, did you go thither to
+speak to him too?' He answered, _No, they never went that were young
+men, none but old men, called their Oowakakee_, meaning the Indian
+priests, _who went to say O,_ (so he called saying their prayers) _and
+they returned back, and told them what Benamuckee said._ From hence, I
+could not but observe how happy we Christians are, who have God's
+immediate revelation for our certain guide; and that our faith is
+neither misled, nor our reason imposed upon, by any set of men,
+such as these Indian impostures.
+
+But to clear up this palpable cheat to my man Friday, I told
+him, "that the pretence of their ancient men going up to
+the mountain to say O to their God _Benamuckee_ was an imposture,
+and that their bringing back an answer was all a sham, if
+not worse; for that, if there was any such thing spoken to them,
+surely it must proceed from an infernal spirit." And here I
+thought it necessary to enter into a long discourse with him,
+which I did after this manner.
+
+"Friday," said I, "you must know, that before the world
+was made, there was an Almighty power existing, by whose
+power all things were made, and whose Majesty shall have no
+end. To be glorified and adored by beings of a heavenly nature,
+he created angels and archangels, that is glorified spirits
+resembling himself, to encompass his throne, eternally singing
+forth his praise in the most heavenly sounds and divine harmony.
+And, among this heavenly choir, Lucifer bore a great sway, as being
+then one of the peculiar favourites of these celestial abodes;
+but he, contrary to that duty he owed his heavenly Sovereign,
+with unbounded ingratitude to his Divine Creator, not only
+envied him that adoration which was his due, but thought to
+usurp that throne, which he had neither power to keep, nor
+title to pretend to. He raised a dissention and civil war in
+Heaven, and had a number of angels to take his part. Unbounded
+folly! stupendous pride! to hope for victory, and aspire
+above his powerful Creator! The Deity, not fearful of such
+an enemy, yet justly provoked at this rebellion, commissioned
+his archangel Michael to lead forth the heavenly host, and give
+him battle; the advantage of which was quickly perceived,
+by Satan's being overthrown, and the prince of the air, for so
+was the devil called, with all his fallen angels, driven headlong
+into a dismal place, which is called _Hell_."
+
+The recital of this truth made my man give the greatest attention,
+and he expressed a great satisfaction by his gestures, that God
+had sent the devil into a deep hole. And then I desired him to
+give great heed to what I had further to say.
+
+"No sooner," proceeded I, "was God freed from, and the Heaven clear
+of this arch-traitor, but the Father speaks to the Son and Holy
+Spirit, who belonged to his essence, and were equal to him in power
+and glory, _Come let us make man_, said he _in our own image, after
+our own likeness_, Gen. i. 26. to have dominion over the creatures
+of the world which we have created. And these he intended should
+glorify him in Heaven, according to their obedience in this state of
+probation on earth, which was, as it were, to be the school to train
+them up for these heavenly mansions. Now, Satan seeing himself foiled;
+yet that God had taken the power from him as prince of the air, which
+power Heaven designed he should retain, whereby his creatures might
+be tried; in revenge for the disgrace he had received, he tempts
+Adam's wife, Eve, to taste of the tree of knowledge of good and
+evil, which God had forbidden. He appears to her in the shape of a
+serpent, then a most beautiful creature, and tells her that it was no
+better than an imposition, which God had put upon her and her husband
+not to eat of that fair fruit which he had created; that the taste
+thereof would make them immortal like God himself; and consequently as
+great and powerful as he. Upon which she not only eat thereof herself,
+but made her husband eat also, which brought them both under the
+heavenly displeasure."
+
+Here Friday expressed a great concern: _Ah, poor mans!_ cried he,
+_naughty womans! naughty devil! make God not love de mans, made mans
+like devil himself._
+
+'Friday,' said I, 'God still loved mankind, and though the devil tempted
+human nature so far, he would not suffer him to have an absolute power
+over them. I have told you before of his tender love to his people, till
+they, like Lucifer, disobeyed his commands and rebelled against him; and
+even then, how Jesus Christ, his only Son, came to save sinners. But
+still every man that lives in the world is under temptation and trial.
+The devil has yet a power, as prince of the air, to suggest evil
+cogitations in our minds, and prompt us on to wicked actions, that he
+might glory in our destruction. Whatever evil thoughts we have, proceed
+from him; so that God in this our distress, expects we should apply
+ourselves to him by fervent prayer for speedy redress. He is not like
+_Benamuckee,_ to let none come near him but _Oowakakee_, but suffers the
+people as well as priests to offer themselves at his feet, thereby to be
+delivered from the power and temptation of the devil.
+
+But though at first my man Friday expressed some concern at the
+wickedness of Lucifer, I found it not so easy to imprint the right
+notions of him in his mind, as it was about the divine essence of God;
+for there nature assisted me in all my arguments, to show him plainly
+the necessity of a great first cause, and over-ruling, governing power,
+of a secret directing Providence, and of the equity and reasonableness
+of paying adoration to our Creator: whereas there appeared nothing of
+all this in the notion of an evil spirit, of his first beginning, his
+nature, and, above all, of his inclination to evil actions, and his
+power to tempt us to the like. And indeed this unlearned _Indian_, by
+the mere force of nature, puzzled me with one particular question, more
+than ever I could have expected.
+
+I had, it seems, one day, been talking to him of the omnipotent power of
+God, and his infinite abhorrence of sin, insomuch that the Scriptures
+styled him _a consuming fire_ to all the workers of iniquity; and that
+it was in his power, whenever he pleased, to destroy all the world in a
+moment, the greater part of which are continually offending him.
+
+When, with a serious attention, he had listened a great while to what
+I said, after I had been telling him how the devil was God's enemy in
+the hearts of men, and used all his malice and skill to defeat the good
+designs of Providence, and destroy the kingdom of Christ in the world,
+and so forth: _Very well, Master_, said Friday, _you say God is so
+strong, so great, is he not much strong, much mightier than the naughty
+devil?_ "To be sure, Friday," said I, "God is more wise and stronger
+than the serpent: he is above the devil, which makes us pray to him,
+that he would tread down Satan under his feet, enable us to resist the
+violent temptations; and quench his fiery darts." _Why then_, answered
+Friday quickly, _if God, as you say, has much strong, much might as the
+devil, why God no kill devil, make no more tempt, no more do wicked._
+
+You may be certain, I was strangely surprised at this question of my
+man's: and, though an old man, I was but a young doctor, and
+consequently very ill qualified for a causuist, or a resolver of
+intricate doubts in religion, and as it required some time for me to
+study for an answer, I pretended not to hear him, nor to ask him what he
+said; but, to so earnest was he for an answer, as not to forget his
+question which he repeated in the very same broken words as above. When
+I had recovered myself a little, "Friday," said I, "God will at last
+punish him severely, being reserved for judgment, and is to be cast into
+the bottomless pit, to remain in fire everlasting." But all this did not
+satisfy Friday, for, returning upon me, he repeated my words "RESERVE AT
+LAST, _me no understand; but, why not kill devil now, not kill devil,
+great, great while ago_?" "Friday" said I "you may as well ask me why
+God does not kill you and me, when, by our wicked actions, we so much
+offend his divine Majesty? He gives us time to repent of our sins, that
+thereby we may obtain pardon." At these words _obtain pardon_, Friday
+mused a great while; and, at last, looking me stedfastly in the face,
+_Well, well_, said he, _that's very well; so you, I, devil, all wicked
+mans, all preserve, repent, God pardon all._
+
+Indeed, here I was ran down to the last extremity, when it became very
+evident to me; how mere natural notions will guide reasonable creatures
+to the knowledge of a Deity, and to the homage due to the Supreme Being
+of God; but, however, nothing but divine revelation can form the
+knowledge of Jesus Christ, and of a redemption purchased for us, of the
+mediator of the new covenant, and of an intercessor at the footstool of
+God's throne; and, therefore, the Gospel of our Lord and Saviour Jesus
+Christ; that is, the word and Spirit of God, promised for the guide and
+the sanctifier of his people, are the most necessary instructors of the
+souls of men, in the saving knowledge of the Almighty, and the means to
+attain eternal happiness.
+
+And now I found it necessary to put an end to this discourse between my
+man and me; for which purpose I rose up hastily, and made as if I had
+some occasion to go out, sending Friday for something that was a good
+way off, I then fell on my knees, and beseeched God that he would
+inspire me so far as to guide this poor savage in the knowledge of
+Christ, to answer his questions more clearly, that his conscience might
+be convinced, his eyes opened, and his soul saved. When he returned
+again, I entered into a very long discourse with him, upon the subject
+of the world's redemption by the Saviour of it, and the doctrine of
+repentance preached from heaven, together with an holy faith of our
+blessed Redeemer Jesus Christ; and then I proceeded to explain to him,
+according to my weak capacity, the reason why our Saviour took not on
+him the nature of angels, but rather the seed of Abraham; and how the
+fallen angels had no benefit by that redemption; and, lastly, that he
+came only to the lost sheep of the house of Israel, and the like. God
+knows I had more sincerity than knowledge in all the ways I took for the
+poor Indian's instruction; and, I must acknowledge what I believe, every
+body that acts upon the same principle will find, that in laying
+heavenly truths open before him, I informed and instructed myself in
+many things that either I did not know, or had not perfectly considered
+before: so that, however, this poor creature might be improved by my
+instructions, certain it is, that I myself had great reason to be
+thankful to Providence for sending him to me. His company allayed my
+grief, and made my habitation comfortable; and when I reflected that the
+solitary life to which I had been so long confined, had made me to look
+further towards Heaven, by making me the instrument under Providence, to
+save the life, and for ought I know, the soul of this poor savage, by
+bringing him to the knowledge of Jesus Christ, it caused a secret joy to
+spread through every part of my soul; and I frequently rejoiced, that
+ever I was brought to this place, which I once thought the most
+miserable part of the world.
+
+In this thankful frame of mind did I afterwards continue, while I abode
+on the island, and for three years did my man and I live in the greatest
+enjoyment of happiness. Indeed, I believe the savage was as good a
+Christian as I; and I hope we were equally penitent; and such penitents
+as were comforted and restored by God's Holy Spirit; for now we had the
+word of the Lord to instruct us in the right way, as much as if we had
+been on the English shore.
+
+By the constant application I made to the Scriptures, as I read them to
+my man Friday, I earnestly endeavoured to make him understand every part
+of it, as much as lay in my power. He also, on the other hand, by his
+very serious questions and inquiries, made me a much better proficient
+in Scripture knowledge, than I should have been by my own private
+reading and study. I must not omit another thing, proceeding from the
+experience I had in my retirement: It was that infinite and
+inexpressible blessing, the knowledge of God through Jesus Christ, which
+was so plain and easy to be understood, as immediately to direct me to
+carry on the great work of sincere repentance for my sins, and laying
+hold of a Saviour for eternal life, to a practical stated reformation,
+and obedience to all God's institutions, without the assistance of a
+reverend and orthodox divine; and especially by this same instruction,
+so to enlighten this savage creature, as to make him so good a
+Christian, as very few could exceed him. And there was only this great
+thing wanting, that I had no authority to administer the Holy Sacrament,
+that heavenly participation of Christ's body and blood; yet, however, we
+rested ourselves content; that God would accept our desires, and
+according to our faith, have mercy on us.
+
+But what we wanted one way, was made up in another, and that was
+universal peace in our little church. We had no disputes and wrangling
+about the nature and equality of the holy, blessed, and undivided
+Trinity, no niceties in doctrine, or schemes of church government; no
+sour or morale dissenters to impose more sublimated notions upon us; no
+pedant sophisters to confound us with unintelligible mysteries: but,
+instead of all this, we enjoyed the most certain guide to Heaven; that
+is, the word of God: besides which, we had the comfortable views of his
+Spirit leading us to the truth, and making us both willing and obedient
+to the instruction of his word. As the knowledge and practice of this
+are the principal means of salvation, I cannot see what it avails any
+christian church, or man in the world, to amuse himself with
+speculations and opinions, except it be to display their particular
+vanity and affectation.
+
+You may well suppose, that, by the frequent discourse we had together,
+my man and I became most intimately acquainted, and that their was but
+very little that I could say, but what Friday understood; and, indeed,
+he spoke very fluently, though it was but broken English. I now took a
+particular pleasure in relating all my adventures, especially those that
+occurred since my being cast on this island. I made him understand that
+wonderful mystery, as he conceived, of gunpowder and bullet, and taught
+him how to shoot. I also presented to him a knife, which pleased him
+exceedingly, making him a belt, with a frog hanging thereto, like those
+in which we wear hangers in England; and, instead of a hanger to put in
+the frog, I gave him a hatchet, which was not only as good, but even a
+better weapon upon many occasions. In a word, my man thus accoutred,
+looked upon himself as great as Don Quixote, when that celebrated
+champion went to combat the windmill.
+
+I next gave him a very particular description of the territories of
+Europe, and in a particular manner of Old England, the place of my
+nativity. I laid, before him the manner of our worshipping God, our
+behaviour one to another, and how we trade in ships to every part of the
+universe. I then told him my misfortunes in being shipwrecked, showing
+him, as near as I could the place where the ship lay, which had been
+gone long before; but I brought him to the ruins of my boat which before
+my whole strength could not move, but now was a most rotten, and fallen
+to pieces. I observed my man Friday to view this boat with uncommon
+curiosity; which, when he had done, he stood pondering a great while,
+and said nothing. At last, said I, "Friday, what makes you ponder so
+much?" He replied, _O master, me see like boat come to place at
+my nation_.
+
+It was some time, indeed, before I understood what my man meant; but
+examining strictly into it, I plainly found, that such another boat
+resembling mine, had come up on the country where he dwelt: that is to
+say, by his farther explanation, that the boat was driven there through
+stress of weather. It then came into my mind that some European ship
+having been cast away, the poor distressed creatures were forced to have
+recourse to the boat to save their lives; and being all, as I thought
+drowned, I never concerned my self to ask any thing concerning, them,
+but my only inquiry was about the boat, and what description my man
+could give of it.
+
+Indeed Friday answered my demands very well; making everything very
+plain to my understanding: but beyond measure was I satisfied, when he
+told me with great warmth and ardour. _O master, we save white mans from
+drown;_ upon which I immediately asked him, If there were any white
+mans, as he called them in the boat? _Yes, yes_, said he, _the boat
+full, very full of white mans_ "How many, Friday?" said I. Hereupon he
+numbered his fingers, and counted seventeen. And when I asked him what
+became of them all, and whether they lived or not? he replied, _Yes
+master, they all live, they be live among my nation._ This information
+put fresh thoughts into my head, that these must be those very men who
+before I concluded had been swallowed up in the ocean, after they had
+left the ship that had struck upon the rocks of my kingdom, and after
+escaping the fury of the deep, landed upon the wild shore, and committed
+themselves to the fury of the devouring Indians.
+
+The manner of their cruelties to one another, which consequently, as I
+thought, must be acted with greater barbarity to strangers, created in
+me a great anxiety, and made me still more curious to ask Friday
+concerning them. He told me, he was sure they still lived there, having
+resided among them above four years, and that the savages gave them
+victuals to live upon: "But pray, Friday," said I, "whence proceeded all
+this good nature and generosity? How came it to pass that they did not
+kill and eat them, to please their devouring appetites, and occasion to
+splendid an entertainment among them?" _No, no,_ said Friday, _they not
+kilt 'em, they make brothers with 'em_; by which I understood there was
+a truce between them. And then I had a more favourable opinion of the
+Indians, upon Friday uttering these words, _My nation, t'other nation no
+eat man, but when mans, make war fight:_ as though he had said, that
+neither those of his kingdom, nor any other nations that he knew of,
+ever ate their fellow-creatures, but such as their law of arms allowed
+to be devoured; that is, those miserable captives, whose misfortune it
+should be to be made prisoners of war.
+
+Some considerable time after, upon a very pleasant day, in most serene
+weather, my man and I stood upon the top of a hill, on the east side of
+the island, whence I had once before beheld the continent of America. I
+could not tell immediately what was the matter, for suddenly Friday fell
+a jumping and dancing as if he had been mad, and upon my demanding the
+reason of his behaviour, _O joy_! said he, _O glad! there see my
+country, there my nation, there live white mans gether_. And indeed such
+a rapturous sense of pleasure appeared in his countenance that his eyes
+had an uncommon sparkling and brightness, and such a strange eagerness,
+as if he had a longing desire to be in his country again. This made me
+no so well satisfied with my man Friday as before; for by this
+appearance, I made no dispute, but that if he could get back thither
+again, he would not only be unmindful of what religion I had taught him,
+but likewise of the great obligation he owed me for his wonderful
+deliverance; nay, that he would not only inform his countrymen of me,
+but accompany hundreds of them to my kingdom, and make me a miserable
+sacrifice like those unhappy wretches taken in battle.
+
+Indeed I was very much to blame to have those cruel and unjust
+suspicions, and must freely own I wronged the poor creature very much,
+who was of a quite contrary temper. And had he had that discerning
+acuteness which many Europeans have, he would certainly have perceived
+my coldness and indifference, and also have been very much concerned
+upon that account; as I was now more circumspect, I had much lessened my
+kindness and familiarity with him, and while this jealousy continued, I
+used that artful way (now to much in fashion, the occasion of strife and
+dissention) of pumping him daily thereby to discover whether he was
+deceitful in his thoughts and inclinations; but certainly he had nothing
+in him but what was consistent with the best principles, both as a
+religious Christian and a grateful friend; and indeed; I found every
+thing he said was ingenuous and innocent, that I had no room for
+suspicion, and, in spite of all uneasiness, he not only made me entirely
+his own again, but also caused me much to lament that I ever conceived
+one ill thought of him.
+
+As we were walking up the same hill another day, when the weather was
+so hazy at sea, that I could not perceive the continent, "Friday," said
+I "don't you wish yourself to be in your own country, your nation, among
+your old friends and acquaintances?" _Yes,_ said he, _me much O glad to
+be at my own nation._ "And what would you do there, Friday? Would you
+turn wild again, eat man's flesh, and be a savage as you were formerly."
+_No, no,_ (answered he, full of concern and making his head) _Friday now
+tell them to live good, tell them pray God, tell them to eat corn bread,
+cattle flesh, milk, no eat man again._ "But surely," replied I, "if you
+should offer to do all this, they will kill you; and to manifest their
+contempt of such instruction eat you up when they have done." He then
+put on a grave, yet innocent and smooth countenance, saying, _No, they
+no kill me, they willing love learn_: that is that they would be very
+willing to learn: adding withal, _that they had learned much of the
+bearded mans that came in the boat_. "Will you," said I "go back again,
+Friday?" He smiled at that, and told me, that he could not swim so far.
+But said I, I will make a canoe for you. _Yes, Master_ said he, _me go
+if you go, me no go if you stay_. "I go, Friday! why would you have them
+to eat me up, and devour your kind master?" _No no_, said he, _me make
+them not eat master, and me make them much love you_; that is, he would
+tell them how I had slain his enemies, and thereby saved his life, for
+which reason he would make them love me: and then he related to me, as
+well as he was able, how exceedingly kind those his nation were to the
+white, or bearded men, as he called them, who, in their great calamity,
+were driven into their country.
+
+It was from this time, indeed, I had strong inclinations to venture
+over, and use my utmost efforts, if possible, to join these white
+bearded men, who undoubtedly were Spaniards or Portuguese; for, thought
+I, it must be certainly a better and safer way to escape when there is a
+good company, than for me alone, from an island forty miles off the
+shore, and without any assistance. Some days, after, Friday and I being
+at work, as usual, at the same time diverting ourselves with various
+discourses; I told him I had a boat which I would bestow upon him,
+whenever he pleased to return to his own nation; and to convince him of
+the truth of what I said, I took him with me to the other side of the
+island, where my frigate lay, and then taking it from under the water,
+(for I always kept it sunk for fear of a discovery) we went both into it
+to see how it would manage such an expedition.
+
+And really never could any be more dexterous in rowing than my faithful
+servant, making the boat go as fast again as I could. "Well now,
+Friday", said I, "shall we now go to your so much admired nation." But
+instead of meeting with that cheerfulness I expected, he looked very
+dull and melancholy at my saying so; which indeed at first surprised
+me, till he made me sensible, that his concern was about the boat's
+being too small to go so far a voyage. Upon which I let him understand I
+had a much bigger; and accordingly, the next day went to the place where
+the first boat lay, which I had made, when all the strength I had or art
+I could use failed me in my attempt to get it into the water: but now it
+having lain in the sun two and twenty years, and no care being taken of
+it all that while, it became in a manner rotten. My man told me, that
+such a boat would do very well for the purpose, sufficient to carry
+_enough vittle, drink, bread_, for that was his manner of talking. In
+short, my mind being strongly fixed upon my design of going over with
+him to the Continent, I very plainly told him that we would both go and
+make a boat full as big, and more proportionable than that, wherein he
+might safely return to his own nation.
+
+These words made Friday look so very pensive that I thought he would
+have fallen at my feet. It was some time before he could speak a word,
+which made me ask him, what was the matter with him? He replied in a
+very soft and moving tone, _What has poor Friday done? why are you angry
+mad with poor servant? What me done, O what me done?_ "Friday," said I,
+"you never yet have offended me, what makes you think I am angry with
+you, when I am not angry at all." _You no angry, no angry,_ said he
+several times, _if you be no angry, why den send Friday over great water
+to my own nation?_ "Why from a mountain you beheld the place where you
+was born, and is it not to satisfy your desires that I am willing to
+give you leave to return thither?" _Yes, yes_, said Friday, _me wish to
+be there sure enough, but then me with master there too: no wish Friday
+there, no master there._ In short, he could not endure the thoughts of
+going there without me. "I go there! Friday," said I, "what shall I do
+there?" He answered very quickly, _O master you do great deal much good,
+you teach all de wild mans to be good tame mans: you learn dem to be
+sober, life good live, to know God, and pray God._ "Alas! poor Friday,"
+said I, "what can I do against their priests of _Benamuckee_, or indeed
+what good can I make your nation sensible of, when I myself am but a
+poor ignorant man?" _No, no, master,_ said he, _you be no ignorant, you
+teachee me good, you teachee dem good._ "You shall go without me,
+Friday," said I, "for I don't care to accompany you thither; I would
+rather live in this solitude than venture among such inhuman savages.
+_Go your way since you desire it, and leave me alone by myself as I was
+before I saved your life_."
+
+Never was any creature more thunderstruck than Friday was at these
+words. _Go me away, leave master away, (said he after a long silence,)
+no, no, Friday die, Friday live not master gone_, as though he had
+said, I neither can nor will live, if my master sends me from him. And
+here I cannot but take notice of the strong ties of friendship, which
+many times surpass those of consanguinity: For often we find a great
+disagreement among kindred; and when there is any seeming regard for
+each other, it is very seldom true, and scarce ever lasting, if powerful
+interest does not bear the sway; and that alone is often the occasion of
+the greatest hatred in the world, which is to desire the death of
+parents and relations, for the sake of acquiring their fortunes. But
+there was no such thing between my servant and me; instead of which
+there was the greatest gratitude and the most sincere love; he found me
+not only his deliverer, but his preserver and comforter; not a severe
+and cruel tyrant, but a kind, loving, and affable friend. He wanted for
+no manner of sustenance; and when he was ill or out of order, I was his
+physician, not only for his body but his soul; and therefore no wonder
+was it, that such an innocent creature long since divested of his former
+natural cruelty, should have an uncommon concern at so cruel a
+seperation from me, which pierced him to the very soul, and made him
+desire even to die, rather than live without me..
+
+After I had told Friday, in a very careless manner, that he should be at
+his liberty as soon as the boat was made, the language of his eyes
+expressed all imaginable confusion; when, immediately running to one of
+his hatchets, which he used to wear as a defensive weapon, he gives it
+into my hand, with a heart so full, that he could scarcely speak.
+'Friday,' said I, 'what is it you mean? What must I do with this?' _Only
+kill Friday_, said he, _Friday care not live long._' 'But what must I
+kill you for? replied I again, _Ah! dear master, what made you Friday
+save from eat a me up, so keep long Friday, make Friday love God, and
+love not Benamuckee, and now Friday send away; never see Friday more._
+As though the poor creature had said, Alas! my dearest kind master, how
+comes it to pass, that after having ventured your precious life to save
+me from the jaws of devouring cannibals, like myself, after such a
+tender regard to provide for me such a comfortable nourishment, and
+continuing so long a kind master, and a most sincere friend; and after
+making me forsake the false notion of an Indian Deity, and worship the
+true God in spirit and in truth; and after all this how comes it now,
+that you are willing to send me away to my former course of living, by
+which means undoubtedly we shall be dead to each other; but greater must
+be my misfortune, that I shall never behold my best friend I have in the
+world any more. And this undoubtedly, though he could not express
+himself so clearly, must be his sentiments; for the tears ran down his
+cheeks in such a plentiful manner, that I had much ado to refrain from
+weeping also, when I beheld the poor creature's affection; so that I was
+forced to comfort him in the best manner I could, which I did, by
+telling him, if he was content to abide with me, I should be ever
+willing to keep him.
+
+After Friday's grief was something abated, more fully to convince me of
+his affection, he said, _O master, me not care to be in my nation, leave
+you here; me desire nation learn good, that's all;_ meaning, that his
+desire was for the conversion of that barbarous people. But as I had no
+apostolic mission, nor any concern about their salvation; so I had not
+the least intention or desire of undertaking it; and the strength of my
+inclination, in order to escape, proceeded chiefly from my late
+discourse with Friday, about these seventeen white bearded men, that had
+been driven upon the Barbarian coast; whom I designed to join, as the
+only means to further our escape. To which intent my man and I went to
+search for a proper tree to fell, whereof we might make a large perigua
+or canoe, to undertake the voyage; and, indeed, we were not long in
+finding one fit for our purpose, there being enough of wood in the
+island to have built a fleet of large vessels, but the thing we
+principally wanted was to get one so near the water, that we might
+launch it after it was finished, and not commit so horrid a mistake as I
+had once done before.
+
+Well, after a great search for what was best and most convenient,
+Friday, at last, whose judgment in such affairs was much superior to
+mine, pitches upon a kind of wood the most fitting for it. To this day I
+cannot tell the name of the tree, nor describe it any other way, than
+only by saying, that it is like what we call _fustic_, or between that
+and the Niacaragua wood, being much of the same colour and smell. But
+though my man exceeded me in the knowledge of the most proper tree, yet
+I shewed him a much better and clearer way to make a canoe than ever he
+knew before; for he was for burning the hollow or cavity of the tree, in
+order to make this boat; but I then told him how he might do it with
+tools, learning him at the same time how to use them, which indeed he
+did very dexterously; so that in a month's time we finished it, making
+it very handsome, by cutting the outside in the true shape of a boat.
+After this it took us a full fortnight before we could get her into the
+water, which we did as it were inch by inch, upon great rollers; but
+when she was in, she would have carried twenty men, with all the ease
+imaginable.
+
+As I was very well pleased, you may be sure at the launching of this man
+of war of mine, I was no less amazed to behold with what dexterity my
+man would manage her, turn her, and paddle her along. 'Well Friday,'
+said I, 'what do you think of it now? Do you think this will carry us
+over? _Yes, master_, said he, _me venture over well, though great blow
+wind_. But my design was yet farther, which he was insensible of; and
+that was to make a mast and a sail, and to provide her with an anchor
+and cable. As to a mast, that was no difficult thing at all to procure:
+so I fixed upon a strait young cedar-tree; which I found near the place,
+great plenty of it abounding in the island; and setting Friday to cut it
+down, I gave him particular directions how to shape and order it; but as
+to the sail, that I managed myself. I very well knew I had some old
+ones, or pieces of sails enough, which had lain six and twenty years by
+me; but not being careful to preserve them, as thinking I should have no
+occasion to use them any more, when I came to overlook them I found them
+almost all rotten, except two; and with these I went to work, and after
+a great deal of pains and aukward tedious stitching for want of needles,
+at length I finished a three-cornered ugly thing, like those which our
+long boats use, and which I very well knew how to manage, especially
+since it was like that which I had in my patron's fishing boat, when,
+with my boy Xury, I made my escape from the Barbarian shore.
+
+It was near two months, I think, before I completed this work, that is,
+the rigging and fitting my mast and sails; and indeed they were nicely
+done, having made a small stay and a sail, or a foresail to it, to
+assist, if we should turn to the westward; and what is still more, I
+fixed a rudder to the stern of her, to steer with; and though I was but
+a very indifferent shipwright, yet, as I was sensible of the great
+usefulness and absolute necessity of a thing like this, I applied myself
+to it with such a confident application, that at last I accomplished my
+design; but what with the many dull contrivances I had about it, and the
+failure of many things, it cost me as much pains in ordering as in
+making the boat. Besides when all this was done, I had my man to teach
+what belonged to its navigation; for though he very well understood how
+to paddle a canoe along, he was an utter stranger to a sail and a
+rudder, and was amazed when he saw me work the boat to and again in the
+sea, by them, and how the sail gibbed and filled this way or that way,
+as the course we sailed changed. After some time and a little use, I
+made all these things very familiar to him, so that he became an expert
+sailor, except in relation to the compass, and that I could make him
+understand but little of. But, as it happened, there was seldom occasion
+for it, there being but little cloudy weather, and scarce any fog in
+those parts; the stars were always visible in the night, and the shore
+perspicuous by day, except in the rainy season, which confined every one
+to his habitation. Thus entered in the seven and twentieth year of my
+reign, or captivity, which you please, (the last three of which blessed
+with the company of my man Friday, ought not to be reckoned) I kept the
+anniversary of my landing here with the same thankfulness to God, for
+his tender mercies, as I did before; and certainly, as I had great
+cause for a thankful acknowledgement for my deliverance at first, I had
+much greater now for such singular and additional testimonies of the
+care of Providence over me, in all my distress of both body and mind,
+and the great hopes I had of being effectually and speedily delivered;
+for I had a strong impression upon my mind, that I should not be another
+year in this island. But, however, I still continued on with my
+husbandry, digging, planting, and fencing, as usual; gathering and
+curing my grapes, and doing all other things that were necessary.
+
+And now the rainy season beginning to come on, obliged me to keep the
+longer within doors; but before this I brought my new vessel into the
+creek, where I had landed my rafts from the ship, and haling her up to
+the shore, I ordered my man Friday to dig a dock sufficient to hold her
+in, and deep enough to give her water, wherein she might float; and then
+when the tide was out, we made a strong dam cross the end of it, to keep
+out the water; by which means she lay dry, as to the tide from the sea;
+and to keep the rain from her, we thatched her over, as it were, with
+boughs of trees, like a house, so we waited for the months of November
+and December, in which I designed to venture over the ocean.
+
+No sooner did the seasonable weather begin to draw near, but so much was
+I elevated with this new designed adventure, that I daily prepared for
+the voyage. The first thing I thought on was, to lay by a certain
+quantity of provisions, as a sufficient store for such an expedition,
+intending in a week or fortnight's time to open the dock, and to launch
+out the boat for that purpose. But one morning as I was very busy upon
+something necessary for this occasion, I called Friday to me, and bid
+him go to the seashore, and see if he could find a turtle or tortoise, a
+thing which we commonly had once a week, as much upon account of the
+eggs, as for the sake of the flesh. He had not been long gone, but he
+came running back, as though he was pursued for life, and as if it were
+flew over my outer-wall, or fence, like one that felt not the ground, or
+steps he set his feet on; and before I had time to enquire the reason of
+this precipitation, he cries out, _O dear master, O sorrow, sorrow! Bad!
+O bad!_ 'Why, what's the matter Friday,' said I. _O yonder, yonder!_
+said he; _there be one, two, or three canoes! two three!_ Surely,
+thought I, there must be six, by my man's way of reckoning; but on a
+stricter inquiry, I found there were but three. 'Well Friday,' said I,
+'don't be terrified, I warrant you we will not only defend ourselves
+against them, but kill the most of these cruel savages.' But though I
+comforted him in the best manner I could, the poor creature trembled so,
+that I scarce knew what to do with him:--_O master_, said he, _they come
+look Friday, cut pieces Friday, cut a me up_. 'Why Friday,' said I,
+'they will eat me up as well as you, and my danger is as great as
+yours. But since it is so, we must resolve to fight for our lives. What
+say you? Can you fight Friday? _Yes,(said he, very faintly) me shoot, me
+kill what I can, but there come a great many number._'That's no matter,'
+said I again, 'our guns will terrify those that we do not kill: I am
+very willing to stand by you to the last drop of my blood. Now tell me
+if you will do the like by me, and, obey my orders in whatsoever I
+command?' Friday then answered, _O master, me loses life for you, me die
+when you bid die._ Thus concluding all questions concerning his
+fidelity, immediately I fetched him a good dram of rum, (of which I had
+been a very good husband) and gave it him to comfort his heart. After he
+had drank it, I ordered him to take the two-fowling pieces, which we
+always carried, and load them with large swan-shot, as big as small
+pistol bullets; then I took four muskets, and loaded them with two slugs
+and five small bullets each; charging my two pistols each with a brace;
+I hung my great sword, as customary, naked to my side, and gave Friday
+his hatchet, as a most excellent weapon for defence.
+
+Thus prepared, I thought as well of myself, as any knight errant that
+ever handled a sword and spear. I took my perspective glass and went up
+to the side of the hill, to see what I could discover; and I perceived
+very soon, by my glass, that there were one and twenty savages, three
+prisoners, and three canoes, and that their chief concern seemed to be
+the triumphant banquet upon the three poor human bodies, a thing which
+by this time I had observed was very common with them. I also remarked,
+that they did not land at that place from whence Friday made his escape,
+but nearer to the creek, where the shore was low, and where a thick wood
+came very close to the sea. My soul was then filled with indignation and
+abhorrence at such inhuman wretches, which put a period to all my former
+thoughts in their vindication, neither would I give myself time to
+consider their right of conquest, as I had done before: but descending
+from the mountain, I came down to Friday, and told him, I was resolved
+to go speedily to them, and kill them all; asking him again in the same
+breath, if he would stand by me; when by this time being recovered from
+his fright, and his spirits much cheered with the dram I had given him,
+he was very pleasant, yet seriously telling me, as he did before, _When
+I bid die, he would die_.
+
+And now it was, having fixed my resolution in so strong a manner, that
+nothing could divest my breast of its uncommon fury. I immediately
+divided the loaded arms betwixt us. To my man Friday I gave a pistol to
+stick in his girdle, with three guns upon his shoulder, a weight too
+great, I confess, to bear but what must a poor king do, who has but one
+soldier in the world? But to show I made him bear no more than what I
+would lay on myself, I stuck the other pistol in my girdle, and the
+other three guns upon my shoulders; nay, something more, but that was
+like Aesop's burden, a small bottle of rum, which was soon lightened to
+our exceeding refreshment. Thus we marched out, under a ponderous load
+of armour, like two invincible champions, with a quantity of powder and
+bullets to stand our battle, and load again, when the pieces were
+discharged. And now my orders being to be obeyed, I charged Friday to
+keep close behind me, and not to stir, or shoot, or attempt anything
+till I commanded him; and in the interim, not to speak so much as one
+word. It was in this order I fetched a compass to the right hand, of
+near a mile, as well to get over the creek, as to attain the wood; and
+by this, I thought to come within shot of them before I could be
+discerned, as I found by my glass, would not be difficult to accomplish.
+
+But how fickle and wavering is the mind of man, even in our greatest
+fury and strongest inclinations. For while I was taking this march, my
+resolution began to abate, not through fear of their numbers, who were a
+parcel of naked unarmed wretches, but those reflections occurred to my
+thoughts: _what power was I commissioned with, or what occasion or
+necessity had I to go and imbrue my hands in human blood, and murder
+people that had neither done nor intended to do me any wrong? They were
+innocent in particular as to me: and their barbarous custom was not only
+their misfortune but a sign that God had left them in the most immense
+stupidity; but yet did not warrant me to be a judge of their actions,
+much less an executioner of his righteous judgments? That, on the
+contrary, whenever he thought fit, he would take vengeance on them
+himself, and punish them in a national way, according to their national
+crimes; but this was nothing at all to me, who had no concern with them.
+Indeed my man Friday might justify himself, because they were his
+declared enemies, of that very same nation that went to sacrifice him
+before; and indeed it was lawful for him to attack them, which I could
+not say was so with respect to me,_--So warmly did these things press
+upon my thoughts all the way I went, that I only resolved to place
+myself so as to behold their bloody entertainment, without falling upon
+them, except something more than ordinary, by God's special direction,
+should oblige me thereto.
+
+Thus fixed in my resolution, I entered into the thick wood, (my man
+Friday following me close behind) when with all possible wariness and
+silence, I marched till I came close to the skirt of it, on that side
+which was the nearest to them; for only one end of the wood interposed
+between me and them. Upon which I called very softly to Friday, and
+shewing him a great tree, that was just at the corner of the wood, I
+ordered him to repair thither, and bring me word, if he could plainly
+perceive their actions; accordingly he did as I commanded him, and came
+back with this melancholy story, _that they were all about their fire,
+eating the flesh of one of their prisoners; and that another lay bound
+upon the sands at a little distance from them, which they designed for
+the next sacrifice, and this, he told me was not one of their nation,
+but one of those very bearded men, who were driven by a storm into their
+country, and of whom he had so often talked to me about_--You may be
+sure, that upon hearing this, my soul was ready to sink within me: when
+ascending into a tree, I saw plainly, by my glass, a white man, who lay
+upon the beach of the sea, with his hands and feet tied with flags, or
+things resembling rushes, being covered with clothes, and seemed to be
+an European. From the tree where I took this prospect I perceived
+another tree and a thicket beyond it, about fifty yards nearer to them
+than where I was, which, by taking a small circle round, I might come at
+undiscovered, & then I should be within half a shot of these devourers.
+And this consideration alone, to be more perfectly revenged upon them,
+made me withhold my passion, though I was enraged to the highest degree
+imaginable; when going back about twenty paces I got behind some bushes,
+which held all the way till I came to the other tree; and then I
+ascended to a little rising ground, not above eighteen yards distance,
+and there I had a full view of these creatures, and I could perceive all
+their actions.
+
+Such a fight did then appear, as obliged me not to lose a moment's time.
+No less than nineteen of these dreadful wretches sat upon the ground,
+close huddled together, expressing all the delight imaginable at so
+barbarous an entertainment; and they had just sent the other two to
+murder this poor unhappy Christian, and bring him limb by limb to their
+fire; for they were then just going to untie the bands from his feet, in
+order for death, as fetters are knocked off the feet of malefactors
+before they go to the place of execution. Hereupon, immediately turning
+to my man, 'now, Friday' said I 'mind what I say, fail in nothing, but
+do exactly as you see me do'. All which he promising--he would perform,
+I let down one of my muskets, and fowling-piece upon the ground, and
+Friday did the same by his; and with the other musket I took my aim at
+the savages, bidding him do the like: 'Are you ready' said I: _Yes,
+Master,_ said he; 'why then fire at them,' said I; and that very moment
+I gave fire likewise.
+
+I only killed one and wounded two; but my man Friday, taking his aim
+much better than I, killed two and wounded three. You may be sure they
+were in a dreadful consternation, at, such an unexpected disaster, and
+those who had yet escaped our penetrating shot, immediately jumped upon
+their feet, but were in such a confusion, that they knew not which way
+to run or look; not knowing from whence their destruction came. We threw
+down our pieces, and took up others, giving a second dreadful volley;
+but as they were loaded only with swan shot, or small pistol bullets, we
+perceived only two of them fall; tho many were wounded, who run yelling
+and screaming about like mad creatures. 'Now, Friday,' said I, 'lay down
+your piece, and take up the musket, and follow me.' He did so, with
+great courage, when showing ourselves to the savages we give a great
+shout, and made directly to the poor victim, who would have been
+sacrificed, had not our first fire obliged the butchers, with three
+others, to jump into a canoe. By my order, Friday fired at them, at
+which shot I thought he had killed them all, by reason of their falling
+to the bottom of the boat; however, he killed two, and mortally wounded
+a third. In the mean time, I cut the flags that tied the hands and feet
+of the poor creature, and lifting him up asked him in the Portuguese
+tongue, _What he was?_ He answered me in Latin, _Christiantis;_ but so
+very weak and faint, that he could scarce stand or speak. Immediately I
+gave him a dram; and a piece of bread to cherish him, and asked him,
+What countryman he was? He said, _Hispaniola;_ and then uttered all the
+thankfulness imaginable for his deliverance. 'Signior,' said I, with as
+much Spanish as I was master of, 'let us talk afterwards, but fight now;
+here, take this sword and pistol, and do what you can.' And, indeed, he
+did so with much courage and intrepidity, that he cut two of them to
+pieces in an instant, the savages not having the power to fly for their
+lives. I ordered Friday to run for those pieces we had left at the tree,
+which he brought me with great swiftness, and then I gave him my musket,
+while I loaded the rest. But now their happened a fierce encounter
+between the Spaniard & one of the savages who had made at him with one
+of their wooden swords; and though the former was as brave as could be
+expected, having twice wounded his enemy in the head, yet being weak &
+faint, the Indian had thrown him upon the ground, & was wrestling my
+sword out of his hand, which the Spaniard very wisely quiting, drew out
+his pistol, and shot him through the body before I could come near him,
+though I was running to his assistance.' As to Friday, he pursued the
+flying wretches with his hatchet, dispatching three, but the rest were
+too nimble for him. The Spaniard taking one of the fowling pieces,
+wounded two, who running into the wood Friday pursued and killed; but
+the other, notwithstanding his wounds, plunged himself into the sea &
+swam to those who were left in the canoe; which, with one wounded, were
+all that escaped out of one and twenty. The account is as follows.
+
+_Killed at first shot from the tree ..... 3
+At the second shot ...................... 2
+By Friday in the boat ................... 2
+Ditto of those first wounded ............ 2
+Ditto in the wood ....................... 1
+By the Spaniard ......................... 3
+Killed or died of their wounds .......... 4
+Escaped in the boat, whereof one wounded,
+  if not slain_ ......................... 4
+                                   --------
+                                   Total 21
+                                   --------
+
+The savages in the canoe worked very hard to get out of our reach, and
+Friday was as eager in pursuing them; and indeed I was no less anxious
+about their escape, lest after the news had been carried to their
+people, they should return in multitudes and destroy us. So being
+resolved to pursue them, I jumped into one of the canoes and bid Friday
+follow me; but no sooner was I in, than to my surprise, I found another
+poor creature bound hand and foot for the slaughter, just as the
+Spaniard had been, with very little life in him. Immediately I unbound
+him, and would have helped him up; but he could neither stand nor speak,
+but groaned so piteously, as thinking he was only unbound in order to be
+slain. Hereupon I bid Friday speak to him, and tell him of his
+deliverance; when pulling out my bottle I made the poor wretch drink a
+dram; which, with the joyful news he had received, so revived his heart
+that he sat up in the boat. As soon as Friday began to hear him speak,
+and look more fully in his face, it would have moved any one to tears to
+perceive his uncommon transports of joy; for he kissed, embraced him,
+hugged him, cried, laughed, hollooed, jumped about, danced, sung, then
+cried again, wrung his hands, beat his face and head, then sung and
+jumped about again, like a distracted creature; so that it was a great
+while before I could make him speak to me, or tell me what was the
+matter with him; but when he came to the liberty of his speech at last,
+he told me it was his father.
+
+Here indeed I was infinitely moved to see that dutiful and tender
+affection this poor savage had to his aged parent. He would sit down by
+him in the boat, open his breast and hold his father's head close to his
+bosom half an hour together to cherish him: then he took his arms &
+ankles, which were stiff and numbed with binding, and chaffed and rubbed
+them with his hands; by which means perceiving what the case was, I gave
+him some rum, which proved of great benefit to him.
+
+While we were busy in this action the savages had gotten almost out of
+sight; and happy it was we did not pursue them: For there arose from the
+north-west, which continued all night long, such a violent storm that I
+could not suppose otherwise but that they were all drowned. After this I
+called Friday to me, and asked him if he had given his father any bread?
+He shook his head and said, _None, not one bit, me eat-a up all;_ so I
+gave him a cake of bread out of a little pouch I carried for this end. I
+likewise gave him a dram for himself, & two or three bunches of raisins
+for his father. Both these he carried to him, for he would make him
+drink the dram to comfort him.
+
+Away then he runs out of the boat as if he was bewitched, with such an
+extraordinary swiftness, that he was out of sight as it were in an
+instant; but at his return I perceived him slacken his pace, because he
+had something in his hand. And this I found to be as he approached
+nearer, an earthen jug with some water for his father, with two more
+cakes of bread, which he delivered into my hands. Being very thirsty
+myself I drank some of the water, of which his father had drank
+sufficiently, it more revived his spirits than all the rum I had
+given him.
+
+I then called Friday to me and ordered him to carry the Spaniard one of
+the cakes and some water, who was reposing himself under a green place
+under the shade of a tree, but so weak, that though he exerted himself
+he could not stand upon his feet. Upon which I ordered Friday to rub and
+bathe his ankles with rum as he did his father's. But every minute he
+was employed in this he would cast a wishful eye towards the boat, where
+he left his father sitting; who suddenly disappearing he flew like
+lightning to him, and finding he had only laid himself down to ease his
+limbs, he returned back to me presently; and then I spoke to the
+Spaniard to let Friday help him and lead him to the boat, in order to be
+conveyed to my dwelling where I would take care of him. Upon which
+Friday took him upon his back and so carried him to the canoe, setting
+him close by his father; and presently stepping out again, launched the
+boat off and paddled it along the shore faster than I could walk, though
+the wind blew very hard too, and having brought them safe to the creek,
+away he runs to fetch the other canoe, which he brought to the creek
+almost as soon as I got to it by land, when wafting me over, he took our
+new guests out of the boat; but so weak were they that I was forced to
+make a kind of a hand-barrow; and when I came to my castle, not being
+willing to make an entrance into my wall, we made them a handsome tent
+covered with old sails and boughs of trees, making two good beds of rice
+straw, with blankets to lie upon and cover them. Thus like an absolute
+king over subjects who owed their lives to me, I thought myself very
+considerable, especially as I had now three religions in my kingdom, my
+man Friday being a Protestant, his father a Pagan, and the Spaniard a
+Papist: but I gave liberty of conscience to them all.
+
+To get provisions for my poor weak subjects, I ordered Friday to kill me
+a yearling goat; which when he had done I cut off the hinder quarters,
+and chopping it into small pieces, boiled and stewed it, putting barley
+and rice into the broth. This I carried into their tent, set a table,
+dined with them myself and encouraged them. Friday was my interpreter to
+his father, and indeed to the Spaniard too, who spoke the language of
+the savages pretty well. After dinner I ordered Friday to fetch home all
+our arms from the field of battle, and the next day to bury the dead
+bodies, which he did accordingly.
+
+And now I made Friday inquire of his father, whether he thought these
+savages had escaped the late storm in their canoe? and if so, whether
+they would not return with a power too great for us to resist? He
+answered, _that he thought it impossible they could outlive the storm;
+or, if they were driven southwardly, they would come to a land where
+they would as certainly be devoured, as if they were drowned in the sea.
+And suppose they had attained their own country, the strangeness of
+their fatal and bloody attack, would make them tell their people, that
+the rest of them were killed by thunder and lightning, not by the hand
+of man, but by two heavenly spirits_ (meaning Friday and me) _who were
+sent from above to destroy them. And this_, he said, _he knew because he
+heard them say the same to one another_. And indeed he was in the right
+on't; for I have heard since, that these four men gave out that whoever
+went to that inchanted island, would be destroyed by fire from the gods.
+
+No canoes appearing soon after, as I expected, my apprehensions ceased:
+instead of which my former thoughts of a voyage took place, especially
+when Friday's father assured me, I should have good usage in his nation.
+As to the Spaniard, he told me, that sixteen more of his countrymen and
+Portuguese, who had been shipwrecked, made their escape thither; that
+though they were in union with the savages, yet they were very miserable
+for want of provisions and other necessaries. When I asked him about the
+particulars of his voyage, he answered that their ship was bound from
+the Rio de la Plata to the Havannah; that when the ship was lost, only
+five men perished in the ocean; the rest having saved themselves in the
+boat, were now landed on the main continent. 'And what do they intend to
+do there?' said I. He replied, they have concerted measures to escape,
+by building a vessel, but that they had neither tools nor provisions,
+for that all their designs came to nothing. 'Supposing, said I, I should
+make a proposal, and invite them here, would they not carry me prisoner
+to New Spain?' he answered no; for he knew them to be such honest men,
+as would scorn to act such inhuman baseness to their deliverer: That, if
+I pleased, he and the old savage would go over to them, talk with them
+about it, and bring me an answer: That they should all swear fidelity to
+me as their leader, upon the Holy Sacrament; and for his, part he would
+not only do the same, but stand to the last drop of his blood should
+there be occasion.
+
+These solemn assurances made me resolve to grant them relief, and to
+send these two over for that purpose; but when every thing was ready,
+the Spaniard raised an objection, which carried a great deal of weight
+in it: _You know, Sir, said he, that having been some time with you, I
+cannot but be sensible of your stock of rice and corn, sufficient,
+perhaps for us at present, but not for them, should they come over
+presently; much less to victual a vessel for an intended voyage. Want
+might be as great an occasion for them to disagree and rebel, as the
+children of Israel did against God himself, when they wanted to break
+bread in the wilderness. And therefore, my advice is to await another
+harvest and in the mean time cultivate and improve more land, whereby we
+may have plenty of provisions in order to execute our design_.
+
+This advice of the Spaniard's I approved extremely; and so satisfied was
+I of his fidelity that I esteemed him ever after. And thus we all four
+went to work upon some more land, and against seed time we had gotten so
+much cured and trimmed up sufficient to sow twenty-two bushels of barley
+on, and sixteen jars of rice, which was in short all the feed we had to
+spare. As we were four in number and by this time all in good health, we
+feared not a hundred Indians should they venture to attack us; and while
+the corn was growing, I pitched upon some trees, fit to build us a large
+vessel in case the Spaniards came over; which being marked, I ordered
+Friday and his father to cut them down, appointing the Spaniard, who was
+now my privy counsellor, to oversee and direct the work. I likewise
+increased my flocks of goats by shooting the wild dams and bringing home
+their kids to my inclosure. Nor did I neglect the grape season, but
+cured them as usual, though I had such a quantity now as would have
+filled eighty barrels with raisins. And thus all of us being employed,
+they in working, and I in providing for them till harvest came, God
+Almighty blessed the increase of it so much, that from twenty-two
+barrels of barley we thrashed out two hundred and twenty, and the like
+quantity of rice; sufficient to victual a ship fit to carry me and all
+the Spaniards to any part of America.
+
+Thus the principal objection being answered, by a sufficient stock of
+provisions, I sent my two ambassadors over to the main land, with a
+regal authority to administer the oaths of allegiance and fidelity, and
+have an instrument signed under their hands, though I never asked
+whether they had pen, ink, or paper; when giving each of them a musket,
+eight charges of powder and ball, and provisions enough for eight days,
+they sailed away with a fair gale on a day when the moon was at full.
+
+Scarce a fortnight had passed over my head, but impatient for their
+return, I laid me down to sleep one morning, when a strange accident
+happened, which was ushered in by Friday's coming running to me, and
+calling aloud, _Master, Master, they are come, they are come._ Upon
+which, not dreaming of any danger, out I jumped from my bed, put on my
+clothes and hurried through my little grove; when looking towards the
+sea, I perceived a boat about a league and a half distant, standing in
+for the shore with the wind fair. I beheld they did not come from the
+side where the land lay on, but from the southerhmost end of the island:
+So these being none of the people we wanted, I ordered Friday to lie
+still, till such time as I came down from the mountain, which, with my
+ladder, I now ascended in order to discover more fully what they were;
+and now, with the help of my perspective glass, I plainly perceived an
+English ship, which I concluded it to be; by the fashion of its long
+boat; and which filled me with such uncommon transports of joy, that I
+cannot tell how to describe; and yet some secret doubts hang about me,
+proceeding from I know not what cause, as though I had reason to be upon
+my guard. And, indeed, I would have no man contemn the secret hints and
+intimations of danger, which very often are given, when he may imagine
+there is no possibility of its being real; for had I not been warned by
+this silent admonition, I had been in a worse situation than before, and
+perhaps inevitably ruined.
+
+Not long it was, before I perceived the boat to approach the shore, as
+though they looked for a place where they might conveniently land; and
+at last they ran their boat on shore upon the beach, about half a mile
+distance; which proved so much the happier for me, since, had they come
+into the creek, they had landed just at my door, and might not only have
+forced me out of my castle, but plundered me of all I had in the world.
+Now I was fully convinced they were all Englishmen, three of which were
+unarmed and bound; when immediately the first four or five leaped on
+shore, and took those three out of the boat as prisoners; one of whom I
+could perceive used the most passionate gestures of entreaty,
+affliction, and despair, while the others in a lesser degree, showed
+abundance of concern.
+
+Not knowing the meaning of this, I was very much astonished, and I
+beckoned to Friday, who was below, to ascend the mountain, and likewise
+view this sight. _O master_, said he to me, _you see English mans eat
+prisoners as well as Savage mans_. 'And do you think they will eat them
+Friday?' said I. _Yes_, said Friday, _they eat all up_. 'No, no,' said
+I, 'Friday, I am much more concerned lest they murder them, but as for
+eating them up, that I am sure they will never do.'
+
+And now I not only lamented my misfortune in not having the Spaniard and
+Savage with me, but also that I could not come within shot of them
+unperceived, they having no fire arms among them, and save these three
+me, whom I thought they were going to kill with their swords. But some
+comfort it was to me, that I perceived they were set at liberty to go
+where they pleased, the rascally seamen scattering about as though they
+had a mind to see the place; and so long did they negligently ramble,
+that the tide had ebbed so low, as to leave the boat aground. Nor were
+the two men who were in her more circumspect; for having drunk a little
+too much liquor, they fell fast asleep; but one of them waking before
+the other, and perceiving the boat too fast aground for his strength to
+move it, he hallooed out to the rest, who made all possible expedition
+to come to him; but as Providence ordered it, all their force was
+ineffectual to launch her, when I could hear them speak to one another,
+_Why let her alone, Jack, can't ye, she'll float next tide_; by which
+words I was fully convinced they were my own countrymen. I all this
+while lay very quiet, as being fully sensible it could be no less than
+ten hours before the boat would be afloat, and then it would be so dark,
+that they could not easily perceive me, by which means I should be at
+more liberty to hear their talk, and observe all their motions: not but
+that I prepared for my defence: yet, as I had another sort of enemy to
+combat with I acted with more caution. I took two fusees on my shoulder,
+and gave Friday three muskets; besides my formidable goat-skin coat and
+monstrous cap made me look as fierce and terrible as Hercules of old,
+especially when two pistols were stuck in my belt, and my naked sword
+hanging by my side.
+
+It was my design at first not to make any attempt till it was dark; and
+it being now two o'clock, in the very heat of the day, the sailors were
+all straggling in the woods, and undoubtedly were lain down to sleep.
+The three poor distressed creatures, too anxious to get any repose, were
+however seated under the shade of a great tree, about a quarter of a
+mile from me. Upon which, without any more ado, I approached towards
+them, with my man following behind me, and before I was perceived, I
+called aloud to them in Spanish, _What are ye, Gentlemen_.
+
+At these words, they started up in great confusion, when they beheld the
+strange figure I made; they returned no answer, but seemed as if they
+would fly from me: 'Gentlemen,' said I, in English 'don't be afraid,
+perhaps you have a friend nearer than you expect.' _He must be from
+Heaven_, said one of them, gravely pulling off his hat, _for we are past
+all help in this world._ 'All help is from Heaven,' said I: 'But Sir, as
+I have perceived every action between you and these brutes since your
+landing only inform me, how to assist you, and I will do it to the
+utmost of my power.'
+
+_Am I talking with God or man_, said he, in melting tears. _Are you of
+human kind or an angel_? 'Sir,' said I, 'my poor habit will tell you I
+am a man, and an Englishman, willing to assist you, having but this
+servant only: here are arms and ammunition: tell freely your condition:
+Can we save you?' _The story_, said he, _is too long to relate, since
+our butchers are so near: but, Sir, I was master of that ship, my men
+have mutinied, and it is a favour they have put my mate, this
+passenger, and me, on shore without murdering us, though we expect
+nothing but perishing here_. 'Are your enemies gone?' said I. _No_,
+replied he, pointing to a thicket, _there they lie, while my heart
+trembles, lest having seen and heard us they should murder us all._
+'Have they fire arms?' said I. _They have but two pieces_, said he, _one
+of which is left in the boat._ He also told me there were two enormous
+villains among them, that were the authors of this mutiny, who, if they
+were killed or seized, might induce the rest to return to their
+obedience. 'Well, well,' said I, 'let us retire farther under the
+covering of the woods;' and there it was I made these conditions
+with him:
+
+[Illustration: R. Crusoe accosting the Captain, &c. set ashore by the
+Mutineers.]
+
+I. That, while they staid in the island, they should not pretend to any
+authority; but should entirely conform to my orders, and return me the
+arms which I should put in their hands.
+
+II. That, if the ship was recovered, they should afford Friday and
+myself a passage _gratis_ to England.
+
+When he had given me all the satisfaction I could desire, I gave him and
+his two companions each of them a gun, with powder and ball sufficient,
+advising them to fire upon them as they lay sleeping. The Captain
+modestly said, that he was sorry to kill them; though, on the other
+hand, to let these villains escape, who were the authors of his misery,
+might be the ruin of us all. _Well,_ said he, _do as you think fit;_ and
+so accordingly I fired, killed one of the Captain's chief enemies and
+wounding the other; who eagerly called for assistance, but the Captain
+who had reserved his piece, coming up to him, _Sirrah_, said he, _'tis
+too late to call for assistance, you should rather cry to God to pardon
+your villany;_ and so knocked him down with the stock of his gun: three
+others were also slightly wounded, who at my approach cried out for
+mercy. This the Captain granted upon condition that they would swear to
+be true to him in recovering the ship, which they solemnly did; However
+I obliged the Captain to keep them bound. After which I sent Friday and
+the Captain's mate to secure the boat and bring away the oars and sails;
+when, at their return, three men coming back, and seeing their late
+distressed Captain, now their conqueror, submitted to be bound also. And
+then it was, that having more liberty, I related the adventures of my
+whole life, which he heard with a serious and wonderful attention. After
+this, I carried him and his two companions into my little fortified
+castle, shewed them all my conveniences, and refreshed them with such
+provisions as I could afford. When this was over, we began to consider
+about regaining the ship: he said, that there were twenty-six hands on
+board, who knowing their lives were forfeited by the law, for conspiracy
+and mutiny, were so very hardened, that it would be dangerous for our
+small company to attack them. This was a reasonable inference indeed;
+but something we must resolve on, and immediately, put in execution:
+we, therefore heaved the boat upon the beach so high that she could not
+shoot off at high water mark, and broke a hole in her not easily to be
+stopped; so that all the signals they gave for the boat to come on board
+were in vain. This obliged them to send another boat ashore, with ten
+men armed, whose faces the Captain plainly descried, the boatswain being
+the chief officer; but he said there were three honest lads among them,
+who were forced into the conspiracy. Hereupon I gave him fresh courage
+(for I had perceived he was in concern): In the mean while securing our
+prisoners, except two, whom we took to our assistance, we thought
+ourselves able enough to adventure a battle. When the sailors landed,
+and beheld their boat in that condition, they not only hallooed, but
+fired for their companions to hear, yet they received no answer. This
+struck them with horror and amazement, thinking their companions were
+murdered, they made as if they would return to the ship. I could
+perceive the Captain's countenance change at this, till of a sudden
+three men were ordered to look after the boat, while the other seven
+leapt on shore in order to search for their companions; and, indeed,
+they came to the brow of the hill, near my ancient castle, from whence
+they could see to a great distance in the woods, and there shooting and
+hallooing till tired and weary, they at length seated themselves under a
+spreading tree. My opinion was, that nothing could be done till night,
+when I might use some artifice to get them all out of the boat; but of a
+sudden they started up, and made to the sea-side; hereupon I ordered
+Friday and the Captain's mate to go over the creek, and halloo as loud
+as they could, and so decoying them into the woods, come round to me
+again. And this, indeed, had good effect; for they followed the noise,
+till coming westward to the creek, they called for their boat to carry
+them over, and taking one of the men out of her, left two to look after
+her, having fastened her to the stump of a little tree on shore.
+Hereupon immediately the Captain and our party passing the creek, out of
+their sight, we surprised them both, by the Captain's knocking down one,
+and ordering the other in surrender upon pain of death, and who being
+the honestest of them all, sincerely joined with us. By this time it was
+pretty late; when the rest returning to there boat, which they found
+aground in the creek, the tide out, and the men gone, they ran about
+wringing their hands, crying it was an enchanted island, and that they
+should be all murdered by spirits or devils. My men would willingly have
+fallen upon them, but I would not agree to hazard any of our party. But
+to be more certain, Friday & the Captain crawled upon their hands &
+feet, as near as possible; and when the boatswain approached in sight,
+so eager was the Captain, that he fired and killed him on the spot;
+Friday wounded the next man, and a third ran away. Hereupon I advanced
+with, my whole army: and, it being dark, I ordered the man we had
+surprised in the boat, to call them by their names, and to parley with
+them. Accordingly he called out aloud, _Tom Smith, Tom Smith!_ He
+answered, _Who's that? Robinson!_ answered the other. _For God's sake
+Tom, surrender immediately, or you're all dead men. Who must we
+surrender to?_ says Smith. _To our captain and fifty men here, who have
+taken me prisoner, wounded Will Frye, and killed the boatswain. Shall we
+have quarter then?_ said he. Hereupon the Captain calls out, _You Smith,
+you know my voice, surrender immediately, and you shall all have your
+lives granted, except Will Atkins_. Hereupon Atkins cries out, _What
+have I done Captain, more than the rest, who have been as bad as me?_
+But that was a lie, for he was the person that laid hold of him, and
+bound him. However, he was ordered to submit to the governor's mercy,
+for such was I called. And so, laying down their arms, we bound them
+all, and seized on their boat.
+
+After this, the Captain expostulated with them, telling them that the
+governor was an Englishman, who might execute them there; but he thought
+they would be sent to England, except Will Atkins, who was ordered to
+prepare for death next morning. Hereupon Atkins implored the Captain to
+intercede for his life, and the rest begged they might not be sent to
+England. This answered our project for seizing the ship. For after
+sending Atkins and two of the worst fast bound to the cave, and the rest
+being committed to my bower, I sent the Captain to treat with them in
+the, governor's name, offering them pardon if they would assist in
+recovering the ship. Upon which they all promised to stand by him till
+the last drop of their blood; and whoever acted treacherously, should be
+hanged in chains upon the beach. They were all released on these
+assurances: and then the Captain repaired to the other boat, making his
+passenger Captain of her, and gave him four men well armed; while
+himself, his mate, and five more, went in the other boat. By midnight
+they came within call of the ship, when the Captain ordered Robinson to
+hale her, and tell them that with great difficulty they had found the
+men at last. But while they were discoursing, the Captain, his mate and
+the rest entered, and knocked down the second mate and carpenter,
+secured those that were upon the deck, by putting them under hatches,
+while the other boat's crew entered and secured the forecastle; they
+then broke into the round-house, where the mate after some resistance,
+shot the pirate captain through the head, upon which all the rest
+yielded themselves prisoners. And thus the ship being recovered, the
+joyful signal was fired, which I heard with the greatest joy imaginable:
+nor was it long before he brought the ship to an anchor at the creek's
+mouth, where, coming to me unawares, _There_, says he _my dearest friend
+and deliverer, there is your ship, and we are your servants_: a comfort
+so unspeakable, as made me swoon in his arms while, with gratitude to
+Heaven, we were tenderly embracing each other.
+
+Nothing now remaining, but to consult what we should do with the
+prisoners, whom he thought it was not safe to take on board. Hereupon
+concerting with the Captain, I dressed myself in one of his suits, and
+sending for them, told them, that I was going to leave the island with
+all my people, if they would tarry there, their lives should be spared;
+if not, they should be hanged at the first port they came at. They
+agreed to stay. Hereupon I told them my whole story, charging them to be
+kind to the Spaniards that were expected, gave them, all my arms, and
+informing them of every thing necessary for their subsistence, I and my
+man Friday went on board. But the next morning two of the men came
+swimming to the ship's side, desiring the Captain to take them on board,
+though he hanged them afterwards, complaining mightily how barbarously
+the others used them. Upon which I prevailed with the Captain to take
+them in; and being severely whipt and pickled, they proved more honest
+for the future, and so I bid farewell to this island, carrying along
+with me my money, my parrot, umbrella, and goat-skin cap; setting sail
+December 12, 1686, after twenty-eight years, two months, and nineteen
+days residence, that same day and month that I escaped from Sallee;
+landing in England, June 11, 1687, after five and thirty years absence
+from my own country; which rendered me altogether a stranger there.
+
+Here I found my first Captain's widow alive, who had buried a second
+husband, but in very mean circumstances, and whom I made easy upon his
+account. Soon after I went down to Yorkshire, where all my family were
+expired, except two sisters, and as many of one of my brother's
+children. I found no provision had been made for me, they concluding I
+had been long since dead; so that I was but in a very slender station.
+Indeed the Captain did me a great kindness, by his report to the owners,
+how I had delivered their ship on the Desolate Island, upon which they
+made me a present of 200£. sterling. I next went to Lisbon, taking my
+man Friday with me, and there arriving in April, I met the Portuguese
+Captain who had taken me on board on the African coast; but, being
+ancient, he had left off the sea, and resigned all his business to his
+son, who followed the Brazil trade. So altered both of us were, that we
+did not know each other at first, till I discovered myself more fully to
+him. After a few embraces, I began to enquire of my concerns; and then
+the old gentleman told me that it was nine years since he had been at
+Brazil, where my partner was then living, but my trustees were both
+dead; that he believed I should have a good account of the product of my
+plantation; that the imagination of my being lost, had obliged my
+trustees to give an estimate of my share to the procurator fiscal, who,
+in case of my not returning, had given one third to the king & the rest
+to the monastery of St. Augustine: but if I put in my claim, or any one
+for me, it would be returned, except the yearly product which was given
+to the poor. I then desired him to tell me what improvement he thought
+had been made of my plantation, and whether he imagined it was worth my
+while to look after it? he answered, he did not know how much it was
+improved; but this he was certain of, that my partner was grown vastly
+rich upon his half of it; and, that he had been informed, that the kind
+had 200 moidores per annum of his third part. He added, that the
+survivors of my trustees were nervous of an ingenuous character; that my
+partner could witness my title, my name being registered in the country,
+by which means I should indefensibly recover considerable sums of money,
+but, answered, I, how could my trustees dispose of my effects, when I
+made you only my heir? This, said he, was true but, there being no
+affidavit made of my death he could not act as my executor. However, he
+had ordered his don,(then at Brazil), to act by procuration upon my
+account, and he had taken possession of my sugar-house, having accounted
+himself for eight years with my partner and trustees for the profits, of
+which he would give me a very good account.
+
+And, indeed, this he performed very faithfully in a few days, making
+himself indebted to me 470 moidores of gold, over and above what had
+been lost at sea, after I had left the place. And then he recounted to
+me what misfortune he had gone through, which forced my money out of his
+hands, to buy part in a new ship-but says he, _you shall not want, take
+this; and, when my son returns, every farthing shall be paid you._ Upon
+which he put into my hand a purse of 150 moidores in gold, as likewise
+the instrument, containing the title to the ship which his son was in,
+and which he offered as security for the remainder. But really when I
+saw so much goodness, generosity, tenderness, and real honesty, I had
+not the heart to accept it, for fear he should straiten himself upon my
+account. _It is true,_ said he, _it may be so; but then the money is
+yours, not mine, and you may have the greatest occasion for it._
+However, I returned fifty of them back again, promising that I would
+freely forgive him the other hundred when I got my effects into my
+hands, and that I designed to go myself for that purpose. But he told me
+he could save me that trouble, and so caused me to enter my name with a
+public notary, as likewise my affidavit, with a procuration affixed to
+it; and this he ordered me to send in a letter to one of his
+acquaintance, a merchant in Brazil; and, indeed, nothing could be more
+faithfully and honourably observed; for, in seven months time, I had a
+very faithful account of all my effects, what sums of money were raised,
+what expended, and what remained for myself! In a word I found myself
+to be worth 5000£. sterling, and 1000 per annum. Nor was this all, for
+my partner congratulated me upon my being alive, telling me how much my
+plantation was improved; what Negroes were at work, and how many _Ave
+Marias_ he had said to the Virgin Mary for my preservation, desiring me
+to accept kindly some presents he had sent me, which I found showed the
+greatest generosity.
+
+No sooner did the ship arrive, but I rewarded my faithful Captain, by
+returning him the hundred moidores, and not only forgiving him all he
+owed me, I allowed him yearly a hundred more, and fifty to his son,
+during their lives. And now being resolved to go to England, I returned
+letters of thanks to the Prior of St. Augustine, and in particular to my
+old partner, with very suitable presents. By the Captain's advice, I was
+persuaded to go by land to Calais, and there take passage for England:
+when, as it happened, I got a young English gentleman, a merchant's son
+at Lisbon, to accompany me, together with two English, and two
+Portuguese gentleman: so that with a Portuguese servant, an English
+sailor, and my man Friday, there were nine of us in number.
+
+Thus armed and equipped, we set out, and came to Madrid, when the summer
+decaying, we hasted to Navarre, where we were informed that there was
+scarcely any passing, be reason of the prodigious quantity of snow; so
+that we were obliged to abide near twenty days at Pamoeluria, and at
+last to take a guide to conduct us safe towards Tholouse. And now twelve
+other gentlemen joining with us, together with their servants, we had a
+very jolly company. Away our guide led us by frightful mountains, and
+through so many intricate mazes and windings, that we insensibly passed
+them, which, as we travelled along, ushered us into the prospect of the
+fruitful and charming provinces of Languedoc and Galcoigne.
+
+But now came on two adventures, both tragical and comical. First, our
+guide was encountered by three wolves and a bear, who set upon him and
+his horse, and wounded him in three places; upon which my man, riding up
+to his assistance, shot one of them dead upon the spot, which made the
+others retire into the woods. But the pleasantest adventure was, to
+behold my man attack the bear. 'Tis such a creature, that if you let him
+alone, he will never meddle with you, and this my man very well knew,
+and so begging leave of me in broken English, he told us, _he would make
+good laugh_. 'Why, you silly fool,' said I, 'he'll eat you up at a
+mouthful.' _Eatee me up,_ replied he, by way of scorn, _me not only
+eatee him, but make much good laugh._ Upon which, pulling off his boots,
+he claps on his pumps, and running after the monstrous beast, he called
+out, that he wanted to discourse with him, and then throwing stones on
+purpose to incense him, the beast turns about in fury, and, with
+prodigious strides, shuffles after him. But though he was not swift
+enough to keep up pace with Friday, who made up to us as it were for
+help; yet being angry, 'You dog,' said I, 'immediately take horse, and
+let us shoot the creature.' But he cried, _Dear master, no shoot, me
+make you laugh much._ And so he turned about, making signs to follow,
+while the bear ran after, till coming to a great oak, he ascended in a
+minute, leaving his gun, at the bottom of it. Nor did the bear make any
+difficulty of it, but ascended like a cat, though his weight was very
+great. You must consider I was not a little amazed at the folly of my
+man, as not perceiving any thing to occasion our laughter, till such
+time as we rode up nearer, and beheld the bear mounted upon the oak, on
+the beginning of the same branch, to which Friday clung at the farther
+end, where the bear durst not come. Hereupon Friday cried out, _Now
+master, me make much laugh, me make bear dance._ Upon which he fell a
+shaking the bough, which made the creature look behind him, to see how
+he could retreat. Then as if the bear had understood his stammering
+English, _Why you no come farther, Mr. Bear_ said he, _pray, Mr. Bear
+come farther_; and then indeed we all burst into a laughter; especially
+when we perceived Friday drop like a squirrel upon the ground, leaving
+the beast to make the best of his way down the tree. And now thinking it
+the most convenient time to shoot the creature, Friday cried out, _O
+dear master, no shoot, me shoot by and by_; when taking up the gun, _me
+no shoot yet_, said he _me make one more much laugh._ And accordingly he
+was as good as his word; for the creature descending backwards from the
+tree very leisurely, before he could lay one foot on the ground, Friday
+shot him through the ear, stone dead; and looking to see whether we were
+pleased, he burst out into a hearty laughter, saying, _So we kill de
+bear in my country, not with the gun, but with much long arrows._ Thus
+ended our diversion, to our great satisfaction; especially in a place
+where the terrible howlings struck us with a continual terror. But the
+snows now growing very deep, particularly on the mountains, the ravenous
+creatures were then obliged to seek for sustenance in the villages, were
+coming by surprise on the country people, killed several of them,
+besides a great number of their sheep and horses.
+
+Our guide told us, we had yet one more dangerous place to pass by; and
+if their were any more wolves in the country, there we should find them.
+This was a small plain encompassed with woods, to get through a long
+lane to the village where we were to lodge. When we entered the wood,
+the sun was within half an hour of setting: and a little after it was
+set, we came into the plain, which was not above two furlongs over, and
+then we perceived five great wolves cross the road, without taking
+notice of us, and so swift as though they were pursuing after their
+prey. Hereupon our guide, believing there were more coming, desired us
+to be on our guard. Accordingly our eyes were very circumspect, till
+about half a league farther, we perceived a dead horse, and near a dozen
+of wolves devouring its carcase. My man Friday fain would have fired at
+them, but I would not permit him; nor had we gone half over the plain,
+but we heard dreadful howlings in a wood on our left, when presently we
+saw an hundred come up against us, as though they had been an
+experienced army. This obliged us to form ourselves in the best manner;
+and then I ordered that every other man should fire, that those who did
+not, might be ready to gave a second volley, should they advance upon
+us; and then every man should make use of his pistols. But there was no
+necessity for this; for the enemy being terrified stopped at the noise
+of the fire; four of them were shot dead, and, several others being
+wounded; went bleeding away, as we could very plainly discover by the
+snow. And now remembering what had been often told me, that such was the
+majesty of a man's voice, as to strike terror even in the fiercest
+creatures, I ordered all our companions to halloo as loud as possible;
+and in this notion I was not altogether mistaken; for they immediately
+turned about upon the first halloo, and began to retire; upon which,
+ordering a second volley in their rear, they galloped into the woods
+with great precipitation.
+
+Thus we had some small time to load our pieces again, and then made all
+the haste we could on our way; but we had not rode far, before we were
+obliged to put ourselves in a posture of defence as before, being
+alarmed with a very dreadful noise in the same wood, on our left hand,
+the same way as we were to pass, only that it was at some distance from
+us. By this time the darksome clouds began to spread over the elements,
+and the night growing very dusky, made it so much the more to our
+disadvantage; but still the noise increasing, we were fully assured,
+that it was the howling and the yelling of those ravenous creatures;
+when presently three troops of wolves on our front appeared in sight, as
+though a great number of them had a design to surround us, and devour us
+in spite of fate. But as they did not fall upon us immediately, we
+proceeded on our journey in as swift a manner as the roads would permit
+our horses, which was only a large trot. It was in this manner we
+travelled, till such a time as we discovered another wood, and had the
+prospect of its entrance through which were to pass, at the farthest
+side of the plain. But surely none can express the terror we were in,
+when approaching the lane, we perceived a confused number of the
+fiercest wolves, standing, as it were guarding its entrance. Nor were we
+long in this amazement, before another occasion of horror presented
+itself; for suddenly we heard the report of a gun at another opening in
+the wood and, looking that way, out ran a horse bridled and saddled,
+flying with the greatest swiftness, and no less than sixteen or
+seventeen wolves pursuing after him, in order to devour the poor
+creature; and unquestionably they did so, after they had run him down,
+not being able to hold out that swiftness with which he at first
+escaped them.
+
+When we rode up to that entrance from whence the horse came forth, there
+lay the carcases of another horse & two men, mangled and torn by these
+devouring wolves; and undoubtedly one of these men was the person who
+fired the gun which we had heard, for the piece lay by him; but alas!
+most of the upper part of his body and his head were entombed in the
+bowels of these ravenous creatures.
+
+What course to take, whether to proceed or retreat, we could not tell;
+but it was not long before the wolves themselves made us to come to a
+resolution; for such numbers surrounded us, every one of whom expected
+their prey, that were our bodies to be divided among them, there would
+not be half a mouthful a-piece. But happy, very happy it was for us,
+that but a little way from the entrance, there lay some very large
+timber trees, which I supposed had been cut down and laid there for
+sale: amongst which I drew my little troop, placing ourselves in a line
+behind one long tree, which served us for a breast work, when desiring
+them to alight, we stood in a triangle, or three fronts, closing our
+bodies in the centre, the only place where we could preserve them.
+
+Never certainly was there a more furious charge than what the wolves
+made upon us in this place: and the sight of the horses, which was the
+principal prey they aimed at, provoked their hunger, and added to their
+natural fierceness. They came on us with a most dreadful noise, that
+made the woods ring again: and beginning to mount the pieces of timber,
+I ordered every man to fire, as before directed: and, indeed, so well
+did they take their aim, that they killed several of the wolves at the
+first volley; but still we were obliged to keep a continual firing, by
+reason they came on like devils, pushing one another with the greatest
+fury. But our second volley something abated their courage, when
+stopping a little, we hoped they would have made the best of their way,
+however, it did not prove so, for others made a new attempt upon us; and
+though in four firings, we killed seventeen or eighteen of them, laming
+twice as many, yet they several times successively came on, as though
+they valued not their lives for the sake of their prey.
+
+Unwilling was I to spend our last shot too suddenly, and therefore
+calling my other servant, and giving him a horn of powder, bid him lay a
+large train quite along the timber, which he did, while Friday was
+charging my fusee and his own, with the greatest dexterity. By this time
+the wolves coming up the timber, I set fire to the train, by snapping a
+discharged pistol close to the powder. This so scorched and terrified
+them, that some fell down, and others jumped in among us: but there
+were immediately dispatched, when all the rest, frighted with the
+light, which the darksome night caused to appear more dreadful, began at
+length to retire; upon which ordering our last pistols to be fired at
+once, giving at the same time a great shout, the wolves were obliged to
+have recourse to their swiftness, and turn tail; and then we sallied out
+upon twenty lame ones, cutting them in pieces with our swords, which
+obliged them to howl lamentably, to the terror of their fellows, who
+resigned to us the field as victorious conquerors. And, indeed, I
+question whether Alexander king of Macedonia, in any of his conquests,
+had more occasion for triumph than we had; for he was but attacked with
+numerous armies of soldiers; whereas our little army was obliged to
+combat a legion of devils, as it were, worse than the cannibals, who,
+the same moment they had slain us, would have sacrificed us, to satisfy
+their voracious appetites.
+
+Thus ended our bloody battle with the beasts, having killed threescore
+of them, and saved our lives from their fury. We still had a league
+further to go, when, as we went, our ears were saluted with their most
+unwelcome howlings, and we expected every moment another attack. But, in
+an hour's time, we arrived at the town where we were to lodge; and here
+we found the place strictly guarded, and all in terrible confusion, as
+well they might, for fear of the bears and wolves breaking into the
+village, in order to prey upon their cattle and people. The next morning
+we were obliged to take a new guide, by reason the other fell very bad
+of his wounds, which he had received as before mentioned. After we had
+reached Tholouse, we came into a warm, pleasant, and fruitful country,
+not infested with wolves, nor any sort of ravenous creatures: and when
+we told our story there, they much blamed our guide, for conducting us
+through the forest at the foot of the mountains, in such a severe
+season, when the snow obliged the wolves to seek for shelter in the
+woods. When we informed them in what manner we placed ourselves, and the
+horses in the centre, they exceedingly reprehended us, and told us, it
+was an hundred to one, but we had been all destroyed; for that it was
+the very sight of the horses, their so much desired prey, that made the
+wolves more ragingly furious than they would have been, which was
+evident, by their being at other times really afraid of a gun; but then
+being exceedingly hungry and furious upon that account, their eagerness
+to come at the horses made them insensible of their danger; and that, if
+we had not, by a continual fire, and at last by the cunning stratagem of
+the train of powder, got the better of them, it had been great odds if
+their number had not overpowered us; besides, it was a great mercy we
+alighted from our horses, and fought them with that courage and conduct,
+which, had we failed to do, every man of us, with our beasts, had been
+devoured: and, indeed, this was nothing but truth; for never in my life
+was I so sensible of danger, as when three hundred, devils came roaring
+upon us, to shun whose unwelcome company, if I was sure to meet a storm
+every week; I would rather go a thousand leagues by sea.
+
+I think I have, nothing uncommon in my passage through France to take
+notice of, since other travellers of greater learning and ingenuity,
+have given more ample account than my pen is able to set forth. From
+Tholouse I travelled to Paris, from thence to Calais, where I took
+shipping, and landed at Dover the 14th of January, in a very
+cold season.
+
+Thus come to the end of my travels, I soon discovered my new found
+estate, and all the bills of exchange I had were currently paid. The
+good ancient widow, my only privy counsellor, thought no pains nor care
+too great to procure my advantage, nor had I ever occasion to blame her
+fidelity, which drew from me an ample reward. I was for leaving my
+effects in her hands, intending to set out for Lisbon, and so the
+Brazils; but as in the Desolate Island I had some doubt about the Romish
+religion, so I knew there was little encouragement to settle there,
+unless I would apostatize from the orthodox faith, or live in continual
+fear of the Inquisition. Upon this account I resolved to sell my
+plantation; and, for that intent, I wrote to my old friend at Lisbon,
+who returned to me an answer to my great satisfaction; which was, that
+he could sell it to good account; however, if I thought it convenient to
+give him liberty to offer it in my name to the two merchants, the
+survivors of my trustees residing at the Brazils, who consequently knew
+its intrinsic value, having lived just upon the spot, and who I was
+sensible were very rich, and therefore might be the more willing to
+purchase it: he did not in the least doubt, but that I should make four
+or five thousand pieces of eight more of it, than I could, if I disposed
+of it in any other manner whatsoever.
+
+You may be sure I could not but agree with this kind and ingenuous
+proposal; and immediately I sent him an order to offer it to them, which
+he accordingly did; so that about eight months after, the ship being in
+that time returned, he gave me a satisfactory account, that they not
+only willingly accepted the offer, but that they had also remitted
+33,000 pieces of eight to a correspondence of their own at Lisbon, in
+order to pay for the purchase.
+
+Hereupon, in return, I signed the instrument of sale, according to form,
+which they had sent from Lisbon, and returned it again to my old friend,
+he having sent me, for me estate, bills of three hundred and
+twenty-eight thousand pieces of eight, reserving the payment of one
+hundred moidores per annum, which I had allowed him during life,
+likewise: fifty to his son during life also, according to my faithful
+promise, which the plantation was to make good as a rent charge.
+
+And thus having led my reader to the knowledge of the first parts of my
+life so remarkable for the many peculiar providences that attended it,
+floating in the ocean of uncertainty and disappointment, of adversity
+and prosperity, beginning foolishly, and yet ending happily; methinks
+now that I am come to a safe & pleasant haven, it is time to cast out my
+anchor, &c, laying up my vessel, bid, for a while, adieu to foreign
+adventures. I had no other concerns to look after but the care of my
+brother's two sons, which, with the good widow's persuasions, obliged me
+to continue at home seven years. One of these children I bred up a
+gentleman, and the other an experienced sailor, remarkable for his
+courage and bravery. Besides this, I married a virtuous young
+gentlewoman, of a very good family, by whom I had two sons and one
+daughter. But my dear and tender wife leaving this earthly stage (as in
+the second part of my life you will hear) which rent my soul as it were
+asunder, my native country became weary and tiresome to me; and my
+nephew happening to come from sea, tempted me to venture another voyage
+to the East Indies, which I did in the year 1694, at which time I
+visited my island, and informed myself of every thing that happened
+since my departure.
+
+One might reasonably imagine, that what I had suffered, together with an
+advanced age, and the fear of losing not only what I had gotten, but my
+life also, might have choaked up all the seeds of youthful ambition and
+curiosity, and put a lasting period to my wandering inclinations. But as
+nothing but death can fully allay the active part of my life, no less
+remarkable for the many various contingencies of it, you will next
+perceive how I visited my little kingdom, saw my successors the
+Spaniards, had an account of the usage they met with from the
+Englishmen, agreeing and disagreeing, uniting and separating, till at
+last they were subjected to the Spaniards, who yet used them very
+honorably, together with the wonderful and successful battles over the
+Indians who invaded, and thought to have conquered the island, but were
+repelled by their invincible courage and bravery, having taken eleven
+men and five woman prisoners by which at my return, I found about twenty
+young children on my little kingdom. Here I staid twenty days, left them
+supplies of all necessary things, as also a carpenter and smith, and
+shared the islands into parts, reserving the whole property to myself.
+Nor will you be insensible, by the account of these things, of several
+new adventures I have been engaged in, the battles I have fought, the
+deliverances I have met with; and while, in the surprising relation of
+such remarkable occurrences, I shall describe many of God's kindest
+providences to me in particular, no less conspicuous in the same
+goodness, power, and majesty of our great creator, shown one way or
+other, over the face of the earth, if duly adverted to.
+
+
+
+THE FURTHER ADVENTURES OF
+
+ROBINSON CRUSOE.
+
+_Wherein are contained several strange and surprising accounts of his
+travels, and his most remarkable transactions both by sea and by land;
+with his wonderful vision of the angelic world_.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+When we consider the puissant force of Nature and, what mighty influence
+it has many times over the temper of the mind, it will be no such great
+wonder to think, that my powerful reason should be overcome by a much
+stronger inclination. My late acquired kingdom ran continually in my
+thoughts all the day, and I dreamed of it in the night: nay, I made it
+the continual subject of my talk, even to impertinence, when I was
+awake. I had such vapours in my head, that I actually supposed myself at
+my castle; that I not only perceived Friday's father the old Spaniard,
+and the wicked sailors, but that I talked and discoursed with them about
+their manner of living; that I heard the things related to me, which I
+found afterwards to be true; & that I executed my judgments with the
+greatest severity upon the offenders. And, indeed, this anticipating all
+the pleasing joys of my life, scarcely afforded me one pleasant hour: my
+dear and tender wife could not but take notice of it, which drew those
+affectionate speeches from her: _My dear,_ said she, _I am really
+persuaded that some secret impulse from Heaven occasions in you a
+determination to see the island again; nor am I less sensible, but your
+being engaged to me and these dear children is the only hinderance of
+your departure. I know my dear, if I were in the grave, you would not
+long continue at home; prevent not your happiness on my account, whose
+only comfort centres in you. All that I can object is, that such an
+hazardous undertaking is no way consistent with a person of your years;
+but if you are resolved to go,_ added she, weeping, _only permit me to
+bear you company, and that is all that I desire._
+
+Such endearing tenderness, graced with the most innocent and yet most
+powerful charms, brought me insensibly into my right understanding; and
+when I considered all the transactions of my life, and particularly my
+new engagement, that I had now one child already born, and my wife big
+of another; and that I had no occasion to seek for more riches, who
+already was blessed with sufficiency, with much struggling I altered my
+resolutions at last, resolving to apply myself to some business or
+other, which might put a period to such wandering inclinations. Hereupon
+I bought a little farm in the county of Bedford, with a resolution to
+move thither; upon this there was a pretty convenient house surrounded
+with land, very capable of improvement, which suited my temper, as to
+planting, managing, and cultivating. Nor was I long before I entered
+upon my new settlement, having bought ploughs, harrows, carts, waggons,
+horses, cows, and sheep; so that I now led the life of a country
+gentleman, and as happy in my retirement as the greatest monarch in the
+world. And what made me think my happiness the greater was, that I was
+in the middle state of life, which my father had so often recommended,
+much resembling the felicity of a rural retirement, which is elegantly
+described by the poet in these lines:
+
+_Free from all vices, free from care,
+Age has no pain, and youth no snare._
+
+But, in the midst of this my happiness, I was suddenly plunged in the
+greatest sorrow that I could possibly endure; for when I least expected
+it, my dear and tender wife was forced to submit to the irresistable
+power of Death, leaving this transitory life for a better. It is
+impossible for me to express the beauties of her mind, or the loveliness
+of her person; neither can I too much lament her loss, which my latest
+breath shall record; her influence was greater over me, than the powers
+of my own reason, the importunities of friends, the instructions of a
+father, or the melting tears of a tender and disconsolate mother; in a
+word, she was the spirit of all my affairs, and the centre of my
+enterprizes. But now, since the cruel hand of Death had closed my
+dearest's eyes, I seemed in my thoughts a stranger to the world; my
+privy counsellor being gone, I was like a ship without a pilot, that
+could only run before the wind. And when I looked around me in this busy
+world, one party labouring for bread, and the other squandering away
+their estates; this put me in mind how I had lived in my little kingdom,
+where both reason and religion dictated to me, that there was something
+that certainly was the reason and end of life, which was far superior to
+what could be hoped for on this side the grave. My country delights were
+now as insiped and dull, as music and science to those who have neither
+taste nor ingenuity. In short, resolving to leave off house-keeping, I
+left my farm, and in a few months returned to London.
+
+But neither could that great city, so famous for its variety of
+entertainment, afford me any agreeable delight; a state of idleness I
+found to be the very dregs of life, and most hurtful to body and soul.
+It was now the beginning of the year 1684, at which time my nephew (who
+as I before observed had been brought up to the sea, and advanced to be
+captain of a ship) was returned from a short voyage to Bilboz, the first
+he had made in that station. He comes to me one morning, telling me that
+some merchants of his acquaintance had proposed to him to go a voyage
+for them to the East Indies and China in the manner of private traders;
+_and now uncle_, said he, _if you'll accompany me thither, I'll engage
+to land you upon your old island, to visit the state of your
+little kingdom_.
+
+Just before he came in, my thoughts were fixed to get a patent for its
+possession, and then to fill it with inhabitants. After I had paused a
+while, and looked stedfastly on him. _What devil or spirit_, said I,
+_sent you with this unlucky errand_? He started at first; but recovering
+himself, when he perceived I was not offended; _Sir_, replied he, _what
+I have proposed cannot I hope, be styled unlucky, since certainly you
+must be desirous to see your little territory, where you reigned with
+more content, than any of your brother kings in the universe. Nephew_,
+said I, _if you will leave me there, and call for me as you came back, I
+care not if I give my consent_: but he answered, _that the merchants
+would not allow their vessel loaden with an infinite value, to return
+there again, which was a month's sail out of the way; besides, Sir_ said
+he, _if I should miscarry, was your request granted, why then you would
+be locked up as before_. This indeed carried a great deal of reason in
+it; but we found out a remedy, and that was to carry a framed sloop on
+board, ready to be set up in the island, by the assistance of some
+carpenters, which we should carry with us, that might be fitted in a few
+days to go to sea. I was not long in forming my resolution, which
+overswayed my good friend the widow's persuasions, and the natural
+affection I bore to my young children. I made my will, and settled my
+estate in such manner, that I was perfectly sure my poor infants would
+have justice done them. The good widow not only undertook to make
+provision, for my voyage, but also took the charge of my domestic
+affairs, and to provide for my children's education; and indeed no
+mother could take more care, or understood that office better; for which
+I lived to reward and return her my hearty thanks.
+
+The beginning of January, 1694.5, my nephew being ready to sail, I and
+Friday went on board in the Downs on the 8th, having, besides that sloop
+already mentioned, a very considerable cargo for my new colony. First, I
+had some servants, whom I proposed to leave there, as they should appear
+willing; there were two carpenters, a smith, and a very ingenuous fellow
+who was Jack-of-all-trades; for he was not only a cooper by trade, but
+also he was dexterous at making wheels and hand-mills to grind corn,
+likewise a good turner, and a good pot-maker. I also carried a tailor,
+who consented to stay in my plantation, and proved a most necessary
+fellow in the island. As to my cargo, it consisted of a sufficient
+quantity of linen, and English stuffs for clothing the Spaniards that I
+expected to find there; as likewise gloves, hats, shoes, stockings;
+together with beds, bedding, and household stuff, especially kitchen
+utensils, with pots, kettles, pewter, brass, &c. also nails, tools of
+all sorts, staples, hooks, hinges, and all other things necessary; all
+which, I think, cost me about three hundred pounds. Nor was this all for
+I carried an hundred spare arms, muskets, & fusees, besides some
+pistols, a considerable quantity of several sorts of shot, two brass
+cannon, besides swords, cutlasses, and the iron part of some pikes and
+halberts. I made my nephew take with us two small quarter-deck guns,
+more than he had occasion for in his ship, to leave behind, if there was
+a necessity; so that we might build a fort there, and man it against all
+opposers whatsoever.
+
+Well, we put out to sea; and though I can't say this voyage was so
+unprosperous as my others had been, yet contrary winds drove us so far
+northward, that we were obliged to put in at Galway in Ireland, where we
+lay wind-bound two and twenty days. Here indeed our provisions were very
+cheap, and we added to our ship's stores by taking several live hogs,
+two cows and calves, which I then resolved to put on shore in my island,
+if our necessities did not call for them. On the 5th of February we
+sailed from Ireland, with a very fair gale, which lasted for some days;
+and I think it was about the 20th of the same month late in the evening,
+when the mate informed us, that he saw a flash of fire, and heard a gun
+fired: and when he was speaking a boy came in and told us, that the
+boatswain had heard another. Upon which we all ran to the quarter-deck,
+from whence, in a few moments, we perceived a terrible fire at a
+distance. We had immediately recourse to our reckonings, in which, we
+were all of opinion, that there could be no land that way, it appearing
+to be at N.N.W. Hereupon we concluded that some ship had taken fire at
+sea, and that it could not be far off by the report of the guns which we
+had heard. We made up directly to it, and in half an hour's time the
+wind being fair, we could plainly perceive a great ship on fire in the
+middle of the sea. Touched with this unhappy disaster, and considering
+my former circumstances, when the Portuguese Captain took me up, I
+immediately ordered five guns to be fired that the poor creatures, not
+seeing us, it being dark, (though we could perceive their flame) might
+be sensible there was deliverance at hand, and consequently might
+endeavor to save themselves in their boat. Nor was it long before the
+ship blew up in the air and the fire was extinguished in the ocean. But
+supposing them all to be in their boats, we hung out our lanterns and
+kept firing till eight o'clock in the morning; when with our
+perspectives, we beheld two boats full of people making towards us tho'
+the tide was against them then spreading out our ancient; and hanging
+out a waft, as a signal for them to come on board, in half an hour's
+time; we came up to them, and took them all in, there being no less than
+sixty-four men, women, and children. It was a French merchant ship of
+three hundred tons; homeward bound from Quebec in the river of Canada.
+The master informed me how, by the negligence of the steersman, the
+steerage was set on fire: that, at his outcry for help, the fire was, as
+we thought totally extinguished; but, that some sparks getting between
+the timber, and within the ceiling, it proceeded into the hold, where
+there was no resisting it; & then they got into their boats, as
+creatures in the last extremity, with what provision they had, together
+with oars, sails, and a compass, intending to go back to Newfoundland,
+the wind blowing at S.E. and by E. though there were several chances
+against them as storms to overset and founder them, rains and colds to
+benumb and perish their limbs, and contrary winds to keep them back and
+starve them; _But_, said he, _in this our great distress we heard the
+welcome report of your guns, when with unspeakable joy, taking down our
+masts and sails, we were resolved to lie by till morning; but perceiving
+your light, we set our oars at work, to keep our boat a head, the sooner
+to attain your ship, the happy instrument of our deliverance_.
+
+Indeed no one can express the joy of these poor creatures on this
+occasion: fear and grief are easily set forth; sighs and tears, with a
+few motions of the hands and head, are all the demonstrations of these
+passions; but an excess of joy, carries in it a thousand extravagancies;
+especially, I think, among the French, whose temper is allowed to be
+more volatile, passionate, sprightly, and gay, than that of other
+nations. Some were weeping, tearing themselves in the greatest agonies
+of sorrow, and running stark mad about the ship, while the rest were
+stamping with their feet, wringing their hands, singing, laughing,
+swooning away, vomiting, fainting, with a few returning hearty thanks to
+the Almighty; and crossing themselves. I think, if I am not mistaken,
+our surgeon was obliged to let thirty of them blood. But among the
+passengers, there were two priests, the one an old, and the other a
+young man; but what amazed me more was, that the oldest was in the worst
+plight; for no sooner did he perceive himself freed from danger, but he
+dropt down as it were without life, and to every one's appearance quite
+dead; but the surgeon chasing and rubbing his arm, opened a vein, which
+at first dropped, and then flowing more freely, the old man began to
+open his eyes; and in a quarter of an hour was well again. But soon
+remembering this happy change, the joy of which whirled his blood about
+faster than the vessels could convey it, he became so feverish, as made
+him more fit for bedlam than any other place. But the surgeon giving
+him a sleepy dose, he was perfectly composed the next morning.
+
+Remarkable indeed was the behaviour of the young priest. At his entrance
+on board the ship, he fell on his face in the most humble prostration to
+the Almighty. I thought, indeed, he had fallen into a swoon, and so ran
+to help him up; but he modestly told me, _he was returning his thanks to
+the Almighty, desiring me to leave him a few moments, and that, next to
+his Creator, he would return me thanks also_. And indeed he did so about
+three minutes after, with great seriousness, and affection, while the
+tears stood in his eyes, which convinced me of the gratitude of his
+soul. Nor did he less show his piety and wisdom in applying himself to
+his country people, and labouring to compose them, by the most powerful
+reasons, arguments, and persuasions. And when, indeed, these people had
+taken their night's repose, in such lodgings as our ship would allow, we
+found nothing but the best of manners, and the most civil
+acknowledgements, for which the French are eminently remarkable. The
+next day the Captain and one of the priests desired to speak with me and
+my nephew the commander. They told us, _that they had saved some money
+and valuable things out of the ruined vessel, which was at our service;
+only that they desired to be set on shore some where in our way_. At the
+first my nephew was for accepting the money; but I (who knew how hard my
+case would have been, had the Portuguese Captain served me so) persuaded
+him to the contrary; and therefore told them, _that as we had done
+nothing but what we were obliged to do, by nature and humanity, and what
+we ourselves might expect from others in such calamity; so we took them
+up to save them, not to plunder them, or leave them naked upon the land,
+to perish for want of subsistance, and therefore would not accept their
+money: but as to landing them, that was a great difficulty; for being
+bound to the East Indies, it was impossible wilfully to change our
+voyage upon their particular account, nor could my nephew_ (who was
+under charter party to pursue it by was of Brazil) _answer it to the
+freighters_. All that we could do, was to put ourselves in the way of
+meeting some ships homeward bound from the West Indies, that, if
+possible, they might get a passage to France or England. Indeed, they
+were very thankful for our first kindness; but were under great concern,
+especially the passengers, at their being carried to the East Indies.
+_They begged therefore, I would keep on the banks of Newfoundland,
+where, probably, they might meet with some ship, or sloop to carry them
+to Canada, whence they came._ As this was but a reasonable request, I
+was inclined to grant it, since it was no breach of charter party, and
+that the laws of God and nature obliged us to do what good we could to
+our fellow-creatures; and besides the danger we ourselves should be in
+for want of provisions: so we consented to carry them to Newfoundland,
+if wind and weather would permit; if not, that we should carry them to
+Martinico in the West Indies. But, as it happened, in a week's time we
+made the banks of Newfoundland, where the French people hired a bark to
+carry them to France. But the young priest being desirous to go to the
+East Indies, I readily agreed to it, because I liked his conversation,
+and two or three of the French sailors also entered themselves on
+board our ship.
+
+Now directing our course for the West Indies, steering S. and S. by E.
+about twenty days, with little wind, another adventure happened to
+exercise our humanity. In the latitude of 27 degrees, 5 minutes north,
+the 19th of March 1694-5, we perceived a sail, (our course S. E. and by
+S.) which bore upon us, and then she appeared to be a large vessel,
+having lost her main topmast and boltsprit; when firing a gun as a
+signal of distress, wind N. N.W. we soon came to speak with her. She was
+a ship from Bristol, bound home from Barbadoes, out of which road she
+had been forced in a hurricane to the westward, in which they lost
+their masts.
+
+They told us, _their expectations were to see the Bahama islands, but
+were driven away by a strong wind at N.N.W. and having no sails to work
+the ship with, but the main-course and a kind of square sail upon a jury
+foremast, because they could not come near the land, were endeavouring
+to stand for the Canaries: nay what was worse, besides all their
+fatigue, they were almost starved for want of provision, having ate
+nothing for eleven all that they had aboard, was sugar, a barrel of
+fresh water and seven casks of rum_. In this ship were passengers, a
+youth, his mother, and a maid-servant, who were in a most deplorable
+condition for want of food. If I had not gone on board their ship, the
+knowledge of their misery had been concealed from me, and they would
+have inevitably perished; though, indeed, their second mate who was
+Captain, by reason the true Captain was not on board when the hurricane
+happened, had before informed me that there was such persons on board,
+whom he supposed to be dead, being afraid to inquire after them, because
+he had nothing to give them for relief. Hereupon we resolved to let them
+have what we could spare, ordering the mate to bring some of his men on
+board us, which he did accordingly: as he and they looked like
+skeletons, when meat was set before them, I ordered them to eat
+sparingly. But, however they soon fell sick; which obliged the surgeon
+to mix something in their broth, which was to be to them both food and
+physic. When they were fed, we ordered our mate to carry them a sack of
+bread, and four or five pieces of beef; but the surgeon charged them to
+see it boiled, and to keep a guard on the cook-room, to prevent the men
+from eating it raw, and consequently killing themselves with what was
+designed for their relief. But, particularly, I desired the mate to see
+what condition the poor passengers were in, and the surgeon gave him a
+pitcher of the same broth which he had prepared for the men. And being
+curious to see this scene of misery myself, I took the Captain (as we
+called the mate of the ship) in our own boat, and sailed after them.
+
+Here was a sad sight indeed! scarce were the victuals half boiled in the
+pot; but they were ready to break open the cook-room door. To stay their
+stomachs the mate gave them biscuits, which were dipped in and softened
+them with the liquor of the meat, which they call _bruise_; telling
+them, it was for their own safety, that he was obliged to give them but
+a little at a time; and so feeding them gradually, their bellies were
+comfortable filled, and the men did very well again. But when they came
+to the poor gentlewoman in the cabin, who for several days had continued
+without food, giving what she had to her son, they found her as it were
+in the arms of death. She was sitting upon the floor of the deck, with
+her back up against the sides, between two chairs, which were lashed
+fast, and her head shrunk, between her shoulders, like a senseless
+corpse. Nothing was wanting in my mate to revive and encourage her;
+opening her lips, and putting some broth into her mouth with a spoon.
+But not having strength to speak, she lifted up her head with much
+difficulty, intimating that it was now too late! at the same time
+pointing to the youth her son, as though she desired him to do what he
+could to save the lad; and in a little time after she died.
+
+The youth, indeed, was not so far gone; yet lay stretched out on a cabin
+bed, like one that had scarce any life. In his mouth was a piece of an
+old glove, the rest of which he had ate up. At first he vomited what the
+mate had given him; but at length began sensibly to revive, though in
+the greatest concern for the death of his tender mother.
+
+As to the poor maid, she lay by her mistress, like one in the last pangs
+of death: her limbs were distorted, one of her hands were clasped round
+the frame of a chair, which she grasped so hard, that it was with some
+difficulty we separated her from it; her other arm lay over her head,
+and her feet lay both together, set fast against the frame of the cabin
+table; not only being, starved with hunger, but overcome with grief at
+the loss of her mistress, whom she loved most tenderly. It was a great
+while before the surgeon could bring her to life, and a much longer time
+before she came to her senses.
+
+After we had sailed with them some days, we sent them five barrels of
+beef, one of pork, two hogsheads of biscuit, with peas, flour, and other
+things; taking three casks of sugar, some rum, and some pieces of eight
+as payment, we left them, but took the youth and maid with us, with all
+their goods. The lad was about seventeen years old, very handsome,
+modest, sensible, and well-bred, but mightily concerned for the loss
+of his honoured mother, having lost his father at Barbadoes but a few
+months before. He beseeched the surgeon to intercede with me to take him
+out of the ship; for that the sailors, not sparing a small sustenance,
+had starved his mother. But hunger has no bounds, no right, and
+consequently is incapable of any compassion. When the surgeon told him,
+our voyage might put him in bad circumstances, and farther from his
+friends, he said _he did not care, if he was delivered from that terrible
+crew; that as the Captain_ (meaning me) _had saved him from death, so he
+was sure he would do him no harm; and, as for the maid, when she was
+restored to her senses, she would be no less thankful, let us carry them
+where we would_. And indeed the surgeon so represented their case to me,
+that I consented, and took them on board with all their goods, except
+eleven hogsheads of sugar; but the youth having a bill of lading, I made
+the commander oblige himself to deliver a letter and the deceased widow's
+goods to Mr. Rogers, a merchant in Bristol; but I believe the ship was
+lost at sea, for we never could hear what became of her afterwards. We
+were now in the latitude 19 deg. 32 min. having as yet a tolerable good
+voyage. But, passing by several little incidents relating to wind and
+weather, I shall relate what is most remarkable concerning my little
+kingdom, to which I was then drawing near. I had great difficulty in
+finding it, for as I came to, and went from it before, on the south and
+east side of the island, as coming from the Brazils, so now approaching
+between the main and the island, not having any chart for the coast, nor
+land mark, it obliged us to go on shore on several islands in the mouth
+of the river Oroonoko, but to the purpose. Thus I perceived, that what
+I thought was a continent before, was no such thing, but a long island,
+or rather a ridge of sands. On one of these islands I found some
+Spaniards, but they belonged to the isle of Trinidad, who came hither
+in a sloop to make salt, and try to find some pearl muscles. But at
+length I came fair on the south side of my island, and there I
+presently knew the countenance of my little kingdom; so we brought the
+ship safe to an anchor, broadside within the creek, where stood my
+ancient and venerable castle.
+
+No sooner did I see the place, but calling for Friday, I asked him where
+he was? But when he looked a little, he clapped his hands, crying, _O
+joy, O there, O yes, O there!_ pointing to our old abode, and then fell
+a dancing and capering as if he was mad, and I had much ado to keep him
+from jumping into the sea, to swim ashore. 'Friday,' said I, 'what do you
+think, shall we go to see your father?' at the mentioning his father's
+name, the poor affectionate creature fell a-weeping: _No, no,_ says he,
+_me see him no more, never see poor father more! he long ago die, die
+long ago: he much old man._ 'You don't know that,' said I, 'but shall we
+see anybody else?' He looks about, and pointing to the hill above my
+house, cries out, _We see, we see there much men and there_: which,
+though I could not perceive them with my perspective glass, was true,
+by what the men themselves told me the next day.
+
+When the English ancient was spread, and three guns fired, as a signal
+of friendship, we perceived a smoke rise from the creek; upon which I
+ordered the boat out, taking Friday with me, and hanging out a white
+flag of truce, I went on shore, accompanied also by the young friar, to
+whom I had related the history of the first part of my life; besides we
+had sixteen men well armed, in case we had met with any opposition.
+
+After we had rowed directly into the creek, the first man I fixed my eye
+upon was the Spaniard, whose life I had saved, and whose face I
+perfectly well knew. I ordered them all to stay in the boat for a while:
+but Friday, perceiving his father at a distance, would have jumped into
+the sea, had they not let the boat go. No sooner was he on shore, but he
+flew like a swift arrow out of a bow to embrace his aged father.
+Certainly it would melt a man of the firmest resolution into the softest
+tears to see with what uncommon transports of joy he saluted him; he
+first kissed him, then stroked his face, took him in his arms, laid him
+under a shady tree, sat down by him, then looked as earnestly at him as
+one could do at a picture, for a quarter of an hour together. After this
+he would lie upon the ground, stroke his legs and kiss them, then get up
+and stare at him, as though he was bewitched; but the next day one could
+not forbear laughter to see his behaviour, for he would walk several
+hours with his father along the shore, leading him by the hand as tho'
+he was a lady; while, every now and then, he would run to the boat to
+get something for him, as a lump of sugar, dram, biscuit, or something
+or other that was good. His frolics ran in another channel in the
+afternoon; when he set old Friday on the ground, he would dance round
+him, making comical postures and gestures; and all this while would be
+telling him one story or another of his travels and adventures.
+
+It was on the 10th of April, _anno_ 1695, that I set my foot upon the
+island a second time. When my faithful Spaniard, accompanied by one
+more, approached the boat, he little knew who I was, till I discovered
+myself to him. _Seignor_, said I, in Portuguese, _don't you know me_? He
+spoke never a word, but giving his musket to his attendant, extended his
+arms, and saying something in Spanish that I did not then understand, he
+came forward & embraced me, saying, _he was inexcusable not to know his
+deliverer: who, like an angel sent from heaven, had saved his life_; He
+then beckoned to the man to call out his companions, asking me if I
+would walk to my own habitation and take possession, where I should find
+some mean improvements; but indeed they were extraordinary ones: for
+they had planted so many trees so close together, that the place was
+like a labyrinth, which none could find out except themselves, who knew
+its intricate windings. I asked him the meaning of all these
+fortifications? he told me _he would give a large account of what had
+passed since my departure till this time, and how he had subdued some
+English, who thought to be their murderers, hoping I would not be
+displeased, since necessity compelled them to it_. As I knew they were
+wicked villains, so I told him, that I was not only far from finding
+fault with it, but was rather heartily glad that they had subdued them.
+While we were thus talking, the man whom he sent returned, accompanied
+by eleven more, but in such habits, that it was impossible to tell what
+nations they were of. He first turned to me, and pointing to them,
+_These Sir,_ said he, _are some of the gentlemen who owe their lives to
+your goodness_, then turning to them, and pointing to me, he made them
+sensible who I was; and, then indeed they saluted me one by one, not as
+ordinary men, but as tho' they had been ambassadors or noblemen, and I a
+triumphant conqueror; for their behaviour not only agreed with a
+manlike, majestic gravity, but at the same time was so obliging and
+courteous, as made them agreeable to the last degree.
+
+Before I relate the history of the transactions of my kingdom, as I had
+it from the Spaniard's own mouth, I must here insert what I omitted in
+my former relation. The matter is this: Just before we weighed anchor
+and set sail, there happened a quarrel on board the ship, which had like
+to have occasioned a second mutiny, till such time the courageous
+Capitan, taking two of the most refractory prisoners, laid them in irons
+threatening, as they were concerned in the former disorders, so have
+them hanged in England for running away with the ship. This frightened
+some of the rest, as thinking the Captain would serve them in the same
+manner, though he seemed to give them good word for the present. But the
+mate having intelligence of this, mad me acquainted with their fears; so
+that to make them more easy, and ourselves more safe from their
+conspiracies I was obliged to go down, and pass my honour's word for it,
+that upon their good behaviour, all that was past should be forgiven; in
+testimony of which, I ordered the two men's irons to be taken off; &
+themselves forgiven. But as this had brought us to an anchor that night,
+in which there was a calm; the two men that had been in irons stole each
+of them a musket, and some other weapons, and taking the ship's pinnace,
+not yet hauled up, ran away to their brother rogues. The next morning we
+sent the long-boat with men to pursue them, but all in vain; the mate,
+in revenge, would have demolished my little castle, burnt his furniture
+and destroyed their plantations, but having no orders for it, he did not
+put it in execution. And thus there were five Englishmen in the island,
+which caused great differences, as my faithful Spaniard gave me a
+perfect account of, in the following manner:
+
+You cannot, Sir, but remember the embassy you sent me about, and what a
+disappointment we met with, by your absence, at our return. There is but
+little variety in the relation of all our voyage, being blessed with
+calm weather and a smooth sea. Great indeed was the joy of my countrymen
+to see me alive, having acted as the principal man on board, the captain
+of the shipwrecked vessel dying before; nor was their surprise less, as
+knowing I was taken prisoner by the savages of another nation, they had
+thought me long since entombed in their monstrous bowels. But when I
+showed them the arms, ammunition, and provisions I had brought for them,
+they looked upon me as a second Joseph advanced in Pharoah's court, and
+immediately prepared to come along with me. Indeed they were obliged to
+trespass upon their friendly savages, by borrowing two of their canoes,
+under a pretext for fishing; and they came away the next morning, but
+without any provisions of their own, except a few roots which served
+them instead of bread. After three weeks absence we arrived at our
+habitation. Here we met with three English sailors, who, I confess, gave
+us provisions, and that letter of direction you had left for us, which
+informed us how to bring up tame goats, plant corn, cure grapes, make
+pots, and, in short, every thing that was necessary for our life. As, in
+particular, I knew your method best, so taking Friday's father to assist
+me, we managed all the affairs; nor were the rest of the Spaniards
+wanting in their kind offices, dressing food for the Englishmen, who did
+nothing but ramble and divert themselves in the woods, either shooting
+parrots, or catching tortoises. But we had not been long ashore, before
+we were informed of two more Englishmen, unnaturally turned out of their
+common place of residence, by the three others above mentioned; this
+made my Spaniards and me (whom they now looked upon as their governor in
+your absence) endeavour to persuade them to take them in, that we might
+be as one family; but all our intreaties were in vain, so that the poor
+fellows finding nothing to be done without industry, pitched their tents
+on the north side of the island, a little inclining to the west, for
+fear of savages. Here they built two huts, one to lodge, and the other
+to lay their stores in; for my good natured Spaniards giving them some
+seeds, they dug and planted as I had done, and began to live prettily.
+But while they were thus comfortably going on, the three unnatural
+brutes, their countrymen, in a mere bullying humour, insulted them by
+saying, 'the governor (meaning you) had given them a possession of the
+island, and d-mn 'em they should build no houses upon their ground,
+without paying rent.' The two honest men (for so let me now distinguish
+them) thought their three countrymen only jested, and one of them
+invited them in, to see their fine habitations; while the other
+facetiously told them 'that since they built tenements with great
+improvements, they should, according to the custom of lords, give them
+a longer lease;' at the same time desiring them to fetch a scriviner to
+draw the writings. One of these wretches swearing _he should pay for the
+jest_, snatches up a fire brand, and clapping it to the outside of their
+hut, very fairly set it on fire, which would soon have consumed it, had
+not the honest man thrust him away, and trod it with his feet. Hereupon
+the fellow returns with his pole, with which he would have ended his
+days, had not the poor man avoided the blow when fetching his musket, he
+knocked down the villain that began the quarrel. The other two coming to
+assist their fellow, obliged the honest man to take his musket also, and
+both of them presenting their pieces bid the villains stand off; and if
+they did not lay down their arms, death should decide the dispute one
+way or other. This brought them to a parley, in which they agreed to
+take their wounded man and begone; but they were in the wrong that they
+did not disarm them when they had the power, and then make their
+complaint to me and my Spaniards for justice, which might have prevented
+their farther designs against them. And indeed so many trespass did they
+afterwards commit, by treading down their corn, shooting their young
+kids and goats, and plaguing them night and day, that they resolved to
+come to my castle, challenge all the three, and decide their right by
+one plain battle, while the Spaniards stood by to see fair play. One day
+it happened, that two of my Spaniards (one of whom understood English)
+being in the woods, were met by one of the honest men, who complained
+how barbarous their countrymen had been in destroying their corn,
+killing their milk-goat and three kids, which deprived them of their
+subsistence; and that if we did not grant them relief, they must be
+inevitably starved, and so they parted; but when my Spaniards came home
+at night, and supper being on the table, one of them began to reprehend
+the Englishmen, but in a very mannerly way; which they resenting,
+replied, _What business had their countrymen in that place without
+leave, when it was none of their ground? Why_, said my Spaniard, calmly,
+_Inglise, they must not starve:_ but they replied, _Let them starve and
+be damn'd, they should neither plant nor build, and damn them, they
+should be their servants, and work for them, for the island was their's,
+and they would burn all the huts they should find in the island. By this
+rule_, said my Spaniard, smiling, _We shall be your servants too. Aye,
+by God, and so you shall_ replied the impudent rascal. Upon which,
+starting up, Will Atkins cries, _Come Jack, let's have t'other brush
+with them; who dare to build in our dominions?_--Thus leaving us
+something heated with just passion, away they trooped, every man having
+a gun, pistol, and sword, muttering some threatening words, that we
+could then but imperfectly understand. That night they designed to
+murder their two companions, and slept till midnight in the bower,
+thinking to fall upon them in their sleep: not were the honest men less
+thoughtful concerning them; for at this juncture they were coming to
+find them out, but in a much fairer way. As soon as the villains came to
+the huts, and found nobody there, they concluded that I and my Spaniard
+had given them notice, and therefore swore to be revenged on us. Then
+they demolished the poor men's habitations; not by fire, as they
+attempted before, but pulled down their houses, limb from limb, not
+leaving stick nor stone on the ground where they stood, broke their
+household stuff in pieces, tore up their trees, spoiled their
+inclosures, and, in short, quite ruined them of every thing they had.
+Had these people met together, no doubt but there would have been a
+bloody battle; but Providence ordered it for the better; for just as the
+three were got together the two were at our castle; and when they left
+us, the three came back again, but in great rage, scoffingly telling us
+what they had done; when one taking hold of a Spaniard's hat, twirls it
+round, saying, _And you Seignor Jack Spaniard, shall have the same
+sauce, if you don't mind your manners_. My Spaniard, a grave but
+courageous man, knocked him down with one blow of his fist; at which
+another villain fired his pistol, and narrowly missed his body, but
+wounded him a little in the ear. Hereat enraged, the Spaniard takes up
+the fellow's musket who he had knocked down, and would have shot him, if
+I and the rest had not come out, and taken their arms from every one
+of them.
+
+"These Englishmen perceiving they had made all of us their enemies,
+began to cool; but not withstanding their better words the Spaniards
+would not return them their arms again, telling them, 'they would do
+them no manner of harm, if they would live peaceably; but if they
+offered any injury to the plantation or castle, they would shoot them as
+they would do ravenous beasts. This made them so mad, that they went
+away raging like furies of hell. They were no sooner gone, but in came
+the two honest men, fired with the justest rage, if such can be, having
+been ruined as aforesaid. And indeed it was very hard, that nineteen of
+us should be bullied by three villains, continually offending
+with impunity.
+
+"It was a great while, Sir, before we could persuade the two Englishmen
+from pursuing, and undoubtedly killing them with their fire-arms; but we
+promised them 'justice should be done them, and, in the mean time, they
+should reside with us in our habitation.' In about five days after,
+these three vagrants, almost starved with hunger, drew near our grove,
+and perceiving me, the governor, & two others walking by the side of the
+creek, they very submissively desired to be received into the family
+again. We told them of 'their great incivility to us, and of their
+unnatural barbarity to their countrymen; but yet we would see what the
+rest agreed to, and in half an hour's time would bring them word.'
+After some debate, we called them in, where their two countrymen laid a
+heavy charge against them, for not only ruining, but designing to murder
+them, which they could not deny. But here I was forced to interpose as a
+mediator, by obliging the two Englishmen not to hurt them, being naked &
+unarmed, and that the other three should make them restitution, by
+building their two huts, and fencing their ground in the same manner as
+it was before. Well, being in a miserable condition, they submitted to
+this at present, and lived some time regularly enough, except as to the
+working part, which they did not care for, but the Spaniards would have
+dispensed with that, had they continued easy and quiet. Their arms being
+given them again, they scarce had them a week when they became as
+troublesome as ever; but an accident happening soon after, obliged us to
+lay aside private resentments, and look to our common preservation.
+
+"One night, Sir, I went to bed, perfectly well in health, and yet by no
+means could I compose myself to sleep; upon which, being very uneasy, I
+got up and looked out, but it being dark, I could perceive nothing but
+the trees around the castle. I went to bed again, but it was all one, I
+could not sleep; when one of my Spaniards, hearing me walk about, asked
+who it was up? I answered, _It is I_. When I told him the occasion,
+_Sir_, said he, _such things are not to be slighted; for certainly there
+is some mischief plotting against us. Where are the Englishmen?_ said I.
+He answered _In their huts_; for they lay separate from us, Sir, since
+the last mutiny. _Well,_ said I, _some kind spirit gives this
+information for advantage. Come let us go abroad, and see if any thing
+offers to justify our fears._ Upon which I and some of my Spaniards went
+up the mountain, not by the ladder, but through the grove, and then we
+were struck with a panic fear on seeing a light, as though it were a
+fire, at a very little distance, and hearing the voices of several men.
+Hereupon we retreated immediately, and raised the rest of our forces,
+and made them sensible of the impending danger; but with all my
+authority, I could not make them stay where they were, so earnest were
+they to see how things went. Indeed the darkness of the night gave them
+opportunity enough to view them by the light of the fire undiscovered.
+As they were in different parties, and straggling over the shore, we
+were much afraid that they should find out our habitations, and destroy
+our flocks of goats: to prevent which, we sent immediately an Englishman
+and two Spaniards to drive the goats into the valley where the cave lay;
+or, if there was occasion, into the cave itself: As to ourselves,
+resuming our native courage and prudent conduct, had we not been
+divided, we durst venture to attack an hundred of them; but before it
+was very light, we resolved to send out Friday's father as a spy, who,
+immediately stripping himself naked, gets among them undiscovered, and
+in two hours time brings word, that 'they were two parties of two
+different nations, who lately having a bloody battle with one another,
+happened to land by mere chance on the same island, to devour their
+miserable prisoners; that they were entirely ignorant of any person's
+inhabiting here; but rather filled with rage and fury against one
+another, he believed, that as soon as day light appeared, there would be
+a terrible engagement.' Old Friday had scarce ended his relation, when
+we heard an uncommon noise, and perceived that there was a horrid
+engagement between the two armies.
+
+"Such was the curiosity of our party, especially the Englishmen, that
+they would not lie close, tho' Old Friday told them, 'their safety
+depended upon it; and that if we had patience, we should behold the
+savages kill one another.' However they used some caution, by going
+farther into the woods, and placing themselves in a convenient place to
+behold the battle.
+
+"Never could there be a more bloody engagement, or men of more
+invincible spirits and prudent conduct, according to their manner and
+way of fighting. It lasted near two hours, till the party which was
+nearest our castle began to decline, and at last to fly from their
+conquerors. We were undoubtedly put into a great consternation on this
+account, lest they should run into our grove, and consequently bring us
+into the like danger. Hereupon we resolved to kill the first that came,
+to prevent discovery, and that too with our swords, and the butt end of
+our muskets, for fear the report of our guns should be heard.
+
+"And so indeed, as we thought, it happened; for three of the vanquished
+army crossing the creek, ran directly to the place, as to a thick wood
+for shelter; nor was it long before our scout gave us notice of it: as
+also, that the victors did not think fit to pursue them. Upon this I
+would not suffer them to be slain, but had them surprised and taken by
+our party; afterwards they proved very good servants to us, being stout
+young creatures, and able to do a great deal of work. The remainder of
+the conquered savages fled to their canoes, and put out into the ocean,
+while the conquerors, joining together, shouted by way of triumph, and
+about three in the afternoon they also embarked for their own nation.
+Thus we were freed at once from these savages and our fears, not
+perceiving any of these creatures for some considerable time after. We
+found two and thirty men dead in the field of battle; some were slain
+with long arrows, which we found sticking in their bodies; & the rest
+were killed with great unwieldy wooden swords, which denoted their vast
+strength, and of which we found seventeen, besides bows and arrows: but
+we could not find one wounded creature among them alive; for they either
+kill their enemies quite, or carry those wounded away with them.
+
+"This terrible fight tamed the Englishmen for some time, considering
+how unfortunate they might have been had they fallen into their hands,
+who would not only kill them as enemies, but also for food, as we do
+cattle; and indeed so much did this nauseate their stomachs, that it not
+only made them very sick, but more tractable to the common necessary
+business of the whole society, planting, sowing, and reaping, with the
+greatest signs of amity and friendship; so, that being now all good
+friends, we began to consider of circumstances in general; and the first
+thing we thought of was, whether, as we perceived the savages haunted
+that side of the island, and there being more retired parts of it, and
+yet as well suited to our manner of living, and equally to our
+advantage, we ought not rather to move our place of residence, & plant
+it in a much safer place, both for the security of our corn and cattle.
+
+"After a long debate on this head; it was resolved, or rather voted,
+_nemine comradicente_, not to remove our ancient castle, and that for
+this very good reason, that some time or other we expected to hear from
+our supreme governor, (meaning you, Sir) whose messengers not finding us
+there, might think the place demolished, and all his subjects destroyed
+by the savages.
+
+"As to the next concern relating to our corn and cattle, we consented to
+have them removed to the valley where the cave was, that being most
+proper and sufficient for both. But yet when we considered farther, we
+altered one part of our resolution, which was to remove part of our
+cattle thither and plant only part of our corn there; so that in case
+one part was destroyed, the other might be preserved. Another resolution
+we took, which really had a great deal of prudence in it; and that was,
+in not trusting the three savages whom we had taken prisoners, with any
+knowledge of the plantations we had made in the valley, of what number
+of cattle we had there, much less of the cave, wherein we kept several
+arms, and two barrels of powder you left for us at your departure from
+this island. But though we could not change our habitation, we resolved
+to make it more fortified and more secret. To this end, Sir, as you
+planted trees at some distance before the entrance of your palace; so
+we, imitating your example, planted and filled up the whole space of
+ground, even to the banks of the creek, nay, into the very ooze where
+the tide flowed, not leaving a place for landing; and among those I had
+planted, they had intermingled so many short ones, all of which growing
+wonderfully fast and thick, a little dog could scarcely find a passage
+through them. Nor was this sufficient, as we thought, for we did the
+same to all the ground, on the right and left hand of us, even to the
+top of the hill, without so much as leaving a passage for ourselves,
+except by the ladder; which being taken down, nothing but what had
+wings or witchcraft could pretend to come near us. And indeed this was
+exceedingly well-contrived, especially to serve that occasion for which
+we afterwards found it necessary.
+
+"Thus we lived two years in a happy retirement, having, all this time,
+not one visit from the savages. Indeed one morning we had an alarm,
+which put us in some amazement; for a few of my Spaniards being out very
+early, perceived no less than twenty canoes, as it were coming on shore:
+upon which returning home, with great precipitation, they gave us the
+alarm, which obliged us to keep at home all that day and the next, going
+out only in the night-time to make our observations; but, as good luck
+would have it, they were upon another design, and did not land that time
+upon the island.
+
+"But now there happened another quarrel between the three wicked
+Englishmen, and some of my Spaniards.--- The occasion was this: One of
+them being enraged at one of the savages, whom he had taken prisoner,
+for not being able to comprehend something which he was showing him,
+snatched up a hatchet in a great fury not to correct, but to kill him;
+yet missing his head gave him such a barbarous--cut in the shoulder,
+that he had like to have struck off his arm; at which one of my
+good-natured Spaniards interposing between the Englishman and the savage
+beseeched the former, not to murder the poor creature, but this kindness
+had like to have cost the Spaniard his life, for the Englishman, struck
+at him in the same manner; which he nimbly and wisely avoiding, returned
+suddenly upon him with his shovel, (being all at work about their corn
+land), and very fairly knocked the brutish creature down. Hereupon
+another Englishman coming to his fellow's assistance, laid the good
+Spaniard on the earth; when immediately two others coming to his relief
+were attacked by the third Englishman, armed with an old cutlass, who
+wounded them both. This uproar soon reached our ears, when we rushing
+out upon them, took the three Englishmen prisoners, and then our next
+question was, what would be done to such mutinous, and impudent fellows,
+so furious, desperate, and idle, that they were mischievious to the
+highest degree and consequently not safe for the society to let them
+live among them.
+
+"Now, Sir, as I was governor in your absence, so I also took the
+authority of a judge, and, having them brought before me; I told them,
+that if they had been of my country, I would have hanged every mother's
+son of them, but since it was an Englishman (meaning you, kind Sir,) to
+whom we were indebted for our preservation and deliverance, I would, in
+gratitude, use them with all possible mildness, but at the same time
+leave them to the judgment of the other two Englishmen who, I hoped,
+forgetting their resentments, would deal impartially by them.'
+
+"Hereupon one of his countrymen stood up: _Sir_, said he, _leave it not
+for us, for you may be sensible we have reason to sentence them to the
+gallows: besides, Sir, this fellow, Will Atkins, and the two others,
+proposed to us, that we might murder you all in your sleep, which we
+could not consent to: but knowing their inability, and your vigilance,
+we did not think fit to discover it before now._
+
+"_How, Signor_, said I, _do you hear what is alledged against you? What
+can you say to justify so horrid an action, as to murder us in cold
+blood?_ So far, Sir, was the wretch from denying it, that he swore,
+_damn him but he would do it still. But what have we done to you, Seignor
+Atkins_, said I, _or what will you gain by killing us? What shall we do
+to prevent you? Must we kill you, or you kill us? Why will you Seignor
+Atkins,_ said I, smiling, _put us to such an unhappy dilemma, such a
+fatal necessity?_ But so great a rage did my scoffing and yet severe
+jest put him into, that he was going to fly at me and undoubtedly had
+attempted to kill me if he had been possessed of weapons, and had not
+been prevented by three Spaniards. This unparalleled and villainous
+carriage, made us seriously consider what was to be done. The two
+Englishmen and the Spaniard, who had saved the poor Indian's life,
+mightily petitioned me to hang one of them, for an example to the
+others, which should be him that had twice attempted to commit murder
+with his hatchet, it being at that time thought impossible the poor
+slave should recover. But they could never gain my consent to put him to
+death, for the reasons above mentioned, since it was an Englishman (even
+yourself) who was my deliverer; and as merciful counsels are most
+prevailing when earnestly pressed, so I got them to be of the same
+opinion as to clemency. But to prevent them doing us any farther
+mischief; we all agreed, that they should have no weapons, as sword,
+gun, powder, or shot, but be expelled from the society, to live as they
+pleased by themselves; that neither the two Englishmen, nor the rest of
+the Spaniards, should have conversation with them upon any account
+whatsoever; that they should be kept from coming within a certain
+distance of our castle; and if they dared to offer us any violence,
+either by spoiling, burning, killing, or destroying any of the corn,
+plantings, buildings, fences, or cattle, belonging to the society, we
+would shoot them as freely as we would do beasts of prey, in whatsoever
+places we should find them.
+
+"This sentence seemed very just to all but themselves; when, like a
+merciful judge, I called out to the two honest Englishmen, saying, _You
+must consider they ought not to be starved neither: and since it will be
+some time before they can raise corn and cattle of their own, let us
+give them some corn to last them eight months, and for seed to sow, by
+which time they'll raise some for themselves; let us also bestow upon
+them six milch goats, four he ones, and six kids, as well for their
+present support, as for a further increase; with tools necessary for
+their work, as hatchets, an ax, saw, and other things convenient to
+build them huts:_ all which were agreed: but before they took them into
+possession, I obliged them solemnly to swear, never to attempt any thing
+against us, or their countrymen for the future. Thus dismissing them
+from our society, They went away, sullen & refractory, as though neither
+willing to go nor stay; however seeing no remedy, they took what
+provision was given them, proposing to choose a convenient place where
+they might live by themselves.
+
+"About five days after, they came to those limits appointed, in order
+for more victuals, and sent me word by one of my Spaniards, whom they
+called to, where they had pitched their tents; and marked themselves out
+an habitation and plantation, at the N.E. and most remote part of the
+island. And, indeed, there they built themselves two very handsome
+cottages, resembling our little castle, being under the side of a
+mountain, with some trees already growing on three sides of it; so that
+planting a few more, it would be obscured from sight, unless
+particularly sought for. When these huts were finished, we gave them
+some dry goat-skins for bedding and covering; & upon their giving us
+fuller assurances of their good behaviour for the future, we gave them
+some pease, barley, and rice for sowing and whatever tools we
+could spare.
+
+"Six months did they live in this separate condition, in which they got
+their first harvest in, the quantity of which was but small, because
+they had planted but little land; for, indeed, all their plantations
+being to form, made it more difficult; especially as it was a thing out
+of their element; and when they were obliged to make their boards and
+pots, &c. they could make little or nothing of it. But the rainy season
+coming on, put them into a greater perplexity for want of a cave to keep
+their corn dry, and prevent it from spoiling: and so much did this
+humble them, that they begged of my Spaniards to help them, to which the
+good-natured men readily consented, and in four days space, worked a
+great hole in the side of the hill for them, large enough for their
+purpose, to secure their corn and other things from the rain, though not
+comparable to ours, which had several additional appartments.
+
+"But a new whim possessed these rogues about three quarters of a year
+after, which had like to have ruined us, and themselves too: for it
+seems, being tired and weary of this sort of living, which made them
+work for themselves, without hopes of changing their condition, nothing
+would serve them, but that they would make a voyage to the continent,
+and try if they could seize upon some of the savages, and bring them
+over as slaves, to do their drudgery, while they lived at ease
+and pleasure.
+
+"Indeed the project was not so preposterous, if they had not gone
+farther; but they neither did, nor proposed any thing, but what had
+mischief in the design, or the event. One morning, these three fellows
+came down to the limited station, and humbly desired to be admitted to
+talk with us, which we readily granted; they told us in short, that
+_being tired of their manner of living, and the labour of their hands in
+such employments, not being sufficient to procure the necessaries of
+life, they only desired one of the canoes we came over in, with some
+arms and ammunition for their defence, and they would seek their
+fortunes abroad, and never trouble us any more._ To be sure we were glad
+enough to get rid of such wretched plagues; but yet honesty made us
+ingenuously represent to them, by what we ourselves had suffered, the
+certain destruction they were running into, either of being starved to
+death or murdered by the savages. To this they very audaciously replied,
+_that they neither could nor would work: and consequently that they
+might as well be starved abroad as at home: & neither had they any wives
+or children to cry after them: nay, so intent were they upon their
+voyage, that if the Spaniards had not given them arms, so they had but
+the canoe they would have gone without them._
+
+"Though we could not well spare our fire arms, rather than they should
+go like naked men, we let them have two muskets, a pistol, a cutlass,
+and three hatchets, which were thought very sufficient: we gave them
+also goat's flesh, a great basket full of dried grapes, a pot of fresh
+butter, a young live kid, and a large canoe sufficient to carry twenty
+men. And thus, with a mast made of a long pole, and a sail of six large
+goat-skins dried, having a fair breeze, and a flood-tide with them, they
+merrily sailed away, the Spaniards calling after them, _Bon voyaje_, no
+man ever expecting to see them more.
+
+"When they were gone, the Spaniards and Englishmen would often say to
+one another, _O how peaceably do we now live, since these turbulent
+fellows have left us!_ Nothing could be farther from their thoughts than
+to behold their faces any more; and yet scarce two and twenty days had
+passed over their heads, but one of the Englishmen, being abroad a
+planting, perceived at a distance, three men well armed, approaching
+towards him. Away he flies with speed to our castle, and tells me and
+the rest, that we were all undone, for that strangers were landed upon
+the island, and who they were he could not tell; but added that they
+were not savages but men habited, bearing arms. _Why then,_ said I, _we
+have the less occasion to be concerned, since, if they were not Indians,
+they must be friends; for I am sure there is no Christian people upon
+earth, but what will do us good rather than harm._ But while we were
+considering of the event, up came the three Englishmen, whose voices we
+quickly knew, and so all our admiration of that nature ceased at once.
+And our wonder was succeeded by another sort of inquiry, which was, what
+could be the occasion of their returning so quickly to the island, when
+we little expected, and much less desired their company? But as this was
+better to be related by themselves, I ordered them to be brought in,
+when they gave me the following relation of their voyage.
+
+"After two days sail, or something less, they reached land, where they
+found the people coming to give them another sort of reception than what
+they expected or desired; for, as the savages were armed with bows and
+arrows, they durst not venture on shore, but steered northward, six or
+seven hours, till they gained an opening, by which they plainly
+perceived, that the land that appeared from this place, was not the main
+land, but an island. At their entrance into the opening of the sea, they
+discovered another island, on the right hand northward, and several more
+lying to the westward; but being resolved to go on shore some where or
+other, they put over to one of the western islands. Here they found the
+natives very courteous to them, giving them several roots and dried
+fish; nay, even their women too were as willing to supply them with what
+they could procure them to eat, bringing it a great way to them upon
+their heads. Among these hospitable Indians they continued some days,
+inquiring by signs and tokens, what nations lay around them; and were
+informed, that there were, several fierce and terrible people lived
+every way, accustomed to eat mankind; but for themselves they never used
+such diet, except those that were taken in battle, and of them they made
+a solemn feast.
+
+"The Englishmen inquired how long it was since they had a feast of that
+kind? They answered, _about two moons ago_, pointing to the moon, and
+then two fingers; that, _at this time, their king had two hundred
+prisoners, which were fattening up for the slaughter_. The Englishmen
+were mighty desirous of seeing the prisoners, which the others
+mistaking, thought that they wanted some of them for their own food:
+upon which they beckoned to them, pointing to the rising, and then to
+the setting of the sun; meaning, that by the time it appeared in the
+east next morning, they would bring them some: and indeed they were as
+good as their word; for by that time they brought eleven men & five
+women, just as so many cows & oxen are brought to sea-port towns to
+victual a ship. But as brutish as these Englishmen were, their stomachs
+turned at the sight. What to do in this case, they could not tell: to
+refuse the prisoner, would have been the highest affront offered to the
+savage gentry; and to dispose of them, they knew not, in what manner;
+however, they resolved to accept them, and so gave them, in return, one
+of their hatchets, an old key, a knife, and six or seven of their
+bullets; things which, tho' they were wholly ignorant of, yet of seemed
+entirely contented with; & dragging the poor wretches into the boat,
+with their hands bound behind them, delivered them to the Englishmen.
+But this obliged them to put off as soon as they had these presents,
+lest the donors should have expected two or three of them to be killed,
+and to be invited to dinner the next day; and so taking leave with all
+possible respect and thanks, though neither of them understood what the
+others said, they sailed away back to the first island, and there set
+eight of the prisoners at liberty. In their voyage they endeavoured to
+comfort, and have some conversation with the poor captives; but it was
+impossible to make them sensible of any thing; and nothing they could
+say or give, or do for them, could make them otherwise persuaded, but
+that they were unbound only to be devoured: if they gave them any food,
+they thought it was only to fatten them for the slaughter; or looked at
+any one more particularly, the poor creature supposed itself to be the
+'first sacrifice'; and even when we brought them to our island, and
+began to use them with the greatest humanity and kindness, yet they
+expected every day that their new masters would devour them.
+
+"And thus, Sir, did these three strange wanderers conclude their
+unaccountable relation of their voyage, which was both amazing and
+entertaining. Hereupon, I asked them, where there new family was? They
+told me _they had put them into one of their huts, and they came to beg
+some victuals for them_. This, indeed, made us all long to see them; and
+taking Friday's father with us, leaving only two at our castle, we came
+down to behold these poor creatures.
+
+"When we arrived at the hut, (they being bound again by the Englishmen,
+for fear of escaping) we found them stark naked, expecting their fatal
+tragedy: there were three lusty men, well shaped, with straight and good
+limbs, between thirty and five and thirty years old; and five women, two
+of them might be from thirty to forty, two more not above four and
+twenty; and the last, a comely tall maiden of about seventeen. Indeed,
+all the women were very agreeable, both in proportion and features,
+except that they were tawny, which their modest behaviour, and other
+graces, made amends for, when they afterwards came to be clothed.
+
+"This naked appearance, together with their miserable circumstances, was
+no very comfortable sight to my Spaniards, who, for their parts, I may
+venture, Sir, without flattery, to say, are men of the best behaviour,
+calmest tempers, and sweetest nature, that can possibly be; for they
+immediately ordered Friday's father to see if he knew any of them, or if
+he understood what they could say. No sooner did the old Indian appear,
+but he looked at them with great seriousness; yet, as they were not of
+his nation, they were utter strangers to him, and none could understand
+his speech or signs, but one woman. This was enough to answer the
+design, which was to assure them they would not be killed, being fallen
+into the hands of Christians, who abhorred such barbarity. When they
+were fully satisfied of this, they expressed their joy by such strange
+gestures, and uncommon tones, as it is not possible for me to describe.
+But the woman their interpreter, was ordered next to enquire, whether
+they were content to be servants, and would work for the men who had
+brought them hither to save their lives? Hereupon, (being at this time
+unbound) they fell a capering and dancing, one taking this thing upon
+her shoulders, and the other that, intimating, that they were willing to
+do any thing for them. But now, Sir, having women among us, and dreading
+that it might occasion some strife, if not blood, I asked the three men
+'what they would do, and how they intended to use these creatures,
+whether as servants or women?' One of them very pertly and readily
+answered, 'they would use them as both,' _Gentlemen_, said I _as you are
+your own masters, I am not going to restrain you from that; but
+methinks, for avoiding dissentions among you, I would only desire you to
+engage, that none of you will take more than one for a woman or wife,
+and that having taken this one, none else should presume to touch her;
+for though we have not yet a priestly authority to marry you, yet it is
+but reasonable, that whoever thus takes a woman, should be obliged to
+maintain her, since nobody has any thing to do with her_; and this,
+indeed, appeared so just to all present, that it was unanimously agreed
+to. The Englishmen then asked my Spaniards, 'whether they designed to
+take any of them? but they all answered, _No_; some declaring they had
+already wives in Spain; and others that they cared not to join with
+infidels. On the reverse, the Englishmen took each of them a temporary
+wife, and so set up a new method of living. As to Friday's father, the
+Spaniards, and the three savage servants we had taken in the late
+battle, they all lived with me in our ancient castle; and indeed we
+supplied the main part of the island with food, as necessity required.
+But the most remarkable part of the story is, how these Englishmen, who
+had been so much at variance, should agree about the choice of those
+women; yet they took a way good enough to prevent quarreling among
+themselves. They let the five women in one of their huts, and going
+themselves to the other, drew lots which should have the first choice.
+Now, he that had the first lot went to the hut, and fetched out her he
+chose; and it is remarkable, that he took her that was the most homely
+and eldest of the number, which made the rest of the Englishmen
+exceedingly merry; the Spaniards themselves could not help but smile at
+it; but as it happened, the fellow had the best thought, in choosing
+one fit for application and business; and indeed she proved the best
+wife of all the parcel.
+
+"But when the poor creatures perceived themselves placed in a row, and
+separated one by one, they were again seized with an unspeakable terror,
+as now thinking they were going to be slain in earnest; and when the
+Englishmen came to take the first, the rest set up a lamentable cry,
+clasped their arms around her neck, and hanging about her, took their
+last farewell, as they thought, in such trembling agonies, and
+affectionate embraces, as would have softened the hardest heart in the
+world, and made the driest eyes melt into tears; nor could they be
+persuaded but that they were going to die, till such time as Friday's
+father made them sensible that the Englishmen had chosen them for their
+wives, which ended all their terror and concern upon this occasion.
+
+"Well, after this, the Englishmen went to work, and being assisted by my
+good natured Spaniards, in a few hours they, erected every one of them a
+new hut or tent for their separate lodging, since those they had already
+were, filled with tools, household stuff, and provision. They all
+continued on the north shore of the island, but separate as before; the
+three wicked ones pitching farther off, and the two honest men nearer
+our castle; so that the island seemed to be peopled in three places,
+three towns beginning to be built for that purpose. And here I cannot
+but remark, what is very common, that the two honest men had the worst
+wives, (I mean as to industry, cleanliness, and ingenuity) while the
+three reprobates enjoyed women of quite contrary qualities.
+
+"But another observation I made was, in favour of the two honest men, to
+show what disparity there is between a diligent application to business,
+on the one hand, and a slothful negligent, and idle temper, on the
+other. Both of them had the same parcel of ground laid out, and corn to
+sow, sufficient either in their cultivation or their planting. The two
+honest men had a multitude of young trees planted about their
+habitations, so that when you approached near them, nothing appeared but
+a wood, very pleasing and delightful. Every thing they did prospered and
+flourished: their grapes, planted in order, seemed as though managed in
+a vineyard and were infinitely preferable to any of the others. Nor were
+they wanting to find out a place of retreat, but dug a cave in the most
+retired part of a thick wood, to secure their wives and children, with
+their provision and chiefest goods, surrounded with innumerable stakes,
+and having a most subtle entrance, in case any mischief should happen
+either from their fellow countrymen, or the devouring savages.
+
+"As to the reprobates, (though I must own they were much more civilized
+than before) instead of delightful wood surrounding their dwellings, we
+found the words of King Solomon too truly verified: _I went by the
+vineyard of the slothful, and it was all overgrown with thorns_. In many
+places their crop was obliterated by weeds: the hedges having several
+gaps in them, the wild goats had got in, and eaten up the corn, and here
+and there was a dead bush to stop these gaps for the present, which was
+no more than shutting the stable door after the steed was stolen away.
+But as to their wives, they (as I observed before) were more diligent,
+and cleanly enough, especially in their victuals, being instructed by
+one of the honest men, who had been a cook's mate on board a ship: &
+very well it was so, for as he cooked himself, his companion and their
+families lived as well as the idle husbands, who did nothing but loiter
+about, fetch turtle's eggs, catch fish and birds, and do any thing but
+work, and lived accordingly; while the diligent lived very handsomely
+and plentifully, in the most comfortable manner.
+
+"And now, Sir, I come to lay before your eyes a scene quite different
+from any thing that ever happened to us before, and perhaps ever befel
+you in all the time of your residence on this island. I shall inform you
+of its original in the following manner.
+
+"One morning, Sir, very early, there came five or six canoes of Indians
+on shore, indisputably upon their old custom of devouring their
+prisoners. All that we had to do upon such an occasion, was to lie
+concealed, that they, not having any notice of inhabitants, might depart
+quietly after performing their bloody execution: whoever first
+discovered the savages, was to give notice to all the three plantations
+to keep within doors, and then a proper scout was to be placed to give
+intelligence of their departure. But notwithstanding these wise
+measures, an unhappy disaster discovered us to the savages, which was
+like to have caused the desolation of the whole island; for, after the
+savages were gone off in their canoes, some of my Spaniards and I
+looking abroad; and being inflamed with a curiosity to see what they had
+been doing, to our great amazement beheld three savages fast asleep on
+the ground, who, either being gorged, could not awake when the others
+went off, or having wandered too far into the woods, did not come
+back in time.
+
+"What to do with them as first, we could not tell; as for slaves we had
+enough of them already; and as to killing them, neither Christianity or
+humanity would suffer us to shed the blood of persons who never did us
+wrong. We perceived they had no boat left them to transport them to
+their own nation; and that, by letting them wander about, they might
+discover us, and inform the first savages that should happen to land
+upon the same bloody occasion, which information might entirely ruin us;
+and therefore I counselled my Spaniards to secure them, and set them
+about some work or other, till we could better dispose of them.
+
+"Hereupon we all went back, and making them awake, took them prisoners.
+It is impossible to express the horror they were in, especially when
+bound, as thinking they were going to be murdered and eaten, but we soon
+eased them of their fear as to that point. We first took them to the
+bower, where the chief of our country work lay as keeping goats,
+planting corn, &c and then carried them to the two Englishmen's
+habitation, to help them in their business; but happy it was for us all
+we did not carry them to our castle, as by the sequel will appear. The
+Englishmen, indeed, found them work to do; but whether they did not
+guard them strictly, or that they thought they could not better
+themselves, I cannot tell; but certainly one of them ran away into the
+woods, and they could not hear of him for a long time after.
+
+"Undoubtedly there was reason enough to suppose he got home in some of
+the canoes, the savages returning in about four weeks time, and going
+off in the space of two days. You may be certain, Sir, this thought
+could not but terrify us exceedingly, and make us justly conclude, that
+the savage would inform his countrymen of our abode in the island, how
+few and weak we were in comparison to their numbers & we expected it
+would not be long before the Englishmen would be attacked in their
+habitations; but the savages had not seen their places of safety in the
+woods, nor our castle, which it was a great happiness they did not know.
+
+"Nor were we mistaken in our thoughts upon this occasion: for, about
+eight months after this, six canoes, with about ten men in each canoe,
+came sailing by the north side of the island, which they were never
+accustomed to do before, and landed about an hour after sunrise, near a
+mile from the dwelling of the two Englishman, who, it seems, had the
+good fortune to discover them about a league off: to that it was an hour
+before they could come at them. And now being confirmed in this opinion
+that they were certainly betrayed, they immediately bound the two slaves
+which were left, causing two of the three men, whom they brought with
+the women, and who proved very faithful to lead them with their wives,
+and other conveniences, into their retired care in the wood, and there
+to bind the two fellows hand and foot till they had further orders. They
+then opened their fences, where they kept their milch goats, and drove
+them all out, giving the goats liberty to ramble in the woods, to make
+the savages believe that they were wild ones; but the slave had given a
+truer information, which made them come to the very inclosures. The two
+frighted men sent the other slave of the three, who had been with them
+by accident, to alarm the Spaniards, and desire their assistance; in
+the mean time they took their arms and ammunition, and made to the cave
+where they had sent their wives, and securing their slaves, seated
+themselves in a private place, from whence they might behold all the
+actions of the savages. Nor had they gone far, when ascending a rising
+ground, they could see a little army of Indians approach to their
+beautiful dwelling, and in a few moments more, perceive the same, and
+their furniture, to their unspeakable grief, burning in a consuming
+flame, and when this war done, they spread here and there, searching
+every bush and place for the people, of whom it was very evident, they
+had information. Upon which the two Englishmen, not thinking themselves
+secure where they stood, retreated about half a mile higher in the
+country, rightly concluding, that the farther the savages strolled,
+there would be less numbers together: upon which they next took their
+stand by the trunk of an old tree, very hollow and large, whence they
+resolved to see what would offer: but they had not stood long there,
+before two savages came running directly towards them, as though having
+knowledge of their being there, who seemed resolved to attack them; a
+little farther were three more, and five more behind them again, all
+running the same way. It cannot be imagined the perplexity the poor men
+were in at this sight, thinking that if assistance did not speedily come
+their cave in the wood would be discovered, and consequently all therein
+lost; so they resolved to resist them there, and, when overpowered, to
+ascend to the top of the trees, where they might defend themselves as
+long as their ammunition lasted, and sell their lives as dear as
+possible to those devouring savages. Thus fixed in their resolution,
+they next considered, whether they should fire at the first two, or wait
+for the three, and so take the middle party, by which the two first &
+the five last would be separated. In this regulation the two savages
+also confirmed them, by turning a little to another part of the wood:
+but the three, & the five after them, came directly towards the tree.
+Hereupon they resolved to take them in a direct line, as they approached
+nearer, because perhaps the first shot might hit them all three; and
+upon this occasion, the man who was to fire, charged his piece with
+three or four bullets. And thus while they were waiting, the savages
+came on, one of them was the runaway, who had caused all the mischief;
+so they resolved he should not escape, if they both fired at once. But,
+however, though they did not fire together, they were ready charged;
+when the first that let fly, was too good a marksman to miss his aim;
+for he killed the foremost outright, the second (_who was the runaway
+Indian_) fell to the ground, being shot through the body, but not dead
+and the third was a little wounded in the shoulder, who, sitting down on
+the ground, fell a screaming in a most fearful manner. The noise of the
+guns, which not only made the most resounding echoes, from one side to
+the other, but raised the birds of all sorts, fluttering with the most
+confused noise, so much terrified the five savages behind that they
+stood still at first, like so many inanimate images. But when all things
+were in profound silence, they came to the place where there companions
+lay; and here, not being sensible that they were liable to the same
+fate, stood over the wounded man, undoubtedly inquiring the occasion of
+this sad calamity; and 'tis as reasonable to suppose he told them, that
+it came by thunder and lightning from the gods, having never seen or
+heard of a gun before, in the whole course of their lives. By this time
+the Englishmen, having loaded their pieces, fired both together a second
+time, when seeing them all fall immediately on the ground, they thought
+they had killed every creature of them. This made them come up boldly
+before they had charged their guns, which indeed was a wrong step; for,
+when they came to the place, they found four alive, two of them very
+little wounded, and one not at all, which obliged them to fall upon them
+with their muskets: they first knocked the runaway savage on the head,
+and another that was but a little wounded in the arm, & then put the
+other languishing wretches out of their pain: while he that was not
+hurt, with bended knees and uplifted hands, made piteous moans, and
+signs to them to spare his life; nor, indeed, were they unmerciful to
+the poor wretch, but pointed to him to sit down at the root of a tree
+hard by; and then, one of the Englishmen, with a piece of rope twine he
+had in his pocket, by mere chance, tying his two feet fast together, and
+his two hands behind him, they left him there, making all the haste they
+could after the other two, fearing they should find out their cave; but
+though they could not overtake them, they had the satisfaction to
+perceive them at a distance, cross a valley towards the sea, a quite
+contrary way to their retreat: upon which they returned to the tree, to
+look after their prisoner; but when they came there, he was gone,
+leaving the piece of rope-yarn, wherewith he was bound, behind him.
+
+"Well, now they were as much concerned as ever, as not knowing how near
+their enemies might be, or in what numbers. Immediately they repaired to
+the cave, to see if all was well there, and found every thing safe,
+except the women, who were frightened upon their husbands account, whom
+they now loved entirely. They had not been long here, before seven of my
+Spaniards came to assist them; while the other ten, their servants, and
+Friday's father, were gone to defend their bower, corn, and cattle, in
+case the savages should have rambled so far. There accompanied the seven
+Spaniards, one of the three savages that had formerly been taken
+prisoner; and with them also that very Indian whom the Englishmen had,
+a little before, left under the tree; for it seems, they passed by that
+way where the slaughter was made, and so carried along with them that
+poor wretch that was left bound. But so many prisoners now becoming a
+burthen to us, and fearing the dreadful consequence of their escaping,
+most of the Spaniards and English urged the absolute necessity there was
+of killing them for our common preservation; but, Sir, the authority I
+bore, as a governor, over-ruled that piece of cruelty; and then I
+ordered them to be sent prisoners to the old cave in the valley, bound
+hands and feet, with two Spaniards to guard them.
+
+"So much encouraged were the Englishmen at the approach of the
+Spaniards, and so great was their fury against the savages for
+destroying their habitations, that they had not patience to stay any
+longer; but, taking five Spaniards along with them, armed with four
+muskets, a pistol, and a quarter staff, away they went in pursuit of
+their enemies. As they passed by the place where the savages were slain,
+it was very easy to be perceived that more of them had been there,
+having attempted to carry off their dead bodies, but found it
+impracticable. From a rising ground our party had the mortification to
+see the smoke that proceeded from their ruins; when coming farther in
+flight of the shore, they plainly perceived that the savages had
+embarked in their canoes, and were putting out to sea. This they were
+very sorry for, there being no coming at them to give them a parting
+salute, but however, they were glad enough to get clear of such
+unwelcome guests.
+
+"Thus the two honest, but unfortunate Englishmen, being ruined a second
+time, and their improvements quite destroyed, most of my good natured
+Spaniards helped them to rebuild, and we all assisted them with needful
+supplies; nay, what is more remarkable, their three mischievous
+countrymen, when they heard of it _(which was after all these disasters
+were over, they living more remote eastward)_ very friendly sympathised
+with them, and worked for them several days; so that, in a little, their
+habitations were rebuilt, their necessities supplied, and themselves
+restored to their former tranquility.
+
+"Though the savages had nothing to boast of in this adventure, _(several
+canoes being driven ashore, followed by two drowned creatures, having
+undoubtedly met with a storm at sea that very night they departed)_ yet
+it was natural to be supposed, that those whose better fortune it was to
+attain their native shore, would inflame their nation to another ruinous
+attempt, with a greater force, to carry all before them. And, indeed, so
+it happened: for about seven months after, our island was invaded with a
+most formidable navy, no less than eight and twenty canoes full of
+savages, armed with wooden swords, monstrous clubs, bows and arrows, and
+such like instruments of war, landing at the east end of the island.
+
+"You may well, Sir, imagine what consternation our men were in upon
+this account, and how speedy they were to execute their resolution,
+having only that night's time allowed them. They knew that since they
+could not withstand their enemies, concealment was the only way to
+procure their safety; and, therefore, they took down the huts that were
+built for the two Englishmen, and drove their flocks of goats together
+with their own at the bower, to the old cave in the valley, leaving as
+little appearance of inhabitants as possible; and then posted
+themselves, with all their force, at the plantation of the two men. As
+they expected, so it happened: for early the next morning, the Indians,
+leaving their canoes at the east-end of the island, came running along
+the shore, about two hundred and fifty in number, as near as could be
+guessed. Our army was but little indeed; and what was our greatest
+misfortune, we had not arms sufficient for them. The account, as to the
+men, Sir, is an follows: viz. 17 _Spaniards_, 5 _Englishmen, Old Friday,
+the three savages, taken with the five women, who proved faithful
+servants, and three other slaves, living with the Spaniards. To arm
+these they had_ 11 _muskets_, 5 _pistols_, 3 _fowling-pieces_, 2
+_swords_, 3 _old halberts_, 5 _muskets, or fowling-pieces, taken from
+the sailors whom you reduced. As to the slaves, we gave three of them
+halberts, and the other three long staves, with great iron spikes at the
+end of them, with hatchets by their sides; we also had hatchets sticking
+in our girdles, besides the fire-arms: nay, two of the women, inspired
+with Amazonian fortitude, could not be dissuaded from fighting along
+with their dear husbands, and if they died, to die with them, Seeing
+their resolution, we gave them hatchets likewise; but what pleased them
+best, were the bows and arrows (which they dexterously knew how to use)
+that the Indians had left behind them, after their memorable battle one
+against another_.
+
+"Over this army, which though little, was of great intrepidity, I was
+constituted chief general and commander: and knowing Will Atkins, though
+exceedingly wicked, yet a man of invincible courage, I gave him the
+power of commanding under me: he had six men with their muskets loaded
+with six or seven bullets a-piece, and were planted just behind a small
+thicket of bushes, as an advanced guard, having orders to let the first
+pass by; and then, when he fired into the middle of them, making a
+nimble retreat round a part of the wood, and so come in the rear of the
+Spaniards, who were shaded by a thicket of trees: for though the savages
+came on with the fierceness of lions, yet they wanted the subtility of
+foxes, being out of all manner of order, and straggling in heaps every
+way: and, indeed, when Will Atkins, after fifty of the savages had
+passed by, had ordered three of his men to give fire, so great was their
+consternation, to see so many men killed and wounded, and hear such a
+dreadful noise, and yet knew not whence it came, that they were
+frightened to the highest degree: and when the second volley was given,
+they concluded no less but that their companions were slain by thunder
+and lightning from Heaven. In this notion they would have continued, had
+Will Atkins and his men retired, as soon as they fired, according to
+order: or had the rest been near them, to pour in their shot
+continually, their might have been a complete victory obtained: but
+staying to load their pieces again, discovered the whole matter. They
+were perceived by some of the scattering savages at a distance, who let
+fly their arrows among them, wounded Atkins himself, and killed his
+fellow Englishman, and one of the Indians taken with the women. Our
+party did not fail to answer them, and in their retreat killed about
+twenty savages. Here I cannot but take notice of our poor dying slave,
+who, tho' stopt from his retreat by a fatal arrow, yet with his staff
+and hatchet, desperately and gallantly assailed his pursuers, and killed
+five of the savages, before his life submitted to a multiplicity of
+wounds. Nor is the cruelty or malice of the Indians to be less remarked,
+in breaking the arms, legs, and heads of the two dead bodies, with their
+clubs and wooden swords, after a most wretched manner. As Atkins
+retreated our party advanced, to interpose between him and the savages:
+but after three vollies, we were obliged to retreat also: for they were
+so numerous and desperate, that they came up to our very teeth, shot
+their arrows like a cloud, and their wounded men, enraged with cruel
+pain, fought like madmen. They did not, however, think fit to follow us,
+but drawing themselves up in a circle, they gave two triumphant shouts
+in token of victory, though they had the grief to see several of their
+wounded men bleed to death before them.
+
+"After I had, Sir, drawn up our little army together, upon a rising
+ground, Atkins, wounded as he was, would have had us attack the whole
+body of the savages at once, I was extremely well pleased with the
+gallantry of the man: but, upon consideration, I replied, _You perceive,
+Seignor Atkins, how their wounded men fight; let them alone till
+morning, when they will be faint, stiff, and sore, and then we shall
+have fewer to combat with_. To which Atkins, smiling, replied, _That's
+very true, Seignor, so shall I too; and that's the reason I would fight
+them now I am warm_. We all answered, _Seignor Atkins for your part you
+have behaved very gallantly; and, if you are not able to approach the
+enemy in the morning, we will fight for you, till then we think it
+convenient to wait_, and so we tarried.
+
+"By the brightness of the moon that night, we perceived the savages in
+great disorder about their dead and wounded men. This made us change our
+resolution, and resolve to fall upon them in the night, if we could
+give them one volley undiscovered. This we had a fair opportunity to do,
+by one of the two Englishmen leading us round, between the woods and the
+sea-side westward, and turning short south, came privately to a place
+where the thickest of them were. Unheard and unperceived, eight of us
+fired among them, and did dreadful execution; and in half a minute
+after, eight more of us let fly, killing and wounding abundance of them;
+and then dividing ourselves into three bodies, eight persons in each
+body we marched from among the trees, to the very teeth of the enemy,
+sending forth the greatest shouts and acclamations. The savages hearing
+a different noise from three quarters at once, stood in the utmost
+confusion; but coming in sight of us, let fly a volley of arrows, which
+wounded poor old Friday, yet happily it did not prove mortal. We did
+not, however, give them a second opportunity; but rushing in among them,
+we fired three several ways, and then fell to work with our swords,
+staves, hatchets, and the butt-end of our muskets, with a fury not to be
+resisted; so that with the most dismal screaming and howling they had
+recourse to their feet, to save their lives by a speedy flight. Nor must
+we forget the valour of the two women; for they exposed themselves to
+the greatest dangers, killed many with their arrows, and valiantly
+destroyed several more with their hatchets.
+
+"In fighting these two battles, we were so much tired, that we did not
+then trouble ourselves to pursue them to their canoes, in which we
+thought they would presently put to the ocean; but their happening a
+dreadful storm at sea, which continuing all that night, it not only
+prevented their voyage, but dashed several of their boats to pieces
+against the beach, and drove the rest so high upon the shore, that it
+required infinite labour to get them off. After our men had taken some
+refreshment and a little repose, they resolved early in the morning to
+go towards the place of their landing, and see whether they were gone
+off, or in what posture they remained. This necessarily led them to the
+place of battle, where several of the savages were expiring, a sight no
+way pleasing to generous minds, to delight in misery, though obliged to
+conquer them by the law of arms; but our own Indian slaves put them out
+of their pain, by dispatching them with their hatchets. At length,
+coming in view of the remainder of the army, we found them leaning upon
+their knees, which were bended towards their mouth, and the head between
+the two hands. Hereupon, coming within musket shot of them, I ordered
+two pieces to be fired without ball, in order to alarm them, that we
+might plainly know, whether they had the courage to venture another
+battle, or were utterly dispirited from such an attempt, that so we
+might accordingly manage them. And indeed, the prospect took very well;
+for, no sooner did the savages hear the first gun, and perceive the
+flash of the second, but they suddenly started upon their feet in the
+greatest consternation; and when we approached towards them, they ran
+howling and screaming away up the hill into the country.
+
+"We could rather, at first, have wished, that the weather had permitted
+them to have gone off to the sea; but when we considered, that their
+escape might occasion the approach of multitudes, to our utter ruin and
+dissolution; we were very well pleased the contrary happened; and Will
+Atkins (who, tho' wounded, would not part from us all this while)
+advised us not to let slip this advantage, but clapping between them and
+their boats, deprive them of the capacity of ever returning to plague
+the island: _I know_, said he, _there is but on objection you can make,
+which is, that these creatures, living like beasts in the wood, may make
+excursions, rifle the plantations, and destroy the tame goats; but then,
+consider, we had better to do with an hundred men whom we can kill, or
+make slaves of at leisure, than with an hundred nations, whom it is
+impossible we should save ourselves from, much less subdue_. This
+advice, and these arguments being approved of, we set fire to their
+boats; and though they were so wet that we could not burn them entirely,
+yet we made them incapable for swimming in the seas. As soon as the
+Indians perceived what we were doing, many of them ran out of the woods,
+in fight of us, and kneeling down, piteously cried out, _Oa, Oa!
+Waramakoa_. Intimating, I suppose, that, if we would but spare their
+canoes, they would never trouble us again.
+
+"But all their complaints, submissions, and entreaties, were in vain;
+for self-preservation obliging us to the contrary, we destroyed every
+one of them that had escaped the fury of the ocean. When the Indians
+perceived this, they raised a lamentable cry, and ran into the woods,
+where they continued ranging about; making the woods ring with their
+lamentation. Here we should have considered, that making these
+creatures, thus desperate, we ought, at the same time to have set a
+sufficient guard upon the plantations: for the savages, in their ranging
+about, found out the bower, destroyed the fences, trod the corn down
+under their feet, and tore up the vines and grapes. It is true, we were
+always able to fight these creatures; but, as they were too swift for
+us, and very numerous, we durst not go out single, for fear of them;
+though that too was needless, they having no weapons, nor any materials
+to make them; and, indeed, their extremity appeared in a little
+time after.
+
+[ILLUSTRATION: The Spaniard, &c. burning the Indian canoes. _Dr. & Eng.
+by A. Carse, Edin._]
+
+"Though the savages, as already mentioned, had destroyed our bower, and
+all our corns, grapes, &c. yet we had still left our flock of cattle in
+the valley, by the cave, with some little corn that grew there, and the
+plantation of Will Atkins and his companions, one of whom being killed
+by an arrow, they were now reduced to two: it is remarkable that this
+was the fellow who cut the poor Indian with his hatchet, and had design
+to murder me and my countrymen the Spaniards. As our condition was low,
+we came to the resolution to drive the savages up to the farther part of
+the island, where no Indians landed, to kill as many of them as we
+could, till we had reduced their number; and then to give the remainder
+some corn to plant, and to teach them how to live by their daily labour,
+accordingly we pursued them with our guns, at the hearing of which they
+were so terrified, that they would fall to the ground. Every day we
+killed and wounded some of them, and many were found starved to death,
+so that our hearts began to relent at the sight of such miserable
+objects. At last, with great difficulty, taking one of them alive, and
+using him with kindness, & tenderness, we brought him to Old Friday, who
+talked to him, & told him how good we would be to them all, giving them
+corn and land to plant and live in, and present nourishment, provided
+they should keep within such bounds as should be allotted them, and not
+do prejudice to others: _Go then_, said he, _and inform your countrymen
+of this; which, if they will not agree to, every one of them shall
+be slain_.
+
+"The poor creatures, thoroughly humbled, being reduced to about
+thirty-seven, joyfully accepted the offer, and earnestly begged for
+food; hereupon we sent twelve Spaniards and two Englishmen well armed,
+together with Old Friday, and three Indian slaves were loaded with a
+large quantity of bread and rice cakes, with three live goats: and the
+poor Indians being ordered to sit down on the side of the hill, they ate
+the victuals very thankfully, and have proved faithful to the last,
+never trespassing beyond their bounds, where at this day they quietly
+and happily remain, and where we now and then visit them. They are
+confined to a neck of land about a mile and a half broad, and three or
+four in length, on the south-east corner of the island, the sea being
+before, and lofty mountains behind them, free from the appearance of
+canoes; and indeed their countrymen never made any inquiry after them.
+We gave them twelve hatchets, and three or four knives; have taught them
+to build huts, make wooden spades, plant corn, make bread, breed tame
+goats and milk them, as likewise to make wicker work, in which I must
+ingenuously confess, they infinitely out do us, having made themselves
+several pretty necessaries and fancies, as baskets, sieves, bird-cages,
+and cupboards, as also stools, beds and couches, no less useful than
+delightful; and now they live the most innocent and inoffensive
+creatures that ever were subdued in the world, wanting nothing but wives
+to make them a nation.
+
+"Thus, kind Sir, have I given you, according to my ability, an
+impartial account of the various transactions that have happened, in the
+island since your departure to this day; and we have great reason to
+acknowledge the kind providence of Heaven in our merciful deliverance.
+When you inspect your little kingdom, you will find in it some little
+improvement, your flocks increased, and your subjects augmented, so that
+from a desolate island, as this was before your wonderful deliverance
+upon it, here is a visible prospect of its becoming a populous and well
+governed little kingdom, to your immortal fame and glory."
+
+There is no doubt to suppose but that the preceeding relation of my
+faithful Spaniard was very agreeable and no less surprising to me, to
+the young priest, and to all who heard it: now were these people less
+pleased with those necessary utensils that I brought them, such as the
+knives, scissars, spades, shovels, and pick-axes, with which they now
+adorn their habitations.
+
+So much had they addicted themselves to wicker-work, prompted by the
+ingenuity of the Indians, who assisted them, that when I viewed the
+Englishmen's colonies, they seemed at a distance as though they had
+lived like bees in a hive: for Will Atkins, who was now become a very
+industrious and sober man, had made himself a tent of basket-work round
+the outside; the walls were worked in as a basket, in pannels or strong
+squares of thirty-two in number, standing about seven feet high: in the
+middle was another, not above twenty-two paces round, but much stronger
+built, being of an octagonal form, and in the eight corners stood eight
+strong poles, round the top of which he raised a pyramid for the roof,
+mighty pretty, I assure you, and joined very well together, with iron
+spikes, which he made himself; for he had made him a forge, with a pair
+of wooden bellows and charcoal for his work, forming an anvil cut of one
+of the iron crows, to work upon, and in the manner would he make himself
+hooks, staples, spikes, bolts, and hinges. After he had pitched the roof
+of his innermost tent, he made it so firm between the rafters with
+basket-work, thatching that over again with rice-straw, and over that a
+large leaf of a tree, that his house was as dry as if it had been tiled
+or slated. The outer circuit was covered as a lean-to, quite round this
+inner appartment, laying long rafters from the thirty-two angles to the
+top posts of the inner house, about twenty-feet distant, so that there
+was a space like a wall between the outer and inner wall, near twenty
+feet in breadth. The inner place he partitioned off with the same
+wicker-work, dividing it into six neat apartments every one of which had
+a door, first into the entry of the main tent, and another into the
+space and walk that was round it, not only convenient for retreat, but
+for family necessaries. Within the door of the outer circle, there was
+a passage directly to the door of the inner house; on either side was a
+wicker partition, and a door, by which you go into a room twenty-two
+feet wide, and about thirty long, and through that into another of a
+smaller length; so that in the outer circle were ten handsome rooms, six
+of which were only to be come at through the apartments of the inner
+tent, serving as retiring rooms to the respective chambers of the inner
+circle, and four large warehouses, which went in through one another,
+two on either hand of the passage that led through the outer door to the
+inner tent. In short, nothing could be built more ingeniously, kept more
+neat, or have better conveniences; and here lived the three families,
+Will Atkins, his companion, their wives and children, and the widow of
+the deceased. As to religion, the men seldom taught their wives the
+knowledge of God, any more than the sailors' custom of swearing by his
+name. The greatest improvement their wives had, was, they taught them to
+speak English, so as to be understood.
+
+None of their children were then above six years old; they were all
+fruitful enough; and I think the cook's mate's wife was big of her
+sixth child.
+
+When I inquired of the Spaniards about their circumstances while among
+the savages, they told me, _that they abandoned themselves to despair,
+reckoning themselves a poor and miserable people, that had no means put
+into their hands, and consequently must soon be starved to death._ They
+owned, however, that they were in the wrong to think so, and for
+refusing the assistance that reason offered for their support, as well
+as future deliverance, confessing that grief was a most insignificant
+passion, as it looked upon things as without remedy, and having no hope
+of things to come; all which verified this noted proverb,
+
+_In trouble to be troubled,
+Is to have your trouble doubled._
+
+Nor did his remarks end here, for, making observations upon my
+improvement, and on my condition at first, infinitely worse than theirs,
+he told me that Englishmen had, in their distress, greater presence of
+mind than those of any other country that he had met with; and that they
+and the Portuguese were the worst men in the world to struggle under
+misfortunes. When they landed among the savages, they found but little
+provision except they would turn cannibals, there being but a few roots
+and herbs, with little substance in them, and of which the natives gave
+them but very sparingly. Many were the ways they took to civilize and
+teach the savages, but in vain; for they would not own them to be their
+instructors, whose lives were owing to their bounty. Their extremities
+were very great and many days being entirely without food, the savages
+there being more indolent and less devouring than those who had better
+supplies. When they went out to battle they were obliged to assist these
+people, in one of which my faithful Spaniard being taken, had like to
+have been devoured. They had lost their ammunition, which rendered their
+fire-arms useless; nor could they use the bows and arrows that were
+given them, so that while the armies were at a distance, they had no
+chance but when close, then they could be of service with halberts, &
+sharpened sticks put into the muzzles of their muskets. They made
+themselves targets of wood covered with the skins of wild beasts; and
+when one happened to be knocked down, the rest of the company fought
+over him till he recovered; and then standing close in a line, they
+would make their way through a thousand savages. At the return of their
+friend, who they thought had been entombed in the bowels of their
+enemies, their joy was inconceivable. Nor were they less surprised at
+the sight of the loaves of bread I had sent them, things that they had
+not seen for several years, at the same time crossing and blessing it,
+as though it was manna sent from Heaven: but when they knew the errand,
+and perceived the boat which was to carry them back to the person and
+place from whence such relief came, this struck them with such a
+surprise of joy as made some of them faint away, and others burst out
+into tears.
+
+This was the summary account that I had from them. I shall now inform
+the reader what I next did for them, and in what condition I left them.
+As we were all of opinion that the savages would scarce trouble them any
+more, so we had no apprehensions on the score. I told them I was come
+purely to establish, and not to remove them; and upon that occasion, had
+not only brought them necessaries for convenience and defence, but also
+artificers, and other persons, both for their necessary employments, and
+to add to their number. They were altogether when I thus talked to them;
+and before I delivered to them the stores I brought, I asked them, one
+by one, if they had entirely forgot their first animosities, would
+engage in the strictest friendship; and shake hands with one another? On
+this Will Atkins, with abundance of good humour, said, _they had
+afflictions enough to make them all sober, and enemies enough to make
+them all friends: as for himself, he would live and die among them,
+owning that what the Spaniards had done to him, his own mad humour had
+made necessary for them to do_. Nor had the Spaniards occasion to
+justify their proceeding to me; but they told me, _that since Will
+Atkins had behaved himself so valiantly in fight, and at other times
+showed such a regard to the common interest of them all, they had not
+only forgotten all that was past, but thought he ought as much to be
+trusted with arms and necessaries as any of them, which they testified
+by making him next in command to the governor: and they most heartily
+embraced the occasion of giving me this solemn assurance, that they
+would never separate their interest again, as long as they lived_.
+
+After these kind declarations of friendship, we appointed all of us to
+dine together the next day; upon this I caused the ship's cook and his
+mate to come on shore for that purpose, to assist in dressing our
+dinner. We brought from the ship six pieces of beef, and four of pork,
+together with our punch bowl, and materials to fill it; and in
+particular I gave them ten bottles of French claret, and ten of English
+beer, which was very acceptable to them. The Spaniards added to our
+feast, five whose kids, which being roasted, three of them were sent as
+fresh meat to the sailors on board, and the other two we ate ourselves.
+After our merry and innocent feast was over, I began to distribute my
+cargo among them. First, I gave them linen sufficient to make every one
+four shirts, and at the Spaniard's request made them up six. The thin
+English stuffs I allotted to make every one a light coat like a frock,
+agreeable to the climate, and left them such a quantity as to make more
+upon their decay; as also pumps, shoes, hats, and stockings. It is not
+to be expressed the pleasing satisfaction which sat upon the
+countenances of these poor men, when they perceived what care I took of
+them, as if I had been a common father to them all; and they all engaged
+never to leave the island, till I gave my consent for their departure. I
+then presented to them the people I brought, viz. the tailor, smith, and
+the two carpenters; but my Jack-of-all-trades was the most acceptable
+present I could make them. My tailor fell immediately to work, and made
+every one of them a shirt; after which, he learned the women how to sew
+and stitch, thereby to become the more helpful to their husbands.
+Neither were the carpenters less useful, taking in pieces their clumsy
+things; instead of which they made convenient and handsome tables,
+stools, bedsteads, cupboards, lockers, and shelves. But when I carried
+them to see Will Atkins's basket-house, they owned they never saw such a
+piece of natural ingenuity before: _I am sure,_ said one of the
+carpenters, _the man that built this has no need of us; you need, Sir,
+do nothing but give him tools._
+
+I divided the tools among them in this manner: to every man I gave a
+digging spade, a shovel, and a rake, as having no harrows or ploughs;
+and to every separate place a pickax, a crow, a broad ax, and a saw,
+with a store for a general supply, should any be broken or worn out. I
+left them also nails, staples, hinges, hammers, chisels, knives,
+scissors, and all sorts of tools and iron work; & for the use of the
+smith, gave them three tons of unwrought iron, for a supply; and as to
+arms and ammunition, I stored them even to profusion; or at least to
+equip a sufficient little army against all opposers whatsoever.
+
+The young man (whose mother was unfortunately starved to death) together
+with the maid, a pious and well educated young woman, seeing things so
+well ordered on shore (for I made them accompany me) and considering
+they had no occasion to go so far a voyage as to the East Indies, they
+both desired of me, that I would leave them there, and enter them among
+my subjects. This I readily agreed to, ordering them a plat of ground,
+on which were three little houses erected, environed with basket-work,
+pallisadoed like Atkins's and adjoining to his plantation. So contrived
+were their tents that each of them had a room apart to lodge in, while
+the middle tent was not only their store-house, but their place for
+eating and drinking. At this time the two Englishmen removed their
+habitation to their former place; in that now the island was divided
+into three colonies: first, Those I have just now mentioned; secondly
+That of Will Atkins, where there were four families of Englishmen, with
+their wives and children, the widow and her children; the young man and
+the maid, who, by the way, we made a wife of before our departure; three
+savages, who were slaves; the tailor, smith, (who served also as a
+gunsmith) and my other celebrated person called Jack-of-all-trades.
+Thirdly, my chief colony, which consisted of the Spaniards, with Old
+Friday, who still remained at my old habitation, which was my capital
+city, and surely never was there such a metropolis, it now being hid in
+so obscure a grove, that a thousand men might have ranged the island a
+month, and looked purposely for it, without being able to find it,
+though the Spaniards had enlarged its boundaries, both without and
+within, in a most surprising manner.
+
+But now I think it high time to speak of the young French priest of the
+order of St. Benedict, whose judicious and pious discourses, upon sundry
+occasions, merit an extraordinary observation; nor can his being a
+French Papist priest, I presume, give offence to any of my readers, when
+they have this assurance from me, that he was a person of the most
+courteous disposition, extensive charity, and exalted piety. His
+arguments were always agreeable to reason, and his conversation the most
+acceptable of any person that I had ever yet met with in my life.
+
+_Sir,_ said he, to me, one day, _since, under God,_ at the same time
+crossing his breast, _you have not only saved my life; but, by
+permitting me to go this voyage, have granted me the happiness of free
+conversation, I think is my duty as my profession obliges me, to save
+what souls I can, by bringing them to the knowledge of some Catholic
+doctrine, necessary to salvation; and since these people are under your
+immediate government, in gratitude, justice, and decency, for what you
+have done for me, I shall offer no farther points in religion, that what
+shall merit your approbation_. Being a-pleased with the modesty of his
+carriage, I told him he should not be worse used for being of a
+different persuasion, if upon that very account, we did not differ in
+points of faith, not decent in a part of the country where the poor
+Indians ought to be instructed in the knowledge of the true God, and his
+Son Jesus Christ. To this he replied, that conversation might easily be
+separated from disputes; that he would discourse with me rather as a
+gentleman than a religious: but that, if we did enter upon religious
+argument, upon my desiring the same, I would give him liberty to defend
+his own principles. He farther added, that he would do all that became
+him in his office, as a priest as well as a Christian, to procure the
+happiness of all that were in the ship: that though he could not pray
+with, he would pray for us on all occasions; and then he told me several
+extraordinary events of his life, within a few years past; but
+particularly in this last, which was the most remarkable: that, in this
+voyage, he had the misfortune to be five times shipped and unshipped:
+his first design was to have gone to Martinico; for which, taking ship
+at St. Malos, he was forced into Lisbon by bad weather, the vessel
+running aground in the mouth of the Tagus; that from thence he went on
+board a Portuguese ship, bound to the Madeiras, whose master being but
+an indifferent mariner, and out of his reckoning, they were drove to
+Fial, where selling their commodity, which was corn, they resolved to
+take in their loading at the Isle of May, and to sail to Newfoundland;
+at the banks of which, meeting a French ship bound to Quebec, in the
+river of Canada, and from thence to Martinico, in this ship he embarked;
+the master of which dying at Quebec, that voyage was suspended; and
+lastly, shipping himself for France, this last ship was destroyed by
+fire, as before has been related.
+
+At this time we talked no further; but another morning he comes to me,
+just as I was going to visit the Englishman's colony, and tells me, that
+as he knew; the prosperity of the island, was my principal desire, he
+had something to communicate agreeable to my design, by which perhaps he
+might put it, more than he yet thought it was, in the way of the
+benediction of heaven. _How, Sir,_ said I, in a surprise, _are we not
+yet in the way of God's blessings, after all these signal providences
+and deliverances, of which you have had such an ample relation?_ He
+replied, _Nope, Sir, you are in the way, and that your good design will
+prosper: but still there are some among you that are not equally right
+in their actions; and remember, I beseech you, Sir, that Achan, by his
+crime, removed God's blessing from the camp of the children of Israel;
+that though six and thirty were entirely innocent, yet they became the
+object of divine vengeance, and bore the weight of his punishment
+accordingly._
+
+So sensibly was I touched with this discourse, and so satisfied with
+that ardent piety that inflamed his soul, that I desired him to
+accompany me to the Englishman's plantations, which he was very glad of,
+by reason they were the subject of what he designed to discourse with me
+about: and while we walked on together, he began in the
+following manner:
+
+"Sir, said he, I must confess it as a great unhappiness that we disagree
+in several doctrinal articles of religion; but surely both of us
+acknowledge this, that there is a God, who having given us some stated
+rules for our service and obedience, we ought not willingly and
+knowingly to offend him; either by neglecting what he has commanded, or
+by doing what he has forbidden. This truth every Christian owns, that
+when any one presumptuously sins against God's command, the Almighty
+then withdraws his blessing from him; every good man therefore ought
+certainly to prevent such neglect of, or sin against, God and his
+commands." I thanked the young priest for expressing so great a concern
+for us, and desired him to explain the particulars of what he had
+observed, that according to the parable of Achan, I _might remove the
+accursed thing from among us_ "Why then, Sir, said he, in the first
+place, you have four Englishmen, who have taken savage women to their
+wives, by whom they have several children, though none of them are
+legally married, as the law of God and man requires; they, I say, Sir,
+are no less than adulterers, and as they still live in adultery, are
+liable to the curse of God. I know, Sir, you may object the want of a
+priest or clergyman of any kind; as also, pen, ink and paper, to write
+down a contract of marriage, and have it signed between them. But
+neither this, nor what the Spanish governor has told you of their
+choosing by consent, can be reckoned a marriage, nor any more than an
+agreement to keep them from quarrelling among themselves; for, Sir, the
+essence or sacrament of matrimony (so he called it) not only consists in
+mutual consent, but in the legal obligation, which compels them to own
+and acknowledge one another, to abstain from other persons, the men to
+provide for their wives and children, and the woman to the same and like
+conditions, _nutatis mutandis,_ on their side: whereas, Sir, these men,
+upon their own pleasure, on any occasion, may forsake those women and
+marry others, and by disowning their children, suffer them utterly to
+perish. Now, Sir, 'added he, 'can God be honoured in such an unlawful
+liberty as this; how can a blessing succeed to the best endeavours, if
+men are allowed to live in so licentious a way?" I was indeed struck
+with the thing myself, and thought that they were much to blame, that no
+formal contract had been made, though it had been but breaking a stick
+between them, to engage them to live as man and wife, never to separate,
+but love, cherish, and comfort one another all their lives; _yet Sir,_
+said I, _when they took these wommen, I was not here, and if it is
+adultery, it is past my remedy, and I cannot help it_. "True, Sir,'
+answered the young priest, you cannot be charged with that part of the
+crime which was done in your absence: but I beseech you, don't flatter
+yourself, that you are under no obligation now to put a period to it:
+which if you neglect to do, the guilt will be entirely on you alone,
+since it is certainly in nobody's power but yours, to alter their
+condition." I must confess, I was so dull, that I thought he meant, I
+should part them, and knowing that this would put the whole island in
+confusion, I told him, I could not consent to it upon any account
+whatsoever. "Sir,' said he, in a great surprise, 'I do not mean that you
+should separate, but marry them, by a written contract, signed by both
+man and woman, and by all the witnesses present, which all the European
+laws decree to be of sufficient efficacy." Amazed with such true piety
+and sincerity, and considering the validity of a written contract, I
+acknowledged all that he said to be very just and kind, and that I would
+discourse with the man about it; neither could I see what reason they
+could have not to let him marry them, whose authority in that affair is
+owned to be as authentic as if they were married by any of our clergymen
+in England.
+
+The next complaint he had to make to me was this, that though these
+English subjects of mine have lived with these women seven years, and
+though they were of good understanding, and capable of instruction,
+having learned not only to speak, but to read English, yet all this
+while they had never taught them any thing of the Christian religion, or
+the knowledge of God, much less in what manner he ought to be served.
+"And is not this an unaccountable neglect:' said he warmly. 'Depend upon
+it, God Almighty will call them to account for such contempt. And though
+I am not of your religion, yet I should be glad to see these people
+released from the devil's power, and be saved by the principles of the
+Christian religion, the knowledge of God, of a Redeemer, the
+resurrection, and of a future state. But as it is not too late, if you
+please to give me leave to instruct them, I doubt not but I shall supply
+this great defect, by bringing them into the great circle of
+Christianity, even while you continue in the island."
+
+I could hold no longer, but embracing him, told him, with a thousand
+thanks, I would grant whatever he requested, and desired him to proceed
+in the third article, which he did in the following manner;
+
+"Sir,' said he, 'it should be a maxim among all Christians, that
+Christian knowledge ought to be propagated by all possible means, and on
+all occasion. Upon this account our church sends missionaries into
+Persia, India, and China, men who are willing to die for the sake of God
+& the Christian faith, in order to bring poor infidels into the way of
+salvation. Now, Sir, as here is an opportunity to convert seven & thirty
+poor savages, I wonder how you can pass by such an occasion of doing
+good, which is really worth the expence of a man's whole life."
+
+I must confess I was so confounded at this discourse, that I could not
+tell how to answer him. "Sir,' said he, feeling me in disorder, 'I shall
+be very sorry if I have given you offence." _No Sir,_ said I, _I am
+rather confounded; and you know my circumstances, that being bound to
+the East Indies in a merchant ship, I cannot wrong the owners so much,
+as to detain the ship here, the men lying at victuals and savages on
+their account. If I stay aboard several days, I must pay 3l. sterling_
+per diem _demurage, nor must the ship stop above eight days more; so
+that I am unable to engage in this work, unless I would leave the ship,
+and be reduced to my former condition._ The priest, though he owned this
+was hard upon me, yet laid it to my conscience, whether the blessing of
+saving seven and thirty souls was not worth venturing all that I had in
+the world? _Sir,_ said I, _it is very true; but as you are an
+ecclesiastic, it naturally falls into your profession: why, therefore,
+don't you rather offer to undertake it yourself than press me to it?_
+upon this he turned about, making a very low bow, "I most humbly thank
+God and you, Sir, (said he) for so blessed a call; and most willingly
+undertake so glorious an office, which will sufficiently compensate all
+the hazards and difficulties I have gone through in a long and
+uncomfortable voyage."
+
+While he was thus speaking, I could discover a rapture in his face, by
+his colour going and coming; at the same time his eyes sparkled like
+fire, and all the signs of the most zealous transports. And when I asked
+whether he was in earnest? _Sir,_ said he, _it was to preach to the
+Indians I consented to come along with you; these infidels, even in this
+little island, are infinitely of more worth than my poor life: if so
+that I should prove the happy instrument of saving these poor creatures'
+souls, I care not if I never see my native country again. One thing I
+only beg of you more is, that you would leave Friday with me, to be my
+interpreter, without whose assistance neither of us will understand
+each other._
+
+This request very sensibly troubled me; first, upon Friday's being bred
+a Protestant; and secondly, for the affection I bore to him for his
+fidelity: But, immediately the remembrance of Friday's father coming
+into my head, I recommended him to him as having learned Spanish, which
+the priest also understood; and so was thoroughly satisfied with him.
+
+When we came to the Englishmen, after I had told them what necessary
+things I had done for them, I talked to them of the scandalous life they
+led, told them what notice the clergyman had taken of it, and asked them
+if they were married men or bachelors? They answered, two of them were
+widowers, and the other three single men. But, said I, with what
+conscience can you call these your wives, by whom you have so many
+children, and yet are not lawfully married? They all said that they took
+them before the governor as such, having nobody else to marry them,
+which they thought as legal, as if they had had a parson. No doubt, said
+I, but in the eye of God it is so: but unless I am assured of your
+honest intent, never to desert these poor creatures, I can do nothing
+more for you, neither can you expect God's blessing while you live in
+such an open course of adultery. Hereupon, Will Atkins, who spoke for
+the rest, told me 'That they believed their wives the most innocent and
+virtuous creatures in the world; that they would never forsake them
+while they had breath; and that, if there was a clergyman in the ship,
+they would be married to them with all their hearts.' I told you before,
+said I, that I have a minister with me, who shall marry you to-morrow
+morning, if you are willing; so I would have you consult to-night with
+the rest about it. I told him the clergyman was a Frenchman, and knew
+not a word of English, but that I would act as clerk between them. And
+indeed this business met with such speedy success, that they all told
+me, in a few minutes after, 'that they were ready to be formally married
+as soon as I pleased;' with which informing the priest, he was
+exceedingly rejoiced.
+
+Nothing now remained, but that the women should be made sensible of the
+meaning of the thing; with which being well satisfied, they with their
+husbands attended at my apartment the next morning; there was my priest,
+habited in a black vest, something like a cassock, with a sash round it;
+much resembling a minister, and I was his interpreter. But the
+seriousness of his behaviour, and the scruples he made of marrying the
+women, who were not baptized, gave them, an exceeding reverence for his
+person: nor indeed would he marry them at all, till he obtained my
+liberty to discourse both with the men and women, and then he told them,
+'That in the sight of all indifferent men, and in the sense of the laws
+of society, they had lived in open adultery, which nothing new, but
+their consent to marry, or final separation, could put an end to; and
+even here was a difficulty with respect to the laws of Christian
+matrimony, in marrying a professed Christian to a heathen idolater,
+unbaptized; but yet there was time enough to make them profess the name
+of Christ, without which nothing could be done; that, besides, he
+believed themselves very indifferent Christians; and consequently had
+not discoursed with their wives upon that subject; and that unless they
+promised him to do so, he could not marry them, as being expressly
+forbidden by the laws of God.'
+
+All this they heard attentively, and owned readily.
+
+_But, Lord, Sir,_ said Will Atkins to me _how could we teach them
+religion, who know nothing of it ourselves? How can we talk to our wives
+of God, Jesus Christ, heaven, and hell? Why they would only laugh at us,
+who never yet have practiced religion, but on the contrary all manner of
+wickedness. Will Atkins,_ said I, _cannot you tell your wife she is in
+the wrong, and that her gods are idols, which can neither speak nor
+understand; but that our God, who has made, can destroy all things; that
+he rewards the good and punishes the wicked; and at last will bring us
+to judgment; cannot you tell her these things? That's true,_ said
+Atkins, _but then she'll tell me it is utterly false, since I am not
+punished and sent to the devil, who hath been such a wicked creature._
+These words I interpreted to the priest. "Oh!" said he, "tell him, his
+repentance will make him a very good minister to his spouse, and qualify
+him to preach on the mercy and long suffering of a merciful Being, who
+desires not the death of a sinner, and even defers damnation to the last
+judgment; this will lead him to the doctrine of the resurrection and
+will make him an excellent preacher to his wife." I repeated this to
+Atkins, who being more than ordinary affected with it, replied, _I know
+all this, Sir, and a great deal more; but how can I have the impudence
+to talk thus to my wife, given my conscience witnesses against me?
+Alas!_ said he (with tears in his eye, and giving a great sigh) _as for
+repenting, that is for ever past me. Past you! Atkins,_ said I, _what do
+you mean? You know well enough,_ said he, _what I mean, I mean it is
+too late._
+
+When I told the priest what he said, the poor affectionate man could not
+refrain from weeping; but recovering himself "Pray, Sir," said he, "ask
+him if he is contented that it is too late; or is he concerned, and
+wishes it were not so?" This question I put fairly to Atkins, who
+replied in a passion, _How can I be easy in a state which I know must
+terminate in my ruin? for I really believe, some time or other, I shall
+cut my threat, to put a period both to my life, and to the terrors of my
+conscience._
+
+At this, the clergyman shook his head, "Sir," said he, "pray tell him it
+is not too late; Christ will give him repentance, if he has recourse to
+the merit of his passion. Does he think he is beyond the power of Divine
+mercy? There may indeed be a time when provoked mercy will no longer
+strive, but never too late for men to repent in this world." I told
+Atkins every word the priest had said, who then parted from us to walk
+with his wife, while we discoursed with the rest. But these were very
+stupid in religious matters; yet all of them promised to do their
+endeavours to make their wives turn Christians; and upon which promises
+the priest married the three couple. But as Atkins was the only sincere
+convert and of more sense than the rest, my clergyman was earnestly
+inquiring after him: "Sir," said he, "let us walk out of this labyrinth,
+& I dare say we shall find this poor man preaching to his wife already."
+And indeed we found it true; for coming to the edge of the wood, we
+perceived Atkins and his savage wife sitting under the shade of a bush,
+in very earnest discourse; he pointed to the sun, to the quarters of the
+earth, to himself, to her, the woods, and the trees. Immediately we
+could perceive him start upon his feet, fall down upon his knees, and
+lift up both his hands; at which the tears ran down my clergyman's
+cheeks; but our great misfortune was, we could not hear one word that
+passed between them. Another time he would embrace her, wiping the tears
+from her eyes, kissing her with the greatest transports, and then both
+kneel down for some minutes together. Such raptures of joy did this
+confirm in my young priest, that he could scarcely contain himself: And
+a little after this, we observed by her motion, as frequently lifting up
+her hands, and laying them on her breast, that she was mightily affected
+with his discourse, and so they withdrew from our sight.
+
+When we came back, we found them both waiting to be called in; upon
+which he agreed to examine him alone, and so I began thus to discourse
+him. "Prithee, Will Atkins," said I, "what education have you? What was
+your father?"
+
+_W.A._ A better man than ever I shall be; he was, Sir, a clergyman, who
+gave me good instruction, or correction, which I despised like a brute
+as I was, and murdered my poor father.
+
+_Pr._ Ha! a murderer!
+
+[_Here the priest started and looked pale, as thinking he had really
+killed his father_.]
+
+_R.C._ What, did you kill him with your hands?
+
+_W.A._ No, Sir, I cut not his throat, but broke his heart by the most
+unnatural turn of disobedience to the tenderest and best of fathers.
+
+_R.C._ Well, I pray God grant you repentance: I did not ask you to
+exhort a confession; but I asked you because I see you have more
+knowledge of what is good than your companions.
+
+_W.A._ O Sir, whenever I look back upon my past life, conscience
+upbraids me with my father: the sins against our parents make the
+deepest wounds, and their weight lies the heaviest upon the mind.
+
+_R.C._ You talk, Will, too feelingly and sensibly for me; I am not able
+to bear it.
+
+_W.A._ You bear it, Sir! you know nothing of it.
+
+_R.C._ But yes, Atkins, I do; and every shore, valley, and tree in this
+island, witness the anguish of my soul for my undutifulness to my kind
+father, whom I have murdered likewise; yet my repentance falls
+infinitely short of yours. But, Will, how comes the sense of this matter
+to touch you just now?
+
+_W.A._ Sir, the work you have set me about, has occasioned it; for
+talking to my wife about God and religion, she has preached me such a
+sermon, that I shall retain it in lasting remembrance.
+
+_R.C._ No, no, it is your own moving pious arguments to her, has made
+conscience fling them back upon you. But pray, Atkins, inform us what
+passed between you and your wife, and in what manner you did begin.
+
+_W.A._ I talked to her of the laws of marriage, the reason of such
+compacts, whereby order and justice is maintained; without which men
+would run from their wives and children, to the dissolution of families
+or inheritances.
+
+_R.C._ Well, and what did she say to all this?
+
+_W.A._ Sir, we began our discourse in the following manner, which I
+shall exactly repeat according to my mean capacity, if you think it
+worth you while to honour it with your attention.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_The DIALOGUE between WILL ATKINS and his Wife in the wood._
+
+_Wife._ You tell me marriage God appoint, have you God in your country?
+
+_W.A._ Yes, child, God is in every nation.
+
+_Wife._ No; great old Benamuckee God is in my country, not yours.
+
+_A._ My dear, God is in heaven, which he made; he also made the earth,
+the sea and all that is therein.
+
+_Wife._ Why you no tell me much long ago?
+
+_A._ My dear I have been a wicked wretch, having a long time lived
+without the knowledge of God in the world.
+
+_Wife._ What, not know great God in own nation? No do good ting? No say
+O to him? that's strange!
+
+_A._ But, my dear, many live as if there was no God in heaven for all
+that.
+
+_Wife._ Why God suffer them? why makee not live well?
+
+_A._ It is our own faults, child.
+
+_Wife._ But if he is much great, can makee kill, why no makee kill when
+no serve him? No be good mans, no cry O to him?
+
+_A._ That's true, my dear, he may strike us dead, but his abundant mercy
+spareth us.
+
+_Wife._ Did not you tell God thanked for that?
+
+_A._ No, I have neither thanked him for his mercy, nor feared him for
+his power.
+
+_Wife._ Then me not believe your God be good, nor makee kill, when you
+makee him angry.
+
+_A._ Alas! must my wicked life hinder you from believing in him?
+
+_Wife_. How can me tink your God lives there? _(pointing to heaven.)_
+Sure he no ken what you do here.
+
+_A._ Yes, my dear, he hears us speak, sees what we do, and knows what we
+even think.
+
+_Wife._ Where then makee power strong, when he hears you curse, swear de
+great damn?
+
+_A._ My dear, this shows indeed he is a God and not a man who has such
+tender mercy.
+
+_Wife._ Mercy I what you call mercy?
+
+_A._ He pities and spares us: as he is our great Creator, so he is also
+our tender Father.
+
+_Wife._ So God never angry, never kill wicked, then he no good, no great
+mighty.
+
+_A._ O my dear, don't say so, he is both; and many times he shows
+terrible examples of his judgment and vengeance.
+
+_Wife._ Then you makee de bargain with him; you do bad ting, he no hurt
+you, he hurt other mans.
+
+_A._ No, indeed, my lips are all presumptions upon his goodness.
+
+_Wife._ Well, and yet no makee you dead; and you give him no tankee
+neither?
+
+_A._ It is true, I an ungrateful, unthankful dog, that I am.
+
+_Wife._ Why, you say, he makee you, why makee you no much better then?
+
+_A._ It is I alone that have deformed myself, and abused his goodness.
+
+_Wife._ Pray makee God know me, me no makee him angry, no do bad ting.
+
+_A._ You mean, my dear, that you desire I would teach you to know God:
+alas! poor dear creature, he must teach thee, and not I. But I'll pray
+earnestly to him to direct thee, and to forgive me, a miserable sinner.
+_(Hereupon he went a little distance, and kneeling down, prayed
+earnestly to God to enlighten her mind, and to pardon his sins; when
+this was done, they continued their discourse thus.)_
+
+_Wife._ What you put down knee for? For what hold up hand? Who you speak
+to?
+
+_A._ My dear, I bowed in token of submission to him that made me, and
+prayed that he would open your eyes and understanding.
+
+_Wife._ And can he do that too? And will he hear what you say?
+
+_A._ Yes, my dear, he bids us pray, and has given us promise that he
+will hear us.
+
+_Wife._ When did he bid you pray? What I do you hear him speak?
+
+_A._ No, my dear, but God has spoken formerly to good men from heaven;
+and by divine revelation they have written all his laws down in a book.
+
+_Wife_. O where dat good book?
+
+_A_. I have it not now by me; but one time or other I shall get it for
+you to read. _Then he embraced her with great affection_.
+
+_Wife_. Pray tell a mee, did God, teachee them write that book?
+
+_A_. Yes, and by that rule we know him to be God.
+
+_Wife_. What way, what rule you know him?
+
+_A_. Because he teaches what is good, just, and holy; and forbids all
+wicked and abominable actions that incur his displeasure.
+
+_Wife_. O me fain understand that, and if he do all things you say he
+do, surely he hear me say O to him; he makee me good if I wish to be
+good, he no kill me if I love him; me tink, believe him great God; me
+say O to him, along with you, my dear.
+
+_Here the poor man fell upon his knees, and made her kneel down by him
+praying with the greatest fervency, that God would instruct her by his
+Holy Spirit; and that God by his providence would send them a Bible for
+both their instructions. And such was the early piety of this new
+convert, that she made him promise never to forsake God any more, lest
+being_ made dead, _as she called it; she should not only want her
+instructor, but himself be miserable in a long eternity_.
+
+Such a surprising account as this was, proved very affecting to us both,
+but particularly to the young clergyman, who was mightily concerned he
+could not talk to her himself. "Sir," said he, "there, is something more
+to be done to this woman then to marry her; I mean that she ought to be
+baptized." To this, I presently agreed: "Pray," said he, "ask her
+husband, whether he has ever talked to her of Jesus Christ, the
+salvation of sinners, the nature of faith, and redemption in and by him,
+of the Holy Spirit, the resurection, last judgment, and a future state;"
+but the poor fellow melted into tears at this question, saying, that he
+had said something to her of these things, but his inability to talk of
+them, made him afraid, lest her knowledge of them should rather make her
+contemn religion, than be benefited by it; but that if I would discourse
+with her, it would be very evident my labour would not be in vain.
+Accordingly I called her in, and placing myself as interpreter between
+the religious priest and the woman, I entreated him to go on; but surely
+never was such a sermon preached by any clergyman in these latter days,
+with so much zeal, knowledge, and sincerity; in short, he brought the
+woman to embrace the knowledge of Christ, and of redemption by him, with
+so surprising a degree of understanding, that she made it her own
+request to be baptized.
+
+He than performed his office in the sacrament of baptism, first, by
+saying some words over to himself in Latin, and then asking me to give
+her a name, as being her godfather, and pouring a whole dish-full of
+water upon the woman's head, he said, "_Mary_, I baptize thee in the
+name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost;" so that none
+could know of what religion he was. After this he pronounced the
+benediction in Latin. Thus the woman being made a Christian, he married
+her to Will Atkins; which being finished, he affectionately exhorted him
+to lead a holy life for the future; and since the Almighty, for the
+convictions of his conscience, had honoured him to be the instrument or
+his wife's conversion, he should not dishonor the grace of God, that
+while the savage was converted, the instrument should be cast away. Thus
+ended a ceremony, to me the most pleasant and agreeable I ever passed
+in my life.
+
+The affairs of the island being settled, I was preparing to go on board,
+when the young man (whose mother was starved) came to me, saying, that
+as he understood I had a clergyman with me, who had married the
+Englishmen with savages, he had a match to make between two Christians,
+which he desired might be finished before I departed. Thinking that it
+was he himself that had courted his mother's maid, I persuaded him not
+to do any thing rashly upon the account of his solitary circumstances;
+that the maid was an unequal match for him, both in respect to substance
+and years; and that it was very probable he would live to return to his
+own country, where he might have a far better choice. At these words,
+smiling, he interrupted me, thanking me for my good-advice; that as he
+had nothing to beg of me but a small settlement, with a servant or two,
+or some new necessaries, so he hoped I would not be unmindful of him
+when I returned to England, but give his letter to his friends; and that
+when he was redeemed, the plantation, and all its improvements, however
+valuable, should be returned to me again. But as for the marriage he
+proposed, that it was not himself, but that it was between my
+Jack-of-all-trades and the maid Susan.
+
+I was indeed agreeably surprised at the mentioning this match, which
+seemed very suitable, the one being a very ingenious fellow, and the
+other an excellent, dexterous, and sensible housewife, fit to be
+governess of the whole island; so we married them the same day; and as I
+was her father, and gave her away, so I gave her a handsome portion,
+appointing her and her husband a convenient large space of ground for
+their plantation. The sharing out of the land I left to Will Atkins, who
+really divided if very justly, to every person's satisfaction; they only
+desired one general writing under my hand for the whole, which I caused
+to be drawn up, signed, and sealed to them, setting out their bounds,
+and giving them a right to the whole possession of their respective
+plantations, with their improvements, to them and their heirs, reserving
+all the rest of the island as my own property, and a certain rent for
+every particular plantation, after eleven years. As to their laws and
+government, I exhorted them to love one another; and as to the Indians
+who lived in a nook by themselves, I allotted three or four of them
+plantations, and the rest willingly chose to become servants to the
+other families, by which means they were employed in useful labour, and
+fared much better than they did before. Besides the savages thus mixed
+with the Christians, the work of their conversion might be set on foot
+by the latter, in the clergyman's absence, to our equal satisfaction.
+The young priest, however, was a little anxious lest the Christians
+should not be willing to do their parts in instructing these poor
+Indians; I therefore told him we should call them all together; that he
+should speak to the Spaniards who were Papists, and I to the English,
+who were Protestants, and make them promise that they would never make
+any distinction in religion, but teach the general true knowledge of
+God, and his son Jesus Christ, in order to convert the poor savages. And
+this, indeed, they all promised us accordingly.
+
+When I came to Will Atkins's house, I found his baptized wife, and the
+young woman newly married to my Jack-of-all-trades, were become great
+intimates, and discoursing of religion together. _O, Sir,_ says Will
+Atkins, _when God has sinners to reconcile to himself, he never wants an
+instructor; I knew I was unworthy of so good a work, and therefore this
+young woman has been sent hither as it were from heaven, who is
+sufficient to convert a whole nation of savages_. The young woman
+blushed, and was going to rise; but I desired her to sit still, and
+hoped that God would bless her in so good a work; and then pulling out a
+Bible (which I brought on purpose in my pocket for him.) _Here Atkins_,
+said I, _here is an assistant that perhaps you had not before_. So
+confounded was the poor man, that is was some time before he could
+speak; at last turning to his wife, _My dear_, he said, _did I not tell
+you that God could hear what we said? Here's the book I prayed for, when
+you and I kneeled under the bush: God then heard us, and now has sent
+it_. The woman was surprised, and thought really God had sent that
+individual book from heaven; but I turned to the young woman, and
+desired her to explain to the young convert, that God may properly be
+said to answer our petitions, when, in the course of his providence,
+such particular things came to pass as we petitioned for. This the young
+woman did effectually; but surely Will Atkins's joy cannot be expressed;
+no man being more thankful for any thing in the world, than he was for
+his Bible, nor desired it from a better principle.
+
+After several religious discourses, I desired the young woman to give me
+an account of the anguish she felt when she was starving to death with
+hunger; to which she readily consented, and began in the
+following manner:
+
+"Sir," said she, "all our victuals being gone, after I had fasted one
+day, my stomach was very sickly, and, at the approach, of night, I was
+inclined to yawning and sleepy. When I slept upon the couch three hours,
+I awaked a little refreshed: three hours after, my stomach being more
+and more sickly, I lay down again, but could not sleep, being very faint
+and ill. Thus I passed the second day with a strange variety, first
+hungry, then sick again, with reachings to vomit: that night I dreamed I
+was at Barbadoes, buying plenty of provisions; and dined heartily. But
+when I awaked, my spirits were exceedingly sunk, to find myself in the
+extremity of famine. There was but one glass of wine, which being mixed
+with sugar, I drank up; but for want of substance to digest upon, the
+fumes of it got into my head, & made me senseless for some time. The
+third day I was so ravenous and furious, that I could have eaten a
+little child if it had come in my way; during which time, I was as mad
+as any creature in Bedlam. In one of these fits I fell down, and struck
+my face against the corner of a pallet bed, where my mistress lay; the
+blood gushed out of my nose, but by my excessive bleeding, both the
+violence of the fever, and the ravenous part of the hunger abated. After
+this, I grew sick again, strove to vomit, but could not; then bleeding a
+second time, I swooned away as dead; when I came to myself, I had a
+dreadful gnawing pain in my stomach, which went of towards night, with a
+longing desire for food. I took a draught of water and sugar, but it
+came up again; then I drank water without sugar, and that staid with me.
+I laid me down on the bed, praying God would take me away: after I had
+slumbered, I thought myself a-dying, therefore recommended my soul to
+God, and wished somebody would throw me into the sea. All this while my
+departing mistress lay by me: the last bit of bread she had, she gave to
+her dear child my young master. The morning after, I fell into a violent
+passion of crying, and after that into hunger. I espied the blood that
+came from my nose in a basin, which I immediately swallowed up. At night
+I had the usual variations, as the pain in the stomach, sick, sleepy,
+and ravenous: and I had no thought but that I should die before morning.
+In the morning came on terrible gripings in my bowels. At this time I
+heard my young master's lamentations, by which I understood his mother
+was dead. Soon after this, the sailors cried, _A sail! A sail!_
+hallooing as if they were distracted for joy of that relief, which
+afterwards we received from your hands."
+
+Surely never was a more distinct account of starving to death than this.
+But to return to the disposition of things among my people, I did not
+take any notice to them of the sloop that I had framed, neither would I
+leave them the two pieces of brass cannon, or the two quarter-deck guns
+that I had on board, lest, upon any disgust, they should have separated,
+or turned pirates, and so made the island a den of thieves, instead of
+a plantation of sober pious people: but leaving them in a flourishing
+condition, with a promise to send them further relief, from Brazil, as
+sheep, hogs, and cows (being obliged to kill the latter at sea, having
+no hay to feed them) I went on board the ship again, the first of May,
+1695, after having been twenty days among them: and next morning, giving
+them a salute of five guns at parting, we set sail for the Brazils. The
+third day, towards evening, there happening a calm, and the current
+being very strong, we were drove to the N.N.E. towards the land. Some
+hours after, we perceived the sea covered as it were with something very
+black, not easily at first to be discovered: upon which our chief mate
+ascending the shrouds a little way, and taking a view with a perspective
+glass, he cries out, _An army! An army! You fool_, said I, _what do you
+mean? Nay, Sir_, said he, _don't be angry. I assure you, it is not only
+an army, but a fleet, too, for I believe there are a thousand canoes
+paddling along, and making with great haste towards us_.
+
+Indeed every one of us were surprised at this relation; and my nephew
+the captain could not tell what to think of it, but thought we should
+all be devoured. Nor was I free from concern, when I considered how much
+we were becalmed, and what a strong current set towards the shore;
+however, I encouraged him not to be afraid, but bring the ship to an
+anchor as soon as we were certain that we must engage them. Accordingly
+we did so, and furled all our sails, as to the savages we feared
+nothing, but only that they might se the ship on fire; to prevent which,
+I ordered them to get their boats out, and fasten them, one close by the
+head, and the other by the stern, well manned, with skeets and buckets
+to extinguish the flames, should it so happen. The savages soon came up
+with us, but there were not so many as the mate had said, for instead of
+a thousand canoes there were only one hundred and twenty; too many
+indeed for us, several of their canoes containing about sixteen or
+seventeen men.
+
+As they approached us, they seemed to be in the greatest amazement, not
+knowing what to make of us. They rowed round the ship, which occasioned
+us to call to the men in the boats, not to suffer them to come near
+them. Hereupon they beckoned to the savages to keep back, which they
+accordingly did; but at their retreat they let fly about fifty arrows
+among us, and very much wounded one of our men in the long-boat. I
+called to them not to fire upon any account, but handing them down some
+deal boards, the carpenters made them a kind of fence to shield them
+from the arrows. In half an hour after they came so near astern of us,
+that we had a perfect sight of them; then they rowed a little farther
+out, till they came directly along-side of us, and then approached so
+near, that they could hear us speak; this made me order all our men to
+keep close, and get their guns ready. In the mean time I ordered Friday
+to go out upon deck, and ask them in his language what they meant. No
+sooner did he do so, but six of the savages, who were in the foremost
+canoes, stooping down, showed us their naked backsides, as much as to
+say in English, _Kiss our_----: but Friday quickly knew what this meant,
+by immediately crying out they were going to shoot; unfortunately for
+him, poor creature, who fell under the cloud of three hundred arrows, no
+less than seven piercing through his body, killing one of the best
+servants, and faithfullest of companions in all my solitudes and
+afflictions.
+
+So enraged was I at the death of poor Friday, that the guns, which
+before were charged only with powder, to frighten them, I ordered to be
+loaded with small shot; nor did the gunners fail in their aim, but at
+this broadside split and overset thirteen or fourteen of their canoes,
+which killed numbers of them, and set the rest a swimming, the others,
+frightened out of their wits, little regarding their fellows drowning,
+scoured away as fast as they could. One poor wretch our people took up,
+swimming for his life, an hour after. He was very sullen at first, to
+that he would neither eat nor speak; but I took a way to cure him, by
+ordering them to throw him into the sea, which they did, and then he
+came swimming back like a cork, calling in his tongue, as I suppose, to
+save him. So we took him on board, but it was a long time before we
+could make him speak or understand English; yet when we had taught him,
+he told us, 'they were going with their kings to fight a great battle;'
+and when we asked him, what made them come up to us? he said, _to makee
+de great wonder look_; where it is to be noted, that those natives, and
+those of Africa, always add to _e_'s at the end of English words, as
+_makee, takee_, and the like, from which it is very difficult thing to
+make them break off.
+
+Being now under sail, we took our last farewell of poor honest Friday,
+and interred him with all possible decency and solemnity, putting him in
+a coffin, and committing him to the deep, at the same time cauling
+eleven guns to be fired at him. Thus ended the life of one of the most
+grateful, faithful, honest, and affectionate servants, that ever any man
+was blessed with in the world.
+
+Having now a fair wind for Brazil, in about twelve days time we made
+land in the latitude of five degrees south of the line. Four days we
+kept on S. by E. in sight of shore, when we made Cape St. Augustin, and
+in three days we came up to an anchor off the Bay of all Saints. I had
+great difficulty here to get leave to hold correspondence on shore; for
+neither the figure of my partner, my two merchant trustees, nor the fame
+of my wonderful preservation in the island, could procure me the favour,
+till such time as the prior of the monastery of the Augustines (to
+whom I had given 500 moidores) obtained leave from the Governor, for me
+personally, with the Captain & one more, together with eight sailors, to
+come on shore; upon this condition, that we should not land any goods
+out of the ship, nor carry any person away without licence; I found
+means, however, to get on shore three bales of English goods, such as
+fine broad cloths, stuffs, and some linen, which I brought as a present
+for my partner, who had sent me on board a present of fresh provisions,
+wine and sweetmeats, worth about thirty moidores, including some
+tobacco, and three or four fine gold medals.
+
+[Illustration: Revenging the death of Friday.]
+
+Here I delivered my partner in goods to the value of 100£ sterling, and
+obliged him to fit up the sloop I bought for the use of my island, in
+order to send them refreshments; and so active was he in this matter,
+that he had the vessel finished in a few days, to the master of which I
+gave particular instructions to find the place. I soon loaded him with a
+small cargo; and one of our sailors offered to settle there, upon my
+letter to the Spanish governor, if I would allot him tools and a
+plantation. This I willingly granted, and gave him the savage we had
+taken prisoner to be his slave. All things being ready for the voyage,
+my old partner told me there was an acquaintance of his, a Brazil
+planter, who having fallen under the displeasure of the church, & in
+fear of the Inquisition which obliged him to be concealed, would be glad
+of such an opportunity to make his escape, with his wife & two
+daughters; & if I would allot them a plantation in my island, he would
+give them a small stock to begin with, for that the officers had already
+seized his effects and estate, and left him nothing but a little
+household stuff and two slaves. This request I presently granted,
+concealing him and his family on board our ship, till such time as the
+sloop (where all the effects were) was gone out of the bay, and then we
+put them on board, who carried some materials, and plants for planting
+sugar-canes, along with them. By this sloop, among other things, I sent
+my subjects three milch cows and five calves, about 22 hogs, three sows
+big with pig, two mares and a stone horse. I also engaged three Portugal
+women to go for sake of the Spaniards, which, with the persecuted man's
+two daughters, were sufficient, since the rest had wives of their own,
+though in another country; all which cargo arrived safe, no doubt to
+their exceeding comfort, who, with this addition, were about sixty or
+seventy people, besides children.
+
+At this place, my truly honest and pious clergyman left me; for a ship
+being ready to set sail for Lisbon, he asked me leave to go thither, but
+I assure you it was with the greatest reluctance I parted from a person,
+whose virtue and piety merited the greatest esteem.
+
+From the Brazils, we made directly over the Atlantic Ocean to the Cape
+of Good Hope, having a tolerable good voyage, steering for the most part
+S.E. We were on a trading voyage, and had a supercargo on board, who
+was to direct all the ship's motions after she arrived at the Cape, only
+being limited to a certain number of days, for stay, by charter party,
+at the several ports she was to go to. At the Cape we only took in fresh
+water, and then sailed for the coast of Coromandel; we were there
+informed, that a French man of war of 50 guns, and two large merchant
+ships were sailed for the Indies, but we heard no more of them.
+
+In our passage, we touched at the island of Madagascar, where, though
+the inhabitants are naturally fierce and treacherous, & go constantly
+armed with bows & lances, yet for some time they treated us civily
+enough; and, in exchange for knives, scisors, and other trifles, they
+brought us eleven good fat bullocks, which we took partly for present
+victuals, and the remainder to salt for the ship's use.
+
+So curious was I to view every corner of the world where I came to, that
+I went on shore as often as I could. One evening when on shore, we
+observed numbers of the people stand gazing at us at a distance. We
+thought ourselves in no danger, as they had hitherto used us kindly.
+However, we cut three boughs cut of a tree, sticking them at a distance
+from us, which it seems, in that country, is not only a token of truce
+and amity, but when poles or boughs are set up on the other side, it is
+a sign the truce is accepted. In these treaties, however, there is one
+principal thing to be regarded, that neither party come beyond one
+another's three poles or boughs; so that the middle space is not only
+secure, but is also allowed as a market for traffic and commerce. When
+the truce is thus accepted, they stick up their javelins and lances at
+the first poles, and come on unarmed; but if any violence is offered,
+away they run to their poles, take up their weapons, and then the truce
+is at an end. This evening it happened that a greater number of people
+than usual, both men and women, traded among us for such toys as we had,
+with such great civility, that we made us a little tent, of large boughs
+of trees, some of the men resolving to lie on shore all night; but, for
+my part, I and some others took our lodging in the boat, with boughs of
+trees spread over it, having a sail spread at the bottom to lie upon.
+About two o'clock in the morning we were awakened by the firing of
+muskets, and our men crying out for help, or else they would all be
+murdered. Scarce had we time to get the boat ashore, when our men came
+plunging themselves into the water, with about four hundred of the
+islanders at their heels. We took up seven of the men, three of them
+very much wounded, and one left behind killed, while the enemy poured
+their arrows so thick among us, that we were forced to make a barricade,
+with boards lying at the side of the boat, to shield us from danger:
+and, having got ready our fire-arms, we returned them a volley, which
+wounded several of them, as we could hear by their cries. In this
+condition we lay till break of day, and then making signals of distress
+to the ship, which my nephew the captain heard and understood, he
+weighed anchor, & stood as near the shore as possible, and then sent
+another boat with ten hands in her to assist us; but we called to them
+not to come near, informing them of our unhappy condition. However they
+ventured; when one of the men taking the end of a tow-line in one hand,
+and keeping our boat between him and our adversaries, swam to us, and
+slipping our cables, they towed us, out of reach of their arrows, and
+quickly after a broadside was given them from the ship, which made a
+most dreadful havoc among them. When we got on board, we examined into
+the occasion of this fray. The men who fled informed us that an old
+woman who sold milk within the poles, had brought a young woman with
+her, who carried roots or herbs, the sight of whom so much tempted our
+men, that they offered rudeness to the maid, at which the old woman set
+up a great cry: nor would the sailors part with the prize, but carried
+her among the trees, while the old woman went, and brought a whole army
+down upon them. At the beginning of the attack, one of our men was
+killed with a lance, and the fellow who began the mischief, paid dear
+enough for his mistress, though as yet we did not know what had become
+of him; the rest luckily escaped. The third night after the action,
+being curious to understand how affairs stood, I took the supercargo and
+twenty stout fellows with me, and landed about two hours before
+midnight, at the same place where those Indians stood the night before,
+and there we divided our men into two bodies, the boatswain commanding
+one, and I another. It was so dark, that we could see nobody, neither
+did we hear any voice near us: but by & bye the boatswain falling over a
+dead body, we agreed to halt till the moon should rise, which he knew
+would be in an hour after. We perceived here no fewer than two and
+thirty bodies upon the ground, whereof two were not quite dead.
+Satisfied with this discovery I was for going on board again; but the
+boatswain and the rest told me, they would make a visit to the Indian
+town, where these dogs (so they called them) resided, asking me at the
+same time to go along with them; for they did not doubt, besides getting
+a good booty, but they should find Tom Jeffery there, for that was the
+unhappy man we missed. But I utterly refused to go, and commanded them
+back, being unwilling to hazard their lives, as the safety of the ship
+wholly depended upon them. Notwithstanding all I could say to them, they
+all left me but one, and the supercargo; so we three returned to the
+boat, where a boy was left, resolving to stay till they returned. At
+parting I told them I supposed most of them would run the same fate with
+Tom Jeffery. To this they replied, _Come boys, come along, we'll warrant
+we'll come off safe enough_; and so away they went, notwithstanding all
+my admonitions, either concerning their own safety or the preservation
+of the ship. Indeed they were gallantly armed, every man having a
+musket, bayonet, and a pistol, besides cutlasses, hangers, pole-axes,
+and hand granades. They came to a few Indian houses at first, which not
+being the town they expected they went farther, & finding a cow tied to
+a tree, they concluded that she would be a sufficient guide, and so it
+proved; for, after they untied her, she led them directly to the town,
+which consisted of above two hundred houses, several families living in
+some of the huts together. At their arrival, all being in a profound
+sleep, the sailors agreed to divide themselves into three bodies, and
+set three parts of the town on fire at once, to kill those that were
+escaping, and plunder the rest of the houses. Thus desperately resolved,
+they went to work; but the first party had not gone far, before they
+called out to the rest, that they had found Tom Jeffery; whereupon they
+all ran up to the place, and found the poor fellow indeed hanging up
+naked by one arm, and his throat almost cut from ear to ear. In a house
+that was hard by the tree, they found sixteen or seventeen Indians, who
+had been concerned in the fray, two or three of them being wounded, were
+not gone to sleep: this house they set on fire first, and in a few
+minutes after, five or six places more in the town appeared in flames.
+The conflagration spread like wild-fire, their housing being all of
+wood, and covered with flags or rushes. The poor affrighted inhabitants
+endeavoured to run out to save their lives, but they were driven back
+into the flames by the sailors, and killed without mercy. At the first
+house above mentioned, after the boatswain had slain two with his
+pole-ax, he threw a hand-granade into the house, which bursting, made a
+terrible havoc, killing and wounding most of them; and their king and
+most of his train, who were then in that house, fell victims to their
+fury, every creature of them being either smothered or burnt. All this
+while they never fired a gun, lest the people should awaken faster than
+they could overpower them. But the fire awakened them fast enough, which
+obliged our fellows to keep together in bodies. By this time the whole
+town was in a flame, yet their fury rather increased, calling out to one
+another to remember Tom Jeffery. The terrible light of this
+conflagration made me very uneasy, and roused my nephew the captain, and
+the rest of his men, who knew nothing of the matter. When he perceived
+the dreadful smoke, and heard the guns go off, he readily concluded his
+men were in danger; he therefore takes another boat, and comes ashore
+himself, with thirteen men well armed. He was greatly surprised to see
+me and only two men in the boat, but more so when I told him the story:
+but though I argued with him, as I did with the men, about the danger
+of the voyage, the interests of the merchants and owners, and the
+safety of the ship, yet my nephew, like the rest, declared, that he
+would rather lose the ship, his voyage, his life and all, than his men
+should be lost for want of help; and so away he went. For my part,
+seeing him resolved to go, I had not power to stay behind. He ordered
+the pinnace back again for twelve men more, and then we marched directly
+as the flame guided us. But surely never was such a scene of horror
+beheld, or more dismal cries heard, except when Oliver Cromwell took
+Drogheda in Ireland, where he neither spared man, woman, nor child.
+
+The first object, I think, we met with, was the ruins of one of their
+habitations, before which lay four men and three woman killed, and two
+more burnt to death among the fire, which was now decaying. Nothing
+could appear more barbarous than this revenge; none more cruel than the
+authors of it. As we went on, the fire increased, and the cry proceeded
+in proportion. We had not gone much farther, when we beheld three naked
+women, followed by sixteen or seventeen men, flying with the greatest
+swiftness from our men, who shot one of them in our sight. When they
+perceived us, whom they supposed also their murderers, they set up a
+most dreadful shriek, and both of them swooned away in the fright. This
+was a sight which might have softened the hardest heart; and in pity we
+took some ways to let them know we would not hurt them, while the poor
+creatures with bended knees, and lifted up hands, made piteous
+lamentations to us to save their lives. I ordered our men not to hunt
+any of the poor creatures whatsoever; but being willing to understand
+the occasion of all this, I went among these unhappy wretches, who
+neither understood me, nor the good I meant them. However being resolved
+to put an end to this barbarity, I ordered the men to follow me. We had
+not gone fifty yards before we came up with the boatswain, with four of
+our men at his heels, all of them covered with blood and dust, and in
+search of more people to satiate their vengeance. As soon as we saw
+them, we called out, and made them understand who we were; upon which
+they came up to us, setting up a holloo of triumph, in token that more
+help was come. _Noble Captain_, said he to my nephew, _I'm glad your
+come: we have not half done with these villainous hell-hound dogs;
+wee'll root out the very nation of them from the earth, and kill more
+than poor Tom has hairs upon his head:_ and thus he went on till I
+interrupted him.--"Blood-thirsty dog," said I, "will your cruelty never
+end? I charge you touch not one creature more; stop your hands and stand
+still, or you're a dead man this moment." _Why Sir_, said he, _you
+neither know whom you are protecting, nor what they have done: but pray
+come hither, and behold an instance of compassion, if such can merit
+your clemency_; and with that he shewed me the poor fellow with his
+throat cut, hanging upon the tree.
+
+Indeed, here was enough to fill their breasts with rage, which, however,
+I thought had gone too far, agreeable to these words of Jacob to his
+sons Simeon and Levi: _Cursed be their anger for it was fierce; and
+their wrath; for it was cruel._ But this sight made my nephew and the
+rest as bad as they: nay, my nephew declared, his concern was only for
+his men; as for the people, not a soul of them ought to live. Upon this,
+the boatswain and eight more directly turned about, and went to finish
+the intended tragedy; which being out of my power to prevent, I returned
+back from the dismal sight, & the piteous cries of those unfortunate
+creatures, who were made victims to their fury. Indeed, it was an
+egregious piece of folly in me to return to the boat with but one
+attendant; and I had very near paid for it, having narrowly escaped
+forty armed Indians, who had been alarmed by the conflagration; but
+having passed the place where they stood, I got to the boat accompanied
+with the supercargo, and so went on board, sending the pinnace back
+again, to assist the men in what might happen. When I had got to the
+boat, the fire was almost extinguished, and the noise abated; but I had
+scarce been half an hour on board the ship, when I heard another volley
+given by our sailors, and a great smoke, which, as I afterwards found,
+was our men falling upon those houses and persons that stood between
+them and the sea; but here they spared the wives and children, and
+killed only the men, to the number of about sixteen or seventeen. By the
+time they got to the shore, the pinnace and the ship's boat were ready
+to receive them, and they all got safe on board, not a man of them
+having received the least hurt, except two, one of whom strained his
+foot, and the other burnt his hand a little; for they met with no
+resistance, the poor Indians being unprepared, amazed, and confounded.
+
+I was extremely angry with every one of them, but particularly with the
+captain, who instead of cooling the rage of the men, had prompted them
+on to further mischief: nor could he make me any other excuse, but that
+as he was a man, he could not master his passions at the sight of one of
+his men so cruelly murdered. As for the rest, knowing they were not
+under my command, they took no notice of any anger, but rather boasted
+of their revenge. According to all their accounts, they killed or
+destroyed about 150 men, women, and children, besides burning the town
+to ashes. They took their companion Tom Jeffery from the tree, covered
+him with some of the ruins, and so left him. But however this action of
+our men might seem to them justifiable, yet I always openly condemned it
+with the appellation, of the Massacre of Madagascar. For tho' the
+natives had slain this Jeffery, yet certainly he was the first
+aggressor, by attempting to violate the chastity of a young innocent
+woman, who ventured down to them, on the faith of the public
+capitulation, which was so treacherously broken.
+
+While we were under sail, the boatswain would often defend this bloody
+action, by saying, that the Indians had broke the truce the night
+before, by shooting one of our men without just provocation: and what if
+the poor fellow had taken a little liberty with the wench, he ought not
+to have been murdered in so villainous a manner: and that they had acted
+nothing but what the divine laws commissioned to be done to such
+homicides. However I was in the same mind as before, telling them that
+they were murderers, and bid them depend upon it that God would blast
+their voyage, for such an unparalleled piece of barbarity.
+
+When we came to the Gulph of Persia, five of our men, who ventured on
+shore, were either killed or made slaves by the Arabians, the rest of
+them having scarce time to escape to their boat. This made me upbraid
+them afresh with the just retribution of Heaven for such actions; upon
+which the boatswain very warmly asked me, _Whether those men on whom the
+tower of Siloam fell, were greater sinners than the rest of the
+Galileans? and besides, Sir_, said he, _none of these five poor men that
+are lost, were with us at the Massacre of Madagascar, as you call it,
+and therefore your representation is very unjust, and your application
+improper. Besides_, added he, _you are continually using the men very
+ill upon this account, and, being but a passenger yourself, we are not
+obliged to bear it; nor can we tell what evil designs you may have to
+bring us to judgment for it in England: and, therefore, if you do not
+leave this discourse, as also not concern yourself with any of our
+affairs, I will leave the ship, and not sail among such
+dangerous company._
+
+All this I heard very patiently; but, it being often repeated, I at
+length told him, the concern I had on board was none of his business;
+that I was a considerable owner in the ship, and therefore had a right
+to speak in common, and that I was no way accountable to him, nor to any
+body else. As no more passed for some time after, I thought all had been
+over. At this time we were in the road of Bengal, where, going on shore
+with the supercargo one day, in the evening, as I was preparing to go on
+board, one of the men came to me, and told me, I need not trouble myself
+to come to the boat, for that the cockswain and others had ordered him
+not to carry me on board any more. This insulent message much surprised
+me; yet I gave him no answer to it, but went directly and acquainted the
+supercargo, entreating him to go on board, and, by acquainting the
+Captain with it, prevent the mutiny which I perceived would happen. But
+before I had spoken this, the matter was effected on board; for no
+sooner was he gone off in the boat, but the boatswain, gunner,
+carpenter, and all the inferior officers, came to the quarter-deck,
+desiring to speak with the Captain; & there the boatswain made a long
+harangue, exclaiming against me, as before mentioned, that, if I had not
+gone on shore peaceably, for my own diversion, they, by violence would
+have compelled me, for their satisfaction: that as they had shipped with
+the Captain, so they would faithfully serve him; but if I did not quit
+the ship, or the Captain oblige me to it, they would leave the ship
+immediately: hereupon, turning his face about by way of signal, they all
+cried out, "ONE and ALL! ONE and ALL!"
+
+You may be sure, that though my nephew was a man of great courage, yet
+he could not but be surprised at their sudden and unexpected behaviour;
+and though he talked stoutly to them, and afterwards expostulated with
+them, that in common justice to me, who was a considerable owner in the
+ship, they could not turn me as it were out of mine own house, which
+might bring their lives in danger should they ever be taken in England;
+nay, though he invited the boatswain on shore to accomodate matters with
+me, yet all this I say, signified nothing; they would have nothing to do
+with me; and they were resolved to go on shore if I came on board.
+_Well,_ said my nephew, _if you are so resolved, permit me to talk with
+him, and then I have done; and so he came to me, giving me an account of
+their resolution, how one and all designed to forsake the ship when I
+came on board, for which he was mightily concerned._ "I am glad to see
+you, nephew," said I, "and rejoice it is no worse, since they have not
+rebelled against you; I only desire you to send my necessary things on
+shore, with a sufficient sum of money, and I will find my way to England
+as well as I can." Though this grieved my nephew to the heart, yet there
+was no remedy but complience; in short, all my necessaries were sent me,
+and so this matter was over in a few hours.
+
+I think I was now near a thousand leagues farther off England by sea,
+than at my little kingdom, except this difference, that I might travel
+by land over the Great Mogul's country to Surat, from thence to Baffora,
+by sea up the Persian Gulph, then take the way of the caravans over the
+Arabian desert to Alleppo and Scanderoon, there take shipping to Italy,
+and so travel by land into France, and from thence cross the sea
+to England.
+
+My nephew left me two persons to attend me; one of them was his servant,
+and the other clerk to the purser, who engaged to be mine. I took
+lodging in an English woman's house, where several French, one English,
+and two Italian merchants resided. The handsome entertainment I met with
+here, occasioned me to stay nine months, considering what course I
+should take. Some English goods I had with me of great value, besides a
+thousand pieces of eight, and a letter for more, if there was such
+necessity. The goods I soon disposed of to advantage, and bought here
+several good diamonds, which I could easily carry about with me. One
+morning the English merchant came to me, as being very intimate
+together, _countryman_, said he, _I have a project to communicate to
+you, which I hope will suit to both our advantage. To be short, Sir, we
+are both in a remote part of the world from our country; but yet in a
+place where men of business may get a great deal of money. Now, if you
+will put a thousand pounds to my thousand pounds, we will hire a ship to
+our satisfaction; you shall be Captain, I will be merchant: and we'll go
+a trading voyage to China, for why should we lie still like drones,
+while the whole world is in a continual motion_.
+
+This proposal soon got my consent, being very agreeable to my rambling
+genius; and the more so, because I looked upon my countryman to be a
+very sincere person; it required some time before we could get a vessel
+to our mind, and sailors to man it accordingly; at length we bought a
+ship, and got an English mate, boatswain, and gunner, a Dutch carpenter,
+and three Portuguese foremast men; and, for want of others, made shift
+with Indian seamen. We first sailed to Achin, in the island of Sumatra,
+and then to Siam, where we bartered our wares for some arrack and opium,
+the last of which bore a great price among the Chinese; in a word, we
+went up to Suskan, making a very great voyage; &, after eight months
+time, I returned to Bengal, very well satisfied with this adventure,
+having not only got a sufficient quantity of money, but an insight of
+getting a great deal more.
+
+The next voyage my friend proposed to me, was to go among the spice
+islands, and bring home a load of cloves from the Manillas, or
+thereabouts; islands belonging partly to Spain, but where the Dutch
+trade very considerably. We were not long in preparing for this voyage,
+which we made no less successful than the last, touching at Borneo, and
+several other places which I do not perfectly remember, and returning
+home in about five months time. We soon sold our spices, which were
+chiefly cloves and some nutmegs, to the Persian merchants, who carried
+them away to the gulph; and, in short, making five to one advantage, we
+were loaded with money.
+
+Not long after my friend and I had made up our accounts, to our entire
+satisfaction, there came in a Dutch coaster from Batavia of about two
+hundred tons. The crew of this vessel pretended themselves so sickly,
+that there were not hands sufficient to undertake a voyage; and the
+Captain having given out that he intended to go to Europe, public notice
+was given that the ship was to be sold. No sooner did this come to our
+ears, but we bought the ship, paid the master, and took possession. We
+would also have very willingly entertained some of the men; but they
+having received their share of booty, were not to be found, being
+altogether fled to Agra, the great city of the Mogul's residence; and
+from thence went to travel to Surat, and so by the sea to the Persian
+Gulph. And indeed they had reason to fly in this manner; for the truth
+of it was the pretended Captain was the gunner only, and not the
+commander; that having been on a trading voyage, they were attacked on
+shore by the Malayans, who killed three men and the Captain; after whose
+death the other eleven men ran away with the ship to the Bay of Bengal,
+and left the mate and five men more on shore: but of this affair we
+shall have occasion to speak more at length hereafter.
+
+However they came by the ship, we thought we bought it honestly; neither
+did we suspect any thing of the matter, when the man showed us a bill of
+sale for the ship (undoubtedly forged) to one Emanuel Clostershoven,
+which name he went by. And so without any more to do, we picked up some
+Dutch and English seamen, resolving for another voyage for cloves among
+the Phillippine and Molucca Islands: in short, we continued thus five or
+six years, trading from port to port with extraordinary success. In the
+seventh year, we undertook a voyage to China, designing to touch at
+Siam, and buy some rice by the way. In this voyage, contrary winds beat
+us up and down for a considerable time among the islands in the Straits
+of Molucca. No sooner were we clear of those rugged seas, but we
+perceived our ship had sprung a leak, which obliged us to put into the
+river Cambodia, which lies northward of the Gulph, and goes up to Siam.
+
+One day, as I was on shore refreshing myself, there comes to me an
+Englishman, who was gunner's mate on board an English East India ship,
+riding up the river near the city of Cambodia. _Sir_, said he, _you may
+wonder at my business, having never seen me in your life; but tho' I am
+a stranger, I have something to tell you that very nearly concerns you:
+& indeed it is the imminent danger you are in has moved me to give you
+this timely notice_. "Danger!" said I, "what danger? I know of none,
+except my ship being leaky, for which I design to have her run aground
+to-morrow morning" _I hope you will be better employed when you shall
+hear what I have to say to you. You know the town of Cambodia is about
+fifteen leagues up this river; about three leagues on this side of it,
+there lie two Dutch and three English ships. And would you venture here
+without considering what strength you have to engage them_? I knew not
+what he meant by this discourse, and turning short upon him, "Sir," said
+I, "I know no reason I have to be afraid either of any Dutch or English
+ships. I am no interloper, and what business have they with me?" _Well,
+Sir,_ said the man, _if you do think yourselves secure, all as I can
+say, you must take your chance; however, I am very sorry you are so deaf
+to good advice; but I assure you; if you do not put to sea immediately,
+you will be attacked by five long-boats full of men, hanged yourself for
+a pirate, if you are taken, and the particulars examined afterwards. I
+thought, Sir_, added he, _I might have met a better reception for such a
+singular piece of service_. "Sir," said I, "I was never ungrateful to
+any man; but pray explain yourself and I'll go on board this minute,
+whether the leak be stopped or no." _Why, Sir,_ said he, _to be short,
+because time is precious, the matter is this: You know well enough that
+you was with the ship at Sumatra, when your Captain was murdered by the
+Malayans, with three of his sailors; and that either you, or some who
+were on board you, ran away with the ship, and are since turned pirates
+at sea. Now, Sir, this is the sum of what I had to say: and I can
+positively assure you, that if you are taken, you will be executed
+without much ceremony, for undoubtedly you cannot but be sensible what
+little law merchant ships show to pirates, whenever they fall into
+their hands_.
+
+"Sir,' said I, 'I thank you for your kind information; and though I am
+sure no man could come more honestly by the ship than I have done, yet
+knowing their enterprize, and being satisfied of your honest intention,
+I'll be upon my defence. _Pr'ythee, Sir,_ said the man, _don't talk of
+being upon your defence, the best that you can make is to be out of
+danger; and therefore, if you have any regard for your life, & the lives
+of your men, take the advantage, without fail, of putting out to sea at
+high-water: by which means, as you have a whole tide before you, you
+will be gone too far out of their reach before they can come down._
+
+"I am mighty well satisfied," said I, "in this particular, and for your
+kindness, which merits my great esteem; pray, Sir, what amends shall I
+make you?" He replied, "I know not what amends you are willing to make,
+because you may have some doubts of its certainty: but, to convince you
+of the truth of what I say, I have one offer to make to you. On board
+one of the English ships, I have nineteen months pay due to me, and this
+Dutchman that is with me has seven months pay due to him, which if you
+will make good to us, we will go along with you. If you shall find that
+there is nothing in what we have said, then we shall desire nothing; but
+when you are convinced that we have saved the ship, your life, and the
+lives of the men, we will leave the whole to your generosity."
+
+So reasonable did this every way appear, that I immediately consented,
+and we went directly on board. As soon as we came on board, my partner
+calls joyfully out, _That they had stopped the leak?_ "Well, thank God,"
+said I, "but pray let us weigh anchor forthwith."--_Weigh,_ said he,
+_what is the meaning of this hurry_? "Pray ask no questions," said I,
+"but all hands to work, without losing a moment's time." Upon which, in
+great surprise, the Captain was called, who immediately ordered the
+anchor to be got up; and though the tide was not quite down, yet being
+assisted with a little land breeze, we stood to sea. I then called my
+partner into the cabin, and related the story at large, which was
+confirmed and more amplified by the two men I had brought on board.
+Scarce had we finished our discourse upon this head, but a sailor came
+to the cabin door, with a message from the Captain, that we were chased
+by five sloops full of armed men. "Very well," said I, "it is plain now
+there is something in it." And so, going upon deck, I told all the men
+there was a design for seizing the ship, and of executing us for
+pirates; and asked them whether they would faithfully stand by us, and
+by one another? To which they unanimously replied, "That they would
+fight to their last drop of blood." I then asked the Captain, which way
+he thought best for us to manage the battle? _Sir_, said he, _the only
+method is to keep them off with our great shot as long as we are able,
+and then have recourse to our small arms: and when both these fail us,
+then retire to close quarters, when perhaps the enemy wanting materials,
+can neither break open our bulk heads, nor get in upon us_. Meantime,
+the gunner was ordered to bring two guns to bear fore and aft out of the
+steerage, and so load them with musket-bullets and small pieces of old
+iron; and the deck being cleared, we prepared for the engagement, still,
+however, keeping out at sea. The boats followed us, with all the sail
+they could make, and we could perceive the two foremost were English,
+which out-sailed the rest by two leagues, and which we found would come
+up with us: hereupon, we fired a gun without a ball, intimating that
+they should bring to, and we put out a flag of truce, as a signal for
+parley; but finding them crowding after us, till they came within shot,
+we took in our white, and hanging out the red flap, immediately fired at
+them with ball: we then called to them with a speaking trumpet, bidding
+them at their peril keep off.
+
+But all this signified nothing; for depending upon the strength that
+followed them, they were resolutely bent for mischief: hereupon I
+ordered them to bring the ship to, by which means, they lying upon our
+broadside, we let fly at them at once, one of whom carried away the
+stern of the hindermost boat, and obliged them not only to take down
+their sail, but made them all run to the head of the boat, to keep them
+from sinking, and so she lay by, having enough of it. In the meantime,
+we prepared to welcome the foremost boat in the same manner. While we
+were doing this, one of the three hindermost boats came up to the relief
+of that which was disabled, and took the men out of her. We again
+called to parley with them; but, instead of an answer, one of the boats
+came close under our stern; whereupon our gunner let fly his two chase
+guns, but missing, the men in the boat shouted, and, waving their caps,
+came on with greater fury. To repair this seeming disgrace, the gunner
+soon got ready, and firing a second time, did a great deal of mischief
+among the enemy. We waved again, and, bringing our quarter to bear upon
+them, fired three guns more, when we found the boat a sinking, and
+several men already in the sea; hereupon, manning our pinnace, I gave
+orders to save as many as they could, and instantly to come on board,
+because the rest of their boats were approaching: accordingly they did
+so, and took up three of them, one of whom was almost past recovery; and
+then crowding all the sail we could, after our men came on board, we
+stood out farther to sea, so that the other three boats gave over the
+chase, when they came up to the first two. Thus delivered from imminent
+danger, we changed our course to the eastward, quite out of the course
+of all European ships.
+
+Being now at sea, and inquiring more particularly of the two seamen, the
+meaning of all this, the Dutchman at once let us into the secret. He
+told us, that the fellow who sold us the ship was an errant thief, who
+had run away with her; that the Captain was treacherously murdered on
+the coast of Molucca by the natives there, with three of his men; that
+he, the Dutchman, and four more, being obliged to have recourse to the
+woods for their safety, at length escaped by means of a Dutch ship in
+its way to China, which had sent their boat on shore for fresh water:
+That, after this, he went to Batavia, where two of the seamen belonging
+to the ship (who had deserted the rest in their travels) arrived, and
+there gave an account that the fellow who ran away with the ship had
+sold her at Bengal to a set of pirates, who went a cruising, and had
+already taken one English and two Dutch ship, richly laden.
+
+Now, tho' this was absolutely false, my partner truly said, that our
+deliverance was to be esteemed so much the more, by reason, had we
+fallen into their hands, we could have expected nothing from them but
+immediate death, considering our accusers would have been our judges;
+and, therefore, his opinion was to return directly to Bengal, where,
+being known, we could prove how honestly we came by the ship, of whom we
+bought her, and the like, and where we were sure of some justice; at
+least would not be hanged first, and judged afterwards. I was at first
+of my partner's opinion, but when I had more seriously considered of the
+matter, I told him, we ran a great hazard in attempting to return, being
+on the wrong side of the Straits of Molucca and that, if, upon alarm
+given, we should be taken by the Dutch at Batavia, or English elsewhere,
+our turning away would be a sufficient evidence to condemn us. This
+danger indeed startled not only my partner, but likewise all the ship's
+company; so we changed our former resolution, and resolved to go to the
+coast of Tonquin, and so to that of China, where, pursuing our first
+design as to trade, we might likewise have an opportunity to dispose of
+the ship some way or other, and to return to Bengal in any country
+vessel we could procure. This being agreed to, we steered away N.N.E.
+about 50 leagues off the usual course to the east; which put us to some
+inconveniences. As the wind blew steadily against us, our voyage became
+more tedious, and we began to be afraid of want of provision; and what
+was still worse, we apprehended, that as those ships from whose boat we
+had escaped, were bound to China, they might get before us, and have
+given fresh information, which might create another vigorous pursuit.
+Indeed, I could not help being grieved, when I considered that I who had
+never wronged or defrauded any person in my life, was now pursued like a
+common thief, and if taken to run the greatest danger of being executed
+as such; and, though innocent, I found myself under the necessity of
+flying for my safety; and thereby escape being brought to shame, of
+which I was even more afraid than death itself. It was easy to read my
+dejection in my countenance. My mind was oppressed, like those unhappy
+innocent persons, who being overpowered by blasphemous and perjured
+evidences, wickedly resolved to take away their lives, or ruin their
+reputation, have no other recourse in this world to ease their sorrow,
+but sighs, prayers, and tears. My partner seeing me so concerned,
+encouraged me as well as he could; and, after describing to me the
+several ports of that coast, he told me, he would either put me in on
+the coast of Cochinchina, or else in the bay of Tonquin, from whence we
+might go to Macao, a town once possessed by the Portuguese, and where
+still many European families resided.
+
+To this place we steered, and, early next morning, came in sight of the
+coast; but thought it advisable to put into a small river where we
+could, either over land, or by the ship's pinnace, know what vessels
+were in any ports thereabouts. This happy step proved our deliverance;
+for, next morning, there came to the bay of Tonquin two Dutch ships, and
+a third without any colours; and in the evening, two English ships
+steered the same course. The river where we were was but small, and ran
+but a few leagues up the country northward; the country was wild and
+barbarous, and the people thieves, having no correspondence with any
+other nation; dealing only in fish, oil, and such gross commodities: and
+one barbarous custom they still retained, that when any vessel was
+unhappily shipwrecked upon their coast, they make the men prisoners or
+slaves, so that now we might fairly say we were surrounded by enemies
+both by sea and land.
+
+As the ship had been leaky, we took the opportunity, in this place to
+search her, and to stop up the places which let in the water. We
+accordingly lightened her, and bringing our guns and other moveable
+things to one side, we essayed to bring her down, that we might come to
+her bottom: but, upon second consideration, we did not think it safe to
+let her lie on dry ground, neither indeed was the place convenient for
+it. The inhabitants not used to such a sight as to see a ship lie down
+on one side; and heel in towards the shore, and not perceiving her men,
+who were at work on her bottom, with stages and boats on the off side,
+presently imagined the ship had been cast away, and lay fast on the
+ground. Agreeable to this supposition, they surrounded us with ten or
+twelve large boats, with a resolution, undoubtedly to plunder the ship,
+and to carry away those they found alive for slaves to their king. But
+when they perceived our men hard at work on the ship's bottom and side,
+washing, graving, and stopping her, it filled them all with such
+surprise, that they stood gazing as though they were confounded. Nor
+could we imagine what their design was; however, for fear of danger, we
+handed down arms and ammunition to those at work, in order to defend
+themselves; and, indeed, this precaution was absolutely necessary; for,
+in a quarter of an hour after, the natives, concluding it was really a
+shipwreck, and that we were saving our lives and goods, which they
+thought belonged to them, came down upon our men as though it had been
+in line of battle. We lay at present but in a very unfit posture to
+fight; and before the stages could be got down, or the men in the boat
+come on board as they were ordered, the Cochinchinese were upon them,
+and two of their boats boarding our long boat, they began to lay hold of
+our men as prisoners. The first they seized was a stout English sailor,
+who never fired his musket, like a fool, as I imagined, but laid it down
+in the boat: but he knew what he was doing; for, by main force, he
+dragged the Pagan out of the boat into ours by the two ears, and knocked
+his brains out against the boat's gunnel; a Dutchman that was next him,
+snatched up the musket, and knocked down five more with the but-end of
+it; however, this was doing very little to their number; but a strange
+unexpected accident, which rather merits laughter than any thing else,
+gave our men a complete victory over them.
+
+It seems the carpenter, who was preparing to grave the outside of the
+ship, as well as to pay the seams, where he caulked to stop the leaks,
+had gotten two kettles just let down in the boat, one filled with
+boiling pitch, and the other with rosin, tallow, oil, and such stuffs as
+the shipwrights use; the carpenter's man had a great iron ladle with
+which he used to supply the workmen with hot stuff, & as two of the
+enemies entered the boat where the fellow stood, he saluted them with a
+full ladle of the hot boiling liquor; which, the poor creatures being
+half naked, made them roar out, and jump into the sea. _Well done,
+Jack_, says the carpenter, _give them the other dose_: and so stepping
+forward himself, takes a mop, and dipping it into the pitch-pot, he and
+his man so plentifully flung it among them, as that none escaped being
+scalded; upon which they all made the best of their way, crying and
+howling in such a frightful manner, that, in all my adventures, I never
+heard the like. And, indeed, never was I better pleased with any
+conquest than I was with this, there being so little bloodshed, and
+having an aversion to killing such savage wretches, (more than was
+necessary) as knowing they came on errands, which their laws and customs
+made them think were just and equitable. By this time, all things being
+in order, and the ship swimming, they found their mistake, so they did
+not venture a second attack. Thus ended our merry fight; and, having got
+rice, bread, roots, and sixteen good hogs on board the day before we set
+sail, not daring to go into the bay of Tonquin, but steering N.E. toward
+the isle of Formosa, or as tho' we would go to the Manillas, or
+Phillippine islands, for fear of meeting with any European ships; when
+we anchored at the isle of Formosa, the inhabitants not only courteously
+supplied us with provisions and fresh water, but dealt very fairly and
+honestly with us in their bargains and agreements. From this place we
+steered north, keeping still off the coast of China, till we were beyond
+all its ports where European ships usually come; and, at length, being
+come to the latitude of thirty degrees, we resolved to put into the
+first trading port we should come at; and standing for the shore, a boat
+came off two leagues to us, with an old Portuguese pilot on board, who
+offered his service; we very gladly accepted him, and sent the boat back
+again. And now, having the man on board, I talked to him of going to
+Nanquin, the most northward part of the coast of China. _What will you
+do there_? said he, smiling. I told him that we would sell our cargo,
+and purchase calicoes, raw and wrought silks, tea, &c. and so return the
+same way back. _O_, said he, _you had better put in at Macao, where you
+may buy China wares as cheap as at Nanquin, and sell your opium at a
+greater advance_. "But' said I 'we are gentlemen as well as merchants,
+and design to see the great city of Pekin, and the magnificent court of
+the monarch of China," _Why then_, said he, _you should go to Ningpo,
+where is a navigable river that goes through the heart of that vast
+empire, two hundred and seventy leagues from the sea, which crosses all
+the rivers, passes considerable hills, by the help of the sluices and
+gates, and goes even up to the city of Pekin. You may go to Nanquin if
+you please, and travel to Pekin, and there is a Dutch ship just before
+bound that way_. At the name of a Dutch or English ship, I was struck
+with confusion; they being as great a terror to me in this vessel, as an
+Algerine man of war is to them in the Mediterranean. The old man finding
+me troubled, _Sir_, said he, _I hope the Dutch are not now at war with
+your nation_. "No," said I, "but God knows what liberty they may take
+when out of the reach of the law." _Why_, says he _what occasion is
+there for peaceable merchants to fear? For believe me, they never meddle
+with any but PIRATES._
+
+[Illustration: The Carpenter and his man defeats the Cochinchinese.]
+
+At the mentioning the word _pirates_, my countenance turned to that of
+scarlet; nor was it possible for me to conceal it from the old pilot;
+who was taking notice of it, _Sir_, said he _take what course you
+please, I'll do you all the service I can._ "Seignior," said I, "I am a
+little concerned at your mentioning pirates; I hope there are none such
+in these seas, because you see in what weak condition we are to defend
+ourselves." _O, Sir_, said he, _if that's all, don't be concerned, I
+don't remember one in these seas these fifteen years, except above a
+month ago one was seen in the bay of Siam, but he is gone to the
+southward; neither was she built for a privateer, but was run away with
+by a reprobate Captain, and some of his men, the right Captain having
+been murdered by the Malayans_.
+
+"What," said I, (as though ignorant of what had happened) "did they kill
+the Captain?" _No_, said he, _it is generally thought the Malayans
+murdered him; but they justly deserve hanging. The rogues were lately
+discovered in the bay of Siam, in the river of Cambodia, by some
+Dutchmen who belonged to the ship, and had much ado to escape the five
+boats that pursued them, but they have solemnly sworn to give no quarter
+to the Captain or the seamen but hang them every one up at the yard-arm,
+without any formal business of bringing them to a court of judicature_.
+
+Being sensible, that, having the old man on board, he was incapable of
+doing me any mischief, "Well, Seignior, (said I) it is for this very
+reason I would have you carry us up to Nanquin, where neither English
+nor Dutch ships come; and I must tell you, their Captains are a parcel
+of rash, proud, insolent rascals, that neither know what belongs to
+justice, nor how to behave themselves as the laws of God or nature
+direct; fellows that would prove murderers to punish robbers, and take
+upon them to adjudge innocent men to death, without any proof to prove
+them guilty, but perhaps I may live to call them to account for it, in a
+place where they may be taught how justice is to be executed." And so I
+told him all the story of buying the ship, and how we were saved by the
+means of two men; that the murder of the Captain by the Malayans, as
+also the running away with the ship, I believed to be true; but that
+we, who bought it, were turned pirates, was a mere fiction to cover
+their cowardice and foolish behaviour, when they attacked us, & the
+blood of those men we killed in our own just defence, lay at their door,
+who sent to attack us by surprise.
+
+"Sir, (said the old man, amazed) you have taken the right course to
+steer to the north, and, if I might advise you, I would have you sell
+your ship in China, and buy or build another in that country; and I'll
+procure people to buy the one and sell the other." "Well, but, Seignior,
+(said I) if I sell the ship in this manner, I may bring some innocent
+persons into the same dangers I have gone through, perhaps worse, even
+death itself; whereby I should be as guilty of their murder as their
+villainous executioners." "That need not trouble you, (says the old man)
+I'll find a way to prevent that; for these commanders you talk of I know
+very well, and will inform them rightly of the matter as you have
+related, and I am persuaded they will not only believe me, but act more
+cautiously for the future." "And will you deliver one message from me to
+them?" "Yes, (said he) if you will give it under your hand, that I may
+prove it is not of my own production," Hereupon I wrote a large account
+of their attacking me in their long-boat, the pretended reason and
+unjust design of it; that they had done what they might be ashamed of,
+and could not answer for at any tribunal in England. But this letter was
+writ in vain. Providence ordered things another way. We sailed directly
+for Nanquin, and in about thirteen day's sail, came to an anchor at the
+south-west point of the great gulf of that place, where we learned, that
+two Dutch ships were gone the length before us, and that we should
+certainly fall into their hands. We were all at a great loss in this
+exigency, and would very gladly have been on shore almost any where; but
+our old pilot told me, that if I would sail to the southward about two
+and forty leagues, there was a little port called Quinchange, where no
+European ships ever came, and where we might consider what was further
+to be done. Accordingly we weighed anchor the next day, calling only
+twice on shore by the way to get fresh water. The country people very
+courteously sold us roots, tea, rice, fowls, and other provisions. After
+five days sail we came to the port, and landed with unspeakable joy. We
+resolved to dispose of ourselves and effects in any other way possible,
+than enter on board that ill-fated vessel more; for no state can be more
+miserable than a continued fear, which is a life of death, a confounder
+of our understandings, that sets the imagination at work to form a
+thousand frightful things that may never happen. And we scarce slept one
+night without dreaming of halters, yard-arms, or gibbets, of fighting,
+being taken, and being killed; nay, so violent were our apprehensions,
+that we would bruise our hands and heads against the sides of the
+cabin, as though actually engaged. The story of the Dutch cruelty at
+Amboyns, often came into our thoughts when awake; and, for my part, I
+thought my condition very hard; that after so many difficulties and such
+signal deliverances, I should be hanged in my old age, though innocent
+of any crime that deserved such punishment; but then religion would seem
+to represent to me, as though the voice of it had said; 'consider, O
+man! what sins you have been formerly guilty of; which now thou art
+called to an account for, to expiate with thy blood! And as to thy
+innocence, what art thou more innocent than thy blessed Redeemer, Jesus
+Christ, who suffered for thy offences, and to whose providence you ought
+to submit, let what will happen?' After this, natural courage would
+inspire me to resist to the last drop of blood, and sooner die than
+suffer myself to be taken by boorish, rascally Dutchmen, who had arts to
+torment beyond death itself.
+
+But now, thank kind Heaven, being ashore; our old pilot procured us a
+lodging and a warehouse for our goods; it was a little hut with a large
+warehouse joining to it, all built with canes, and pallisadoed round
+with large ones, to keep out pilfering thieves, which are very numerous
+in that country. The magistrates allowed us a little guard during the
+night, and we employed a centinel with a kind of halbert for three pence
+a day. The fair, or mart, we found, had been over for some time;
+however, there remained in the river four junks and two Japan ships, the
+merchants of the latter being on shore. In the first place, our old
+pilot brought us acquainted with the missionary Roman priests, who were
+converting the people to Christianity: two of them were reserved, rigid,
+and austere, applying themselves to the work they came about with great
+earnestness, but the third, who was a Frenchman, called Father Simon,
+was of a freer conversation, not seemingly so serious and grave, yet no
+worse Christian than the other two, one of whom was a Portuguese, and
+the other a Genoese. Father Simon, it seems, was appointed to go to
+Pekin, the royal seat of the Emperor of the Chinese; and he only waited
+for another priest, who was ordered from Macao to accompany him. We
+never met together, but he was prompting me to accompany him in that
+journey: _Sir_, said he, _I will show you the glorious things of this
+mighty empire, and a city, the city of Pekin, far exceeding London and
+Paris, put them both together_. One day in particular, being at dinner
+with him, I showed some inclination to go; which made him press the more
+upon me and my partner, to gain our perfect consent. _But, Father
+Simon_, said my partner, _what satisfaction can you have in our company,
+whom you esteem as heretics, and consequently objects not worthy your
+regard? O_, said he, _you may be as good Catholics in time as those I
+hope to convert to our religion. And so_, said I, _we shall have you
+preaching to us all the way, instead of pleasing us with a description
+of the country. Sir_, said he, _however our religion may be villified by
+some people, it is very certain it neither divests us of good manners or
+Christian charity; and as we are gentlemen, as such we may converse
+together, without making one another uneasy_.
+
+But we shall leave him a while, to consider our ship and the merchandise
+which we had to dispose of. There was but very little trade in the place
+where we were; and I was once resolved to venture to sail to the river
+Kilam, and so to the city of Nanquin; but Providence ordered it
+otherwise, by our old pilot's bringing a Japan merchant to us, to see
+what goods we had. He immediately bought our opium, for which he gave us
+a very good price in gold by weight, some wedges of which were about ten
+or eleven ounces. It came into my head that perhaps he might buy the
+ship too; and I ordered the interpreter to propose it to him. He said
+nothing then, but shrugged up his shoulders; yet in a few days after he
+came accompanied by a missionary priest, who was his interpreter, with
+this proposal, _That as he had bought a great quantity of our goods, he
+had not money enough to purchase our ship; but if I pleased he would
+hire her, with all my men, to go to Japan, and from thence with another
+loading to the Philippine islands, the freight of both which he would
+very willingly pay to us before; and at their return to Japan, would buy
+the ship_. Upon this we asked the Captain and his men if they were
+willing to go to Japan; to which they unanimously agreed. While this was
+in agitation, the young man my nephew left to attend me, told me, "That
+as I did not care to accept his prospect of advantage he would manage it
+for me as I pleased, and render me a faithful account of his success,
+which would be wholly mine." Indeed I was very unwilling to part with
+him; but considering it might be for the young man's good, I discoursed
+with my partner about it, who, of his own generosity, gave him his share
+of the vessel, so that I could do no otherwise than give him mine: but,
+however, we let him have but the proper half of it, and preserved a
+power, that when we met in England, if he had obtained success, he
+should account to us for one half of the profit of the ship's freight
+and the other should be his own. Thus having taken a writing under his
+hand, away he sailed to Japan, where the merchant dealt very honestly by
+him, got him a licence to come on shore, sent him loaded to the
+Philippines with a Japanese supercargo, from whence he came back again
+loaded with European goods, cloves, and other spiceries. By this voyage
+he cleared a considerable sum of money, which determined him not to sell
+his ship, but to trade on his own account; so he returned to the
+Manillas, where, getting acquaintance, he made his ship free, was hired
+by the governor privately to go to Acapulco in America, on the Mexican
+coast, with a licence to travel to the great city of Mexico. This
+traffic turned out greatly to account, and my friend finding means to
+get to Jamaica, returned nine years after exceedingly rich into England.
+
+In parting with the ship, it comes in course to consider of those men
+who had saved our lives when in the river of Cambodia; and though, by
+the way, they were a couple of rogues, who thought to turn pirates
+themselves, yet we paid them what they had before demanded, and gave
+each of them a small sum of money, making the Englishman a gunner, and
+the Dutchman a boatswain, with which they were very well contented.
+
+We were now about 1000 leagues farther from home, than when at Bengal.
+All the comfort we could expect was, that there being another fair to be
+kept in a month's time, we might not only purchase all sorts of that
+country's manufactures, but very possibly find some Chinese junks, or
+vessels from Tonquin, to be sold, which would carry us and our goods
+wheresoever we pleased. Upon these hopes, we resolved to continue; and,
+to divert ourselves, we took several little journies in the country.
+About ten days after we parted with the ship, we travelled to see the
+city of Nanquin. The city lies in latitude 30 degrees north of the line:
+it is regularly built, and the streets are exactly straight, and cross
+one another in direct lines, which sets it out to the greatest
+advantage. At our return, we found the priest was come from Macao, that
+was to accompany Father Simon to Pekin. That Father earnestly solicited
+me to accompany him, & I referred him to my partner. In short, we both
+agreed, and prepared accordingly; and we were so lucky as to have
+liberty to travel among the retinue of one of their Mandarines, who is a
+principal magistrate, and much reverenced by the people.
+
+We were five and twenty days travelling thro' this miserable country,
+infinitely populous, but as indifferently cultivated; and yet their
+pride is infinitely greater than their poverty, insomuch that they
+priests themselves derided them. As we passed by the house of one of
+their country gentlemen, two leagues off Nanquin, we had the honour,
+forsooth, to ride with the Chinese squire about two miles. Never was Don
+Quixote so exactly imitated! Never such a compound of pomp and poverty
+seen before!
+
+His habit, made of calico, was dirty, greasy, and very proper for a
+Mersy Andrew or Scaramouch, with all its tawdry trappings, as hanging
+sleeves, tassels, &c. though torn and rent in almost every part; his
+vest underneath it was no less dirty, but more greatly; resembling the
+most exquisite sloven or greasy butcher; his horse (worse than
+Rosinante, or the famous steed of doughty Hudibras) was a poor starved
+decrepid thing, that would not sell for thirty shillings in England;
+and yet this piece of worshipful pomp was attended with ten or twelve
+slaves who guarded their master to his country seat. We stopped at a
+little village for refreshment; and when we came by the country seat of
+this great man, we found him sitting under a tree before his door,
+eating a mess of boiled rice, with a great piece of garlic in the
+middle, and a bag filled with green pepper by him, and another plant
+like ginger, together with a piece of lean mutton in it: this was his
+worship's repast: but pray observe the state of the food! two women
+slaves brought him his food, which being laid before him, two others
+appeared to perform their respective offices; one fed him with a spoon,
+while the other scraped off what fell upon his beard and taffety vest,
+and gave it to a particular favourite to eat. And thus we left the
+wretch pleased with the conceit of our admiring his magnificence, which
+rather merited our scorn and detestation.
+
+At length we arrived at the great city of Pekin, accompanied by two
+servants, and the old Portuguese pilot, whose charges we bore, and who
+served us as an interpreter by the way. We had scarce been a week at
+Pekin, but he comes laughing to us. "Ah! Seignior Inglise, (said he) me
+something tell you make your heart glad, but make me sorry: for your
+bring me here twenty-five days journey, and now you leave me go back
+alone; and which way shall I make my port after, without de ship,
+without de horse, without pecune?" so he called money in his broken
+Latin. He then informed me, that there was a great caravan of Muscovite
+and Polish merchants in the city, who were preparing to set out for
+Muscovy by land within six weeks; and, that he was certain we would take
+this opportunity, and consequently that he must go home by himself.
+Indeed this news infinitely surprised & pleased me. "Are you certain of
+this?" said I, "Yes, Sir, (says he) me sure its true." And so he told
+me, that having met an old acquaintance of his, an Armenian, in the
+street, who was among them, and who had come from Astracan, with a
+design to go to Tonquin, but for certain reasons having altered his
+resolutions, he was now resolved to go with the caravan, and to return
+by the river Wolga to Astracan. "Well, Seignior, (said I) don't be
+discontented about your returning alone; and if, by this means, I can
+find a passage to England, it will be your own fault if you return to
+Macao at all." And so consulting with my partner what was best to be
+done, he referred it to me as I pleased, having our affairs so well
+settled at Bengal, that if he could convert the good voyage he had made
+in China silks, wrought or raw, he would be satisfied to go to England;
+and so return to Bengal in the Company's ships. Thus resolved, we agreed
+that if our pilot would go with us, we would bear his charges either to
+Moscow or England; and to give him in a present the sum of one hundred
+and seventy pounds sterling. Hereupon we called him in, and told him the
+cause of his complaint should be removed, if he would accompany us with
+the caravans; and, therefore, we desired to know his mind. At this he
+shook his head, "Great long journey, (said he) me no pecune carry me to
+Moscow, or keep me there." But we soon put him out of that concern, by
+making him sensible of what we would give him here to lay out the best
+advantage; and, as for his charges, we would set him safe on shore, God
+willing, either in Muscovy or England, as he pleased, at our own charge,
+except the carriage of his goods. At this proposal, he was like a man
+transported, telling us he would go with us all the world over; and we
+made preparations for our journey; but it was near four months before
+all the merchants were ready.
+
+In the mean time, my partner and the pilot went express to the port
+where we first put in, to dispose of what goods had been left there,
+while I accompanied a Chinese merchant who was going to Nanquin, and
+there bought twenty-nine pieces of damask, with about three hundred more
+of other fine silks; and, by the time my partner returned to Pekin, I
+had them all carried thither; our cargo in silks amounted to 45col.
+sterling, which, together with tea, fine calicoes, nutmegs, and cloves,
+loaded eighteen camels for our share, besides what we rode upon, with
+two or three spare horses, and two more loaden with provisions; the
+company now was very great, making about four hundred horse, and above
+one hundred and twenty men, well armed and provided. We were of several
+nations, among whom were five Scotch merchants, inhabiting in Moscow,
+and well experienced in trade.
+
+We set out from Pekin the beginning of February our stile; and in two
+days more, we passed through the gate of the great China wall, which was
+erected as a fortification against the Tartars, being one hundred
+English miles long. We then entered a country not near so populous,
+chiefly under the power of plundering Tartars, several companies of whom
+we perceived riding on poor starved horses, contemptible as themselves
+without order of discipline. One time our leader, for the day, gave us
+leave to go a hunting; but what do you think we hunted? only a parcel of
+sheep, which indeed exceeded any in the world for wildness and
+swiftness; but while we were pursuing this game, it was our chance to
+meet with about forty Tartars, who no sooner perceived us, but one of
+them blew a horn, at the sound of which there soon appeared a troop of
+forty or fifty more, at about a mile's distance. Hereupon, one of the
+Scots merchants (who knew their ways) ordered us to advance towards
+them, and attack them immediately, As we advanced, they let fly a
+volley of arrows, which happily fell a little short of us; this made us
+halt a little, to return the compliment with bullets; and then being led
+up by the bold Scot, we fired our pistols in their faces, and drew out
+our swords; but there was no occasion; for they flew like timorous
+sheep, & only three of them remained, beckoning to the rest to come
+back. But our brave commander gallops up to them by himself, shot one
+dead, knocked another of his horse, while the third ran away; and thus
+ended our battle with the Tartars.
+
+We travelled a month more through the Emperor of China's dominions; and
+at length coming to one of their towns about a day and a half's journey
+from the city of Naum, I wanted to buy a camel. The person I spoke to
+would have brought me one, but, like a fool, I must go along with him,
+about two miles from the village. My old pilot and I walked on foot,
+forsooth, for some variety, when coming to the place where the camels
+were kept as in a park guarded by Chinese soldiers, we there agreed and
+bought one, which the Chinese man that came along with me led along the
+road. But we had not gone far, before we were attacked by five Tartars,
+mounted on horseback, two of whom seized the man, took the camel from
+him, and rode away, while the other three approached us, the first of
+whom suddenly seized me as I was drawing my sword, the second; knocked
+me down, but my old trusty Portuguese taking a pistol out of his pocket,
+which I knew nothing of, and coming up to the fellow that struck me, he
+with one hand pulled him off his horse, and then shot him dead upon the
+spot; then taking his scymitar, he struck at the man that stopped us,
+but missing him, cut off one of his horses ears, the pain of which made
+him throw his rider to the ground. The poor Chinese who had led the
+camel, seeing the Tartar down, runs to him, and seizing upon his
+pole-ax, wrenched it from his hands, and knocked his brains out. But
+there was another Tartar to deal with, who seeming neither inclined to
+fight nor fly, and my old man having begun to charge his pistol, the
+very sight of it struck such a terror into the wretch, that away he
+scoured, leaving my old pilot, rather my champion and defender, an
+absolute victory.
+
+By this time being awakened from my trance, I began to open my eyes,
+wondering where I was, having quite forgot all that passed; but my
+senses returning, and feeling a great pain in my head, and seeing the
+blood was running over my clothes, I instantly jumped upon my feet, and
+grasped my sword in my hand, with a resolution to take revenge: but no
+enemies now remained, except the dead Tartar, with his horse standing by
+him. The old man seeing me recovered, whom he thought slain, ran towards
+me, and embraced me with the greatest tenderness, at the same time
+examining into my wound, which was far from being mortal. When we
+returned to the village, the man demanded payment for his camel, which I
+refusing, we brought the cause, before a Chinese judge, who acted with
+great impartiality: Having heard both sides, he asked the Chinese man
+that went with me, whose servant he was? _Sir,_ said he, _I am nobody's,
+but went with the stranger at his request: Why then_, said the judge,
+_you are the stranger's servant for the time, and the camel being
+delivered to his servant, it is the same as though delivered to himself,
+and accordingly he must pay for it._ Indeed the case was so fairly
+stated, that I had nothing to object to it; so, having paid for that I
+was robbed of, I sent for another, but did not go myself to fetch it, as
+I had enough of that sport before.
+
+The city of Naum is a frontier of the Chinese empire, so fortified, as
+some will tell you, that millions of Tartars cannot batter down their
+walls; by which certainly one might think one of our cannons would do
+more execution than all their legions.
+
+When we were within a day's march of that city, we had information that
+the governor had sent messengers to every part of the road, to inform
+the travellers and caravans to halt, till a guard was sent to protect
+them from the numerous bodies of Tartars that lately appeared about the
+city. This news put us into great consternation; but, obeying the
+orders, we stopt; & two days after, there came two hundred soldiers from
+a garrison of the Chinese, and three hundred more from Naum; thus
+guarded both in the front and rear, with our own men in the flanks, we
+boldly advanced, thinking we were able to combat with ten thousand Mogul
+Tartars, if they appeared.
+
+Early next morning, in our march from a little well situated town called
+Changu, after having passed a river, and entered upon a desert of about
+fifteen or sixteen miles over, we soon beheld by a cloud of dust that
+was raised, that the enemy was approaching. This much dispirited the
+Chinese. My old pilot took notice of it, and called out, _Seignor
+Inglise, those fellows must be encouraged, or they will ruin us all, and
+I am afraid if the Tartars attack us, they will all run away_. "Why,
+Seignor, (said I), what shall be done in this case?" _Done_, says he,
+_why let fifty of our men advance, and flank them on each wing. I know
+the fellows will fight well enough in company_. We accordingly took his
+advice, and marched fifty to the right wing, and the same number to the
+left, and with the rest made a line of reserve, leaving the last two
+hundred men to guard the camels, or to assist us, as occasion required.
+
+Thus prepared, a party of the enemy came forward, viewing our posture,
+and traversing the ground on the front of our line. Hereupon we ordered
+the two wings to move on, and give them a salute with their shot; which
+accordingly was done. This put a stop to their proceedings; for
+immediately wheeling off to their left, they all marched away, and we
+saw no more of them. They had undoubtedly given an account to their
+companions of what reception they might expect, which made them to
+easily give over their enterprize.
+
+When we came to the city of Naum, we returned the governor hearty
+thanks, and distributed a hundred crowns among the soldiers that guarded
+us. We rested there one day, and then proceeded on our travels, passing
+several great rivers and deserts and on the 13th of April we came to the
+frontiers of Muscovy, the first town of which was called Argun.
+
+This happy occasion, as I thought, of coming into a Christian country,
+made me congratulate the Scots merchant upon it. He smiled at that,
+telling me not to rejoice too soon; _for_, said he, _except the Russian
+soldiers in garrison, and a few inhabitants of the cities upon the road,
+all the rest of this country, for above a thousand miles, is inhabited
+by the most ignorant and barbarous Pagans_.
+
+We advanced from the river Arguna, by moderate journies and found
+convenient garrisons on the road, filled with Christian soldiers for the
+security of commerce, and for the convenient lodgings of travellers: but
+the inhabitants of the country were mere Pagans, worshiping the sun,
+moon, and stars. We particularly observed this idolatry near the river
+Arguna, at a city inhabited by Tartars and Russians, called Nerisinkey.
+Being curious to see their way of living, while the caravan continued to
+rest themselves in that city, I went to one of their villages, where
+there was to be one of their solemn sacrifices.
+
+There I beheld upon the stump of an old tree, an idol of wood, more ugly
+than the representation of the devil himself: its head resembled no
+living creature; its ears were as big and as high as goat's horns, a
+crooked nose, four-cornered mouth, and horrible teeth: it was clothed in
+sheep skins, had a great Tartar bonnet, with two horns growing thro' it,
+and was eight feet high, without feet, legs or proportion. Before this
+idol their lay sixteen or seventeen people, who brought their offerings,
+and were making their prayers, while at a distance stood three men and
+one bullock, as victims to this ugly monster.
+
+Such stupendous sacrilege as this, in robbing the true God of his
+honour, filled me with the greatest astonishment and reflection: which
+soon turning to rage and fury, I rode up to the image, and cut in pieces
+the bonnet that was upon his head with my sword, so that it hung down by
+one of the horns, while one of my men that was with me pulled at it by
+his sheep-skin garment. Immediately an hideous howling and outcry ran
+through the village, and two or three hundred people coming about our
+ears, we were obliged to fly for it.
+
+But I had not done with the monster; for the caravan being to rest
+three nights in the town, I told the Scots merchant what I had seen, and
+that I was resolved to take four or five men well armed with me, in
+order to destroy the idol, and show the people how little reason they
+had to trust in a god who could not save himself. At first he laughed at
+me, representing the danger of it, and when it was destroyed, what time
+had we to preach to them better things, whole zeal and ignorance was in
+the highest degree, and both unparalleled? that if I should be taken by
+them, I should be served as a poor ruffian, who contemned their worship;
+that is, to be stripped naked, and tied to the top of the idol, there
+shot at with arrows till my body was fall of them, and then burnt as a
+sacrifice to the monster; _but Sir_, said he, _since your zeal carries
+you so far, rather than you should be alone I will accompany you, and
+bring a stout fellow equal to yourself, if you will, to assist you in
+this design:_ and accordingly he brought one Captain Richardson, who,
+hearing the story, readily consented; but my partner declined it, being
+altogether out of his way: and so we three, and my servant, resolved to
+execute this exploit about midnight; but upon second thoughts we
+deferred it to the next night, by reason that the caravan being to go
+from hence the next morning, we should be out of the governor's power.
+The better to effectuate my design, I procured a Tartar's sheep-skin
+robe, a bonnet, with bow and arrows, and every one of us got the like
+habits, the first night we spent in mixing combustible matter with aqua
+vitae, gunpowder, &c. having a good quantity of tar in a little pot:
+next night we came up to the idol about eleven o'clock, the moon being
+up. We found none guarding it; but we perceived a light in the house,
+where we had seen the priests before. One of our men was for firing the
+hut, another for killing the people, and a third for making them
+prisoners, while the idol was destroyed. We agreed to the latter; so
+knocking at the door, we seized the first that opened it, and stopping
+his mouth and tying his feet, we left him. We served the other two in
+the like manner; and then the Scots merchant set fire to the
+composition, which frightened them so much, that we brought them all
+away prisoners to their wooden god. There we fell to work with him,
+daubing him all over with tar mixed with tallow and brimstone stopping
+his eyes, ears, and mouth full of gunpowder, with a great piece of
+wild-fire in his bonnet, and environed it with dry forage. All this
+being done, we unloosed and ungagged the prisoners, and set the idol on
+fire, which the gunpowder blowing up, the shape of it was deformed, rent
+and split, which the forage utterly consumed; for we staid to see its
+destruction, lest the ignorant idolatrous people should have thrown
+themselves into the flames, And thus we came away undiscovered, in the
+morning appearing as busy among our fellow travellers, as no body could
+have suspected any other, but that we had been in our beds all night.
+
+Next morning we let out, and had gone but a small distance from the
+city, when there came a multitude of people of the country to the gates
+of the city, demanding satisfaction of the Ruffian governor for
+insulting their priests, and burning their great Cham Cai-Thaungu, who
+dwelt in the sun, and no mortal would violate this image but some
+Christian miscreants; and being already no less than thirty thousand
+strong, they announced war against him and all his Christians.
+
+The governor assured them he was ignorant of the matter, and that none
+of his garrison had been abroad; that indeed there was a caravan that
+went away that morning, and that he would send after them to inquire
+into it; and whoever was the offender, should be delivered into their
+hands. This satisfied them for the present, but the governor sent to
+inform us, that if any of us had done it, we should make all the haste
+away possible, while he kept them in play as long as he could. Upon this
+we marched two days and two nights, stopping but very little, till at
+last we arrived at a village called Plothus, and hasted to Jerawena,
+another of the Czar's colonies. On the third day, having entered the
+desert, and passed the lake called Shaks Oser, we beheld a numerous body
+of horde on the other side or it to the north, who supposed we had
+passed on that side of the lake; but either having found the mistake, or
+being certainly informed of the way we took, they came upon us towards
+the dusk of the evening, just as we had pitched our camp between two
+little but very thick woods, with a little river running before our
+front and some felled trees with which we covered our rear; a precaution
+we always took, and which we had just finished when the enemy came up.
+They did not fall on us immediately, but sent three messengers,
+demanding the men who had insulted their priests, & burnt their god,
+Cham Chi-Thaungu, that they might be burnt with fire; that if this was
+complied with, they would peaceably depart; but if not, they would
+destroy one and all of us. Our men stared at one another on receipt of
+this message, but Nobody was the word, as indeed nobody knew it, but he
+who did it. Upon which the leader of the caravan returned for answer,
+_That they were peaceable merchants, who meddled with none of their
+priests and gods and therefore desired, them not to disturb us, and put
+us to the necessity of defending ourselves_. But do far was this from
+satisfying them, that the next morning coming to our right, they let fly
+a volley of arrows among us, which happily did not hurt any, because we
+sheltered ourselves behind our baggage. We expected however to come to a
+closer engagement; but were happily saved by a cunning fellow, a
+Cossack, who obtaining leave of the leader to go out, mounts his horse,
+rides directly from our rear, and taking a circuit, comes up to the
+Tartars, as tho he had been sent express, and tells them a formal story,
+that the wretches who had burnt the Cham Chi-Thaungu, were gone to
+Shiheilka, with a resolution to burn the god Shal-Ifar, belonging to the
+Tongueses. Upon which, believing this cunning Tartar, who was servant to
+our Muscovites, away they drove to Shiheilka, and in less than three
+minutes were out of sight, nor did we ever hear of them more.
+
+When we came to the city of Jarawena, we rested five days, and then
+entered into a frightful desert, which held us twenty-three days march,
+infested with several small companies of robbers, or Mogul Tartars, who
+never had the courage to attack us. After we had passed over this
+desert, we found several garisons to defend the caravans from the
+violence of the Tartars. In particular the Governor of Adinskoy offered
+us a guard of fifty men to the next station, if we apprehended any
+danger. The people here retained the same paganism and barbarity, only
+they were not so dangerous, being conquered by the Muscovites. The
+clothing, both of men & women, is of the skins of beasts, living under
+the ground in vaults & caves, which have a communication with one
+another. They have idols almost in every family; besides, they adore the
+sun and stars, water and snow; and the least uncommon thing that happens
+in the elements, alarms them as much as thunder and lightning does the
+unbelieving Jews.
+
+Nothing remarkable occurred in our march through this country. When we
+had gone through the desert, after two days farther travel; we came to
+Jenezoy, a Muscovite city, on the great river so called, which we were
+told, parted Europe from Asia. The inhabitants here were very little
+better, though intermixed with the Muscovites, but the wonder will
+cease, when I inform my readers of what was observed to me, that the
+Czar rather converts the Tartars with soldiers than clergymen, and is
+more proud to make them faithful subjects, than good Christians.
+
+From this city to the river Oby, we travelled over a pleasant, fruitful,
+but very uncultivated country, for want of good management and people,
+and those few are mostly Pagans. This is the place where the Muscovite
+criminals are banished to, if they are not put to death. The next city
+we came to, was the capital city of Siberia, called Tobolski when having
+been almost seven months on our journey, and winter drawing on apace, my
+partner and I consulted about our particular affairs in what manner we
+should dispose of ourselves. We had been told of sledges and rein-deer
+to carry us over the snow in the winter season, the snow being frozen so
+hard, that the sledges can run upon the surface without any danger of
+going down. As I was bound to England, I now behoved either to go with
+the caravan to Jerosaw, from thence west to Marva, and the gulph of
+Finland, and so by land or sea to Denmark; or else I must leave the
+caravan at a little town on the Dwina, and so to Archangel, where I was
+certain of shipping either to England, Holland, or Hamburgh. One night I
+happened to get into the company of an illustrious, but banished Prince,
+whose company and virtues were such as made me to propose to him a
+method how he might obtain his liberty. _My dear friend_, said he, _as I
+am here happily free from my miserable greatness with all its attendants
+of pride, ambition, avarice, and luxury, if I should escape from this
+place, those pernicious seeds may again revive, to my lasting
+disquietude; therefore let me remain in a blessed confinement, for I am
+but flesh, a mere man, with passions and affections as such; O be not my
+friend and tempter too!_ Struck dumb with surprise, I stood silent
+a-while; nor was he less in disorder, by which perceiving he wanted to
+give vent to his mind, I desired him to consider of it, and so withdrew.
+But about two hours after he came to my apartment: _Dear friend_, said
+he, _though I cannot consent to accompany you, I shall have this
+satisfaction in parting, that you leave me an honest man still: but as a
+testimony of my affection to you, be pleased to accept this present
+of sables_.
+
+In return for his compliment, I sent my servant next morning to his
+Lordship with a small present of tea, two pieces of China damask, and
+four little wedges of gold; but he only accepted the tea, one piece of
+damask, and one piece of gold, for the curiosity of the Japan stamp that
+was upon it. Not long after he sent for me, and told me, _that what he
+had refused himself, he hoped upon his account, I would grant to another
+whom he should name:_ In short it was his only son, who was about two
+hundred miles distant from him, on the other side of the city, whom he
+said he would send for, if I gave my consent. This I soon complied with;
+upon which he sent his servants next day for his son, who returned in
+twenty days time, bringing seven horses loaded with valuable furs. At
+night the young Lord was conducted incognito into our apartment, where
+his father presented him to me. We then concerted the best ways for
+travelling, and after having bought a considerable quantity of sables,
+black fox-skins, fine ermines, &c. (which I sold at Archangel at a good
+price) we set out from this city the beginning of June, making a small
+caravan, being about thirty-two horses and camels, of which I
+represented the head. My young Lord had with him a very faithful
+Siberian servant, well acquainted with the roads: We shunned the
+principal towns and cities, as Tumen, Soli Kamoskoi, and several others,
+by reason of their strictness in examining travellers, lest any of the
+banished persons of distinction should escape. Having passed the river
+Kama, we came to a city on the European side, called Soloy Kamoskoi,
+where we found the people mostly Pagans as before. We then passed a
+desert of about two hundred miles over; but in other places it is near
+seven hundred. In passing this wild place, we were beset by a troop of
+men on horseback, and about five and forty men armed with bows and
+arrows. At first they looked earnestly on us, and then placed themselves
+in our way. We were above sixteen men, and drew up a little line before
+our camels. My young Lord sent out his Siberian servant, to know who
+they were; but, when he approached them, he neither knew a word they
+said; nor would they admit him to come near them at his peril, but
+prepared to shoot him. At his return, he told us he believed them to be
+Calmuc Tartars; and that there were more upon the desert. This was but a
+small comfort to us; yet seeing a little grove, about a quarter of a
+mile's distance, we moved to it, by the old Portuguese pilot's advice,
+without meeting with any opposition. Here we found a marshy piece of
+ground, and a spring of water running into a little brook on one side,
+which joined another like it a little further off, and these two formed
+the head of the river called Writska. As soon as we arrived, we went to
+work, cutting great arms off the trees, and laying them hanging (not
+quite off from one tree to another). In this situation we waited the
+motion of the enemy, without perceiving any advancement they made
+towards us. About two hours before night, being joined by some others,
+in all about fourscore horse, among whom we fancied were some women,
+they came upon us with great fury. We fired without ball, calling to
+them in the Russian tongue, to know their business; but they, either not
+knowing, or seeming not to understand us, came directly to the wood
+side, nor considering that we were to be fortified, as that they could
+not break in. Our old pilot, the Portuguese, proved both our captain and
+engineer, and desired us not to fire, till they came within pistol shot;
+and when he gave the word of command, then to take the surest aim: but
+he did not bid us give fire, till they were within two pikes length of
+us, and then we filled fourteen of them, wounded several, as also their
+horses, having every one of us loaded our pieces with two or three
+bullets at least. So much were they surprised at our undauntedness, that
+they retired about a hundred roods from us. In the mean while we loaded
+our pieces again, and sallying out, secured four or five of their
+horses, whose riders we found were killed, and perceived them to be
+Tartars. About an hour after, they made another attempt, to see where
+they might break in; but finding us ready to receive them, they retired.
+
+All that night we wrought hard, in strengthening our situation, and
+barricading the entrances into the woods; but when day-light came, we
+had a very unwelcome discovery; for the enemy, being encouraged by
+their numbers, had set up eleven or twelve tents, in form of a camp,
+about three quarters of a mile from us. I must confess, I was never more
+concerned in my life, giving myself and all that I had over for lost.
+And my partner declared, that as the loss of his goods would be his
+ruin, before they should be taken from him, he would fight to the last
+drop of his blood. As we could not pretend to force our way, we had
+recourse to a stratagem; we kindled a large fire, which burnt all night;
+and no sooner was it dark, but we pursued our journey towards the pole
+or north star, and travelling all night; by six o'clock in the morning
+we came to a Russian village called Kertza, and from thence came to a
+large town named Ozonzoys, where we heard that several troops of Calmuc
+Tartars had been abroad upon the desert, but that we were past all
+danger. In five days after we came to Veuslima, upon the river Witzedga;
+from thence we came to Lawrenskoy, on the third of July, where,
+providing ourselves with two luggage boats, and a convenient bark, we
+embarked the seventh, and arrived at Archangel the eighteenth, after a
+year, five months, and three days journey, including the eight months
+and odd days at Tobolski. We came from Archangel the 20th of August in
+the same year, and arrived at Hamburg the 30th of September. Here my
+partner and I made a very good sale of our goods, both those of China
+and Siberia; when dividing our effects, my share came to 3475l. 17s. 3d.
+after all the losses we had sustained, and charges we had been at. Here
+the young Lord took his leave of me, in order to go to the court of
+Vienna, not only to seek protection, but to correspond with his father's
+friends. After we had staid four months in Hamburgh, I went from thence
+overland to the Hague, where embarking in the packet, I arrived in
+London the 10th of January 1705, after ten years and nine months absence
+from England.
+
+
+
+_R O B I N S O N C R U S O E'S_  VISION OF THE ANGELIC WORLD.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+CHAP. I. Of SOLITUDE.
+
+However solitude is looked upon as a restraint to the pleasure of the
+world, in company and conversation, yet it is a happy state of exemption
+from a sea of trouble, an inundation of vanity and vexation, of
+confusion and disappointment. While we enjoy ourselves, neither the joy
+not sorrow of other men affect us: We are then at liberty with the voice
+of our soul, to speak to God. By this we shun such frequent trivial
+discourse, as often becomes an obstruction to virtue: and how often do
+we find that we had reason to with we had not been in company, or said
+nothing when we were there? for either we offend God by the impiety of
+our discourse, or lay ourselves open to the violence of designing people
+by our ungarded expressions; and frequently feel the coldness and
+treachery of pretended friends, when once involved in trouble and
+affliction: of such unfaithful intimates (I should say enemies) who
+rather by false inuendoes would accumulate miseries upon us, than
+honestly assist us when under the hard hand of adversity. But in a state
+of solitude, when our tongues cannot be heard, except from the great
+Majesty of Heaven, how happy are we, in the blessed enjoyment of
+conversing with our Maker! It is then we make him our friend, which sets
+us above the envy and contempt of wicked men. When a man converses with
+himself, he is sure that he does not converse with an enemy. Our retreat
+should be to good company, and good books. I mean not by solitude, that
+a man should retire into a cell, a desert, or a monastry: which would be
+altogether an useless and unprofitable restraint: for as men ate formed
+for society, and have an absolute necessity and dependance upon one
+another; so there is a retirement of the soul, with which it converses
+in heaven, even in the midst of men; and indeed no man is more fit to
+speak freely, than he who can, without any violence himself, refrain his
+tongue, or keep silence altogether. As to religion, it is by this the
+foul gets acquainted with the hidden mysteries of the holy writings;
+here she finds those floods of tears, in which good men wash themselves
+day and night, and only makes a visit to God, and his holy angels. In
+this conversation the truest peace and most solid joy are to be found;
+it is a continual feast of contentment on earth, and the means of
+attaining everlasting happiness in heaven.
+
+
+
+CHAP. II. Of HONESTY.
+
+Honesty is a virtue beloved by good men, and pretended to by all other
+persons. In this there are several degrees: to pay every man his own is
+the common law of honesty: but to do good to all mankind, is the
+chancery law of honesty: and this chancery court is in every man's
+breast, where his conscience is a Lord Chancellor. Hence it is, that a
+miser, though he pays every body their own, cannot be an honest man,
+when he does not discharge the good offices that are incumbent on a
+friendly, kind, and generous person: for, faith the prophet Isaiah,
+chap. XXXII. ver. 7, 8. _The instruments of a churl are evil: he
+deviseth wicked devices to destroy the poor with lying words, even when
+the needy speaketh right. But the liberal soul deviseth liberal things,
+and by liberal things shall he stand_. It is certainly honest to do
+every thing the law requires; but should we throw every poor debtor into
+prison till he has paid the utmost farthing, hang every malefactor
+without mercy, exact the penalty of every bond, and the forfeiture of
+every indenture, this would be downright cruelty, and not honesty: and
+it is contrary to that general rule, _To do to another, that which you
+would have done unto you_. Sometimes necessity makes an honest man a
+knave: and a rich man a honest man, because he has no occasion to be a
+knave. The trial of honesty is this: Did you ever want bread, and had
+your neighbour's loaf in keeping, and would starve rather than eat it?
+Were you ever arrested, having in your custody another man's cash, and
+would rather go to gaol, than break it? if so, this indeed may be
+reckoned honesty. For King Solomon tells us, _That a good name is better
+than life, and is a precious ointment, and which, when a man has once
+lost, he has nothing left worth keeping_.
+
+
+
+CHAP. III _Of the present state of Religion in the world_.
+
+I doubt, indeed, there is much more devotion than religion in the world,
+more adoration than supplication, and more hypocrisy than sincerity; and
+it is very melancholy to consider, what numbers of people there are
+furnished with the powers of reason and gifts of nature, and yet
+abandoned to the grossest ignorance and depravity. But it would be
+uncharitable for us to imagine (as some Papists, abounding with too much
+ill nature, the only scandal to religion, do) that they will certainly
+be in a state of damnation after this life; for how can we think it
+consistent with the mercy and goodness of an infinite Being, to damn
+those creatures, when he has not furnished them with the light of the
+gospel? or how can such proud, conceited and cruel bigots, prescribe
+rules to the justice and mercy of God?
+
+We are told by some people, that the great image which King
+Nebuchadnezzar set up to be adored by his people held the representation
+of the sun in it's right hand, as the principal object of adoration. But
+to wave this discourse of Heathens, how many self-contradicting
+principles are there held among Christians? and how do we doom one
+another to the devil, while all profess to worship the same Deity, and
+to expect the same salvation.
+
+When I was at Portugal, there was held at that time the court of justice
+of the Inquisition. All the criminals were carried in procession to the
+great church, where eight of them were habited in gowns and caps of
+canvass, whereon the torments of hell were displayed, and they were
+condemned and burnt for crimes against the Catholic faith and
+blessed Virgin.
+
+I am sorry to make any reflection upon Christians; but indeed, in Italy
+the Roman religion seems the most cruel and mercenary upon earth; and a
+very judicious person, who travelled through Italy from Turkey, tells,
+_That there is only the face and outward pomp of religion there; that
+the church protects murderers and assassins; and then delivers the civil
+magistrate over to Satan for doing justice; interdicts whole kingdoms,
+and shuts up the churches for want of paying a few ecclesiastical dues,
+and so puts a stop to religion for want of their money; that the court
+of Inquisition burnt two men for speaking dishonourably of the Blessed
+Virgin; and the missionaries of China tolerated the worshipping the
+devil by their new converts: that Italy was the theatre, where religion
+was the grand opera: and that the Popish clergy were no other than
+stage players_.
+
+As to religion in Poland, they deny Christ to be the Messiah, or that
+the Messiah has come in the flesh. And as to their Protestants, they are
+the followers of Laelius Socinus, who denied our Saviour's divinity; and
+have no concern about the divine inspiration of the Holy Ghost.
+
+In Muscovy their churches are built of wood, and, indeed, they have but
+wooden priests, though of the Greek church; they pray as much to St.
+Nicholas, as the Papists do to the Virgin Mary, for protection in all
+their difficulties or afflictions.
+
+As to Lutherans, they only differ from the Romans in believing
+consubstantiation, instead of transubstantiation; but like them, they
+are much pleased with the external gallantry and pomp, more than the
+true and real practice of it.
+
+In France I found a world of priests, the streets every where crowded
+with them, and the churches full of women: but surely never was a nation
+so full of blind guides, so ignorant of religion, and even as void of
+morals, as those people who confess their sins to them.
+
+Does it not seem strange, that, while all men own the Divine Being,
+there should be so many different opinions as to the manner of paying
+him obedience in the Christian church? I know not what reason to assign
+for this, except it be their different capacities and faculties.
+
+And, indeed, upon this account, we have perceived, in all Christian
+countries, what mortal feuds have been about religion; what wars and
+bloodshed have molested Europe, till the general pacification of the
+German troubles at the treaty of Westphalia: and since those times, what
+persecution in the same country among the churches of the Lutherans; and
+should I take a prospect at home, what unhappy divisions are between
+Christians in this kingdom, about Episcopacy and Presbytery; the church
+of England and the Dissenters opposing one another like St. Paul and St.
+Peter, even to the face; that is, they carry on the dispute to the
+utmost extremity.
+
+It might be a question, why there are such differences in religious
+points, and why these breaches should be more hot and irreconcileable?
+All the answer I can give to this, is, that we inquire more concerning
+the truth of religion, than any other nation in the world; and the
+anxious concern we have about it, makes us jealous of every opinion, and
+tenacious of our own; and this is not because we are more furious and
+rash than other people; but the truth is, we are more concerned about
+them, and being sensible that the scripture is the great rule of faith,
+the standard for life and doctrine, we have recourse to it ourselves,
+without submitting to any pretended infallible judge upon earth.
+
+There is another question, pertinent to the former, and that is, _What
+remedy can we apply to this malady_? And to this I must negatively
+answer, _Not to be less religious, that we may differ the less_. This is
+striking at the very root of all religious differences; for, certainly,
+were they to be carried on with a peaceable spirit, willing to be
+informed, our variety of opinions would not have the name of
+differences; nor should we separate in communion of charity though we
+did not agree in several articles of religion.
+
+Nor is there a less useful question to start, namely, _Where will our
+unhappy religious differences end?_ To which, I hope, I may answer, _In
+Heaven_; there we shall unchristian and unbrotherly differences will
+find a period; there we shall embrace many a sinner, that here we think
+it a dishonour to converse with; & perceive many a heart we have broken
+here with censures, reproachings, & revilings, made whole again by the
+balm of the same Redeemer's blood. Here we shall perceive there have
+been other flocks than those of our fold; that those we have
+excommunicated have been taken into that superior communion; and, in a
+word, that those contradicting notions and principles which we thought
+inconsistent with true religion, we shall then find reconcileable to
+themselves, to one another, and to the fountain of truth. If any man ask
+me, Why our differences cannot be ended on earth? I answer, _Were we all
+thoroughly convinced, that then they would be reconciled, we would put
+an end to them before; but this is impossible to be done: for as men's
+certain convictions of truth are not equal to one another, or the weight
+or significancy of such veracity: so neither can a general effect of
+this affair be expected on this side of time_.
+
+Before I conclude this chapter, I shall beg leave to discourse a little
+of the wonderful excellency of negative religion and negative virtue.
+The latter sets out, like the Pharisee, with, _God, I thank thee;_ it is
+a piece of religious pageantry, the hypocrite's hope: and, in a word, it
+is positive vice: for it is either a mask to deceive others, or a mist
+to deceive ourselves. A man that is clothed with negatives, thus argues:
+_ I am not such a drunkard as my landlord, such a thief as my tenant,
+such a rakish fellow, or a highwayman; No! I live a sober, regular,
+retired life: I am a good man, I go to church; God, I thank thee._ Now,
+through a mans boasts of his virtue in contradiction to the vices
+mentioned, yet a person had better have them altogether than the man
+himself; or he is so full of himself, so persuaded that he is good and
+religious enough already, that he has no thoughts of any thing, except
+it be to pull of his hat to God Almighty now and then, and thank him
+that he has no occasion for him; and has the vanity to think that his
+neighbours must imagine well of him too.
+
+The negative man, though he is no drunkard is yet intoxicated with the
+pride of his own worth; a good neighbour and peace-maker in other
+families, but a tyrant in his own; appears in church for a show, but
+never falls upon his knees in his closet; does all his alms before men,
+to be seen of them; eager in the duties of the second table, but
+regardless of the first; appears religious, to be taken notice of by
+men, but without intercourse or communication between God and his own
+soul: Pray, what is this man? or what comfort is there of the life he
+lives? he is insensible of faith, repentance, and a Christian mortified
+life: in a word, he is a perfectly a stranger to the essential part
+of religion.
+
+Let us for a while enter into the private and retired part of his
+conversation: What notions has he of his mispent hours, and of the
+progress of time to the great centre and gulph of life, eternity? Does
+he know how to put a right value on time, or esteem the life-blood of
+his soul, as it really is, and act in all the moments of it, as one that
+must account for them? if then you can form an equality between what he
+can do and what he shall receive; less can be founded upon his negative
+virtue, or what he has forborne to do: And if neither his negative nor
+positive piety can be equal to the reward, and to the eternity that
+reward is to last for, what then is to become of the Pharisee, when he
+is to be judged by the sincerity of his repentance, and rewarded,
+according to the infinite grace of God, with a state of blessedness to
+an endless eternity?
+
+When the negative man converses with the invisible world, he is filled
+with as much horror and dread as Felix, when St Paul reasoned to him of
+temperance, righteousness, and of judgment to come; for Felix, though a
+great philosopher, of great power and reverence, was a negative man, and
+he was made sensible by the Apostle, that, as a life of virtue and
+temperance was its own reward, by giving a healthy body, a clear head,
+and a composed life, so eternal happiness must proceed from another
+spring; namely, the infinite unbounded grace of a provoked God, who
+having erected a righteous tribunal, Jesus Christ would separate such as
+by faith and repentance he had brought home and united to himself by the
+grace of adoption, and on the foot of his having laid down his life as a
+ransom for them, had appointed them to salvation, when all the
+philosophy, temperance, and righteousness in the world besides had been
+ineffectual. And this, I say, it was, that made Felix, this negative
+man tremble.
+
+
+
+CHAP. IV. _Of listening to the voice of Providence_.
+
+The magnificent and wise King Solomon bids us cry after knowledge, and
+lift up our voice for understanding; by which is meant, religious
+knowledge, for it follows: _Then shalt thou understand the fear of the
+Lord, and find the knowledge of God_. By which undoubtedly he meant, to
+enquire after every thing he has permitted us to know, and not to search
+into those ways that are unsearchable, and are effectually locked up
+from our knowledge.--Now, _as listening to the voice of Providence_ is
+my present subject, I intend, in the first place, to write to those who
+own, 1. That there is a God, a first great moving cause of all things,
+and eternal power, prior, and consequently superior to all created power
+or being.--2. That this eternal power, which is God, is the sovereign
+creator and governor of heaven and earth.
+
+To avoid all needless distinctions, what persons in the God-head
+exercise the creating, and what the governing power, I offer that
+glorious text, Psal. xxiii. 6. where the whole Trinity is entitled to
+the whole creating work: and, therefore, in the next place, I shall lay
+down these two propositions.
+
+I. _That the eternal God guides, by his providence, the whole
+   universe, which was created by his power._
+
+II. _That this providence manifests a particular care over, and
+    concern in, the governing and directing man, the most noble
+    creature upon earth_.
+
+It is plain, that natural religion proves the first, by intimating the
+necessity of a providence guiding and governing the world, from the
+consequence of the wisdom, justice, prescience, and goodness of the
+Almighty Creator: for otherwise it would be absurd to think, that God
+should create a world, without any care or providence over it, in
+guiding the operations of nature, so as to preserve the order of
+his creation.
+
+Revealed religion gives us a light into the care and concern of his
+providence, by the climate's being made habitable, the creatures
+subjected and made nourishing, and all vegetative life made medicinal;
+and all this for the sake of man, who is made viceroy to the King of the
+earth. The short description I shall give of providence is this: _That
+it is that operation of the power, of the wisdom, and goodness of God,
+by which be influences, governs, and directs, not only the means, but
+the events of all things, which concern us in this sublunary world; the
+sovereignty of which we ought always to reverence, obey its motions,
+observe its dictates, and listen to its voice. The prudent man forseeth
+the evil, and hideth himself; that is, as I take it, there is a secret
+providence intimates to us, that some danger threatens, if we strive not
+to shun it_.
+
+The same day that Sir John Hotham kept out Hull against the royal martyr
+King Charles I. the same day Sir John Hotham was put to death by the
+parliament for that very action: The same day that the King himself
+signed the warrant for the execution of the Earl of Stafford, the same
+day of the month was he barbarously murdered by the blood-thirsty
+Oliverian crew: and the same day that King James II. came to the crown
+against the bill of exclusion, the same day he was voted abdicated by
+the parliament, and the throne filled with King William and Queen Mary.
+
+The voice of signal deliverances from sudden dangers, is not only a just
+call to repentance, but a caution against falling into the like danger;
+but such who are utterly careless of themselves after, show a lethargy
+of the worst nature, which seems to me to be a kind of practical atheism
+or at least, a living in a contempt of Heaven, when he receives good at
+the hand of his Maker, but is unconcerned from whence it comes, or to
+thank the bountiful hand that gave it; neither, when he receives evil,
+does it alter his manner of life, or bring him to any state of
+humiliation.
+
+We have a remarkable story of two soldiers being condemned to death in
+Flanders. The general being prevailed upon to spare one of them, ordered
+them to cast dice upon the drumhead for their lives; the first having
+thrown two sixes, the second fell a wringing his hands, having so poor a
+chance to escape; however, having thrown, he was surprised when he also
+threw other two sixes. The officer appointed to see the execution,
+ordered them to throw again; they did so, and each of them threw fives;
+at which the soldiers that stood round, shouted, and said, neither of
+them was to die. Upon this, the officer acquainted the council of war,
+who ordered them to throw a third time, when they threw two fours: the
+general being acquainted with it, sent for the men, and pardoned them.
+_I love,_ said he, _in such extraordinary cases, to listen to the voice
+of Providence._
+
+We read in the holy writings, how God speaks to men by appearance of
+angels, or by dreams and visions of the night. As God appeared to
+Abraham, Lot, and Jacob: so angels have appeared to many in other cases,
+as to Manoah and his wife, Zechariah, the Virgin Mary, and to the
+apostles; other have been warned in a dream as king Abimelech, the false
+prophet Balaam, and many others.
+
+It is certainly a very great and noble inquiry, _What we shall be after
+this life?_ for there is scarce a doubt, that there is a place reserved
+for the reception of our souls after death: for if we are to be, we must
+have a where, which the scriptures assert by the examples of Dives and
+Lazarus. The doctrine of spirits was long believed before our Saviour's
+time; for when the disciples of the blessed Jesus perceived our Saviour
+walking on the sea, they were as much surprised as though they had seen
+a spirit. Nay, in those ages of the world, it was believed that spirits
+intermeddled in the affairs of mankind; and, throughout the Old
+Testament, I do not find any thing that in the least contradicts is. All
+the pains and labour that some learned men have taken, to confute the
+story of the witch of Endor, and the appearance of an old man
+personating Samuel, cannot make such apparitions inconsistent with
+nature or religion; and it is plain, that it was either a good or bad
+spirit, that prophetically told the unfortunate king what should happen
+the next day; for, said the spirit, _The Lord will deliver thee into the
+hands of the Philistines; and to-morrow shalt thou and thy sons be
+with me._
+
+Abundance of strange notions possessed me, when I was in the desolate
+island; especially on a moonshine night, when every bush seemed a man,
+and every tree a man on horseback. When I crept into the dismal cave
+where the old goat lay expiring, whole articulate groans even resembled
+those of a man, how was I surprised! my blood chilled in my veins,
+a cold sweaty dew sat on my forehead, my hair stood upright, and my
+joints, like Belshazzar's knees, struck against one another. And, indeed,
+though I afterwards found what it was, the remains of this surprise did
+not wear off for a great while; and I had frequently returns of those
+vapours on different occasions, and sometimes without any occasion at all.
+
+One night, after having seen some appearance in the air, as I had just
+lain down in my bed, one of my feet pained me; after that came a
+numbness, succeeded with a tingling in my blood; when on a sudden I
+thought something alive lay upon me, from my knee to above half my leg.
+Upon this I flung myself out of bed where I thought the creature lay;
+but finding nothing, _Lord deliver me from evil spirits_, said I, _what
+can this be?_ When I lighted a candle, I could perceive no living
+creature in the place with me, but the poor parrot, who, being frighted,
+cried out, _Hold your tongue_, and _What's the matter with you_, which
+words I had taught him, by saying so to him, when he made such screaming
+noises as I did not like. _Lord_, said I aloud, _surely the devil has
+been here._ _Hold your tongue_, says Poll. I was then mad at the bird,
+and putting on my clothes, cried, _I am terribly frighted._ _What's the
+matter with you_? says Poll. _You toad_, said I, _I'll knock your brains
+out._ _Hold you tongue_, cried he again, and so fell a chattering, and
+calling Robinson Crusoe, as he did before. But after I had composed
+myself, and went to bed again, I began plainly to see it was a distemper
+that affected my nerves, and so my terrors vanished at once.
+
+How intelligences are given or received, we do not know; nor are we
+sensible how they are conveyed from spirits embodied to ours that are
+in life; or, on the contrary, from us to them; the latter is certainly
+done without help of the organs, and the former is conveyed by the
+understanding, and the retired faculties of the soul.
+
+The spirits, without the help of voices, converse, and the more
+particular discoveries of converse of the spirits, seem to me as
+follow: to wit, dreams, voices, noises, impulses, hints, apprehensions,
+involuntary sadness, &c.
+
+Dreams of old were the ways by which God himself was pleased to warn
+men what services to perform, and what to shun. Joseph was directed of
+God in a dream to go to Egypt; and so were the wise men warned in a
+dream to depart into their own country another way, to avoid the fury
+of Herod. I am not like those who think dreams are the mere designs of
+a delirious head, or the relics of a day's perplexities or pleasures;
+but, on the contrary, I must beg leave to say, I never met with any
+capital mischief in my life, but I had some notice of it by a dream;
+and had I not been a thoughtless unbelieving creature, I might have
+taken many a warning, and avoided many of the evils I afterwards fell
+into, merely by total neglect of those dreams.
+
+I was once present at a dispute between a layman and a clergyman, upon
+the subject of dreams. The first thought no regard should be given unto
+them; that their communication from the invisible to the visible world
+was a mere chimera, without any solid foundation. For, first, said he,
+if dreams were from the agency of any prescient being, the motives would
+be more direct, and the discoveries more plain, and not by allegories
+and emblematic fancies, expressing things imperfect and obscure. 2.
+Since, with the notice of evil, there was not a power given to avoid it,
+it is not likely to proceed from a spirit, but merely fortuitious. 3.
+That the inconstancy of such notices, in cases equally important, proves
+they did not proceed from any such agent. 4. That as our most distinct
+dreams had nothing in them of any significancy, it would be irrational
+and vain to think that they came from heaven. And, 5. That as men were
+not always thus warned or supplied with notice of good or evil, so all
+men are not alike supplied with them; and what reason could we give,
+why one man or one woman should not have the same hints as another.
+
+To all this the clergyman gave answer: 1. That as to the signification of
+dreams, & the objections against them, as being dark and doubtful, they are
+expressed generally by hierogliphical representations, similies, allusions,
+and figurative emblematic ways, by which means, for want of interpretation,
+the thing was not understood, and, consequently, the evil not shunned. 2.
+That we charge God foolishly, to say, that he has given the notice of evil,
+without the power to avoid it; for, if any one had not power to avoid the
+evil, it was no notice to him; and it was want of giving due head to that
+notice, that men first neglected themselves, and then charged the Judge of
+all the earth with injustice. 3. That we ought not to find fault with the
+inconstancy of these notices; but rather with our weak understandings, by
+pretending dreams were not to be regarded, and negligent when the voice
+really spoke to us for our good. It is a mistake to say, dreams have no
+import at all: we might, with more reason, have said, none that we could
+perceive the reason of, owing to our blindness and supine negligence, too
+secure at one time, and too much alarmed at another; so that the spirit,
+which we might be said to be conversing with in a dream, was constantly
+and equally kind and careful; but our powers are not always in the same
+state of action, not equally attentive too, or retentive of the hints
+that were given. And, 5. To answer the last question, Why people are not
+equally supplied? This seemed to be no question; for Providence itself
+might have some share in the direction of it, and then that Providence
+might be limited by a superior direction; that as to the converse of
+spirits, he could not call it a stated converse: such a thing there was,
+but why there was so much of it, and no more, was none of his business,
+and that no such discovery had ever yet been made to mankind. Nor were
+we to imagine less of waking dreams, trances, visions, noises, hints,
+impulses, and all the waking testimonies of an invisible world, and of
+the communication that there is between us and them, which commonly
+entertain us with our open eyes.
+
+One time my fancy soared on high, to see what discoveries I could make
+in those clearer regions. I found that such immense bodies as the sun,
+stars, planets, and moon, in the great circle of the lower heaven, are
+far from being found in the study of nature on the surface of the earth.
+Here I saw many things that we can entertain little or no notion of, in
+a state of common life, and the emptiness of our notion, that the
+planets are habitable worlds; that is, created like ours, for the
+subsistence and existence of man and beast, and the preservation of the
+vegitative and sensitive life: No, no, this is, I assure you, a world of
+spirits; for here I saw a clear demonstration of Satan being the _prince
+of the power of the air_, keeping his court or camp, with innumerable
+angels to attend him; but his power is not so great as we imagine, he
+can tempt us to the crime, but cannot force us to commit: _Humanium est
+peccare_. Neither has the devil power to force the world into a
+rebellion against heaven, though his legions are employed among savage
+nations, to set up their master for a god, who make the heathens either
+worship him in person, or by his representatives, idols and monsters,
+with the cruel sacrifices of human blood. Now, as to the limitations of
+the devil's power, you must understand, that as there are numbers of
+evil spirits employed in mischief, so there are numbers of good angels
+sent from the higher and blessed abodes to disconcert and oppose their
+measures; and this every Christian, I hope, believes, when he prays to
+God, the father of spirits, to give his angels charge over him while he
+slumbereth and sleepeth. For if by these preventing powers the devil was
+not restrained, the earth would be subjected to dearth, droughts, and
+famine; the air infected with noxious fumes; and, in a word, mankind
+would be utterly destroyed, which might oblige our Maker (if I may be
+allowed the expression) to the necessity of a new _fiat_, or else have
+no more creatures to honour and worship him.
+
+As the devil never wanted insinuators, I shall observe, that I learned a
+way how to make a man dream of what I pleased. For instance, let us suppose
+one to be found asleep; let another lay his mouth close to his ear, and
+whisper any thing so softly as not to awake him, the sleeping man shall
+dream of what has been so whispered in his ear; nay, I can assure you,
+those insinuating devils can do this even when we are awake, which I call
+impulses of the mind: for from whence, but from these insinuators, come
+our causeless passions, involuntary wickedness, or sinful desires? Who
+else form ideas in the mind of man when he is asleep, or present terrible
+or, beautiful figures to his fancy: Mr. Milton represents the devil
+tempting Eve in the shape of a toad, lying just at her ear, when in her
+bower she lay fast asleep; and brings in Eve telling Adam what an uneasy
+night's rest she had, and relating her dream to him. And likewise I
+believe that good spirits have the same intercourse with us, in warning
+us against those things that are evil, and prompting us to that which is
+good.
+
+Were we to have the eyes of our souls opened, through the eyes of our
+bodies, we should see this very immediate region or air which we breath
+in, thronged with spirits now invisible, and which otherwise would be
+the most terrible; we should view the secret transactions of those
+messengers who are employed when the parting soul takes it's leave of
+the reluctant body, and perhaps see things nature would shrink back from
+with the utmost terror and amazement. In a word, the curtain of
+Providence for the disposition of things here, and the curtain of
+judgment for the determination of the state of souls hereafter, would be
+alike drawn back; and what heart could support here its future state in
+life; much less that, of its future state after life, even good or bad.
+
+A gentleman of my acquaintance, being about seven miles distant from
+London, a friend that came to dine with him, solicited him to go to the
+city. _What_, said the gentleman, _is there any occasion for me? No,
+Sir_, said the other, _nothing at all except the enjoyment of your good
+company_: and so gave over importuning him. Just then a strong impulse
+of mind urged the gentleman and pursued him like a voice, with, _Go to
+London, Go to London. Hark ye_, says he to his friend, _is all well at
+London? Am I wanted there? Or did you ask me to go with you on any
+particular account? Are all my family well? Yes, indeed, Sir_, said he,
+_I perceived them all very hearty; and I did not ask you to go to London
+upon any particular account whatsoever, except it was for the sake of
+your good company_. Again, he put off his resolution: but still the
+impulse suggested to him, _Go to London_; and at length he did so. When
+he came there, he found a letter and a messenger had been there to seek
+him, and to tell him of a particular business, which was at first and
+last above a thousand pounds to him, and which might inevitably have
+been lost, had he hot gone to London that night.
+
+The obeying of several hints, of secret impulses, argues great wisdom.
+I knew a man that was under misfortunes, being guilty of misdemeanors
+against the goverment; when, absconding for fear of his ruin, all his
+friends advising him not to put himself in the hands of the law, one
+morning as he awaked, he felt a strong impulse darting into his mind
+thus, _Write a letter to them;_ and this was repeated several times to
+his mind, and at last he answered to it, as if it had been a voice,
+_Whom shall I write to?_ Immediately it replied, _Write to the judge:_
+and this impulse pursued him for several days, till at length he took
+pen, ink, and paper, and sat down to write to him: when immediately
+words flowed from his pen, like streams from a fair fountain, that
+charmed even himself with hopes of success. In short, the letter was so
+strenuous in argument, so pathetic in its eloquence, and so persuasively
+moving, that when the judge had read it, he sent him an answer he might
+be easy, he would endeavour to make that matter light to him; and,
+indeed, never left exerting himself, till he had stopt the prosecution,
+and restored him to his liberty and family.
+
+I know a person who had so strong an impression upon her mind, that the
+house she was in would be burnt that very night, that she could not
+sleep; the impulse she had upon her mind pressed her not to go to bed,
+which, however, she got over, and went to bed; but was so terrified with
+the thought, which run in her mind, that the house would be burnt, that
+she could not go to sleep; but communicating her apprehensions to
+another in the family, they were both in such a fright, that they
+applied themselves to search from the top of the house to the bottom, &
+to see every fire and candle safe out, so that, as they all said, it was
+impossible that any thing could happen then, and they sent to the
+neighbours on both sides to do the like. Thus far they did well: But had
+she obeyed the hint which pressed upon her strangely, not to go to bed,
+she had done much better; for the fire was actually kindled at that very
+time, though not broken out. About an hour after the whole family was in
+bed, the house just over the way, directly opposite, was all in flames,
+and the wind, which was very high, blowing the flame upon the house this
+gentlewoman lived in, so filled it with smoke and fire, in a few
+minutes, the street being narrow, that they had not air to breathe, or
+time to do any thing, but jump out of their beds, and save their lives.
+Had she obeyed the hint given, and not gone to bed, she might have saved
+several things; but the few moments she had spared to her, were but just
+sufficient to leap out of bed, put some cloathes on, and get down
+stairs, for the house was on fire in half a quarter of an hour.
+
+While I am mentioning these things, methinks it is very hard that we
+should obey the whispers of evil spirits, and not much rather receive
+the notices which good ones are pleased to give. We never perceive the
+misfortune of this, but when in real danger; and then we cry, _My mind
+misgave me when I was going about it_; but if so, why do you fight the
+caution? Why not listen to it as to a voice? and then there had been no
+reason to make this complaint.
+
+I remember about fourteen or fifteen years ago (as to time I cannot be
+very positive) there was a young clergyman in the city of Dublin, in
+Ireland, who dreamed a very uncommon dream, that a gentleman had killed
+his wife, a relation of his, by stabbing her in several places; the
+fright of this awaked him, but finding it a dream, he composed himself
+again to sleep, when he dreamed a second time the same dream. This made
+him a little uneasy; but thinking it proceeded from the impression made
+on his mind by the former, he went to sleep again, and dreamed the same
+dream a third time also. So troubled was he at this, that he arose, and
+knocked at his mother's chamber, told his concern, and his apprehensions
+that all was not right at his relation's house. _Dear son_, says the
+good old gentlewoman, _do not mind these foolish dreams; and I very much
+wonder, that you, being a person in holy orders, should have regard to
+such illusions_. Upon this he went to bed again, fell asleep, and
+dreamed a fourth time as before. And then indeed he put on his
+night-gown, and went to Smithfield, the place where his relation dwelt.
+Here it was, alas! he perceived his dream too sadly fulfilled, by seeing
+his relation the young lady, big with child, who was a Protestant,
+stabbed in several places by her barbarous husband, Mr. Eustace, a
+violent Papist, only for some discourses of religion that happened the
+day before. After the wretch had stabbed her in three places, he went to
+make his escape out at a window; but she cried out, _My dear! don't
+leave me, come back, and I shall be well again_. At which he returned in
+a hellish rage, and gave her four wounds more; when, even in this
+condition, rising from her bed, she wrapped herself in her night-gown,
+and went to the Lord Bishop of Rapho's chamber door (the Bishop lodging
+at that time in the house). _My Lord_, said she, _O my Lord, make haste
+unto me_; but as soon as his Lordship came, she expired in his arms,
+resigning her precious soul into the hands of Almighty God. The cruel
+wretch her husband was shot by the pursuers; too good a death for one
+who deserved the gibbet; and the lady was universally lamented by all
+tender and religious people. And this tragical relation I have
+mentioned, upon the account of that impulse, or dream, that the
+clergyman had at the fatal time of the bloody action.
+
+It might be expected I should enter upon the subject of apparitions,
+and discourse concerning the reality of them; and whether they can
+revisit the place of their former existence, and resume those faculties
+of speech and shape as they had when living; but, as these are very
+doubtful matters, I shall only make a few observations upon them.
+
+I once heard of a man that would allow the reality of apparitions, but
+laid it all upon the devil, thinking that the souls of men departed, or
+good men, did never appear. To this very man something did appear: He
+said, he saw the shape of an ancient man pass by him in the dusk, who,
+holding up his hand in a threatening posture, cried out, _O wicked man,
+repent, repent_. Terrified with this apparition, he consulted several
+friends, who advised him to take the advice. But after all, it was not
+an apparition, but a grave and pious gentleman, who met him by mere
+accident, and had been sensible of his wickedness; and who never
+undeceived him, lest it should hinder his reformation.
+
+Some people make a very ill use of the general notion, that there are no
+apparitions nor spirits at all: which is worse than those who fancy they
+see them upon every occasion; for those carry their notions farther,
+even to annihilate the devil, and believe nothing about him, neither of
+one kind or other: the next step they come to, is to conclude, _There is
+no God_, and so atheism takes its rise in the same sink, with a
+carelessness about futurity. But there is no occasion to enter upon an
+argument to prove the being of the Almighty, or to illustrate his power
+by words, who has so many undeniable testimonies in the breasts of every
+rational being to prove his existence: and we have sufficient proofs
+enough to convince us of the great superintendency of Divine Providence
+in the minutest affairs of this world; the manifest existence of the
+invisible world; the reality of spirits, and intelligence between us and
+them. What I have said, I hope, will not mislead any person, or be a
+means whereby they may delude themselves; for I have spoken of these
+things with the utmost seriousness of mind, and with a sincere and
+ardent desire for the general good and benefit of the world.
+
+
+
+CHAP. V. _Of suffering Afflictions._
+
+Afflictions are common to all mankind; and whether they proceed from
+losses, disappointments, or the malice of men, they often bring their
+advantages along with them: For this shews man the vanity and
+deceitfulness of this life, and is an occasion of rectifying our
+measures, and bringing us to a more modest opinion of ourselves: It
+tells us, how necessary the assistance of divine grace is unto us, when
+life itself becomes a burden, and death even desirable: But when the
+greatest oppression comes upon us, we must have recourse to patience,
+begging of God to give us that virtue; and the more composed, we are
+under any trouble, the more commendable is our wisdom, and the larger
+will be our recompense. Let the provocation be what it will, whether
+from a good-natured and conscientious, or a wicked, perverse, and
+vexatious man; all this we should take as from the over-ruling hand of
+God, as a punishment for our sins. Many times injured innocence may be
+abused by false oaths, or the power of wicked, jealous, or malicious
+men; but we often find it, like the palm, rise the higher the more it is
+depressed; while the justice of God is eminently remarkable in punishing
+those, one way or other, who desire to endeavour to procure the downfal
+of an innocent man: Nor does God fail comforting an afflicted person,
+who with tears and prayers solicits the throne of Heaven for deliverance
+and protection. David says, _that his soul was full of trouble, and his
+life drew near unto the grave_. But certainly David's afflictions made
+him eminently remarkable, as particularly when pursued by King Saul, and
+hunted as a partridge over the mountains. But one thing which stands by
+innocence, is the love of God; for were we to suffer disgrace, nay, an
+ignominious death itself, what consolation does our innocence procure at
+our latest conflict, our last moments!
+
+
+
+CHAP. VI. _Of the immorality of conversation, and the vulgar errors of
+behaviour_.
+
+As conversation is a great part of human happiness, so it is a pleasant
+sight to behold a sweet tempered man, who is always fit for it; to see
+an air of humour and pleasantness sit ever upon his brow, and even
+something angelic in his very countenance: Whereas, if we observe a
+designing man, we shall find a mark of involuntary sadness break in upon
+his joy, and a certain insurrection in the soul, the natural concomitant
+of profligate principles.
+
+They err very much, who think religion, or a strict morality discomposes
+the mind, and renders it unfit for conversation; for it rather inspires
+us to innocent mirth, without such a counterfeit joy as vitious men
+appear with; and indeed wit is as consistent with religion, as religion
+is with good manners; nor is there any thing in the limitation of virtue
+and religion that should abate the pleasures of this world, but on the
+contrary rather serves to increase them.
+
+On the other hand, many men, by their own vice and intemperance,
+disqualify themselves for conversation. Conversation is immoral, where
+the discourse is undecent, immodest, scandalous, slanderous, and
+abusive. How great is their folly, and how much do they expose
+themselves when they affront their best friend, even God himself, who
+laughs at the fool _when his fear cometh?_
+
+The great scandal atheistical and immoral discourse gives to virtue,
+ought, methinks, to be punished by all good magistrates: Make a man once
+cease to believe a God, and he has nothing left to limit his soul. How
+incongruous is it to government, that a man shall be punished for
+drunkenness, and yet have liberty to affront, and even deny the Majesty
+of heaven? When if, even among men, one gives the lie to a gentleman in
+company, or perhaps speaks an affronting word, a quarrel will ensue, and
+a combat, and perhaps murder be the consequence: At the least, he, will
+prosecute him at law with the utmost virulence and oppression.
+
+The next thing to be refrained, is obscene discourse, which is the
+language only of proficients in debauchery, who never repent, but in a
+gaol or hospital; and whose carcases relish no better than their
+discourse, till the body becomes too nasty for the soul to stay any
+longer in it.
+
+Nor is false talking to be less avoided; for lying is the sheep's
+clothing hung upon the wolf's back: It is the Pharisee's prayer, the
+whore's buss, the hypocrite's paint, the murderer's smile, the thief's
+cloak; it is Joab's embrace, and Judah's kiss; in a word, it is
+mankind's darling sin, and the devil's distinguishing character. Some
+add lies to lies, till it not only comes to be improbable, but even
+impossible too: Others lie for gain to deceive, delude, and betray: And
+a third lies for sport, or for fun. There are other liars, who are
+personal and malicious; who foment differences, and carry tales from one
+house to another, in order to gratify their own envious tempers, without
+any regard to reverence or truth.
+
+
+
+
+THE
+
+REMARKABLE HISTORY
+
+OF
+
+ALEXANDER SELKIRK
+
+_From the voyage of Captain Woodes Rogers to the South Seas and round
+the World._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+On February 1st, 1709, we came before that island,[1] having had a good
+observation the day before, and found our latitude to be 34 degrees 10
+minutes south. In the afternoon, we hoisted out our pinnace; and Captain
+Dover, with the boat's crew, went in her to go ashore, though we could
+not be less that four leagues off. As soon as the pinnace was gone, I
+went on board the Duchess, who admired our boat attempting going ashore
+at that distance from land. It was against my inclination: but, to
+oblige Captain Dover, I let her go: As soon as it was dark, we saw a
+light ashore. Our boat was then about a league off the island, and bore
+away for the ship as soon as she saw the lights: We put our lights
+aboard for the boat, though some were of opinion, the lights we saw were
+our boat's lights: But, as night came on, it appeared too large for
+that: We fired our quarter-deck gun, and several muskets, showing lights
+in our mizen and fore-shrouds, that our boat might find us whilst we
+were in the lee of the island: About two in the morning our boat came on
+board, having been two hours on board the Duchess, that took them up
+astern of us; we were glad they got well off, because it began to blow.
+We were all convinces the light was on the shore, and designed to make
+our ships ready to engage, believing them to be French ships at anchor,
+and we must either fight them, or want water. All this stir and
+apprehension arose, as we afterwards found, from one poor naked man, who
+passed in our imagination, at present, for a Spanish garrison, a body of
+Frenchmen, or a crew of pirates. While we were under these
+apprehensions, we stood on the backside of the island, in order to fall
+in with the southerly wind, till we were past the island; and then we
+came back to it again, and ran close aboard the land that begins to make
+the north-east side.
+
+[Footnote 1: _Juan Fernandez._]
+
+We still continued to reason upon this matter; and it is in a manner
+incredible, what strange notions many of our people entertained from the
+sight of the fire upon the island. It served, however, to show people's
+tempers and spirits; and we were able to give a tolerable guess how our
+men would behave, in case there really were any enemies upon the island.
+The flaws came heavy off the shore, and we were forced to reef our
+topsails when we opened the middle bay, where we expected to have found
+our enemy; but saw all clear, & no ships, nor in the other bay next the
+north-east end. These two bays are all that ships ride in, which recruit
+on this island; but the middle bay is by much the best. We guessed there
+had been ships there, but that they were gone on sight of us. We sent
+our yawl ashore about noon, with Captain Dover, Mr. Fry, and six men,
+all armed: Mean while we and the Duchess kept turning to get in, and
+such heavy flaws came off the land, that we were forced to let go our
+top sail sheet, keeping all hands to stand by our sails, for fear of the
+winds carrying them away: But when the flaws were gone, we had little or
+no wind. These flaws proceeded from the land; which is very high in the
+middle of the island. Our boat did not return; we sent our pinnace with
+the men armed, to see what was the occasion of the yawl's stay; for we
+were afraid, that the Spaniards had a garrison there, and might have
+seized them. We put out a signal for our boat, and the Duchess showed a
+French ensign. Immediately our pinnace returned from the shore, and
+brought abundance of cry-fish, with a man clothed in goats skins, who
+looked wilder than the first owners of them. He had been on the island
+four years and four months, being left there by Captain Stradling in the
+Cinque-ports, his name was Alexander Selkirk, a Scotchman, who had been
+master of the Cinque-ports, a ship that came here last with Captain
+Dampier, who told me, that this was the best man in her. I immediately
+agreed with him to be a mate on board our ship: It was he that made the
+fire last night when he saw our ships, which he judged to be English.
+During his stay here he saw several ships pass by, but only two came in
+to anchors: As he went to view them; he found them to be Spaniards, and
+retired from them, upon which they shot at him: Had they been French, he
+would have submitted; but choose to risque his dying alone on the
+island, rather than fall into the hands of Spaniards in these parts;
+because he apprehended they would murder him, or make a slave of him in
+the mines; for he feared they would spare no stranger that might be
+capable of discovering the South Seas.
+
+The Spaniards had landed, before he knew what they were; and they came
+so near him, that he had much ado to escape; for they not only shot at
+him, but pursued him to the woods, where he climbed to the top of a
+tree, at the foot of which they made water, and killed several goats
+just by, but went off again without discovering him. He told us that he
+was born at Largo, in the county of Fife, in Scotland, and was bred a
+sailor from his youth. The reason of his being left here was difference
+between him and his captain; which together with the ship's being leaky,
+made him willing rather to stay here, than go along with him at first;
+but when he was at last willing to go, the captain would not receive
+him. He had been at the island before, to wood and water, when two of
+the ship's company were left upon it for six mouths, till the Ship
+returned, being chased thence by two French South-sea ships. He had with
+him his cloaths and bedding, with a firelock, some powder, bullets and
+tobacco, a hatchet, a knife, a kettle, a bible, some practical pieces,
+and his mathematical instruments and books. He diverted and provided for
+himself as well as he could; but for the first eight months, had much
+ado to bear up against melancholy, and the terror of being left alone in
+such a desolate place. He built two huts with pimento trees, covered
+them with long grass, & lined them with the skins of goats, which be
+killed with his gun as he wanted, so long as his powder lasted, which
+was but a pound; and that being almost spent, he got fire by rubbing two
+sticks of pimento-wood together upon his knee. In the lesser hut, at
+some distance from the other, he dressed his victuals; and in the larger
+he slept; and employed himself in reading, singing psalms, and praying;
+so that he said. He was a better Christian, while in this solitude, than
+ever he was before, or than, he was afraid, he would ever be again.
+
+At first he never ate anything till hunger constrained him, partly for
+grief, and partly for want of bread and salt: Nor did he go to bed, till
+he could watch no longer; the pimento-wood, which burnt very clear,
+served him both for fire and candle, and refreshed him with its fragrant
+smell. He might have had fish enough, but would not eat them for want of
+salt, because they occasioned a looseness, except crayfish which are as
+large as our lobsters, and very good: These he sometimes boiled, and at
+other times broiled, as he did his goat's flesh, of, which he made very
+good broth, for they are not so rank as ours: he kept an account of 500
+that he killed while there, and caught as many more, which he marked on
+the ear, and let go. When, his powder failed, he took them by speed of
+feet; for his way of living, continual exercise of walking and running
+cleared him of all gross humours; so that he ran with wonderful
+swiftness through the woods, and up the rocks and hills, as we perceived
+when we employed him to catch goats for us; We had a bull dog, which we
+lent with several of our nimblest runners, to help him in catching
+goats; but he distanced and tired both the dog and the men, caught the
+goats, and brought them to us on his back.
+
+He told us, that his agility in pursuing a goat had once like to have
+cost him his life; he pursued it with so much eagerness, that he catched
+hold of it on the brink of a precipiece, of which he was not aware, the
+bushes hiding it from him; so, that he fell with the goat down the
+precipiece; a great height, and was to stunned and bruised with the
+fall, that he narrowly escaped with his life; and, when he came to his
+senses, found the goat dead under him: He lay there about twenty-four
+hours, and was scarce able to crawl to his hut, which was about a mile
+distant, or to stir abroad again in ten days.
+
+He came at last to relish his meat well enough without salt or bread;
+and, in the season had plenty of good turreps, which had been sewed
+there by Captain Dampier's men, and have now overspread some acres of
+ground. He had enough of good cabbage from the cabbage-trees, and
+seasoned his meat with the fruit of the pimento trees, which is the same
+as Jamaica pepper, and smells deliciously: He found also a black pepper,
+called Ma'azeta, which was very good to expel wind, and against gripping
+in the guts.
+
+He soon wore out all his shoes and clothes by running in the woods; and
+at last, being forced to shift without them, his feet became so hard,
+that he ran everywhere without difficulty; and it was some time before
+he could wear shoes after we found him; for not being used to any so
+long, his feet swelled when he came first to wear them again.
+
+After he had conquered his melancholy, he diverted himself sometimes
+with cutting his name in the trees, and the time of his being left, and
+continuance there. He was at first much pestered with cats and rats,
+that bred in great numbers, from some of each species which had got
+ashore from ships that put in there to wood and water: The rats gnawed
+his feet and cloathes whilst asleep, which obliged him to cherish the
+cats with his goats flesh, by which many of them became so tame, that
+they would lie about him in hundreds, and soon delivered him from the
+rats: He likewise tamed some kids; and, to divert himself would, now and
+then, sing and dance with them, and his cats: So that by the favour of
+Providence, and vigour of his youth, being now but thirty years old, he
+came, at last, to conquer all the inconveniencies of his solitude, and
+to be very easy.
+
+When his cloathes were worn out, he made himself a coat and a cap of
+goat-skins, which he stiched together with little thongs of the same,
+that he cut with his knife, He had no other needle but a nail; and, when
+his knife was worn to the back, he made others, as well as he could, of
+some iron hoops that were left ashore, which he beat thin, and ground
+upon stones. Having some linnen cloth by him, he sewed him some shirts
+with a nail, and stiched them with the worsted of his old stockings,
+which he pulled out on purpose. He had his last shirt on, when we found
+him in the island.
+
+At his first coming on board us, he had so much forgot his language, for
+want of use, that we could scarce understand him: for he seemed to speak
+his words by halve. We offered him a dram: but he would not touch it;
+having drank nothing but water since his being there; And it was
+sometime before he could relish our victuals. He could give us an
+account of no other product of the island, than what we have mentioned,
+except some black plums, which are very good, but hard to come at, the
+trees, which bear them, growing on high mountains and rocks.
+Pimento-trees are plenty here, and we saw some of sixty feet high and
+about two yards thick; and cotton-trees higher, and near four fathoms
+round in the stock. The climate is so good that the trees and grass are
+verdant all the year round. The winter lasts no longer than June and
+July, and is not then severe, there being only a small frost, and a
+little hail: but sometimes great rains. The heat of the summer is
+equally moderate; and there is not much thunder, or tempestuous weather
+of any sort. He saw no venomous or savage creature on the island, nor
+any sort of beasts but goats, the first of which had been put ashore
+here, on purpose for a breed, by Juan Fernandez, a Spaniard, who settled
+there with some families, till the continent of Chili began to submit to
+the Spaniards; which, being more profitable; tempted them to quit this
+island, capable however, of maintaining a good number of people, and
+being made so strong, that they could hot be easily dislodged from
+thence.
+
+February 3d we got our smith's forge on shore, set our coopers to work,
+and made a little tent for me to have the benefit of the air. The
+Duchess had also a tent for their sick men; so that we had a small town
+of our own here, and every body employed. A few men supplied us all with
+fish of several sorts, all very good, in such abundance, that, in a few
+hours, we could take as many as would serve 200. There were sea-fowls in
+the bay, as large as geese: but eat fishy. The governor never failed of
+procuring us two or three goats a day for our sick men; by which, with
+the help of the greens, and the wholesome air, they recovered very soon
+of the scurvy; so that Captain Dover and I thought it a very agreeable
+seat, the weather being neither too hot nor too cold. We spent our time,
+till the 10th, in refitting our ships, taking wood on board; and laying
+in water, that which we brought from England and St. Vincent being
+spoiled by the badness of the casks. We likewise boiled up about eighty
+gallons of sea-lions oil, as we might have done several tons, had we
+been provided with vessels. We refined it for our lamps, to save
+candles. The sailors sometimes use it to fry their meat, for want of
+butter, and find it agreeable enough. The men who worked on our
+rigging, eat young seals, which they preferred to our ships victuals, &
+said it was as good as English lamb, though I should have been glad of
+such an exchange. We made what haste we could to get all the necessaries
+on board, being willing to lose no time; for we were informed at the
+Canaries, that five stout French ships were coming together to those
+seas.
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LIFE AND MOST SURPRISING
+ADVENTURES OF ROBINSON CRUSOE, OF YORK, MARINER (1801)***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 11866-8.txt or 11866-8.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/1/1/8/6/11866
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's
+eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
+compressed (zipped), HTML and others.
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over
+the old filename and etext number.  The replaced older file is renamed.
+VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
+new filenames and etext numbers.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000,
+are filed in directories based on their release date.  If you want to
+download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular
+search system you may utilize the following addresses and just
+download by the etext year.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext06
+
+    (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99,
+     98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90)
+
+EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are
+filed in a different way.  The year of a release date is no longer part
+of the directory path.  The path is based on the etext number (which is
+identical to the filename).  The path to the file is made up of single
+digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename.  For
+example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at:
+
+https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234
+
+or filename 24689 would be found at:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689
+
+An alternative method of locating eBooks:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL
+
+*** END: FULL LICENSE ***
diff --git a/11866-8.zip b/11866-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b714c37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/11866-8.zip
diff --git a/11866-h.zip b/11866-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f866c05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/11866-h.zip
diff --git a/11866-h/11866-h.htm b/11866-h/11866-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6e4a28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/11866-h/11866-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,11393 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Life and Most Surprising Adventures of Robinson Crusoe, of York, Mariner (1801), by Daniel Defoe</title>
+<style type="text/css">
+    * {  font-family: Times;}
+    P {  margin-top: .75em;
+         margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+         font-size: 14pt;
+         text-align: justify;
+         margin-bottom: .75em; }
+    blockquote {text-align: justify;
+         margin-left: 15%;
+         margin-right: 15%;}
+    IMG {
+         BORDER-RIGHT: 0px;
+         BORDER-TOP: 0px;
+         BORDER-LEFT: 0px;
+         BORDER-BOTTOM: 0px }
+  span.pagenum
+  {position: absolute; left: 1%; right: 91%; font-size: 8pt;}
+
+    div.note {
+      border-style: dashed;
+      border-width: 1px;
+      border-color: #000000;
+      background-color: #ccffcc;
+      font-size: .8em;
+      margin: 10px;
+    }
+
+    H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 {     text-align: center; }
+    HR { width: 33%; }
+
+    hr.full { width: 100%;
+             height: 5px; }
+	a:link {color:blue;
+			text-decoration:none}
+	link {color:blue;
+			text-decoration:none}
+	a:visited {color:blue;
+			text-decoration:none}
+	a:hover {color:red}
+	pre.gut		{font-size: 85%;}
+    .ind { MARGIN-LEFT: 10%; MARGIN-RIGHT: 10%; }
+    .ctr { TEXT-ALIGN: center; }
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Life and Most Surprising Adventures of
+Robinson Crusoe, of York, Mariner (1801), by Daniel Defoe</h1>
+
+<pre class="gut">
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at <a href = "https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>
+
+Title: The Life and Most Surprising Adventures of Robinson Crusoe, of York, Mariner (1801)
+
+Author: Daniel Defoe
+
+Release Date: April 1, 2004  [eBook #11866]
+Most recently updated September 16, 2009
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: iso-8859-1
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LIFE AND MOST SURPRISING ADVENTURES
+   OF ROBINSON CRUSOE, OF YORK, MARINER (1801)***
+</pre>
+<br>
+<br>
+<center><h3>E-text prepared by Internet Archive;<br>
+            University of Florida; and Charlie Kirschner<br>
+            and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team</h3></center>
+<br>
+<br>
+<div class="note">
+<p><span class="smallcaps">Editorial Note:</span><br>
+<br>
+Daniel Defoe's tale of Robinson Crusoe was first published in 1719.
+Numerous&mdash;almost countless&mdash;versions were published subsequently.
+Several are available in Project Gutenberg's library, including the following
+e-books:<br>
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/521">https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/521</a><br>
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/561">https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/561</a><br>
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/5902">https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/5902</a><br>
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/6328">https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/6328</a><br>
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/6936">https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/6936</a><br>
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/11239">https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/11239</a><br>
+<br>
+Various tales have been included in the different versions, usually under the
+names of "The Adventures of Robinson Crusoe," "The Further Adventures of Robinson
+Crusoe," and "Robinson Crusoe's Vision of the Angelic World." Even an account of
+the adventures of Alexander Selkirk, who was marooned for four years on an island
+in the Pacific Ocean, has been incorporated into some versions of the Robinson
+Crusoe stories. All of these tales are incorporated into this e-book taken from
+an 1801 edition.</p><br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<p><span class="smallcaps">Transcriber's Note:</span><br>
+<br>There were
+several pages unavailable for scanning (pages: <a href=
+"#page023">23</a>, <a href="#page090">90</a>, <a href=
+"#page134">134</a>, and <a href="#page224">224-226</a>) from the
+original book.  Page images of the identical text were subsequently
+made available by the University of Florida Baldwin
+Library of Historical Children's Literature and have been
+added to this e-book. The page images can be seen by the reader at
+<a href="http://www.uflib.ufl.edu/UFDC/UFDC.aspx?s=defoe&amp;m=hd1J&amp;i=53904">http://www.uflib.ufl.edu/UFDC/UFDC.aspx?s=defoe&amp;m=hd1J&amp;i=53904</a>.</p>
+</div>
+<br>
+<hr class="full" noshade>
+<br>
+<a name="Frontspiece"></a>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/I.jpg"><img src="Images/I.jpg"
+width="40%" alt=""></a><br>
+<b>I Was Wrapt Up In Contemplation And Often Lifted Up My
+Hands,<br>
+With The Profoundest Humility, To The Divine Powers,<br>
+For Saving My Life, When The<br>
+Rest Of My Companions Were All Drowned."</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.<br>
+<a href="#page018"><i>see page 18</i></a>.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<h3>THE</h3>
+<h1>LIFE</h1>
+<h3>AND MOST</h3>
+<h2>SURPRISING ADVENTURES</h2>
+<h3>OF</h3>
+<h1>ROBINSON CRUSOE,</h1>
+<h2><i>OF YORK, MARINER</i>.</h2>
+<h4>WHO LIVED EIGHT AND TWENTY YEARS IN AN UNINHABITED ISLAND, ON
+THE COAST OF<br>
+AMERICA, NEAR THE MOUTH OF THE GREAT RIVER OROONOQUE,</h4>
+<h4>Including an Account of</h4>
+<h4>HIS DELIVERANCE THENCE, AND HIS <a href=
+"#FURTHER_ADVENTURES">AFTER SURPRISING ADVENTURES</a>.</h4>
+<h4>WITH</h4>
+<h3><a href="#VISION_OF_THE_ANGELIC_WORLD">HIS VISION OF THE
+ANGELIC WORLD.</a></h3>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<h4>AN IMPROVED EDITION,</h4>
+<h5><i>Illustrated with Engravings, from Original designs</i>.</h5>
+<center>[<a href="#Frontspiece">1</a>] [<a href="#057.jpg">2</a>]
+[<a href="#077.jpg">3</a>] [<a href="#113.jpg">4</a>] [<a href=
+"#160.jpg">5</a>] [<a href="#182.jpg">6</a>] [<a href=
+"#199.jpg">7</a>]</center>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<h5>To which is annexed,</h5>
+<h4>THE REMARKABLE HISTORY OF</h4>
+<h3><a href="#ALEXANDER_SELKIRK"><i>ALEXANDER SELKIRK</i>;</a></h3>
+<h5>Who lived four years and four months in a state of Solitude, on
+the Island of <i>Juan Fernandez</i>, in the Pacific Ocean,</h5>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<h4>DUNBAR:</h4>
+<h4>PRINTED BY AND FOR G. MILLER</h4>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<h4>1801.</h4>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<h2>PREFACE.</h2>
+<p>If ever the story of any private man's adventures in the world
+were worth making public, and were acceptable when published, the
+Editor of this account thinks this will be so.</p>
+<p>The wonders of this man's life exceed all that (he thinks) is to
+be found extant; the life of one man being scarce capable of a
+greater variety.</p>
+<p>The story is told with modesty, with seriousness, and with a
+religious application of events to the uses to which wise men
+always apply them, viz. to the instruction of others by this
+example, and to justify and honour the wisdom of Providence in all
+the variety of our circumstances, let them happen how they
+will.</p>
+<p>The editor believes this narrative to be a just history of fact;
+neither is their any appearance of fiction in it: and though he is
+well aware there are many, who on account of the very singular
+preservations the author met with, will give it the name of
+romance; yet in which ever of these lights it shall be viewed, he
+imagines, that the improvement of it, as well as the diversion, as
+to the instruction of the reader, will be the same; and as such, he
+thinks, without farther compliment to the world, he does them a
+great service in the publication.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page005" id="page005"></a>[pg
+005]</span>
+<h2>THE</h2>
+<h1>LIFE AND ADVENTURES</h1>
+<h3>OF</h3>
+<h1>ROBINSON CRUSOE.</h1>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<p>I was born at York, in the year 1632, of a reputable family. My
+father was a native of Bremen, who by merchandizing at Hull for
+some time, gained a very plentiful fortune. He married my mother at
+York, who received her first breath in that country: and as her
+maiden name was Robinson, I was called <i>Robinson Kreutznaer</i>:
+which not being easily pronounced in the English tongue, we are
+commonly known by the name of Crusoe.</p>
+<p>I was the youngest of three brothers. The eldest was a
+lieutenant colonel in Lochart's regiment, but slain by the
+Spaniards: what became of the other, I could never learn.</p>
+<p>No charge or pains were wanting in my education.--My father
+designed me for the law; yet nothing would serve me but I must go
+to sea, both against the will of my father, the tears of my mother,
+and the entreaties of friends. One morning my father expostulated
+very warmly with me: What reason, says he, have you to leave your
+native country, where there must be a more certain prospect of
+content and happiness, to enter into a wandering condition of
+uneasiness and uncertainty? He recommended to me Augur's wish,
+"Neither to desire poverty nor riches:" that a middle state of life
+was the most happy, and that the high towering thoughts of raising
+our condition by wandering abroad, were surrounded with misery and
+danger, and often ended with confusion and disappointment. I
+entreat you, nay, I command you, (says he) to desist from these
+intentions. Consider your elder brother, who laid down his life for
+his honour, or rather lost it for his disobedience to my will. If
+you will go (added he) my prayers shall however be offered for your
+preservation; but a time may come, when, desolate, oppressed, or
+forsaken, you may wish you had taken your poor despised father's
+counsel.--He pronounced these words with such a moving and paternal
+eloquence, while floods of tears ran down his aged cheeks, that it
+seemed to stem the torrent of my resolutions. <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page006" id="page006"></a>[pg 006]</span> But
+this soon wore, off, and a little after I informed my mother, that
+I could not settle to any business, my resolutions were so strong
+to see the world; and begged she would gain my father's consent
+only to go one voyage; which, if I did not prove prosperous, I
+would never attempt a second. But my desire was as vain as my folly
+in making. My mother passionately expressed her dislike of this,
+proposal, telling me, "That as she saw I was bent upon my own
+destruction, contrary to their will and my duty, she would say no
+more; but leave me to do whatever I pleased."</p>
+<p>I was then, I think, nineteen years old, when one time being
+Hull; I met a school-fellow of mine, going along with his father,
+who was master of a ship, to London; and acquainted him with my
+wandering desires; he assured me of a free passage, and a plentiful
+share of what was necessary. Thus, without imploring a blessing, or
+taking farewell of my parents, I took shipping on the first of
+September 1651. We set sail soon after, and our ship had scarce
+left the Humber astern, when there arose so violent a storm, that,
+being extremely sea-sick, I concluded the judgment of God
+deservedly followed me for my disobedience to my dear parents. It
+was then I called to mind, the good advice of my father; how easy
+and comfortable was a middle state of life; and I firmly resolved,
+if it pleased God to set me on dry land once more, I would return
+to my parents, implore their forgiveness, and bid a final adieu to
+my wandering inclinations.</p>
+<p>Such were my thoughts while the storm continued: but these good
+resolutions decreased with the danger; more especially when my
+companion came to me, clapping me on the shoulder: "What, Bob!"
+said he, "sure you was not frightened last night with scarce a
+capful of wind?"--"And do you" cried I, "call such a violent storm
+a capful of wind?"--"A storm, you fool you," said he, "this is
+nothing; a good ship and sea-room always baffles such a foolish
+squall of wind as that: But you're a fresh water sailor: Come boy,
+turn out, see what fine weather we have now, and a good bowl of
+punch will drown all your past sorrows." In short, the punch was
+made, I was drunk and in one night's time drowned both my
+repentance and my good resolutions, forgetting entirely the vows
+and promises I made in my distress: and whenever any reflections
+would return on me, what by company, and what by drinking, I soon
+mastered those fits, as I deridingly called them. But this only
+made way for another trial, whereby I could not but see how much I
+was beholden to kind Providence.</p>
+<p>Upon the sixth day we came to an anchor in Harwich road, where
+we lay wind bound with some Newcastle ships; and there being good
+anchorage, and our cables found, the seamen forgot their late toil
+and danger, and spent the time as merry as if they had been on
+shore. But on the eight day there arose a brisk gale of wind, which
+prevented our tiding it up the river; and <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page007" id="page007"></a>[pg 007]</span> still
+increasing, our ship rode forecastle in, and shipped several large
+seas.</p>
+<p>It was not long before horror seized the seamen themselves, and
+I heard the master express this melancholy ejaculation, "Lord have
+mercy upon us, we shall be all, lost and undone!" For my part, sick
+unto death, I kept my cabin till the universal and terribly
+dreadful apprehensions of our speedy fate made me get upon deck;
+and there I was affrighted indeed. The sea went mountains high: I
+could see nothing but distress around us; two ships had cut their
+masts on board, and another was foundered; two more that had lost
+their anchors, were forced out to the mercy of the ocean; and to
+save our lives we were forced to cut our foremast and mainmast
+quite away.</p>
+<p>Who is their so ignorant as not to judge of my dreadful
+condition? I was but a fresh-water sailor and therefore it seemed
+more terrible. Our ship was very good, but over-loaded; which made
+the sailors often cry out, "She would founder!" Words I then was
+ignorant of. All this while the storm continuing, and rather
+increasing, the master and the most sober part of his men went to
+prayers, expecting death every moment. In the middle of the night
+one cried out, "We had sprung a leak;" another, "That there was
+four feet water in the hold." I was just ready to expire with fear,
+when immediately all hands were called to the pump; and the men
+forced me also in that extremity to share with them in their
+labour. While thus employed, the master espying some light
+colliers, fired a gun as a signal of distress; and I, not
+understanding what it meant, and thinking that either the ship
+broke, or some dreadful thing happened, fell into a swoon. Even in
+that common condition of woe, nobody minded me, excepting to thrust
+me aside with their feet, thinking me dead, and it was a great
+while before I recovered.</p>
+<p>Happy it was for us, when, upon the signal given, they ventured
+out their boats to save our lives. All our pumping had been in
+vain, and vain had all our attempts been, had they not come to our
+ship's side, and our men cast them a rope over the stern with a
+buoy to it, which after great labour they got hold of, and we
+hauling them up to us got into their boat, and left our ship which
+we perceived sink within less than a quarter of an hour; and thus I
+learned what was meant by <i>foundering at sea.</i> And now the men
+incessantly laboured to recover their, own ship; but the sea ran so
+high, and the wind blew so hard, that they thought it convenient to
+hale within shore; which, with great difficulty and danger, at last
+we happily effected landing at a place called <i>Cromer</i>, not
+far from Winterton lighthouse; from whence we all walked to
+Yarmouth, where, as objects of pity, many good people furnished us
+with necessaries to carry us either to Hull or London.</p>
+<p>Strange, after all this, like the prodigal son, I did not return
+to my father; who hearing of the ship's calamity, for a long
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page008" id="page008"></a>[pg
+008]</span> time thought me entombed in the deep. No doubt but I
+should have <i>shared on his fatted calf</i>, as the scripture
+expresseth it; but my ill fate still pusheth me on, in spite of the
+powerful convictions of reason and conscience.</p>
+<p>When we had been at Yarmouth three days, I met my old companion,
+who had given me the invitation to go on board along with his
+father. His behaviour and speech were altered, and in a melancholy
+manner asked me how I did, telling his father who I was, &amp; how
+I had made this voyage only for a trial to proceed further abroad.
+Upon which the old gentleman turning to me gravely, said, "Young
+man, you ought never to go to sea any more, but to take this for a
+certain sign that you never will prosper in a sea-faring
+condition." "Sir" answered I, "will you take the same resolution?"
+"It is a different case," said he, "it is my calling, and
+consequently my duty; but as you have made this voyage for a trial,
+you see what ill success heaven has set before your eyes; and
+perhaps our miseries have been on your account, like <i>Jonah</i>
+in the ship of <i>Tarshish</i>. But pray what are you, and on what
+account did you go to sea?" Upon which I very freely declared my
+whole story: at the end of which he made this exclamation: "Ye
+sacred powers: what had I committed, that such a wretch should
+enter into my ship to heap upon me such a deluge of miseries!" But
+soon recollecting his passion, "Young man" said he, "if you do not
+go back, depend upon it, wherever you go, you will meet with
+disasters and disappointments till your father's words are
+fulfilled upon you." And so we parted.</p>
+<p>I thought at first to return home; but shame opposed that good
+motion, as thinking I should be laughed at by my neighbours and
+acquaintance. So strange is the nature of youth, who are not
+ashamed to sin, but yet ashamed to repent; and so far from being
+ashamed of those actions for which they may be acounted fools, they
+think it folly to return to their duty, which is the principal mark
+of wisdom. In short I travelled up to London, resolving upon a
+voyage, and a voyage I soon heard of, by my acquaintance with a
+captain who took a fancy to me, to go to the coast of Guinea.
+Having some money, and appearing like a gentleman, I went on board,
+not as a common sailor or foremast man; nay, the commander agreed I
+should go that voyage with him without any expence; that I should
+be his messmate and companion, and I was very welcome to carry any
+thing with me, and make the best merchandise I could.</p>
+<p>I blessed my happy fortune, and humbly thanked my captain for
+this offer; and acquainting my friends in Yorkshire, forty pounds
+were sent me, the greatest part of which my dear father and mother
+contributed to, with which I bought toys and trifles, as the
+captain directed me. My captain also taught me navigation, how to
+keep an account of the ship's course, take an <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page009" id="page009"></a>[pg 009]</span>
+observation, and led me into the knowledge of several useful
+branches of the mathematics. And indeed this voyage made me both a
+sailor and a merchant; for I brought home five pounds nine ounces
+of gold-dust for my adventure which produced, at my return to
+London, almost three hundred pounds. But in this voyage I was
+extremely sick, being thrown into a violent calenture through the
+excessive heat, trading upon the coast from the latitude of fifteen
+degrees north, even to the line itself.</p>
+<p>But alas! my dear friend the captain soon departed this life
+after his arrival. This was a sensible grief to me; yet I resolved
+to go another with his mate, who had now got command of the ship.
+This proved a very unsuccessful one; for though I did not carry
+quite a hundred pounds of my late acquired wealth, (so that I had
+two hundred pounds left, which I reposed with the captain's widow,
+who was an honest gentlewoman) yet my misfortunes in this unhappy
+voyage were very great. For our ship sailing towards the Canary
+islands, we were chased by a Salee rover; and in spite of all the
+haste we could make by crowding as much canvas as our yards could
+spread, or our masts carry, the pirate gained upon us, to that we
+prepared ourselves to fight. They had eighteen guns, and we had but
+twelve. About three in the afternoon there was a desperate
+engagement, wherein many were killed and wounded on both sides; but
+finding ourselves overpowered with numbers, our ship disabled and
+ourselves too impotent to have the least hopes of success, we were
+forced to surrender; and accordingly were all carried prisoners
+into the port of Salee. Our men were sent to the Emperor's court to
+be sold there, but the pirate captain taking notice of me, kept me
+to be his own slave.</p>
+<p>In this condition, I thought myself the most miserable creature
+on earth, and the prophecy of my father came afresh into my
+thoughts. However, my condition was better than I thought it to be,
+as will soon appear. Some hopes indeed I had that my new patron
+would go to sea again, where he might be taken by a Spanish or
+Portuguese man of war, and then I should be set at liberty. But in
+this I was mistaken; for he never took me with him, but left me to
+look after his little garden, and do the drudgery of his house, and
+when he returned from sea, would make, me lie in the cabin, and
+look after the ship. I had no one that I could communicate my
+thoughts to, which were continually meditating my escape; no
+Englishman, Irishman, or Scotchman here but myself; and for two
+years I could see nothing practicable, but only pleased myself with
+the imagination.</p>
+<p>After some length of time, my patron, as I found, grew; so poor
+that he could not fit out his ship as usual; and then he used
+constantly, once or twice a week, if the weather was fair, to go
+out a fishing, taking me and a young Moresco Boy to row the boat;
+and to much pleased was he with me for my dexterity in catching the
+fish, that he would often send me with a Moor, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page010" id="page010"></a>[pg 010]</span> who
+was one of his kinsemen, and the Moresco youth, to catch a dish of
+fish for him.</p>
+<p>One morning, as we were at the sport, there arose such a thick
+fog that we lost sight of the shore; and rowing we knew not which
+way, we laboured all the night, and in the morning found ourselves
+in the ocean, two leagues from land. However, we attained there at
+length, and made the greater haste, because our stomachs were
+exceedingly sharp and hungry. In order to prevent such disasters
+for the future, my patron ordered a carpenter to build a little
+state room or cabin in the middle of the long-boat, with a place
+behind it to steer and hale home the main-sheet, with other
+conveniences to keep him from the weather, as also lockers to put
+in all manner of provisions, with a handsome shoulder of mutton
+sail, gibing over the cabin.</p>
+<p>In this he frequently took us out a fishing: and one time
+inviting two or three persons of distinction to go with him, made
+provision extraordinary, providing also three fusees with powder
+and shot, that they might have some sport at fowling along the
+sea-coast. The next morning the boat was made clean, her ancient
+and pendants on, and every thing ready: but their minds altering,
+my patron ordered us to go a fishing, for that his guests would
+certainly sup with him that night.</p>
+<p>And now I began to think of my deliverance indeed. In order to
+this I persuaded to Moor to get some provisions on board, as not
+daring to meddle with our patron's: and he taking my advice, we
+stored ourselves with rusk biscuit, and three jars of water.
+Besides, I privately conveyed into the boat a bottle or brandy,
+some twine, thread, a hammer, hatchet, and a saw; and, in
+particular, some bees wax, which was a great comfort to me, and
+served to make candles. I then persuaded Muley (for so was the Moor
+called) to procure some powder and shot, pretending to kill sea
+curlues, which he innocently and readily agreed to. In short, being
+provided with all things necessary, we sailed out, resolving for my
+own part to make my escape, though it should cost me my life.</p>
+<p>When we had passed the castle, we fell a fishing; but though I
+knew there was a bite, I dissembled the matter, in order to put out
+further to sea. Accordingly we ran a league further; when giving
+the boy the helm, and pretending to stoop for something, I seized
+Muley by surprise and threw him overboard. As he was an excellent
+swimmer, he soon arose and made towards the boat; upon which I took
+out a fusee, and presented at him: "Muley" said I, "I never yet
+designed to do you any harm, and seek nothing now but my
+redemption. I know you are able enough to swim to shore, and save
+your life: but if you are resolved to follow me to the endangering
+of mine, the very moment you proceed, I will shoot you through the
+head." The harmless creature at these words, turned himself from
+me, and I make no doubt got safe to land. Them turning <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page011" id="page011"></a>[pg 011]</span> to the
+boy Xury, I perceived he trembled at the action: but I put him out
+of all fear, telling him, that if he would be true and faithful to
+me, I would do well by him. "And therefore," said I, "you must
+stroke your face to be faithful: and, as the Turks have learned
+you, swear by Mahomet, and the beard of your father, or else I will
+throw you into the sea also." So innocent did the child then look,
+and with such an obliging smile consented, that I readily believed
+him, and from that day forward began to love him entirely.</p>
+<p>We then pursued our voyage: and least they should think me gone
+to the Straits' mouth, I kept to the southward to the truly
+Barbarian coast; but in the dusk of the evening, I changed my
+course, and steering directly S. and by E. that I might keep near
+the shore: and, having a fresh gale of wind, with a pleasant smooth
+sea, by three o'clock next day I was one hundred and fifty miles
+beyond the Emperor of Morocco's dominions. Yet still having the
+dreadful apprehensions of being retaken, I continued sailing for
+five days successively, till such time as the wind shifting to the
+southward, made me conclude, that if any vessel was in the chase of
+me, they would proceed no farther. After so much fatigue and
+thought, I anchored at the mouth of a little river, I knew not what
+or where: neither did I then see, any people. What I principally
+wanted was fresh water; and I was resolved about dusk to swim
+ashore. But no sooner did the gloomy clouds of night begin to
+succeed the declining day, when we heard such barking, roaring, and
+howling of wild creatures, that one might have thought the very
+strongest monsters of nature, or infernal spirits had their
+residence there. Poor Xury, almost dead with fear, entreated me not
+to go on shore that night. "Supposing I don't, Xury," said I, "and
+in the morning we should see men who are worse than those we fear,
+what then?" "O den we may give dem de shoot gun," replied Xury,
+laughing, "and de gun make dem all run away."</p>
+<p>The wit and broken English which the boy had learned among the
+captives of our nation, pleased me entirely: and, to add to his
+cheerfulness I gave him a dram of the bottle: we could get but
+little sleep all the night for those terrible howlings they made;
+and, indeed, we were both very much affrighted, when, by the
+rollings of the water, and other tokens, we justly concluded one of
+these monsters made towards our boat. I could not see till it came
+within two oars length, when taking my fusee, I let fly at him.
+Whether I hit him or no, I cannot tell; but he made towards the
+shore, and the noise of my gun increased the stupendious noise of
+the monsters.</p>
+<p>The next morning I was resolved to go on shore to get fresh
+water, and venture my life among the beasts or savages should
+either attack me. Xury said, he would take one of the jars and
+bring me some. I asked him why he would go and not I? The poor boy
+answered, "If wild mans come they eat me, you <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page012" id="page012"></a>[pg 012]</span> go
+away." A mind scarcely now to be imitated, so contrary to
+self-preservation, the most powerful law of Nature. This indeed
+increased my affection to the child. "Well, dear Xury," said I, we
+will both go ashore, both kill wild mans, and they "shall eat
+neither of us." So giving Xury a piece of rusk-bread to eat, and a
+dram, we waded ashore, carrying nothing with us but our arms, and
+two jars for water. I did not go out of sight of the boat, as
+dreading the savages coming down the river in their canoes; but the
+boy seeing a low descent or vale about a mile in the country, he
+wandered to it: and then running back to me with great
+precipitation, I thought he was pursued by some savage or wild
+beast; upon which I approached, resolving to perish or protect him
+from danger. As he came nearer to me, I saw something hanging over
+his shoulders, which was a creature he had shot like a hare, but
+different in colour, and longer legs; however, we were glad of it,
+for it proved wholesome, and nourishing meat: but what added to our
+joy was, my boy assured me there was plenty of water, and that he
+<i>see no wild mans.</i> And greater still was our comfort when we
+found fresh water in the creek where we were when the tide was out,
+without going so far up into the country.</p>
+<p>In this place I began to consider that the Canary and Cape de
+Verde islands lay not for off: but having no instrument, I knew not
+what latitude, or when to stand off to sea for them; yet my hopes
+were, I should meet some of the English trading vessels, who would
+relieve and take us in.</p>
+<p>The place I was in was no doubt that wild country, inhabited
+only by a few, that lies between the Emperor of Morocco's dominions
+and the Negroes. It is filled with wild beasts and the Moors use it
+for hunting chiefly.--From this place I thought I saw the top of
+the mountain Teneriff in the Canaries: which made me try twice to
+attain it: but as often was I drove back, and so forced to pursue
+my fortune along shore.</p>
+<p>Early one morning we came to an anchor under a little point of
+land, but pretty high; and the tide beginning to flow, we lay ready
+to go further in--But Xury, whose youthful and penetrating eyes
+were sharper then mine, in a soft tone, desired me to keep far from
+land, lest we should be devoured, "For look yonder, mayter," said
+he, "and see de dreadful monster fast asleep on de side of de
+hill." Accordingly looking where he pointed, I espied a fearful
+monster indeed. It was a terrible great lion that lay on shore,
+covered as it were by a shade of a piece of the hill. "Xury," said
+I, "you shall go on shore and kill him." But the boy looked amazed:
+"Me kill him!" says he, "he eat me at one mouth:" meaning one
+mouthful. Upon which I bid him lie still, and charging my biggest
+gun with two slugs, and a good charge of powder, I took the best
+aim I could to shoot him through the head, but his leg lying over
+his nose, the slug broke his <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page013" id="page013"></a>[pg 013]</span> knee-bone. The lion
+awaking with the pain, got up, but soon fell down, giving the most
+hideous groan I ever heard: but taking my second piece, I shot him
+through the head, and then he lay struggling for life. Upon this
+Xury took heart and desired my leave to go on shore. "Go then,"
+said I. Upon which taking a little gun in one hand, he swam to
+shore with the other, and coming close to the lion, put a period to
+his life, by shooting him again through the head.</p>
+<p>But this was spending our ammunition in vain, the flesh not
+being good to eat. Xury was like a champion, and comes on board for
+a hatchet, to cut of the head of his enemy: but not having strength
+to perform it, he cut off and brought me a foot. I bethought me,
+however, that his skin would be of use. This work cost Xury and me
+a whole day: when spreading it on the top of our cabin, the hot
+beams of the sun effectually dried it in two days time, and it
+afterwards served me for a bed to lie on.</p>
+<p>And now we sailed southerly, living sparingly on our provisions,
+and went no oftener on shore than we were obliged for fresh water.
+My design was to make the river Gambia or Senegal, or any where
+about the Cape de Verde, in hopes to meet some European ship. If
+Providence did not so favour me, my next course was to seek for the
+islands, or lose my life among the Negroes. And in a word, I put my
+whole stress upon this, "Either that I must meet with some ship or
+certainly perish."</p>
+<p>One day as we were sailing along, we saw people stand on the
+shore looking at us: we could also perceive they were black and
+stark naked. I was inclined to go on shore, but Xury cried, "No,
+no:" however, I approached nearer, and I found they run along the
+shore by me a good way. They had no weapons in their hands, except
+one, who held a long stick, which Xury told me was a lance, with
+which they could kill at a great distance. I talked to them by
+signs and made them sensible I wanted something to eat: they
+beckoned to me to stop my boat, while two of them ran up into the
+country, and in less than half an hour came back, and brought with
+them two pieces of dried flesh, and some corn, which we kindly
+accepted; and to prevent any fears on either side, they brought the
+food to the shore, laid it down, then went and stood a great way
+off till we fetched it on board, and then came close to us
+again.</p>
+<p>But while we were returning thanks to them, being all we could
+afford, two mighty creatures came from the mountains: one as it
+were pursuing the other with great fury, which we were the rather
+inclined to believe as they seldom appear but in the night: and
+both these swiftly passing by the Negroes, jumped into the sea,
+wantonly swimming about, as tho' the diversion of the waters had
+put a stop to their fierceness. At last one of them coming nearer
+to my boat than I expected or desired, I shot him directly through
+the head; upon which he sunk <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page014" id="page014"></a>[pg 014]</span> immediately, and yet
+rising again, would have willingly made the shore: but between the
+wound and the strangling of the water, he died before he could
+reach it.</p>
+<p>It is impossible to express the consternation the poor Negroes
+were in at the firing of my gun; much less can I mention their
+surprise, when they perceived the creature to be slain by it. I
+made signs to them to draw near it with a rope, and then gave it
+them to hale on shore. It was a beautiful leopard, which made me
+desire its skin: and the Negroes seeming to covet the carcase, I
+freely gave it to them. As for the other leopard, it made to shore,
+and ran with prodigious swiftness out of sight. The Negroes having
+kindly furnished me with water, and with what roots and grains
+their country afforded, I took my leave, and, after eleven days
+sail, came in sight of the Cape de Verde, and those islands called
+by its name. But the great distance I was from it, and fearing
+contrary winds would prevent my reaching them, I began to grow
+melancholy and dejected, when, upon a sudden, Xury cried out,
+"Master! Master! a ship with a sail!" and looked as affrighted as
+if it was his master's ship sent in search of us. But I soon
+discovered she was a Portuguese ship, as I thought bound to the
+coast of Guinea for Negroes. Upon which I strove for life to come
+up to them. But vain had it been, if through their perspective
+glasses they had not perceived me and shortened their sail to let
+me come up. Encouraged at this, I set up my patron's ancient, and
+fired a gun, both as signals of distress; upon which they very
+kindly lay to, so that in three hours time I came up with them.
+They spoke to me in Portuguese, Spanish, and French, but neither of
+these did I understand; till at length a Scots sailor called, and
+then I told him I was an Englishman, who had escaped from the Moors
+at Sallee: upon which they took me kindly on board, with all my
+effects.</p>
+<p>Surely none can express the inconceivable joy I felt at this
+happy deliverance! who from being a late miserable and forlorn
+creature was not only relieved, but in favour with the master of
+the ship, to whom, in return for my deliverance, I offered all I
+had. "God forbid," said he, "that I should take any thing from you.
+Every thing shall be delivered to you when you come to Brazil. If I
+have saved your life it is no more than I should expect to receive
+myself from any other, when in the same circumstances I should
+happen to meet the like deliverance. And should I take from you
+what you have, and leave you at Brazil, why, this would be only
+taking away a life I had given. My charity teaches me better. Those
+effects you have will support you there, and provide you a passage
+home again." And, indeed, he acted with the strictest justice in
+what he did, taking my things into his possession, and giving me an
+exact inventory, even to my earthen jars. He bought my boat of me
+for the ship's use, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page015" id=
+"page015"></a>[pg 015]</span> giving me a note of eighty pieces of
+eight, payable at Brazil; and if any body offered more, he would
+make it up. He also gave me 60 pieces for my boy Xury. It way with
+great reluctance I was prevailed upon to sell the child's liberty,
+who had served me so faithfully; but the boy was willing himself;
+and it was agreed, that after ten years he should be made free,
+upon his renouncing Mahometanism, and embracing Christianity.</p>
+<p>Having a pleasant voyage to the Brazils, we arrived in the Bay
+de Todos los Santos, or All Saints Bay, in twenty-two days after.
+And here I cannot forget the generous treatment of the captain. He
+would take nothing for my passage, gave me twenty ducats for the
+leopard's skin, and thirty for the lion's. Every thing he caused to
+be delivered, and what I would sell he bought. In short I made
+about 220 pieces of my cargo; and with this stock I entered once
+more, as I may say into the scene of life.</p>
+<p>Being recommended to an honest planter, I lived with him till
+such time as I was informed of the manner of their planting and
+making sugar; and seeing how well they lived, and how suddenly they
+grew rich, I was filled with a desire to settle among them, and
+resolved to get my money remitted to me, and to purchase a
+plantation.</p>
+<p>To be brief, I bought a settlement next door to an honest and
+kind neighbour, born at Lisbon, of English parents, whose
+plantation joining to mine, we improved it very amicably together.
+Both our stocks were low, and for two years we planted only for
+food: but the third year we planted some tobacco, and each of us
+dressed a large piece of ground the ensuing year for planting
+canes. But now I found how much I wanted assistance, and repented
+the loss of my dear boy Xury.</p>
+<p>Having none to assist me, my father's words came into my mind;
+and I used to ask myself, if what I sought was only a middle
+station of life, why could it not as well be obtained in England as
+here? When I pondered on this with regret, the thoughts of my late
+deliverance forsook me. I had none to converse with but my
+neighbour; no work to be done but by my own hands; it often made me
+say, my condition was like to that of a man cast upon a desolate
+island. So unhappy are we in our reflections, so forgetful of what
+good things we receive ourselves, and so unthankful for our
+deliverance from these calamities that others endure.</p>
+<p>I, was in some measure settled, before the captain who took me
+up departed from the Brazils. One day I went to him, and told him
+what stock I had in London, desiring his assistance in getting it
+remitted; to which the good gentleman readily consented, but would
+only have me send for half my money, lest it should miscarry;
+which, if it did, I might still have the remainder to support me:
+and so taking letters of procuration of me, bid me trouble myself
+no farther about it.</p>
+<p>And indeed wonderful was his kindness towards me; for he not
+only procured the money I had drawn for upon my captain's
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page016" id="page016"></a>[pg
+016]</span> widow, but sent me over a servant with a cargo
+proportionable to my condition. He also sent me over tools of all
+sorts, iron-work, and utensils necessary for my plantation, which
+proved to be of the greatest use to me in my business.</p>
+<p>Wealth now accumulating on me, and uncommon success crowning my
+prosperous labours, I might have rested happy in that middle state
+of life my father had so often recommended, yet nothing would
+content me, such was my evil genius, but I must leave this happy
+station, for a foolish ambition in rising; and thus, once more, I
+cast myself into the greatest gulph of misery that ever poor
+creature fell into. Having lived four years in Brazil, I had not
+only learned the language, but contracted acquaintance with the
+most eminent planters, and even the merchants of St. Salvadore; to
+whom, once, by way of discourse, having given account of my two
+voyages to the coast of Guinea and the manner of trading there for
+mere trifles, by which we furnish our plantations with Negroes,
+they gave such attention to what I said, that three of them came
+one morning to me, and told me they had a secret proposal to make.
+After enjoining me to secrecy (it being an infringement on the
+powers of the Kings of Portugal and Spain) they told me they had a
+mind to fit out a ship to go to Guinea, in order to stock the
+plantation with Negroes, which as they could not be publicly sold,
+they would divide among them: and if I would go their supercargo in
+the ship, to manage the trading part, I should have ah equal share
+of the Negroes, without providing any stock. The thing indeed was
+fair enough, had I been in another condition. But I, born to be my
+own destroyer, could not resist the proposal, but accepted the
+offer upon condition of their looking after my plantation. So
+making a formal will, I bequeathed my effects to my good friend the
+captain, as my universal heir; but obliged him to dispose of my
+effects as directed, one half of the produce to himself, and the
+other to be shipped to England.</p>
+<p>The ship being fitted out, and all things ready, we set sail the
+first of September, 1659, being the same day eight-years I left my
+father and, mother in Yorkshire. We sailed northward upon the
+coast, in order to gain Africa, till we made Cape Augustine; from
+whence going farther into the ocean, out of sight of land, we
+steered as though we were bound for the isle Fernand de Norenba,
+leaving the islands on the east; and then it was that we met with a
+terrible tempest, which continued for twelve days successively, so
+that the wind carried us wheresoever they pleased. In this
+perplexity one of our men died, and one man and a boy were washed
+overboard. When the weather cleared up a little, we found ourselves
+eleven degrees north latitude, upon the coast of Guinea. Upon this
+the captain gave reasons for returning; which I opposed,
+counselling him to stand away for Barbadoes, which as I supposed,
+might be attained in fifteen days. So altering our course, we
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page017" id="page017"></a>[pg
+017]</span> sailed north-west and by west, in order to reach the
+Leeward Islands; but a second storm succeeding, drove us to the
+westward; so that we were justly afraid of falling into the hands
+of cruel savages, or the paws of devouring beasts of prey.</p>
+<p>In this great distress, one of our men, early in the morning
+cried out, <i>Land, land!</i> which he had no sooner cried out, but
+our ship struck upon a sand bank, and in a moment the sea broke
+over her in such a manner that we expected we should all have
+perished immediately. We knew nothing where we were, or upon what
+land we were driven; whether an island or the main, inhabited or
+not inhabited; and we could not so much as hope that the ship would
+hold out many minutes, without breaking in pieces, except the wind
+by a miracle should turn about immediately. While we stood looking
+at one another, expecting death every moment, the mate lay a hold
+of the boat, and with the help of the rest got her flung over the
+ship's side, and getting all into her, being eleven of us,
+committed ourselves to God's mercy and the wild sea. And now we saw
+that this last effort would not be a sufficient protection from
+death; so high did the sea rise, that it was impossible the boat
+should live. As to making sail, we had none; neither if we had,
+could we make use of any. So that when we had rowed, or rather were
+driven about a league and a half, a raging wave, like a lofty
+mountain, came rolling astern of us, and took us with such fury,
+that at once it overset the boat. Thus being swallowed up in a
+moment, we had hardly time to call upon the tremendous name of God;
+much less to implore, in dying ejaculations, his infinite mercy to
+receive our departing souls.</p>
+<p>Men are generally counted insensible, when struggling in the
+pangs of death; but while I was overwhelmed with water, I had the
+most dreadful apprehensions imaginable. For the joys of heaven and
+the torments of hell, seemed to present themselves before me in
+these dying agonies, and even small space of time, as it were,
+between life and death. I was going I thought I knew not whither,
+into a dismal gulf unknown, and as yet unperceived, never to behold
+my friends, nor the light of this world any more! Could I even have
+thought of annihilation, or a total dissolution of soul as well as
+body, the gloomy thoughts of having no further being, no knowledge
+of what we hoped for, but an eternal <i>quietus</i>, without life
+or sense: even that, I say, would have been enough to strike me
+with horror and confusion! I strove, however, to the last
+extremity, while all my companions were overpowered and entombed in
+the deep: and it was with great difficulty I kept my breath till
+the wave spent itself, and retiring back, left me on the shore half
+dead with the water I had taken in. As soon as I got on my feet, I
+ran as fast as I could, lest another wave should pursue me, and
+carry me back again. But for all the haste I <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page018" id="page018"></a>[pg 018]</span> made,
+I could not avoid it: for the sea came after me like a high
+mountain, or furious enemy; so that my business was to hold my
+breath, and by raising myself on the water, preserve it by
+swimming. The next dreadful wave buried me at once twenty or thirty
+feet deep, but at the same time carried me with a mighty force and
+swiftness toward the shore: when raising myself, I held out as well
+as possible, till at length the water having spent itself, began to
+return, at which I struck forward, and feeling ground with my feet,
+I took to my heels again. Thus being served twice more, I was at
+length dashed against a piece of a rock, in such a manner as left
+me senseless; but recovering a little before the return of the
+wave, which, no doubt, would then have overwhelmed me, I held fast
+by the rock till those succeeding waves abated; and then fetching
+another run, was overtaken by a small wave, which was soon
+conquered. But before any more could overtake me, I reached the
+main land, where clambering up the cliffs of the shore, tired and
+almost spent I sat down on the grass, free from the dangers of the
+foaming ocean.</p>
+<p>No tongue can express the ecstasies and transports that my soul
+felt at the happy deliverance. It was like a reprieve to a dying
+malefactor, with a halter about his neck, and ready to be turned
+off. I was wrapt up in contemplation and often lifted up my hands,
+with the profoundest humility, to the Divine Powers, for saving, my
+life, when the rest of my companions were all drowned. And now I
+began to cast my eyes around, to behold what place I was in and
+what I had next to do. I could see no house nor people; I was wet,
+yet had no clothes to shift me; hungry and thirsty, yet had nothing
+to eat or drink; no weapon to destroy any creature for my
+sustenance; nor defend myself against devouring beasts; in short, I
+had nothing but a knife, a tobacco pipe, and a box half filled with
+tobacco. The darksome night coming on upon me, increased my fears
+of being devoured by wild creatures; my mind was plunged in
+despair, and having no prospect, as I thought, of life before me, I
+prepared for another kind of death then what I had lately escaped.
+I walked about a furlong to see if I could find any fresh water,
+which I did, to my great joy: and taking a quid of tobacco to
+prevent hunger, I got up into a thick bushy tree, and seating
+myself so that I could not fall, a deep sleep overtook me, and for
+that night buried my sorrows in a quiet repose.</p>
+<p>It was broad day the next morning before I awaked; when I not
+only perceived the tempest was ceased, but law the ship driven
+almost as far as the rock before-mentioned, which the waves had
+dashed me against, and which was about a mile from the place where
+I was. When I came down from my apartment in the tree, I perceived
+the ship's boat two miles distant on my right-hand, lying on shore,
+as the waves had cast her. I thought to have got to her; but there
+being an inlet of water of about <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page019" id="page019"></a>[pg 019]</span> half a mile's breadth
+between it and me, I returned again towards the ship, as hoping to
+find something for my more immediate subsistence. About noon, when
+the sea was calm, that I could come within a quarter of a mile of
+her, it was to my grief I perceived, that, if we had kept on board
+all our lives had been saved. These thoughts, and my solitude drew
+tears from my eyes, though all in vain. So resolving to get to the
+ship, I stripped and leapt into the water, when swimming round her,
+I was afraid I should not get any thing to lay hold of; but it was
+my good fortune to espy a small piece of rope hang down by the fore
+chains, so low that, by the help of it, though with great
+difficulty, I got into the forecastle of the ship. Here I found
+that the ship was bulged, and had a great deal of water in her
+hold: her stern was lifted up against a bank, and her head almost
+to the water. All her quarter and what was there, was free and dry.
+The provisions I found in good order, with which I crammed my
+pockets, and losing no time, ate while I was doing other things: I
+also found some rum, of which I took a hearty dram: and now I
+wanted for nothing except a boat, which indeed was all, to carry
+away what was needful for me.</p>
+<p>Necessity occasions quickness of thought. We had several spare
+yards, a spare topmast or two, and two or three large spars of
+wood. With these I fell to work, and flung as many of them
+overboard as I could manage, tying every one of them with a rope,
+that they might not drive away. This done, I went down to the
+ship's side, and tyed four of them fast together at both ends, in
+form of a raft, and laying two or three short pieces of plank upon
+them crosswise, I found it would bear me, but not any considerable
+weight. Upon which I went to work again, cutting a spare topmast
+into three lengths, adding them to my raft with a great deal of
+labour and pains. I then considered what I should load it with, it
+being not able to bear a ponderous burden. And this I soon thought
+of, first laying upon it all the planks and boards I could get;
+next I lowered down three of the seamen's chests, after I had
+filled them with bread, rice, three Dutch cheeses, five pieces of
+dried goat's flesh, and some European corn, what little the rats
+had spared: and for liquors, I found several cases of bottles
+belonging to our skipper, in which were some cordial waters, and
+four or five gallons of rack, which I stowed by themselves. By this
+time the tide beginning to flow, I perceived my coat, waistcoat,
+and shirt, swim away, which I had left on the shore; as for my
+linen breeches and stockings, I swam with them to the ship; but I
+soon found clothes enough, though I took no more than I wanted for
+the present. My eyes were chiefly on tools to work with; and after
+a long search, I found out the carpenter's chest, which I got safe
+down on my raft. I then looked for arms and ammunition, and in
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page020" id="page020"></a>[pg
+020]</span> the great cabin found two good fowling pieces, two
+pistols, several powder horns filled, a small bag of shot, and two
+old rusty swords. I likewise found three barrels of powder, two of
+which were good, but the third had taken water, also two or three
+broken oars, two saws, an ax, and a hammer. I then put to sea, and
+in getting to shore had three encouragements. 1. A smooth calm sea.
+2. The tide rising and letting in to shore. 3. The little wind
+there was blew towards the land. After I had sailed about a mile, I
+found the raft to drive a little distance from the place where I
+first landed; and then I perceived a little opening of the land,
+with a strong current of the tide running into it: upon which I
+kept the middle of the stream. But great was my concern, when on a
+sudden the fore part of my raft ran a ground, so that had I not,
+with great difficulty, for near half an hour, kept my back
+straining against the chests to keep my effects in their places,
+all I had would have gone into the sea. But after some time, the
+rising of the water caused the raft to float again, and coming up a
+little river with land on both sides, I landed in a little cove, as
+near the mouth as possible, the better to discover a sail, if any
+such providentially passed that way.</p>
+<p>Not far off, I espied a hill of stupendous height, surounded
+with lesser hills about it, and thither I was resolved to go and
+view the country that I might see what part was best, to fix my
+habitation. Accordingly, arming myself with a pistol a fowling
+piece, powder and ball, I ascended the mountain. There I perceived
+I was in an island, encompassed by the sea; no distant lands to be
+seen but scattering rocks that lay to the west: that it seemed to
+be a barren place, and, as I thought, inhabited only by wild
+beasts. I perceived abundance of fowls, but ignorant of what kind,
+or whether good for nourishment; I shot one of them at my return,
+which occasioned a confused screaming among the other birds, and I
+found it, by its colours and beak, to be a kind of a hawk, but its
+flesh was perfect carrion.</p>
+<p>When I came to my raft, I brought my effects on shore, which
+work spent that day entirely; and fearing that some cruel beasts
+might devour me in the night time while I slept, I made a kind of
+hut or barricade with the chests and boards I had brought onshore.
+That night I slept very comfortably; and the next morning my
+thoughts were employed to make a further attempt on the ship, and
+bring away what necessaries I could find, before another storm
+should break her to pieces. Accordingly I got on board as before,
+and prepared a second raft far more nice then the first, upon which
+I brought away the carpenter's stores, two or three bags full of
+nails, a great jack-screw, a dozen or two of hatchets, and a
+grind-stone. I also took away several things that belonged to the
+gunner, particularly two or three iron crows, two barels of
+musket-bullets, another fowling-piece, a small quantity of powder,
+and a large bagful of small shot. Besides <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page021" id="page021"></a>[pg 021]</span> these,
+I took all the men's clothes I could find, a spare fore topsail, a
+hammock, and some bedding; and thus completing my second cargo, I
+made all the haste to shore I could, fearing some wild beast might
+destroy what I had there already. But I only found a little wild
+cat sitting on one of the chests, which seeming not to fear me or
+the gun that I presented at her, I threw her a piece of biscuit,
+which she instantly ate, and departed.</p>
+<p>When I had gotten these effects on shore, I went to work in
+order to make me a little tent with the sail and some poles which I
+had cut for that purpose; and having finished it, what things might
+be damaged by the weather I brought in, piling all the empty chests
+and calks in a circle, the better to fortify it against any sudden
+attempt of man or beast. After this, I blocked up the doors with
+some boards, and an empty chest, turned the long way out. I then
+charged my gun and pistol, and laying my bed on the ground, slept
+as comfortably, till next morning, as though I had been in a
+christian country.</p>
+<p>Now, though I had enough to subsist me a long time, yet
+despairing of a sudden deliverance, or that both ammunition and
+provision might be spent before such a thing happened, I coveted as
+much as I could; and so long as the ship remained in that
+condition, I daily brought away one necessary or other;
+particularly the rigging, sails, and cordage, some twine, a barrel
+of wet powder, some sugar, a barrel of meal, 3 calks of rum, &amp;,
+what indeed was most welcome to me, a whole hogshead of bread.</p>
+<p>The next time I went I cut the cables in pieces, carried off a
+hawser whole, with a great deal of iron work, and made another raft
+with the mizen and sprit-sail-yard; but this being so unwieldy, by
+the too heavy burden I had upon it, and not being able so
+dextrously to guide it, as the former, both my cargo and I were
+overturned. For my part, all the damage I sustained was a wet skin;
+and, at low water, after much labour in diving, I got most of the
+cables, and some pieces of iron.</p>
+<p>Thirteen days I had now been in the island, and eleven times on
+board, bringing away all that was possible, and, I believe, had the
+weather been calm, I should have brought away the whole ship piece
+by piece. As I was going the twelfth time, the wind began to rise;
+however, I ventured at low water, and rummaging the cabin, in a
+locker I found several razors, scissors, and some dozens of knives
+and forks; and in another thirty-six pounds in pieces of eight,
+silver and gold. <i>Ah! simple vanity</i> said I <i>whom this world
+so much dotes on, where is now thy virtue, thy excellency to me?
+You cannot procure me one thing needful, nor remove me from this
+desolate island to a place of plenty. One of these knives, so
+meanly esteemed, is to me more preferable than all this heap. E'en
+therefore remain where thou art to sink in the deep as unregarded,
+even as a creature whose life is not worth preserving.</i> Yet,
+after all this exclamation, I wrapt it up in a piece of canvas,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page022" id="page022"></a>[pg
+022]</span> and began to think of making another raft, but I soon
+perceived the wind began to arise, a fresh gale blowing from the
+shore, and the sky overcast with clouds and darkness; so thinking a
+a raft to be in yaw, I let myself into the water with what things I
+had about me, and it was with much difficulty I got ashore, when
+soon after it blew a fearful storm.</p>
+<p>That night I slept very contentedly in my little tent,
+surrounded with all my effects; but when I looked out in the
+morning no more ship was to be seen. This much surprised me for the
+present; yet, when I considered I had lost no time, abated no pains
+and had got every thing useful out of her, I comforted myself in
+the best manner, and entirely submitted to the will of
+Providence.</p>
+<p>My next thoughts were, how I should defend and secure myself
+from savages and wild beasts, if any such were in the island. At
+one time I thought of digging a cave, at another I was for erecting
+a tent; and, at length, I resolved to do both: The manner or form
+of which will not, I hope, be unpleasing to describe.</p>
+<p>When I considered the ground where I was, that it was moorish,
+and had no fresh water near it, my resolutions were to search for a
+soil healthy and well watered, where I might not only be sheltered
+from the sun's scorching heat, but be more conveniently situated,
+as well to be secured from wild men and beasts of prey, as more
+easily to discover any distant sail, should it ever happen.</p>
+<p>And, indeed, it was not long before I had my desire. I found a
+little plain near a rising hill, the front towards which being as
+steep as a house side, nothing could descend on me from the top. On
+the side of this rock, was a little hollow place, resembling the
+entrance or door of a cave. Just before this place; on the circle
+of the green, I resolved my tent should stand. This plain did not
+much exceed a hundred yards broad, and about twice as long, like a
+delightful green, before my door, with a pleasing, though an
+irregular descent every way to the low grounds by the sea-side,
+lying on the N. W. side of the hill, so that it was sheltered from
+the excessive heat of the sun. After this, I drew a semi-circle,
+containing ten yards in a semi-diameter, and twenty yards in the
+whole, driving down two rows; of strong stakes, not 6 inches from
+each other. Then with the pieces of cable which I had cut on board,
+I regularly laid them in a circle between the piles up to their
+tops, which were more than five feet out of the earth, and after
+drove another row of piles looking within side against them,
+between two or three feet high, which made me conclude it a little
+impregnable castle against men and beasts. And for my better
+security I would have no door, but entered in and came out by the
+help of a ladder, which I also made.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page023" id="page023"></a>[pg
+023]</span>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/023.jpg"><img src="Images/023.jpg"
+width="40%" alt="Robinson Crusoe building his castle"></a><br>
+<b>Robinson Crusoe building his castle.</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page024" id="page024"></a>[pg
+024]</span>
+<p>Here was my fence and fortress, into which I carried all my
+riches, ammunition, and stores. After which, working on the rock,
+what with dirt and stones I dug out, I not only raised my ground
+two feet, but made a little cellar to my mansion-house; and this
+cost me many days labour and pains. One day in particular a shower
+of rain falling, thunder and lighting ensued, which put me in
+terror lest my powder should take fire, and not only hinder my
+necessary subsistence, by killing me food, but even blow up me and
+my habitation. To prevent which, I fell to making boxes and bags,
+in order to separate it, having by me near 150lb. weight. And thus
+being established as king of the island, every day I went out with
+my gun to see what I could kill that was fit to eat. I soon
+perceived numbers of goats but very shy, yet having watched them
+narrowly, and seeing I could better shoot off the rocks than when
+in the low grounds, I happened to shoot a she-goat suckling a young
+kid; which not thinking its dam slain, stood by her unconcerned;
+and when I took the dead creature up, the young one followed me
+even to the inclosure. I lifted the kid over the pales, and would
+willingly have kept it alive; but finding it could not be brought
+to eat, I was forced to slay it also for my subsistence.</p>
+<p>Thus entered into as strange a scene of life as ever any man was
+in, I had most melancholy apprehensions concerning my deplorable
+condition: and many times the tears would plentifully run down my
+face, when I considered how I was debarred from all communications
+with human kind. Yet while these disponding cogitations would seem
+to make me accuse Providence, other good thoughts would interpose
+and reprove me after this manner: Well, supposing you are desolate,
+it is not better to be so than totally perish? Why, were you
+singled out to be saved and the rest destroyed? Why should you
+complain, when not only your life is preserved, but the ship driven
+into your reach, in order to take what was necessary out of her for
+your subsistence? But to proceed, it was, by the account I kept,
+the 30th of September, when I first landed on this island. About
+twelve days after, fearing lest I should lose my reckoning of time,
+nay, even forget the Sabbath days, for want of pen, ink, and paper,
+I carved with a knife upon a large post, in great letters; and set
+it up: in the similitude of a cross, on the seashore where I
+landed, I CAME ON SHORE, <i>Sept.</i> 30 1659. Every day I cut a
+notch with my knife on the sides of the square post, and this on
+the Sabbath was as long again as the rest; and every first day of
+the month as long again as that long one. In this manner I kept my
+calendar, weekly, monthly or yearly reckoning of time. But had I
+made a more strict search (as afterwards I did) I needed not have
+set up this mark; for among the parcels belonging to the gunner,
+carpenter, and captain's mate, I found those very things I wanted;
+particularly pens, ink, and paper. <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page025" id="page025"></a>[pg 025]</span> So I found two or three
+compasses, some mathematical instruments, dials, perspective
+glasses, books of navigation, three English Bibles, and several
+other good books, which I carefully put up.--Here I cannot but call
+to mind our having a dog and two cats on board, whom I made
+inhabitants with me in my castle. Though one might think I had all
+the necessities that were desirable, yet still I found several
+things wanting. My ink was daily wasting; I wanted needles, pins,
+and thread to mend or keep my clothes together; and particularly a
+spade, pickax, or shovel, to remove the earth. It was a year before
+I finished my little bulwark; and having some intervals of
+relaxation, after my daily wandering abroad for provision, I drew
+up this plan, alternately, as creditor and debtor, to remind me of
+the miseries and blessings of my life, under so many various
+circumstances.</p>
+<blockquote><b>E V I L</b><br>
+<br>
+I am cast upon a desolate island, having no hopes, no prospects of
+a welcome deliverance.<br>
+<br>
+Thus miserably am I singled out from the enjoyment or company of
+all mankind.<br>
+<br>
+Like an hermit (rather should I say a lonely anchorite) am I forced
+from human conversation.<br>
+<br>
+My clothes after some time will be worn out; and then I shall have
+none to cover me.<br>
+<br>
+When my ammunition is wasted, then shall I remain without any
+defence against wild men and beasts.<br>
+<br>
+I have no creature, no soul to speak to; none to beg assistance
+from. Some comfort would it be to resound my woes where I am
+understood, and beg assistance where I might hope for relief.<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<b>G O O D</b><br>
+<br>
+But yet I am preserved, while my companions are perished in the
+raging ocean.<br>
+<br>
+Yet set apart to be spared from death. And he, who has so preserved
+me, can deliver me from this condition.<br>
+<br>
+However, I have food to eat, and even a happy prospect of
+subsistence while life endures.<br>
+<br>
+At present I enjoy what is absolutely needful; and the climate is
+so hot, that had I never so many, I would hardly wear them.<br>
+<br>
+Yet if it does, I see no danger of any hurt to me, as in Africa;
+And what if I had been cast away, upon that coast.<br>
+<br>
+Is there not God to converse to, and is not he able to relieve
+thee? Already has he afforded thee sustenance, and put it in thy
+power to provide for thyself till he sends thee a
+deliverance.</blockquote>
+<br>
+<br>
+<p>And now easing my mind a little by these reflections, I began to
+render my life as easy as possible.</p>
+<p>I must here add, to the description I have given of my
+habitation, that having raised a turf wall against the outside of
+it, I thatched it so close as might keep it from the inclemency of
+the weather; I also improved it within, enlarged my cave, and made
+a passage and door in the rock, which came out beyond the pale of
+my fortification. I next proceeded to make a chair and a table, and
+so began to study such mechanical arts as <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page026" id="page026"></a>[pg 026]</span> seemed
+to me practicable. When I wanted a plank or board I hewed down a
+tree with my hatchet, making it as thin with my ax as possible, and
+then smooth enough with an adz to answer my designs: yet though I
+could make no more this way than one board out of a tree, in length
+of time I got boards enough to shelter all my stores, every thing
+being regularly placed, and my guns securely hanging against the
+side of the rock. This made it a very pleasant sight to me, as
+being the result of vast labour and diligence; which leaving for a
+while, and me to the enjoyment of it, I shall give the reader an
+account of my Journal from the day of my landing, till the fixing
+and settling of my habitation, as heretofore shown.</p>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<p>JOURNAL.</p>
+<p><i>September 30, 1659</i>. I unhappy Robinson Crusoe, having
+suffered shipwreck, was driven on this desolate island, which I
+named the <i>Desolate Island of Despair</i>, my companions being
+swallowed up in the tempestous ocean. The next day I spent in
+consideration of my unhappy circumstances, having no prospect but
+of death, either to be starved with hunger, or devoured with beasts
+or merciless savages.</p>
+<p><i>Oct. 1</i>. That morning, with great comfort, I beheld the
+ship drove ashore. Some hopes I had, that when the storm was abated
+I might be able to get some food and necessaries out of her, which
+I conceived were not damaged, because the ship did stand upright.
+At this time I lamented the loss of my companions, and our
+misfortune in leaving the vessel. When I perceived the ship as it
+were lay dry, I waded through the sands, then swam aboard, the
+weather being very rainy, and with scarcely any wind.</p>
+<p>To the 14th of this month, my time was employed in making
+voyages, every tide getting what I could out of the ship. The
+weather very wet and uncertain.</p>
+<p><i>Oct. 20</i>. My raft and all the goods thereon were overset:
+yet I recovered most again at low water.</p>
+<p><i>Oct. 25</i>. It blew hard, and rained night and day, when the
+ship went in pieces, so that nothing was seen of her but the wreck
+at low water. This day I secured my goods from the inclemency of
+the weather.</p>
+<p><i>Oct. 26</i>. I wandered to see where I could find a place
+convenient for my abode. I fixed upon a rock in the evening, marked
+out a half-moon, intending to erect a wall, fortified with piles,
+lined within with pieces of cables, and covered with turf.</p>
+<p><i>Nov. 1</i>. I erected my tent under a rock, and took up my
+lodgings very contentedly in a hammock that night.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page027" id="page027"></a>[pg
+027]</span>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 2. This day I fenced myself in with timber, chests,
+and boards.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 3. I shot two wild fowl, resembling ducks, which
+were good to eat, and in the afternoon made me a table.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 4. I began to live regularly. In the morning I
+allowed myself two or three hours to walk out with my gun; I then
+worked till near eleven o'clock, and afterwards refreshed myself,
+with what I had to eat. From twelve to two I would lie down to
+sleep. Extremely sultry weather. In the evening go to work
+again.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 5. Went out with my gun and dog, shot a wild cat with
+a soft skin, but her flesh was good for nothing. The skins of those
+I killed, I preserved. In my return, I perceived many wild birds,
+and was terrified by some seals which made off to sea.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 6. Completed my table.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 7. Fair weather. I worked till the 12th, but omitted
+the 11th, which, according to my calculation, I supposed to be
+Sunday.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 13. Rain in abundance, which, however, much cooled
+the air; with thunder and lightening, caused in me a terrible
+surprise. The weather clearing, I secured my powder in separate
+parcels.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 14--16. I made little boxes for my powder, lodging
+them in several places. I also shot a large fowl, which proved
+excellent meat.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 17. I began to dig in the rock, yet was obliged to
+desist for want of a pickax, shovel, and wheel-barrow. Iron crows I
+caused to supply the place of the first; but with all my art I
+could not make a wheel-barrow.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 18. It was my fortune to find a tree, resembling
+what Brazilians call an iron tree. I had like to have spoiled my ax
+with cutting it, being very hard and exceedingly heavy; yet with
+much labour &amp; industry, I made a sort of a spade out of it.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 21. These tools being made, I daily carried on my
+business; eighteen days I allowed for enlarging my cave, that it
+might serve me, not only for a warehouse, but kitchen, parlour, and
+cellar. I commonly lay in the tent, unless the weather was rainy
+that I could not lie dry. So wet would it be at certain seasons,
+that I was obliged to cover all within the pale with long poles, in
+the form of rafters, leaning against the rock, and loaded them with
+flags and large leaves of trees, resembling a thatch.</p>
+<p><i>Dec.</i> 10. No sooner did I think my habitation finished,
+but suddenly a great deal of the top broke in, so that it was a
+mercy I was not buried in the ruins. This occasioned a great deal
+of pains and trouble to me, before I could make it firm and
+durable.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page028" id="page028"></a>[pg
+028]</span>
+<p><i>Dec</i> 17. I nailed up some shelves and drove nails and
+staples in the wall and posts to hang things out of the way.</p>
+<p><i>Dec</i> 20. Every thing I got into its place, then made a
+sort of a dresser, and another table.</p>
+<p><i>Dec.</i> 24. 25. Rain in abundance.</p>
+<p><i>Dec.</i> 26. Very fair weather.</p>
+<p><i>Dec.</i> 27. I chanced to light on some goats, shot one and
+wounded another. I led it home in a string, bound up its leg, and
+cured it in a little time; at length it became so tame and familiar
+as to feed before the door, and follow me where I pleased. This put
+me in mind to bring up tame creatures, in order to supply me with
+food after my ammunition was spent.</p>
+<p><i>Dec.</i> 28, 29, 30. The weather being excessively hot, with
+little air, obliged me for the most part, to keep within doors.</p>
+<p><i>Jan</i> 1. Still sultry, however, obliged by necessity, I
+went out with my gun, and found a great store of goats in the
+valleys; they were exceedingly shy, nor could my dog hunt them
+down.</p>
+<p><i>Jan.</i> 3 to 14. My employment this time was to finish the
+wall before described, and search the island. I discovered a kind
+of pigeons like our house-pigeons in a nest among the rocks. I
+brought them home, nursed them till they could fly, and then they
+left me. After this, I shot some, which proved excellent food. Some
+time I spent vainly in contriving to make a cask; I may well say it
+was vain, because I could neither joint the staves; nor fix the
+heads, so as to make it tight: So, leaving that, took some goat's
+tallow I had about me, and a little okum for the wick, and provided
+myself with a lamp, which served me instead of candles.</p>
+<p>But now a very strange event happened. For being in the height
+of my search, what should come into my hand, but a bag, which was
+used to hold corn (as I supposed) for the fowls; so immediately
+resolving to put gunpowder in it, I shook all the hulks and dirt
+upon one side of the rock, little expecting what the consequences
+would be. The rain had fallen plentifully a few days before; and
+about a month after, to my great amazement something began to lock
+out very green and flourishing; and when I came to view it more
+nicely, every day as it grew, I found about ten or twelve ears of
+green barley appeared in the very same shape and make as that in
+England.</p>
+<p>I can scarce express the agitations of my mind at this sight.
+Hitherto I had looked upon the actions of this life no otherwise
+than only as the events of blind chance and fortune. But now the
+appearance of this barley, flourishing in a barren soil, and my
+ignorance in not conceiving how it should come there, made me
+conclude <i>that miracles were not yet ceased:</i> nay, I even
+thought that God had appointed it to grow there without any seed,
+purely for my sustenance in this miserable and desolate island. And
+indeed such great effect this had upon me, that <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page029" id="page029"></a>[pg 029]</span> it
+often made me melt into tears, through a grateful sense of God's
+mercies; and the greater still was my thankfulness, when I
+perceived about this little field of barley some rice stalks, also
+wonderfully flourishing.</p>
+<p>While thus pleased in mind, I concluded there must be more corn
+in the island; and therefore made a diligent search narrowly among
+the rocks; but not being able to find any, on a sudden it came into
+my mind, how I had shaken the husks of corn out of the bag, and
+then my admiration ceased, with my gratitude to the Divine Being,
+<i>as thinking it was but natural</i>, and not to be conceived a
+miracle; though even the manner of its preservation might have made
+me own it as a wonderful event of God's kind providence.</p>
+<p>It was about the latter end of June when the ears of this corn
+ripened, which I laid up very carefully together with 20 or 30
+stalks of rice, expecting one day I should reap the fruit of my
+labour; yet four years were expired before I could allow myself to
+eat any barley-bread, and much longer time before I had any rice.
+After this, with indefatigable pains and industry for three or four
+months, at last I finished my wall on the 14th, of April, having no
+way to go into it, but by ladder against the wall.</p>
+<p><i>April</i> 16. I finished my ladder, and ascended it;
+afterwards pulled it up, then let it down on the other side, and
+descended into my new habitation, where I had space enough, and so
+fortified that nothing could attack me, without scaling the
+walls.</p>
+<p>But what does all human pains and industry avail, if the
+blessing of God does not crown our labours? Or who can stand before
+the Almighty, when he stretcheth forth his arm? For one time as I
+was at the entrance of my cave, there happened such a dreadful
+earthquake, that not only the roof of the cave came rumbling about
+my ears, but the posts seemed to crack terribly at the same time.
+This put me in great amazement; and running to the ladder, and
+getting over the wall, I then plainly knew it was an earthquake,
+the place I stood on sustaining three terrible shocks in less than
+three minutes. But judge of my terror when I saw the top of a great
+rock roll into the sea; I then expected the island would be
+swallowed up every moment: And what made the scene still more
+dreadful, was to see the sea thrown into the most violent
+agitations and disorders by this tremendous accident.</p>
+<p>For my part I stood like a criminal at the place of execution
+ready to expire. At the moving of the earth, I was, as it were,
+sea-sick; and very much afraid lest the rock, under which was my
+fence and habitation, should overwhelm it and myself in a lasting
+tomb.</p>
+<p>When the third dreadful shock had spent itself, my spirits began
+to revive; yet still I would not venture to ascend the <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page030" id="page030"></a>[pg 030]</span>
+ladder, but continued fitting, not knowing what I should do. So
+little grace had I then, as only to say <i>Lord have mercy upon
+me!</i> and no sooner was the earthquake over, but that pathetic
+prayer left me.</p>
+<p>It was not long after, when a horrible tempest arose, at the
+same time attended with a huricane of wind. The sea seemed
+mountains high, and the waves rolled so impetously, that nothing
+could be perceived but froth and foam. Three hours did this storm
+continue, and in so violent a manner, as to tear the very trees up
+by the roots, which was succeeded by abundance of rain. When the
+tempest was over I went to my tent: but the rain coming on in a
+furious manner, I was obliged to take shelter in the cave, where I
+was forced to cut a channel through my fortification to let the
+water out. It continued raining all that night, and some time the
+next day. These accidents made me resolve, as soon as the weather
+cleared up, to build me a little hut in some open place, walled
+round to defend me from wild creatures and savages; not doubting
+but at the next earthquake, the mountain would fall upon my
+habitation and me, and swallow up all in its bowels.</p>
+<p><i>April</i> 16--20. These days I spent in contriving how and in
+what manner I should fix my place of abode. All this while I was
+under the most dreadful apprehensions. When I looked round my
+habitation, every thing I found in its proper place. I had several
+resolutions whether I should move or not; but at length resolved to
+stay where I was, till I found out a convenient place where I might
+pitch my tent.</p>
+<p><i>April</i> 22. When I began to put my resolutions in practice,
+I was stopt for want of tools and instruments to work with. Most of
+my axes and hatchets were useless, occasioned by cutting the hard
+timber that grew on the island. It took me up a full week to make
+my grind-stone of use to me, and at last I found out a way to turn
+it about with my foot, by help of a wheel and a string.</p>
+<p><i>April</i> 28--29. These days were spent in grinding my
+tools.</p>
+<p><i>April</i> 30. My bread falling short, I allowed myself but
+one biscuit a day.</p>
+<p><i>May</i> 1. As I walked along the sea shore I found a barrel
+of gunpowder, and several pieces of the wreck, the sea had flung
+up. Having secured those, I made to the ship, whose stern was torn
+off, and washed a great distance ashore; but the rest lay in the
+sands. This I suppose was occasioned by the earthquake. I now
+resolved to keep my old place of abode; and also to go to the ship
+that day, but then found it impossible.</p>
+<p><i>May</i> 3. This day I went on board, and with my saw sawed
+off one of the beams, which kept her quarter-deck. I then cleared
+the sand till flood.</p>
+<p><i>May</i> 4. I caught some fish, but they were not wholesome,
+The same day I also catched a young dolphin.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page031" id="page031"></a>[pg
+031]</span>
+<p><i>May 5.</i> 'This day I also repaired to the wreck, and sawed
+another piece of timber, and when the flood came, I made a float of
+three great planks, which were driven ashore by the tide.</p>
+<p><i>May 6, 7, 8, 9.</i> These days I brought off the iron bolts,
+opened the deck with the iron crow, and carried two planks to land,
+having made a way into the very middle of the wreck.</p>
+<p><i>May 10, 11, 12, 13, 14.</i> All this time I spent in bringing
+off great quantities of iron and timber.</p>
+<p><i>May 15.</i> Took with me two hatchets on purpose to cut off
+some lead from the roll, but all in vain, for it lay too low under
+water.</p>
+<p><i>May 16.</i> I omitted going to the wreck this day, for
+employing myself in looking for pigeons, I outstaid my time.</p>
+<p><i>May 17.</i> I perceived several pieces of the wreck driven
+ashore, which I found belonged to the head of the ship.</p>
+<p><i>May 24.</i> To this day I worked on the wreck, and with great
+difficulty loosened some things so much with the crow, that at the
+first flowing tide several casks floated out, and many of the
+seamen's chests, yet that day nothing came to land but pieces of
+timber, and a hogshead which had some Brazil pork in it. I
+continued working to the 15th of June; (except necessary times for
+food and rest) and had I known how to have built a boat, I had
+timber and planks enough; I had also near 100 weight of sheet
+lead.</p>
+<p><i>June 16.</i> As I was wandering towards the sea-side, I found
+a large tortoise or turtle, being the first I had seen on the
+island, though, as I afterwards found, there were many on the other
+side of it.</p>
+<p><i>June 17.</i> This day I spent in cooking it, found in her
+threescore eggs, and her flesh the most savoury and pleasant I ever
+tasted in my life.</p>
+<p><i>June 18.</i> I staid within this day, there being a continual
+rain; and it was somewhat more chilly and cold than usual.</p>
+<p><i>June 19.</i> Exceedingly bad, being taken with a trembling
+and shivering.</p>
+<p><i>June 20.</i> Awake all night, my head racked with pain and
+feverish.</p>
+<p><i>June 21.</i> Sick unto death, and terrified with the dismal
+apprehensions of my condition. Prayed to God more frequently, but
+very confusedly.</p>
+<p><i>June 22.</i> Something better, but still uneasy in my
+mind.</p>
+<br>
+<p><i>June 23.</i> Again relapsed much as before.</p>
+<p><i>June 24.</i> Mended a second time.</p>
+<p><i>June 25.</i> A violent ague for seven hours, cold and hot
+fits succeeded with faint sweats.</p>
+<p><i>June 26.</i> Better, but very weak, yet I scrambled out, shot
+a she-goat, brought it home and broiled some of it; I would
+willingly have stewed it, and made some broth, but had no pod.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page032" id="page032"></a>[pg
+032]</span>
+<p><i>June 27</i> All this day I was afflicted with an ague;
+thirsty, yet I could not help myself to water: Prayed to God in
+these words: <i>Lord, in pity look upon me: Lord, have mercy upon
+me: have mercy upon me!</i> After this I fell asleep, which I found
+had much refreshed me when I awaked. I fell fast asleep a second
+time, and fell into this strange and terrible sort of dream.</p>
+<p>Methought I was sitting on the same spot of ground at the
+outside of the wall where I sat when the storm blew after the
+earthquake; and that I saw a man descending from a great black
+cloud, and alight upon the ground. He was all over as bright as a
+flash of fire that a little before surrounded him; his countenance
+inconceivably terrible; the earth as it were trembled when he stept
+upon the ground, and flashes of fire seemed to fill all the air. No
+sooner I thought him landed upon the earth, but with a long spear,
+or other weapon, he made towards me; but first ascending a rising
+ground, his voice added to my amazement, when I thought I heard him
+pronounce these dreadful words, <i>Unhappy wretch! seeing all these
+things have not brought thee to repentance, thou shalt immediately
+die.</i> In pronouncing this dreadful sentence, I thought he went
+to kill me with the spear that was in his hand.</p>
+<p>Any body may think it impossible for me to express the horrors
+of my mind at this vision: and even when I awaked, this very dream
+made a deep impression upon my mind. The little divine knowledge I
+had, I received from my father's instructions, and that was worn
+out by an uninterrupted series of sea-faring impiety for eight
+years space. Except what sickness forced from me, I do not remember
+I had one thought of lifting up my heart towards God, but rather
+had a certain stupidity of soul, not having the least sense or fear
+of the Omnipotent Being when in distress, nor of gratitude to him
+for his deliverances. Nay, when I was on the desperate expedition
+on the desert African shore, I cannot remember I had one thought of
+what would become of me, or to beg his consolation and assistance
+in my sufferings and distress. When the Portugal captain took me up
+and honorably used me, nay, farther, when I was even delivered from
+drowning by escaping to this island, I never looked upon it as a
+judgment, but only said I was an unfortunate dog, and that's all.
+Indeed some secret transports of soul I had, which was not through
+grace but only a common flight of joy, that I was yet alive, when
+my companions were all drowned, and no other joy could I conceive
+but what is common with the sailors over a bowl of punch, after
+they have escaped the greatest dangers.</p>
+<p>The likelihood of wanting for neither food nor conveniences,
+might have called upon me for a thankful acknowledgment to
+Providence. Indeed, the growth of my corn touched with some sense,
+but that soon wore off again. The terrible earthquake <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page033" id="page033"></a>[pg 033]</span>
+pointed to me, as it were, the finger of God, but my dreadful
+amazement continued no longer than its duration. But now, when my
+spirits began to sink under the burden of a strong distemper, and I
+could leisurely view the miseries of death present themselves
+before my eyes, then my awakened conscience began to reproach me
+with my past life, in which I had so wickedly provoked the justice
+of God to pour down his vengeance upon me.</p>
+<p>Such reflections as these oppressed me even in the violence of
+distemper. Some prayers I uttered, which only proceeded from the
+fear of death. But when I considered my father's advice and
+prophecy, I could not forbear weeping; for he told me, <i>That if I
+did persist in my folly, I should not only be deprived of God's
+blessing, but have time enough to reflect upon my despising his
+instructions, and this, in a wretched time, when none could help
+me</i>. And now concluding it to be fulfilled, having no soul in
+the island to administer any comfort to me, I prayed earnestly to
+the Lord, that he would help me in this great calamity. And this, I
+think, was the first time I prayed in sincerity for many years. But
+now I must return to my journal.</p>
+<p><i>June</i> 28. Something refreshed with sleep, and the fit
+quite off, I got up. My dream still occasioned in me a great
+consternation; and, fearing that the ague might return the
+succeeding day, I concluded it time to get something to comfort me.
+I filled a case bottle with water, and set it within reach of my
+bed; and, to make it more nourishing and less chilly, I put some
+rum in it. The next thing I did was to broil me a piece of goat's
+flesh, of which I ate but little. I was very weak; however, walked
+about, dreading the return of my distemper; and at night I supped
+on three of the turtle's eggs, which I roasted and ate, begging
+God's blessing therewith.</p>
+<p>After I had eaten, I attempted to walk again out of doors with
+my gun; but was so weak, that I sat down, and looked at the sea,
+which was smooth and calm. While I continued here, these thoughts
+came into my mind.</p>
+<p>In what manner is the production of the earth and sea, of which
+I have seen so much? From whence came myself, and all other
+creatures living, and of what are they made?</p>
+<p>Our beings were assuredly created by some almighty invisible
+Power, who framed the earth the sea, and air, and all therein. But
+what is that Power?</p>
+<p>Certainly it must follow that God has created it all. Yet, said
+I, if God has made all this he must be the Ruler of them all, and
+what is relating thereto; for certainly the Power that makes, must
+indisputably have a power to guide and direct them. And if this be
+so, (as certainly it must) nothing can happen without his knowledge
+and appointment. Then, surely, if nothing happens without God's
+appointment, certainly God has appointed these my sufferings to
+befal me. And here I fixed my firm belief <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page034" id="page034"></a>[pg 034]</span> that
+it was his will that it should be so; and then proceeded to
+enquire, why should God deal with me in this manner? Or what have I
+done thus to deserve his indignation.</p>
+<p>Here conscience flew in my face, reprehending me as a
+blasphemer; crying with a loud and piercing voice, <i>Unworthy
+wretch! how dare you ask what you have done? Look on your past
+life, and see what you have left undone? Ask thyself, why thou wert
+not long ago in the merciless hands of death? Why not drowned in
+Yarmouth roads, or killed in the fight, when the ship was taken by
+the Sallee man of war? Why not entombed in the bowels of wild
+beasts on the African coast, or drowned here when all thy
+companions suffered shipwreck in the ocean.</i></p>
+<p>Struck dumb with these reflections, I rose up in a pensive
+manner, being so thoughtful that I could not go to sleep; and
+fearing the dreadful return of my distemper, it caused me to
+remember, that the Brazilians use tobacco for almost all diseases.
+I then went to my chest in older to find some, where Heaven, no
+doubt, directed me to find a cure for both soul and body; for there
+I found one of the Bibles, which, till this time, I had neither
+leisure nor inclination to look into, I took both the tobacco and
+that out of the chest, and laid them on the table. Several
+experiments did I try with the tobacco: First, I took a piece or
+leaf, and chewed it; but it being very green and strong, almost
+stupified me. Next I steeped it in some rum an hour or two,
+resolving when I went to bed to take a dole of it: and, in the
+third place, I burnt some over a pan of fire, holding my nose over
+it as long as I could endure it without suffocation.</p>
+<p>In the intervals of this operation, though my head was giddy and
+disturbed by the tobacco, I took up the Bible to read. No sooner
+did I open it, but there appeared to me these words <i>Call on me
+in the day of trouble, and I will deliver thee, and thou shall
+glorify me</i>.</p>
+<p>At first this sentence made a very deep impression on my heart,
+but it soon wore off again, when I considered the word
+<i>deliver</i> was foreign to me. And as the children of Israel
+said, when they were promised flesh to eat, <i>Can God spread a
+table in the wilderness?</i> in like manner I began to say, <i>Can
+God himself deliver me from this desolate island?</i> However, the
+words would still return to my mind, and afterwards made a greater
+impression upon me. As it was now very late, and the tobacco had
+dazed my head, I was inclined to sleep: but before I would lie down
+I fell on my knees, and implored the promise that God had made to
+me in the Holy Scriptures, that <i>if I called upon him in the day
+of trouble he would deliver me.</i> With much difficulty I
+afterwards drank the rum wherein I had steeped the tobacco, which
+flying into my head, threw me into such a profound sleep, that it
+was three o'clock the next <span class="pagenum"><a name="page035"
+id="page035"></a>[pg 035]</span> day before I awaked; or rather, I
+believe, I slept two days, having certainly lost a day in my
+account, and I could never tell any other way. When I got up, my
+spirits were lively and cheerful; my stomach much better, being
+very hungry; and, in short, no fit returned the next day, which was
+the 29th, but I found myself much altered for the better.</p>
+<p>The 30th, I went abroad with my gun, but not far, and killed a
+sea-fowl or two, resembling a brand goose, which, however, I cared
+not to eat when I brought them home, but dined on two more of the
+turtle's eggs. In the evening I renewed my medicine, excepting that
+I did not take so large a quantity, neither did I chew the leaf, or
+hold my head over the smoke: but the next day, which was the 1st of
+<i>July</i>, having a little return of the cold fit, I again took
+my medicine as I did the first time.</p>
+<p><i>July</i> 3. The fit quite left me, but very weak. In this
+condition, I often thought of these words, <i>I will deliver
+thee</i>; and while, at some times, I would think of the
+impossibility of it, other thoughts would reprehend me for
+disregarding the deliverances I had received, even from the most
+forlorn and distressed condition. I asked myself, what regard have
+I had to God for his abundant mercies? Have I done my part<i>: He
+has delivered me, but I have not glorified him:</i>--as if I had
+said, I had not owned and been thankful for these as deliverances,
+and how could I expect greater? So much did this sensibly touch my
+heart, that I gave God thanks for my recovery from weakness in the
+most humble prostration.</p>
+<p><i>July</i> 4. This morning I began seriously to ponder on what
+is written in the New Testament, resolving to read a chapter every
+morning and night as long an my thoughts would engage me. As soon
+as I set about this work seriously, I found my heart deeply
+affected with the impiety of my past life; these words that I
+thought were spoken to me in my dream revived, <i>All these things
+have not brought thee to repentance.</i> After this, I begged of
+God to assist me with his Holy Spirit in returning to my duty. One
+day in perusing the Scriptures, I came to these words, <i>He is
+exalted a Prince and a Saviour, to give repentance and to give
+remission</i>: Immediately I laid down the book, and with uplifted
+hands to Heaven, loudly cried, <i>O blessed Jesus, thou son of
+David, Jesus, thou exalted Prince and Saviour, give we
+repentance!</i> And now indeed I prayed with a true sense of my
+condition, and a more certain hope, founded on the word of God. Now
+I had a different sense of these words, <i>Call on me and I will
+deliver thee</i>, that is from the dreadful load of guilt which
+oppressed my sinful soul, and not from a solitary life, which might
+rather be called, a blessing, seeing I wanted neither food nor
+raiment, when compared living amongst the human race, surrounded
+with so much oppression, misery, and affliction; in a word, I came
+to this <span class="pagenum"><a name="page036" id=
+"page036"></a>[pg 036]</span> conclusion, that a deliverance from
+sin was a much greater blessing, than a deliverance from
+affliction. But again I proceed to my journal.</p>
+<p>To the 14th of <i>July</i>, I walked about with my gun, little
+and little at a time, having been reduced to the greatest extremity
+of weakness. The applications and experiments I used were perfectly
+new: neither could I recommend them to any one's practice. For
+though it carried off the fit, it very much weakened me, and I had
+frequently convulsions in my nerves and limbs for some time. From
+this I learned, that going abroad in rainy weather, especially when
+it was attended with storms and hurricanes of wind, was most
+pernicious to health. I had now been about ten months in the
+island; and as I never had seen any of the human kind, I therefore
+accounted myself as sole monarch; and as I grew better, having
+secured my habitation to my mind, I resolved to make a tour round
+my kingdom, in order to make new discoveries.</p>
+<p>The 15th of <i>July</i>, I began my journey; I first went to the
+creek, where I had brought my rafts on shore; and travelling
+farther, found the tide went no higher than two miles up, where
+there was a little brook of running water, on the banks of which
+were many pleasant savannahs or meadows, plain, smooth, and covered
+with grass. On the rising parts, where I supposed the water did not
+reach, I perceived a great deal of tobacco growing to a very strong
+stalk. Several other plants I likewise found, the virtues of which
+I did not understand. I searched a long time for the Cassava root,
+which I knew the Indians in that climate made their bread of, but
+all in vain. There were several plants of aloes, though at that
+time I knew not what they were; likewise I saw several sugar canes,
+but imperfect for want of cultivation. With these few discoveries,
+I came back that night, and slept contentedly in my little
+castle.</p>
+<p>The next day, being the 16th, going the same way, but farther
+then the day before, I found the country more adorned with woods
+and trees. Here I perceived different fruits in great abundance.
+Melons in plenty lay on the ground, and clusters of grapes, ripe
+and very rich, spread over the trees. You may imagine I was glad of
+this discovery, yet ate very sparingly, lest I should throw myself
+into a flux or fever. The grapes I found of excellent use; for when
+I had dried them in the sun, which preserved them as dried raisins
+are kept, they proved very wholesome and nourishing, and served me
+in those seasons when no grapes were to be had.</p>
+<p>The night drawing on apace, I ascended up a tree, and slept very
+comfortably, though it was the first time I had lain out of my
+habitation. And when the morning came, I proceeded with great
+pleasure on my way, travelling about four miles, as I imagined, by
+the length of the valley, directing my course northward, there
+being a ridge of hills on the south and north side of <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page037" id="page037"></a>[pg 037]</span> me. At
+the end of this valley, I came to an opening, where the country
+seemed to descend to the west; there I found a little spring of
+fresh water, proceeding out of the side of the hill, with its
+chrystal streams running directly east. And, indeed, here my senses
+were charmed with the most beautiful landscape nature could afford;
+for the country appeared flourishing, green, and delightful, that
+to me it seemed like a planted garden. I then descended on the side
+of that delicious vale, when I found abundance of cocoa, orange,
+lemon, and citron trees, but very wild and barren at that time. As
+for the limes, they were delightful and wholesome, the juice of
+which I after used to mix in water, which made it very cooling and
+refreshing. And now I was resolved to carry home and lay up a store
+of grapes, limes, and lemons, against the approaching wet season.
+So laying them up in separate parcels, and then taking a few of
+each with me, I returned to my little castle, after having spent
+three days in this journey. Before I got home, the grapes were so
+bruised that they were utterly spoiled; the limes indeed were good,
+but of those I could bring only a few.</p>
+<p><i>July 19</i>. Having prepared two bags, I returned thither
+again, but, to my great surprise, found all the grapes spread
+about, trod to pieces, and abundance eaten, which made me conclude
+there were wild beasts thereabouts. To prevent this happening
+again, I gathered a large quantity of the grapes, and hung them
+upon the out branches of the tree, both to keep them unhurt, and
+that they might cure and dry in the sun; and having well loaded
+myself with limes and lemons, I returned once more to my old place
+of residence.</p>
+<p>And now contemplating on the fruitfulness of this valey, and
+pleasantness of its situation, its security from storms, and the
+delightfulness of the adjacent woods, I concluded I was settled in
+the worst part of the country, and therefore was thinking to remove
+my habitation.</p>
+<p>But when I considered again, that though it was pleasant, it was
+off from the sea-side, where there was a possibility, some time or
+other, a ship might either be driven or sail by; and that to
+inclose myself among hills and woods must certainly put an end to
+my hopes of deliverance; I resolved to let my castle remain where
+Providence had first assigned it. Yet so ravished was I with this
+place, that I made me a little kind of bower, surrounding it with a
+double hedge, as high as I could reach, well staked and filled with
+bullrushes: and having spent a great part of the month of
+<i>July</i>, I think it was the first of <i>August</i> before I
+began to enjoy my labour.</p>
+<p><i>Aug. 3.</i> Perceiving my grapes to be dry, I took them from
+the trees, and they proved excellent good raisins of the sun: the
+most of which I carried to my cave; and happy for me I did so; by
+which I saved the best part of my winter food.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page038" id="page038"></a>[pg
+038]</span>
+<p><i>Aug</i>. 14. This day it began to rain; and though I had made
+me a tent like the other, yet having no shelter of a hill to keep
+me from storms, nor a cave behind me to retreat to, I was obliged
+to return to my old castle. The rain continued more or less every
+day, till the middle of <i>October;</i> and sometimes so violently,
+that I could not stir out of my cave for several days. This season
+I found my family to increase; for one of my cats that ran away
+from me, and which I thought had been dead, returned about
+<i>August</i>, with three kittens at her heels, like herself, which
+I thought strange, because both my cats were females, and the wild
+cats of the island seemed to be of a different kind from our
+European cats; but from these cats proceeded such numbers, that I
+was forced to kill and destroy them as I would do wild beasts and
+vermin.</p>
+<p>To the 26th of this month, I could not stir out, it raining
+incessantly; when beginning to want food, I was compelled to
+venture twice, the first of which I shot a goat, and afterwards
+found a very large tortoise. The manner of my regulating my food
+was thus: a bunch of raisins served me for my breakfast; a piece of
+goat's flesh or turtle boiled for my dinner, and two or three
+turtle's eggs for my supper. While the rain lasted, I daily worked
+two or three hours at enlarging my cave, and by degrees worked it
+on towards one side, till I came to the outside of the hill, and
+made a door or way out, which came beyond my fence or wall, and so
+I came in and out this way. But after I had done this, I was
+troubled to see myself thus exposed; though I could not perceive
+any thing to fear, a goat being the biggest creature I had seen
+upon this island.</p>
+<p><i>Sept</i>. 30. Casting up my notches on my post, which
+amounted to 365, I concluded this to be the anniversary of my
+landing; and, therefore, humbly prostrating myself on the ground,
+confessing my sins, acknowledging God's righteous judgments upon
+me, and praying to Jesus Christ to have mercy upon me, I fasted for
+twelve hours till the going down of the sun; and then eating a
+biscuit and a bunch of grapes, laid me on the bed, and with great
+comfort took my night's repose. Till this time I never had
+distinguished the Sabbath-day; but now made a longer notch than
+ordinary for the days of rest, and divided the weeks as well as I
+could, though I found I had lost a day or two in my account. My ink
+failing soon after, I omitted in my daily memorandum things of an
+indifferent nature, &amp; contented myself to write down only the
+most remarkable events of my life. The rainy and dry seasons
+appeared now regular to me, and experience taught me how to provide
+for them; yet, in one thing I am going to relate, my experience
+very much failed me. You may call to mind what I have mentioned of
+some barley and rice which I had saved; about thirty stalks of the
+former, and twenty of the latter; and at that time, the sun being
+in its southern position, going <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page039" id="page039"></a>[pg 039]</span> from me, together with
+the rains, made me conclude it a very proper season to sow it.
+Accordingly I dug up a piece of ground, with my wooden spade, and
+dividing it into two parts, sowed about two thirds of my seed,
+preserving by me about a handful of each. And happy it was I did
+so; for no rains falling, it was choaked up, and never appeared
+above the earth till the wet season came again, and then part of it
+grew, as if it had been newly sown.</p>
+<p>I was resolved all to make another trial; and seeking for a
+moister piece of ground near my bower, I there sowed the rest of my
+seed in February, a little before the vernal equinox; which having
+the rainy months of March and April to water it, yielded a noble
+crop, and sprang up very pleasantly. I had still saved part of the
+seed, not daring to venture all; and by the time I found out the
+proper seasons to sow it in, and that I might expect every year two
+seed-times and two harvests, my stock amounted to above half a peck
+of each sort of grain.</p>
+<p>No sooner were the rains over, but the stakes which I had cut
+from the trees, shot out like willows the first year after lopping
+their heads. I was ignorant of the tree I cut them from; but they
+grew so regularly beautiful, that they made a most lively
+appearance, and so flourished in three year's time, that I resolved
+to cut more of them; and these soon growing made a glorious fence,
+as afterwards I shall observe.</p>
+<p>And now I perceived that the seasons of the year might generally
+be divided, not into summer and winter, as in Europe, but into wet
+and dry seasons, as in this manner:</p>
+<blockquote><br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;/ February,\<br>
+Half&lt; March, &gt;&gt; Rainy, sun coming near the Equinox.<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;\ April,&nbsp;&nbsp; /<br>
+<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; / April,&nbsp;&nbsp;\<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;|&nbsp;&nbsp;May,&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+|<br>
+Half&lt; June, &gt;&gt; Dry, sun getting north of the Line.<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;|&nbsp;&nbsp;July,&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;|<br>
+
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; \ August, /<br>
+<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;/ August,&nbsp;&nbsp; \<br>
+Half&lt; September, &gt;&gt; Wet, the sun being then come back.<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;\ October,&nbsp;&nbsp;/<br>
+<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; / October,&nbsp;&nbsp;\<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;|&nbsp;&nbsp;November,&nbsp;&nbsp;|<br>
+
+Half&lt; December, &gt;&gt; Dry, sun running south of the Line.<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;|&nbsp;&nbsp;January,&nbsp;&nbsp;
+|<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; \ February, /</blockquote>
+<br>
+<p>The wet seasons would continue longer or shorter, as the winds
+happened to blow. But having found the ill consequences of being
+abroad in the rain, I took care beforehand to <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page040" id="page040"></a>[pg 040]</span>
+furnish myself with provisions; and during the wet months sat
+within doors as much as possible. At this time I contrived to make
+many things that I wanted, though it cost me much labour and pains,
+before I could accomplish them. The first I tried was to make a
+basket; but all the twigs I could get proved so brittle, that I
+could not then perform it. It now proved of great advantage to me
+that when a boy, I took great delight in standing at a
+basket-maker's in the same town where my father lived, to view them
+at work; and like other boys, curious to see the manner of their
+working these things and very officious to assist, I perfectly
+learned the method of it, and wanted nothing but the tools. And it
+coming into my mind that the twigs of that tree of which I made my
+stakes, might be as tough as a fallow willow, or osiers, growing in
+England, I resolved to make an experiment, and went the next day to
+my country-seat, and found some fit for my turn; and after cutting
+down a quantity with my hatchet, I dried them in my pale, and, when
+fit to work with, carried them to my cave, where I employed myself
+in making several sorts of baskets, insomuch that I could put in
+whatsoever I pleased. It is true, they were not cleverly made, yet
+they served my turn upon all occasions.</p>
+<p>But still I wanted two necessary things. I had no cask to hold
+my liquor, except two rundlets almost full of rum, a few bottles of
+an ordinary size, and some square case bottles, neither had I a pot
+to boil any thing in, only a large kettle unfit to make broth, or
+stew a bit of meat: I wanted, likewise at the beginning of this dry
+season a tobacco pipe; but for this I afterwards found an
+expedient.</p>
+<p>I kept myself employed in planting my second row of stakes, But
+remembering that when I travelled up to the brook, I had a mind to
+see the whole island, I now resumed my intention, and taking my
+dog, gun, hatchet, two biscuit cakes, a great bunch of raisins,
+with a larger quantity of powder and shot than usual, I began my
+journey. Having passed the vale where my bower stood, I came within
+view of the sea lying to the west when it being a clear day, I
+fairly descried land, extending from the W. to the S.W. about ten
+or fifteen leagues, as I concluded; but could not say whether it
+was an island or a continent.--Neither could I tell what this place
+might be; only thought it was part of America, &amp; where I might
+have been in a miserable condition, had I landed. Again I
+considered that if this was the Spanish coast, certainly, one time
+or other, I should see some ship pass by; and if it was not, then
+it must be the savage coast, between the Spanish country and
+Brazil, which abounds with cannibals or man-eaters.</p>
+<p>As I proceeded forward I found this side of the island much more
+pleasant than mine; the fields fragrant adorned with sweet flowers
+&amp; verdant grass, together with several very, fine woods. There
+were parrots in plenty, which made me long for one to <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page041" id="page041"></a>[pg 041]</span> be my
+companion; but it was with great difficulty I could knock one down
+with my stick; and I kept him at home some years before I could get
+him to call me by my name.</p>
+<p>In the low grounds, I found various sorts of hares and foxes, as
+I took them to be, but much different from those in England.
+Several of these I killed, but never ate them; neither indeed had I
+any occasion; for abounding with goats, pigeons, turtle, and
+grapes, I could defy Leadenhall market to furnish me a better
+table. In this journey I did not travel above two miles a-day,
+because I took several turns and windings, to see what discoveries
+I could make, returning weary enough to the place where I designed
+to rest all night, which was either in a tree, or in a place which
+I surrounded with stakes, that no wild creature might suddenly
+surprise me. When I came to the sea shore, I was amazed to see the
+splendour of it. Its strand was covered with shells of the most
+beautiful fish, and constantly abounding with innumerable turtles,
+and fowls of many kinds, which I was ignorant of, except those
+called penguins. I might have shot as many as I pleased, but was
+sparing of my ammunition, rather choosing to kill a she-goat, which
+I did with much difficulty, on account of the flatness of the
+country.</p>
+<p>Now though this journey produced me the most pleasing
+satisfaction, yet my habitation was so much to my liking, that I
+did not repine at my being seated on the worst part of the island.
+I continued my journey, travelling about twelve miles further
+towards the east, where I set a great pile on the shore for a mark,
+concluding that my next journey should bring me to the other side
+of the island, east from my castle, and so round till I came to my
+post again. As I had a constant view of the country, I thought I
+could not miss my way; but scarce had I travelled three miles, when
+I descended into a very large valley, so surrounded with hills
+covered with wood, that I having no guide but the sun, nor even
+this, unless I knew will the position of the sun at the time of
+day; and to add to my misfortune, the weather proving very hazy, I
+was obliged to return to my post by the sea-side, and so backwards
+the same way I came. In this journey my dog surprised a kid and
+would have killed it, had I not prevented him. As I had often been
+thinking of getting a kid or two, and so raising a breed of tame
+goats to supply me after my ammunition was spent, I took this
+opportunity of beginning: and having made a collar for this little
+creature, with a string made of rope-yarn, I brought it to my
+bower, and there inclosed and left him; and, having spent a month
+in this journey, at length I returned to my habitation.</p>
+<p>Nobody can doubt of my satisfaction, when I returned to my
+little castle, and reposed myself in my hammock. After my journey I
+rested myself a week, which time I employed <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page042" id="page042"></a>[pg 042]</span> in,
+making a cage for my pretty Poll. I now began to consider the poor
+kid I had left in the bower, and I immediately went to fetch it
+home. When I came there I found the young creature almost starved;
+I gave it some food, and tied it as before: but there was no
+occasion, for it followed me like a dog; and, as I constantly fed
+it, it became so loving, gentle, and fond, that it commenced one of
+my domestics, and would never leave me.</p>
+<p>The rainy season of the autumnal equinox being now come, I kept
+the 30th of September in the most solemn manner, as usual, it being
+the third year of my abode in the island. I spent the whole day in
+acknowledging God's mercies, in giving him thanks for making this
+solitary life as agreeable, and less sinful, than that of human
+society; and for the communications of his grace to my soul, in
+supporting, comforting, and encouraging me to depend, upon his
+Providence, and hope for his eternal presence in the world to
+come.</p>
+<p>Indeed, I often did consider how much more happy I was in this
+fate of life, than in that accursed manner of living formerly used;
+and sometimes when hunting, or viewing the country, the anguish of
+my soul would break out upon me, and my very heart would sink
+within me, to think of the woods, the mountains, the desarts I was
+in; and how I was a prisoner locked up within the eternal bars and
+bolts of the ocean, in an uninhabited wilderness, without hopes,
+and without redemption: In this condition I would often wring my
+hands, and weep like a child: And even sometimes, in the middle of
+my work, this fit would take me; and then I would sit down and
+sigh, looking on the ground for an hour or two together, till such
+time as my grief got vent in a flood of tears.</p>
+<p>One morning as I was sadly employed in this manner, I opened my
+Bible, when I immediately fixed my eyes upon these words, <i>I will
+never leave thee, nor forsake thee!</i> Surely, thought I, these
+words are directed to me, or else why should they appear just at a
+moment when I am bemoaning my forlorn condition? and if God does
+not forsake, what matters it, since he can me more happy in this
+state of life, than if I enjoyed the greatest splendour in the
+world? But while I was going to return God thanks for my present
+state, something seemed to shock my mind, as if it had thus said:
+<i>Unworthy wretch; can you pretend to be thankful for a condition,
+from which you would pray to be delivered</i>? Therefore I stopt:--
+and tho' I could not say, I thanked the Divine Majesty for being
+there, yet I gave God thanks for placing in my view my former
+course of life, and granting me a true knowledge of repentance. And
+whenever I opened or read the Bible, I blessed kind Providence,
+that directed my good friend in England <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page043" id="page043"></a>[pg 043]</span> to
+send it among my goods without any order, and for assisting me to
+save it from the power of the raging ocean.</p>
+<p>And now beginning my third year, my several daily employments
+were these: <i>First</i>, My duty to Heaven, and diligently reading
+the Holy Scriptures, which I did twice or thrice every day:
+<i>Secondly</i>, Seeking provision with my gun, which commonly took
+me up, when it did not rain, three hours every morning:
+<i>Thirdly</i>, The ordering, curing, preserving, and cooking what
+I killed, or catched for my supply which took me up great part of
+the day: for, in the middle of the day, the sun being in its
+height, it was so hot, that I could not stir out; so that I had
+only but four hours in the evening to work in: and then the want of
+tools, of assistance, and skill, wasted a great deal of time to
+little purpose. I was no less than two and forty days making a
+board fit for a long shelf, which two sawyers with their tools and
+saw-pit, would have cut off the same tree in half a day. It was a
+large tree, as my board was to be broad. I was three days in
+cutting it down and two more in lopping off the boughs, and
+reducing it to a piece of timber. This I hacked and hewed off each
+side, till it became light to move; then I turned it, made one side
+of is smooth and flat as a board from end to end, then turned it
+downward, cutting the other side, till I brouht the plank to be
+about three inches thick, and smooth on both sides. Any body may
+judge my great labour and fatigue in such a piece of work; but this
+I went through with patience, as also many other things that my
+circumstances made necessary for me to do.</p>
+<p>The harvest months, November and December, were now at hand, in
+which I had the pleasing prospect of a very good crop. But here I
+met with a new problem; for the goats and hares, having tasted of
+the outshoot of the blade, kept it to short that it had not
+strengthen to shoot up into a stalk. To prevent this, I enclosed it
+with a hedge, and by day shot some of its devourers; and my dog
+which I had tied to the field-gate, keeping barking all night; so
+frightened those creatures, that I got entirely rid of them.</p>
+<p>But no sooner did I get rid of these, than other enemies
+appeared, to wit, whole flocks of several sorts of birds, who only
+waited till my back was turned, to ruin me: so much did this
+provoke me, that I let fly, and killed three of the malefactors;
+and afterwards served them as they do notorious thieves in England,
+hung them up in chains as a terror to others. And, indeed, to good
+an effect had this that they not only forsook the corn, but all
+that part of the island, so long as these criminals hung there.</p>
+<p>My corn having ripened apace, the latter end of December, which
+was my second harvest, I reaped it with a scythe, made of one of my
+broad swords. I had no fatigue in cutting down <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page044" id="page044"></a>[pg 044]</span> my
+first crop it was so slender. The ears I carried home in a basket,
+rubbing it with my hands, instead of threshing it: and when the
+harvest was over, found my half peck of seed produced near two
+bushels of rice, and two bushels and a half of barley. And now I
+plainly foresaw, that by God's goodness, I should be furnished with
+bread; but yet I was concerned, because I knew not how to grind or
+make meal of my corn, nor bread, neither knew how to bake it. I
+would not however, taste any of the crop, but resolved to preserve
+it against next season, and, in the mean while, use my best
+endeavours to provide myself with other food.</p>
+<p>But where were my labours to end? The want of a plough to turn
+up the earth, or shovel to dig it, I conquered by making me a
+wooden spade. The want of a harrow I supplied myself, with dragging
+over the corn a great bough of a tree. When it was growing I was
+forced to fence it; when ripe to mow it, carry it home, thrash it,
+part it from the chaff, and save it. And, after all, I wanted a
+mill to grind it, sieve to dress it, yest and salt to make it into
+bread, and an oven to bake it. This set my brains to work to find
+some expedient for every one of these necessaries against the next
+harvest.</p>
+<p>And now having more seed, my first care was to prepare me more
+land. I pitched upon two large flat pieces of ground near my
+castle, for that purpose, in which sowed my seed, and fenced it
+with a good hedge. This took me up three months: by which time the
+wet season coming on, and the rain keeping me within doors, I found
+several occasions to employ myself; and, while at work, used to
+divert myself in talking to my parrot, learning him to know and
+speak his own name <i>Poll</i> the first welcome word I ever heard
+spoke in the island. I had been a long time in contriving how to
+make earthen vessels, which I wanted extremely; and when I
+considered the heat of the climate, I did not doubt but if I could
+find any such clay, I might botch up a pot, strong enough, when
+dried in the sun, to bear handling, and to hold any thing that was
+dry, as corn, meal, and other things.</p>
+<p>To be short, the clay I found; but it would occasion the most
+serious person to smile, to see what aukward ways I took, and what
+ugly misshapen things I made; how many either fell out or cracked
+by the violent heat of the sun, and fell in pieces when they were
+removed; so that I think it was two months time before I could
+perfect any thing: and even then but two clumsy things in imitation
+of earthen jars. These, however, I very gently placed in wicker
+baskets, made on purpose for them, and between the pot and the
+baskets, stuffed it full of rice and barley straw, and these I
+presume would hold my dried corn, and perhaps the meal when the
+corn was bruised. As for the smaller thing, I made them with better
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page045" id="page045"></a>[pg
+045]</span> success, such as little round pots, flat dishes,
+pitchers, and pipkins, the fun baking them very hard.</p>
+<p>Yet still I wanted one thing absolutely necessary, and that was
+an earthen pot, not only to hold my liquid, but also to bear the
+fire, which none of these could do. It once happened that as I was
+putting out my fire, I found therein a broken piece of one of my
+vessels burnt as hard as a rock, and red as a tile. This made me
+think of burning some pots; and having no notion of a kiln, or of
+glazing them with leaf, I fixed three large pipkins, and two or
+three pots in a pile one upon another. The fire I piled round the
+outside, and dry wood on the top, till I saw the pots in the inside
+red hot, and found out that, they were net crackt at all: and when
+I perceived them perfectly red, I let one of them stand in the fire
+about five or six hours, till the clay melted by the extremity of
+the heat, and would have run to glass, had I suffered it; upon
+which I slacked my fire by degrees, till the redness abated; and
+watching them till the morning, I found I had three very good
+pipkins, and two earthen pots, as well burnt and fit for my turn as
+I could desire.</p>
+<p>No joy could be greater than mine at this discovery. For after
+this, I may say, I wanted for no fort of earthen ware. I filled one
+of my pipkins with water to boil me some meat, which it did
+admirably well, and with a piece of kid I made me some good broth,
+as well as my circumstances would afford me at that time.</p>
+<p>The next concern I had was to get me a stone-morter to beat some
+corn in, instead of a mill to grind it. Here indeed I was at a
+great loss, as not being fit for a stone-cutter; and many days I
+spent to find out a great stone big enough to cut hollow and make
+fit for a morter, and strong enough to bear the weight of a pestil,
+and that would break the corn without filling it with sand. But all
+the stones of the island being of a mouldering nature, rendered my
+search fruitless; and then I resolved to look out for a great block
+of hard wood, which having found, I formed it with my ax and
+hammer, and then, with infinite labour, made a hollow in it, just
+as the Indians of Brazil make their canoes. When I had finished
+this, I made a great pestil of iron wood, and then laid them up
+against my succeeding harvest.</p>
+<p>My next business was to make me a sieve, to sift my meal and
+part it from the bran and husk. Having no fine thin canvas to
+search the meal through, I could not tell what to do. What linen I
+had was reduced to rags: I had goat's hair, enough, but neither
+tools to work it, nor did I know how to spin it: At length I
+remembered I had some neckcloths of calico or muslin of the
+sailors, which I had brought out of the ship, and with these I made
+three small sieves proper enough for the work.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page046" id="page046"></a>[pg
+046]</span>
+<p>I come now to consider the baking part. The want of an oven I
+supplied by making some earthen pans very broad but not deep. When
+I had a mind to bake, I made a great fire upon the hearth, the
+tiles of which I had made myself; and when the wood was burnt into
+live coals, I spread them over it, till it became very hot; then
+sweeping them away, I set down my loaves, and whelming down the
+earthen pots upon them, drew the ashes and coals all around the
+outsides of the pots to continue the heat; and in this manner I
+baked my barley loaves, as well as if I had been a complete
+pastry-cook, and also made of the rice several cakes and
+puddings.</p>
+<p>It is no wonder that these things took me up the best part of a
+year, since what intermediate time I had was bestowed in managing
+my new harvest and husbandry; for in the proper season I reaped my
+corn, carried it home, and laid it up in the ear in my large
+baskets, til I had time to rub, instead of thrashing it. And now,
+indeed, my corn increased so much, that it produced me twenty
+bushels of barley, and as much rice, that I not only began to use
+it freely, but was thinking how to enlarge my barns, and resolved
+to sow as much at a time as would be sufficient for me for a whole
+year.</p>
+<p>All this while, the prospect of land, which I had seen from the
+other side of the island, ran in my mind. I still meditated a
+deliverance from this place, though the fear of greater misfortunes
+might have deterred me from it.--For, allowing that I had attained
+that place, I run the hazard of being killed and eaten by the
+devouring cannibals: and if they were not so, yet I might be slain,
+as other Europeans had been, who fell into their hands.
+Notwithstanding all this, my thoughts ran continually upon that
+shore. I now wished for my boy Xury, and the long boat, with the
+shoulder of mutton sail: I went to the ship's boat that had been
+cast a great way on the shore in the late storm. She was removed
+but a little; but her bottom being turned up by the impetuosity and
+fury of the waves and wind, I fell to work with all the strength I
+had, with levers and rollers I had cut from the wood, to turn her,
+and repair the damages she had sustained. This work took me up
+three or four weeks, when finding my little strength all in vain, I
+fell to undermining it by digging away the sand, and so to make it
+fall down, setting pieces of wood to thrust and guide it in the
+fall. But after this was done, I was still unable to stir it up, or
+to get under it, much less to move it forward towards the water,
+and so I was forced to give it over.</p>
+<p>This disapointment, however did not frighten me. I began to
+think whether it was not possible for me to make a canoe or
+perigua, such as the Indians make of the trunk of a tree, But here
+I lay under particular inconveniencies; want of tools to make it,
+and want of hands to move it in the water when it was made.
+However, to work I went upon it, stopping all <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page047" id="page047"></a>[pg 047]</span> the
+inquiries I could make, with this very simple answer I made to
+myself, <i>Let's first make it, I'll warrant I'll find some way or
+other to get it along when it is done</i>.</p>
+<p>I first cut down a cedar tree, which was five feet ten inches
+diameter at the lower part next the stump, and four feet eleven
+inches diameter at the end of twenty-two feet, after which it
+lessened for a space, and then parted into branches. Twenty days
+was I a hacking and hewing this tree at the bottom, fourteen more
+in cutting off the branches and limbs, and a whole month in shaping
+it like the bottom of the boat. As for the inside, I was three
+weeks with a mallet and chissel, clearing it in such a manner, as
+that it was big enough to carry twenty-six men, much bigger than
+any canoe I ever saw in my life, and consequently sufficient to
+transport me and all my effects to that wished-for shore I so
+ardently desired.</p>
+<p>Nothing remained now, but, indeed, the greatest difficulty to
+get it into the water, it lying about one hundred yards from it. To
+remedy the first inconvenience, which was a rising hill between the
+boat and the creek, with wonderful pains and labour I dug into the
+bowels of the earth, and made a declivity. But when this was done,
+all the strength I had was as insufficient to remove it, as it was
+when I attempted to remove the boat. I then proceeded to measure
+the difference of ground, resolving to make a canal, in order to
+bring the water to the canoe, since I could not bring the canoe to
+the water. But as this seemed to be impracticable to myself alone,
+under the space of eleven or twelve years, it brought me into some
+sort of consideration: so that I concluded this also to be
+impossible, and the attempt altogether vain. I now saw, and not
+before, <i>what stupidity it is to begin a work before we reckon
+its costs, or judge rightly our own abilities to go through with
+its performance</i>.</p>
+<p>In the height of this work my fourth year expired, from the time
+I was cast on this island, At this time I did not forget my
+anniversary; but kept it with rather greater devotion than before.
+For now my hopes being frustrated, I looked upon this world as a
+thing had nothing to do with; and very well might I say as Father
+Abraham said unto Dives, <i>Between thee and me there is a gulph
+fixed.</i> And indeed I was separated from its wickedness too,
+having neither the lust of the flesh, the lust of the eye, nor the
+pride of life; I had nothing to covet, being lord, king and emperor
+over the whole country I had in possession, without dispute and
+without control: I had loadings of corn, plenty of turtles, timber
+in abundance, and grapes above measure. What was all the rest to
+me? the money I had lay by me as despicable dross, which I would
+freely have given for a gross of tobacco pipes, or a hard mill to
+grind my corn: in a word the-nature and experience of these things
+dictated to me this just reflection: <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page048" id="page048"></a>[pg 048]</span> <i>That the good things
+of this world are no farther good to us, than they are for our use;
+and that whatever we may heap up to give to others, we can but
+enjoy as much as we use, and no more.</i></p>
+<p>These thoughts rendered my mind more easy than usual. Every time
+I sat down to meat, I did it with thankfulness, admiring the
+providential hand of God, who in this wilderness had spread a table
+to me. And now I considered what I enjoyed, rather than what I
+wanted, compared my present condition with what I at first expected
+it should be; <i>how I should have done, if I had got nothing out
+of the ship, that I must have perished before I had caught fish or
+turtles; or lived, had I found them, like a mere savage, by eating
+them raw, and pulling them in pieces with my claws, like a
+beast</i>. I next compared my station to that which I deserved:
+<i>how undutiful I had been to my parents; how destitute of the
+fear of God; bow void of every thing that was good; and how
+ungrateful for those abundant mercies I had received from Heaven,
+being fed as it were, by a miracle, even as great as Elijah's being
+fed by ravens; and cast on a place where there is no venomous
+creatures to poison or devour me</i>; in short making God's tender
+mercies matter of great consolation, I relinquished all sadness,
+and gave way to contentment.</p>
+<p>As long as my ink continued, which with water I made last as
+long as I could, I used to minute down the days of the month on
+which any remarkable event happened.--And,</p>
+<p>First, I observed, <i>that the same day I forsook my parents and
+friends, and ran away to Hull, in order to go to sea, the same day
+afterwards in the next year, I was taken and made a slave by the
+Sallee rovers</i>.</p>
+<p><i>That the very day I escaped out of the wreck of the ship in
+Yarmouth roads, a year after on the same day, I made my escape from
+Sallee in my patron' fishing boat</i>.</p>
+<p><i>And on the 30th of September, being the day of the year I was
+born on, on that day twenty-six years after, was I miraculously
+saved, and cast ashore on this island</i>.</p>
+<p>The next thing that wasted after my ink, was the biscuit which I
+had brought out of the ship, and though I allowed myself but one
+cake a day, for above a twelvemonth, yet I was quite out of bread
+for near a year, before I got any corn of my own.</p>
+<p>In the next place, my clothes began to decay, and my linen had
+been gone long before. However, I had preserved about three dozen
+of the sailors chequered shirts, which proved a great refreshment
+to me, when the violent beams of the sun would not suffer me to
+bear any of the seamen's heavy watch coats, which made me turn
+taylor, and, after a miserable botching manner, convert them to
+jackets. To preserve <span class="pagenum"><a name="page049" id=
+"page049"></a>[pg 049]</span> my head, I made me a cap of
+goat-skins, with the hair outwards to keep out the rain; which
+indeed served me so well, that afterwards I made me a waistcoat and
+opened-kneed breeches of the fame: And then I contrived a sort of
+an umbrella, covering it with skins, which not only kept out the
+heat of the sun, but rain also. Thus being easy, and settled in my
+mind, my chief happiness was to converse with God, in most heavenly
+and comfortable ejaculations.</p>
+<p>For five years after this I cannot say any extraordinary thing
+occured to me. My chief employment was to cure my raisins, and
+plant my barley and rice, of both which I had a year's provision
+beforehand. But though I was disapointed in my first canoe, I made
+it, at intermediate times, my business to make a second, of much
+inferior size; and it was two-years before I had finished it. But
+as I perceived it would no way answer my design of sailing to the
+other shore, my thoughts were consigned to take a tour round the
+island, to see what further discoveries I could make. To this
+intent, after having moved her to the water, and tried how she
+would sail, I fitted up a little raft to my boat, and made a sail
+of the ships sail that by me. I then made lockers or boxes at the
+end of it, to put in necessaries, provision, and ammunition, which
+would preserve them dry, either from rain or the spray of the sea;
+and in the inside of the boat, I cut me a long hollow place to lay
+my gun in, and to keep it dry made a flag to hang over it. My
+umbrella I fixed in a step in the stern, like a mast, to keep the
+heat of the sun off me. And now resolving to see the circumference
+of my little kingdom, I victualled my ship for the voyage, putting
+in two dozen of my barley-bread loaves, an earthen pot-full of
+parched rice, a little bottle of rum, half a goat, powder and shot,
+and two watch coats. It was the <i>6th</i> of November, in the
+<i>6th</i> year of my reign, or captivity, that I set out in this
+voyage; which was much longer than I expected, being obliged to put
+further out, by reason of the rocks that lay a great way in the
+sea. And indeed so much did these rocks surprise me, that I was for
+putting back, fearing that if I ventured farther it would be out of
+my power to return in this uncertainty I came to an anchor just off
+shore, to which I waded with my gun on my shoulder, and then
+climbing up a hill, which overlooked that point, I saw the full
+extent of it, and so resolved to run all hazards.</p>
+<p>In this prospect from the hill, I perceived a violent current
+running to the east, coming very close to the point; which I the
+more carefully observed, thinking it dangerous, and that when I
+came to it, I might be drove into the sea by its force, and not
+able to return to the island; and certainly it must have been so,
+had I not made this observation; for on the other side was the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page050" id="page050"></a>[pg
+050]</span> like current, with this difference, that it set off at
+a greater distance; and I perceived there was a strong eddy under
+the land; so that my chief business was to work out of the first
+current, and conveniently get into the eddy. Two days I staid here,
+the wind blowing very briskly E.S.E. which being contrary to the
+current, leaves a great breach of the sea upon the point; so it was
+neither fit for me to keep too near the shore, on account of the
+breach; nor stand at too great a distance, for fear of the streams.
+That night the wind abating, it grew so calm, that I ventured out;
+&amp; here I may be a monument to all rash and ignorant pilots; for
+I was no sooner come to the point and not above the boat's length
+from shore, but I was going into a deep water, with a current like
+a mill, which drove my boat along so violently, that it was
+impossible for me to keep near the edge of it, but forced me more
+and more out from the eddy to the left of me; and all I could do
+with my paddle were useless, there being no wind to help me.</p>
+<p>Now I began to look upon myself as quite lost, since as, the
+current ran on both sides of the island, I was very certain they
+must join again, and then I had no hope but of perishing for want
+in the sea, after what provision I had was spent, or before, if a
+storm should happen to arise.</p>
+<p>Who can conceive the present anguish of my mind at this
+calamity? with longing eyes did I look upon my little kingdom, and
+thought the island the pleasantest place in the universe. <i>Happy,
+thrice happy desert</i>, said I, <i>shall I never see thee
+more?</i> <i>Wretched creature! wither am I going? Why did I murmur
+at my lonesome condition, when now I would give the whole world to
+be thither again?</i> While I was thus complaining, I found myself
+to be driven about two leagues into the sea; however, I laboured
+till my strength was far spent, to keep my boat as far north as
+possibly I could, to that side of the current where the eddy lay
+on. About noon I perceived a little breeze of wind spring up from
+the S.S.E. which overjoyed my heart; and was still more elated,
+when, in about half an hour it blew a gentle fine gale. Had any
+thick weather sprung up, I had been left another way; for having no
+compass onboard, I should never have found the way to steer towards
+the island, if once it had disappeared; but it proving the
+contrary, I set up my mast again, spread my sail, and stood away
+northward, as much as I could, to get rid of the current. And no
+sooner did the boat begin to stretch away, but I perceived by the
+clearness of the water, a change of the current was near; for,
+where it was strong, the water was foul; and where it was clear the
+current abated. To the east, I soon saw about half a mile, a breach
+of the sea upon, some rocks, which caused it again to separate; and
+as the main force of it drove away more southwardly, leaving the
+rocks to the north-east, so the other came back by the repulse
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page051" id="page051"></a>[pg
+051]</span> of the rocks making a sharp eddy, which returned back
+again to the north-west with a very swift stream.</p>
+<p>They who have experienced what it is to be reprieved upon the
+ladder, or to be saved from thieves, just going to take away their
+lives, or such as have been in the like calamities with my own, may
+guess my present excess of joy, how heartily I ran my boat into the
+stream of this eddy, and how joyfully I spread my sail to the
+refreshing wind, standing cheerfully before it, with a smart tide
+under foot. By the assistance of this eddy, I was carried above a
+league home again, when being in the wake of the island, betwixt
+the two currents, I found the water to be in a sort of a stand.
+About four o'clock in the afternoon, I reached within a league of
+the island, and perceived the points of the rock, which caused this
+disaster, stretching out, as I observed before, to the southward,
+which throwing off the current more southwardly had occasioned
+another eddy to the north. But having a fair brisk gale, I
+stretched across this eddy, and in an hour came within a mile of
+the shore, where I soon landed to my unspeakable comfort; and after
+an humble prostration, thanking God for my deliverance, with a
+resolution to lay all thoughts of escaping aside, I brought my boat
+safe to a little cove, and laid me down to take a welcome repose.
+When I awoke I was considering how I might get my boat home; and
+coasting along the shore, I came to a good bay, which ran up to a
+rivulet or brook, where finding a safe harbour, I stowed her as
+safe as if she had been in a dry-dock made on purpose for her.</p>
+<p>I now perceived myself not far from the place where before I had
+travelled on foot; so taking nothing with me except my gun and
+umbrella, I began my journey, and in the evening came to my bower,
+where I again laid me down to rest. I had not slept long before I
+was awakened in great surprise, by a strange voice that called me
+several times. <i>Robin, Robin, Robinson Crusoe, poor Robin! Where
+are you, Robinson Crusoe? Where are you? Where have you
+been</i>?</p>
+<p>So fast was I asleep at first, that I did not awake thoroughly:
+but half asleep and half awake, I thought I dreamed that somebody
+spoke to me. But, as the voice repeated <i>Robinson Crusoe</i>
+several times, being terribly affrighted, I started up in utmost
+confusion; and, no sooner were my eyes fully open, but I beheld my
+pretty Poll sitting on the top of the hedge, and soon knew that it
+was he that called me; for just in such bewailing language I used
+to talk and teach him; which he so exactly learned that he would
+sit upon my finger and lay his bill close to my face, and cry,
+<i>Poor Robinson Crusoe, where are you? where have you been? how
+came you here</i>? and such like prattle I had constantly taught
+him. But even though I knew it to be the parrot, it was a great
+while before I could adjust myself; being amazed how the creature
+got thither, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page052" id=
+"page052"></a>[pg 052]</span> and that he should fix about that
+place; and no where else. But now being assured it could be no
+other than my honest Poll, my wonder ceased, and reaching out my
+hand, and calling familiarly Poll, the creature came to me, and
+perched upon my thumb as he was wont, constantly prating to me with
+<i>Poor Robinson Crusoe, and how did I come here, and where had I
+been?</i> as if the bird was overjoyed to see me; and so I took him
+home along with me.</p>
+<p>I was now pretty well cured of my rambling to sea; yet I could
+wish my boat, which had cost me so much trouble and pains, on this
+side the island once more, but which indeed was impracticable. I
+therefore began to lead a very retired life, living near a
+twelvemonth in a very contented manner, wanting for nothing except
+conversation. As to mechanic labours, which my necessities obliged
+me to, I fancied I could, upon occasion, make a tolerable carpenter
+were the poor tools I had to work withal but good. Besides, as I
+improved in my earthen ware, I contrived to make them with a wheel,
+which I found much easier and better, making my work shapely, which
+before was rude and ugly. But I think I was never so elevated with
+my own performance or project, than for being able to make a
+tobacco-pipe, which though it proved an awkward clumsy thing, yet
+it was very sound, and carried the smoke perfectly well, to my
+great satisfaction.</p>
+<p>I also improved my wicker ware, making me abundance of necessary
+baskets, which though not very handsome, were very handy and
+convenient to fetch things home in, as also for holding my stores,
+barley, rice, and other provisions.</p>
+<p>My powder beginning to fail, made me examine after what manner I
+should kill the goats or birds to live on after it was all gone.
+Upon which I contrived many ways to ensnare the goats, and see if I
+could catch them alive, particularly a she-goat with young. At last
+I had my desire, for making pitfalls and traps baited with barley
+and rice, I found one morning, in one of them, an old he-goat, and
+in the other three kids, one male, the other two females.</p>
+<p>So boisterous was the old one, that I could not bring him away.
+But I forgot the old proverb, <i>That hunger will tame a lion</i>:
+For had I kept him three or four days without provisions, and then
+given him some water, with a little corn, he would have been as
+tame as a young kid. The other creatures I bound with strings
+together; but I had great difficulty before I could bring them to
+my habitation. It was some time before they would feed; but
+throwing them sweet corn it so much tempted them, that they began
+to be tamer. From hence I concluded, that if I designed to furnish
+myself with goat's flesh, when my ammunition was spent, the tamely
+breeding them up, like a flock of sheep, about my settlement, was
+the only method I could take. I concluded also I must <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page053" id="page053"></a>[pg 053]</span>
+separate the wild from the tame, or else they would always run wild
+as they grew up; and the best way for this, was to have some
+inclosed piece of ground, well fenced, either with a hedge or pale,
+to keep them so effectually, that those within might not break out,
+or those without break in. Such an undertaking was very great for
+one pair of hands; but as there was an absolute necessity for doing
+it, my first care was to find a convenient piece of ground where
+there was likely to be herbage for them to eat, water to drink, and
+cover to keep them from the sun.</p>
+<p>Here again, I gave another instance of my ignorance and
+inexperience, pitching upon a piece of meadow land so large, that
+had I inclosed it, the hedge or pale must have been at least two
+miles about. Indeed had it been ten miles, I had time enough to do
+it in; but then I did not consider that my goats would be as wild
+in so much compass, as if they had had the whole island, and
+consequently as difficult for me to catch them. This thought came
+into my head, after I had carried it on, I believe, about fifty
+yards; I therefore altered my scheme, and resolved to inclose a
+piece of ground about one hundred and fifty yards in length, and
+one hundred in breadth, sufficient enough for as many as would
+maintain me, till such time as my flock increased, and then I could
+add more ground. I now vigorously prosecuted my work, and it took
+me about three months in hedging the first piece; in which time I
+tethered the three kids in the best part of it, feeding them as
+near me as possible, to make them familiar: and indeed I very often
+would carry some ears of barley or a handful of rice, and feed them
+out of my hands; by which they grew so tame, that when my inclosure
+was finished, and I had let them loose they would run after me for
+a handful of corn. This indeed answered my end; and in a year and
+half's time I had a flock of about twelve goats, kids and all; and
+in two years after, they amounted to forty-three, besides what I
+had taken and killed for my sustenance. After which I inclosed five
+several pieces of ground to feed them in, with pens to drive them
+into, that I might take them as I had occasion.</p>
+<p>In this project I likewise found additional blessings; for I not
+only had plenty of goat's flesh, but milk too, which in my
+beginning I did not so much as think of. And, indeed, though I had
+never milked a cow, much less a goat, or seen butter or cheese
+made, yet, after some essays and miscarriages, I made the both, and
+never afterwards wanted.</p>
+<p>How mercifully can the omnipotent Power comfort his creatures,
+even in the midst of their greatest calamities? How can be sweeten
+the bitterest providences, and give us reason to magnify him in
+dungeons and prisons? what a bounteous table <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page054" id="page054"></a>[pg 054]</span> was
+here spread in a wilderness for me, where I expected nothing thing
+at first but to perish for hunger.</p>
+<p>Certainly a Stoic would have smiled to see me at dinner. There
+sat my royal majesty, and absolute prince and ruler of my kingdom,
+attended by my dutiful subjects, whom, if I pleased, I could either
+hang, draw, quarter, give them liberty, or take it away. When I
+dined, I seemed a king eating alone, none daring to presume to do
+so till I had done. <i>Poll</i>, as if he had been my principal
+court favorite, was the only person, permitted to talk with me. My
+old but faithful dog, now grown exceedingly crazy, and who had no
+species to multiply his kind upon, continually sat on my right
+hand; while my two cats sat on each side of the table, expecting a
+bit from my hand, as a principal mark of my royal favour. These
+were not the cats I had brought from the ship; they had been dead
+long before, and interred near my habitation by mine own hand. But
+one of them, as I suppose, generating with a wild cat, a couple of
+their young I had made tame; the rest ran wild into the woods, and
+in time grew so impudent as to return and plunder me of my stores,
+till such time as I shot a great many, and the rest left me without
+troubling me any more. In this plentiful manner did I live, wanting
+for nothing but conversation. One thing indeed concerned me, the
+want of my boat; I knew not which way to get her round the island.
+One time I resolved to go along the shore by land to her; but had
+any one in England met such a figure, it would either have
+affrighted them, or made them burst into laughter; nay, I could not
+but smile myself at my habit, which I think in this place will be
+very proper to describe.</p>
+<p>The cap I wore on my head, was great, high, and shapeless, made
+of a goat's skin, with a flap of pent-house hanging down behind,
+not only to keep the sun from me, but to shoot the rain off from
+running into my neck, nothing being more pernicious than the rain
+falling upon the flesh in these climates. I had a short jacket of
+goat's skin, whose hair hung down such a length on each side, that
+it reached down to the calves of my legs. As for shoes and
+stockings, I had none, but made a semblance of something, I know
+not what to call them; they were made like buskins, and laced on
+the sides like spatterdashes, Barbarously shaped like the rest of
+my habit. I had a broad belt of goat's skin dried, girt round me
+with a couple of thongs, instead of buckles; on each of which, to
+supply the deficiency of sword and dagger, hung my hatchet and saw.
+I had another belt, not so broad, yet fastened in the same manner,
+which hung over my shoulder, and at the end of it, under my left
+arm, hung two pouches, made of goat's skin, to hold my powder and
+shot. My basket I carried on my back, and my gun on my shoulder;
+and over my head a great clumsy ugly goat's skin umbrella; which,
+however, next to my gun, was the most <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page055" id="page055"></a>[pg 055]</span>
+necessary thing about me. As for my face, the colour was not so
+swarthy as the Mulattoes, or might have been expected from one who
+took to little care of it, in a climate within nine or ten degrees
+of the equinox. At one time my beard grew so long that it hung down
+about a quarter of a yard; but as I had both razors scissors in
+store, I cut it all off, and suffered none to grow, except a large
+pair of Mahometan whiskers, the like of which I had seen wore by
+some Turks at Sallee, not long enough indeed to hang a hat upon,
+but of such a monstrous size, as would have amazed any in England
+to have seen.</p>
+<p>But all this was of no consequence here, there being none to
+observe my behavior or habit. And so, without fear and without
+controul, I proceeded on my journey, the prosecution of which took
+me up five or six days. I first travelled along the sea shore,
+directly to the place where I first brought my boat to an anchor,
+to get upon the rocks; but now having no boat to take care of, I
+went overland a nearer way to the same height that I was before
+upon; when looking forward to the point of the rock, which lay out,
+and which I was forced to double with my boat, I was amazed to see
+the sea so smooth and quiet, there being no ripling motion, nor
+current, any more than in other places. This made me ponder some
+time to guess the reason of it, when at last I was convinced that
+the ebb setting from the west, and joining with the current of
+water from some great river on shore, must be the occasion of these
+rapid streams; &amp; that, consequently, as the winds blew more
+westwardly, or more southwardly, so the current came he nearer, or
+went the farther from the shore. To satisfy my curiosity, I waited
+there till evening, when the time of ebb being made, I plainly
+perceived from the rock the current again as before, with the
+difference that it ran farther off, near half a league from the
+shore, whereas in my expedition, it set close upon it, furiously
+hurrying me and my canoe along with it, which at another time would
+not have done. And now I was convinced, that, by observing the
+ebbing and flowing of the tide I might easily bring my boat round
+the island again. But when I began to think of putting it in
+practice, the remembrance of the late danger, struck me with such
+horror, that I changed my resolution, and formed another, which was
+more safe, though more laborious; and this was to make another
+canoe, and to have one for one side of the island, and one for the
+other.</p>
+<p>I had now two plantations in the island; the first my little
+fortification, fort, or castle, with many large and spacious
+improvements; for by this time I had enlarged the cave behind me
+with several little caves, one with another, to hold my baskets,
+corn, and straw. The piles with which I made my wall were grown so
+lofty and great as obscured my habitation. And near this commodious
+and pleasant settlement, lay my well cultivated <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page056" id="page056"></a>[pg 056]</span> and
+improved corn-fields, which kindly yielded me their fruit in the
+proper season. My second plantation was that near my country seat,
+or little bower, where my grapes flourished, and where, having
+planted many stakes, I made inclosures for my goats, so strongly
+fortified by labour and time, that it was much stronger than a
+wall, and consequently impossible for them to break through. As for
+my bower itself, I kept it constantly in repair, and cut the trees
+in such a manner, as made them grow thick and wild, and form a most
+delightful shade. In the centre of this stood my tent, thus
+erected. I had driven four piles in the ground, spreading over it a
+piece of the ship's sail; beneath which I made a sort of couch with
+the skins of the creatures I had slain, and other things; and
+having laid thereon one of the sailor's blankets, which I had saved
+from the wreck of the ship, and covering myself with a great
+watch-coat, I took up this place for my country retreat.</p>
+<p>Very frequently from this settlement did I use to visit my boat,
+and keep her in very good order. And sometimes I would venture in
+her a cast or two from shore, but no further, lest either a strong
+current, a sudden stormy wind, or some unlucky accident should
+hurry me from the island as before. But now I entreat your
+attention, whilst I proceed to inform you of a new, but most
+surprising scent of life which there befel me.</p>
+<p>You may easily suppose, that, after having been here so long,
+nothing could be more amazing than to see a human creature. One day
+it happened, that going to my boat I saw the print of a man's naked
+foot on the shore, very evident on the sand, as the toes, heel, and
+every part of it. Had I seen an apparition in the most frightful
+shape, I could not have been more confounded. My willing ears gave
+the strictest attention. I cast my eyes around, but could satisfy
+neither the one nor the other, I proceeded alternately in every
+part of the shore, but with equal effect; neither could I see any
+other mark, though the sand about it was as susceptible to take
+impression, as that which was so plainly stamped. Thus struck with
+confusion and horror, I returned to my habitation, frightened at
+every bush and tree, taking every thing for men; and possessed with
+the wildest ideas. That night my eyes never closed. I formed
+nothing but the most dismal imaginations, concluding it must be the
+mark of the devil's foot which I had seen. For otherwise how could
+any mortal come to this island? where was the ship that transported
+them? &amp; what signs of any other footsteps? Though these seemed
+very strong reasons for such a supposition, yet (thought I) why
+should the devil make the print of his foot to no purpose, as I can
+see, when he might have taken other ways to have terrified me? why
+should he leave his mark on the other side of the island, and that
+too on the sand, where the surging waves of the ocean might
+soon</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page057" id="page057"></a>[pg
+057]</span> <a name="057.jpg"></a>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/057.jpg"><img src="Images/057.jpg"
+width="40%" alt=""></a><br>
+<b>Robinson Crusoe struck with confusion and horror,<br>
+at seeing the print of a man's foot upon the sand.</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page058" id="page058"></a>[pg
+058]</span>
+<p>have erased the impression. Surely this action is not consistent
+with the subtility of Satan, said I to myself; but rather must be
+some dangerous creature, some wild savage of the main land over
+against me, that venturing too far in the ocean, has been driven
+here, either by the violent currents or contrary winds; and not
+caring to stay on this desolate island, has gone back to sea
+again.</p>
+<p>Happy, indeed, said I to myself, that none of the savages had
+seen me in that place: yet I was not altogether without fear, lest,
+having found my boar, they should return in numbers and devour me;
+or at least carry away all my corn, and destroy my flock of tame
+goats. In a word, all my religious hopes vanished, as though I
+thought God would not now protect me by his power, who had so
+wonderfully preserved me so long.</p>
+<p>What various chains of Providence are there in the life of man!
+How changeable are our affections, according to different
+circumstances! We love to-day, what we hate to-morrow; we shun one
+hour, what we seek the next. This was evident in me in the most
+conspicous manner: For I, who before had so much lamented my
+condition, in being banished from all human kind, was now even
+ready to expire, when I considered that a man had set his foot on
+this desolate island. But when I considered my station of life
+decreed by the infinitely wise and good providence of God, that I
+ought not to dispute my Creator's sovereignty, who has an unbounded
+right to govern and dispose of his creatures as he thinks
+convenient; and that his justice and mercy could either punish or
+deliver me: I say when I considered all this, I comfortably found
+it my duty to trust sincerely in him, pray ardently to him, and
+humbly resign myself to his divine will.</p>
+<p>One morning, lying on my bed, these words of the sacred writings
+came into my mind, <i>Call upon me in the day of trouble, and I
+will deliver thee, and thou shalt glorify me.</i> Upon this
+sentence, rising more cheerfully from my bed, I offered up my
+prayers in the most heavenly manner; and when I had done, taking up
+my Bible to read, these words appeared first in my sight:--<i>Wait
+on the Lord, and be of good cheer, and he shall strengthen thy
+heart: Wait, I say, on the Lord.</i> Such divine comfort did this
+give me, as to remove all cause of sadness upon that occasion.</p>
+<p>Thus, after a world of apprehensions and fears, for three days
+and nights, I at last ventured out of my castle, and milked my
+goats, one of which was almost spoiled for want of it. I next
+(though in great fear) visited my bower, and milked my flocks there
+also; when, growing bolder, I went down to the shore again, and
+measuring the print of the foot to mine, to see, perhaps, whether I
+myself had not occasioned that mark, I found it much superior in
+largeness; and so returned home, now absolutely convinced that
+either some men had been ashore, <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page059" id="page059"></a>[pg 059]</span> or that the island must
+be inhabited, and therefore that I might be surprised before I was
+aware.</p>
+<p>I now began to think of providing for my security, and resolved
+in my mind many different schemes for that purpose. I first
+proposed to cut down my inclosures; and turn my tame cattle wild
+into the woods that the enemy might not find them, and frequent the
+island in hopes of killing the same. Secondly, I was for digging up
+my corn fields for the very same reason. An, lastly, I concluded to
+demolish my bower, lest, seeing a place of human contrivance, they
+might come farther and find out and attack me in my little
+castle.</p>
+<p>Such notions did the fear of danger suggest to me; and I looked
+I thought like the unfortunate king Saul, when not only oppressed
+by the Philistines, but also forsaken by God himself. And, it is
+strange, that a little before, having entirely resigned myself to
+the will of God, I should now have little confidence in him,
+fearing those more who could kill this fading body, than him who
+could destroy my immortal soul.</p>
+<p>Sleep was an utter stranger to my eyes that night: yet nature,
+spent and tired, submitted to a silent repose the next morning, and
+then joining reason with fear, I considered that this delightful
+and pleasant island might not be to entirely forsaken as I might
+think; but that the inhabitants from the other shore might fail,
+either with design or from necessity, by cross winds; and if the
+latter circumstance. I had reason to believe they would depart the
+first opportunity. However, my fear made me think of a place for
+retreat upon an attack. I now repented that I had made my door to
+come out beyond my fortification; to remedy which, I resolved to
+make me a second one: I fell to work, therefore, and drove betwixt
+that double row of trees, which I planted above twelve years
+before, several strong piles, thickening it with pieces of timber
+and old cables, and strengthening the foot of it with earth which I
+dug out of my cave; I also made me seven holes, wherein I planted
+my muskets like cannon, fitting them into frames resembling
+carriages. This being finished with indefatigable industry, for a
+great way every where, I planted sticks of osier like a wood, about
+twenty thousand of them, leaving a large space between them and my
+wall, that I might have room to see an enemy, and that they might
+not be sheltered among the young trees, if they offered to approach
+the outer wall. And, indeed, scarce two years had passed over my
+head, when there appeared a lovely shady grove, and in six years it
+became a thick wood perfectly impassable. For my safety, I left no
+avenue to go in or out: instead of which I set two ladders, one to
+a part of a rock which was low, and then broke in, leaving room to
+place another ladder upon that; so that when I took these down, it
+was impossible for any man to descend without hurting himself; and
+if they had, they would still be at the outside of my outer wall.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page060" id="page060"></a>[pg
+060]</span> But while I took all these measures of human prudence
+for my own preservation I was not altogether unmindful of other
+affairs. To preserve my stock of tame goats, that the enemy should
+not take all at once, I looked out for the most retired part of the
+island, which was the place where I had lost myself
+before-mentioned; and there finding a clear piece of land,
+containing three acres, surrounded with thick woods, I wrought so
+hard, that in less than a month's time, I fenced it so well round,
+that my flocks were very well secured in it, and I put therein two
+he-goats and ten she ones.</p>
+<p>All this labour was occasioned purely by fearful apprehensions,
+on account of seeing the print of a man's foot. And not contented
+yet with what I had done, I searched for another place towards the
+west point of the island, where I might also retain another flock.
+Then wandering on this errand more to the west of the island than
+ever I had yet done, and casting my eyes towards the sea, methought
+I perceived a boat at a great distance; but could not possibly tell
+what it was for want of my perspective glass. I considered then it
+was no strange thing to see the print of a man's foot; and
+concluding them cannibals, blessed God for being cast on the other
+side of the island, where none of the savages, as I thought, ever
+came. But when I came down the hill to the shore, which was the
+S.W. point of the island, I was soon confirmed in my opinion; nor
+can any one describe my horror and amazement, when I saw the ground
+spread with sculls, hands, feet, and bones of human bodies; and
+particularly, I perceived a space like a circle, in the midst of
+which had been a fire, about which I conjectured these wretches
+sat, and unnaturally sacrificed and devoured their fellow
+creatures.</p>
+<p>The horror and loathsomeness of this dreadful spectacle, both
+confounded my senses, and made me discharge from my stomach in an
+excessive manner. I then returned towards my habitation; and, in my
+way thither, shedding floods of tears, and falling down on my
+bended knees, gave God thanks for making my nature contrary to
+these wretches, and delivering me so long out of their hands.</p>
+<p>Though reason and my long residence here had assured me, that
+these savages never came up to the thick woody parts of the
+country, and that I had no reason to be apprehensive of a
+discovery; yet such an abhorence did I still retain, that, for two
+years after, I confined myself only to my three plantation: I mean
+my castle, country-seat, and inclosure in the woods. And though in
+process of time, my dreadful apprehensions began to wear away, yet
+my eyes were more vigilant for fear of being heard by those
+creatures, they should proceed to attack me. I resolved, however,
+manfully to lose my life if they did, and went armed with three
+pistols stuck in my girdle, which added <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page061" id="page061"></a>[pg 061]</span> to the
+description I have given of myself before, made me look with a very
+formidable appearance.</p>
+<p>Thus my circumstances for some time remained very calm and
+undisturbed; and when I compared my condition to others, I found it
+far from being miserable. And, indeed, would all persons compare
+their circumstances, not with those above them, but with those
+innumerable unhappy objects beneath them, I am sure we should not
+hear these daily murmurings and complainings that are in the world.
+For my part, I wanted but few things. Indeed, the terror which the
+savages had put me in, spoiled some inventions for my own
+conveniences. One of my projects was to brew me some beer; a very
+whimsical one indeed, when it is considered that I had neither
+casks sufficient; nor could I make any to preserve it in; neither
+had I hops to make it keep, yest to make it work, nor a copper or
+kettle to make it boil. Perhaps, indeed, after some years, I might
+bring this to bear, as I had done other things. But now my
+inventions were placed another way; and day and night I could think
+of nothing but how I might destroy some of these cannibals, when
+proceeding to their bloody entertainments; and so saving a victim
+from being sacrificed, that he might after become my servant. Many
+were my contrivances after this purpose, and as many more
+objections occurred after I hatched them. I once contrived to dig a
+hole under the place where they made their fire, and put therein
+five or six pounds of gunpowder, which would consequently blow up
+all those that were near it: but then I was loth to spend so much
+upon them, lest it should not do that certain execution I could
+desire, &amp; but only affright &amp; not kill them. Having laid
+this design aside, I again proposed to myself to lie privately in
+ambush, in some convenient place, with my three guns double loaded,
+and let fly at them in the midst of their dreadful ceremony: and
+having killed two or three of them at every shot, fall upon the
+rest suddenly with my three pistols, &amp; not let one mother's son
+escape. Thus imagination pleased my fancy so much that I used to
+dream of it in the night time. To put my design in execution, I was
+not long in seeking for a place convenient for my purpose, where
+unseen I might behold every action of the savages. Here I placed my
+two muskets, each of which was loaded with a brace of slugs, and
+four or five smaller bullets about the size of pistol bullets; the
+fowling-piece was charged with near a handful of the largest
+swan-shot, and in every pistol were about four bullets. And thus
+all things being prepared, no sooner would the welcome light spread
+over the element, but, <i>like a giant refreshed with wine</i>, as
+the Scripture has it, would I issue forth from my castle, and from
+a lofty hill, three miles distant, view if I could see any invaders
+approach unlawfully to my kingdom. But having waited in vain two or
+three months, it not only grew very <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page062" id="page062"></a>[pg 062]</span> tiresome to me, but
+brought me to some consideration, and made me examine myself, what
+right I had to kill these creatures in this manner.</p>
+<p>If (argued I to myself) this unnatural custom of theirs be a sin
+offensive to Heaven, it belongs to the Divine Being, who alone has
+the vindictive power in his hands, to shower down his vengeance
+upon them. And perhaps he does so, in making them become one
+another's executioners. Or, if not, if God thinks these doings
+just, according to the knowledge they conceive, what authority have
+I to pretend to thwart the decrees of Providence, which has
+permitted these actions for so many ages, perhaps from almost the
+beginning of the creation? They never offended me, what right have
+I then to concern myself in their shedding one another's blood:
+And, indeed, I have since known, they value no more to kill and
+devour a captive taken in war, than we do to kill an ox or eat
+mutton. I then concluded it necessarily followed, that these people
+were no more murderers than Christians, who many times put whole
+troops to the sword, after throwing down their arms.--Again I
+considered, that if I fell upon them, I should be as much in the
+wrong as the Spaniards, who had committed the greatest barbarities
+upon these people who had never offended them in their whole lives;
+as if the kingdom of Spain was eminent for a race of men without
+common compassion to the miserable, a principal sign of the most
+generous temper: these considerations made me pause, and made me
+think I had taken wrong measures in my resolution: I now argued
+with myself, it was better for me never to attack, but to remain
+undiscovered as long as I possibly could; that an opposite conduct
+would certainly prove destructive; for as it was scarcely to be
+supposed I could kill them all, I might either be overpowered by
+the remaining, or that some escaping, might bring thousands to my
+certain destruction. And, indeed, religion took their part so much
+as to convince me how contrary it was to my duty to be guilty of
+shedding human blood, innocent as to my particular, whatever they
+are to one another: that I had nothing to do with it, but leave it
+to the God of all power and dominion, as I said before, to do
+therein what seemed convenient to his heavenly wisdom. And,
+therefore, on my knees I thanked the Almighty for delivering me
+from blood guiltiness, and begged his protection that I might never
+fall into their hands.</p>
+<p>Thus giving over an attempt which I had rashly begun, I never
+ascended the hill on that occasion afterwards: I only re-removed my
+boat, which lay on the other side of the island, and every thing
+that belonged to her, towards the east, into a little cove; that
+there might not be the least shadow of any boat near, or habitation
+upon the island.--My castle then became my cell, keeping always
+retired in it, except when I went out to milk my she-goats, and
+order my little flock in the <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page063" id="page063"></a>[pg 063]</span> wood, which was quite
+out of danger: for sure I was that these savages never came here
+with expectations to find any thing, consequently never wandered
+from the coast; however, as they might have several times been on
+shore, as well before as after my dreadful apprehensions, I looked
+back with horror to think in what state I might have been, had I
+suddenly met them slenderly armed; with one gun only loaded with
+small shot; and how great would have been my amazement, if, instead
+of seeing the print of one man's foot, I had perceived fifteen, or
+twenty savages, who having once set their eyes upon me, by the
+swiftness of their feet would have left me no possibility of
+escaping? These thoughts would sink my very soul, so that I would
+fall into a deep melancholy, till such time as the consideration of
+my gratitude to the Divine Being moved it from my heart. I then
+fell into a contemplation of the secret springs of Providence, and
+how wonderfully we are delivered, when insensible of it; and when
+intricated in uncertain mazes or labyrinths of doubt or hesitation,
+what secret hint directs us in the right way, when we intended to
+go out of it, nay, perhaps contrary to our business, sense or
+inclination. Upon which, I fixed within me this as a certain rule,
+never to disobey those secret impressions of the mind, to the
+acting or not acting any thing that offered, for which I yet could
+assign no reason. But let it be how it will, the advantage of this
+conduct very eminently appeared in the latter part of my abode on
+this island; I am, a stranger in determining whence these secret
+intimations of Providence derive; yet methinks they are not only
+some proof of the converse of spirits, but also of the secret
+communications they are supposed to have with those that have not
+passed through the gloomy vale of death.</p>
+<p>These anxieties of mind, and the care of my preservation, put a
+period to all future inventions and contrivances, either for
+accommodation or convenience. I now cared not to drive a nail, chop
+a stick, fire a gun or make a fire, lest either the noise should be
+heard, or the smoke discover me. And on this account I used to burn
+my earthen ware privately in a cave which I found in the wood, and
+which I made convenient for that purpose; the principal cause that
+brought me here was to make charcoal, so that I might bake and
+dress my bread and meat without any danger. At that time a curious
+accident happened me, which I shall now relate.</p>
+<p>While I was cutting down some wood for making my charcoal, I
+perceived a cavity behind a very thick branch of underwood. Curious
+to look into it, I attained its month, and perceived it sufficient
+for me to stand upright in. But when I had entered, and took a
+further view, two rolling shining eyes like flaming stars seemed to
+dart themselves at me; so that I made all the haste out that I
+could, as not knowing whither it was the devil or a monster that
+had taken his residence in <span class="pagenum"><a name="page064"
+id="page064"></a>[pg 064]</span> that place. When I recovered a
+little from my surprise, I called myself a thousand fools, for
+being afraid to see the devil one moment, who had now lived almost
+twenty years in the most retired solitude. And therefore resuming
+all the courage I had, I took a flaming firebrand, and in I rushed
+again. I had not proceeded above three steps, when I was more
+affrighted than before; for then I heard a very loud sigh, like
+that of a human creature in the greatest agony, succeeded with a
+broken noise, resembling words half expressed, and then a broken
+sigh again. Stepping back, <i>Lord!</i> (thought I to myself)
+<i>where am I got, into what enchanted place have I plunged myself,
+such as are reported to contain miserable captives, till death puts
+an end to their sorrow</i>? And, indeed, in such great amazement
+was I, that it struck me into a cold sweat; and had my hat been on
+my head, I believe my hair would have moved it off. But again
+encouraging myself with the hopes of God's protection, I proceeded
+forward, and, by the light of my firebrand, perceived it to be a
+monstrous he-goat, lying on the ground, gasping for life, and dying
+of mere old age. At first, I stirred him, thinking to drive him
+out, but the poor ancient creature strove to get upon his feet, but
+was not able; so I e'en let him lie still to affright the savages,
+should they venture into this cave. I now looked round me and found
+the place but small and shapeless. At the farther side of it, I
+perceived a sort of an entrance, yet so low, as must oblige me to
+creep upon my hands and knees to it; so, having no candle, I
+suspended my enterprise till the next day, and then I came provided
+with two large ones of my own making.</p>
+<p>Having crept upon my hands and feet, through this strait, I
+found the roof higher up, I think about twenty feet. But surely
+mortal never saw such a glorious sight before! The roof and walls
+of this cave reflected a hundred thousand lights to me from my two
+candles, as though they were indented with mining gold, precious
+stones, or sparkling diamonds. And indeed it was the most
+delightful cavity or grotto of its kind that could be desired,
+though entirely dark. The floor was dry and level, and had a kind
+of gravel upon it: no nauseous venomous creatures to be seen there,
+neither any damp or wet about it. I could find no fault but in the
+entrance, and I began to think that even this might be very
+necessary for my defence, and therefore resolved to make it my most
+principal magazine. I brought hither two fowling-pieces, and three
+muskets, leaving only five pieces at my castle, planted in the
+nature of cannon. Of the barrel of gunpowder, which I took up out
+of the sea, I brought away about sixty pounds powder, which was not
+damaged, and this with a great quantity of lead for bullets, I
+removed for my castle to this retreat, now fortified both by art
+and nature.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page065" id="page065"></a>[pg
+065]</span>
+<p>I fancied myself now like one of the giants of old, who were
+said to live in caves and holes among the rocks, inaccessible to
+any but themselves, or, at lest, a most dangerous to attempt. And
+now I despised both the cunning and strength of the savages, either
+to find me out or to hurt me.</p>
+<p>But I must not forget the old goat, which caused my late
+dreadful amazement. The poor creature gave up the ghost the day
+after my discovery; &amp; it being difficult to drag him out, I dug
+his grave, and honourably entombed him in the same place where is
+departed, with as much ceremony as any Welch goat that has been
+interred about the high mountain Penmanmawn.</p>
+<p>I think I was now in the twenty-third year of my reign, and my
+thoughts much easier than formerly, having contrived several pretty
+amusements and diversions to pass away the time in a pleasant
+manner. By this time my pretty Poll had learned to speak English,
+and pronounce his words very articulately and plain; so that for
+many hours we used to chat together after a familiar manner, and he
+lived with me no less than twenty-six years. My dog which was
+nineteen years old, sixteen of which he lived with me, died some
+time ago of mere old age. As for my cats, they multiplied so fast,
+that I was forced to kill or drive them into the woods, except two
+or three which became my particular favourites. Besides these, I
+continually kept two or three household kids about me, which I
+learned to feed out of my hand, and two more parrots which could
+talk indifferently, and call <i>Robinson Crusoe</i>, but not so
+excellently as the first, as not taking that pains with them. I had
+also several sea-owls which I had wounded and cut their wings; and
+growing tame, they used to breed among the low trees about my
+castle walls, all which made my abode very agreeable.</p>
+<p>But what unforeseen events suddenly destroy the enjoyment, of
+this uncertain state of life, when we least expect them! it was now
+the month of December, in the southern solstice, and particular
+time of my harvest, which required my attendance in the fields;
+when going out pretty early one morning, before it was day-light,
+there appeared to me, from the sea shore, a flaming light, about
+two miles from me at the east end of the island, where I had
+observed some savages had been before, not on the other side, but
+to my great affliction, it was on my side the island.</p>
+<p>Struck with a terrible surprise, and my usual apprehensions,
+that the savages would perceive my improvements, I returned
+directly to my castle, pulled the ladder after me, making all
+things look as wild and natural as I possibly could. In the next
+place, I put myself into a posture of defence, loading my muskets
+and pistols, and committing myself to God's protection, I resolved
+to defend myself till my last breath. Two hours after, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page066" id="page066"></a>[pg 066]</span>
+impatient for intelligence, I set my ladder up to the side of the
+hill, where there was a flat place, and then pulling the ladder
+after me ascended to the top, where laying myself on my belly, with
+my perspective glass, I perceived no less than nine naked savages,
+sitting round a small fire, eating, as I supposed human flesh, with
+their two canoes haled on shore, waiting for the flood to carry
+them off again. You cannot easily express the consternation I was
+in at this sight, especially seeing them near me; but when I
+perceived their coming must be always with the current of the ebb,
+I became more easy in my thoughts, being fully convinced that I
+might go abroad with security all the time of flood, if they were
+not before landed. And, indeed, this proved just as I imagined; for
+no sooner did they all take boat and paddle away, but the tide made
+N.W. Before they went off they danced, making ridiculous postures
+and gestures for above an hour, all stark naked; but whether men or
+women, or both, I could not perceive. When I saw them gone, I took
+two guns upon my shoulders, and placing a couple of pistols in my
+belt, with my great sword hanging by my side, I went to the hill,
+where at first I made a discovery of these cannibals, and then saw
+there had been three canoes more of the savages on shore at that
+place, which with the rest were making over to the main land.</p>
+<p>But nothing could be more horrid to me, when going to the place
+of sacrifice, the blood, the bones, and other mangled parts of
+human bodies appeared in my sight; and so fired was I with
+indignation, that I was fully resolved to be revenged on the first
+that came there, though I lost my life in the execution. It then
+appeared to me, that the visits which they make to this island are
+not very frequent, it being fifteen months before they came again;
+but still I was very uneasy, by reason of the dismal apprehensions
+of their surprising me unawares; nor dared I offer to fire a gun on
+that side of the island where they used to appear, lest, taking the
+alarm, the savages might return with many hundred canoes, and then
+God knows in what manner I should have made my end. Thus was I a
+year or more before I saw any of these devouring cannibals
+again.</p>
+<p>But to wave this, the following accident, which demands
+attention, for a while eluded the force of my thoughts in revenging
+myself on those Heathens.</p>
+<p>On the 16th of May (according to my wooden calendar) the wind
+blew exceedingly hard, accompanied with abundance of lightning and
+thunder all day, and succeeded by a very stormy night. The seeming
+anger of the Heavens made me have recourse to my Bible. While I was
+seriously pondering upon it, I was suddenly alarmed with the noise
+of a gun, which I conjectured was fired upon the ocean. Such an
+unusual surprise made me start up in a minute, when, with my
+ladder, ascending the mountain as before, that very moment a flash
+of <span class="pagenum"><a name="page067" id="page067"></a>[pg
+067]</span> fire presaged the report of another gun which I
+presently heard, and found it was from that part of the sea where
+the current drove me away. I could not but then think, that this
+must be a ship in distress, and that there were the melancholy
+signals for a speedy deliverance. Great, indeed, was my sorrow upon
+this occasion; but my labours to assist them must have proved
+altogether vain &amp; fruitless. However, I brought together all
+the dry wood that was at hand, and making a pretty large pile, set
+it on fire on the hill. I was certain they plainly perceived it, by
+their firing another gun as soon as it began to blaze, and after
+that several more from the same quarter. All night long I kept up
+my fire: and when the air cleared up, I perceived something a great
+way at sea, directly E. but could not distinguish what it was, even
+with my glass, by reason that the weather was so very foggy out at
+sea. However, keeping my eyes directly fixed upon it, and
+perceiving it did not stir, I presently concluded it must be a ship
+at anchor, and so very hasty I was to be satisfied, that taking the
+gun, I went to the S.E. part of the island, to the same rocks where
+I had been formerly drove away by the current, in which time the
+weather being perfectly cleared up, to my great sorrow, I perceived
+the wreck of a ship cast away upon those hidden rocks I found when
+I was out with my boat; and which, by making a kind of an eddy,
+were the occasion of my preservation.</p>
+<p>Thus, <i>what is one man's safety is another's ruin</i>; for
+undoubtedly this ship had been driven on them in the night, the
+wind blowing strong at E.N.E. Had they perceived the island, as I
+now guessed they had not, certainly, instead of firing there guns
+for help, they would rather have ventured in their boat and saved
+themselves that way. I then thought, that perhaps they had done so,
+upon seeing my fire, and were cast away in the attempt: for I
+perceived no boat in the ship. But then I again imagined, that,
+perhaps, they had another vessel in company, which, upon signal,
+saved their lives, and took the boat up: or that the boat might be
+driven into the main ocean, where these poor creatures might be in
+the most miserable condition. But as all these conjectures were
+very uncertain, I could do no more than commiserate there distress,
+and thank God for delivering me, in particular, when so many
+perished in the raging ocean.</p>
+<p>When I considered seriously every thing concerning this wreck,
+and could perceive no room to suppose any of them saved, I cannot
+explain, by any possible force of words, what longings my soul felt
+on this occasion, often breaking out in this manner: <i>O that
+there had been but two or three, nay even one person saved, that we
+might have lived together, conversed with, and comforted one
+another!</i> and so much were my desires moved, that when I
+repeated these words, <i>Oh! that there had been but one!</i> my
+hands would clench together, and my fingers press the palms of my
+hands to close, that, had any soft thing been <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page068" id="page068"></a>[pg 068]</span>
+between, it would have crushed it involuntarily, while my teeth
+would strike together, and set against each other so strong that it
+required some time for me to part them.</p>
+<p>Till the last year of my being on this island, I never knew
+whether or not any had been saved out of this ship. I had the
+affliction, some time after, to see the corpse of a drowned boy
+come on shore, at the end of the island which was next the
+shipwreck; there was nothing on him but a seaman's waistcoat, a
+pair of opened kneed linen drawers, and a blue linen shirt, but no
+particular mark to guess what nation he was of. In his pocket were
+two pieces of eight, and a tobacco-pipe, the last of which I
+preferred much more than I did the first. And now the calmness of
+the sea tempted me to venture out in my boat to this wreck, not
+only to get something necessary out of the ship, but perhaps, some
+living creature might be on board, whose life I might preserve.
+This had such an influence upon my mind, that immediately I went
+home, and prepared every thing necessary for the voyage, carrying
+on board my boat provisions of all sorts, with a good quantity of
+rum, fresh water, and a compass: so putting off, I paddled the
+canoe along the shore, till I came at last to the north-east part
+of the island, from whence I was to launch into the ocean; but here
+the currents ran so violently, and appeared so terrible, that my
+heart began to fail me; foreseeing that if I was driven into any of
+these currents, I might be carried not only out of reach or sight
+of the island, but even inevitably lost in the boiling surges of
+the ocean.</p>
+<p>So oppressed was I at these troubles, that I gave over my
+enterprize, sailing to a little creek on the shore, where stepping
+out, I set me down on a rising hill, very pensive and thoughtful. I
+then perceived that the tide was turned; and the flood came on,
+which made it impracticable for me to go out for so many hours. To
+be more certain how the sets of the tides or currents lay when the
+flood came in, I ascended a higher piece of ground, which
+overlooked the sea both ways; and here I found that as the current
+of the ebb set out close by the south point of the island, so the
+current of the flood set in close by the shore of the north side;
+and all that I had to do was to keep to the north of the island in
+my return.</p>
+<p>That night I reposed myself in my canoe, covered with my watch
+coat, instead of a blanket, the heavens being my tester. I set out
+with the first of the tide full north, till I felt the benefit of
+the current, which carried me at a great rate eastward, yet not
+with such impetuosity as before, as to take from me all government
+of my canoe; so that in two hours time I came up to the wreck,
+which appeared to me a most melancholy sight. It seemed to be a
+Spanish vessel by its building, stuck fast between two rocks; her
+stern and quarter beaten to pieces by the sea; her mainmast and
+foremast were brought off by the board, that is broken off short.
+As I approached near, I perceived a dog on <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page069" id="page069"></a>[pg 069]</span> board,
+who seeing me coming, yelped and cried, and no sooner did I call
+him, but the poor creature jumped into the sea, out of which I took
+him up, almost famished with hunger and thirst; so that when I gave
+him a cake of bread, no ravenous wolf could devour it more
+greedily; and he drank to that degree of fresh water, that he would
+have burst himself, had I suffered him.</p>
+<p>The first sight I met with in the ship, were two men drowned in
+the cook-room or forecastle, inclosed in one another's arms: hence
+I very probably supposed, that <i>when the vessel struck in the
+storm, so high and incessantly did the waters break in and over
+her, that the men not being able to bear it, were strangled by the
+constant rushing in of the waves</i>. There were several casks of
+liquor, whether wine of brandy, I could not be positive, which lay
+in the lower hold, as were plainly perceptible by the ebbing out of
+the water, yet were too large for me to pretend to meddle with;
+likewise I perceived several chests, which I supposed to belong to
+the seamen, two of which I got into my boat, without examining what
+was in them. Had the stern of the ship been fixed, and the forepart
+broken off, I should have made a very prosperous voyage; since by
+what I after found in these two chests, I could not otherwise
+conclude, but that the ship must have abundance of wealth on board;
+nay, if I must guess by the course she steered, she must have been
+bound from the Buenos Ayres, or the Rio de la Plata, in the
+southern parts of America, beyond the Brazils, to the Havannah, in
+the gulf of Mexico, and so perhaps to Spain. What became of the
+rest of the sailors, I could not certainly tell; and all her riches
+signified nothing at that time to any body.</p>
+<p>Searching farther, I found a cask containing about twenty
+gallons, full of liquor, which, with some labour, I got into my
+boat; in her cabin were several muskets, which I let remain there;
+but took away with me a great powder horn, with about four pounds
+of powder in it. I took also a fire-shovel and tongs, two brass
+kettles, a copper pot to make chocolate, and a gridiron; all which
+were extremely necessary to me, especially the fire-shovel and
+tongs. And so with this cargo, accompanied with my dog, I came
+away, the tide serving for that purpose; and the same evening,
+about an hour within night, I attained the island, after the
+greatest toil and fatigue imaginable.</p>
+<p>That night I reposed my wearied limbs in the boat, resolving the
+next morning to harbour what I had gotten in my new-found
+subterraneous grotto; &amp; not to carry my cargo home to my
+ancient castle. Having refreshed myself, and got all my effects on
+shore I next proceeded to examine the particulars; and so tapping
+the cask, I found the liquor to be a kind of rum, but not like what
+we had at the Brazils, nor indeed near so good. At the opening
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page070" id="page070"></a>[pg
+070]</span> of the chest, several things appeared very useful to
+me; for instance, I found in one a very fine case of bottles,
+containing the finest and best sorts of cordial waters; each bottle
+held about three pints, curiously tip with silver. I found also two
+pots full of the choicest sweetmeats, and two more which the water
+had utterly spoiled. There were likewise several good shirts
+exceedingly welcome to me, and about one dozen and a half white
+linen handkerchiefs and coloured neckcloths, the former of which
+was absolutely necessary for wiping my face in a hot day; and, in
+the till, I found three bags of pieces of eight, about eleven
+hundred in all, in one of which, decently wrapped up in a piece of
+paper, were six doubloons of gold, and some small bars and wedges
+of the same metal, which I believe might weigh near a pound. In the
+other chest, which I guessed to belong to the gunner's mate, by the
+mean circumstances which attended it, I found only some clothes of
+very little value, except about two pounds of fine glazed powder,
+in three flasks, kept, as I believe, for charging their fowling
+pieces on any occasion; so that, on the whole, I had no great
+advantage by this voyage. The money was indeed as mere dirt to me,
+useless and unprofitable, all which I would freely have parted with
+for two or three pair of English shoes and stockings; things that
+for many years I had not worn, except lately those which I had
+taken of the feet of those unfortunate men I found drowned in the
+wreck, yet not so good as English shoes either for ease or service.
+I also found in the seaman's chest about fifty pieces of eight in
+royals, but no gold; so concluded that what I took from the first
+belonged to an officer, the latter appearing to have a much
+inferior person for its owner. However, as despicable as the money
+seemed, I likewise lugged it to my cave, laying it up securely, as
+I did the rest of my cargo; and after I had done all this, I
+returned back to my boat, rowing and paddling her along till I came
+to my old harbour, where I carefully laid her up, and so made the
+best of my way to my castle. When I arrived there, every thing
+seemed safe and quiet: so that now my only business was to repose
+myself after my wonted manner, and take care of my domestic
+affairs. But though I might have lived very easy, as wanting
+nothing absolutely needful, yet still I was more vigilant than
+usual upon account of the savages, never going much abroad; or, if
+I did, it was to the east part of the island, where I was well
+assured that the savages never came, and where I might not be
+troubled to carry that heavy load of weapons for my defence, as I
+was obliged to do if I went the other way.</p>
+<p>Two years did I live in this anxious condition, in all which
+time, contrary to my former resolutions, my head was filled with
+nothing but projects and designs, how I might escape from this
+island; and so much were my wandering thoughts bent upon a rambling
+disposition that had I had the same boat that I went <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page071" id="page071"></a>[pg 071]</span> from
+Sallee in, I should have ventured once more to the uncertainty of
+the raging ocean.</p>
+<p>I cannot, however, but consider myself as one of the unhappy
+persons, who make themselves wretched by there dissatisfaction with
+the stations which God has placed them in; for, not to take a
+review of my primitive condition, and my father's excellent advice,
+the going contrary to which was, as I may say, my original sin, the
+following mistakes of the same nature certainly had been the means
+of my present unhappy station. What business had I to leave a
+settled fortune, and well stocked plantation, improving and
+increasing, where, by this time, I might have been worth a hundred
+thousand moidores, to turn supercargo to Guinea, to fetch Negroes,
+when time and patience would so much enlarge my stock at home, as
+to be able to employ those whose more immediate business it was to
+fetch them home even to my door?</p>
+<p>But as this is commonly the fate of young heads, so a serious
+reflection upon the folly of it ordinarily attends the exercise of
+future years, when the dear bought experience of time teaches us
+repentance. Thus was it with me; but not withstanding the thoughts
+of my deliverance ran so strongly in my mind, that is seemed to
+check all the dictates of reason and philosophy. And now to usher
+in my kind reader with greater pleasure to the remaining part of my
+relation, I flatter myself it will not be taken amiss, to give him
+an account of my first conceptions of the manner of escaping, and
+upon what foundation I laid my foolish schemes.</p>
+<p>Having retired to my castle, after my late voyage to the ship,
+my frigate laid up and secured, as usual, and my condition the same
+as before, except being richer, though I had as little occasion for
+riches as the Indians of Peru had for gold, before the cruel
+Spaniards came among them: One night in March, being the rainy
+season in the four and twentieth year of my solitude, I lay down to
+sleep, very well in health, without distemper pain, or uncommon
+uneasiness, either of body or mind; yet notwithstanding, I could
+not compose myself to sleep all the night long. All this tedious
+while, it is impossible to express what innumerable thoughts came
+into my head. <i>I traced quite over the whole history of my life
+in miniature, from my utmost remembrance of things till I came to
+this island, and then proceeded to examine every action and passage
+that had occurred since I had taken possession of my kingdom.</i>
+In my reflections upon the latter, I was <i>comparing the happy
+posture of my affairs from the beginning of my reign, to this life
+of anxiety, fear, and concern, since I had discovered a print of a
+foot in the sand; that while I continued without apprehension, I
+was incapable of feeling the dread and terror I now suffered.</i>
+How thankful rather ought I to have been for the knowledge of my
+danger, since the greatest happiness one can be possessed of is to
+have <span class="pagenum"><a name="page072" id="page072"></a>[pg
+072]</span> sufficient time to provide against it? How stupendous
+is the goodness of Providence, which sets such narrow bounds to the
+sight and knowledge of human nature, that while men walk in the
+midst of so many dangers they are kept serene and calm, by having
+the events of things hid from their eyes and knowing nothing of
+those many dangers that surround them, till perhaps they are
+dissipated and vanish away.</p>
+<p>When I came more particularly to considerer of <i>the real
+danger I had for so many years escaped; how I had walked about in
+the greatest security and tranquility, at a time, perhaps, when
+even nothing but the brow of a hill, a great tree, or the common
+approach of night, had interposed between me and the destructive
+hands of the cannibals, who would devour me with as good an
+appetite, as I would a pigeon or curlew;</i> surely all this, I
+say, could not but make me sincerely thankful to my great
+Preserver, whose singular protection I acknowledge with the
+greatest humility, and without which I must inevitably have fallen
+into the cruel hands of those devourers.</p>
+<p>Having thus discussed my thoughts in the clearest manner,
+according to my weak understanding, I next proceeded to consider
+<i>the wretched nature of those destroying savages, by seeming,
+though with great reverence,</i> to enquire <i>why God should give
+up any of his creatures to such inhumanity, even to brutality
+itself, to devour its own kind?</i> but as this was rather matter
+of obstruse speculation, and as my miserable situation made me
+think this of mine the most uncomfortable situation in the world, I
+then began rather to inquire <i>what part of the world these
+wretches lived in; how far off the coast was from whence they came;
+why they ventured over so far from home; what kind of boats
+conveyed them hither; and why I could not order myself and my
+business so, that I might be able to attack their country, as they
+were to come to my kingdom</i>.</p>
+<p><i>But then</i> thought I, <i>how shall I manage myself when I
+come thither? what will become of me if I fall into the hands of
+the savages? or how shall I escape from them if they make an
+attempt upon me? and supposing I should not fall into their power,
+what shall I do for provisions, or which way shall I bend my
+course?</i> These counter thoughts threw me into the greatest
+horror and confusion imaginable; but then I still looked upon my
+present condition to be the most miserable that possibly could be,
+and that nothing could be worse, except death <i>For</i> (thought
+I) <i>could I but attain the shore of the main, I might perhaps
+meet with some reliefs, or coast it along, as I did with my boy
+Xury, on the African shore, till I came to some inhabited country,
+where I might meet with some relief, or fall in with some Christian
+ship that might take me in; and if I failed, why then I could but
+meet with death, which would put an end to all my miseries.</i>
+These thoughts, I must confess, were the fruit of a distempered
+mind and impatient temper made desperate, as it were, by long
+continuance of the troubles and disappointments <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page073" id="page073"></a>[pg 073]</span> I had
+met with in the wreck; where I hoped to have found some living
+person to speak to, by whom I might have known in what place I was,
+and of the probable means of my deliverance. Thus, while my
+thoughts were agitated, my resignation to the will of heaven was
+entirely suspended; to that I had no power to fix my mind to any
+thing, but to the project of a voyage to the main land. And indeed
+so much was I inflamed upon this account, that it set my blood into
+a ferment, and my pulse beat high, as though I had been in a fever;
+till nature being, as it were, fatigued and exhausted with the
+thoughts of it, made me submit myself to a silent repose.</p>
+<p>In such a situation, it is very strange, that I did not dream of
+what I was so intent upon; but, instead of it, my mind roved on a
+quite different thing, altogether foreign. I dreamed, that as I was
+issuing from my castle one morning, as customary, when I perceived
+upon the shore two canoes, and eleven savages coming to land, who
+had brought with them another Indian, whom they designed to make a
+sacrifice of, in order to devour; but just as they were going to
+give the fatal blow, methought the poor designed victim jumped
+away, and ran directly into my little thick grove before my
+fortification, to abscond from his enemies, when perceiving that
+the others did not follow him that way, I appeared to him; that he
+humbly kneeled down before me, seeming to pray for my assistance;
+upon which I showed him my ladder, made him ascend, carried him to
+my cave, and he became my servant; and when I had gotten this man,
+I said to myself, <i>now surely I may have some hopes to attain the
+main land; for this fellow will serve me as a pilot, tell me what
+to do, and where I must go for provisions, what places to shun,
+what to venture to, and what to escape.</i> But when I awaked, and
+found all these inexpressible impressions of joy entirely vanished,
+I fell into the greatest dejection of spirit imaginable.</p>
+<p>Yet this dream brought me to reflect, that one sure way of
+escaping was to get a savage; that after I had ventured my life to
+deliver him from the bloody jaws of his devourers, the natural
+sense he might have of such a preservation, might inspire him with
+a lasting gratitude and most sincere affection. But then this
+objection reasonably interposed: <i>how can I effect this,</i>
+thought I, <i>without I attack a whole company of them, and kill
+them all? why should I proceed on such a desperate attempt, which
+my scruples before had suggested to be unlawful?</i> and indeed my
+heart trembled at the thoughts of so much blood, though it were a
+means to procure my deliverance. 'Tis true, I might reasonably
+enough suppose these men to be real enemies to my life, men who
+would devour me, was it in their power, so that it was self
+preservation in the highest degree to free myself, by attacking
+them in my own defence, as lawfully as if they were actually
+assaulting me: though all <span class="pagenum"><a name="page074"
+id="page074"></a>[pg 074]</span> these things, I say, seemed to me
+to be of the greatest weight, yet, as I just said before, the
+dreadful thoughts of shedding human blood, struck such a terror to
+my soul, that it was a long time before I could reconcile myself to
+it.</p>
+<p>But how far will the ardency of desire prompt us on? For
+notwithstanding the many disputes and perplexities I had with
+myself, I at length resolved, right or wrong, to get one of these
+savages into my hands, cost what it would, or even though I should
+lose my life in the attempt. Inspired with this firm resolution, I
+set all my wits at work, to find out what methods I should take to
+answer my design: this, indeed, was so difficult a task, that I
+could not pitch upon any probable means to execute it: I,
+therefore, resolved continually to be in a vigilant posture, to
+perceive when the savages came on shore and to leave the rest to
+the event, let the opportunities offer as they would.</p>
+<p>Such was my fixed resolutions; and accordingly I set myself upon
+the scout, as often as I could, till such time as I was heartily
+tired of it. I waited for above a year and a half, the greatest
+part of which I went out to the west, and south-west corner of the
+island, almost every day, to look for canoes, but none appeared.
+This was a very great discouragement; yet, though I was very much
+concerned, the edge of my design was as keen as ever, and the
+longer it seemed to be delayed, the more eager was I for it: in a
+word, I never before was so careful to shun the loathing sight of
+these savages, as I was now eager to be with them; and I thought
+myself sufficiently able to manage one, two, or three savages if I
+had them, so as to make them my entire slaves, to do whatsoever I
+should direct them, and prevent their being able at any time to do
+me any mischief. Many times did I used to please myself with these
+thoughts, with long and ardent expectations; but nothing
+presenting, all my deep projected schemes and numerous fancies
+vanished away, as though, while I retained such thoughts, the
+decrees of Providence was such, that no savages were to come near
+me.</p>
+<p>About a year and a half after, when I was seriously musing of
+sundry other ways how I should attain my end, one morning early I
+was very much surprised by seeing no less than five canoes all on
+shore together, on my side the island, and the savages that
+belonged to them all landed, and out of my sight. Such a number of
+them disconcerted all my measures; for, seeing so many boats, each
+of which would contain six, and sometimes more, I could not tell
+what to think of it, or how to order my measures, to attack twenty
+or thirty men single-handed; upon which, much dispirited and
+perplexed, I lay still in my castle; which, however, I put in a
+proper posture for an attack: and, having formerly provided all
+that <span class="pagenum"><a name="page075" id="page075"></a>[pg
+075]</span> was necessary, was soon ready to enter upon an
+engagement, should they attempt. Having waited for some time, my
+impatient temper would let me bear it no longer; I set my guns at
+the foot of my ladder, and, as usual, ascended up to the top of the
+hill at two stages, standing, however, in such a manner, that my
+head did not appear above the hill, so that they could easily
+perceive me; and here, by the assistance of my perspective glass, I
+observed no less than thirty in number around a fire, feasting upon
+what meat they had dressed: how they cooked it, or what it was, I
+could not then perfectly tell; but they were all dancing and
+capering about the flames, using many frightful and barbarous
+gestures.</p>
+<p>But while, with a curious eye, I was beholding these wretches,
+my spirits sunk within me, when I perceived them drag two miserable
+creatures from the boats, to act afresh the dreadful tragedy, as I
+supposed they had done before. It was not long before one of them
+fell upon the ground, knocked down, as I suppose, with a club or
+wooden sword, for that was their manner; while two or three others
+went immediately to work, cutting him open for their cookery, and
+then fell to devour him as they had done the former, while the last
+unhappy captive was left by himself, till such time as they were
+ready for him. The poor creature looked round him with a wishful
+eye, trembling at the thoughts of death; yet, seeing himself a
+little at liberty, nature, that very moment, as it were, inspired
+him with hopes of life: He started away from them, and ran, with
+incredible swiftness along the sands, directly to that part of the
+coast where my ancient and venerable castle stood.</p>
+<p>You may well imagine, I was dreadfully affrighted upon this
+occasion, when, as I thought, they pursued him in a whole body, all
+running towards my palace. And now, indeed, I expected that part of
+my dream was going to be fulfilled, and that he would certainly fly
+to my grove for protection; but, for the rest of my dream, I could
+depend nothing on it; that the savages would pursue him thither,
+and find him there. However my spirits, beginning to recover, I
+still kept upon my guard; and I now plainly perceived, there were
+but three men out of the number that pursued him. I was infinitely
+pleased with what swiftness the poor creature ran from his
+pursuers, gaining so much ground upon them, that I plainly
+perceived, could he thus hold out for half an hour, there was not
+the least doubt but he would save his life from the power of his
+enemies.</p>
+<p>Between them and my castle there was a creek, that very same
+which I sailed into with all my effects from the wreck of the ship
+on the steep banks of which I very much feared the poor victim
+would be taken, if he could not swim for his escape: but soon was I
+out of pain for him, when I perceived he made nothing of it, though
+at full tide, but with an <span class="pagenum"><a name="page076"
+id="page076"></a>[pg 076]</span> intrepid courage, spurred on by
+the sense of danger, he plunged into the flood, swimming over in
+about thirty strokes, and then landing, ran with the same
+incredible strength and swiftness as before. When the three
+pursuers came to the creek, one of them, who I perceived could not
+swim, happily for his part, returned to his company, while the
+others, with equal courage, but much less swiftness attained the
+other side, as though they were resolved never to give over the
+pursuit. And now or or never I thought was the time for me to
+procure me a servant, companion, or assistant; and that I was
+decreed by Providence to be the instrument to save this poor
+creature's life. I immediately descended my two ladders with the
+greatest expedition: I took up my two guns, which, I said before,
+were at the bottom of them, and getting up again with the same
+haste towards the hill, I made nearer the sea. In a word, taking a
+short cut down the hill, I interposed between the pursuers and
+pursued, hallooing aloud to the latter, who, venturing to look
+back, was, no doubt, as much terrified at me as I at them. I
+beckoned to him with my hand, to return back, in the mean time
+advancing towards the pursuers, and rushing on the foremost, I
+knocked him down with the stock of my piece, and laid him flat on
+the ground. I was very unwilling to fire lest the rest should hear,
+though at a distance, I question whether they could or no; and
+being out of sight of the smoke, they could not easily have known
+what to make of it. The other savage seeing his fellow fall,
+stopped as if he had been amazed; when advancing towards him, I
+could perceive him take his bow from his back, and, fixing and
+arrow to it, was preparing to shoot at me, and, without dispute,
+might have lodged the arrow in my breast; but, in this absolutely
+necessary case of self preservation, I immediately fired at him,
+and shot him dead, just as his hand was going to draw the fatal
+string. All this while, the savage who had fled before stood still,
+and had the satisfaction to see his enemies killed, as he thought,
+who designed to take away his life; so affrighted was he with the
+fire and noise of my piece, <i>that he stood as it were like Lot's
+wife, fixed and immoveable, without either sense or motion</i>.
+This obliged me to halloo to him again, making the plainest signs I
+could to him to draw nearer. I perceived he understood those tokens
+by his approaching to me a little way, when, as is afraid I should
+kill him too, he stopped again. Several times did he advance, as
+often stop in this manner, till coming more, to my view, I
+perceived him trembling, as if he was to undergo the same fate.
+Upon which I looked upon him with a smiling countenance, and still
+beckoning to him, at length he came close to me and kneeled down,
+kissed my hand, laid his head upon it, and taking me by the foot,
+placed it upon his head; and this, as I understood afterwards, was
+in token of swearing to be my slave for ever. I took him up,
+and,</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page077" id="page077"></a>[pg
+077]</span> <a name="077.jpg"></a>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/077.jpg"><img src="Images/077.jpg"
+width="60%" alt=""></a><br>
+<b>ROBINSON CRUSOE rescuing FRIDAY from his pursuers.</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page078" id="page078"></a>[pg
+078]</span>
+<p>making much of him, encouraged him in the best manner I could.
+But my work was not yet finished; for I perceived the savage whom I
+knocked down, was not killed, but stunned with the blow, and began
+to come to himself, Upon which I pointed to my new servant, and
+shewed him that his enemy was not yet expired, he spoke some words
+to me, but which I could not understand; yet being the first sound
+of a man's voice I had heard for above twenty-five years, they were
+very pleasing to me. But there was no time for reflection now, the
+wounded savage recovering himself so far as to sit upon the ground,
+which made my poor prisoner as much afraid as before; to put him
+out of which fear, I presented my other gun at the man, with an
+intent to shoot him; but my savage, for so I must now call him,
+prevented my firing, by making a motion to me, to lend him my
+sword, which hung naked in my belt by my side. No sooner did I
+grant his request, but away he runs to his enemy, and at one blow
+cut off his head as dextrously as the most accomplished executioner
+in Germany could have done; for, it seems, these creatures make use
+of wooden swords made of hard wood which will bear edge enough to
+cut off heads and arms at one blow. When this valorous exploit was
+done, he comes to me laughing, as a token of triumph, delivered me
+my sword again, with abundance of suprising gestures, laying it,
+along with the bleeding and ghastly head of the Indian, at my
+feet.</p>
+<p>The greatest astonishment that my new servant conceived was the
+manner of killing the savage at such a distance, without a bow and
+arrow; and such was his longing desire to know it, that he first
+pointed to the dead carcase, and then made signs to me to grant him
+leave to go up to him. Upon which I bid him go, and, as well as I
+could, made him sensible I granted his request. But when he came
+there, how wonderfully was he struck with amazement! First, he
+turned him on one side, then on another, wondering he could
+perceive no quantity of blood, he bleeding inwardly; and after
+sufficiently admiring the wound the bullet had made in his breast,
+he took up his bow and arrows, and came back again; upon which I
+turned to go away, making signs to him to follow, left the rest
+missing their companions, might come in pursuit of them, and this I
+found he understood very well, by his making me understand that his
+design was to bury them, that they might not be seen if it
+happened; and which by signs again I made him sensible I very much
+approved of. Immediately he fell to work, and never was a
+grave-digger more dextrous in the world than he was; for in an
+instant, as I might say, he scraped a large hole in the sand with
+his hands, sufficient to bury the first in; there he dragged him;
+and without any ceremony he covered him over; in like manner he
+saved the other; so that I am sure no undertaker could be more
+expert in his business, for all <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page079" id="page079"></a>[pg 079]</span> this was done in less
+than a quarter of an hour. I then called him away, and instead of
+carrying him directly to my castle at first, I conveyed him to my
+cave on the farther part of the island; and so my dream was now
+fulfilled in that particular, that my grove should prove an asylum
+or sanctuary to him.</p>
+<p>Weary and faint, hungry and thirsty, undoubtedly must this poor
+creature be, supported chiefly by the vivacity of spirit, and,
+uncommon transports of joy that his deliverance occasioned. Here I
+gave him bread and a bunch of raisins to eat, and water to drink,
+on which he fed very cheerfully, to his exceeding refreshment. I
+then made him a convenient bed with a parcel of rice straw, and a
+blanket upon it, (a bed which I used myself sometimes) and then
+pointing to it, made signs for him to lie down to sleep, upon which
+the poor creature went to take a welcome repose.</p>
+<p>Indeed he was a very comely, handsome, young fellow, extremely
+well made, with straight long limbs, not too large, but tall and
+well shaped, and, as near as I could reckon, about twenty-six years
+of age. His countenance had nothing in it fierce or surly, but
+rather a sort of majesty in his face; and yet, especially when he
+smiled, he had all the sweetness and softness of an European. His
+hair was not curled like wool, as many of the blacks are, but long
+and black, with the most beautiful, yet careless tresses spreading
+over his shoulders. He had a very high and large forehead, with a
+great vivacity and sparkling sharpness in his eyes. His skin was
+not so tawney, as the Virginians, Brazilians, or other Americans;
+but rather of a bright dun, olive colour, that had something
+agreeable in it, though not very easy to give a description of. His
+face was round and plump, with a small nose, very different from
+the flatness of the negroes, a pretty small mouth, thin lips, fine
+teeth, very well set, and white as the driven snow. In a word, such
+handsome features, and exact symmetry in every part, made me
+consider that I had saved the life of an Indian prince, no less
+graceful and accomplished than the great <i>Oroonoko</i> whose
+memorable behavior and unhappy contingencies of life have charmed
+the world, both to admiration of his person, and compassion to his
+sufferings.</p>
+<p>But let him be either prince or peasant, all my happiness
+centered in this, that I had now got a good servant or companion,
+to whom, as he deserved, I was resolved to prove a kind master and
+a lasting friend. He had not, I think, slept above an hour when he
+awakened again, and while I was milking my goats hard by, out he
+runs from the cave towards me in my inclosure, and laying himself
+down on the ground, in the lowest prostration, made all the antic
+gestures imaginable, to express his thankfulness to me for being
+his deliverer. I confess though the manner of his behaviour seemed
+to be ludicrous enough to <span class="pagenum"><a name="page080"
+id="page080"></a>[pg 080]</span> occasion, laughter, yet I was very
+much moved at his affection, so that my heart melted within me,
+fearing he might die away in excess of joy, like reprieved
+malefactors, especially as I was incapable either to let him blood,
+or administer physic. It were to be wished, that Christians would
+take example by this Heathen, to have received by the kind
+mediation and powerful interposition of their benefactors and
+deliverers; and it would be likewise happy for mankind, were there
+no occasion to blame many, who, instead of thankfully acknowledging
+favours and benefits, rather abuse and condemn those who have been
+the instruments to save them from destruction.</p>
+<p>But, leaving these just reflections, I return to the object that
+occasioned them; for my man, to conclude the last ceremony of
+obedience, laid down his head again on the ground, close to my
+foot, and set my other foot upon is head, as he had done before,
+making all the signs of subjection, servitude, and submission
+imaginable, and let me understand he would serve me as long as his
+life endured. As I understood him in many things, I made him
+sensible I was very well pleased with him; and, in a little time, I
+began to speak to him, and learn him to talk to me again. In the
+first place, I made him understand his name was to be
+<i>Friday</i>, because it was upon that day I saved his life; then
+I taught him to say <i>Master</i>, which I made him sensible was to
+be my name. I likewise taught him to say <i>Yes</i> and <i>No</i>,
+and to know what they meant. I gave him some milk in an earthen
+pot, making him view me while I drank it before him, and soaked my
+bread in it; I gave him a cake of bread, and caused him to soak it
+likewise, to which he readily consented, making signs of the
+greatest satisfaction imaginable.</p>
+<p>All that night did I keep him there; but no sooner did the
+morning light appear, when I ordered him to arise, and come along
+with me, with certain tokens that I would give him some clothes
+like mine, at which he seemed very glad, being stark naked, without
+the least covering whatever. As we passed by the place where the
+two men had been interred, my man pointed directly to their graves,
+showing me the marks that he had made to find them again, giving me
+to understand, by signs, that we should dig them up, and devour
+them. At this I appeared extremely displeased, expressed my utmost
+abhorrence, as if I would vomit at the apprehensions of it,
+beckoning with my hand to come away, which he did with the greatest
+reverence and submission. After this I conducted him to the top of
+the hill, to view if the rest of the savages were yet remaining
+there; but when I looked through my perspective glass, I could see
+no appearance of them, nor of their canoes; so that it was evident
+they never minded their <span class="pagenum"><a name="page081" id=
+"page081"></a>[pg 081]</span> deceased companions whom we had
+slain: which if they had, they would surely have searched for, or
+left one boat behind for them to follow, after they returned from
+their pursuit.</p>
+<p>Curiosity, and a desire of satisfaction, animating me with
+courage to see this scene of barbarity, I took my man Friday with
+me, putting a sword into his hand, with the bow and arrows at his
+back, which I perceived he could use very dexterously, causing him
+to carry one gun for me, and I two for myself; and thus equipped
+against all attacks, away we marched directly to the place of their
+bloody entertainment. But when I came there, I was struck with the
+utmost horror at so dreadful a spectacle, whilst Friday was no way
+concerned about it, being no doubt in his turn one of these
+devourers. Here lay several human bones, there several pieces of
+mangled flesh, half eaten, mangled, and scorched, whilst streams of
+blood ran promiscuously as waters from a fountain. As I was musing
+on this dreadful sight, Friday took all the pains he could, by
+particular signs, to make me understand, that they had brought over
+four prisoners to feast upon, three of whom they had eaten up, and
+that he was the fourth, pointing to himself; that there having been
+a bloody battle between them and his great king, in the just
+defence of whom he was taken prisoner, with many others; all of
+these were carried off to different places to be devoured by their
+conquerors; and that it was his misfortune to be brought hither by
+these wretches for the same purpose.</p>
+<p>After I was made sensible of these things, I caused Friday to
+gather those horrid remains, and lay them together upon a heap,
+which I ordered to be set on fire, and burnt them to ashes: My man,
+however, still retained the nature of a cannibal, having a
+hankering stomach after some of the flesh; but such an extreme
+abhorrence did I express at the least appearance of it, that he
+durst not but conceal it; for I made him very sensible, that if he
+offered any such thing, I would certainly shoot him.</p>
+<p>This being done, I carried my man with me to my castle, and gave
+him a pair of linen drawers, which I had taken out of the poor
+gunner's chest before mentioned; and which, with a little
+alteration, fitted him very well; in the next place I made him a
+jerkin of goat's skin, such as my skill was able to manage, and
+indeed I thought myself then a tolerable good tailor. I gave him
+also a cap which I made of a hare's skin, very convenient and
+fashionable. Thus being clothed tolerably well, my man was no less
+proud of his habit, than I was at seeing him in it. Indeed he went
+very aukwardly at first, the drawers being too heavy on his thighs
+not used to bear any weight, and the sleeves of the waistcoat
+galled his shoulders and the inside of his arms; but by a little
+easing where he complained they <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page082" id="page082"></a>[pg 082]</span> hurt him, and by using
+himself to them, at length he took to them very well.</p>
+<p>My next concern was, where I should lodge him; and that I might
+do well by him, and yet be perfectly easy myself, I erected a tent
+for him in the vacant place between my two fortifications, in the
+inside of the last, and the outside of the first; and, as there was
+an entrance or door into my cave, I made a formal framed door-case,
+and a door to open on the inside; I barred it up in the night time,
+taking in my ladders too, so that, was my man to prove treacherous,
+there could be no way to come at me in the inside of my innermost
+wall, without making so much noise in getting over, that it must
+needs waken me; for my first wall had now a complete roof over it
+of long poles, spreading over my tent, and leaning up to the side
+of the mountain, which was again laid cross with smaller sticks
+instead of laths, and thatched over a great thickness with the rice
+straw, which was as strong as reeds; and at the hole of the place,
+left on purpose to go in or out by the ladder, had placed a kind of
+trap-door, which, if it had been attempted on the outside, would
+not have opened at all, but have fallen down, and made a great
+noise; and as to my weapons, every night I took them all to my bed
+side.</p>
+<p>But there was no occasion for this precaution; for surely never
+master had a more sincere, faithful, and loving servant, than
+Friday proved to me. Without passion, sullenness, or design,
+perfectly obliging and engaging, his affections were as much tied
+to me, as those of a child to its parents; &amp; I might venture to
+say, he would have sacrificed his life for the saving mine, upon
+any occasion whatsoever. And indeed the many testimonies he gave me
+of this, sufficiently convinced me that I had no occasion to use
+these precautions. And here I could not but reflect with great
+wonder, that however it hath pleased the Almighty in his
+providence, and in the government of the creation, to take from so
+great a part of the world of his creatures, the noblest uses to
+which their faculties, and the powers of their souls are adapted;
+yet that he has bestowed upon them the same reason, affections,
+sentiments of kindness and obligation, passions of resentment,
+sincerity, fidelity, and all the capacities of doing and receiving
+good that he has given us; and that when he is graciously pleased
+to offer them occasions of exerting these, they are as ready, nay,
+more ready, to apply them to the proper uses for which they were
+bestowed, than we often are. These thoughts would make me
+melancholy, especially when I considered how mean a use we make of
+all these, even though we have these powers enlightened by the Holy
+Spirit of God, and by the knowledge of this world, as an addition
+to our understanding; and why it has pleased the heavenly Wisdom to
+conceal the life saving knowledge from so many millions of souls
+who would certainly make a much better use of <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page083" id="page083"></a>[pg 083]</span> it
+than generally mankind do at this time. These reflections would
+sometimes lead me so far, as to invade the sovereignty of
+Providence, and, as it were, arraign the justice of such an
+arbitrary disposition of things, that should obscure that light
+from some, and reveal it to others, and yet expect a like duty from
+all. But I closed it up, checking my thoughts with this conclusion;
+first, That we were ignorant of that right and law by which those
+should be condemned; but as the Almighty was necessarily, and by
+the nature of his essence, infinitely just and holy; so it could
+not be otherwise, but that if these creatures were all destined to
+absence from himself, it was on account of sinning against that
+light, <i>which</i>, as the Scripture says, <i>was a law to
+themselves</i> and by such rules as their consciences would
+acknowledge to be just, though the first foundation was not
+discovered to us. And, secondly, That still as we were the clay in
+the hand of the potter, no vessel could thus say to him, <i>Why
+hast thou fashioned me after this manner</i>?</p>
+<p>I had not been above two or three days returned to my castle,
+but my chief design was, how I should bring Friday off from this
+horrid way of feeding; and to take from him that inhuman relish he
+by nature had been accustomed to, I thought it my duty to let him
+taste other flesh, which might the rather tempt him to the same
+abhorrence I so often expressed against their accursed way of
+living. Upon which, one morning I took him out with me, with an
+intention to kill a kid out of the flock, and bring it home and
+dress it. As I was going, I perceived a she-goat lying down in the
+shade, and two young kids sitting by her. Immediately I catched
+hold of my man Friday, and bidding him stand still, and not stir, I
+presented my piece, and shot one of the kids. My poor servant, who
+had at a distance perceived me kill his adversary, and yet did not
+know by what means, or how it was done, stood trembling and
+surprised, and looked so amazed, that I thought he would have sunk
+into the earth. He did not see the kid I aimed at, or behold I had
+killed it, but ripped up his waistcoat to see if he was not
+wounded, thinking my resolution was to kill him; for coming to me,
+he fell on his knees, earnestly pronouncing many things which I did
+not understand the meaning of; which at length I perceived was,
+that I would not take away his life.</p>
+<p>Indeed I was much concerned to see him in that condition, where
+nature is upon the severest trial, when the immediate hand of death
+is ready to put for ever a period to this mortal life; and indeed
+so much compassion had I to this creature, that it was with
+difficulty I restrained from tears. But, however, as another sort
+of countenance was necessary, and to convince him that I would do
+no harm, I took him smiling by the hand, then laughed at him, and
+pointing to the kid which I had slain, made signs to him to fetch
+it, which accordingly he did. <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page084" id="page084"></a>[pg 084]</span> No less curious was he
+in viewing how the creature was killed, than he had been before in
+beholding the Indian; which, while he was admiring at, I charged my
+gun again, and presently perceived a great fowl like a hawk,
+perching upon a tree within shot; and therefore, to let Friday
+understand what I was going to do, I called him to me again,
+pointing at the fowl, which I found to be a parrot. I made him
+understand that I would shoot and kill that bird; accordingly I
+fired, and bade him look, when immediately he saw the parrot fall
+down. Again he stood like one amazed, notwithstanding all I had
+said to him: and the more confounded he was, because he did not
+perceive me put any thing into my gun. Undoubtedly a thing so
+utterly strange, carrying death along with it, far or near, either
+to man or beast, must certainly create the greatest astonishment to
+one who never had heard such a thing in his whole life; and really
+his amazement continued so long, that had I allowed it, he would
+have prostrated himself before me and my gun, with the greatest
+worship and adoration. As for the gun in particular, he would not
+so much as touch it for several days after, but would come &amp;
+communicate his thoughts to it, &amp; talk to it, as if the
+senseless piece had understood and answered him; all this I could
+perceive him do, when he thought my back was turned, the chief
+intent of which was, to desire it not to kill him, as I afterwards
+came to understand.</p>
+<p>I never strove to prevent his admiration, nor hinder him from
+those comical gestures he used on such occasions; but when his
+astonishment was a little over, I make tokens to him to run and
+fetch the parrot that I had shot; which accordingly he did, staying
+some time longer than usual, by reason the bird not being quite
+dead, had fluttered some way further from the place where she fell.
+In the mean time, as he was looking for her, I took the advantage
+of charging my gun again, that so I might be ready for any other
+mark that offered; but nothing more occurred at that time. So I
+brought home the kid, and the same evening took off the skin and
+divided the carcase as well as I could. Part of the flesh I stewed
+and boiled in a pot I had for this purpose. And then spreading my
+table, I sat down, giving my man some of it to eat, who was
+wonderfully pleased and seemed to like it very well: but what was
+the most surprising to him was to see me eat salt with it: upon
+which he made me understand, that the salt was very bad for me;
+when putting a little into his mouth, he seemed to nauseate it in
+such a manner as to spit and sputter at it, and then washed his
+mouth with fresh water: but to shew him how contrary his opinion
+was to mine, I put some meat into my mouth without salt and feigned
+to spit and sputter as much for the want of it, as he had done at
+it; yet all this proved of no signification to Friday; and it was a
+long while before he could <span class="pagenum"><a name="page085"
+id="page085"></a>[pg 085]</span> endure salt in his meat or broth,
+and even then but a small quantity.</p>
+<p>Thus having fed him sufficiently with boiled meat and broth at
+that time, the next day I was resolved to feast him with a roasted
+piece of the kid. And having no spit to fasten it, nor jack to turn
+it, I made use of that common artifice which many of the common
+people of England have, that is to let two poles upon each side of
+the fire, and one cross on top, hanging the meat thereon with a
+string, and so turning round continually, roast it, in the same
+manner as we read bloody tyrants of old cruelly roasted the holy
+martyrs. This practice caused great admiration in my man Friday,
+being quite another way than that to which the savages were
+accustomed. But when he came to taste the sweetness and tenderness
+of the flesh, he expressed his entire satisfaction above a thousand
+different ways. And as I could not but understand his meaning, you
+may be sure I was as wonderfully pleased, especially when he made
+it also very plain to me, that he would never, while he lived eat
+man's flesh more.</p>
+<p>It was now high time I should set my servant to work; so next
+day I set him to beat out some corn, and sat it in the same manner
+as I had done before. And really the fellow was very quick and
+handy in the execution of any thing I ordered him to go about. I
+made him understand that it was to make bread for us to eat, and
+afterwards let him see me make it. In short, he did every thing as
+I ordered him, and in a little time as well as I could perform it
+myself.</p>
+<p>But now considering that I had two mouths to feed instead of
+one, it was necessary that I must provide more ground for my
+harvest, and plant a larger quantity of corn than I commonly used
+to do; upon which I marked out a larger piece of land, fencing it
+in, in the same manner as I had done before; in the execution of
+which I must give Friday this good word; that no man could work,
+more hardy or with better will than he did: and when I made him
+sensible that it was for bread to serve him as well as me, he then
+very passionately made me understand that he thought I had much
+more labour on his account, than I had for myself; and that no
+pains or diligence should be wanting in him, if I would but direct
+him in those works wherein he might proceed.</p>
+<p>I must certainly own, that this was the most pleasant year I
+ever had on the island; for after some time Friday began to talk
+pretty well, and understood the names of those things which I was
+wont to call for, and the places where I used to send him. So that
+my long silent tongue, which had been useless so many years, except
+in an exclamatory manner, either for deliverance or blessings, now
+began to be occupied in teaching, and talking to my man Friday for
+indeed I had such a singular satisfaction in the fellow himself, so
+innocent <span class="pagenum"><a name="page086" id=
+"page086"></a>[pg 086]</span> did his simple and unfeigned honesty
+appear more and more to me every day, that I really began entirely
+to love him; and for his part, I believe there was no love lost,
+and that his nature had been more charmed by his exceeding
+kindness, and his affections more placed upon me, than any other
+object whatsoever among his own countrymen. I once had a great mind
+to try if he had any hankering inclination to his own country
+again; and by this time, having learned the English so well; that
+he could give me tolerable answer to any question which I demanded.
+I asked him whether that nation to which he belonged, ever
+conquered in battle? This question made Friday to smile, and to
+which he answered, <i>Yes, yes, we always fight the better;</i> as
+much as to say, they always got the better in fight. Upon which we
+proceeded on the following discourse: <i>You say</i>, said I,
+<i>that you always fight the better; why, then, Friday, how came
+you to be taken prisoner</i>?</p>
+<p>Friday. <i>But for all that my nation beat much</i>.</p>
+<p>Master. <i>How say you, beat? if your nation beat them, how came
+you to be taken</i>?</p>
+<p>Friday. <i>They more many mans than my nation in the place where
+me was; they take one, two, three, and me: my nation much over beat
+them in the yonder place where me no was, there my nation mans beat
+one, two, three, great tousand</i>.</p>
+<p>Master. <i>Then why did not your men recover you from the hands
+of your enemies?</i></p>
+<p>Friday. <i>They run one, two, or three, and me: they make all go
+in the canoe; my nation have no canoe that time</i>--</p>
+<p>Master. <i>'Tis very well, Friday; but what does your nation do
+with the prisoners they take? Do they carry them away and eat them
+as these have done</i>?</p>
+<p>Friday. <i>Yes, yes, my nation eat mans too, eat up all</i>.</p>
+<p>Master. <i>To what place do they carry them to be
+devoured</i>?</p>
+<p>Friday. <i>Go to other nations where they think</i>.</p>
+<p>Master. <i>Do they bring them hither</i>?</p>
+<p>Friday. <i>Yes, come over hither, came over other place</i>.</p>
+<p>Master. <i>And have you been with them here, Friday</i>?</p>
+<p>Friday. <i>Yes, me been here</i>, (pointing to the north-west of
+the island, being the side where they used to land.)</p>
+<p>Thus having gotten what account I could from my man, I plainly
+understood that he had been as bad as any of the rest of the
+cannibals, having been formerly among the savages who used to come
+on shore on the farthest part of the island, upon the same bloody
+occasion as he was brought hither for; and some time after I
+carried him to that place where he pointed; and no sooner did he
+come there, but he presently knew the ground, signifying to me that
+he was once there when they ate up twenty men, two women and a
+young child; but as he could not explain the number in English, he
+did <span class="pagenum"><a name="page087" id="page087"></a>[pg
+087]</span> it by so many stones in a row, making a sign to me to
+count them.</p>
+<p>This passage I have the rather mentioned, because it led to
+things more important and useful for me to know; for after I had
+this satisfactory discourse with him, my next question was, how far
+it was from the island to the shore, and whether the canoes were
+not often lost in the ocean? to which he answered, <i>there was no
+danger, that no canoes were ever lost; but that after a little way
+out to the sea, there was a strong current and a wind always one
+way in the afternoon</i>. This I thought at first to be no more
+than the sets of the tide, of going out or coming in; but I
+afterwards understood it was occasioned by the great-draught and
+reflux of the mighty river Oroonoko, in the mouth or gulf of which
+I imagined my kingdom lay: and that the land which I perceived to
+the W. and N.W. must be the great island Trinidad, on the north of
+the river. A thousand questions (if that would satisfy me) did I
+ask Friday about the nature of the country, the sea, the coasts,
+the inhabitants, and what nations were nearest them: To which
+questions the poor fellow declared all he knew with the greatest
+openness &amp; utmost sincerity. When I demanded of him the
+particular names of the various nations of his sort of people, he
+could only answer me in general that they were called
+<i>Carrabee</i>. Hence it was I considered that these must be the
+Carribees, so much taken notice of by our maps to be on that part
+of America, which reaches from the mouth of the river Oroonoko to
+Guiana, and so on to St. Martha. Then Friday proceeded to tell me,
+<i>that up a great way beyond the moon</i>, as much as to say,
+beyond the setting of the moon, which must be W. from their
+country, <i>there dwelt white-bearded men, such as I was</i>,
+pointing to my whiskers, <i>and that they kill much mans</i>. I was
+not ignorant with what barbarity the Spaniards treated these
+creatures; so that I presently concluded it must be them, whose
+cruelties had spread throughout America, to be remembered even to
+succeeding generations.</p>
+<p>Well, you may be sure, this knowledge, which the imperfect
+knowledge of my man had led me to, was very comfortable to me, and
+made me so curious as to ask him how I might depart from this
+island, &amp; get amongst those white men? He told me, <i>Yes, yes,
+I might go in two canoes</i>. In two canoes, thought I, what does
+my man mean? surely he means one for himself, and another for me;
+and if not, how must two canoes hold me without being joined, or
+one part of my body being put in one, and another in another? And
+indeed it was a long time before I understood his meaning; which
+was, that it must be a large boat, as big as two canoes, able to
+bear with the waves, and not so liable to be overwhelmed as a small
+one must be.</p>
+<p>I believe there is not a state of life but what may be happy, if
+people would but endeavour for their part to make it so. He
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page088" id="page088"></a>[pg
+088]</span> is not the happiest man that has the most riches; but
+he that is content with what he hath. Before I had my servant, I
+thought myself miserable till I had him; and now that I had enjoyed
+the happy benefits of him, I still complained, and begged a
+deliverance from a place of retirement, ease, and plenty, where
+Providence had sufficiently blessed me. In a word, from this time I
+entertained some hopes, that one time or other I might find an
+opportunity to make my escape from this island, and that this poor
+savage might be a great furtherance thereto.</p>
+<p>All the time since my man became so intelligent as to understand
+and speak to me, I spared no pain nor diligence to instruct him,
+according to my poor share of knowledge in the principles of
+religion, and the adoration that he ought to pay to the TRUE GOD.
+One time, as I very well remember, I asked him who made him? At
+first the innocent creature did not understand what I meant, but
+rather thought I asked him who was his father? upon which I took
+another way to make him sensible, by demanding from him an answer
+to this question. "Friday," I said, "who is it that made the sea,
+this ground whereon we walk, and all the hills and woods which we
+behold?" And here, indeed, I did not miss my intention; for he told
+me <i>it was Old Benamuckee</i> (the God whom I supposed these
+savages adored) <i>who lived a great way beyond all</i>. But as to
+his attributes, poor Friday was an utter stranger. He could
+describe nothing of this great person; and all that he could say
+was, <i>that he was very old, much older than the sea and land, the
+moon, or the stars</i>. "Friday," said I again, "if this great and
+old person has made all things in the world, how comes it to pass,
+that all things, as you in particular, do not adore and worship
+him? upon this looking very grave, with a perfect sweet look of
+innocence, he replied: <i>Master all things say O to him</i>," by
+which it may reasonably be supposed he meant adoration. "And
+where," said I, "do the people of your country go when they die?"
+He answered <i>to Benamuckee</i>. "What, and those people that are
+eaten up, do they go there?" <i>Benamuckee</i>, said he, <i>love
+'em dearly; me pray to Benamuckee in the canoe, and Benamuckee
+would love me when dey eat me all up</i>.</p>
+<p>Such discourses as these had I with my man, and such made me
+sensible, that the true God is worshipped, tho' under imperfect
+similitudes; and that the false adoration which the Heathens give
+to their imaginary Deity, is as great an argument of the divine
+essence, as the most learned Atheists <i>(falsely so called)</i>
+can bring against it; for God will be glorified in his works, let
+their denominations be what it will; and I cannot be of that
+opinion which some conceive, that God should decree men to be
+damned for want of a right notion of faith, in a place where the
+wisdom of the Almighty has not permitted <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page089" id="page089"></a>[pg 089]</span> it to
+be preached; and therefore cannot but conclude, that since
+obedience is the best sacrifice, these poor creatures are acting by
+that light and knowledge which they are possessed of, may
+undoubtedly obtain a happy salvation, though not that enjoyment
+with Christ, as his saints, confessors, and martyrs must enjoy.</p>
+<p>But laying these determinations aside, more fit for divines than
+me to discuss, I began to instruct my servant in the saving
+knowledge of the true Deity, in which the direction of God's Holy
+Spirit assisted me. I lifted up my hands to Heaven, and pointing
+thereto, told him "that the great Maker of Heaven and Earth lived
+there; that as his infinite power fashioned this world out of a
+confused chaos, and made it in that beautiful frame which we
+behold; so he governs and preserves it by his unbounded knowledge,
+sovereign greatness and peculiar providence; that he was
+omnipotent, could do every thing for us, give every thing to us,
+and take every thing away from us; that he was a rewarder and
+punisher of good, and evil actions; that there was nothing but what
+he knew, no thoughts so secret, but what he could bring to light;"
+and thus, by degrees, I opened his eyes, and described to him "the
+manner of the creation of the world, the situation of paradise, the
+transgression of our first parents, the wickedness of God's
+peculiar people, and the universal sins and abominations of the
+whole earth." When these things were implanted in his mind, I told
+him "that as God's justice was equal to his mercy, he resolved to
+destroy this world, till his Son Jesus Christ interposed in our
+behalf; and to procure our redemption, obtained leave of his
+heavenly Father to come down from Heaven into the world, Where he
+took human nature upon him, instructed us in our way to eternal
+life, and died as a sacrifice for our sins; that he was now
+ascended into Heaven, mediating for our pardon, delivering our
+petitions, and obtaining all those good benefits which we ask in
+his name, by humble and hearty prayers, all which were heard at the
+throne of Heaven." As frequently I used to inculcate things into
+his mind. Friday one day told me, <i>that if our great God could
+hear us beyond the sun, he must surely be a greater God than their
+Benamuckee, who lived but a little way off, yet could not hear them
+till they ascended the great mountains, where he dwelt to speak to
+him.</i> 'What' said I, 'Friday, did you go thither to speak to him
+too?' He answered, <i>No, they never went that were young men, none
+but old men, called their Oowakakee</i>, meaning the Indian
+priests, <i>who went to say O,</i> (so he called saying their
+prayers) <i>and they returned back, and told them what Benamuckee
+said.</i> From hence, I could not but observe how happy we
+Christians are, who have God's immediate revelation for our certain
+guide; and that our faith is neither misled, nor our reason imposed
+upon, by any set of men, such as these Indian impostures.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page090" id="page090"></a>[pg
+090]</span>
+
+<p>But to clear up this palpable cheat to my man Friday, I told
+him, "that the pretence of their ancient men going up to
+the mountain to say O to their God <i>Benamuckee</i> was an imposture,
+and that their bringing back an answer was all a sham, if
+not worse; for that, if there was any such thing spoken to them,
+surely it must proceed from an infernal spirit." And here I
+thought it necessary to enter into a long discourse with him,
+which I did after this manner.</p>
+
+<p>"Friday," said I, "you must know, that before the world
+was made, there was an Almighty power existing, by whose
+power all things were made, and whose Majesty shall have no
+end. To be glorified and adored by beings of a heavenly nature,
+he created angels and archangels, that is glorified spirits
+resembling himself, to encompass his throne, eternally singing
+forth his praise in the most heavenly sounds and divine harmony.
+And, among this heavenly choir, Lucifer bore a great sway, as being
+then one of the peculiar favourites of these celestial abodes;
+but he, contrary to that duty he owed his heavenly Sovereign,
+with unbounded ingratitude to his Divine Creator, not only envied
+him that adoration which was his due, but thought to usurp
+that throne, which he had neither power to keep, nor
+title to pretend to. He raised a dissention and civil war in Heaven,
+and had a number of angels to take his part. Unbounded
+folly! stupendous pride! to hope for victory, and aspire
+above his powerful Creator! The Deity, not fearful of such
+an enemy, yet justly provoked at this rebellion, commissioned
+his archangel Michael to lead forth the heavenly host, and give
+him battle; the advantage of which was quickly perceived,
+by Satan's being overthrown, and the prince of the air, for so
+was the devil called, with all his fallen angels, driven headlong
+into a dismal place, which is called <i>Hell</i>."</p>
+
+<p>The recital of this truth made my man give the greatest
+attention, and he expressed a great satisfaction by his gestures,
+that God had sent the devil into a deep hole. And then
+I desired him to give great heed to what I had further to say.</p>
+
+<p>"No sooner," proceeded I, "was God freed from, and the Heaven clear
+of this arch-traitor, but the Father speaks to the Son and Holy
+Spirit, who belonged to his essence, and were equal to him in power
+and glory, <i>Come let us make man</i>, said he <i>in our own image, after
+our own likeness</i>, Gen. i. 26. to have dominion over the creatures
+of the world which we have created. And these he intended should
+glorify him in Heaven, according to their obedience in this state of
+probation on earth, which was, as it were, to be the school to train
+them up for these heavenly mansions. Now, Satan seeing himself foiled;
+yet that God had taken the power from him as prince of the air, which
+power Heaven designed he should retain, whereby his creatures might
+be tried; in revenge for the disgrace he had received, he<span class="pagenum"><a name="page091" id="page091"></a>[pg
+091]</span> tempts Adam's wife, Eve, to taste of the tree of knowledge of
+good and evil, which God had forbidden. He appears to her in the
+shape of a serpent, then a most beautiful creature, and tells her
+that it was no better than an imposition, which God had put upon
+her and her husband not to eat of that fair fruit which he had
+created; that the taste thereof would make them immortal like God
+himself; and consequently as great and powerful as he. Upon which
+she not only eat thereof herself, but made her husband eat also,
+which brought them both under the heavenly displeasure."</p>
+
+<p>Here Friday expressed a great concern: <i>Ah, poor mans!</i>
+cried he, <i>naughty wonians! naughty devil! make God not love de
+mans, made mans like devil himself.</i></p>
+<p>'Friday,' said I, 'God still loved mankind, and though the devil
+tempted human nature so far, he would not suffer him to have an
+absolute power over them. I have told you before of his tender love
+to his people, till they, like Lucifer, disobeyed his commands and
+rebelled against him; and even then, how Jesus Christ, his only
+Son, came to save sinners. But still every man that lives in the
+world is under temptation and trial. The devil has yet a power, as
+prince of the air, to suggest evil cogitations in our minds, and
+prompt us on to wicked actions, that he might glory in our
+destruction. Whatever evil thoughts we have, proceed from him; so
+that God in this our distress, expects we should apply ourselves to
+him by fervent prayer for speedy redress. He is not like
+<i>Benamuckee,</i> to let none come near him but <i>Oowakakee</i>,
+but suffers the people as well as priests to offer themselves at
+his feet, thereby to be delivered from the power and temptation of
+the devil.</p>
+<p>But though at first my man Friday expressed some concern at the
+wickedness of Lucifer, I found it not so easy to imprint the right
+notions of him in his mind, as it was about the divine essence of
+God; for there nature assisted me in all my arguments, to show him
+plainly the necessity of a great first cause, and over-ruling,
+governing power, of a secret directing Providence, and of the
+equity and reasonableness of paying adoration to our Creator:
+whereas there appeared nothing of all this in the notion of an evil
+spirit, of his first beginning, his nature, and, above all, of his
+inclination to evil actions, and his power to tempt us to the like.
+And indeed this unlearned <i>Indian</i>, by the mere force of
+nature, puzzled me with one particular question, more than ever I
+could have expected.</p>
+<p>I had, it seems, one day, been talking to him of the omnipotent
+power of God, and his infinite abhorrence of sin, insomuch that the
+Scriptures styled him <i>a consuming fire</i> to all the workers of
+iniquity; and that it was in his power, whenever he pleased, to
+destroy all the world in a moment, the greater part of which are
+continually offending him.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page092" id="page092"></a>[pg
+092]</span>
+<p>When, with a serious attention, he had listened a great while to
+what I said, after I had been telling him how the devil was God's
+enemy in the hearts of men, and used all his malice and skill to
+defeat the good designs of Providence, and destroy the kingdom of
+Christ in the world, and so forth: <i>Very well, Master</i>, said
+Friday, <i>you say God is so strong, so great, is he not much
+strong, much mightier than the naughty devil?</i> "To be sure,
+Friday," said I, "God is more wise and stronger than the serpent:
+he is above the devil, which makes us pray to him, that he would
+tread down Satan under his feet, enable us to resist the violent
+temptations; and quench his fiery darts." <i>Why then</i>, answered
+Friday quickly, <i>if God, as you say, has much strong, much might
+as the devil, why God no kill devil, make no more tempt, no more do
+wicked.</i></p>
+<p>You may be certain, I was strangely surprised at this question
+of my man's: and, though an old man, I was but a young doctor, and
+consequently very ill qualified for a causuist, or a resolver of
+intricate doubts in religion, and as it required some time for me
+to study for an answer, I pretended not to hear him, nor to ask him
+what he said; but, to so earnest was he for an answer, as not to
+forget his question which he repeated in the very same broken words
+as above. When I had recovered myself a little, "Friday," said I,
+"God will at last punish him severely, being reserved for judgment,
+and is to be cast into the bottomless pit, to remain in fire
+everlasting." But all this did not satisfy Friday, for, returning
+upon me, he repeated my words "RESERVE AT LAST, <i>me no
+understand; but, why not kill devil now, not kill devil, great,
+great while ago</i>?" "Friday" said I "you may as well ask me why
+God does not kill you and me, when, by our wicked actions, we so
+much offend his divine Majesty? He gives us time to repent of our
+sins, that thereby we may obtain pardon." At these words <i>obtain
+pardon</i>, Friday mused a great while; and, at last, looking me
+stedfastly in the face, <i>Well, well</i>, said he, <i>that's very
+well; so you, I, devil, all wicked mans, all preserve, repent, God
+pardon all.</i></p>
+<p>Indeed, here I was ran down to the last extremity, when it
+became very evident to me; how mere natural notions will guide
+reasonable creatures to the knowledge of a Deity, and to the homage
+due to the Supreme Being of God; but, however, nothing but divine
+revelation can form the knowledge of Jesus Christ, and of a
+redemption purchased for us, of the mediator of the new covenant,
+and of an intercessor at the footstool of God's throne; and,
+therefore, the Gospel of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ; that
+is, the word and Spirit of God, promised for the guide and the
+sanctifier of his people, are the most necessary instructors of the
+souls of men, in the saving knowledge of the Almighty, and the
+means to attain eternal happiness.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page093" id="page093"></a>[pg
+093]</span>
+<p>And now I found it necessary to put an end to this discourse
+between my man and me; for which purpose I rose up hastily, and
+made as if I had some occasion to go out, sending Friday for
+something that was a good way off, I then fell on my knees, and
+beseeched God that he would inspire me so far as to guide this poor
+savage in the knowledge of Christ, to answer his questions more
+clearly, that his conscience might be convinced, his eyes opened,
+and his soul saved. When he returned again, I entered into a very
+long discourse with him, upon the subject of the world's redemption
+by the Saviour of it, and the doctrine of repentance preached from
+heaven, together with an holy faith of our blessed Redeemer Jesus
+Christ; and then I proceeded to explain to him, according to my
+weak capacity, the reason why our Saviour took not on him the
+nature of angels, but rather the seed of Abraham; and how the
+fallen angels had no benefit by that redemption; and, lastly, that
+he came only to the lost sheep of the house of Israel, and the
+like. God knows I had more sincerity than knowledge in all the ways
+I took for the poor Indian's instruction; and, I must acknowledge
+what I believe, every body that acts upon the same principle will
+find, that in laying heavenly truths open before him, I informed
+and instructed myself in many things that either I did not know, or
+had not perfectly considered before: so that, however, this poor
+creature might be improved by my instructions, certain it is, that
+I myself had great reason to be thankful to Providence for sending
+him to me. His company allayed my grief, and made my habitation
+comfortable; and when I reflected that the solitary life to which I
+had been so long confined, had made me to look further towards
+Heaven, by making me the instrument under Providence, to save the
+life, and for ought I know, the soul of this poor savage, by
+bringing him to the knowledge of Jesus Christ, it caused a secret
+joy to spread through every part of my soul; and I frequently
+rejoiced, that ever I was brought to this place, which I once
+thought the most miserable part of the world.</p>
+<p>In this thankful frame of mind did I afterwards continue, while
+I abode on the island, and for three years did my man and I live in
+the greatest enjoyment of happiness. Indeed, I believe the savage
+was as good a Christian as I; and I hope we were equally penitent;
+and such penitents as were comforted and restored by God's Holy
+Spirit; for now we had the word of the Lord to instruct us in the
+right way, as much as if we had been on the English shore.</p>
+<p>By the constant application I made to the Scriptures, as I read
+them to my man Friday, I earnestly endeavoured to make him
+understand every part of it, as much as lay in my power. He also,
+on the other hand, by his very serious questions and inquiries,
+made me a much better proficient in Scripture knowledge, than I
+should have been by my own private reading <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page094" id="page094"></a>[pg 094]</span> and
+study. I must not omit another thing, proceeding from the
+experience I had in my retirement: It was that infinite and
+inexpressible blessing, the knowledge of God through Jesus Christ,
+which was so plain and easy to be understood, as immediately to
+direct me to carry on the great work of sincere repentance for my
+sins, and laying hold of a Saviour for eternal life, to a practical
+stated reformation, and obedience to all God's institutions,
+without the assistance of a reverend and orthodox divine; and
+especially by this same instruction, so to enlighten this savage
+creature, as to make him so good a Christian, as very few could
+exceed him. And there was only this great thing wanting, that I had
+no authority to administer the Holy Sacrament, that heavenly
+participation of Christ's body and blood; yet, however, we rested
+ourselves content; that God would accept our desires, and according
+to our faith, have mercy on us.</p>
+<p>But what we wanted one way, was made up in another, and that was
+universal peace in our little church. We had no disputes and
+wrangling about the nature and equality of the holy, blessed, and
+undivided Trinity, no niceties in doctrine, or schemes of church
+government; no sour or morale dissenters to impose more sublimated
+notions upon us; no pedant sophisters to confound us with
+unintelligible mysteries: but, instead of all this, we enjoyed the
+most certain guide to Heaven; that is, the word of God: besides
+which, we had the comfortable views of his Spirit leading us to the
+truth, and making us both willing and obedient to the instruction
+of his word. As the knowledge and practice of this are the
+principal means of salvation, I cannot see what it avails any
+christian church, or man in the world, to amuse himself with
+speculations and opinions, except it be to display their particular
+vanity and affectation.</p>
+<p>You may well suppose, that, by the frequent discourse we had
+together, my man and I became most intimately acquainted, and that
+their was but very little that I could say, but what Friday
+understood; and, indeed, he spoke very fluently, though it was but
+broken English. I now took a particular pleasure in relating all my
+adventures, especially those that occurred since my being cast on
+this island. I made him understand that wonderful mystery, as he
+conceived, of gunpowder and bullet, and taught him how to shoot. I
+also presented to him a knife, which pleased him exceedingly,
+making him a belt, with a frog hanging thereto, like those in which
+we wear hangers in England; and, instead of a hanger to put in the
+frog, I gave him a hatchet, which was not only as good, but even a
+better weapon upon many occasions. In a word, my man thus
+accoutred, looked upon himself as great as Don Quixote, when that
+celebrated champion went to combat the windmill.</p>
+<p>I next gave him a very particular description of the territories
+of Europe, and in a particular manner of Old England, the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page095" id="page095"></a>[pg
+095]</span> place of my nativity. I laid, before him the manner of
+our worshipping God, our behaviour one to another, and how we trade
+in ships to every part of the universe. I then told him my
+misfortunes in being shipwrecked, showing him, as near as I could
+the place where the ship lay, which had been gone long before; but
+I brought him to the ruins of my boat which before my whole
+strength could not move, but now was a most rotten, and fallen to
+pieces. I observed my man Friday to view this boat with uncommon
+curiosity; which, when he had done, he stood pondering a great
+while, and said nothing. At last, said I, "Friday, what makes you
+ponder so much?" He replied, <i>O master, me see like boat come to
+place at my nation</i>.</p>
+<p>It was some time, indeed, before I understood what my man meant;
+but examining strictly into it, I plainly found, that such another
+boat resembling mine, had come up on the country where he dwelt:
+that is to say, by his farther explanation, that the boat was
+driven there through stress of weather. It then came into my mind
+that some European ship having been cast away, the poor distressed
+creatures were forced to have recourse to the boat to save their
+lives; and being all, as I thought drowned, I never concerned my
+self to ask any thing concerning, them, but my only inquiry was
+about the boat, and what description my man could give of it.</p>
+<p>Indeed Friday answered my demands very well; making everything
+very plain to my understanding: but beyond measure was I satisfied,
+when he told me with great warmth and ardour. <i>O master, we save
+white mans from drown;</i> upon which I immediately asked him, If
+there were any white mans, as he called them in the boat? <i>Yes,
+yes</i>, said he, <i>the boat full, very full of white mans</i>
+"How many, Friday?" said I. Hereupon he numbered his fingers, and
+counted seventeen. And when I asked him what became of them all,
+and whether they lived or not? he replied, <i>Yes master, they all
+live, they be live among my nation.</i> This information put fresh
+thoughts into my head, that these must be those very men who before
+I concluded had been swallowed up in the ocean, after they had left
+the ship that had struck upon the rocks of my kingdom, and after
+escaping the fury of the deep, landed upon the wild shore, and
+committed themselves to the fury of the devouring Indians.</p>
+<p>The manner of their cruelties to one another, which
+consequently, as I thought, must be acted with greater barbarity to
+strangers, created in me a great anxiety, and made me still more
+curious to ask Friday concerning them. He told me, he was sure they
+still lived there, having resided among them above four years, and
+that the savages gave them victuals to live upon: "But pray,
+Friday," said I, "whence proceeded all this good nature and
+generosity? How came it to pass that they did not kill and eat
+them, to please their devouring appetites, and occasion to splendid
+an entertainment among them?" <i>No, no,</i> <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page096" id="page096"></a>[pg 096]</span> said
+Friday, <i>they not kilt 'em, they make brothers with 'em</i>; by
+which I understood there was a truce between them. And then I had a
+more favourable opinion of the Indians, upon Friday uttering these
+words, <i>My nation, t'other nation no eat man, but when mans, make
+war fight:</i> as though he had said, that neither those of his
+kingdom, nor any other nations that he knew of, ever ate their
+fellow-creatures, but such as their law of arms allowed to be
+devoured; that is, those miserable captives, whose misfortune it
+should be to be made prisoners of war.</p>
+<p>Some considerable time after, upon a very pleasant day, in most
+serene weather, my man and I stood upon the top of a hill, on the
+east side of the island, whence I had once before beheld the
+continent of America. I could not tell immediately what was the
+matter, for suddenly Friday fell a jumping and dancing as if he had
+been mad, and upon my demanding the reason of his behaviour, <i>O
+joy</i>! said he, <i>O glad! there see my country, there my nation,
+there live white mans gether</i>. And indeed such a rapturous sense
+of pleasure appeared in his countenance that his eyes had an
+uncommon sparkling and brightness, and such a strange eagerness, as
+if he had a longing desire to be in his country again. This made me
+no so well satisfied with my man Friday as before; for by this
+appearance, I made no dispute, but that if he could get back
+thither again, he would not only be unmindful of what religion I
+had taught him, but likewise of the great obligation he owed me for
+his wonderful deliverance; nay, that he would not only inform his
+countrymen of me, but accompany hundreds of them to my kingdom, and
+make me a miserable sacrifice like those unhappy wretches taken in
+battle.</p>
+<p>Indeed I was very much to blame to have those cruel and unjust
+suspicions, and must freely own I wronged the poor creature very
+much, who was of a quite contrary temper. And had he had that
+discerning acuteness which many Europeans have, he would certainly
+have perceived my coldness and indifference, and also have been
+very much concerned upon that account; as I was now more
+circumspect, I had much lessened my kindness and familiarity with
+him, and while this jealousy continued, I used that artful way (now
+to much in fashion, the occasion of strife and dissention) of
+pumping him daily thereby to discover whether he was deceitful in
+his thoughts and inclinations; but certainly he had nothing in him
+but what was consistent with the best principles, both as a
+religious Christian and a grateful friend; and indeed; I found
+every thing he said was ingenuous and innocent, that I had no room
+for suspicion, and, in spite of all uneasiness, he not only made me
+entirely his own again, but also caused me much to lament that I
+ever conceived one ill thought of him.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page097" id="page097"></a>[pg
+097]</span>
+<p>As we were walking up the same hill another day, when the
+weather was so hazy at sea, that I could not perceive the
+continent, "Friday," said I "don't you wish yourself to be in your
+own country, your nation, among your old friends and
+acquaintances?" <i>Yes,</i> said he, <i>me much O glad to be at my
+own nation.</i> "And what would you do there, Friday? Would you
+turn wild again, eat man's flesh, and be a savage as you were
+formerly." <i>No, no,</i> (answered he, full of concern and making
+his head) <i>Friday now tell them to live good, tell them pray God,
+tell them to eat corn bread, cattle flesh, milk, no eat man
+again.</i> "But surely," replied I, "if you should offer to do all
+this, they will kill you; and to manifest their contempt of such
+instruction eat you up when they have done." He then put on a
+grave, yet innocent and smooth countenance, saying, <i>No, they no
+kill me, they willing love learn</i>: that is that they would be
+very willing to learn: adding withal, <i>that they had learned much
+of the bearded mans that came in the boat</i>. "Will you," said I
+"go back again, Friday?" He smiled at that, and told me, that he
+could not swim so far. But said I, I will make a canoe for you.
+<i>Yes, Master</i> said he, <i>me go if you go, me no go if you
+stay</i>. "I go, Friday! why would you have them to eat me up, and
+devour your kind master?" <i>No no</i>, said he, <i>me make them
+not eat master, and me make them much love you</i>; that is, he
+would tell them how I had slain his enemies, and thereby saved his
+life, for which reason he would make them love me: and then he
+related to me, as well as he was able, how exceedingly kind those
+his nation were to the white, or bearded men, as he called them,
+who, in their great calamity, were driven into their country.</p>
+<p>It was from this time, indeed, I had strong inclinations to
+venture over, and use my utmost efforts, if possible, to join these
+white bearded men, who undoubtedly were Spaniards or Portuguese;
+for, thought I, it must be certainly a better and safer way to
+escape when there is a good company, than for me alone, from an
+island forty miles off the shore, and without any assistance. Some
+days, after, Friday and I being at work, as usual, at the same time
+diverting ourselves with various discourses; I told him I had a
+boat which I would bestow upon him, whenever he pleased to return
+to his own nation; and to convince him of the truth of what I said,
+I took him with me to the other side of the island, where my
+frigate lay, and then taking it from under the water, (for I always
+kept it sunk for fear of a discovery) we went both into it to see
+how it would manage such an expedition.</p>
+<p>And really never could any be more dexterous in rowing than my
+faithful servant, making the boat go as fast again as I could.
+"Well now, Friday", said I, "shall we now go to your so much
+admired nation." But instead of meeting with that cheerfulness I
+expected, he looked very dull and melancholy <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page098" id="page098"></a>[pg 098]</span> at my
+saying so; which indeed at first surprised me, till he made me
+sensible, that his concern was about the boat's being too small to
+go so far a voyage. Upon which I let him understand I had a much
+bigger; and accordingly, the next day went to the place where the
+first boat lay, which I had made, when all the strength I had or
+art I could use failed me in my attempt to get it into the water:
+but now it having lain in the sun two and twenty years, and no care
+being taken of it all that while, it became in a manner rotten. My
+man told me, that such a boat would do very well for the purpose,
+sufficient to carry <i>enough vittle, drink, bread</i>, for that
+was his manner of talking. In short, my mind being strongly fixed
+upon my design of going over with him to the Continent, I very
+plainly told him that we would both go and make a boat full as big,
+and more proportionable than that, wherein he might safely return
+to his own nation.</p>
+<p>These words made Friday look so very pensive that I thought he
+would have fallen at my feet. It was some time before he could
+speak a word, which made me ask him, what was the matter with him?
+He replied in a very soft and moving tone, <i>What has poor Friday
+done? why are you angry mad with poor servant? What me done, O what
+me done?</i> "Friday," said I, "you never yet have offended me,
+what makes you think I am angry with you, when I am not angry at
+all." <i>You no angry, no angry,</i> said he several times, <i>if
+you be no angry, why den send Friday over great water to my own
+nation?</i> "Why from a mountain you beheld the place where you was
+born, and is it not to satisfy your desires that I am willing to
+give you leave to return thither?" <i>Yes, yes</i>, said Friday,
+<i>me wish to be there sure enough, but then me with master there
+too: no wish Friday there, no master there.</i> In short, he could
+not endure the thoughts of going there without me. "I go there!
+Friday," said I, "what shall I do there?" He answered very quickly,
+<i>O master you do great deal much good, you teach all de wild mans
+to be good tame mans: you learn dem to be sober, life good live, to
+know God, and pray God.</i> "Alas! poor Friday," said I, "what can
+I do against their priests of <i>Benamuckee</i>, or indeed what
+good can I make your nation sensible of, when I myself am but a
+poor ignorant man?" <i>No, no, master,</i> said he, <i>you be no
+ignorant, you teachee me good, you teachee dem good.</i> "You shall
+go without me, Friday," said I, "for I don't care to accompany you
+thither; I would rather live in this solitude than venture among
+such inhuman savages. <i>Go your way since you desire it, and leave
+me alone by myself as I was before I saved your life</i>."</p>
+<p>Never was any creature more thunderstruck than Friday was at
+these words. <i>Go me away, leave master away, (said he after a
+long silence,) no, no, Friday die, Friday live not master
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page099" id="page099"></a>[pg
+099]</span> gone</i>, as though he had said, I neither can nor will
+live, if my master sends me from him. And here I cannot but take
+notice of the strong ties of friendship, which many times surpass
+those of consanguinity: For often we find a great disagreement
+among kindred; and when there is any seeming regard for each other,
+it is very seldom true, and scarce ever lasting, if powerful
+interest does not bear the sway; and that alone is often the
+occasion of the greatest hatred in the world, which is to desire
+the death of parents and relations, for the sake of acquiring their
+fortunes. But there was no such thing between my servant and me;
+instead of which there was the greatest gratitude and the most
+sincere love; he found me not only his deliverer, but his preserver
+and comforter; not a severe and cruel tyrant, but a kind, loving,
+and affable friend. He wanted for no manner of sustenance; and when
+he was ill or out of order, I was his physician, not only for his
+body but his soul; and therefore no wonder was it, that such an
+innocent creature long since divested of his former natural
+cruelty, should have an uncommon concern at so cruel a seperation
+from me, which pierced him to the very soul, and made him desire
+even to die, rather than live without me..</p>
+<p>After I had told Friday, in a very careless manner, that he
+should be at his liberty as soon as the boat was made, the language
+of his eyes expressed all imaginable confusion; when, immediately
+running to one of his hatchets, which he used to wear as a
+defensive weapon, he gives it into my hand, with a heart so full,
+that he could scarcely speak. 'Friday,' said I, 'what is it you
+mean? What must I do with this?' <i>Only kill Friday</i>, said he,
+<i>Friday care not live long.</i>' 'But what must I kill you for?
+replied I again, <i>Ah! dear master, what made you Friday save from
+eat a me up, so keep long Friday, make Friday love God, and love
+not Benamuckee, and now Friday send away; never see Friday
+more.</i> As though the poor creature had said, Alas! my dearest
+kind master, how comes it to pass, that after having ventured your
+precious life to save me from the jaws of devouring cannibals, like
+myself, after such a tender regard to provide for me such a
+comfortable nourishment, and continuing so long a kind master, and
+a most sincere friend; and after making me forsake the false notion
+of an Indian Deity, and worship the true God in spirit and in
+truth; and after all this how comes it now, that you are willing to
+send me away to my former course of living, by which means
+undoubtedly we shall be dead to each other; but greater must be my
+misfortune, that I shall never behold my best friend I have in the
+world any more. And this undoubtedly, though he could not express
+himself so clearly, must be his sentiments; for the tears ran down
+his cheeks in such a plentiful manner, that I had much ado to
+refrain from weeping also, when I beheld the poor creature's
+affection; so that I was forced to comfort him in <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page100" id="page100"></a>[pg 100]</span> the
+best manner I could, which I did, by telling him, if he was content
+to abide with me, I should be ever willing to keep him.</p>
+<p>After Friday's grief was something abated, more fully to
+convince me of his affection, he said, <i>O master, me not care to
+be in my nation, leave you here; me desire nation learn good,
+that's all;</i> meaning, that his desire was for the conversion of
+that barbarous people. But as I had no apostolic mission, nor any
+concern about their salvation; so I had not the least intention or
+desire of undertaking it; and the strength of my inclination, in
+order to escape, proceeded chiefly from my late discourse with
+Friday, about these seventeen white bearded men, that had been
+driven upon the Barbarian coast; whom I designed to join, as the
+only means to further our escape. To which intent my man and I went
+to search for a proper tree to fell, whereof we might make a large
+perigua or canoe, to undertake the voyage; and, indeed, we were not
+long in finding one fit for our purpose, there being enough of wood
+in the island to have built a fleet of large vessels, but the thing
+we principally wanted was to get one so near the water, that we
+might launch it after it was finished, and not commit so horrid a
+mistake as I had once done before.</p>
+<p>Well, after a great search for what was best and most
+convenient, Friday, at last, whose judgment in such affairs was
+much superior to mine, pitches upon a kind of wood the most fitting
+for it. To this day I cannot tell the name of the tree, nor
+describe it any other way, than only by saying, that it is like
+what we call <i>fustic</i>, or between that and the Niacaragua
+wood, being much of the same colour and smell. But though my man
+exceeded me in the knowledge of the most proper tree, yet I shewed
+him a much better and clearer way to make a canoe than ever he knew
+before; for he was for burning the hollow or cavity of the tree, in
+order to make this boat; but I then told him how he might do it
+with tools, learning him at the same time how to use them, which
+indeed he did very dexterously; so that in a month's time we
+finished it, making it very handsome, by cutting the outside in the
+true shape of a boat. After this it took us a full fortnight before
+we could get her into the water, which we did as it were inch by
+inch, upon great rollers; but when she was in, she would have
+carried twenty men, with all the ease imaginable.</p>
+<p>As I was very well pleased, you may be sure at the launching of
+this man of war of mine, I was no less amazed to behold with what
+dexterity my man would manage her, turn her, and paddle her along.
+'Well Friday,' said I, 'what do you think of it now? Do you think
+this will carry us over? <i>Yes, master</i>, said he, <i>me venture
+over well, though great blow wind</i>. But my design was yet
+farther, which he was insensible of; and that was to make a mast
+and a sail, and to provide <span class="pagenum"><a name="page101"
+id="page101"></a>[pg 101]</span> her with an anchor and cable. As
+to a mast, that was no difficult thing at all to procure: so I
+fixed upon a strait young cedar-tree; which I found near the place,
+great plenty of it abounding in the island; and setting Friday to
+cut it down, I gave him particular directions how to shape and
+order it; but as to the sail, that I managed myself. I very well
+knew I had some old ones, or pieces of sails enough, which had lain
+six and twenty years by me; but not being careful to preserve them,
+as thinking I should have no occasion to use them any more, when I
+came to overlook them I found them almost all rotten, except two;
+and with these I went to work, and after a great deal of pains and
+aukward tedious stitching for want of needles, at length I finished
+a three-cornered ugly thing, like those which our long boats use,
+and which I very well knew how to manage, especially since it was
+like that which I had in my patron's fishing boat, when, with my
+boy Xury, I made my escape from the Barbarian shore.</p>
+<p>It was near two months, I think, before I completed this work,
+that is, the rigging and fitting my mast and sails; and indeed they
+were nicely done, having made a small stay and a sail, or a
+foresail to it, to assist, if we should turn to the westward; and
+what is still more, I fixed a rudder to the stern of her, to steer
+with; and though I was but a very indifferent shipwright, yet, as I
+was sensible of the great usefulness and absolute necessity of a
+thing like this, I applied myself to it with such a confident
+application, that at last I accomplished my design; but what with
+the many dull contrivances I had about it, and the failure of many
+things, it cost me as much pains in ordering as in making the boat.
+Besides when all this was done, I had my man to teach what belonged
+to its navigation; for though he very well understood how to paddle
+a canoe along, he was an utter stranger to a sail and a rudder, and
+was amazed when he saw me work the boat to and again in the sea, by
+them, and how the sail gibbed and filled this way or that way, as
+the course we sailed changed. After some time and a little use, I
+made all these things very familiar to him, so that he became an
+expert sailor, except in relation to the compass, and that I could
+make him understand but little of. But, as it happened, there was
+seldom occasion for it, there being but little cloudy weather, and
+scarce any fog in those parts; the stars were always visible in the
+night, and the shore perspicuous by day, except in the rainy
+season, which confined every one to his habitation. Thus entered in
+the seven and twentieth year of my reign, or captivity, which you
+please, (the last three of which blessed with the company of my man
+Friday, ought not to be reckoned) I kept the anniversary of my
+landing here with the same thankfulness to God, for his tender
+mercies, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page102" id=
+"page102"></a>[pg 102]</span> as I did before; and certainly, as I
+had great cause for a thankful acknowledgement for my deliverance
+at first, I had much greater now for such singular and additional
+testimonies of the care of Providence over me, in all my distress
+of both body and mind, and the great hopes I had of being
+effectually and speedily delivered; for I had a strong impression
+upon my mind, that I should not be another year in this island.
+But, however, I still continued on with my husbandry, digging,
+planting, and fencing, as usual; gathering and curing my grapes,
+and doing all other things that were necessary.</p>
+<p>And now the rainy season beginning to come on, obliged me to
+keep the longer within doors; but before this I brought my new
+vessel into the creek, where I had landed my rafts from the ship,
+and haling her up to the shore, I ordered my man Friday to dig a
+dock sufficient to hold her in, and deep enough to give her water,
+wherein she might float; and then when the tide was out, we made a
+strong dam cross the end of it, to keep out the water; by which
+means she lay dry, as to the tide from the sea; and to keep the
+rain from her, we thatched her over, as it were, with boughs of
+trees, like a house, so we waited for the months of November and
+December, in which I designed to venture over the ocean.</p>
+<p>No sooner did the seasonable weather begin to draw near, but so
+much was I elevated with this new designed adventure, that I daily
+prepared for the voyage. The first thing I thought on was, to lay
+by a certain quantity of provisions, as a sufficient store for such
+an expedition, intending in a week or fortnight's time to open the
+dock, and to launch out the boat for that purpose. But one morning
+as I was very busy upon something necessary for this occasion, I
+called Friday to me, and bid him go to the seashore, and see if he
+could find a turtle or tortoise, a thing which we commonly had once
+a week, as much upon account of the eggs, as for the sake of the
+flesh. He had not been long gone, but he came running back, as
+though he was pursued for life, and as if it were flew over my
+outer-wall, or fence, like one that felt not the ground, or steps
+he set his feet on; and before I had time to enquire the reason of
+this precipitation, he cries out, <i>O dear master, O sorrow,
+sorrow! Bad! O bad!</i> 'Why, what's the matter Friday,' said I.
+<i>O yonder, yonder!</i> said he; <i>there be one, two, or three
+canoes! two three!</i> Surely, thought I, there must be six, by my
+man's way of reckoning; but on a stricter inquiry, I found there
+were but three. 'Well Friday,' said I, 'don't be terrified, I
+warrant you we will not only defend ourselves against them, but
+kill the most of these cruel savages.' But though I comforted him
+in the best manner I could, the poor creature trembled so, that I
+scarce knew what to do with him:--<i>O master</i>, said he, <i>they
+come look Friday, cut pieces Friday, cut a me up</i>. 'Why Friday,'
+said I, 'they will eat me up as well as you, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page103" id="page103"></a>[pg 103]</span> and my
+danger is as great as yours. But since it is so, we must resolve to
+fight for our lives. What say you? Can you fight Friday?
+<i>Yes,(said he, very faintly) me shoot, me kill what I can, but
+there come a great many number.</i>'That's no matter,' said I
+again, 'our guns will terrify those that we do not kill: I am very
+willing to stand by you to the last drop of my blood. Now tell me
+if you will do the like by me, and, obey my orders in whatsoever I
+command?' Friday then answered, <i>O master, me loses life for you,
+me die when you bid die.</i> Thus concluding all questions
+concerning his fidelity, immediately I fetched him a good dram of
+rum, (of which I had been a very good husband) and gave it him to
+comfort his heart. After he had drank it, I ordered him to take the
+two-fowling pieces, which we always carried, and load them with
+large swan-shot, as big as small pistol bullets; then I took four
+muskets, and loaded them with two slugs and five small bullets
+each; charging my two pistols each with a brace; I hung my great
+sword, as customary, naked to my side, and gave Friday his hatchet,
+as a most excellent weapon for defence.</p>
+<p>Thus prepared, I thought as well of myself, as any knight errant
+that ever handled a sword and spear. I took my perspective glass
+and went up to the side of the hill, to see what I could discover;
+and I perceived very soon, by my glass, that there were one and
+twenty savages, three prisoners, and three canoes, and that their
+chief concern seemed to be the triumphant banquet upon the three
+poor human bodies, a thing which by this time I had observed was
+very common with them. I also remarked, that they did not land at
+that place from whence Friday made his escape, but nearer to the
+creek, where the shore was low, and where a thick wood came very
+close to the sea. My soul was then filled with indignation and
+abhorrence at such inhuman wretches, which put a period to all my
+former thoughts in their vindication, neither would I give myself
+time to consider their right of conquest, as I had done before: but
+descending from the mountain, I came down to Friday, and told him,
+I was resolved to go speedily to them, and kill them all; asking
+him again in the same breath, if he would stand by me; when by this
+time being recovered from his fright, and his spirits much cheered
+with the dram I had given him, he was very pleasant, yet seriously
+telling me, as he did before, <i>When I bid die, he would
+die.</i></p>
+<p>And now it was, having fixed my resolution in so strong a
+manner, that nothing could divest my breast of its uncommon fury. I
+immediately divided the loaded arms betwixt us. To my man Friday I
+gave a pistol to stick in his girdle, with three guns upon his
+shoulder, a weight too great, I confess, to bear but what must a
+poor king do, who has but one soldier in the world? But to show I
+made him bear no more than what I would lay on myself, I stuck the
+other pistol in my girdle, and <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page104" id="page104"></a>[pg 104]</span> the other three guns
+upon my shoulders; nay, something more, but that was like Aesop's
+burden, a small bottle of rum, which was soon lightened to our
+exceeding refreshment. Thus we marched out, under a ponderous load
+of armour, like two invincible champions, with a quantity of powder
+and bullets to stand our battle, and load again, when the pieces
+were discharged. And now my orders being to be obeyed, I charged
+Friday to keep close behind me, and not to stir, or shoot, or
+attempt anything till I commanded him; and in the interim, not to
+speak so much as one word. It was in this order I fetched a compass
+to the right hand, of near a mile, as well to get over the creek,
+as to attain the wood; and by this, I thought to come within shot
+of them before I could be discerned, as I found by my glass, would
+not be difficult to accomplish.</p>
+<p>But how fickle and wavering is the mind of man, even in our
+greatest fury and strongest inclinations. For while I was taking
+this march, my resolution began to abate, not through fear of their
+numbers, who were a parcel of naked unarmed wretches, but those
+reflections occurred to my thoughts: <i>what power was I
+commissioned with, or what occasion or necessity had I to go and
+imbrue my hands in human blood, and murder people that had neither
+done nor intended to do me any wrong? They were innocent in
+particular as to me: and their barbarous custom was not only their
+misfortune but a sign that God had left them in the most immense
+stupidity; but yet did not warrant me to be a judge of their
+actions, much less an executioner of his righteous judgments? That,
+on the contrary, whenever he thought fit, he would take vengeance
+on them himself, and punish them in a national way, according to
+their national crimes; but this was nothing at all to me, who had
+no concern with them. Indeed my man Friday might justify himself,
+because they were his declared enemies, of that very same nation
+that went to sacrifice him before; and indeed it was lawful for him
+to attack them, which I could not say was so with respect to
+me,</i>--So warmly did these things press upon my thoughts all the
+way I went, that I only resolved to place myself so as to behold
+their bloody entertainment, without falling upon them, except
+something more than ordinary, by God's special direction, should
+oblige me thereto.</p>
+<p>Thus fixed in my resolution, I entered into the thick wood, (my
+man Friday following me close behind) when with all possible
+wariness and silence, I marched till I came close to the skirt of
+it, on that side which was the nearest to them; for only one end of
+the wood interposed between me and them. Upon which I called very
+softly to Friday, and shewing him a great tree, that was just at
+the corner of the wood, I ordered him to repair thither, and bring
+me word, if he could plainly perceive their actions; accordingly he
+did as I commanded him, and came back with this melancholy story,
+<i>that they were <span class="pagenum"><a name="page105" id=
+"page105"></a>[pg 105]</span> all about their fire, eating the
+flesh of one of their prisoners; and that another lay bound upon
+the sands at a little distance from them, which they designed for
+the next sacrifice, and this, he told me was not one of their
+nation, but one of those very bearded men, who were driven by a
+storm into their country, and of whom he had so often talked to me
+about</i>--You may be sure, that upon hearing this, my soul was
+ready to sink within me: when ascending into a tree, I saw plainly,
+by my glass, a white man, who lay upon the beach of the sea, with
+his hands and feet tied with flags, or things resembling rushes,
+being covered with clothes, and seemed to be an European. From the
+tree where I took this prospect I perceived another tree and a
+thicket beyond it, about fifty yards nearer to them than where I
+was, which, by taking a small circle round, I might come at
+undiscovered, &amp; then I should be within half a shot of these
+devourers. And this consideration alone, to be more perfectly
+revenged upon them, made me withhold my passion, though I was
+enraged to the highest degree imaginable; when going back about
+twenty paces I got behind some bushes, which held all the way till
+I came to the other tree; and then I ascended to a little rising
+ground, not above eighteen yards distance, and there I had a full
+view of these creatures, and I could perceive all their
+actions.</p>
+<p>Such a fight did then appear, as obliged me not to lose a
+moment's time. No less than nineteen of these dreadful wretches sat
+upon the ground, close huddled together, expressing all the delight
+imaginable at so barbarous an entertainment; and they had just sent
+the other two to murder this poor unhappy Christian, and bring him
+limb by limb to their fire; for they were then just going to untie
+the bands from his feet, in order for death, as fetters are knocked
+off the feet of malefactors before they go to the place of
+execution. Hereupon, immediately turning to my man, 'now, Friday'
+said I 'mind what I say, fail in nothing, but do exactly as you see
+me do'. All which he promising--he would perform, I let down one of
+my muskets, and fowling-piece upon the ground, and Friday did the
+same by his; and with the other musket I took my aim at the
+savages, bidding him do the like: 'Are you ready' said I: <i>Yes,
+Master,</i> said he; 'why then fire at them,' said I; and that very
+moment I gave fire likewise.</p>
+<p>I only killed one and wounded two; but my man Friday, taking his
+aim much better than I, killed two and wounded three. You may be
+sure they were in a dreadful consternation, at, such an unexpected
+disaster, and those who had yet escaped our penetrating shot,
+immediately jumped upon their feet, but were in such a confusion,
+that they knew not which way to run or look; not knowing from
+whence their destruction came. We threw down our pieces, and took
+up others, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page106" id=
+"page106"></a>[pg 106]</span> giving a second dreadful volley; but
+as they were loaded only with swan shot, or small pistol bullets,
+we perceived only two of them fall; tho many were wounded, who run
+yelling and screaming about like mad creatures. 'Now, Friday,' said
+I, 'lay down your piece, and take up the musket, and follow me.' He
+did so, with great courage, when showing ourselves to the savages
+we give a great shout, and made directly to the poor victim, who
+would have been sacrificed, had not our first fire obliged the
+butchers, with three others, to jump into a canoe. By my order,
+Friday fired at them, at which shot I thought he had killed them
+all, by reason of their falling to the bottom of the boat; however,
+he killed two, and mortally wounded a third. In the mean time, I
+cut the flags that tied the hands and feet of the poor creature,
+and lifting him up asked him in the Portuguese tongue, <i>What he
+was?</i> He answered me in Latin, <i>Christiantis;</i> but so very
+weak and faint, that he could scarce stand or speak. Immediately I
+gave him a dram; and a piece of bread to cherish him, and asked
+him, What countryman he was? He said, <i>Hispaniola;</i> and then
+uttered all the thankfulness imaginable for his deliverance.
+'Signior,' said I, with as much Spanish as I was master of, 'let us
+talk afterwards, but fight now; here, take this sword and pistol,
+and do what you can.' And, indeed, he did so with much courage and
+intrepidity, that he cut two of them to pieces in an instant, the
+savages not having the power to fly for their lives. I ordered
+Friday to run for those pieces we had left at the tree, which he
+brought me with great swiftness, and then I gave him my musket,
+while I loaded the rest. But now their happened a fierce encounter
+between the Spaniard &amp; one of the savages who had made at him
+with one of their wooden swords; and though the former was as brave
+as could be expected, having twice wounded his enemy in the head,
+yet being weak &amp; faint, the Indian had thrown him upon the
+ground, &amp; was wrestling my sword out of his hand, which the
+Spaniard very wisely quiting, drew out his pistol, and shot him
+through the body before I could come near him, though I was running
+to his assistance.' As to Friday, he pursued the flying wretches
+with his hatchet, dispatching three, but the rest were too nimble
+for him. The Spaniard taking one of the fowling pieces, wounded
+two, who running into the wood Friday pursued and killed; but the
+other, notwithstanding his wounds, plunged himself into the sea
+&amp; swam to those who were left in the canoe; which, with one
+wounded, were all that escaped out of one and twenty. The account
+is as follows.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page107" id="page107"></a>[pg
+107]</span>
+<blockquote>
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Killed at first shot from the tree</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>At the second shot</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>By Friday in the boat</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Ditto of those first wounded</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Ditto in the wood</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;1</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>By the Spaniard</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Killed or died of their wounds</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;4</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Escaped in the boat, whereof one wounded if not
+slain</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;4</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>------</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Total</td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;21</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</blockquote>
+<p>The savages in the canoe worked very hard to get out of our
+reach, and Friday was as eager in pursuing them; and indeed I was
+no less anxious about their escape, lest after the news had been
+carried to their people, they should return in multitudes and
+destroy us. So being resolved to pursue them, I jumped into one of
+the canoes and bid Friday follow me; but no sooner was I in, than
+to my surprise, I found another poor creature bound hand and foot
+for the slaughter, just as the Spaniard had been, with very little
+life in him. Immediately I unbound him, and would have helped him
+up; but he could neither stand nor speak, but groaned so piteously,
+as thinking he was only unbound in order to be slain. Hereupon I
+bid Friday speak to him, and tell him of his deliverance; when
+pulling out my bottle I made the poor wretch drink a dram; which,
+with the joyful news he had received, so revived his heart that he
+sat up in the boat. As soon as Friday began to hear him speak, and
+look more fully in his face, it would have moved any one to tears
+to perceive his uncommon transports of joy; for he kissed, embraced
+him, hugged him, cried, laughed, hollooed, jumped about, danced,
+sung, then cried again, wrung his hands, beat his face and head,
+then sung and jumped about again, like a distracted creature; so
+that it was a great while before I could make him speak to me, or
+tell me what was the matter with him; but when he came to the
+liberty of his speech at last, he told me it was his father.</p>
+<p>Here indeed I was infinitely moved to see that dutiful and
+tender affection this poor savage had to his aged parent. He would
+sit down by him in the boat, open his breast and hold his father's
+head close to his bosom half an hour together to cherish him: then
+he took his arms &amp; ankles, which were stiff and numbed with
+binding, and chaffed and rubbed them with his hands; by which means
+perceiving what the case was, I gave him some rum, which proved of
+great benefit to him.</p>
+<p>While we were busy in this action the savages had gotten almost
+out of sight; and happy it was we did not pursue them: For there
+arose from the north-west, which continued all night long, such a
+violent storm that I could not suppose otherwise but that they were
+all drowned. After this I called Friday to me, and asked him if he
+had given his father any bread? He shook his head and said,
+<i>None, not one bit, me eat-a up all;</i> so I gave him a cake of
+bread out of a little pouch I carried for this end. I likewise gave
+him a dram for himself, &amp; two or three <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page108" id="page108"></a>[pg 108]</span>
+bunches of raisins for his father. Both these he carried to him,
+for he would make him drink the dram to comfort him.</p>
+<p>Away then he runs out of the boat as if he was bewitched, with
+such an extraordinary swiftness, that he was out of sight as it
+were in an instant; but at his return I perceived him slacken his
+pace, because he had something in his hand. And this I found to be
+as he approached nearer, an earthen jug with some water for his
+father, with two more cakes of bread, which he delivered into my
+hands. Being very thirsty myself I drank some of the water, of
+which his father had drank sufficiently, it more revived his
+spirits than all the rum I had given him.</p>
+<p>I then called Friday to me and ordered him to carry the Spaniard
+one of the cakes and some water, who was reposing himself under a
+green place under the shade of a tree, but so weak, that though he
+exerted himself he could not stand upon his feet. Upon which I
+ordered Friday to rub and bathe his ankles with rum as he did his
+father's. But every minute he was employed in this he would cast a
+wishful eye towards the boat, where he left his father sitting; who
+suddenly disappearing he flew like lightning to him, and finding he
+had only laid himself down to ease his limbs, he returned back to
+me presently; and then I spoke to the Spaniard to let Friday help
+him and lead him to the boat, in order to be conveyed to my
+dwelling where I would take care of him. Upon which Friday took him
+upon his back and so carried him to the canoe, setting him close by
+his father; and presently stepping out again, launched the boat off
+and paddled it along the shore faster than I could walk, though the
+wind blew very hard too, and having brought them safe to the creek,
+away he runs to fetch the other canoe, which he brought to the
+creek almost as soon as I got to it by land, when wafting me over,
+he took our new guests out of the boat; but so weak were they that
+I was forced to make a kind of a hand-barrow; and when I came to my
+castle, not being willing to make an entrance into my wall, we made
+them a handsome tent covered with old sails and boughs of trees,
+making two good beds of rice straw, with blankets to lie upon and
+cover them. Thus like an absolute king over subjects who owed their
+lives to me, I thought myself very considerable, especially as I
+had now three religions in my kingdom, my man Friday being a
+Protestant, his father a Pagan, and the Spaniard a Papist: but I
+gave liberty of conscience to them all.</p>
+<p>To get provisions for my poor weak subjects, I ordered Friday to
+kill me a yearling goat; which when he had done I cut off the
+hinder quarters, and chopping it into small pieces, boiled and
+stewed it, putting barley and rice into the broth. This I carried
+into their tent, set a table, dined with them myself and encouraged
+them. Friday was my interpreter to his father, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page109" id="page109"></a>[pg 109]</span> and
+indeed to the Spaniard too, who spoke the language of the savages
+pretty well. After dinner I ordered Friday to fetch home all our
+arms from the field of battle, and the next day to bury the dead
+bodies, which he did accordingly.</p>
+<p>And now I made Friday inquire of his father, whether he thought
+these savages had escaped the late storm in their canoe? and if so,
+whether they would not return with a power too great for us to
+resist? He answered, <i>that he thought it impossible they could
+outlive the storm; or, if they were driven southwardly, they would
+come to a land where they would as certainly be devoured, as if
+they were drowned in the sea. And suppose they had attained their
+own country, the strangeness of their fatal and bloody attack,
+would make them tell their people, that the rest of them were
+killed by thunder and lightning, not by the hand of man, but by two
+heavenly spirits</i> (meaning Friday and me) <i>who were sent from
+above to destroy them. And this</i>, he said, <i>he knew because he
+heard them say the same to one another</i>. And indeed he was in
+the right on't; for I have heard since, that these four men gave
+out that whoever went to that inchanted island, would be destroyed
+by fire from the gods.</p>
+<p>No canoes appearing soon after, as I expected, my apprehensions
+ceased: instead of which my former thoughts of a voyage took place,
+especially when Friday's father assured me, I should have good
+usage in his nation. As to the Spaniard, he told me, that sixteen
+more of his countrymen and Portuguese, who had been shipwrecked,
+made their escape thither; that though they were in union with the
+savages, yet they were very miserable for want of provisions and
+other necessaries. When I asked him about the particulars of his
+voyage, he answered that their ship was bound from the Rio de la
+Plata to the Havannah; that when the ship was lost, only five men
+perished in the ocean; the rest having saved themselves in the
+boat, were now landed on the main continent. 'And what do they
+intend to do there?' said I. He replied, they have concerted
+measures to escape, by building a vessel, but that they had neither
+tools nor provisions, for that all their designs came to nothing.
+'Supposing, said I, I should make a proposal, and invite them here,
+would they not carry me prisoner to New Spain?' he answered no; for
+he knew them to be such honest men, as would scorn to act such
+inhuman baseness to their deliverer: That, if I pleased, he and the
+old savage would go over to them, talk with them about it, and
+bring me an answer: That they should all swear fidelity to me as
+their leader, upon the Holy Sacrament; and for his, part he would
+not only do the same, but stand to the last drop of his blood
+should there be occasion.</p>
+<p>These solemn assurances made me resolve to grant them relief,
+and to send these two over for that purpose; but when every thing
+was ready, the Spaniard raised an objection, which carried
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page110" id="page110"></a>[pg
+110]</span> a great deal of weight in it: <i>You know, Sir, said
+he, that having been some time with you, I cannot but be sensible
+of your stock of rice and corn, sufficient, perhaps for us at
+present, but not for them, should they come over presently; much
+less to victual a vessel for an intended voyage. Want might be as
+great an occasion for them to disagree and rebel, as the children
+of Israel did against God himself, when they wanted to break bread
+in the wilderness. And therefore, my advice is to await another
+harvest and in the mean time cultivate and improve more land,
+whereby we may have plenty of provisions in order to execute our
+design</i>.</p>
+<p>This advice of the Spaniard's I approved extremely; and so
+satisfied was I of his fidelity that I esteemed him ever after. And
+thus we all four went to work upon some more land, and against seed
+time we had gotten so much cured and trimmed up sufficient to sow
+twenty-two bushels of barley on, and sixteen jars of rice, which
+was in short all the feed we had to spare. As we were four in
+number and by this time all in good health, we feared not a hundred
+Indians should they venture to attack us; and while the corn was
+growing, I pitched upon some trees, fit to build us a large vessel
+in case the Spaniards came over; which being marked, I ordered
+Friday and his father to cut them down, appointing the Spaniard,
+who was now my privy counsellor, to oversee and direct the work. I
+likewise increased my flocks of goats by shooting the wild dams and
+bringing home their kids to my inclosure. Nor did I neglect the
+grape season, but cured them as usual, though I had such a quantity
+now as would have filled eighty barrels with raisins. And thus all
+of us being employed, they in working, and I in providing for them
+till harvest came, God Almighty blessed the increase of it so much,
+that from twenty-two barrels of barley we thrashed out two hundred
+and twenty, and the like quantity of rice; sufficient to victual a
+ship fit to carry me and all the Spaniards to any part of
+America.</p>
+<p>Thus the principal objection being answered, by a sufficient
+stock of provisions, I sent my two ambassadors over to the main
+land, with a regal authority to administer the oaths of allegiance
+and fidelity, and have an instrument signed under their hands,
+though I never asked whether they had pen, ink, or paper; when
+giving each of them a musket, eight charges of powder and ball, and
+provisions enough for eight days, they sailed away with a fair gale
+on a day when the moon was at full.</p>
+<p>Scarce a fortnight had passed over my head, but impatient for
+their return, I laid me down to sleep one morning, when a strange
+accident happened, which was ushered in by Friday's coming running
+to me, and calling aloud, <i>Master, Master, they are come, they
+are come.</i> Upon which, not dreaming of any danger, out I jumped
+from my bed, put on my clothes <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page111" id="page111"></a>[pg 111]</span> and hurried through my
+little grove; when looking towards the sea, I perceived a boat
+about a league and a half distant, standing in for the shore with
+the wind fair. I beheld they did not come from the side where the
+land lay on, but from the southerhmost end of the island: So these
+being none of the people we wanted, I ordered Friday to lie still,
+till such time as I came down from the mountain, which, with my
+ladder, I now ascended in order to discover more fully what they
+were; and now, with the help of my perspective glass, I plainly
+perceived an English ship, which I concluded it to be; by the
+fashion of its long boat; and which filled me with such uncommon
+transports of joy, that I cannot tell how to describe; and yet some
+secret doubts hang about me, proceeding from I know not what cause,
+as though I had reason to be upon my guard. And, indeed, I would
+have no man contemn the secret hints and intimations of danger,
+which very often are given, when he may imagine there is no
+possibility of its being real; for had I not been warned by this
+silent admonition, I had been in a worse situation than before, and
+perhaps inevitably ruined.</p>
+<p>Not long it was, before I perceived the boat to approach the
+shore, as though they looked for a place where they might
+conveniently land; and at last they ran their boat on shore upon
+the beach, about half a mile distance; which proved so much the
+happier for me, since, had they come into the creek, they had
+landed just at my door, and might not only have forced me out of my
+castle, but plundered me of all I had in the world. Now I was fully
+convinced they were all Englishmen, three of which were unarmed and
+bound; when immediately the first four or five leaped on shore, and
+took those three out of the boat as prisoners; one of whom I could
+perceive used the most passionate gestures of entreaty, affliction,
+and despair, while the others in a lesser degree, showed abundance
+of concern.</p>
+<p>Not knowing the meaning of this, I was very much astonished, and
+I beckoned to Friday, who was below, to ascend the mountain, and
+likewise view this sight. <i>O master</i>, said he to me, <i>you
+see English mans eat prisoners as well as Savage mans</i>. 'And do
+you think they will eat them Friday?' said I. <i>Yes</i>, said
+Friday, <i>they eat all up</i>. 'No, no,' said I, 'Friday, I am
+much more concerned lest they murder them, but as for eating them
+up, that I am sure they will never do.'</p>
+<p>And now I not only lamented my misfortune in not having the
+Spaniard and Savage with me, but also that I could not come within
+shot of them unperceived, they having no fire arms among them, and
+save these three me, whom I thought they were going to kill with
+their swords. But some comfort it was to me, that I perceived they
+were set at liberty to go where they pleased, the rascally seamen
+scattering about as though they had a mind to see the place; and so
+long did they <span class="pagenum"><a name="page112" id=
+"page112"></a>[pg 112]</span> negligently ramble, that the tide had
+ebbed so low, as to leave the boat aground. Nor were the two men
+who were in her more circumspect; for having drunk a little too
+much liquor, they fell fast asleep; but one of them waking before
+the other, and perceiving the boat too fast aground for his
+strength to move it, he hallooed out to the rest, who made all
+possible expedition to come to him; but as Providence ordered it,
+all their force was ineffectual to launch her, when I could hear
+them speak to one another, <i>Why let her alone, Jack, can't ye,
+she'll float next tide</i>; by which words I was fully convinced
+they were my own countrymen. I all this while lay very quiet, as
+being fully sensible it could be no less than ten hours before the
+boat would be afloat, and then it would be so dark, that they could
+not easily perceive me, by which means I should be at more liberty
+to hear their talk, and observe all their motions: not but that I
+prepared for my defence: yet, as I had another sort of enemy to
+combat with I acted with more caution. I took two fusees on my
+shoulder, and gave Friday three muskets; besides my formidable
+goat-skin coat and monstrous cap made me look as fierce and
+terrible as Hercules of old, especially when two pistols were stuck
+in my belt, and my naked sword hanging by my side.</p>
+<p>It was my design at first not to make any attempt till it was
+dark; and it being now two o'clock, in the very heat of the day,
+the sailors were all straggling in the woods, and undoubtedly were
+lain down to sleep. The three poor distressed creatures, too
+anxious to get any repose, were however seated under the shade of a
+great tree, about a quarter of a mile from me. Upon which, without
+any more ado, I approached towards them, with my man following
+behind me, and before I was perceived, I called aloud to them in
+Spanish, <i>What are ye, Gentlemen</i>.</p>
+<p>At these words, they started up in great confusion, when they
+beheld the strange figure I made; they returned no answer, but
+seemed as if they would fly from me: 'Gentlemen,' said I, in
+English 'don't be afraid, perhaps you have a friend nearer than you
+expect.' <i>He must be from Heaven</i>, said one of them, gravely
+pulling off his hat, <i>for we are past all help in this world.</i>
+'All help is from Heaven,' said I: 'But Sir, as I have perceived
+every action between you and these brutes since your landing only
+inform me, how to assist you, and I will do it to the utmost of my
+power.'</p>
+<p><i>Am I talking with God or man</i>, said he, in melting tears.
+<i>Are you of human kind or an angel</i>? 'Sir,' said I, 'my poor
+habit will tell you I am a man, and an Englishman, willing to
+assist you, having but this servant only: here are arms and
+ammunition: tell freely your condition: Can we save you?' <i>The
+story</i>, said he, <i>is too long to relate, since our butchers
+are so near: but, Sir, I was master of that ship, my men have
+mutinied</i>,</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page113" id="page113"></a>[pg
+113]</span> <a name="113.jpg"></a>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/113.jpg"><img src="Images/113.jpg"
+width="60%" alt=""></a><br>
+<b>R. Crusoe accosting the Captain, &amp;c. set ashore by the
+Mutineers.</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page114" id="page114"></a>[pg
+114]</span>
+<p><i>and it is a favour they have put my mate, this passenger, and
+me, on shore without murdering us, though we expect nothing but
+perishing here</i>. 'Are your enemies gone?' said I. <i>No</i>,
+replied he, pointing to a thicket, <i>there they lie, while my
+heart trembles, lest having seen and heard us they should murder us
+all.</i> 'Have they fire arms?' said I. <i>They have but two
+pieces</i>, said he, <i>one of which is left in the boat.</i> He
+also told me there were two enormous villains among them, that were
+the authors of this mutiny, who, if they were killed or seized,
+might induce the rest to return to their obedience. 'Well, well,'
+said I, 'let us retire farther under the covering of the woods;'
+and there it was I made these conditions with him:</p>
+<p>I. That, while they staid in the island, they should not pretend
+to any authority; but should entirely conform to my orders, and
+return me the arms which I should put in their hands.</p>
+<p>II. That, if the ship was recovered, they should afford Friday
+and myself a passage <i>gratis</i> to England.</p>
+<p>When he had given me all the satisfaction I could desire, I gave
+him and his two companions each of them a gun, with powder and ball
+sufficient, advising them to fire upon them as they lay sleeping.
+The Captain modestly said, that he was sorry to kill them; though,
+on the other hand, to let these villains escape, who were the
+authors of his misery, might be the ruin of us all. <i>Well,</i>
+said he, <i>do as you think fit;</i> and so accordingly I fired,
+killed one of the Captain's chief enemies and wounding the other;
+who eagerly called for assistance, but the Captain who had reserved
+his piece, coming up to him, <i>Sirrah</i>, said he, <i>'tis too
+late to call for assistance, you should rather cry to God to pardon
+your villany;</i> and so knocked him down with the stock of his
+gun: three others were also slightly wounded, who at my approach
+cried out for mercy. This the Captain granted upon condition that
+they would swear to be true to him in recovering the ship, which
+they solemnly did; However I obliged the Captain to keep them
+bound. After which I sent Friday and the Captain's mate to secure
+the boat and bring away the oars and sails; when, at their return,
+three men coming back, and seeing their late distressed Captain,
+now their conqueror, submitted to be bound also. And then it was,
+that having more liberty, I related the adventures of my whole
+life, which he heard with a serious and wonderful attention. After
+this, I carried him and his two companions into my little fortified
+castle, shewed them all my conveniences, and refreshed them with
+such provisions as I could afford. When this was over, we began to
+consider about regaining the ship: he said, that there were
+twenty-six hands on board, who knowing their lives were forfeited
+by the law, for conspiracy and mutiny, were so very hardened, that
+it would be dangerous for our small company to attack them. This
+was a reasonable inference indeed; but something we must resolve
+on, and immediately, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page115" id=
+"page115"></a>[pg 115]</span> put in execution: we, therefore
+heaved the boat upon the beach so high that she could not shoot off
+at high water mark, and broke a hole in her not easily to be
+stopped; so that all the signals they gave for the boat to come on
+board were in vain. This obliged them to send another boat ashore,
+with ten men armed, whose faces the Captain plainly descried, the
+boatswain being the chief officer; but he said there were three
+honest lads among them, who were forced into the conspiracy.
+Hereupon I gave him fresh courage (for I had perceived he was in
+concern): In the mean while securing our prisoners, except two,
+whom we took to our assistance, we thought ourselves able enough to
+adventure a battle. When the sailors landed, and beheld their boat
+in that condition, they not only hallooed, but fired for their
+companions to hear, yet they received no answer. This struck them
+with horror and amazement, thinking their companions were murdered,
+they made as if they would return to the ship. I could perceive the
+Captain's countenance change at this, till of a sudden three men
+were ordered to look after the boat, while the other seven leapt on
+shore in order to search for their companions; and, indeed, they
+came to the brow of the hill, near my ancient castle, from whence
+they could see to a great distance in the woods, and there shooting
+and hallooing till tired and weary, they at length seated
+themselves under a spreading tree. My opinion was, that nothing
+could be done till night, when I might use some artifice to get
+them all out of the boat; but of a sudden they started up, and made
+to the sea-side; hereupon I ordered Friday and the Captain's mate
+to go over the creek, and halloo as loud as they could, and so
+decoying them into the woods, come round to me again. And this,
+indeed, had good effect; for they followed the noise, till coming
+westward to the creek, they called for their boat to carry them
+over, and taking one of the men out of her, left two to look after
+her, having fastened her to the stump of a little tree on shore.
+Hereupon immediately the Captain and our party passing the creek,
+out of their sight, we surprised them both, by the Captain's
+knocking down one, and ordering the other in surrender upon pain of
+death, and who being the honestest of them all, sincerely joined
+with us. By this time it was pretty late; when the rest returning
+to there boat, which they found aground in the creek, the tide out,
+and the men gone, they ran about wringing their hands, crying it
+was an enchanted island, and that they should be all murdered by
+spirits or devils. My men would willingly have fallen upon them,
+but I would not agree to hazard any of our party. But to be more
+certain, Friday &amp; the Captain crawled upon their hands &amp;
+feet, as near as possible; and when the boatswain approached in
+sight, so eager was the Captain, that he fired and killed him on
+the spot; Friday wounded the next man, and a third ran away.
+Hereupon <span class="pagenum"><a name="page116" id=
+"page116"></a>[pg 116]</span> I advanced with, my whole army: and,
+it being dark, I ordered the man we had surprised in the boat, to
+call them by their names, and to parley with them. Accordingly he
+called out aloud, <i>Tom Smith, Tom Smith!</i> He answered,
+<i>Who's that? Robinson!</i> answered the other. <i>For God's sake
+Tom, surrender immediately, or you're all dead men. Who must we
+surrender to?</i> says Smith. <i>To our captain and fifty men here,
+who have taken me prisoner, wounded Will Frye, and killed the
+boatswain. Shall we have quarter then?</i> said he. Hereupon the
+Captain calls out, <i>You Smith, you know my voice, surrender
+immediately, and you shall all have your lives granted, except Will
+Atkins</i>. Hereupon Atkins cries out, <i>What have I done Captain,
+more than the rest, who have been as bad as me?</i> But that was a
+lie, for he was the person that laid hold of him, and bound him.
+However, he was ordered to submit to the governor's mercy, for such
+was I called. And so, laying down their arms, we bound them all,
+and seized on their boat.</p>
+<p>After this, the Captain expostulated with them, telling them
+that the governor was an Englishman, who might execute them there;
+but he thought they would be sent to England, except Will Atkins,
+who was ordered to prepare for death next morning. Hereupon Atkins
+implored the Captain to intercede for his life, and the rest begged
+they might not be sent to England. This answered our project for
+seizing the ship. For after sending Atkins and two of the worst
+fast bound to the cave, and the rest being committed to my bower, I
+sent the Captain to treat with them in the, governor's name,
+offering them pardon if they would assist in recovering the ship.
+Upon which they all promised to stand by him till the last drop of
+their blood; and whoever acted treacherously, should be hanged in
+chains upon the beach. They were all released on these assurances:
+and then the Captain repaired to the other boat, making his
+passenger Captain of her, and gave him four men well armed; while
+himself, his mate, and five more, went in the other boat. By
+midnight they came within call of the ship, when the Captain
+ordered Robinson to hale her, and tell them that with great
+difficulty they had found the men at last. But while they were
+discoursing, the Captain, his mate and the rest entered, and
+knocked down the second mate and carpenter, secured those that were
+upon the deck, by putting them under hatches, while the other
+boat's crew entered and secured the forecastle; they then broke
+into the round-house, where the mate after some resistance, shot
+the pirate captain through the head, upon which all the rest
+yielded themselves prisoners. And thus the ship being recovered,
+the joyful signal was fired, which I heard with the greatest joy
+imaginable: nor was it long before he brought the ship to an anchor
+at the creek's mouth, where, coming to me unawares, <i>There</i>,
+says he <i>my dearest friend and deliverer, there is your ship, and
+we <span class="pagenum"><a name="page117" id="page117"></a>[pg
+117]</span> are your servants</i>: a comfort so unspeakable, as
+made me swoon in his arms while, with gratitude to Heaven, we were
+tenderly embracing each other.</p>
+<p>Nothing now remaining, but to consult what we should do with the
+prisoners, whom he thought it was not safe to take on board.
+Hereupon concerting with the Captain, I dressed myself in one of
+his suits, and sending for them, told them, that I was going to
+leave the island with all my people, if they would tarry there,
+their lives should be spared; if not, they should be hanged at the
+first port they came at. They agreed to stay. Hereupon I told them
+my whole story, charging them to be kind to the Spaniards that were
+expected, gave them, all my arms, and informing them of every thing
+necessary for their subsistence, I and my man Friday went on board.
+But the next morning two of the men came swimming to the ship's
+side, desiring the Captain to take them on board, though he hanged
+them afterwards, complaining mightily how barbarously the others
+used them. Upon which I prevailed with the Captain to take them in;
+and being severely whipt and pickled, they proved more honest for
+the future, and so I bid farewell to this island, carrying along
+with me my money, my parrot, umbrella, and goat-skin cap; setting
+sail December 12, 1686, after twenty-eight years, two months, and
+nineteen days residence, that same day and month that I escaped
+from Sallee; landing in England, June 11, 1687, after five and
+thirty years absence from my own country; which rendered me
+altogether a stranger there.</p>
+<p>Here I found my first Captain's widow alive, who had buried a
+second husband, but in very mean circumstances, and whom I made
+easy upon his account. Soon after I went down to Yorkshire, where
+all my family were expired, except two sisters, and as many of one
+of my brother's children. I found no provision had been made for
+me, they concluding I had been long since dead; so that I was but
+in a very slender station. Indeed the Captain did me a great
+kindness, by his report to the owners, how I had delivered their
+ship on the Desolate Island, upon which they made me a present of
+200&pound;. sterling. I next went to Lisbon, taking my man Friday
+with me, and there arriving in April, I met the Portuguese Captain
+who had taken me on board on the African coast; but, being ancient,
+he had left off the sea, and resigned all his business to his son,
+who followed the Brazil trade. So altered both of us were, that we
+did not know each other at first, till I discovered myself more
+fully to him. After a few embraces, I began to enquire of my
+concerns; and then the old gentleman told me that it was nine years
+since he had been at Brazil, where my partner was then living, but
+my trustees were both dead; that he believed I should have a good
+account of the product of my plantation; that the imagination of my
+being lost, had obliged my trustees to give <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page118" id="page118"></a>[pg 118]</span> an
+estimate of my share to the procurator fiscal, who, in case of my
+not returning, had given one third to the king &amp; the rest to
+the monastery of St. Augustine: but if I put in my claim, or any
+one for me, it would be returned, except the yearly product which
+was given to the poor. I then desired him to tell me what
+improvement he thought had been made of my plantation, and whether
+he imagined it was worth my while to look after it? he answered, he
+did not know how much it was improved; but this he was certain of,
+that my partner was grown vastly rich upon his half of it; and,
+that he had been informed, that the kind had 200 moidores per annum
+of his third part. He added, that the survivors of my trustees were
+nervous of an ingenuous character; that my partner could witness my
+title, my name being registered in the country, by which means I
+should indefensibly recover considerable sums of money, but,
+answered, I, how could my trustees dispose of my effects, when I
+made you only my heir? This, said he, was true but, there being no
+affidavit made of my death he could not act as my executor.
+However, he had ordered his don,(then at Brazil), to act by
+procuration upon my account, and he had taken possession of my
+sugar-house, having accounted himself for eight years with my
+partner and trustees for the profits, of which he would give me a
+very good account.</p>
+<p>And, indeed, this he performed very faithfully in a few days,
+making himself indebted to me 470 moidores of gold, over and above
+what had been lost at sea, after I had left the place. And then he
+recounted to me what misfortune he had gone through, which forced
+my money out of his hands, to buy part in a new ship-but says he,
+<i>you shall not want, take this; and, when my son returns, every
+farthing shall be paid you.</i> Upon which he put into my hand a
+purse of 150 moidores in gold, as likewise the instrument,
+containing the title to the ship which his son was in, and which he
+offered as security for the remainder. But really when I saw so
+much goodness, generosity, tenderness, and real honesty, I had not
+the heart to accept it, for fear he should straiten himself upon my
+account. <i>It is true,</i> said he, <i>it may be so; but then the
+money is yours, not mine, and you may have the greatest occasion
+for it.</i> However, I returned fifty of them back again, promising
+that I would freely forgive him the other hundred when I got my
+effects into my hands, and that I designed to go myself for that
+purpose. But he told me he could save me that trouble, and so
+caused me to enter my name with a public notary, as likewise my
+affidavit, with a procuration affixed to it; and this he ordered me
+to send in a letter to one of his acquaintance, a merchant in
+Brazil; and, indeed, nothing could be more faithfully and
+honourably observed; for, in seven months time, I had a very
+faithful account of all my effects, what sums of money were raised,
+what expended, and what remained for myself! In a word <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page119" id="page119"></a>[pg 119]</span> I
+found myself to be worth 5000&pound;. sterling, and 1000 per annum.
+Nor was this all, for my partner congratulated me upon my being
+alive, telling me how much my plantation was improved; what Negroes
+were at work, and how many <i>Ave Marias</i> he had said to the
+Virgin Mary for my preservation, desiring me to accept kindly some
+presents he had sent me, which I found showed the greatest
+generosity.</p>
+<p>No sooner did the ship arrive, but I rewarded my faithful
+Captain, by returning him the hundred moidores, and not only
+forgiving him all he owed me, I allowed him yearly a hundred more,
+and fifty to his son, during their lives. And now being resolved to
+go to England, I returned letters of thanks to the Prior of St.
+Augustine, and in particular to my old partner, with very suitable
+presents. By the Captain's advice, I was persuaded to go by land to
+Calais, and there take passage for England: when, as it happened, I
+got a young English gentleman, a merchant's son at Lisbon, to
+accompany me, together with two English, and two Portuguese
+gentleman: so that with a Portuguese servant, an English sailor,
+and my man Friday, there were nine of us in number.</p>
+<p>Thus armed and equipped, we set out, and came to Madrid, when
+the summer decaying, we hasted to Navarre, where we were informed
+that there was scarcely any passing, be reason of the prodigious
+quantity of snow; so that we were obliged to abide near twenty days
+at Pamoeluria, and at last to take a guide to conduct us safe
+towards Tholouse. And now twelve other gentlemen joining with us,
+together with their servants, we had a very jolly company. Away our
+guide led us by frightful mountains, and through so many intricate
+mazes and windings, that we insensibly passed them, which, as we
+travelled along, ushered us into the prospect of the fruitful and
+charming provinces of Languedoc and Galcoigne.</p>
+<p>But now came on two adventures, both tragical and comical.
+First, our guide was encountered by three wolves and a bear, who
+set upon him and his horse, and wounded him in three places; upon
+which my man, riding up to his assistance, shot one of them dead
+upon the spot, which made the others retire into the woods. But the
+pleasantest adventure was, to behold my man attack the bear. 'Tis
+such a creature, that if you let him alone, he will never meddle
+with you, and this my man very well knew, and so begging leave of
+me in broken English, he told us, <i>he would make good laugh</i>.
+'Why, you silly fool,' said I, 'he'll eat you up at a mouthful.'
+<i>Eatee me up,</i> replied he, by way of scorn, <i>me not only
+eatee him, but make much good laugh.</i> Upon which, pulling off
+his boots, he claps on his pumps, and running after the monstrous
+beast, he called out, that he wanted to discourse with him, and
+then throwing stones on purpose to incense him, the beast turns
+about in fury, and, with prodigious strides, shuffles after him.
+But though he <span class="pagenum"><a name="page120" id=
+"page120"></a>[pg 120]</span> was not swift enough to keep up pace
+with Friday, who made up to us as it were for help; yet being
+angry, 'You dog,' said I, 'immediately take horse, and let us shoot
+the creature.' But he cried, <i>Dear master, no shoot, me make you
+laugh much.</i> And so he turned about, making signs to follow,
+while the bear ran after, till coming to a great oak, he ascended
+in a minute, leaving his gun, at the bottom of it. Nor did the bear
+make any difficulty of it, but ascended like a cat, though his
+weight was very great. You must consider I was not a little amazed
+at the folly of my man, as not perceiving any thing to occasion our
+laughter, till such time as we rode up nearer, and beheld the bear
+mounted upon the oak, on the beginning of the same branch, to which
+Friday clung at the farther end, where the bear durst not come.
+Hereupon Friday cried out, <i>Now master, me make much laugh, me
+make bear dance.</i> Upon which he fell a shaking the bough, which
+made the creature look behind him, to see how he could retreat.
+Then as if the bear had understood his stammering English, <i>Why
+you no come farther, Mr. Bear</i> said he, <i>pray, Mr. Bear come
+farther</i>; and then indeed we all burst into a laughter;
+especially when we perceived Friday drop like a squirrel upon the
+ground, leaving the beast to make the best of his way down the
+tree. And now thinking it the most convenient time to shoot the
+creature, Friday cried out, <i>O dear master, no shoot, me shoot by
+and by</i>; when taking up the gun, <i>me no shoot yet</i>, said he
+<i>me make one more much laugh.</i> And accordingly he was as good
+as his word; for the creature descending backwards from the tree
+very leisurely, before he could lay one foot on the ground, Friday
+shot him through the ear, stone dead; and looking to see whether we
+were pleased, he burst out into a hearty laughter, saying, <i>So we
+kill de bear in my country, not with the gun, but with much long
+arrows.</i> Thus ended our diversion, to our great satisfaction;
+especially in a place where the terrible howlings struck us with a
+continual terror. But the snows now growing very deep, particularly
+on the mountains, the ravenous creatures were then obliged to seek
+for sustenance in the villages, were coming by surprise on the
+country people, killed several of them, besides a great number of
+their sheep and horses.</p>
+<p>Our guide told us, we had yet one more dangerous place to pass
+by; and if their were any more wolves in the country, there we
+should find them. This was a small plain encompassed with woods, to
+get through a long lane to the village where we were to lodge. When
+we entered the wood, the sun was within half an hour of setting:
+and a little after it was set, we came into the plain, which was
+not above two furlongs over, and then we perceived five great
+wolves cross the road, without taking notice of us, and so swift as
+though they were pursuing after their prey. Hereupon our guide,
+believing there were more coming, desired us to be on our guard.
+Accordingly <span class="pagenum"><a name="page121" id=
+"page121"></a>[pg 121]</span> our eyes were very circumspect, till
+about half a league farther, we perceived a dead horse, and near a
+dozen of wolves devouring its carcase. My man Friday fain would
+have fired at them, but I would not permit him; nor had we gone
+half over the plain, but we heard dreadful howlings in a wood on
+our left, when presently we saw an hundred come up against us, as
+though they had been an experienced army. This obliged us to form
+ourselves in the best manner; and then I ordered that every other
+man should fire, that those who did not, might be ready to gave a
+second volley, should they advance upon us; and then every man
+should make use of his pistols. But there was no necessity for
+this; for the enemy being terrified stopped at the noise of the
+fire; four of them were shot dead, and, several others being
+wounded; went bleeding away, as we could very plainly discover by
+the snow. And now remembering what had been often told me, that
+such was the majesty of a man's voice, as to strike terror even in
+the fiercest creatures, I ordered all our companions to halloo as
+loud as possible; and in this notion I was not altogether mistaken;
+for they immediately turned about upon the first halloo, and began
+to retire; upon which, ordering a second volley in their rear, they
+galloped into the woods with great precipitation.</p>
+<p>Thus we had some small time to load our pieces again, and then
+made all the haste we could on our way; but we had not rode far,
+before we were obliged to put ourselves in a posture of defence as
+before, being alarmed with a very dreadful noise in the same wood,
+on our left hand, the same way as we were to pass, only that it was
+at some distance from us. By this time the darksome clouds began to
+spread over the elements, and the night growing very dusky, made it
+so much the more to our disadvantage; but still the noise
+increasing, we were fully assured, that it was the howling and the
+yelling of those ravenous creatures; when presently three troops of
+wolves on our front appeared in sight, as though a great number of
+them had a design to surround us, and devour us in spite of fate.
+But as they did not fall upon us immediately, we proceeded on our
+journey in as swift a manner as the roads would permit our horses,
+which was only a large trot. It was in this manner we travelled,
+till such a time as we discovered another wood, and had the
+prospect of its entrance through which were to pass, at the
+farthest side of the plain. But surely none can express the terror
+we were in, when approaching the lane, we perceived a confused
+number of the fiercest wolves, standing, as it were guarding its
+entrance. Nor were we long in this amazement, before another
+occasion of horror presented itself; for suddenly we heard the
+report of a gun at another opening in the wood and, looking that
+way, out ran a horse bridled and saddled, flying with the greatest
+swiftness, and no less than sixteen or seventeen wolves pursuing
+after him, in order to devour <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page122" id="page122"></a>[pg 122]</span> the poor creature; and
+unquestionably they did so, after they had run him down, not being
+able to hold out that swiftness with which he at first escaped
+them.</p>
+<p>When we rode up to that entrance from whence the horse came
+forth, there lay the carcases of another horse &amp; two men,
+mangled and torn by these devouring wolves; and undoubtedly one of
+these men was the person who fired the gun which we had heard, for
+the piece lay by him; but alas! most of the upper part of his body
+and his head were entombed in the bowels of these ravenous
+creatures.</p>
+<p>What course to take, whether to proceed or retreat, we could not
+tell; but it was not long before the wolves themselves made us to
+come to a resolution; for such numbers surrounded us, every one of
+whom expected their prey, that were our bodies to be divided among
+them, there would not be half a mouthful a-piece. But happy, very
+happy it was for us, that but a little way from the entrance, there
+lay some very large timber trees, which I supposed had been cut
+down and laid there for sale: amongst which I drew my little troop,
+placing ourselves in a line behind one long tree, which served us
+for a breast work, when desiring them to alight, we stood in a
+triangle, or three fronts, closing our bodies in the centre, the
+only place where we could preserve them.</p>
+<p>Never certainly was there a more furious charge than what the
+wolves made upon us in this place: and the sight of the horses,
+which was the principal prey they aimed at, provoked their hunger,
+and added to their natural fierceness. They came on us with a most
+dreadful noise, that made the woods ring again: and beginning to
+mount the pieces of timber, I ordered every man to fire, as before
+directed: and, indeed, so well did they take their aim, that they
+killed several of the wolves at the first volley; but still we were
+obliged to keep a continual firing, by reason they came on like
+devils, pushing one another with the greatest fury. But our second
+volley something abated their courage, when stopping a little, we
+hoped they would have made the best of their way, however, it did
+not prove so, for others made a new attempt upon us; and though in
+four firings, we killed seventeen or eighteen of them, laming twice
+as many, yet they several times successively came on, as though
+they valued not their lives for the sake of their prey.</p>
+<p>Unwilling was I to spend our last shot too suddenly, and
+therefore calling my other servant, and giving him a horn of
+powder, bid him lay a large train quite along the timber, which he
+did, while Friday was charging my fusee and his own, with the
+greatest dexterity. By this time the wolves coming up the timber, I
+set fire to the train, by snapping a discharged pistol close to the
+powder. This so scorched and terrified them, that some fell down,
+and others jumped in among us: but there were <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page123" id="page123"></a>[pg 123]</span>
+immediately dispatched, when all the rest, frighted with the light,
+which the darksome night caused to appear more dreadful, began at
+length to retire; upon which ordering our last pistols to be fired
+at once, giving at the same time a great shout, the wolves were
+obliged to have recourse to their swiftness, and turn tail; and
+then we sallied out upon twenty lame ones, cutting them in pieces
+with our swords, which obliged them to howl lamentably, to the
+terror of their fellows, who resigned to us the field as victorious
+conquerors. And, indeed, I question whether Alexander king of
+Macedonia, in any of his conquests, had more occasion for triumph
+than we had; for he was but attacked with numerous armies of
+soldiers; whereas our little army was obliged to combat a legion of
+devils, as it were, worse than the cannibals, who, the same moment
+they had slain us, would have sacrificed us, to satisfy their
+voracious appetites.</p>
+<p>Thus ended our bloody battle with the beasts, having killed
+threescore of them, and saved our lives from their fury. We still
+had a league further to go, when, as we went, our ears were saluted
+with their most unwelcome howlings, and we expected every moment
+another attack. But, in an hour's time, we arrived at the town
+where we were to lodge; and here we found the place strictly
+guarded, and all in terrible confusion, as well they might, for
+fear of the bears and wolves breaking into the village, in order to
+prey upon their cattle and people. The next morning we were obliged
+to take a new guide, by reason the other fell very bad of his
+wounds, which he had received as before mentioned. After we had
+reached Tholouse, we came into a warm, pleasant, and fruitful
+country, not infested with wolves, nor any sort of ravenous
+creatures: and when we told our story there, they much blamed our
+guide, for conducting us through the forest at the foot of the
+mountains, in such a severe season, when the snow obliged the
+wolves to seek for shelter in the woods. When we informed them in
+what manner we placed ourselves, and the horses in the centre, they
+exceedingly reprehended us, and told us, it was an hundred to one,
+but we had been all destroyed; for that it was the very sight of
+the horses, their so much desired prey, that made the wolves more
+ragingly furious than they would have been, which was evident, by
+their being at other times really afraid of a gun; but then being
+exceedingly hungry and furious upon that account, their eagerness
+to come at the horses made them insensible of their danger; and
+that, if we had not, by a continual fire, and at last by the
+cunning stratagem of the train of powder, got the better of them,
+it had been great odds if their number had not overpowered us;
+besides, it was a great mercy we alighted from our horses, and
+fought them with that courage and conduct, which, had we failed to
+do, every man of us, with our beasts, had been devoured: and,
+indeed, this was nothing but truth; for never in my life was I so
+sensible <span class="pagenum"><a name="page124" id=
+"page124"></a>[pg 124]</span> of danger, as when three hundred,
+devils came roaring upon us, to shun whose unwelcome company, if I
+was sure to meet a storm every week; I would rather go a thousand
+leagues by sea.</p>
+<p>I think I have, nothing uncommon in my passage through France to
+take notice of, since other travellers of greater learning and
+ingenuity, have given more ample account than my pen is able to set
+forth. From Tholouse I travelled to Paris, from thence to Calais,
+where I took shipping, and landed at Dover the 14th of January, in
+a very cold season.</p>
+<p>Thus come to the end of my travels, I soon discovered my new
+found estate, and all the bills of exchange I had were currently
+paid. The good ancient widow, my only privy counsellor, thought no
+pains nor care too great to procure my advantage, nor had I ever
+occasion to blame her fidelity, which drew from me an ample reward.
+I was for leaving my effects in her hands, intending to set out for
+Lisbon, and so the Brazils; but as in the Desolate Island I had
+some doubt about the Romish religion, so I knew there was little
+encouragement to settle there, unless I would apostatize from the
+orthodox faith, or live in continual fear of the Inquisition. Upon
+this account I resolved to sell my plantation; and, for that
+intent, I wrote to my old friend at Lisbon, who returned to me an
+answer to my great satisfaction; which was, that he could sell it
+to good account; however, if I thought it convenient to give him
+liberty to offer it in my name to the two merchants, the survivors
+of my trustees residing at the Brazils, who consequently knew its
+intrinsic value, having lived just upon the spot, and who I was
+sensible were very rich, and therefore might be the more willing to
+purchase it: he did not in the least doubt, but that I should make
+four or five thousand pieces of eight more of it, than I could, if
+I disposed of it in any other manner whatsoever.</p>
+<p>You may be sure I could not but agree with this kind and
+ingenuous proposal; and immediately I sent him an order to offer it
+to them, which he accordingly did; so that about eight months
+after, the ship being in that time returned, he gave me a
+satisfactory account, that they not only willingly accepted the
+offer, but that they had also remitted 33,000 pieces of eight to a
+correspondence of their own at Lisbon, in order to pay for the
+purchase.</p>
+<p>Hereupon, in return, I signed the instrument of sale, according
+to form, which they had sent from Lisbon, and returned it again to
+my old friend, he having sent me, for me estate, bills of three
+hundred and twenty-eight thousand pieces of eight, reserving the
+payment of one hundred moidores per annum, which I had allowed him
+during life, likewise: fifty to his son during life also, according
+to my faithful promise, which the plantation was to make good as a
+rent charge.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page125" id="page125"></a>[pg
+125]</span>
+<p>And thus having led my reader to the knowledge of the first
+parts of my life so remarkable for the many peculiar providences
+that attended it, floating in the ocean of uncertainty and
+disappointment, of adversity and prosperity, beginning foolishly,
+and yet ending happily; methinks now that I am come to a safe &amp;
+pleasant haven, it is time to cast out my anchor, &amp;c, laying up
+my vessel, bid, for a while, adieu to foreign adventures. I had no
+other concerns to look after but the care of my brother's two sons,
+which, with the good widow's persuasions, obliged me to continue at
+home seven years. One of these children I bred up a gentleman, and
+the other an experienced sailor, remarkable for his courage and
+bravery. Besides this, I married a virtuous young gentlewoman, of a
+very good family, by whom I had two sons and one daughter. But my
+dear and tender wife leaving this earthly stage (as in the second
+part of my life you will hear) which rent my soul as it were
+asunder, my native country became weary and tiresome to me; and my
+nephew happening to come from sea, tempted me to venture another
+voyage to the East Indies, which I did in the year 1694, at which
+time I visited my island, and informed myself of every thing that
+happened since my departure.</p>
+<p>One might reasonably imagine, that what I had suffered, together
+with an advanced age, and the fear of losing not only what I had
+gotten, but my life also, might have choaked up all the seeds of
+youthful ambition and curiosity, and put a lasting period to my
+wandering inclinations. But as nothing but death can fully allay
+the active part of my life, no less remarkable for the many various
+contingencies of it, you will next perceive how I visited my little
+kingdom, saw my successors the Spaniards, had an account of the
+usage they met with from the Englishmen, agreeing and disagreeing,
+uniting and separating, till at last they were subjected to the
+Spaniards, who yet used them very honorably, together with the
+wonderful and successful battles over the Indians who invaded, and
+thought to have conquered the island, but were repelled by their
+invincible courage and bravery, having taken eleven men and five
+woman prisoners by which at my return, I found about twenty young
+children on my little kingdom. Here I staid twenty days, left them
+supplies of all necessary things, as also a carpenter and smith,
+and shared the islands into parts, reserving the whole property to
+myself. Nor will you be insensible, by the account of these things,
+of several new adventures I have been engaged in, the battles I
+have fought, the deliverances I have met with; and while, in the
+surprising relation of such remarkable occurrences, I shall
+describe many of God's kindest providences to me in particular, no
+less conspicuous in the same goodness, power, and majesty of our
+great creator, shown one way or other, over the face of the earth,
+if duly adverted to.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page126" id="page126"></a>[pg
+126]</span>
+<h2>THE <a name="FURTHER_ADVENTURES"></a>FURTHER ADVENTURES OF</h2>
+<h1>ROBINSON CRUSOE.</h1>
+<p><i>Wherein are contained several strange and surprising accounts
+of his travels, and his most remarkable transactions both by sea
+and by land; with his wonderful vision of the angelic
+world.</i></p>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<p>When we consider the puissant force of Nature and, what mighty
+influence it has many times over the temper of the mind, it will be
+no such great wonder to think, that my powerful reason should be
+overcome by a much stronger inclination. My late acquired kingdom
+ran continually in my thoughts all the day, and I dreamed of it in
+the night: nay, I made it the continual subject of my talk, even to
+impertinence, when I was awake. I had such vapours in my head, that
+I actually supposed myself at my castle; that I not only perceived
+Friday's father the old Spaniard, and the wicked sailors, but that
+I talked and discoursed with them about their manner of living;
+that I heard the things related to me, which I found afterwards to
+be true; &amp; that I executed my judgments with the greatest
+severity upon the offenders. And, indeed, this anticipating all the
+pleasing joys of my life, scarcely afforded me one pleasant hour:
+my dear and tender wife could not but take notice of it, which drew
+those affectionate speeches from her: <i>My dear,</i> said she,
+<i>I am really persuaded that some secret impulse from Heaven
+occasions in you a determination to see the island again; nor am I
+less sensible, but your being engaged to me and these dear children
+is the only hinderance of your departure. I know my dear, if I were
+in the grave, you would not long continue at home; prevent not your
+happiness on my account, whose only comfort centres in you. All
+that I can object is, that such an hazardous undertaking is no way
+consistent with a person of your years; but if you are resolved to
+go,</i> added she, weeping, <i>only permit me to bear you company,
+and that is all that I desire.</i></p>
+<p>Such endearing tenderness, graced with the most innocent and yet
+most powerful charms, brought me insensibly into my right
+understanding; and when I considered all the transactions of my
+life, and particularly my new engagement, that I had now one child
+already born, and my wife big of another; and that I had no
+occasion to seek for more riches, who already was blessed with
+sufficiency, with much struggling I altered my <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page127" id="page127"></a>[pg 127]</span>
+resolutions at last, resolving to apply myself to some business or
+other, which might put a period to such wandering inclinations.
+Hereupon I bought a little farm in the county of Bedford, with a
+resolution to move thither; upon this there was a pretty convenient
+house surrounded with land, very capable of improvement, which
+suited my temper, as to planting, managing, and cultivating. Nor
+was I long before I entered upon my new settlement, having bought
+ploughs, harrows, carts, waggons, horses, cows, and sheep; so that
+I now led the life of a country gentleman, and as happy in my
+retirement as the greatest monarch in the world. And what made me
+think my happiness the greater was, that I was in the middle state
+of life, which my father had so often recommended, much resembling
+the felicity of a rural retirement, which is elegantly described by
+the poet in these lines:</p>
+<blockquote><i>Free from all vices, free from care,<br>
+Age has no pain, and youth no snare.</i></blockquote>
+<p>But, in the midst of this my happiness, I was suddenly plunged
+in the greatest sorrow that I could possibly endure; for when I
+least expected it, my dear and tender wife was forced to submit to
+the irresistable power of Death, leaving this transitory life for a
+better. It is impossible for me to express the beauties of her
+mind, or the loveliness of her person; neither can I too much
+lament her loss, which my latest breath shall record; her influence
+was greater over me, than the powers of my own reason, the
+importunities of friends, the instructions of a father, or the
+melting tears of a tender and disconsolate mother; in a word, she
+was the spirit of all my affairs, and the centre of my enterprizes.
+But now, since the cruel hand of Death had closed my dearest's
+eyes, I seemed in my thoughts a stranger to the world; my privy
+counsellor being gone, I was like a ship without a pilot, that
+could only run before the wind. And when I looked around me in this
+busy world, one party labouring for bread, and the other
+squandering away their estates; this put me in mind how I had lived
+in my little kingdom, where both reason and religion dictated to
+me, that there was something that certainly was the reason and end
+of life, which was far superior to what could be hoped for on this
+side the grave. My country delights were now as insiped and dull,
+as music and science to those who have neither taste nor ingenuity.
+In short, resolving to leave off house-keeping, I left my farm, and
+in a few months returned to London.</p>
+<p>But neither could that great city, so famous for its variety of
+entertainment, afford me any agreeable delight; a state of idleness
+I found to be the very dregs of life, and most hurtful to body and
+soul. It was now the beginning of the year 1684, at which time my
+nephew (who as I before observed had been <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page128" id="page128"></a>[pg 128]</span>
+brought up to the sea, and advanced to be captain of a ship) was
+returned from a short voyage to Bilboz, the first he had made in
+that station. He comes to me one morning, telling me that some
+merchants of his acquaintance had proposed to him to go a voyage
+for them to the East Indies and China in the manner of private
+traders; <i>and now uncle</i>, said he, <i>if you'll accompany me
+thither, I'll engage to land you upon your old island, to visit the
+state of your little kingdom</i>.</p>
+<p>Just before he came in, my thoughts were fixed to get a patent
+for its possession, and then to fill it with inhabitants. After I
+had paused a while, and looked stedfastly on him. <i>What devil or
+spirit</i>, said I, <i>sent you with this unlucky errand</i>? He
+started at first; but recovering himself, when he perceived I was
+not offended; <i>Sir</i>, replied he, <i>what I have proposed
+cannot I hope, be styled unlucky, since certainly you must be
+desirous to see your little territory, where you reigned with more
+content, than any of your brother kings in the universe.
+Nephew</i>, said I, <i>if you will leave me there, and call for me
+as you came back, I care not if I give my consent</i>: but he
+answered, <i>that the merchants would not allow their vessel loaden
+with an infinite value, to return there again, which was a month's
+sail out of the way; besides, Sir</i> said he, <i>if I should
+miscarry, was your request granted, why then you would be locked up
+as before</i>. This indeed carried a great deal of reason in it;
+but we found out a remedy, and that was to carry a framed sloop on
+board, ready to be set up in the island, by the assistance of some
+carpenters, which we should carry with us, that might be fitted in
+a few days to go to sea. I was not long in forming my resolution,
+which overswayed my good friend the widow's persuasions, and the
+natural affection I bore to my young children. I made my will, and
+settled my estate in such manner, that I was perfectly sure my poor
+infants would have justice done them. The good widow not only
+undertook to make provision, for my voyage, but also took the
+charge of my domestic affairs, and to provide for my children's
+education; and indeed no mother could take more care, or understood
+that office better; for which I lived to reward and return her my
+hearty thanks.</p>
+<p>The beginning of January, 1694-5, my nephew being ready to sail,
+I and Friday went on board in the Downs on the 8th, having, besides
+that sloop already mentioned, a very considerable cargo for my new
+colony. First, I had some servants, whom I proposed to leave there,
+as they should appear willing; there were two carpenters, a smith,
+and a very ingenuous fellow who was Jack-of-all-trades; for he was
+not only a cooper by trade, but also he was dexterous at making
+wheels and hand-mills to grind corn, likewise a good turner, and a
+good pot-maker. I also carried a tailor, who consented to stay in
+my plantation, and proved a most necessary fellow in the island. As
+to my <span class="pagenum"><a name="page129" id="page129"></a>[pg
+129]</span> cargo, it consisted of a sufficient quantity of linen,
+and English stuffs for clothing the Spaniards that I expected to
+find there; as likewise gloves, hats, shoes, stockings; together
+with beds, bedding, and household stuff, especially kitchen
+utensils, with pots, kettles, pewter, brass, &amp;c. also nails,
+tools of all sorts, staples, hooks, hinges, and all other things
+necessary; all which, I think, cost me about three hundred pounds.
+Nor was this all for I carried an hundred spare arms, muskets,
+&amp; fusees, besides some pistols, a considerable quantity of
+several sorts of shot, two brass cannon, besides swords, cutlasses,
+and the iron part of some pikes and halberts. I made my nephew take
+with us two small quarter-deck guns, more than he had occasion for
+in his ship, to leave behind, if there was a necessity; so that we
+might build a fort there, and man it against all opposers
+whatsoever.</p>
+<p>Well, we put out to sea; and though I can't say this voyage was
+so unprosperous as my others had been, yet contrary winds drove us
+so far northward, that we were obliged to put in at Galway in
+Ireland, where we lay wind-bound two and twenty days. Here indeed
+our provisions were very cheap, and we added to our ship's stores
+by taking several live hogs, two cows and calves, which I then
+resolved to put on shore in my island, if our necessities did not
+call for them. On the 5th of February we sailed from Ireland, with
+a very fair gale, which lasted for some days; and I think it was
+about the 20th of the same month late in the evening, when the mate
+informed us, that he saw a flash of fire, and heard a gun fired:
+and when he was speaking a boy came in and told us, that the
+boatswain had heard another. Upon which we all ran to the
+quarter-deck, from whence, in a few moments, we perceived a
+terrible fire at a distance. We had immediately recourse to our
+reckonings, in which, we were all of opinion, that there could be
+no land that way, it appearing to be at N.N.W. Hereupon we
+concluded that some ship had taken fire at sea, and that it could
+not be far off by the report of the guns which we had heard. We
+made up directly to it, and in half an hour's time the wind being
+fair, we could plainly perceive a great ship on fire in the middle
+of the sea. Touched with this unhappy disaster, and considering my
+former circumstances, when the Portuguese Captain took me up, I
+immediately ordered five guns to be fired that the poor creatures,
+not seeing us, it being dark, (though we could perceive their
+flame) might be sensible there was deliverance at hand, and
+consequently might endeavor to save themselves in their boat. Nor
+was it long before the ship blew up in the air and the fire was
+extinguished in the ocean. But supposing them all to be in their
+boats, we hung out our lanterns and kept firing till eight o'clock
+in the morning; when with our perspectives, we beheld two boats
+full of people making towards us tho' the tide was against them
+then spreading <span class="pagenum"><a name="page130" id=
+"page130"></a>[pg 130]</span> out our ancient; and hanging out a
+waft, as a signal for them to come on board, in half an hour's
+time; we came up to them, and took them all in, there being no less
+than sixty-four men, women, and children. It was a French merchant
+ship of three hundred tons; homeward bound from Quebec in the river
+of Canada. The master informed me how, by the negligence of the
+steersman, the steerage was set on fire: that, at his outcry for
+help, the fire was, as we thought totally extinguished; but, that
+some sparks getting between the timber, and within the ceiling, it
+proceeded into the hold, where there was no resisting it; &amp;
+then they got into their boats, as creatures in the last extremity,
+with what provision they had, together with oars, sails, and a
+compass, intending to go back to Newfoundland, the wind blowing at
+S.E. and by E. though there were several chances against them as
+storms to overset and founder them, rains and colds to benumb and
+perish their limbs, and contrary winds to keep them back and starve
+them; <i>But</i>, said he, <i>in this our great distress we heard
+the welcome report of your guns, when with unspeakable joy, taking
+down our masts and sails, we were resolved to lie by till morning;
+but perceiving your light, we set our oars at work, to keep our
+boat a head, the sooner to attain your ship, the happy instrument
+of our deliverance</i>.</p>
+<p>Indeed no one can express the joy of these poor creatures on
+this occasion: fear and grief are easily set forth; sighs and
+tears, with a few motions of the hands and head, are all the
+demonstrations of these passions; but an excess of joy, carries in
+it a thousand extravagancies; especially, I think, among the
+French, whose temper is allowed to be more volatile, passionate,
+sprightly, and gay, than that of other nations. Some were weeping,
+tearing themselves in the greatest agonies of sorrow, and running
+stark mad about the ship, while the rest were stamping with their
+feet, wringing their hands, singing, laughing, swooning away,
+vomiting, fainting, with a few returning hearty thanks to the
+Almighty; and crossing themselves. I think, if I am not mistaken,
+our surgeon was obliged to let thirty of them blood. But among the
+passengers, there were two priests, the one an old, and the other a
+young man; but what amazed me more was, that the oldest was in the
+worst plight; for no sooner did he perceive himself freed from
+danger, but he dropt down as it were without life, and to every
+one's appearance quite dead; but the surgeon chasing and rubbing
+his arm, opened a vein, which at first dropped, and then flowing
+more freely, the old man began to open his eyes; and in a quarter
+of an hour was well again. But soon remembering this happy change,
+the joy of which whirled his blood about faster than the vessels
+could convey it, he became so feverish, as made him more fit for
+bedlam than any other place. But the surgeon giving <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page131" id="page131"></a>[pg 131]</span> him a
+sleepy dose, he was perfectly composed the next morning.</p>
+<p>Remarkable indeed was the behaviour of the young priest. At his
+entrance on board the ship, he fell on his face in the most humble
+prostration to the Almighty. I thought, indeed, he had fallen into
+a swoon, and so ran to help him up; but he modestly told me, <i>he
+was returning his thanks to the Almighty, desiring me to leave him
+a few moments, and that, next to his Creator, he would return me
+thanks also</i>. And indeed he did so about three minutes after,
+with great seriousness, and affection, while the tears stood in his
+eyes, which convinced me of the gratitude of his soul. Nor did he
+less show his piety and wisdom in applying himself to his country
+people, and labouring to compose them, by the most powerful
+reasons, arguments, and persuasions. And when, indeed, these people
+had taken their night's repose, in such lodgings as our ship would
+allow, we found nothing but the best of manners, and the most civil
+acknowledgements, for which the French are eminently remarkable.
+The next day the Captain and one of the priests desired to speak
+with me and my nephew the commander. They told us, <i>that they had
+saved some money and valuable things out of the ruined vessel,
+which was at our service; only that they desired to be set on shore
+some where in our way</i>. At the first my nephew was for accepting
+the money; but I (who knew how hard my case would have been, had
+the Portuguese Captain served me so) persuaded him to the contrary;
+and therefore told them, <i>that as we had done nothing but what we
+were obliged to do, by nature and humanity, and what we ourselves
+might expect from others in such calamity; so we took them up to
+save them, not to plunder them, or leave them naked upon the land,
+to perish for want of subsistance, and therefore would not accept
+their money: but as to landing them, that was a great difficulty;
+for being bound to the East Indies, it was impossible wilfully to
+change our voyage upon their particular account, nor could my
+nephew</i> (who was under charter party to pursue it by was of
+Brazil) <i>answer it to the freighters</i>. All that we could do,
+was to put ourselves in the way of meeting some ships homeward
+bound from the West Indies, that, if possible, they might get a
+passage to France or England. Indeed, they were very thankful for
+our first kindness; but were under great concern, especially the
+passengers, at their being carried to the East Indies. <i>They
+begged therefore, I would keep on the banks of Newfoundland, where,
+probably, they might meet with some ship, or sloop to carry them to
+Canada, whence they came.</i> As this was but a reasonable request,
+I was inclined to grant it, since it was no breach of charter
+party, and that the laws of God and nature obliged us to do what
+good we could to our fellow-creatures; and besides the danger we
+ourselves should be in for want of provisions: so we consented to
+carry them to Newfoundland, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page132"
+id="page132"></a>[pg 132]</span> if wind and weather would permit;
+if not, that we should carry them to Martinico in the West Indies.
+But, as it happened, in a week's time we made the banks of
+Newfoundland, where the French people hired a bark to carry them to
+France. But the young priest being desirous to go to the East
+Indies, I readily agreed to it, because I liked his conversation,
+and two or three of the French sailors also entered themselves on
+board our ship.</p>
+<p>Now directing our course for the West Indies, steering S. and S.
+by E. about twenty days, with little wind, another adventure
+happened to exercise our humanity. In the latitude of 27 degrees, 5
+minutes north, the 19th of March 1694-5, we perceived a sail, (our
+course S. E. and by S.) which bore upon us, and then she appeared
+to be a large vessel, having lost her main topmast and boltsprit;
+when firing a gun as a signal of distress, wind N. N.W. we soon
+came to speak with her. She was a ship from Bristol, bound home
+from Barbadoes, out of which road she had been forced in a
+hurricane to the westward, in which they lost their masts.</p>
+<p>They told us, <i>their expectations were to see the Bahama
+islands, but were driven away by a strong wind at N.N.W. and having
+no sails to work the ship with, but the main-course and a kind of
+square sail upon a jury foremast, because they could not come near
+the land, were endeavouring to stand for the Canaries: nay what was
+worse, besides all their fatigue, they were almost starved for want
+of provision, having ate nothing for eleven all that they had
+aboard, was sugar, a barrel of fresh water and seven casks of
+rum</i>. In this ship were passengers, a youth, his mother, and a
+maid-servant, who were in a most deplorable condition for want of
+food. If I had not gone on board their ship, the knowledge of their
+misery had been concealed from me, and they would have inevitably
+perished; though, indeed, their second mate who was Captain, by
+reason the true Captain was not on board when the hurricane
+happened, had before informed me that there was such persons on
+board, whom he supposed to be dead, being afraid to inquire after
+them, because he had nothing to give them for relief. Hereupon we
+resolved to let them have what we could spare, ordering the mate to
+bring some of his men on board us, which he did accordingly: as he
+and they looked like skeletons, when meat was set before them, I
+ordered them to eat sparingly. But, however they soon fell sick;
+which obliged the surgeon to mix something in their broth, which
+was to be to them both food and physic. When they were fed, we
+ordered our mate to carry them a sack of bread, and four or five
+pieces of beef; but the surgeon charged them to see it boiled, and
+to keep a guard on the cook-room, to prevent the men from eating it
+raw, and consequently killing themselves with what was designed for
+their relief. But, particularly, I desired the mate to see what
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page133" id="page133"></a>[pg
+133]</span> condition the poor passengers were in, and the surgeon
+gave him a pitcher of the same broth which he had prepared for the
+men. And being curious to see this scene of misery myself, I took
+the Captain (as we called the mate of the ship) in our own boat,
+and sailed after them.</p>
+<p>Here was a sad sight indeed! scarce were the victuals half
+boiled in the pot; but they were ready to break open the cook-room
+door. To stay their stomachs the mate gave them biscuits, which
+were dipped in and softened them with the liquor of the meat, which
+they call <i>bruise</i>; telling them, it was for their own safety,
+that he was obliged to give them but a little at a time; and so
+feeding them gradually, their bellies were comfortable filled, and
+the men did very well again. But when they came to the poor
+gentlewoman in the cabin, who for several days had continued
+without food, giving what she had to her son, they found her as it
+were in the arms of death. She was sitting upon the floor of the
+deck, with her back up against the sides, between two chairs, which
+were lashed fast, and her head shrunk, between her shoulders, like
+a senseless corpse. Nothing was wanting in my mate to revive and
+encourage her; opening her lips, and putting some broth into her
+mouth with a spoon. But not having strength to speak, she lifted up
+her head with much difficulty, intimating that it was now too late!
+at the same time pointing to the youth her son, as though she
+desired him to do what he could to save the lad; and in a little
+time after she died.</p>
+<p>The youth, indeed, was not so far gone; yet lay stretched out on
+a cabin bed, like one that had scarce any life. In his mouth was a
+piece of an old glove, the rest of which he had ate up. At first he
+vomited what the mate had given him; but at length began sensibly
+to revive, though in the greatest concern for the death of his
+tender mother.</p>
+<p>As to the poor maid, she lay by her mistress, like one in the
+last pangs of death: her limbs were distorted, one of her hands
+were clasped round the frame of a chair, which she grasped so hard,
+that it was with some difficulty we separated her from it; her
+other arm lay over her head, and her feet lay both together, set
+fast against the frame of the cabin table; not only being, starved
+with hunger, but overcome with grief at the loss of her mistress,
+whom she loved most tenderly. It was a great while before the
+surgeon could bring her to life, and a much longer time before she
+came to her senses.</p>
+<p>After we had sailed with them some days, we sent them five
+barrels of beef, one of pork, two hogsheads of biscuit, with peas,
+flour, and other things; taking three casks of sugar, some rum, and
+some pieces of eight as payment, we left them, but took the youth
+and maid with us, with all their goods. The lad was about seventeen
+years old, very handsome, modest, sensible, and well-bred, but
+mightily concerned for the loss of his<span class="pagenum"><a name="page134" id="page134"></a>[pg
+134]</span> honoured mother, having lost his father at Barbadoes but a few
+months before. He beseeched the surgeon to intercede with me to take him
+out of the ship; for that the sailors, not sparing a small sustenance,
+had starved his mother. But hunger has no bounds, no right, and consequently
+is incapable of any compassion. When the surgeon told him, our voyage
+might put him in bad circumstances, and farther from his friends, he said
+<i>he did not care, if he was delivered from that terrible crew; that as the
+Captain</i> (meaning me) <i>had saved him from death, so he was sure he would
+do him no harm; and, as for the maid, when she was restored to her
+senses, she would be no less thankful, let us carry them where we would</i>.
+And indeed the surgeon so represented their case to me, that I consented,
+and took them on board with all their goods, except eleven hogsheads of
+sugar; but the youth having a bill of lading, I made the commander oblige
+himself to deliver a letter and the deceased widow's goods to Mr. Rogers,
+a merchant in Bristol; but I believe the ship was lost at sea, for we never
+could hear what became of her afterwards. We were now in the latitude 19
+deg. 32 min. having as yet a tolerable good voyage. But, passing by several
+little incidents relating to wind and weather, I shall relate what is most
+remarkable concerning my little kingdom, to which I was then drawing near.
+I had great difficulty in finding it, for as I came to, and went from it
+before, on the south and east side of the island, as coming from the Brazils,
+so now approaching between the main and the island, not having any chart
+for the coast, nor land mark, it obliged us to go on shore on several
+islands in the mouth of the river Oroonoko, but to the purpose. Thus I
+perceived, that what I thought was a continent before, was no such thing, but
+a long island, or rather a ridge of sands. On one of these islands I found
+some Spaniards, but they belonged to the isle of Trinidad, who came hither
+in a sloop to make salt, and try to find some pearl muscles. But at length
+I came fair on the south side of my island, and there I presently knew the
+countenance of my little kingdom; so we brought the ship safe to an anchor,
+broadside within the creek, where stood my ancient and venerable castle.
+
+No sooner did I see the place, but calling for Friday, I asked him where
+he was? But when he looked a little, he clapped his hands, crying, <i>O joy,
+O there, O yes, O there!</i> pointing to our old abode, and then fell a dancing
+and capering as if he was mad, and I had much ado to keep him from jumping
+into the sea, to swim ashore. 'Friday,' said I, 'what do you think, shall
+we go to see your father?' at the mentioning his father's name, the poor
+affectionate creature fell a-weeping: <i>No, no,</i> says he, <i>me see him no
+more, never see poor father more! he long ago die, die long ago: he much
+old man.</i> 'You don't know that,' said I, 'but shall we see anybody else?'
+He looks about, and pointing to the hill above my house, cries out,
+<i>We</i><span class="pagenum"><a name="page135" id="page135"></a>[pg
+135]</span> <i>see, we see there much men and there</i>: which, though I
+could not perceive them with my perspective glass, was true, by
+what the men themselves told me the next day.</p>
+<p>When the English ancient was spread, and three guns fired, as a
+signal of friendship, we perceived a smoke rise from the creek;
+upon which I ordered the boat out, taking Friday with me, and
+hanging out a white flag of truce, I went on shore, accompanied
+also by the young friar, to whom I had related the history of the
+first part of my life; besides we had sixteen men well armed, in
+case we had met with any opposition.</p>
+<p>After we had rowed directly into the creek, the first man I
+fixed my eye upon was the Spaniard, whose life I had saved, and
+whose face I perfectly well knew. I ordered them all to stay in the
+boat for a while: but Friday, perceiving his father at a distance,
+would have jumped into the sea, had they not let the boat go. No
+sooner was he on shore, but he flew like a swift arrow out of a bow
+to embrace his aged father. Certainly it would melt a man of the
+firmest resolution into the softest tears to see with what uncommon
+transports of joy he saluted him; he first kissed him, then stroked
+his face, took him in his arms, laid him under a shady tree, sat
+down by him, then looked as earnestly at him as one could do at a
+picture, for a quarter of an hour together. After this he would lie
+upon the ground, stroke his legs and kiss them, then get up and
+stare at him, as though he was bewitched; but the next day one
+could not forbear laughter to see his behaviour, for he would walk
+several hours with his father along the shore, leading him by the
+hand as tho' he was a lady; while, every now and then, he would run
+to the boat to get something for him, as a lump of sugar, dram,
+biscuit, or something or other that was good. His frolics ran in
+another channel in the afternoon; when he set old Friday on the
+ground, he would dance round him, making comical postures and
+gestures; and all this while would be telling him one story or
+another of his travels and adventures.</p>
+<p>It was on the 10th of April, <i>anno</i> 1695, that I set my
+foot upon the island a second time. When my faithful Spaniard,
+accompanied by one more, approached the boat, he little knew who I
+was, till I discovered myself to him. <i>Seignor</i>, said I, in
+Portuguese, <i>don't you know me</i>? He spoke never a word, but
+giving his musket to his attendant, extended his arms, and saying
+something in Spanish that I did not then understand, he came
+forward &amp; embraced me, saying, <i>he was inexcusable not to
+know his deliverer: who, like an angel sent from heaven, had saved
+his life</i>; He then beckoned to the man to call out his
+companions, asking me if I would walk to my own habitation and take
+possession, where I should find some mean improvements; but indeed
+they were extraordinary ones: for they had planted so many trees so
+close together, that the place was <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page136" id="page136"></a>[pg 136]</span> like a labyrinth, which
+none could find out except themselves, who knew its intricate
+windings. I asked him the meaning of all these fortifications? he
+told me <i>he would give a large account of what had passed since
+my departure till this time, and how he had subdued some English,
+who thought to be their murderers, hoping I would not be
+displeased, since necessity compelled them to it</i>. As I knew
+they were wicked villains, so I told him, that I was not only far
+from finding fault with it, but was rather heartily glad that they
+had subdued them. While we were thus talking, the man whom he sent
+returned, accompanied by eleven more, but in such habits, that it
+was impossible to tell what nations they were of. He first turned
+to me, and pointing to them, <i>These Sir,</i> said he, <i>are some
+of the gentlemen who owe their lives to your goodness</i>, then
+turning to them, and pointing to me, he made them sensible who I
+was; and, then indeed they saluted me one by one, not as ordinary
+men, but as tho' they had been ambassadors or noblemen, and I a
+triumphant conqueror; for their behaviour not only agreed with a
+manlike, majestic gravity, but at the same time was so obliging and
+courteous, as made them agreeable to the last degree.</p>
+<p>Before I relate the history of the transactions of my kingdom,
+as I had it from the Spaniard's own mouth, I must here insert what
+I omitted in my former relation. The matter is this: Just before we
+weighed anchor and set sail, there happened a quarrel on board the
+ship, which had like to have occasioned a second mutiny, till such
+time the courageous Capitan, taking two of the most refractory
+prisoners, laid them in irons threatening, as they were concerned
+in the former disorders, so have them hanged in England for running
+away with the ship. This frightened some of the rest, as thinking
+the Captain would serve them in the same manner, though he seemed
+to give them good word for the present. But the mate having
+intelligence of this, mad me acquainted with their fears; so that
+to make them more easy, and ourselves more safe from their
+conspiracies I was obliged to go down, and pass my honour's word
+for it, that upon their good behaviour, all that was past should be
+forgiven; in testimony of which, I ordered the two men's irons to
+be taken off; &amp; themselves forgiven. But as this had brought us
+to an anchor that night, in which there was a calm; the two men
+that had been in irons stole each of them a musket, and some other
+weapons, and taking the ship's pinnace, not yet hauled up, ran away
+to their brother rogues. The next morning we sent the long-boat
+with men to pursue them, but all in vain; the mate, in revenge,
+would have demolished my little castle, burnt his furniture and
+destroyed their plantations, but having no orders for it, he did
+not put it in execution. And thus there were five Englishmen in the
+island, which caused great differences, as my faithful Spaniard
+gave me a perfect account of, in the following manner:</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page137" id="page137"></a>[pg
+137]</span>
+<p>You cannot, Sir, but remember the embassy you sent me about, and
+what a disappointment we met with, by your absence, at our return.
+There is but little variety in the relation of all our voyage,
+being blessed with calm weather and a smooth sea. Great indeed was
+the joy of my countrymen to see me alive, having acted as the
+principal man on board, the captain of the shipwrecked vessel dying
+before; nor was their surprise less, as knowing I was taken
+prisoner by the savages of another nation, they had thought me long
+since entombed in their monstrous bowels. But when I showed them
+the arms, ammunition, and provisions I had brought for them, they
+looked upon me as a second Joseph advanced in Pharoah's court, and
+immediately prepared to come along with me. Indeed they were
+obliged to trespass upon their friendly savages, by borrowing two
+of their canoes, under a pretext for fishing; and they came away
+the next morning, but without any provisions of their own, except a
+few roots which served them instead of bread. After three weeks
+absence we arrived at our habitation. Here we met with three
+English sailors, who, I confess, gave us provisions, and that
+letter of direction you had left for us, which informed us how to
+bring up tame goats, plant corn, cure grapes, make pots, and, in
+short, every thing that was necessary for our life. As, in
+particular, I knew your method best, so taking Friday's father to
+assist me, we managed all the affairs; nor were the rest of the
+Spaniards wanting in their kind offices, dressing food for the
+Englishmen, who did nothing but ramble and divert themselves in the
+woods, either shooting parrots, or catching tortoises. But we had
+not been long ashore, before we were informed of two more
+Englishmen, unnaturally turned out of their common place of
+residence, by the three others above mentioned; this made my
+Spaniards and me (whom they now looked upon as their governor in
+your absence) endeavour to persuade them to take them in, that we
+might be as one family; but all our intreaties were in vain, so
+that the poor fellows finding nothing to be done without industry,
+pitched their tents on the north side of the island, a little
+inclining to the west, for fear of savages. Here they built two
+huts, one to lodge, and the other to lay their stores in; for my
+good natured Spaniards giving them some seeds, they dug and planted
+as I had done, and began to live prettily. But while they were thus
+comfortably going on, the three unnatural brutes, their countrymen,
+in a mere bullying humour, insulted them by saying, 'the governor
+(meaning you) had given them a possession of the island, and d-mn
+'em they should build no houses upon their ground, without paying
+rent.' The two honest men (for so let me now distinguish them)
+thought their three countrymen only jested, and one of them invited
+them in, to see their fine habitations; while the other facetiously
+told them 'that since they built tenements with great improvements,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page138" id="page138"></a>[pg
+138]</span> they should, according to the custom of lords, give
+them a longer lease;' at the same time desiring them to fetch a
+scriviner to draw the writings. One of these wretches swearing
+<i>he should pay for the jest</i>, snatches up a fire brand, and
+clapping it to the outside of their hut, very fairly set it on
+fire, which would soon have consumed it, had not the honest man
+thrust him away, and trod it with his feet. Hereupon the fellow
+returns with his pole, with which he would have ended his days, had
+not the poor man avoided the blow when fetching his musket, he
+knocked down the villain that began the quarrel. The other two
+coming to assist their fellow, obliged the honest man to take his
+musket also, and both of them presenting their pieces bid the
+villains stand off; and if they did not lay down their arms, death
+should decide the dispute one way or other. This brought them to a
+parley, in which they agreed to take their wounded man and begone;
+but they were in the wrong that they did not disarm them when they
+had the power, and then make their complaint to me and my Spaniards
+for justice, which might have prevented their farther designs
+against them. And indeed so many trespass did they afterwards
+commit, by treading down their corn, shooting their young kids and
+goats, and plaguing them night and day, that they resolved to come
+to my castle, challenge all the three, and decide their right by
+one plain battle, while the Spaniards stood by to see fair play.
+One day it happened, that two of my Spaniards (one of whom
+understood English) being in the woods, were met by one of the
+honest men, who complained how barbarous their countrymen had been
+in destroying their corn, killing their milk-goat and three kids,
+which deprived them of their subsistence; and that if we did not
+grant them relief, they must be inevitably starved, and so they
+parted; but when my Spaniards came home at night, and supper being
+on the table, one of them began to reprehend the Englishmen, but in
+a very mannerly way; which they resenting, replied, <i>What
+business had their countrymen in that place without leave, when it
+was none of their ground? Why</i>, said my Spaniard, calmly,
+<i>Inglise, they must not starve:</i> but they replied, <i>Let them
+starve and be damn'd, they should neither plant nor build, and damn
+them, they should be their servants, and work for them, for the
+island was their's, and they would burn all the huts they should
+find in the island. By this rule</i>, said my Spaniard, smiling,
+<i>We shall be your servants too. Aye, by God, and so you shall</i>
+replied the impudent rascal. Upon which, starting up, Will Atkins
+cries, <i>Come Jack, let's have t'other brush with them; who dare
+to build in our dominions?</i>--Thus leaving us something heated
+with just passion, away they trooped, every man having a gun,
+pistol, and sword, muttering some threatening words, that we could
+then but imperfectly understand. That night they designed to murder
+their two companions, and slept till midnight <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page139" id="page139"></a>[pg 139]</span> in the
+bower, thinking to fall upon them in their sleep: not were the
+honest men less thoughtful concerning them; for at this juncture
+they were coming to find them out, but in a much fairer way. As
+soon as the villains came to the huts, and found nobody there, they
+concluded that I and my Spaniard had given them notice, and
+therefore swore to be revenged on us. Then they demolished the poor
+men's habitations; not by fire, as they attempted before, but
+pulled down their houses, limb from limb, not leaving stick nor
+stone on the ground where they stood, broke their household stuff
+in pieces, tore up their trees, spoiled their inclosures, and, in
+short, quite ruined them of every thing they had. Had these people
+met together, no doubt but there would have been a bloody battle;
+but Providence ordered it for the better; for just as the three
+were got together the two were at our castle; and when they left
+us, the three came back again, but in great rage, scoffingly
+telling us what they had done; when one taking hold of a Spaniard's
+hat, twirls it round, saying, <i>And you Seignor Jack Spaniard,
+shall have the same sauce, if you don't mind your manners</i>. My
+Spaniard, a grave but courageous man, knocked him down with one
+blow of his fist; at which another villain fired his pistol, and
+narrowly missed his body, but wounded him a little in the ear.
+Hereat enraged, the Spaniard takes up the fellow's musket who he
+had knocked down, and would have shot him, if I and the rest had
+not come out, and taken their arms from every one of them.</p>
+<p>"These Englishmen perceiving they had made all of us their
+enemies, began to cool; but not withstanding their better words the
+Spaniards would not return them their arms again, telling them,
+'they would do them no manner of harm, if they would live
+peaceably; but if they offered any injury to the plantation or
+castle, they would shoot them as they would do ravenous beasts.
+This made them so mad, that they went away raging like furies of
+hell. They were no sooner gone, but in came the two honest men,
+fired with the justest rage, if such can be, having been ruined as
+aforesaid. And indeed it was very hard, that nineteen of us should
+be bullied by three villains, continually offending with
+impunity.</p>
+<p>"It was a great while, Sir, before we could persuade the two
+Englishmen from pursuing, and undoubtedly killing them with their
+fire-arms; but we promised them 'justice should be done them, and,
+in the mean time, they should reside with us in our habitation.' In
+about five days after, these three vagrants, almost starved with
+hunger, drew near our grove, and perceiving me, the governor, &amp;
+two others walking by the side of the creek, they very submissively
+desired to be received into the family again. We told them of
+'their great incivility to us, and of their unnatural barbarity to
+their countrymen; but yet we would see what the rest agreed to, and
+in half an hour's time <span class="pagenum"><a name="page140" id=
+"page140"></a>[pg 140]</span> would bring them word.' After some
+debate, we called them in, where their two countrymen laid a heavy
+charge against them, for not only ruining, but designing to murder
+them, which they could not deny. But here I was forced to interpose
+as a mediator, by obliging the two Englishmen not to hurt them,
+being naked &amp; unarmed, and that the other three should make
+them restitution, by building their two huts, and fencing their
+ground in the same manner as it was before. Well, being in a
+miserable condition, they submitted to this at present, and lived
+some time regularly enough, except as to the working part, which
+they did not care for, but the Spaniards would have dispensed with
+that, had they continued easy and quiet. Their arms being given
+them again, they scarce had them a week when they became as
+troublesome as ever; but an accident happening soon after, obliged
+us to lay aside private resentments, and look to our common
+preservation.</p>
+<p>"One night, Sir, I went to bed, perfectly well in health, and
+yet by no means could I compose myself to sleep; upon which, being
+very uneasy, I got up and looked out, but it being dark, I could
+perceive nothing but the trees around the castle. I went to bed
+again, but it was all one, I could not sleep; when one of my
+Spaniards, hearing me walk about, asked who it was up? I answered,
+<i>It is I</i>. When I told him the occasion, <i>Sir</i>, said he,
+<i>such things are not to be slighted; for certainly there is some
+mischief plotting against us. Where are the Englishmen?</i> said I.
+He answered <i>In their huts</i>; for they lay separate from us,
+Sir, since the last mutiny. <i>Well,</i> said I, <i>some kind
+spirit gives this information for advantage. Come let us go abroad,
+and see if any thing offers to justify our fears.</i> Upon which I
+and some of my Spaniards went up the mountain, not by the ladder,
+but through the grove, and then we were struck with a panic fear on
+seeing a light, as though it were a fire, at a very little
+distance, and hearing the voices of several men. Hereupon we
+retreated immediately, and raised the rest of our forces, and made
+them sensible of the impending danger; but with all my authority, I
+could not make them stay where they were, so earnest were they to
+see how things went. Indeed the darkness of the night gave them
+opportunity enough to view them by the light of the fire
+undiscovered. As they were in different parties, and straggling
+over the shore, we were much afraid that they should find out our
+habitations, and destroy our flocks of goats: to prevent which, we
+sent immediately an Englishman and two Spaniards to drive the goats
+into the valley where the cave lay; or, if there was occasion, into
+the cave itself: As to ourselves, resuming our native courage and
+prudent conduct, had we not been divided, we durst venture to
+attack an hundred of them; but before it was very light, we
+resolved to send out Friday's father as a spy, who, immediately
+stripping himself naked, gets among them undiscovered, and in two
+hours <span class="pagenum"><a name="page141" id="page141"></a>[pg
+141]</span> time brings word, that 'they were two parties of two
+different nations, who lately having a bloody battle with one
+another, happened to land by mere chance on the same island, to
+devour their miserable prisoners; that they were entirely ignorant
+of any person's inhabiting here; but rather filled with rage and
+fury against one another, he believed, that as soon as day light
+appeared, there would be a terrible engagement.' Old Friday had
+scarce ended his relation, when we heard an uncommon noise, and
+perceived that there was a horrid engagement between the two
+armies.</p>
+<p>"Such was the curiosity of our party, especially the Englishmen,
+that they would not lie close, tho' Old Friday told them, 'their
+safety depended upon it; and that if we had patience, we should
+behold the savages kill one another.' However they used some
+caution, by going farther into the woods, and placing themselves in
+a convenient place to behold the battle.</p>
+<p>"Never could there be a more bloody engagement, or men of more
+invincible spirits and prudent conduct, according to their manner
+and way of fighting. It lasted near two hours, till the party which
+was nearest our castle began to decline, and at last to fly from
+their conquerors. We were undoubtedly put into a great
+consternation on this account, lest they should run into our grove,
+and consequently bring us into the like danger. Hereupon we
+resolved to kill the first that came, to prevent discovery, and
+that too with our swords, and the butt end of our muskets, for fear
+the report of our guns should be heard.</p>
+<p>"And so indeed, as we thought, it happened; for three of the
+vanquished army crossing the creek, ran directly to the place, as
+to a thick wood for shelter; nor was it long before our scout gave
+us notice of it: as also, that the victors did not think fit to
+pursue them. Upon this I would not suffer them to be slain, but had
+them surprised and taken by our party; afterwards they proved very
+good servants to us, being stout young creatures, and able to do a
+great deal of work. The remainder of the conquered savages fled to
+their canoes, and put out into the ocean, while the conquerors,
+joining together, shouted by way of triumph, and about three in the
+afternoon they also embarked for their own nation. Thus we were
+freed at once from these savages and our fears, not perceiving any
+of these creatures for some considerable time after. We found two
+and thirty men dead in the field of battle; some were slain with
+long arrows, which we found sticking in their bodies; &amp; the
+rest were killed with great unwieldy wooden swords, which denoted
+their vast strength, and of which we found seventeen, besides bows
+and arrows: but we could not find one wounded creature among them
+alive; for they either kill their enemies quite, or carry those
+wounded away with them.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page142" id="page142"></a>[pg
+142]</span>
+<p>"This terrible fight tamed the Englishmen for some time,
+considering how unfortunate they might have been had they fallen
+into their hands, who would not only kill them as enemies, but also
+for food, as we do cattle; and indeed so much did this nauseate
+their stomachs, that it not only made them very sick, but more
+tractable to the common necessary business of the whole society,
+planting, sowing, and reaping, with the greatest signs of amity and
+friendship; so, that being now all good friends, we began to
+consider of circumstances in general; and the first thing we
+thought of was, whether, as we perceived the savages haunted that
+side of the island, and there being more retired parts of it, and
+yet as well suited to our manner of living, and equally to our
+advantage, we ought not rather to move our place of residence,
+&amp; plant it in a much safer place, both for the security of our
+corn and cattle.</p>
+<p>"After a long debate on this head; it was resolved, or rather
+voted, <i>nemine comradicente</i>, not to remove our ancient
+castle, and that for this very good reason, that some time or other
+we expected to hear from our supreme governor, (meaning you, Sir)
+whose messengers not finding us there, might think the place
+demolished, and all his subjects destroyed by the savages.</p>
+<p>"As to the next concern relating to our corn and cattle, we
+consented to have them removed to the valley where the cave was,
+that being most proper and sufficient for both. But yet when we
+considered farther, we altered one part of our resolution, which
+was to remove part of our cattle thither and plant only part of our
+corn there; so that in case one part was destroyed, the other might
+be preserved. Another resolution we took, which really had a great
+deal of prudence in it; and that was, in not trusting the three
+savages whom we had taken prisoners, with any knowledge of the
+plantations we had made in the valley, of what number of cattle we
+had there, much less of the cave, wherein we kept several arms, and
+two barrels of powder you left for us at your departure from this
+island. But though we could not change our habitation, we resolved
+to make it more fortified and more secret. To this end, Sir, as you
+planted trees at some distance before the entrance of your palace;
+so we, imitating your example, planted and filled up the whole
+space of ground, even to the banks of the creek, nay, into the very
+ooze where the tide flowed, not leaving a place for landing; and
+among those I had planted, they had intermingled so many short
+ones, all of which growing wonderfully fast and thick, a little dog
+could scarcely find a passage through them. Nor was this
+sufficient, as we thought, for we did the same to all the ground,
+on the right and left hand of us, even to the top of the hill,
+without so much as leaving a passage for ourselves, except by the
+ladder; which being taken down, nothing but what had wings
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page143" id="page143"></a>[pg
+143]</span> or witchcraft could pretend to come near us. And indeed
+this was exceedingly well-contrived, especially to serve that
+occasion for which we afterwards found it necessary.</p>
+<p>"Thus we lived two years in a happy retirement, having, all this
+time, not one visit from the savages. Indeed one morning we had an
+alarm, which put us in some amazement; for a few of my Spaniards
+being out very early, perceived no less than twenty canoes, as it
+were coming on shore: upon which returning home, with great
+precipitation, they gave us the alarm, which obliged us to keep at
+home all that day and the next, going out only in the night-time to
+make our observations; but, as good luck would have it, they were
+upon another design, and did not land that time upon the
+island.</p>
+<p>"But now there happened another quarrel between the three wicked
+Englishmen, and some of my Spaniards.--- The occasion was this: One
+of them being enraged at one of the savages, whom he had taken
+prisoner, for not being able to comprehend something which he was
+showing him, snatched up a hatchet in a great fury not to correct,
+but to kill him; yet missing his head gave him such a
+barbarous--cut in the shoulder, that he had like to have struck off
+his arm; at which one of my good-natured Spaniards interposing
+between the Englishman and the savage beseeched the former, not to
+murder the poor creature, but this kindness had like to have cost
+the Spaniard his life, for the Englishman, struck at him in the
+same manner; which he nimbly and wisely avoiding, returned suddenly
+upon. him with his shovel, (being all at work about their corn
+land), and very fairly knocked the brutish creature down. Hereupon
+another Englishman coming to his fellow's assistance, laid the good
+Spaniard on the earth; when immediately two others coming to his
+relief were attacked by the third Englishman, armed with an old
+cutlass, who wounded them both. This uproar soon reached our ears,
+when we rushing out upon them, took the three Englishmen prisoners,
+and then our next question was, what would be done to such
+mutinous, and impudent fellows, so furious, desperate, and idle,
+that they were mischievious to the highest degree and consequently
+not safe for the society to let them live among them.</p>
+<p>"Now, Sir, as I was governor in your absence, so I also took the
+authority of a judge, and, having them brought before me; I told
+them, that if they had been of my country, I would have hanged
+every mother's son of them, but since it was an Englishman (meaning
+you, kind Sir,) to whom we were indebted for our preservation and
+deliverance, I would, in gratitude, use them with all possible
+mildness, but at the same time leave them to the judgment of the
+other two Englishmen who, I hoped, forgetting their resentments,
+would deal impartially by them.'</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page144" id="page144"></a>[pg
+144]</span>
+<p>"Hereupon one of his countrymen stood up: <i>Sir</i>, said he,
+<i>leave it not for us, for you may be sensible we have reason to
+sentence them to the gallows: besides, Sir, this fellow, Will
+Atkins, and the two others, proposed to us, that we might murder
+you all in your sleep, which we could not consent to: but knowing
+their inability, and your vigilance, we did not think fit to
+discover it before now</i>.</p>
+<p>"<i>How, Signor,</i> said I, <i>do you hear what is alledged
+against you? What can you say to justify so horrid an action, as to
+murder us in cold blood?</i> So far, Sir, was the wretch from
+denying it, that he swore, <i>damn him but he would do it still.
+But what have we done to you, Seignor Atkins,</i> said I, <i>or
+what will you gain by killing us? What shall we do to prevent you?
+Must we kill you, or you kill us? Why will you Seignor Atkins,</i>
+said I, smiling, <i>put us to such an unhappy dilemma, such a fatal
+necessity?</i> But so great a rage did my scoffing and yet severe
+jest put him into, that he was going to fly at me and undoubtedly
+had attempted to kill me if he had been possessed of weapons, and
+had not been prevented by three Spaniards. This unparalleled and
+villainous carriage, made us seriously consider what was to be
+done. The two Englishmen and the Spaniard, who had saved the poor
+Indian's life, mightily petitioned me to hang one of them, for an
+example to the others, which should be him that had twice attempted
+to commit murder with his hatchet, it being at that time thought
+impossible the poor slave should recover. But they could never gain
+my consent to put him to death, for the reasons above mentioned,
+since it was an Englishman (even yourself) who was my deliverer;
+and as merciful counsels are most prevailing when earnestly
+pressed, so I got them to be of the same opinion as to clemency.
+But to prevent them doing us any farther mischief; we all agreed,
+that they should have no weapons, as sword, gun, powder, or shot,
+but be expelled from the society, to live as they pleased by
+themselves; that neither the two Englishmen, nor the rest of the
+Spaniards, should have conversation with them upon any account
+whatsoever; that they should be kept from coming within a certain
+distance of our castle; and if they dared to offer us any violence,
+either by spoiling, burning, killing, or destroying any of the
+corn, plantings, buildings, fences, or cattle, belonging to the
+society, we would shoot them as freely as we would do beasts of
+prey, in whatsoever places we should find them.</p>
+<p>"This sentence seemed very just to all but themselves; when,
+like a merciful judge, I called out to the two honest Englishmen,
+saying, <i>You must consider they ought not to be starved neither:
+and since it will be some time before they can raise corn and
+cattle of their own, let us give them some corn to last them eight
+months, and for seed to sow, by which time they'll raise some for
+themselves; let us also bestow upon them six milch goats,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page145" id="page145"></a>[pg
+145]</span> four he ones, and six kids, as well for their present
+support, as for a further increase; with tools necessary for their
+work, as hatchets, an ax, saw, and other things convenient to build
+them huts:</i> all which were agreed: but before they took them
+into possession, I obliged them solemnly to swear, never to attempt
+any thing against us, or their countrymen for the future. Thus
+dismissing them from our society, They went away, sullen &amp;
+refractory, as though neither willing to go nor stay; however
+seeing no remedy, they took what provision was given them,
+proposing to choose a convenient place where they might live by
+themselves.</p>
+<p>"About five days after, they came to those limits appointed, in
+order for more victuals, and sent me word by one of my Spaniards,
+whom they called to, where they had pitched their tents; and marked
+themselves out an habitation and plantation, at the N.E. and most
+remote part of the island. And, indeed, there they built themselves
+two very handsome cottages, resembling our little castle, being
+under the side of a mountain, with some trees already growing on
+three sides of it; so that planting a few more, it would be
+obscured from sight, unless particularly sought for. When these
+huts were finished, we gave them some dry goat-skins for bedding
+and covering; &amp; upon their giving us fuller assurances of their
+good behaviour for the future, we gave them some pease, barley, and
+rice for sowing and whatever tools we could spare.</p>
+<p>"Six months did they live in this separate condition, in which
+they got their first harvest in, the quantity of which was but
+small, because they had planted but little land; for, indeed, all
+their plantations being to form, made it more difficult; especially
+as it was a thing out of their element; and when they were obliged
+to make their boards and pots, &amp;c. they could make little or
+nothing of it. But the rainy season coming on, put them into a
+greater perplexity for want of a cave to keep their corn dry, and
+prevent it from spoiling: and so much did this humble them, that
+they begged of my Spaniards to help them, to which the good-natured
+men readily consented, and in four days space, worked a great hole
+in the side of the hill for them, large enough for their purpose,
+to secure their corn and other things from the rain, though not
+comparable to ours, which had several additional appartments.</p>
+<p>"But a new whim possessed these rogues about three quarters of a
+year after, which had like to have ruined us, and themselves too:
+for it seems, being tired and weary of this sort of living, which
+made them work for themselves, without hopes of changing their
+condition, nothing would serve them, but that they would make a
+voyage to the continent, and try if they could seize upon some of
+the savages, and bring them over as slaves, to do their drudgery,
+while they lived at ease and pleasure.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page146" id="page146"></a>[pg
+146]</span>
+<p>"Indeed the project was not so preposterous, if they had not
+gone farther; but they neither did, nor proposed any thing, but
+what had mischief in the design, or the event. One morning, these
+three fellows came down to the limited station, and humbly desired
+to be admitted to talk with us, which we readily granted; they told
+us in short, that <i>being tired of their manner of living, and the
+labour of their hands in such employments, not being sufficient to
+procure the necessaries of life, they only desired one of the
+canoes we came over in, with some arms and ammunition for their
+defence, and they would seek their fortunes abroad, and never
+trouble us any more.</i> To be sure we were glad enough to get rid
+of such wretched plagues; but yet honesty made us ingenuously
+represent to them, by what we ourselves had suffered, the certain
+destruction they were running into, either of being starved to
+death or murdered by the savages. To this they very audaciously
+replied, <i>that they neither could nor would work: and
+consequently that they might as well be starved abroad as at home:
+&amp; neither had they any wives or children to cry after them:
+nay, so intent were they upon their voyage, that if the Spaniards
+had not given them arms, so they had but the canoe they would have
+gone without them.</i></p>
+<p>"Though we could not well spare our fire arms, rather than they
+should go like naked men, we let them have two muskets, a pistol, a
+cutlass, and three hatchets, which were thought very sufficient: we
+gave them also goat's flesh, a great basket full of dried grapes, a
+pot of fresh butter, a young live kid, and a large canoe sufficient
+to carry twenty men. And thus, with a mast made of a long pole, and
+a sail of six large goat-skins dried, having a fair breeze, and a
+flood-tide with them, they merrily sailed away, the Spaniards
+calling after them, <i>Bon voyaje</i>, no man ever expecting to see
+them more.</p>
+<p>"When they were gone, the Spaniards and Englishmen would often
+say to one another, <i>O how peaceably do we now live, since these
+turbulent fellows have left us!</i> Nothing could be farther from
+their thoughts than to behold their faces any more; and yet scarce
+two and twenty days had passed over their heads, but one of the
+Englishmen, being abroad a planting, perceived at a distance, three
+men well armed, approaching towards him. Away he flies with speed
+to our castle, and tells me and the rest, that we were all undone,
+for that strangers were landed upon the island, and who they were
+he could not tell; but added that they were not savages but men
+habited, bearing arms. <i>Why then,</i> said I, <i>we have the less
+occasion to be concerned, since, if they were not Indians, they
+must be friends; for I am sure there is no Christian people upon
+earth, but <span class="pagenum"><a name="page147" id=
+"page147"></a>[pg 147]</span> what will do us good rather than
+harm.</i> But while we were considering of the event, up came the
+three Englishmen, whose voices we quickly knew, and so all our
+admiration of that nature ceased at once. And our wonder was
+succeeded by another sort of inquiry, which was, what could be the
+occasion of their returning so quickly to the island, when we
+little expected, and much less desired their company? But as this
+was better to be related by themselves, I ordered them to be
+brought in, when they gave me the following relation of their
+voyage.</p>
+<p>"After two days sail, or something less, they reached land,
+where they found the people coming to give them another sort of
+reception than what they expected or desired; for, as the savages
+were armed with bows and arrows, they durst not venture on shore,
+but steered northward, six or seven hours, till they gained an
+opening, by which they plainly perceived, that the land that
+appeared from this place, was not the main land, but an island. At
+their entrance into the opening of the sea, they discovered another
+island, on the right hand northward, and several more lying to the
+westward; but being resolved to go on shore some where or other,
+they put over to one of the western islands. Here they found the
+natives very courteous to them, giving them several roots and dried
+fish; nay, even their women too were as willing to supply them with
+what they could procure them to eat, bringing it a great way to
+them upon their heads. Among these hospitable Indians they
+continued some days, inquiring by signs and tokens, what nations
+lay around them; and were informed, that there were, several fierce
+and terrible people lived every way, accustomed to eat mankind; but
+for themselves they never used such diet, except those that were
+taken in battle, and of them they made a solemn feast.</p>
+<p>"The Englishmen inquired how long it was since they had a feast
+of that kind? They answered, <i>about two moons ago</i>, pointing
+to the moon, and then two fingers; that, <i>at this time, their
+king had two hundred prisoners, which were fattening up for the
+slaughter</i>. The Englishmen were mighty desirous of seeing the
+prisoners, which the others mistaking, thought that they wanted
+some of them for their own food: upon which they beckoned to them,
+pointing to the rising, and then to the setting of the sun;
+meaning, that by the time it appeared in the east next morning,
+they would bring them some: and indeed they were as good as their
+word; for by that time they brought eleven men &amp; five women,
+just as so many cows &amp; oxen are brought to sea-port towns to
+victual a ship. But as brutish as these Englishmen were, their
+stomachs turned at the sight. What to do in this case, they could
+not tell: to refuse the prisoner, would have been the highest
+affront offered to the savage gentry; and to dispose of them, they
+knew not, in what manner; <span class="pagenum"><a name="page148"
+id="page148"></a>[pg 148]</span> however, they resolved to accept
+them, and so gave them, in return, one of their hatchets, an old
+key, a knife, and six or seven of their bullets; things which, tho'
+they were wholly ignorant of, yet of seemed entirely contented
+with; &amp; dragging the poor wretches into the boat, with their
+hands bound behind them, delivered them to the Englishmen. But this
+obliged them to put off as soon as they had these presents, lest
+the donors should have expected two or three of them to be killed,
+and to be invited to dinner the next day; and so taking leave with
+all possible respect and thanks, though neither of them understood
+what the others said, they sailed away back to the first island,
+and there set eight of the prisoners at liberty. In their voyage
+they endeavoured to comfort, and have some conversation with the
+poor captives; but it was impossible to make them sensible of any
+thing; and nothing they could say or give, or do for them, could
+make them otherwise persuaded, but that they were unbound only to
+be devoured: if they gave them any food, they thought it was only
+to fatten them for the slaughter; or looked at any one more
+particularly, the poor creature supposed itself to be the 'first
+sacrifice'; and even when we brought them to our island, and began
+to use them with the greatest humanity and kindness, yet they
+expected every day that their new masters would devour them.</p>
+<p>"And thus, Sir, did these three strange wanderers conclude their
+unaccountable relation of their voyage, which was both amazing and
+entertaining. Hereupon, I asked them, where there new family was?
+They told me <i>they had put them into one of their huts, and they
+came to beg some victuals for them</i>. This, indeed, made us all
+long to see them; and taking Friday's father with us, leaving only
+two at our castle, we came down to behold these poor creatures.</p>
+<p>"When we arrived at the hut, (they being bound again by the
+Englishmen, for fear of escaping) we found them stark naked,
+expecting their fatal tragedy: there were three lusty men, well
+shaped, with straight and good limbs, between thirty and five and
+thirty years old; and five women, two of them might be from thirty
+to forty, two more not above four and twenty; and the last, a
+comely tall maiden of about seventeen. Indeed, all the women were
+very agreeable, both in proportion and features, except that they
+were tawny, which their modest behaviour, and other graces, made
+amends for, when they afterwards came to be clothed.</p>
+<p>"This naked appearance, together with their miserable
+circumstances, was no very comfortable sight to my Spaniards, who,
+for their parts, I may venture, Sir, without flattery, to say, are
+men of the best behaviour, calmest tempers, and sweetest nature,
+that can possibly be; for they immediately ordered Friday's father
+to see if he knew any of them, or if he understood what they could
+say. No sooner did the old Indian appear, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page149" id="page149"></a>[pg 149]</span> but he
+looked at them with great seriousness; yet, as they were not of his
+nation, they were utter strangers to him, and none could understand
+his speech or signs, but one woman. This was enough to answer the
+design, which was to assure them they would not be killed, being
+fallen into the hands of Christians, who abhorred such barbarity.
+When they were fully satisfied of this, they expressed their joy by
+such strange gestures, and uncommon tones, as it is not possible
+for me to describe. But the woman their interpreter, was ordered
+next to enquire, whether they were content to be servants, and
+would work for the men who had brought them hither to save their
+lives? Hereupon, (being at this time unbound) they fell a capering
+and dancing, one taking this thing upon her shoulders, and the
+other that, intimating, that they were willing to do any thing for
+them. But now, Sir, having women among us, and dreading that it
+might occasion some strife, if not blood, I asked the three men
+'what they would do, and how they intended to use these creatures,
+whether as servants or women?' One of them very pertly and readily
+answered, 'they would use them as both,' <i>Gentlemen</i>, said I
+<i>as you are your own masters, I am not going to restrain you from
+that; but methinks, for avoiding dissentions among you, I would
+only desire you to engage, that none of you will take more than one
+for a woman or wife, and that having taken this one, none else
+should presume to touch her; for though we have not yet a priestly
+authority to marry you, yet it is but reasonable, that whoever thus
+takes a woman, should be obliged to maintain her, since nobody has
+any thing to do with her</i>; and this, indeed, appeared so just to
+all present, that it was unanimously agreed to. The Englishmen then
+asked my Spaniards, 'whether they designed to take any of them? but
+they all answered, <i>No</i>; some declaring they had already wives
+in Spain; and others that they cared not to join with infidels. On
+the reverse, the Englishmen took each of them a temporary wife, and
+so set up a new method of living. As to Friday's father, the
+Spaniards, and the three savage servants we had taken in the late
+battle, they all lived with me in our ancient castle; and indeed we
+supplied the main part of the island with food, as necessity
+required. But the most remarkable part of the story is, how these
+Englishmen, who had been so much at variance, should agree about
+the choice of those women; yet they took a way good enough to
+prevent quarreling among themselves. They let the five women in one
+of their huts, and going themselves to the other, drew lots which
+should have the first choice. Now, he that had the first lot went
+to the hut, and fetched out her he chose; and it is remarkable,
+that he took her that was the most homely and eldest of the number,
+which made the rest of the Englishmen exceedingly merry; the
+Spaniards themselves could not help but smile at it; but as it
+happened, the fellow had the <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page150" id="page150"></a>[pg 150]</span> best thought, in
+choosing one fit for application and business; and indeed she
+proved the best wife of all the parcel.</p>
+<p>"But when the poor creatures perceived themselves placed in a
+row, and separated one by one, they were again seized with an
+unspeakable terror, as now thinking they were going to be slain in
+earnest; and when the Englishmen came to take the first, the rest
+set up a lamentable cry, clasped their arms around her neck, and
+hanging about her, took their last farewell, as they thought, in
+such trembling agonies, and affectionate embraces, as would have
+softened the hardest heart in the world, and made the driest eyes
+melt into tears; nor could they be persuaded but that they were
+going to die, till such time as Friday's father made them sensible
+that the Englishmen had chosen them for their wives, which ended
+all their terror and concern upon this occasion.</p>
+<p>"Well, after this, the Englishmen went to work, and being
+assisted by my good natured Spaniards, in a few hours they, erected
+every one of them a new hut or tent for their separate lodging,
+since those they had already were, filled with tools, household
+stuff, and provision. They all continued on the north shore of the
+island, but separate as before; the three wicked ones pitching
+farther off, and the two honest men nearer our castle; so that the
+island seemed to be peopled in three places, three towns beginning
+to be built for that purpose. And here I cannot but remark, what is
+very common, that the two honest men had the worst wives, (I mean
+as to industry, cleanliness, and ingenuity) while the three
+reprobates enjoyed women of quite contrary qualities.</p>
+<p>"But another observation I made was, in favour of the two honest
+men, to show what disparity there is between a diligent application
+to business, on the one hand, and a slothful negligent, and idle
+temper, on the other. Both of them had the same parcel of ground
+laid out, and corn to sow, sufficient either in their cultivation
+or their planting. The two honest men had a multitude of young
+trees planted about their habitations, so that when you approached
+near them, nothing appeared but a wood, very pleasing and
+delightful. Every thing they did prospered and flourished: their
+grapes, planted in order, seemed as though managed in a vineyard
+and were infinitely preferable to any of the others. Nor were they
+wanting to find out a place of retreat, but dug a cave in the most
+retired part of a thick wood, to secure their wives and children,
+with their provision and chiefest goods, surrounded with
+innumerable stakes, and having a most subtle entrance, in case any
+mischief should happen either from their fellow countrymen, or the
+devouring savages.</p>
+<p>"As to the reprobates, (though I must own they were much more
+civilized than before) instead of delightful wood surrounding
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page151" id="page151"></a>[pg
+151]</span> their dwellings, we found the words of King Solomon too
+truly verified: <i>I went by the vineyard of the slothful, and it
+was all overgrown with thorns</i>. In many places their crop was
+obliterated by weeds: the hedges having several gaps in them, the
+wild goats had got in, and eaten up the corn, and here and there
+was a dead bush to stop these gaps for the present, which was no
+more than shutting the stable door after the steed was stolen away.
+But as to their wives, they (as I observed before) were more
+diligent, and cleanly enough, especially in their victuals, being
+instructed by one of the honest men, who had been a cook's mate on
+board a ship: &amp; very well it was so, for as he cooked himself,
+his companion and their families lived as well as the idle
+husbands, who did nothing but loiter about, fetch turtle's eggs,
+catch fish and birds, and do any thing but work, and lived
+accordingly; while the diligent lived very handsomely and
+plentifully, in the most comfortable manner.</p>
+<p>"And now, Sir, I come to lay before your eyes a scene quite
+different from any thing that ever happened to us before, and
+perhaps ever befel you in all the time of your residence on this
+island. I shall inform you of its original in the following
+manner.</p>
+<p>"One morning, Sir, very early, there came five or six canoes of
+Indians on shore, indisputably upon their old custom of devouring
+their prisoners. All that we had to do upon such an occasion, was
+to lie concealed, that they, not having any notice of inhabitants,
+might depart quietly after performing their bloody execution:
+whoever first discovered the savages, was to give notice to all the
+three plantations to keep within doors, and then a proper scout was
+to be placed to give intelligence of their departure. But
+notwithstanding these wise measures, an unhappy disaster discovered
+us to the savages, which was like to have caused the desolation of
+the whole island; for, after the savages were gone off in their
+canoes, some of my Spaniards and I looking abroad; and being
+inflamed with a curiosity to see what they had been doing, to our
+great amazement beheld three savages fast asleep on the ground,
+who, either being gorged, could not awake when the others went off,
+or having wandered too far into the woods, did not come back in
+time.</p>
+<p>"What to do with them as first, we could not tell; as for slaves
+we had enough of them already; and as to killing them, neither
+Christianity or humanity would suffer us to shed the blood of
+persons who never did us wrong. We perceived they had no boat left
+them to transport them to their own nation; and that, by letting
+them wander about, they might discover us, and inform the first
+savages that should happen to land upon the same bloody occasion,
+which information might entirely ruin us; and therefore I
+counselled my Spaniards to secure <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page152" id="page152"></a>[pg 152]</span> them, and set them about
+some work or other, till we could better dispose of them.</p>
+<p>"Hereupon we all went back, and making them awake, took them
+prisoners. It is impossible to express the horror they were in,
+especially when bound, as thinking they were going to be murdered
+and eaten, but we soon eased them of their fear as to that point.
+We first took them to the bower, where the chief of our country
+work lay as keeping goats, planting corn, &amp;c and then carried
+them to the two Englishmen's habitation, to help them in their
+business; but happy it was for us all we did not carry them to our
+castle, as by the sequel will appear. The Englishmen, indeed, found
+them work to do; but whether they did not guard them strictly, or
+that they thought they could not better themselves, I cannot tell;
+but certainly one of them ran away into the woods, and they could
+not hear of him for a long time after.</p>
+<p>"Undoubtedly there was reason enough to suppose he got home in
+some of the canoes, the savages returning in about four weeks time,
+and going off in the space of two days. You may be certain, Sir,
+this thought could not but terrify us exceedingly, and make us
+justly conclude, that the savage would inform his countrymen of our
+abode in the island, how few and weak we were in comparison to
+their numbers &amp; we expected it would not be long before the
+Englishmen would be attacked in their habitations; but the savages
+had not seen their places of safety in the woods, nor our castle,
+which it was a great happiness they did not know.</p>
+<p>"Nor were we mistaken in our thoughts upon this occasion: for,
+about eight months after this, six canoes, with about ten men in
+each canoe, came sailing by the north side of the island, which
+they were never accustomed to do before, and landed about an hour
+after sunrise, near a mile from the dwelling of the two Englishman,
+who, it seems, had the good fortune to discover them about a league
+off: to that it was an hour before they could come at them. And now
+being confirmed in this opinion that they were certainly betrayed,
+they immediately bound the two slaves which were left, causing two
+of the three men, whom they brought with the women, and who proved
+very faithful to lead them with their wives, and other
+conveniences, into their retired care in the wood, and there to
+bind the two fellows hand and foot till they had further orders.
+They then opened their fences, where they kept their milch goats,
+and drove them all out, giving the goats liberty to ramble in the
+woods, to make the savages believe that they were wild ones; but
+the slave had given a truer information, which made them come to
+the very inclosures. The two frighted men sent the other slave of
+the three, who had been with them by accident, to alarm the
+Spaniards, and desire their assistance; <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page153" id="page153"></a>[pg 153]</span> in the
+mean time they took their arms and ammunition, and made to the cave
+where they had sent their wives, and securing their slaves, seated
+themselves in a private place, from whence they might behold all
+the actions of the savages. Nor had they gone far, when ascending a
+rising ground, they could see a little army of Indians approach to
+their beautiful dwelling, and in a few moments more, perceive the
+same, and their furniture, to their unspeakable grief, burning in a
+consuming flame, and when this war done, they spread here and
+there, searching every bush and place for the people, of whom it
+was very evident, they had information. Upon which the two
+Englishmen, not thinking themselves secure where they stood,
+retreated about half a mile higher in the country, rightly
+concluding, that the farther the savages strolled, there would be
+less numbers together: upon which they next took their stand by the
+trunk of an old tree, very hollow and large, whence they resolved
+to see what would offer: but they had not stood long there, before
+two savages came running directly towards them, as though having
+knowledge of their being there, who seemed resolved to attack them;
+a little farther were three more, and five more behind them again,
+all running the same way. It cannot be imagined the perplexity the
+poor men were in at this sight, thinking that if assistance did not
+speedily come their cave in the wood would be discovered, and
+consequently all therein lost; so they resolved to resist them
+there, and, when overpowered, to ascend to the top of the trees,
+where they might defend themselves as long as their ammunition
+lasted, and sell their lives as dear as possible to those devouring
+savages. Thus fixed in their resolution, they next considered,
+whether they should fire at the first two, or wait for the three,
+and so take the middle party, by which the two first &amp; the five
+last would be separated. In this regulation the two savages also
+confirmed them, by turning a little to another part of the wood:
+but the three, &amp; the five after them, came directly towards the
+tree. Hereupon they resolved to take them in a direct line, as they
+approached nearer, because perhaps the first shot might hit them
+all three; and upon this occasion, the man who was to fire, charged
+his piece with three or four bullets. And thus while they were
+waiting, the savages came on, one of them was the runaway, who had
+caused all the mischief; so they resolved he should not escape, if
+they both fired at once. But, however, though they did not fire
+together, they were ready charged; when the first that let fly, was
+too good a marksman to miss his aim; for he killed the foremost
+outright, the second (<i>who was the runaway Indian</i>) fell to
+the ground, being shot through the body, but not dead and the third
+was a little wounded in the shoulder, who, sitting down on the
+ground, fell a screaming in a most fearful manner. The noise of the
+guns, which not only <span class="pagenum"><a name="page154" id=
+"page154"></a>[pg 154]</span> made the most resounding echoes, from
+one side to the other, but raised the birds of all sorts,
+fluttering with the most confused noise, so much terrified the five
+savages behind that they stood still at first, like so many
+inanimate images. But when all things were in profound silence,
+they came to the place where there companions lay; and here, not
+being sensible that they were liable to the same fate, stood over
+the wounded man, undoubtedly inquiring the occasion of this sad
+calamity; and 'tis as reasonable to suppose he told them, that it
+came by thunder and lightning from the gods, having never seen or
+heard of a gun before, in the whole course of their lives. By this
+time the Englishmen, having loaded their pieces, fired both
+together a second time, when seeing them all fall immediately on
+the ground, they thought they had killed every creature of them.
+This made them come up boldly before they had charged their guns,
+which indeed was a wrong step; for, when they came to the place,
+they found four alive, two of them very little wounded, and one not
+at all, which obliged them to fall upon them with their muskets:
+they first knocked the runaway savage on the head, and another that
+was but a little wounded in the arm, &amp; then put the other
+languishing wretches out of their pain: while he that was not hurt,
+with bended knees and uplifted hands, made piteous moans, and signs
+to them to spare his life; nor, indeed, were they unmerciful to the
+poor wretch, but pointed to him to sit down at the root of a tree
+hard by; and then, one of the Englishmen, with a piece of rope
+twine he had in his pocket, by mere chance, tying his two feet fast
+together, and his two hands behind him, they left him there, making
+all the haste they could after the other two, fearing they should
+find out their cave; but though they could not overtake them, they
+had the satisfaction to perceive them at a distance, cross a valley
+towards the sea, a quite contrary way to their retreat: upon which
+they returned to the tree, to look after their prisoner; but when
+they came there, he was gone, leaving the piece of rope-yarn,
+wherewith he was bound, behind him.</p>
+<p>"Well, now they were as much concerned as ever, as not knowing
+how near their enemies might be, or in what numbers. Immediately
+they repaired to the cave, to see if all was well there, and found
+every thing safe, except the women, who were frightened upon their
+husbands account, whom they now loved entirely. They had not been
+long here, before seven of my Spaniards came to assist them; while
+the other ten, their servants, and Friday's father, were gone to
+defend their bower, corn, and cattle, in case the savages should
+have rambled so far. There accompanied the seven Spaniards, one of
+the three savages that had formerly been taken prisoner; and with
+them also that very Indian whom the Englishmen had, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page155" id="page155"></a>[pg 155]</span> a
+little before, left under the tree; for it seems, they passed by
+that way where the slaughter was made, and so carried along with
+them that poor wretch that was left bound. But so many prisoners
+now becoming a burthen to us, and fearing the dreadful consequence
+of their escaping, most of the Spaniards and English urged the
+absolute necessity there was of killing them for our common
+preservation; but, Sir, the authority I bore, as a governor,
+over-ruled that piece of cruelty; and then I ordered them to be
+sent prisoners to the old cave in the valley, bound hands and feet,
+with two Spaniards to guard them.</p>
+<p>"So much encouraged were the Englishmen at the approach of the
+Spaniards, and so great was their fury against the savages for
+destroying their habitations, that they had not patience to stay
+any longer; but, taking five Spaniards along with them, armed with
+four muskets, a pistol, and a quarter staff, away they went in
+pursuit of their enemies. As they passed by the place where the
+savages were slain, it was very easy to be perceived that more of
+them had been there, having attempted to carry off their dead
+bodies, but found it impracticable. From a rising ground our party
+had the mortification to see the smoke that proceeded from their
+ruins; when coming farther in flight of the shore, they plainly
+perceived that the savages had embarked in their canoes, and were
+putting out to sea. This they were very sorry for, there being no
+coming at them to give them a parting salute, but however, they
+were glad enough to get clear of such unwelcome guests.</p>
+<p>"Thus the two honest, but unfortunate Englishmen, being ruined a
+second time, and their improvements quite destroyed, most of my
+good natured Spaniards helped them to rebuild, and we all assisted
+them with needful supplies; nay, what is more remarkable, their
+three mischievous countrymen, when they heard of it <i>(which was
+after all these disasters were over, they living more remote
+eastward)</i> very friendly sympathised with them, and worked for
+them several days; so that, in a little, their habitations were
+rebuilt, their necessities supplied, and themselves restored to
+their former tranquility.</p>
+<p>"Though the savages had nothing to boast of in this adventure,
+<i>(several canoes being driven ashore, followed by two drowned
+creatures, having undoubtedly met with a storm at sea that very
+night they departed)</i> yet it was natural to be supposed, that
+those whose better fortune it was to attain their native shore,
+would inflame their nation to another ruinous attempt, with a
+greater force, to carry all before them. And, indeed, so it
+happened: for about seven months after, our island was invaded with
+a most formidable navy, no less than eight and twenty canoes full
+of savages, armed with wooden swords, monstrous clubs, bows and
+arrows, and such like instruments of war, landing at the east end
+of the island.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page156" id="page156"></a>[pg
+156]</span>
+<p>"You may well, Sir, imagine what consternation our men were in
+upon this account, and how speedy they were to execute their
+resolution, having only that night's time allowed them. They knew
+that since they could not withstand their enemies, concealment was
+the only way to procure their safety; and, therefore, they took
+down the huts that were built for the two Englishmen, and drove
+their flocks of goats together with their own at the bower, to the
+old cave in the valley, leaving as little appearance of inhabitants
+as possible; and then posted themselves, with all their force, at
+the plantation of the two men. As they expected, so it happened:
+for early the next morning, the Indians, leaving their canoes at
+the east-end of the island, came running along the shore, about two
+hundred and fifty in number, as near as could be guessed. Our army
+was but little indeed; and what was our greatest misfortune, we had
+not arms sufficient for them. The account, as to the men, Sir, is
+an follows: viz. 17 <i>Spaniards</i>, 5 <i>Englishmen, Old Friday,
+the three savages, taken with the five women, who proved faithful
+servants, and three other slaves, living with the Spaniards. To arm
+these they had</i> 11 <i>muskets</i>, 5 <i>pistols</i>, 3
+<i>fowling-pieces</i>, 2 <i>swords</i>, 3 <i>old halberts</i>, 5
+<i>muskets, or fowling-pieces, taken from the sailors whom you
+reduced. As to the slaves, we gave three of them halberts, and the
+other three long staves, with great iron spikes at the end of them,
+with hatchets by their sides; we also had hatchets sticking in our
+girdles, besides the fire-arms: nay, two of the women, inspired
+with Amazonian fortitude, could not be dissuaded from fighting
+along with their dear husbands, and if they died, to die with them,
+Seeing their resolution, we gave them hatchets likewise; but what
+pleased them best, were the bows and arrows (which they dexterously
+knew how to use) that the Indians had left behind them, after their
+memorable battle one against another</i>.</p>
+<p>"Over this army, which though little, was of great intrepidity,
+I was constituted chief general and commander: and knowing Will
+Atkins, though exceedingly wicked, yet a man of invincible courage,
+I gave him the power of commanding under me: he had six men with
+their muskets loaded with six or seven bullets a-piece, and were
+planted just behind a small thicket of bushes, as an advanced
+guard, having orders to let the first pass by; and then, when he
+fired into the middle of them, making a nimble retreat round a part
+of the wood, and so come in the rear of the Spaniards, who were
+shaded by a thicket of trees: for though the savages came on with
+the fierceness of lions, yet they wanted the subtility of foxes,
+being out of all manner of order, and straggling in heaps every
+way: and, indeed, when Will Atkins, after fifty of the savages had
+passed by, had ordered three of his men to give fire, so great was
+their consternation, to see so many men killed and wounded,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page157" id="page157"></a>[pg
+157]</span> and hear such a dreadful noise, and yet knew not whence
+it came, that they were frightened to the highest degree: and when
+the second volley was given, they concluded no less but that their
+companions were slain by thunder and lightning from Heaven. In this
+notion they would have continued, had Will Atkins and his men
+retired, as soon as they fired, according to order: or had the rest
+been near them, to pour in their shot continually, their might have
+been a complete victory obtained: but staying to load their pieces
+again, discovered the whole matter. They were perceived by some of
+the scattering savages at a distance, who let fly their arrows
+among them, wounded Atkins himself, and killed his fellow
+Englishman, and one of the Indians taken with the women. Our party
+did not fail to answer them, and in their retreat killed about
+twenty savages. Here I cannot but take notice of our poor dying
+slave, who, tho' stopt from his retreat by a fatal arrow, yet with
+his staff and hatchet, desperately and gallantly assailed his
+pursuers, and killed five of the savages, before his life submitted
+to a multiplicity of wounds. Nor is the cruelty or malice of the
+Indians to be less remarked, in breaking the arms, legs, and heads
+of the two dead bodies, with their clubs and wooden swords, after a
+most wretched manner. As Atkins retreated our party advanced, to
+interpose between him and the savages: but after three vollies, we
+were obliged to retreat also: for they were so numerous and
+desperate, that they came up to our very teeth, shot their arrows
+like a cloud, and their wounded men, enraged with cruel pain,
+fought like madmen. They did not, however, think fit to follow us,
+but drawing themselves up in a circle, they gave two triumphant
+shouts in token of victory, though they had the grief to see
+several of their wounded men bleed to death before them.</p>
+<p>"After I had, Sir, drawn up our little army together, upon a
+rising ground, Atkins, wounded as he was, would have had us attack
+the whole body of the savages at once, I was extremely well pleased
+with the gallantry of the man: but, upon consideration, I replied,
+<i>You perceive, Seignor Atkins, how their wounded men fight; let
+them alone till morning, when they will be faint, stiff, and sore,
+and then we shall have fewer to combat with</i>. To which Atkins,
+smiling, replied, <i>That's very true, Seignor, so shall I too; and
+that's the reason I would fight them now I am warm</i>. We all
+answered, <i>Seignor Atkins for your part you have behaved very
+gallantly; and, if you are not able to approach the enemy in the
+morning, we will fight for you, till then we think it convenient to
+wait</i>, and so we tarried.</p>
+<p>"By the brightness of the moon that night, we perceived the
+savages in great disorder about their dead and wounded men. This
+made us change our resolution, and resolve to fall <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page158" id="page158"></a>[pg 158]</span> upon
+them in the night, if we could give them one volley undiscovered.
+This we had a fair opportunity to do, by one of the two Englishmen
+leading us round, between the woods and the sea-side westward, and
+turning short south, came privately to a place where the thickest
+of them were. Unheard and unperceived, eight of us fired among
+them, and did dreadful execution; and in half a minute after, eight
+more of us let fly, killing and wounding abundance of them; and
+then dividing ourselves into three bodies, eight persons in each
+body we marched from among the trees, to the very teeth of the
+enemy, sending forth the greatest shouts and acclamations. The
+savages hearing a different noise from three quarters at once,
+stood in the utmost confusion; but coming in sight of us, let fly a
+volley of arrows, which wounded poor old Friday, yet happily it did
+not prove mortal. We did not, however, give them a second
+opportunity; but rushing in among them, we fired three several
+ways, and then fell to work with our swords, staves, hatchets, and
+the butt-end of our muskets, with a fury not to be resisted; so
+that with the most dismal screaming and howling they had recourse
+to their feet, to save their lives by a speedy flight. Nor must we
+forget the valour of the two women; for they exposed themselves to
+the greatest dangers, killed many with their arrows, and valiantly
+destroyed several more with their hatchets.</p>
+<p>"In fighting these two battles, we were so much tired, that we
+did not then trouble ourselves to pursue them to their canoes, in
+which we thought they would presently put to the ocean; but their
+happening a dreadful storm at sea, which continuing all that night,
+it not only prevented their voyage, but dashed several of their
+boats to pieces against the beach, and drove the rest so high upon
+the shore, that it required infinite labour to get them off. After
+our men had taken some refreshment and a little repose, they
+resolved early in the morning to go towards the place of their
+landing, and see whether they were gone off, or in what posture
+they remained. This necessarily led them to the place of battle,
+where several of the savages were expiring, a sight no way pleasing
+to generous minds, to delight in misery, though obliged to conquer
+them by the law of arms; but our own Indian slaves put them out of
+their pain, by dispatching them with their hatchets. At length,
+coming in view of the remainder of the army, we found them leaning
+upon their knees, which were bended towards their mouth, and the
+head between the two hands. Hereupon, coming within musket shot of
+them, I ordered two pieces to be fired without ball, in order to
+alarm them, that we might plainly know, whether they had the
+courage to venture another battle, or were utterly dispirited from
+such an attempt, that so we might accordingly manage them. And
+indeed, the prospect took very <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page159" id="page159"></a>[pg 159]</span> well; for, no sooner did
+the savages hear the first gun, and perceive the flash of the
+second, but they suddenly started upon their feet in the greatest
+consternation; and when we approached towards them, they ran
+howling and screaming away up the hill into the country.</p>
+<p>"We could rather, at first, have wished, that the weather had
+permitted them to have gone off to the sea; but when we considered,
+that their escape might occasion the approach of multitudes, to our
+utter ruin and dissolution; we were very well pleased the contrary
+happened; and Will Atkins (who, tho' wounded, would not part from
+us all this while) advised us not to let slip this advantage, but
+clapping between them and their boats, deprive them of the capacity
+of ever returning to plague the island: <i>I know</i>, said he,
+<i>there is but on objection you can make, which is, that these
+creatures, living like beasts in the wood, may make excursions,
+rifle the plantations, and destroy the tame goats; but then,
+consider, we had better to do with an hundred men whom we can kill,
+or make slaves of at leisure, than with an hundred nations, whom it
+is impossible we should save ourselves from, much less subdue</i>.
+This advice, and these arguments being approved of, we set fire to
+their boats; and though they were so wet that we could not burn
+them entirely, yet we made them incapable for swimming in the seas.
+As soon as the Indians perceived what we were doing, many of them
+ran out of the woods, in fight of us, and kneeling down, piteously
+cried out, <i>Oa, Oa! Waramakoa</i>. Intimating, I suppose, that,
+if we would but spare their canoes, they would never trouble us
+again.</p>
+<p>"But all their complaints, submissions, and entreaties, were in
+vain; for self-preservation obliging us to the contrary, we
+destroyed every one of them that had escaped the fury of the ocean.
+When the Indians perceived this, they raised a lamentable cry, and
+ran into the woods, where they continued ranging about; making the
+woods ring with their lamentation. Here we should have considered,
+that making these creatures, thus desperate, we ought, at the same
+time to have set a sufficient guard upon the plantations: for the
+savages, in their ranging about, found out the bower, destroyed the
+fences, trod the corn down under their feet, and tore up the vines
+and grapes. It is true, we were always able to fight these
+creatures; but, as they were too swift for us, and very numerous,
+we durst not go out single, for fear of them; though that too was
+needless, they having no weapons, nor any materials to make them;
+and, indeed, their extremity appeared in a little time after.</p>
+<p>"Though the savages, as already mentioned, had destroyed our
+bower, and all our corns, grapes, &amp;c. yet we had still left our
+flock of cattle in the valley, by the cave, with some little corn
+that grew there, and the plantation of Will Atkins and</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page160" id="page160"></a>[pg
+160]</span> <a name="160.jpg"></a>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/160.jpg"><img src="Images/160.jpg"
+width="60%" alt=""></a><br>
+<b>The Spaniard, &amp;c. burning the Indian canoes.</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page161" id="page161"></a>[pg
+161]</span>
+<p>his companions, one of whom being killed by an arrow, they were
+now reduced to two: it is remarkable that this was the fellow who
+cut the poor Indian with his hatchet, and had design to murder me
+and my countrymen the Spaniards. As our condition was low, we came
+to the resolution to drive the savages up to the farther part of
+the island, where no Indians landed, to kill as many of them as we
+could, till we had reduced their number; and then to give the
+remainder some corn to plant, and to teach them how to live by
+their daily labour, accordingly we pursued them with our guns, at
+the hearing of which they were so terrified, that they would fall
+to the ground. Every day we killed and wounded some of them, and
+many were found starved to death, so that our hearts began to
+relent at the sight of such miserable objects. At last, with great
+difficulty, taking one of them alive, and using him with kindness,
+&amp; tenderness, we brought him to Old Friday, who talked to him,
+&amp; told him how good we would be to them all, giving them corn
+and land to plant and live in, and present nourishment, provided
+they should keep within such bounds as should be allotted them, and
+not do prejudice to others: <i>Go then</i>, said he, <i>and inform
+your countrymen of this; which, if they will not agree to, every
+one of them shall be slain</i>.</p>
+<p>"The poor creatures, thoroughly humbled, being reduced to about
+thirty-seven, joyfully accepted the offer, and earnestly begged for
+food; hereupon we sent twelve Spaniards and two Englishmen well
+armed, together with Old Friday, and three Indian slaves were
+loaded with a large quantity of bread and rice cakes, with three
+live goats: and the poor Indians being ordered to sit down on the
+side of the hill, they ate the victuals very thankfully, and have
+proved faithful to the last, never trespassing beyond their bounds,
+where at this day they quietly and happily remain, and where we now
+and then visit them. They are confined to a neck of land about a
+mile and a half broad, and three or four in length, on the
+south-east corner of the island, the sea being before, and lofty
+mountains behind them, free from the appearance of canoes; and
+indeed their countrymen never made any inquiry after them. We gave
+them twelve hatchets, and three or four knives; have taught them to
+build huts, make wooden spades, plant corn, make bread, breed tame
+goats and milk them, as likewise to make wicker work, in which I
+must ingenuously confess, they infinitely out do us, having made
+themselves several pretty necessaries and fancies, as baskets,
+sieves, bird-cages, and cupboards, as also stools, beds and
+couches, no less useful than delightful; and now they live the most
+innocent and inoffensive creatures that ever were subdued in the
+world, wanting nothing but wives to make them a nation.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page162" id="page162"></a>[pg
+162]</span>
+<p>"Thus, kind Sir, have I given you, according to my ability, an
+impartial account of the various transactions that have happened,
+in the island since your departure to this day; and we have great
+reason to acknowledge the kind providence of Heaven in our merciful
+deliverance. When you inspect your little kingdom, you will find in
+it some little improvement, your flocks increased, and your
+subjects augmented, so that from a desolate island, as this was
+before your wonderful deliverance upon it, here is a visible
+prospect of its becoming a populous and well governed little
+kingdom, to your immortal fame and glory."</p>
+<p>There is no doubt to suppose but that the preceeding relation of
+my faithful Spaniard was very agreeable and no less surprising to
+me, to the young priest, and to all who heard it: now were these
+people less pleased with those necessary utensils that I brought
+them, such as the knives, scissars, spades, shovels, and pick-axes,
+with which they now adorn their habitations.</p>
+<p>So much had they addicted themselves to wicker-work, prompted by
+the ingenuity of the Indians, who assisted them, that when I viewed
+the Englishmen's colonies, they seemed at a distance as though they
+had lived like bees in a hive: for Will Atkins, who was now become
+a very industrious and sober man, had made himself a tent of
+basket-work round the outside; the walls were worked in as a
+basket, in pannels or strong squares of thirty-two in number,
+standing about seven feet high: in the middle was another, not
+above twenty-two paces round, but much stronger built, being of an
+octagonal form, and in the eight corners stood eight strong poles,
+round the top of which he raised a pyramid for the roof, mighty
+pretty, I assure you, and joined very well together, with iron
+spikes, which he made himself; for he had made him a forge, with a
+pair of wooden bellows and charcoal for his work, forming an anvil
+cut of one of the iron crows, to work upon, and in the manner would
+he make himself hooks, staples, spikes, bolts, and hinges. After he
+had pitched the roof of his innermost tent, he made it so firm
+between the rafters with basket-work, thatching that over again
+with rice-straw, and over that a large leaf of a tree, that his
+house was as dry as if it had been tiled or slated. The outer
+circuit was covered as a lean-to, quite round this inner
+appartment, laying long rafters from the thirty-two angles to the
+top posts of the inner house, about twenty-feet distant, so that
+there was a space like a wall between the outer and inner wall,
+near twenty feet in breadth. The inner place he partitioned off
+with the same wicker-work, dividing it into six neat apartments
+every one of which had a door, first into the entry of the main
+tent, and another into the space and walk that was round it, not
+only convenient for retreat, but for family necessaries. Within the
+door of the outer <span class="pagenum"><a name="page163" id=
+"page163"></a>[pg 163]</span> circle, there was a passage directly
+to the door of the inner house; on either side was a wicker
+partition, and a door, by which you go into a room twenty-two feet
+wide, and about thirty long, and through that into another of a
+smaller length; so that in the outer circle were ten handsome
+rooms, six of which were only to be come at through the apartments
+of the inner tent, serving as retiring rooms to the respective
+chambers of the inner circle, and four large warehouses, which went
+in through one another, two on either hand of the passage that led
+through the outer door to the inner tent. In short, nothing could
+be built more ingeniously, kept more neat, or have better
+conveniences; and here lived the three families, Will Atkins, his
+companion, their wives and children, and the widow of the deceased.
+As to religion, the men seldom taught their wives the knowledge of
+God, any more than the sailors' custom of swearing by his name. The
+greatest improvement their wives had, was, they taught them to
+speak English, so as to be understood.</p>
+<p>None of their children were then above six years old; they were
+all fruitful enough; and I think the cook's mate's wife was big of
+her sixth child.</p>
+<p>When I inquired of the Spaniards about their circumstances while
+among the savages, they told me, <i>that they abandoned themselves
+to despair, reckoning themselves a poor and miserable people, that
+had no means put into their hands, and consequently must soon be
+starved to death.</i> They owned, however, that they were in the
+wrong to think so, and for refusing the assistance that reason
+offered for their support, as well as future deliverance,
+confessing that grief was a most insignificant passion, as it
+looked upon things as without remedy, and having no hope of things
+to come; all which verified this noted proverb,</p>
+<blockquote><i>In trouble to be troubled,<br>
+Is to have your trouble doubled.</i></blockquote>
+<p>Nor did his remarks end here, for, making observations upon my
+improvement, and on my condition at first, infinitely worse than
+theirs, he told me that Englishmen had, in their distress, greater
+presence of mind than those of any other country that he had met
+with; and that they and the Portuguese were the worst men in the
+world to struggle under misfortunes. When they landed among the
+savages, they found but little provision except they would turn
+cannibals, there being but a few roots and herbs, with little
+substance in them, and of which the natives gave them but very
+sparingly. Many were the ways they took to civilize and teach the
+savages, but in vain; for they would not own them to be their
+instructors, whose lives were owing to their bounty. Their
+extremities were very great <span class="pagenum"><a name="page164"
+id="page164"></a>[pg 164]</span> and many days being entirely
+without food, the savages there being more indolent and less
+devouring than those who had better supplies. When they went out to
+battle they were obliged to assist these people, in one of which my
+faithful Spaniard being taken, had like to have been devoured. They
+had lost their ammunition, which rendered their fire-arms useless;
+nor could they use the bows and arrows that were given them, so
+that while the armies were at a distance, they had no chance but
+when close, then they could be of service with halberts, &amp;
+sharpened sticks put into the muzzles of their muskets. They made
+themselves targets of wood covered with the skins of wild beasts;
+and when one happened to be knocked down, the rest of the company
+fought over him till he recovered; and then standing close in a
+line, they would make their way through a thousand savages. At the
+return of their friend, who they thought had been entombed in the
+bowels of their enemies, their joy was inconceivable. Nor were they
+less surprised at the sight of the loaves of bread I had sent them,
+things that they had not seen for several years, at the same time
+crossing and blessing it, as though it was manna sent from Heaven:
+but when they knew the errand, and perceived the boat which was to
+carry them back to the person and place from whence such relief
+came, this struck them with such a surprise of joy as made some of
+them faint away, and others burst out into tears.</p>
+<p>This was the summary account that I had from them. I shall now
+inform the reader what I next did for them, and in what condition I
+left them. As we were all of opinion that the savages would scarce
+trouble them any more, so we had no apprehensions on the score. I
+told them I was come purely to establish, and not to remove them;
+and upon that occasion, had not only brought them necessaries for
+convenience and defence, but also artificers, and other persons,
+both for their necessary employments, and to add to their number.
+They were altogether when I thus talked to them; and before I
+delivered to them the stores I brought, I asked them, one by one,
+if they had entirely forgot their first animosities, would engage
+in the strictest friendship; and shake hands with one another? On
+this Will Atkins, with abundance of good humour, said, <i>they had
+afflictions enough to make them all sober, and enemies enough to
+make them all friends: as for himself, he would live and die among
+them, owning that what the Spaniards had done to him, his own mad
+humour had made necessary for them to do</i>. Nor had the Spaniards
+occasion to justify their proceeding to me; but they told me,
+<i>that since Will Atkins had behaved himself so valiantly in
+fight, and at other times showed such a regard to the common
+interest of them all, they had not only forgotten all that was
+past, but thought he ought as much to be trusted with arms and
+necessaries as any of them, which they testified by making
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page165" id="page165"></a>[pg
+165]</span> him next in command to the governor: and they most
+heartily embraced the occasion of giving me this solemn assurance,
+that they would never separate their interest again, as long as
+they lived</i>.</p>
+<p>After these kind declarations of friendship, we appointed all of
+us to dine together the next day; upon this I caused the ship's
+cook and his mate to come on shore for that purpose, to assist in
+dressing our dinner. We brought from the ship six pieces of beef,
+and four of pork, together with our punch bowl, and materials to
+fill it; and in particular I gave them ten bottles of French
+claret, and ten of English beer, which was very acceptable to them.
+The Spaniards added to our feast, five. whose kids, which being
+roasted, three of them were sent as fresh meat to the sailors on
+board, and the other two we ate ourselves. After our merry and
+innocent feast was over, I began to distribute my cargo among them.
+First, I gave them linen sufficient to make every one four shirts,
+and at the Spaniard's request made them up six. The thin English
+stuffs I allotted to make every one a light coat like a frock,
+agreeable to the climate, and left them such a quantity as to make
+more upon their decay; as also pumps, shoes, hats, and stockings.
+It is not to be expressed the pleasing satisfaction which sat upon
+the countenances of these poor men, when they perceived what care I
+took of them, as if I had been a common father to them all; and
+they all engaged never to leave the island, till I gave my consent
+for their departure. I then presented to them the people I brought,
+viz. the tailor, smith, and the two carpenters; but my
+Jack-of-all-trades was the most acceptable present I could make
+them. My tailor fell immediately to work, and made every one of
+them a shirt; after which, he learned the women how to sew and
+stitch, thereby to become the more helpful to their husbands.
+Neither were the carpenters less useful, taking in pieces their
+clumsy things; instead of which they made convenient and handsome
+tables, stools, bedsteads, cupboards, lockers, and shelves. But
+when I carried them to see Will Atkins's basket-house, they owned
+they never saw such a piece of natural ingenuity before: <i>I am
+sure,</i> said one of the carpenters, <i>the man that built this
+has no need of us; you need, Sir, do nothing but give him
+tools.</i></p>
+<p>I divided the tools among them in this manner: to every man I
+gave a digging spade, a shovel, and a rake, as having no harrows or
+ploughs; and to every separate place a pickax, a crow, a broad ax,
+and a saw, with a store for a general supply, should any be broken
+or worn out. I left them also nails, staples, hinges, hammers,
+chisels, knives, scissors, and all sorts of tools and iron work;
+&amp; for the use of the smith, gave them three tons of unwrought
+iron, for a supply; and as to arms and <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page166" id="page166"></a>[pg 166]</span>
+ammunition, I stored them even to profusion; or at least to equip a
+sufficient little army against all opposers whatsoever.</p>
+<p>The young man (whose mother was unfortunately starved to death)
+together with the maid, a pious and well educated young woman,
+seeing things so well ordered on shore (for I made them accompany
+me) and considering they had no occasion to go so far a voyage as
+to the East Indies, they both desired of me, that I would leave
+them there, and enter them among my subjects. This I readily agreed
+to, ordering them a plat of ground, on which were three little
+houses erected, environed with basket-work, pallisadoed like
+Atkins's and adjoining to his plantation. So contrived were their
+tents that each of them had a room apart to lodge in, while the
+middle tent was not only their store-house, but their place for
+eating and drinking. At this time the two Englishmen removed their
+habitation to their former place; in that now the island was
+divided into three colonies: first, Those I have just now
+mentioned; secondly That of Will Atkins, where there were four
+families of Englishmen, with their wives and children, the widow
+and her children; the young man and the maid, who, by the way, we
+made a wife of before our departure; three savages, who were
+slaves; the tailor, smith, (who served also as a gunsmith) and my
+other celebrated person called Jack-of-all-trades. Thirdly, my
+chief colony, which consisted of the Spaniards, with Old Friday,
+who still remained at my old habitation, which was my capital city,
+and surely never was there such a metropolis, it now being hid in
+so obscure a grove, that a thousand men might have ranged the
+island a month, and looked purposely for it, without being able to
+find it, though the Spaniards had enlarged its boundaries, both
+without and within, in a most surprising manner.</p>
+<p>But now I think it high time to speak of the young French priest
+of the order of St. Benedict, whose judicious and pious discourses,
+upon sundry occasions, merit an extraordinary observation; nor can
+his being a French Papist priest, I presume, give offence to any of
+my readers, when they have this assurance from me, that he was a
+person of the most courteous disposition, extensive charity, and
+exalted piety. His arguments were always agreeable to reason, and
+his conversation the most acceptable of any person that I had ever
+yet met with in my life.</p>
+<p><i>Sir,</i> said he, to me, one day, <i>since, under God,</i> at
+the same time crossing his breast, <i>you have not only saved my
+life; but, by permitting me to go this voyage, have granted me the
+happiness of free conversation, I think is my duty as my profession
+obliges me, to save what souls I can, by bringing them to the
+knowledge of some Catholic doctrine, necessary to salvation; and
+since these people are under your immediate government, in
+gratitude, justice, and decency, for what you have done for me, I
+shall offer no farther points in religion, that what shall merit
+your <span class="pagenum"><a name="page167" id="page167"></a>[pg
+167]</span> approbation</i>. Being a-pleased with the modesty of
+his carriage, I told him he should not be worse used for being of a
+different persuasion, if upon that very account, we did not differ
+in points of faith, not decent in a part of the country where the
+poor Indians ought to be instructed in the knowledge of the true
+God, and his Son Jesus Christ. To this he replied, that
+conversation might easily be separated from disputes; that he would
+discourse with me rather as a gentleman than a religious: but that,
+if we did enter upon religious argument, upon my desiring the same,
+I would give him liberty to defend his own principles. He farther
+added, that he would do all that became him in his office, as a
+priest as well as a Christian, to procure the happiness of all that
+were in the ship: that though he could not pray with, he would pray
+for us on all occasions; and then he told me several extraordinary
+events of his life, within a few years past; but particularly in
+this last, which was the most remarkable: that, in this voyage, he
+had the misfortune to be five times shipped and unshipped: his
+first design was to have gone to Martinico; for which, taking ship
+at St. Malos, he was forced into Lisbon by bad weather, the vessel
+running aground in the mouth of the Tagus; that from thence he went
+on board a Portuguese ship, bound to the Madeiras, whose master
+being but an indifferent mariner, and out of his reckoning, they
+were drove to Fial, where selling their commodity, which was corn,
+they resolved to take in their loading at the Isle of May, and to
+sail to Newfoundland; at the banks of which, meeting a French ship
+bound to Quebec, in the river of Canada, and from thence to
+Martinico, in this ship he embarked; the master of which dying at
+Quebec, that voyage was suspended; and lastly, shipping himself for
+France, this last ship was destroyed by fire, as before has been
+related.</p>
+<p>At this time we talked no further; but another morning he comes
+to me, just as I was going to visit the Englishman's colony, and
+tells me, that as he knew; the prosperity of the island, was my
+principal desire, he had something to communicate agreeable to my
+design, by which perhaps he might put it, more than he yet thought
+it was, in the way of the benediction of heaven. <i>How, Sir,</i>
+said I, in a surprise, <i>are we not yet in the way of God's
+blessings, after all these signal providences and deliverances, of
+which you have had such an ample relation?</i> He replied, <i>Nope,
+Sir, you are in the way, and that your good design will prosper:
+but still there are some among you that are not equally right in
+their actions; and remember, I beseech you, Sir, that Achan, by his
+crime, removed God's blessing from the camp of the children of
+Israel; that though six and thirty were entirely innocent, yet
+they became the object of divine vengeance, and bore the weight of
+his punishment accordingly.</i></p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page168" id="page168"></a>[pg
+168]</span>
+<p>So sensibly was I touched with this discourse, and so satisfied
+with that ardent piety that inflamed his soul, that I desired him
+to accompany me to the Englishman's plantations, which he was very
+glad of, by reason they were the subject of what he designed to
+discourse with me about: and while we walked on together, he began
+in the following manner:</p>
+<p>"Sir, said he, I must confess it as a great unhappiness that we
+disagree in several doctrinal articles of religion; but surely both
+of us acknowledge this, that there is a God, who having given us
+some stated rules for our service and obedience, we ought not
+willingly and knowingly to offend him; either by neglecting what he
+has commanded, or by doing what he has forbidden. This truth every
+Christian owns, that when any one presumptuously sins against God's
+command, the Almighty then withdraws his blessing from him; every
+good man therefore ought certainly to prevent such neglect of, or
+sin against, God and his commands." I thanked the young priest for
+expressing so great a concern for us, and desired him to explain
+the particulars of what he had observed, that according to the
+parable of Achan, I <i>might remove the accursed thing from among
+us</i> "Why then, Sir, said he, in the first place, you have four
+Englishmen, who have taken savage women to their wives, by whom
+they have several children, though none of them are legally
+married, as the law of God and man requires; they, I say, Sir, are
+no less than adulterers, and as they still live in adultery, are
+liable to the curse of God. I know, Sir, you may object the want of
+a priest or clergyman of any kind; as also, pen, ink and paper, to
+write down a contract of marriage, and have it signed between them.
+But neither this, nor what the Spanish governor has told you of
+their choosing by consent, can be reckoned a marriage, nor any more
+than an agreement to keep them from quarrelling among themselves;
+for, Sir, the essence or sacrament of matrimony (so he called it)
+not only consists in mutual consent, but in the legal obligation,
+which compels them to own and acknowledge one another, to abstain
+from other persons, the men to provide for their wives and
+children, and the woman to the same and like conditions, <i>nutatis
+mutandis,</i> on their side: whereas, Sir, these men, upon their
+own pleasure, on any occasion, may forsake those women and marry
+others, and by disowning their children, suffer them utterly to
+perish. Now, Sir, 'added he, 'can God be honoured in such an
+unlawful liberty as this; how can a blessing succeed to the best
+endeavours, if men are allowed to live in so licentious a way?" I
+was indeed struck with the thing myself, and thought that they were
+much to blame, that no formal contract had been made, though it had
+been but breaking a stick between them, to engage them to live as
+man and wife, never to separate, but love, cherish, and comfort one
+another all their lives; <i>yet Sir,</i> said I, <i>when they took
+these wommen, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page169" id=
+"page169"></a>[pg 169]</span> I was not here, and if it is
+adultery, it is past my remedy, and I cannot help it</i>. "True,
+Sir,' answered the young priest. you cannot be charged with that
+part of the crime which was done in your absence: but I beseech
+you, don't flatter yourself, that you are under no obligation now
+to put a period to it: which if you neglect to do, the guilt will
+be entirely on you alone, since it is certainly in nobody's power
+but yours, to alter their condition." I must confess, I was so
+dull, that I thought he meant, I should part them, and knowing that
+this would put the whole island in confusion, I told him, I could
+not consent to it upon any account whatsoever. "Sir,' said he, in a
+great surprise, 'I do not mean that you should separate, but marry
+them, by a written contract, signed by both man and woman, and by
+all the witnesses present, which all the European laws decree to be
+of sufficient efficacy." Amazed with such true piety and sincerity,
+and considering the validity of a written contract, I acknowledged
+all that he said to be very just and kind, and that I would
+discourse with the man about it; neither could I see what reason
+they could have not to let him marry them, whose authority in that
+affair is owned to be as authentic as if they were married by any
+of our clergymen in England.</p>
+<p>The next complaint he had to make to me was this, that though
+these English subjects of mine have lived with these women seven
+years, and though they were of good understanding, and capable of
+instruction, having learned not only to speak, but to read English,
+yet all this while they had never taught them any thing of the
+Christian religion, or the knowledge of God, much less in what
+manner he ought to be served. "And is not this an unaccountable
+neglect:' said he warmly. 'Depend upon it, God Almighty will call
+them to account for such contempt. And though I am not of your
+religion, yet I should be glad to see these people released from
+the devil's power, and be saved by the principles of the Christian
+religion, the knowledge of God, of a Redeemer, the resurrection,
+and of a future state. But as it is not too late, if you please to
+give me leave to instruct them, I doubt not but I shall supply this
+great defect, by bringing them into the great circle of
+Christianity, even while you continue in the island."</p>
+<p>I could hold no longer, but embracing him, told him, with a
+thousand thanks, I would grant whatever he requested, and desired
+him to proceed in the third article, which he did in the following
+manner;</p>
+<p>"Sir,' said he, 'it should be a maxim among all Christians, that
+Christian knowledge ought to be propagated by all possible means,
+and on all occasion. Upon this account our church sends
+missionaries into Persia, India, and China, men who are willing to
+die for the sake of God &amp; the Christian faith, in order
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page170" id="page170"></a>[pg
+170]</span> to bring poor infidels into the way of salvation. Now,
+Sir, as here is an opportunity to convert seven &amp; thirty poor
+savages, I wonder how you can pass by such an occasion of doing
+good, which is really worth the expence of a man's whole life."</p>
+<p>I must confess I was so confounded at this discourse, that I
+could not tell how to answer him. "Sir,' said he, feeling me in
+disorder, 'I shall be very sorry if I have given you offence."
+<i>No Sir,</i> said I, <i>I am rather confounded; and you know my
+circumstances, that being bound to the East Indies in a merchant
+ship, I cannot wrong the owners so much, as to detain the ship
+here, the men lying at victuals and savages on their account. If I
+stay aboard several days, I must pay 3l. sterling</i> per diem
+<i>demurage, nor must the ship stop above eight days more; so that
+I am unable to engage in this work, unless I would leave the ship,
+and be reduced to my former condition.</i> The priest, though he
+owned this was hard upon me, yet laid it to my conscience, whether
+the blessing of saving seven and thirty souls was not worth
+venturing all that I had in the world? <i>Sir,</i> said I, <i>it is
+very true; but as you are an ecclesiastic, it naturally falls into
+your profession: why, therefore, don't you rather offer to
+undertake it yourself than press me to it?</i> upon this he turned
+about, making a very low bow, "I most humbly thank God and you,
+Sir, (said he) for so blessed a call; and most willingly undertake
+so glorious an office, which will sufficiently compensate all the
+hazards and difficulties I have gone through in a long and
+uncomfortable voyage."</p>
+<p>While he was thus speaking, I could discover a rapture in his
+face, by his colour going and coming; at the same time his eyes
+sparkled like fire, and all the signs of the most zealous
+transports. And when I asked whether he was in earnest? <i>Sir,</i>
+said he, <i>it was to preach to the Indians I consented to come
+along with you; these infidels, even in this little island, are
+infinitely of more worth than my poor life: if so that I should
+prove the happy instrument of saving these poor creatures' souls, I
+care not if I never see my native country again. One thing I only
+beg of you more is, that you would leave Friday with me, to be my
+interpreter, without whose assistance neither of us will understand
+each other.</i></p>
+<p>This request very sensibly troubled me; first, upon Friday's
+being bred a Protestant; and secondly, for the affection I bore to
+him for his fidelity: But, immediately the remembrance of Friday's
+father coming into my head, I recommended him to him as having
+learned Spanish, which the priest also understood; and so was
+thoroughly satisfied with him.</p>
+<p>When we came to the Englishmen, after I had told them what
+necessary things I had done for them, I talked to them of the
+scandalous life they led, told them what notice the clergyman had
+taken of it, and asked them if they were married <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page171" id="page171"></a>[pg 171]</span> men or
+bachelors? They answered, two of them were widowers, and the other
+three single men. But, said I, with what conscience can you call
+these your wives, by whom you have so many children, and yet are
+not lawfully married? They all said that they took them before the
+governor as such, having nobody else to marry them, which they
+thought as legal, as if they had had a parson. No doubt, said I,
+but in the eye of God it is so: but unless I am assured of your
+honest intent, never to desert these poor creatures, I can do
+nothing more for you, neither can you expect God's blessing while
+you live in such an open course of adultery. Hereupon, Will Atkins,
+who spoke for the rest, told me 'That they believed their wives the
+most innocent and virtuous creatures in the world; that they would
+never forsake them while they had breath; and that, if there was a
+clergyman in the ship, they would be married to them with all their
+hearts.' I told you before, said I, that I have a minister with me,
+who shall marry you to-morrow morning, if you are willing; so I
+would have you consult to-night with the rest about it. I told him
+the clergyman was a Frenchman, and knew not a word of English, but
+that I would act as clerk between them. And indeed this business
+met with such speedy success, that they all told me, in a few
+minutes after, 'that they were ready to be formally married as soon
+as I pleased;' with which informing the priest, he was exceedingly
+rejoiced.</p>
+<p>Nothing now remained, but that the women should be made sensible
+of the meaning of the thing; with which being well satisfied, they
+with their husbands attended at my apartment the next morning;
+there was my priest, habited in a black vest, something like a
+cassock, with a sash round it; much resembling a minister, and I
+was his interpreter. But the seriousness of his behaviour, and the
+scruples he made of marrying the women, who were not baptized, gave
+them, an exceeding reverence for his person: nor indeed would he
+marry them at all, till he obtained my liberty to discourse both
+with the men and women, and then he told them, 'That in the sight
+of all indifferent men, and in the sense of the laws of society,
+they had lived in open adultery, which nothing new, but their
+consent to marry, or final separation, could put an end to; and
+even here was a difficulty with respect to the laws of Christian
+matrimony, in marrying a professed Christian to a heathen idolater,
+unbaptized; but yet there was time enough to make them profess the
+name of Christ, without which nothing could be done; that, besides,
+he believed themselves very indifferent Christians; and
+consequently had not discoursed with their wives upon that subject;
+and that unless they promised him to do so, he could not marry
+them, as being expressly forbidden by the laws of God.'</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page172" id="page172"></a>[pg
+172]</span>
+<p>All this they heard attentively, and owned readily.</p>
+<p><i>But, Lord, Sir,</i> said Will Atkins to me <i>how could we
+teach them religion, who know nothing of it ourselves? How can we
+talk to our wives of God, Jesus Christ, heaven, and hell? Why they
+would only laugh at us, who never yet have practiced religion, but
+on the contrary all manner of wickedness. Will Atkins,</i> said I,
+<i>cannot you tell your wife she is in the wrong, and that her gods
+are idols, which can neither speak nor understand; but that our
+God, who has made, can destroy all things; that he rewards the good
+and punishes the wicked; and at last will bring us to judgment;
+cannot you tell her these things? That's true,</i> said Atkins,
+<i>but then she'll tell me it is utterly false, since I am not
+punished and sent to the devil, who hath been such a wicked
+creature.</i> These words I interpreted to the priest. "Oh!" said
+he, "tell him, his repentance will make him a very good minister to
+his spouse, and qualify him to preach on the mercy and long
+suffering of a merciful Being, who desires not the death of a
+sinner, and even defers damnation to the last judgment; this will
+lead him to the doctrine of the resurrection and will make him an
+excellent preacher to his wife." I repeated this to Atkins, who
+being more than ordinary affected with it, replied, <i>I know all
+this, Sir, and a great deal more; but how can I have the impudence
+to talk thus to my wife, given my conscience witnesses against me?
+Alas!</i> said he (with tears in his eye, and giving a great sigh)
+<i>as for repenting, that is for ever past me. Past you!
+Atkins,</i> said I, <i>what do you mean? You know well enough,</i>
+said he, <i>what I mean, I mean it is too late.</i></p>
+<p>When I told the priest what he said, the poor affectionate man
+could not refrain from weeping; but recovering himself "Pray, Sir,"
+said he, "ask him if he is contented that it is too late; or is he
+concerned, and wishes it were not so?" This question I put fairly
+to Atkins, who replied in a passion, <i>How can I be easy in a
+state which I know must terminate in my ruin? for I really believe,
+some time or other, I shall cut my threat, to put a period both to
+my life, and to the terrors of my conscience.</i></p>
+<p>At this, the clergyman shook his head, "Sir," said he, "pray
+tell him it is not too late; Christ will give him repentance, if he
+has recourse to the merit of his passion. Does he think he is
+beyond the power of Divine mercy? There may indeed be a time when
+provoked mercy will no longer strive, but never too late for men to
+repent in this world." I told Atkins every word the priest had
+said, who then parted from us to walk with his wife, while we
+discoursed with the rest. But these were very stupid in religious
+matters; yet all of them promised to do their endeavours to make
+their wives turn Christians; and upon which promises the priest
+married the three couple. But as Atkins was the only sincere
+convert and of more sense than the rest, my clergyman was earnestly
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page173" id="page173"></a>[pg
+173]</span> inquiring after him: "Sir," said he, "let us walk out
+of this labyrinth, &amp; I dare say we shall find this poor man
+preaching to his wife already." And indeed we found it true; for
+coming to the edge of the wood, we perceived Atkins and his savage
+wife sitting under the shade of a bush, in very earnest discourse;
+he pointed to the sun, to the quarters of the earth, to himself, to
+her, the woods, and the trees. Immediately we could perceive him
+start upon his feet, fall down upon his knees, and lift up both his
+hands; at which the tears ran down my clergyman's cheeks; but our
+great misfortune was, we could not hear one word that passed
+between them. Another time he would embrace her, wiping the tears
+from her eyes, kissing her with the greatest transports, and then
+both kneel down for some minutes together. Such raptures of joy did
+this confirm in my young priest, that he could scarcely contain
+himself: And a little after this, we observed by her motion, as
+frequently lifting up her hands, and laying them on her breast,
+that she was mightily affected with his discourse, and so they
+withdrew from our sight.</p>
+<p>When we came back, we found them both waiting to be called in;
+upon which he agreed to examine him alone, and so I began thus to
+discourse him. "Prithee, Will Atkins," said I, "what education have
+you? What was your father?"</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> A better man than ever I shall be; he was, Sir, a
+clergyman, who gave me good instruction, or correction, which I
+despised like a brute as I was, and murdered my poor father.</p>
+<p><i>Pr.</i> Ha! a murderer!</p>
+<p>[<i>Here the priest started and looked pale, as thinking he had
+really killed his father</i>.]</p>
+<p><i>R.C.</i> What, did you kill him with your hands?</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> No, Sir, I cut not his throat, but broke his heart
+by the most unnatural turn of disobedience to the tenderest and
+best of fathers.</p>
+<p><i>R.C.</i> Well, I pray God grant you repentance: I did not ask
+you to exhort a confession; but I asked you because I see you have
+more knowledge of what is good than your companions.</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> O Sir, whenever I look back upon my past life,
+conscience upbraids me with my father: the sins against our parents
+make the deepest wounds, and their weight lies the heaviest upon
+the mind.</p>
+<p><i>R.C.</i> You talk, Will, too feelingly and sensibly for me; I
+am not able to bear it.</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> You bear it, Sir! you know nothing of it.</p>
+<p><i>R.C.</i> But yes, Atkins, I do; and every shore, valley, and
+tree in this island, witness the anguish of my soul for my
+undutifulness to my kind father, whom I have murdered likewise; yet
+my repentance falls infinitely short of yours. But, Will, how comes
+the sense of this matter to touch you just now?</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> Sir, the work you have set me about, has occasioned
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page174" id="page174"></a>[pg
+174]</span> it; for talking to my wife about God and religion, she
+has preached me such a sermon, that I shall retain it in lasting
+remembrance.</p>
+<p><i>R.C.</i> No, no, it is your own moving pious arguments to
+her, has made conscience fling them back upon you. But pray,
+Atkins, inform us what passed between you and your wife, and in
+what manner you did begin.</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> I talked to her of the laws of marriage, the reason
+of such compacts, whereby order and justice is maintained; without
+which men would run from their wives and children, to the
+dissolution of families or inheritances.</p>
+<p><i>R.C.</i> Well, and what did she say to all this?</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> Sir, we began our discourse in the following manner,
+which I shall exactly repeat according to my mean capacity, if you
+think it worth you while to honour it with your attention.</p>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<p><i>The DIALOGUE between WILL ATKINS and his Wife in the
+wood.</i></p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> You tell me marriage God appoint, have you God in
+your country?</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> Yes, child, God is in every nation.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> No; great old Benamuckee God is in my country, not
+yours.</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> My dear, God is in heaven, which he made; he also made
+the earth, the sea and all that is therein.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Why you no tell me much long ago?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> My dear I have been a wicked wretch, having a long
+time lived without the knowledge of God in the world.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> What, not know great God in own nation? No do good
+ting? No say O to him? that's strange!</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> But, my dear, many live as if there was no God in
+heaven for all that.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Why God suffer them? why makee not live well?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> It is our own faults, child.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> But if he is much great, can makee kill, why no
+makee kill when no serve him? No be good mans, no cry O to him?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> That's true, my dear, he may strike us dead, but his
+abundant mercy spareth us.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Did not you tell God thanked for that?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> No, I have neither thanked him for his mercy, nor
+feared him for his power.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Then me not believe your God be good, nor makee
+kill, when you makee him angry.</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> Alas! must my wicked life hinder you from believing in
+him?</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page175" id="page175"></a>[pg
+175]</span>
+<p><i>Wife</i>. How can me tink your God lives there? (<i>pointing
+to heaven</i>.) Sure he no ken what you do here.</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> Yes, my dear, he hears us speak, sees what we do, and
+knows what we even think.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Where then makee power strong, when he hears you
+curse, swear de great damn?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> My dear, this shows indeed he is a God and not a man
+who has such tender mercy.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Mercy I what you call mercy?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> He pities and spares us: as he is our great Creator,
+so he is also our tender Father.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> So God never angry, never kill wicked, then he no
+good, no great mighty.</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> O my dear, don't say so, he is both; and many times he
+shows terrible examples of his judgment and vengeance.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Then you makee de bargain with him; you do bad
+ting, he no hurt you, he hurt other mans.</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> No, indeed, my lips are all presumptions upon his
+goodness.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Well, and yet no makee you dead; and you give him
+no tankee neither?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> It is true, I an ungrateful, unthankful dog, that I
+am.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Why, you say, he makee you, why makee you no much
+better then?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> It is I alone that have deformed myself, and abused
+his goodness.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Pray makee God know me, me no makee him angry, no
+do bad ting.</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> You mean, my dear, that you desire I would teach you
+to know God: alas! poor dear creature, he must teach thee, and not
+I. But I'll pray earnestly to him to direct thee, and to forgive
+me, a miserable sinner. <i>(Hereupon he went a little distance, and
+kneeling down, prayed earnestly to God to enlighten her mind, and
+to pardon his sins; when this was done, they continued their
+discourse thus.)</i></p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> What you put down knee for? For what hold up hand?
+Who you speak to?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> My dear, I bowed in token of submission to him that
+made me, and prayed that he would open your eyes and
+understanding.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> And can he do that too? And will he hear what you
+say?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> Yes, my dear, he bids us pray, and has given us
+promise that he will hear us.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> When did he bid you pray? What I do you hear him
+speak?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> No, my dear, but God has spoken formerly to good men
+from heaven; and by divine revelation they have written all his
+laws down in a book.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page176" id="page176"></a>[pg
+176]</span>
+<p><i>Wife</i>. O where dat good book?</p>
+<p><i>A</i>. I have it not now by me; but one time or other I shall
+get it for you to read. <i>Then he embraced her with great
+affection</i>.</p>
+<p><i>Wife</i>. Pray tell a mee, did God, teachee them write that
+book?</p>
+<p><i>A</i>. Yes, and by that rule we know him to be God.</p>
+<p><i>Wife</i>. What way, what rule you know him?</p>
+<p><i>A</i>. Because he teaches what is good, just, and holy; and
+forbids all wicked and abominable actions that incur his
+displeasure.</p>
+<p><i>Wife</i>. O me fain understand that, and if he do all things
+you say he do, surely he hear me say O to him; he makee me good if
+I wish to be good, he no kill me if I love him; me tink, believe
+him great God; me say O to him, along with you, my dear.</p>
+<p><i>Here the poor man fell upon his knees, and made her kneel
+down by him praying with the greatest fervency, that God would
+instruct her by his Holy Spirit; and that God by his providence
+would send them a Bible for both their instructions. And such was
+the early piety of this new convert, that she made him promise
+never to forsake God any more, lest being</i> made dead, <i>as she
+called it; she should not only want her instructor, but himself be
+miserable in a long eternity</i>.</p>
+<p>Such a surprising account as this was, proved very affecting to
+us both, but particularly to the young clergyman, who was mightily
+concerned he could not talk to her himself. "Sir," said he, "there,
+is something more to be done to this woman then to marry her; I
+mean that she ought to be baptized." To this, I presently agreed:
+"Pray," said he, "ask her husband, whether he has ever talked to
+her of Jesus Christ, the salvation of sinners, the nature of faith,
+and redemption in and by him, of the Holy Spirit, the resurection,
+last judgment, and a future state;" but the poor fellow melted into
+tears at this question, saying, that he had said something to her
+of these things, but his inability to talk of them, made him
+afraid, lest her knowledge of them should rather make her contemn
+religion, than be benefited by it; but that if I would discourse
+with her, it would be very evident my labour would not be in vain.
+Accordingly I called her in, and placing myself as interpreter
+between the religious priest and the woman, I entreated him to go
+on; but surely never was such a sermon preached by any clergyman in
+these latter days, with so much zeal, knowledge, and sincerity; in
+short, he brought the woman to embrace the knowledge of Christ, and
+of redemption by him, with so surprising a degree of understanding,
+that she made it her own request to be baptized.</p>
+<p>He than performed his office in the sacrament of baptism, first,
+by saying some words over to himself in Latin, and then
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page177" id="page177"></a>[pg
+177]</span> asking me to give her a name, as being her godfather,
+and pouring a whole dish-full of water upon the woman's head, he
+said, "<i>Mary</i>, I baptize thee in the name of the Father, and
+of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost;" so that none could know of what
+religion he was. After this he pronounced the benediction in Latin.
+Thus the woman being made a Christian, he married her to Will
+Atkins; which being finished, he affectionately exhorted him to
+lead a holy life for the future; and since the Almighty, for the
+convictions of his conscience, had honoured him to be the
+instrument or his wife's conversion, he should not dishonor the
+grace of God, that while the savage was converted, the instrument
+should be cast away. Thus ended a ceremony, to me the most pleasant
+and agreeable I ever passed in my life.</p>
+<p>The affairs of the island being settled, I was preparing to go
+on board, when the young man (whose mother was starved) came to me,
+saying, that as he understood I had a clergyman with me, who had
+married the Englishmen with savages, he had a match to make between
+two Christians, which he desired might be finished before I
+departed. Thinking that it was he himself that had courted his
+mother's maid, I persuaded him not to do any thing rashly upon the
+account of his solitary circumstances; that the maid was an unequal
+match for him, both in respect to substance and years; and that it
+was very probable he would live to return to his own country, where
+he might have a far better choice. At these words, smiling, he
+interrupted me, thanking me for my good-advice; that as he had
+nothing to beg of me but a small settlement, with a servant or two,
+or some new necessaries, so he hoped I would not be unmindful of
+him when I returned to England, but give his letter to his friends;
+and that when he was redeemed, the plantation, and all its
+improvements, however valuable, should be returned to me again. But
+as for the marriage he proposed, that it was not himself, but that
+it was between my Jack-of-all-trades and the maid Susan.</p>
+<p>I was indeed agreeably surprised at the mentioning this match,
+which seemed very suitable, the one being a very ingenious fellow,
+and the other an excellent, dexterous, and sensible housewife, fit
+to be governess of the whole island; so we married them the same
+day; and as I was her father, and gave her away, so I gave her a
+handsome portion, appointing her and her husband a convenient large
+space of ground for their plantation. The sharing out of the land I
+left to Will Atkins, who really divided if very justly, to every
+person's satisfaction; they only desired one general writing under
+my hand for the whole, which I caused to be drawn up, signed, and
+sealed to them, setting out their bounds, and giving them a right
+to the whole possession of their respective plantations, with their
+improvements, to them and their heirs, reserving all the rest
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page178" id="page178"></a>[pg
+178]</span> of the island as my own property, and a certain rent
+for every particular plantation, after eleven years. As to their
+laws and government, I exhorted them to love one another; and as to
+the Indians who lived in a nook by themselves, I allotted three or
+four of them plantations, and the rest willingly chose to become
+servants to the other families, by which means they were employed
+in useful labour, and fared much better than they did before.
+Besides the savages thus mixed with the Christians, the work of
+their conversion might be set on foot by the latter, in the
+clergyman's absence, to our equal satisfaction. The young priest,
+however, was a little anxious lest the Christians should not be
+willing to do their parts in instructing these poor Indians; I
+therefore told him we should call them all together; that he should
+speak to the Spaniards who were Papists, and I to the English, who
+were Protestants, and make them promise that they would never make
+any distinction in religion, but teach the general true knowledge
+of God, and his son Jesus Christ, in order to convert the poor
+savages. And this, indeed, they all promised us accordingly.</p>
+<p>When I came to Will Atkins's house, I found his baptized wife,
+and the young woman newly married to my Jack-of-all-trades, were
+become great intimates, and discoursing of religion together. <i>O,
+Sir,</i> says Will Atkins, <i>when God has sinners to reconcile to
+himself, he never wants an instructor; I knew I was unworthy of so
+good a work, and therefore this young woman has been sent hither as
+it were from heaven, who is sufficient to convert a whole nation of
+savages</i>. The young woman blushed, and was going to rise; but I
+desired her to sit still, and hoped that God would bless her in so
+good a work; and then pulling out a Bible (which I brought on
+purpose in my pocket for him.) <i>Here Atkins</i>, said I, <i>here
+is an assistant that perhaps you had not before</i>. So confounded
+was the poor man, that is was some time before he could speak; at
+last turning to his wife, <i>My dear</i>, he said, <i>did I not
+tell you that God could hear what we said? Here's the book I prayed
+for, when you and I kneeled under the bush: God then heard us, and
+now has sent it</i>. The woman was surprised, and thought really
+God had sent that individual book from heaven; but I turned to the
+young woman, and desired her to explain to the young convert, that
+God may properly be said to answer our petitions, when, in the
+course of his providence, such particular things came to pass as we
+petitioned for. This the young woman did effectually; but surely
+Will Atkins's joy cannot be expressed; no man being more thankful
+for any thing in the world, than he was for his Bible, nor desired
+it from a better principle.</p>
+<p>After several religious discourses, I desired the young woman to
+give me an account of the anguish she felt when she was starving to
+death with hunger; to which she readily consented, and began in the
+following manner:</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page179" id="page179"></a>[pg
+179]</span>
+<p>"Sir," said she, "all our victuals being gone, after I had
+fasted one day, my stomach was very sickly, and, at the approach,
+of night, I was inclined to yawning and sleepy. When I slept upon
+the couch three hours, I awaked a little refreshed: three hours
+after, my stomach being more and more sickly, I lay down again, but
+could not sleep, being very faint and ill. Thus I passed the second
+day with a strange variety, first hungry, then sick again, with
+reachings to vomit: that night I dreamed I was at Barbadoes, buying
+plenty of provisions; and dined heartily. But when I awaked, my
+spirits were exceedingly sunk, to find myself in the extremity of
+famine. There was but one glass of wine, which being mixed with
+sugar, I drank up; but for want of substance to digest upon, the
+fumes of it got into my head, &amp; made me senseless for some
+time. The third day I was so ravenous and furious, that I could
+have eaten a little child if it had come in my way; during which
+time, I was as mad as any creature in Bedlam. In one of these fits
+I fell down, and struck my face against the corner of a pallet bed,
+where my mistress lay; the blood gushed out of my nose, but by my
+excessive bleeding, both the violence of the fever, and the
+ravenous part of the hunger abated. After this, I grew sick again,
+strove to vomit, but could not; then bleeding a second time, I
+swooned away as dead; when I came to myself, I had a dreadful
+gnawing pain in my stomach, which went of towards night, with a
+longing desire for food. I took a draught of water and sugar, but
+it came up again; then I drank water without sugar, and that staid
+with me. I laid me down on the bed, praying God would take me away:
+after I had slumbered, I thought myself a-dying, therefore
+recommended my soul to God, and wished somebody would throw me into
+the sea. All this while my departing mistress lay by me: the last
+bit of bread she had, she gave to her dear child my young master.
+The morning after, I fell into a violent passion of crying, and
+after that into hunger. I espied the blood that came from my nose
+in a basin, which I immediately swallowed up. At night I had the
+usual variations, as the pain in the stomach, sick, sleepy, and
+ravenous: and I had no thought but that I should die before
+morning. In the morning came on terrible gripings in my bowels. At
+this time I heard my young master's lamentations, by which I
+understood his mother was dead. Soon after this, the sailors cried,
+<i>A sail! A sail!</i> hallooing as if they were distracted for joy
+of that relief, which afterwards we received from your hands."</p>
+<p>Surely never was a more distinct account of starving to death
+than this. But to return to the disposition of things among my
+people, I did not take any notice to them of the sloop that I had
+framed, neither would I leave them the two pieces of brass cannon,
+or the two quarter-deck guns that I had on board, lest, upon any
+disgust, they should have separated, or turned pirates,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page180" id="page180"></a>[pg
+180]</span> and so made the island a den of thieves, instead of a
+plantation of sober pious people: but leaving them in a flourishing
+condition, with a promise to send them further relief, from Brazil,
+as sheep, hogs, and cows (being obliged to kill the latter at sea,
+having no hay to feed them) I went on board the ship again, the
+first of May, 1695, after having been twenty days among them: and
+next morning, giving them a salute of five guns at parting, we set
+sail for the Brazils. The third day, towards evening, there
+happening a calm, and the current being very strong, we were drove
+to the N.N.E. towards the land. Some hours after, we perceived the
+sea covered as it were with something very black, not easily at
+first to be discovered: upon which our chief mate ascending the
+shrouds a little way, and taking a view with a perspective glass,
+he cries out, <i>An army! An army! You fool</i>, said I, <i>what do
+you mean? Nay, Sir</i>, said he, <i>don't be angry. I assure you,
+it is not only an army, but a fleet, too, for I believe there are a
+thousand canoes paddling along, and making with great haste towards
+us</i>.</p>
+<p>Indeed every one of us were surprised at this relation; and my
+nephew the captain could not tell what to think of it, but thought
+we should all be devoured. Nor was I free from concern, when I
+considered how much we were becalmed, and what a strong current set
+towards the shore; however, I encouraged him not to be afraid, but
+bring the ship to an anchor as soon as we were certain that we must
+engage them. Accordingly we did so, and furled all our sails, as to
+the savages we feared nothing, but only that they might se the ship
+on fire; to prevent which, I ordered them to get their boats out,
+and fasten them, one close by the head, and the other by the stern,
+well manned, with skeets and buckets to extinguish the flames,
+should it so happen. The savages soon came up with us, but there
+were not so many as the mate had said, for instead of a thousand
+canoes there were only one hundred and twenty; too many indeed for
+us, several of their canoes containing about sixteen or seventeen
+men.</p>
+<p>As they approached us, they seemed to be in the greatest
+amazement, not knowing what to make of us. They rowed round the
+ship, which occasioned us to call to the men in the boats, not to
+suffer them to come near them. Hereupon they beckoned to the
+savages to keep back, which they accordingly did; but at their
+retreat they let fly about fifty arrows among us, and very much
+wounded one of our men in the long-boat. I called to them not to
+fire upon any account, but handing them down some deal boards, the
+carpenters made them a kind of fence to shield them from the
+arrows. In half an hour after they came so near astern of us, that
+we had a perfect sight of them; then they rowed a little farther
+out, till they came directly along-side of us, and then approached
+so near, that they could hear us speak; this made me order all our
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page181" id="page181"></a>[pg
+181]</span> men to keep close, and get their guns ready. In the
+mean time I ordered Friday to go out upon deck, and ask them in his
+language what they meant. No sooner did he do so, but six of the
+savages, who were in the foremost canoes, stooping down, showed us
+their naked backsides, as much as to say in English, <i>Kiss
+our</i>----: but Friday quickly knew what this meant, by
+immediately crying out they were going to shoot; unfortunately for
+him, poor creature, who fell under the cloud of three hundred
+arrows, no less than seven piercing through his body, killing one
+of the best servants, and faithfullest of companions in all my
+solitudes and afflictions.</p>
+<p>So enraged was I at the death of poor Friday, that the guns,
+which before were charged only with powder, to frighten them, I
+ordered to be loaded with small shot; nor did the gunners fail in
+their aim, but at this broadside split and overset thirteen or
+fourteen of their canoes, which killed numbers of them, and set the
+rest a swimming, the others, frightened out of their wits, little
+regarding their fellows drowning, scoured away as fast as they
+could. One poor wretch our people took up, swimming for his life,
+an hour after. He was very sullen at first, to that he would
+neither eat nor speak; but I took a way to cure him, by ordering
+them to throw him into the sea, which they did, and then he came
+swimming back like a cork, calling in his tongue, as I suppose, to
+save him. So we took him on board, but it was a long time before we
+could make him speak or understand English; yet when we had taught
+him, he told us, 'they were going with their kings to fight a great
+battle;' and when we asked him, what made them come up to us? he
+said, <i>to makee de great wonder look</i>; where it is to be
+noted, that those natives, and those of Africa, always add to
+<i>e</i>'s at the end of English words, as <i>makee, takee</i>, and
+the like, from which it is very difficult thing to make them break
+off.</p>
+<p>Being now under sail, we took our last farewell of poor honest
+Friday, and interred him with all possible decency and solemnity,
+putting him in a coffin, and committing him to the deep, at the
+same time cauling eleven guns to be fired at him. Thus ended the
+life of one of the most grateful, faithful, honest, and
+affectionate servants, that ever any man was blessed with in the
+world.</p>
+<p>Having now a fair wind for Brazil, in about twelve days time we
+made land in the latitude of five degrees south of the line. Four
+days we kept on S. by E. in sight of shore, when we made Cape St.
+Augustin, and in three days we came up to an anchor off the Bay of
+all Saints. I had great difficulty here to get leave to hold
+correspondence on shore; for neither the figure of my partner, my
+two merchant trustees, nor the fame of my wonderful preservation in
+the island, could procure me the favour, till such time as the
+prior of the monastery of the</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page182" id="page182"></a>[pg
+182]</span> <a name="182.jpg"></a>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/182.jpg"><img src="Images/182.jpg"
+width="60%" alt=""></a><br>
+<b>Revenging the death of Friday.</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page183" id="page183"></a>[pg
+183]</span>
+<p>Augustines (to whom I had given 500 moidores) obtained leave
+from the Governor, for me personally, with the Captain &amp; one
+more, together with eight sailors, to come on shore; upon this
+condition, that we should not land any goods out of the ship, nor
+carry any person away without licence; I found means, however, to
+get on shore three bales of English goods, such as fine broad
+cloths, stuffs, and some linen, which I brought as a present for my
+partner, who had sent me on board a present of fresh provisions,
+wine and sweetmeats, worth about thirty moidores, including some
+tobacco, and three or four fine gold medals.</p>
+<p>Here I delivered my partner in goods to the value of 100 &pound;
+sterling, and obliged him to fit up the sloop I bought for the use
+of my island, in order to send them refreshments; and so active was
+he in this matter, that he had the vessel finished in a few days,
+to the master of which I gave particular instructions to find the
+place. I soon loaded him with a small cargo; and one of our sailors
+offered to settle there, upon my letter to the Spanish governor, if
+I would allot him tools and a plantation. This I willingly granted,
+and gave him the savage we had taken prisoner to be his slave. All
+things being ready for the voyage, my old partner told me there was
+an acquaintance of his, a Brazil planter, who having fallen under
+the displeasure of the church, &amp; in fear of the Inquisition
+which obliged him to be concealed, would be glad of such an
+opportunity to make his escape, with his wife &amp; two daughters;
+&amp; if I would allot them a plantation in my island, he would
+give them a small stock to begin with, for that the officers had
+already seized his effects and estate, and left him nothing but a
+little household stuff and two slaves. This request I presently
+granted, concealing him and his family on board our ship, till such
+time as the sloop (where all the effects were) was gone out of the
+bay, and then we put them on board, who carried some materials, and
+plants for planting sugar-canes, along with them. By this sloop,
+among other things, I sent my subjects three milch cows and five
+calves, about 22 hogs, three sows big with pig, two mares and a
+stone horse. I also engaged three Portugal women to go for sake of
+the Spaniards, which, with the persecuted man's two daughters, were
+sufficient, since the rest had wives of their own, though in
+another country; all which cargo arrived safe, no doubt to their
+exceeding comfort, who, with this addition, were about sixty or
+seventy people, besides children.</p>
+<p>At this place, my truly honest and pious clergyman left me; for
+a ship being ready to set sail for Lisbon, he asked me leave to go
+thither, but I assure you it was with the greatest reluctance I
+parted from a person, whose virtue and piety merited the greatest
+esteem.</p>
+<p>From the Brazils, we made directly over the Atlantic Ocean to
+the Cape of Good Hope, having a tolerable good voyage, steering for
+the most part S.E. We were on a trading voyage, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page184" id="page184"></a>[pg 184]</span> and
+had a supercargo on board, who was to direct all the ship's motions
+after she arrived at the Cape, only being limited to a certain
+number of days, for stay, by charter party, at the several ports
+she was to go to. At the Cape we only took in fresh water, and then
+sailed for the coast of Coromandel; we were there informed, that a
+French man of war of 50 guns, and two large merchant ships were
+sailed for the Indies, but we heard no more of them.</p>
+<p>In our passage, we touched at the island of Madagascar, where,
+though the inhabitants are naturally fierce and treacherous, &amp;
+go constantly armed with bows &amp; lances, yet for some time they
+treated us civily enough; and, in exchange for knives, scisors, and
+other trifles, they brought us eleven good fat bullocks, which we
+took partly for present victuals, and the remainder to salt for the
+ship's use.</p>
+<p>So curious was I to view every corner of the world where I came
+to, that I went on shore as often as I could. One evening when on
+shore, we observed numbers of the people stand gazing at us at a
+distance. We thought ourselves in no danger, as they had hitherto
+used us kindly. However, we cut three boughs cut of a tree,
+sticking them at a distance from us, which it seems, in that
+country, is not only a token of truce and amity, but when poles or
+boughs are set up on the other side, it is a sign the truce is
+accepted. In these treaties, however, there is one principal thing
+to be regarded, that neither party come beyond one another's three
+poles or boughs; so that the middle space is not only secure, but
+is also allowed as a market for traffic and commerce. When the
+truce is thus accepted, they stick up their javelins and lances at
+the first poles, and come on unarmed; but if any violence is
+offered, away they run to their poles, take up their weapons, and
+then the truce is at an end. This evening it happened that a
+greater number of people than usual, both men and women, traded
+among us for such toys as we had, with such great civility, that we
+made us a little tent, of large boughs of trees, some of the men
+resolving to lie on shore all night; but, for my part, I and some
+others took our lodging in the boat, with boughs of trees spread
+over it, having a sail spread at the bottom to lie upon. About two
+o'clock in the morning we were awakened by the firing of muskets,
+and our men crying out for help, or else they would all be
+murdered. Scarce had we time to get the boat ashore, when our men
+came plunging themselves into the water, with about four hundred of
+the islanders at their heels. We took up seven of the men, three of
+them very much wounded, and one left behind killed, while the enemy
+poured their arrows so thick among us, that we were forced to make
+a barricade, with boards lying at the side of the boat, to shield
+us from danger: and, having got ready our fire-arms, we returned
+them a volley, which wounded several of them, as we could
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page185" id="page185"></a>[pg
+185]</span> hear by their cries. In this condition we lay till
+break of day, and then making signals of distress to the ship,
+which my nephew the captain heard and understood, he weighed
+anchor, &amp; stood as near the shore as possible, and then sent
+another boat with ten hands in her to assist us; but we called to
+them not to come near, informing them of our unhappy condition.
+However they ventured; when one of the men taking the end of a
+tow-line in one hand, and keeping our boat between him and our
+adversaries, swam to us, and slipping our cables, they towed us,
+out of reach of their arrows, and quickly after a broadside was
+given them from the ship, which made a most dreadful havoc among
+them. When we got on board, we examined into the occasion of this
+fray. The men who fled informed us that an old woman who sold milk
+within the poles, had brought a young woman with her, who carried
+roots or herbs, the sight of whom so much tempted our men, that
+they offered rudeness to the maid, at which the old woman set up a
+great cry: nor would the sailors part with the prize, but carried
+her among the trees, while the old woman went, and brought a whole
+army down upon them. At the beginning of the attack, one of our men
+was killed with a lance, and the fellow who began the mischief,
+paid dear enough for his mistress, though as yet we did not know
+what had become of him; the rest luckily escaped. The third night
+after the action, being curious to understand how affairs stood, I
+took the supercargo and twenty stout fellows with me, and landed
+about two hours before midnight, at the same place where those
+Indians stood the night before, and there we divided our men into
+two bodies, the boatswain commanding one, and I another. It was so
+dark, that we could see nobody, neither did we hear any voice near
+us: but by &amp; bye the boatswain falling over a dead body, we
+agreed to halt till the moon should rise, which he knew would be in
+an hour after. We perceived here no fewer than two and thirty
+bodies upon the ground, whereof two were not quite dead. Satisfied
+with this discovery I was for going on board again; but the
+boatswain and the rest told me, they would make a visit to the
+Indian town, where these dogs (so they called them) resided, asking
+me at the same time to go along with them; for they did not doubt,
+besides getting a good booty, but they should find Tom Jeffery
+there, for that was the unhappy man we missed. But I utterly
+refused to go, and commanded them back, being unwilling to hazard
+their lives, as the safety of the ship wholly depended upon them.
+Notwithstanding all I could say to them, they all left me but one,
+and the supercargo; so we three returned to the boat, where a boy
+was left, resolving to stay till they returned. At parting I told
+them I supposed most of them would run the same fate with Tom
+Jeffery. To this they replied, <i>Come boys, come along, we'll
+warrant we'll come off safe enough</i>; and so away <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page186" id="page186"></a>[pg 186]</span> they
+went, notwithstanding all my admonitions, either concerning their
+own safety or the preservation of the ship. Indeed they were
+gallantly armed, every man having a musket, bayonet, and a pistol,
+besides cutlasses, hangers, pole-axes, and hand granades. They came
+to a few Indian houses at first, which not being the town they
+expected they went farther, &amp; finding a cow tied to a tree,
+they concluded that she would be a sufficient guide, and so it
+proved; for, after they untied her, she led them directly to the
+town, which consisted of above two hundred houses, several families
+living in some of the huts together. At their arrival, all being in
+a profound sleep, the sailors agreed to divide themselves into
+three bodies, and set three parts of the town on fire at once, to
+kill those that were escaping, and plunder the rest of the houses.
+Thus desperately resolved, they went to work; but the first party
+had not gone far, before they called out to the rest, that they had
+found Tom Jeffery; whereupon they all ran up to the place, and
+found the poor fellow indeed hanging up naked by one arm, and his
+throat almost cut from ear to ear. In a house that was hard by the
+tree, they found sixteen or seventeen Indians, who had been
+concerned in the fray, two or three of them being wounded, were not
+gone to sleep: this house they set on fire first, and in a few
+minutes after, five or six places more in the town appeared in
+flames. The conflagration spread like wild-fire, their housing
+being all of wood, and covered with flags or rushes. The poor
+affrighted inhabitants endeavoured to run out to save their lives,
+but they were driven back into the flames by the sailors, and
+killed without mercy. At the first house above mentioned, after the
+boatswain had slain two with his pole-ax, he threw a hand-granade
+into the house, which bursting, made a terrible havoc, killing and
+wounding most of them; and their king and most of his train, who
+were then in that house, fell victims to their fury, every creature
+of them being either smothered or burnt. All this while they never
+fired a gun, lest the people should awaken faster than they could
+overpower them. But the fire awakened them fast enough, which
+obliged our fellows to keep together in bodies. By this time the
+whole town was in a flame, yet their fury rather increased, calling
+out to one another to remember Tom Jeffery. The terrible light of
+this conflagration made me very uneasy, and roused my nephew the
+captain, and the rest of his men, who knew nothing of the matter.
+When he perceived the dreadful smoke, and heard the guns go off, he
+readily concluded his men were in danger; he therefore takes
+another boat, and comes ashore himself, with thirteen men well
+armed. He was greatly surprised to see me and only two men in the
+boat, but more so when I told him the story: but though I argued
+with him, as I did with the men, about the danger of <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page187" id="page187"></a>[pg 187]</span> the
+voyage, the interests of the merchants and owners, and the safety
+of the ship, yet my nephew, like the rest, declared, that he would
+rather lose the ship, his voyage, his life and all, than his men
+should be lost for want of help; and so away he went. For my part,
+seeing him resolved to go, I had not power to stay behind. He
+ordered the pinnace back again for twelve men more, and then we
+marched directly as the flame guided us. But surely never was such
+a scene of horror beheld, or more dismal cries heard, except when
+Oliver Cromwell took Drogheda in Ireland, where he neither spared
+man, woman, nor child.</p>
+<p>The first object, I think, we met with, was the ruins of one of
+their habitations, before which lay four men and three woman
+killed, and two more burnt to death among the fire, which was now
+decaying. Nothing could appear more barbarous than this revenge;
+none more cruel than the authors of it. As we went on, the fire
+increased, and the cry proceeded in proportion. We had not gone
+much farther, when we beheld three naked women, followed by sixteen
+or seventeen men, flying with the greatest swiftness from our men,
+who shot one of them in our sight. When they perceived us, whom
+they supposed also their murderers, they set up a most dreadful
+shriek, and both of them swooned away in the fright. This was a
+sight which might have softened the hardest heart; and in pity we
+took some ways to let them know we would not hurt them, while the
+poor creatures with bended knees, and lifted up hands, made piteous
+lamentations to us to save their lives. I ordered our men not to
+hunt any of the poor creatures whatsoever; but being willing to
+understand the occasion of all this, I went among these unhappy
+wretches, who neither understood me, nor the good I meant them.
+However being resolved to put an end to this barbarity, I ordered
+the men to follow me. We had not gone fifty yards before we came up
+with the boatswain, with four of our men at his heels, all of them
+covered with blood and dust, and in search of more people to
+satiate their vengeance. As soon as we saw them, we called out, and
+made them understand who we were; upon which they came up to us,
+setting up a holloo of triumph, in token that more help was come.
+<i>Noble Captain</i>, said he to my nephew, <i>I'm glad your come:
+we have not half done with these villainous hell-hound dogs; wee'll
+root out the very nation of them from the earth, and kill more than
+poor Tom has hairs upon his head:</i> and thus he went on till I
+interrupted him.--"Blood-thirsty dog," said I, "will your cruelty
+never end? I charge you touch not one creature more; stop your
+hands and stand still, or you're a dead man this moment." <i>Why
+Sir</i>, said he, <i>you neither know whom you are protecting, nor
+what they have done: but pray come hither, and behold an instance
+of compassion, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page188" id=
+"page188"></a>[pg 188]</span> if such can merit your clemency</i>;
+and with that he shewed me the poor fellow with his throat cut,
+hanging upon the tree.</p>
+<p>Indeed, here was enough to fill their breasts with rage, which,
+however, I thought had gone too far, agreeable to these words of
+Jacob to his sons Simeon and Levi: <i>Cursed be their anger for it
+was fierce; and their wrath; for it was cruel.</i> But this sight
+made my nephew and the rest as bad as they: nay, my nephew
+declared, his concern was only for his men; as for the people, not
+a soul of them ought to live. Upon this, the boatswain and eight
+more directly turned about, and went to finish the intended
+tragedy; which being out of my power to prevent, I returned back
+from the dismal sight, &amp; the piteous cries of those unfortunate
+creatures, who were made victims to their fury. Indeed, it was an
+egregious piece of folly in me to return to the boat with but one
+attendant; and I had very near paid for it, having narrowly escaped
+forty armed Indians, who had been alarmed by the conflagration; but
+having passed the place where they stood, I got to the boat
+accompanied with the supercargo, and so went on board, sending the
+pinnace back again, to assist the men in what might happen. When I
+had got to the boat, the fire was almost extinguished, and the
+noise abated; but I had scarce been half an hour on board the ship,
+when I heard another volley given by our sailors, and a great
+smoke, which, as I afterwards found, was our men falling upon those
+houses and persons that stood between them and the sea; but here
+they spared the wives and children, and killed only the men, to the
+number of about sixteen or seventeen. By the time they got to the
+shore, the pinnace and the ship's boat were ready to receive them,
+and they all got safe on board, not a man of them having received
+the least hurt, except two, one of whom strained his foot, and the
+other burnt his hand a little; for they met with no resistance, the
+poor Indians being unprepared, amazed, and confounded.</p>
+<p>I was extremely angry with every one of them, but particularly
+with the captain, who instead of cooling the rage of the men, had
+prompted them on to further mischief: nor could he make me any
+other excuse, but that as he was a man, he could not master his
+passions at the sight of one of his men so cruelly murdered. As for
+the rest, knowing they were not under my command, they took no
+notice of any anger, but rather boasted of their revenge. According
+to all their accounts, they killed or destroyed about 150 men,
+women, and children, besides burning the town to ashes. They took
+their companion Tom Jeffery from the tree, covered him with some of
+the ruins, and so left him. But however this action of our men
+might seem to them justifiable, yet I always openly condemned it
+with the appellation, of the Massacre of Madagascar. <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page189" id="page189"></a>[pg 189]</span> For
+tho' the natives had slain this Jeffery, yet certainly he was the
+first aggressor, by attempting to violate the chastity of a young
+innocent woman, who ventured down to them, on the faith of the
+public capitulation, which was so treacherously broken.</p>
+<p>While we were under sail, the boatswain would often defend this
+bloody action, by saying, that the Indians had broke the truce the
+night before, by shooting one of our men without just provocation:
+and what if the poor fellow had taken a little liberty with the
+wench, he ought not to have been murdered in so villainous a
+manner: and that they had acted nothing but what the divine laws
+commissioned to be done to such homicides. However I was in the
+same mind as before, telling them that they were murderers, and bid
+them depend upon it that God would blast their voyage, for such an
+unparalleled piece of barbarity.</p>
+<p>When we came to the Gulph of Persia, five of our men, who
+ventured on shore, were either killed or made slaves by the
+Arabians, the rest of them having scarce time to escape to their
+boat. This made me upbraid them afresh with the just retribution of
+Heaven for such actions; upon which the boatswain very warmly asked
+me, <i>Whether those men on whom the tower of Siloam fell, were
+greater sinners than the rest of the Galileans? and besides,
+Sir</i>, said he, <i>none of these five poor men that are lost,
+were with us at the Massacre of Madagascar, as you call it, and
+therefore your representation is very unjust, and your application
+improper. Besides</i>, added he, <i>you are continually using the
+men very ill upon this account, and, being but a passenger
+yourself, we are not obliged to bear it; nor can we tell what evil
+designs you may have to bring us to judgment for it in England:
+and, therefore, if you do not leave this discourse, as also not
+concern yourself with any of our affairs, I will leave the ship,
+and not sail among such dangerous company.</i></p>
+<p>All this I heard very patiently; but, it being often repeated, I
+at length told him, the concern I had on board was none of his
+business; that I was a considerable owner in the ship, and
+therefore had a right to speak in common, and that I was no way
+accountable to him, nor to any body else. As no more passed for
+some time after, I thought all had been over. At this time we were
+in the road of Bengal, where, going on shore with the supercargo
+one day, in the evening, as I was preparing to go on board, one of
+the men came to me, and told me, I need not trouble myself to come
+to the boat, for that the cockswain and others had ordered him not
+to carry me on board any more. This insulent message much surprised
+me; yet I gave him no answer to it, but went directly and
+acquainted the supercargo, entreating him to go on board, and, by
+acquainting the Captain with it, prevent the mutiny which I
+perceived would happen. But before I had spoken this, the matter
+was <span class="pagenum"><a name="page190" id="page190"></a>[pg
+190]</span> effected on board; for no sooner was he gone off in the
+boat, but the boatswain, gunner, carpenter, and all the inferior
+officers, came to the quarter-deck, desiring to speak with the
+Captain; &amp; there the boatswain made a long harangue, exclaiming
+against me, as before mentioned, that, if I had not gone on shore
+peaceably, for my own diversion, they, by violence would have
+compelled me, for their satisfaction: that as they had shipped with
+the Captain, so they would faithfully serve him; but if I did not
+quit the ship, or the Captain oblige me to it, they would leave the
+ship immediately: hereupon, turning his face about by way of
+signal, they all cried out, "ONE and ALL! ONE and ALL!"</p>
+<p>You may be sure, that though my nephew was a man of great
+courage, yet he could not but be surprised at their sudden and
+unexpected behaviour; and though he talked stoutly to them, and
+afterwards expostulated with them, that in common justice to me,
+who was a considerable owner in the ship, they could not turn me as
+it were out of mine own house, which might bring their lives in
+danger should they ever be taken in England; nay, though he invited
+the boatswain on shore to accomodate matters with me, yet all this
+I say, signified nothing; they would have nothing to do with me;
+and they were resolved to go on shore if I came on board.
+<i>Well,</i> said my nephew, <i>if you are so resolved, permit me
+to talk with him, and then I have done; and so he came to me,
+giving me an account of their resolution, how one and all designed
+to forsake the ship when I came on board, for which he was mightily
+concerned.</i> "I am glad to see you, nephew," said I, "and rejoice
+it is no worse, since they have not rebelled against you; I only
+desire you to send my necessary things on shore, with a sufficient
+sum of money, and I will find my way to England as well as I can."
+Though this grieved my nephew to the heart, yet there was no remedy
+but complience; in short, all my necessaries were sent me, and so
+this matter was over in a few hours.</p>
+<p>I think I was now near a thousand leagues farther off England by
+sea, than at my little kingdom, except this difference, that I
+might travel by land over the Great Mogul's country to Surat, from
+thence to Baffora, by sea up the Persian Gulph, then take the way
+of the caravans over the Arabian desert to Alleppo and Scanderoon,
+there take shipping to Italy, and so travel by land into France,
+and from thence cross the sea to England.</p>
+<p>My nephew left me two persons to attend me; one of them was his
+servant, and the other clerk to the purser, who engaged to be mine.
+I took lodging in an English woman's house, where several French,
+one English, and two Italian merchants resided. The handsome
+entertainment I met with here, occasioned me to stay nine months,
+considering what <span class="pagenum"><a name="page191" id=
+"page191"></a>[pg 191]</span> course I should take. Some English
+goods I had with me of great value, besides a thousand pieces of
+eight, and a letter for more, if there was such necessity. The
+goods I soon disposed of to advantage, and bought here several good
+diamonds, which I could easily carry about with me. One morning the
+English merchant came to me, as being very intimate together,
+<i>countryman</i>, said he, <i>I have a project to communicate to
+you, which I hope will suit to both our advantage. To be short,
+Sir, we are both in a remote part of the world from our country;
+but yet in a place where men of business may get a great deal of
+money. Now, if you will put a thousand pounds to my thousand
+pounds, we will hire a ship to our satisfaction; you shall be
+Captain, I will be merchant: and we'll go a trading voyage to
+China, for why should we lie still like drones, while the whole
+world is in a continual motion</i>.</p>
+<p>This proposal soon got my consent, being very agreeable to my
+rambling genius; and the more so, because I looked upon my
+countryman to be a very sincere person; it required some time
+before we could get a vessel to our mind, and sailors to man it
+accordingly; at length we bought a ship, and got an English mate,
+boatswain, and gunner, a Dutch carpenter, and three Portuguese
+foremast men; and, for want of others, made shift with Indian
+seamen. We first sailed to Achin, in the island of Sumatra, and
+then to Siam, where we bartered our wares for some arrack and
+opium, the last of which bore a great price among the Chinese; in a
+word, we went up to Suskan, making a very great voyage; &amp;,
+after eight months time, I returned to Bengal, very well satisfied
+with this adventure, having not only got a sufficient quantity of
+money, but an insight of getting a great deal more.</p>
+<p>The next voyage my friend proposed to me, was to go among the
+spice islands, and bring home a load of cloves from the Manillas,
+or thereabouts; islands belonging partly to Spain, but where the
+Dutch trade very considerably. We were not long in preparing for
+this voyage, which we made no less successful than the last,
+touching at Borneo, and several other places which I do not
+perfectly remember, and returning home in about five months time.
+We soon sold our spices, which were chiefly cloves and some
+nutmegs, to the Persian merchants, who carried them away to the
+gulph; and, in short, making five to one advantage, we were loaded
+with money.</p>
+<p>Not long after my friend and I had made up our accounts, to our
+entire satisfaction, there came in a Dutch coaster from Batavia of
+about two hundred tons. The crew of this vessel pretended
+themselves so sickly, that there were not hands sufficient to
+undertake a voyage; and the Captain having given out that he
+intended to go to Europe, public notice was given <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page192" id="page192"></a>[pg 192]</span> that
+the ship was to be sold. No sooner did this come to our ears, but
+we bought the ship, paid the master, and took possession. We would
+also have very willingly entertained some of the men; but they
+having received their share of booty, were not to be found, being
+altogether fled to Agra, the great city of the Mogul's residence;
+and from thence went to travel to Surat, and so by the sea to the
+Persian Gulph. And indeed they had reason to fly in this manner;
+for the truth of it was the pretended Captain was the gunner only,
+and not the commander; that having been on a trading voyage, they
+were attacked on shore by the Malayans, who killed three men and
+the Captain; after whose death the other eleven men ran away with
+the ship to the Bay of Bengal, and left the mate and five men more
+on shore: but of this affair we shall have occasion to speak more
+at length hereafter.</p>
+<p>However they came by the ship, we thought we bought it honestly;
+neither did we suspect any thing of the matter, when the man showed
+us a bill of sale for the ship (undoubtedly forged) to one Emanuel
+Clostershoven, which name he went by. And so without any more to
+do, we picked up some Dutch and English seamen, resolving for
+another voyage for cloves among the Phillippine and Molucca
+Islands: in short, we continued thus five or six years, trading
+from port to port with extraordinary success. In the seventh year,
+we undertook a voyage to China, designing to touch at Siam, and buy
+some rice by the way. In this voyage, contrary winds beat us up and
+down for a considerable time among the islands in the Straits of
+Molucca. No sooner were we clear of those rugged seas, but we
+perceived our ship had sprung a leak, which obliged us to put into
+the river Cambodia, which lies northward of the Gulph, and goes up
+to Siam.</p>
+<p>One day, as I was on shore refreshing myself, there comes to me
+an Englishman, who was gunner's mate on board an English East India
+ship, riding up the river near the city of Cambodia. <i>Sir</i>,
+said he, <i>you may wonder at my business, having never seen me in
+your life; but tho' I am a stranger, I have something to tell you
+that very nearly concerns you: &amp; indeed it is the imminent
+danger you are in has moved me to give you this timely notice</i>.
+"Danger!" said I, "what danger? I know of none, except my ship
+being leaky, for which I design to have her run aground to-morrow
+morning" <i>I hope you will be better employed when you shall hear
+what I have to say to you. You know the town of Cambodia is about
+fifteen leagues up this river; about three leagues on this side of
+it, there lie two Dutch and three English ships. And would you
+venture here without considering what strength you have to engage
+them</i>? I knew not what he meant by this discourse, and turning
+short upon him, "Sir," said I, "I know no reason I have to be
+afraid either of any Dutch or English ships. I am no interloper,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page193" id="page193"></a>[pg
+193]</span> and what business have they with me?" <i>Well, Sir,</i>
+said the man, <i>if you do think yourselves secure, all as I can
+say, you must take your chance; however, I am very sorry you are so
+deaf to good advice; but I assure you; if you do not put to sea
+immediately, you will be attacked by five long-boats full of men,
+hanged yourself for a pirate, if you are taken, and the particulars
+examined afterwards. I thought, Sir</i>, added he, <i>I might have
+met a better reception for such a singular piece of service</i>.
+"Sir," said I, "I was never ungrateful to any man; but pray explain
+yourself and I'll go on board this minute, whether the leak be
+stopped or no." <i>Why, Sir,</i> said he, <i>to be short, because
+time is precious, the matter is this: You know well enough that you
+was with the ship at Sumatra, when your Captain was murdered by the
+Malayans, with three of his sailors; and that either you, or some
+who were on board you, ran away with the ship, and are since turned
+pirates at sea. Now, Sir, this is the sum of what I had to say: and
+I can positively assure you, that if you are taken, you will be
+executed without much ceremony, for undoubtedly you cannot but be
+sensible what little law merchant ships show to pirates, whenever
+they fall into their hands</i>.</p>
+<p>"Sir,' said I, 'I thank you for your kind information; and
+though I am sure no man could come more honestly by the ship than I
+have done, yet knowing their enterprize, and being satisfied of
+your honest intention, I'll be upon my defence. <i>Pr'ythee,
+Sir,</i> said the man, <i>don't talk of being upon your defence,
+the best that you can make is to be out of danger; and therefore,
+if you have any regard for your life, &amp; the lives of your men,
+take the advantage, without fail, of putting out to sea at
+high-water: by which means, as you have a whole tide before you,
+you will be gone too far out of their reach before they can come
+down.</i></p>
+<p>"I am mighty well satisfied," said I, "in this particular, and
+for your kindness, which merits my great esteem; pray, Sir, what
+amends shall I make you?" He replied, "I know not what amends you
+are willing to make, because you may have some doubts of its
+certainty: but, to convince you of the truth of what I say, I have
+one offer to make to you. On board one of the English ships, I have
+nineteen months pay due to me, and this Dutchman that is with me
+has seven months pay due to him, which if you will make good to us,
+we will go along with you. If you shall find that there is nothing
+in what we have said, then we shall desire nothing; but when you
+are convinced that we have saved the ship, your life, and the lives
+of the men, we will leave the whole to your generosity."</p>
+<p>So reasonable did this every way appear, that I immediately
+consented, and we went directly on board. As soon as we came on
+board, my partner calls joyfully out, <i>That they had stopped the
+leak?</i> "Well, thank God," said I, "but pray let us weigh anchor
+forthwith."--<i>Weigh,</i> said he, <i>what is the <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page194" id="page194"></a>[pg 194]</span>
+meaning of this hurry</i>? "Pray ask no questions," said I, "but
+all hands to work, without losing a moment's time." Upon which, in
+great surprise, the Captain was called, who immediately ordered the
+anchor to be got up; and though the tide was not quite down, yet
+being assisted with a little land breeze, we stood to sea. I then
+called my partner into the cabin, and related the story at large,
+which was confirmed and more amplified by the two men I had brought
+on board. Scarce had we finished our discourse upon this head, but
+a sailor came to the cabin door, with a message from the Captain,
+that we were chased by five sloops full of armed men. "Very well,"
+said I, "it is plain now there is something in it." And so, going
+upon deck, I told all the men there was a design for seizing the
+ship, and of executing us for pirates; and asked them whether they
+would faithfully stand by us, and by one another? To which they
+unanimously replied, "That they would fight to their last drop of
+blood." I then asked the Captain, which way he thought best for us
+to manage the battle? <i>Sir</i>, said he, <i>the only method is to
+keep them off with our great shot as long as we are able, and then
+have recourse to our small arms: and when both these fail us, then
+retire to close quarters, when perhaps the enemy wanting materials,
+can neither break open our bulk heads, nor get in upon us</i>.
+Meantime, the gunner was ordered to bring two guns to bear fore and
+aft out of the steerage, and so load them with musket-bullets and
+small pieces of old iron; and the deck being cleared, we prepared
+for the engagement, still, however, keeping out at sea. The boats
+followed us, with all the sail they could make, and we could
+perceive the two foremost were English, which out-sailed the rest
+by two leagues, and which we found would come up with us: hereupon,
+we fired a gun without a ball, intimating that they should bring
+to, and we put out a flag of truce, as a signal for parley; but
+finding them crowding after us, till they came within shot, we took
+in our white, and hanging out the red flap, immediately fired at
+them with ball: we then called to them with a speaking trumpet,
+bidding them at their peril keep off.</p>
+<p>But all this signified nothing; for depending upon the strength
+that followed them, they were resolutely bent for mischief:
+hereupon I ordered them to bring the ship to, by which means, they
+lying upon our broadside, we let fly at them at once, one of whom
+carried away the stern of the hindermost boat, and obliged them not
+only to take down their sail, but made them all run to the head of
+the boat, to keep them from sinking, and so she lay by, having
+enough of it. In the meantime, we prepared to welcome the foremost
+boat in the same manner. While we were doing this, one of the three
+hindermost boats came up to the relief of that which was disabled,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page195" id="page195"></a>[pg
+195]</span> and took the men out of her. We again called to parley
+with them; but, instead of an answer, one of the boats came close
+under our stern; whereupon our gunner let fly his two chase guns,
+but missing, the men in the boat shouted, and, waving their caps,
+came on with greater fury. To repair this seeming disgrace, the
+gunner soon got ready, and firing a second time, did a great deal
+of mischief among the enemy. We waved again, and, bringing our
+quarter to bear upon them, fired three guns more, when we found the
+boat a sinking, and several men already in the sea; hereupon,
+manning our pinnace, I gave orders to save as many as they could,
+and instantly to come on board, because the rest of their boats
+were approaching: accordingly they did so, and took up three of
+them, one of whom was almost past recovery; and then crowding all
+the sail we could, after our men came on board, we stood out
+farther to sea, so that the other three boats gave over the chase,
+when they came up to the first two. Thus delivered from imminent
+danger, we changed our course to the eastward, quite out of the
+course of all European ships.</p>
+<p>Being now at sea, and inquiring more particularly of the two
+seamen, the meaning of all this, the Dutchman at once let us into
+the secret. He told us, that the fellow who sold us the ship was an
+errant thief, who had run away with her; that the Captain was
+treacherously murdered on the coast of Molucca by the natives
+there, with three of his men; that he, the Dutchman, and four more,
+being obliged to have recourse to the woods for their safety, at
+length escaped by means of a Dutch ship in its way to China, which
+had sent their boat on shore for fresh water: That, after this, he
+went to Batavia, where two of the seamen belonging to the ship (who
+had deserted the rest in their travels) arrived, and there gave an
+account that the fellow who ran away with the ship had sold her at
+Bengal to a set of pirates, who went a cruising, and had already
+taken one English and two Dutch ship, richly laden.</p>
+<p>Now, tho' this was absolutely false, my partner truly said, that
+our deliverance was to be esteemed so much the more, by reason, had
+we fallen into their hands, we could have expected nothing from
+them but immediate death, considering our accusers would have been
+our judges; and, therefore, his opinion was to return directly to
+Bengal, where, being known, we could prove how honestly we came by
+the ship, of whom we bought her, and the like, and where we were
+sure of some justice; at least would not be hanged first, and
+judged afterwards. I was at first of my partner's opinion, but when
+I had more seriously considered of the matter, I told him, we ran a
+great hazard in attempting to return, being on the wrong side of
+the Straits of Molucca and that, if, upon alarm given, we should be
+taken by the Dutch at Batavia, or English elsewhere, our
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page196" id="page196"></a>[pg
+196]</span> turning away would be a sufficient evidence to condemn
+us. This danger indeed startled not only my partner, but likewise
+all the ship's company; so we changed our former resolution, and
+resolved to go to the coast of Tonquin, and so to that of China,
+where, pursuing our first design as to trade, we might likewise
+have an opportunity to dispose of the ship some way or other, and
+to return to Bengal in any country vessel we could procure. This
+being agreed to, we steered away N.N.E. about 50 leagues off the
+usual course to the east; which put us to some inconveniences. As
+the wind blew steadily against us, our voyage became more tedious,
+and we began to be afraid of want of provision; and what was still
+worse, we apprehended, that as those ships from whose boat we had
+escaped, were bound to China, they might get before us, and have
+given fresh information, which might create another vigorous
+pursuit. Indeed, I could not help being grieved, when I considered
+that I who had never wronged or defrauded any person in my life,
+was now pursued like a common thief, and if taken to run the
+greatest danger of being executed as such; and, though innocent, I
+found myself under the necessity of flying for my safety; and
+thereby escape being brought to shame, of which I was even more
+afraid than death itself. It was easy to read my dejection in my
+countenance. My mind was oppressed, like those unhappy innocent
+persons, who being overpowered by blasphemous and perjured
+evidences, wickedly resolved to take away their lives, or ruin
+their reputation, have no other recourse in this world to ease
+their sorrow, but sighs, prayers, and tears. My partner seeing me
+so concerned, encouraged me as well as he could; and, after
+describing to me the several ports of that coast, he told me, he
+would either put me in on the coast of Cochinchina, or else in the
+bay of Tonquin, from whence we might go to Macao, a town once
+possessed by the Portuguese, and where still many European families
+resided.</p>
+<p>To this place we steered, and, early next morning, came in sight
+of the coast; but thought it advisable to put into a small river
+where we could, either over land, or by the ship's pinnace, know
+what vessels were in any ports thereabouts. This happy step proved
+our deliverance; for, next morning, there came to the bay of
+Tonquin two Dutch ships, and a third without any colours; and in
+the evening, two English ships steered the same course. The river
+where we were was but small, and ran but a few leagues up the
+country northward; the country was wild and barbarous, and the
+people thieves, having no correspondence with any other nation;
+dealing only in fish, oil, and such gross commodities: and one
+barbarous custom they still retained, that when any vessel was
+unhappily shipwrecked upon their coast, they make the men prisoners
+or slaves, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page197" id=
+"page197"></a>[pg 197]</span> so that now we might fairly say we
+were surrounded by enemies both by sea and land.</p>
+<p>As the ship had been leaky, we took the opportunity, in this
+place to search her, and to stop up the places which let in the
+water. We accordingly lightened her, and bringing our guns and
+other moveable things to one side, we essayed to bring her down,
+that we might come to her bottom: but, upon second consideration,
+we did not think it safe to let her lie on dry ground, neither
+indeed was the place convenient for it. The inhabitants not used to
+such a sight as to see a ship lie down on one side; and heel in
+towards the shore, and not perceiving her men, who were at work on
+her bottom, with stages and boats on the off side, presently
+imagined the ship had been cast away, and lay fast on the ground.
+Agreeable to this supposition, they surrounded us with ten or
+twelve large boats, with a resolution, undoubtedly to plunder the
+ship, and to carry away those they found alive for slaves to their
+king. But when they perceived our men hard at work on the ship's
+bottom and side, washing, graving, and stopping her, it filled them
+all with such surprise, that they stood gazing as though they were
+confounded. Nor could we imagine what their design was; however,
+for fear of danger, we handed down arms and ammunition to those at
+work, in order to defend themselves; and, indeed, this precaution
+was absolutely necessary; for, in a quarter of an hour after, the
+natives, concluding it was really a shipwreck, and that we were
+saving our lives and goods, which they thought belonged to them,
+came down upon our men as though it had been in line of battle. We
+lay at present but in a very unfit posture to fight; and before the
+stages could be got down, or the men in the boat come on board as
+they were ordered, the Cochinchinese were upon them, and two of
+their boats boarding our long boat, they began to lay hold of our
+men as prisoners. The first they seized was a stout English sailor,
+who never fired his musket, like a fool, as I imagined, but laid it
+down in the boat: but he knew what he was doing; for, by main
+force, he dragged the Pagan out of the boat into ours by the two
+ears, and knocked his brains out against the boat's gunnel; a
+Dutchman that was next him, snatched up the musket, and knocked
+down five more with the but-end of it; however, this was doing very
+little to their number; but a strange unexpected accident, which
+rather merits laughter than any thing else, gave our men a complete
+victory over them.</p>
+<p>It seems the carpenter, who was preparing to grave the outside
+of the ship, as well as to pay the seams, where he caulked to stop
+the leaks, had gotten two kettles just let down in the boat, one
+filled with boiling pitch, and the other with rosin, tallow, oil,
+and such stuffs as the shipwrights use; the <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page198" id="page198"></a>[pg 198]</span>
+carpenter's man had a great iron ladle with which he used to supply
+the workmen with hot stuff, &amp; as two of the enemies entered the
+boat where the fellow stood, he saluted them with a full ladle of
+the hot boiling liquor; which, the poor creatures being half naked,
+made them roar out, and jump into the sea. <i>Well done, Jack</i>,
+says the carpenter, <i>give them the other dose</i>: and so
+stepping forward himself, takes a mop, and dipping it into the
+pitch-pot, he and his man so plentifully flung it among them, as
+that none escaped being scalded; upon which they all made the best
+of their way, crying and howling in such a frightful manner, that,
+in all my adventures, I never heard the like. And, indeed, never
+was I better pleased with any conquest than I was with this, there
+being so little bloodshed, and having an aversion to killing such
+savage wretches, (more than was necessary) as knowing they came on
+errands, which their laws and customs made them think were just and
+equitable. By this time, all things being in order, and the ship
+swimming, they found their mistake, so they did not venture a
+second attack. Thus ended our merry fight; and, having got rice,
+bread, roots, and sixteen good hogs on board the day before we set
+sail, not daring to go into the bay of Tonquin, but steering N.E.
+toward the isle of Formosa, or as tho' we would go to the Manillas,
+or Phillippine islands, for fear of meeting with any European
+ships; when we anchored at the isle of Formosa, the inhabitants not
+only courteously supplied us with provisions and fresh water, but
+dealt very fairly and honestly with us in their bargains and
+agreements. From this place we steered north, keeping still off the
+coast of China, till we were beyond all its ports where European
+ships usually come; and, at length, being come to the latitude of
+thirty degrees, we resolved to put into the first trading port we
+should come at; and standing for the shore, a boat came off two
+leagues to us, with an old Portuguese pilot on board, who offered
+his service; we very gladly accepted him, and sent the boat back
+again. And now, having the man on board, I talked to him of going
+to Nanquin, the most northward part of the coast of China. <i>What
+will you do there</i>? said he, smiling. I told him that we would
+sell our cargo, and purchase calicoes, raw and wrought silks, tea,
+&amp;c. and so return the same way back. <i>O</i>, said he, <i>you
+had better put in at Macao, where you may buy China wares as cheap
+as at Nanquin, and sell your opium at a greater advance</i>. "But'
+said I 'we are gentlemen as well as merchants, and design to see
+the great city of Pekin, and the magnificent court of the monarch
+of China," <i>Why then</i>, said he, <i>you should go to Ningpo,
+where is a navigable river that goes through the heart of that vast
+empire, two hundred and seventy leagues from the sea, which crosses
+all the rivers, passes considerable hills, by the help of the
+sluices and gates, and goes even up to the city of Pekin.
+You</i></p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page199" id="page199"></a>[pg
+199]</span> <a name="199.jpg"></a>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/199.jpg"><img src="Images/199.jpg"
+width="60%" alt=""></a><br>
+<b>The Carpenter and his man defeats the Cochinchinese.</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page200" id="page200"></a>[pg
+200]</span>
+<p><i>may go to Nanquin if you please, and travel to Pekin, and
+there is a Dutch ship just before bound that way</i>. At the name
+of a Dutch or English ship, I was struck with confusion; they being
+as great a terror to me in this vessel, as an Algerine man of war
+is to them in the Mediterranean. The old man finding me troubled,
+<i>Sir</i>, said he, <i>I hope the Dutch are not now at war with
+your nation</i>. "No," said I, "but God knows what liberty they may
+take when out of the reach of the law." <i>Why</i>, says he <i>what
+occasion is there for peaceable merchants to fear? For believe me,
+they never meddle with any but PIRATES.</i></p>
+<p>At the mentioning the word <i>pirates</i>, my countenance turned
+to that of scarlet; nor was it possible for me to conceal it from
+the old pilot; who was taking notice of it, <i>Sir</i>, said he
+<i>take what course you please, I'll do you all the service I
+can.</i> "Seignior," said I, "I am a little concerned at your
+mentioning pirates; I hope there are none such in these seas,
+because you see in what weak condition we are to defend ourselves."
+<i>O, Sir</i>, said he, <i>if that's all, don't be concerned, I
+don't remember one in these seas these fifteen years, except above
+a month ago one was seen in the bay of Siam, but he is gone to the
+southward; neither was she built for a privateer, but was run away
+with by a reprobate Captain, and some of his men, the right Captain
+having been murdered by the Malayans</i>.</p>
+<p>"What," said I, (as though ignorant of what had happened) "did
+they kill the Captain?" <i>No</i>, said he, <i>it is generally
+thought the Malayans murdered him; but they justly deserve hanging.
+The rogues were lately discovered in the bay of Siam, in the river
+of Cambodia, by some Dutchmen who belonged to the ship, and had
+much ado to escape the five boats that pursued them, but they have
+solemnly sworn to give no quarter to the Captain or the seamen but
+hang them every one up at the yard-arm, without any formal business
+of bringing them to a court of judicature</i>.</p>
+<p>Being sensible, that, having the old man on board, he was
+incapable of doing me any mischief, "Well, Seignior, (said I) it is
+for this very reason I would have you carry us up to Nanquin, where
+neither English nor Dutch ships come; and I must tell you, their
+Captains are a parcel of rash, proud, insolent rascals, that
+neither know what belongs to justice, nor how to behave themselves
+as the laws of God or nature direct; fellows that would prove
+murderers to punish robbers, and take upon them to adjudge innocent
+men to death, without any proof to prove them guilty, but perhaps I
+may live to call them to account for it, in a place where they may
+be taught how justice is to be executed." And so I told him all the
+story of buying the ship, and how we were saved by the means of two
+men; that the murder of the Captain by the Malayans, as also the
+running away with the ship, I believed to be true; but <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page201" id="page201"></a>[pg 201]</span> that
+we, who bought it, were turned pirates, was a mere fiction to cover
+their cowardice and foolish behaviour, when they attacked us, &amp;
+the blood of those men we killed in our own just defence, lay at
+their door, who sent to attack us by surprise.</p>
+<p>"Sir, (said the old man, amazed) you have taken the right course
+to steer to the north, and, if I might advise you, I would have you
+sell your ship in China, and buy or build another in that country;
+and I'll procure people to buy the one and sell the other." "Well,
+but, Seignior, (said I) if I sell the ship in this manner, I may
+bring some innocent persons into the same dangers I have gone
+through, perhaps worse, even death itself; whereby I should be as
+guilty of their murder as their villainous executioners." "That
+need not trouble you, (says the old man) I'll find a way to prevent
+that; for these commanders you talk of I know very well, and will
+inform them rightly of the matter as you have related, and I am
+persuaded they will not only believe me, but act more cautiously
+for the future." "And will you deliver one message from me to
+them?" "Yes, (said he) if you will give it under your hand, that I
+may prove it is not of my own production," Hereupon I wrote a large
+account of their attacking me in their long-boat, the pretended
+reason and unjust design of it; that they had done what they might
+be ashamed of, and could not answer for at any tribunal in England.
+But this letter was writ in vain. Providence ordered things another
+way. We sailed directly for Nanquin, and in about thirteen day's
+sail, came to an anchor at the south-west point of the great gulf
+of that place, where we learned, that two Dutch ships were gone the
+length before us, and that we should certainly fall into their
+hands. We were all at a great loss in this exigency, and would very
+gladly have been on shore almost any where; but our old pilot told
+me, that if I would sail to the southward about two and forty
+leagues, there was a little port called Quinchange, where no
+European ships ever came, and where we might consider what was
+further to be done. Accordingly we weighed anchor the next day,
+calling only twice on shore by the way to get fresh water. The
+country people very courteously sold us roots, tea, rice, fowls,
+and other provisions. After five days sail we came to the port, and
+landed with unspeakable joy. We resolved to dispose of ourselves
+and effects in any other way possible, than enter on board that
+ill-fated vessel more; for no state can be more miserable than a
+continued fear, which is a life of death, a confounder of our
+understandings, that sets the imagination at work to form a
+thousand frightful things that may never happen. And we scarce
+slept one night without dreaming of halters, yard-arms, or gibbets,
+of fighting, being taken, and being killed; nay, so violent were
+our apprehensions, that we would bruise our hands and heads against
+the sides <span class="pagenum"><a name="page202" id=
+"page202"></a>[pg 202]</span> of the cabin, as though actually
+engaged. The story of the Dutch cruelty at Amboyns, often came into
+our thoughts when awake; and, for my part, I thought my condition
+very hard; that after so many difficulties and such signal
+deliverances, I should be hanged in my old age, though innocent of
+any crime that deserved such punishment; but then religion would
+seem to represent to me, as though the voice of it had said;
+'consider, O man! what sins you have been formerly guilty of; which
+now thou art called to an account for, to expiate with thy blood!
+And as to thy innocence, what art thou more innocent than thy
+blessed Redeemer, Jesus Christ, who suffered for thy offences, and
+to whose providence you ought to submit, let what will happen?'
+After this, natural courage would inspire me to resist to the last
+drop of blood, and sooner die than suffer myself to be taken by
+boorish, rascally Dutchmen, who had arts to torment beyond death
+itself.</p>
+<p>But now, thank kind Heaven, being ashore; our old pilot procured
+us a lodging and a warehouse for our goods; it was a little hut
+with a large warehouse joining to it, all built with canes, and
+pallisadoed round with large ones, to keep out pilfering thieves,
+which are very numerous in that country. The magistrates allowed us
+a little guard during the night, and we employed a centinel with a
+kind of halbert for three pence a day. The fair, or mart, we found,
+had been over for some time; however, there remained in the river
+four junks and two Japan ships, the merchants of the latter being
+on shore. In the first place, our old pilot brought us acquainted
+with the missionary Roman priests, who were converting the people
+to Christianity: two of them were reserved, rigid, and austere,
+applying themselves to the work they came about with great
+earnestness, but the third, who was a Frenchman, called Father
+Simon, was of a freer conversation, not seemingly so serious and
+grave, yet no worse Christian than the other two, one of whom was a
+Portuguese, and the other a Genoese. Father Simon, it seems, was
+appointed to go to Pekin, the royal seat of the Emperor of the
+Chinese; and he only waited for another priest, who was ordered
+from Macao to accompany him. We never met together, but he was
+prompting me to accompany him in that journey: <i>Sir</i>, said he,
+<i>I will show you the glorious things of this mighty empire, and a
+city, the city of Pekin, far exceeding London and Paris, put them
+both together</i>. One day in particular, being at dinner with him,
+I showed some inclination to go; which made him press the more upon
+me and my partner, to gain our perfect consent. <i>But, Father
+Simon</i>, said my partner, <i>what satisfaction can you have in
+our company, whom you esteem as heretics, and consequently objects
+not worthy your regard? O</i>, said he, <i>you may be as good
+Catholics in time as those I hope to convert to our religion. And
+so</i>, said I, <i>we shall have you preaching to us all the way,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page203" id="page203"></a>[pg
+203]</span> instead of pleasing us with a description of the
+country. Sir</i>, said he, <i>however our religion may be villified
+by some people, it is very certain it neither divests us of good
+manners or Christian charity; and as we are gentlemen, as such we
+may converse together, without making one another uneasy</i>.</p>
+<p>But we shall leave him a while, to consider our ship and the
+merchandise which we had to dispose of. There was but very little
+trade in the place where we were; and I was once resolved to
+venture to sail to the river Kilam, and so to the city of Nanquin;
+but Providence ordered it otherwise, by our old pilot's bringing a
+Japan merchant to us, to see what goods we had. He immediately
+bought our opium, for which he gave us a very good price in gold by
+weight, some wedges of which were about ten or eleven ounces. It
+came into my head that perhaps he might buy the ship too; and I
+ordered the interpreter to propose it to him. He said nothing then,
+but shrugged up his shoulders; yet in a few days after he came
+accompanied by a missionary priest, who was his interpreter, with
+this proposal, <i>That as he had bought a great quantity of our
+goods, he had not money enough to purchase our ship; but if I
+pleased he would hire her, with all my men, to go to Japan, and
+from thence with another loading to the Philippine islands, the
+freight of both which he would very willingly pay to us before; and
+at their return to Japan, would buy the ship</i>. Upon this we
+asked the Captain and his men if they were willing to go to Japan;
+to which they unanimously agreed. While this was in agitation, the
+young man my nephew left to attend me, told me, "That as I did not
+care to accept his prospect of advantage he would manage it for me
+as I pleased, and render me a faithful account of his success,
+which would be wholly mine." Indeed I was very unwilling to part
+with him; but considering it might be for the young man's good, I
+discoursed with my partner about it, who, of his own generosity,
+gave him his share of the vessel, so that I could do no otherwise
+than give him mine: but, however, we let him have but the proper
+half of it, and preserved a power, that when we met in England, if
+he had obtained success, he should account to us for one half of
+the profit of the ship's freight and the other should be his own.
+Thus having taken a writing under his hand, away he sailed to
+Japan, where the merchant dealt very honestly by him, got him a
+licence to come on shore, sent him loaded to the Philippines with a
+Japanese supercargo, from whence he came back again loaded with
+European goods, cloves, and other spiceries. By this voyage he
+cleared a considerable sum of money, which determined him not to
+sell his ship, but to trade on his own account; so he returned to
+the Manillas, where, getting acquaintance, he made his ship free,
+was hired by the governor privately to go to Acapulco in America,
+on the <span class="pagenum"><a name="page204" id="page204"></a>[pg
+204]</span> Mexican coast, with a licence to travel to the great
+city of Mexico. This traffic turned out greatly to account, and my
+friend finding means to get to Jamaica, returned nine years after
+exceedingly rich into England.</p>
+<p>In parting with the ship, it comes in course to consider of
+those men who had saved our lives when in the river of Cambodia;
+and though, by the way, they were a couple of rogues, who thought
+to turn pirates themselves, yet we paid them what they had before
+demanded, and gave each of them a small sum of money, making the
+Englishman a gunner, and the Dutchman a boatswain, with which they
+were very well contented.</p>
+<p>We were now about 1000 leagues farther from home, than when at
+Bengal. All the comfort we could expect was, that there being
+another fair to be kept in a month's time, we might not only
+purchase all sorts of that country's manufactures, but very
+possibly find some Chinese junks, or vessels from Tonquin, to be
+sold, which would carry us and our goods wheresoever we pleased.
+Upon these hopes, we resolved to continue; and, to divert
+ourselves, we took several little journies in the country. About
+ten days after we parted with the ship, we travelled to see the
+city of Nanquin. The city lies in latitude 30 degrees north of the
+line: it is regularly built, and the streets are exactly straight,
+and cross one another in direct lines, which sets it out to the
+greatest advantage. At our return, we found the priest was come
+from Macao, that was to accompany Father Simon to Pekin. That
+Father earnestly solicited me to accompany him, &amp; I referred
+him to my partner. In short, we both agreed, and prepared
+accordingly; and we were so lucky as to have liberty to travel
+among the retinue of one of their Mandarines, who is a principal
+magistrate, and much reverenced by the people.</p>
+<p>We were five and twenty days travelling thro' this miserable
+country, infinitely populous, but as indifferently cultivated; and
+yet their pride is infinitely greater than their poverty, insomuch
+that they priests themselves derided them. As we passed by the
+house of one of their country gentlemen, two leagues off Nanquin,
+we had the honour, forsooth, to ride with the Chinese squire about
+two miles. Never was Don Quixote so exactly imitated! Never such a
+compound of pomp and poverty seen before!</p>
+<p>His habit, made of calico, was dirty, greasy, and very proper
+for a Mersy Andrew or Scaramouch, with all its tawdry trappings, as
+hanging sleeves, tassels, &amp;c. though torn and rent in almost
+every part; his vest underneath it was no less dirty, but more
+greatly; resembling the most exquisite sloven or greasy butcher;
+his horse (worse than Rosinante, or the famous steed of doughty
+Hudibras) was a poor starved decrepid thing, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page205" id="page205"></a>[pg 205]</span> that
+would not sell for thirty shillings in England; and yet this piece
+of worshipful pomp was attended with ten or twelve slaves who
+guarded their master to his country seat. We stopped at a little
+village for refreshment; and when we came by the country seat of
+this great man, we found him sitting under a tree before his door,
+eating a mess of boiled rice, with a great piece of garlic in the
+middle, and a bag filled with green pepper by him, and another
+plant like ginger, together with a piece of lean mutton in it: this
+was his worship's repast: but pray observe the state of the food!
+two women slaves brought him his food, which being laid before him,
+two others appeared to perform their respective offices; one fed
+him with a spoon, while the other scraped off what fell upon his
+beard and taffety vest, and gave it to a particular favourite to
+eat. And thus we left the wretch pleased with the conceit of our
+admiring his magnificence, which rather merited our scorn and
+detestation.</p>
+<p>At length we arrived at the great city of Pekin, accompanied by
+two servants, and the old Portuguese pilot, whose charges we bore,
+and who served us as an interpreter by the way. We had scarce been
+a week at Pekin, but he comes laughing to us. "Ah! Seignior
+Inglise, (said he) me something tell you make your heart glad, but
+make me sorry: for your bring me here twenty-five days journey, and
+now you leave me go back alone; and which way shall I make my port
+after, without de ship, without de horse, without pecune?" so he
+called money in his broken Latin. He then informed me, that there
+was a great caravan of Muscovite and Polish merchants in the city,
+who were preparing to set out for Muscovy by land within six weeks;
+and, that he was certain we would take this opportunity, and
+consequently that he must go home by himself. Indeed this news
+infinitely surprised &amp; pleased me. "Are you certain of this?"
+said I, "Yes, Sir, (says he) me sure its true." And so he told me,
+that having met an old acquaintance of his, an Armenian, in the
+street, who was among them, and who had come from Astracan, with a
+design to go to Tonquin, but for certain reasons having altered his
+resolutions, he was now resolved to go with the caravan, and to
+return by the river Wolga to Astracan. "Well, Seignior, (said I)
+don't be discontented about your returning alone; and if, by this
+means, I can find a passage to England, it will be your own fault
+if you return to Macao at all." And so consulting with my partner
+what was best to be done, he referred it to me as I pleased, having
+our affairs so well settled at Bengal, that if he could convert the
+good voyage he had made in China silks, wrought or raw, he would be
+satisfied to go to England; and so return to Bengal in the
+Company's ships. Thus resolved, we agreed that if our pilot would
+go with us, we would bear his <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page206" id="page206"></a>[pg 206]</span> charges either to Moscow
+or England; and to give him in a present the sum of one hundred and
+seventy pounds sterling. Hereupon we called him in, and told him
+the cause of his complaint should be removed, if he would accompany
+us with the caravans; and, therefore, we desired to know his mind.
+At this he shook his head, "Great long journey, (said he) me no
+pecune carry me to Moscow, or keep me there." But we soon put him
+out of that concern, by making him sensible of what we would give
+him here to lay out the best advantage; and, as for his charges, we
+would set him safe on shore, God willing, either in Muscovy or
+England, as he pleased, at our own charge, except the carriage of
+his goods. At this proposal, he was like a man transported, telling
+us he would go with us all the world over; and we made preparations
+for our journey; but it was near four months before all the
+merchants were ready.</p>
+<p>In the mean time, my partner and the pilot went express to the
+port where we first put in, to dispose of what goods had been left
+there, while I accompanied a Chinese merchant who was going to
+Nanquin, and there bought twenty-nine pieces of damask, with about
+three hundred more of other fine silks; and, by the time my partner
+returned to Pekin, I had them all carried thither; our cargo in
+silks amounted to 45col. sterling, which, together with tea, fine
+calicoes, nutmegs, and cloves, loaded eighteen camels for our
+share, besides what we rode upon, with two or three spare horses,
+and two more loaden with provisions; the company now was very
+great, making about four hundred horse, and above one hundred and
+twenty men, well armed and provided. We were of several nations,
+among whom were five Scotch merchants, inhabiting in Moscow, and
+well experienced in trade.</p>
+<p>We set out from Pekin the beginning of February our stile; and
+in two days more, we passed through the gate of the great China
+wall, which was erected as a fortification against the Tartars,
+being one hundred English miles long. We then entered a country not
+near so populous, chiefly under the power of plundering Tartars,
+several companies of whom we perceived riding on poor starved
+horses, contemptible as themselves without order of discipline. One
+time our leader, for the day, gave us leave to go a hunting; but
+what do you think we hunted? only a parcel of sheep, which indeed
+exceeded any in the world for wildness and swiftness; but while we
+were pursuing this game, it was our chance to meet with about forty
+Tartars, who no sooner perceived us, but one of them blew a horn,
+at the sound of which there soon appeared a troop of forty or fifty
+more, at about a mile's distance. Hereupon, one of the Scots
+merchants (who knew their ways) ordered us to advance towards them,
+and attack them immediately, As <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page207" id="page207"></a>[pg 207]</span> we advanced, they let
+fly a volley of arrows, which happily fell a little short of us;
+this made us halt a little, to return the compliment with bullets;
+and then being led up by the bold Scot, we fired our pistols in
+their faces, and drew out our swords; but there was no occasion;
+for they flew like timorous sheep, &amp; only three of them
+remained, beckoning to the rest to come back. But our brave
+commander gallops up to them by himself, shot one dead, knocked
+another of his horse, while the third ran away; and thus ended our
+battle with the Tartars.</p>
+<p>We travelled a month more through the Emperor of China's
+dominions; and at length coming to one of their towns about a day
+and a half's journey from the city of Naum, I wanted to buy a
+camel. The person I spoke to would have brought me one, but, like a
+fool, I must go along with him, about two miles from the village.
+My old pilot and I walked on foot, forsooth, for some variety, when
+coming to the place where the camels were kept as in a park guarded
+by Chinese soldiers, we there agreed and bought one, which the
+Chinese man that came along with me led along the road. But we had
+not gone far, before we were attacked by five Tartars, mounted on
+horseback, two of whom seized the man, took the camel from him, and
+rode away, while the other three approached us, the first of whom
+suddenly seized me as I was drawing my sword, the second; knocked
+me down, but my old trusty Portuguese taking a pistol out of his
+pocket, which I knew nothing of, and coming up to the fellow that
+struck me, he with one hand pulled him off his horse, and then shot
+him dead upon the spot; then taking his scymitar, he struck at the
+man that stopped us, but missing him, cut off one of his horses
+ears, the pain of which made him throw his rider to the ground. The
+poor Chinese who had led the camel, seeing the Tartar down, runs to
+him, and seizing upon his pole-ax, wrenched it from his hands, and
+knocked his brains out. But there was another Tartar to deal with,
+who seeming neither inclined to fight nor fly, and my old man
+having begun to charge his pistol, the very sight of it struck such
+a terror into the wretch, that away he scoured, leaving my old
+pilot, rather my champion and defender, an absolute victory.</p>
+<p>By this time being awakened from my trance, I began to open my
+eyes, wondering where I was, having quite forgot all that passed;
+but my senses returning, and feeling a great pain in my head, and
+seeing the blood was running over my clothes, I instantly jumped
+upon my feet, and grasped my sword in my hand, with a resolution to
+take revenge: but no enemies now remained, except the dead Tartar,
+with his horse standing by him. The old man seeing me recovered,
+whom he thought slain, ran towards me, and embraced me with the
+greatest tenderness, at the same time examining into my wound,
+which <span class="pagenum"><a name="page208" id="page208"></a>[pg
+208]</span> was far from being mortal. When we returned to the
+village, the man demanded payment for his camel, which I refusing,
+we brought the cause, before a Chinese judge, who acted with great
+impartiality: Having heard both sides, he asked the Chinese man
+that went with me, whose servant he was? <i>Sir,</i> said he, <i>I
+am nobody's, but went with the stranger at his request: Why
+then</i>, said the judge, <i>you are the stranger's servant for the
+time, and the camel being delivered to his servant, it is the same
+as though delivered to himself, and accordingly he must pay for
+it.</i> Indeed the case was so fairly stated, that I had nothing to
+object to it; so, having paid for that I was robbed of, I sent for
+another, but did not go myself to fetch it, as I had enough of that
+sport before.</p>
+<p>The city of Naum is a frontier of the Chinese empire, so
+fortified, as some will tell you, that millions of Tartars cannot
+batter down their walls; by which certainly one might think one of
+our cannons would do more execution than all their legions.</p>
+<p>When we were within a day's march of that city, we had
+information that the governor had sent messengers to every part of
+the road, to inform the travellers and caravans to halt, till a
+guard was sent to protect them from the numerous bodies of Tartars
+that lately appeared about the city. This news put us into great
+consternation; but, obeying the orders, we stopt; &amp; two days
+after, there came two hundred soldiers from a garrison of the
+Chinese, and three hundred more from Naum; thus guarded both in the
+front and rear, with our own men in the flanks, we boldly advanced,
+thinking we were able to combat with ten thousand Mogul Tartars, if
+they appeared.</p>
+<p>Early next morning, in our march from a little well situated
+town called Changu, after having passed a river, and entered upon a
+desert of about fifteen or sixteen miles over, we soon beheld by a
+cloud of dust that was raised, that the enemy was approaching. This
+much dispirited the Chinese. My old pilot took notice of it, and
+called out, <i>Seignor Inglise, those fellows must be encouraged,
+or they will ruin us all, and I am afraid if the Tartars attack us,
+they will all run away</i>. "Why, Seignor, (said I), what shall be
+done in this case?" <i>Done</i>, says he, <i>why let fifty of our
+men advance, and flank them on each wing. I know the fellows will
+fight well enough in company</i>. We accordingly took his advice,
+and marched fifty to the right wing, and the same number to the
+left, and with the rest made a line of reserve, leaving the last
+two hundred men to guard the camels, or to assist us, as occasion
+required.</p>
+<p>Thus prepared, a party of the enemy came forward, viewing our
+posture, and traversing the ground on the front of our line.
+Hereupon we ordered the two wings to move on, and give them a
+salute with their shot; which accordingly <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page209" id="page209"></a>[pg 209]</span> was
+done. This put a stop to their proceedings; for immediately
+wheeling off to their left, they all marched away, and we saw no
+more of them. They had undoubtedly given an account to their
+companions of what reception they might expect, which made them to
+easily give over their enterprize.</p>
+<p>When we came to the city of Naum, we returned the governor
+hearty thanks, and distributed a hundred crowns among the soldiers
+that guarded us. We rested there one day, and then proceeded on our
+travels, passing several great rivers and deserts and on the 13th
+of April we came to the frontiers of Muscovy, the first town of
+which was called Argun.</p>
+<p>This happy occasion, as I thought, of coming into a Christian
+country, made me congratulate the Scots merchant upon it. He smiled
+at that, telling me not to rejoice too soon; <i>for</i>, said he,
+<i>except the Russian soldiers in garrison, and a few inhabitants
+of the cities upon the road, all the rest of this country, for
+above a thousand miles, is inhabited by the most ignorant and
+barbarous Pagans</i>.</p>
+<p>We advanced from the river Arguna, by moderate journies and
+found convenient garrisons on the road, filled with Christian
+soldiers for the security of commerce, and for the convenient
+lodgings of travellers: but the inhabitants of the country were
+mere Pagans, worshiping the sun, moon, and stars. We particularly
+observed this idolatry near the river Arguna, at a city inhabited
+by Tartars and Russians, called Nerisinkey. Being curious to see
+their way of living, while the caravan continued to rest themselves
+in that city, I went to one of their villages, where there was to
+be one of their solemn sacrifices.</p>
+<p>There I beheld upon the stump of an old tree, an idol of wood,
+more ugly than the representation of the devil himself: its head
+resembled no living creature; its ears were as big and as high as
+goat's horns, a crooked nose, four-cornered mouth, and horrible
+teeth: it was clothed in sheep skins, had a great Tartar bonnet,
+with two horns growing thro' it, and was eight feet high, without
+feet, legs or proportion. Before this idol their lay sixteen or
+seventeen people, who brought their offerings, and were making
+their prayers, while at a distance stood three men and one bullock,
+as victims to this ugly monster.</p>
+<p>Such stupendous sacrilege as this, in robbing the true God of
+his honour, filled me with the greatest astonishment and
+reflection: which soon turning to rage and fury, I rode up to the
+image, and cut in pieces the bonnet that was upon his head with my
+sword, so that it hung down by one of the horns, while one of my
+men that was with me pulled at it by his sheep-skin garment.
+Immediately an hideous howling and outcry ran through the village,
+and two or three hundred people coming about our ears, we were
+obliged to fly for it.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page210" id="page210"></a>[pg
+210]</span>
+<p>But I had not done with the monster; for the caravan being to
+rest three nights in the town, I told the Scots merchant what I had
+seen, and that I was resolved to take four or five men well armed
+with me, in order to destroy the idol, and show the people how
+little reason they had to trust in a god who could not save
+himself. At first he laughed at me, representing the danger of it,
+and when it was destroyed, what time had we to preach to them
+better things, whole zeal and ignorance was in the highest degree,
+and both unparalleled? that if I should be taken by them, I should
+be served as a poor ruffian, who contemned their worship; that is,
+to be stripped naked, and tied to the top of the idol, there shot
+at with arrows till my body was fall of them, and then burnt as a
+sacrifice to the monster; <i>but Sir</i>, said he, <i>since your
+zeal carries you so far, rather than you should be alone I will
+accompany you, and bring a stout fellow equal to yourself, if you
+will, to assist you in this design:</i> and accordingly he brought
+one Captain Richardson, who, hearing the story, readily consented;
+but my partner declined it, being altogether out of his way: and so
+we three, and my servant, resolved to execute this exploit about
+midnight; but upon second thoughts we deferred it to the next
+night, by reason that the caravan being to go from hence the next
+morning, we should be out of the governor's power. The better to
+effectuate my design, I procured a Tartar's sheep-skin robe, a
+bonnet, with bow and arrows, and every one of us got the like
+habits, the first night we spent in mixing combustible matter with
+aqua vitae, gunpowder, &amp;c. having a good quantity of tar in a
+little pot: next night we came up to the idol about eleven o'clock,
+the moon being up. We found none guarding it; but we perceived a
+light in the house, where we had seen the priests before. One of
+our men was for firing the hut, another for killing the people, and
+a third for making them prisoners, while the idol was destroyed. We
+agreed to the latter; so knocking at the door, we seized the first
+that opened it, and stopping his mouth and tying his feet, we left
+him. We served the other two in the like manner; and then the Scots
+merchant set fire to the composition, which frightened them so
+much, that we brought them all away prisoners to their wooden god.
+There we fell to work with him, daubing him all over with tar mixed
+with tallow and brimstone stopping his eyes, ears, and mouth full
+of gunpowder, with a great piece of wild-fire in his bonnet, and
+environed it with dry forage. All this being done, we unloosed and
+ungagged the prisoners, and set the idol on fire, which the
+gunpowder blowing up, the shape of it was deformed, rent and split,
+which the forage utterly consumed; for we staid to see its
+destruction, lest the ignorant idolatrous people should have thrown
+themselves into the flames, And thus we came <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page211" id="page211"></a>[pg 211]</span> away
+undiscovered, in the morning appearing as busy among our fellow
+travellers, as no body could have suspected any other, but that we
+had been in our beds all night.</p>
+<p>Next morning we let out, and had gone but a small distance from
+the city, when there came a multitude of people of the country to
+the gates of the city, demanding satisfaction of the Ruffian
+governor for insulting their priests, and burning their great Cham
+Cai-Thaungu, who dwelt in the sun, and no mortal would violate this
+image but some Christian miscreants; and being already no less than
+thirty thousand strong, they announced war against him and all his
+Christians.</p>
+<p>The governor assured them he was ignorant of the matter, and
+that none of his garrison had been abroad; that indeed there was a
+caravan that went away that morning, and that he would send after
+them to inquire into it; and whoever was the offender, should be
+delivered into their hands. This satisfied them for the present,
+but the governor sent to inform us, that if any of us had done it,
+we should make all the haste away possible, while he kept them in
+play as long as he could. Upon this we marched two days and two
+nights, stopping but very little, till at last we arrived at a
+village called Plothus, and hasted to Jerawena, another of the
+Czar's colonies. On the third day, having entered the desert, and
+passed the lake called Shaks Oser, we beheld a numerous body of
+horde on the other side or it to the north, who supposed we had
+passed on that side of the lake; but either having found the
+mistake, or being certainly informed of the way we took, they came
+upon us towards the dusk of the evening, just as we had pitched our
+camp between two little but very thick woods, with a little river
+running before our front and some felled trees with which we
+covered our rear; a precaution we always took, and which we had
+just finished when the enemy came up. They did not fall on us
+immediately, but sent three messengers, demanding the men who had
+insulted their priests, &amp; burnt their god, Cham Chi-Thaungu,
+that they might be burnt with fire; that if this was complied with,
+they would peaceably depart; but if not, they would destroy one and
+all of us. Our men stared at one another on receipt of this
+message, but Nobody was the word, as indeed nobody knew it, but he
+who did it. Upon which the leader of the caravan returned for
+answer, <i>That they were peaceable merchants, who meddled with
+none of their priests and gods and therefore desired, them not to
+disturb us, and put us to the necessity of defending ourselves</i>.
+But do far was this from satisfying them, that the next morning
+coming to our right, they let fly a volley of arrows among us,
+which happily did not hurt any, because we sheltered ourselves
+behind our baggage. We expected however to come to a closer
+engagement; but were happily saved by a cunning fellow, a Cossack,
+who obtaining leave of the leader to go out, mounts his horse,
+rides directly from <span class="pagenum"><a name="page212" id=
+"page212"></a>[pg 212]</span> our rear, and taking a circuit, comes
+up to the Tartars, as tho he had been sent express, and tells them
+a formal story, that the wretches who had burnt the Cham
+Chi-Thaungu, were gone to Shiheilka, with a resolution to burn the
+god Shal-Ifar, belonging to the Tongueses. Upon which, believing
+this cunning Tartar, who was servant to our Muscovites, away they
+drove to Shiheilka, and in less than three minutes were out of
+sight, nor did we ever hear of them more.</p>
+<p>When we came to the city of Jarawena, we rested five days, and
+then entered into a frightful desert, which held us twenty-three
+days march, infested with several small companies of robbers, or
+Mogul Tartars, who never had the courage to attack us. After we had
+passed over this desert, we found several garisons to defend the
+caravans from the violence of the Tartars. In particular the
+Governor of Adinskoy offered us a guard of fifty men to the next
+station, if we apprehended any danger. The people here retained the
+same paganism and barbarity, only they were not so dangerous, being
+conquered by the Muscovites. The clothing, both of men &amp; women,
+is of the skins of beasts, living under the ground in vaults &amp;
+caves, which have a communication with one another. They have idols
+almost in every family; besides, they adore the sun and stars,
+water and snow; and the least uncommon thing that happens in the
+elements, alarms them as much as thunder and lightning does the
+unbelieving Jews.</p>
+<p>Nothing remarkable occurred in our march through this country.
+When we had gone through the desert, after two days farther travel;
+we came to Jenezoy, a Muscovite city, on the great river so called,
+which we were told, parted Europe from Asia. The inhabitants here
+were very little better, though intermixed with the Muscovites, but
+the wonder will cease, when I inform my readers of what was
+observed to me, that the Czar rather converts the Tartars with
+soldiers than clergymen, and is more proud to make them faithful
+subjects, than good Christians.</p>
+<p>From this city to the river Oby, we travelled over a pleasant,
+fruitful, but very uncultivated country, for want of good
+management and people, and those few are mostly Pagans. This is the
+place where the Muscovite criminals are banished to, if they are
+not put to death. The next city we came to, was the capital city of
+Siberia, called Tobolski when having been almost seven months on
+our journey, and winter drawing on apace, my partner and I
+consulted about our particular affairs in what manner we should
+dispose of ourselves. We had been told of sledges and rein-deer to
+carry us over the snow in the winter season, the snow being frozen
+so hard, that the sledges can run upon the surface without any
+danger of going down. As I was bound to England, I now behoved
+either to go with <span class="pagenum"><a name="page213" id=
+"page213"></a>[pg 213]</span> the caravan to Jerosaw, from thence
+west to Marva, and the gulph of Finland, and so by land or sea to
+Denmark; or else I must leave the caravan at a little town on the
+Dwina, and so to Archangel, where I was certain of shipping either
+to England, Holland, or Hamburgh. One night I happened to get into
+the company of an illustrious, but banished Prince, whose company
+and virtues were such as made me to propose to him a method how he
+might obtain his liberty. <i>My dear friend</i>, said he, <i>as I
+am here happily free from my miserable greatness with all its
+attendants of pride, ambition, avarice, and luxury, if I should
+escape from this place, those pernicious seeds may again revive, to
+my lasting disquietude; therefore let me remain in a blessed
+confinement, for I am but flesh, a mere man, with passions and
+affections as such; O be not my friend and tempter too!</i> Struck
+dumb with surprise, I stood silent a-while; nor was he less in
+disorder, by which perceiving he wanted to give vent to his mind, I
+desired him to consider of it, and so withdrew. But about two hours
+after he came to my apartment: <i>Dear friend,</i> said he,
+<i>though I cannot consent to accompany you, I shall have this
+satisfaction in parting, that you leave me an honest man still: but
+as a testimony of my affection to you, be pleased to accept this
+present of sables</i>.</p>
+<p>In return for his compliment, I sent my servant next morning to
+his Lordship with a small present of tea, two pieces of China
+damask, and four little wedges of gold; but he only accepted the
+tea, one piece of damask, and one piece of gold, for the curiosity
+of the Japan stamp that was upon it. Not long after he sent for me,
+and told me, <i>that what he had refused himself, he hoped upon his
+account, I would grant to another whom he should name:</i> In short
+it was his only son, who was about two hundred miles distant from
+him, on the other side of the city, whom he said he would send for,
+if I gave my consent. This I soon complied with; upon which he sent
+his servants next day for his son, who returned in twenty days
+time, bringing seven horses loaded with valuable furs. At night the
+young Lord was conducted incognito into our apartment, where his
+father presented him to me. We then concerted the best ways for
+travelling, and after having bought a considerable quantity of
+sables, black fox-skins, fine ermines, &amp;c. (which I sold at
+Archangel at a good price) we set out from this city the beginning
+of June, making a small caravan, being about thirty-two horses and
+camels, of which I represented the head. My young Lord had with him
+a very faithful Siberian servant, well acquainted with the roads:
+We shunned the principal towns and cities, as Tumen, Soli Kamoskoi,
+and several others, by reason of their strictness in examining
+travellers, lest any of the banished persons of distinction should
+escape. Having passed the river Kama, we came to a city on the
+European <span class="pagenum"><a name="page214" id=
+"page214"></a>[pg 214]</span> side, called Soloy Kamoskoi, where we
+found the people mostly Pagans as before. We then passed a desert
+of about two hundred miles over; but in other places it is near
+seven hundred. In passing this wild place, we were beset by a troop
+of men on horseback, and about five and forty men armed with bows
+and arrows. At first they looked earnestly on us, and then placed
+themselves in our way. We were above sixteen men, and drew up a
+little line before our camels. My young Lord sent out his Siberian
+servant, to know who they were; but, when he approached them, he
+neither knew a word they said; nor would they admit him to come
+near them at his peril, but prepared to shoot him. At his return,
+he told us he believed them to be Calmuc Tartars; and that there
+were more upon the desert. This was but a small comfort to us; yet
+seeing a little grove, about a quarter of a mile's distance, we
+moved to it, by the old Portuguese pilot's advice, without meeting
+with any opposition. Here we found a marshy piece of ground, and a
+spring of water running into a little brook on one side, which
+joined another like it a little further off, and these two formed
+the head of the river called Writska. As soon as we arrived, we
+went to work, cutting great arms off the trees, and laying them
+hanging (not quite off from one tree to another). In this situation
+we waited the motion of the enemy, without perceiving any
+advancement they made towards us. About two hours before night,
+being joined by some others, in all about fourscore horse, among
+whom we fancied were some women, they came upon us with great fury.
+We fired without ball, calling to them in the Russian tongue, to
+know their business; but they, either not knowing, or seeming not
+to understand us, came directly to the wood side, nor considering
+that we were to be fortified, as that they could not break in. Our
+old pilot, the Portuguese, proved both our captain and engineer,
+and desired us not to fire, till they came within pistol shot; and
+when he gave the word of command, then to take the surest aim: but
+he did not bid us give fire, till they were within two pikes length
+of us, and then we filled fourteen of them, wounded several, as
+also their horses, having every one of us loaded our pieces with
+two or three bullets at least. So much were they surprised at our
+undauntedness, that they retired about a hundred roods from us. In
+the mean while we loaded our pieces again, and sallying out,
+secured four or five of their horses, whose riders we found were
+killed, and perceived them to be Tartars. About an hour after, they
+made another attempt, to see where they might break in; but finding
+us ready to receive them, they retired.</p>
+<p>All that night we wrought hard, in strengthening our situation,
+and barricading the entrances into the woods; but when day-light
+came, we had a very unwelcome discovery; for the <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page215" id="page215"></a>[pg 215]</span> enemy,
+being encouraged by their numbers, had set up eleven or twelve
+tents, in form of a camp, about three quarters of a mile from us. I
+must confess, I was never more concerned in my life, giving myself
+and all that I had over for lost. And my partner declared, that as
+the loss of his goods would be his ruin, before they should be
+taken from him, he would fight to the last drop of his blood. As we
+could not pretend to force our way, we had recourse to a stratagem;
+we kindled a large fire, which burnt all night; and no sooner was
+it dark, but we pursued our journey towards the pole or north star,
+and travelling all night; by six o'clock in the morning we came to
+a Russian village called Kertza, and from thence came to a large
+town named Ozonzoys, where we heard that several troops of Calmuc
+Tartars had been abroad upon the desert, but that we were past all
+danger. In five days after we came to Veuslima, upon the river
+Witzedga; from thence we came to Lawrenskoy, on the third of July,
+where, providing ourselves with two luggage boats, and a convenient
+bark, we embarked the seventh, and arrived at Archangel the
+eighteenth, after a year, five months, and three days journey,
+including the eight months and odd days at Tobolski. We came from
+Archangel the 20th of August in the same year, and arrived at
+Hamburg the 30th of September. Here my partner and I made a very
+good sale of our goods, both those of China and Siberia; when
+dividing our effects, my share came to 3475l. 17s. 3d. after all
+the losses we had sustained, and charges we had been at. Here the
+young Lord took his leave of me, in order to go to the court of
+Vienna, not only to seek protection, but to correspond with his
+father's friends. After we had staid four months in Hamburgh, I
+went from thence overland to the Hague, where embarking in the
+packet, I arrived in London the 10th of January 1705, after ten
+years and nine months absence from England.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page216" id="page216"></a>[pg
+216]</span>
+<h2><a name="VISION_OF_THE_ANGELIC_WORLD"></a><i>R O B I N S O N
+&nbsp;&nbsp;C R U S O E'S</i></h2>
+<h3>VISION OF THE ANGELIC WORLD.</h3>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<h2>CHAP. I. Of SOLITUDE.</h2>
+<br>
+<p>However solitude is looked upon as a restraint to the pleasure
+of the world, in company and conversation, yet it is a happy state
+of exemption from a sea of trouble, an inundation of vanity and
+vexation, of confusion and disappointment. While we enjoy
+ourselves, neither the joy not sorrow of other men affect us: We
+are then at liberty with the voice of our soul, to speak to God. By
+this we shun such frequent trivial discourse, as often becomes an
+obstruction to virtue: and how often do we find that we had reason
+to with we had not been in company, or said nothing when we were
+there? for either we offend God by the impiety of our discourse, or
+lay ourselves open to the violence of designing people by our
+ungarded expressions; and frequently feel the coldness and
+treachery of pretended friends, when once involved in trouble and
+affliction: of such unfaithful intimates (I should say enemies) who
+rather by false inuendoes would accumulate miseries upon us, than
+honestly assist us when under the hard hand of adversity. But in a
+state of solitude, when our tongues cannot be heard, except from
+the great Majesty of Heaven, how happy are we, in the blessed
+enjoyment of conversing with our Maker! It is then we make him our
+friend, which sets us above the envy and contempt of wicked men.
+When a man converses with himself, he is sure that he does not
+converse with an enemy. Our retreat should be to good company, and
+good books. I mean not by solitude, that a man should retire into a
+cell, a desert, or a monastry: which would be altogether an useless
+and unprofitable restraint: for as men ate formed for society, and
+have an absolute necessity and dependance upon one another; so
+there is a retirement of the soul, with which it converses in
+heaven, even in the midst of men; and indeed no man is more fit to
+speak freely, than he who can, without any violence himself,
+refrain his tongue, or keep silence altogether. As to religion, it
+is by this the foul gets acquainted with the hidden mysteries of
+the holy writings; here she finds those floods of tears, in which
+good men wash themselves day and night, and only makes a visit to
+God, and his holy angels. In this conversation the truest peace and
+most solid joy are to be found; it is a continual feast of
+contentment on earth, and the means of attaining everlasting
+happiness in heaven.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page217" id="page217"></a>[pg
+217]</span>
+<h2>CHAP. II. Of HONESTY.</h2>
+<br>
+<p>Honesty is a virtue beloved by good men, and pretended to by all
+other persons. In this there are several degrees: to pay every man
+his own is the common law of honesty: but to do good to all
+mankind, is the chancery law of honesty: and this chancery court is
+in every man's breast, where his conscience is a Lord Chancellor.
+Hence it is, that a miser, though he pays every body their own,
+cannot be an honest man, when he does not discharge the good
+offices that are incumbent on a friendly, kind, and generous
+person: for, faith the prophet Isaiah, chap. XXXII. ver. 7, 8.
+<i>The instruments of a churl are evil: he deviseth wicked devices
+to destroy the poor with lying words, even when the needy speaketh
+right. But the liberal soul deviseth liberal things, and by liberal
+things shall he stand</i>. It is certainly honest to do every thing
+the law requires; but should we throw every poor debtor into prison
+till he has paid the utmost farthing, hang every malefactor without
+mercy, exact the penalty of every bond, and the forfeiture of every
+indenture, this would be downright cruelty, and not honesty: and it
+is contrary to that general rule, <i>To do to another, that which
+you would have done unto you</i>. Sometimes necessity makes an
+honest man a knave: and a rich man a honest man, because he has no
+occasion to be a knave. The trial of honesty is this: Did you ever
+want bread, and had your neighbour's loaf in keeping, and would
+starve rather than eat it? Were you ever arrested, having in your
+custody another man's cash, and would rather go to gaol, than break
+it? if so, this indeed may be reckoned honesty. For King Solomon
+tells us, <i>That a good name is better than life, and is a
+precious ointment, and which, when a man has once lost, he has
+nothing left worth keeping</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<h2>CHAP. III <i>Of the present state of Religion in the
+world</i>.</h2>
+<br>
+<p>I doubt, indeed, there is much more devotion than religion in
+the world, more adoration than supplication, and more hypocrisy
+than sincerity; and it is very melancholy to consider, what numbers
+of people there are furnished with the powers of reason and gifts
+of nature, and yet abandoned to the grossest ignorance and
+depravity. But it would be uncharitable for us to imagine (as some
+Papists, abounding with too much ill nature, the only scandal to
+religion, do) that they will certainly be in a state of damnation
+after this life; for how can we think it consistent with the mercy
+and goodness of an infinite Being, to damn those creatures, when he
+has not furnished them with the light of the gospel? or how can
+such proud, conceited and cruel bigots, prescribe rules to the
+justice and mercy of God?</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page218" id="page218"></a>[pg
+218]</span>
+<p>We are told by some people, that the great image which King
+Nebuchadnezzar set up to be adored by his people held the
+representation of the sun in it's right hand, as the principal
+object of adoration. But to wave this discourse of Heathens, how
+many self-contradicting principles are there held among Christians?
+and how do we doom one another to the devil, while all profess to
+worship the same Deity, and to expect the same salvation.</p>
+<p>When I was at Portugal, there was held at that time the court of
+justice of the Inquisition. All the criminals were carried in
+procession to the great church, where eight of them were habited in
+gowns and caps of canvass, whereon the torments of hell were
+displayed, and they were condemned and burnt for crimes against the
+Catholic faith and blessed Virgin.</p>
+<p>I am sorry to make any reflection upon Christians; but indeed,
+in Italy the Roman religion seems the most cruel and mercenary upon
+earth; and a very judicious person, who travelled through Italy
+from Turkey, tells, <i>That there is only the face and outward pomp
+of religion there; that the church protects murderers and
+assassins; and then delivers the civil magistrate over to Satan for
+doing justice; interdicts whole kingdoms, and shuts up the churches
+for want of paying a few ecclesiastical dues, and so puts a stop to
+religion for want of their money; that the court of Inquisition
+burnt two men for speaking dishonourably of the Blessed Virgin; and
+the missionaries of China tolerated the worshipping the devil by
+their new converts: that Italy was the theatre, where religion was
+the grand opera: and that the Popish clergy were no other than
+stage players</i>.</p>
+<p>As to religion in Poland, they deny Christ to be the Messiah, or
+that the Messiah has come in the flesh. And as to their
+Protestants, they are the followers of Laelius Socinus, who denied
+our Saviour's divinity; and have no concern about the divine
+inspiration of the Holy Ghost.</p>
+<p>In Muscovy their churches are built of wood, and, indeed, they
+have but wooden priests, though of the Greek church; they pray as
+much to St. Nicholas, as the Papists do to the Virgin Mary, for
+protection in all their difficulties or afflictions.</p>
+<p>As to Lutherans, they only differ from the Romans in believing
+consubstantiation, instead of transubstantiation; but like them,
+they are much pleased with the external gallantry and pomp, more
+than the true and real practice of it.</p>
+<p>In France I found a world of priests, the streets every where
+crowded with them, and the churches full of women: but surely never
+was a nation so full of blind guides, so ignorant of religion, and
+even as void of morals, as those people who confess their sins to
+them.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page219" id="page219"></a>[pg
+219]</span>
+<p>Does it not seem strange, that, while all men own the Divine
+Being, there should be so many different opinions as to the manner
+of paying him obedience in the Christian church? I know not what
+reason to assign for this, except it be their different capacities
+and faculties.</p>
+<p>And, indeed, upon this account, we have perceived, in all
+Christian countries, what mortal feuds have been about religion;
+what wars and bloodshed have molested Europe, till the general
+pacification of the German troubles at the treaty of Westphalia:
+and since those times, what persecution in the same country among
+the churches of the Lutherans; and should I take a prospect at
+home, what unhappy divisions are between Christians in this
+kingdom, about Episcopacy and Presbytery; the church of England and
+the Dissenters opposing one another like St. Paul and St. Peter,
+even to the face; that is, they carry on the dispute to the utmost
+extremity.</p>
+<p>It might be a question, why there are such differences in
+religious points, and why these breaches should be more hot and
+irreconcileable? All the answer I can give to this, is, that we
+inquire more concerning the truth of religion, than any other
+nation in the world; and the anxious concern we have about it,
+makes us jealous of every opinion, and tenacious of our own; and
+this is not because we are more furious and rash than other people;
+but the truth is, we are more concerned about them, and being
+sensible that the scripture is the great rule of faith, the
+standard for life and doctrine, we have recourse to it ourselves,
+without submitting to any pretended infallible judge upon
+earth.</p>
+<p>There is another question, pertinent to the former, and that is,
+<i>What remedy can we apply to this malady</i>? And to this I must
+negatively answer, <i>Not to be less religious, that we may differ
+the less</i>. This is striking at the very root of all religious
+differences; for, certainly, were they to be carried on with a
+peaceable spirit, willing to be informed, our variety of opinions
+would not have the name of differences; nor should we separate in
+communion of charity though we did not agree in several articles of
+religion.</p>
+<p>Nor is there a less useful question to start, namely, <i>Where
+will our unhappy religious differences end?</i> To which, I hope, I
+may answer, <i>In Heaven</i>; there we shall unchristian and
+unbrotherly differences will find a period; there we shall embrace
+many a sinner, that here we think it a dishonour to converse with;
+&amp; perceive many a heart we have broken here with censures,
+reproachings, &amp; revilings, made whole again by the balm of the
+same Redeemer's blood. Here we shall perceive there have been other
+flocks than those of our fold; that those we have excommunicated
+have been taken into that superior communion; and, in a word, that
+those contradicting notions and principles which <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page220" id="page220"></a>[pg 220]</span> we
+thought inconsistent with true religion, we shall then find
+reconcileable to themselves, to one another, and to the fountain of
+truth. If any man ask me, Why our differences cannot be ended on
+earth? I answer, <i>Were we all thoroughly convinced, that then
+they would be reconciled, we would put an end to them before; but
+this is impossible to be done: for as men's certain convictions of
+truth are not equal to one another, or the weight or significancy
+of such veracity: so neither can a general effect of this affair be
+expected on this side of time</i>.</p>
+<p>Before I conclude this chapter, I shall beg leave to discourse a
+little of the wonderful excellency of negative religion and
+negative virtue. The latter sets out, like the Pharisee, with,
+<i>God, I thank thee;</i> it is a piece of religious pageantry, the
+hypocrite's hope: and, in a word, it is positive vice: for it is
+either a mask to deceive others, or a mist to deceive ourselves. A
+man that is clothed with negatives, thus argues: <i>I am not such a
+drunkard as my landlord, such a thief as my tenant, such a rakish
+fellow, or a highwayman; No! I live a sober, regular, retired life:
+I am a good man, I go to church; God, I thank thee.</i> Now,
+through a mans boasts of his virtue in contradiction to the vices
+mentioned, yet a person had better have them altogether than the
+man himself; or he is so full of himself, so persuaded that he is
+good and religious enough already, that he has no thoughts of any
+thing, except it be to pull of his hat to God Almighty now and
+then, and thank him that he has no occasion for him; and has the
+vanity to think that his neighbours must imagine well of him
+too.</p>
+<p>The negative man, though he is no drunkard is yet intoxicated
+with the pride of his own worth; a good neighbour and peace-maker
+in other families, but a tyrant in his own; appears in church for a
+show, but never falls upon his knees in his closet; does all his
+alms before men, to be seen of them; eager in the duties of the
+second table, but regardless of the first; appears religious, to be
+taken notice of by men, but without intercourse or communication
+between God and his own soul: Pray, what is this man? or what
+comfort is there of the life he lives? he is insensible of faith,
+repentance, and a Christian mortified life: in a word, he is a
+perfectly a stranger to the essential part of religion.</p>
+<p>Let us for a while enter into the private and retired part of
+his conversation: What notions has he of his mispent hours, and of
+the progress of time to the great centre and gulph of life,
+eternity? Does he know how to put a right value on time, or esteem
+the life-blood of his soul, as it really is, and act in all the
+moments of it, as one that must account for them? if then you can
+form an equality between what he can do and what he shall receive;
+less can be founded upon his <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page221" id="page221"></a>[pg 221]</span> negative virtue, or what
+he has forborne to do: And if neither his negative nor positive
+piety can be equal to the reward, and to the eternity that reward
+is to last for, what then is to become of the Pharisee, when he is
+to be judged by the sincerity of his repentance, and rewarded,
+according to the infinite grace of God, with a state of blessedness
+to an endless eternity?</p>
+<p>When the negative man converses with the invisible world, he is
+filled with as much horror and dread as Felix, when St Paul
+reasoned to him of temperance, righteousness, and of judgment to
+come; for Felix, though a great philosopher, of great power and
+reverence, was a negative man, and he was made sensible by the
+Apostle, that, as a life of virtue and temperance was its own
+reward, by giving a healthy body, a clear head, and a composed
+life, so eternal happiness must proceed from another spring;
+namely, the infinite unbounded grace of a provoked God, who having
+erected a righteous tribunal, Jesus Christ would separate such as
+by faith and repentance he had brought home and united to himself
+by the grace of adoption, and on the foot of his having laid down
+his life as a ransom for them, had appointed them to salvation,
+when all the philosophy, temperance, and righteousness in the world
+besides had been ineffectual. And this, I say, it was, that made
+Felix, this negative man tremble.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<h2>CHAP. IV. <i>Of listening to the voice of Providence</i>.</h2>
+<br>
+<p>The magnificent and wise King Solomon bids us cry after
+knowledge, and lift up our voice for understanding; by which is
+meant, religious knowledge, for it follows: <i>Then shalt thou
+understand the fear of the Lord, and find the knowledge of God</i>.
+By which undoubtedly he meant, to enquire after every thing he has
+permitted us to know, and not to search into those ways that are
+unsearchable, and are effectually locked up from our
+knowledge.--Now, <i>as listening to the voice of Providence</i> is
+my present subject, I intend, in the first place, to write to those
+who own, 1. That there is a God, a first great moving cause of all
+things, and eternal power, prior, and consequently superior to all
+created power or being.--2. That this eternal power, which is God,
+is the sovereign creator and governor of heaven and earth.</p>
+<p>To avoid all needless distinctions, what persons in the God-head
+exercise the creating, and what the governing power, I offer that
+glorious text, Psal. xxiii. 6. where the whole Trinity is entitled
+to the whole creating work: and, therefore, in the next place, I
+shall lay down these two propositions.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page222" id="page222"></a>[pg
+222]</span>
+<blockquote>I. <i>That the eternal God guides, by his providence,
+the whole<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;universe, which was created by his power.</i><br>
+<br>
+II. <i>That this providence manifests a particular care over,
+and<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; concern in, the governing and directing man, the
+most noble<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; creature upon earth</i>.</blockquote>
+<p>It is plain, that natural religion proves the first, by
+intimating the necessity of a providence guiding and governing the
+world, from the consequence of the wisdom, justice, prescience, and
+goodness of the Almighty Creator: for otherwise it would be absurd
+to think, that God should create a world, without any care or
+providence over it, in guiding the operations of nature, so as to
+preserve the order of his creation.</p>
+<p>Revealed religion gives us a light into the care and concern of
+his providence, by the climate's being made habitable, the
+creatures subjected and made nourishing, and all vegetative life
+made medicinal; and all this for the sake of man, who is made
+viceroy to the King of the earth. The short description I shall
+give of providence is this: <i>That it is that operation of the
+power, of the wisdom, and goodness of God, by which be influences,
+governs, and directs, not only the means, but the events of all
+things, which concern us in this sublunary world; the sovereignty
+of which we ought always to reverence, obey its motions, observe
+its dictates, and listen to its voice. The prudent man forseeth the
+evil, and hideth himself; that is, as I take it, there is a secret
+providence intimates to us, that some danger threatens, if we
+strive not to shun it</i>.</p>
+<p>The same day that Sir John Hotham kept out Hull against the
+royal martyr King Charles I. the same day Sir John Hotham was put
+to death by the parliament for that very action: The same day that
+the King himself signed the warrant for the execution of the Earl
+of Stafford, the same day of the month was he barbarously murdered
+by the blood-thirsty Oliverian crew: and the same day that King
+James II. came to the crown against the bill of exclusion, the same
+day he was voted abdicated by the parliament, and the throne filled
+with King William and Queen Mary.</p>
+<p>The voice of signal deliverances from sudden dangers, is not
+only a just call to repentance, but a caution against falling into
+the like danger; but such who are utterly careless of themselves
+after, show a lethargy of the worst nature, which seems to me to be
+a kind of practical atheism or at least, a living in a contempt of
+Heaven, when he receives good at the hand of his Maker, but is
+unconcerned from whence it comes, or to thank the bountiful hand
+that gave it; neither, when he receives evil, does it alter his
+manner of life, or bring him to any state of humiliation.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page223" id="page223"></a>[pg
+223]</span>
+<p>We have a remarkable story of two soldiers being condemned to
+death in Flanders. The general being prevailed upon to spare one of
+them, ordered them to cast dice upon the drumhead for their lives;
+the first having thrown two sixes, the second fell a wringing his
+hands, having so poor a chance to escape; however, having thrown,
+he was surprised when he also threw other two sixes. The officer
+appointed to see the execution, ordered them to throw again; they
+did so, and each of them threw fives; at which the soldiers that
+stood round, shouted, and said, neither of them was to die. Upon
+this, the officer acquainted the council of war, who ordered them
+to throw a third time, when they threw two fours: the general being
+acquainted with it, sent for the men, and pardoned them. <i>I
+love,</i> said he, <i>in such extraordinary cases, to listen to the
+voice of Providence.</i></p>
+<p>We read in the holy writings, how God speaks to men by
+appearance of angels, or by dreams and visions of the night. As God
+appeared to Abraham, Lot, and Jacob: so angels have appeared to
+many in other cases, as to Manoah and his wife, Zechariah, the
+Virgin Mary, and to the apostles; other have been warned in a dream
+as king Abimelech, the false prophet Balaam, and many others.</p>
+<p>It is certainly a very great and noble inquiry, <i>What we shall
+be after this life?</i> for there is scarce a doubt, that there is
+a place reserved for the reception of our souls after death: for if
+we are to be, we must have a where, which the scriptures assert by
+the examples of Dives and Lazarus. The doctrine of spirits was long
+believed before our Saviour's time; for when the disciples of the
+blessed Jesus perceived our Saviour walking on the sea, they were
+as much surprised as though they had seen a spirit. Nay, in those
+ages of the world, it was believed that spirits intermeddled in the
+affairs of mankind; and, throughout the Old Testament, I do not
+find any thing that in the least contradicts is. All the pains and
+labour that some learned men have taken, to confute the story of
+the witch of Endor, and the appearance of an old man personating
+Samuel, cannot make such apparitions inconsistent with nature or
+religion; and it is plain, that it was either a good or bad spirit,
+that prophetically told the unfortunate king what should happen the
+next day; for, said the spirit, <i>The Lord will deliver thee into
+the hands of the Philistines; and to-morrow shalt thou and thy sons
+be with me.</i></p>
+<p>Abundance of strange notions possessed me, when I was in the
+desolate island; especially on a moonshine night, when every bush
+seemed a man, and every tree a man on horseback. When I crept into
+the dismal cave where the old goat lay expiring, whole articulate
+groans even resembled those of a man, how was I surprised I my
+blood chilled in my veins, a cold<span class="pagenum"><a name="page224" id="page224"></a>[pg
+224]</span> sweaty dew sat on my forehead, my hair stood upright, and my
+joints, like Belshazzar's knees, struck against one another. And, indeed,
+though I afterwards found what it was, the remains of this surprise did
+not wear off for a great while; and I had frequently returns of those
+vapours on different occasions, and sometimes without any occasion at all.</p>
+
+<p>One night, after having seen some appearance in the air, as I had just
+lain down in my bed, one of my feet pained me; after that came a
+numbness, succeeded with a tingling in my blood; when on a sudden I
+thought something alive lay upon me, from my knee to above half my leg.
+Upon this I flung myself out of bed where I thought the creature lay;
+but finding nothing, <i>Lord deliver me from evil spirits</i>, said I, <i>what
+can this be?</i> When I lighted a candle, I could perceive no living
+creature in the place with me, but the poor parrot, who, being frighted,
+cried out, <i>Hold your tongue</i>, and <i>What's the matter with you</i>, which
+words I had taught him, by saying so to him, when he made such screaming
+noises as I did not like. <i>Lord</i>, said I aloud, <i>surely the devil has
+been here.</i> <i>Hold your tongue</i>, says Poll. I was then mad at the bird,
+and putting on my clothes, cried, <i>I am terribly frighted.</i> <i>What's the
+matter with you</i>? says Poll. <i>You toad</i>, said I, <i>I'll knock your brains
+out.</i> <i>Hold you tongue</i>, cried he again, and so fell a chattering, and
+calling Robinson Crusoe, as he did before. But after I had composed
+myself, and went to bed again, I began plainly to see it was a distemper
+that affected my nerves, and so my terrors vanished at once.</p>
+
+<p>How intelligences are given or received, we do not know; nor are we
+sensible how they are conveyed from spirits embodied to ours that are
+in life; or, on the contrary, from us to them; the latter is certainly
+done without help of the organs, and the former is conveyed by the
+understanding, and the retired faculties of the soul.</p>
+
+<p>The spirits, without the help of voices, converse, and the more
+particular discoveries of converse of the spirits, seem to me as
+follow: to wit, dreams, voices, noises, impulses, hints, apprehensions,
+involuntary sadness, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>Dreams of old were the ways by which God himself was pleased to warn
+men what services to perform, and what to shun. Joseph was directed of
+God in a dream to go to Egypt; and so were the wise men warned in a
+dream to depart into their own country another way, to avoid the fury
+of Herod. I am not like those who think dreams are the mere designs of
+a delirious head, or the relics of a day's perplexities or pleasures;
+but, on the contrary, I must beg leave to say, I never met with any
+capital mischief in my life, but I had some notice of it by a dream;
+and had I not been a thoughtless unbelieving creature,<span class="pagenum"><a name="page225" id=
+"page225"></a>[pg 225]</span> I might have
+taken many a warning, and avoided many of the evils I afterwards fell
+into, merely by total neglect of those dreams.</p>
+
+<p>I was once present at a dispute between a layman and a clergyman, upon
+the subject of dreams. The first thought no regard should be given unto
+them; that their communication from the invisible to the visible world
+was a mere chimera, without any solid foundation. For, first, said he,
+if dreams were from the agency of any prescient being, the motives would
+be more direct, and the discoveries more plain, and not by allegories
+and emblematic fancies, expressing things imperfect and obscure. 2.
+Since, with the notice of evil, there was not a power given to avoid it,
+it is not likely to proceed from a spirit, but merely fortuitious. 3.
+That the inconstancy of such notices, in cases equally important, proves
+they did not proceed from any such agent. 4. That as our most distinct
+dreams had nothing in them of any significancy, it would be irrational
+and vain to think that they came from heaven. And, 5. That as men were
+not always thus warned or supplied with notice of good or evil, so all
+men are not alike supplied with them; and what reason could we give,
+why one man or one woman should not have the same hints as another.</p>
+
+<p>To all this the clergyman gave answer: 1. That as to the signification of
+dreams, &amp; the objections against them, as being dark and doubtful, they are
+expressed generally by hierogliphical representations, similies, allusions,
+and figurative emblematic ways, by which means, for want of interpretation,
+the thing was not understood, and, consequently, the evil not shunned. 2.
+That we charge God foolishly, to say, that he has given the notice of evil,
+without the power to avoid it; for, if any one had not power to avoid the
+evil, it was no notice to him; and it was want of giving due head to that
+notice, that men first neglected themselves, and then charged the Judge of
+all the earth with injustice. 3. That we ought not to find fault with the
+inconstancy of these notices; but rather with our weak understandings, by
+pretending dreams were not to be regarded, and negligent when the voice
+really spoke to us for our good. It is a mistake to say, dreams have no
+import at all: we might, with more reason, have said, none that we could
+perceive the reason of, owing to our blindness and supine negligence, too
+secure at one time, and too much alarmed at another; so that the spirit,
+which we might be said to be conversing with in a dream, was constantly
+and equally kind and careful; but our powers are not always in the same
+state of action, not equally attentive too, or retentive of the hints
+that were given. And, 5. To answer the last question, Why people are not
+equally supplied? This seemed to be no question; for Providence itself
+might have some share in the<span class="pagenum"><a name="page226" id="page226"></a>[pg
+226]</span>
+direction of it, and then that Providence
+might be limited by a superior direction; that as to the converse of
+spirits, he could not call it a stated converse: such a thing there was,
+but why there was so much of it, and no more, was none of his business,
+and that no such discovery had ever yet been made to mankind. Nor were
+we to imagine less of waking dreams, trances, visions, noises, hints,
+impulses, and all the waking testimonies of an invisible world, and of
+the communication that there is between us and them, which commonly
+entertain us with our open eyes.</p>
+
+<p>One time my fancy soared on high, to see what discoveries I could make
+in those clearer regions. I found that such immense bodies as the sun,
+stars, planets, and moon, in the great circle of the lower heaven, are
+far from being found in the study of nature on the surface of the earth.
+Here I saw many things that we can entertain little or no notion of, in
+a state of common life, and the emptiness of our notion, that the
+planets are habitable worlds; that is, created like ours, for the
+subsistence and existence of man and beast, and the preservation of the
+vegitative and sensitive life: No, no, this is, I assure you, a world of
+spirits; for here I saw a clear demonstration of Satan being the <i>prince
+of the power of the air</i>, keeping his court or camp, with innumerable
+angels to attend him; but his power is not so great as we imagine, he
+can tempt us to the crime, but cannot force us to commit: <i>Humanium est
+peccare</i>. Neither has the devil power to force the world into a
+rebellion against heaven, though his legions are employed among savage
+nations, to set up their master for a god, who make the heathens either
+worship him in person, or by his representatives, idols and monsters,
+with the cruel sacrifices of human blood. Now, as to the limitations of
+the devil's power, you must understand, that as there are numbers of
+evil spirits employed in mischief, so there are numbers of good angels
+sent from the higher and blessed abodes to disconcert and oppose their
+measures; and this every Christian, I hope, believes, when he prays to
+God, the father of spirits, to give his angels charge over him while he
+slumbereth and sleepeth. For if by these preventing powers the devil was
+not restrained, the earth would be subjected to dearth, droughts, and
+famine; the air infected with noxious fumes; and, in a word, mankind
+would be utterly destroyed, which might oblige our Maker (if I may be
+allowed the expression) to the necessity of a new <i>fiat</i>, or else have
+no more creatures to honour and worship him.</p>
+
+<p>As the devil never wanted insinuators, I shall observe, that I learned a
+way how to make a man dream of what I pleased. For instance, let us suppose
+one to be found asleep; let another lay his mouth close to his ear, and
+whisper any thing so softly<span class="pagenum"><a name="page227" id=
+"page227"></a>[pg 227]</span>
+as not to awake him, the sleeping man shall dream of what has
+been so whispered in his ear; nay, I can assure you, those
+insinuating devils can do this even when we are awake, which I call
+impulses of the mind: for from whence, but from these insinuators,
+come our causeless passions, involuntary wickedness, or sinful
+desires? Who else form ideas in the mind of man when he is asleep,
+or present terrible or, beautiful figures to his, fancy: Mr. Milton
+represents the devil tempting Eve in the shape of a toad, lying
+just at her ear, when in her bower she lay fast asleep; and brings
+in Eve telling Adam what an uneasy night's rest she had, and
+relating her dream to him. And likewise I believe that good spirits
+have the same intercourse with us, in warning us against those
+things that are evil, and prompting us to that which is good.</p>
+<p>Were we to have the eyes of our souls opened, through the eyes
+of our bodies, we should see this very immediate region or air
+which we breath in, thronged with spirits now invisible, and which
+otherwise would be the most terrible; we should view the secret
+transactions of those messengers who are employed when the parting
+soul takes it's leave of the reluctant body, and perhaps see things
+nature would shrink back from with the utmost terror and amazement.
+In a word, the curtain of Providence for the disposition of things
+here, and the curtain of judgment for the determination of the
+state of souls hereafter, would be alike drawn back; and what heart
+could support here its future state in life; much less that, of its
+future state after life, even good or bad.</p>
+<p>A gentleman of my acquaintance, being about seven miles distant
+from London, a friend that came to dine with him, solicited him to
+go to the city. <i>What</i>, said the gentleman, <i>is there any
+occasion for me? No, Sir</i>, said the other, <i>nothing at all
+except the enjoyment of your good company</i>: and so gave over
+importuning him. Just then a strong impulse of mind urged the
+gentleman and pursued him like a voice, with, <i>Go to London, Go
+to London. Hark ye</i>, says he to his friend, <i>is all well at
+London? Am I wanted there? Or did you ask me to go with you on any
+particular account? Are all my family well? Yes, indeed, Sir</i>,
+said he, <i>I perceived them all very hearty; and I did not ask you
+to go to London upon any particular account whatsoever, except it
+was for the sake of your good company</i>. Again, he put off his
+resolution: but still the impulse suggested to him, <i>Go to
+London</i>; and at length he did so. When he came there, he found a
+letter and a messenger had been there to seek him, and to tell him
+of a particular business, which was at first and last above a
+thousand pounds to him, and which might inevitably have been lost,
+had he hot gone to London that night.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page228" id="page228"></a>[pg
+228]</span>
+<p>The obeying of several hints, of secret impulses, argues great
+wisdom. I knew a man that was under misfortunes, being guilty of
+misdemeanors against the goverment; when, absconding for fear of
+his ruin, all his friends advising him not to put himself in the
+hands of the law, one morning as he awaked, he felt a strong
+impulse darting into his mind thus, <i>Write a letter to them;</i>
+and this was repeated several times to his mind, and at last he
+answered to it, as if it had been a voice, <i>Whom shall I write
+to?</i> Immediately it replied, <i>Write to the judge:</i> and this
+impulse pursued him for several days, till at length he took pen,
+ink, and paper, and sat down to write to him: when immediately
+words flowed from his pen, like streams from a fair fountain, that
+charmed even himself with hopes of success. In short, the letter
+was so strenuous in argument, so pathetic in its eloquence, and so
+persuasively moving, that when the judge had read it, he sent him
+an answer he might be easy, he would endeavour to make that matter
+light to him; and, indeed, never left exerting himself, till he had
+stopt the prosecution, and restored him to his liberty and
+family.</p>
+<p>I know a person who had so strong an impression upon her mind,
+that the house she was in would be burnt that very night, that she
+could not sleep; the impulse she had upon her mind pressed her not
+to go to bed, which, however, she got over, and went to bed; but
+was so terrified with the thought, which run in her mind, that the
+house would be burnt, that she could not go to sleep; but
+communicating her apprehensions to another in the family, they were
+both in such a fright, that they applied themselves to search from
+the top of the house to the bottom, &amp; to see every fire and
+candle safe out, so that, as they all said, it was impossible that
+any thing could happen then, and they sent to the neighbours on
+both sides to do the like. Thus far they did well: But had she
+obeyed the hint which pressed upon her strangely, not to go to bed,
+she had done much better; for the fire was actually kindled at that
+very time, though not broken out. About an hour after the whole
+family was in bed, the house just over the way, directly opposite,
+was all in flames, and the wind, which was very high, blowing the
+flame upon the house this gentlewoman lived in, so filled it with
+smoke and fire, in a few minutes, the street being narrow, that
+they had not air to breathe, or time to do any thing, but jump out
+of their beds, and save their lives. Had she obeyed the hint given,
+and not gone to bed, she might have saved several things; but the
+few moments she had spared to her, were but just sufficient to leap
+out of bed, put some cloathes on, and get down stairs, for the
+house was on fire in half a quarter of an hour.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page229" id="page229"></a>[pg
+229]</span>
+<p>While I am mentioning these things, methinks it is very hard
+that we should obey the whispers of evil spirits, and not much
+rather receive the notices which good ones are pleased to give. We
+never perceive the misfortune of this, but when in real danger; and
+then we cry, <i>My mind misgave me when I was going about it</i>;
+but if so, why do you fight the caution? Why not listen to it as to
+a voice? and then there had been no reason to make this
+complaint.</p>
+<p>I remember about fourteen or fifteen years ago (as to time I
+cannot be very positive) there was a young clergyman in the city of
+Dublin, in Ireland, who dreamed a very uncommon dream, that a
+gentleman had killed his wife, a relation of his, by stabbing her
+in several places; the fright of this awaked him, but finding it a
+dream, he composed himself again to sleep, when he dreamed a second
+time the same dream. This made him a little uneasy; but thinking it
+proceeded from the impression made on his mind by the former, he
+went to sleep again, and dreamed the same dream a third time also.
+So troubled was he at this, that he arose, and knocked at his
+mother's chamber, told his concern, and his apprehensions that all
+was not right at his relation's house. <i>Dear son</i>, says the
+good old gentlewoman, <i>do not mind these foolish dreams; and I
+very much wonder, that you, being a person in holy orders, should
+have regard to such illusions</i>. Upon this he went to bed again,
+fell asleep, and dreamed a fourth time as before. And then indeed
+he put on his night-gown, and went to Smithfield, the place where
+his relation dwelt. Here it was, alas! he perceived his dream too
+sadly fulfilled, by seeing his relation the young lady, big with
+child, who was a Protestant, stabbed in several places by her
+barbarous husband, Mr. Eustace, a violent Papist, only for some
+discourses of religion that happened the day before. After the
+wretch had stabbed her in three places, he went to make his escape
+out at a window; but she cried out, <i>My dear! don't leave me,
+come back, and I shall be well again</i>. At which he returned in a
+hellish rage, and gave her four wounds more; when, even in this
+condition, rising from her bed, she wrapped herself in her
+night-gown, and went to the Lord Bishop of Rapho's chamber door
+(the Bishop lodging at that time in the house). <i>My Lord</i>,
+said she, <i>O my Lord, make haste unto me</i>; but as soon as his
+Lordship came, she expired in his arms, resigning her precious soul
+into the hands of Almighty God. The cruel wretch her husband was
+shot by the pursuers; too good a death for one who deserved the
+gibbet; and the lady was universally lamented by all tender and
+religious people. And this tragical relation I have mentioned, upon
+the account of that impulse, or dream, that the clergyman had at
+the fatal time of the bloody action.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page230" id="page230"></a>[pg
+230]</span>
+<p>It might be expected I should enter upon the subject of
+apparitions, and discourse concerning the reality of them; and
+whether they can revisit the place of their former existence, and
+resume those faculties of speech and shape as they had when living;
+but, as these are very doubtful matters, I shall only make a few
+observations upon them.</p>
+<p>I once heard of a man that would allow the reality of
+apparitions, but laid it all upon the devil, thinking that the
+souls of men departed, or good men, did never appear. To this very
+man something did appear: He said, he saw the shape of an ancient
+man pass by him in the dusk, who, holding up his hand in a
+threatening posture, cried out, <i>O wicked man, repent,
+repent</i>. Terrified with this apparition, he consulted several
+friends, who advised him to take the advice. But after all, it was
+not an apparition, but a grave and pious gentleman, who met him by
+mere accident, and had been sensible of his wickedness; and who
+never undeceived him, lest it should hinder his reformation.</p>
+<p>Some people make a very ill use of the general notion, that
+there are no apparitions nor spirits at all: which is worse than
+those who fancy they see them upon every occasion; for those carry
+their notions farther, even to annihilate the devil, and believe
+nothing about him, neither of one kind or other: the next step they
+come to, is to conclude, <i>There is no God</i>, and so atheism
+takes its rise in the same sink, with a carelessness about
+futurity. But there is no occasion to enter upon an argument to
+prove the being of the Almighty, or to illustrate his power by
+words, who has so many undeniable testimonies in the breasts of
+every rational being to prove his existence: and we have sufficient
+proofs enough to convince us of the great superintendency of Divine
+Providence in the minutest affairs of this world; the manifest
+existence of the invisible world; the reality of spirits, and
+intelligence between us and them. What I have said, I hope, will
+not mislead any person, or be a means whereby they may delude
+themselves; for I have spoken of these things with the utmost
+seriousness of mind, and with a sincere and ardent desire for the
+general good and benefit of the world.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<h2>CHAP. V. <i>Of suffering Afflictions.</i></h2>
+<br>
+<p>Afflictions are common to all mankind; and whether they proceed
+from losses, disappointments, or the malice of men, they often
+bring their advantages along with them: For this shews man the
+vanity and deceitfulness of this life, and is an occasion of
+rectifying our measures, and bringing us to a more modest opinion
+of ourselves: It tells us, how necessary <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page231" id="page231"></a>[pg 231]</span> the
+assistance of divine grace is unto us, when life itself becomes a
+burden, and death even desirable: But when the greatest oppression
+comes upon us, we must have recourse to patience, begging of God to
+give us that virtue; and the more composed, we are under any
+trouble, the more commendable is our wisdom, and the larger will be
+our recompense. Let the provocation be what it will, whether from a
+good-natured and conscientious, or a wicked, perverse, and
+vexatious man; all this we should take as from the over-ruling hand
+of God, as a punishment for our sins. Many times injured innocence
+may be abused by false oaths, or the power of wicked, jealous, or
+malicious men; but we often find it, like the palm, rise the higher
+the more it is depressed; while the justice of God is eminently
+remarkable in punishing those, one way or other, who desire to
+endeavour to procure the downfal of an innocent man: Nor does God
+fail comforting an afflicted person, who with tears and prayers
+solicits the throne of Heaven for deliverance and protection. David
+says, <i>that his soul was full of trouble, and his life drew near
+unto the grave</i>. But certainly David's afflictions made him
+eminently remarkable, as particularly when pursued by King Saul,
+and hunted as a partridge over the mountains. But one thing which
+stands by innocence, is the love of God; for were we to suffer
+disgrace, nay, an ignominious death itself, what consolation does
+our innocence procure at our latest conflict, our last moments!</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<h2>CHAP. VI. <i>Of the immorality of conversation, and the vulgar
+errors of behaviour</i>.</h2>
+<br>
+<p>As conversation is a great part of human happiness, so it is a
+pleasant sight to behold a sweet tempered man, who is always fit
+for it; to see an air of humour and pleasantness sit ever upon his
+brow, and even something angelic in his very countenance: Whereas,
+if we observe a designing man, we shall find a mark of involuntary
+sadness break in upon his joy, and a certain insurrection in the
+soul, the natural concomitant of profligate principles.</p>
+<p>They err very much, who think religion, or a strict morality
+discomposes the mind, and renders it unfit for conversation; for it
+rather inspires us to innocent mirth, without such a counterfeit
+joy as vitious men appear with; and indeed wit is as consistent
+with religion, as religion is with good manners; nor is there any
+thing in the limitation of virtue and religion that should abate
+the pleasures of this world, but on the contrary rather serves to
+increase them.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page232" id="page232"></a>[pg
+232]</span>
+<p>On the other hand, many men, by their own vice and intemperance,
+disqualify themselves for conversation. Conversation is immoral,
+where the discourse is undecent, immodest, scandalous, slanderous,
+and abusive. How great is their folly, and how much do they expose
+themselves when they affront their best friend, even God himself,
+who laughs at the fool <i>when his fear cometh?</i></p>
+<p>The great scandal atheistical and immoral discourse gives to
+virtue, ought, methinks, to be punished by all good magistrates:
+Make a man once cease to believe a God, and he has nothing left to
+limit his soul. How incongruous is it to government, that a man
+shall be punished for drunkenness, and yet have liberty to affront,
+and even deny the Majesty of heaven? When if, even among men, one
+gives the lie to a gentleman in company, or perhaps speaks an
+affronting word, a quarrel will ensue, and a combat, and perhaps
+murder be the consequence: At the least, he, will prosecute him at
+law with the utmost virulence and oppression.</p>
+<p>The next thing to be refrained, is obscene discourse, which is
+the language only of proficients in debauchery, who never repent,
+but in a gaol or hospital; and whose carcases relish no better than
+their discourse, till the body becomes too nasty for the soul to
+stay any longer in it.</p>
+<p>Nor is false talking to be less avoided; for lying is the
+sheep's clothing hung upon the wolf's back: It is the Pharisee's
+prayer, the whore's buss, the hypocrite's paint, the murderer's
+smile, the thief's cloak; it is Joab's embrace, and Judah's kiss;
+in a word, it is mankind's darling sin, and the devil's
+distinguishing character. Some add lies to lies, till it not only
+comes to be improbable, but even impossible too: Others lie for
+gain to deceive, delude, and betray: And a third lies for sport, or
+for fun. There are other liars, who are personal and malicious; who
+foment differences, and carry tales from one house to another, in
+order to gratify their own envious tempers, without any regard to
+reverence or truth.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page233" id="page233"></a>[pg
+233]</span>
+<h3>THE</h3>
+<h2><a name="ALEXANDER_SELKIRK"></a>REMARKABLE HISTORY</h2>
+<h4>OF</h4>
+<h1>ALEXANDER SELKIRK</h1>
+<br>
+<h3><i>From the voyage of Captain Woodes Rogers to the South Seas
+and round the World.</i></h3>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<p>On February 1st, 1709, we came before that island<a name=
+"FNanchor1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1">[1]</a>, having had a good
+observation the day before, and found our latitude to be 34 degrees
+10 minutes south. In the afternoon, we hoisted out our pinnace; and
+Captain Dover, with the boat's crew, went in her to go ashore,
+though we could not be less that four leagues off. As soon as the
+pinnace was gone, I went on board the Duchess, who admired our boat
+attempting going ashore at that distance from land. It was against
+my inclination: but, to oblige Captain Dover, I let her go: As soon
+as it was dark, we saw a light ashore. Our boat was then about a
+league off the island, and bore away for the ship as soon as she
+saw the lights: We put our lights aboard for the boat, though some
+were of opinion, the lights we saw were our boat's lights: But, as
+night came on, it appeared too large for that: We fired our
+quarter-deck gun, and several muskets, showing lights in our mizen
+and fore-shrouds, that our boat might find us whilst we were in the
+lee of the island: About two in the morning our boat came on board,
+having been two hours on board the Duchess, that took them up
+astern of us; we were glad they got well off, because it began to
+blow. We were all convinces the light was on the shore, and
+designed to make our ships ready to engage, believing them to be
+French ships at anchor, and we must either fight them, or want
+water. All this stir and apprehension arose, as we afterwards
+found, from one poor naked man, who passed in our imagination, at
+present, for a Spanish garrison, a body of Frenchmen, or a crew of
+pirates. While we were under these apprehensions, we stood on the
+backside of the island, in order to fall in with the southerly
+wind, till we were past the island; and then we came back to it
+again, and ran close aboard the land that begins to make the
+north-east side.</p>
+<blockquote><a name="Footnote_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor1">[1]</a>
+<i>Juan Fernandez.</i></blockquote>
+<p>We still continued to reason upon this matter; and it is in a
+manner incredible, what strange notions many of our people
+entertained from the sight of the fire upon the island. It
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page234" id="page234"></a>[pg
+234]</span> served, however, to show people's tempers and spirits;
+and we were able to give a tolerable guess how our men would
+behave, in case there really were any enemies upon the island. The
+flaws came heavy off the shore, and we were forced to reef our
+topsails when we opened the middle bay, where we expected to have
+found our enemy; but saw all clear, &amp; no ships, nor in the
+other bay next the north-east end. These two bays are all that
+ships ride in, which recruit on this island; but the middle bay is
+by much the best. We guessed there had been ships there, but that
+they were gone on sight of us. We sent our yawl ashore about noon,
+with Captain Dover, Mr. Fry, and six men, all armed: Mean while we
+and the Duchess kept turning to get in, and such heavy flaws came
+off the land, that we were forced to let go our top sail sheet,
+keeping all hands to stand by our sails, for fear of the winds
+carrying them away: But when the flaws were gone, we had little or
+no wind. These flaws proceeded from the land; which is very high in
+the middle of the island. Our boat did not return; we sent our
+pinnace with the men armed, to see what was the occasion of the
+yawl's stay; for we were afraid, that the Spaniards had a garrison
+there, and might have seized them. We put out a signal for our
+boat, and the Duchess showed a French ensign. Immediately our
+pinnace returned from the shore, and brought abundance of cry-fish,
+with a man clothed in goats skins, who looked wilder than the first
+owners of them. He had been on the island four years and four
+months, being left there by Captain Stradling in the Cinque-ports,
+his name was Alexander Selkirk, a Scotchman, who had been master of
+the Cinque-ports, a ship that came here last with Captain Dampier,
+who told me, that this was the best man in her. I immediately
+agreed with him to be a mate on board our ship: It was he that made
+the fire last night when he saw our ships, which he judged to be
+English. During his stay here he saw several ships pass by, but
+only two came in to anchors: As he went to view them; he found them
+to be Spaniards, and retired from them, upon which they shot at
+him: Had they been French, he would have submitted; but choose to
+risque his dying alone on the island, rather than fall into the
+hands of Spaniards in these parts; because he apprehended they
+would murder him, or make a slave of him in the mines; for he
+feared they would spare no stranger that might be capable of
+discovering the South Seas.</p>
+<p>The Spaniards had landed, before he knew what they were; and
+they came so near him, that he had much ado to escape; for they not
+only shot at him, but pursued him to the woods, where he climbed to
+the top of a tree, at the foot of which they made water, and killed
+several goats just by, but went off again without discovering him.
+He told us that he <span class="pagenum"><a name="page235" id=
+"page235"></a>[pg 235]</span> was born at Largo, in the county of
+Fife, in Scotland, and was bred a sailor from his youth. The reason
+of his being left here was difference between him and his captain;
+which together with the ship's being leaky, made him willing rather
+to stay here, than go along with him at first; but when he was at
+last willing to go, the captain would not receive him. He had been
+at the island before, to wood and water, when two of the ship's
+company were left upon it for six mouths, till the Ship returned,
+being chased thence by two French South-sea ships. He had with him
+his cloaths and bedding, with a firelock, some powder, bullets and
+tobacco, a hatchet, a knife, a kettle, a bible, some practical
+pieces, and his mathematical instruments and books. He diverted and
+provided for himself as well as he could; but for the first eight
+months, had much ado to bear up against melancholy, and the terror
+of being left alone in such a desolate place. He built two huts
+with pimento trees, covered them with long grass, &amp; lined them
+with the skins of goats, which be killed with his gun as he wanted,
+so long as his powder lasted, which was but a pound; and that being
+almost spent, he got fire by rubbing two sticks of pimento-wood
+together upon his knee. In the lesser hut, at some distance from
+the other, he dressed his victuals; and in the larger he slept; and
+employed himself in reading, singing psalms, and praying; so that
+he said. He was a better Christian, while in this solitude, than
+ever he was before, or than, he was afraid, he would ever be
+again.</p>
+<p>At first he never ate anything till hunger constrained him,
+partly for grief, and partly for want of bread and salt: Nor did he
+go to bed, till he could watch no longer; the pimento-wood, which
+burnt very clear, served him both for fire and candle, and
+refreshed him with its fragrant smell. He might have had fish
+enough, but would not eat them for want of salt, because they
+occasioned a looseness, except crayfish which are as large as our
+lobsters, and very good: These he sometimes boiled, and at other
+times broiled, as he did his goat's flesh, of, which he made very
+good broth, for they are not so rank. as ours: he kept an account
+of 500 that he killed while there, and caught as many more, which
+he marked on the ear, and let go. When, his powder failed, he took
+them by speed of feet; for his way of living, continual exercise of
+walking and running cleared him of all gross humours; so that he
+ran with wonderful swiftness through the woods, and up the rocks
+and hills, as we perceived when we employed him to catch goats for
+us; We had a bull dog, which we lent with several of our nimblest
+runners, to help him in catching goats; but he distanced and tired
+both the dog and the men, caught the goats, and brought them to us
+on his back.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page236" id="page236"></a>[pg
+236]</span>
+<p>He told us, that his agility in pursuing a goat had once like to
+have cost him his life; he pursued it with so much eagerness, that
+he catched hold of it on the brink of a precipiece, of which he was
+not aware, the bushes hiding it from him; so, that he fell with the
+goat down the precipiece; a great height, and was to stunned and
+bruised with the fall, that he narrowly escaped with his life; and,
+when he came to his senses, found the goat dead under him: He lay
+there about twenty-four hours, and was scarce able to crawl to his
+hut, which was about a mile distant, or to stir abroad again in ten
+days.</p>
+<p>He came at last to relish his meat well enough without salt or
+bread; and, in the season had plenty of good turreps, which had
+been sewed there by Captain Dampier's men, and have now overspread
+some acres of ground. He had enough of good cabbage from the
+cabbage-trees, and seasoned his meat with the fruit of the pimento
+trees, which is the same as Jamaica pepper, and smells deliciously:
+He found also a black pepper, called Ma'azeta, which was very good
+to expel wind, and against gripping in the guts.</p>
+<p>He soon wore out all his shoes and clothes by running in the
+woods; and at last, being forced to shift without them, his feet
+became so hard, that he ran everywhere without difficulty; and it
+was some time before he could wear shoes after we found him; for
+not being used to any so long, his feet swelled when he came first
+to wear them again.</p>
+<p>After he had conquered his melancholy, he diverted himself
+sometimes with cutting his name in the trees, and the time of his
+being left, and continuance there. He was at first much pestered
+with cats and rats, that bred in great numbers, from some of each
+species which had got ashore from ships that put in there to wood
+and water: The rats gnawed his feet and cloathes whilst asleep,
+which obliged him to cherish the cats with his goats flesh, by
+which many of them became so tame, that they would lie about him in
+hundreds, and soon delivered him from the rats: He likewise tamed
+some kids; and, to divert himself would, now and then, sing and
+dance with them, and his cats: So that by the favour of Providence,
+and vigour of his youth, being now but thirty years old, he came,
+at last, to conquer all the inconveniencies of his solitude, and to
+be very easy.</p>
+<p>When his cloathes were worn out, he made himself a coat and a
+cap of goat-skins, which he stiched together with little thongs of
+the same, that he cut with his knife, He had no other needle but a
+nail; and, when his knife was worn to the back, he made others, as
+well as he could, of some iron hoops that were left ashore, which
+he beat thin, and ground upon stones. Having some linnen cloth by
+him, he sewed him some shirts with a nail, and stiched them with
+the worsted of his old stockings, <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page237" id="page237"></a>[pg 237]</span> which he pulled out on
+purpose. He had his last shirt on, when we found him in the
+island.</p>
+<p>At his first coming on board us, he had so much forgot his
+language, for want of use, that we could scarce understand him: for
+he seemed to speak his words by halve. We offered him a dram: but
+he would not touch it; having drank nothing but water since his
+being there; And it was sometime before he could relish our
+victuals. He could give us an account of no other product of the
+island, than what we have mentioned, except some black plums, which
+are very good, but hard to come at, the trees, which bear them,
+growing on high mountains and rocks. Pimento-trees are plenty here,
+and we saw some of sixty feet high and about two yards thick; and
+cotton-trees higher, and near four fathoms round in the stock. The
+climate is so good that the trees and grass are verdant all the
+year round. The winter lasts no longer than June and July, and is
+not then severe, there being only a small frost, and a little hail:
+but sometimes great rains. The heat of the summer is equally
+moderate; and there is not much thunder, or tempestuous weather of
+any sort. He saw no venomous or savage creature on the island, nor
+any sort of beasts but goats, the first of which had been put
+ashore here, on purpose for a breed, by Juan Fernandez, a Spaniard,
+who settled there with some families, till the continent of Chili
+began to submit to the Spaniards; which, being more profitable;
+tempted them to quit this island, capable however, of maintaining a
+good number of people, and being made so strong, that they could
+hot be easily dislodged from thence.</p>
+<p>February 3d we got our smith's forge on shore, set our coopers
+to work, and made a little tent for me to have the benefit of the
+air. The Duchess had also a tent for their sick men; so that we had
+a small town of our own here, and every body employed. A few men
+supplied us all with fish of several sorts, all very good, in such
+abundance, that, in a few hours, we could take as many as would
+serve 200. There were sea-fowls in the bay, as large as geese: but
+eat fishy. The governor never failed of procuring us two or three
+goats a day for our sick men; by which, with the help of the
+greens, and the wholesome air, they recovered very soon of the
+scurvy; so that Captain Dover and I thought it a very agreeable
+seat, the weather being neither too hot nor too cold. We spent our
+time, till the 10th, in refitting our ships, taking wood on board;
+and laying in water, that which we brought from England and St.
+Vincent being spoiled by the badness of the casks. We likewise
+boiled up about eighty gallons of sea-lions oil, as we might have
+done several tons, had we been provided with vessels. We refined it
+for our lamps, to save candles. The sailors sometimes use it to fry
+their meat, for want of butter, and find <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page238" id="page238"></a>[pg 238]</span> it
+agreeable enough. The men who worked on our rigging, eat young
+seals, which they preferred to our ships victuals, &amp; said it
+was as good as English lamb, though I should have been glad of such
+an exchange. We made what haste we could to get all the necessaries
+on board, being willing to lose no time; for we were informed at
+the Canaries, that five stout French ships were coming together to
+those seas.</p>
+<br>
+<hr class="full" noshade>
+<pre class="gut">
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LIFE AND MOST SURPRISING ADVENTURES
+   OF ROBINSON CRUSOE, OF YORK, MARINER (1801)***
+
+******* This file should be named 11866-h.txt or 11866-h.zip *******
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br>
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/1/1/8/6/11866">https://www.gutenberg.org/1/1/8/6/11866</a>
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+<a href="https://gutenberg.org/license">https://gutenberg.org/license)</a>.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's
+eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
+compressed (zipped), HTML and others.
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over
+the old filename and etext number.  The replaced older file is renamed.
+VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
+new filenames and etext numbers.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">https://www.gutenberg.org</a>
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000,
+are filed in directories based on their release date.  If you want to
+download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular
+search system you may utilize the following addresses and just
+download by the etext year.
+
+<a href="http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext06">http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext06</a>
+
+    (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99,
+     98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90)
+
+EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are
+filed in a different way.  The year of a release date is no longer part
+of the directory path.  The path is based on the etext number (which is
+identical to the filename).  The path to the file is made up of single
+digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename.  For
+example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at:
+
+https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234
+
+or filename 24689 would be found at:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689
+
+An alternative method of locating eBooks:
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL">https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL</a>
+
+*** END: FULL LICENSE ***
+</pre>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/11866-h/Images/023.jpg b/11866-h/Images/023.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3da473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/11866-h/Images/023.jpg
diff --git a/11866-h/Images/057.jpg b/11866-h/Images/057.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2060d47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/11866-h/Images/057.jpg
diff --git a/11866-h/Images/077.jpg b/11866-h/Images/077.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..036d120
--- /dev/null
+++ b/11866-h/Images/077.jpg
diff --git a/11866-h/Images/113.jpg b/11866-h/Images/113.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..671769e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/11866-h/Images/113.jpg
diff --git a/11866-h/Images/160.jpg b/11866-h/Images/160.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fce904
--- /dev/null
+++ b/11866-h/Images/160.jpg
diff --git a/11866-h/Images/182.jpg b/11866-h/Images/182.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33a26d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/11866-h/Images/182.jpg
diff --git a/11866-h/Images/199.jpg b/11866-h/Images/199.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e65c2a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/11866-h/Images/199.jpg
diff --git a/11866-h/Images/I.jpg b/11866-h/Images/I.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2fbc94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/11866-h/Images/I.jpg
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2f361f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #11866 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/11866)
diff --git a/old/11866-8.txt b/old/11866-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4ba3b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10820 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Life and Most Surprising Adventures of
+Robinson Crusoe, of York, Mariner (1801), by Daniel Defoe
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Life and Most Surprising Adventures of Robinson Crusoe, of
+York, Mariner (1801)
+
+Author: Daniel Defoe
+
+Release Date: April 1, 2004  [eBook #11866]
+Most recently modified September 16, 2009
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: iso-8859-1
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LIFE AND MOST SURPRISING
+ADVENTURES OF ROBINSON CRUSOE, OF YORK, MARINER (1801)***
+
+
+E-text prepared by Internet Archive; University of Florida; and Charlie
+Kirschner and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team
+
+
+
+Editorial notes:    Daniel Defoe's tale of Robinson Crusoe was first
+                    published in 1719. Numerous--almost countless--
+                    versions were published subsequently. Several are
+                    available in Project Gutenberg's library, including
+                    our e-books #521, 561, 5902, 6328, 6936, and 11239
+                    (https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/521 etc.). Various
+                    tales have been included in the different versions,
+                    usually under the names of "The Adventures of
+                    Robinson Crusoe," "The Further Adventures of
+                    Robinson Crusoe," and "Robinson Crusoe's Vision of
+                    the Angelic World." Even an account of the
+                    adventures of Alexander Selkirk, who was marooned
+                    for four years on an island in the Pacific Ocean,
+                    has been incorporated into some versions of the
+                    Robinson Crusoe stories. All of these tales are
+                    incorporated into this e-book taken from an 1801
+                    edition.
+
+                    Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+                    file which includes the original illustrations.
+                    See 11866-h.htm or 11866-h.zip:
+                    (https://www.gutenberg.org/files/11866/11866/11866.htm)
+                    or
+                    (https://www.gutenberg.org/files/11866/11866.zip)
+
+
+Transcriber's Note: Several pages (23, 90, 134, and 224-226) of the
+                    original book were unavailable for scanning. Page
+                    images of the identical text were subsequently
+                    made available by the University of Florida Baldwin
+                    Library of Historical Children's Literature and
+                    have been added to this e-book. The page images can
+                    be seen by the reader at
+                    http://www.uflib.ufl.edu/UFDC/UFDC.aspx?s=defoe&m=hd1J&i=53904
+
+
+
+
+
+THE
+
+LIFE
+
+AND MOST
+
+SURPRISING ADVENTURES
+
+OF
+
+ROBINSON CRUSOE,
+
+OF YORK, MARINER.
+
+WHO LIVED EIGHT AND TWENTY YEARS IN AN
+UNINHABITED ISLAND, ON THE COAST OF
+AMERICA, NEAR THE MOUTH OF THE
+GREAT RIVER OROONOQUE,
+
+Including an Account of
+
+HIS DELIVERANCE THENCE, AND HIS AFTER
+SURPRISING ADVENTURES.
+
+WITH
+
+HIS VISION OF THE ANGELIC WORLD.
+
+AN IMPROVED EDITION,
+
+Illustrated with eight Engravings, from Original designs.
+
+To which is annexed,
+
+THE REMARKABLE HISTORY OF
+
+ALEXANDER SELKIRK;
+
+Who lived four years and four months in a state of Solitude,
+on the Island of Juan Fernandez, in the Pacific Ocean,
+
+1801
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FRONTISPIECE.
+
+
+
+[Illustration: I Was Wrapt Up In Contemplation And Often Lifted
+Up My Hands, With The Profoundest Humility, To
+The Divine Powers, For Saving My Life, When The
+Rest Of My Companions Were All Drowned.
+_Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin_.]
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+If ever the story of any private man's adventures in the world were
+worth making public, and were acceptable when published, the Editor of
+this account thinks this will be so.
+
+The wonders of this man's life exceed all that (he thinks) is to be
+found extant; the life of one man being scarce capable of a
+greater variety.
+
+The story is told with modesty, with seriousness, and with a religious
+application of events to the uses to which wise men always apply them,
+viz. to the instruction of others by this example, and to justify and
+honour the wisdom of Providence in all the variety of our circumstances,
+let them happen how they will.
+
+The editor believes this narrative to be a just history of fact; neither
+is their any appearance of fiction in it: and though he is well aware
+there are many, who on account of the very singular preservations the
+author met with, will give it the name of romance; yet in which ever of
+these lights it shall be viewed, he imagines, that the improvement of
+it, as well as the diversion, as to the instruction of the reader, will
+be the same; and as such, he thinks, without farther compliment to the
+world, he does them a great service in the publication.
+
+
+
+THE
+
+LIFE AND ADVENTURES
+
+OF
+
+ROBINSON CRUSOE.
+
+
+I was born at York, in the year 1632, of a reputable family. My father
+was a native of Bremen, who by merchandizing at Hull for some time,
+gained a very plentiful fortune. He married my mother at York, who
+received her first breath in that country: and as her maiden name was
+Robinson, I was called _Robinson Kreutznaer_: which not being easily
+pronounced in the English tongue, we are commonly known by the name
+of Crusoe.
+
+I was the youngest of three brothers. The eldest was a lieutenant
+colonel in Lochart's regiment, but slain by the Spaniards: what became
+of the other, I could never learn.
+
+No charge or pains were wanting in my education.--My father designed me
+for the law; yet nothing would serve me but I must go to sea, both
+against the will of my father, the tears of my mother, and the
+entreaties of friends. One morning my father expostulated very warmly
+with me: What reason, says he, have you to leave your native country,
+where there must be a more certain prospect of content and happiness, to
+enter into a wandering condition of uneasiness and uncertainty? He
+recommended to me Augur's wish, "Neither to desire poverty nor riches:"
+that a middle state of life was the most happy, and that the high
+towering thoughts of raising our condition by wandering abroad, were
+surrounded with misery and danger, and often ended with confusion and
+disappointment. I entreat you, nay, I command you, (says he) to desist
+from these intentions. Consider your elder brother, who laid down his
+life for his honour, or rather lost it for his disobedience to my will.
+If you will go (added he) my prayers shall however be offered for your
+preservation; but a time may come, when, desolate, oppressed, or
+forsaken, you may wish you had taken your poor despised father's
+counsel.--He pronounced these words with such a moving and paternal
+eloquence, while floods of tears ran down his aged cheeks, that it
+seemed to stem the torrent of my resolutions. But this soon wore, off,
+and a little after I informed my mother, that I could not settle to any
+business, my resolutions were so strong to see the world; and begged she
+would gain my father's consent only to go one voyage; which, if I did
+not prove prosperous, I would never attempt a second. But my desire was
+as vain as my folly in making. My mother passionately expressed her
+dislike of this, proposal, telling me, "That as she saw I was bent upon
+my own destruction, contrary to their will and my duty, she would say no
+more; but leave me to do whatever I pleased."
+
+I was then, I think, nineteen years old, when one time being Hull; I met
+a school-fellow of mine, going along with his father, who was master of
+a ship, to London; and acquainted him with my wandering desires; he
+assured me of a free passage, and a plentiful share of what was
+necessary. Thus, without imploring a blessing, or taking farewell of my
+parents, I took shipping on the first of September 1651. We set sail
+soon after, and our ship had scarce left the Humber astern, when there
+arose so violent a storm, that, being extremely sea-sick, I concluded
+the judgment of God deservedly followed me for my disobedience to my
+dear parents. It was then I called to mind, the good advice of my
+father; how easy and comfortable was a middle state of life; and I
+firmly resolved, if it pleased God to set me on dry land once more, I
+would return to my parents, implore their forgiveness, and bid a final
+adieu to my wandering inclinations.
+
+Such were my thoughts while the storm continued: but these good
+resolutions decreased with the danger; more especially when my companion
+came to me, clapping me on the shoulder: "What, Bob!" said he, "sure you
+was not frightened last night with scarce a capful of wind?"--"And do
+you" cried I, "call such a violent storm a capful of wind?"--"A storm,
+you fool you," said he, "this is nothing; a good ship and sea-room
+always baffles such a foolish squall of wind as that: But you're a fresh
+water sailor: Come boy, turn out, see what fine weather we have now, and
+a good bowl of punch will drown all your past sorrows." In short, the
+punch was made, I was drunk and in one night's time drowned both my
+repentance and my good resolutions, forgetting entirely the vows and
+promises I made in my distress: and whenever any reflections would
+return on me, what by company, and what by drinking, I soon mastered
+those fits, as I deridingly called them. But this only made way for
+another trial, whereby I could not but see how much I was beholden to
+kind Providence.
+
+Upon the sixth day we came to an anchor in Harwich road, where we lay
+wind bound with some Newcastle ships; and there being good anchorage,
+and our cables found, the seamen forgot their late toil and danger, and
+spent the time as merry as if they had been on shore. But on the eight
+day there arose a brisk gale of wind, which prevented our tiding it up
+the river; and still increasing, our ship rode forecastle in, and
+shipped several large seas.
+
+It was not long before horror seized the seamen themselves, and I heard
+the master express this melancholy ejaculation, "Lord have mercy upon
+us, we shall be all, lost and undone!" For my part, sick unto death, I
+kept my cabin till the universal and terribly dreadful apprehensions of
+our speedy fate made me get upon deck; and there I was affrighted
+indeed. The sea went mountains high: I could see nothing but distress
+around us; two ships had cut their masts on board, and another was
+foundered; two more that had lost their anchors, were forced out to the
+mercy of the ocean; and to save our lives we were forced to cut our
+foremast and mainmast quite away.
+
+Who is their so ignorant as not to judge of my dreadful condition? I was
+but a fresh-water sailor and therefore it seemed more terrible. Our ship
+was very good, but over-loaded; which made the sailors often cry out,
+"She would founder!" Words I then was ignorant of. All this while the
+storm continuing, and rather increasing, the master and the most sober
+part of his men went to prayers, expecting death every moment. In the
+middle of the night one cried out, "We had sprung a leak;" another,
+"That there was four feet water in the hold." I was just ready to expire
+with fear, when immediately all hands were called to the pump; and the
+men forced me also in that extremity to share with them in their labour.
+While thus employed, the master espying some light colliers, fired a gun
+as a signal of distress; and I, not understanding what it meant, and
+thinking that either the ship broke, or some dreadful thing happened,
+fell into a swoon. Even in that common condition of woe, nobody minded
+me, excepting to thrust me aside with their feet, thinking me dead, and
+it was a great while before I recovered.
+
+Happy it was for us, when, upon the signal given, they ventured out
+their boats to save our lives. All our pumping had been in vain, and
+vain had all our attempts been, had they not come to our ship's side,
+and our men cast them a rope over the stern with a buoy to it, which
+after great labour they got hold of, and we hauling them up to us got
+into their boat, and left our ship which we perceived sink within less
+than a quarter of an hour; and thus I learned what was meant by
+_foundering at sea._ And now the men incessantly laboured to recover
+their, own ship; but the sea ran so high, and the wind blew so hard,
+that they thought it convenient to hale within shore; which, with great
+difficulty and danger, at last we happily effected landing at a place
+called _Cromer_, not far from Winterton lighthouse; from whence we all
+walked to Yarmouth, where, as objects of pity, many good people
+furnished us with necessaries to carry us either to Hull or London.
+
+Strange, after all this, like the prodigal son, I did not return to my
+father; who hearing of the ship's calamity, for a long time thought me
+entombed in the deep. No doubt but I should have _shared on his fatted
+calf_, as the scripture expresseth it; but my ill fate still pusheth me
+on, in spite of the powerful convictions of reason and conscience.
+
+When we had been at Yarmouth three days, I met my old companion, who had
+given me the invitation to go on board along with his father. His
+behaviour and speech were altered, and in a melancholy manner asked me
+how I did, telling his father who I was, & how I had made this voyage
+only for a trial to proceed further abroad. Upon which the old gentleman
+turning to me gravely, said, "Young man, you ought never to go to sea
+any more, but to take this for a certain sign that you never will
+prosper in a sea-faring condition." "Sir" answered I, "will you take the
+same resolution?" "It is a different case," said he, "it is my calling,
+and consequently my duty; but as you have made this voyage for a trial,
+you see what ill success heaven has set before your eyes; and perhaps
+our miseries have been on your account, like _Jonah_ in the ship of
+_Tarshish_. But pray what are you, and on what account did you go to
+sea?" Upon which I very freely declared my whole story: at the end of
+which he made this exclamation: "Ye sacred powers: what had I committed,
+that such a wretch should enter into my ship to heap upon me such a
+deluge of miseries!" But soon recollecting his passion, "Young man" said
+he, "if you do not go back, depend upon it, wherever you go, you will
+meet with disasters and disappointments till your father's words are
+fulfilled upon you." And so we parted.
+
+I thought at first to return home; but shame opposed that good motion,
+as thinking I should be laughed at by my neighbours and acquaintance. So
+strange is the nature of youth, who are not ashamed to sin, but yet
+ashamed to repent; and so far from being ashamed of those actions for
+which they may be acounted fools, they think it folly to return to their
+duty, which is the principal mark of wisdom. In short I travelled up to
+London, resolving upon a voyage, and a voyage I soon heard of, by my
+acquaintance with a captain who took a fancy to me, to go to the coast
+of Guinea. Having some money, and appearing like a gentleman, I went on
+board, not as a common sailor or foremast man; nay, the commander agreed
+I should go that voyage with him without any expence; that I should be
+his messmate and companion, and I was very welcome to carry any thing
+with me, and make the best merchandise I could.
+
+I blessed my happy fortune, and humbly thanked my captain for this
+offer; and acquainting my friends in Yorkshire, forty pounds were sent
+me, the greatest part of which my dear father and mother contributed to,
+with which I bought toys and trifles, as the captain directed me. My
+captain also taught me navigation, how to keep an account of the ship's
+course, take an observation, and led me into the knowledge of several
+useful branches of the mathematics. And indeed this voyage made me both
+a sailor and a merchant; for I brought home five pounds nine ounces of
+gold-dust for my adventure which produced, at my return to London,
+almost three hundred pounds. But in this voyage I was extremely sick,
+being thrown into a violent calenture through the excessive heat,
+trading upon the coast from the latitude of fifteen degrees north, even
+to the line itself.
+
+But alas! my dear friend the captain soon departed this life after his
+arrival. This was a sensible grief to me; yet I resolved to go another
+with his mate, who had now got command of the ship. This proved a very
+unsuccessful one; for though I did not carry quite a hundred pounds of
+my late acquired wealth, (so that I had two hundred pounds left, which I
+reposed with the captain's widow, who was an honest gentlewoman) yet my
+misfortunes in this unhappy voyage were very great. For our ship sailing
+towards the Canary islands, we were chased by a Salee rover; and in
+spite of all the haste we could make by crowding as much canvas as our
+yards could spread, or our masts carry, the pirate gained upon us, to
+that we prepared ourselves to fight. They had eighteen guns, and we had
+but twelve. About three in the afternoon there was a desperate
+engagement, wherein many were killed and wounded on both sides; but
+finding ourselves overpowered with numbers, our ship disabled and
+ourselves too impotent to have the least hopes of success, we were
+forced to surrender; and accordingly were all carried prisoners into the
+port of Salee. Our men were sent to the Emperor's court to be sold
+there, but the pirate captain taking notice of me, kept me to be his
+own slave.
+
+In this condition, I thought myself the most miserable creature on
+earth, and the prophecy of my father came afresh into my thoughts.
+However, my condition was better than I thought it to be, as will soon
+appear. Some hopes indeed I had that my new patron would go to sea
+again, where he might be taken by a Spanish or Portuguese man of war,
+and then I should be set at liberty. But in this I was mistaken; for he
+never took me with him, but left me to look after his little garden, and
+do the drudgery of his house, and when he returned from sea, would make,
+me lie in the cabin, and look after the ship. I had no one that I could
+communicate my thoughts to, which were continually meditating my escape;
+no Englishman, Irishman, or Scotchman here but myself; and for two years
+I could see nothing practicable, but only pleased myself with the
+imagination.
+
+After some length of time, my patron, as I found, grew; so poor that he
+could not fit out his ship as usual; and then he used constantly, once
+or twice a week, if the weather was fair, to go out a fishing, taking me
+and a young Moresco Boy to row the boat; and to much pleased was he with
+me for my dexterity in catching the fish, that he would often send me
+with a Moor, who was one of his kinsemen, and the Moresco youth, to
+catch a dish of fish for him.
+
+One morning, as we were at the sport, there arose such a thick fog that
+we lost sight of the shore; and rowing we knew not which way, we
+laboured all the night, and in the morning found ourselves in the ocean,
+two leagues from land. However, we attained there at length, and made
+the greater haste, because our stomachs were exceedingly sharp and
+hungry. In order to prevent such disasters for the future, my patron
+ordered a carpenter to build a little state room or cabin in the middle
+of the long-boat, with a place behind it to steer and hale home the
+main-sheet, with other conveniences to keep him from the weather, as
+also lockers to put in all manner of provisions, with a handsome
+shoulder of mutton sail, gibing over the cabin.
+
+In this he frequently took us out a fishing: and one time inviting two
+or three persons of distinction to go with him, made provision
+extraordinary, providing also three fusees with powder and shot, that
+they might have some sport at fowling along the sea-coast. The next
+morning the boat was made clean, her ancient and pendants on, and every
+thing ready: but their minds altering, my patron ordered us to go a
+fishing, for that his guests would certainly sup with him that night.
+
+And now I began to think of my deliverance indeed. In order to this I
+persuaded to Moor to get some provisions on board, as not daring to
+meddle with our patron's: and he taking my advice, we stored ourselves
+with rusk biscuit, and three jars of water. Besides, I privately
+conveyed into the boat a bottle or brandy, some twine, thread, a hammer,
+hatchet, and a saw; and, in particular, some bees wax, which was a great
+comfort to me, and served to make candles. I then persuaded Muley (for
+so was the Moor called) to procure some powder and shot, pretending to
+kill sea curlues, which he innocently and readily agreed to. In short,
+being provided with all things necessary, we sailed out, resolving for
+my own part to make my escape, though it should cost me my life.
+
+When we had passed the castle, we fell a fishing; but though I knew
+there was a bite, I dissembled the matter, in order to put out further
+to sea. Accordingly we ran a league further; when giving the boy the
+helm, and pretending to stoop for something, I seized Muley by surprise
+and threw him overboard. As he was an excellent swimmer, he soon arose
+and made towards the boat; upon which I took out a fusee, and presented
+at him: "Muley" said I, "I never yet designed to do you any harm, and
+seek nothing now but my redemption. I know you are able enough to swim
+to shore, and save your life: but if you are resolved to follow me to
+the endangering of mine, the very moment you proceed, I will shoot you
+through the head." The harmless creature at these words, turned himself
+from me, and I make no doubt got safe to land. Them turning to the boy
+Xury, I perceived he trembled at the action: but I put him out of all
+fear, telling him, that if he would be true and faithful to me, I would
+do well by him. "And therefore," said I, "you must stroke your face to
+be faithful: and, as the Turks have learned you, swear by Mahomet, and
+the beard of your father, or else I will throw you into the sea also."
+So innocent did the child then look, and with such an obliging smile
+consented, that I readily believed him, and from that day forward began
+to love him entirely.
+
+We then pursued our voyage: and least they should think me gone to the
+Straits' mouth, I kept to the southward to the truly Barbarian coast;
+but in the dusk of the evening, I changed my course, and steering
+directly S. and by E. that I might keep near the shore: and, having a
+fresh gale of wind, with a pleasant smooth sea, by three o'clock next
+day I was one hundred and fifty miles beyond the Emperor of Morocco's
+dominions. Yet still having the dreadful apprehensions of being retaken,
+I continued sailing for five days successively, till such time as the
+wind shifting to the southward, made me conclude, that if any vessel was
+in the chase of me, they would proceed no farther. After so much fatigue
+and thought, I anchored at the mouth of a little river, I knew not what
+or where: neither did I then see, any people. What I principally wanted
+was fresh water; and I was resolved about dusk to swim ashore. But no
+sooner did the gloomy clouds of night begin to succeed the declining
+day, when we heard such barking, roaring, and howling of wild creatures,
+that one might have thought the very strongest monsters of nature, or
+infernal spirits had their residence there. Poor Xury, almost dead with
+fear, entreated me not to go on shore that night. "Supposing I don't,
+Xury," said I, "and in the morning we should see men who are worse than
+those we fear, what then?" "O den we may give dem de shoot gun," replied
+Xury, laughing, "and de gun make dem all run away."
+
+The wit and broken English which the boy had learned among the captives
+of our nation, pleased me entirely: and, to add to his cheerfulness I
+gave him a dram of the bottle: we could get but little sleep all the
+night for those terrible howlings they made; and, indeed, we were both
+very much affrighted, when, by the rollings of the water, and other
+tokens, we justly concluded one of these monsters made towards our boat.
+I could not see till it came within two oars length, when taking my
+fusee, I let fly at him. Whether I hit him or no, I cannot tell; but he
+made towards the shore, and the noise of my gun increased the
+stupendious noise of the monsters.
+
+The next morning I was resolved to go on shore to get fresh water, and
+venture my life among the beasts or savages should either attack me.
+Xury said, he would take one of the jars and bring me some. I asked him
+why he would go and not I? The poor boy answered, "If wild mans come
+they eat me, you go away." A mind scarcely now to be imitated, so
+contrary to self-preservation, the most powerful law of Nature. This
+indeed increased my affection to the child. "Well, dear Xury," said I,
+we will both go ashore, both kill wild mans, and they "shall eat neither
+of us." So giving Xury a piece of rusk-bread to eat, and a dram, we
+waded ashore, carrying nothing with us but our arms, and two jars for
+water. I did not go out of sight of the boat, as dreading the savages
+coming down the river in their canoes; but the boy seeing a low descent
+or vale about a mile in the country, he wandered to it: and then running
+back to me with great precipitation, I thought he was pursued by some
+savage or wild beast; upon which I approached, resolving to perish or
+protect him from danger. As he came nearer to me, I saw something
+hanging over his shoulders, which was a creature he had shot like a
+hare, but different in colour, and longer legs; however, we were glad of
+it, for it proved wholesome, and nourishing meat: but what added to our
+joy was, my boy assured me there was plenty of water, and that he _see
+no wild mans. _And greater still was our comfort when we found fresh
+water in the creek where we were when the tide was out, without going so
+far up into the country.
+
+In this place I began to consider that the Canary and Cape de Verde
+islands lay not for off: but having no instrument, I knew not what
+latitude, or when to stand off to sea for them; yet my hopes were, I
+should meet some of the English trading vessels, who would relieve and
+take us in.
+
+The place I was in was no doubt that wild country, inhabited only by a
+few, that lies between the Emperor of Morocco's dominions and the
+Negroes. It is filled with wild beasts and the Moors use it for hunting
+chiefly.--From this place I thought I saw the top of the mountain
+Teneriff in the Canaries: which made me try twice to attain it: but as
+often was I drove back, and so forced to pursue my fortune along shore.
+
+Early one morning we came to an anchor under a little point of land, but
+pretty high; and the tide beginning to flow, we lay ready to go further
+in--But Xury, whose youthful and penetrating eyes were sharper then
+mine, in a soft tone, desired me to keep far from land, lest we should
+be devoured, "For look yonder, mayter," said he, "and see de dreadful
+monster fast asleep on de side of de hill." Accordingly looking where he
+pointed, I espied a fearful monster indeed. It was a terrible great lion
+that lay on shore, covered as it were by a shade of a piece of the hill.
+"Xury," said I, "you shall go on shore and kill him." But the boy looked
+amazed: "Me kill him!" says he, "he eat me at one mouth:" meaning one
+mouthful. Upon which I bid him lie still, and charging my biggest gun
+with two slugs, and a good charge of powder, I took the best aim I could
+to shoot him through the head, but his leg lying over his nose, the slug
+broke his knee-bone. The lion awaking with the pain, got up, but soon
+fell down, giving the most hideous groan I ever heard: but taking my
+second piece, I shot him through the head, and then he lay struggling
+for life. Upon this Xury took heart and desired my leave to go on shore.
+"Go then," said I. Upon which taking a little gun in one hand, he swam
+to shore with the other, and coming close to the lion, put a period to
+his life, by shooting him again through the head.
+
+But this was spending our ammunition in vain, the flesh not being good
+to eat. Xury was like a champion, and comes on board for a hatchet, to
+cut of the head of his enemy: but not having strength to perform it, he
+cut off and brought me a foot. I bethought me, however, that his skin
+would be of use. This work cost Xury and me a whole day: when spreading
+it on the top of our cabin, the hot beams of the sun effectually dried
+it in two days time, and it afterwards served me for a bed to lie on.
+
+And now we sailed southerly, living sparingly on our provisions, and
+went no oftener on shore than we were obliged for fresh water. My design
+was to make the river Gambia or Senegal, or any where about the Cape de
+Verde, in hopes to meet some European ship. If Providence did not so
+favour me, my next course was to seek for the islands, or lose my life
+among the Negroes. And in a word, I put my whole stress upon this,
+"Either that I must meet with some ship or certainly perish."
+
+One day as we were sailing along, we saw people stand on the shore
+looking at us: we could also perceive they were black and stark naked. I
+was inclined to go on shore, but Xury cried, "No, no:" however, I
+approached nearer, and I found they run along the shore by me a good
+way. They had no weapons in their hands, except one, who held a long
+stick, which Xury told me was a lance, with which they could kill at a
+great distance. I talked to them by signs and made them sensible I
+wanted something to eat: they beckoned to me to stop my boat, while two
+of them ran up into the country, and in less than half an hour came
+back, and brought with them two pieces of dried flesh, and some corn,
+which we kindly accepted; and to prevent any fears on either side, they
+brought the food to the shore, laid it down, then went and stood a great
+way off till we fetched it on board, and then came close to us again.
+
+But while we were returning thanks to them, being all we could afford,
+two mighty creatures came from the mountains: one as it were pursuing
+the other with great fury, which we were the rather inclined to believe
+as they seldom appear but in the night: and both these swiftly passing
+by the Negroes, jumped into the sea, wantonly swimming about, as tho'
+the diversion of the waters had put a stop to their fierceness. At last
+one of them coming nearer to my boat than I expected or desired, I shot
+him directly through the head; upon which he sunk immediately, and yet
+rising again, would have willingly made the shore: but between the wound
+and the strangling of the water, he died before he could reach it.
+
+It is impossible to express the consternation the poor Negroes were in
+at the firing of my gun; much less can I mention their surprise, when
+they perceived the creature to be slain by it. I made signs to them to
+draw near it with a rope, and then gave it them to hale on shore. It was
+a beautiful leopard, which made me desire its skin: and the Negroes
+seeming to covet the carcase, I freely gave it to them. As for the other
+leopard, it made to shore, and ran with prodigious swiftness out of
+sight. The Negroes having kindly furnished me with water, and with what
+roots and grains their country afforded, I took my leave, and, after
+eleven days sail, came in sight of the Cape de Verde, and those islands
+called by its name. But the great distance I was from it, and fearing
+contrary winds would prevent my reaching them, I began to grow
+melancholy and dejected, when, upon a sudden, Xury cried out, "Master!
+Master! a ship with a sail!" and looked as affrighted as if it was his
+master's ship sent in search of us. But I soon discovered she was a
+Portuguese ship, as I thought bound to the coast of Guinea for Negroes.
+Upon which I strove for life to come up to them. But vain had it been,
+if through their perspective glasses they had not perceived me and
+shortened their sail to let me come up. Encouraged at this, I set up my
+patron's ancient, and fired a gun, both as signals of distress; upon
+which they very kindly lay to, so that in three hours time I came up
+with them. They spoke to me in Portuguese, Spanish, and French, but
+neither of these did I understand; till at length a Scots sailor called,
+and then I told him I was an Englishman, who had escaped from the Moors
+at Sallee: upon which they took me kindly on board, with all my effects.
+
+Surely none can express the inconceivable joy I felt at this happy
+deliverance! who from being a late miserable and forlorn creature was
+not only relieved, but in favour with the master of the ship, to whom,
+in return for my deliverance, I offered all I had. "God forbid," said
+he, "that I should take any thing from you. Every thing shall be
+delivered to you when you come to Brazil. If I have saved your life it
+is no more than I should expect to receive myself from any other, when
+in the same circumstances I should happen to meet the like deliverance.
+And should I take from you what you have, and leave you at Brazil, why,
+this would be only taking away a life I had given. My charity teaches me
+better. Those effects you have will support you there, and provide you a
+passage home again." And, indeed, he acted with the strictest justice in
+what he did, taking my things into his possession, and giving me an
+exact inventory, even to my earthen jars. He bought my boat of me for
+the ship's use, giving me a note of eighty pieces of eight, payable at
+Brazil; and if any body offered more, he would make it up. He also gave
+me 60 pieces for my boy Xury. It way with great reluctance I was
+prevailed upon to sell the child's liberty, who had served me so
+faithfully; but the boy was willing himself; and it was agreed, that
+after ten years he should be made free, upon his renouncing
+Mahometanism, and embracing Christianity.
+
+Having a pleasant voyage to the Brazils, we arrived in the Bay de Todos
+los Santos, or All Saints Bay, in twenty-two days after. And here I
+cannot forget the generous treatment of the captain. He would take
+nothing for my passage, gave me twenty ducats for the leopard's skin,
+and thirty for the lion's. Every thing he caused to be delivered, and
+what I would sell he bought. In short I made about 220 pieces of my
+cargo; and with this stock I entered once more, as I may say into the
+scene of life.
+
+Being recommended to an honest planter, I lived with him till such time
+as I was informed of the manner of their planting and making sugar; and
+seeing how well they lived, and how suddenly they grew rich, I was
+filled with a desire to settle among them, and resolved to get my money
+remitted to me, and to purchase a plantation.
+
+To be brief, I bought a settlement next door to an honest and kind
+neighbour, born at Lisbon, of English parents, whose plantation joining
+to mine, we improved it very amicably together. Both our stocks were
+low, and for two years we planted only for food: but the third year we
+planted some tobacco, and each of us dressed a large piece of ground the
+ensuing year for planting canes. But now I found how much I wanted
+assistance, and repented the loss of my dear boy Xury.
+
+Having none to assist me, my father's words came into my mind; and I
+used to ask myself, if what I sought was only a middle station of life,
+why could it not as well be obtained in England as here? When I pondered
+on this with regret, the thoughts of my late deliverance forsook me. I
+had none to converse with but my neighbour; no work to be done but by my
+own hands; it often made me say, my condition was like to that of a man
+cast upon a desolate island. So unhappy are we in our reflections, so
+forgetful of what good things we receive ourselves, and so unthankful
+for our deliverance from these calamities that others endure.
+
+I, was in some measure settled, before the captain who took me up
+departed from the Brazils. One day I went to him, and told him what
+stock I had in London, desiring his assistance in getting it remitted;
+to which the good gentleman readily consented, but would only have me
+send for half my money, lest it should miscarry; which, if it did, I
+might still have the remainder to support me: and so taking letters of
+procuration of me, bid me trouble myself no farther about it.
+
+And indeed wonderful was his kindness towards me; for he not only
+procured the money I had drawn for upon my captain's widow, but sent me
+over a servant with a cargo proportionable to my condition. He also sent
+me over tools of all sorts, iron-work, and utensils necessary for my
+plantation, which proved to be of the greatest use to me in my business.
+
+Wealth now accumulating on me, and uncommon success crowning my
+prosperous labours, I might have rested happy in that middle state of
+life my father had so often recommended, yet nothing would content me,
+such was my evil genius, but I must leave this happy station, for a
+foolish ambition in rising; and thus, once more, I cast myself into the
+greatest gulph of misery that ever poor creature fell into. Having lived
+four years in Brazil, I had not only learned the language, but
+contracted acquaintance with the most eminent planters, and even the
+merchants of St. Salvadore; to whom, once, by way of discourse, having
+given account of my two voyages to the coast of Guinea and the manner of
+trading there for mere trifles, by which we furnish our plantations with
+Negroes, they gave such attention to what I said, that three of them
+came one morning to me, and told me they had a secret proposal to make.
+After enjoining me to secrecy (it being an infringement on the powers of
+the Kings of Portugal and Spain) they told me they had a mind to fit out
+a ship to go to Guinea, in order to stock the plantation with Negroes,
+which as they could not be publicly sold, they would divide among them:
+and if I would go their supercargo in the ship, to manage the trading
+part, I should have ah equal share of the Negroes, without providing any
+stock. The thing indeed was fair enough, had I been in another
+condition. But I, born to be my own destroyer, could not resist the
+proposal, but accepted the offer upon condition of their looking after
+my plantation. So making a formal will, I bequeathed my effects to my
+good friend the captain, as my universal heir; but obliged him to
+dispose of my effects as directed, one half of the produce to himself,
+and the other to be shipped to England.
+
+The ship being fitted out, and all things ready, we set sail the first
+of September, 1659, being the same day eight-years I left my father and,
+mother in Yorkshire. We sailed northward upon the coast, in order to
+gain Africa, till we made Cape Augustine; from whence going farther into
+the ocean, out of sight of land, we steered as though we were bound for
+the isle Fernand de Norenba, leaving the islands on the east; and then
+it was that we met with a terrible tempest, which continued for twelve
+days successively, so that the wind carried us wheresoever they pleased.
+In this perplexity one of our men died, and one man and a boy were
+washed overboard. When the weather cleared up a little, we found
+ourselves eleven degrees north latitude, upon the coast of Guinea. Upon
+this the captain gave reasons for returning; which I opposed,
+counselling him to stand away for Barbadoes, which as I supposed, might
+be attained in fifteen days. So altering our course, we sailed
+north-west and by west, in order to reach the Leeward Islands; but a
+second storm succeeding, drove us to the westward; so that we were
+justly afraid of falling into the hands of cruel savages, or the paws of
+devouring beasts of prey.
+
+In this great distress, one of our men, early in the morning cried out,
+_Land, land!_ which he had no sooner cried out, but our ship struck upon
+a sand bank, and in a moment the sea broke over her in such a manner
+that we expected we should all have perished immediately. We knew
+nothing where we were, or upon what land we were driven; whether an
+island or the main, inhabited or not inhabited; and we could not so much
+as hope that the ship would hold out many minutes, without breaking in
+pieces, except the wind by a miracle should turn about immediately.
+While we stood looking at one another, expecting death every moment, the
+mate lay a hold of the boat, and with the help of the rest got her flung
+over the ship's side, and getting all into her, being eleven of us,
+committed ourselves to God's mercy and the wild sea. And now we saw that
+this last effort would not be a sufficient protection from death; so
+high did the sea rise, that it was impossible the boat should live. As
+to making sail, we had none; neither if we had, could we make use of
+any. So that when we had rowed, or rather were driven about a league and
+a half, a raging wave, like a lofty mountain, came rolling astern of us,
+and took us with such fury, that at once it overset the boat. Thus being
+swallowed up in a moment, we had hardly time to call upon the tremendous
+name of God; much less to implore, in dying ejaculations, his infinite
+mercy to receive our departing souls.
+
+Men are generally counted insensible, when struggling in the pangs of
+death; but while I was overwhelmed with water, I had the most dreadful
+apprehensions imaginable. For the joys of heaven and the torments of
+hell, seemed to present themselves before me in these dying agonies, and
+even small space of time, as it were, between life and death. I was
+going I thought I knew not whither, into a dismal gulf unknown, and as
+yet unperceived, never to behold my friends, nor the light of this world
+any more! Could I even have thought of annihilation, or a total
+dissolution of soul as well as body, the gloomy thoughts of having no
+further being, no knowledge of what we hoped for, but an eternal
+_quietus_, without life or sense: even that, I say, would have been
+enough to strike me with horror and confusion! I strove, however, to the
+last extremity, while all my companions were overpowered and entombed in
+the deep: and it was with great difficulty I kept my breath till the
+wave spent itself, and retiring back, left me on the shore half dead
+with the water I had taken in. As soon as I got on my feet, I ran as
+fast as I could, lest another wave should pursue me, and carry me back
+again. But for all the haste I made, I could not avoid it: for the sea
+came after me like a high mountain, or furious enemy; so that my
+business was to hold my breath, and by raising myself on the water,
+preserve it by swimming. The next dreadful wave buried me at once twenty
+or thirty feet deep, but at the same time carried me with a mighty force
+and swiftness toward the shore: when raising myself, I held out as well
+as possible, till at length the water having spent itself, began to
+return, at which I struck forward, and feeling ground with my feet, I
+took to my heels again. Thus being served twice more, I was at length
+dashed against a piece of a rock, in such a manner as left me senseless;
+but recovering a little before the return of the wave, which, no doubt,
+would then have overwhelmed me, I held fast by the rock till those
+succeeding waves abated; and then fetching another run, was overtaken by
+a small wave, which was soon conquered. But before any more could
+overtake me, I reached the main land, where clambering up the cliffs of
+the shore, tired and almost spent I sat down on the grass, free from the
+dangers of the foaming ocean.
+
+No tongue can express the ecstasies and transports that my soul felt at
+the happy deliverance. It was like a reprieve to a dying malefactor,
+with a halter about his neck, and ready to be turned off. I was wrapt up
+in contemplation and often lifted up my hands, with the profoundest
+humility, to the Divine Powers, for saving, my life, when the rest of my
+companions were all drowned. And now I began to cast my eyes around, to
+behold what place I was in and what I had next to do. I could see no
+house nor people; I was wet, yet had no clothes to shift me; hungry and
+thirsty, yet had nothing to eat or drink; no weapon to destroy any
+creature for my sustenance; nor defend myself against devouring beasts;
+in short, I had nothing but a knife, a tobacco pipe, and a box half
+filled with tobacco. The darksome night coming on upon me, increased my
+fears of being devoured by wild creatures; my mind was plunged in
+despair, and having no prospect, as I thought, of life before me, I
+prepared for another kind of death then what I had lately escaped. I
+walked about a furlong to see if I could find any fresh water, which I
+did, to my great joy: and taking a quid of tobacco to prevent hunger, I
+got up into a thick bushy tree, and seating myself so that I could not
+fall, a deep sleep overtook me, and for that night buried my sorrows in
+a quiet repose.
+
+It was broad day the next morning before I awaked; when I not only
+perceived the tempest was ceased, but law the ship driven almost as far
+as the rock before-mentioned, which the waves had dashed me against, and
+which was about a mile from the place where I was. When I came down from
+my apartment in the tree, I perceived the ship's boat two miles distant
+on my right-hand, lying on shore, as the waves had cast her. I thought
+to have got to her; but there being an inlet of water of about half a
+mile's breadth between it and me, I returned again towards the ship, as
+hoping to find something for my more immediate subsistence. About noon,
+when the sea was calm, that I could come within a quarter of a mile of
+her, it was to my grief I perceived, that, if we had kept on board all
+our lives had been saved. These thoughts, and my solitude drew tears
+from my eyes, though all in vain. So resolving to get to the ship, I
+stripped and leapt into the water, when swimming round her, I was afraid
+I should not get any thing to lay hold of; but it was my good fortune to
+espy a small piece of rope hang down by the fore chains, so low that, by
+the help of it, though with great difficulty, I got into the forecastle
+of the ship. Here I found that the ship was bulged, and had a great deal
+of water in her hold: her stern was lifted up against a bank, and her
+head almost to the water. All her quarter and what was there, was free
+and dry. The provisions I found in good order, with which I crammed my
+pockets, and losing no time, ate while I was doing other things: I also
+found some rum, of which I took a hearty dram: and now I wanted for
+nothing except a boat, which indeed was all, to carry away what was
+needful for me.
+
+Necessity occasions quickness of thought. We had several spare yards, a
+spare topmast or two, and two or three large spars of wood. With these I
+fell to work, and flung as many of them overboard as I could manage,
+tying every one of them with a rope, that they might not drive away.
+This done, I went down to the ship's side, and tyed four of them fast
+together at both ends, in form of a raft, and laying two or three short
+pieces of plank upon them crosswise, I found it would bear me, but not
+any considerable weight. Upon which I went to work again, cutting a
+spare topmast into three lengths, adding them to my raft with a great
+deal of labour and pains. I then considered what I should load it with,
+it being not able to bear a ponderous burden. And this I soon thought
+of, first laying upon it all the planks and boards I could get; next I
+lowered down three of the seamen's chests, after I had filled them with
+bread, rice, three Dutch cheeses, five pieces of dried goat's flesh, and
+some European corn, what little the rats had spared: and for liquors, I
+found several cases of bottles belonging to our skipper, in which were
+some cordial waters, and four or five gallons of rack, which I stowed by
+themselves. By this time the tide beginning to flow, I perceived my
+coat, waistcoat, and shirt, swim away, which I had left on the shore; as
+for my linen breeches and stockings, I swam with them to the ship; but I
+soon found clothes enough, though I took no more than I wanted for the
+present. My eyes were chiefly on tools to work with; and after a long
+search, I found out the carpenter's chest, which I got safe down on my
+raft. I then looked for arms and ammunition, and in the great cabin
+found two good fowling pieces, two pistols, several powder horns filled,
+a small bag of shot, and two old rusty swords. I likewise found three
+barrels of powder, two of which were good, but the third had taken
+water, also two or three broken oars, two saws, an ax, and a hammer. I
+then put to sea, and in getting to shore had three encouragements. 1. A
+smooth calm sea. 2. The tide rising and letting in to shore. 3. The
+little wind there was blew towards the land. After I had sailed about a
+mile, I found the raft to drive a little distance from the place where I
+first landed; and then I perceived a little opening of the land, with a
+strong current of the tide running into it: upon which I kept the middle
+of the stream. But great was my concern, when on a sudden the fore part
+of my raft ran a ground, so that had I not, with great difficulty, for
+near half an hour, kept my back straining against the chests to keep my
+effects in their places, all I had would have gone into the sea. But
+after some time, the rising of the water caused the raft to float again,
+and coming up a little river with land on both sides, I landed in a
+little cove, as near the mouth as possible, the better to discover a
+sail, if any such providentially passed that way.
+
+Not far off, I espied a hill of stupendous height, surounded with lesser
+hills about it, and thither I was resolved to go and view the country
+that I might see what part was best, to fix my habitation. Accordingly,
+arming myself with a pistol a fowling piece, powder and ball, I ascended
+the mountain. There I perceived I was in an island, encompassed by the
+sea; no distant lands to be seen but scattering rocks that lay to the
+west: that it seemed to be a barren place, and, as I thought, inhabited
+only by wild beasts. I perceived abundance of fowls, but ignorant of
+what kind, or whether good for nourishment; I shot one of them at my
+return, which occasioned a confused screaming among the other birds, and
+I found it, by its colours and beak, to be a kind of a hawk, but its
+flesh was perfect carrion.
+
+When I came to my raft, I brought my effects on shore, which work spent
+that day entirely; and fearing that some cruel beasts might devour me in
+the night time while I slept, I made a kind of hut or barricade with the
+chests and boards I had brought onshore. That night I slept very
+comfortably; and the next morning my thoughts were employed to make a
+further attempt on the ship, and bring away what necessaries I could
+find, before another storm should break her to pieces. Accordingly I got
+on board as before, and prepared a second raft far more nice then the
+first, upon which I brought away the carpenter's stores, two or three
+bags full of nails, a great jack-screw, a dozen or two of hatchets, and
+a grind-stone. I also took away several things that belonged to the
+gunner, particularly two or three iron crows, two barels of
+musket-bullets, another fowling-piece, a small quantity of powder, and a
+large bagful of small shot. Besides these, I took all the men's clothes
+I could find, a spare fore topsail, a hammock, and some bedding; and
+thus completing my second cargo, I made all the haste to shore I could,
+fearing some wild beast might destroy what I had there already. But I
+only found a little wild cat sitting on one of the chests, which seeming
+not to fear me or the gun that I presented at her, I threw her a piece
+of biscuit, which she instantly ate, and departed.
+
+When I had gotten these effects on shore, I went to work in order to
+make me a little tent with the sail and some poles which I had cut for
+that purpose; and having finished it, what things might be damaged by
+the weather I brought in, piling all the empty chests and calks in a
+circle, the better to fortify it against any sudden attempt of man or
+beast. After this, I blocked up the doors with some boards, and an empty
+chest, turned the long way out. I then charged my gun and pistol, and
+laying my bed on the ground, slept as comfortably, till next morning, as
+though I had been in a christian country.
+
+Now, though I had enough to subsist me a long time, yet despairing of a
+sudden deliverance, or that both ammunition and provision might be spent
+before such a thing happened, I coveted as much as I could; and so long
+as the ship remained in that condition, I daily brought away one
+necessary or other; particularly the rigging, sails, and cordage, some
+twine, a barrel of wet powder, some sugar, a barrel of meal, 3 calks of
+rum, &, what indeed was most welcome to me, a whole hogshead of bread.
+
+The next time I went I cut the cables in pieces, carried off a hawser
+whole, with a great deal of iron work, and made another raft with the
+mizen and sprit-sail-yard; but this being so unwieldy, by the too heavy
+burden I had upon it, and not being able so dextrously to guide it, as
+the former, both my cargo and I were overturned. For my part, all the
+damage I sustained was a wet skin; and, at low water, after much labour
+in diving, I got most of the cables, and some pieces of iron.
+
+Thirteen days I had now been in the island, and eleven times on board,
+bringing away all that was possible, and, I believe, had the weather
+been calm, I should have brought away the whole ship piece by piece. As
+I was going the twelfth time, the wind began to rise; however, I
+ventured at low water, and rummaging the cabin, in a locker I found
+several razors, scissors, and some dozens of knives and forks; and in
+another thirty-six pounds in pieces of eight, silver and gold. _Ah!
+simple vanity_ said I _whom this world so much dotes on, where is now
+thy virtue, thy excellency to me? You cannot procure me one thing
+needful, nor remove me from this desolate island to a place of plenty.
+One of these knives, so meanly esteemed, is to me more preferable than
+all this heap. E'en therefore remain where thou art to sink in the deep
+as unregarded, even as a creature whose life is not worth preserving._
+Yet, after all this exclamation, I wrapt it up in a piece of canvas,
+and began to think of making another raft, but I soon perceived the wind
+began to arise, a fresh gale blowing from the shore, and the sky
+overcast with clouds and darkness; so thinking a a raft to be in yaw, I
+let myself into the water with what things I had about me, and it was
+with much difficulty I got ashore, when soon after it blew a
+fearful storm.
+
+That night I slept very contentedly in my little tent, surrounded with
+all my effects; but when I looked out in the morning no more ship was to
+be seen. This much surprised me for the present; yet, when I considered
+I had lost no time, abated no pains and had got every thing useful out
+of her, I comforted myself in the best manner, and entirely submitted to
+the will of Providence.
+
+My next thoughts were, how I should defend and secure myself from
+savages and wild beasts, if any such were in the island. At one time I
+thought of digging a cave, at another I was for erecting a tent; and, at
+length, I resolved to do both: The manner or form of which will not, I
+hope, be unpleasing to describe.
+
+When I considered the ground where I was, that it was moorish, and had
+no fresh water near it, my resolutions were to search for a soil healthy
+and well watered, where I might not only be sheltered from the sun's
+scorching heat, but be more conveniently situated, as well to be secured
+from wild men and beasts of prey, as more easily to discover any distant
+sail, should it ever happen.
+
+And, indeed, it was not long before I had my desire. I found a little
+plain near a rising hill, the front towards which being as steep as a
+house side, nothing could descend on me from the top. On the side of
+this rock, was a little hollow place, resembling the entrance or door of
+a cave. Just before this place; on the circle of the green, I resolved
+my tent should stand. This plain did not much exceed a hundred yards
+broad, and about twice as long, like a delightful green, before my door,
+with a pleasing, though an irregular descent every way to the low
+grounds by the sea-side, lying on the N. W. side of the hill, so that it
+was sheltered from the excessive heat of the sun. After this, I drew a
+semi-circle, containing ten yards in a semi-diameter, and twenty yards
+in the whole, driving down two rows; of strong stakes, not 6 inches from
+each other. Then with the pieces of cable which I had cut on board, I
+regularly laid them in a circle between the piles up to their tops,
+which were more than five feet out of the earth, and after drove another
+row of piles looking within side against them, between two or three feet
+high, which made me conclude it a little impregnable castle against men
+and beasts. And for my better security I would have no door, but entered
+in and came out by the help of a ladder, which I also made.
+
+[Illustration: Robinson Crusoe building his castle. _Dr. & Eng. by A.
+Carse, Edin._]
+
+Here was my fence and fortress, into which I carried all my riches,
+ammunition, and stores. After which, working on the rock, what with dirt
+and stones I dug out, I not only raised my ground two feet, but made a
+little cellar to my mansion-house; and this cost me many days labour and
+pains. One day in particular a shower of rain falling, thunder and
+lighting ensued, which put me in terror lest my powder should take fire,
+and not only hinder my necessary subsistence, by killing me food, but
+even blow up me and my habitation. To prevent which, I fell to making
+boxes and bags, in order to separate it, having by me near 150lb.
+weight. And thus being established as king of the island, every day I
+went out with my gun to see what I could kill that was fit to eat. I
+soon perceived numbers of goats but very shy, yet having watched them
+narrowly, and seeing I could better shoot off the rocks than when in the
+low grounds, I happened to shoot a she-goat suckling a young kid; which
+not thinking its dam slain, stood by her unconcerned; and when I took
+the dead creature up, the young one followed me even to the inclosure. I
+lifted the kid over the pales, and would willingly have kept it alive;
+but finding it could not be brought to eat, I was forced to slay it also
+for my subsistence.
+
+Thus entered into as strange a scene of life as ever any man was in, I
+had most melancholy apprehensions concerning my deplorable condition:
+and many times the tears would plentifully run down my face, when I
+considered how I was debarred from all communications with human kind.
+Yet while these disponding cogitations would seem to make me accuse
+Providence, other good thoughts would interpose and reprove me after
+this manner: Well, supposing you are desolate, it is not better to be so
+than totally perish? Why, were you singled out to be saved and the rest
+destroyed? Why should you complain, when not only your life is
+preserved, but the ship driven into your reach, in order to take what
+was necessary out of her for your subsistence? But to proceed, it was,
+by the account I kept, the 30th of September, when I first landed on
+this island. About twelve days after, fearing lest I should lose my
+reckoning of time, nay, even forget the Sabbath days, for want of pen,
+ink, and paper, I carved with a knife upon a large post, in great
+letters; and set it up: in the similitude of a cross, on the seashore
+where I landed, I CAME ON SHORE, _Sept._ 30 1659. Every day I cut a
+notch with my knife on the sides of the square post, and this on the
+Sabbath was as long again as the rest; and every first day of the month
+as long again as that long one. In this manner I kept my calendar,
+weekly, monthly or yearly reckoning of time. But had I made a more
+strict search (as afterwards I did) I needed not have set up this mark;
+for among the parcels belonging to the gunner, carpenter, and captain's
+mate, I found those very things I wanted; particularly pens, ink, and
+paper. So I found two or three compasses, some mathematical
+instruments, dials, perspective glasses, books of navigation, three
+English Bibles, and several other good books, which I carefully put
+up.--Here I cannot but call to mind our having a dog and two cats on
+board, whom I made inhabitants with me in my castle. Though one might
+think I had all the necessities that were desirable, yet still I found
+several things wanting. My ink was daily wasting; I wanted needles,
+pins, and thread to mend or keep my clothes together; and particularly a
+spade, pickax, or shovel, to remove the earth. It was a year before I
+finished my little bulwark; and having some intervals of relaxation,
+after my daily wandering abroad for provision, I drew up this plan,
+alternately, as creditor and debtor, to remind me of the miseries and
+blessings of my life, under so many various circumstances.
+
+E V I L
+
+I am cast upon a desolate island, having no hopes, no prospects of a
+welcome deliverance.
+
+Thus miserably am I singled out from the enjoyment or company of all
+mankind.
+
+Like an hermit (rather should I say a lonely anchorite) am I forced from
+human conversation.
+
+My clothes after some time will be worn out; and then I shall have none
+to cover me.
+
+When my ammunition is wasted, then shall I remain without any defence
+against wild men and beasts.
+
+I have no creature, no soul to speak to; none to beg assistance from.
+Some comfort would it be to resound my woes where I am understood, and
+beg assistance where I might hope for relief.
+
+GOOD
+
+But yet I am preserved, while my companions are perished in the raging
+ocean.
+
+Yet set apart to be spared from death. And he, who has so preserved me,
+can deliver me from this condition.
+
+However, I have food to eat, and even a happy prospect of subsistence
+while life endures.
+
+At present I enjoy what is absolutely needful; and the climate is so
+hot, that had I never so many, I would hardly wear them.
+
+Yet if it does, I see no danger of any hurt to me, as in Africa; And
+what if I had been cast away, upon that coast.
+
+Is there not God to converse to, and is not he able to relieve thee?
+Already has he afforded thee sustenance, and put it in thy power to
+provide for thyself till he sends thee a deliverance.
+
+And now easing my mind a little by these reflections, I began to render
+my life as easy as possible.
+
+I must here add, to the description I have given of my habitation, that
+having raised a turf wall against the outside of it, I thatched it so
+close as might keep it from the inclemency of the weather; I also
+improved it within, enlarged my cave, and made a passage and door in the
+rock, which came out beyond the pale of my fortification. I next
+proceeded to make a chair and a table, and so began to study such
+mechanical arts as seemed to me practicable. When I wanted a plank or
+board I hewed down a tree with my hatchet, making it as thin with my ax
+as possible, and then smooth enough with an adz to answer my designs:
+yet though I could make no more this way than one board out of a tree,
+in length of time I got boards enough to shelter all my stores, every
+thing being regularly placed, and my guns securely hanging against the
+side of the rock. This made it a very pleasant sight to me, as being the
+result of vast labour and diligence; which leaving for a while, and me
+to the enjoyment of it, I shall give the reader an account of my Journal
+from the day of my landing, till the fixing and settling of my
+habitation, as heretofore shown.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+JOURNAL.
+
+_September 30, 1659_. I unhappy Robinson Crusoe, having suffered
+shipwreck, was driven on this desolate island, which I named the
+_Desolate Island of Despair_, my companions being swallowed up in the
+tempestous ocean. The next day I spent in consideration of my unhappy
+circumstances, having no prospect but of death, either to be starved
+with hunger, or devoured with beasts or merciless savages.
+
+_Oct. 1_. That morning, with great comfort, I beheld the ship drove
+ashore. Some hopes I had, that when the storm was abated I might be able
+to get some food and necessaries out of her, which I conceived were not
+damaged, because the ship did stand upright. At this time I lamented the
+loss of my companions, and our misfortune in leaving the vessel. When I
+perceived the ship as it were lay dry, I waded through the sands, then
+swam aboard, the weather being very rainy, and with scarcely any wind.
+
+To the 14th of this month, my time was employed in making voyages, every
+tide getting what I could out of the ship. The weather very wet and
+uncertain.
+
+_Oct. 20_. My raft and all the goods thereon were overset: yet I
+recovered most again at low water.
+
+_Oct. 25_. It blew hard, and rained night and day, when the ship went in
+pieces, so that nothing was seen of her but the wreck at low water. This
+day I secured my goods from the inclemency of the weather.
+
+_Oct. 26_. I wandered to see where I could find a place convenient for
+my abode. I fixed upon a rock in the evening, marked out a half-moon,
+intending to erect a wall, fortified with piles, lined within with
+pieces of cables, and covered with turf.
+
+_Nov. 1_. I erected my tent under a rock, and took up my lodgings very
+contentedly in a hammock that night.
+
+_Nov._ 2. This day I fenced myself in with timber, chests, and boards.
+
+_Nov._ 3. I shot two wild fowl, resembling ducks, which were good to
+eat, and in the afternoon made me a table.
+
+_Nov._ 4. I began to live regularly. In the morning I allowed myself two
+or three hours to walk out with my gun; I then worked till near eleven
+o'clock, and afterwards refreshed myself, with what I had to eat. From
+twelve to two I would lie down to sleep. Extremely sultry weather. In
+the evening go to work again.
+
+_Nov._ 5. Went out with my gun and dog, shot a wild cat with a soft skin,
+but her flesh was good for nothing. The skins of those I killed, I
+preserved. In my return, I perceived many wild birds, and was terrified
+by some seals which made off to sea.
+
+_Nov._ 6. Completed my table.
+
+_Nov._ 7. Fair weather. I worked till the 12th, but omitted the 11th,
+which, according to my calculation, I supposed to be Sunday.
+
+_Nov._ 13. Rain in abundance, which, however, much cooled the air; with
+thunder and lightening, caused in me a terrible surprise. The weather
+clearing, I secured my powder in separate parcels.
+
+_Nov._ 14--16. I made little boxes for my powder, lodging them in
+several places. I also shot a large fowl, which proved excellent meat.
+
+_Nov._ 17. I began to dig in the rock, yet was obliged to desist for
+want of a pickax, shovel, and wheel-barrow. Iron crows I caused to
+supply the place of the first; but with all my art I could not make a
+wheel-barrow.
+
+_Nov._ 18. It was my fortune to find a tree, resembling what Brazilians
+call an iron tree. I had like to have spoiled my ax with cutting it,
+being very hard and exceedingly heavy; yet with much labour & industry,
+I made a sort of a spade out of it.
+
+_Nov._ 21. These tools being made, I daily carried on my business;
+eighteen days I allowed for enlarging my cave, that it might serve me,
+not only for a warehouse, but kitchen, parlour, and cellar. I commonly
+lay in the tent, unless the weather was rainy that I could not lie dry.
+So wet would it be at certain seasons, that I was obliged to cover all
+within the pale with long poles, in the form of rafters, leaning against
+the rock, and loaded them with flags and large leaves of trees,
+resembling a thatch.
+
+_Dec._ 10. No sooner did I think my habitation finished, but suddenly a
+great deal of the top broke in, so that it was a mercy I was not buried
+in the ruins. This occasioned a great deal of pains and trouble to me,
+before I could make it firm and durable.
+
+_Dec_ 17. I nailed up some shelves and drove nails and staples in the
+wall and posts to hang things out of the way.
+
+_Dec_ 20. Every thing I got into its place, then made a sort of a
+dresser, and another table.
+
+_Dec._ 24. 25. Rain in abundance.
+
+_Dec._ 26. Very fair weather.
+
+_Dec._ 27. I chanced to light on some goats, shot one and wounded
+another. I led it home in a string, bound up its leg, and cured it in a
+little time; at length it became so tame and familiar as to feed before
+the door, and follow me where I pleased. This put me in mind to bring up
+tame creatures, in order to supply me with food after my ammunition
+was spent.
+
+_Dec._ 28, 29, 30. The weather being excessively hot, with little air,
+obliged me for the most part, to keep within doors.
+
+_Jan_ 1. Still sultry, however, obliged by necessity, I went out with my
+gun, and found a great store of goats in the valleys; they were
+exceedingly shy, nor could my dog hunt them down.
+
+_Jan._ 3 to 14. My employment this time was to finish the wall before
+described, and search the island. I discovered a kind of pigeons like
+our house-pigeons in a nest among the rocks. I brought them home, nursed
+them till they could fly, and then they left me. After this, I shot
+some, which proved excellent food. Some time I spent vainly in
+contriving to make a cask; I may well say it was vain, because I could
+neither joint the staves; nor fix the heads, so as to make it tight: So,
+leaving that, took some goat's tallow I had about me, and a little okum
+for the wick, and provided myself with a lamp, which served me instead
+of candles.
+
+But now a very strange event happened. For being in the height of my
+search, what should come into my hand, but a bag, which was used to hold
+corn (as I supposed) for the fowls; so immediately resolving to put
+gunpowder in it, I shook all the hulks and dirt upon one side of the
+rock, little expecting what the consequences would be. The rain had
+fallen plentifully a few days before; and about a month after, to my
+great amazement something began to lock out very green and flourishing;
+and when I came to view it more nicely, every day as it grew, I found
+about ten or twelve ears of green barley appeared in the very same shape
+and make as that in England.
+
+I can scarce express the agitations of my mind at this sight. Hitherto I
+had looked upon the actions of this life no otherwise than only as the
+events of blind chance and fortune. But now the appearance of this
+barley, flourishing in a barren soil, and my ignorance in not conceiving
+how it should come there, made me conclude _that miracles were not yet
+ceased:_ nay, I even thought that God had appointed it to grow there
+without any seed, purely for my sustenance in this miserable and
+desolate island. And indeed such great effect this had upon me, that it
+often made me melt into tears, through a grateful sense of God's
+mercies; and the greater still was my thankfulness, when I perceived
+about this little field of barley some rice stalks, also wonderfully
+flourishing.
+
+While thus pleased in mind, I concluded there must be more corn in the
+island; and therefore made a diligent search narrowly among the rocks;
+but not being able to find any, on a sudden it came into my mind, how I
+had shaken the husks of corn out of the bag, and then my admiration
+ceased, with my gratitude to the Divine Being, _as thinking it was but
+natural_, and not to be conceived a miracle; though even the manner of
+its preservation might have made me own it as a wonderful event of God's
+kind providence.
+
+It was about the latter end of June when the ears of this corn ripened,
+which I laid up very carefully together with 20 or 30 stalks of rice,
+expecting one day I should reap the fruit of my labour; yet four years
+were expired before I could allow myself to eat any barley-bread, and
+much longer time before I had any rice. After this, with indefatigable
+pains and industry for three or four months, at last I finished my wall
+on the 14th, of April, having no way to go into it, but by ladder
+against the wall.
+
+_April_ 16. I finished my ladder, and ascended it; afterwards pulled it
+up, then let it down on the other side, and descended into my new
+habitation, where I had space enough, and so fortified that nothing
+could attack me, without scaling the walls.
+
+But what does all human pains and industry avail, if the blessing of God
+does not crown our labours? Or who can stand before the Almighty, when
+he stretcheth forth his arm? For one time as I was at the entrance of my
+cave, there happened such a dreadful earthquake, that not only the roof
+of the cave came rumbling about my ears, but the posts seemed to crack
+terribly at the same time. This put me in great amazement; and running
+to the ladder, and getting over the wall, I then plainly knew it was an
+earthquake, the place I stood on sustaining three terrible shocks in
+less than three minutes. But judge of my terror when I saw the top of a
+great rock roll into the sea; I then expected the island would be
+swallowed up every moment: And what made the scene still more dreadful,
+was to see the sea thrown into the most violent agitations and disorders
+by this tremendous accident.
+
+For my part I stood like a criminal at the place of execution ready to
+expire. At the moving of the earth, I was, as it were, sea-sick; and
+very much afraid lest the rock, under which was my fence and habitation,
+should overwhelm it and myself in a lasting tomb.
+
+When the third dreadful shock had spent itself, my spirits began to
+revive; yet still I would not venture to ascend the ladder, but
+continued fitting, not knowing what I should do. So little grace had I
+then, as only to say _Lord have mercy upon me!_ and no sooner was the
+earthquake over, but that pathetic prayer left me.
+
+It was not long after, when a horrible tempest arose, at the same time
+attended with a huricane of wind. The sea seemed mountains high, and the
+waves rolled so impetously, that nothing could be perceived but froth
+and foam. Three hours did this storm continue, and in so violent a
+manner, as to tear the very trees up by the roots, which was succeeded
+by abundance of rain. When the tempest was over I went to my tent: but
+the rain coming on in a furious manner, I was obliged to take shelter in
+the cave, where I was forced to cut a channel through my fortification
+to let the water out. It continued raining all that night, and some time
+the next day. These accidents made me resolve, as soon as the weather
+cleared up, to build me a little hut in some open place, walled round to
+defend me from wild creatures and savages; not doubting but at the next
+earthquake, the mountain would fall upon my habitation and me, and
+swallow up all in its bowels.
+
+_April_ 16--20. These days I spent in contriving how and in what manner
+I should fix my place of abode. All this while I was under the most
+dreadful apprehensions. When I looked round my habitation, every thing I
+found in its proper place. I had several resolutions whether I should
+move or not; but at length resolved to stay where I was, till I found
+out a convenient place where I might pitch my tent.
+
+_April_ 22. When I began to put my resolutions in practice, I was stopt
+for want of tools and instruments to work with. Most of my axes and
+hatchets were useless, occasioned by cutting the hard timber that grew
+on the island. It took me up a full week to make my grind-stone of use
+to me, and at last I found out a way to turn it about with my foot, by
+help of a wheel and a string.
+
+_April_ 28--29. These days were spent in grinding my tools.
+
+_April_ 30. My bread falling short, I allowed myself but one biscuit a
+day.
+
+_May_ 1. As I walked along the sea shore I found a barrel of gunpowder,
+and several pieces of the wreck, the sea had flung up. Having secured
+those, I made to the ship, whose stern was torn off, and washed a great
+distance ashore; but the rest lay in the sands. This I suppose was
+occasioned by the earthquake. I now resolved to keep my old place of
+abode; and also to go to the ship that day, but then found it
+impossible.
+
+_May_ 3. This day I went on board, and with my saw sawed off one of the
+beams, which kept her quarter-deck. I then cleared the sand till flood.
+
+_May_ 4. I caught some fish, but they were not wholesome, The same day I
+also catched a young dolphin.
+
+_May 5._ 'This day I also repaired to the wreck, and sawed another
+piece of timber, and when the flood came, I made a float of three great
+planks, which were driven ashore by the tide.
+
+_May 6, 7, 8, 9._ These days I brought off the iron bolts, opened the
+deck with the iron crow, and carried two planks to land, having made a
+way into the very middle of the wreck.
+
+_May 10, 11, 12, 13, 14._ All this time I spent in bringing off great
+quantities of iron and timber.
+
+_May 15._ Took with me two hatchets on purpose to cut off some lead from
+the roll, but all in vain, for it lay too low under water.
+
+_May 16._ I omitted going to the wreck this day, for employing myself in
+looking for pigeons, I outstaid my time.
+
+_May 17._ I perceived several pieces of the wreck driven ashore, which I
+found belonged to the head of the ship.
+
+_May 24._ To this day I worked on the wreck, and with great difficulty
+loosened some things so much with the crow, that at the first flowing
+tide several casks floated out, and many of the seamen's chests, yet
+that day nothing came to land but pieces of timber, and a hogshead which
+had some Brazil pork in it. I continued working to the 15th of June;
+(except necessary times for food and rest) and had I known how to have
+built a boat, I had timber and planks enough; I had also near 100 weight
+of sheet lead.
+
+_June 16._ As I was wandering towards the sea-side, I found a large
+tortoise or turtle, being the first I had seen on the island, though, as
+I afterwards found, there were many on the other side of it.
+
+_June 17._ This day I spent in cooking it, found in her threescore eggs,
+and her flesh the most savoury and pleasant I ever tasted in my life.
+
+_June 18._ I staid within this day, there being a continual rain; and it
+was somewhat more chilly and cold than usual.
+
+_June 19._ Exceedingly bad, being taken with a trembling and shivering.
+
+_June 20._ Awake all night, my head racked with pain and feverish.
+
+_June 21._ Sick unto death, and terrified with the dismal apprehensions
+of my condition. Prayed to God more frequently, but very confusedly.
+
+_June 22._ Something better, but still uneasy in my mind.
+
+_June 23._ Again relapsed much as before.
+
+_June 24._ Mended a second time.
+
+_June 25._ A violent ague for seven hours, cold and hot fits succeeded
+with faint sweats.
+
+_June 26._ Better, but very weak, yet I scrambled out, shot a she-goat,
+brought it home and broiled some of it; I would willingly have stewed
+it, and made some broth, but had no pod.
+
+_June 27_ All this day I was afflicted with an ague; thirsty, yet I
+could not help myself to water: Prayed to God in these words: _Lord, in
+pity look upon me: Lord, have mercy upon me: have mercy upon me!_ After
+this I fell asleep, which I found had much refreshed me when I awaked. I
+fell fast asleep a second time, and fell into this strange and terrible
+sort of dream.
+
+Methought I was sitting on the same spot of ground at the outside of the
+wall where I sat when the storm blew after the earthquake; and that I
+saw a man descending from a great black cloud, and alight upon the
+ground. He was all over as bright as a flash of fire that a little
+before surrounded him; his countenance inconceivably terrible; the earth
+as it were trembled when he stept upon the ground, and flashes of fire
+seemed to fill all the air. No sooner I thought him landed upon the
+earth, but with a long spear, or other weapon, he made towards me; but
+first ascending a rising ground, his voice added to my amazement, when I
+thought I heard him pronounce these dreadful words, _Unhappy wretch!
+seeing all these things have not brought thee to repentance, thou shalt
+immediately die._ In pronouncing this dreadful sentence, I thought he
+went to kill me with the spear that was in his hand.
+
+Any body may think it impossible for me to express the horrors of my
+mind at this vision: and even when I awaked, this very dream made a deep
+impression upon my mind. The little divine knowledge I had, I received
+from my father's instructions, and that was worn out by an uninterrupted
+series of sea-faring impiety for eight years space. Except what sickness
+forced from me, I do not remember I had one thought of lifting up my
+heart towards God, but rather had a certain stupidity of soul, not
+having the least sense or fear of the Omnipotent Being when in distress,
+nor of gratitude to him for his deliverances. Nay, when I was on the
+desperate expedition on the desert African shore, I cannot remember I
+had one thought of what would become of me, or to beg his consolation
+and assistance in my sufferings and distress. When the Portugal captain
+took me up and honorably used me, nay, farther, when I was even
+delivered from drowning by escaping to this island, I never looked upon
+it as a judgment, but only said I was an unfortunate dog, and that's
+all. Indeed some secret transports of soul I had, which was not through
+grace but only a common flight of joy, that I was yet alive, when my
+companions were all drowned, and no other joy could I conceive but what
+is common with the sailors over a bowl of punch, after they have escaped
+the greatest dangers.
+
+The likelihood of wanting for neither food nor conveniences, might have
+called upon me for a thankful acknowledgment to Providence. Indeed, the
+growth of my corn touched with some sense, but that soon wore off again.
+The terrible earthquake pointed to me, as it were, the finger of God,
+but my dreadful amazement continued no longer than its duration. But
+now, when my spirits began to sink under the burden of a strong
+distemper, and I could leisurely view the miseries of death present
+themselves before my eyes, then my awakened conscience began to reproach
+me with my past life, in which I had so wickedly provoked the justice of
+God to pour down his vengeance upon me.
+
+Such reflections as these oppressed me even in the violence of
+distemper. Some prayers I uttered, which only proceeded from the fear of
+death. But when I considered my father's advice and prophecy, I could
+not forbear weeping; for he told me, _That if I did persist in my folly,
+I should not only be deprived of God's blessing, but have time enough to
+reflect upon my despising his instructions, and this, in a wretched
+time, when none could help me_. And now concluding it to be fulfilled,
+having no soul in the island to administer any comfort to me, I prayed
+earnestly to the Lord, that he would help me in this great calamity. And
+this, I think, was the first time I prayed in sincerity for many years.
+But now I must return to my journal.
+
+_June_ 28. Something refreshed with sleep, and the fit quite off, I got
+up. My dream still occasioned in me a great consternation; and, fearing
+that the ague might return the succeeding day, I concluded it time to
+get something to comfort me. I filled a case bottle with water, and set
+it within reach of my bed; and, to make it more nourishing and less
+chilly, I put some rum in it. The next thing I did was to broil me a
+piece of goat's flesh, of which I ate but little. I was very weak;
+however, walked about, dreading the return of my distemper; and at night
+I supped on three of the turtle's eggs, which I roasted and ate, begging
+God's blessing therewith.
+
+After I had eaten, I attempted to walk again out of doors with my gun;
+but was so weak, that I sat down, and looked at the sea, which was
+smooth and calm. While I continued here, these thoughts came into
+my mind.
+
+In what manner is the production of the earth and sea, of which I have
+seen so much? From whence came myself, and all other creatures living,
+and of what are they made?
+
+Our beings were assuredly created by some almighty invisible Power, who
+framed the earth the sea, and air, and all therein. But what is
+that Power?
+
+Certainly it must follow that God has created it all. Yet, said I, if
+God has made all this he must be the Ruler of them all, and what is
+relating thereto; for certainly the Power that makes, must indisputably
+have a power to guide and direct them. And if this be so, (as certainly
+it must) nothing can happen without his knowledge and appointment. Then,
+surely, if nothing happens without God's appointment, certainly God has
+appointed these my sufferings to befal me. And here I fixed my firm
+belief that it was his will that it should be so; and then proceeded to
+enquire, why should God deal with me in this manner? Or what have I done
+thus to deserve his indignation.
+
+Here conscience flew in my face, reprehending me as a blasphemer; crying
+with a loud and piercing voice, _Unworthy wretch! how dare you ask what
+you have done? Look on your past life, and see what you have left
+undone? Ask thyself, why thou wert not long ago in the merciless hands
+of death? Why not drowned in Yarmouth roads, or killed in the fight,
+when the ship was taken by the Sallee man of war? Why not entombed in
+the bowels of wild beasts on the African coast, or drowned here when all
+thy companions suffered shipwreck in the ocean._
+
+Struck dumb with these reflections, I rose up in a pensive manner, being
+so thoughtful that I could not go to sleep; and fearing the dreadful
+return of my distemper, it caused me to remember, that the Brazilians
+use tobacco for almost all diseases. I then went to my chest in older to
+find some, where Heaven, no doubt, directed me to find a cure for both
+soul and body; for there I found one of the Bibles, which, till this
+time, I had neither leisure nor inclination to look into, I took both
+the tobacco and that out of the chest, and laid them on the table.
+Several experiments did I try with the tobacco: First, I took a piece or
+leaf, and chewed it; but it being very green and strong, almost
+stupified me. Next I steeped it in some rum an hour or two, resolving
+when I went to bed to take a dole of it: and, in the third place, I
+burnt some over a pan of fire, holding my nose over it as long as I
+could endure it without suffocation.
+
+In the intervals of this operation, though my head was giddy and
+disturbed by the tobacco, I took up the Bible to read. No sooner did I
+open it, but there appeared to me these words _Call on me in the day of
+trouble, and I will deliver thee, and thou shall glorify me_.
+
+At first this sentence made a very deep impression on my heart, but it
+soon wore off again, when I considered the word _deliver_ was foreign to
+me. And as the children of Israel said, when they were promised flesh to
+eat, _Can God spread a table in the wilderness?_ in like manner I began
+to say, _Can God himself deliver me from this desolate island?_ However,
+the words would still return to my mind, and afterwards made a greater
+impression upon me. As it was now very late, and the tobacco had dazed
+my head, I was inclined to sleep: but before I would lie down I fell on
+my knees, and implored the promise that God had made to me in the Holy
+Scriptures, that _if I called upon him in the day of trouble he would
+deliver me._ With much difficulty I afterwards drank the rum wherein I
+had steeped the tobacco, which flying into my head, threw me into such a
+profound sleep, that it was three o'clock the next day before I awaked;
+or rather, I believe, I slept two days, having certainly lost a day in
+my account, and I could never tell any other way. When I got up, my
+spirits were lively and cheerful; my stomach much better, being very
+hungry; and, in short, no fit returned the next day, which was the 29th,
+but I found myself much altered for the better.
+
+The 30th, I went abroad with my gun, but not far, and killed a sea-fowl
+or two, resembling a brand goose, which, however, I cared not to eat
+when I brought them home, but dined on two more of the turtle's eggs. In
+the evening I renewed my medicine, excepting that I did not take so
+large a quantity, neither did I chew the leaf, or hold my head over the
+smoke: but the next day, which was the 1st of _July_, having a little
+return of the cold fit, I again took my medicine as I did the
+first time.
+
+_July_ 3. The fit quite left me, but very weak. In this condition, I
+often thought of these words, _I will deliver thee_; and while, at some
+times, I would think of the impossibility of it, other thoughts would
+reprehend me for disregarding the deliverances I had received, even from
+the most forlorn and distressed condition. I asked myself, what regard
+have I had to God for his abundant mercies? Have I done my part_: He has
+delivered me, but I have not glorified him:_--as if I had said, I had
+not owned and been thankful for these as deliverances, and how could I
+expect greater? So much did this sensibly touch my heart, that I gave
+God thanks for my recovery from weakness in the most humble prostration.
+
+_July_ 4. This morning I began seriously to ponder on what is written in
+the New Testament, resolving to read a chapter every morning and night
+as long an my thoughts would engage me. As soon as I set about this work
+seriously, I found my heart deeply affected with the impiety of my past
+life; these words that I thought were spoken to me in my dream revived,
+_All these things have not brought thee to repentance._ After this, I
+begged of God to assist me with his Holy Spirit in returning to my duty.
+One day in perusing the Scriptures, I came to these words, _He is
+exalted a Prince and a Saviour, to give repentance and to give
+remission_: Immediately I laid down the book, and with uplifted hands to
+Heaven, loudly cried, _O blessed Jesus, thou son of David, Jesus, thou
+exalted Prince and Saviour, give we repentance!_ And now indeed I prayed
+with a true sense of my condition, and a more certain hope, founded on
+the word of God. Now I had a different sense of these words, _Call on me
+and I will deliver thee_, that is from the dreadful load of guilt which
+oppressed my sinful soul, and not from a solitary life, which might
+rather be called, a blessing, seeing I wanted neither food nor raiment,
+when compared living amongst the human race, surrounded with so much
+oppression, misery, and affliction; in a word, I came to this
+conclusion, that a deliverance from sin was a much greater blessing,
+than a deliverance from affliction. But again I proceed to my journal.
+
+To the 14th of _July_, I walked about with my gun, little and little at
+a time, having been reduced to the greatest extremity of weakness. The
+applications and experiments I used were perfectly new: neither could I
+recommend them to any one's practice. For though it carried off the fit,
+it very much weakened me, and I had frequently convulsions in my nerves
+and limbs for some time. From this I learned, that going abroad in rainy
+weather, especially when it was attended with storms and hurricanes of
+wind, was most pernicious to health. I had now been about ten months in
+the island; and as I never had seen any of the human kind, I therefore
+accounted myself as sole monarch; and as I grew better, having secured
+my habitation to my mind, I resolved to make a tour round my kingdom, in
+order to make new discoveries.
+
+The 15th of _July_, I began my journey; I first went to the creek, where
+I had brought my rafts on shore; and travelling farther, found the tide
+went no higher than two miles up, where there was a little brook of
+running water, on the banks of which were many pleasant savannahs or
+meadows, plain, smooth, and covered with grass. On the rising parts,
+where I supposed the water did not reach, I perceived a great deal of
+tobacco growing to a very strong stalk. Several other plants I likewise
+found, the virtues of which I did not understand. I searched a long time
+for the Cassava root, which I knew the Indians in that climate made
+their bread of, but all in vain. There were several plants of aloes,
+though at that time I knew not what they were; likewise I saw several
+sugar canes, but imperfect for want of cultivation. With these few
+discoveries, I came back that night, and slept contentedly in my
+little castle.
+
+The next day, being the 16th, going the same way, but farther then the
+day before, I found the country more adorned with woods and trees. Here
+I perceived different fruits in great abundance. Melons in plenty lay on
+the ground, and clusters of grapes, ripe and very rich, spread over the
+trees. You may imagine I was glad of this discovery, yet ate very
+sparingly, lest I should throw myself into a flux or fever. The grapes I
+found of excellent use; for when I had dried them in the sun, which
+preserved them as dried raisins are kept, they proved very wholesome and
+nourishing, and served me in those seasons when no grapes were to
+be had.
+
+The night drawing on apace, I ascended up a tree, and slept very
+comfortably, though it was the first time I had lain out of my
+habitation. And when the morning came, I proceeded with great pleasure
+on my way, travelling about four miles, as I imagined, by the length of
+the valley, directing my course northward, there being a ridge of hills
+on the south and north side of me. At the end of this valley, I came to
+an opening, where the country seemed to descend to the west; there I
+found a little spring of fresh water, proceeding out of the side of the
+hill, with its chrystal streams running directly east. And, indeed, here
+my senses were charmed with the most beautiful landscape nature could
+afford; for the country appeared flourishing, green, and delightful,
+that to me it seemed like a planted garden. I then descended on the side
+of that delicious vale, when I found abundance of cocoa, orange, lemon,
+and citron trees, but very wild and barren at that time. As for the
+limes, they were delightful and wholesome, the juice of which I after
+used to mix in water, which made it very cooling and refreshing. And now
+I was resolved to carry home and lay up a store of grapes, limes, and
+lemons, against the approaching wet season. So laying them up in
+separate parcels, and then taking a few of each with me, I returned to
+my little castle, after having spent three days in this journey. Before
+I got home, the grapes were so bruised that they were utterly spoiled;
+the limes indeed were good, but of those I could bring only a few.
+
+_July 19_. Having prepared two bags, I returned thither again, but, to
+my great surprise, found all the grapes spread about, trod to pieces,
+and abundance eaten, which made me conclude there were wild beasts
+thereabouts. To prevent this happening again, I gathered a large
+quantity of the grapes, and hung them upon the out branches of the tree,
+both to keep them unhurt, and that they might cure and dry in the sun;
+and having well loaded myself with limes and lemons, I returned once
+more to my old place of residence.
+
+And now contemplating on the fruitfulness of this valey, and
+pleasantness of its situation, its security from storms, and the
+delightfulness of the adjacent woods, I concluded I was settled in the
+worst part of the country, and therefore was thinking to remove my
+habitation.
+
+But when I considered again, that though it was pleasant, it was off
+from the sea-side, where there was a possibility, some time or other, a
+ship might either be driven or sail by; and that to inclose myself among
+hills and woods must certainly put an end to my hopes of deliverance; I
+resolved to let my castle remain where Providence had first assigned it.
+Yet so ravished was I with this place, that I made me a little kind of
+bower, surrounding it with a double hedge, as high as I could reach,
+well staked and filled with bullrushes: and having spent a great part of
+the month of _July_, I think it was the first of _August_ before I began
+to enjoy my labour.
+
+_Aug. 3._ Perceiving my grapes to be dry, I took them from the trees,
+and they proved excellent good raisins of the sun: the most of which I
+carried to my cave; and happy for me I did so; by which I saved the best
+part of my winter food.
+
+_Aug_. 14. This day it began to rain; and though I had made me a tent
+like the other, yet having no shelter of a hill to keep me from storms,
+nor a cave behind me to retreat to, I was obliged to return to my old
+castle. The rain continued more or less every day, till the middle of
+_October;_ and sometimes so violently, that I could not stir out of my
+cave for several days. This season I found my family to increase; for
+one of my cats that ran away from me, and which I thought had been dead,
+returned about _August_, with three kittens at her heels, like herself,
+which I thought strange, because both my cats were females, and the wild
+cats of the island seemed to be of a different kind from our European
+cats; but from these cats proceeded such numbers, that I was forced to
+kill and destroy them as I would do wild beasts and vermin.
+
+To the 26th of this month, I could not stir out, it raining incessantly;
+when beginning to want food, I was compelled to venture twice, the first
+of which I shot a goat, and afterwards found a very large tortoise. The
+manner of my regulating my food was thus: a bunch of raisins served me
+for my breakfast; a piece of goat's flesh or turtle boiled for my
+dinner, and two or three turtle's eggs for my supper. While the rain
+lasted, I daily worked two or three hours at enlarging my cave, and by
+degrees worked it on towards one side, till I came to the outside of the
+hill, and made a door or way out, which came beyond my fence or wall,
+and so I came in and out this way. But after I had done this, I was
+troubled to see myself thus exposed; though I could not perceive any
+thing to fear, a goat being the biggest creature I had seen upon
+this island.
+
+_Sept_. 30. Casting up my notches on my post, which amounted to 365, I
+concluded this to be the anniversary of my landing; and, therefore,
+humbly prostrating myself on the ground, confessing my sins,
+acknowledging God's righteous judgments upon me, and praying to Jesus
+Christ to have mercy upon me, I fasted for twelve hours till the going
+down of the sun; and then eating a biscuit and a bunch of grapes, laid
+me on the bed, and with great comfort took my night's repose. Till this
+time I never had distinguished the Sabbath-day; but now made a longer
+notch than ordinary for the days of rest, and divided the weeks as well
+as I could, though I found I had lost a day or two in my account. My ink
+failing soon after, I omitted in my daily memorandum things of an
+indifferent nature, & contented myself to write down only the most
+remarkable events of my life. The rainy and dry seasons appeared now
+regular to me, and experience taught me how to provide for them; yet, in
+one thing I am going to relate, my experience very much failed me. You
+may call to mind what I have mentioned of some barley and rice which I
+had saved; about thirty stalks of the former, and twenty of the latter;
+and at that time, the sun being in its southern position, going from
+me, together with the rains, made me conclude it a very proper season to
+sow it. Accordingly I dug up a piece of ground, with my wooden spade,
+and dividing it into two parts, sowed about two thirds of my seed,
+preserving by me about a handful of each. And happy it was I did so; for
+no rains falling, it was choaked up, and never appeared above the earth
+till the wet season came again, and then part of it grew, as if it had
+been newly sown.
+
+I was resolved all to make another trial; and seeking for a moister
+piece of ground near my bower, I there sowed the rest of my seed in
+February, a little before the vernal equinox; which having the rainy
+months of March and April to water it, yielded a noble crop, and sprang
+up very pleasantly. I had still saved part of the seed, not daring to
+venture all; and by the time I found out the proper seasons to sow it
+in, and that I might expect every year two seed-times and two harvests,
+my stock amounted to above half a peck of each sort of grain.
+
+No sooner were the rains over, but the stakes which I had cut from the
+trees, shot out like willows the first year after lopping their heads. I
+was ignorant of the tree I cut them from; but they grew so regularly
+beautiful, that they made a most lively appearance, and so flourished in
+three year's time, that I resolved to cut more of them; and these soon
+growing made a glorious fence, as afterwards I shall observe.
+
+And now I perceived that the seasons of the year might generally be
+divided, not into summer and winter, as in Europe, but into wet and dry
+seasons, as in this manner:
+
+     / February,\
+Half<  March,    >  Rainy, sun coming near the Equinox.
+     \ April,   /
+
+      / April,  \
+     |  May,     |
+Half<   June,     > Dry, sun getting north of the Line.
+     |  July,    |
+      \ August, /
+
+     / August,   \
+Half<  September, >  Wet, the sun being then come back.
+     \ October,  /
+
+      / October,  \
+     |  November,  |
+Half<   December,   >  Dry, sun running south of the Line.
+     |  January,   |
+      \ February, /
+
+
+The wet seasons would continue longer or shorter, as the winds happened
+to blow. But having found the ill consequences of being abroad in the
+rain, I took care beforehand to furnish myself with provisions; and
+during the wet months sat within doors as much as possible. At this time
+I contrived to make many things that I wanted, though it cost me much
+labour and pains, before I could accomplish them. The first I tried was
+to make a basket; but all the twigs I could get proved so brittle, that
+I could not then perform it. It now proved of great advantage to me that
+when a boy, I took great delight in standing at a basket-maker's in the
+same town where my father lived, to view them at work; and like other
+boys, curious to see the manner of their working these things and very
+officious to assist, I perfectly learned the method of it, and wanted
+nothing but the tools. And it coming into my mind that the twigs of that
+tree of which I made my stakes, might be as tough as a fallow willow, or
+osiers, growing in England, I resolved to make an experiment, and went
+the next day to my country-seat, and found some fit for my turn; and
+after cutting down a quantity with my hatchet, I dried them in my pale,
+and, when fit to work with, carried them to my cave, where I employed
+myself in making several sorts of baskets, insomuch that I could put in
+whatsoever I pleased. It is true, they were not cleverly made, yet they
+served my turn upon all occasions.
+
+But still I wanted two necessary things. I had no cask to hold my
+liquor, except two rundlets almost full of rum, a few bottles of an
+ordinary size, and some square case bottles, neither had I a pot to boil
+any thing in, only a large kettle unfit to make broth, or stew a bit of
+meat: I wanted, likewise at the beginning of this dry season a tobacco
+pipe; but for this I afterwards found an expedient.
+
+I kept myself employed in planting my second row of stakes, But
+remembering that when I travelled up to the brook, I had a mind to see
+the whole island, I now resumed my intention, and taking my dog, gun,
+hatchet, two biscuit cakes, a great bunch of raisins, with a larger
+quantity of powder and shot than usual, I began my journey. Having
+passed the vale where my bower stood, I came within view of the sea
+lying to the west when it being a clear day, I fairly descried land,
+extending from the W. to the S.W. about ten or fifteen leagues, as I
+concluded; but could not say whether it was an island or a
+continent.--Neither could I tell what this place might be; only thought
+it was part of America, & where I might have been in a miserable
+condition, had I landed. Again I considered that if this was the Spanish
+coast, certainly, one time or other, I should see some ship pass by; and
+if it was not, then it must be the savage coast, between the Spanish
+country and Brazil, which abounds with cannibals or man-eaters.
+
+As I proceeded forward I found this side of the island much more
+pleasant than mine; the fields fragrant adorned with sweet flowers &
+verdant grass, together with several very, fine woods. There were
+parrots in plenty, which made me long for one to be my companion; but
+it was with great difficulty I could knock one down with my stick; and I
+kept him at home some years before I could get him to call me by
+my name.
+
+In the low grounds, I found various sorts of hares and foxes, as I took
+them to be, but much different from those in England. Several of these I
+killed, but never ate them; neither indeed had I any occasion; for
+abounding with goats, pigeons, turtle, and grapes, I could defy
+Leadenhall market to furnish me a better table. In this journey I did
+not travel above two miles a-day, because I took several turns and
+windings, to see what discoveries I could make, returning weary enough
+to the place where I designed to rest all night, which was either in a
+tree, or in a place which I surrounded with stakes, that no wild
+creature might suddenly surprise me. When I came to the sea shore, I was
+amazed to see the splendour of it. Its strand was covered with shells of
+the most beautiful fish, and constantly abounding with innumerable
+turtles, and fowls of many kinds, which I was ignorant of, except those
+called penguins. I might have shot as many as I pleased, but was sparing
+of my ammunition, rather choosing to kill a she-goat, which I did with
+much difficulty, on account of the flatness of the country.
+
+Now though this journey produced me the most pleasing satisfaction, yet
+my habitation was so much to my liking, that I did not repine at my
+being seated on the worst part of the island. I continued my journey,
+travelling about twelve miles further towards the east, where I set a
+great pile on the shore for a mark, concluding that my next journey
+should bring me to the other side of the island, east from my castle,
+and so round till I came to my post again. As I had a constant view of
+the country, I thought I could not miss my way; but scarce had I
+travelled three miles, when I descended into a very large valley, so
+surrounded with hills covered with wood, that I having no guide but the
+sun, nor even this, unless I knew will the position of the sun at the
+time of day; and to add to my misfortune, the weather proving very hazy,
+I was obliged to return to my post by the sea-side, and so backwards the
+same way I came. In this journey my dog surprised a kid and would have
+killed it, had I not prevented him. As I had often been thinking of
+getting a kid or two, and so raising a breed of tame goats to supply me
+after my ammunition was spent, I took this opportunity of beginning: and
+having made a collar for this little creature, with a string made of
+rope-yarn, I brought it to my bower, and there inclosed and left him;
+and, having spent a month in this journey, at length I returned to my
+habitation.
+
+Nobody can doubt of my satisfaction, when I returned to my little
+castle, and reposed myself in my hammock. After my journey I rested
+myself a week, which time I employed in, making a cage for my pretty
+Poll. I now began to consider the poor kid I had left in the bower, and
+I immediately went to fetch it home. When I came there I found the young
+creature almost starved; I gave it some food, and tied it as before: but
+there was no occasion, for it followed me like a dog; and, as I
+constantly fed it, it became so loving, gentle, and fond, that it
+commenced one of my domestics, and would never leave me.
+
+The rainy season of the autumnal equinox being now come, I kept the 30th
+of September in the most solemn manner, as usual, it being the third
+year of my abode in the island. I spent the whole day in acknowledging
+God's mercies, in giving him thanks for making this solitary life as
+agreeable, and less sinful, than that of human society; and for the
+communications of his grace to my soul, in supporting, comforting, and
+encouraging me to depend, upon his Providence, and hope for his eternal
+presence in the world to come.
+
+Indeed, I often did consider how much more happy I was in this fate of
+life, than in that accursed manner of living formerly used; and
+sometimes when hunting, or viewing the country, the anguish of my soul
+would break out upon me, and my very heart would sink within me, to
+think of the woods, the mountains, the desarts I was in; and how I was a
+prisoner locked up within the eternal bars and bolts of the ocean, in an
+uninhabited wilderness, without hopes, and without redemption: In this
+condition I would often wring my hands, and weep like a child: And even
+sometimes, in the middle of my work, this fit would take me; and then I
+would sit down and sigh, looking on the ground for an hour or two
+together, till such time as my grief got vent in a flood of tears.
+
+One morning as I was sadly employed in this manner, I opened my Bible,
+when I immediately fixed my eyes upon these words, _I will never leave
+thee, nor forsake thee!_ Surely, thought I, these words are directed to
+me, or else why should they appear just at a moment when I am bemoaning
+my forlorn condition? and if God does not forsake, what matters it,
+since he can me more happy in this state of life, than if I enjoyed the
+greatest splendour in the world? But while I was going to return God
+thanks for my present state, something seemed to shock my mind, as if it
+had thus said: _Unworthy wretch; can you pretend to be thankful for a
+condition, from which you would pray to be delivered_? Therefore I
+stopt:--and tho' I could not say, I thanked the Divine Majesty for
+being there, yet I gave God thanks for placing in my view my former
+course of life, and granting me a true knowledge of repentance. And
+whenever I opened or read the Bible, I blessed kind Providence, that
+directed my good friend in England to send it among my goods without
+any order, and for assisting me to save it from the power of the
+raging ocean.
+
+And now beginning my third year, my several daily employments were
+these: _First_, My duty to Heaven, and diligently reading the Holy
+Scriptures, which I did twice or thrice every day: _Secondly_, Seeking
+provision with my gun, which commonly took me up, when it did not rain,
+three hours every morning: _Thirdly_, The ordering, curing, preserving,
+and cooking what I killed, or catched for my supply which took me up
+great part of the day: for, in the middle of the day, the sun being in
+its height, it was so hot, that I could not stir out; so that I had only
+but four hours in the evening to work in: and then the want of tools, of
+assistance, and skill, wasted a great deal of time to little purpose. I
+was no less than two and forty days making a board fit for a long shelf,
+which two sawyers with their tools and saw-pit, would have cut off the
+same tree in half a day. It was a large tree, as my board was to be
+broad. I was three days in cutting it down and two more in lopping off
+the boughs, and reducing it to a piece of timber. This I hacked and
+hewed off each side, till it became light to move; then I turned it,
+made one side of is smooth and flat as a board from end to end, then
+turned it downward, cutting the other side, till I brouht the plank to
+be about three inches thick, and smooth on both sides. Any body may
+judge my great labour and fatigue in such a piece of work; but this I
+went through with patience, as also many other things that my
+circumstances made necessary for me to do.
+
+The harvest months, November and December, were now at hand, in which I
+had the pleasing prospect of a very good crop. But here I met with a new
+problem; for the goats and hares, having tasted of the outshoot of the
+blade, kept it to short that it had not strengthen to shoot up into a
+stalk. To prevent this, I enclosed it with a hedge, and by day shot some
+of its devourers; and my dog which I had tied to the field-gate, keeping
+barking all night; so frightened those creatures, that I got entirely
+rid of them.
+
+But no sooner did I get rid of these, than other enemies appeared, to
+wit, whole flocks of several sorts of birds, who only waited till my
+back was turned, to ruin me: so much did this provoke me, that I let
+fly, and killed three of the malefactors; and afterwards served them as
+they do notorious thieves in England, hung them up in chains as a terror
+to others. And, indeed, to good an effect had this that they not only
+forsook the corn, but all that part of the island, so long as these
+criminals hung there.
+
+My corn having ripened apace, the latter end of December, which was my
+second harvest, I reaped it with a scythe, made of one of my broad
+swords. I had no fatigue in cutting down my my first crop it was so
+slender. The ears I carried home in a basket, rubbing it with my hands,
+instead of threshing it: and when the harvest was over, found my half
+peck of seed produced near two bushels of rice, and two bushels and a
+half of barley. And now I plainly foresaw, that by God's goodness, I
+should be furnished with bread; but yet I was concerned, because I knew
+not how to grind or make meal of my corn, nor bread, neither knew how to
+bake it. I would not however, taste any of the crop, but resolved to
+preserve it against next season, and, in the mean while, use my best
+endeavours to provide myself with other food.
+
+But where were my labours to end? The want of a plough to turn up the
+earth, or shovel to dig it, I conquered by making me a wooden spade. The
+want of a harrow I supplied myself, with dragging over the corn a great
+bough of a tree. When it was growing I was forced to fence it; when ripe
+to mow it, carry it home, thrash it, part it from the chaff, and save
+it. And, after all, I wanted a mill to grind it, sieve to dress it, yest
+and salt to make it into bread, and an oven to bake it. This set my
+brains to work to find some expedient for every one of these necessaries
+against the next harvest.
+
+And now having more seed, my first care was to prepare me more land. I
+pitched upon two large flat pieces of ground near my castle, for that
+purpose, in which sowed my seed, and fenced it with a good hedge. This
+took me up three months: by which time the wet season coming on, and the
+rain keeping me within doors, I found several occasions to employ
+myself; and, while at work, used to divert myself in talking to my
+parrot, learning him to know and speak his own name _Poll_ the first
+welcome word I ever heard spoke in the island. I had been a long time in
+contriving how to make earthen vessels, which I wanted extremely; and
+when I considered the heat of the climate, I did not doubt but if I
+could find any such clay, I might botch up a pot, strong enough, when
+dried in the sun, to bear handling, and to hold any thing that was dry,
+as corn, meal, and other things.
+
+To be short, the clay I found; but it would occasion the most serious
+person to smile, to see what aukward ways I took, and what ugly
+misshapen things I made; how many either fell out or cracked by the
+violent heat of the sun, and fell in pieces when they were removed; so
+that I think it was two months time before I could perfect any thing:
+and even then but two clumsy things in imitation of earthen jars. These,
+however, I very gently placed in wicker baskets, made on purpose for
+them, and between the pot and the baskets, stuffed it full of rice and
+barley straw, and these I presume would hold my dried corn, and perhaps
+the meal when the corn was bruised. As for the smaller thing, I made
+them with better success, such as little round pots, flat dishes,
+pitchers, and pipkins, the fun baking them very hard.
+
+Yet still I wanted one thing absolutely necessary, and that was an
+earthen pot, not only to hold my liquid, but also to bear the fire,
+which none of these could do. It once happened that as I was putting out
+my fire, I found therein a broken piece of one of my vessels burnt as
+hard as a rock, and red as a tile. This made me think of burning some
+pots; and having no notion of a kiln, or of glazing them with leaf, I
+fixed three large pipkins, and two or three pots in a pile one upon
+another. The fire I piled round the outside, and dry wood on the top,
+till I saw the pots in the inside red hot, and found out that, they were
+net crackt at all: and when I perceived them perfectly red, I let one of
+them stand in the fire about five or six hours, till the clay melted by
+the extremity of the heat, and would have run to glass, had I suffered
+it; upon which I slacked my fire by degrees, till the redness abated;
+and watching them till the morning, I found I had three very good
+pipkins, and two earthen pots, as well burnt and fit for my turn as I
+could desire.
+
+No joy could be greater than mine at this discovery. For after this, I
+may say, I wanted for no fort of earthen ware. I filled one of my
+pipkins with water to boil me some meat, which it did admirably well,
+and with a piece of kid I made me some good broth, as well as my
+circumstances would afford me at that time.
+
+The next concern I had was to get me a stone-morter to beat some corn
+in, instead of a mill to grind it. Here indeed I was at a great loss, as
+not being fit for a stone-cutter; and many days I spent to find out a
+great stone big enough to cut hollow and make fit for a morter, and
+strong enough to bear the weight of a pestil, and that would break the
+corn without filling it with sand. But all the stones of the island
+being of a mouldering nature, rendered my search fruitless; and then I
+resolved to look out for a great block of hard wood, which having found,
+I formed it with my ax and hammer, and then, with infinite labour, made
+a hollow in it, just as the Indians of Brazil make their canoes. When I
+had finished this, I made a great pestil of iron wood, and then laid
+them up against my succeeding harvest.
+
+My next business was to make me a sieve, to sift my meal and part it
+from the bran and husk. Having no fine thin canvas to search the meal
+through, I could not tell what to do. What linen I had was reduced to
+rags: I had goat's hair, enough, but neither tools to work it, nor did I
+know how to spin it: At length I remembered I had some neckcloths of
+calico or muslin of the sailors, which I had brought out of the ship,
+and with these I made three small sieves proper enough for the work.
+
+I come now to consider the baking part. The want of an oven I supplied
+by making some earthen pans very broad but not deep. When I had a mind
+to bake, I made a great fire upon the hearth, the tiles of which I had
+made myself; and when the wood was burnt into live coals, I spread them
+over it, till it became very hot; then sweeping them away, I set down my
+loaves, and whelming down the earthen pots upon them, drew the ashes and
+coals all around the outsides of the pots to continue the heat; and in
+this manner I baked my barley loaves, as well as if I had been a
+complete pastry-cook, and also made of the rice several cakes
+and puddings.
+
+It is no wonder that these things took me up the best part of a year,
+since what intermediate time I had was bestowed in managing my new
+harvest and husbandry; for in the proper season I reaped my corn,
+carried it home, and laid it up in the ear in my large baskets, til I
+had time to rub, instead of thrashing it. And now, indeed, my corn
+increased so much, that it produced me twenty bushels of barley, and as
+much rice, that I not only began to use it freely, but was thinking how
+to enlarge my barns, and resolved to sow as much at a time as would be
+sufficient for me for a whole year.
+
+All this while, the prospect of land, which I had seen from the other
+side of the island, ran in my mind. I still meditated a deliverance from
+this place, though the fear of greater misfortunes might have deterred
+me from it.--For, allowing that I had attained that place, I run the
+hazard of being killed and eaten by the devouring cannibals: and if they
+were not so, yet I might be slain, as other Europeans had been, who fell
+into their hands. Notwithstanding all this, my thoughts ran continually
+upon that shore. I now wished for my boy Xury, and the long boat, with
+the shoulder of mutton sail: I went to the ship's boat that had been
+cast a great way on the shore in the late storm. She was removed but a
+little; but her bottom being turned up by the impetuosity and fury of
+the waves and wind, I fell to work with all the strength I had, with
+levers and rollers I had cut from the wood, to turn her, and repair the
+damages she had sustained. This work took me up three or four weeks,
+when finding my little strength all in vain, I fell to undermining it by
+digging away the sand, and so to make it fall down, setting pieces of
+wood to thrust and guide it in the fall. But after this was done, I was
+still unable to stir it up, or to get under it, much less to move it
+forward towards the water, and so I was forced to give it over.
+
+This disapointment, however did not frighten me. I began to think
+whether it was not possible for me to make a canoe or perigua, such as
+the Indians make of the trunk of a tree, But here I lay under particular
+inconveniencies; want of tools to make it, and want of hands to move it
+in the water when it was made. However, to work I went upon it, stopping
+all the inquiries I could make, with this very simple answer I made to
+myself, _Let's first make it, I'll warrant I'll find some way or other
+to get it along when it is done_.
+
+I first cut down a cedar tree, which was five feet ten inches diameter
+at the lower part next the stump, and four feet eleven inches diameter
+at the end of twenty-two feet, after which it lessened for a space, and
+then parted into branches. Twenty days was I a hacking and hewing this
+tree at the bottom, fourteen more in cutting off the branches and limbs,
+and a whole month in shaping it like the bottom of the boat. As for the
+inside, I was three weeks with a mallet and chissel, clearing it in such
+a manner, as that it was big enough to carry twenty-six men, much bigger
+than any canoe I ever saw in my life, and consequently sufficient to
+transport me and all my effects to that wished-for shore I so
+ardently desired.
+
+Nothing remained now, but, indeed, the greatest difficulty to get it
+into the water, it lying about one hundred yards from it. To remedy the
+first inconvenience, which was a rising hill between the boat and the
+creek, with wonderful pains and labour I dug into the bowels of the
+earth, and made a declivity. But when this was done, all the strength I
+had was as insufficient to remove it, as it was when I attempted to
+remove the boat. I then proceeded to measure the difference of ground,
+resolving to make a canal, in order to bring the water to the canoe,
+since I could not bring the canoe to the water. But as this seemed to be
+impracticable to myself alone, under the space of eleven or twelve
+years, it brought me into some sort of consideration: so that I
+concluded this also to be impossible, and the attempt altogether vain. I
+now saw, and not before, _what stupidity it is to begin a work before we
+reckon its costs, or judge rightly our own abilities to go through with
+its performance_.
+
+In the height of this work my fourth year expired, from the time I was
+cast on this island, At this time I did not forget my anniversary; but
+kept it with rather greater devotion than before. For now my hopes being
+frustrated, I looked upon this world as a thing had nothing to do with;
+and very well might I say as Father Abraham said unto Dives, _Between
+thee and me there is a gulph fixed._ And indeed I was separated from its
+wickedness too, having neither the lust of the flesh, the lust of the
+eye, nor the pride of life; I had nothing to covet, being lord, king and
+emperor over the whole country I had in possession, without dispute and
+without control: I had loadings of corn, plenty of turtles, timber in
+abundance, and grapes above measure. What was all the rest to me? the
+money I had lay by me as despicable dross, which I would freely have
+given for a gross of tobacco pipes, or a hard mill to grind my corn: in
+a word the-nature and experience of these things dictated to me this
+just reflection: _That the good things of this world are no farther
+good to us, than they are for our use; and that whatever we may heap up
+to give to others, we can but enjoy as much as we use, and no more._
+
+These thoughts rendered my mind more easy than usual. Every time I sat
+down to meat, I did it with thankfulness, admiring the providential hand
+of God, who in this wilderness had spread a table to me. And now I
+considered what I enjoyed, rather than what I wanted, compared my
+present condition with what I at first expected it should be; _how I
+should have done, if I had got nothing out of the ship, that I must have
+perished before I had caught fish or turtles; or lived, had I found
+them, like a mere savage, by eating them raw, and pulling them in pieces
+with my claws, like a beast_. I next compared my station to that which I
+deserved: _how undutiful I had been to my parents; how destitute of the
+fear of God; bow void of every thing that was good; and how ungrateful
+for those abundant mercies I had received from Heaven, being fed as it
+were, by a miracle, even as great as Elijah's being fed by ravens; and
+cast on a place where there is no venomous creatures to poison or devour
+me_; in short making God's tender mercies matter of great consolation, I
+relinquished all sadness, and gave way to contentment.
+
+As long as my ink continued, which with water I made last as long as I
+could, I used to minute down the days of the month on which any
+remarkable event happened.--And,
+
+First, I observed, _that the same day I forsook my parents and friends,
+and ran away to Hull, in order to go to sea, the same day afterwards in
+the next year, I was taken and made a slave by the Sallee rovers_.
+
+_That the very day I escaped out of the wreck of the ship in Yarmouth
+roads, a year after on the same day, I made my escape from Sallee in my
+patron' fishing boat_.
+
+_And on the 30th of September, being the day of the year I was born on,
+on that day twenty-six years after, was I miraculously saved, and cast
+ashore on this island_.
+
+The next thing that wasted after my ink, was the biscuit which I had
+brought out of the ship, and though I allowed myself but one cake a day,
+for above a twelvemonth, yet I was quite out of bread for near a year,
+before I got any corn of my own.
+
+In the next place, my clothes began to decay, and my linen had been gone
+long before. However, I had preserved about three dozen of the sailors
+chequered shirts, which proved a great refreshment to me, when the
+violent beams of the sun would not suffer me to bear any of the seamen's
+heavy watch coats, which made me turn taylor, and, after a miserable
+botching manner, convert them to jackets. To preserve my head, I made
+me a cap of goat-skins, with the hair outwards to keep out the rain;
+which indeed served me so well, that afterwards I made me a waistcoat
+and opened-kneed breeches of the fame: And then I contrived a sort of an
+umbrella, covering it with skins, which not only kept out the heat of
+the sun, but rain also. Thus being easy, and settled in my mind, my
+chief happiness was to converse with God, in most heavenly and
+comfortable ejaculations.
+
+For five years after this I cannot say any extraordinary thing occured
+to me. My chief employment was to cure my raisins, and plant my barley
+and rice, of both which I had a year's provision beforehand. But though
+I was disapointed in my first canoe, I made it, at intermediate times,
+my business to make a second, of much inferior size; and it was
+two-years before I had finished it. But as I perceived it would no way
+answer my design of sailing to the other shore, my thoughts were
+consigned to take a tour round the island, to see what further
+discoveries I could make. To this intent, after having moved her to the
+water, and tried how she would sail, I fitted up a little raft to my
+boat, and made a sail of the ships sail that by me. I then made lockers
+or boxes at the end of it, to put in necessaries, provision, and
+ammunition, which would preserve them dry, either from rain or the spray
+of the sea; and in the inside of the boat, I cut me a long hollow place
+to lay my gun in, and to keep it dry made a flag to hang over it. My
+umbrella I fixed in a step in the stern, like a mast, to keep the heat
+of the sun off me. And now resolving to see the circumference of my
+little kingdom, I victualled my ship for the voyage, putting in two
+dozen of my barley-bread loaves, an earthen pot-full of parched rice, a
+little bottle of rum, half a goat, powder and shot, and two watch coats.
+It was the _6th_ of November, in the _6th_ year of my reign, or
+captivity, that I set out in this voyage; which was much longer than I
+expected, being obliged to put further out, by reason of the rocks that
+lay a great way in the sea. And indeed so much did these rocks surprise
+me, that I was for putting back, fearing that if I ventured farther it
+would be out of my power to return in this uncertainty I came to an
+anchor just off shore, to which I waded with my gun on my shoulder, and
+then climbing up a hill, which overlooked that point, I saw the full
+extent of it, and so resolved to run all hazards.
+
+In this prospect from the hill, I perceived a violent current running to
+the east, coming very close to the point; which I the more carefully
+observed, thinking it dangerous, and that when I came to it, I might be
+drove into the sea by its force, and not able to return to the island;
+and certainly it must have been so, had I not made this observation; for
+on the other side was the like current, with this difference, that it
+set off at a greater distance; and I perceived there was a strong eddy
+under the land; so that my chief business was to work out of the first
+current, and conveniently get into the eddy. Two days I staid here, the
+wind blowing very briskly E.S.E. which being contrary to the current,
+leaves a great breach of the sea upon the point; so it was neither fit
+for me to keep too near the shore, on account of the breach; nor stand
+at too great a distance, for fear of the streams. That night the wind
+abating, it grew so calm, that I ventured out; & here I may be a
+monument to all rash and ignorant pilots; for I was no sooner come to
+the point and not above the boat's length from shore, but I was going
+into a deep water, with a current like a mill, which drove my boat along
+so violently, that it was impossible for me to keep near the edge of it,
+but forced me more and more out from the eddy to the left of me; and all
+I could do with my paddle were useless, there being no wind to help me.
+
+Now I began to look upon myself as quite lost, since as, the current ran
+on both sides of the island, I was very certain they must join again,
+and then I had no hope but of perishing for want in the sea, after what
+provision I had was spent, or before, if a storm should happen to arise.
+
+Who can conceive the present anguish of my mind at this calamity? with
+longing eyes did I look upon my little kingdom, and thought the island
+the pleasantest place in the universe. _Happy, thrice happy desert_,
+said I, _shall I never see thee more?_ _Wretched creature! wither am I
+going? Why did I murmur at my lonesome condition, when now I would give
+the whole world to be thither again?_ While I was thus complaining, I
+found myself to be driven about two leagues into the sea; however, I
+laboured till my strength was far spent, to keep my boat as far north as
+possibly I could, to that side of the current where the eddy lay on.
+About noon I perceived a little breeze of wind spring up from the S.S.E.
+which overjoyed my heart; and was still more elated, when, in about half
+an hour it blew a gentle fine gale. Had any thick weather sprung up, I
+had been left another way; for having no compass onboard, I should never
+have found the way to steer towards the island, if once it had
+disappeared; but it proving the contrary, I set up my mast again, spread
+my sail, and stood away northward, as much as I could, to get rid of the
+current. And no sooner did the boat begin to stretch away, but I
+perceived by the clearness of the water, a change of the current was
+near; for, where it was strong, the water was foul; and where it was
+clear the current abated. To the east, I soon saw about half a mile, a
+breach of the sea upon, some rocks, which caused it again to separate;
+and as the main force of it drove away more southwardly, leaving the
+rocks to the north-east, so the other came back by the repulse of the
+rocks making a sharp eddy, which returned back again to the north-west
+with a very swift stream.
+
+They who have experienced what it is to be reprieved upon the ladder, or
+to be saved from thieves, just going to take away their lives, or such
+as have been in the like calamities with my own, may guess my present
+excess of joy, how heartily I ran my boat into the stream of this eddy,
+and how joyfully I spread my sail to the refreshing wind, standing
+cheerfully before it, with a smart tide under foot. By the assistance of
+this eddy, I was carried above a league home again, when being in the
+wake of the island, betwixt the two currents, I found the water to be in
+a sort of a stand. About four o'clock in the afternoon, I reached within
+a league of the island, and perceived the points of the rock, which
+caused this disaster, stretching out, as I observed before, to the
+southward, which throwing off the current more southwardly had
+occasioned another eddy to the north. But having a fair brisk gale, I
+stretched across this eddy, and in an hour came within a mile of the
+shore, where I soon landed to my unspeakable comfort; and after an
+humble prostration, thanking God for my deliverance, with a resolution
+to lay all thoughts of escaping aside, I brought my boat safe to a
+little cove, and laid me down to take a welcome repose. When I awoke I
+was considering how I might get my boat home; and coasting along the
+shore, I came to a good bay, which ran up to a rivulet or brook, where
+finding a safe harbour, I stowed her as safe as if she had been in a
+dry-dock made on purpose for her.
+
+I now perceived myself not far from the place where before I had
+travelled on foot; so taking nothing with me except my gun and umbrella,
+I began my journey, and in the evening came to my bower, where I again
+laid me down to rest. I had not slept long before I was awakened in
+great surprise, by a strange voice that called me several times. _Robin,
+Robin, Robinson Crusoe, poor Robin! Where are you, Robinson Crusoe?
+Where are you? Where have you been_?
+
+So fast was I asleep at first, that I did not awake thoroughly: but half
+asleep and half awake, I thought I dreamed that somebody spoke to me.
+But, as the voice repeated _Robinson Crusoe_ several times, being
+terribly affrighted, I started up in utmost confusion; and, no sooner
+were my eyes fully open, but I beheld my pretty Poll sitting on the top
+of the hedge, and soon knew that it was he that called me; for just in
+such bewailing language I used to talk and teach him; which he so
+exactly learned that he would sit upon my finger and lay his bill close
+to my face, and cry, _Poor Robinson Crusoe, where are you? where have
+you been? how came you here_? and such like prattle I had constantly
+taught him. But even though I knew it to be the parrot, it was a great
+while before I could adjust myself; being amazed how the creature got
+thither, and that he should fix about that place; and no where else.
+But now being assured it could be no other than my honest Poll, my
+wonder ceased, and reaching out my hand, and calling familiarly Poll,
+the creature came to me, and perched upon my thumb as he was wont,
+constantly prating to me with _Poor Robinson Crusoe, and how did I come
+here, and where had I been?_ as if the bird was overjoyed to see me; and
+so I took him home along with me.
+
+I was now pretty well cured of my rambling to sea; yet I could wish my
+boat, which had cost me so much trouble and pains, on this side the
+island once more, but which indeed was impracticable. I therefore began
+to lead a very retired life, living near a twelvemonth in a very
+contented manner, wanting for nothing except conversation. As to
+mechanic labours, which my necessities obliged me to, I fancied I could,
+upon occasion, make a tolerable carpenter were the poor tools I had to
+work withal but good. Besides, as I improved in my earthen ware, I
+contrived to make them with a wheel, which I found much easier and
+better, making my work shapely, which before was rude and ugly. But I
+think I was never so elevated with my own performance or project, than
+for being able to make a tobacco-pipe, which though it proved an awkward
+clumsy thing, yet it was very sound, and carried the smoke perfectly
+well, to my great satisfaction.
+
+I also improved my wicker ware, making me abundance of necessary
+baskets, which though not very handsome, were very handy and convenient
+to fetch things home in, as also for holding my stores, barley, rice,
+and other provisions.
+
+My powder beginning to fail, made me examine after what manner I should
+kill the goats or birds to live on after it was all gone. Upon which I
+contrived many ways to ensnare the goats, and see if I could catch them
+alive, particularly a she-goat with young. At last I had my desire, for
+making pitfalls and traps baited with barley and rice, I found one
+morning, in one of them, an old he-goat, and in the other three kids,
+one male, the other two females.
+
+So boisterous was the old one, that I could not bring him away. But I
+forgot the old proverb, _That hunger will tame a lion_: For had I kept
+him three or four days without provisions, and then given him some
+water, with a little corn, he would have been as tame as a young kid.
+The other creatures I bound with strings together; but I had great
+difficulty before I could bring them to my habitation. It was some time
+before they would feed; but throwing them sweet corn it so much tempted
+them, that they began to be tamer. From hence I concluded, that if I
+designed to furnish myself with goat's flesh, when my ammunition was
+spent, the tamely breeding them up, like a flock of sheep, about my
+settlement, was the only method I could take. I concluded also I must
+separate the wild from the tame, or else they would always run wild as
+they grew up; and the best way for this, was to have some inclosed piece
+of ground, well fenced, either with a hedge or pale, to keep them so
+effectually, that those within might not break out, or those without
+break in. Such an undertaking was very great for one pair of hands; but
+as there was an absolute necessity for doing it, my first care was to
+find a convenient piece of ground where there was likely to be herbage
+for them to eat, water to drink, and cover to keep them from the sun.
+
+Here again, I gave another instance of my ignorance and inexperience,
+pitching upon a piece of meadow land so large, that had I inclosed it,
+the hedge or pale must have been at least two miles about. Indeed had it
+been ten miles, I had time enough to do it in; but then I did not
+consider that my goats would be as wild in so much compass, as if they
+had had the whole island, and consequently as difficult for me to catch
+them. This thought came into my head, after I had carried it on, I
+believe, about fifty yards; I therefore altered my scheme, and resolved
+to inclose a piece of ground about one hundred and fifty yards in
+length, and one hundred in breadth, sufficient enough for as many as
+would maintain me, till such time as my flock increased, and then I
+could add more ground. I now vigorously prosecuted my work, and it took
+me about three months in hedging the first piece; in which time I
+tethered the three kids in the best part of it, feeding them as near me
+as possible, to make them familiar: and indeed I very often would carry
+some ears of barley or a handful of rice, and feed them out of my hands;
+by which they grew so tame, that when my inclosure was finished, and I
+had let them loose they would run after me for a handful of corn. This
+indeed answered my end; and in a year and half's time I had a flock of
+about twelve goats, kids and all; and in two years after, they amounted
+to forty-three, besides what I had taken and killed for my sustenance.
+After which I inclosed five several pieces of ground to feed them in,
+with pens to drive them into, that I might take them as I had occasion.
+
+In this project I likewise found additional blessings; for I not only
+had plenty of goat's flesh, but milk too, which in my beginning I did
+not so much as think of. And, indeed, though I had never milked a cow,
+much less a goat, or seen butter or cheese made, yet, after some essays
+and miscarriages, I made the both, and never afterwards wanted.
+
+How mercifully can the omnipotent Power comfort his creatures, even in
+the midst of their greatest calamities? How can be sweeten the bitterest
+providences, and give us reason to magnify him in dungeons and prisons?
+what a bounteous table was here spread in a wilderness for me, where I
+expected nothing thing at first but to perish for hunger.
+
+Certainly a Stoic would have smiled to see me at dinner. There sat my
+royal majesty, and absolute prince and ruler of my kingdom, attended by
+my dutiful subjects, whom, if I pleased, I could either hang, draw,
+quarter, give them liberty, or take it away. When I dined, I seemed a
+king eating alone, none daring to presume to do so till I had done.
+_Poll_, as if he had been my principal court favorite, was the only
+person, permitted to talk with me. My old but faithful dog, now grown
+exceedingly crazy, and who had no species to multiply his kind upon,
+continually sat on my right hand; while my two cats sat on each side of
+the table, expecting a bit from my hand, as a principal mark of my royal
+favour. These were not the cats I had brought from the ship; they had
+been dead long before, and interred near my habitation by mine own hand.
+But one of them, as I suppose, generating with a wild cat, a couple of
+their young I had made tame; the rest ran wild into the woods, and in
+time grew so impudent as to return and plunder me of my stores, till
+such time as I shot a great many, and the rest left me without troubling
+me any more. In this plentiful manner did I live, wanting for nothing
+but conversation. One thing indeed concerned me, the want of my boat; I
+knew not which way to get her round the island. One time I resolved to
+go along the shore by land to her; but had any one in England met such a
+figure, it would either have affrighted them, or made them burst into
+laughter; nay, I could not but smile myself at my habit, which I think
+in this place will be very proper to describe.
+
+The cap I wore on my head, was great, high, and shapeless, made of a
+goat's skin, with a flap of pent-house hanging down behind, not only to
+keep the sun from me, but to shoot the rain off from running into my
+neck, nothing being more pernicious than the rain falling upon the flesh
+in these climates. I had a short jacket of goat's skin, whose hair hung
+down such a length on each side, that it reached down to the calves of
+my legs. As for shoes and stockings, I had none, but made a semblance of
+something, I know not what to call them; they were made like buskins,
+and laced on the sides like spatterdashes, Barbarously shaped like the
+rest of my habit. I had a broad belt of goat's skin dried, girt round me
+with a couple of thongs, instead of buckles; on each of which, to supply
+the deficiency of sword and dagger, hung my hatchet and saw. I had
+another belt, not so broad, yet fastened in the same manner, which hung
+over my shoulder, and at the end of it, under my left arm, hung two
+pouches, made of goat's skin, to hold my powder and shot. My basket I
+carried on my back, and my gun on my shoulder; and over my head a great
+clumsy ugly goat's skin umbrella; which, however, next to my gun, was
+the most necessary thing about me. As for my face, the colour was not
+so swarthy as the Mulattoes, or might have been expected from one who
+took to little care of it, in a climate within nine or ten degrees of
+the equinox. At one time my beard grew so long that it hung down about a
+quarter of a yard; but as I had both razors scissors in store, I cut it
+all off, and suffered none to grow, except a large pair of Mahometan
+whiskers, the like of which I had seen wore by some Turks at Sallee, not
+long enough indeed to hang a hat upon, but of such a monstrous size, as
+would have amazed any in England to have seen.
+
+But all this was of no consequence here, there being none to observe my
+behavior or habit. And so, without fear and without controul, I
+proceeded on my journey, the prosecution of which took me up five or six
+days. I first travelled along the sea shore, directly to the place where
+I first brought my boat to an anchor, to get upon the rocks; but now
+having no boat to take care of, I went overland a nearer way to the same
+height that I was before upon; when looking forward to the point of the
+rock, which lay out, and which I was forced to double with my boat, I
+was amazed to see the sea so smooth and quiet, there being no ripling
+motion, nor current, any more than in other places. This made me ponder
+some time to guess the reason of it, when at last I was convinced that
+the ebb setting from the west, and joining with the current of water
+from some great river on shore, must be the occasion of these rapid
+streams; & that, consequently, as the winds blew more westwardly, or
+more southwardly, so the current came he nearer, or went the farther
+from the shore. To satisfy my curiosity, I waited there till evening,
+when the time of ebb being made, I plainly perceived from the rock the
+current again as before, with the difference that it ran farther off,
+near half a league from the shore, whereas in my expedition, it set
+close upon it, furiously hurrying me and my canoe along with it, which
+at another time would not have done. And now I was convinced, that, by
+observing the ebbing and flowing of the tide I might easily bring my
+boat round the island again. But when I began to think of putting it in
+practice, the remembrance of the late danger, struck me with such
+horror, that I changed my resolution, and formed another, which was more
+safe, though more laborious; and this was to make another canoe, and to
+have one for one side of the island, and one for the other.
+
+I had now two plantations in the island; the first my little
+fortification, fort, or castle, with many large and spacious
+improvements; for by this time I had enlarged the cave behind me with
+several little caves, one with another, to hold my baskets, corn, and
+straw. The piles with which I made my wall were grown so lofty and great
+as obscured my habitation. And near this commodious and pleasant
+settlement, lay my well cultivated and improved corn-fields, which
+kindly yielded me their fruit in the proper season. My second plantation
+was that near my country seat, or little bower, where my grapes
+flourished, and where, having planted many stakes, I made inclosures for
+my goats, so strongly fortified by labour and time, that it was much
+stronger than a wall, and consequently impossible for them to break
+through. As for my bower itself, I kept it constantly in repair, and cut
+the trees in such a manner, as made them grow thick and wild, and form a
+most delightful shade. In the centre of this stood my tent, thus
+erected. I had driven four piles in the ground, spreading over it a
+piece of the ship's sail; beneath which I made a sort of couch with the
+skins of the creatures I had slain, and other things; and having laid
+thereon one of the sailor's blankets, which I had saved from the wreck
+of the ship, and covering myself with a great watch-coat, I took up this
+place for my country retreat.
+
+Very frequently from this settlement did I use to visit my boat, and
+keep her in very good order. And sometimes I would venture in her a cast
+or two from shore, but no further, lest either a strong current, a
+sudden stormy wind, or some unlucky accident should hurry me from the
+island as before. But now I entreat your attention, whilst I proceed to
+inform you of a new, but most surprising scent of life which there
+befel me.
+
+You may easily suppose, that, after having been here so long, nothing
+could be more amazing than to see a human creature. One day it happened,
+that going to my boat I saw the print of a man's naked foot on the
+shore, very evident on the sand, as the toes, heel, and every part of
+it. Had I seen an apparition in the most frightful shape, I could not
+have been more confounded. My willing ears gave the strictest attention.
+I cast my eyes around, but could satisfy neither the one nor the other,
+I proceeded alternately in every part of the shore, but with equal
+effect; neither could I see any other mark, though the sand about it was
+as susceptible to take impression, as that which was so plainly stamped.
+Thus struck with confusion and horror, I returned to my habitation,
+frightened at every bush and tree, taking every thing for men; and
+possessed with the wildest ideas. That night my eyes never closed. I
+formed nothing but the most dismal imaginations, concluding it must be
+the mark of the devil's foot which I had seen. For otherwise how could
+any mortal come to this island? where was the ship that transported
+them? & what signs of any other footsteps? Though these seemed very
+strong reasons for such a supposition, yet (thought I) why should the
+devil make the print of his foot to no purpose, as I can see, when he
+might have taken other ways to have terrified me? why should he leave
+his mark on the other side of the island, and that too on the sand,
+where the surging waves of the ocean might soon have erased the
+impression. Surely this action is not consistent with the subtility of
+Satan, said I to myself; but rather must be some dangerous creature,
+some wild savage of the main land over against me, that venturing too
+far in the ocean, has been driven here, either by the violent currents
+or contrary winds; and not caring to stay on this desolate island, has
+gone back to sea again.
+
+[Illustration: Robinson Crusoe struck with confusion and horror, at
+seeing the print of a man's foot upon the sand _Dr. & Eng. by A.
+Carse, Edin._]
+
+Happy, indeed, said I to myself, that none of the savages had seen me in
+that place: yet I was not altogether without fear, lest, having found my
+boar, they should return in numbers and devour me; or at least carry
+away all my corn, and destroy my flock of tame goats. In a word, all my
+religious hopes vanished, as though I thought God would not now protect
+me by his power, who had so wonderfully preserved me so long.
+
+What various chains of Providence are there in the life of man! How
+changeable are our affections, according to different circumstances! We
+love to-day, what we hate to-morrow; we shun one hour, what we seek the
+next. This was evident in me in the most conspicous manner: For I, who
+before had so much lamented my condition, in being banished from all
+human kind, was now even ready to expire, when I considered that a man
+had set his foot on this desolate island. But when I considered my
+station of life decreed by the infinitely wise and good providence of
+God, that I ought not to dispute my Creator's sovereignty, who has an
+unbounded right to govern and dispose of his creatures as he thinks
+convenient; and that his justice and mercy could either punish or
+deliver me: I say when I considered all this, I comfortably found it my
+duty to trust sincerely in him, pray ardently to him, and humbly resign
+myself to his divine will.
+
+One morning, lying on my bed, these words of the sacred writings came
+into my mind, _Call upon me in the day of trouble, and I will deliver
+thee, and thou shalt glorify me._ Upon this sentence, rising more
+cheerfully from my bed, I offered up my prayers in the most heavenly
+manner; and when I had done, taking up my Bible to read, these words
+appeared first in my sight:--_Wait on the Lord, and be of good cheer,
+and he shall strengthen thy heart: Wait, I say, on the Lord._ Such
+divine comfort did this give me, as to remove all cause of sadness upon
+that occasion.
+
+Thus, after a world of apprehensions and fears, for three days and
+nights, I at last ventured out of my castle, and milked my goats, one of
+which was almost spoiled for want of it. I next (though in great fear)
+visited my bower, and milked my flocks there also; when, growing bolder,
+I went down to the shore again, and measuring the print of the foot to
+mine, to see, perhaps, whether I myself had not occasioned that mark, I
+found it much superior in largeness; and so returned home, now
+absolutely convinced that either some men had been ashore, or that the
+island must be inhabited, and therefore that I might be surprised before
+I was aware.
+
+I now began to think of providing for my security, and resolved in my
+mind many different schemes for that purpose. I first proposed to cut
+down my inclosures; and turn my tame cattle wild into the woods that the
+enemy might not find them, and frequent the island in hopes of killing
+the same. Secondly, I was for digging up my corn fields for the very
+same reason. An, lastly, I concluded to demolish my bower, lest, seeing
+a place of human contrivance, they might come farther and find out and
+attack me in my little castle.
+
+Such notions did the fear of danger suggest to me; and I looked I
+thought like the unfortunate king Saul, when not only oppressed by the
+Philistines, but also forsaken by God himself. And, it is strange, that
+a little before, having entirely resigned myself to the will of God, I
+should now have little confidence in him, fearing those more who could
+kill this fading body, than him who could destroy my immortal soul.
+
+Sleep was an utter stranger to my eyes that night: yet nature, spent and
+tired, submitted to a silent repose the next morning, and then joining
+reason with fear, I considered that this delightful and pleasant island
+might not be to entirely forsaken as I might think; but that the
+inhabitants from the other shore might fail, either with design or from
+necessity, by cross winds; and if the latter circumstance. I had reason
+to believe they would depart the first opportunity. However, my fear
+made me think of a place for retreat upon an attack. I now repented that
+I had made my door to come out beyond my fortification; to remedy which,
+I resolved to make me a second one: I fell to work, therefore, and drove
+betwixt that double row of trees, which I planted above twelve years
+before, several strong piles, thickening it with pieces of timber and
+old cables, and strengthening the foot of it with earth which I dug out
+of my cave; I also made me seven holes, wherein I planted my muskets
+like cannon, fitting them into frames resembling carriages. This being
+finished with indefatigable industry, for a great way every where, I
+planted sticks of osier like a wood, about twenty thousand of them,
+leaving a large space between them and my wall, that I might have room
+to see an enemy, and that they might not be sheltered among the young
+trees, if they offered to approach the outer wall. And, indeed, scarce
+two years had passed over my head, when there appeared a lovely shady
+grove, and in six years it became a thick wood perfectly impassable. For
+my safety, I left no avenue to go in or out: instead of which I set two
+ladders, one to a part of a rock which was low, and then broke in,
+leaving room to place another ladder upon that; so that when I took
+these down, it was impossible for any man to descend without hurting
+himself; and if they had, they would still be at the outside of my outer
+wall. But while I took all these measures of human prudence for my own
+preservation I was not altogether unmindful of other affairs. To
+preserve my stock of tame goats, that the enemy should not take all at
+once, I looked out for the most retired part of the island, which was
+the place where I had lost myself before-mentioned; and there finding a
+clear piece of land, containing three acres, surrounded with thick
+woods, I wrought so hard, that in less than a month's time, I fenced it
+so well round, that my flocks were very well secured in it, and I put
+therein two he-goats and ten she ones.
+
+All this labour was occasioned purely by fearful apprehensions, on
+account of seeing the print of a man's foot. And not contented yet with
+what I had done, I searched for another place towards the west point of
+the island, where I might also retain another flock. Then wandering on
+this errand more to the west of the island than ever I had yet done, and
+casting my eyes towards the sea, methought I perceived a boat at a great
+distance; but could not possibly tell what it was for want of my
+perspective glass. I considered then it was no strange thing to see the
+print of a man's foot; and concluding them cannibals, blessed God for
+being cast on the other side of the island, where none of the savages,
+as I thought, ever came. But when I came down the hill to the shore,
+which was the S.W. point of the island, I was soon confirmed in my
+opinion; nor can any one describe my horror and amazement, when I saw
+the ground spread with sculls, hands, feet, and bones of human bodies;
+and particularly, I perceived a space like a circle, in the midst of
+which had been a fire, about which I conjectured these wretches sat, and
+unnaturally sacrificed and devoured their fellow creatures.
+
+The horror and loathsomeness of this dreadful spectacle, both confounded
+my senses, and made me discharge from my stomach in an excessive manner.
+I then returned towards my habitation; and, in my way thither, shedding
+floods of tears, and falling down on my bended knees, gave God thanks
+for making my nature contrary to these wretches, and delivering me so
+long out of their hands.
+
+Though reason and my long residence here had assured me, that these
+savages never came up to the thick woody parts of the country, and that
+I had no reason to be apprehensive of a discovery; yet such an abhorence
+did I still retain, that, for two years after, I confined myself only to
+my three plantation: I mean my castle, country-seat, and inclosure in
+the woods. And though in process of time, my dreadful apprehensions
+began to wear away, yet my eyes were more vigilant for fear of being
+heard by those creatures, they should proceed to attack me. I resolved,
+however, manfully to lose my life if they did, and went armed with three
+pistols stuck in my girdle, which added to the description I have given
+of myself before, made me look with a very formidable appearance.
+
+Thus my circumstances for some time remained very calm and undisturbed;
+and when I compared my condition to others, I found it far from being
+miserable. And, indeed, would all persons compare their circumstances,
+not with those above them, but with those innumerable unhappy objects
+beneath them, I am sure we should not hear these daily murmurings and
+complainings that are in the world. For my part, I wanted but few
+things. Indeed, the terror which the savages had put me in, spoiled some
+inventions for my own conveniences. One of my projects was to brew me
+some beer; a very whimsical one indeed, when it is considered that I had
+neither casks sufficient; nor could I make any to preserve it in;
+neither had I hops to make it keep, yest to make it work, nor a copper
+or kettle to make it boil. Perhaps, indeed, after some years, I might
+bring this to bear, as I had done other things. But now my inventions
+were placed another way; and day and night I could think of nothing but
+how I might destroy some of these cannibals, when proceeding to their
+bloody entertainments; and so saving a victim from being sacrificed,
+that he might after become my servant. Many were my contrivances after
+this purpose, and as many more objections occurred after I hatched them.
+I once contrived to dig a hole under the place where they made their
+fire, and put therein five or six pounds of gunpowder, which would
+consequently blow up all those that were near it: but then I was loth to
+spend so much upon them, lest it should not do that certain execution I
+could desire, & but only affright & not kill them. Having laid this
+design aside, I again proposed to myself to lie privately in ambush, in
+some convenient place, with my three guns double loaded, and let fly at
+them in the midst of their dreadful ceremony: and having killed two or
+three of them at every shot, fall upon the rest suddenly with my three
+pistols, & not let one mother's son escape. Thus imagination pleased my
+fancy so much that I used to dream of it in the night time. To put my
+design in execution, I was not long in seeking for a place convenient
+for my purpose, where unseen I might behold every action of the savages.
+Here I placed my two muskets, each of which was loaded with a brace of
+slugs, and four or five smaller bullets about the size of pistol
+bullets; the fowling-piece was charged with near a handful of the
+largest swan-shot, and in every pistol were about four bullets. And thus
+all things being prepared, no sooner would the welcome light spread over
+the element, but, _like a giant refreshed with wine_, as the Scripture
+has it, would I issue forth from my castle, and from a lofty hill, three
+miles distant, view if I could see any invaders approach unlawfully to
+my kingdom. But having waited in vain two or three months, it not only
+grew very tiresome to me, but brought me to some consideration, and
+made me examine myself, what right I had to kill these creatures in
+this manner.
+
+If (argued I to myself) this unnatural custom of theirs be a sin
+offensive to Heaven, it belongs to the Divine Being, who alone has the
+vindictive power in his hands, to shower down his vengeance upon them.
+And perhaps he does so, in making them become one another's
+executioners. Or, if not, if God thinks these doings just, according to
+the knowledge they conceive, what authority have I to pretend to thwart
+the decrees of Providence, which has permitted these actions for so many
+ages, perhaps from almost the beginning of the creation? They never
+offended me, what right have I then to concern myself in their shedding
+one another's blood: And, indeed, I have since known, they value no more
+to kill and devour a captive taken in war, than we do to kill an ox or
+eat mutton. I then concluded it necessarily followed, that these people
+were no more murderers than Christians, who many times put whole troops
+to the sword, after throwing down their arms.--Again I considered, that
+if I fell upon them, I should be as much in the wrong as the Spaniards,
+who had committed the greatest barbarities upon these people who had
+never offended them in their whole lives; as if the kingdom of Spain was
+eminent for a race of men without common compassion to the miserable, a
+principal sign of the most generous temper: these considerations made me
+pause, and made me think I had taken wrong measures in my resolution: I
+now argued with myself, it was better for me never to attack, but to
+remain undiscovered as long as I possibly could; that an opposite
+conduct would certainly prove destructive; for as it was scarcely to be
+supposed I could kill them all, I might either be overpowered by the
+remaining, or that some escaping, might bring thousands to my certain
+destruction. And, indeed, religion took their part so much as to
+convince me how contrary it was to my duty to be guilty of shedding
+human blood, innocent as to my particular, whatever they are to one
+another: that I had nothing to do with it, but leave it to the God of
+all power and dominion, as I said before, to do therein what seemed
+convenient to his heavenly wisdom. And, therefore, on my knees I thanked
+the Almighty for delivering me from blood guiltiness, and begged his
+protection that I might never fall into their hands.
+
+Thus giving over an attempt which I had rashly begun, I never ascended
+the hill on that occasion afterwards: I only re-removed my boat, which
+lay on the other side of the island, and every thing that belonged to
+her, towards the east, into a little cove; that there might not be the
+least shadow of any boat near, or habitation upon the island.--My castle
+then became my cell, keeping always retired in it, except when I went
+out to milk my she-goats, and order my little flock in the wood, which
+was quite out of danger: for sure I was that these savages never came
+here with expectations to find any thing, consequently never wandered
+from the coast; however, as they might have several times been on shore,
+as well before as after my dreadful apprehensions, I looked back with
+horror to think in what state I might have been, had I suddenly met them
+slenderly armed; with one gun only loaded with small shot; and how great
+would have been my amazement, if, instead of seeing the print of one
+man's foot, I had perceived fifteen, or twenty savages, who having once
+set their eyes upon me, by the swiftness of their feet would have left
+me no possibility of escaping? These thoughts would sink my very soul,
+so that I would fall into a deep melancholy, till such time as the
+consideration of my gratitude to the Divine Being moved it from my
+heart. I then fell into a contemplation of the secret springs of
+Providence, and how wonderfully we are delivered, when insensible of it;
+and when intricated in uncertain mazes or labyrinths of doubt or
+hesitation, what secret hint directs us in the right way, when we
+intended to go out of it, nay, perhaps contrary to our business, sense
+or inclination. Upon which, I fixed within me this as a certain rule,
+never to disobey those secret impressions of the mind, to the acting or
+not acting any thing that offered, for which I yet could assign no
+reason. But let it be how it will, the advantage of this conduct very
+eminently appeared in the latter part of my abode on this island; I am,
+a stranger in determining whence these secret intimations of Providence
+derive; yet methinks they are not only some proof of the converse of
+spirits, but also of the secret communications they are supposed to have
+with those that have not passed through the gloomy vale of death.
+
+These anxieties of mind, and the care of my preservation, put a period
+to all future inventions and contrivances, either for accommodation or
+convenience. I now cared not to drive a nail, chop a stick, fire a gun
+or make a fire, lest either the noise should be heard, or the smoke
+discover me. And on this account I used to burn my earthen ware
+privately in a cave which I found in the wood, and which I made
+convenient for that purpose; the principal cause that brought me here
+was to make charcoal, so that I might bake and dress my bread and meat
+without any danger. At that time a curious accident happened me, which I
+shall now relate.
+
+While I was cutting down some wood for making my charcoal, I perceived a
+cavity behind a very thick branch of underwood. Curious to look into it,
+I attained its month, and perceived it sufficient for me to stand
+upright in. But when I had entered, and took a further view, two rolling
+shining eyes like flaming stars seemed to dart themselves at me; so that
+I made all the haste out that I could, as not knowing whither it was the
+devil or a monster that had taken his residence in that place. When I
+recovered a little from my surprise, I called myself a thousand fools,
+for being afraid to see the devil one moment, who had now lived almost
+twenty years in the most retired solitude. And therefore resuming all
+the courage I had, I took a flaming firebrand, and in I rushed again. I
+had not proceeded above three steps, when I was more affrighted than
+before; for then I heard a very loud sigh, like that of a human creature
+in the greatest agony, succeeded with a broken noise, resembling words
+half expressed, and then a broken sigh again. Stepping back, _Lord!_
+(thought I to myself) _where am I got, into what enchanted place have I
+plunged myself, such as are reported to contain miserable captives, till
+death puts an end to their sorrow_? And, indeed, in such great amazement
+was I, that it struck me into a cold sweat; and had my hat been on my
+head, I believe my hair would have moved it off. But again encouraging
+myself with the hopes of God's protection, I proceeded forward, and, by
+the light of my firebrand, perceived it to be a monstrous he-goat, lying
+on the ground, gasping for life, and dying of mere old age. At first, I
+stirred him, thinking to drive him out, but the poor ancient creature
+strove to get upon his feet, but was not able; so I e'en let him lie
+still to affright the savages, should they venture into this cave. I now
+looked round me and found the place but small and shapeless. At the
+farther side of it, I perceived a sort of an entrance, yet so low, as
+must oblige me to creep upon my hands and knees to it; so, having no
+candle, I suspended my enterprise till the next day, and then I came
+provided with two large ones of my own making.
+
+Having crept upon my hands and feet, through this strait, I found the
+roof higher up, I think about twenty feet. But surely mortal never saw
+such a glorious sight before! The roof and walls of this cave reflected
+a hundred thousand lights to me from my two candles, as though they were
+indented with mining gold, precious stones, or sparkling diamonds. And
+indeed it was the most delightful cavity or grotto of its kind that
+could be desired, though entirely dark. The floor was dry and level, and
+had a kind of gravel upon it: no nauseous venomous creatures to be seen
+there, neither any damp or wet about it. I could find no fault but in
+the entrance, and I began to think that even this might be very
+necessary for my defence, and therefore resolved to make it my most
+principal magazine. I brought hither two fowling-pieces, and three
+muskets, leaving only five pieces at my castle, planted in the nature of
+cannon. Of the barrel of gunpowder, which I took up out of the sea, I
+brought away about sixty pounds powder, which was not damaged, and this
+with a great quantity of lead for bullets, I removed for my castle to
+this retreat, now fortified both by art and nature.
+
+I fancied myself now like one of the giants of old, who were said to
+live in caves and holes among the rocks, inaccessible to any but
+themselves, or, at lest, a most dangerous to attempt. And now I despised
+both the cunning and strength of the savages, either to find me out or
+to hurt me.
+
+But I must not forget the old goat, which caused my late dreadful
+amazement. The poor creature gave up the ghost the day after my
+discovery; & it being difficult to drag him out, I dug his grave, and
+honourably entombed him in the same place where is departed, with as
+much ceremony as any Welch goat that has been interred about the high
+mountain Penmanmawn.
+
+I think I was now in the twenty-third year of my reign, and my thoughts
+much easier than formerly, having contrived several pretty amusements
+and diversions to pass away the time in a pleasant manner. By this time
+my pretty Poll had learned to speak English, and pronounce his words
+very articulately and plain; so that for many hours we used to chat
+together after a familiar manner, and he lived with me no less than
+twenty-six years. My dog which was nineteen years old, sixteen of which
+he lived with me, died some time ago of mere old age. As for my cats,
+they multiplied so fast, that I was forced to kill or drive them into
+the woods, except two or three which became my particular favourites.
+Besides these, I continually kept two or three household kids about me,
+which I learned to feed out of my hand, and two more parrots which could
+talk indifferently, and call _Robinson Crusoe_, but not so excellently
+as the first, as not taking that pains with them. I had also several
+sea-owls which I had wounded and cut their wings; and growing tame, they
+used to breed among the low trees about my castle walls, all which made
+my abode very agreeable.
+
+But what unforeseen events suddenly destroy the enjoyment, of this
+uncertain state of life, when we least expect them! it was now the month
+of December, in the southern solstice, and particular time of my
+harvest, which required my attendance in the fields; when going out
+pretty early one morning, before it was day-light, there appeared to me,
+from the sea shore, a flaming light, about two miles from me at the east
+end of the island, where I had observed some savages had been before,
+not on the other side, but to my great affliction, it was on my side
+the island.
+
+Struck with a terrible surprise, and my usual apprehensions, that the
+savages would perceive my improvements, I returned directly to my
+castle, pulled the ladder after me, making all things look as wild and
+natural as I possibly could. In the next place, I put myself into a
+posture of defence, loading my muskets and pistols, and committing
+myself to God's protection, I resolved to defend myself till my last
+breath. Two hours after, impatient for intelligence, I set my ladder up
+to the side of the hill, where there was a flat place, and then pulling
+the ladder after me ascended to the top, where laying myself on my
+belly, with my perspective glass, I perceived no less than nine naked
+savages, sitting round a small fire, eating, as I supposed human flesh,
+with their two canoes haled on shore, waiting for the flood to carry
+them off again. You cannot easily express the consternation I was in at
+this sight, especially seeing them near me; but when I perceived their
+coming must be always with the current of the ebb, I became more easy in
+my thoughts, being fully convinced that I might go abroad with security
+all the time of flood, if they were not before landed. And, indeed, this
+proved just as I imagined; for no sooner did they all take boat and
+paddle away, but the tide made N.W. Before they went off they danced,
+making ridiculous postures and gestures for above an hour, all stark
+naked; but whether men or women, or both, I could not perceive. When I
+saw them gone, I took two guns upon my shoulders, and placing a couple
+of pistols in my belt, with my great sword hanging by my side, I went to
+the hill, where at first I made a discovery of these cannibals, and then
+saw there had been three canoes more of the savages on shore at that
+place, which with the rest were making over to the main land.
+
+But nothing could be more horrid to me, when going to the place of
+sacrifice, the blood, the bones, and other mangled parts of human bodies
+appeared in my sight; and so fired was I with indignation, that I was
+fully resolved to be revenged on the first that came there, though I
+lost my life in the execution. It then appeared to me, that the visits
+which they make to this island are not very frequent, it being fifteen
+months before they came again; but still I was very uneasy, by reason of
+the dismal apprehensions of their surprising me unawares; nor dared I
+offer to fire a gun on that side of the island where they used to
+appear, lest, taking the alarm, the savages might return with many
+hundred canoes, and then God knows in what manner I should have made my
+end. Thus was I a year or more before I saw any of these devouring
+cannibals again.
+
+But to wave this, the following accident, which demands attention, for a
+while eluded the force of my thoughts in revenging myself on
+those Heathens.
+
+On the 16th of May (according to my wooden calendar) the wind blew
+exceedingly hard, accompanied with abundance of lightning and thunder
+all day, and succeeded by a very stormy night. The seeming anger of the
+Heavens made me have recourse to my Bible. While I was seriously
+pondering upon it, I was suddenly alarmed with the noise of a gun, which
+I conjectured was fired upon the ocean. Such an unusual surprise made me
+start up in a minute, when, with my ladder, ascending the mountain as
+before, that very moment a flash of fire presaged the report of another
+gun which I presently heard, and found it was from that part of the sea
+where the current drove me away. I could not but then think, that this
+must be a ship in distress, and that there were the melancholy signals
+for a speedy deliverance. Great, indeed, was my sorrow upon this
+occasion; but my labours to assist them must have proved altogether vain
+& fruitless. However, I brought together all the dry wood that was at
+hand, and making a pretty large pile, set it on fire on the hill. I was
+certain they plainly perceived it, by their firing another gun as soon
+as it began to blaze, and after that several more from the same quarter.
+All night long I kept up my fire: and when the air cleared up, I
+perceived something a great way at sea, directly E. but could not
+distinguish what it was, even with my glass, by reason that the weather
+was so very foggy out at sea. However, keeping my eyes directly fixed
+upon it, and perceiving it did not stir, I presently concluded it must
+be a ship at anchor, and so very hasty I was to be satisfied, that
+taking the gun, I went to the S.E. part of the island, to the same rocks
+where I had been formerly drove away by the current, in which time the
+weather being perfectly cleared up, to my great sorrow, I perceived the
+wreck of a ship cast away upon those hidden rocks I found when I was out
+with my boat; and which, by making a kind of an eddy, were the occasion
+of my preservation.
+
+Thus, _what is one man's safety is another's ruin_; for undoubtedly this
+ship had been driven on them in the night, the wind blowing strong at
+E.N.E. Had they perceived the island, as I now guessed they had not,
+certainly, instead of firing there guns for help, they would rather have
+ventured in their boat and saved themselves that way. I then thought,
+that perhaps they had done so, upon seeing my fire, and were cast away
+in the attempt: for I perceived no boat in the ship. But then I again
+imagined, that, perhaps, they had another vessel in company, which, upon
+signal, saved their lives, and took the boat up: or that the boat might
+be driven into the main ocean, where these poor creatures might be in
+the most miserable condition. But as all these conjectures were very
+uncertain, I could do no more than commiserate there distress, and thank
+God for delivering me, in particular, when so many perished in the
+raging ocean.
+
+When I considered seriously every thing concerning this wreck, and could
+perceive no room to suppose any of them saved, I cannot explain, by any
+possible force of words, what longings my soul felt on this occasion,
+often breaking out in this manner: _O that there had been but two or
+three, nay even one person saved, that we might have lived together,
+conversed with, and comforted one another!_ and so much were my desires
+moved, that when I repeated these words, _Oh! that there had been but
+one!_ my hands would clench together, and my fingers press the palms of
+my hands to close, that, had any soft thing been between, it would have
+crushed it involuntarily, while my teeth would strike together, and set
+against each other so strong that it required some time for me to
+part them.
+
+Till the last year of my being on this island, I never knew whether or
+not any had been saved out of this ship. I had the affliction, some time
+after, to see the corpse of a drowned boy come on shore, at the end of
+the island which was next the shipwreck; there was nothing on him but a
+seaman's waistcoat, a pair of opened kneed linen drawers, and a blue
+linen shirt, but no particular mark to guess what nation he was of. In
+his pocket were two pieces of eight, and a tobacco-pipe, the last of
+which I preferred much more than I did the first. And now the calmness
+of the sea tempted me to venture out in my boat to this wreck, not only
+to get something necessary out of the ship, but perhaps, some living
+creature might be on board, whose life I might preserve. This had such
+an influence upon my mind, that immediately I went home, and prepared
+every thing necessary for the voyage, carrying on board my boat
+provisions of all sorts, with a good quantity of rum, fresh water, and a
+compass: so putting off, I paddled the canoe along the shore, till I
+came at last to the north-east part of the island, from whence I was to
+launch into the ocean; but here the currents ran so violently, and
+appeared so terrible, that my heart began to fail me; foreseeing that if
+I was driven into any of these currents, I might be carried not only out
+of reach or sight of the island, but even inevitably lost in the boiling
+surges of the ocean.
+
+So oppressed was I at these troubles, that I gave over my enterprize,
+sailing to a little creek on the shore, where stepping out, I set me
+down on a rising hill, very pensive and thoughtful. I then perceived
+that the tide was turned; and the flood came on, which made it
+impracticable for me to go out for so many hours. To be more certain how
+the sets of the tides or currents lay when the flood came in, I ascended
+a higher piece of ground, which overlooked the sea both ways; and here I
+found that as the current of the ebb set out close by the south point of
+the island, so the current of the flood set in close by the shore of the
+north side; and all that I had to do was to keep to the north of the
+island in my return.
+
+That night I reposed myself in my canoe, covered with my watch coat,
+instead of a blanket, the heavens being my tester. I set out with the
+first of the tide full north, till I felt the benefit of the current,
+which carried me at a great rate eastward, yet not with such impetuosity
+as before, as to take from me all government of my canoe; so that in two
+hours time I came up to the wreck, which appeared to me a most
+melancholy sight. It seemed to be a Spanish vessel by its building,
+stuck fast between two rocks; her stern and quarter beaten to pieces by
+the sea; her mainmast and foremast were brought off by the board, that
+is broken off short. As I approached near, I perceived a dog on board,
+who seeing me coming, yelped and cried, and no sooner did I call him,
+but the poor creature jumped into the sea, out of which I took him up,
+almost famished with hunger and thirst; so that when I gave him a cake
+of bread, no ravenous wolf could devour it more greedily; and he drank
+to that degree of fresh water, that he would have burst himself, had I
+suffered him.
+
+The first sight I met with in the ship, were two men drowned in the
+cook-room or forecastle, inclosed in one another's arms: hence I very
+probably supposed, that _when the vessel struck in the storm, so high
+and incessantly did the waters break in and over her, that the men not
+being able to bear it, were strangled by the constant rushing in of the
+waves_. There were several casks of liquor, whether wine of brandy, I
+could not be positive, which lay in the lower hold, as were plainly
+perceptible by the ebbing out of the water, yet were too large for me to
+pretend to meddle with; likewise I perceived several chests, which I
+supposed to belong to the seamen, two of which I got into my boat,
+without examining what was in them. Had the stern of the ship been
+fixed, and the forepart broken off, I should have made a very prosperous
+voyage; since by what I after found in these two chests, I could not
+otherwise conclude, but that the ship must have abundance of wealth on
+board; nay, if I must guess by the course she steered, she must have
+been bound from the Buenos Ayres, or the Rio de la Plata, in the
+southern parts of America, beyond the Brazils, to the Havannah, in the
+gulf of Mexico, and so perhaps to Spain. What became of the rest of the
+sailors, I could not certainly tell; and all her riches signified
+nothing at that time to any body.
+
+Searching farther, I found a cask containing about twenty gallons, full
+of liquor, which, with some labour, I got into my boat; in her cabin
+were several muskets, which I let remain there; but took away with me a
+great powder horn, with about four pounds of powder in it. I took also a
+fire-shovel and tongs, two brass kettles, a copper pot to make
+chocolate, and a gridiron; all which were extremely necessary to me,
+especially the fire-shovel and tongs. And so with this cargo,
+accompanied with my dog, I came away, the tide serving for that purpose;
+and the same evening, about an hour within night, I attained the island,
+after the greatest toil and fatigue imaginable.
+
+That night I reposed my wearied limbs in the boat, resolving the next
+morning to harbour what I had gotten in my new-found subterraneous
+grotto; & not to carry my cargo home to my ancient castle. Having
+refreshed myself, and got all my effects on shore I next proceeded to
+examine the particulars; and so tapping the cask, I found the liquor to
+be a kind of rum, but not like what we had at the Brazils, nor indeed
+near so good. At the opening of the chest, several things appeared very
+useful to me; for instance, I found in one a very fine case of bottles,
+containing the finest and best sorts of cordial waters; each bottle held
+about three pints, curiously tip with silver. I found also two pots full
+of the choicest sweetmeats, and two more which the water had utterly
+spoiled. There were likewise several good shirts exceedingly welcome to
+me, and about one dozen and a half white linen handkerchiefs and
+coloured neckcloths, the former of which was absolutely necessary for
+wiping my face in a hot day; and, in the till, I found three bags of
+pieces of eight, about eleven hundred in all, in one of which, decently
+wrapped up in a piece of paper, were six doubloons of gold, and some
+small bars and wedges of the same metal, which I believe might weigh
+near a pound. In the other chest, which I guessed to belong to the
+gunner's mate, by the mean circumstances which attended it, I found only
+some clothes of very little value, except about two pounds of fine
+glazed powder, in three flasks, kept, as I believe, for charging their
+fowling pieces on any occasion; so that, on the whole, I had no great
+advantage by this voyage. The money was indeed as mere dirt to me,
+useless and unprofitable, all which I would freely have parted with for
+two or three pair of English shoes and stockings; things that for many
+years I had not worn, except lately those which I had taken of the feet
+of those unfortunate men I found drowned in the wreck, yet not so good
+as English shoes either for ease or service. I also found in the
+seaman's chest about fifty pieces of eight in royals, but no gold; so
+concluded that what I took from the first belonged to an officer, the
+latter appearing to have a much inferior person for its owner. However,
+as despicable as the money seemed, I likewise lugged it to my cave,
+laying it up securely, as I did the rest of my cargo; and after I had
+done all this, I returned back to my boat, rowing and paddling her along
+till I came to my old harbour, where I carefully laid her up, and so
+made the best of my way to my castle. When I arrived there, every thing
+seemed safe and quiet: so that now my only business was to repose myself
+after my wonted manner, and take care of my domestic affairs. But though
+I might have lived very easy, as wanting nothing absolutely needful, yet
+still I was more vigilant than usual upon account of the savages, never
+going much abroad; or, if I did, it was to the east part of the island,
+where I was well assured that the savages never came, and where I might
+not be troubled to carry that heavy load of weapons for my defence, as I
+was obliged to do if I went the other way.
+
+Two years did I live in this anxious condition, in all which time,
+contrary to my former resolutions, my head was filled with nothing but
+projects and designs, how I might escape from this island; and so much
+were my wandering thoughts bent upon a rambling disposition that had I
+had the same boat that I went from Sallee in, I should have ventured
+once more to the uncertainty of the raging ocean.
+
+I cannot, however, but consider myself as one of the unhappy persons,
+who make themselves wretched by there dissatisfaction with the stations
+which God has placed them in; for, not to take a review of my primitive
+condition, and my father's excellent advice, the going contrary to which
+was, as I may say, my original sin, the following mistakes of the same
+nature certainly had been the means of my present unhappy station. What
+business had I to leave a settled fortune, and well stocked plantation,
+improving and increasing, where, by this time, I might have been worth a
+hundred thousand moidores, to turn supercargo to Guinea, to fetch
+Negroes, when time and patience would so much enlarge my stock at home,
+as to be able to employ those whose more immediate business it was to
+fetch them home even to my door?
+
+But as this is commonly the fate of young heads, so a serious reflection
+upon the folly of it ordinarily attends the exercise of future years,
+when the dear bought experience of time teaches us repentance. Thus was
+it with me; but not withstanding the thoughts of my deliverance ran so
+strongly in my mind, that is seemed to check all the dictates of reason
+and philosophy. And now to usher in my kind reader with greater pleasure
+to the remaining part of my relation, I flatter myself it will not be
+taken amiss, to give him an account of my first conceptions of the
+manner of escaping, and upon what foundation I laid my foolish schemes.
+
+Having retired to my castle, after my late voyage to the ship, my
+frigate laid up and secured, as usual, and my condition the same as
+before, except being richer, though I had as little occasion for riches
+as the Indians of Peru had for gold, before the cruel Spaniards came
+among them: One night in March, being the rainy season in the four and
+twentieth year of my solitude, I lay down to sleep, very well in health,
+without distemper pain, or uncommon uneasiness, either of body or mind;
+yet notwithstanding, I could not compose myself to sleep all the night
+long. All this tedious while, it is impossible to express what
+innumerable thoughts came into my head. _I traced quite over the whole
+history of my life in miniature, from my utmost remembrance of things
+till I came to this island, and then proceeded to examine every action
+and passage that had occurred since I had taken possession of my
+kingdom._ In my reflections upon the latter, I was _comparing the happy
+posture of my affairs from the beginning of my reign, to this life of
+anxiety, fear, and concern, since I had discovered a print of a foot in
+the sand; that while I continued without apprehension, I was incapable
+of feeling the dread and terror I now suffered._ How thankful rather
+ought I to have been for the knowledge of my danger, since the greatest
+happiness one can be possessed of is to have sufficient time to provide
+against it? How stupendous is the goodness of Providence, which sets
+such narrow bounds to the sight and knowledge of human nature, that
+while men walk in the midst of so many dangers they are kept serene and
+calm, by having the events of things hid from their eyes and knowing
+nothing of those many dangers that surround them, till perhaps they are
+dissipated and vanish away.
+
+When I came more particularly to considerer of _the real danger I had
+for so many years escaped; how I had walked about in the greatest
+security and tranquility, at a time, perhaps, when even nothing but the
+brow of a hill, a great tree, or the common approach of night, had
+interposed between me and the destructive hands of the cannibals, who
+would devour me with as good an appetite, as I would a pigeon or
+curlew;_ surely all this, I say, could not but make me sincerely
+thankful to my great Preserver, whose singular protection I acknowledge
+with the greatest humility, and without which I must inevitably have
+fallen into the cruel hands of those devourers.
+
+Having thus discussed my thoughts in the clearest manner, according to
+my weak understanding, I next proceeded to consider _the wretched nature
+of those destroying savages, by seeming, though with great reverence,_
+to enquire _why God should give up any of his creatures to such
+inhumanity, even to brutality itself, to devour its own kind?_ but as
+this was rather matter of obstruse speculation, and as my miserable
+situation made me think this of mine the most uncomfortable situation in
+the world, I then began rather to inquire _what part of the world these
+wretches lived in; how far off the coast was from whence they came; why
+they ventured over so far from home; what kind of boats conveyed them
+hither; and why I could not order myself and my business so, that I
+might be able to attack their country, as they were to come to
+my kingdom.
+
+But then_ thought I, _how shall I manage myself when I come thither?
+what will become of me if I fall into the hands of the savages? or how
+shall I escape from them if they make an attempt upon me? and supposing
+I should not fall into their power, what shall I do for provisions, or
+which way shall I bend my course?_ These counter thoughts threw me into
+the greatest horror and confusion imaginable; but then I still looked
+upon my present condition to be the most miserable that possibly could
+be, and that nothing could be worse, except death _For_ (thought I)
+_could I but attain the shore of the main, I might perhaps meet with
+some reliefs, or coast it along, as I did with my boy Xury, on the
+African shore, till I came to some inhabited country, where I might meet
+with some relief, or fall in with some Christian ship that might take me
+in; and if I failed, why then I could but meet with death, which would
+put an end to all my miseries._ These thoughts, I must confess, were the
+fruit of a distempered mind and impatient temper made desperate, as it
+were, by long continuance of the troubles and disappointments I had met
+with in the wreck; where I hoped to have found some living person to
+speak to, by whom I might have known in what place I was, and of the
+probable means of my deliverance. Thus, while my thoughts were agitated,
+my resignation to the will of heaven was entirely suspended; to that I
+had no power to fix my mind to any thing, but to the project of a voyage
+to the main land. And indeed so much was I inflamed upon this account,
+that it set my blood into a ferment, and my pulse beat high, as though I
+had been in a fever; till nature being, as it were, fatigued and
+exhausted with the thoughts of it, made me submit myself to a
+silent repose.
+
+In such a situation, it is very strange, that I did not dream of what I
+was so intent upon; but, instead of it, my mind roved on a quite
+different thing, altogether foreign. I dreamed, that as I was issuing
+from my castle one morning, as customary, when I perceived upon the
+shore two canoes, and eleven savages coming to land, who had brought
+with them another Indian, whom they designed to make a sacrifice of, in
+order to devour; but just as they were going to give the fatal blow,
+methought the poor designed victim jumped away, and ran directly into my
+little thick grove before my fortification, to abscond from his enemies,
+when perceiving that the others did not follow him that way, I appeared
+to him; that he humbly kneeled down before me, seeming to pray for my
+assistance; upon which I showed him my ladder, made him ascend, carried
+him to my cave, and he became my servant; and when I had gotten this
+man, I said to myself, _now surely I may have some hopes to attain the
+main land; for this fellow will serve me as a pilot, tell me what to do,
+and where I must go for provisions, what places to shun, what to venture
+to, and what to escape._ But when I awaked, and found all these
+inexpressible impressions of joy entirely vanished, I fell into the
+greatest dejection of spirit imaginable.
+
+Yet this dream brought me to reflect, that one sure way of escaping was
+to get a savage; that after I had ventured my life to deliver him from
+the bloody jaws of his devourers, the natural sense he might have of
+such a preservation, might inspire him with a lasting gratitude and most
+sincere affection. But then this objection reasonably interposed: _how
+can I effect this,_ thought I, _without I attack a whole company of
+them, and kill them all? why should I proceed on such a desperate
+attempt, which my scruples before had suggested to be unlawful?_ and
+indeed my heart trembled at the thoughts of so much blood, though it
+were a means to procure my deliverance. 'Tis true, I might reasonably
+enough suppose these men to be real enemies to my life, men who would
+devour me, was it in their power, so that it was self preservation in
+the highest degree to free myself, by attacking them in my own defence,
+as lawfully as if they were actually assaulting me: though all these
+things, I say, seemed to me to be of the greatest weight, yet, as I just
+said before, the dreadful thoughts of shedding human blood, struck such
+a terror to my soul, that it was a long time before I could reconcile
+myself to it.
+
+But how far will the ardency of desire prompt us on? For notwithstanding
+the many disputes and perplexities I had with myself, I at length
+resolved, right or wrong, to get one of these savages into my hands,
+cost what it would, or even though I should lose my life in the attempt.
+Inspired with this firm resolution, I set all my wits at work, to find
+out what methods I should take to answer my design: this, indeed, was so
+difficult a task, that I could not pitch upon any probable means to
+execute it: I, therefore, resolved continually to be in a vigilant
+posture, to perceive when the savages came on shore and to leave the
+rest to the event, let the opportunities offer as they would.
+
+Such was my fixed resolutions; and accordingly I set myself upon the
+scout, as often as I could, till such time as I was heartily tired of
+it. I waited for above a year and a half, the greatest part of which I
+went out to the west, and south-west corner of the island, almost every
+day, to look for canoes, but none appeared. This was a very great
+discouragement; yet, though I was very much concerned, the edge of my
+design was as keen as ever, and the longer it seemed to be delayed, the
+more eager was I for it: in a word, I never before was so careful to
+shun the loathing sight of these savages, as I was now eager to be with
+them; and I thought myself sufficiently able to manage one, two, or
+three savages if I had them, so as to make them my entire slaves, to do
+whatsoever I should direct them, and prevent their being able at any
+time to do me any mischief. Many times did I used to please myself with
+these thoughts, with long and ardent expectations; but nothing
+presenting, all my deep projected schemes and numerous fancies vanished
+away, as though, while I retained such thoughts, the decrees of
+Providence was such, that no savages were to come near me.
+
+About a year and a half after, when I was seriously musing of sundry
+other ways how I should attain my end, one morning early I was very much
+surprised by seeing no less than five canoes all on shore together, on
+my side the island, and the savages that belonged to them all landed,
+and out of my sight. Such a number of them disconcerted all my measures;
+for, seeing so many boats, each of which would contain six, and
+sometimes more, I could not tell what to think of it, or how to order my
+measures, to attack twenty or thirty men single-handed; upon which, much
+dispirited and perplexed, I lay still in my castle; which, however, I
+put in a proper posture for an attack: and, having formerly provided all
+that was necessary, was soon ready to enter upon an engagement, should
+they attempt. Having waited for some time, my impatient temper would let
+me bear it no longer; I set my guns at the foot of my ladder, and, as
+usual, ascended up to the top of the hill at two stages, standing,
+however, in such a manner, that my head did not appear above the hill,
+so that they could easily perceive me; and here, by the assistance of my
+perspective glass, I observed no less than thirty in number around a
+fire, feasting upon what meat they had dressed: how they cooked it, or
+what it was, I could not then perfectly tell; but they were all dancing
+and capering about the flames, using many frightful and
+barbarous gestures.
+
+But while, with a curious eye, I was beholding these wretches, my
+spirits sunk within me, when I perceived them drag two miserable
+creatures from the boats, to act afresh the dreadful tragedy, as I
+supposed they had done before. It was not long before one of them fell
+upon the ground, knocked down, as I suppose, with a club or wooden
+sword, for that was their manner; while two or three others went
+immediately to work, cutting him open for their cookery, and then fell
+to devour him as they had done the former, while the last unhappy
+captive was left by himself, till such time as they were ready for him.
+The poor creature looked round him with a wishful eye, trembling at the
+thoughts of death; yet, seeing himself a little at liberty, nature, that
+very moment, as it were, inspired him with hopes of life: He started
+away from them, and ran, with incredible swiftness along the sands,
+directly to that part of the coast where my ancient and venerable
+castle stood.
+
+You may well imagine, I was dreadfully affrighted upon this occasion,
+when, as I thought, they pursued him in a whole body, all running
+towards my palace. And now, indeed, I expected that part of my dream was
+going to be fulfilled, and that he would certainly fly to my grove for
+protection; but, for the rest of my dream, I could depend nothing on it;
+that the savages would pursue him thither, and find him there. However
+my spirits, beginning to recover, I still kept upon my guard; and I now
+plainly perceived, there were but three men out of the number that
+pursued him. I was infinitely pleased with what swiftness the poor
+creature ran from his pursuers, gaining so much ground upon them, that I
+plainly perceived, could he thus hold out for half an hour, there was
+not the least doubt but he would save his life from the power of
+his enemies.
+
+Between them and my castle there was a creek, that very same which I
+sailed into with all my effects from the wreck of the ship on the steep
+banks of which I very much feared the poor victim would be taken, if he
+could not swim for his escape: but soon was I out of pain for him, when
+I perceived he made nothing of it, though at full tide, but with an
+intrepid courage, spurred on by the sense of danger, he plunged into the
+flood, swimming over in about thirty strokes, and then landing, ran with
+the same incredible strength and swiftness as before. When the three
+pursuers came to the creek, one of them, who I perceived could not swim,
+happily for his part, returned to his company, while the others, with
+equal courage, but much less swiftness attained the other side, as
+though they were resolved never to give over the pursuit. And now or or
+never I thought was the time for me to procure me a servant, companion,
+or assistant; and that I was decreed by Providence to be the instrument
+to save this poor creature's life. I immediately descended my two
+ladders with the greatest expedition: I took up my two guns, which, I
+said before, were at the bottom of them, and getting up again with the
+same haste towards the hill, I made nearer the sea. In a word, taking a
+short cut down the hill, I interposed between the pursuers and pursued,
+hallooing aloud to the latter, who, venturing to look back, was, no
+doubt, as much terrified at me as I at them. I beckoned to him with my
+hand, to return back, in the mean time advancing towards the pursuers,
+and rushing on the foremost, I knocked him down with the stock of my
+piece, and laid him flat on the ground. I was very unwilling to fire
+lest the rest should hear, though at a distance, I question whether they
+could or no; and being out of sight of the smoke, they could not easily
+have known what to make of it. The other savage seeing his fellow fall,
+stopped as if he had been amazed; when advancing towards him, I could
+perceive him take his bow from his back, and, fixing and arrow to it,
+was preparing to shoot at me, and, without dispute, might have lodged
+the arrow in my breast; but, in this absolutely necessary case of self
+preservation, I immediately fired at him, and shot him dead, just as his
+hand was going to draw the fatal string. All this while, the savage who
+had fled before stood still, and had the satisfaction to see his enemies
+killed, as he thought, who designed to take away his life; so affrighted
+was he with the fire and noise of my piece, _that he stood as it were
+like Lot's wife, fixed and immoveable, without either sense or motion_.
+This obliged me to halloo to him again, making the plainest signs I
+could to him to draw nearer. I perceived he understood those tokens by
+his approaching to me a little way, when, as is afraid I should kill him
+too, he stopped again. Several times did he advance, as often stop in
+this manner, till coming more, to my view, I perceived him trembling, as
+if he was to undergo the same fate. Upon which I looked upon him with a
+smiling countenance, and still beckoning to him, at length he came close
+to me and kneeled down, kissed my hand, laid his head upon it, and
+taking me by the foot, placed it upon his head; and this, as I
+understood afterwards, was in token of swearing to be my slave for ever.
+I took him up, and, making much of him, encouraged him in the best
+manner I could. But my work was not yet finished; for I perceived the
+savage whom I knocked down, was not killed, but stunned with the blow,
+and began to come to himself, Upon which I pointed to my new servant,
+and shewed him that his enemy was not yet expired, he spoke some words
+to me, but which I could not understand; yet being the first sound of a
+man's voice I had heard for above twenty-five years, they were very
+pleasing to me. But there was no time for reflection now, the wounded
+savage recovering himself so far as to sit upon the ground, which made
+my poor prisoner as much afraid as before; to put him out of which fear,
+I presented my other gun at the man, with an intent to shoot him; but my
+savage, for so I must now call him, prevented my firing, by making a
+motion to me, to lend him my sword, which hung naked in my belt by my
+side. No sooner did I grant his request, but away he runs to his enemy,
+and at one blow cut off his head as dextrously as the most accomplished
+executioner in Germany could have done; for, it seems, these creatures
+make use of wooden swords made of hard wood which will bear edge enough
+to cut off heads and arms at one blow. When this valorous exploit was
+done, he comes to me laughing, as a token of triumph, delivered me my
+sword again, with abundance of suprising gestures, laying it, along with
+the bleeding and ghastly head of the Indian, at my feet.
+
+[Illustration: ROBINSON CRUSOE rescuing FRIDAY from his pursuers.]
+
+The greatest astonishment that my new servant conceived was the manner
+of killing the savage at such a distance, without a bow and arrow; and
+such was his longing desire to know it, that he first pointed to the
+dead carcase, and then made signs to me to grant him leave to go up to
+him. Upon which I bid him go, and, as well as I could, made him sensible
+I granted his request. But when he came there, how wonderfully was he
+struck with amazement! First, he turned him on one side, then on
+another, wondering he could perceive no quantity of blood, he bleeding
+inwardly; and after sufficiently admiring the wound the bullet had made
+in his breast, he took up his bow and arrows, and came back again; upon
+which I turned to go away, making signs to him to follow, left the rest
+missing their companions, might come in pursuit of them, and this I
+found he understood very well, by his making me understand that his
+design was to bury them, that they might not be seen if it happened; and
+which by signs again I made him sensible I very much approved of.
+Immediately he fell to work, and never was a grave-digger more dextrous
+in the world than he was; for in an instant, as I might say, he scraped
+a large hole in the sand with his hands, sufficient to bury the first
+in; there he dragged him; and without any ceremony he covered him over;
+in like manner he saved the other; so that I am sure no undertaker could
+be more expert in his business, for all this was done in less than a
+quarter of an hour. I then called him away, and instead of carrying him
+directly to my castle at first, I conveyed him to my cave on the farther
+part of the island; and so my dream was now fulfilled in that
+particular, that my grove should prove an asylum or sanctuary to him.
+
+Weary and faint, hungry and thirsty, undoubtedly must this poor creature
+be, supported chiefly by the vivacity of spirit, and, uncommon
+transports of joy that his deliverance occasioned. Here I gave him bread
+and a bunch of raisins to eat, and water to drink, on which he fed very
+cheerfully, to his exceeding refreshment. I then made him a convenient
+bed with a parcel of rice straw, and a blanket upon it, (a bed which I
+used myself sometimes) and then pointing to it, made signs for him to
+lie down to sleep, upon which the poor creature went to take a
+welcome repose.
+
+Indeed he was a very comely, handsome, young fellow, extremely well
+made, with straight long limbs, not too large, but tall and well shaped,
+and, as near as I could reckon, about twenty-six years of age. His
+countenance had nothing in it fierce or surly, but rather a sort of
+majesty in his face; and yet, especially when he smiled, he had all the
+sweetness and softness of an European. His hair was not curled like
+wool, as many of the blacks are, but long and black, with the most
+beautiful, yet careless tresses spreading over his shoulders. He had a
+very high and large forehead, with a great vivacity and sparkling
+sharpness in his eyes. His skin was not so tawney, as the Virginians,
+Brazilians, or other Americans; but rather of a bright dun, olive
+colour, that had something agreeable in it, though not very easy to give
+a description of. His face was round and plump, with a small nose, very
+different from the flatness of the negroes, a pretty small mouth, thin
+lips, fine teeth, very well set, and white as the driven snow. In a
+word, such handsome features, and exact symmetry in every part, made me
+consider that I had saved the life of an Indian prince, no less graceful
+and accomplished than the great _Oroonoko_ whose memorable behavior and
+unhappy contingencies of life have charmed the world, both to admiration
+of his person, and compassion to his sufferings.
+
+But let him be either prince or peasant, all my happiness centered in
+this, that I had now got a good servant or companion, to whom, as he
+deserved, I was resolved to prove a kind master and a lasting friend. He
+had not, I think, slept above an hour when he awakened again, and while
+I was milking my goats hard by, out he runs from the cave towards me in
+my inclosure, and laying himself down on the ground, in the lowest
+prostration, made all the antic gestures imaginable, to express his
+thankfulness to me for being his deliverer. I confess though the manner
+of his behaviour seemed to be ludicrous enough to occasion, laughter,
+yet I was very much moved at his affection, so that my heart melted
+within me, fearing he might die away in excess of joy, like reprieved
+malefactors, especially as I was incapable either to let him blood, or
+administer physic. It were to be wished, that Christians would take
+example by this Heathen, to have received by the kind mediation and
+powerful interposition of their benefactors and deliverers; and it would
+be likewise happy for mankind, were there no occasion to blame many,
+who, instead of thankfully acknowledging favours and benefits, rather
+abuse and condemn those who have been the instruments to save them from
+destruction.
+
+But, leaving these just reflections, I return to the object that
+occasioned them; for my man, to conclude the last ceremony of obedience,
+laid down his head again on the ground, close to my foot, and set my
+other foot upon is head, as he had done before, making all the signs of
+subjection, servitude, and submission imaginable, and let me understand
+he would serve me as long as his life endured. As I understood him in
+many things, I made him sensible I was very well pleased with him; and,
+in a little time, I began to speak to him, and learn him to talk to me
+again. In the first place, I made him understand his name was to be
+_Friday_, because it was upon that day I saved his life; then I taught
+him to say _Master_, which I made him sensible was to be my name. I
+likewise taught him to say _Yes_ and _No_, and to know what they meant.
+I gave him some milk in an earthen pot, making him view me while I drank
+it before him, and soaked my bread in it; I gave him a cake of bread,
+and caused him to soak it likewise, to which he readily consented,
+making signs of the greatest satisfaction imaginable.
+
+All that night did I keep him there; but no sooner did the morning light
+appear, when I ordered him to arise, and come along with me, with
+certain tokens that I would give him some clothes like mine, at which he
+seemed very glad, being stark naked, without the least covering
+whatever. As we passed by the place where the two men had been interred,
+my man pointed directly to their graves, showing me the marks that he
+had made to find them again, giving me to understand, by signs, that we
+should dig them up, and devour them. At this I appeared extremely
+displeased, expressed my utmost abhorrence, as if I would vomit at the
+apprehensions of it, beckoning with my hand to come away, which he did
+with the greatest reverence and submission. After this I conducted him
+to the top of the hill, to view if the rest of the savages were yet
+remaining there; but when I looked through my perspective glass, I could
+see no appearance of them, nor of their canoes; so that it was evident
+they never minded their deceased companions whom we had slain: which if
+they had, they would surely have searched for, or left one boat behind
+for them to follow, after they returned from their pursuit.
+
+Curiosity, and a desire of satisfaction, animating me with courage to
+see this scene of barbarity, I took my man Friday with me, putting a
+sword into his hand, with the bow and arrows at his back, which I
+perceived he could use very dexterously, causing him to carry one gun
+for me, and I two for myself; and thus equipped against all attacks,
+away we marched directly to the place of their bloody entertainment. But
+when I came there, I was struck with the utmost horror at so dreadful a
+spectacle, whilst Friday was no way concerned about it, being no doubt
+in his turn one of these devourers. Here lay several human bones, there
+several pieces of mangled flesh, half eaten, mangled, and scorched,
+whilst streams of blood ran promiscuously as waters from a fountain. As
+I was musing on this dreadful sight, Friday took all the pains he could,
+by particular signs, to make me understand, that they had brought over
+four prisoners to feast upon, three of whom they had eaten up, and that
+he was the fourth, pointing to himself; that there having been a bloody
+battle between them and his great king, in the just defence of whom he
+was taken prisoner, with many others; all of these were carried off to
+different places to be devoured by their conquerors; and that it was his
+misfortune to be brought hither by these wretches for the same purpose.
+
+After I was made sensible of these things, I caused Friday to gather
+those horrid remains, and lay them together upon a heap, which I ordered
+to be set on fire, and burnt them to ashes: My man, however, still
+retained the nature of a cannibal, having a hankering stomach after some
+of the flesh; but such an extreme abhorrence did I express at the least
+appearance of it, that he durst not but conceal it; for I made him very
+sensible, that if he offered any such thing, I would certainly
+shoot him.
+
+This being done, I carried my man with me to my castle, and gave him a
+pair of linen drawers, which I had taken out of the poor gunner's chest
+before mentioned; and which, with a little alteration, fitted him very
+well; in the next place I made him a jerkin of goat's skin, such as my
+skill was able to manage, and indeed I thought myself then a tolerable
+good tailor. I gave him also a cap which I made of a hare's skin, very
+convenient and fashionable. Thus being clothed tolerably well, my man
+was no less proud of his habit, than I was at seeing him in it. Indeed
+he went very aukwardly at first, the drawers being too heavy on his
+thighs not used to bear any weight, and the sleeves of the waistcoat
+galled his shoulders and the inside of his arms; but by a little easing
+where he complained they hurt him, and by using himself to them, at
+length he took to them very well.
+
+My next concern was, where I should lodge him; and that I might do well
+by him, and yet be perfectly easy myself, I erected a tent for him in
+the vacant place between my two fortifications, in the inside of the
+last, and the outside of the first; and, as there was an entrance or
+door into my cave, I made a formal framed door-case, and a door to open
+on the inside; I barred it up in the night time, taking in my ladders
+too, so that, was my man to prove treacherous, there could be no way to
+come at me in the inside of my innermost wall, without making so much
+noise in getting over, that it must needs waken me; for my first wall
+had now a complete roof over it of long poles, spreading over my tent,
+and leaning up to the side of the mountain, which was again laid cross
+with smaller sticks instead of laths, and thatched over a great
+thickness with the rice straw, which was as strong as reeds; and at the
+hole of the place, left on purpose to go in or out by the ladder, had
+placed a kind of trap-door, which, if it had been attempted on the
+outside, would not have opened at all, but have fallen down, and made a
+great noise; and as to my weapons, every night I took them all to my
+bed side.
+
+But there was no occasion for this precaution; for surely never master
+had a more sincere, faithful, and loving servant, than Friday proved to
+me. Without passion, sullenness, or design, perfectly obliging and
+engaging, his affections were as much tied to me, as those of a child to
+its parents; & I might venture to say, he would have sacrificed his life
+for the saving mine, upon any occasion whatsoever. And indeed the many
+testimonies he gave me of this, sufficiently convinced me that I had no
+occasion to use these precautions. And here I could not but reflect with
+great wonder, that however it hath pleased the Almighty in his
+providence, and in the government of the creation, to take from so great
+a part of the world of his creatures, the noblest uses to which their
+faculties, and the powers of their souls are adapted; yet that he has
+bestowed upon them the same reason, affections, sentiments of kindness
+and obligation, passions of resentment, sincerity, fidelity, and all the
+capacities of doing and receiving good that he has given us; and that
+when he is graciously pleased to offer them occasions of exerting these,
+they are as ready, nay, more ready, to apply them to the proper uses for
+which they were bestowed, than we often are. These thoughts would make
+me melancholy, especially when I considered how mean a use we make of
+all these, even though we have these powers enlightened by the Holy
+Spirit of God, and by the knowledge of this world, as an addition to our
+understanding; and why it has pleased the heavenly Wisdom to conceal the
+life saving knowledge from so many millions of souls who would certainly
+make a much better use of it than generally mankind do at this time.
+These reflections would sometimes lead me so far, as to invade the
+sovereignty of Providence, and, as it were, arraign the justice of such
+an arbitrary disposition of things, that should obscure that light from
+some, and reveal it to others, and yet expect a like duty from all. But
+I closed it up, checking my thoughts with this conclusion; first, That
+we were ignorant of that right and law by which those should be
+condemned; but as the Almighty was necessarily, and by the nature of his
+essence, infinitely just and holy; so it could not be otherwise, but
+that if these creatures were all destined to absence from himself, it
+was on account of sinning against that light, _which_, as the Scripture
+says, _was a law to themselves_ and by such rules as their consciences
+would acknowledge to be just, though the first foundation was not
+discovered to us. And, secondly, That still as we were the clay in the
+hand of the potter, no vessel could thus say to him, _Why hast thou
+fashioned me after this manner_?
+
+I had not been above two or three days returned to my castle, but my
+chief design was, how I should bring Friday off from this horrid way of
+feeding; and to take from him that inhuman relish he by nature had been
+accustomed to, I thought it my duty to let him taste other flesh, which
+might the rather tempt him to the same abhorrence I so often expressed
+against their accursed way of living. Upon which, one morning I took him
+out with me, with an intention to kill a kid out of the flock, and bring
+it home and dress it. As I was going, I perceived a she-goat lying down
+in the shade, and two young kids sitting by her. Immediately I catched
+hold of my man Friday, and bidding him stand still, and not stir, I
+presented my piece, and shot one of the kids. My poor servant, who had
+at a distance perceived me kill his adversary, and yet did not know by
+what means, or how it was done, stood trembling and surprised, and
+looked so amazed, that I thought he would have sunk into the earth. He
+did not see the kid I aimed at, or behold I had killed it, but ripped up
+his waistcoat to see if he was not wounded, thinking my resolution was
+to kill him; for coming to me, he fell on his knees, earnestly
+pronouncing many things which I did not understand the meaning of; which
+at length I perceived was, that I would not take away his life.
+
+Indeed I was much concerned to see him in that condition, where nature
+is upon the severest trial, when the immediate hand of death is ready to
+put for ever a period to this mortal life; and indeed so much compassion
+had I to this creature, that it was with difficulty I restrained from
+tears. But, however, as another sort of countenance was necessary, and
+to convince him that I would do no harm, I took him smiling by the hand,
+then laughed at him, and pointing to the kid which I had slain, made
+signs to him to fetch it, which accordingly he did. No less curious was
+he in viewing how the creature was killed, than he had been before in
+beholding the Indian; which, while he was admiring at, I charged my gun
+again, and presently perceived a great fowl like a hawk, perching upon a
+tree within shot; and therefore, to let Friday understand what I was
+going to do, I called him to me again, pointing at the fowl, which I
+found to be a parrot. I made him understand that I would shoot and kill
+that bird; accordingly I fired, and bade him look, when immediately he
+saw the parrot fall down. Again he stood like one amazed,
+notwithstanding all I had said to him: and the more confounded he was,
+because he did not perceive me put any thing into my gun. Undoubtedly a
+thing so utterly strange, carrying death along with it, far or near,
+either to man or beast, must certainly create the greatest astonishment
+to one who never had heard such a thing in his whole life; and really
+his amazement continued so long, that had I allowed it, he would have
+prostrated himself before me and my gun, with the greatest worship and
+adoration. As for the gun in particular, he would not so much as touch
+it for several days after, but would come & communicate his thoughts to
+it, & talk to it, as if the senseless piece had understood and answered
+him; all this I could perceive him do, when he thought my back was
+turned, the chief intent of which was, to desire it not to kill him, as
+I afterwards came to understand.
+
+I never strove to prevent his admiration, nor hinder him from those
+comical gestures he used on such occasions; but when his astonishment
+was a little over, I make tokens to him to run and fetch the parrot that
+I had shot; which accordingly he did, staying some time longer than
+usual, by reason the bird not being quite dead, had fluttered some way
+further from the place where she fell. In the mean time, as he was
+looking for her, I took the advantage of charging my gun again, that so
+I might be ready for any other mark that offered; but nothing more
+occurred at that time. So I brought home the kid, and the same evening
+took off the skin and divided the carcase as well as I could. Part of
+the flesh I stewed and boiled in a pot I had for this purpose. And then
+spreading my table, I sat down, giving my man some of it to eat, who was
+wonderfully pleased and seemed to like it very well: but what was the
+most surprising to him was to see me eat salt with it: upon which he
+made me understand, that the salt was very bad for me; when putting a
+little into his mouth, he seemed to nauseate it in such a manner as to
+spit and sputter at it, and then washed his mouth with fresh water: but
+to shew him how contrary his opinion was to mine, I put some meat into
+my mouth without salt and feigned to spit and sputter as much for the
+want of it, as he had done at it; yet all this proved of no
+signification to Friday; and it was a long while before he could endure
+salt in his meat or broth, and even then but a small quantity.
+
+Thus having fed him sufficiently with boiled meat and broth at that
+time, the next day I was resolved to feast him with a roasted piece of
+the kid. And having no spit to fasten it, nor jack to turn it, I made
+use of that common artifice which many of the common people of England
+have, that is to let two poles upon each side of the fire, and one cross
+on top, hanging the meat thereon with a string, and so turning round
+continually, roast it, in the same manner as we read bloody tyrants of
+old cruelly roasted the holy martyrs. This practice caused great
+admiration in my man Friday, being quite another way than that to which
+the savages were accustomed. But when he came to taste the sweetness and
+tenderness of the flesh, he expressed his entire satisfaction above a
+thousand different ways. And as I could not but understand his meaning,
+you may be sure I was as wonderfully pleased, especially when he made it
+also very plain to me, that he would never, while he lived eat man's
+flesh more.
+
+It was now high time I should set my servant to work; so next day I set
+him to beat out some corn, and sat it in the same manner as I had done
+before. And really the fellow was very quick and handy in the execution
+of any thing I ordered him to go about. I made him understand that it
+was to make bread for us to eat, and afterwards let him see me make it.
+In short, he did every thing as I ordered him, and in a little time as
+well as I could perform it myself.
+
+But now considering that I had two mouths to feed instead of one, it was
+necessary that I must provide more ground for my harvest, and plant a
+larger quantity of corn than I commonly used to do; upon which I marked
+out a larger piece of land, fencing it in, in the same manner as I had
+done before; in the execution of which I must give Friday this good
+word; that no man could work, more hardy or with better will than he
+did: and when I made him sensible that it was for bread to serve him as
+well as me, he then very passionately made me understand that he thought
+I had much more labour on his account, than I had for myself; and that
+no pains or diligence should be wanting in him, if I would but direct
+him in those works wherein he might proceed.
+
+I must certainly own, that this was the most pleasant year I ever had on
+the island; for after some time Friday began to talk pretty well, and
+understood the names of those things which I was wont to call for, and
+the places where I used to send him. So that my long silent tongue,
+which had been useless so many years, except in an exclamatory manner,
+either for deliverance or blessings, now began to be occupied in
+teaching, and talking to my man Friday for indeed I had such a singular
+satisfaction in the fellow himself, so innocent did his simple and
+unfeigned honesty appear more and more to me every day, that I really
+began entirely to love him; and for his part, I believe there was no
+love lost, and that his nature had been more charmed by his exceeding
+kindness, and his affections more placed upon me, than any other object
+whatsoever among his own countrymen. I once had a great mind to try if
+he had any hankering inclination to his own country again; and by this
+time, having learned the English so well; that he could give me
+tolerable answer to any question which I demanded. I asked him whether
+that nation to which he belonged, ever conquered in battle? This
+question made Friday to smile, and to which he answered, _Yes, yes, we
+always fight the better;_ as much as to say, they always got the better
+in fight. Upon which we proceeded on the following discourse: _You say_,
+said I, _that you always fight the better; why, then, Friday, how came
+you to be taken prisoner_?
+
+Friday. _But for all that my nation beat much_.
+
+Master. _How say you, beat? if your nation beat them, how came you to be
+taken_?
+
+Friday. _They more many mans than my nation in the place where me was;
+they take one, two, three, and me: my nation much over beat them in the
+yonder place where me no was, there my nation mans beat one, two, three,
+great tousand_.
+
+Master. _Then why did not your men recover you from the hands of your
+enemies?_
+
+Friday. _They run one, two, or three, and me: they make all go in the
+canoe; my nation have no canoe that time_--
+
+Master. _'Tis very well, Friday; but what does your nation do with the
+prisoners they take? Do they carry them away and eat them as these
+have done_?
+
+Friday. _Yes, yes, my nation eat mans too, eat up all_.
+
+Master. _To what place do they carry them to be devoured_?
+
+Friday. _Go to other nations where they think_.
+
+Master. _Do they bring them hither_?
+
+Friday. _Yes, come over hither, came over other place_.
+
+Master. _And have you been with them here, Friday_?
+
+Friday. _Yes, me been here_, (pointing to the north-west of the island,
+being the side where they used to land.)
+
+Thus having gotten what account I could from my man, I plainly
+understood that he had been as bad as any of the rest of the cannibals,
+having been formerly among the savages who used to come on shore on the
+farthest part of the island, upon the same bloody occasion as he was
+brought hither for; and some time after I carried him to that place
+where he pointed; and no sooner did he come there, but he presently knew
+the ground, signifying to me that he was once there when they ate up
+twenty men, two women and a young child; but as he could not explain the
+number in English, he did it by so many stones in a row, making a sign
+to me to count them.
+
+This passage I have the rather mentioned, because it led to things more
+important and useful for me to know; for after I had this satisfactory
+discourse with him, my next question was, how far it was from the island
+to the shore, and whether the canoes were not often lost in the ocean?
+to which he answered, _there was no danger, that no canoes were ever
+lost; but that after a little way out to the sea, there was a strong
+current and a wind always one way in the afternoon_. This I thought at
+first to be no more than the sets of the tide, of going out or coming
+in; but I afterwards understood it was occasioned by the great-draught
+and reflux of the mighty river Oroonoko, in the mouth or gulf of which I
+imagined my kingdom lay: and that the land which I perceived to the W.
+and N.W. must be the great island Trinidad, on the north of the river. A
+thousand questions (if that would satisfy me) did I ask Friday about the
+nature of the country, the sea, the coasts, the inhabitants, and what
+nations were nearest them: To which questions the poor fellow declared
+all he knew with the greatest openness & utmost sincerity. When I
+demanded of him the particular names of the various nations of his sort
+of people, he could only answer me in general that they were called
+_Carrabee_. Hence it was I considered that these must be the Carribees,
+so much taken notice of by our maps to be on that part of America, which
+reaches from the mouth of the river Oroonoko to Guiana, and so on to St.
+Martha. Then Friday proceeded to tell me, _that up a great way beyond
+the moon_, as much as to say, beyond the setting of the moon, which must
+be W. from their country, _there dwelt white-bearded men, such as I
+was_, pointing to my whiskers, _and that they kill much mans_. I was not
+ignorant with what barbarity the Spaniards treated these creatures; so
+that I presently concluded it must be them, whose cruelties had spread
+throughout America, to be remembered even to succeeding generations.
+
+Well, you may be sure, this knowledge, which the imperfect knowledge of
+my man had led me to, was very comfortable to me, and made me so curious
+as to ask him how I might depart from this island, & get amongst those
+white men? He told me, _Yes, yes, I might go in two canoes_. In two
+canoes, thought I, what does my man mean? surely he means one for
+himself, and another for me; and if not, how must two canoes hold me
+without being joined, or one part of my body being put in one, and
+another in another? And indeed it was a long time before I understood
+his meaning; which was, that it must be a large boat, as big as two
+canoes, able to bear with the waves, and not so liable to be overwhelmed
+as a small one must be.
+
+I believe there is not a state of life but what may be happy, if people
+would but endeavour for their part to make it so. He is not the
+happiest man that has the most riches; but he that is content with what
+he hath. Before I had my servant, I thought myself miserable till I had
+him; and now that I had enjoyed the happy benefits of him, I still
+complained, and begged a deliverance from a place of retirement, ease,
+and plenty, where Providence had sufficiently blessed me. In a word,
+from this time I entertained some hopes, that one time or other I might
+find an opportunity to make my escape from this island, and that this
+poor savage might be a great furtherance thereto.
+
+All the time since my man became so intelligent as to understand and
+speak to me, I spared no pain nor diligence to instruct him, according
+to my poor share of knowledge in the principles of religion, and the
+adoration that he ought to pay to the TRUE GOD. One time, as I very well
+remember, I asked him who made him? At first the innocent creature did
+not understand what I meant, but rather thought I asked him who was his
+father? upon which I took another way to make him sensible, by demanding
+from him an answer to this question. "Friday," I said, "who is it that
+made the sea, this ground whereon we walk, and all the hills and woods
+which we behold?" And here, indeed, I did not miss my intention; for he
+told me _it was Old Benamuckee_ (the God whom I supposed these savages
+adored) _who lived a great way beyond all_. But as to his attributes,
+poor Friday was an utter stranger. He could describe nothing of this
+great person; and all that he could say was, _that he was very old, much
+older than the sea and land, the moon, or the stars_. "Friday," said I
+again, "if this great and old person has made all things in the world,
+how comes it to pass, that all things, as you in particular, do not
+adore and worship him? upon this looking very grave, with a perfect
+sweet look of innocence, he replied: _Master all things say O to him_,"
+by which it may reasonably be supposed he meant adoration. "And where,"
+said I, "do the people of your country go when they die?" He answered
+_to Benamuckee_. "What, and those people that are eaten up, do they go
+there?" _Benamuckee_, said he, _love 'em dearly; me pray to Benamuckee
+in the canoe, and Benamuckee would love me when dey eat me all up_.
+
+Such discourses as these had I with my man, and such made me sensible,
+that the true God is worshipped, tho' under imperfect similitudes; and
+that the false adoration which the Heathens give to their imaginary
+Deity, is as great an argument of the divine essence, as the most
+learned Atheists _(falsely so called)_ can bring against it; for God
+will be glorified in his works, let their denominations be what it will;
+and I cannot be of that opinion which some conceive, that God should
+decree men to be damned for want of a right notion of faith, in a place
+where the wisdom of the Almighty has not permitted it to be preached;
+and therefore cannot but conclude, that since obedience is the best
+sacrifice, these poor creatures are acting by that light and knowledge
+which they are possessed of, may undoubtedly obtain a happy salvation,
+though not that enjoyment with Christ, as his saints, confessors, and
+martyrs must enjoy.
+
+But laying these determinations aside, more fit for divines than me to
+discuss, I began to instruct my servant in the saving knowledge of the
+true Deity, in which the direction of God's Holy Spirit assisted me. I
+lifted up my hands to Heaven, and pointing thereto, told him "that the
+great Maker of Heaven and Earth lived there; that as his infinite power
+fashioned this world out of a confused chaos, and made it in that
+beautiful frame which we behold; so he governs and preserves it by his
+unbounded knowledge, sovereign greatness and peculiar providence; that
+he was omnipotent, could do every thing for us, give every thing to us,
+and take every thing away from us; that he was a rewarder and punisher
+of good, and evil actions; that there was nothing but what he knew, no
+thoughts so secret, but what he could bring to light;" and thus, by
+degrees, I opened his eyes, and described to him "the manner of the
+creation of the world, the situation of paradise, the transgression of
+our first parents, the wickedness of God's peculiar people, and the
+universal sins and abominations of the whole earth." When these things
+were implanted in his mind, I told him "that as God's justice was equal
+to his mercy, he resolved to destroy this world, till his Son Jesus
+Christ interposed in our behalf; and to procure our redemption, obtained
+leave of his heavenly Father to come down from Heaven into the world,
+Where he took human nature upon him, instructed us in our way to eternal
+life, and died as a sacrifice for our sins; that he was now ascended
+into Heaven, mediating for our pardon, delivering our petitions, and
+obtaining all those good benefits which we ask in his name, by humble
+and hearty prayers, all which were heard at the throne of Heaven." As
+frequently I used to inculcate things into his mind. Friday one day told
+me, _that if our great God could hear us beyond the sun, he must surely
+be a greater God than their Benamuckee, who lived but a little way off,
+yet could not hear them till they ascended the great mountains, where he
+dwelt to speak to him._ 'What' said I, 'Friday, did you go thither to
+speak to him too?' He answered, _No, they never went that were young
+men, none but old men, called their Oowakakee_, meaning the Indian
+priests, _who went to say O,_ (so he called saying their prayers) _and
+they returned back, and told them what Benamuckee said._ From hence, I
+could not but observe how happy we Christians are, who have God's
+immediate revelation for our certain guide; and that our faith is
+neither misled, nor our reason imposed upon, by any set of men,
+such as these Indian impostures.
+
+But to clear up this palpable cheat to my man Friday, I told
+him, "that the pretence of their ancient men going up to
+the mountain to say O to their God _Benamuckee_ was an imposture,
+and that their bringing back an answer was all a sham, if
+not worse; for that, if there was any such thing spoken to them,
+surely it must proceed from an infernal spirit." And here I
+thought it necessary to enter into a long discourse with him,
+which I did after this manner.
+
+"Friday," said I, "you must know, that before the world
+was made, there was an Almighty power existing, by whose
+power all things were made, and whose Majesty shall have no
+end. To be glorified and adored by beings of a heavenly nature,
+he created angels and archangels, that is glorified spirits
+resembling himself, to encompass his throne, eternally singing
+forth his praise in the most heavenly sounds and divine harmony.
+And, among this heavenly choir, Lucifer bore a great sway, as being
+then one of the peculiar favourites of these celestial abodes;
+but he, contrary to that duty he owed his heavenly Sovereign,
+with unbounded ingratitude to his Divine Creator, not only
+envied him that adoration which was his due, but thought to
+usurp that throne, which he had neither power to keep, nor
+title to pretend to. He raised a dissention and civil war in
+Heaven, and had a number of angels to take his part. Unbounded
+folly! stupendous pride! to hope for victory, and aspire
+above his powerful Creator! The Deity, not fearful of such
+an enemy, yet justly provoked at this rebellion, commissioned
+his archangel Michael to lead forth the heavenly host, and give
+him battle; the advantage of which was quickly perceived,
+by Satan's being overthrown, and the prince of the air, for so
+was the devil called, with all his fallen angels, driven headlong
+into a dismal place, which is called _Hell_."
+
+The recital of this truth made my man give the greatest attention,
+and he expressed a great satisfaction by his gestures, that God
+had sent the devil into a deep hole. And then I desired him to
+give great heed to what I had further to say.
+
+"No sooner," proceeded I, "was God freed from, and the Heaven clear
+of this arch-traitor, but the Father speaks to the Son and Holy
+Spirit, who belonged to his essence, and were equal to him in power
+and glory, _Come let us make man_, said he _in our own image, after
+our own likeness_, Gen. i. 26. to have dominion over the creatures
+of the world which we have created. And these he intended should
+glorify him in Heaven, according to their obedience in this state of
+probation on earth, which was, as it were, to be the school to train
+them up for these heavenly mansions. Now, Satan seeing himself foiled;
+yet that God had taken the power from him as prince of the air, which
+power Heaven designed he should retain, whereby his creatures might
+be tried; in revenge for the disgrace he had received, he tempts
+Adam's wife, Eve, to taste of the tree of knowledge of good and
+evil, which God had forbidden. He appears to her in the shape of a
+serpent, then a most beautiful creature, and tells her that it was no
+better than an imposition, which God had put upon her and her husband
+not to eat of that fair fruit which he had created; that the taste
+thereof would make them immortal like God himself; and consequently as
+great and powerful as he. Upon which she not only eat thereof herself,
+but made her husband eat also, which brought them both under the
+heavenly displeasure."
+
+Here Friday expressed a great concern: _Ah, poor mans!_ cried he,
+_naughty womans! naughty devil! make God not love de mans, made mans
+like devil himself._
+
+'Friday,' said I, 'God still loved mankind, and though the devil tempted
+human nature so far, he would not suffer him to have an absolute power
+over them. I have told you before of his tender love to his people, till
+they, like Lucifer, disobeyed his commands and rebelled against him; and
+even then, how Jesus Christ, his only Son, came to save sinners. But
+still every man that lives in the world is under temptation and trial.
+The devil has yet a power, as prince of the air, to suggest evil
+cogitations in our minds, and prompt us on to wicked actions, that he
+might glory in our destruction. Whatever evil thoughts we have, proceed
+from him; so that God in this our distress, expects we should apply
+ourselves to him by fervent prayer for speedy redress. He is not like
+_Benamuckee,_ to let none come near him but _Oowakakee_, but suffers the
+people as well as priests to offer themselves at his feet, thereby to be
+delivered from the power and temptation of the devil.
+
+But though at first my man Friday expressed some concern at the
+wickedness of Lucifer, I found it not so easy to imprint the right
+notions of him in his mind, as it was about the divine essence of God;
+for there nature assisted me in all my arguments, to show him plainly
+the necessity of a great first cause, and over-ruling, governing power,
+of a secret directing Providence, and of the equity and reasonableness
+of paying adoration to our Creator: whereas there appeared nothing of
+all this in the notion of an evil spirit, of his first beginning, his
+nature, and, above all, of his inclination to evil actions, and his
+power to tempt us to the like. And indeed this unlearned _Indian_, by
+the mere force of nature, puzzled me with one particular question, more
+than ever I could have expected.
+
+I had, it seems, one day, been talking to him of the omnipotent power of
+God, and his infinite abhorrence of sin, insomuch that the Scriptures
+styled him _a consuming fire_ to all the workers of iniquity; and that
+it was in his power, whenever he pleased, to destroy all the world in a
+moment, the greater part of which are continually offending him.
+
+When, with a serious attention, he had listened a great while to what
+I said, after I had been telling him how the devil was God's enemy in
+the hearts of men, and used all his malice and skill to defeat the good
+designs of Providence, and destroy the kingdom of Christ in the world,
+and so forth: _Very well, Master_, said Friday, _you say God is so
+strong, so great, is he not much strong, much mightier than the naughty
+devil?_ "To be sure, Friday," said I, "God is more wise and stronger
+than the serpent: he is above the devil, which makes us pray to him,
+that he would tread down Satan under his feet, enable us to resist the
+violent temptations; and quench his fiery darts." _Why then_, answered
+Friday quickly, _if God, as you say, has much strong, much might as the
+devil, why God no kill devil, make no more tempt, no more do wicked._
+
+You may be certain, I was strangely surprised at this question of my
+man's: and, though an old man, I was but a young doctor, and
+consequently very ill qualified for a causuist, or a resolver of
+intricate doubts in religion, and as it required some time for me to
+study for an answer, I pretended not to hear him, nor to ask him what he
+said; but, to so earnest was he for an answer, as not to forget his
+question which he repeated in the very same broken words as above. When
+I had recovered myself a little, "Friday," said I, "God will at last
+punish him severely, being reserved for judgment, and is to be cast into
+the bottomless pit, to remain in fire everlasting." But all this did not
+satisfy Friday, for, returning upon me, he repeated my words "RESERVE AT
+LAST, _me no understand; but, why not kill devil now, not kill devil,
+great, great while ago_?" "Friday" said I "you may as well ask me why
+God does not kill you and me, when, by our wicked actions, we so much
+offend his divine Majesty? He gives us time to repent of our sins, that
+thereby we may obtain pardon." At these words _obtain pardon_, Friday
+mused a great while; and, at last, looking me stedfastly in the face,
+_Well, well_, said he, _that's very well; so you, I, devil, all wicked
+mans, all preserve, repent, God pardon all._
+
+Indeed, here I was ran down to the last extremity, when it became very
+evident to me; how mere natural notions will guide reasonable creatures
+to the knowledge of a Deity, and to the homage due to the Supreme Being
+of God; but, however, nothing but divine revelation can form the
+knowledge of Jesus Christ, and of a redemption purchased for us, of the
+mediator of the new covenant, and of an intercessor at the footstool of
+God's throne; and, therefore, the Gospel of our Lord and Saviour Jesus
+Christ; that is, the word and Spirit of God, promised for the guide and
+the sanctifier of his people, are the most necessary instructors of the
+souls of men, in the saving knowledge of the Almighty, and the means to
+attain eternal happiness.
+
+And now I found it necessary to put an end to this discourse between my
+man and me; for which purpose I rose up hastily, and made as if I had
+some occasion to go out, sending Friday for something that was a good
+way off, I then fell on my knees, and beseeched God that he would
+inspire me so far as to guide this poor savage in the knowledge of
+Christ, to answer his questions more clearly, that his conscience might
+be convinced, his eyes opened, and his soul saved. When he returned
+again, I entered into a very long discourse with him, upon the subject
+of the world's redemption by the Saviour of it, and the doctrine of
+repentance preached from heaven, together with an holy faith of our
+blessed Redeemer Jesus Christ; and then I proceeded to explain to him,
+according to my weak capacity, the reason why our Saviour took not on
+him the nature of angels, but rather the seed of Abraham; and how the
+fallen angels had no benefit by that redemption; and, lastly, that he
+came only to the lost sheep of the house of Israel, and the like. God
+knows I had more sincerity than knowledge in all the ways I took for the
+poor Indian's instruction; and, I must acknowledge what I believe, every
+body that acts upon the same principle will find, that in laying
+heavenly truths open before him, I informed and instructed myself in
+many things that either I did not know, or had not perfectly considered
+before: so that, however, this poor creature might be improved by my
+instructions, certain it is, that I myself had great reason to be
+thankful to Providence for sending him to me. His company allayed my
+grief, and made my habitation comfortable; and when I reflected that the
+solitary life to which I had been so long confined, had made me to look
+further towards Heaven, by making me the instrument under Providence, to
+save the life, and for ought I know, the soul of this poor savage, by
+bringing him to the knowledge of Jesus Christ, it caused a secret joy to
+spread through every part of my soul; and I frequently rejoiced, that
+ever I was brought to this place, which I once thought the most
+miserable part of the world.
+
+In this thankful frame of mind did I afterwards continue, while I abode
+on the island, and for three years did my man and I live in the greatest
+enjoyment of happiness. Indeed, I believe the savage was as good a
+Christian as I; and I hope we were equally penitent; and such penitents
+as were comforted and restored by God's Holy Spirit; for now we had the
+word of the Lord to instruct us in the right way, as much as if we had
+been on the English shore.
+
+By the constant application I made to the Scriptures, as I read them to
+my man Friday, I earnestly endeavoured to make him understand every part
+of it, as much as lay in my power. He also, on the other hand, by his
+very serious questions and inquiries, made me a much better proficient
+in Scripture knowledge, than I should have been by my own private
+reading and study. I must not omit another thing, proceeding from the
+experience I had in my retirement: It was that infinite and
+inexpressible blessing, the knowledge of God through Jesus Christ, which
+was so plain and easy to be understood, as immediately to direct me to
+carry on the great work of sincere repentance for my sins, and laying
+hold of a Saviour for eternal life, to a practical stated reformation,
+and obedience to all God's institutions, without the assistance of a
+reverend and orthodox divine; and especially by this same instruction,
+so to enlighten this savage creature, as to make him so good a
+Christian, as very few could exceed him. And there was only this great
+thing wanting, that I had no authority to administer the Holy Sacrament,
+that heavenly participation of Christ's body and blood; yet, however, we
+rested ourselves content; that God would accept our desires, and
+according to our faith, have mercy on us.
+
+But what we wanted one way, was made up in another, and that was
+universal peace in our little church. We had no disputes and wrangling
+about the nature and equality of the holy, blessed, and undivided
+Trinity, no niceties in doctrine, or schemes of church government; no
+sour or morale dissenters to impose more sublimated notions upon us; no
+pedant sophisters to confound us with unintelligible mysteries: but,
+instead of all this, we enjoyed the most certain guide to Heaven; that
+is, the word of God: besides which, we had the comfortable views of his
+Spirit leading us to the truth, and making us both willing and obedient
+to the instruction of his word. As the knowledge and practice of this
+are the principal means of salvation, I cannot see what it avails any
+christian church, or man in the world, to amuse himself with
+speculations and opinions, except it be to display their particular
+vanity and affectation.
+
+You may well suppose, that, by the frequent discourse we had together,
+my man and I became most intimately acquainted, and that their was but
+very little that I could say, but what Friday understood; and, indeed,
+he spoke very fluently, though it was but broken English. I now took a
+particular pleasure in relating all my adventures, especially those that
+occurred since my being cast on this island. I made him understand that
+wonderful mystery, as he conceived, of gunpowder and bullet, and taught
+him how to shoot. I also presented to him a knife, which pleased him
+exceedingly, making him a belt, with a frog hanging thereto, like those
+in which we wear hangers in England; and, instead of a hanger to put in
+the frog, I gave him a hatchet, which was not only as good, but even a
+better weapon upon many occasions. In a word, my man thus accoutred,
+looked upon himself as great as Don Quixote, when that celebrated
+champion went to combat the windmill.
+
+I next gave him a very particular description of the territories of
+Europe, and in a particular manner of Old England, the place of my
+nativity. I laid, before him the manner of our worshipping God, our
+behaviour one to another, and how we trade in ships to every part of the
+universe. I then told him my misfortunes in being shipwrecked, showing
+him, as near as I could the place where the ship lay, which had been
+gone long before; but I brought him to the ruins of my boat which before
+my whole strength could not move, but now was a most rotten, and fallen
+to pieces. I observed my man Friday to view this boat with uncommon
+curiosity; which, when he had done, he stood pondering a great while,
+and said nothing. At last, said I, "Friday, what makes you ponder so
+much?" He replied, _O master, me see like boat come to place at
+my nation_.
+
+It was some time, indeed, before I understood what my man meant; but
+examining strictly into it, I plainly found, that such another boat
+resembling mine, had come up on the country where he dwelt: that is to
+say, by his farther explanation, that the boat was driven there through
+stress of weather. It then came into my mind that some European ship
+having been cast away, the poor distressed creatures were forced to have
+recourse to the boat to save their lives; and being all, as I thought
+drowned, I never concerned my self to ask any thing concerning, them,
+but my only inquiry was about the boat, and what description my man
+could give of it.
+
+Indeed Friday answered my demands very well; making everything very
+plain to my understanding: but beyond measure was I satisfied, when he
+told me with great warmth and ardour. _O master, we save white mans from
+drown;_ upon which I immediately asked him, If there were any white
+mans, as he called them in the boat? _Yes, yes_, said he, _the boat
+full, very full of white mans_ "How many, Friday?" said I. Hereupon he
+numbered his fingers, and counted seventeen. And when I asked him what
+became of them all, and whether they lived or not? he replied, _Yes
+master, they all live, they be live among my nation._ This information
+put fresh thoughts into my head, that these must be those very men who
+before I concluded had been swallowed up in the ocean, after they had
+left the ship that had struck upon the rocks of my kingdom, and after
+escaping the fury of the deep, landed upon the wild shore, and committed
+themselves to the fury of the devouring Indians.
+
+The manner of their cruelties to one another, which consequently, as I
+thought, must be acted with greater barbarity to strangers, created in
+me a great anxiety, and made me still more curious to ask Friday
+concerning them. He told me, he was sure they still lived there, having
+resided among them above four years, and that the savages gave them
+victuals to live upon: "But pray, Friday," said I, "whence proceeded all
+this good nature and generosity? How came it to pass that they did not
+kill and eat them, to please their devouring appetites, and occasion to
+splendid an entertainment among them?" _No, no,_ said Friday, _they not
+kilt 'em, they make brothers with 'em_; by which I understood there was
+a truce between them. And then I had a more favourable opinion of the
+Indians, upon Friday uttering these words, _My nation, t'other nation no
+eat man, but when mans, make war fight:_ as though he had said, that
+neither those of his kingdom, nor any other nations that he knew of,
+ever ate their fellow-creatures, but such as their law of arms allowed
+to be devoured; that is, those miserable captives, whose misfortune it
+should be to be made prisoners of war.
+
+Some considerable time after, upon a very pleasant day, in most serene
+weather, my man and I stood upon the top of a hill, on the east side of
+the island, whence I had once before beheld the continent of America. I
+could not tell immediately what was the matter, for suddenly Friday fell
+a jumping and dancing as if he had been mad, and upon my demanding the
+reason of his behaviour, _O joy_! said he, _O glad! there see my
+country, there my nation, there live white mans gether_. And indeed such
+a rapturous sense of pleasure appeared in his countenance that his eyes
+had an uncommon sparkling and brightness, and such a strange eagerness,
+as if he had a longing desire to be in his country again. This made me
+no so well satisfied with my man Friday as before; for by this
+appearance, I made no dispute, but that if he could get back thither
+again, he would not only be unmindful of what religion I had taught him,
+but likewise of the great obligation he owed me for his wonderful
+deliverance; nay, that he would not only inform his countrymen of me,
+but accompany hundreds of them to my kingdom, and make me a miserable
+sacrifice like those unhappy wretches taken in battle.
+
+Indeed I was very much to blame to have those cruel and unjust
+suspicions, and must freely own I wronged the poor creature very much,
+who was of a quite contrary temper. And had he had that discerning
+acuteness which many Europeans have, he would certainly have perceived
+my coldness and indifference, and also have been very much concerned
+upon that account; as I was now more circumspect, I had much lessened my
+kindness and familiarity with him, and while this jealousy continued, I
+used that artful way (now to much in fashion, the occasion of strife and
+dissention) of pumping him daily thereby to discover whether he was
+deceitful in his thoughts and inclinations; but certainly he had nothing
+in him but what was consistent with the best principles, both as a
+religious Christian and a grateful friend; and indeed; I found every
+thing he said was ingenuous and innocent, that I had no room for
+suspicion, and, in spite of all uneasiness, he not only made me entirely
+his own again, but also caused me much to lament that I ever conceived
+one ill thought of him.
+
+As we were walking up the same hill another day, when the weather was
+so hazy at sea, that I could not perceive the continent, "Friday," said
+I "don't you wish yourself to be in your own country, your nation, among
+your old friends and acquaintances?" _Yes,_ said he, _me much O glad to
+be at my own nation._ "And what would you do there, Friday? Would you
+turn wild again, eat man's flesh, and be a savage as you were formerly."
+_No, no,_ (answered he, full of concern and making his head) _Friday now
+tell them to live good, tell them pray God, tell them to eat corn bread,
+cattle flesh, milk, no eat man again._ "But surely," replied I, "if you
+should offer to do all this, they will kill you; and to manifest their
+contempt of such instruction eat you up when they have done." He then
+put on a grave, yet innocent and smooth countenance, saying, _No, they
+no kill me, they willing love learn_: that is that they would be very
+willing to learn: adding withal, _that they had learned much of the
+bearded mans that came in the boat_. "Will you," said I "go back again,
+Friday?" He smiled at that, and told me, that he could not swim so far.
+But said I, I will make a canoe for you. _Yes, Master_ said he, _me go
+if you go, me no go if you stay_. "I go, Friday! why would you have them
+to eat me up, and devour your kind master?" _No no_, said he, _me make
+them not eat master, and me make them much love you_; that is, he would
+tell them how I had slain his enemies, and thereby saved his life, for
+which reason he would make them love me: and then he related to me, as
+well as he was able, how exceedingly kind those his nation were to the
+white, or bearded men, as he called them, who, in their great calamity,
+were driven into their country.
+
+It was from this time, indeed, I had strong inclinations to venture
+over, and use my utmost efforts, if possible, to join these white
+bearded men, who undoubtedly were Spaniards or Portuguese; for, thought
+I, it must be certainly a better and safer way to escape when there is a
+good company, than for me alone, from an island forty miles off the
+shore, and without any assistance. Some days, after, Friday and I being
+at work, as usual, at the same time diverting ourselves with various
+discourses; I told him I had a boat which I would bestow upon him,
+whenever he pleased to return to his own nation; and to convince him of
+the truth of what I said, I took him with me to the other side of the
+island, where my frigate lay, and then taking it from under the water,
+(for I always kept it sunk for fear of a discovery) we went both into it
+to see how it would manage such an expedition.
+
+And really never could any be more dexterous in rowing than my faithful
+servant, making the boat go as fast again as I could. "Well now,
+Friday", said I, "shall we now go to your so much admired nation." But
+instead of meeting with that cheerfulness I expected, he looked very
+dull and melancholy at my saying so; which indeed at first surprised
+me, till he made me sensible, that his concern was about the boat's
+being too small to go so far a voyage. Upon which I let him understand I
+had a much bigger; and accordingly, the next day went to the place where
+the first boat lay, which I had made, when all the strength I had or art
+I could use failed me in my attempt to get it into the water: but now it
+having lain in the sun two and twenty years, and no care being taken of
+it all that while, it became in a manner rotten. My man told me, that
+such a boat would do very well for the purpose, sufficient to carry
+_enough vittle, drink, bread_, for that was his manner of talking. In
+short, my mind being strongly fixed upon my design of going over with
+him to the Continent, I very plainly told him that we would both go and
+make a boat full as big, and more proportionable than that, wherein he
+might safely return to his own nation.
+
+These words made Friday look so very pensive that I thought he would
+have fallen at my feet. It was some time before he could speak a word,
+which made me ask him, what was the matter with him? He replied in a
+very soft and moving tone, _What has poor Friday done? why are you angry
+mad with poor servant? What me done, O what me done?_ "Friday," said I,
+"you never yet have offended me, what makes you think I am angry with
+you, when I am not angry at all." _You no angry, no angry,_ said he
+several times, _if you be no angry, why den send Friday over great water
+to my own nation?_ "Why from a mountain you beheld the place where you
+was born, and is it not to satisfy your desires that I am willing to
+give you leave to return thither?" _Yes, yes_, said Friday, _me wish to
+be there sure enough, but then me with master there too: no wish Friday
+there, no master there._ In short, he could not endure the thoughts of
+going there without me. "I go there! Friday," said I, "what shall I do
+there?" He answered very quickly, _O master you do great deal much good,
+you teach all de wild mans to be good tame mans: you learn dem to be
+sober, life good live, to know God, and pray God._ "Alas! poor Friday,"
+said I, "what can I do against their priests of _Benamuckee_, or indeed
+what good can I make your nation sensible of, when I myself am but a
+poor ignorant man?" _No, no, master,_ said he, _you be no ignorant, you
+teachee me good, you teachee dem good._ "You shall go without me,
+Friday," said I, "for I don't care to accompany you thither; I would
+rather live in this solitude than venture among such inhuman savages.
+_Go your way since you desire it, and leave me alone by myself as I was
+before I saved your life_."
+
+Never was any creature more thunderstruck than Friday was at these
+words. _Go me away, leave master away, (said he after a long silence,)
+no, no, Friday die, Friday live not master gone_, as though he had
+said, I neither can nor will live, if my master sends me from him. And
+here I cannot but take notice of the strong ties of friendship, which
+many times surpass those of consanguinity: For often we find a great
+disagreement among kindred; and when there is any seeming regard for
+each other, it is very seldom true, and scarce ever lasting, if powerful
+interest does not bear the sway; and that alone is often the occasion of
+the greatest hatred in the world, which is to desire the death of
+parents and relations, for the sake of acquiring their fortunes. But
+there was no such thing between my servant and me; instead of which
+there was the greatest gratitude and the most sincere love; he found me
+not only his deliverer, but his preserver and comforter; not a severe
+and cruel tyrant, but a kind, loving, and affable friend. He wanted for
+no manner of sustenance; and when he was ill or out of order, I was his
+physician, not only for his body but his soul; and therefore no wonder
+was it, that such an innocent creature long since divested of his former
+natural cruelty, should have an uncommon concern at so cruel a
+seperation from me, which pierced him to the very soul, and made him
+desire even to die, rather than live without me..
+
+After I had told Friday, in a very careless manner, that he should be at
+his liberty as soon as the boat was made, the language of his eyes
+expressed all imaginable confusion; when, immediately running to one of
+his hatchets, which he used to wear as a defensive weapon, he gives it
+into my hand, with a heart so full, that he could scarcely speak.
+'Friday,' said I, 'what is it you mean? What must I do with this?' _Only
+kill Friday_, said he, _Friday care not live long._' 'But what must I
+kill you for? replied I again, _Ah! dear master, what made you Friday
+save from eat a me up, so keep long Friday, make Friday love God, and
+love not Benamuckee, and now Friday send away; never see Friday more._
+As though the poor creature had said, Alas! my dearest kind master, how
+comes it to pass, that after having ventured your precious life to save
+me from the jaws of devouring cannibals, like myself, after such a
+tender regard to provide for me such a comfortable nourishment, and
+continuing so long a kind master, and a most sincere friend; and after
+making me forsake the false notion of an Indian Deity, and worship the
+true God in spirit and in truth; and after all this how comes it now,
+that you are willing to send me away to my former course of living, by
+which means undoubtedly we shall be dead to each other; but greater must
+be my misfortune, that I shall never behold my best friend I have in the
+world any more. And this undoubtedly, though he could not express
+himself so clearly, must be his sentiments; for the tears ran down his
+cheeks in such a plentiful manner, that I had much ado to refrain from
+weeping also, when I beheld the poor creature's affection; so that I was
+forced to comfort him in the best manner I could, which I did, by
+telling him, if he was content to abide with me, I should be ever
+willing to keep him.
+
+After Friday's grief was something abated, more fully to convince me of
+his affection, he said, _O master, me not care to be in my nation, leave
+you here; me desire nation learn good, that's all;_ meaning, that his
+desire was for the conversion of that barbarous people. But as I had no
+apostolic mission, nor any concern about their salvation; so I had not
+the least intention or desire of undertaking it; and the strength of my
+inclination, in order to escape, proceeded chiefly from my late
+discourse with Friday, about these seventeen white bearded men, that had
+been driven upon the Barbarian coast; whom I designed to join, as the
+only means to further our escape. To which intent my man and I went to
+search for a proper tree to fell, whereof we might make a large perigua
+or canoe, to undertake the voyage; and, indeed, we were not long in
+finding one fit for our purpose, there being enough of wood in the
+island to have built a fleet of large vessels, but the thing we
+principally wanted was to get one so near the water, that we might
+launch it after it was finished, and not commit so horrid a mistake as I
+had once done before.
+
+Well, after a great search for what was best and most convenient,
+Friday, at last, whose judgment in such affairs was much superior to
+mine, pitches upon a kind of wood the most fitting for it. To this day I
+cannot tell the name of the tree, nor describe it any other way, than
+only by saying, that it is like what we call _fustic_, or between that
+and the Niacaragua wood, being much of the same colour and smell. But
+though my man exceeded me in the knowledge of the most proper tree, yet
+I shewed him a much better and clearer way to make a canoe than ever he
+knew before; for he was for burning the hollow or cavity of the tree, in
+order to make this boat; but I then told him how he might do it with
+tools, learning him at the same time how to use them, which indeed he
+did very dexterously; so that in a month's time we finished it, making
+it very handsome, by cutting the outside in the true shape of a boat.
+After this it took us a full fortnight before we could get her into the
+water, which we did as it were inch by inch, upon great rollers; but
+when she was in, she would have carried twenty men, with all the ease
+imaginable.
+
+As I was very well pleased, you may be sure at the launching of this man
+of war of mine, I was no less amazed to behold with what dexterity my
+man would manage her, turn her, and paddle her along. 'Well Friday,'
+said I, 'what do you think of it now? Do you think this will carry us
+over? _Yes, master_, said he, _me venture over well, though great blow
+wind_. But my design was yet farther, which he was insensible of; and
+that was to make a mast and a sail, and to provide her with an anchor
+and cable. As to a mast, that was no difficult thing at all to procure:
+so I fixed upon a strait young cedar-tree; which I found near the place,
+great plenty of it abounding in the island; and setting Friday to cut it
+down, I gave him particular directions how to shape and order it; but as
+to the sail, that I managed myself. I very well knew I had some old
+ones, or pieces of sails enough, which had lain six and twenty years by
+me; but not being careful to preserve them, as thinking I should have no
+occasion to use them any more, when I came to overlook them I found them
+almost all rotten, except two; and with these I went to work, and after
+a great deal of pains and aukward tedious stitching for want of needles,
+at length I finished a three-cornered ugly thing, like those which our
+long boats use, and which I very well knew how to manage, especially
+since it was like that which I had in my patron's fishing boat, when,
+with my boy Xury, I made my escape from the Barbarian shore.
+
+It was near two months, I think, before I completed this work, that is,
+the rigging and fitting my mast and sails; and indeed they were nicely
+done, having made a small stay and a sail, or a foresail to it, to
+assist, if we should turn to the westward; and what is still more, I
+fixed a rudder to the stern of her, to steer with; and though I was but
+a very indifferent shipwright, yet, as I was sensible of the great
+usefulness and absolute necessity of a thing like this, I applied myself
+to it with such a confident application, that at last I accomplished my
+design; but what with the many dull contrivances I had about it, and the
+failure of many things, it cost me as much pains in ordering as in
+making the boat. Besides when all this was done, I had my man to teach
+what belonged to its navigation; for though he very well understood how
+to paddle a canoe along, he was an utter stranger to a sail and a
+rudder, and was amazed when he saw me work the boat to and again in the
+sea, by them, and how the sail gibbed and filled this way or that way,
+as the course we sailed changed. After some time and a little use, I
+made all these things very familiar to him, so that he became an expert
+sailor, except in relation to the compass, and that I could make him
+understand but little of. But, as it happened, there was seldom occasion
+for it, there being but little cloudy weather, and scarce any fog in
+those parts; the stars were always visible in the night, and the shore
+perspicuous by day, except in the rainy season, which confined every one
+to his habitation. Thus entered in the seven and twentieth year of my
+reign, or captivity, which you please, (the last three of which blessed
+with the company of my man Friday, ought not to be reckoned) I kept the
+anniversary of my landing here with the same thankfulness to God, for
+his tender mercies, as I did before; and certainly, as I had great
+cause for a thankful acknowledgement for my deliverance at first, I had
+much greater now for such singular and additional testimonies of the
+care of Providence over me, in all my distress of both body and mind,
+and the great hopes I had of being effectually and speedily delivered;
+for I had a strong impression upon my mind, that I should not be another
+year in this island. But, however, I still continued on with my
+husbandry, digging, planting, and fencing, as usual; gathering and
+curing my grapes, and doing all other things that were necessary.
+
+And now the rainy season beginning to come on, obliged me to keep the
+longer within doors; but before this I brought my new vessel into the
+creek, where I had landed my rafts from the ship, and haling her up to
+the shore, I ordered my man Friday to dig a dock sufficient to hold her
+in, and deep enough to give her water, wherein she might float; and then
+when the tide was out, we made a strong dam cross the end of it, to keep
+out the water; by which means she lay dry, as to the tide from the sea;
+and to keep the rain from her, we thatched her over, as it were, with
+boughs of trees, like a house, so we waited for the months of November
+and December, in which I designed to venture over the ocean.
+
+No sooner did the seasonable weather begin to draw near, but so much was
+I elevated with this new designed adventure, that I daily prepared for
+the voyage. The first thing I thought on was, to lay by a certain
+quantity of provisions, as a sufficient store for such an expedition,
+intending in a week or fortnight's time to open the dock, and to launch
+out the boat for that purpose. But one morning as I was very busy upon
+something necessary for this occasion, I called Friday to me, and bid
+him go to the seashore, and see if he could find a turtle or tortoise, a
+thing which we commonly had once a week, as much upon account of the
+eggs, as for the sake of the flesh. He had not been long gone, but he
+came running back, as though he was pursued for life, and as if it were
+flew over my outer-wall, or fence, like one that felt not the ground, or
+steps he set his feet on; and before I had time to enquire the reason of
+this precipitation, he cries out, _O dear master, O sorrow, sorrow! Bad!
+O bad!_ 'Why, what's the matter Friday,' said I. _O yonder, yonder!_
+said he; _there be one, two, or three canoes! two three!_ Surely,
+thought I, there must be six, by my man's way of reckoning; but on a
+stricter inquiry, I found there were but three. 'Well Friday,' said I,
+'don't be terrified, I warrant you we will not only defend ourselves
+against them, but kill the most of these cruel savages.' But though I
+comforted him in the best manner I could, the poor creature trembled so,
+that I scarce knew what to do with him:--_O master_, said he, _they come
+look Friday, cut pieces Friday, cut a me up_. 'Why Friday,' said I,
+'they will eat me up as well as you, and my danger is as great as
+yours. But since it is so, we must resolve to fight for our lives. What
+say you? Can you fight Friday? _Yes,(said he, very faintly) me shoot, me
+kill what I can, but there come a great many number._'That's no matter,'
+said I again, 'our guns will terrify those that we do not kill: I am
+very willing to stand by you to the last drop of my blood. Now tell me
+if you will do the like by me, and, obey my orders in whatsoever I
+command?' Friday then answered, _O master, me loses life for you, me die
+when you bid die._ Thus concluding all questions concerning his
+fidelity, immediately I fetched him a good dram of rum, (of which I had
+been a very good husband) and gave it him to comfort his heart. After he
+had drank it, I ordered him to take the two-fowling pieces, which we
+always carried, and load them with large swan-shot, as big as small
+pistol bullets; then I took four muskets, and loaded them with two slugs
+and five small bullets each; charging my two pistols each with a brace;
+I hung my great sword, as customary, naked to my side, and gave Friday
+his hatchet, as a most excellent weapon for defence.
+
+Thus prepared, I thought as well of myself, as any knight errant that
+ever handled a sword and spear. I took my perspective glass and went up
+to the side of the hill, to see what I could discover; and I perceived
+very soon, by my glass, that there were one and twenty savages, three
+prisoners, and three canoes, and that their chief concern seemed to be
+the triumphant banquet upon the three poor human bodies, a thing which
+by this time I had observed was very common with them. I also remarked,
+that they did not land at that place from whence Friday made his escape,
+but nearer to the creek, where the shore was low, and where a thick wood
+came very close to the sea. My soul was then filled with indignation and
+abhorrence at such inhuman wretches, which put a period to all my former
+thoughts in their vindication, neither would I give myself time to
+consider their right of conquest, as I had done before: but descending
+from the mountain, I came down to Friday, and told him, I was resolved
+to go speedily to them, and kill them all; asking him again in the same
+breath, if he would stand by me; when by this time being recovered from
+his fright, and his spirits much cheered with the dram I had given him,
+he was very pleasant, yet seriously telling me, as he did before, _When
+I bid die, he would die_.
+
+And now it was, having fixed my resolution in so strong a manner, that
+nothing could divest my breast of its uncommon fury. I immediately
+divided the loaded arms betwixt us. To my man Friday I gave a pistol to
+stick in his girdle, with three guns upon his shoulder, a weight too
+great, I confess, to bear but what must a poor king do, who has but one
+soldier in the world? But to show I made him bear no more than what I
+would lay on myself, I stuck the other pistol in my girdle, and the
+other three guns upon my shoulders; nay, something more, but that was
+like Aesop's burden, a small bottle of rum, which was soon lightened to
+our exceeding refreshment. Thus we marched out, under a ponderous load
+of armour, like two invincible champions, with a quantity of powder and
+bullets to stand our battle, and load again, when the pieces were
+discharged. And now my orders being to be obeyed, I charged Friday to
+keep close behind me, and not to stir, or shoot, or attempt anything
+till I commanded him; and in the interim, not to speak so much as one
+word. It was in this order I fetched a compass to the right hand, of
+near a mile, as well to get over the creek, as to attain the wood; and
+by this, I thought to come within shot of them before I could be
+discerned, as I found by my glass, would not be difficult to accomplish.
+
+But how fickle and wavering is the mind of man, even in our greatest
+fury and strongest inclinations. For while I was taking this march, my
+resolution began to abate, not through fear of their numbers, who were a
+parcel of naked unarmed wretches, but those reflections occurred to my
+thoughts: _what power was I commissioned with, or what occasion or
+necessity had I to go and imbrue my hands in human blood, and murder
+people that had neither done nor intended to do me any wrong? They were
+innocent in particular as to me: and their barbarous custom was not only
+their misfortune but a sign that God had left them in the most immense
+stupidity; but yet did not warrant me to be a judge of their actions,
+much less an executioner of his righteous judgments? That, on the
+contrary, whenever he thought fit, he would take vengeance on them
+himself, and punish them in a national way, according to their national
+crimes; but this was nothing at all to me, who had no concern with them.
+Indeed my man Friday might justify himself, because they were his
+declared enemies, of that very same nation that went to sacrifice him
+before; and indeed it was lawful for him to attack them, which I could
+not say was so with respect to me,_--So warmly did these things press
+upon my thoughts all the way I went, that I only resolved to place
+myself so as to behold their bloody entertainment, without falling upon
+them, except something more than ordinary, by God's special direction,
+should oblige me thereto.
+
+Thus fixed in my resolution, I entered into the thick wood, (my man
+Friday following me close behind) when with all possible wariness and
+silence, I marched till I came close to the skirt of it, on that side
+which was the nearest to them; for only one end of the wood interposed
+between me and them. Upon which I called very softly to Friday, and
+shewing him a great tree, that was just at the corner of the wood, I
+ordered him to repair thither, and bring me word, if he could plainly
+perceive their actions; accordingly he did as I commanded him, and came
+back with this melancholy story, _that they were all about their fire,
+eating the flesh of one of their prisoners; and that another lay bound
+upon the sands at a little distance from them, which they designed for
+the next sacrifice, and this, he told me was not one of their nation,
+but one of those very bearded men, who were driven by a storm into their
+country, and of whom he had so often talked to me about_--You may be
+sure, that upon hearing this, my soul was ready to sink within me: when
+ascending into a tree, I saw plainly, by my glass, a white man, who lay
+upon the beach of the sea, with his hands and feet tied with flags, or
+things resembling rushes, being covered with clothes, and seemed to be
+an European. From the tree where I took this prospect I perceived
+another tree and a thicket beyond it, about fifty yards nearer to them
+than where I was, which, by taking a small circle round, I might come at
+undiscovered, & then I should be within half a shot of these devourers.
+And this consideration alone, to be more perfectly revenged upon them,
+made me withhold my passion, though I was enraged to the highest degree
+imaginable; when going back about twenty paces I got behind some bushes,
+which held all the way till I came to the other tree; and then I
+ascended to a little rising ground, not above eighteen yards distance,
+and there I had a full view of these creatures, and I could perceive all
+their actions.
+
+Such a fight did then appear, as obliged me not to lose a moment's time.
+No less than nineteen of these dreadful wretches sat upon the ground,
+close huddled together, expressing all the delight imaginable at so
+barbarous an entertainment; and they had just sent the other two to
+murder this poor unhappy Christian, and bring him limb by limb to their
+fire; for they were then just going to untie the bands from his feet, in
+order for death, as fetters are knocked off the feet of malefactors
+before they go to the place of execution. Hereupon, immediately turning
+to my man, 'now, Friday' said I 'mind what I say, fail in nothing, but
+do exactly as you see me do'. All which he promising--he would perform,
+I let down one of my muskets, and fowling-piece upon the ground, and
+Friday did the same by his; and with the other musket I took my aim at
+the savages, bidding him do the like: 'Are you ready' said I: _Yes,
+Master,_ said he; 'why then fire at them,' said I; and that very moment
+I gave fire likewise.
+
+I only killed one and wounded two; but my man Friday, taking his aim
+much better than I, killed two and wounded three. You may be sure they
+were in a dreadful consternation, at, such an unexpected disaster, and
+those who had yet escaped our penetrating shot, immediately jumped upon
+their feet, but were in such a confusion, that they knew not which way
+to run or look; not knowing from whence their destruction came. We threw
+down our pieces, and took up others, giving a second dreadful volley;
+but as they were loaded only with swan shot, or small pistol bullets, we
+perceived only two of them fall; tho many were wounded, who run yelling
+and screaming about like mad creatures. 'Now, Friday,' said I, 'lay down
+your piece, and take up the musket, and follow me.' He did so, with
+great courage, when showing ourselves to the savages we give a great
+shout, and made directly to the poor victim, who would have been
+sacrificed, had not our first fire obliged the butchers, with three
+others, to jump into a canoe. By my order, Friday fired at them, at
+which shot I thought he had killed them all, by reason of their falling
+to the bottom of the boat; however, he killed two, and mortally wounded
+a third. In the mean time, I cut the flags that tied the hands and feet
+of the poor creature, and lifting him up asked him in the Portuguese
+tongue, _What he was?_ He answered me in Latin, _Christiantis;_ but so
+very weak and faint, that he could scarce stand or speak. Immediately I
+gave him a dram; and a piece of bread to cherish him, and asked him,
+What countryman he was? He said, _Hispaniola;_ and then uttered all the
+thankfulness imaginable for his deliverance. 'Signior,' said I, with as
+much Spanish as I was master of, 'let us talk afterwards, but fight now;
+here, take this sword and pistol, and do what you can.' And, indeed, he
+did so with much courage and intrepidity, that he cut two of them to
+pieces in an instant, the savages not having the power to fly for their
+lives. I ordered Friday to run for those pieces we had left at the tree,
+which he brought me with great swiftness, and then I gave him my musket,
+while I loaded the rest. But now their happened a fierce encounter
+between the Spaniard & one of the savages who had made at him with one
+of their wooden swords; and though the former was as brave as could be
+expected, having twice wounded his enemy in the head, yet being weak &
+faint, the Indian had thrown him upon the ground, & was wrestling my
+sword out of his hand, which the Spaniard very wisely quiting, drew out
+his pistol, and shot him through the body before I could come near him,
+though I was running to his assistance.' As to Friday, he pursued the
+flying wretches with his hatchet, dispatching three, but the rest were
+too nimble for him. The Spaniard taking one of the fowling pieces,
+wounded two, who running into the wood Friday pursued and killed; but
+the other, notwithstanding his wounds, plunged himself into the sea &
+swam to those who were left in the canoe; which, with one wounded, were
+all that escaped out of one and twenty. The account is as follows.
+
+_Killed at first shot from the tree ..... 3
+At the second shot ...................... 2
+By Friday in the boat ................... 2
+Ditto of those first wounded ............ 2
+Ditto in the wood ....................... 1
+By the Spaniard ......................... 3
+Killed or died of their wounds .......... 4
+Escaped in the boat, whereof one wounded,
+  if not slain_ ......................... 4
+                                   --------
+                                   Total 21
+                                   --------
+
+The savages in the canoe worked very hard to get out of our reach, and
+Friday was as eager in pursuing them; and indeed I was no less anxious
+about their escape, lest after the news had been carried to their
+people, they should return in multitudes and destroy us. So being
+resolved to pursue them, I jumped into one of the canoes and bid Friday
+follow me; but no sooner was I in, than to my surprise, I found another
+poor creature bound hand and foot for the slaughter, just as the
+Spaniard had been, with very little life in him. Immediately I unbound
+him, and would have helped him up; but he could neither stand nor speak,
+but groaned so piteously, as thinking he was only unbound in order to be
+slain. Hereupon I bid Friday speak to him, and tell him of his
+deliverance; when pulling out my bottle I made the poor wretch drink a
+dram; which, with the joyful news he had received, so revived his heart
+that he sat up in the boat. As soon as Friday began to hear him speak,
+and look more fully in his face, it would have moved any one to tears to
+perceive his uncommon transports of joy; for he kissed, embraced him,
+hugged him, cried, laughed, hollooed, jumped about, danced, sung, then
+cried again, wrung his hands, beat his face and head, then sung and
+jumped about again, like a distracted creature; so that it was a great
+while before I could make him speak to me, or tell me what was the
+matter with him; but when he came to the liberty of his speech at last,
+he told me it was his father.
+
+Here indeed I was infinitely moved to see that dutiful and tender
+affection this poor savage had to his aged parent. He would sit down by
+him in the boat, open his breast and hold his father's head close to his
+bosom half an hour together to cherish him: then he took his arms &
+ankles, which were stiff and numbed with binding, and chaffed and rubbed
+them with his hands; by which means perceiving what the case was, I gave
+him some rum, which proved of great benefit to him.
+
+While we were busy in this action the savages had gotten almost out of
+sight; and happy it was we did not pursue them: For there arose from the
+north-west, which continued all night long, such a violent storm that I
+could not suppose otherwise but that they were all drowned. After this I
+called Friday to me, and asked him if he had given his father any bread?
+He shook his head and said, _None, not one bit, me eat-a up all;_ so I
+gave him a cake of bread out of a little pouch I carried for this end. I
+likewise gave him a dram for himself, & two or three bunches of raisins
+for his father. Both these he carried to him, for he would make him
+drink the dram to comfort him.
+
+Away then he runs out of the boat as if he was bewitched, with such an
+extraordinary swiftness, that he was out of sight as it were in an
+instant; but at his return I perceived him slacken his pace, because he
+had something in his hand. And this I found to be as he approached
+nearer, an earthen jug with some water for his father, with two more
+cakes of bread, which he delivered into my hands. Being very thirsty
+myself I drank some of the water, of which his father had drank
+sufficiently, it more revived his spirits than all the rum I had
+given him.
+
+I then called Friday to me and ordered him to carry the Spaniard one of
+the cakes and some water, who was reposing himself under a green place
+under the shade of a tree, but so weak, that though he exerted himself
+he could not stand upon his feet. Upon which I ordered Friday to rub and
+bathe his ankles with rum as he did his father's. But every minute he
+was employed in this he would cast a wishful eye towards the boat, where
+he left his father sitting; who suddenly disappearing he flew like
+lightning to him, and finding he had only laid himself down to ease his
+limbs, he returned back to me presently; and then I spoke to the
+Spaniard to let Friday help him and lead him to the boat, in order to be
+conveyed to my dwelling where I would take care of him. Upon which
+Friday took him upon his back and so carried him to the canoe, setting
+him close by his father; and presently stepping out again, launched the
+boat off and paddled it along the shore faster than I could walk, though
+the wind blew very hard too, and having brought them safe to the creek,
+away he runs to fetch the other canoe, which he brought to the creek
+almost as soon as I got to it by land, when wafting me over, he took our
+new guests out of the boat; but so weak were they that I was forced to
+make a kind of a hand-barrow; and when I came to my castle, not being
+willing to make an entrance into my wall, we made them a handsome tent
+covered with old sails and boughs of trees, making two good beds of rice
+straw, with blankets to lie upon and cover them. Thus like an absolute
+king over subjects who owed their lives to me, I thought myself very
+considerable, especially as I had now three religions in my kingdom, my
+man Friday being a Protestant, his father a Pagan, and the Spaniard a
+Papist: but I gave liberty of conscience to them all.
+
+To get provisions for my poor weak subjects, I ordered Friday to kill me
+a yearling goat; which when he had done I cut off the hinder quarters,
+and chopping it into small pieces, boiled and stewed it, putting barley
+and rice into the broth. This I carried into their tent, set a table,
+dined with them myself and encouraged them. Friday was my interpreter to
+his father, and indeed to the Spaniard too, who spoke the language of
+the savages pretty well. After dinner I ordered Friday to fetch home all
+our arms from the field of battle, and the next day to bury the dead
+bodies, which he did accordingly.
+
+And now I made Friday inquire of his father, whether he thought these
+savages had escaped the late storm in their canoe? and if so, whether
+they would not return with a power too great for us to resist? He
+answered, _that he thought it impossible they could outlive the storm;
+or, if they were driven southwardly, they would come to a land where
+they would as certainly be devoured, as if they were drowned in the sea.
+And suppose they had attained their own country, the strangeness of
+their fatal and bloody attack, would make them tell their people, that
+the rest of them were killed by thunder and lightning, not by the hand
+of man, but by two heavenly spirits_ (meaning Friday and me) _who were
+sent from above to destroy them. And this_, he said, _he knew because he
+heard them say the same to one another_. And indeed he was in the right
+on't; for I have heard since, that these four men gave out that whoever
+went to that inchanted island, would be destroyed by fire from the gods.
+
+No canoes appearing soon after, as I expected, my apprehensions ceased:
+instead of which my former thoughts of a voyage took place, especially
+when Friday's father assured me, I should have good usage in his nation.
+As to the Spaniard, he told me, that sixteen more of his countrymen and
+Portuguese, who had been shipwrecked, made their escape thither; that
+though they were in union with the savages, yet they were very miserable
+for want of provisions and other necessaries. When I asked him about the
+particulars of his voyage, he answered that their ship was bound from
+the Rio de la Plata to the Havannah; that when the ship was lost, only
+five men perished in the ocean; the rest having saved themselves in the
+boat, were now landed on the main continent. 'And what do they intend to
+do there?' said I. He replied, they have concerted measures to escape,
+by building a vessel, but that they had neither tools nor provisions,
+for that all their designs came to nothing. 'Supposing, said I, I should
+make a proposal, and invite them here, would they not carry me prisoner
+to New Spain?' he answered no; for he knew them to be such honest men,
+as would scorn to act such inhuman baseness to their deliverer: That, if
+I pleased, he and the old savage would go over to them, talk with them
+about it, and bring me an answer: That they should all swear fidelity to
+me as their leader, upon the Holy Sacrament; and for his, part he would
+not only do the same, but stand to the last drop of his blood should
+there be occasion.
+
+These solemn assurances made me resolve to grant them relief, and to
+send these two over for that purpose; but when every thing was ready,
+the Spaniard raised an objection, which carried a great deal of weight
+in it: _You know, Sir, said he, that having been some time with you, I
+cannot but be sensible of your stock of rice and corn, sufficient,
+perhaps for us at present, but not for them, should they come over
+presently; much less to victual a vessel for an intended voyage. Want
+might be as great an occasion for them to disagree and rebel, as the
+children of Israel did against God himself, when they wanted to break
+bread in the wilderness. And therefore, my advice is to await another
+harvest and in the mean time cultivate and improve more land, whereby we
+may have plenty of provisions in order to execute our design_.
+
+This advice of the Spaniard's I approved extremely; and so satisfied was
+I of his fidelity that I esteemed him ever after. And thus we all four
+went to work upon some more land, and against seed time we had gotten so
+much cured and trimmed up sufficient to sow twenty-two bushels of barley
+on, and sixteen jars of rice, which was in short all the feed we had to
+spare. As we were four in number and by this time all in good health, we
+feared not a hundred Indians should they venture to attack us; and while
+the corn was growing, I pitched upon some trees, fit to build us a large
+vessel in case the Spaniards came over; which being marked, I ordered
+Friday and his father to cut them down, appointing the Spaniard, who was
+now my privy counsellor, to oversee and direct the work. I likewise
+increased my flocks of goats by shooting the wild dams and bringing home
+their kids to my inclosure. Nor did I neglect the grape season, but
+cured them as usual, though I had such a quantity now as would have
+filled eighty barrels with raisins. And thus all of us being employed,
+they in working, and I in providing for them till harvest came, God
+Almighty blessed the increase of it so much, that from twenty-two
+barrels of barley we thrashed out two hundred and twenty, and the like
+quantity of rice; sufficient to victual a ship fit to carry me and all
+the Spaniards to any part of America.
+
+Thus the principal objection being answered, by a sufficient stock of
+provisions, I sent my two ambassadors over to the main land, with a
+regal authority to administer the oaths of allegiance and fidelity, and
+have an instrument signed under their hands, though I never asked
+whether they had pen, ink, or paper; when giving each of them a musket,
+eight charges of powder and ball, and provisions enough for eight days,
+they sailed away with a fair gale on a day when the moon was at full.
+
+Scarce a fortnight had passed over my head, but impatient for their
+return, I laid me down to sleep one morning, when a strange accident
+happened, which was ushered in by Friday's coming running to me, and
+calling aloud, _Master, Master, they are come, they are come._ Upon
+which, not dreaming of any danger, out I jumped from my bed, put on my
+clothes and hurried through my little grove; when looking towards the
+sea, I perceived a boat about a league and a half distant, standing in
+for the shore with the wind fair. I beheld they did not come from the
+side where the land lay on, but from the southerhmost end of the island:
+So these being none of the people we wanted, I ordered Friday to lie
+still, till such time as I came down from the mountain, which, with my
+ladder, I now ascended in order to discover more fully what they were;
+and now, with the help of my perspective glass, I plainly perceived an
+English ship, which I concluded it to be; by the fashion of its long
+boat; and which filled me with such uncommon transports of joy, that I
+cannot tell how to describe; and yet some secret doubts hang about me,
+proceeding from I know not what cause, as though I had reason to be upon
+my guard. And, indeed, I would have no man contemn the secret hints and
+intimations of danger, which very often are given, when he may imagine
+there is no possibility of its being real; for had I not been warned by
+this silent admonition, I had been in a worse situation than before, and
+perhaps inevitably ruined.
+
+Not long it was, before I perceived the boat to approach the shore, as
+though they looked for a place where they might conveniently land; and
+at last they ran their boat on shore upon the beach, about half a mile
+distance; which proved so much the happier for me, since, had they come
+into the creek, they had landed just at my door, and might not only have
+forced me out of my castle, but plundered me of all I had in the world.
+Now I was fully convinced they were all Englishmen, three of which were
+unarmed and bound; when immediately the first four or five leaped on
+shore, and took those three out of the boat as prisoners; one of whom I
+could perceive used the most passionate gestures of entreaty,
+affliction, and despair, while the others in a lesser degree, showed
+abundance of concern.
+
+Not knowing the meaning of this, I was very much astonished, and I
+beckoned to Friday, who was below, to ascend the mountain, and likewise
+view this sight. _O master_, said he to me, _you see English mans eat
+prisoners as well as Savage mans_. 'And do you think they will eat them
+Friday?' said I. _Yes_, said Friday, _they eat all up_. 'No, no,' said
+I, 'Friday, I am much more concerned lest they murder them, but as for
+eating them up, that I am sure they will never do.'
+
+And now I not only lamented my misfortune in not having the Spaniard and
+Savage with me, but also that I could not come within shot of them
+unperceived, they having no fire arms among them, and save these three
+me, whom I thought they were going to kill with their swords. But some
+comfort it was to me, that I perceived they were set at liberty to go
+where they pleased, the rascally seamen scattering about as though they
+had a mind to see the place; and so long did they negligently ramble,
+that the tide had ebbed so low, as to leave the boat aground. Nor were
+the two men who were in her more circumspect; for having drunk a little
+too much liquor, they fell fast asleep; but one of them waking before
+the other, and perceiving the boat too fast aground for his strength to
+move it, he hallooed out to the rest, who made all possible expedition
+to come to him; but as Providence ordered it, all their force was
+ineffectual to launch her, when I could hear them speak to one another,
+_Why let her alone, Jack, can't ye, she'll float next tide_; by which
+words I was fully convinced they were my own countrymen. I all this
+while lay very quiet, as being fully sensible it could be no less than
+ten hours before the boat would be afloat, and then it would be so dark,
+that they could not easily perceive me, by which means I should be at
+more liberty to hear their talk, and observe all their motions: not but
+that I prepared for my defence: yet, as I had another sort of enemy to
+combat with I acted with more caution. I took two fusees on my shoulder,
+and gave Friday three muskets; besides my formidable goat-skin coat and
+monstrous cap made me look as fierce and terrible as Hercules of old,
+especially when two pistols were stuck in my belt, and my naked sword
+hanging by my side.
+
+It was my design at first not to make any attempt till it was dark; and
+it being now two o'clock, in the very heat of the day, the sailors were
+all straggling in the woods, and undoubtedly were lain down to sleep.
+The three poor distressed creatures, too anxious to get any repose, were
+however seated under the shade of a great tree, about a quarter of a
+mile from me. Upon which, without any more ado, I approached towards
+them, with my man following behind me, and before I was perceived, I
+called aloud to them in Spanish, _What are ye, Gentlemen_.
+
+At these words, they started up in great confusion, when they beheld the
+strange figure I made; they returned no answer, but seemed as if they
+would fly from me: 'Gentlemen,' said I, in English 'don't be afraid,
+perhaps you have a friend nearer than you expect.' _He must be from
+Heaven_, said one of them, gravely pulling off his hat, _for we are past
+all help in this world._ 'All help is from Heaven,' said I: 'But Sir, as
+I have perceived every action between you and these brutes since your
+landing only inform me, how to assist you, and I will do it to the
+utmost of my power.'
+
+_Am I talking with God or man_, said he, in melting tears. _Are you of
+human kind or an angel_? 'Sir,' said I, 'my poor habit will tell you I
+am a man, and an Englishman, willing to assist you, having but this
+servant only: here are arms and ammunition: tell freely your condition:
+Can we save you?' _The story_, said he, _is too long to relate, since
+our butchers are so near: but, Sir, I was master of that ship, my men
+have mutinied, and it is a favour they have put my mate, this
+passenger, and me, on shore without murdering us, though we expect
+nothing but perishing here_. 'Are your enemies gone?' said I. _No_,
+replied he, pointing to a thicket, _there they lie, while my heart
+trembles, lest having seen and heard us they should murder us all._
+'Have they fire arms?' said I. _They have but two pieces_, said he, _one
+of which is left in the boat._ He also told me there were two enormous
+villains among them, that were the authors of this mutiny, who, if they
+were killed or seized, might induce the rest to return to their
+obedience. 'Well, well,' said I, 'let us retire farther under the
+covering of the woods;' and there it was I made these conditions
+with him:
+
+[Illustration: R. Crusoe accosting the Captain, &c. set ashore by the
+Mutineers.]
+
+I. That, while they staid in the island, they should not pretend to any
+authority; but should entirely conform to my orders, and return me the
+arms which I should put in their hands.
+
+II. That, if the ship was recovered, they should afford Friday and
+myself a passage _gratis_ to England.
+
+When he had given me all the satisfaction I could desire, I gave him and
+his two companions each of them a gun, with powder and ball sufficient,
+advising them to fire upon them as they lay sleeping. The Captain
+modestly said, that he was sorry to kill them; though, on the other
+hand, to let these villains escape, who were the authors of his misery,
+might be the ruin of us all. _Well,_ said he, _do as you think fit;_ and
+so accordingly I fired, killed one of the Captain's chief enemies and
+wounding the other; who eagerly called for assistance, but the Captain
+who had reserved his piece, coming up to him, _Sirrah_, said he, _'tis
+too late to call for assistance, you should rather cry to God to pardon
+your villany;_ and so knocked him down with the stock of his gun: three
+others were also slightly wounded, who at my approach cried out for
+mercy. This the Captain granted upon condition that they would swear to
+be true to him in recovering the ship, which they solemnly did; However
+I obliged the Captain to keep them bound. After which I sent Friday and
+the Captain's mate to secure the boat and bring away the oars and sails;
+when, at their return, three men coming back, and seeing their late
+distressed Captain, now their conqueror, submitted to be bound also. And
+then it was, that having more liberty, I related the adventures of my
+whole life, which he heard with a serious and wonderful attention. After
+this, I carried him and his two companions into my little fortified
+castle, shewed them all my conveniences, and refreshed them with such
+provisions as I could afford. When this was over, we began to consider
+about regaining the ship: he said, that there were twenty-six hands on
+board, who knowing their lives were forfeited by the law, for conspiracy
+and mutiny, were so very hardened, that it would be dangerous for our
+small company to attack them. This was a reasonable inference indeed;
+but something we must resolve on, and immediately, put in execution:
+we, therefore heaved the boat upon the beach so high that she could not
+shoot off at high water mark, and broke a hole in her not easily to be
+stopped; so that all the signals they gave for the boat to come on board
+were in vain. This obliged them to send another boat ashore, with ten
+men armed, whose faces the Captain plainly descried, the boatswain being
+the chief officer; but he said there were three honest lads among them,
+who were forced into the conspiracy. Hereupon I gave him fresh courage
+(for I had perceived he was in concern): In the mean while securing our
+prisoners, except two, whom we took to our assistance, we thought
+ourselves able enough to adventure a battle. When the sailors landed,
+and beheld their boat in that condition, they not only hallooed, but
+fired for their companions to hear, yet they received no answer. This
+struck them with horror and amazement, thinking their companions were
+murdered, they made as if they would return to the ship. I could
+perceive the Captain's countenance change at this, till of a sudden
+three men were ordered to look after the boat, while the other seven
+leapt on shore in order to search for their companions; and, indeed,
+they came to the brow of the hill, near my ancient castle, from whence
+they could see to a great distance in the woods, and there shooting and
+hallooing till tired and weary, they at length seated themselves under a
+spreading tree. My opinion was, that nothing could be done till night,
+when I might use some artifice to get them all out of the boat; but of a
+sudden they started up, and made to the sea-side; hereupon I ordered
+Friday and the Captain's mate to go over the creek, and halloo as loud
+as they could, and so decoying them into the woods, come round to me
+again. And this, indeed, had good effect; for they followed the noise,
+till coming westward to the creek, they called for their boat to carry
+them over, and taking one of the men out of her, left two to look after
+her, having fastened her to the stump of a little tree on shore.
+Hereupon immediately the Captain and our party passing the creek, out of
+their sight, we surprised them both, by the Captain's knocking down one,
+and ordering the other in surrender upon pain of death, and who being
+the honestest of them all, sincerely joined with us. By this time it was
+pretty late; when the rest returning to there boat, which they found
+aground in the creek, the tide out, and the men gone, they ran about
+wringing their hands, crying it was an enchanted island, and that they
+should be all murdered by spirits or devils. My men would willingly have
+fallen upon them, but I would not agree to hazard any of our party. But
+to be more certain, Friday & the Captain crawled upon their hands &
+feet, as near as possible; and when the boatswain approached in sight,
+so eager was the Captain, that he fired and killed him on the spot;
+Friday wounded the next man, and a third ran away. Hereupon I advanced
+with, my whole army: and, it being dark, I ordered the man we had
+surprised in the boat, to call them by their names, and to parley with
+them. Accordingly he called out aloud, _Tom Smith, Tom Smith!_ He
+answered, _Who's that? Robinson!_ answered the other. _For God's sake
+Tom, surrender immediately, or you're all dead men. Who must we
+surrender to?_ says Smith. _To our captain and fifty men here, who have
+taken me prisoner, wounded Will Frye, and killed the boatswain. Shall we
+have quarter then?_ said he. Hereupon the Captain calls out, _You Smith,
+you know my voice, surrender immediately, and you shall all have your
+lives granted, except Will Atkins_. Hereupon Atkins cries out, _What
+have I done Captain, more than the rest, who have been as bad as me?_
+But that was a lie, for he was the person that laid hold of him, and
+bound him. However, he was ordered to submit to the governor's mercy,
+for such was I called. And so, laying down their arms, we bound them
+all, and seized on their boat.
+
+After this, the Captain expostulated with them, telling them that the
+governor was an Englishman, who might execute them there; but he thought
+they would be sent to England, except Will Atkins, who was ordered to
+prepare for death next morning. Hereupon Atkins implored the Captain to
+intercede for his life, and the rest begged they might not be sent to
+England. This answered our project for seizing the ship. For after
+sending Atkins and two of the worst fast bound to the cave, and the rest
+being committed to my bower, I sent the Captain to treat with them in
+the, governor's name, offering them pardon if they would assist in
+recovering the ship. Upon which they all promised to stand by him till
+the last drop of their blood; and whoever acted treacherously, should be
+hanged in chains upon the beach. They were all released on these
+assurances: and then the Captain repaired to the other boat, making his
+passenger Captain of her, and gave him four men well armed; while
+himself, his mate, and five more, went in the other boat. By midnight
+they came within call of the ship, when the Captain ordered Robinson to
+hale her, and tell them that with great difficulty they had found the
+men at last. But while they were discoursing, the Captain, his mate and
+the rest entered, and knocked down the second mate and carpenter,
+secured those that were upon the deck, by putting them under hatches,
+while the other boat's crew entered and secured the forecastle; they
+then broke into the round-house, where the mate after some resistance,
+shot the pirate captain through the head, upon which all the rest
+yielded themselves prisoners. And thus the ship being recovered, the
+joyful signal was fired, which I heard with the greatest joy imaginable:
+nor was it long before he brought the ship to an anchor at the creek's
+mouth, where, coming to me unawares, _There_, says he _my dearest friend
+and deliverer, there is your ship, and we are your servants_: a comfort
+so unspeakable, as made me swoon in his arms while, with gratitude to
+Heaven, we were tenderly embracing each other.
+
+Nothing now remaining, but to consult what we should do with the
+prisoners, whom he thought it was not safe to take on board. Hereupon
+concerting with the Captain, I dressed myself in one of his suits, and
+sending for them, told them, that I was going to leave the island with
+all my people, if they would tarry there, their lives should be spared;
+if not, they should be hanged at the first port they came at. They
+agreed to stay. Hereupon I told them my whole story, charging them to be
+kind to the Spaniards that were expected, gave them, all my arms, and
+informing them of every thing necessary for their subsistence, I and my
+man Friday went on board. But the next morning two of the men came
+swimming to the ship's side, desiring the Captain to take them on board,
+though he hanged them afterwards, complaining mightily how barbarously
+the others used them. Upon which I prevailed with the Captain to take
+them in; and being severely whipt and pickled, they proved more honest
+for the future, and so I bid farewell to this island, carrying along
+with me my money, my parrot, umbrella, and goat-skin cap; setting sail
+December 12, 1686, after twenty-eight years, two months, and nineteen
+days residence, that same day and month that I escaped from Sallee;
+landing in England, June 11, 1687, after five and thirty years absence
+from my own country; which rendered me altogether a stranger there.
+
+Here I found my first Captain's widow alive, who had buried a second
+husband, but in very mean circumstances, and whom I made easy upon his
+account. Soon after I went down to Yorkshire, where all my family were
+expired, except two sisters, and as many of one of my brother's
+children. I found no provision had been made for me, they concluding I
+had been long since dead; so that I was but in a very slender station.
+Indeed the Captain did me a great kindness, by his report to the owners,
+how I had delivered their ship on the Desolate Island, upon which they
+made me a present of 200£. sterling. I next went to Lisbon, taking my
+man Friday with me, and there arriving in April, I met the Portuguese
+Captain who had taken me on board on the African coast; but, being
+ancient, he had left off the sea, and resigned all his business to his
+son, who followed the Brazil trade. So altered both of us were, that we
+did not know each other at first, till I discovered myself more fully to
+him. After a few embraces, I began to enquire of my concerns; and then
+the old gentleman told me that it was nine years since he had been at
+Brazil, where my partner was then living, but my trustees were both
+dead; that he believed I should have a good account of the product of my
+plantation; that the imagination of my being lost, had obliged my
+trustees to give an estimate of my share to the procurator fiscal, who,
+in case of my not returning, had given one third to the king & the rest
+to the monastery of St. Augustine: but if I put in my claim, or any one
+for me, it would be returned, except the yearly product which was given
+to the poor. I then desired him to tell me what improvement he thought
+had been made of my plantation, and whether he imagined it was worth my
+while to look after it? he answered, he did not know how much it was
+improved; but this he was certain of, that my partner was grown vastly
+rich upon his half of it; and, that he had been informed, that the kind
+had 200 moidores per annum of his third part. He added, that the
+survivors of my trustees were nervous of an ingenuous character; that my
+partner could witness my title, my name being registered in the country,
+by which means I should indefensibly recover considerable sums of money,
+but, answered, I, how could my trustees dispose of my effects, when I
+made you only my heir? This, said he, was true but, there being no
+affidavit made of my death he could not act as my executor. However, he
+had ordered his don,(then at Brazil), to act by procuration upon my
+account, and he had taken possession of my sugar-house, having accounted
+himself for eight years with my partner and trustees for the profits, of
+which he would give me a very good account.
+
+And, indeed, this he performed very faithfully in a few days, making
+himself indebted to me 470 moidores of gold, over and above what had
+been lost at sea, after I had left the place. And then he recounted to
+me what misfortune he had gone through, which forced my money out of his
+hands, to buy part in a new ship-but says he, _you shall not want, take
+this; and, when my son returns, every farthing shall be paid you._ Upon
+which he put into my hand a purse of 150 moidores in gold, as likewise
+the instrument, containing the title to the ship which his son was in,
+and which he offered as security for the remainder. But really when I
+saw so much goodness, generosity, tenderness, and real honesty, I had
+not the heart to accept it, for fear he should straiten himself upon my
+account. _It is true,_ said he, _it may be so; but then the money is
+yours, not mine, and you may have the greatest occasion for it._
+However, I returned fifty of them back again, promising that I would
+freely forgive him the other hundred when I got my effects into my
+hands, and that I designed to go myself for that purpose. But he told me
+he could save me that trouble, and so caused me to enter my name with a
+public notary, as likewise my affidavit, with a procuration affixed to
+it; and this he ordered me to send in a letter to one of his
+acquaintance, a merchant in Brazil; and, indeed, nothing could be more
+faithfully and honourably observed; for, in seven months time, I had a
+very faithful account of all my effects, what sums of money were raised,
+what expended, and what remained for myself! In a word I found myself
+to be worth 5000£. sterling, and 1000 per annum. Nor was this all, for
+my partner congratulated me upon my being alive, telling me how much my
+plantation was improved; what Negroes were at work, and how many _Ave
+Marias_ he had said to the Virgin Mary for my preservation, desiring me
+to accept kindly some presents he had sent me, which I found showed the
+greatest generosity.
+
+No sooner did the ship arrive, but I rewarded my faithful Captain, by
+returning him the hundred moidores, and not only forgiving him all he
+owed me, I allowed him yearly a hundred more, and fifty to his son,
+during their lives. And now being resolved to go to England, I returned
+letters of thanks to the Prior of St. Augustine, and in particular to my
+old partner, with very suitable presents. By the Captain's advice, I was
+persuaded to go by land to Calais, and there take passage for England:
+when, as it happened, I got a young English gentleman, a merchant's son
+at Lisbon, to accompany me, together with two English, and two
+Portuguese gentleman: so that with a Portuguese servant, an English
+sailor, and my man Friday, there were nine of us in number.
+
+Thus armed and equipped, we set out, and came to Madrid, when the summer
+decaying, we hasted to Navarre, where we were informed that there was
+scarcely any passing, be reason of the prodigious quantity of snow; so
+that we were obliged to abide near twenty days at Pamoeluria, and at
+last to take a guide to conduct us safe towards Tholouse. And now twelve
+other gentlemen joining with us, together with their servants, we had a
+very jolly company. Away our guide led us by frightful mountains, and
+through so many intricate mazes and windings, that we insensibly passed
+them, which, as we travelled along, ushered us into the prospect of the
+fruitful and charming provinces of Languedoc and Galcoigne.
+
+But now came on two adventures, both tragical and comical. First, our
+guide was encountered by three wolves and a bear, who set upon him and
+his horse, and wounded him in three places; upon which my man, riding up
+to his assistance, shot one of them dead upon the spot, which made the
+others retire into the woods. But the pleasantest adventure was, to
+behold my man attack the bear. 'Tis such a creature, that if you let him
+alone, he will never meddle with you, and this my man very well knew,
+and so begging leave of me in broken English, he told us, _he would make
+good laugh_. 'Why, you silly fool,' said I, 'he'll eat you up at a
+mouthful.' _Eatee me up,_ replied he, by way of scorn, _me not only
+eatee him, but make much good laugh._ Upon which, pulling off his boots,
+he claps on his pumps, and running after the monstrous beast, he called
+out, that he wanted to discourse with him, and then throwing stones on
+purpose to incense him, the beast turns about in fury, and, with
+prodigious strides, shuffles after him. But though he was not swift
+enough to keep up pace with Friday, who made up to us as it were for
+help; yet being angry, 'You dog,' said I, 'immediately take horse, and
+let us shoot the creature.' But he cried, _Dear master, no shoot, me
+make you laugh much._ And so he turned about, making signs to follow,
+while the bear ran after, till coming to a great oak, he ascended in a
+minute, leaving his gun, at the bottom of it. Nor did the bear make any
+difficulty of it, but ascended like a cat, though his weight was very
+great. You must consider I was not a little amazed at the folly of my
+man, as not perceiving any thing to occasion our laughter, till such
+time as we rode up nearer, and beheld the bear mounted upon the oak, on
+the beginning of the same branch, to which Friday clung at the farther
+end, where the bear durst not come. Hereupon Friday cried out, _Now
+master, me make much laugh, me make bear dance._ Upon which he fell a
+shaking the bough, which made the creature look behind him, to see how
+he could retreat. Then as if the bear had understood his stammering
+English, _Why you no come farther, Mr. Bear_ said he, _pray, Mr. Bear
+come farther_; and then indeed we all burst into a laughter; especially
+when we perceived Friday drop like a squirrel upon the ground, leaving
+the beast to make the best of his way down the tree. And now thinking it
+the most convenient time to shoot the creature, Friday cried out, _O
+dear master, no shoot, me shoot by and by_; when taking up the gun, _me
+no shoot yet_, said he _me make one more much laugh._ And accordingly he
+was as good as his word; for the creature descending backwards from the
+tree very leisurely, before he could lay one foot on the ground, Friday
+shot him through the ear, stone dead; and looking to see whether we were
+pleased, he burst out into a hearty laughter, saying, _So we kill de
+bear in my country, not with the gun, but with much long arrows._ Thus
+ended our diversion, to our great satisfaction; especially in a place
+where the terrible howlings struck us with a continual terror. But the
+snows now growing very deep, particularly on the mountains, the ravenous
+creatures were then obliged to seek for sustenance in the villages, were
+coming by surprise on the country people, killed several of them,
+besides a great number of their sheep and horses.
+
+Our guide told us, we had yet one more dangerous place to pass by; and
+if their were any more wolves in the country, there we should find them.
+This was a small plain encompassed with woods, to get through a long
+lane to the village where we were to lodge. When we entered the wood,
+the sun was within half an hour of setting: and a little after it was
+set, we came into the plain, which was not above two furlongs over, and
+then we perceived five great wolves cross the road, without taking
+notice of us, and so swift as though they were pursuing after their
+prey. Hereupon our guide, believing there were more coming, desired us
+to be on our guard. Accordingly our eyes were very circumspect, till
+about half a league farther, we perceived a dead horse, and near a dozen
+of wolves devouring its carcase. My man Friday fain would have fired at
+them, but I would not permit him; nor had we gone half over the plain,
+but we heard dreadful howlings in a wood on our left, when presently we
+saw an hundred come up against us, as though they had been an
+experienced army. This obliged us to form ourselves in the best manner;
+and then I ordered that every other man should fire, that those who did
+not, might be ready to gave a second volley, should they advance upon
+us; and then every man should make use of his pistols. But there was no
+necessity for this; for the enemy being terrified stopped at the noise
+of the fire; four of them were shot dead, and, several others being
+wounded; went bleeding away, as we could very plainly discover by the
+snow. And now remembering what had been often told me, that such was the
+majesty of a man's voice, as to strike terror even in the fiercest
+creatures, I ordered all our companions to halloo as loud as possible;
+and in this notion I was not altogether mistaken; for they immediately
+turned about upon the first halloo, and began to retire; upon which,
+ordering a second volley in their rear, they galloped into the woods
+with great precipitation.
+
+Thus we had some small time to load our pieces again, and then made all
+the haste we could on our way; but we had not rode far, before we were
+obliged to put ourselves in a posture of defence as before, being
+alarmed with a very dreadful noise in the same wood, on our left hand,
+the same way as we were to pass, only that it was at some distance from
+us. By this time the darksome clouds began to spread over the elements,
+and the night growing very dusky, made it so much the more to our
+disadvantage; but still the noise increasing, we were fully assured,
+that it was the howling and the yelling of those ravenous creatures;
+when presently three troops of wolves on our front appeared in sight, as
+though a great number of them had a design to surround us, and devour us
+in spite of fate. But as they did not fall upon us immediately, we
+proceeded on our journey in as swift a manner as the roads would permit
+our horses, which was only a large trot. It was in this manner we
+travelled, till such a time as we discovered another wood, and had the
+prospect of its entrance through which were to pass, at the farthest
+side of the plain. But surely none can express the terror we were in,
+when approaching the lane, we perceived a confused number of the
+fiercest wolves, standing, as it were guarding its entrance. Nor were we
+long in this amazement, before another occasion of horror presented
+itself; for suddenly we heard the report of a gun at another opening in
+the wood and, looking that way, out ran a horse bridled and saddled,
+flying with the greatest swiftness, and no less than sixteen or
+seventeen wolves pursuing after him, in order to devour the poor
+creature; and unquestionably they did so, after they had run him down,
+not being able to hold out that swiftness with which he at first
+escaped them.
+
+When we rode up to that entrance from whence the horse came forth, there
+lay the carcases of another horse & two men, mangled and torn by these
+devouring wolves; and undoubtedly one of these men was the person who
+fired the gun which we had heard, for the piece lay by him; but alas!
+most of the upper part of his body and his head were entombed in the
+bowels of these ravenous creatures.
+
+What course to take, whether to proceed or retreat, we could not tell;
+but it was not long before the wolves themselves made us to come to a
+resolution; for such numbers surrounded us, every one of whom expected
+their prey, that were our bodies to be divided among them, there would
+not be half a mouthful a-piece. But happy, very happy it was for us,
+that but a little way from the entrance, there lay some very large
+timber trees, which I supposed had been cut down and laid there for
+sale: amongst which I drew my little troop, placing ourselves in a line
+behind one long tree, which served us for a breast work, when desiring
+them to alight, we stood in a triangle, or three fronts, closing our
+bodies in the centre, the only place where we could preserve them.
+
+Never certainly was there a more furious charge than what the wolves
+made upon us in this place: and the sight of the horses, which was the
+principal prey they aimed at, provoked their hunger, and added to their
+natural fierceness. They came on us with a most dreadful noise, that
+made the woods ring again: and beginning to mount the pieces of timber,
+I ordered every man to fire, as before directed: and, indeed, so well
+did they take their aim, that they killed several of the wolves at the
+first volley; but still we were obliged to keep a continual firing, by
+reason they came on like devils, pushing one another with the greatest
+fury. But our second volley something abated their courage, when
+stopping a little, we hoped they would have made the best of their way,
+however, it did not prove so, for others made a new attempt upon us; and
+though in four firings, we killed seventeen or eighteen of them, laming
+twice as many, yet they several times successively came on, as though
+they valued not their lives for the sake of their prey.
+
+Unwilling was I to spend our last shot too suddenly, and therefore
+calling my other servant, and giving him a horn of powder, bid him lay a
+large train quite along the timber, which he did, while Friday was
+charging my fusee and his own, with the greatest dexterity. By this time
+the wolves coming up the timber, I set fire to the train, by snapping a
+discharged pistol close to the powder. This so scorched and terrified
+them, that some fell down, and others jumped in among us: but there
+were immediately dispatched, when all the rest, frighted with the
+light, which the darksome night caused to appear more dreadful, began at
+length to retire; upon which ordering our last pistols to be fired at
+once, giving at the same time a great shout, the wolves were obliged to
+have recourse to their swiftness, and turn tail; and then we sallied out
+upon twenty lame ones, cutting them in pieces with our swords, which
+obliged them to howl lamentably, to the terror of their fellows, who
+resigned to us the field as victorious conquerors. And, indeed, I
+question whether Alexander king of Macedonia, in any of his conquests,
+had more occasion for triumph than we had; for he was but attacked with
+numerous armies of soldiers; whereas our little army was obliged to
+combat a legion of devils, as it were, worse than the cannibals, who,
+the same moment they had slain us, would have sacrificed us, to satisfy
+their voracious appetites.
+
+Thus ended our bloody battle with the beasts, having killed threescore
+of them, and saved our lives from their fury. We still had a league
+further to go, when, as we went, our ears were saluted with their most
+unwelcome howlings, and we expected every moment another attack. But, in
+an hour's time, we arrived at the town where we were to lodge; and here
+we found the place strictly guarded, and all in terrible confusion, as
+well they might, for fear of the bears and wolves breaking into the
+village, in order to prey upon their cattle and people. The next morning
+we were obliged to take a new guide, by reason the other fell very bad
+of his wounds, which he had received as before mentioned. After we had
+reached Tholouse, we came into a warm, pleasant, and fruitful country,
+not infested with wolves, nor any sort of ravenous creatures: and when
+we told our story there, they much blamed our guide, for conducting us
+through the forest at the foot of the mountains, in such a severe
+season, when the snow obliged the wolves to seek for shelter in the
+woods. When we informed them in what manner we placed ourselves, and the
+horses in the centre, they exceedingly reprehended us, and told us, it
+was an hundred to one, but we had been all destroyed; for that it was
+the very sight of the horses, their so much desired prey, that made the
+wolves more ragingly furious than they would have been, which was
+evident, by their being at other times really afraid of a gun; but then
+being exceedingly hungry and furious upon that account, their eagerness
+to come at the horses made them insensible of their danger; and that, if
+we had not, by a continual fire, and at last by the cunning stratagem of
+the train of powder, got the better of them, it had been great odds if
+their number had not overpowered us; besides, it was a great mercy we
+alighted from our horses, and fought them with that courage and conduct,
+which, had we failed to do, every man of us, with our beasts, had been
+devoured: and, indeed, this was nothing but truth; for never in my life
+was I so sensible of danger, as when three hundred, devils came roaring
+upon us, to shun whose unwelcome company, if I was sure to meet a storm
+every week; I would rather go a thousand leagues by sea.
+
+I think I have, nothing uncommon in my passage through France to take
+notice of, since other travellers of greater learning and ingenuity,
+have given more ample account than my pen is able to set forth. From
+Tholouse I travelled to Paris, from thence to Calais, where I took
+shipping, and landed at Dover the 14th of January, in a very
+cold season.
+
+Thus come to the end of my travels, I soon discovered my new found
+estate, and all the bills of exchange I had were currently paid. The
+good ancient widow, my only privy counsellor, thought no pains nor care
+too great to procure my advantage, nor had I ever occasion to blame her
+fidelity, which drew from me an ample reward. I was for leaving my
+effects in her hands, intending to set out for Lisbon, and so the
+Brazils; but as in the Desolate Island I had some doubt about the Romish
+religion, so I knew there was little encouragement to settle there,
+unless I would apostatize from the orthodox faith, or live in continual
+fear of the Inquisition. Upon this account I resolved to sell my
+plantation; and, for that intent, I wrote to my old friend at Lisbon,
+who returned to me an answer to my great satisfaction; which was, that
+he could sell it to good account; however, if I thought it convenient to
+give him liberty to offer it in my name to the two merchants, the
+survivors of my trustees residing at the Brazils, who consequently knew
+its intrinsic value, having lived just upon the spot, and who I was
+sensible were very rich, and therefore might be the more willing to
+purchase it: he did not in the least doubt, but that I should make four
+or five thousand pieces of eight more of it, than I could, if I disposed
+of it in any other manner whatsoever.
+
+You may be sure I could not but agree with this kind and ingenuous
+proposal; and immediately I sent him an order to offer it to them, which
+he accordingly did; so that about eight months after, the ship being in
+that time returned, he gave me a satisfactory account, that they not
+only willingly accepted the offer, but that they had also remitted
+33,000 pieces of eight to a correspondence of their own at Lisbon, in
+order to pay for the purchase.
+
+Hereupon, in return, I signed the instrument of sale, according to form,
+which they had sent from Lisbon, and returned it again to my old friend,
+he having sent me, for me estate, bills of three hundred and
+twenty-eight thousand pieces of eight, reserving the payment of one
+hundred moidores per annum, which I had allowed him during life,
+likewise: fifty to his son during life also, according to my faithful
+promise, which the plantation was to make good as a rent charge.
+
+And thus having led my reader to the knowledge of the first parts of my
+life so remarkable for the many peculiar providences that attended it,
+floating in the ocean of uncertainty and disappointment, of adversity
+and prosperity, beginning foolishly, and yet ending happily; methinks
+now that I am come to a safe & pleasant haven, it is time to cast out my
+anchor, &c, laying up my vessel, bid, for a while, adieu to foreign
+adventures. I had no other concerns to look after but the care of my
+brother's two sons, which, with the good widow's persuasions, obliged me
+to continue at home seven years. One of these children I bred up a
+gentleman, and the other an experienced sailor, remarkable for his
+courage and bravery. Besides this, I married a virtuous young
+gentlewoman, of a very good family, by whom I had two sons and one
+daughter. But my dear and tender wife leaving this earthly stage (as in
+the second part of my life you will hear) which rent my soul as it were
+asunder, my native country became weary and tiresome to me; and my
+nephew happening to come from sea, tempted me to venture another voyage
+to the East Indies, which I did in the year 1694, at which time I
+visited my island, and informed myself of every thing that happened
+since my departure.
+
+One might reasonably imagine, that what I had suffered, together with an
+advanced age, and the fear of losing not only what I had gotten, but my
+life also, might have choaked up all the seeds of youthful ambition and
+curiosity, and put a lasting period to my wandering inclinations. But as
+nothing but death can fully allay the active part of my life, no less
+remarkable for the many various contingencies of it, you will next
+perceive how I visited my little kingdom, saw my successors the
+Spaniards, had an account of the usage they met with from the
+Englishmen, agreeing and disagreeing, uniting and separating, till at
+last they were subjected to the Spaniards, who yet used them very
+honorably, together with the wonderful and successful battles over the
+Indians who invaded, and thought to have conquered the island, but were
+repelled by their invincible courage and bravery, having taken eleven
+men and five woman prisoners by which at my return, I found about twenty
+young children on my little kingdom. Here I staid twenty days, left them
+supplies of all necessary things, as also a carpenter and smith, and
+shared the islands into parts, reserving the whole property to myself.
+Nor will you be insensible, by the account of these things, of several
+new adventures I have been engaged in, the battles I have fought, the
+deliverances I have met with; and while, in the surprising relation of
+such remarkable occurrences, I shall describe many of God's kindest
+providences to me in particular, no less conspicuous in the same
+goodness, power, and majesty of our great creator, shown one way or
+other, over the face of the earth, if duly adverted to.
+
+
+
+THE FURTHER ADVENTURES OF
+
+ROBINSON CRUSOE.
+
+_Wherein are contained several strange and surprising accounts of his
+travels, and his most remarkable transactions both by sea and by land;
+with his wonderful vision of the angelic world_.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+When we consider the puissant force of Nature and, what mighty influence
+it has many times over the temper of the mind, it will be no such great
+wonder to think, that my powerful reason should be overcome by a much
+stronger inclination. My late acquired kingdom ran continually in my
+thoughts all the day, and I dreamed of it in the night: nay, I made it
+the continual subject of my talk, even to impertinence, when I was
+awake. I had such vapours in my head, that I actually supposed myself at
+my castle; that I not only perceived Friday's father the old Spaniard,
+and the wicked sailors, but that I talked and discoursed with them about
+their manner of living; that I heard the things related to me, which I
+found afterwards to be true; & that I executed my judgments with the
+greatest severity upon the offenders. And, indeed, this anticipating all
+the pleasing joys of my life, scarcely afforded me one pleasant hour: my
+dear and tender wife could not but take notice of it, which drew those
+affectionate speeches from her: _My dear,_ said she, _I am really
+persuaded that some secret impulse from Heaven occasions in you a
+determination to see the island again; nor am I less sensible, but your
+being engaged to me and these dear children is the only hinderance of
+your departure. I know my dear, if I were in the grave, you would not
+long continue at home; prevent not your happiness on my account, whose
+only comfort centres in you. All that I can object is, that such an
+hazardous undertaking is no way consistent with a person of your years;
+but if you are resolved to go,_ added she, weeping, _only permit me to
+bear you company, and that is all that I desire._
+
+Such endearing tenderness, graced with the most innocent and yet most
+powerful charms, brought me insensibly into my right understanding; and
+when I considered all the transactions of my life, and particularly my
+new engagement, that I had now one child already born, and my wife big
+of another; and that I had no occasion to seek for more riches, who
+already was blessed with sufficiency, with much struggling I altered my
+resolutions at last, resolving to apply myself to some business or
+other, which might put a period to such wandering inclinations. Hereupon
+I bought a little farm in the county of Bedford, with a resolution to
+move thither; upon this there was a pretty convenient house surrounded
+with land, very capable of improvement, which suited my temper, as to
+planting, managing, and cultivating. Nor was I long before I entered
+upon my new settlement, having bought ploughs, harrows, carts, waggons,
+horses, cows, and sheep; so that I now led the life of a country
+gentleman, and as happy in my retirement as the greatest monarch in the
+world. And what made me think my happiness the greater was, that I was
+in the middle state of life, which my father had so often recommended,
+much resembling the felicity of a rural retirement, which is elegantly
+described by the poet in these lines:
+
+_Free from all vices, free from care,
+Age has no pain, and youth no snare._
+
+But, in the midst of this my happiness, I was suddenly plunged in the
+greatest sorrow that I could possibly endure; for when I least expected
+it, my dear and tender wife was forced to submit to the irresistable
+power of Death, leaving this transitory life for a better. It is
+impossible for me to express the beauties of her mind, or the loveliness
+of her person; neither can I too much lament her loss, which my latest
+breath shall record; her influence was greater over me, than the powers
+of my own reason, the importunities of friends, the instructions of a
+father, or the melting tears of a tender and disconsolate mother; in a
+word, she was the spirit of all my affairs, and the centre of my
+enterprizes. But now, since the cruel hand of Death had closed my
+dearest's eyes, I seemed in my thoughts a stranger to the world; my
+privy counsellor being gone, I was like a ship without a pilot, that
+could only run before the wind. And when I looked around me in this busy
+world, one party labouring for bread, and the other squandering away
+their estates; this put me in mind how I had lived in my little kingdom,
+where both reason and religion dictated to me, that there was something
+that certainly was the reason and end of life, which was far superior to
+what could be hoped for on this side the grave. My country delights were
+now as insiped and dull, as music and science to those who have neither
+taste nor ingenuity. In short, resolving to leave off house-keeping, I
+left my farm, and in a few months returned to London.
+
+But neither could that great city, so famous for its variety of
+entertainment, afford me any agreeable delight; a state of idleness I
+found to be the very dregs of life, and most hurtful to body and soul.
+It was now the beginning of the year 1684, at which time my nephew (who
+as I before observed had been brought up to the sea, and advanced to be
+captain of a ship) was returned from a short voyage to Bilboz, the first
+he had made in that station. He comes to me one morning, telling me that
+some merchants of his acquaintance had proposed to him to go a voyage
+for them to the East Indies and China in the manner of private traders;
+_and now uncle_, said he, _if you'll accompany me thither, I'll engage
+to land you upon your old island, to visit the state of your
+little kingdom_.
+
+Just before he came in, my thoughts were fixed to get a patent for its
+possession, and then to fill it with inhabitants. After I had paused a
+while, and looked stedfastly on him. _What devil or spirit_, said I,
+_sent you with this unlucky errand_? He started at first; but recovering
+himself, when he perceived I was not offended; _Sir_, replied he, _what
+I have proposed cannot I hope, be styled unlucky, since certainly you
+must be desirous to see your little territory, where you reigned with
+more content, than any of your brother kings in the universe. Nephew_,
+said I, _if you will leave me there, and call for me as you came back, I
+care not if I give my consent_: but he answered, _that the merchants
+would not allow their vessel loaden with an infinite value, to return
+there again, which was a month's sail out of the way; besides, Sir_ said
+he, _if I should miscarry, was your request granted, why then you would
+be locked up as before_. This indeed carried a great deal of reason in
+it; but we found out a remedy, and that was to carry a framed sloop on
+board, ready to be set up in the island, by the assistance of some
+carpenters, which we should carry with us, that might be fitted in a few
+days to go to sea. I was not long in forming my resolution, which
+overswayed my good friend the widow's persuasions, and the natural
+affection I bore to my young children. I made my will, and settled my
+estate in such manner, that I was perfectly sure my poor infants would
+have justice done them. The good widow not only undertook to make
+provision, for my voyage, but also took the charge of my domestic
+affairs, and to provide for my children's education; and indeed no
+mother could take more care, or understood that office better; for which
+I lived to reward and return her my hearty thanks.
+
+The beginning of January, 1694.5, my nephew being ready to sail, I and
+Friday went on board in the Downs on the 8th, having, besides that sloop
+already mentioned, a very considerable cargo for my new colony. First, I
+had some servants, whom I proposed to leave there, as they should appear
+willing; there were two carpenters, a smith, and a very ingenuous fellow
+who was Jack-of-all-trades; for he was not only a cooper by trade, but
+also he was dexterous at making wheels and hand-mills to grind corn,
+likewise a good turner, and a good pot-maker. I also carried a tailor,
+who consented to stay in my plantation, and proved a most necessary
+fellow in the island. As to my cargo, it consisted of a sufficient
+quantity of linen, and English stuffs for clothing the Spaniards that I
+expected to find there; as likewise gloves, hats, shoes, stockings;
+together with beds, bedding, and household stuff, especially kitchen
+utensils, with pots, kettles, pewter, brass, &c. also nails, tools of
+all sorts, staples, hooks, hinges, and all other things necessary; all
+which, I think, cost me about three hundred pounds. Nor was this all for
+I carried an hundred spare arms, muskets, & fusees, besides some
+pistols, a considerable quantity of several sorts of shot, two brass
+cannon, besides swords, cutlasses, and the iron part of some pikes and
+halberts. I made my nephew take with us two small quarter-deck guns,
+more than he had occasion for in his ship, to leave behind, if there was
+a necessity; so that we might build a fort there, and man it against all
+opposers whatsoever.
+
+Well, we put out to sea; and though I can't say this voyage was so
+unprosperous as my others had been, yet contrary winds drove us so far
+northward, that we were obliged to put in at Galway in Ireland, where we
+lay wind-bound two and twenty days. Here indeed our provisions were very
+cheap, and we added to our ship's stores by taking several live hogs,
+two cows and calves, which I then resolved to put on shore in my island,
+if our necessities did not call for them. On the 5th of February we
+sailed from Ireland, with a very fair gale, which lasted for some days;
+and I think it was about the 20th of the same month late in the evening,
+when the mate informed us, that he saw a flash of fire, and heard a gun
+fired: and when he was speaking a boy came in and told us, that the
+boatswain had heard another. Upon which we all ran to the quarter-deck,
+from whence, in a few moments, we perceived a terrible fire at a
+distance. We had immediately recourse to our reckonings, in which, we
+were all of opinion, that there could be no land that way, it appearing
+to be at N.N.W. Hereupon we concluded that some ship had taken fire at
+sea, and that it could not be far off by the report of the guns which we
+had heard. We made up directly to it, and in half an hour's time the
+wind being fair, we could plainly perceive a great ship on fire in the
+middle of the sea. Touched with this unhappy disaster, and considering
+my former circumstances, when the Portuguese Captain took me up, I
+immediately ordered five guns to be fired that the poor creatures, not
+seeing us, it being dark, (though we could perceive their flame) might
+be sensible there was deliverance at hand, and consequently might
+endeavor to save themselves in their boat. Nor was it long before the
+ship blew up in the air and the fire was extinguished in the ocean. But
+supposing them all to be in their boats, we hung out our lanterns and
+kept firing till eight o'clock in the morning; when with our
+perspectives, we beheld two boats full of people making towards us tho'
+the tide was against them then spreading out our ancient; and hanging
+out a waft, as a signal for them to come on board, in half an hour's
+time; we came up to them, and took them all in, there being no less than
+sixty-four men, women, and children. It was a French merchant ship of
+three hundred tons; homeward bound from Quebec in the river of Canada.
+The master informed me how, by the negligence of the steersman, the
+steerage was set on fire: that, at his outcry for help, the fire was, as
+we thought totally extinguished; but, that some sparks getting between
+the timber, and within the ceiling, it proceeded into the hold, where
+there was no resisting it; & then they got into their boats, as
+creatures in the last extremity, with what provision they had, together
+with oars, sails, and a compass, intending to go back to Newfoundland,
+the wind blowing at S.E. and by E. though there were several chances
+against them as storms to overset and founder them, rains and colds to
+benumb and perish their limbs, and contrary winds to keep them back and
+starve them; _But_, said he, _in this our great distress we heard the
+welcome report of your guns, when with unspeakable joy, taking down our
+masts and sails, we were resolved to lie by till morning; but perceiving
+your light, we set our oars at work, to keep our boat a head, the sooner
+to attain your ship, the happy instrument of our deliverance_.
+
+Indeed no one can express the joy of these poor creatures on this
+occasion: fear and grief are easily set forth; sighs and tears, with a
+few motions of the hands and head, are all the demonstrations of these
+passions; but an excess of joy, carries in it a thousand extravagancies;
+especially, I think, among the French, whose temper is allowed to be
+more volatile, passionate, sprightly, and gay, than that of other
+nations. Some were weeping, tearing themselves in the greatest agonies
+of sorrow, and running stark mad about the ship, while the rest were
+stamping with their feet, wringing their hands, singing, laughing,
+swooning away, vomiting, fainting, with a few returning hearty thanks to
+the Almighty; and crossing themselves. I think, if I am not mistaken,
+our surgeon was obliged to let thirty of them blood. But among the
+passengers, there were two priests, the one an old, and the other a
+young man; but what amazed me more was, that the oldest was in the worst
+plight; for no sooner did he perceive himself freed from danger, but he
+dropt down as it were without life, and to every one's appearance quite
+dead; but the surgeon chasing and rubbing his arm, opened a vein, which
+at first dropped, and then flowing more freely, the old man began to
+open his eyes; and in a quarter of an hour was well again. But soon
+remembering this happy change, the joy of which whirled his blood about
+faster than the vessels could convey it, he became so feverish, as made
+him more fit for bedlam than any other place. But the surgeon giving
+him a sleepy dose, he was perfectly composed the next morning.
+
+Remarkable indeed was the behaviour of the young priest. At his entrance
+on board the ship, he fell on his face in the most humble prostration to
+the Almighty. I thought, indeed, he had fallen into a swoon, and so ran
+to help him up; but he modestly told me, _he was returning his thanks to
+the Almighty, desiring me to leave him a few moments, and that, next to
+his Creator, he would return me thanks also_. And indeed he did so about
+three minutes after, with great seriousness, and affection, while the
+tears stood in his eyes, which convinced me of the gratitude of his
+soul. Nor did he less show his piety and wisdom in applying himself to
+his country people, and labouring to compose them, by the most powerful
+reasons, arguments, and persuasions. And when, indeed, these people had
+taken their night's repose, in such lodgings as our ship would allow, we
+found nothing but the best of manners, and the most civil
+acknowledgements, for which the French are eminently remarkable. The
+next day the Captain and one of the priests desired to speak with me and
+my nephew the commander. They told us, _that they had saved some money
+and valuable things out of the ruined vessel, which was at our service;
+only that they desired to be set on shore some where in our way_. At the
+first my nephew was for accepting the money; but I (who knew how hard my
+case would have been, had the Portuguese Captain served me so) persuaded
+him to the contrary; and therefore told them, _that as we had done
+nothing but what we were obliged to do, by nature and humanity, and what
+we ourselves might expect from others in such calamity; so we took them
+up to save them, not to plunder them, or leave them naked upon the land,
+to perish for want of subsistance, and therefore would not accept their
+money: but as to landing them, that was a great difficulty; for being
+bound to the East Indies, it was impossible wilfully to change our
+voyage upon their particular account, nor could my nephew_ (who was
+under charter party to pursue it by was of Brazil) _answer it to the
+freighters_. All that we could do, was to put ourselves in the way of
+meeting some ships homeward bound from the West Indies, that, if
+possible, they might get a passage to France or England. Indeed, they
+were very thankful for our first kindness; but were under great concern,
+especially the passengers, at their being carried to the East Indies.
+_They begged therefore, I would keep on the banks of Newfoundland,
+where, probably, they might meet with some ship, or sloop to carry them
+to Canada, whence they came._ As this was but a reasonable request, I
+was inclined to grant it, since it was no breach of charter party, and
+that the laws of God and nature obliged us to do what good we could to
+our fellow-creatures; and besides the danger we ourselves should be in
+for want of provisions: so we consented to carry them to Newfoundland,
+if wind and weather would permit; if not, that we should carry them to
+Martinico in the West Indies. But, as it happened, in a week's time we
+made the banks of Newfoundland, where the French people hired a bark to
+carry them to France. But the young priest being desirous to go to the
+East Indies, I readily agreed to it, because I liked his conversation,
+and two or three of the French sailors also entered themselves on
+board our ship.
+
+Now directing our course for the West Indies, steering S. and S. by E.
+about twenty days, with little wind, another adventure happened to
+exercise our humanity. In the latitude of 27 degrees, 5 minutes north,
+the 19th of March 1694-5, we perceived a sail, (our course S. E. and by
+S.) which bore upon us, and then she appeared to be a large vessel,
+having lost her main topmast and boltsprit; when firing a gun as a
+signal of distress, wind N. N.W. we soon came to speak with her. She was
+a ship from Bristol, bound home from Barbadoes, out of which road she
+had been forced in a hurricane to the westward, in which they lost
+their masts.
+
+They told us, _their expectations were to see the Bahama islands, but
+were driven away by a strong wind at N.N.W. and having no sails to work
+the ship with, but the main-course and a kind of square sail upon a jury
+foremast, because they could not come near the land, were endeavouring
+to stand for the Canaries: nay what was worse, besides all their
+fatigue, they were almost starved for want of provision, having ate
+nothing for eleven all that they had aboard, was sugar, a barrel of
+fresh water and seven casks of rum_. In this ship were passengers, a
+youth, his mother, and a maid-servant, who were in a most deplorable
+condition for want of food. If I had not gone on board their ship, the
+knowledge of their misery had been concealed from me, and they would
+have inevitably perished; though, indeed, their second mate who was
+Captain, by reason the true Captain was not on board when the hurricane
+happened, had before informed me that there was such persons on board,
+whom he supposed to be dead, being afraid to inquire after them, because
+he had nothing to give them for relief. Hereupon we resolved to let them
+have what we could spare, ordering the mate to bring some of his men on
+board us, which he did accordingly: as he and they looked like
+skeletons, when meat was set before them, I ordered them to eat
+sparingly. But, however they soon fell sick; which obliged the surgeon
+to mix something in their broth, which was to be to them both food and
+physic. When they were fed, we ordered our mate to carry them a sack of
+bread, and four or five pieces of beef; but the surgeon charged them to
+see it boiled, and to keep a guard on the cook-room, to prevent the men
+from eating it raw, and consequently killing themselves with what was
+designed for their relief. But, particularly, I desired the mate to see
+what condition the poor passengers were in, and the surgeon gave him a
+pitcher of the same broth which he had prepared for the men. And being
+curious to see this scene of misery myself, I took the Captain (as we
+called the mate of the ship) in our own boat, and sailed after them.
+
+Here was a sad sight indeed! scarce were the victuals half boiled in the
+pot; but they were ready to break open the cook-room door. To stay their
+stomachs the mate gave them biscuits, which were dipped in and softened
+them with the liquor of the meat, which they call _bruise_; telling
+them, it was for their own safety, that he was obliged to give them but
+a little at a time; and so feeding them gradually, their bellies were
+comfortable filled, and the men did very well again. But when they came
+to the poor gentlewoman in the cabin, who for several days had continued
+without food, giving what she had to her son, they found her as it were
+in the arms of death. She was sitting upon the floor of the deck, with
+her back up against the sides, between two chairs, which were lashed
+fast, and her head shrunk, between her shoulders, like a senseless
+corpse. Nothing was wanting in my mate to revive and encourage her;
+opening her lips, and putting some broth into her mouth with a spoon.
+But not having strength to speak, she lifted up her head with much
+difficulty, intimating that it was now too late! at the same time
+pointing to the youth her son, as though she desired him to do what he
+could to save the lad; and in a little time after she died.
+
+The youth, indeed, was not so far gone; yet lay stretched out on a cabin
+bed, like one that had scarce any life. In his mouth was a piece of an
+old glove, the rest of which he had ate up. At first he vomited what the
+mate had given him; but at length began sensibly to revive, though in
+the greatest concern for the death of his tender mother.
+
+As to the poor maid, she lay by her mistress, like one in the last pangs
+of death: her limbs were distorted, one of her hands were clasped round
+the frame of a chair, which she grasped so hard, that it was with some
+difficulty we separated her from it; her other arm lay over her head,
+and her feet lay both together, set fast against the frame of the cabin
+table; not only being, starved with hunger, but overcome with grief at
+the loss of her mistress, whom she loved most tenderly. It was a great
+while before the surgeon could bring her to life, and a much longer time
+before she came to her senses.
+
+After we had sailed with them some days, we sent them five barrels of
+beef, one of pork, two hogsheads of biscuit, with peas, flour, and other
+things; taking three casks of sugar, some rum, and some pieces of eight
+as payment, we left them, but took the youth and maid with us, with all
+their goods. The lad was about seventeen years old, very handsome,
+modest, sensible, and well-bred, but mightily concerned for the loss
+of his honoured mother, having lost his father at Barbadoes but a few
+months before. He beseeched the surgeon to intercede with me to take him
+out of the ship; for that the sailors, not sparing a small sustenance,
+had starved his mother. But hunger has no bounds, no right, and
+consequently is incapable of any compassion. When the surgeon told him,
+our voyage might put him in bad circumstances, and farther from his
+friends, he said _he did not care, if he was delivered from that terrible
+crew; that as the Captain_ (meaning me) _had saved him from death, so he
+was sure he would do him no harm; and, as for the maid, when she was
+restored to her senses, she would be no less thankful, let us carry them
+where we would_. And indeed the surgeon so represented their case to me,
+that I consented, and took them on board with all their goods, except
+eleven hogsheads of sugar; but the youth having a bill of lading, I made
+the commander oblige himself to deliver a letter and the deceased widow's
+goods to Mr. Rogers, a merchant in Bristol; but I believe the ship was
+lost at sea, for we never could hear what became of her afterwards. We
+were now in the latitude 19 deg. 32 min. having as yet a tolerable good
+voyage. But, passing by several little incidents relating to wind and
+weather, I shall relate what is most remarkable concerning my little
+kingdom, to which I was then drawing near. I had great difficulty in
+finding it, for as I came to, and went from it before, on the south and
+east side of the island, as coming from the Brazils, so now approaching
+between the main and the island, not having any chart for the coast, nor
+land mark, it obliged us to go on shore on several islands in the mouth
+of the river Oroonoko, but to the purpose. Thus I perceived, that what
+I thought was a continent before, was no such thing, but a long island,
+or rather a ridge of sands. On one of these islands I found some
+Spaniards, but they belonged to the isle of Trinidad, who came hither
+in a sloop to make salt, and try to find some pearl muscles. But at
+length I came fair on the south side of my island, and there I
+presently knew the countenance of my little kingdom; so we brought the
+ship safe to an anchor, broadside within the creek, where stood my
+ancient and venerable castle.
+
+No sooner did I see the place, but calling for Friday, I asked him where
+he was? But when he looked a little, he clapped his hands, crying, _O
+joy, O there, O yes, O there!_ pointing to our old abode, and then fell
+a dancing and capering as if he was mad, and I had much ado to keep him
+from jumping into the sea, to swim ashore. 'Friday,' said I, 'what do you
+think, shall we go to see your father?' at the mentioning his father's
+name, the poor affectionate creature fell a-weeping: _No, no,_ says he,
+_me see him no more, never see poor father more! he long ago die, die
+long ago: he much old man._ 'You don't know that,' said I, 'but shall we
+see anybody else?' He looks about, and pointing to the hill above my
+house, cries out, _We see, we see there much men and there_: which,
+though I could not perceive them with my perspective glass, was true,
+by what the men themselves told me the next day.
+
+When the English ancient was spread, and three guns fired, as a signal
+of friendship, we perceived a smoke rise from the creek; upon which I
+ordered the boat out, taking Friday with me, and hanging out a white
+flag of truce, I went on shore, accompanied also by the young friar, to
+whom I had related the history of the first part of my life; besides we
+had sixteen men well armed, in case we had met with any opposition.
+
+After we had rowed directly into the creek, the first man I fixed my eye
+upon was the Spaniard, whose life I had saved, and whose face I
+perfectly well knew. I ordered them all to stay in the boat for a while:
+but Friday, perceiving his father at a distance, would have jumped into
+the sea, had they not let the boat go. No sooner was he on shore, but he
+flew like a swift arrow out of a bow to embrace his aged father.
+Certainly it would melt a man of the firmest resolution into the softest
+tears to see with what uncommon transports of joy he saluted him; he
+first kissed him, then stroked his face, took him in his arms, laid him
+under a shady tree, sat down by him, then looked as earnestly at him as
+one could do at a picture, for a quarter of an hour together. After this
+he would lie upon the ground, stroke his legs and kiss them, then get up
+and stare at him, as though he was bewitched; but the next day one could
+not forbear laughter to see his behaviour, for he would walk several
+hours with his father along the shore, leading him by the hand as tho'
+he was a lady; while, every now and then, he would run to the boat to
+get something for him, as a lump of sugar, dram, biscuit, or something
+or other that was good. His frolics ran in another channel in the
+afternoon; when he set old Friday on the ground, he would dance round
+him, making comical postures and gestures; and all this while would be
+telling him one story or another of his travels and adventures.
+
+It was on the 10th of April, _anno_ 1695, that I set my foot upon the
+island a second time. When my faithful Spaniard, accompanied by one
+more, approached the boat, he little knew who I was, till I discovered
+myself to him. _Seignor_, said I, in Portuguese, _don't you know me_? He
+spoke never a word, but giving his musket to his attendant, extended his
+arms, and saying something in Spanish that I did not then understand, he
+came forward & embraced me, saying, _he was inexcusable not to know his
+deliverer: who, like an angel sent from heaven, had saved his life_; He
+then beckoned to the man to call out his companions, asking me if I
+would walk to my own habitation and take possession, where I should find
+some mean improvements; but indeed they were extraordinary ones: for
+they had planted so many trees so close together, that the place was
+like a labyrinth, which none could find out except themselves, who knew
+its intricate windings. I asked him the meaning of all these
+fortifications? he told me _he would give a large account of what had
+passed since my departure till this time, and how he had subdued some
+English, who thought to be their murderers, hoping I would not be
+displeased, since necessity compelled them to it_. As I knew they were
+wicked villains, so I told him, that I was not only far from finding
+fault with it, but was rather heartily glad that they had subdued them.
+While we were thus talking, the man whom he sent returned, accompanied
+by eleven more, but in such habits, that it was impossible to tell what
+nations they were of. He first turned to me, and pointing to them,
+_These Sir,_ said he, _are some of the gentlemen who owe their lives to
+your goodness_, then turning to them, and pointing to me, he made them
+sensible who I was; and, then indeed they saluted me one by one, not as
+ordinary men, but as tho' they had been ambassadors or noblemen, and I a
+triumphant conqueror; for their behaviour not only agreed with a
+manlike, majestic gravity, but at the same time was so obliging and
+courteous, as made them agreeable to the last degree.
+
+Before I relate the history of the transactions of my kingdom, as I had
+it from the Spaniard's own mouth, I must here insert what I omitted in
+my former relation. The matter is this: Just before we weighed anchor
+and set sail, there happened a quarrel on board the ship, which had like
+to have occasioned a second mutiny, till such time the courageous
+Capitan, taking two of the most refractory prisoners, laid them in irons
+threatening, as they were concerned in the former disorders, so have
+them hanged in England for running away with the ship. This frightened
+some of the rest, as thinking the Captain would serve them in the same
+manner, though he seemed to give them good word for the present. But the
+mate having intelligence of this, mad me acquainted with their fears; so
+that to make them more easy, and ourselves more safe from their
+conspiracies I was obliged to go down, and pass my honour's word for it,
+that upon their good behaviour, all that was past should be forgiven; in
+testimony of which, I ordered the two men's irons to be taken off; &
+themselves forgiven. But as this had brought us to an anchor that night,
+in which there was a calm; the two men that had been in irons stole each
+of them a musket, and some other weapons, and taking the ship's pinnace,
+not yet hauled up, ran away to their brother rogues. The next morning we
+sent the long-boat with men to pursue them, but all in vain; the mate,
+in revenge, would have demolished my little castle, burnt his furniture
+and destroyed their plantations, but having no orders for it, he did not
+put it in execution. And thus there were five Englishmen in the island,
+which caused great differences, as my faithful Spaniard gave me a
+perfect account of, in the following manner:
+
+You cannot, Sir, but remember the embassy you sent me about, and what a
+disappointment we met with, by your absence, at our return. There is but
+little variety in the relation of all our voyage, being blessed with
+calm weather and a smooth sea. Great indeed was the joy of my countrymen
+to see me alive, having acted as the principal man on board, the captain
+of the shipwrecked vessel dying before; nor was their surprise less, as
+knowing I was taken prisoner by the savages of another nation, they had
+thought me long since entombed in their monstrous bowels. But when I
+showed them the arms, ammunition, and provisions I had brought for them,
+they looked upon me as a second Joseph advanced in Pharoah's court, and
+immediately prepared to come along with me. Indeed they were obliged to
+trespass upon their friendly savages, by borrowing two of their canoes,
+under a pretext for fishing; and they came away the next morning, but
+without any provisions of their own, except a few roots which served
+them instead of bread. After three weeks absence we arrived at our
+habitation. Here we met with three English sailors, who, I confess, gave
+us provisions, and that letter of direction you had left for us, which
+informed us how to bring up tame goats, plant corn, cure grapes, make
+pots, and, in short, every thing that was necessary for our life. As, in
+particular, I knew your method best, so taking Friday's father to assist
+me, we managed all the affairs; nor were the rest of the Spaniards
+wanting in their kind offices, dressing food for the Englishmen, who did
+nothing but ramble and divert themselves in the woods, either shooting
+parrots, or catching tortoises. But we had not been long ashore, before
+we were informed of two more Englishmen, unnaturally turned out of their
+common place of residence, by the three others above mentioned; this
+made my Spaniards and me (whom they now looked upon as their governor in
+your absence) endeavour to persuade them to take them in, that we might
+be as one family; but all our intreaties were in vain, so that the poor
+fellows finding nothing to be done without industry, pitched their tents
+on the north side of the island, a little inclining to the west, for
+fear of savages. Here they built two huts, one to lodge, and the other
+to lay their stores in; for my good natured Spaniards giving them some
+seeds, they dug and planted as I had done, and began to live prettily.
+But while they were thus comfortably going on, the three unnatural
+brutes, their countrymen, in a mere bullying humour, insulted them by
+saying, 'the governor (meaning you) had given them a possession of the
+island, and d-mn 'em they should build no houses upon their ground,
+without paying rent.' The two honest men (for so let me now distinguish
+them) thought their three countrymen only jested, and one of them
+invited them in, to see their fine habitations; while the other
+facetiously told them 'that since they built tenements with great
+improvements, they should, according to the custom of lords, give them
+a longer lease;' at the same time desiring them to fetch a scriviner to
+draw the writings. One of these wretches swearing _he should pay for the
+jest_, snatches up a fire brand, and clapping it to the outside of their
+hut, very fairly set it on fire, which would soon have consumed it, had
+not the honest man thrust him away, and trod it with his feet. Hereupon
+the fellow returns with his pole, with which he would have ended his
+days, had not the poor man avoided the blow when fetching his musket, he
+knocked down the villain that began the quarrel. The other two coming to
+assist their fellow, obliged the honest man to take his musket also, and
+both of them presenting their pieces bid the villains stand off; and if
+they did not lay down their arms, death should decide the dispute one
+way or other. This brought them to a parley, in which they agreed to
+take their wounded man and begone; but they were in the wrong that they
+did not disarm them when they had the power, and then make their
+complaint to me and my Spaniards for justice, which might have prevented
+their farther designs against them. And indeed so many trespass did they
+afterwards commit, by treading down their corn, shooting their young
+kids and goats, and plaguing them night and day, that they resolved to
+come to my castle, challenge all the three, and decide their right by
+one plain battle, while the Spaniards stood by to see fair play. One day
+it happened, that two of my Spaniards (one of whom understood English)
+being in the woods, were met by one of the honest men, who complained
+how barbarous their countrymen had been in destroying their corn,
+killing their milk-goat and three kids, which deprived them of their
+subsistence; and that if we did not grant them relief, they must be
+inevitably starved, and so they parted; but when my Spaniards came home
+at night, and supper being on the table, one of them began to reprehend
+the Englishmen, but in a very mannerly way; which they resenting,
+replied, _What business had their countrymen in that place without
+leave, when it was none of their ground? Why_, said my Spaniard, calmly,
+_Inglise, they must not starve:_ but they replied, _Let them starve and
+be damn'd, they should neither plant nor build, and damn them, they
+should be their servants, and work for them, for the island was their's,
+and they would burn all the huts they should find in the island. By this
+rule_, said my Spaniard, smiling, _We shall be your servants too. Aye,
+by God, and so you shall_ replied the impudent rascal. Upon which,
+starting up, Will Atkins cries, _Come Jack, let's have t'other brush
+with them; who dare to build in our dominions?_--Thus leaving us
+something heated with just passion, away they trooped, every man having
+a gun, pistol, and sword, muttering some threatening words, that we
+could then but imperfectly understand. That night they designed to
+murder their two companions, and slept till midnight in the bower,
+thinking to fall upon them in their sleep: not were the honest men less
+thoughtful concerning them; for at this juncture they were coming to
+find them out, but in a much fairer way. As soon as the villains came to
+the huts, and found nobody there, they concluded that I and my Spaniard
+had given them notice, and therefore swore to be revenged on us. Then
+they demolished the poor men's habitations; not by fire, as they
+attempted before, but pulled down their houses, limb from limb, not
+leaving stick nor stone on the ground where they stood, broke their
+household stuff in pieces, tore up their trees, spoiled their
+inclosures, and, in short, quite ruined them of every thing they had.
+Had these people met together, no doubt but there would have been a
+bloody battle; but Providence ordered it for the better; for just as the
+three were got together the two were at our castle; and when they left
+us, the three came back again, but in great rage, scoffingly telling us
+what they had done; when one taking hold of a Spaniard's hat, twirls it
+round, saying, _And you Seignor Jack Spaniard, shall have the same
+sauce, if you don't mind your manners_. My Spaniard, a grave but
+courageous man, knocked him down with one blow of his fist; at which
+another villain fired his pistol, and narrowly missed his body, but
+wounded him a little in the ear. Hereat enraged, the Spaniard takes up
+the fellow's musket who he had knocked down, and would have shot him, if
+I and the rest had not come out, and taken their arms from every one
+of them.
+
+"These Englishmen perceiving they had made all of us their enemies,
+began to cool; but not withstanding their better words the Spaniards
+would not return them their arms again, telling them, 'they would do
+them no manner of harm, if they would live peaceably; but if they
+offered any injury to the plantation or castle, they would shoot them as
+they would do ravenous beasts. This made them so mad, that they went
+away raging like furies of hell. They were no sooner gone, but in came
+the two honest men, fired with the justest rage, if such can be, having
+been ruined as aforesaid. And indeed it was very hard, that nineteen of
+us should be bullied by three villains, continually offending
+with impunity.
+
+"It was a great while, Sir, before we could persuade the two Englishmen
+from pursuing, and undoubtedly killing them with their fire-arms; but we
+promised them 'justice should be done them, and, in the mean time, they
+should reside with us in our habitation.' In about five days after,
+these three vagrants, almost starved with hunger, drew near our grove,
+and perceiving me, the governor, & two others walking by the side of the
+creek, they very submissively desired to be received into the family
+again. We told them of 'their great incivility to us, and of their
+unnatural barbarity to their countrymen; but yet we would see what the
+rest agreed to, and in half an hour's time would bring them word.'
+After some debate, we called them in, where their two countrymen laid a
+heavy charge against them, for not only ruining, but designing to murder
+them, which they could not deny. But here I was forced to interpose as a
+mediator, by obliging the two Englishmen not to hurt them, being naked &
+unarmed, and that the other three should make them restitution, by
+building their two huts, and fencing their ground in the same manner as
+it was before. Well, being in a miserable condition, they submitted to
+this at present, and lived some time regularly enough, except as to the
+working part, which they did not care for, but the Spaniards would have
+dispensed with that, had they continued easy and quiet. Their arms being
+given them again, they scarce had them a week when they became as
+troublesome as ever; but an accident happening soon after, obliged us to
+lay aside private resentments, and look to our common preservation.
+
+"One night, Sir, I went to bed, perfectly well in health, and yet by no
+means could I compose myself to sleep; upon which, being very uneasy, I
+got up and looked out, but it being dark, I could perceive nothing but
+the trees around the castle. I went to bed again, but it was all one, I
+could not sleep; when one of my Spaniards, hearing me walk about, asked
+who it was up? I answered, _It is I_. When I told him the occasion,
+_Sir_, said he, _such things are not to be slighted; for certainly there
+is some mischief plotting against us. Where are the Englishmen?_ said I.
+He answered _In their huts_; for they lay separate from us, Sir, since
+the last mutiny. _Well,_ said I, _some kind spirit gives this
+information for advantage. Come let us go abroad, and see if any thing
+offers to justify our fears._ Upon which I and some of my Spaniards went
+up the mountain, not by the ladder, but through the grove, and then we
+were struck with a panic fear on seeing a light, as though it were a
+fire, at a very little distance, and hearing the voices of several men.
+Hereupon we retreated immediately, and raised the rest of our forces,
+and made them sensible of the impending danger; but with all my
+authority, I could not make them stay where they were, so earnest were
+they to see how things went. Indeed the darkness of the night gave them
+opportunity enough to view them by the light of the fire undiscovered.
+As they were in different parties, and straggling over the shore, we
+were much afraid that they should find out our habitations, and destroy
+our flocks of goats: to prevent which, we sent immediately an Englishman
+and two Spaniards to drive the goats into the valley where the cave lay;
+or, if there was occasion, into the cave itself: As to ourselves,
+resuming our native courage and prudent conduct, had we not been
+divided, we durst venture to attack an hundred of them; but before it
+was very light, we resolved to send out Friday's father as a spy, who,
+immediately stripping himself naked, gets among them undiscovered, and
+in two hours time brings word, that 'they were two parties of two
+different nations, who lately having a bloody battle with one another,
+happened to land by mere chance on the same island, to devour their
+miserable prisoners; that they were entirely ignorant of any person's
+inhabiting here; but rather filled with rage and fury against one
+another, he believed, that as soon as day light appeared, there would be
+a terrible engagement.' Old Friday had scarce ended his relation, when
+we heard an uncommon noise, and perceived that there was a horrid
+engagement between the two armies.
+
+"Such was the curiosity of our party, especially the Englishmen, that
+they would not lie close, tho' Old Friday told them, 'their safety
+depended upon it; and that if we had patience, we should behold the
+savages kill one another.' However they used some caution, by going
+farther into the woods, and placing themselves in a convenient place to
+behold the battle.
+
+"Never could there be a more bloody engagement, or men of more
+invincible spirits and prudent conduct, according to their manner and
+way of fighting. It lasted near two hours, till the party which was
+nearest our castle began to decline, and at last to fly from their
+conquerors. We were undoubtedly put into a great consternation on this
+account, lest they should run into our grove, and consequently bring us
+into the like danger. Hereupon we resolved to kill the first that came,
+to prevent discovery, and that too with our swords, and the butt end of
+our muskets, for fear the report of our guns should be heard.
+
+"And so indeed, as we thought, it happened; for three of the vanquished
+army crossing the creek, ran directly to the place, as to a thick wood
+for shelter; nor was it long before our scout gave us notice of it: as
+also, that the victors did not think fit to pursue them. Upon this I
+would not suffer them to be slain, but had them surprised and taken by
+our party; afterwards they proved very good servants to us, being stout
+young creatures, and able to do a great deal of work. The remainder of
+the conquered savages fled to their canoes, and put out into the ocean,
+while the conquerors, joining together, shouted by way of triumph, and
+about three in the afternoon they also embarked for their own nation.
+Thus we were freed at once from these savages and our fears, not
+perceiving any of these creatures for some considerable time after. We
+found two and thirty men dead in the field of battle; some were slain
+with long arrows, which we found sticking in their bodies; & the rest
+were killed with great unwieldy wooden swords, which denoted their vast
+strength, and of which we found seventeen, besides bows and arrows: but
+we could not find one wounded creature among them alive; for they either
+kill their enemies quite, or carry those wounded away with them.
+
+"This terrible fight tamed the Englishmen for some time, considering
+how unfortunate they might have been had they fallen into their hands,
+who would not only kill them as enemies, but also for food, as we do
+cattle; and indeed so much did this nauseate their stomachs, that it not
+only made them very sick, but more tractable to the common necessary
+business of the whole society, planting, sowing, and reaping, with the
+greatest signs of amity and friendship; so, that being now all good
+friends, we began to consider of circumstances in general; and the first
+thing we thought of was, whether, as we perceived the savages haunted
+that side of the island, and there being more retired parts of it, and
+yet as well suited to our manner of living, and equally to our
+advantage, we ought not rather to move our place of residence, & plant
+it in a much safer place, both for the security of our corn and cattle.
+
+"After a long debate on this head; it was resolved, or rather voted,
+_nemine comradicente_, not to remove our ancient castle, and that for
+this very good reason, that some time or other we expected to hear from
+our supreme governor, (meaning you, Sir) whose messengers not finding us
+there, might think the place demolished, and all his subjects destroyed
+by the savages.
+
+"As to the next concern relating to our corn and cattle, we consented to
+have them removed to the valley where the cave was, that being most
+proper and sufficient for both. But yet when we considered farther, we
+altered one part of our resolution, which was to remove part of our
+cattle thither and plant only part of our corn there; so that in case
+one part was destroyed, the other might be preserved. Another resolution
+we took, which really had a great deal of prudence in it; and that was,
+in not trusting the three savages whom we had taken prisoners, with any
+knowledge of the plantations we had made in the valley, of what number
+of cattle we had there, much less of the cave, wherein we kept several
+arms, and two barrels of powder you left for us at your departure from
+this island. But though we could not change our habitation, we resolved
+to make it more fortified and more secret. To this end, Sir, as you
+planted trees at some distance before the entrance of your palace; so
+we, imitating your example, planted and filled up the whole space of
+ground, even to the banks of the creek, nay, into the very ooze where
+the tide flowed, not leaving a place for landing; and among those I had
+planted, they had intermingled so many short ones, all of which growing
+wonderfully fast and thick, a little dog could scarcely find a passage
+through them. Nor was this sufficient, as we thought, for we did the
+same to all the ground, on the right and left hand of us, even to the
+top of the hill, without so much as leaving a passage for ourselves,
+except by the ladder; which being taken down, nothing but what had
+wings or witchcraft could pretend to come near us. And indeed this was
+exceedingly well-contrived, especially to serve that occasion for which
+we afterwards found it necessary.
+
+"Thus we lived two years in a happy retirement, having, all this time,
+not one visit from the savages. Indeed one morning we had an alarm,
+which put us in some amazement; for a few of my Spaniards being out very
+early, perceived no less than twenty canoes, as it were coming on shore:
+upon which returning home, with great precipitation, they gave us the
+alarm, which obliged us to keep at home all that day and the next, going
+out only in the night-time to make our observations; but, as good luck
+would have it, they were upon another design, and did not land that time
+upon the island.
+
+"But now there happened another quarrel between the three wicked
+Englishmen, and some of my Spaniards.--- The occasion was this: One of
+them being enraged at one of the savages, whom he had taken prisoner,
+for not being able to comprehend something which he was showing him,
+snatched up a hatchet in a great fury not to correct, but to kill him;
+yet missing his head gave him such a barbarous--cut in the shoulder,
+that he had like to have struck off his arm; at which one of my
+good-natured Spaniards interposing between the Englishman and the savage
+beseeched the former, not to murder the poor creature, but this kindness
+had like to have cost the Spaniard his life, for the Englishman, struck
+at him in the same manner; which he nimbly and wisely avoiding, returned
+suddenly upon him with his shovel, (being all at work about their corn
+land), and very fairly knocked the brutish creature down. Hereupon
+another Englishman coming to his fellow's assistance, laid the good
+Spaniard on the earth; when immediately two others coming to his relief
+were attacked by the third Englishman, armed with an old cutlass, who
+wounded them both. This uproar soon reached our ears, when we rushing
+out upon them, took the three Englishmen prisoners, and then our next
+question was, what would be done to such mutinous, and impudent fellows,
+so furious, desperate, and idle, that they were mischievious to the
+highest degree and consequently not safe for the society to let them
+live among them.
+
+"Now, Sir, as I was governor in your absence, so I also took the
+authority of a judge, and, having them brought before me; I told them,
+that if they had been of my country, I would have hanged every mother's
+son of them, but since it was an Englishman (meaning you, kind Sir,) to
+whom we were indebted for our preservation and deliverance, I would, in
+gratitude, use them with all possible mildness, but at the same time
+leave them to the judgment of the other two Englishmen who, I hoped,
+forgetting their resentments, would deal impartially by them.'
+
+"Hereupon one of his countrymen stood up: _Sir_, said he, _leave it not
+for us, for you may be sensible we have reason to sentence them to the
+gallows: besides, Sir, this fellow, Will Atkins, and the two others,
+proposed to us, that we might murder you all in your sleep, which we
+could not consent to: but knowing their inability, and your vigilance,
+we did not think fit to discover it before now._
+
+"_How, Signor_, said I, _do you hear what is alledged against you? What
+can you say to justify so horrid an action, as to murder us in cold
+blood?_ So far, Sir, was the wretch from denying it, that he swore,
+_damn him but he would do it still. But what have we done to you, Seignor
+Atkins_, said I, _or what will you gain by killing us? What shall we do
+to prevent you? Must we kill you, or you kill us? Why will you Seignor
+Atkins,_ said I, smiling, _put us to such an unhappy dilemma, such a
+fatal necessity?_ But so great a rage did my scoffing and yet severe
+jest put him into, that he was going to fly at me and undoubtedly had
+attempted to kill me if he had been possessed of weapons, and had not
+been prevented by three Spaniards. This unparalleled and villainous
+carriage, made us seriously consider what was to be done. The two
+Englishmen and the Spaniard, who had saved the poor Indian's life,
+mightily petitioned me to hang one of them, for an example to the
+others, which should be him that had twice attempted to commit murder
+with his hatchet, it being at that time thought impossible the poor
+slave should recover. But they could never gain my consent to put him to
+death, for the reasons above mentioned, since it was an Englishman (even
+yourself) who was my deliverer; and as merciful counsels are most
+prevailing when earnestly pressed, so I got them to be of the same
+opinion as to clemency. But to prevent them doing us any farther
+mischief; we all agreed, that they should have no weapons, as sword,
+gun, powder, or shot, but be expelled from the society, to live as they
+pleased by themselves; that neither the two Englishmen, nor the rest of
+the Spaniards, should have conversation with them upon any account
+whatsoever; that they should be kept from coming within a certain
+distance of our castle; and if they dared to offer us any violence,
+either by spoiling, burning, killing, or destroying any of the corn,
+plantings, buildings, fences, or cattle, belonging to the society, we
+would shoot them as freely as we would do beasts of prey, in whatsoever
+places we should find them.
+
+"This sentence seemed very just to all but themselves; when, like a
+merciful judge, I called out to the two honest Englishmen, saying, _You
+must consider they ought not to be starved neither: and since it will be
+some time before they can raise corn and cattle of their own, let us
+give them some corn to last them eight months, and for seed to sow, by
+which time they'll raise some for themselves; let us also bestow upon
+them six milch goats, four he ones, and six kids, as well for their
+present support, as for a further increase; with tools necessary for
+their work, as hatchets, an ax, saw, and other things convenient to
+build them huts:_ all which were agreed: but before they took them into
+possession, I obliged them solemnly to swear, never to attempt any thing
+against us, or their countrymen for the future. Thus dismissing them
+from our society, They went away, sullen & refractory, as though neither
+willing to go nor stay; however seeing no remedy, they took what
+provision was given them, proposing to choose a convenient place where
+they might live by themselves.
+
+"About five days after, they came to those limits appointed, in order
+for more victuals, and sent me word by one of my Spaniards, whom they
+called to, where they had pitched their tents; and marked themselves out
+an habitation and plantation, at the N.E. and most remote part of the
+island. And, indeed, there they built themselves two very handsome
+cottages, resembling our little castle, being under the side of a
+mountain, with some trees already growing on three sides of it; so that
+planting a few more, it would be obscured from sight, unless
+particularly sought for. When these huts were finished, we gave them
+some dry goat-skins for bedding and covering; & upon their giving us
+fuller assurances of their good behaviour for the future, we gave them
+some pease, barley, and rice for sowing and whatever tools we
+could spare.
+
+"Six months did they live in this separate condition, in which they got
+their first harvest in, the quantity of which was but small, because
+they had planted but little land; for, indeed, all their plantations
+being to form, made it more difficult; especially as it was a thing out
+of their element; and when they were obliged to make their boards and
+pots, &c. they could make little or nothing of it. But the rainy season
+coming on, put them into a greater perplexity for want of a cave to keep
+their corn dry, and prevent it from spoiling: and so much did this
+humble them, that they begged of my Spaniards to help them, to which the
+good-natured men readily consented, and in four days space, worked a
+great hole in the side of the hill for them, large enough for their
+purpose, to secure their corn and other things from the rain, though not
+comparable to ours, which had several additional appartments.
+
+"But a new whim possessed these rogues about three quarters of a year
+after, which had like to have ruined us, and themselves too: for it
+seems, being tired and weary of this sort of living, which made them
+work for themselves, without hopes of changing their condition, nothing
+would serve them, but that they would make a voyage to the continent,
+and try if they could seize upon some of the savages, and bring them
+over as slaves, to do their drudgery, while they lived at ease
+and pleasure.
+
+"Indeed the project was not so preposterous, if they had not gone
+farther; but they neither did, nor proposed any thing, but what had
+mischief in the design, or the event. One morning, these three fellows
+came down to the limited station, and humbly desired to be admitted to
+talk with us, which we readily granted; they told us in short, that
+_being tired of their manner of living, and the labour of their hands in
+such employments, not being sufficient to procure the necessaries of
+life, they only desired one of the canoes we came over in, with some
+arms and ammunition for their defence, and they would seek their
+fortunes abroad, and never trouble us any more._ To be sure we were glad
+enough to get rid of such wretched plagues; but yet honesty made us
+ingenuously represent to them, by what we ourselves had suffered, the
+certain destruction they were running into, either of being starved to
+death or murdered by the savages. To this they very audaciously replied,
+_that they neither could nor would work: and consequently that they
+might as well be starved abroad as at home: & neither had they any wives
+or children to cry after them: nay, so intent were they upon their
+voyage, that if the Spaniards had not given them arms, so they had but
+the canoe they would have gone without them._
+
+"Though we could not well spare our fire arms, rather than they should
+go like naked men, we let them have two muskets, a pistol, a cutlass,
+and three hatchets, which were thought very sufficient: we gave them
+also goat's flesh, a great basket full of dried grapes, a pot of fresh
+butter, a young live kid, and a large canoe sufficient to carry twenty
+men. And thus, with a mast made of a long pole, and a sail of six large
+goat-skins dried, having a fair breeze, and a flood-tide with them, they
+merrily sailed away, the Spaniards calling after them, _Bon voyaje_, no
+man ever expecting to see them more.
+
+"When they were gone, the Spaniards and Englishmen would often say to
+one another, _O how peaceably do we now live, since these turbulent
+fellows have left us!_ Nothing could be farther from their thoughts than
+to behold their faces any more; and yet scarce two and twenty days had
+passed over their heads, but one of the Englishmen, being abroad a
+planting, perceived at a distance, three men well armed, approaching
+towards him. Away he flies with speed to our castle, and tells me and
+the rest, that we were all undone, for that strangers were landed upon
+the island, and who they were he could not tell; but added that they
+were not savages but men habited, bearing arms. _Why then,_ said I, _we
+have the less occasion to be concerned, since, if they were not Indians,
+they must be friends; for I am sure there is no Christian people upon
+earth, but what will do us good rather than harm._ But while we were
+considering of the event, up came the three Englishmen, whose voices we
+quickly knew, and so all our admiration of that nature ceased at once.
+And our wonder was succeeded by another sort of inquiry, which was, what
+could be the occasion of their returning so quickly to the island, when
+we little expected, and much less desired their company? But as this was
+better to be related by themselves, I ordered them to be brought in,
+when they gave me the following relation of their voyage.
+
+"After two days sail, or something less, they reached land, where they
+found the people coming to give them another sort of reception than what
+they expected or desired; for, as the savages were armed with bows and
+arrows, they durst not venture on shore, but steered northward, six or
+seven hours, till they gained an opening, by which they plainly
+perceived, that the land that appeared from this place, was not the main
+land, but an island. At their entrance into the opening of the sea, they
+discovered another island, on the right hand northward, and several more
+lying to the westward; but being resolved to go on shore some where or
+other, they put over to one of the western islands. Here they found the
+natives very courteous to them, giving them several roots and dried
+fish; nay, even their women too were as willing to supply them with what
+they could procure them to eat, bringing it a great way to them upon
+their heads. Among these hospitable Indians they continued some days,
+inquiring by signs and tokens, what nations lay around them; and were
+informed, that there were, several fierce and terrible people lived
+every way, accustomed to eat mankind; but for themselves they never used
+such diet, except those that were taken in battle, and of them they made
+a solemn feast.
+
+"The Englishmen inquired how long it was since they had a feast of that
+kind? They answered, _about two moons ago_, pointing to the moon, and
+then two fingers; that, _at this time, their king had two hundred
+prisoners, which were fattening up for the slaughter_. The Englishmen
+were mighty desirous of seeing the prisoners, which the others
+mistaking, thought that they wanted some of them for their own food:
+upon which they beckoned to them, pointing to the rising, and then to
+the setting of the sun; meaning, that by the time it appeared in the
+east next morning, they would bring them some: and indeed they were as
+good as their word; for by that time they brought eleven men & five
+women, just as so many cows & oxen are brought to sea-port towns to
+victual a ship. But as brutish as these Englishmen were, their stomachs
+turned at the sight. What to do in this case, they could not tell: to
+refuse the prisoner, would have been the highest affront offered to the
+savage gentry; and to dispose of them, they knew not, in what manner;
+however, they resolved to accept them, and so gave them, in return, one
+of their hatchets, an old key, a knife, and six or seven of their
+bullets; things which, tho' they were wholly ignorant of, yet of seemed
+entirely contented with; & dragging the poor wretches into the boat,
+with their hands bound behind them, delivered them to the Englishmen.
+But this obliged them to put off as soon as they had these presents,
+lest the donors should have expected two or three of them to be killed,
+and to be invited to dinner the next day; and so taking leave with all
+possible respect and thanks, though neither of them understood what the
+others said, they sailed away back to the first island, and there set
+eight of the prisoners at liberty. In their voyage they endeavoured to
+comfort, and have some conversation with the poor captives; but it was
+impossible to make them sensible of any thing; and nothing they could
+say or give, or do for them, could make them otherwise persuaded, but
+that they were unbound only to be devoured: if they gave them any food,
+they thought it was only to fatten them for the slaughter; or looked at
+any one more particularly, the poor creature supposed itself to be the
+'first sacrifice'; and even when we brought them to our island, and
+began to use them with the greatest humanity and kindness, yet they
+expected every day that their new masters would devour them.
+
+"And thus, Sir, did these three strange wanderers conclude their
+unaccountable relation of their voyage, which was both amazing and
+entertaining. Hereupon, I asked them, where there new family was? They
+told me _they had put them into one of their huts, and they came to beg
+some victuals for them_. This, indeed, made us all long to see them; and
+taking Friday's father with us, leaving only two at our castle, we came
+down to behold these poor creatures.
+
+"When we arrived at the hut, (they being bound again by the Englishmen,
+for fear of escaping) we found them stark naked, expecting their fatal
+tragedy: there were three lusty men, well shaped, with straight and good
+limbs, between thirty and five and thirty years old; and five women, two
+of them might be from thirty to forty, two more not above four and
+twenty; and the last, a comely tall maiden of about seventeen. Indeed,
+all the women were very agreeable, both in proportion and features,
+except that they were tawny, which their modest behaviour, and other
+graces, made amends for, when they afterwards came to be clothed.
+
+"This naked appearance, together with their miserable circumstances, was
+no very comfortable sight to my Spaniards, who, for their parts, I may
+venture, Sir, without flattery, to say, are men of the best behaviour,
+calmest tempers, and sweetest nature, that can possibly be; for they
+immediately ordered Friday's father to see if he knew any of them, or if
+he understood what they could say. No sooner did the old Indian appear,
+but he looked at them with great seriousness; yet, as they were not of
+his nation, they were utter strangers to him, and none could understand
+his speech or signs, but one woman. This was enough to answer the
+design, which was to assure them they would not be killed, being fallen
+into the hands of Christians, who abhorred such barbarity. When they
+were fully satisfied of this, they expressed their joy by such strange
+gestures, and uncommon tones, as it is not possible for me to describe.
+But the woman their interpreter, was ordered next to enquire, whether
+they were content to be servants, and would work for the men who had
+brought them hither to save their lives? Hereupon, (being at this time
+unbound) they fell a capering and dancing, one taking this thing upon
+her shoulders, and the other that, intimating, that they were willing to
+do any thing for them. But now, Sir, having women among us, and dreading
+that it might occasion some strife, if not blood, I asked the three men
+'what they would do, and how they intended to use these creatures,
+whether as servants or women?' One of them very pertly and readily
+answered, 'they would use them as both,' _Gentlemen_, said I _as you are
+your own masters, I am not going to restrain you from that; but
+methinks, for avoiding dissentions among you, I would only desire you to
+engage, that none of you will take more than one for a woman or wife,
+and that having taken this one, none else should presume to touch her;
+for though we have not yet a priestly authority to marry you, yet it is
+but reasonable, that whoever thus takes a woman, should be obliged to
+maintain her, since nobody has any thing to do with her_; and this,
+indeed, appeared so just to all present, that it was unanimously agreed
+to. The Englishmen then asked my Spaniards, 'whether they designed to
+take any of them? but they all answered, _No_; some declaring they had
+already wives in Spain; and others that they cared not to join with
+infidels. On the reverse, the Englishmen took each of them a temporary
+wife, and so set up a new method of living. As to Friday's father, the
+Spaniards, and the three savage servants we had taken in the late
+battle, they all lived with me in our ancient castle; and indeed we
+supplied the main part of the island with food, as necessity required.
+But the most remarkable part of the story is, how these Englishmen, who
+had been so much at variance, should agree about the choice of those
+women; yet they took a way good enough to prevent quarreling among
+themselves. They let the five women in one of their huts, and going
+themselves to the other, drew lots which should have the first choice.
+Now, he that had the first lot went to the hut, and fetched out her he
+chose; and it is remarkable, that he took her that was the most homely
+and eldest of the number, which made the rest of the Englishmen
+exceedingly merry; the Spaniards themselves could not help but smile at
+it; but as it happened, the fellow had the best thought, in choosing
+one fit for application and business; and indeed she proved the best
+wife of all the parcel.
+
+"But when the poor creatures perceived themselves placed in a row, and
+separated one by one, they were again seized with an unspeakable terror,
+as now thinking they were going to be slain in earnest; and when the
+Englishmen came to take the first, the rest set up a lamentable cry,
+clasped their arms around her neck, and hanging about her, took their
+last farewell, as they thought, in such trembling agonies, and
+affectionate embraces, as would have softened the hardest heart in the
+world, and made the driest eyes melt into tears; nor could they be
+persuaded but that they were going to die, till such time as Friday's
+father made them sensible that the Englishmen had chosen them for their
+wives, which ended all their terror and concern upon this occasion.
+
+"Well, after this, the Englishmen went to work, and being assisted by my
+good natured Spaniards, in a few hours they, erected every one of them a
+new hut or tent for their separate lodging, since those they had already
+were, filled with tools, household stuff, and provision. They all
+continued on the north shore of the island, but separate as before; the
+three wicked ones pitching farther off, and the two honest men nearer
+our castle; so that the island seemed to be peopled in three places,
+three towns beginning to be built for that purpose. And here I cannot
+but remark, what is very common, that the two honest men had the worst
+wives, (I mean as to industry, cleanliness, and ingenuity) while the
+three reprobates enjoyed women of quite contrary qualities.
+
+"But another observation I made was, in favour of the two honest men, to
+show what disparity there is between a diligent application to business,
+on the one hand, and a slothful negligent, and idle temper, on the
+other. Both of them had the same parcel of ground laid out, and corn to
+sow, sufficient either in their cultivation or their planting. The two
+honest men had a multitude of young trees planted about their
+habitations, so that when you approached near them, nothing appeared but
+a wood, very pleasing and delightful. Every thing they did prospered and
+flourished: their grapes, planted in order, seemed as though managed in
+a vineyard and were infinitely preferable to any of the others. Nor were
+they wanting to find out a place of retreat, but dug a cave in the most
+retired part of a thick wood, to secure their wives and children, with
+their provision and chiefest goods, surrounded with innumerable stakes,
+and having a most subtle entrance, in case any mischief should happen
+either from their fellow countrymen, or the devouring savages.
+
+"As to the reprobates, (though I must own they were much more civilized
+than before) instead of delightful wood surrounding their dwellings, we
+found the words of King Solomon too truly verified: _I went by the
+vineyard of the slothful, and it was all overgrown with thorns_. In many
+places their crop was obliterated by weeds: the hedges having several
+gaps in them, the wild goats had got in, and eaten up the corn, and here
+and there was a dead bush to stop these gaps for the present, which was
+no more than shutting the stable door after the steed was stolen away.
+But as to their wives, they (as I observed before) were more diligent,
+and cleanly enough, especially in their victuals, being instructed by
+one of the honest men, who had been a cook's mate on board a ship: &
+very well it was so, for as he cooked himself, his companion and their
+families lived as well as the idle husbands, who did nothing but loiter
+about, fetch turtle's eggs, catch fish and birds, and do any thing but
+work, and lived accordingly; while the diligent lived very handsomely
+and plentifully, in the most comfortable manner.
+
+"And now, Sir, I come to lay before your eyes a scene quite different
+from any thing that ever happened to us before, and perhaps ever befel
+you in all the time of your residence on this island. I shall inform you
+of its original in the following manner.
+
+"One morning, Sir, very early, there came five or six canoes of Indians
+on shore, indisputably upon their old custom of devouring their
+prisoners. All that we had to do upon such an occasion, was to lie
+concealed, that they, not having any notice of inhabitants, might depart
+quietly after performing their bloody execution: whoever first
+discovered the savages, was to give notice to all the three plantations
+to keep within doors, and then a proper scout was to be placed to give
+intelligence of their departure. But notwithstanding these wise
+measures, an unhappy disaster discovered us to the savages, which was
+like to have caused the desolation of the whole island; for, after the
+savages were gone off in their canoes, some of my Spaniards and I
+looking abroad; and being inflamed with a curiosity to see what they had
+been doing, to our great amazement beheld three savages fast asleep on
+the ground, who, either being gorged, could not awake when the others
+went off, or having wandered too far into the woods, did not come
+back in time.
+
+"What to do with them as first, we could not tell; as for slaves we had
+enough of them already; and as to killing them, neither Christianity or
+humanity would suffer us to shed the blood of persons who never did us
+wrong. We perceived they had no boat left them to transport them to
+their own nation; and that, by letting them wander about, they might
+discover us, and inform the first savages that should happen to land
+upon the same bloody occasion, which information might entirely ruin us;
+and therefore I counselled my Spaniards to secure them, and set them
+about some work or other, till we could better dispose of them.
+
+"Hereupon we all went back, and making them awake, took them prisoners.
+It is impossible to express the horror they were in, especially when
+bound, as thinking they were going to be murdered and eaten, but we soon
+eased them of their fear as to that point. We first took them to the
+bower, where the chief of our country work lay as keeping goats,
+planting corn, &c and then carried them to the two Englishmen's
+habitation, to help them in their business; but happy it was for us all
+we did not carry them to our castle, as by the sequel will appear. The
+Englishmen, indeed, found them work to do; but whether they did not
+guard them strictly, or that they thought they could not better
+themselves, I cannot tell; but certainly one of them ran away into the
+woods, and they could not hear of him for a long time after.
+
+"Undoubtedly there was reason enough to suppose he got home in some of
+the canoes, the savages returning in about four weeks time, and going
+off in the space of two days. You may be certain, Sir, this thought
+could not but terrify us exceedingly, and make us justly conclude, that
+the savage would inform his countrymen of our abode in the island, how
+few and weak we were in comparison to their numbers & we expected it
+would not be long before the Englishmen would be attacked in their
+habitations; but the savages had not seen their places of safety in the
+woods, nor our castle, which it was a great happiness they did not know.
+
+"Nor were we mistaken in our thoughts upon this occasion: for, about
+eight months after this, six canoes, with about ten men in each canoe,
+came sailing by the north side of the island, which they were never
+accustomed to do before, and landed about an hour after sunrise, near a
+mile from the dwelling of the two Englishman, who, it seems, had the
+good fortune to discover them about a league off: to that it was an hour
+before they could come at them. And now being confirmed in this opinion
+that they were certainly betrayed, they immediately bound the two slaves
+which were left, causing two of the three men, whom they brought with
+the women, and who proved very faithful to lead them with their wives,
+and other conveniences, into their retired care in the wood, and there
+to bind the two fellows hand and foot till they had further orders. They
+then opened their fences, where they kept their milch goats, and drove
+them all out, giving the goats liberty to ramble in the woods, to make
+the savages believe that they were wild ones; but the slave had given a
+truer information, which made them come to the very inclosures. The two
+frighted men sent the other slave of the three, who had been with them
+by accident, to alarm the Spaniards, and desire their assistance; in
+the mean time they took their arms and ammunition, and made to the cave
+where they had sent their wives, and securing their slaves, seated
+themselves in a private place, from whence they might behold all the
+actions of the savages. Nor had they gone far, when ascending a rising
+ground, they could see a little army of Indians approach to their
+beautiful dwelling, and in a few moments more, perceive the same, and
+their furniture, to their unspeakable grief, burning in a consuming
+flame, and when this war done, they spread here and there, searching
+every bush and place for the people, of whom it was very evident, they
+had information. Upon which the two Englishmen, not thinking themselves
+secure where they stood, retreated about half a mile higher in the
+country, rightly concluding, that the farther the savages strolled,
+there would be less numbers together: upon which they next took their
+stand by the trunk of an old tree, very hollow and large, whence they
+resolved to see what would offer: but they had not stood long there,
+before two savages came running directly towards them, as though having
+knowledge of their being there, who seemed resolved to attack them; a
+little farther were three more, and five more behind them again, all
+running the same way. It cannot be imagined the perplexity the poor men
+were in at this sight, thinking that if assistance did not speedily come
+their cave in the wood would be discovered, and consequently all therein
+lost; so they resolved to resist them there, and, when overpowered, to
+ascend to the top of the trees, where they might defend themselves as
+long as their ammunition lasted, and sell their lives as dear as
+possible to those devouring savages. Thus fixed in their resolution,
+they next considered, whether they should fire at the first two, or wait
+for the three, and so take the middle party, by which the two first &
+the five last would be separated. In this regulation the two savages
+also confirmed them, by turning a little to another part of the wood:
+but the three, & the five after them, came directly towards the tree.
+Hereupon they resolved to take them in a direct line, as they approached
+nearer, because perhaps the first shot might hit them all three; and
+upon this occasion, the man who was to fire, charged his piece with
+three or four bullets. And thus while they were waiting, the savages
+came on, one of them was the runaway, who had caused all the mischief;
+so they resolved he should not escape, if they both fired at once. But,
+however, though they did not fire together, they were ready charged;
+when the first that let fly, was too good a marksman to miss his aim;
+for he killed the foremost outright, the second (_who was the runaway
+Indian_) fell to the ground, being shot through the body, but not dead
+and the third was a little wounded in the shoulder, who, sitting down on
+the ground, fell a screaming in a most fearful manner. The noise of the
+guns, which not only made the most resounding echoes, from one side to
+the other, but raised the birds of all sorts, fluttering with the most
+confused noise, so much terrified the five savages behind that they
+stood still at first, like so many inanimate images. But when all things
+were in profound silence, they came to the place where there companions
+lay; and here, not being sensible that they were liable to the same
+fate, stood over the wounded man, undoubtedly inquiring the occasion of
+this sad calamity; and 'tis as reasonable to suppose he told them, that
+it came by thunder and lightning from the gods, having never seen or
+heard of a gun before, in the whole course of their lives. By this time
+the Englishmen, having loaded their pieces, fired both together a second
+time, when seeing them all fall immediately on the ground, they thought
+they had killed every creature of them. This made them come up boldly
+before they had charged their guns, which indeed was a wrong step; for,
+when they came to the place, they found four alive, two of them very
+little wounded, and one not at all, which obliged them to fall upon them
+with their muskets: they first knocked the runaway savage on the head,
+and another that was but a little wounded in the arm, & then put the
+other languishing wretches out of their pain: while he that was not
+hurt, with bended knees and uplifted hands, made piteous moans, and
+signs to them to spare his life; nor, indeed, were they unmerciful to
+the poor wretch, but pointed to him to sit down at the root of a tree
+hard by; and then, one of the Englishmen, with a piece of rope twine he
+had in his pocket, by mere chance, tying his two feet fast together, and
+his two hands behind him, they left him there, making all the haste they
+could after the other two, fearing they should find out their cave; but
+though they could not overtake them, they had the satisfaction to
+perceive them at a distance, cross a valley towards the sea, a quite
+contrary way to their retreat: upon which they returned to the tree, to
+look after their prisoner; but when they came there, he was gone,
+leaving the piece of rope-yarn, wherewith he was bound, behind him.
+
+"Well, now they were as much concerned as ever, as not knowing how near
+their enemies might be, or in what numbers. Immediately they repaired to
+the cave, to see if all was well there, and found every thing safe,
+except the women, who were frightened upon their husbands account, whom
+they now loved entirely. They had not been long here, before seven of my
+Spaniards came to assist them; while the other ten, their servants, and
+Friday's father, were gone to defend their bower, corn, and cattle, in
+case the savages should have rambled so far. There accompanied the seven
+Spaniards, one of the three savages that had formerly been taken
+prisoner; and with them also that very Indian whom the Englishmen had,
+a little before, left under the tree; for it seems, they passed by that
+way where the slaughter was made, and so carried along with them that
+poor wretch that was left bound. But so many prisoners now becoming a
+burthen to us, and fearing the dreadful consequence of their escaping,
+most of the Spaniards and English urged the absolute necessity there was
+of killing them for our common preservation; but, Sir, the authority I
+bore, as a governor, over-ruled that piece of cruelty; and then I
+ordered them to be sent prisoners to the old cave in the valley, bound
+hands and feet, with two Spaniards to guard them.
+
+"So much encouraged were the Englishmen at the approach of the
+Spaniards, and so great was their fury against the savages for
+destroying their habitations, that they had not patience to stay any
+longer; but, taking five Spaniards along with them, armed with four
+muskets, a pistol, and a quarter staff, away they went in pursuit of
+their enemies. As they passed by the place where the savages were slain,
+it was very easy to be perceived that more of them had been there,
+having attempted to carry off their dead bodies, but found it
+impracticable. From a rising ground our party had the mortification to
+see the smoke that proceeded from their ruins; when coming farther in
+flight of the shore, they plainly perceived that the savages had
+embarked in their canoes, and were putting out to sea. This they were
+very sorry for, there being no coming at them to give them a parting
+salute, but however, they were glad enough to get clear of such
+unwelcome guests.
+
+"Thus the two honest, but unfortunate Englishmen, being ruined a second
+time, and their improvements quite destroyed, most of my good natured
+Spaniards helped them to rebuild, and we all assisted them with needful
+supplies; nay, what is more remarkable, their three mischievous
+countrymen, when they heard of it _(which was after all these disasters
+were over, they living more remote eastward)_ very friendly sympathised
+with them, and worked for them several days; so that, in a little, their
+habitations were rebuilt, their necessities supplied, and themselves
+restored to their former tranquility.
+
+"Though the savages had nothing to boast of in this adventure, _(several
+canoes being driven ashore, followed by two drowned creatures, having
+undoubtedly met with a storm at sea that very night they departed)_ yet
+it was natural to be supposed, that those whose better fortune it was to
+attain their native shore, would inflame their nation to another ruinous
+attempt, with a greater force, to carry all before them. And, indeed, so
+it happened: for about seven months after, our island was invaded with a
+most formidable navy, no less than eight and twenty canoes full of
+savages, armed with wooden swords, monstrous clubs, bows and arrows, and
+such like instruments of war, landing at the east end of the island.
+
+"You may well, Sir, imagine what consternation our men were in upon
+this account, and how speedy they were to execute their resolution,
+having only that night's time allowed them. They knew that since they
+could not withstand their enemies, concealment was the only way to
+procure their safety; and, therefore, they took down the huts that were
+built for the two Englishmen, and drove their flocks of goats together
+with their own at the bower, to the old cave in the valley, leaving as
+little appearance of inhabitants as possible; and then posted
+themselves, with all their force, at the plantation of the two men. As
+they expected, so it happened: for early the next morning, the Indians,
+leaving their canoes at the east-end of the island, came running along
+the shore, about two hundred and fifty in number, as near as could be
+guessed. Our army was but little indeed; and what was our greatest
+misfortune, we had not arms sufficient for them. The account, as to the
+men, Sir, is an follows: viz. 17 _Spaniards_, 5 _Englishmen, Old Friday,
+the three savages, taken with the five women, who proved faithful
+servants, and three other slaves, living with the Spaniards. To arm
+these they had_ 11 _muskets_, 5 _pistols_, 3 _fowling-pieces_, 2
+_swords_, 3 _old halberts_, 5 _muskets, or fowling-pieces, taken from
+the sailors whom you reduced. As to the slaves, we gave three of them
+halberts, and the other three long staves, with great iron spikes at the
+end of them, with hatchets by their sides; we also had hatchets sticking
+in our girdles, besides the fire-arms: nay, two of the women, inspired
+with Amazonian fortitude, could not be dissuaded from fighting along
+with their dear husbands, and if they died, to die with them, Seeing
+their resolution, we gave them hatchets likewise; but what pleased them
+best, were the bows and arrows (which they dexterously knew how to use)
+that the Indians had left behind them, after their memorable battle one
+against another_.
+
+"Over this army, which though little, was of great intrepidity, I was
+constituted chief general and commander: and knowing Will Atkins, though
+exceedingly wicked, yet a man of invincible courage, I gave him the
+power of commanding under me: he had six men with their muskets loaded
+with six or seven bullets a-piece, and were planted just behind a small
+thicket of bushes, as an advanced guard, having orders to let the first
+pass by; and then, when he fired into the middle of them, making a
+nimble retreat round a part of the wood, and so come in the rear of the
+Spaniards, who were shaded by a thicket of trees: for though the savages
+came on with the fierceness of lions, yet they wanted the subtility of
+foxes, being out of all manner of order, and straggling in heaps every
+way: and, indeed, when Will Atkins, after fifty of the savages had
+passed by, had ordered three of his men to give fire, so great was their
+consternation, to see so many men killed and wounded, and hear such a
+dreadful noise, and yet knew not whence it came, that they were
+frightened to the highest degree: and when the second volley was given,
+they concluded no less but that their companions were slain by thunder
+and lightning from Heaven. In this notion they would have continued, had
+Will Atkins and his men retired, as soon as they fired, according to
+order: or had the rest been near them, to pour in their shot
+continually, their might have been a complete victory obtained: but
+staying to load their pieces again, discovered the whole matter. They
+were perceived by some of the scattering savages at a distance, who let
+fly their arrows among them, wounded Atkins himself, and killed his
+fellow Englishman, and one of the Indians taken with the women. Our
+party did not fail to answer them, and in their retreat killed about
+twenty savages. Here I cannot but take notice of our poor dying slave,
+who, tho' stopt from his retreat by a fatal arrow, yet with his staff
+and hatchet, desperately and gallantly assailed his pursuers, and killed
+five of the savages, before his life submitted to a multiplicity of
+wounds. Nor is the cruelty or malice of the Indians to be less remarked,
+in breaking the arms, legs, and heads of the two dead bodies, with their
+clubs and wooden swords, after a most wretched manner. As Atkins
+retreated our party advanced, to interpose between him and the savages:
+but after three vollies, we were obliged to retreat also: for they were
+so numerous and desperate, that they came up to our very teeth, shot
+their arrows like a cloud, and their wounded men, enraged with cruel
+pain, fought like madmen. They did not, however, think fit to follow us,
+but drawing themselves up in a circle, they gave two triumphant shouts
+in token of victory, though they had the grief to see several of their
+wounded men bleed to death before them.
+
+"After I had, Sir, drawn up our little army together, upon a rising
+ground, Atkins, wounded as he was, would have had us attack the whole
+body of the savages at once, I was extremely well pleased with the
+gallantry of the man: but, upon consideration, I replied, _You perceive,
+Seignor Atkins, how their wounded men fight; let them alone till
+morning, when they will be faint, stiff, and sore, and then we shall
+have fewer to combat with_. To which Atkins, smiling, replied, _That's
+very true, Seignor, so shall I too; and that's the reason I would fight
+them now I am warm_. We all answered, _Seignor Atkins for your part you
+have behaved very gallantly; and, if you are not able to approach the
+enemy in the morning, we will fight for you, till then we think it
+convenient to wait_, and so we tarried.
+
+"By the brightness of the moon that night, we perceived the savages in
+great disorder about their dead and wounded men. This made us change our
+resolution, and resolve to fall upon them in the night, if we could
+give them one volley undiscovered. This we had a fair opportunity to do,
+by one of the two Englishmen leading us round, between the woods and the
+sea-side westward, and turning short south, came privately to a place
+where the thickest of them were. Unheard and unperceived, eight of us
+fired among them, and did dreadful execution; and in half a minute
+after, eight more of us let fly, killing and wounding abundance of them;
+and then dividing ourselves into three bodies, eight persons in each
+body we marched from among the trees, to the very teeth of the enemy,
+sending forth the greatest shouts and acclamations. The savages hearing
+a different noise from three quarters at once, stood in the utmost
+confusion; but coming in sight of us, let fly a volley of arrows, which
+wounded poor old Friday, yet happily it did not prove mortal. We did
+not, however, give them a second opportunity; but rushing in among them,
+we fired three several ways, and then fell to work with our swords,
+staves, hatchets, and the butt-end of our muskets, with a fury not to be
+resisted; so that with the most dismal screaming and howling they had
+recourse to their feet, to save their lives by a speedy flight. Nor must
+we forget the valour of the two women; for they exposed themselves to
+the greatest dangers, killed many with their arrows, and valiantly
+destroyed several more with their hatchets.
+
+"In fighting these two battles, we were so much tired, that we did not
+then trouble ourselves to pursue them to their canoes, in which we
+thought they would presently put to the ocean; but their happening a
+dreadful storm at sea, which continuing all that night, it not only
+prevented their voyage, but dashed several of their boats to pieces
+against the beach, and drove the rest so high upon the shore, that it
+required infinite labour to get them off. After our men had taken some
+refreshment and a little repose, they resolved early in the morning to
+go towards the place of their landing, and see whether they were gone
+off, or in what posture they remained. This necessarily led them to the
+place of battle, where several of the savages were expiring, a sight no
+way pleasing to generous minds, to delight in misery, though obliged to
+conquer them by the law of arms; but our own Indian slaves put them out
+of their pain, by dispatching them with their hatchets. At length,
+coming in view of the remainder of the army, we found them leaning upon
+their knees, which were bended towards their mouth, and the head between
+the two hands. Hereupon, coming within musket shot of them, I ordered
+two pieces to be fired without ball, in order to alarm them, that we
+might plainly know, whether they had the courage to venture another
+battle, or were utterly dispirited from such an attempt, that so we
+might accordingly manage them. And indeed, the prospect took very well;
+for, no sooner did the savages hear the first gun, and perceive the
+flash of the second, but they suddenly started upon their feet in the
+greatest consternation; and when we approached towards them, they ran
+howling and screaming away up the hill into the country.
+
+"We could rather, at first, have wished, that the weather had permitted
+them to have gone off to the sea; but when we considered, that their
+escape might occasion the approach of multitudes, to our utter ruin and
+dissolution; we were very well pleased the contrary happened; and Will
+Atkins (who, tho' wounded, would not part from us all this while)
+advised us not to let slip this advantage, but clapping between them and
+their boats, deprive them of the capacity of ever returning to plague
+the island: _I know_, said he, _there is but on objection you can make,
+which is, that these creatures, living like beasts in the wood, may make
+excursions, rifle the plantations, and destroy the tame goats; but then,
+consider, we had better to do with an hundred men whom we can kill, or
+make slaves of at leisure, than with an hundred nations, whom it is
+impossible we should save ourselves from, much less subdue_. This
+advice, and these arguments being approved of, we set fire to their
+boats; and though they were so wet that we could not burn them entirely,
+yet we made them incapable for swimming in the seas. As soon as the
+Indians perceived what we were doing, many of them ran out of the woods,
+in fight of us, and kneeling down, piteously cried out, _Oa, Oa!
+Waramakoa_. Intimating, I suppose, that, if we would but spare their
+canoes, they would never trouble us again.
+
+"But all their complaints, submissions, and entreaties, were in vain;
+for self-preservation obliging us to the contrary, we destroyed every
+one of them that had escaped the fury of the ocean. When the Indians
+perceived this, they raised a lamentable cry, and ran into the woods,
+where they continued ranging about; making the woods ring with their
+lamentation. Here we should have considered, that making these
+creatures, thus desperate, we ought, at the same time to have set a
+sufficient guard upon the plantations: for the savages, in their ranging
+about, found out the bower, destroyed the fences, trod the corn down
+under their feet, and tore up the vines and grapes. It is true, we were
+always able to fight these creatures; but, as they were too swift for
+us, and very numerous, we durst not go out single, for fear of them;
+though that too was needless, they having no weapons, nor any materials
+to make them; and, indeed, their extremity appeared in a little
+time after.
+
+[ILLUSTRATION: The Spaniard, &c. burning the Indian canoes. _Dr. & Eng.
+by A. Carse, Edin._]
+
+"Though the savages, as already mentioned, had destroyed our bower, and
+all our corns, grapes, &c. yet we had still left our flock of cattle in
+the valley, by the cave, with some little corn that grew there, and the
+plantation of Will Atkins and his companions, one of whom being killed
+by an arrow, they were now reduced to two: it is remarkable that this
+was the fellow who cut the poor Indian with his hatchet, and had design
+to murder me and my countrymen the Spaniards. As our condition was low,
+we came to the resolution to drive the savages up to the farther part of
+the island, where no Indians landed, to kill as many of them as we
+could, till we had reduced their number; and then to give the remainder
+some corn to plant, and to teach them how to live by their daily labour,
+accordingly we pursued them with our guns, at the hearing of which they
+were so terrified, that they would fall to the ground. Every day we
+killed and wounded some of them, and many were found starved to death,
+so that our hearts began to relent at the sight of such miserable
+objects. At last, with great difficulty, taking one of them alive, and
+using him with kindness, & tenderness, we brought him to Old Friday, who
+talked to him, & told him how good we would be to them all, giving them
+corn and land to plant and live in, and present nourishment, provided
+they should keep within such bounds as should be allotted them, and not
+do prejudice to others: _Go then_, said he, _and inform your countrymen
+of this; which, if they will not agree to, every one of them shall
+be slain_.
+
+"The poor creatures, thoroughly humbled, being reduced to about
+thirty-seven, joyfully accepted the offer, and earnestly begged for
+food; hereupon we sent twelve Spaniards and two Englishmen well armed,
+together with Old Friday, and three Indian slaves were loaded with a
+large quantity of bread and rice cakes, with three live goats: and the
+poor Indians being ordered to sit down on the side of the hill, they ate
+the victuals very thankfully, and have proved faithful to the last,
+never trespassing beyond their bounds, where at this day they quietly
+and happily remain, and where we now and then visit them. They are
+confined to a neck of land about a mile and a half broad, and three or
+four in length, on the south-east corner of the island, the sea being
+before, and lofty mountains behind them, free from the appearance of
+canoes; and indeed their countrymen never made any inquiry after them.
+We gave them twelve hatchets, and three or four knives; have taught them
+to build huts, make wooden spades, plant corn, make bread, breed tame
+goats and milk them, as likewise to make wicker work, in which I must
+ingenuously confess, they infinitely out do us, having made themselves
+several pretty necessaries and fancies, as baskets, sieves, bird-cages,
+and cupboards, as also stools, beds and couches, no less useful than
+delightful; and now they live the most innocent and inoffensive
+creatures that ever were subdued in the world, wanting nothing but wives
+to make them a nation.
+
+"Thus, kind Sir, have I given you, according to my ability, an
+impartial account of the various transactions that have happened, in the
+island since your departure to this day; and we have great reason to
+acknowledge the kind providence of Heaven in our merciful deliverance.
+When you inspect your little kingdom, you will find in it some little
+improvement, your flocks increased, and your subjects augmented, so that
+from a desolate island, as this was before your wonderful deliverance
+upon it, here is a visible prospect of its becoming a populous and well
+governed little kingdom, to your immortal fame and glory."
+
+There is no doubt to suppose but that the preceeding relation of my
+faithful Spaniard was very agreeable and no less surprising to me, to
+the young priest, and to all who heard it: now were these people less
+pleased with those necessary utensils that I brought them, such as the
+knives, scissars, spades, shovels, and pick-axes, with which they now
+adorn their habitations.
+
+So much had they addicted themselves to wicker-work, prompted by the
+ingenuity of the Indians, who assisted them, that when I viewed the
+Englishmen's colonies, they seemed at a distance as though they had
+lived like bees in a hive: for Will Atkins, who was now become a very
+industrious and sober man, had made himself a tent of basket-work round
+the outside; the walls were worked in as a basket, in pannels or strong
+squares of thirty-two in number, standing about seven feet high: in the
+middle was another, not above twenty-two paces round, but much stronger
+built, being of an octagonal form, and in the eight corners stood eight
+strong poles, round the top of which he raised a pyramid for the roof,
+mighty pretty, I assure you, and joined very well together, with iron
+spikes, which he made himself; for he had made him a forge, with a pair
+of wooden bellows and charcoal for his work, forming an anvil cut of one
+of the iron crows, to work upon, and in the manner would he make himself
+hooks, staples, spikes, bolts, and hinges. After he had pitched the roof
+of his innermost tent, he made it so firm between the rafters with
+basket-work, thatching that over again with rice-straw, and over that a
+large leaf of a tree, that his house was as dry as if it had been tiled
+or slated. The outer circuit was covered as a lean-to, quite round this
+inner appartment, laying long rafters from the thirty-two angles to the
+top posts of the inner house, about twenty-feet distant, so that there
+was a space like a wall between the outer and inner wall, near twenty
+feet in breadth. The inner place he partitioned off with the same
+wicker-work, dividing it into six neat apartments every one of which had
+a door, first into the entry of the main tent, and another into the
+space and walk that was round it, not only convenient for retreat, but
+for family necessaries. Within the door of the outer circle, there was
+a passage directly to the door of the inner house; on either side was a
+wicker partition, and a door, by which you go into a room twenty-two
+feet wide, and about thirty long, and through that into another of a
+smaller length; so that in the outer circle were ten handsome rooms, six
+of which were only to be come at through the apartments of the inner
+tent, serving as retiring rooms to the respective chambers of the inner
+circle, and four large warehouses, which went in through one another,
+two on either hand of the passage that led through the outer door to the
+inner tent. In short, nothing could be built more ingeniously, kept more
+neat, or have better conveniences; and here lived the three families,
+Will Atkins, his companion, their wives and children, and the widow of
+the deceased. As to religion, the men seldom taught their wives the
+knowledge of God, any more than the sailors' custom of swearing by his
+name. The greatest improvement their wives had, was, they taught them to
+speak English, so as to be understood.
+
+None of their children were then above six years old; they were all
+fruitful enough; and I think the cook's mate's wife was big of her
+sixth child.
+
+When I inquired of the Spaniards about their circumstances while among
+the savages, they told me, _that they abandoned themselves to despair,
+reckoning themselves a poor and miserable people, that had no means put
+into their hands, and consequently must soon be starved to death._ They
+owned, however, that they were in the wrong to think so, and for
+refusing the assistance that reason offered for their support, as well
+as future deliverance, confessing that grief was a most insignificant
+passion, as it looked upon things as without remedy, and having no hope
+of things to come; all which verified this noted proverb,
+
+_In trouble to be troubled,
+Is to have your trouble doubled._
+
+Nor did his remarks end here, for, making observations upon my
+improvement, and on my condition at first, infinitely worse than theirs,
+he told me that Englishmen had, in their distress, greater presence of
+mind than those of any other country that he had met with; and that they
+and the Portuguese were the worst men in the world to struggle under
+misfortunes. When they landed among the savages, they found but little
+provision except they would turn cannibals, there being but a few roots
+and herbs, with little substance in them, and of which the natives gave
+them but very sparingly. Many were the ways they took to civilize and
+teach the savages, but in vain; for they would not own them to be their
+instructors, whose lives were owing to their bounty. Their extremities
+were very great and many days being entirely without food, the savages
+there being more indolent and less devouring than those who had better
+supplies. When they went out to battle they were obliged to assist these
+people, in one of which my faithful Spaniard being taken, had like to
+have been devoured. They had lost their ammunition, which rendered their
+fire-arms useless; nor could they use the bows and arrows that were
+given them, so that while the armies were at a distance, they had no
+chance but when close, then they could be of service with halberts, &
+sharpened sticks put into the muzzles of their muskets. They made
+themselves targets of wood covered with the skins of wild beasts; and
+when one happened to be knocked down, the rest of the company fought
+over him till he recovered; and then standing close in a line, they
+would make their way through a thousand savages. At the return of their
+friend, who they thought had been entombed in the bowels of their
+enemies, their joy was inconceivable. Nor were they less surprised at
+the sight of the loaves of bread I had sent them, things that they had
+not seen for several years, at the same time crossing and blessing it,
+as though it was manna sent from Heaven: but when they knew the errand,
+and perceived the boat which was to carry them back to the person and
+place from whence such relief came, this struck them with such a
+surprise of joy as made some of them faint away, and others burst out
+into tears.
+
+This was the summary account that I had from them. I shall now inform
+the reader what I next did for them, and in what condition I left them.
+As we were all of opinion that the savages would scarce trouble them any
+more, so we had no apprehensions on the score. I told them I was come
+purely to establish, and not to remove them; and upon that occasion, had
+not only brought them necessaries for convenience and defence, but also
+artificers, and other persons, both for their necessary employments, and
+to add to their number. They were altogether when I thus talked to them;
+and before I delivered to them the stores I brought, I asked them, one
+by one, if they had entirely forgot their first animosities, would
+engage in the strictest friendship; and shake hands with one another? On
+this Will Atkins, with abundance of good humour, said, _they had
+afflictions enough to make them all sober, and enemies enough to make
+them all friends: as for himself, he would live and die among them,
+owning that what the Spaniards had done to him, his own mad humour had
+made necessary for them to do_. Nor had the Spaniards occasion to
+justify their proceeding to me; but they told me, _that since Will
+Atkins had behaved himself so valiantly in fight, and at other times
+showed such a regard to the common interest of them all, they had not
+only forgotten all that was past, but thought he ought as much to be
+trusted with arms and necessaries as any of them, which they testified
+by making him next in command to the governor: and they most heartily
+embraced the occasion of giving me this solemn assurance, that they
+would never separate their interest again, as long as they lived_.
+
+After these kind declarations of friendship, we appointed all of us to
+dine together the next day; upon this I caused the ship's cook and his
+mate to come on shore for that purpose, to assist in dressing our
+dinner. We brought from the ship six pieces of beef, and four of pork,
+together with our punch bowl, and materials to fill it; and in
+particular I gave them ten bottles of French claret, and ten of English
+beer, which was very acceptable to them. The Spaniards added to our
+feast, five whose kids, which being roasted, three of them were sent as
+fresh meat to the sailors on board, and the other two we ate ourselves.
+After our merry and innocent feast was over, I began to distribute my
+cargo among them. First, I gave them linen sufficient to make every one
+four shirts, and at the Spaniard's request made them up six. The thin
+English stuffs I allotted to make every one a light coat like a frock,
+agreeable to the climate, and left them such a quantity as to make more
+upon their decay; as also pumps, shoes, hats, and stockings. It is not
+to be expressed the pleasing satisfaction which sat upon the
+countenances of these poor men, when they perceived what care I took of
+them, as if I had been a common father to them all; and they all engaged
+never to leave the island, till I gave my consent for their departure. I
+then presented to them the people I brought, viz. the tailor, smith, and
+the two carpenters; but my Jack-of-all-trades was the most acceptable
+present I could make them. My tailor fell immediately to work, and made
+every one of them a shirt; after which, he learned the women how to sew
+and stitch, thereby to become the more helpful to their husbands.
+Neither were the carpenters less useful, taking in pieces their clumsy
+things; instead of which they made convenient and handsome tables,
+stools, bedsteads, cupboards, lockers, and shelves. But when I carried
+them to see Will Atkins's basket-house, they owned they never saw such a
+piece of natural ingenuity before: _I am sure,_ said one of the
+carpenters, _the man that built this has no need of us; you need, Sir,
+do nothing but give him tools._
+
+I divided the tools among them in this manner: to every man I gave a
+digging spade, a shovel, and a rake, as having no harrows or ploughs;
+and to every separate place a pickax, a crow, a broad ax, and a saw,
+with a store for a general supply, should any be broken or worn out. I
+left them also nails, staples, hinges, hammers, chisels, knives,
+scissors, and all sorts of tools and iron work; & for the use of the
+smith, gave them three tons of unwrought iron, for a supply; and as to
+arms and ammunition, I stored them even to profusion; or at least to
+equip a sufficient little army against all opposers whatsoever.
+
+The young man (whose mother was unfortunately starved to death) together
+with the maid, a pious and well educated young woman, seeing things so
+well ordered on shore (for I made them accompany me) and considering
+they had no occasion to go so far a voyage as to the East Indies, they
+both desired of me, that I would leave them there, and enter them among
+my subjects. This I readily agreed to, ordering them a plat of ground,
+on which were three little houses erected, environed with basket-work,
+pallisadoed like Atkins's and adjoining to his plantation. So contrived
+were their tents that each of them had a room apart to lodge in, while
+the middle tent was not only their store-house, but their place for
+eating and drinking. At this time the two Englishmen removed their
+habitation to their former place; in that now the island was divided
+into three colonies: first, Those I have just now mentioned; secondly
+That of Will Atkins, where there were four families of Englishmen, with
+their wives and children, the widow and her children; the young man and
+the maid, who, by the way, we made a wife of before our departure; three
+savages, who were slaves; the tailor, smith, (who served also as a
+gunsmith) and my other celebrated person called Jack-of-all-trades.
+Thirdly, my chief colony, which consisted of the Spaniards, with Old
+Friday, who still remained at my old habitation, which was my capital
+city, and surely never was there such a metropolis, it now being hid in
+so obscure a grove, that a thousand men might have ranged the island a
+month, and looked purposely for it, without being able to find it,
+though the Spaniards had enlarged its boundaries, both without and
+within, in a most surprising manner.
+
+But now I think it high time to speak of the young French priest of the
+order of St. Benedict, whose judicious and pious discourses, upon sundry
+occasions, merit an extraordinary observation; nor can his being a
+French Papist priest, I presume, give offence to any of my readers, when
+they have this assurance from me, that he was a person of the most
+courteous disposition, extensive charity, and exalted piety. His
+arguments were always agreeable to reason, and his conversation the most
+acceptable of any person that I had ever yet met with in my life.
+
+_Sir,_ said he, to me, one day, _since, under God,_ at the same time
+crossing his breast, _you have not only saved my life; but, by
+permitting me to go this voyage, have granted me the happiness of free
+conversation, I think is my duty as my profession obliges me, to save
+what souls I can, by bringing them to the knowledge of some Catholic
+doctrine, necessary to salvation; and since these people are under your
+immediate government, in gratitude, justice, and decency, for what you
+have done for me, I shall offer no farther points in religion, that what
+shall merit your approbation_. Being a-pleased with the modesty of his
+carriage, I told him he should not be worse used for being of a
+different persuasion, if upon that very account, we did not differ in
+points of faith, not decent in a part of the country where the poor
+Indians ought to be instructed in the knowledge of the true God, and his
+Son Jesus Christ. To this he replied, that conversation might easily be
+separated from disputes; that he would discourse with me rather as a
+gentleman than a religious: but that, if we did enter upon religious
+argument, upon my desiring the same, I would give him liberty to defend
+his own principles. He farther added, that he would do all that became
+him in his office, as a priest as well as a Christian, to procure the
+happiness of all that were in the ship: that though he could not pray
+with, he would pray for us on all occasions; and then he told me several
+extraordinary events of his life, within a few years past; but
+particularly in this last, which was the most remarkable: that, in this
+voyage, he had the misfortune to be five times shipped and unshipped:
+his first design was to have gone to Martinico; for which, taking ship
+at St. Malos, he was forced into Lisbon by bad weather, the vessel
+running aground in the mouth of the Tagus; that from thence he went on
+board a Portuguese ship, bound to the Madeiras, whose master being but
+an indifferent mariner, and out of his reckoning, they were drove to
+Fial, where selling their commodity, which was corn, they resolved to
+take in their loading at the Isle of May, and to sail to Newfoundland;
+at the banks of which, meeting a French ship bound to Quebec, in the
+river of Canada, and from thence to Martinico, in this ship he embarked;
+the master of which dying at Quebec, that voyage was suspended; and
+lastly, shipping himself for France, this last ship was destroyed by
+fire, as before has been related.
+
+At this time we talked no further; but another morning he comes to me,
+just as I was going to visit the Englishman's colony, and tells me, that
+as he knew; the prosperity of the island, was my principal desire, he
+had something to communicate agreeable to my design, by which perhaps he
+might put it, more than he yet thought it was, in the way of the
+benediction of heaven. _How, Sir,_ said I, in a surprise, _are we not
+yet in the way of God's blessings, after all these signal providences
+and deliverances, of which you have had such an ample relation?_ He
+replied, _Nope, Sir, you are in the way, and that your good design will
+prosper: but still there are some among you that are not equally right
+in their actions; and remember, I beseech you, Sir, that Achan, by his
+crime, removed God's blessing from the camp of the children of Israel;
+that though six and thirty were entirely innocent, yet they became the
+object of divine vengeance, and bore the weight of his punishment
+accordingly._
+
+So sensibly was I touched with this discourse, and so satisfied with
+that ardent piety that inflamed his soul, that I desired him to
+accompany me to the Englishman's plantations, which he was very glad of,
+by reason they were the subject of what he designed to discourse with me
+about: and while we walked on together, he began in the
+following manner:
+
+"Sir, said he, I must confess it as a great unhappiness that we disagree
+in several doctrinal articles of religion; but surely both of us
+acknowledge this, that there is a God, who having given us some stated
+rules for our service and obedience, we ought not willingly and
+knowingly to offend him; either by neglecting what he has commanded, or
+by doing what he has forbidden. This truth every Christian owns, that
+when any one presumptuously sins against God's command, the Almighty
+then withdraws his blessing from him; every good man therefore ought
+certainly to prevent such neglect of, or sin against, God and his
+commands." I thanked the young priest for expressing so great a concern
+for us, and desired him to explain the particulars of what he had
+observed, that according to the parable of Achan, I _might remove the
+accursed thing from among us_ "Why then, Sir, said he, in the first
+place, you have four Englishmen, who have taken savage women to their
+wives, by whom they have several children, though none of them are
+legally married, as the law of God and man requires; they, I say, Sir,
+are no less than adulterers, and as they still live in adultery, are
+liable to the curse of God. I know, Sir, you may object the want of a
+priest or clergyman of any kind; as also, pen, ink and paper, to write
+down a contract of marriage, and have it signed between them. But
+neither this, nor what the Spanish governor has told you of their
+choosing by consent, can be reckoned a marriage, nor any more than an
+agreement to keep them from quarrelling among themselves; for, Sir, the
+essence or sacrament of matrimony (so he called it) not only consists in
+mutual consent, but in the legal obligation, which compels them to own
+and acknowledge one another, to abstain from other persons, the men to
+provide for their wives and children, and the woman to the same and like
+conditions, _nutatis mutandis,_ on their side: whereas, Sir, these men,
+upon their own pleasure, on any occasion, may forsake those women and
+marry others, and by disowning their children, suffer them utterly to
+perish. Now, Sir, 'added he, 'can God be honoured in such an unlawful
+liberty as this; how can a blessing succeed to the best endeavours, if
+men are allowed to live in so licentious a way?" I was indeed struck
+with the thing myself, and thought that they were much to blame, that no
+formal contract had been made, though it had been but breaking a stick
+between them, to engage them to live as man and wife, never to separate,
+but love, cherish, and comfort one another all their lives; _yet Sir,_
+said I, _when they took these wommen, I was not here, and if it is
+adultery, it is past my remedy, and I cannot help it_. "True, Sir,'
+answered the young priest, you cannot be charged with that part of the
+crime which was done in your absence: but I beseech you, don't flatter
+yourself, that you are under no obligation now to put a period to it:
+which if you neglect to do, the guilt will be entirely on you alone,
+since it is certainly in nobody's power but yours, to alter their
+condition." I must confess, I was so dull, that I thought he meant, I
+should part them, and knowing that this would put the whole island in
+confusion, I told him, I could not consent to it upon any account
+whatsoever. "Sir,' said he, in a great surprise, 'I do not mean that you
+should separate, but marry them, by a written contract, signed by both
+man and woman, and by all the witnesses present, which all the European
+laws decree to be of sufficient efficacy." Amazed with such true piety
+and sincerity, and considering the validity of a written contract, I
+acknowledged all that he said to be very just and kind, and that I would
+discourse with the man about it; neither could I see what reason they
+could have not to let him marry them, whose authority in that affair is
+owned to be as authentic as if they were married by any of our clergymen
+in England.
+
+The next complaint he had to make to me was this, that though these
+English subjects of mine have lived with these women seven years, and
+though they were of good understanding, and capable of instruction,
+having learned not only to speak, but to read English, yet all this
+while they had never taught them any thing of the Christian religion, or
+the knowledge of God, much less in what manner he ought to be served.
+"And is not this an unaccountable neglect:' said he warmly. 'Depend upon
+it, God Almighty will call them to account for such contempt. And though
+I am not of your religion, yet I should be glad to see these people
+released from the devil's power, and be saved by the principles of the
+Christian religion, the knowledge of God, of a Redeemer, the
+resurrection, and of a future state. But as it is not too late, if you
+please to give me leave to instruct them, I doubt not but I shall supply
+this great defect, by bringing them into the great circle of
+Christianity, even while you continue in the island."
+
+I could hold no longer, but embracing him, told him, with a thousand
+thanks, I would grant whatever he requested, and desired him to proceed
+in the third article, which he did in the following manner;
+
+"Sir,' said he, 'it should be a maxim among all Christians, that
+Christian knowledge ought to be propagated by all possible means, and on
+all occasion. Upon this account our church sends missionaries into
+Persia, India, and China, men who are willing to die for the sake of God
+& the Christian faith, in order to bring poor infidels into the way of
+salvation. Now, Sir, as here is an opportunity to convert seven & thirty
+poor savages, I wonder how you can pass by such an occasion of doing
+good, which is really worth the expence of a man's whole life."
+
+I must confess I was so confounded at this discourse, that I could not
+tell how to answer him. "Sir,' said he, feeling me in disorder, 'I shall
+be very sorry if I have given you offence." _No Sir,_ said I, _I am
+rather confounded; and you know my circumstances, that being bound to
+the East Indies in a merchant ship, I cannot wrong the owners so much,
+as to detain the ship here, the men lying at victuals and savages on
+their account. If I stay aboard several days, I must pay 3l. sterling_
+per diem _demurage, nor must the ship stop above eight days more; so
+that I am unable to engage in this work, unless I would leave the ship,
+and be reduced to my former condition._ The priest, though he owned this
+was hard upon me, yet laid it to my conscience, whether the blessing of
+saving seven and thirty souls was not worth venturing all that I had in
+the world? _Sir,_ said I, _it is very true; but as you are an
+ecclesiastic, it naturally falls into your profession: why, therefore,
+don't you rather offer to undertake it yourself than press me to it?_
+upon this he turned about, making a very low bow, "I most humbly thank
+God and you, Sir, (said he) for so blessed a call; and most willingly
+undertake so glorious an office, which will sufficiently compensate all
+the hazards and difficulties I have gone through in a long and
+uncomfortable voyage."
+
+While he was thus speaking, I could discover a rapture in his face, by
+his colour going and coming; at the same time his eyes sparkled like
+fire, and all the signs of the most zealous transports. And when I asked
+whether he was in earnest? _Sir,_ said he, _it was to preach to the
+Indians I consented to come along with you; these infidels, even in this
+little island, are infinitely of more worth than my poor life: if so
+that I should prove the happy instrument of saving these poor creatures'
+souls, I care not if I never see my native country again. One thing I
+only beg of you more is, that you would leave Friday with me, to be my
+interpreter, without whose assistance neither of us will understand
+each other._
+
+This request very sensibly troubled me; first, upon Friday's being bred
+a Protestant; and secondly, for the affection I bore to him for his
+fidelity: But, immediately the remembrance of Friday's father coming
+into my head, I recommended him to him as having learned Spanish, which
+the priest also understood; and so was thoroughly satisfied with him.
+
+When we came to the Englishmen, after I had told them what necessary
+things I had done for them, I talked to them of the scandalous life they
+led, told them what notice the clergyman had taken of it, and asked them
+if they were married men or bachelors? They answered, two of them were
+widowers, and the other three single men. But, said I, with what
+conscience can you call these your wives, by whom you have so many
+children, and yet are not lawfully married? They all said that they took
+them before the governor as such, having nobody else to marry them,
+which they thought as legal, as if they had had a parson. No doubt, said
+I, but in the eye of God it is so: but unless I am assured of your
+honest intent, never to desert these poor creatures, I can do nothing
+more for you, neither can you expect God's blessing while you live in
+such an open course of adultery. Hereupon, Will Atkins, who spoke for
+the rest, told me 'That they believed their wives the most innocent and
+virtuous creatures in the world; that they would never forsake them
+while they had breath; and that, if there was a clergyman in the ship,
+they would be married to them with all their hearts.' I told you before,
+said I, that I have a minister with me, who shall marry you to-morrow
+morning, if you are willing; so I would have you consult to-night with
+the rest about it. I told him the clergyman was a Frenchman, and knew
+not a word of English, but that I would act as clerk between them. And
+indeed this business met with such speedy success, that they all told
+me, in a few minutes after, 'that they were ready to be formally married
+as soon as I pleased;' with which informing the priest, he was
+exceedingly rejoiced.
+
+Nothing now remained, but that the women should be made sensible of the
+meaning of the thing; with which being well satisfied, they with their
+husbands attended at my apartment the next morning; there was my priest,
+habited in a black vest, something like a cassock, with a sash round it;
+much resembling a minister, and I was his interpreter. But the
+seriousness of his behaviour, and the scruples he made of marrying the
+women, who were not baptized, gave them, an exceeding reverence for his
+person: nor indeed would he marry them at all, till he obtained my
+liberty to discourse both with the men and women, and then he told them,
+'That in the sight of all indifferent men, and in the sense of the laws
+of society, they had lived in open adultery, which nothing new, but
+their consent to marry, or final separation, could put an end to; and
+even here was a difficulty with respect to the laws of Christian
+matrimony, in marrying a professed Christian to a heathen idolater,
+unbaptized; but yet there was time enough to make them profess the name
+of Christ, without which nothing could be done; that, besides, he
+believed themselves very indifferent Christians; and consequently had
+not discoursed with their wives upon that subject; and that unless they
+promised him to do so, he could not marry them, as being expressly
+forbidden by the laws of God.'
+
+All this they heard attentively, and owned readily.
+
+_But, Lord, Sir,_ said Will Atkins to me _how could we teach them
+religion, who know nothing of it ourselves? How can we talk to our wives
+of God, Jesus Christ, heaven, and hell? Why they would only laugh at us,
+who never yet have practiced religion, but on the contrary all manner of
+wickedness. Will Atkins,_ said I, _cannot you tell your wife she is in
+the wrong, and that her gods are idols, which can neither speak nor
+understand; but that our God, who has made, can destroy all things; that
+he rewards the good and punishes the wicked; and at last will bring us
+to judgment; cannot you tell her these things? That's true,_ said
+Atkins, _but then she'll tell me it is utterly false, since I am not
+punished and sent to the devil, who hath been such a wicked creature._
+These words I interpreted to the priest. "Oh!" said he, "tell him, his
+repentance will make him a very good minister to his spouse, and qualify
+him to preach on the mercy and long suffering of a merciful Being, who
+desires not the death of a sinner, and even defers damnation to the last
+judgment; this will lead him to the doctrine of the resurrection and
+will make him an excellent preacher to his wife." I repeated this to
+Atkins, who being more than ordinary affected with it, replied, _I know
+all this, Sir, and a great deal more; but how can I have the impudence
+to talk thus to my wife, given my conscience witnesses against me?
+Alas!_ said he (with tears in his eye, and giving a great sigh) _as for
+repenting, that is for ever past me. Past you! Atkins,_ said I, _what do
+you mean? You know well enough,_ said he, _what I mean, I mean it is
+too late._
+
+When I told the priest what he said, the poor affectionate man could not
+refrain from weeping; but recovering himself "Pray, Sir," said he, "ask
+him if he is contented that it is too late; or is he concerned, and
+wishes it were not so?" This question I put fairly to Atkins, who
+replied in a passion, _How can I be easy in a state which I know must
+terminate in my ruin? for I really believe, some time or other, I shall
+cut my threat, to put a period both to my life, and to the terrors of my
+conscience._
+
+At this, the clergyman shook his head, "Sir," said he, "pray tell him it
+is not too late; Christ will give him repentance, if he has recourse to
+the merit of his passion. Does he think he is beyond the power of Divine
+mercy? There may indeed be a time when provoked mercy will no longer
+strive, but never too late for men to repent in this world." I told
+Atkins every word the priest had said, who then parted from us to walk
+with his wife, while we discoursed with the rest. But these were very
+stupid in religious matters; yet all of them promised to do their
+endeavours to make their wives turn Christians; and upon which promises
+the priest married the three couple. But as Atkins was the only sincere
+convert and of more sense than the rest, my clergyman was earnestly
+inquiring after him: "Sir," said he, "let us walk out of this labyrinth,
+& I dare say we shall find this poor man preaching to his wife already."
+And indeed we found it true; for coming to the edge of the wood, we
+perceived Atkins and his savage wife sitting under the shade of a bush,
+in very earnest discourse; he pointed to the sun, to the quarters of the
+earth, to himself, to her, the woods, and the trees. Immediately we
+could perceive him start upon his feet, fall down upon his knees, and
+lift up both his hands; at which the tears ran down my clergyman's
+cheeks; but our great misfortune was, we could not hear one word that
+passed between them. Another time he would embrace her, wiping the tears
+from her eyes, kissing her with the greatest transports, and then both
+kneel down for some minutes together. Such raptures of joy did this
+confirm in my young priest, that he could scarcely contain himself: And
+a little after this, we observed by her motion, as frequently lifting up
+her hands, and laying them on her breast, that she was mightily affected
+with his discourse, and so they withdrew from our sight.
+
+When we came back, we found them both waiting to be called in; upon
+which he agreed to examine him alone, and so I began thus to discourse
+him. "Prithee, Will Atkins," said I, "what education have you? What was
+your father?"
+
+_W.A._ A better man than ever I shall be; he was, Sir, a clergyman, who
+gave me good instruction, or correction, which I despised like a brute
+as I was, and murdered my poor father.
+
+_Pr._ Ha! a murderer!
+
+[_Here the priest started and looked pale, as thinking he had really
+killed his father_.]
+
+_R.C._ What, did you kill him with your hands?
+
+_W.A._ No, Sir, I cut not his throat, but broke his heart by the most
+unnatural turn of disobedience to the tenderest and best of fathers.
+
+_R.C._ Well, I pray God grant you repentance: I did not ask you to
+exhort a confession; but I asked you because I see you have more
+knowledge of what is good than your companions.
+
+_W.A._ O Sir, whenever I look back upon my past life, conscience
+upbraids me with my father: the sins against our parents make the
+deepest wounds, and their weight lies the heaviest upon the mind.
+
+_R.C._ You talk, Will, too feelingly and sensibly for me; I am not able
+to bear it.
+
+_W.A._ You bear it, Sir! you know nothing of it.
+
+_R.C._ But yes, Atkins, I do; and every shore, valley, and tree in this
+island, witness the anguish of my soul for my undutifulness to my kind
+father, whom I have murdered likewise; yet my repentance falls
+infinitely short of yours. But, Will, how comes the sense of this matter
+to touch you just now?
+
+_W.A._ Sir, the work you have set me about, has occasioned it; for
+talking to my wife about God and religion, she has preached me such a
+sermon, that I shall retain it in lasting remembrance.
+
+_R.C._ No, no, it is your own moving pious arguments to her, has made
+conscience fling them back upon you. But pray, Atkins, inform us what
+passed between you and your wife, and in what manner you did begin.
+
+_W.A._ I talked to her of the laws of marriage, the reason of such
+compacts, whereby order and justice is maintained; without which men
+would run from their wives and children, to the dissolution of families
+or inheritances.
+
+_R.C._ Well, and what did she say to all this?
+
+_W.A._ Sir, we began our discourse in the following manner, which I
+shall exactly repeat according to my mean capacity, if you think it
+worth you while to honour it with your attention.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_The DIALOGUE between WILL ATKINS and his Wife in the wood._
+
+_Wife._ You tell me marriage God appoint, have you God in your country?
+
+_W.A._ Yes, child, God is in every nation.
+
+_Wife._ No; great old Benamuckee God is in my country, not yours.
+
+_A._ My dear, God is in heaven, which he made; he also made the earth,
+the sea and all that is therein.
+
+_Wife._ Why you no tell me much long ago?
+
+_A._ My dear I have been a wicked wretch, having a long time lived
+without the knowledge of God in the world.
+
+_Wife._ What, not know great God in own nation? No do good ting? No say
+O to him? that's strange!
+
+_A._ But, my dear, many live as if there was no God in heaven for all
+that.
+
+_Wife._ Why God suffer them? why makee not live well?
+
+_A._ It is our own faults, child.
+
+_Wife._ But if he is much great, can makee kill, why no makee kill when
+no serve him? No be good mans, no cry O to him?
+
+_A._ That's true, my dear, he may strike us dead, but his abundant mercy
+spareth us.
+
+_Wife._ Did not you tell God thanked for that?
+
+_A._ No, I have neither thanked him for his mercy, nor feared him for
+his power.
+
+_Wife._ Then me not believe your God be good, nor makee kill, when you
+makee him angry.
+
+_A._ Alas! must my wicked life hinder you from believing in him?
+
+_Wife_. How can me tink your God lives there? _(pointing to heaven.)_
+Sure he no ken what you do here.
+
+_A._ Yes, my dear, he hears us speak, sees what we do, and knows what we
+even think.
+
+_Wife._ Where then makee power strong, when he hears you curse, swear de
+great damn?
+
+_A._ My dear, this shows indeed he is a God and not a man who has such
+tender mercy.
+
+_Wife._ Mercy I what you call mercy?
+
+_A._ He pities and spares us: as he is our great Creator, so he is also
+our tender Father.
+
+_Wife._ So God never angry, never kill wicked, then he no good, no great
+mighty.
+
+_A._ O my dear, don't say so, he is both; and many times he shows
+terrible examples of his judgment and vengeance.
+
+_Wife._ Then you makee de bargain with him; you do bad ting, he no hurt
+you, he hurt other mans.
+
+_A._ No, indeed, my lips are all presumptions upon his goodness.
+
+_Wife._ Well, and yet no makee you dead; and you give him no tankee
+neither?
+
+_A._ It is true, I an ungrateful, unthankful dog, that I am.
+
+_Wife._ Why, you say, he makee you, why makee you no much better then?
+
+_A._ It is I alone that have deformed myself, and abused his goodness.
+
+_Wife._ Pray makee God know me, me no makee him angry, no do bad ting.
+
+_A._ You mean, my dear, that you desire I would teach you to know God:
+alas! poor dear creature, he must teach thee, and not I. But I'll pray
+earnestly to him to direct thee, and to forgive me, a miserable sinner.
+_(Hereupon he went a little distance, and kneeling down, prayed
+earnestly to God to enlighten her mind, and to pardon his sins; when
+this was done, they continued their discourse thus.)_
+
+_Wife._ What you put down knee for? For what hold up hand? Who you speak
+to?
+
+_A._ My dear, I bowed in token of submission to him that made me, and
+prayed that he would open your eyes and understanding.
+
+_Wife._ And can he do that too? And will he hear what you say?
+
+_A._ Yes, my dear, he bids us pray, and has given us promise that he
+will hear us.
+
+_Wife._ When did he bid you pray? What I do you hear him speak?
+
+_A._ No, my dear, but God has spoken formerly to good men from heaven;
+and by divine revelation they have written all his laws down in a book.
+
+_Wife_. O where dat good book?
+
+_A_. I have it not now by me; but one time or other I shall get it for
+you to read. _Then he embraced her with great affection_.
+
+_Wife_. Pray tell a mee, did God, teachee them write that book?
+
+_A_. Yes, and by that rule we know him to be God.
+
+_Wife_. What way, what rule you know him?
+
+_A_. Because he teaches what is good, just, and holy; and forbids all
+wicked and abominable actions that incur his displeasure.
+
+_Wife_. O me fain understand that, and if he do all things you say he
+do, surely he hear me say O to him; he makee me good if I wish to be
+good, he no kill me if I love him; me tink, believe him great God; me
+say O to him, along with you, my dear.
+
+_Here the poor man fell upon his knees, and made her kneel down by him
+praying with the greatest fervency, that God would instruct her by his
+Holy Spirit; and that God by his providence would send them a Bible for
+both their instructions. And such was the early piety of this new
+convert, that she made him promise never to forsake God any more, lest
+being_ made dead, _as she called it; she should not only want her
+instructor, but himself be miserable in a long eternity_.
+
+Such a surprising account as this was, proved very affecting to us both,
+but particularly to the young clergyman, who was mightily concerned he
+could not talk to her himself. "Sir," said he, "there, is something more
+to be done to this woman then to marry her; I mean that she ought to be
+baptized." To this, I presently agreed: "Pray," said he, "ask her
+husband, whether he has ever talked to her of Jesus Christ, the
+salvation of sinners, the nature of faith, and redemption in and by him,
+of the Holy Spirit, the resurection, last judgment, and a future state;"
+but the poor fellow melted into tears at this question, saying, that he
+had said something to her of these things, but his inability to talk of
+them, made him afraid, lest her knowledge of them should rather make her
+contemn religion, than be benefited by it; but that if I would discourse
+with her, it would be very evident my labour would not be in vain.
+Accordingly I called her in, and placing myself as interpreter between
+the religious priest and the woman, I entreated him to go on; but surely
+never was such a sermon preached by any clergyman in these latter days,
+with so much zeal, knowledge, and sincerity; in short, he brought the
+woman to embrace the knowledge of Christ, and of redemption by him, with
+so surprising a degree of understanding, that she made it her own
+request to be baptized.
+
+He than performed his office in the sacrament of baptism, first, by
+saying some words over to himself in Latin, and then asking me to give
+her a name, as being her godfather, and pouring a whole dish-full of
+water upon the woman's head, he said, "_Mary_, I baptize thee in the
+name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost;" so that none
+could know of what religion he was. After this he pronounced the
+benediction in Latin. Thus the woman being made a Christian, he married
+her to Will Atkins; which being finished, he affectionately exhorted him
+to lead a holy life for the future; and since the Almighty, for the
+convictions of his conscience, had honoured him to be the instrument or
+his wife's conversion, he should not dishonor the grace of God, that
+while the savage was converted, the instrument should be cast away. Thus
+ended a ceremony, to me the most pleasant and agreeable I ever passed
+in my life.
+
+The affairs of the island being settled, I was preparing to go on board,
+when the young man (whose mother was starved) came to me, saying, that
+as he understood I had a clergyman with me, who had married the
+Englishmen with savages, he had a match to make between two Christians,
+which he desired might be finished before I departed. Thinking that it
+was he himself that had courted his mother's maid, I persuaded him not
+to do any thing rashly upon the account of his solitary circumstances;
+that the maid was an unequal match for him, both in respect to substance
+and years; and that it was very probable he would live to return to his
+own country, where he might have a far better choice. At these words,
+smiling, he interrupted me, thanking me for my good-advice; that as he
+had nothing to beg of me but a small settlement, with a servant or two,
+or some new necessaries, so he hoped I would not be unmindful of him
+when I returned to England, but give his letter to his friends; and that
+when he was redeemed, the plantation, and all its improvements, however
+valuable, should be returned to me again. But as for the marriage he
+proposed, that it was not himself, but that it was between my
+Jack-of-all-trades and the maid Susan.
+
+I was indeed agreeably surprised at the mentioning this match, which
+seemed very suitable, the one being a very ingenious fellow, and the
+other an excellent, dexterous, and sensible housewife, fit to be
+governess of the whole island; so we married them the same day; and as I
+was her father, and gave her away, so I gave her a handsome portion,
+appointing her and her husband a convenient large space of ground for
+their plantation. The sharing out of the land I left to Will Atkins, who
+really divided if very justly, to every person's satisfaction; they only
+desired one general writing under my hand for the whole, which I caused
+to be drawn up, signed, and sealed to them, setting out their bounds,
+and giving them a right to the whole possession of their respective
+plantations, with their improvements, to them and their heirs, reserving
+all the rest of the island as my own property, and a certain rent for
+every particular plantation, after eleven years. As to their laws and
+government, I exhorted them to love one another; and as to the Indians
+who lived in a nook by themselves, I allotted three or four of them
+plantations, and the rest willingly chose to become servants to the
+other families, by which means they were employed in useful labour, and
+fared much better than they did before. Besides the savages thus mixed
+with the Christians, the work of their conversion might be set on foot
+by the latter, in the clergyman's absence, to our equal satisfaction.
+The young priest, however, was a little anxious lest the Christians
+should not be willing to do their parts in instructing these poor
+Indians; I therefore told him we should call them all together; that he
+should speak to the Spaniards who were Papists, and I to the English,
+who were Protestants, and make them promise that they would never make
+any distinction in religion, but teach the general true knowledge of
+God, and his son Jesus Christ, in order to convert the poor savages. And
+this, indeed, they all promised us accordingly.
+
+When I came to Will Atkins's house, I found his baptized wife, and the
+young woman newly married to my Jack-of-all-trades, were become great
+intimates, and discoursing of religion together. _O, Sir,_ says Will
+Atkins, _when God has sinners to reconcile to himself, he never wants an
+instructor; I knew I was unworthy of so good a work, and therefore this
+young woman has been sent hither as it were from heaven, who is
+sufficient to convert a whole nation of savages_. The young woman
+blushed, and was going to rise; but I desired her to sit still, and
+hoped that God would bless her in so good a work; and then pulling out a
+Bible (which I brought on purpose in my pocket for him.) _Here Atkins_,
+said I, _here is an assistant that perhaps you had not before_. So
+confounded was the poor man, that is was some time before he could
+speak; at last turning to his wife, _My dear_, he said, _did I not tell
+you that God could hear what we said? Here's the book I prayed for, when
+you and I kneeled under the bush: God then heard us, and now has sent
+it_. The woman was surprised, and thought really God had sent that
+individual book from heaven; but I turned to the young woman, and
+desired her to explain to the young convert, that God may properly be
+said to answer our petitions, when, in the course of his providence,
+such particular things came to pass as we petitioned for. This the young
+woman did effectually; but surely Will Atkins's joy cannot be expressed;
+no man being more thankful for any thing in the world, than he was for
+his Bible, nor desired it from a better principle.
+
+After several religious discourses, I desired the young woman to give me
+an account of the anguish she felt when she was starving to death with
+hunger; to which she readily consented, and began in the
+following manner:
+
+"Sir," said she, "all our victuals being gone, after I had fasted one
+day, my stomach was very sickly, and, at the approach, of night, I was
+inclined to yawning and sleepy. When I slept upon the couch three hours,
+I awaked a little refreshed: three hours after, my stomach being more
+and more sickly, I lay down again, but could not sleep, being very faint
+and ill. Thus I passed the second day with a strange variety, first
+hungry, then sick again, with reachings to vomit: that night I dreamed I
+was at Barbadoes, buying plenty of provisions; and dined heartily. But
+when I awaked, my spirits were exceedingly sunk, to find myself in the
+extremity of famine. There was but one glass of wine, which being mixed
+with sugar, I drank up; but for want of substance to digest upon, the
+fumes of it got into my head, & made me senseless for some time. The
+third day I was so ravenous and furious, that I could have eaten a
+little child if it had come in my way; during which time, I was as mad
+as any creature in Bedlam. In one of these fits I fell down, and struck
+my face against the corner of a pallet bed, where my mistress lay; the
+blood gushed out of my nose, but by my excessive bleeding, both the
+violence of the fever, and the ravenous part of the hunger abated. After
+this, I grew sick again, strove to vomit, but could not; then bleeding a
+second time, I swooned away as dead; when I came to myself, I had a
+dreadful gnawing pain in my stomach, which went of towards night, with a
+longing desire for food. I took a draught of water and sugar, but it
+came up again; then I drank water without sugar, and that staid with me.
+I laid me down on the bed, praying God would take me away: after I had
+slumbered, I thought myself a-dying, therefore recommended my soul to
+God, and wished somebody would throw me into the sea. All this while my
+departing mistress lay by me: the last bit of bread she had, she gave to
+her dear child my young master. The morning after, I fell into a violent
+passion of crying, and after that into hunger. I espied the blood that
+came from my nose in a basin, which I immediately swallowed up. At night
+I had the usual variations, as the pain in the stomach, sick, sleepy,
+and ravenous: and I had no thought but that I should die before morning.
+In the morning came on terrible gripings in my bowels. At this time I
+heard my young master's lamentations, by which I understood his mother
+was dead. Soon after this, the sailors cried, _A sail! A sail!_
+hallooing as if they were distracted for joy of that relief, which
+afterwards we received from your hands."
+
+Surely never was a more distinct account of starving to death than this.
+But to return to the disposition of things among my people, I did not
+take any notice to them of the sloop that I had framed, neither would I
+leave them the two pieces of brass cannon, or the two quarter-deck guns
+that I had on board, lest, upon any disgust, they should have separated,
+or turned pirates, and so made the island a den of thieves, instead of
+a plantation of sober pious people: but leaving them in a flourishing
+condition, with a promise to send them further relief, from Brazil, as
+sheep, hogs, and cows (being obliged to kill the latter at sea, having
+no hay to feed them) I went on board the ship again, the first of May,
+1695, after having been twenty days among them: and next morning, giving
+them a salute of five guns at parting, we set sail for the Brazils. The
+third day, towards evening, there happening a calm, and the current
+being very strong, we were drove to the N.N.E. towards the land. Some
+hours after, we perceived the sea covered as it were with something very
+black, not easily at first to be discovered: upon which our chief mate
+ascending the shrouds a little way, and taking a view with a perspective
+glass, he cries out, _An army! An army! You fool_, said I, _what do you
+mean? Nay, Sir_, said he, _don't be angry. I assure you, it is not only
+an army, but a fleet, too, for I believe there are a thousand canoes
+paddling along, and making with great haste towards us_.
+
+Indeed every one of us were surprised at this relation; and my nephew
+the captain could not tell what to think of it, but thought we should
+all be devoured. Nor was I free from concern, when I considered how much
+we were becalmed, and what a strong current set towards the shore;
+however, I encouraged him not to be afraid, but bring the ship to an
+anchor as soon as we were certain that we must engage them. Accordingly
+we did so, and furled all our sails, as to the savages we feared
+nothing, but only that they might se the ship on fire; to prevent which,
+I ordered them to get their boats out, and fasten them, one close by the
+head, and the other by the stern, well manned, with skeets and buckets
+to extinguish the flames, should it so happen. The savages soon came up
+with us, but there were not so many as the mate had said, for instead of
+a thousand canoes there were only one hundred and twenty; too many
+indeed for us, several of their canoes containing about sixteen or
+seventeen men.
+
+As they approached us, they seemed to be in the greatest amazement, not
+knowing what to make of us. They rowed round the ship, which occasioned
+us to call to the men in the boats, not to suffer them to come near
+them. Hereupon they beckoned to the savages to keep back, which they
+accordingly did; but at their retreat they let fly about fifty arrows
+among us, and very much wounded one of our men in the long-boat. I
+called to them not to fire upon any account, but handing them down some
+deal boards, the carpenters made them a kind of fence to shield them
+from the arrows. In half an hour after they came so near astern of us,
+that we had a perfect sight of them; then they rowed a little farther
+out, till they came directly along-side of us, and then approached so
+near, that they could hear us speak; this made me order all our men to
+keep close, and get their guns ready. In the mean time I ordered Friday
+to go out upon deck, and ask them in his language what they meant. No
+sooner did he do so, but six of the savages, who were in the foremost
+canoes, stooping down, showed us their naked backsides, as much as to
+say in English, _Kiss our_----: but Friday quickly knew what this meant,
+by immediately crying out they were going to shoot; unfortunately for
+him, poor creature, who fell under the cloud of three hundred arrows, no
+less than seven piercing through his body, killing one of the best
+servants, and faithfullest of companions in all my solitudes and
+afflictions.
+
+So enraged was I at the death of poor Friday, that the guns, which
+before were charged only with powder, to frighten them, I ordered to be
+loaded with small shot; nor did the gunners fail in their aim, but at
+this broadside split and overset thirteen or fourteen of their canoes,
+which killed numbers of them, and set the rest a swimming, the others,
+frightened out of their wits, little regarding their fellows drowning,
+scoured away as fast as they could. One poor wretch our people took up,
+swimming for his life, an hour after. He was very sullen at first, to
+that he would neither eat nor speak; but I took a way to cure him, by
+ordering them to throw him into the sea, which they did, and then he
+came swimming back like a cork, calling in his tongue, as I suppose, to
+save him. So we took him on board, but it was a long time before we
+could make him speak or understand English; yet when we had taught him,
+he told us, 'they were going with their kings to fight a great battle;'
+and when we asked him, what made them come up to us? he said, _to makee
+de great wonder look_; where it is to be noted, that those natives, and
+those of Africa, always add to _e_'s at the end of English words, as
+_makee, takee_, and the like, from which it is very difficult thing to
+make them break off.
+
+Being now under sail, we took our last farewell of poor honest Friday,
+and interred him with all possible decency and solemnity, putting him in
+a coffin, and committing him to the deep, at the same time cauling
+eleven guns to be fired at him. Thus ended the life of one of the most
+grateful, faithful, honest, and affectionate servants, that ever any man
+was blessed with in the world.
+
+Having now a fair wind for Brazil, in about twelve days time we made
+land in the latitude of five degrees south of the line. Four days we
+kept on S. by E. in sight of shore, when we made Cape St. Augustin, and
+in three days we came up to an anchor off the Bay of all Saints. I had
+great difficulty here to get leave to hold correspondence on shore; for
+neither the figure of my partner, my two merchant trustees, nor the fame
+of my wonderful preservation in the island, could procure me the favour,
+till such time as the prior of the monastery of the Augustines (to
+whom I had given 500 moidores) obtained leave from the Governor, for me
+personally, with the Captain & one more, together with eight sailors, to
+come on shore; upon this condition, that we should not land any goods
+out of the ship, nor carry any person away without licence; I found
+means, however, to get on shore three bales of English goods, such as
+fine broad cloths, stuffs, and some linen, which I brought as a present
+for my partner, who had sent me on board a present of fresh provisions,
+wine and sweetmeats, worth about thirty moidores, including some
+tobacco, and three or four fine gold medals.
+
+[Illustration: Revenging the death of Friday.]
+
+Here I delivered my partner in goods to the value of 100£ sterling, and
+obliged him to fit up the sloop I bought for the use of my island, in
+order to send them refreshments; and so active was he in this matter,
+that he had the vessel finished in a few days, to the master of which I
+gave particular instructions to find the place. I soon loaded him with a
+small cargo; and one of our sailors offered to settle there, upon my
+letter to the Spanish governor, if I would allot him tools and a
+plantation. This I willingly granted, and gave him the savage we had
+taken prisoner to be his slave. All things being ready for the voyage,
+my old partner told me there was an acquaintance of his, a Brazil
+planter, who having fallen under the displeasure of the church, & in
+fear of the Inquisition which obliged him to be concealed, would be glad
+of such an opportunity to make his escape, with his wife & two
+daughters; & if I would allot them a plantation in my island, he would
+give them a small stock to begin with, for that the officers had already
+seized his effects and estate, and left him nothing but a little
+household stuff and two slaves. This request I presently granted,
+concealing him and his family on board our ship, till such time as the
+sloop (where all the effects were) was gone out of the bay, and then we
+put them on board, who carried some materials, and plants for planting
+sugar-canes, along with them. By this sloop, among other things, I sent
+my subjects three milch cows and five calves, about 22 hogs, three sows
+big with pig, two mares and a stone horse. I also engaged three Portugal
+women to go for sake of the Spaniards, which, with the persecuted man's
+two daughters, were sufficient, since the rest had wives of their own,
+though in another country; all which cargo arrived safe, no doubt to
+their exceeding comfort, who, with this addition, were about sixty or
+seventy people, besides children.
+
+At this place, my truly honest and pious clergyman left me; for a ship
+being ready to set sail for Lisbon, he asked me leave to go thither, but
+I assure you it was with the greatest reluctance I parted from a person,
+whose virtue and piety merited the greatest esteem.
+
+From the Brazils, we made directly over the Atlantic Ocean to the Cape
+of Good Hope, having a tolerable good voyage, steering for the most part
+S.E. We were on a trading voyage, and had a supercargo on board, who
+was to direct all the ship's motions after she arrived at the Cape, only
+being limited to a certain number of days, for stay, by charter party,
+at the several ports she was to go to. At the Cape we only took in fresh
+water, and then sailed for the coast of Coromandel; we were there
+informed, that a French man of war of 50 guns, and two large merchant
+ships were sailed for the Indies, but we heard no more of them.
+
+In our passage, we touched at the island of Madagascar, where, though
+the inhabitants are naturally fierce and treacherous, & go constantly
+armed with bows & lances, yet for some time they treated us civily
+enough; and, in exchange for knives, scisors, and other trifles, they
+brought us eleven good fat bullocks, which we took partly for present
+victuals, and the remainder to salt for the ship's use.
+
+So curious was I to view every corner of the world where I came to, that
+I went on shore as often as I could. One evening when on shore, we
+observed numbers of the people stand gazing at us at a distance. We
+thought ourselves in no danger, as they had hitherto used us kindly.
+However, we cut three boughs cut of a tree, sticking them at a distance
+from us, which it seems, in that country, is not only a token of truce
+and amity, but when poles or boughs are set up on the other side, it is
+a sign the truce is accepted. In these treaties, however, there is one
+principal thing to be regarded, that neither party come beyond one
+another's three poles or boughs; so that the middle space is not only
+secure, but is also allowed as a market for traffic and commerce. When
+the truce is thus accepted, they stick up their javelins and lances at
+the first poles, and come on unarmed; but if any violence is offered,
+away they run to their poles, take up their weapons, and then the truce
+is at an end. This evening it happened that a greater number of people
+than usual, both men and women, traded among us for such toys as we had,
+with such great civility, that we made us a little tent, of large boughs
+of trees, some of the men resolving to lie on shore all night; but, for
+my part, I and some others took our lodging in the boat, with boughs of
+trees spread over it, having a sail spread at the bottom to lie upon.
+About two o'clock in the morning we were awakened by the firing of
+muskets, and our men crying out for help, or else they would all be
+murdered. Scarce had we time to get the boat ashore, when our men came
+plunging themselves into the water, with about four hundred of the
+islanders at their heels. We took up seven of the men, three of them
+very much wounded, and one left behind killed, while the enemy poured
+their arrows so thick among us, that we were forced to make a barricade,
+with boards lying at the side of the boat, to shield us from danger:
+and, having got ready our fire-arms, we returned them a volley, which
+wounded several of them, as we could hear by their cries. In this
+condition we lay till break of day, and then making signals of distress
+to the ship, which my nephew the captain heard and understood, he
+weighed anchor, & stood as near the shore as possible, and then sent
+another boat with ten hands in her to assist us; but we called to them
+not to come near, informing them of our unhappy condition. However they
+ventured; when one of the men taking the end of a tow-line in one hand,
+and keeping our boat between him and our adversaries, swam to us, and
+slipping our cables, they towed us, out of reach of their arrows, and
+quickly after a broadside was given them from the ship, which made a
+most dreadful havoc among them. When we got on board, we examined into
+the occasion of this fray. The men who fled informed us that an old
+woman who sold milk within the poles, had brought a young woman with
+her, who carried roots or herbs, the sight of whom so much tempted our
+men, that they offered rudeness to the maid, at which the old woman set
+up a great cry: nor would the sailors part with the prize, but carried
+her among the trees, while the old woman went, and brought a whole army
+down upon them. At the beginning of the attack, one of our men was
+killed with a lance, and the fellow who began the mischief, paid dear
+enough for his mistress, though as yet we did not know what had become
+of him; the rest luckily escaped. The third night after the action,
+being curious to understand how affairs stood, I took the supercargo and
+twenty stout fellows with me, and landed about two hours before
+midnight, at the same place where those Indians stood the night before,
+and there we divided our men into two bodies, the boatswain commanding
+one, and I another. It was so dark, that we could see nobody, neither
+did we hear any voice near us: but by & bye the boatswain falling over a
+dead body, we agreed to halt till the moon should rise, which he knew
+would be in an hour after. We perceived here no fewer than two and
+thirty bodies upon the ground, whereof two were not quite dead.
+Satisfied with this discovery I was for going on board again; but the
+boatswain and the rest told me, they would make a visit to the Indian
+town, where these dogs (so they called them) resided, asking me at the
+same time to go along with them; for they did not doubt, besides getting
+a good booty, but they should find Tom Jeffery there, for that was the
+unhappy man we missed. But I utterly refused to go, and commanded them
+back, being unwilling to hazard their lives, as the safety of the ship
+wholly depended upon them. Notwithstanding all I could say to them, they
+all left me but one, and the supercargo; so we three returned to the
+boat, where a boy was left, resolving to stay till they returned. At
+parting I told them I supposed most of them would run the same fate with
+Tom Jeffery. To this they replied, _Come boys, come along, we'll warrant
+we'll come off safe enough_; and so away they went, notwithstanding all
+my admonitions, either concerning their own safety or the preservation
+of the ship. Indeed they were gallantly armed, every man having a
+musket, bayonet, and a pistol, besides cutlasses, hangers, pole-axes,
+and hand granades. They came to a few Indian houses at first, which not
+being the town they expected they went farther, & finding a cow tied to
+a tree, they concluded that she would be a sufficient guide, and so it
+proved; for, after they untied her, she led them directly to the town,
+which consisted of above two hundred houses, several families living in
+some of the huts together. At their arrival, all being in a profound
+sleep, the sailors agreed to divide themselves into three bodies, and
+set three parts of the town on fire at once, to kill those that were
+escaping, and plunder the rest of the houses. Thus desperately resolved,
+they went to work; but the first party had not gone far, before they
+called out to the rest, that they had found Tom Jeffery; whereupon they
+all ran up to the place, and found the poor fellow indeed hanging up
+naked by one arm, and his throat almost cut from ear to ear. In a house
+that was hard by the tree, they found sixteen or seventeen Indians, who
+had been concerned in the fray, two or three of them being wounded, were
+not gone to sleep: this house they set on fire first, and in a few
+minutes after, five or six places more in the town appeared in flames.
+The conflagration spread like wild-fire, their housing being all of
+wood, and covered with flags or rushes. The poor affrighted inhabitants
+endeavoured to run out to save their lives, but they were driven back
+into the flames by the sailors, and killed without mercy. At the first
+house above mentioned, after the boatswain had slain two with his
+pole-ax, he threw a hand-granade into the house, which bursting, made a
+terrible havoc, killing and wounding most of them; and their king and
+most of his train, who were then in that house, fell victims to their
+fury, every creature of them being either smothered or burnt. All this
+while they never fired a gun, lest the people should awaken faster than
+they could overpower them. But the fire awakened them fast enough, which
+obliged our fellows to keep together in bodies. By this time the whole
+town was in a flame, yet their fury rather increased, calling out to one
+another to remember Tom Jeffery. The terrible light of this
+conflagration made me very uneasy, and roused my nephew the captain, and
+the rest of his men, who knew nothing of the matter. When he perceived
+the dreadful smoke, and heard the guns go off, he readily concluded his
+men were in danger; he therefore takes another boat, and comes ashore
+himself, with thirteen men well armed. He was greatly surprised to see
+me and only two men in the boat, but more so when I told him the story:
+but though I argued with him, as I did with the men, about the danger
+of the voyage, the interests of the merchants and owners, and the
+safety of the ship, yet my nephew, like the rest, declared, that he
+would rather lose the ship, his voyage, his life and all, than his men
+should be lost for want of help; and so away he went. For my part,
+seeing him resolved to go, I had not power to stay behind. He ordered
+the pinnace back again for twelve men more, and then we marched directly
+as the flame guided us. But surely never was such a scene of horror
+beheld, or more dismal cries heard, except when Oliver Cromwell took
+Drogheda in Ireland, where he neither spared man, woman, nor child.
+
+The first object, I think, we met with, was the ruins of one of their
+habitations, before which lay four men and three woman killed, and two
+more burnt to death among the fire, which was now decaying. Nothing
+could appear more barbarous than this revenge; none more cruel than the
+authors of it. As we went on, the fire increased, and the cry proceeded
+in proportion. We had not gone much farther, when we beheld three naked
+women, followed by sixteen or seventeen men, flying with the greatest
+swiftness from our men, who shot one of them in our sight. When they
+perceived us, whom they supposed also their murderers, they set up a
+most dreadful shriek, and both of them swooned away in the fright. This
+was a sight which might have softened the hardest heart; and in pity we
+took some ways to let them know we would not hurt them, while the poor
+creatures with bended knees, and lifted up hands, made piteous
+lamentations to us to save their lives. I ordered our men not to hunt
+any of the poor creatures whatsoever; but being willing to understand
+the occasion of all this, I went among these unhappy wretches, who
+neither understood me, nor the good I meant them. However being resolved
+to put an end to this barbarity, I ordered the men to follow me. We had
+not gone fifty yards before we came up with the boatswain, with four of
+our men at his heels, all of them covered with blood and dust, and in
+search of more people to satiate their vengeance. As soon as we saw
+them, we called out, and made them understand who we were; upon which
+they came up to us, setting up a holloo of triumph, in token that more
+help was come. _Noble Captain_, said he to my nephew, _I'm glad your
+come: we have not half done with these villainous hell-hound dogs;
+wee'll root out the very nation of them from the earth, and kill more
+than poor Tom has hairs upon his head:_ and thus he went on till I
+interrupted him.--"Blood-thirsty dog," said I, "will your cruelty never
+end? I charge you touch not one creature more; stop your hands and stand
+still, or you're a dead man this moment." _Why Sir_, said he, _you
+neither know whom you are protecting, nor what they have done: but pray
+come hither, and behold an instance of compassion, if such can merit
+your clemency_; and with that he shewed me the poor fellow with his
+throat cut, hanging upon the tree.
+
+Indeed, here was enough to fill their breasts with rage, which, however,
+I thought had gone too far, agreeable to these words of Jacob to his
+sons Simeon and Levi: _Cursed be their anger for it was fierce; and
+their wrath; for it was cruel._ But this sight made my nephew and the
+rest as bad as they: nay, my nephew declared, his concern was only for
+his men; as for the people, not a soul of them ought to live. Upon this,
+the boatswain and eight more directly turned about, and went to finish
+the intended tragedy; which being out of my power to prevent, I returned
+back from the dismal sight, & the piteous cries of those unfortunate
+creatures, who were made victims to their fury. Indeed, it was an
+egregious piece of folly in me to return to the boat with but one
+attendant; and I had very near paid for it, having narrowly escaped
+forty armed Indians, who had been alarmed by the conflagration; but
+having passed the place where they stood, I got to the boat accompanied
+with the supercargo, and so went on board, sending the pinnace back
+again, to assist the men in what might happen. When I had got to the
+boat, the fire was almost extinguished, and the noise abated; but I had
+scarce been half an hour on board the ship, when I heard another volley
+given by our sailors, and a great smoke, which, as I afterwards found,
+was our men falling upon those houses and persons that stood between
+them and the sea; but here they spared the wives and children, and
+killed only the men, to the number of about sixteen or seventeen. By the
+time they got to the shore, the pinnace and the ship's boat were ready
+to receive them, and they all got safe on board, not a man of them
+having received the least hurt, except two, one of whom strained his
+foot, and the other burnt his hand a little; for they met with no
+resistance, the poor Indians being unprepared, amazed, and confounded.
+
+I was extremely angry with every one of them, but particularly with the
+captain, who instead of cooling the rage of the men, had prompted them
+on to further mischief: nor could he make me any other excuse, but that
+as he was a man, he could not master his passions at the sight of one of
+his men so cruelly murdered. As for the rest, knowing they were not
+under my command, they took no notice of any anger, but rather boasted
+of their revenge. According to all their accounts, they killed or
+destroyed about 150 men, women, and children, besides burning the town
+to ashes. They took their companion Tom Jeffery from the tree, covered
+him with some of the ruins, and so left him. But however this action of
+our men might seem to them justifiable, yet I always openly condemned it
+with the appellation, of the Massacre of Madagascar. For tho' the
+natives had slain this Jeffery, yet certainly he was the first
+aggressor, by attempting to violate the chastity of a young innocent
+woman, who ventured down to them, on the faith of the public
+capitulation, which was so treacherously broken.
+
+While we were under sail, the boatswain would often defend this bloody
+action, by saying, that the Indians had broke the truce the night
+before, by shooting one of our men without just provocation: and what if
+the poor fellow had taken a little liberty with the wench, he ought not
+to have been murdered in so villainous a manner: and that they had acted
+nothing but what the divine laws commissioned to be done to such
+homicides. However I was in the same mind as before, telling them that
+they were murderers, and bid them depend upon it that God would blast
+their voyage, for such an unparalleled piece of barbarity.
+
+When we came to the Gulph of Persia, five of our men, who ventured on
+shore, were either killed or made slaves by the Arabians, the rest of
+them having scarce time to escape to their boat. This made me upbraid
+them afresh with the just retribution of Heaven for such actions; upon
+which the boatswain very warmly asked me, _Whether those men on whom the
+tower of Siloam fell, were greater sinners than the rest of the
+Galileans? and besides, Sir_, said he, _none of these five poor men that
+are lost, were with us at the Massacre of Madagascar, as you call it,
+and therefore your representation is very unjust, and your application
+improper. Besides_, added he, _you are continually using the men very
+ill upon this account, and, being but a passenger yourself, we are not
+obliged to bear it; nor can we tell what evil designs you may have to
+bring us to judgment for it in England: and, therefore, if you do not
+leave this discourse, as also not concern yourself with any of our
+affairs, I will leave the ship, and not sail among such
+dangerous company._
+
+All this I heard very patiently; but, it being often repeated, I at
+length told him, the concern I had on board was none of his business;
+that I was a considerable owner in the ship, and therefore had a right
+to speak in common, and that I was no way accountable to him, nor to any
+body else. As no more passed for some time after, I thought all had been
+over. At this time we were in the road of Bengal, where, going on shore
+with the supercargo one day, in the evening, as I was preparing to go on
+board, one of the men came to me, and told me, I need not trouble myself
+to come to the boat, for that the cockswain and others had ordered him
+not to carry me on board any more. This insulent message much surprised
+me; yet I gave him no answer to it, but went directly and acquainted the
+supercargo, entreating him to go on board, and, by acquainting the
+Captain with it, prevent the mutiny which I perceived would happen. But
+before I had spoken this, the matter was effected on board; for no
+sooner was he gone off in the boat, but the boatswain, gunner,
+carpenter, and all the inferior officers, came to the quarter-deck,
+desiring to speak with the Captain; & there the boatswain made a long
+harangue, exclaiming against me, as before mentioned, that, if I had not
+gone on shore peaceably, for my own diversion, they, by violence would
+have compelled me, for their satisfaction: that as they had shipped with
+the Captain, so they would faithfully serve him; but if I did not quit
+the ship, or the Captain oblige me to it, they would leave the ship
+immediately: hereupon, turning his face about by way of signal, they all
+cried out, "ONE and ALL! ONE and ALL!"
+
+You may be sure, that though my nephew was a man of great courage, yet
+he could not but be surprised at their sudden and unexpected behaviour;
+and though he talked stoutly to them, and afterwards expostulated with
+them, that in common justice to me, who was a considerable owner in the
+ship, they could not turn me as it were out of mine own house, which
+might bring their lives in danger should they ever be taken in England;
+nay, though he invited the boatswain on shore to accomodate matters with
+me, yet all this I say, signified nothing; they would have nothing to do
+with me; and they were resolved to go on shore if I came on board.
+_Well,_ said my nephew, _if you are so resolved, permit me to talk with
+him, and then I have done; and so he came to me, giving me an account of
+their resolution, how one and all designed to forsake the ship when I
+came on board, for which he was mightily concerned._ "I am glad to see
+you, nephew," said I, "and rejoice it is no worse, since they have not
+rebelled against you; I only desire you to send my necessary things on
+shore, with a sufficient sum of money, and I will find my way to England
+as well as I can." Though this grieved my nephew to the heart, yet there
+was no remedy but complience; in short, all my necessaries were sent me,
+and so this matter was over in a few hours.
+
+I think I was now near a thousand leagues farther off England by sea,
+than at my little kingdom, except this difference, that I might travel
+by land over the Great Mogul's country to Surat, from thence to Baffora,
+by sea up the Persian Gulph, then take the way of the caravans over the
+Arabian desert to Alleppo and Scanderoon, there take shipping to Italy,
+and so travel by land into France, and from thence cross the sea
+to England.
+
+My nephew left me two persons to attend me; one of them was his servant,
+and the other clerk to the purser, who engaged to be mine. I took
+lodging in an English woman's house, where several French, one English,
+and two Italian merchants resided. The handsome entertainment I met with
+here, occasioned me to stay nine months, considering what course I
+should take. Some English goods I had with me of great value, besides a
+thousand pieces of eight, and a letter for more, if there was such
+necessity. The goods I soon disposed of to advantage, and bought here
+several good diamonds, which I could easily carry about with me. One
+morning the English merchant came to me, as being very intimate
+together, _countryman_, said he, _I have a project to communicate to
+you, which I hope will suit to both our advantage. To be short, Sir, we
+are both in a remote part of the world from our country; but yet in a
+place where men of business may get a great deal of money. Now, if you
+will put a thousand pounds to my thousand pounds, we will hire a ship to
+our satisfaction; you shall be Captain, I will be merchant: and we'll go
+a trading voyage to China, for why should we lie still like drones,
+while the whole world is in a continual motion_.
+
+This proposal soon got my consent, being very agreeable to my rambling
+genius; and the more so, because I looked upon my countryman to be a
+very sincere person; it required some time before we could get a vessel
+to our mind, and sailors to man it accordingly; at length we bought a
+ship, and got an English mate, boatswain, and gunner, a Dutch carpenter,
+and three Portuguese foremast men; and, for want of others, made shift
+with Indian seamen. We first sailed to Achin, in the island of Sumatra,
+and then to Siam, where we bartered our wares for some arrack and opium,
+the last of which bore a great price among the Chinese; in a word, we
+went up to Suskan, making a very great voyage; &, after eight months
+time, I returned to Bengal, very well satisfied with this adventure,
+having not only got a sufficient quantity of money, but an insight of
+getting a great deal more.
+
+The next voyage my friend proposed to me, was to go among the spice
+islands, and bring home a load of cloves from the Manillas, or
+thereabouts; islands belonging partly to Spain, but where the Dutch
+trade very considerably. We were not long in preparing for this voyage,
+which we made no less successful than the last, touching at Borneo, and
+several other places which I do not perfectly remember, and returning
+home in about five months time. We soon sold our spices, which were
+chiefly cloves and some nutmegs, to the Persian merchants, who carried
+them away to the gulph; and, in short, making five to one advantage, we
+were loaded with money.
+
+Not long after my friend and I had made up our accounts, to our entire
+satisfaction, there came in a Dutch coaster from Batavia of about two
+hundred tons. The crew of this vessel pretended themselves so sickly,
+that there were not hands sufficient to undertake a voyage; and the
+Captain having given out that he intended to go to Europe, public notice
+was given that the ship was to be sold. No sooner did this come to our
+ears, but we bought the ship, paid the master, and took possession. We
+would also have very willingly entertained some of the men; but they
+having received their share of booty, were not to be found, being
+altogether fled to Agra, the great city of the Mogul's residence; and
+from thence went to travel to Surat, and so by the sea to the Persian
+Gulph. And indeed they had reason to fly in this manner; for the truth
+of it was the pretended Captain was the gunner only, and not the
+commander; that having been on a trading voyage, they were attacked on
+shore by the Malayans, who killed three men and the Captain; after whose
+death the other eleven men ran away with the ship to the Bay of Bengal,
+and left the mate and five men more on shore: but of this affair we
+shall have occasion to speak more at length hereafter.
+
+However they came by the ship, we thought we bought it honestly; neither
+did we suspect any thing of the matter, when the man showed us a bill of
+sale for the ship (undoubtedly forged) to one Emanuel Clostershoven,
+which name he went by. And so without any more to do, we picked up some
+Dutch and English seamen, resolving for another voyage for cloves among
+the Phillippine and Molucca Islands: in short, we continued thus five or
+six years, trading from port to port with extraordinary success. In the
+seventh year, we undertook a voyage to China, designing to touch at
+Siam, and buy some rice by the way. In this voyage, contrary winds beat
+us up and down for a considerable time among the islands in the Straits
+of Molucca. No sooner were we clear of those rugged seas, but we
+perceived our ship had sprung a leak, which obliged us to put into the
+river Cambodia, which lies northward of the Gulph, and goes up to Siam.
+
+One day, as I was on shore refreshing myself, there comes to me an
+Englishman, who was gunner's mate on board an English East India ship,
+riding up the river near the city of Cambodia. _Sir_, said he, _you may
+wonder at my business, having never seen me in your life; but tho' I am
+a stranger, I have something to tell you that very nearly concerns you:
+& indeed it is the imminent danger you are in has moved me to give you
+this timely notice_. "Danger!" said I, "what danger? I know of none,
+except my ship being leaky, for which I design to have her run aground
+to-morrow morning" _I hope you will be better employed when you shall
+hear what I have to say to you. You know the town of Cambodia is about
+fifteen leagues up this river; about three leagues on this side of it,
+there lie two Dutch and three English ships. And would you venture here
+without considering what strength you have to engage them_? I knew not
+what he meant by this discourse, and turning short upon him, "Sir," said
+I, "I know no reason I have to be afraid either of any Dutch or English
+ships. I am no interloper, and what business have they with me?" _Well,
+Sir,_ said the man, _if you do think yourselves secure, all as I can
+say, you must take your chance; however, I am very sorry you are so deaf
+to good advice; but I assure you; if you do not put to sea immediately,
+you will be attacked by five long-boats full of men, hanged yourself for
+a pirate, if you are taken, and the particulars examined afterwards. I
+thought, Sir_, added he, _I might have met a better reception for such a
+singular piece of service_. "Sir," said I, "I was never ungrateful to
+any man; but pray explain yourself and I'll go on board this minute,
+whether the leak be stopped or no." _Why, Sir,_ said he, _to be short,
+because time is precious, the matter is this: You know well enough that
+you was with the ship at Sumatra, when your Captain was murdered by the
+Malayans, with three of his sailors; and that either you, or some who
+were on board you, ran away with the ship, and are since turned pirates
+at sea. Now, Sir, this is the sum of what I had to say: and I can
+positively assure you, that if you are taken, you will be executed
+without much ceremony, for undoubtedly you cannot but be sensible what
+little law merchant ships show to pirates, whenever they fall into
+their hands_.
+
+"Sir,' said I, 'I thank you for your kind information; and though I am
+sure no man could come more honestly by the ship than I have done, yet
+knowing their enterprize, and being satisfied of your honest intention,
+I'll be upon my defence. _Pr'ythee, Sir,_ said the man, _don't talk of
+being upon your defence, the best that you can make is to be out of
+danger; and therefore, if you have any regard for your life, & the lives
+of your men, take the advantage, without fail, of putting out to sea at
+high-water: by which means, as you have a whole tide before you, you
+will be gone too far out of their reach before they can come down._
+
+"I am mighty well satisfied," said I, "in this particular, and for your
+kindness, which merits my great esteem; pray, Sir, what amends shall I
+make you?" He replied, "I know not what amends you are willing to make,
+because you may have some doubts of its certainty: but, to convince you
+of the truth of what I say, I have one offer to make to you. On board
+one of the English ships, I have nineteen months pay due to me, and this
+Dutchman that is with me has seven months pay due to him, which if you
+will make good to us, we will go along with you. If you shall find that
+there is nothing in what we have said, then we shall desire nothing; but
+when you are convinced that we have saved the ship, your life, and the
+lives of the men, we will leave the whole to your generosity."
+
+So reasonable did this every way appear, that I immediately consented,
+and we went directly on board. As soon as we came on board, my partner
+calls joyfully out, _That they had stopped the leak?_ "Well, thank God,"
+said I, "but pray let us weigh anchor forthwith."--_Weigh,_ said he,
+_what is the meaning of this hurry_? "Pray ask no questions," said I,
+"but all hands to work, without losing a moment's time." Upon which, in
+great surprise, the Captain was called, who immediately ordered the
+anchor to be got up; and though the tide was not quite down, yet being
+assisted with a little land breeze, we stood to sea. I then called my
+partner into the cabin, and related the story at large, which was
+confirmed and more amplified by the two men I had brought on board.
+Scarce had we finished our discourse upon this head, but a sailor came
+to the cabin door, with a message from the Captain, that we were chased
+by five sloops full of armed men. "Very well," said I, "it is plain now
+there is something in it." And so, going upon deck, I told all the men
+there was a design for seizing the ship, and of executing us for
+pirates; and asked them whether they would faithfully stand by us, and
+by one another? To which they unanimously replied, "That they would
+fight to their last drop of blood." I then asked the Captain, which way
+he thought best for us to manage the battle? _Sir_, said he, _the only
+method is to keep them off with our great shot as long as we are able,
+and then have recourse to our small arms: and when both these fail us,
+then retire to close quarters, when perhaps the enemy wanting materials,
+can neither break open our bulk heads, nor get in upon us_. Meantime,
+the gunner was ordered to bring two guns to bear fore and aft out of the
+steerage, and so load them with musket-bullets and small pieces of old
+iron; and the deck being cleared, we prepared for the engagement, still,
+however, keeping out at sea. The boats followed us, with all the sail
+they could make, and we could perceive the two foremost were English,
+which out-sailed the rest by two leagues, and which we found would come
+up with us: hereupon, we fired a gun without a ball, intimating that
+they should bring to, and we put out a flag of truce, as a signal for
+parley; but finding them crowding after us, till they came within shot,
+we took in our white, and hanging out the red flap, immediately fired at
+them with ball: we then called to them with a speaking trumpet, bidding
+them at their peril keep off.
+
+But all this signified nothing; for depending upon the strength that
+followed them, they were resolutely bent for mischief: hereupon I
+ordered them to bring the ship to, by which means, they lying upon our
+broadside, we let fly at them at once, one of whom carried away the
+stern of the hindermost boat, and obliged them not only to take down
+their sail, but made them all run to the head of the boat, to keep them
+from sinking, and so she lay by, having enough of it. In the meantime,
+we prepared to welcome the foremost boat in the same manner. While we
+were doing this, one of the three hindermost boats came up to the relief
+of that which was disabled, and took the men out of her. We again
+called to parley with them; but, instead of an answer, one of the boats
+came close under our stern; whereupon our gunner let fly his two chase
+guns, but missing, the men in the boat shouted, and, waving their caps,
+came on with greater fury. To repair this seeming disgrace, the gunner
+soon got ready, and firing a second time, did a great deal of mischief
+among the enemy. We waved again, and, bringing our quarter to bear upon
+them, fired three guns more, when we found the boat a sinking, and
+several men already in the sea; hereupon, manning our pinnace, I gave
+orders to save as many as they could, and instantly to come on board,
+because the rest of their boats were approaching: accordingly they did
+so, and took up three of them, one of whom was almost past recovery; and
+then crowding all the sail we could, after our men came on board, we
+stood out farther to sea, so that the other three boats gave over the
+chase, when they came up to the first two. Thus delivered from imminent
+danger, we changed our course to the eastward, quite out of the course
+of all European ships.
+
+Being now at sea, and inquiring more particularly of the two seamen, the
+meaning of all this, the Dutchman at once let us into the secret. He
+told us, that the fellow who sold us the ship was an errant thief, who
+had run away with her; that the Captain was treacherously murdered on
+the coast of Molucca by the natives there, with three of his men; that
+he, the Dutchman, and four more, being obliged to have recourse to the
+woods for their safety, at length escaped by means of a Dutch ship in
+its way to China, which had sent their boat on shore for fresh water:
+That, after this, he went to Batavia, where two of the seamen belonging
+to the ship (who had deserted the rest in their travels) arrived, and
+there gave an account that the fellow who ran away with the ship had
+sold her at Bengal to a set of pirates, who went a cruising, and had
+already taken one English and two Dutch ship, richly laden.
+
+Now, tho' this was absolutely false, my partner truly said, that our
+deliverance was to be esteemed so much the more, by reason, had we
+fallen into their hands, we could have expected nothing from them but
+immediate death, considering our accusers would have been our judges;
+and, therefore, his opinion was to return directly to Bengal, where,
+being known, we could prove how honestly we came by the ship, of whom we
+bought her, and the like, and where we were sure of some justice; at
+least would not be hanged first, and judged afterwards. I was at first
+of my partner's opinion, but when I had more seriously considered of the
+matter, I told him, we ran a great hazard in attempting to return, being
+on the wrong side of the Straits of Molucca and that, if, upon alarm
+given, we should be taken by the Dutch at Batavia, or English elsewhere,
+our turning away would be a sufficient evidence to condemn us. This
+danger indeed startled not only my partner, but likewise all the ship's
+company; so we changed our former resolution, and resolved to go to the
+coast of Tonquin, and so to that of China, where, pursuing our first
+design as to trade, we might likewise have an opportunity to dispose of
+the ship some way or other, and to return to Bengal in any country
+vessel we could procure. This being agreed to, we steered away N.N.E.
+about 50 leagues off the usual course to the east; which put us to some
+inconveniences. As the wind blew steadily against us, our voyage became
+more tedious, and we began to be afraid of want of provision; and what
+was still worse, we apprehended, that as those ships from whose boat we
+had escaped, were bound to China, they might get before us, and have
+given fresh information, which might create another vigorous pursuit.
+Indeed, I could not help being grieved, when I considered that I who had
+never wronged or defrauded any person in my life, was now pursued like a
+common thief, and if taken to run the greatest danger of being executed
+as such; and, though innocent, I found myself under the necessity of
+flying for my safety; and thereby escape being brought to shame, of
+which I was even more afraid than death itself. It was easy to read my
+dejection in my countenance. My mind was oppressed, like those unhappy
+innocent persons, who being overpowered by blasphemous and perjured
+evidences, wickedly resolved to take away their lives, or ruin their
+reputation, have no other recourse in this world to ease their sorrow,
+but sighs, prayers, and tears. My partner seeing me so concerned,
+encouraged me as well as he could; and, after describing to me the
+several ports of that coast, he told me, he would either put me in on
+the coast of Cochinchina, or else in the bay of Tonquin, from whence we
+might go to Macao, a town once possessed by the Portuguese, and where
+still many European families resided.
+
+To this place we steered, and, early next morning, came in sight of the
+coast; but thought it advisable to put into a small river where we
+could, either over land, or by the ship's pinnace, know what vessels
+were in any ports thereabouts. This happy step proved our deliverance;
+for, next morning, there came to the bay of Tonquin two Dutch ships, and
+a third without any colours; and in the evening, two English ships
+steered the same course. The river where we were was but small, and ran
+but a few leagues up the country northward; the country was wild and
+barbarous, and the people thieves, having no correspondence with any
+other nation; dealing only in fish, oil, and such gross commodities: and
+one barbarous custom they still retained, that when any vessel was
+unhappily shipwrecked upon their coast, they make the men prisoners or
+slaves, so that now we might fairly say we were surrounded by enemies
+both by sea and land.
+
+As the ship had been leaky, we took the opportunity, in this place to
+search her, and to stop up the places which let in the water. We
+accordingly lightened her, and bringing our guns and other moveable
+things to one side, we essayed to bring her down, that we might come to
+her bottom: but, upon second consideration, we did not think it safe to
+let her lie on dry ground, neither indeed was the place convenient for
+it. The inhabitants not used to such a sight as to see a ship lie down
+on one side; and heel in towards the shore, and not perceiving her men,
+who were at work on her bottom, with stages and boats on the off side,
+presently imagined the ship had been cast away, and lay fast on the
+ground. Agreeable to this supposition, they surrounded us with ten or
+twelve large boats, with a resolution, undoubtedly to plunder the ship,
+and to carry away those they found alive for slaves to their king. But
+when they perceived our men hard at work on the ship's bottom and side,
+washing, graving, and stopping her, it filled them all with such
+surprise, that they stood gazing as though they were confounded. Nor
+could we imagine what their design was; however, for fear of danger, we
+handed down arms and ammunition to those at work, in order to defend
+themselves; and, indeed, this precaution was absolutely necessary; for,
+in a quarter of an hour after, the natives, concluding it was really a
+shipwreck, and that we were saving our lives and goods, which they
+thought belonged to them, came down upon our men as though it had been
+in line of battle. We lay at present but in a very unfit posture to
+fight; and before the stages could be got down, or the men in the boat
+come on board as they were ordered, the Cochinchinese were upon them,
+and two of their boats boarding our long boat, they began to lay hold of
+our men as prisoners. The first they seized was a stout English sailor,
+who never fired his musket, like a fool, as I imagined, but laid it down
+in the boat: but he knew what he was doing; for, by main force, he
+dragged the Pagan out of the boat into ours by the two ears, and knocked
+his brains out against the boat's gunnel; a Dutchman that was next him,
+snatched up the musket, and knocked down five more with the but-end of
+it; however, this was doing very little to their number; but a strange
+unexpected accident, which rather merits laughter than any thing else,
+gave our men a complete victory over them.
+
+It seems the carpenter, who was preparing to grave the outside of the
+ship, as well as to pay the seams, where he caulked to stop the leaks,
+had gotten two kettles just let down in the boat, one filled with
+boiling pitch, and the other with rosin, tallow, oil, and such stuffs as
+the shipwrights use; the carpenter's man had a great iron ladle with
+which he used to supply the workmen with hot stuff, & as two of the
+enemies entered the boat where the fellow stood, he saluted them with a
+full ladle of the hot boiling liquor; which, the poor creatures being
+half naked, made them roar out, and jump into the sea. _Well done,
+Jack_, says the carpenter, _give them the other dose_: and so stepping
+forward himself, takes a mop, and dipping it into the pitch-pot, he and
+his man so plentifully flung it among them, as that none escaped being
+scalded; upon which they all made the best of their way, crying and
+howling in such a frightful manner, that, in all my adventures, I never
+heard the like. And, indeed, never was I better pleased with any
+conquest than I was with this, there being so little bloodshed, and
+having an aversion to killing such savage wretches, (more than was
+necessary) as knowing they came on errands, which their laws and customs
+made them think were just and equitable. By this time, all things being
+in order, and the ship swimming, they found their mistake, so they did
+not venture a second attack. Thus ended our merry fight; and, having got
+rice, bread, roots, and sixteen good hogs on board the day before we set
+sail, not daring to go into the bay of Tonquin, but steering N.E. toward
+the isle of Formosa, or as tho' we would go to the Manillas, or
+Phillippine islands, for fear of meeting with any European ships; when
+we anchored at the isle of Formosa, the inhabitants not only courteously
+supplied us with provisions and fresh water, but dealt very fairly and
+honestly with us in their bargains and agreements. From this place we
+steered north, keeping still off the coast of China, till we were beyond
+all its ports where European ships usually come; and, at length, being
+come to the latitude of thirty degrees, we resolved to put into the
+first trading port we should come at; and standing for the shore, a boat
+came off two leagues to us, with an old Portuguese pilot on board, who
+offered his service; we very gladly accepted him, and sent the boat back
+again. And now, having the man on board, I talked to him of going to
+Nanquin, the most northward part of the coast of China. _What will you
+do there_? said he, smiling. I told him that we would sell our cargo,
+and purchase calicoes, raw and wrought silks, tea, &c. and so return the
+same way back. _O_, said he, _you had better put in at Macao, where you
+may buy China wares as cheap as at Nanquin, and sell your opium at a
+greater advance_. "But' said I 'we are gentlemen as well as merchants,
+and design to see the great city of Pekin, and the magnificent court of
+the monarch of China," _Why then_, said he, _you should go to Ningpo,
+where is a navigable river that goes through the heart of that vast
+empire, two hundred and seventy leagues from the sea, which crosses all
+the rivers, passes considerable hills, by the help of the sluices and
+gates, and goes even up to the city of Pekin. You may go to Nanquin if
+you please, and travel to Pekin, and there is a Dutch ship just before
+bound that way_. At the name of a Dutch or English ship, I was struck
+with confusion; they being as great a terror to me in this vessel, as an
+Algerine man of war is to them in the Mediterranean. The old man finding
+me troubled, _Sir_, said he, _I hope the Dutch are not now at war with
+your nation_. "No," said I, "but God knows what liberty they may take
+when out of the reach of the law." _Why_, says he _what occasion is
+there for peaceable merchants to fear? For believe me, they never meddle
+with any but PIRATES._
+
+[Illustration: The Carpenter and his man defeats the Cochinchinese.]
+
+At the mentioning the word _pirates_, my countenance turned to that of
+scarlet; nor was it possible for me to conceal it from the old pilot;
+who was taking notice of it, _Sir_, said he _take what course you
+please, I'll do you all the service I can._ "Seignior," said I, "I am a
+little concerned at your mentioning pirates; I hope there are none such
+in these seas, because you see in what weak condition we are to defend
+ourselves." _O, Sir_, said he, _if that's all, don't be concerned, I
+don't remember one in these seas these fifteen years, except above a
+month ago one was seen in the bay of Siam, but he is gone to the
+southward; neither was she built for a privateer, but was run away with
+by a reprobate Captain, and some of his men, the right Captain having
+been murdered by the Malayans_.
+
+"What," said I, (as though ignorant of what had happened) "did they kill
+the Captain?" _No_, said he, _it is generally thought the Malayans
+murdered him; but they justly deserve hanging. The rogues were lately
+discovered in the bay of Siam, in the river of Cambodia, by some
+Dutchmen who belonged to the ship, and had much ado to escape the five
+boats that pursued them, but they have solemnly sworn to give no quarter
+to the Captain or the seamen but hang them every one up at the yard-arm,
+without any formal business of bringing them to a court of judicature_.
+
+Being sensible, that, having the old man on board, he was incapable of
+doing me any mischief, "Well, Seignior, (said I) it is for this very
+reason I would have you carry us up to Nanquin, where neither English
+nor Dutch ships come; and I must tell you, their Captains are a parcel
+of rash, proud, insolent rascals, that neither know what belongs to
+justice, nor how to behave themselves as the laws of God or nature
+direct; fellows that would prove murderers to punish robbers, and take
+upon them to adjudge innocent men to death, without any proof to prove
+them guilty, but perhaps I may live to call them to account for it, in a
+place where they may be taught how justice is to be executed." And so I
+told him all the story of buying the ship, and how we were saved by the
+means of two men; that the murder of the Captain by the Malayans, as
+also the running away with the ship, I believed to be true; but that
+we, who bought it, were turned pirates, was a mere fiction to cover
+their cowardice and foolish behaviour, when they attacked us, & the
+blood of those men we killed in our own just defence, lay at their door,
+who sent to attack us by surprise.
+
+"Sir, (said the old man, amazed) you have taken the right course to
+steer to the north, and, if I might advise you, I would have you sell
+your ship in China, and buy or build another in that country; and I'll
+procure people to buy the one and sell the other." "Well, but, Seignior,
+(said I) if I sell the ship in this manner, I may bring some innocent
+persons into the same dangers I have gone through, perhaps worse, even
+death itself; whereby I should be as guilty of their murder as their
+villainous executioners." "That need not trouble you, (says the old man)
+I'll find a way to prevent that; for these commanders you talk of I know
+very well, and will inform them rightly of the matter as you have
+related, and I am persuaded they will not only believe me, but act more
+cautiously for the future." "And will you deliver one message from me to
+them?" "Yes, (said he) if you will give it under your hand, that I may
+prove it is not of my own production," Hereupon I wrote a large account
+of their attacking me in their long-boat, the pretended reason and
+unjust design of it; that they had done what they might be ashamed of,
+and could not answer for at any tribunal in England. But this letter was
+writ in vain. Providence ordered things another way. We sailed directly
+for Nanquin, and in about thirteen day's sail, came to an anchor at the
+south-west point of the great gulf of that place, where we learned, that
+two Dutch ships were gone the length before us, and that we should
+certainly fall into their hands. We were all at a great loss in this
+exigency, and would very gladly have been on shore almost any where; but
+our old pilot told me, that if I would sail to the southward about two
+and forty leagues, there was a little port called Quinchange, where no
+European ships ever came, and where we might consider what was further
+to be done. Accordingly we weighed anchor the next day, calling only
+twice on shore by the way to get fresh water. The country people very
+courteously sold us roots, tea, rice, fowls, and other provisions. After
+five days sail we came to the port, and landed with unspeakable joy. We
+resolved to dispose of ourselves and effects in any other way possible,
+than enter on board that ill-fated vessel more; for no state can be more
+miserable than a continued fear, which is a life of death, a confounder
+of our understandings, that sets the imagination at work to form a
+thousand frightful things that may never happen. And we scarce slept one
+night without dreaming of halters, yard-arms, or gibbets, of fighting,
+being taken, and being killed; nay, so violent were our apprehensions,
+that we would bruise our hands and heads against the sides of the
+cabin, as though actually engaged. The story of the Dutch cruelty at
+Amboyns, often came into our thoughts when awake; and, for my part, I
+thought my condition very hard; that after so many difficulties and such
+signal deliverances, I should be hanged in my old age, though innocent
+of any crime that deserved such punishment; but then religion would seem
+to represent to me, as though the voice of it had said; 'consider, O
+man! what sins you have been formerly guilty of; which now thou art
+called to an account for, to expiate with thy blood! And as to thy
+innocence, what art thou more innocent than thy blessed Redeemer, Jesus
+Christ, who suffered for thy offences, and to whose providence you ought
+to submit, let what will happen?' After this, natural courage would
+inspire me to resist to the last drop of blood, and sooner die than
+suffer myself to be taken by boorish, rascally Dutchmen, who had arts to
+torment beyond death itself.
+
+But now, thank kind Heaven, being ashore; our old pilot procured us a
+lodging and a warehouse for our goods; it was a little hut with a large
+warehouse joining to it, all built with canes, and pallisadoed round
+with large ones, to keep out pilfering thieves, which are very numerous
+in that country. The magistrates allowed us a little guard during the
+night, and we employed a centinel with a kind of halbert for three pence
+a day. The fair, or mart, we found, had been over for some time;
+however, there remained in the river four junks and two Japan ships, the
+merchants of the latter being on shore. In the first place, our old
+pilot brought us acquainted with the missionary Roman priests, who were
+converting the people to Christianity: two of them were reserved, rigid,
+and austere, applying themselves to the work they came about with great
+earnestness, but the third, who was a Frenchman, called Father Simon,
+was of a freer conversation, not seemingly so serious and grave, yet no
+worse Christian than the other two, one of whom was a Portuguese, and
+the other a Genoese. Father Simon, it seems, was appointed to go to
+Pekin, the royal seat of the Emperor of the Chinese; and he only waited
+for another priest, who was ordered from Macao to accompany him. We
+never met together, but he was prompting me to accompany him in that
+journey: _Sir_, said he, _I will show you the glorious things of this
+mighty empire, and a city, the city of Pekin, far exceeding London and
+Paris, put them both together_. One day in particular, being at dinner
+with him, I showed some inclination to go; which made him press the more
+upon me and my partner, to gain our perfect consent. _But, Father
+Simon_, said my partner, _what satisfaction can you have in our company,
+whom you esteem as heretics, and consequently objects not worthy your
+regard? O_, said he, _you may be as good Catholics in time as those I
+hope to convert to our religion. And so_, said I, _we shall have you
+preaching to us all the way, instead of pleasing us with a description
+of the country. Sir_, said he, _however our religion may be villified by
+some people, it is very certain it neither divests us of good manners or
+Christian charity; and as we are gentlemen, as such we may converse
+together, without making one another uneasy_.
+
+But we shall leave him a while, to consider our ship and the merchandise
+which we had to dispose of. There was but very little trade in the place
+where we were; and I was once resolved to venture to sail to the river
+Kilam, and so to the city of Nanquin; but Providence ordered it
+otherwise, by our old pilot's bringing a Japan merchant to us, to see
+what goods we had. He immediately bought our opium, for which he gave us
+a very good price in gold by weight, some wedges of which were about ten
+or eleven ounces. It came into my head that perhaps he might buy the
+ship too; and I ordered the interpreter to propose it to him. He said
+nothing then, but shrugged up his shoulders; yet in a few days after he
+came accompanied by a missionary priest, who was his interpreter, with
+this proposal, _That as he had bought a great quantity of our goods, he
+had not money enough to purchase our ship; but if I pleased he would
+hire her, with all my men, to go to Japan, and from thence with another
+loading to the Philippine islands, the freight of both which he would
+very willingly pay to us before; and at their return to Japan, would buy
+the ship_. Upon this we asked the Captain and his men if they were
+willing to go to Japan; to which they unanimously agreed. While this was
+in agitation, the young man my nephew left to attend me, told me, "That
+as I did not care to accept his prospect of advantage he would manage it
+for me as I pleased, and render me a faithful account of his success,
+which would be wholly mine." Indeed I was very unwilling to part with
+him; but considering it might be for the young man's good, I discoursed
+with my partner about it, who, of his own generosity, gave him his share
+of the vessel, so that I could do no otherwise than give him mine: but,
+however, we let him have but the proper half of it, and preserved a
+power, that when we met in England, if he had obtained success, he
+should account to us for one half of the profit of the ship's freight
+and the other should be his own. Thus having taken a writing under his
+hand, away he sailed to Japan, where the merchant dealt very honestly by
+him, got him a licence to come on shore, sent him loaded to the
+Philippines with a Japanese supercargo, from whence he came back again
+loaded with European goods, cloves, and other spiceries. By this voyage
+he cleared a considerable sum of money, which determined him not to sell
+his ship, but to trade on his own account; so he returned to the
+Manillas, where, getting acquaintance, he made his ship free, was hired
+by the governor privately to go to Acapulco in America, on the Mexican
+coast, with a licence to travel to the great city of Mexico. This
+traffic turned out greatly to account, and my friend finding means to
+get to Jamaica, returned nine years after exceedingly rich into England.
+
+In parting with the ship, it comes in course to consider of those men
+who had saved our lives when in the river of Cambodia; and though, by
+the way, they were a couple of rogues, who thought to turn pirates
+themselves, yet we paid them what they had before demanded, and gave
+each of them a small sum of money, making the Englishman a gunner, and
+the Dutchman a boatswain, with which they were very well contented.
+
+We were now about 1000 leagues farther from home, than when at Bengal.
+All the comfort we could expect was, that there being another fair to be
+kept in a month's time, we might not only purchase all sorts of that
+country's manufactures, but very possibly find some Chinese junks, or
+vessels from Tonquin, to be sold, which would carry us and our goods
+wheresoever we pleased. Upon these hopes, we resolved to continue; and,
+to divert ourselves, we took several little journies in the country.
+About ten days after we parted with the ship, we travelled to see the
+city of Nanquin. The city lies in latitude 30 degrees north of the line:
+it is regularly built, and the streets are exactly straight, and cross
+one another in direct lines, which sets it out to the greatest
+advantage. At our return, we found the priest was come from Macao, that
+was to accompany Father Simon to Pekin. That Father earnestly solicited
+me to accompany him, & I referred him to my partner. In short, we both
+agreed, and prepared accordingly; and we were so lucky as to have
+liberty to travel among the retinue of one of their Mandarines, who is a
+principal magistrate, and much reverenced by the people.
+
+We were five and twenty days travelling thro' this miserable country,
+infinitely populous, but as indifferently cultivated; and yet their
+pride is infinitely greater than their poverty, insomuch that they
+priests themselves derided them. As we passed by the house of one of
+their country gentlemen, two leagues off Nanquin, we had the honour,
+forsooth, to ride with the Chinese squire about two miles. Never was Don
+Quixote so exactly imitated! Never such a compound of pomp and poverty
+seen before!
+
+His habit, made of calico, was dirty, greasy, and very proper for a
+Mersy Andrew or Scaramouch, with all its tawdry trappings, as hanging
+sleeves, tassels, &c. though torn and rent in almost every part; his
+vest underneath it was no less dirty, but more greatly; resembling the
+most exquisite sloven or greasy butcher; his horse (worse than
+Rosinante, or the famous steed of doughty Hudibras) was a poor starved
+decrepid thing, that would not sell for thirty shillings in England;
+and yet this piece of worshipful pomp was attended with ten or twelve
+slaves who guarded their master to his country seat. We stopped at a
+little village for refreshment; and when we came by the country seat of
+this great man, we found him sitting under a tree before his door,
+eating a mess of boiled rice, with a great piece of garlic in the
+middle, and a bag filled with green pepper by him, and another plant
+like ginger, together with a piece of lean mutton in it: this was his
+worship's repast: but pray observe the state of the food! two women
+slaves brought him his food, which being laid before him, two others
+appeared to perform their respective offices; one fed him with a spoon,
+while the other scraped off what fell upon his beard and taffety vest,
+and gave it to a particular favourite to eat. And thus we left the
+wretch pleased with the conceit of our admiring his magnificence, which
+rather merited our scorn and detestation.
+
+At length we arrived at the great city of Pekin, accompanied by two
+servants, and the old Portuguese pilot, whose charges we bore, and who
+served us as an interpreter by the way. We had scarce been a week at
+Pekin, but he comes laughing to us. "Ah! Seignior Inglise, (said he) me
+something tell you make your heart glad, but make me sorry: for your
+bring me here twenty-five days journey, and now you leave me go back
+alone; and which way shall I make my port after, without de ship,
+without de horse, without pecune?" so he called money in his broken
+Latin. He then informed me, that there was a great caravan of Muscovite
+and Polish merchants in the city, who were preparing to set out for
+Muscovy by land within six weeks; and, that he was certain we would take
+this opportunity, and consequently that he must go home by himself.
+Indeed this news infinitely surprised & pleased me. "Are you certain of
+this?" said I, "Yes, Sir, (says he) me sure its true." And so he told
+me, that having met an old acquaintance of his, an Armenian, in the
+street, who was among them, and who had come from Astracan, with a
+design to go to Tonquin, but for certain reasons having altered his
+resolutions, he was now resolved to go with the caravan, and to return
+by the river Wolga to Astracan. "Well, Seignior, (said I) don't be
+discontented about your returning alone; and if, by this means, I can
+find a passage to England, it will be your own fault if you return to
+Macao at all." And so consulting with my partner what was best to be
+done, he referred it to me as I pleased, having our affairs so well
+settled at Bengal, that if he could convert the good voyage he had made
+in China silks, wrought or raw, he would be satisfied to go to England;
+and so return to Bengal in the Company's ships. Thus resolved, we agreed
+that if our pilot would go with us, we would bear his charges either to
+Moscow or England; and to give him in a present the sum of one hundred
+and seventy pounds sterling. Hereupon we called him in, and told him the
+cause of his complaint should be removed, if he would accompany us with
+the caravans; and, therefore, we desired to know his mind. At this he
+shook his head, "Great long journey, (said he) me no pecune carry me to
+Moscow, or keep me there." But we soon put him out of that concern, by
+making him sensible of what we would give him here to lay out the best
+advantage; and, as for his charges, we would set him safe on shore, God
+willing, either in Muscovy or England, as he pleased, at our own charge,
+except the carriage of his goods. At this proposal, he was like a man
+transported, telling us he would go with us all the world over; and we
+made preparations for our journey; but it was near four months before
+all the merchants were ready.
+
+In the mean time, my partner and the pilot went express to the port
+where we first put in, to dispose of what goods had been left there,
+while I accompanied a Chinese merchant who was going to Nanquin, and
+there bought twenty-nine pieces of damask, with about three hundred more
+of other fine silks; and, by the time my partner returned to Pekin, I
+had them all carried thither; our cargo in silks amounted to 45col.
+sterling, which, together with tea, fine calicoes, nutmegs, and cloves,
+loaded eighteen camels for our share, besides what we rode upon, with
+two or three spare horses, and two more loaden with provisions; the
+company now was very great, making about four hundred horse, and above
+one hundred and twenty men, well armed and provided. We were of several
+nations, among whom were five Scotch merchants, inhabiting in Moscow,
+and well experienced in trade.
+
+We set out from Pekin the beginning of February our stile; and in two
+days more, we passed through the gate of the great China wall, which was
+erected as a fortification against the Tartars, being one hundred
+English miles long. We then entered a country not near so populous,
+chiefly under the power of plundering Tartars, several companies of whom
+we perceived riding on poor starved horses, contemptible as themselves
+without order of discipline. One time our leader, for the day, gave us
+leave to go a hunting; but what do you think we hunted? only a parcel of
+sheep, which indeed exceeded any in the world for wildness and
+swiftness; but while we were pursuing this game, it was our chance to
+meet with about forty Tartars, who no sooner perceived us, but one of
+them blew a horn, at the sound of which there soon appeared a troop of
+forty or fifty more, at about a mile's distance. Hereupon, one of the
+Scots merchants (who knew their ways) ordered us to advance towards
+them, and attack them immediately, As we advanced, they let fly a
+volley of arrows, which happily fell a little short of us; this made us
+halt a little, to return the compliment with bullets; and then being led
+up by the bold Scot, we fired our pistols in their faces, and drew out
+our swords; but there was no occasion; for they flew like timorous
+sheep, & only three of them remained, beckoning to the rest to come
+back. But our brave commander gallops up to them by himself, shot one
+dead, knocked another of his horse, while the third ran away; and thus
+ended our battle with the Tartars.
+
+We travelled a month more through the Emperor of China's dominions; and
+at length coming to one of their towns about a day and a half's journey
+from the city of Naum, I wanted to buy a camel. The person I spoke to
+would have brought me one, but, like a fool, I must go along with him,
+about two miles from the village. My old pilot and I walked on foot,
+forsooth, for some variety, when coming to the place where the camels
+were kept as in a park guarded by Chinese soldiers, we there agreed and
+bought one, which the Chinese man that came along with me led along the
+road. But we had not gone far, before we were attacked by five Tartars,
+mounted on horseback, two of whom seized the man, took the camel from
+him, and rode away, while the other three approached us, the first of
+whom suddenly seized me as I was drawing my sword, the second; knocked
+me down, but my old trusty Portuguese taking a pistol out of his pocket,
+which I knew nothing of, and coming up to the fellow that struck me, he
+with one hand pulled him off his horse, and then shot him dead upon the
+spot; then taking his scymitar, he struck at the man that stopped us,
+but missing him, cut off one of his horses ears, the pain of which made
+him throw his rider to the ground. The poor Chinese who had led the
+camel, seeing the Tartar down, runs to him, and seizing upon his
+pole-ax, wrenched it from his hands, and knocked his brains out. But
+there was another Tartar to deal with, who seeming neither inclined to
+fight nor fly, and my old man having begun to charge his pistol, the
+very sight of it struck such a terror into the wretch, that away he
+scoured, leaving my old pilot, rather my champion and defender, an
+absolute victory.
+
+By this time being awakened from my trance, I began to open my eyes,
+wondering where I was, having quite forgot all that passed; but my
+senses returning, and feeling a great pain in my head, and seeing the
+blood was running over my clothes, I instantly jumped upon my feet, and
+grasped my sword in my hand, with a resolution to take revenge: but no
+enemies now remained, except the dead Tartar, with his horse standing by
+him. The old man seeing me recovered, whom he thought slain, ran towards
+me, and embraced me with the greatest tenderness, at the same time
+examining into my wound, which was far from being mortal. When we
+returned to the village, the man demanded payment for his camel, which I
+refusing, we brought the cause, before a Chinese judge, who acted with
+great impartiality: Having heard both sides, he asked the Chinese man
+that went with me, whose servant he was? _Sir,_ said he, _I am nobody's,
+but went with the stranger at his request: Why then_, said the judge,
+_you are the stranger's servant for the time, and the camel being
+delivered to his servant, it is the same as though delivered to himself,
+and accordingly he must pay for it._ Indeed the case was so fairly
+stated, that I had nothing to object to it; so, having paid for that I
+was robbed of, I sent for another, but did not go myself to fetch it, as
+I had enough of that sport before.
+
+The city of Naum is a frontier of the Chinese empire, so fortified, as
+some will tell you, that millions of Tartars cannot batter down their
+walls; by which certainly one might think one of our cannons would do
+more execution than all their legions.
+
+When we were within a day's march of that city, we had information that
+the governor had sent messengers to every part of the road, to inform
+the travellers and caravans to halt, till a guard was sent to protect
+them from the numerous bodies of Tartars that lately appeared about the
+city. This news put us into great consternation; but, obeying the
+orders, we stopt; & two days after, there came two hundred soldiers from
+a garrison of the Chinese, and three hundred more from Naum; thus
+guarded both in the front and rear, with our own men in the flanks, we
+boldly advanced, thinking we were able to combat with ten thousand Mogul
+Tartars, if they appeared.
+
+Early next morning, in our march from a little well situated town called
+Changu, after having passed a river, and entered upon a desert of about
+fifteen or sixteen miles over, we soon beheld by a cloud of dust that
+was raised, that the enemy was approaching. This much dispirited the
+Chinese. My old pilot took notice of it, and called out, _Seignor
+Inglise, those fellows must be encouraged, or they will ruin us all, and
+I am afraid if the Tartars attack us, they will all run away_. "Why,
+Seignor, (said I), what shall be done in this case?" _Done_, says he,
+_why let fifty of our men advance, and flank them on each wing. I know
+the fellows will fight well enough in company_. We accordingly took his
+advice, and marched fifty to the right wing, and the same number to the
+left, and with the rest made a line of reserve, leaving the last two
+hundred men to guard the camels, or to assist us, as occasion required.
+
+Thus prepared, a party of the enemy came forward, viewing our posture,
+and traversing the ground on the front of our line. Hereupon we ordered
+the two wings to move on, and give them a salute with their shot; which
+accordingly was done. This put a stop to their proceedings; for
+immediately wheeling off to their left, they all marched away, and we
+saw no more of them. They had undoubtedly given an account to their
+companions of what reception they might expect, which made them to
+easily give over their enterprize.
+
+When we came to the city of Naum, we returned the governor hearty
+thanks, and distributed a hundred crowns among the soldiers that guarded
+us. We rested there one day, and then proceeded on our travels, passing
+several great rivers and deserts and on the 13th of April we came to the
+frontiers of Muscovy, the first town of which was called Argun.
+
+This happy occasion, as I thought, of coming into a Christian country,
+made me congratulate the Scots merchant upon it. He smiled at that,
+telling me not to rejoice too soon; _for_, said he, _except the Russian
+soldiers in garrison, and a few inhabitants of the cities upon the road,
+all the rest of this country, for above a thousand miles, is inhabited
+by the most ignorant and barbarous Pagans_.
+
+We advanced from the river Arguna, by moderate journies and found
+convenient garrisons on the road, filled with Christian soldiers for the
+security of commerce, and for the convenient lodgings of travellers: but
+the inhabitants of the country were mere Pagans, worshiping the sun,
+moon, and stars. We particularly observed this idolatry near the river
+Arguna, at a city inhabited by Tartars and Russians, called Nerisinkey.
+Being curious to see their way of living, while the caravan continued to
+rest themselves in that city, I went to one of their villages, where
+there was to be one of their solemn sacrifices.
+
+There I beheld upon the stump of an old tree, an idol of wood, more ugly
+than the representation of the devil himself: its head resembled no
+living creature; its ears were as big and as high as goat's horns, a
+crooked nose, four-cornered mouth, and horrible teeth: it was clothed in
+sheep skins, had a great Tartar bonnet, with two horns growing thro' it,
+and was eight feet high, without feet, legs or proportion. Before this
+idol their lay sixteen or seventeen people, who brought their offerings,
+and were making their prayers, while at a distance stood three men and
+one bullock, as victims to this ugly monster.
+
+Such stupendous sacrilege as this, in robbing the true God of his
+honour, filled me with the greatest astonishment and reflection: which
+soon turning to rage and fury, I rode up to the image, and cut in pieces
+the bonnet that was upon his head with my sword, so that it hung down by
+one of the horns, while one of my men that was with me pulled at it by
+his sheep-skin garment. Immediately an hideous howling and outcry ran
+through the village, and two or three hundred people coming about our
+ears, we were obliged to fly for it.
+
+But I had not done with the monster; for the caravan being to rest
+three nights in the town, I told the Scots merchant what I had seen, and
+that I was resolved to take four or five men well armed with me, in
+order to destroy the idol, and show the people how little reason they
+had to trust in a god who could not save himself. At first he laughed at
+me, representing the danger of it, and when it was destroyed, what time
+had we to preach to them better things, whole zeal and ignorance was in
+the highest degree, and both unparalleled? that if I should be taken by
+them, I should be served as a poor ruffian, who contemned their worship;
+that is, to be stripped naked, and tied to the top of the idol, there
+shot at with arrows till my body was fall of them, and then burnt as a
+sacrifice to the monster; _but Sir_, said he, _since your zeal carries
+you so far, rather than you should be alone I will accompany you, and
+bring a stout fellow equal to yourself, if you will, to assist you in
+this design:_ and accordingly he brought one Captain Richardson, who,
+hearing the story, readily consented; but my partner declined it, being
+altogether out of his way: and so we three, and my servant, resolved to
+execute this exploit about midnight; but upon second thoughts we
+deferred it to the next night, by reason that the caravan being to go
+from hence the next morning, we should be out of the governor's power.
+The better to effectuate my design, I procured a Tartar's sheep-skin
+robe, a bonnet, with bow and arrows, and every one of us got the like
+habits, the first night we spent in mixing combustible matter with aqua
+vitae, gunpowder, &c. having a good quantity of tar in a little pot:
+next night we came up to the idol about eleven o'clock, the moon being
+up. We found none guarding it; but we perceived a light in the house,
+where we had seen the priests before. One of our men was for firing the
+hut, another for killing the people, and a third for making them
+prisoners, while the idol was destroyed. We agreed to the latter; so
+knocking at the door, we seized the first that opened it, and stopping
+his mouth and tying his feet, we left him. We served the other two in
+the like manner; and then the Scots merchant set fire to the
+composition, which frightened them so much, that we brought them all
+away prisoners to their wooden god. There we fell to work with him,
+daubing him all over with tar mixed with tallow and brimstone stopping
+his eyes, ears, and mouth full of gunpowder, with a great piece of
+wild-fire in his bonnet, and environed it with dry forage. All this
+being done, we unloosed and ungagged the prisoners, and set the idol on
+fire, which the gunpowder blowing up, the shape of it was deformed, rent
+and split, which the forage utterly consumed; for we staid to see its
+destruction, lest the ignorant idolatrous people should have thrown
+themselves into the flames, And thus we came away undiscovered, in the
+morning appearing as busy among our fellow travellers, as no body could
+have suspected any other, but that we had been in our beds all night.
+
+Next morning we let out, and had gone but a small distance from the
+city, when there came a multitude of people of the country to the gates
+of the city, demanding satisfaction of the Ruffian governor for
+insulting their priests, and burning their great Cham Cai-Thaungu, who
+dwelt in the sun, and no mortal would violate this image but some
+Christian miscreants; and being already no less than thirty thousand
+strong, they announced war against him and all his Christians.
+
+The governor assured them he was ignorant of the matter, and that none
+of his garrison had been abroad; that indeed there was a caravan that
+went away that morning, and that he would send after them to inquire
+into it; and whoever was the offender, should be delivered into their
+hands. This satisfied them for the present, but the governor sent to
+inform us, that if any of us had done it, we should make all the haste
+away possible, while he kept them in play as long as he could. Upon this
+we marched two days and two nights, stopping but very little, till at
+last we arrived at a village called Plothus, and hasted to Jerawena,
+another of the Czar's colonies. On the third day, having entered the
+desert, and passed the lake called Shaks Oser, we beheld a numerous body
+of horde on the other side or it to the north, who supposed we had
+passed on that side of the lake; but either having found the mistake, or
+being certainly informed of the way we took, they came upon us towards
+the dusk of the evening, just as we had pitched our camp between two
+little but very thick woods, with a little river running before our
+front and some felled trees with which we covered our rear; a precaution
+we always took, and which we had just finished when the enemy came up.
+They did not fall on us immediately, but sent three messengers,
+demanding the men who had insulted their priests, & burnt their god,
+Cham Chi-Thaungu, that they might be burnt with fire; that if this was
+complied with, they would peaceably depart; but if not, they would
+destroy one and all of us. Our men stared at one another on receipt of
+this message, but Nobody was the word, as indeed nobody knew it, but he
+who did it. Upon which the leader of the caravan returned for answer,
+_That they were peaceable merchants, who meddled with none of their
+priests and gods and therefore desired, them not to disturb us, and put
+us to the necessity of defending ourselves_. But do far was this from
+satisfying them, that the next morning coming to our right, they let fly
+a volley of arrows among us, which happily did not hurt any, because we
+sheltered ourselves behind our baggage. We expected however to come to a
+closer engagement; but were happily saved by a cunning fellow, a
+Cossack, who obtaining leave of the leader to go out, mounts his horse,
+rides directly from our rear, and taking a circuit, comes up to the
+Tartars, as tho he had been sent express, and tells them a formal story,
+that the wretches who had burnt the Cham Chi-Thaungu, were gone to
+Shiheilka, with a resolution to burn the god Shal-Ifar, belonging to the
+Tongueses. Upon which, believing this cunning Tartar, who was servant to
+our Muscovites, away they drove to Shiheilka, and in less than three
+minutes were out of sight, nor did we ever hear of them more.
+
+When we came to the city of Jarawena, we rested five days, and then
+entered into a frightful desert, which held us twenty-three days march,
+infested with several small companies of robbers, or Mogul Tartars, who
+never had the courage to attack us. After we had passed over this
+desert, we found several garisons to defend the caravans from the
+violence of the Tartars. In particular the Governor of Adinskoy offered
+us a guard of fifty men to the next station, if we apprehended any
+danger. The people here retained the same paganism and barbarity, only
+they were not so dangerous, being conquered by the Muscovites. The
+clothing, both of men & women, is of the skins of beasts, living under
+the ground in vaults & caves, which have a communication with one
+another. They have idols almost in every family; besides, they adore the
+sun and stars, water and snow; and the least uncommon thing that happens
+in the elements, alarms them as much as thunder and lightning does the
+unbelieving Jews.
+
+Nothing remarkable occurred in our march through this country. When we
+had gone through the desert, after two days farther travel; we came to
+Jenezoy, a Muscovite city, on the great river so called, which we were
+told, parted Europe from Asia. The inhabitants here were very little
+better, though intermixed with the Muscovites, but the wonder will
+cease, when I inform my readers of what was observed to me, that the
+Czar rather converts the Tartars with soldiers than clergymen, and is
+more proud to make them faithful subjects, than good Christians.
+
+From this city to the river Oby, we travelled over a pleasant, fruitful,
+but very uncultivated country, for want of good management and people,
+and those few are mostly Pagans. This is the place where the Muscovite
+criminals are banished to, if they are not put to death. The next city
+we came to, was the capital city of Siberia, called Tobolski when having
+been almost seven months on our journey, and winter drawing on apace, my
+partner and I consulted about our particular affairs in what manner we
+should dispose of ourselves. We had been told of sledges and rein-deer
+to carry us over the snow in the winter season, the snow being frozen so
+hard, that the sledges can run upon the surface without any danger of
+going down. As I was bound to England, I now behoved either to go with
+the caravan to Jerosaw, from thence west to Marva, and the gulph of
+Finland, and so by land or sea to Denmark; or else I must leave the
+caravan at a little town on the Dwina, and so to Archangel, where I was
+certain of shipping either to England, Holland, or Hamburgh. One night I
+happened to get into the company of an illustrious, but banished Prince,
+whose company and virtues were such as made me to propose to him a
+method how he might obtain his liberty. _My dear friend_, said he, _as I
+am here happily free from my miserable greatness with all its attendants
+of pride, ambition, avarice, and luxury, if I should escape from this
+place, those pernicious seeds may again revive, to my lasting
+disquietude; therefore let me remain in a blessed confinement, for I am
+but flesh, a mere man, with passions and affections as such; O be not my
+friend and tempter too!_ Struck dumb with surprise, I stood silent
+a-while; nor was he less in disorder, by which perceiving he wanted to
+give vent to his mind, I desired him to consider of it, and so withdrew.
+But about two hours after he came to my apartment: _Dear friend_, said
+he, _though I cannot consent to accompany you, I shall have this
+satisfaction in parting, that you leave me an honest man still: but as a
+testimony of my affection to you, be pleased to accept this present
+of sables_.
+
+In return for his compliment, I sent my servant next morning to his
+Lordship with a small present of tea, two pieces of China damask, and
+four little wedges of gold; but he only accepted the tea, one piece of
+damask, and one piece of gold, for the curiosity of the Japan stamp that
+was upon it. Not long after he sent for me, and told me, _that what he
+had refused himself, he hoped upon his account, I would grant to another
+whom he should name:_ In short it was his only son, who was about two
+hundred miles distant from him, on the other side of the city, whom he
+said he would send for, if I gave my consent. This I soon complied with;
+upon which he sent his servants next day for his son, who returned in
+twenty days time, bringing seven horses loaded with valuable furs. At
+night the young Lord was conducted incognito into our apartment, where
+his father presented him to me. We then concerted the best ways for
+travelling, and after having bought a considerable quantity of sables,
+black fox-skins, fine ermines, &c. (which I sold at Archangel at a good
+price) we set out from this city the beginning of June, making a small
+caravan, being about thirty-two horses and camels, of which I
+represented the head. My young Lord had with him a very faithful
+Siberian servant, well acquainted with the roads: We shunned the
+principal towns and cities, as Tumen, Soli Kamoskoi, and several others,
+by reason of their strictness in examining travellers, lest any of the
+banished persons of distinction should escape. Having passed the river
+Kama, we came to a city on the European side, called Soloy Kamoskoi,
+where we found the people mostly Pagans as before. We then passed a
+desert of about two hundred miles over; but in other places it is near
+seven hundred. In passing this wild place, we were beset by a troop of
+men on horseback, and about five and forty men armed with bows and
+arrows. At first they looked earnestly on us, and then placed themselves
+in our way. We were above sixteen men, and drew up a little line before
+our camels. My young Lord sent out his Siberian servant, to know who
+they were; but, when he approached them, he neither knew a word they
+said; nor would they admit him to come near them at his peril, but
+prepared to shoot him. At his return, he told us he believed them to be
+Calmuc Tartars; and that there were more upon the desert. This was but a
+small comfort to us; yet seeing a little grove, about a quarter of a
+mile's distance, we moved to it, by the old Portuguese pilot's advice,
+without meeting with any opposition. Here we found a marshy piece of
+ground, and a spring of water running into a little brook on one side,
+which joined another like it a little further off, and these two formed
+the head of the river called Writska. As soon as we arrived, we went to
+work, cutting great arms off the trees, and laying them hanging (not
+quite off from one tree to another). In this situation we waited the
+motion of the enemy, without perceiving any advancement they made
+towards us. About two hours before night, being joined by some others,
+in all about fourscore horse, among whom we fancied were some women,
+they came upon us with great fury. We fired without ball, calling to
+them in the Russian tongue, to know their business; but they, either not
+knowing, or seeming not to understand us, came directly to the wood
+side, nor considering that we were to be fortified, as that they could
+not break in. Our old pilot, the Portuguese, proved both our captain and
+engineer, and desired us not to fire, till they came within pistol shot;
+and when he gave the word of command, then to take the surest aim: but
+he did not bid us give fire, till they were within two pikes length of
+us, and then we filled fourteen of them, wounded several, as also their
+horses, having every one of us loaded our pieces with two or three
+bullets at least. So much were they surprised at our undauntedness, that
+they retired about a hundred roods from us. In the mean while we loaded
+our pieces again, and sallying out, secured four or five of their
+horses, whose riders we found were killed, and perceived them to be
+Tartars. About an hour after, they made another attempt, to see where
+they might break in; but finding us ready to receive them, they retired.
+
+All that night we wrought hard, in strengthening our situation, and
+barricading the entrances into the woods; but when day-light came, we
+had a very unwelcome discovery; for the enemy, being encouraged by
+their numbers, had set up eleven or twelve tents, in form of a camp,
+about three quarters of a mile from us. I must confess, I was never more
+concerned in my life, giving myself and all that I had over for lost.
+And my partner declared, that as the loss of his goods would be his
+ruin, before they should be taken from him, he would fight to the last
+drop of his blood. As we could not pretend to force our way, we had
+recourse to a stratagem; we kindled a large fire, which burnt all night;
+and no sooner was it dark, but we pursued our journey towards the pole
+or north star, and travelling all night; by six o'clock in the morning
+we came to a Russian village called Kertza, and from thence came to a
+large town named Ozonzoys, where we heard that several troops of Calmuc
+Tartars had been abroad upon the desert, but that we were past all
+danger. In five days after we came to Veuslima, upon the river Witzedga;
+from thence we came to Lawrenskoy, on the third of July, where,
+providing ourselves with two luggage boats, and a convenient bark, we
+embarked the seventh, and arrived at Archangel the eighteenth, after a
+year, five months, and three days journey, including the eight months
+and odd days at Tobolski. We came from Archangel the 20th of August in
+the same year, and arrived at Hamburg the 30th of September. Here my
+partner and I made a very good sale of our goods, both those of China
+and Siberia; when dividing our effects, my share came to 3475l. 17s. 3d.
+after all the losses we had sustained, and charges we had been at. Here
+the young Lord took his leave of me, in order to go to the court of
+Vienna, not only to seek protection, but to correspond with his father's
+friends. After we had staid four months in Hamburgh, I went from thence
+overland to the Hague, where embarking in the packet, I arrived in
+London the 10th of January 1705, after ten years and nine months absence
+from England.
+
+
+
+_R O B I N S O N C R U S O E'S_  VISION OF THE ANGELIC WORLD.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+CHAP. I. Of SOLITUDE.
+
+However solitude is looked upon as a restraint to the pleasure of the
+world, in company and conversation, yet it is a happy state of exemption
+from a sea of trouble, an inundation of vanity and vexation, of
+confusion and disappointment. While we enjoy ourselves, neither the joy
+not sorrow of other men affect us: We are then at liberty with the voice
+of our soul, to speak to God. By this we shun such frequent trivial
+discourse, as often becomes an obstruction to virtue: and how often do
+we find that we had reason to with we had not been in company, or said
+nothing when we were there? for either we offend God by the impiety of
+our discourse, or lay ourselves open to the violence of designing people
+by our ungarded expressions; and frequently feel the coldness and
+treachery of pretended friends, when once involved in trouble and
+affliction: of such unfaithful intimates (I should say enemies) who
+rather by false inuendoes would accumulate miseries upon us, than
+honestly assist us when under the hard hand of adversity. But in a state
+of solitude, when our tongues cannot be heard, except from the great
+Majesty of Heaven, how happy are we, in the blessed enjoyment of
+conversing with our Maker! It is then we make him our friend, which sets
+us above the envy and contempt of wicked men. When a man converses with
+himself, he is sure that he does not converse with an enemy. Our retreat
+should be to good company, and good books. I mean not by solitude, that
+a man should retire into a cell, a desert, or a monastry: which would be
+altogether an useless and unprofitable restraint: for as men ate formed
+for society, and have an absolute necessity and dependance upon one
+another; so there is a retirement of the soul, with which it converses
+in heaven, even in the midst of men; and indeed no man is more fit to
+speak freely, than he who can, without any violence himself, refrain his
+tongue, or keep silence altogether. As to religion, it is by this the
+foul gets acquainted with the hidden mysteries of the holy writings;
+here she finds those floods of tears, in which good men wash themselves
+day and night, and only makes a visit to God, and his holy angels. In
+this conversation the truest peace and most solid joy are to be found;
+it is a continual feast of contentment on earth, and the means of
+attaining everlasting happiness in heaven.
+
+
+
+CHAP. II. Of HONESTY.
+
+Honesty is a virtue beloved by good men, and pretended to by all other
+persons. In this there are several degrees: to pay every man his own is
+the common law of honesty: but to do good to all mankind, is the
+chancery law of honesty: and this chancery court is in every man's
+breast, where his conscience is a Lord Chancellor. Hence it is, that a
+miser, though he pays every body their own, cannot be an honest man,
+when he does not discharge the good offices that are incumbent on a
+friendly, kind, and generous person: for, faith the prophet Isaiah,
+chap. XXXII. ver. 7, 8. _The instruments of a churl are evil: he
+deviseth wicked devices to destroy the poor with lying words, even when
+the needy speaketh right. But the liberal soul deviseth liberal things,
+and by liberal things shall he stand_. It is certainly honest to do
+every thing the law requires; but should we throw every poor debtor into
+prison till he has paid the utmost farthing, hang every malefactor
+without mercy, exact the penalty of every bond, and the forfeiture of
+every indenture, this would be downright cruelty, and not honesty: and
+it is contrary to that general rule, _To do to another, that which you
+would have done unto you_. Sometimes necessity makes an honest man a
+knave: and a rich man a honest man, because he has no occasion to be a
+knave. The trial of honesty is this: Did you ever want bread, and had
+your neighbour's loaf in keeping, and would starve rather than eat it?
+Were you ever arrested, having in your custody another man's cash, and
+would rather go to gaol, than break it? if so, this indeed may be
+reckoned honesty. For King Solomon tells us, _That a good name is better
+than life, and is a precious ointment, and which, when a man has once
+lost, he has nothing left worth keeping_.
+
+
+
+CHAP. III _Of the present state of Religion in the world_.
+
+I doubt, indeed, there is much more devotion than religion in the world,
+more adoration than supplication, and more hypocrisy than sincerity; and
+it is very melancholy to consider, what numbers of people there are
+furnished with the powers of reason and gifts of nature, and yet
+abandoned to the grossest ignorance and depravity. But it would be
+uncharitable for us to imagine (as some Papists, abounding with too much
+ill nature, the only scandal to religion, do) that they will certainly
+be in a state of damnation after this life; for how can we think it
+consistent with the mercy and goodness of an infinite Being, to damn
+those creatures, when he has not furnished them with the light of the
+gospel? or how can such proud, conceited and cruel bigots, prescribe
+rules to the justice and mercy of God?
+
+We are told by some people, that the great image which King
+Nebuchadnezzar set up to be adored by his people held the representation
+of the sun in it's right hand, as the principal object of adoration. But
+to wave this discourse of Heathens, how many self-contradicting
+principles are there held among Christians? and how do we doom one
+another to the devil, while all profess to worship the same Deity, and
+to expect the same salvation.
+
+When I was at Portugal, there was held at that time the court of justice
+of the Inquisition. All the criminals were carried in procession to the
+great church, where eight of them were habited in gowns and caps of
+canvass, whereon the torments of hell were displayed, and they were
+condemned and burnt for crimes against the Catholic faith and
+blessed Virgin.
+
+I am sorry to make any reflection upon Christians; but indeed, in Italy
+the Roman religion seems the most cruel and mercenary upon earth; and a
+very judicious person, who travelled through Italy from Turkey, tells,
+_That there is only the face and outward pomp of religion there; that
+the church protects murderers and assassins; and then delivers the civil
+magistrate over to Satan for doing justice; interdicts whole kingdoms,
+and shuts up the churches for want of paying a few ecclesiastical dues,
+and so puts a stop to religion for want of their money; that the court
+of Inquisition burnt two men for speaking dishonourably of the Blessed
+Virgin; and the missionaries of China tolerated the worshipping the
+devil by their new converts: that Italy was the theatre, where religion
+was the grand opera: and that the Popish clergy were no other than
+stage players_.
+
+As to religion in Poland, they deny Christ to be the Messiah, or that
+the Messiah has come in the flesh. And as to their Protestants, they are
+the followers of Laelius Socinus, who denied our Saviour's divinity; and
+have no concern about the divine inspiration of the Holy Ghost.
+
+In Muscovy their churches are built of wood, and, indeed, they have but
+wooden priests, though of the Greek church; they pray as much to St.
+Nicholas, as the Papists do to the Virgin Mary, for protection in all
+their difficulties or afflictions.
+
+As to Lutherans, they only differ from the Romans in believing
+consubstantiation, instead of transubstantiation; but like them, they
+are much pleased with the external gallantry and pomp, more than the
+true and real practice of it.
+
+In France I found a world of priests, the streets every where crowded
+with them, and the churches full of women: but surely never was a nation
+so full of blind guides, so ignorant of religion, and even as void of
+morals, as those people who confess their sins to them.
+
+Does it not seem strange, that, while all men own the Divine Being,
+there should be so many different opinions as to the manner of paying
+him obedience in the Christian church? I know not what reason to assign
+for this, except it be their different capacities and faculties.
+
+And, indeed, upon this account, we have perceived, in all Christian
+countries, what mortal feuds have been about religion; what wars and
+bloodshed have molested Europe, till the general pacification of the
+German troubles at the treaty of Westphalia: and since those times, what
+persecution in the same country among the churches of the Lutherans; and
+should I take a prospect at home, what unhappy divisions are between
+Christians in this kingdom, about Episcopacy and Presbytery; the church
+of England and the Dissenters opposing one another like St. Paul and St.
+Peter, even to the face; that is, they carry on the dispute to the
+utmost extremity.
+
+It might be a question, why there are such differences in religious
+points, and why these breaches should be more hot and irreconcileable?
+All the answer I can give to this, is, that we inquire more concerning
+the truth of religion, than any other nation in the world; and the
+anxious concern we have about it, makes us jealous of every opinion, and
+tenacious of our own; and this is not because we are more furious and
+rash than other people; but the truth is, we are more concerned about
+them, and being sensible that the scripture is the great rule of faith,
+the standard for life and doctrine, we have recourse to it ourselves,
+without submitting to any pretended infallible judge upon earth.
+
+There is another question, pertinent to the former, and that is, _What
+remedy can we apply to this malady_? And to this I must negatively
+answer, _Not to be less religious, that we may differ the less_. This is
+striking at the very root of all religious differences; for, certainly,
+were they to be carried on with a peaceable spirit, willing to be
+informed, our variety of opinions would not have the name of
+differences; nor should we separate in communion of charity though we
+did not agree in several articles of religion.
+
+Nor is there a less useful question to start, namely, _Where will our
+unhappy religious differences end?_ To which, I hope, I may answer, _In
+Heaven_; there we shall unchristian and unbrotherly differences will
+find a period; there we shall embrace many a sinner, that here we think
+it a dishonour to converse with; & perceive many a heart we have broken
+here with censures, reproachings, & revilings, made whole again by the
+balm of the same Redeemer's blood. Here we shall perceive there have
+been other flocks than those of our fold; that those we have
+excommunicated have been taken into that superior communion; and, in a
+word, that those contradicting notions and principles which we thought
+inconsistent with true religion, we shall then find reconcileable to
+themselves, to one another, and to the fountain of truth. If any man ask
+me, Why our differences cannot be ended on earth? I answer, _Were we all
+thoroughly convinced, that then they would be reconciled, we would put
+an end to them before; but this is impossible to be done: for as men's
+certain convictions of truth are not equal to one another, or the weight
+or significancy of such veracity: so neither can a general effect of
+this affair be expected on this side of time_.
+
+Before I conclude this chapter, I shall beg leave to discourse a little
+of the wonderful excellency of negative religion and negative virtue.
+The latter sets out, like the Pharisee, with, _God, I thank thee;_ it is
+a piece of religious pageantry, the hypocrite's hope: and, in a word, it
+is positive vice: for it is either a mask to deceive others, or a mist
+to deceive ourselves. A man that is clothed with negatives, thus argues:
+_ I am not such a drunkard as my landlord, such a thief as my tenant,
+such a rakish fellow, or a highwayman; No! I live a sober, regular,
+retired life: I am a good man, I go to church; God, I thank thee._ Now,
+through a mans boasts of his virtue in contradiction to the vices
+mentioned, yet a person had better have them altogether than the man
+himself; or he is so full of himself, so persuaded that he is good and
+religious enough already, that he has no thoughts of any thing, except
+it be to pull of his hat to God Almighty now and then, and thank him
+that he has no occasion for him; and has the vanity to think that his
+neighbours must imagine well of him too.
+
+The negative man, though he is no drunkard is yet intoxicated with the
+pride of his own worth; a good neighbour and peace-maker in other
+families, but a tyrant in his own; appears in church for a show, but
+never falls upon his knees in his closet; does all his alms before men,
+to be seen of them; eager in the duties of the second table, but
+regardless of the first; appears religious, to be taken notice of by
+men, but without intercourse or communication between God and his own
+soul: Pray, what is this man? or what comfort is there of the life he
+lives? he is insensible of faith, repentance, and a Christian mortified
+life: in a word, he is a perfectly a stranger to the essential part
+of religion.
+
+Let us for a while enter into the private and retired part of his
+conversation: What notions has he of his mispent hours, and of the
+progress of time to the great centre and gulph of life, eternity? Does
+he know how to put a right value on time, or esteem the life-blood of
+his soul, as it really is, and act in all the moments of it, as one that
+must account for them? if then you can form an equality between what he
+can do and what he shall receive; less can be founded upon his negative
+virtue, or what he has forborne to do: And if neither his negative nor
+positive piety can be equal to the reward, and to the eternity that
+reward is to last for, what then is to become of the Pharisee, when he
+is to be judged by the sincerity of his repentance, and rewarded,
+according to the infinite grace of God, with a state of blessedness to
+an endless eternity?
+
+When the negative man converses with the invisible world, he is filled
+with as much horror and dread as Felix, when St Paul reasoned to him of
+temperance, righteousness, and of judgment to come; for Felix, though a
+great philosopher, of great power and reverence, was a negative man, and
+he was made sensible by the Apostle, that, as a life of virtue and
+temperance was its own reward, by giving a healthy body, a clear head,
+and a composed life, so eternal happiness must proceed from another
+spring; namely, the infinite unbounded grace of a provoked God, who
+having erected a righteous tribunal, Jesus Christ would separate such as
+by faith and repentance he had brought home and united to himself by the
+grace of adoption, and on the foot of his having laid down his life as a
+ransom for them, had appointed them to salvation, when all the
+philosophy, temperance, and righteousness in the world besides had been
+ineffectual. And this, I say, it was, that made Felix, this negative
+man tremble.
+
+
+
+CHAP. IV. _Of listening to the voice of Providence_.
+
+The magnificent and wise King Solomon bids us cry after knowledge, and
+lift up our voice for understanding; by which is meant, religious
+knowledge, for it follows: _Then shalt thou understand the fear of the
+Lord, and find the knowledge of God_. By which undoubtedly he meant, to
+enquire after every thing he has permitted us to know, and not to search
+into those ways that are unsearchable, and are effectually locked up
+from our knowledge.--Now, _as listening to the voice of Providence_ is
+my present subject, I intend, in the first place, to write to those who
+own, 1. That there is a God, a first great moving cause of all things,
+and eternal power, prior, and consequently superior to all created power
+or being.--2. That this eternal power, which is God, is the sovereign
+creator and governor of heaven and earth.
+
+To avoid all needless distinctions, what persons in the God-head
+exercise the creating, and what the governing power, I offer that
+glorious text, Psal. xxiii. 6. where the whole Trinity is entitled to
+the whole creating work: and, therefore, in the next place, I shall lay
+down these two propositions.
+
+I. _That the eternal God guides, by his providence, the whole
+   universe, which was created by his power._
+
+II. _That this providence manifests a particular care over, and
+    concern in, the governing and directing man, the most noble
+    creature upon earth_.
+
+It is plain, that natural religion proves the first, by intimating the
+necessity of a providence guiding and governing the world, from the
+consequence of the wisdom, justice, prescience, and goodness of the
+Almighty Creator: for otherwise it would be absurd to think, that God
+should create a world, without any care or providence over it, in
+guiding the operations of nature, so as to preserve the order of
+his creation.
+
+Revealed religion gives us a light into the care and concern of his
+providence, by the climate's being made habitable, the creatures
+subjected and made nourishing, and all vegetative life made medicinal;
+and all this for the sake of man, who is made viceroy to the King of the
+earth. The short description I shall give of providence is this: _That
+it is that operation of the power, of the wisdom, and goodness of God,
+by which be influences, governs, and directs, not only the means, but
+the events of all things, which concern us in this sublunary world; the
+sovereignty of which we ought always to reverence, obey its motions,
+observe its dictates, and listen to its voice. The prudent man forseeth
+the evil, and hideth himself; that is, as I take it, there is a secret
+providence intimates to us, that some danger threatens, if we strive not
+to shun it_.
+
+The same day that Sir John Hotham kept out Hull against the royal martyr
+King Charles I. the same day Sir John Hotham was put to death by the
+parliament for that very action: The same day that the King himself
+signed the warrant for the execution of the Earl of Stafford, the same
+day of the month was he barbarously murdered by the blood-thirsty
+Oliverian crew: and the same day that King James II. came to the crown
+against the bill of exclusion, the same day he was voted abdicated by
+the parliament, and the throne filled with King William and Queen Mary.
+
+The voice of signal deliverances from sudden dangers, is not only a just
+call to repentance, but a caution against falling into the like danger;
+but such who are utterly careless of themselves after, show a lethargy
+of the worst nature, which seems to me to be a kind of practical atheism
+or at least, a living in a contempt of Heaven, when he receives good at
+the hand of his Maker, but is unconcerned from whence it comes, or to
+thank the bountiful hand that gave it; neither, when he receives evil,
+does it alter his manner of life, or bring him to any state of
+humiliation.
+
+We have a remarkable story of two soldiers being condemned to death in
+Flanders. The general being prevailed upon to spare one of them, ordered
+them to cast dice upon the drumhead for their lives; the first having
+thrown two sixes, the second fell a wringing his hands, having so poor a
+chance to escape; however, having thrown, he was surprised when he also
+threw other two sixes. The officer appointed to see the execution,
+ordered them to throw again; they did so, and each of them threw fives;
+at which the soldiers that stood round, shouted, and said, neither of
+them was to die. Upon this, the officer acquainted the council of war,
+who ordered them to throw a third time, when they threw two fours: the
+general being acquainted with it, sent for the men, and pardoned them.
+_I love,_ said he, _in such extraordinary cases, to listen to the voice
+of Providence._
+
+We read in the holy writings, how God speaks to men by appearance of
+angels, or by dreams and visions of the night. As God appeared to
+Abraham, Lot, and Jacob: so angels have appeared to many in other cases,
+as to Manoah and his wife, Zechariah, the Virgin Mary, and to the
+apostles; other have been warned in a dream as king Abimelech, the false
+prophet Balaam, and many others.
+
+It is certainly a very great and noble inquiry, _What we shall be after
+this life?_ for there is scarce a doubt, that there is a place reserved
+for the reception of our souls after death: for if we are to be, we must
+have a where, which the scriptures assert by the examples of Dives and
+Lazarus. The doctrine of spirits was long believed before our Saviour's
+time; for when the disciples of the blessed Jesus perceived our Saviour
+walking on the sea, they were as much surprised as though they had seen
+a spirit. Nay, in those ages of the world, it was believed that spirits
+intermeddled in the affairs of mankind; and, throughout the Old
+Testament, I do not find any thing that in the least contradicts is. All
+the pains and labour that some learned men have taken, to confute the
+story of the witch of Endor, and the appearance of an old man
+personating Samuel, cannot make such apparitions inconsistent with
+nature or religion; and it is plain, that it was either a good or bad
+spirit, that prophetically told the unfortunate king what should happen
+the next day; for, said the spirit, _The Lord will deliver thee into the
+hands of the Philistines; and to-morrow shalt thou and thy sons be
+with me._
+
+Abundance of strange notions possessed me, when I was in the desolate
+island; especially on a moonshine night, when every bush seemed a man,
+and every tree a man on horseback. When I crept into the dismal cave
+where the old goat lay expiring, whole articulate groans even resembled
+those of a man, how was I surprised! my blood chilled in my veins,
+a cold sweaty dew sat on my forehead, my hair stood upright, and my
+joints, like Belshazzar's knees, struck against one another. And, indeed,
+though I afterwards found what it was, the remains of this surprise did
+not wear off for a great while; and I had frequently returns of those
+vapours on different occasions, and sometimes without any occasion at all.
+
+One night, after having seen some appearance in the air, as I had just
+lain down in my bed, one of my feet pained me; after that came a
+numbness, succeeded with a tingling in my blood; when on a sudden I
+thought something alive lay upon me, from my knee to above half my leg.
+Upon this I flung myself out of bed where I thought the creature lay;
+but finding nothing, _Lord deliver me from evil spirits_, said I, _what
+can this be?_ When I lighted a candle, I could perceive no living
+creature in the place with me, but the poor parrot, who, being frighted,
+cried out, _Hold your tongue_, and _What's the matter with you_, which
+words I had taught him, by saying so to him, when he made such screaming
+noises as I did not like. _Lord_, said I aloud, _surely the devil has
+been here._ _Hold your tongue_, says Poll. I was then mad at the bird,
+and putting on my clothes, cried, _I am terribly frighted._ _What's the
+matter with you_? says Poll. _You toad_, said I, _I'll knock your brains
+out._ _Hold you tongue_, cried he again, and so fell a chattering, and
+calling Robinson Crusoe, as he did before. But after I had composed
+myself, and went to bed again, I began plainly to see it was a distemper
+that affected my nerves, and so my terrors vanished at once.
+
+How intelligences are given or received, we do not know; nor are we
+sensible how they are conveyed from spirits embodied to ours that are
+in life; or, on the contrary, from us to them; the latter is certainly
+done without help of the organs, and the former is conveyed by the
+understanding, and the retired faculties of the soul.
+
+The spirits, without the help of voices, converse, and the more
+particular discoveries of converse of the spirits, seem to me as
+follow: to wit, dreams, voices, noises, impulses, hints, apprehensions,
+involuntary sadness, &c.
+
+Dreams of old were the ways by which God himself was pleased to warn
+men what services to perform, and what to shun. Joseph was directed of
+God in a dream to go to Egypt; and so were the wise men warned in a
+dream to depart into their own country another way, to avoid the fury
+of Herod. I am not like those who think dreams are the mere designs of
+a delirious head, or the relics of a day's perplexities or pleasures;
+but, on the contrary, I must beg leave to say, I never met with any
+capital mischief in my life, but I had some notice of it by a dream;
+and had I not been a thoughtless unbelieving creature, I might have
+taken many a warning, and avoided many of the evils I afterwards fell
+into, merely by total neglect of those dreams.
+
+I was once present at a dispute between a layman and a clergyman, upon
+the subject of dreams. The first thought no regard should be given unto
+them; that their communication from the invisible to the visible world
+was a mere chimera, without any solid foundation. For, first, said he,
+if dreams were from the agency of any prescient being, the motives would
+be more direct, and the discoveries more plain, and not by allegories
+and emblematic fancies, expressing things imperfect and obscure. 2.
+Since, with the notice of evil, there was not a power given to avoid it,
+it is not likely to proceed from a spirit, but merely fortuitious. 3.
+That the inconstancy of such notices, in cases equally important, proves
+they did not proceed from any such agent. 4. That as our most distinct
+dreams had nothing in them of any significancy, it would be irrational
+and vain to think that they came from heaven. And, 5. That as men were
+not always thus warned or supplied with notice of good or evil, so all
+men are not alike supplied with them; and what reason could we give,
+why one man or one woman should not have the same hints as another.
+
+To all this the clergyman gave answer: 1. That as to the signification of
+dreams, & the objections against them, as being dark and doubtful, they are
+expressed generally by hierogliphical representations, similies, allusions,
+and figurative emblematic ways, by which means, for want of interpretation,
+the thing was not understood, and, consequently, the evil not shunned. 2.
+That we charge God foolishly, to say, that he has given the notice of evil,
+without the power to avoid it; for, if any one had not power to avoid the
+evil, it was no notice to him; and it was want of giving due head to that
+notice, that men first neglected themselves, and then charged the Judge of
+all the earth with injustice. 3. That we ought not to find fault with the
+inconstancy of these notices; but rather with our weak understandings, by
+pretending dreams were not to be regarded, and negligent when the voice
+really spoke to us for our good. It is a mistake to say, dreams have no
+import at all: we might, with more reason, have said, none that we could
+perceive the reason of, owing to our blindness and supine negligence, too
+secure at one time, and too much alarmed at another; so that the spirit,
+which we might be said to be conversing with in a dream, was constantly
+and equally kind and careful; but our powers are not always in the same
+state of action, not equally attentive too, or retentive of the hints
+that were given. And, 5. To answer the last question, Why people are not
+equally supplied? This seemed to be no question; for Providence itself
+might have some share in the direction of it, and then that Providence
+might be limited by a superior direction; that as to the converse of
+spirits, he could not call it a stated converse: such a thing there was,
+but why there was so much of it, and no more, was none of his business,
+and that no such discovery had ever yet been made to mankind. Nor were
+we to imagine less of waking dreams, trances, visions, noises, hints,
+impulses, and all the waking testimonies of an invisible world, and of
+the communication that there is between us and them, which commonly
+entertain us with our open eyes.
+
+One time my fancy soared on high, to see what discoveries I could make
+in those clearer regions. I found that such immense bodies as the sun,
+stars, planets, and moon, in the great circle of the lower heaven, are
+far from being found in the study of nature on the surface of the earth.
+Here I saw many things that we can entertain little or no notion of, in
+a state of common life, and the emptiness of our notion, that the
+planets are habitable worlds; that is, created like ours, for the
+subsistence and existence of man and beast, and the preservation of the
+vegitative and sensitive life: No, no, this is, I assure you, a world of
+spirits; for here I saw a clear demonstration of Satan being the _prince
+of the power of the air_, keeping his court or camp, with innumerable
+angels to attend him; but his power is not so great as we imagine, he
+can tempt us to the crime, but cannot force us to commit: _Humanium est
+peccare_. Neither has the devil power to force the world into a
+rebellion against heaven, though his legions are employed among savage
+nations, to set up their master for a god, who make the heathens either
+worship him in person, or by his representatives, idols and monsters,
+with the cruel sacrifices of human blood. Now, as to the limitations of
+the devil's power, you must understand, that as there are numbers of
+evil spirits employed in mischief, so there are numbers of good angels
+sent from the higher and blessed abodes to disconcert and oppose their
+measures; and this every Christian, I hope, believes, when he prays to
+God, the father of spirits, to give his angels charge over him while he
+slumbereth and sleepeth. For if by these preventing powers the devil was
+not restrained, the earth would be subjected to dearth, droughts, and
+famine; the air infected with noxious fumes; and, in a word, mankind
+would be utterly destroyed, which might oblige our Maker (if I may be
+allowed the expression) to the necessity of a new _fiat_, or else have
+no more creatures to honour and worship him.
+
+As the devil never wanted insinuators, I shall observe, that I learned a
+way how to make a man dream of what I pleased. For instance, let us suppose
+one to be found asleep; let another lay his mouth close to his ear, and
+whisper any thing so softly as not to awake him, the sleeping man shall
+dream of what has been so whispered in his ear; nay, I can assure you,
+those insinuating devils can do this even when we are awake, which I call
+impulses of the mind: for from whence, but from these insinuators, come
+our causeless passions, involuntary wickedness, or sinful desires? Who
+else form ideas in the mind of man when he is asleep, or present terrible
+or, beautiful figures to his fancy: Mr. Milton represents the devil
+tempting Eve in the shape of a toad, lying just at her ear, when in her
+bower she lay fast asleep; and brings in Eve telling Adam what an uneasy
+night's rest she had, and relating her dream to him. And likewise I
+believe that good spirits have the same intercourse with us, in warning
+us against those things that are evil, and prompting us to that which is
+good.
+
+Were we to have the eyes of our souls opened, through the eyes of our
+bodies, we should see this very immediate region or air which we breath
+in, thronged with spirits now invisible, and which otherwise would be
+the most terrible; we should view the secret transactions of those
+messengers who are employed when the parting soul takes it's leave of
+the reluctant body, and perhaps see things nature would shrink back from
+with the utmost terror and amazement. In a word, the curtain of
+Providence for the disposition of things here, and the curtain of
+judgment for the determination of the state of souls hereafter, would be
+alike drawn back; and what heart could support here its future state in
+life; much less that, of its future state after life, even good or bad.
+
+A gentleman of my acquaintance, being about seven miles distant from
+London, a friend that came to dine with him, solicited him to go to the
+city. _What_, said the gentleman, _is there any occasion for me? No,
+Sir_, said the other, _nothing at all except the enjoyment of your good
+company_: and so gave over importuning him. Just then a strong impulse
+of mind urged the gentleman and pursued him like a voice, with, _Go to
+London, Go to London. Hark ye_, says he to his friend, _is all well at
+London? Am I wanted there? Or did you ask me to go with you on any
+particular account? Are all my family well? Yes, indeed, Sir_, said he,
+_I perceived them all very hearty; and I did not ask you to go to London
+upon any particular account whatsoever, except it was for the sake of
+your good company_. Again, he put off his resolution: but still the
+impulse suggested to him, _Go to London_; and at length he did so. When
+he came there, he found a letter and a messenger had been there to seek
+him, and to tell him of a particular business, which was at first and
+last above a thousand pounds to him, and which might inevitably have
+been lost, had he hot gone to London that night.
+
+The obeying of several hints, of secret impulses, argues great wisdom.
+I knew a man that was under misfortunes, being guilty of misdemeanors
+against the goverment; when, absconding for fear of his ruin, all his
+friends advising him not to put himself in the hands of the law, one
+morning as he awaked, he felt a strong impulse darting into his mind
+thus, _Write a letter to them;_ and this was repeated several times to
+his mind, and at last he answered to it, as if it had been a voice,
+_Whom shall I write to?_ Immediately it replied, _Write to the judge:_
+and this impulse pursued him for several days, till at length he took
+pen, ink, and paper, and sat down to write to him: when immediately
+words flowed from his pen, like streams from a fair fountain, that
+charmed even himself with hopes of success. In short, the letter was so
+strenuous in argument, so pathetic in its eloquence, and so persuasively
+moving, that when the judge had read it, he sent him an answer he might
+be easy, he would endeavour to make that matter light to him; and,
+indeed, never left exerting himself, till he had stopt the prosecution,
+and restored him to his liberty and family.
+
+I know a person who had so strong an impression upon her mind, that the
+house she was in would be burnt that very night, that she could not
+sleep; the impulse she had upon her mind pressed her not to go to bed,
+which, however, she got over, and went to bed; but was so terrified with
+the thought, which run in her mind, that the house would be burnt, that
+she could not go to sleep; but communicating her apprehensions to
+another in the family, they were both in such a fright, that they
+applied themselves to search from the top of the house to the bottom, &
+to see every fire and candle safe out, so that, as they all said, it was
+impossible that any thing could happen then, and they sent to the
+neighbours on both sides to do the like. Thus far they did well: But had
+she obeyed the hint which pressed upon her strangely, not to go to bed,
+she had done much better; for the fire was actually kindled at that very
+time, though not broken out. About an hour after the whole family was in
+bed, the house just over the way, directly opposite, was all in flames,
+and the wind, which was very high, blowing the flame upon the house this
+gentlewoman lived in, so filled it with smoke and fire, in a few
+minutes, the street being narrow, that they had not air to breathe, or
+time to do any thing, but jump out of their beds, and save their lives.
+Had she obeyed the hint given, and not gone to bed, she might have saved
+several things; but the few moments she had spared to her, were but just
+sufficient to leap out of bed, put some cloathes on, and get down
+stairs, for the house was on fire in half a quarter of an hour.
+
+While I am mentioning these things, methinks it is very hard that we
+should obey the whispers of evil spirits, and not much rather receive
+the notices which good ones are pleased to give. We never perceive the
+misfortune of this, but when in real danger; and then we cry, _My mind
+misgave me when I was going about it_; but if so, why do you fight the
+caution? Why not listen to it as to a voice? and then there had been no
+reason to make this complaint.
+
+I remember about fourteen or fifteen years ago (as to time I cannot be
+very positive) there was a young clergyman in the city of Dublin, in
+Ireland, who dreamed a very uncommon dream, that a gentleman had killed
+his wife, a relation of his, by stabbing her in several places; the
+fright of this awaked him, but finding it a dream, he composed himself
+again to sleep, when he dreamed a second time the same dream. This made
+him a little uneasy; but thinking it proceeded from the impression made
+on his mind by the former, he went to sleep again, and dreamed the same
+dream a third time also. So troubled was he at this, that he arose, and
+knocked at his mother's chamber, told his concern, and his apprehensions
+that all was not right at his relation's house. _Dear son_, says the
+good old gentlewoman, _do not mind these foolish dreams; and I very much
+wonder, that you, being a person in holy orders, should have regard to
+such illusions_. Upon this he went to bed again, fell asleep, and
+dreamed a fourth time as before. And then indeed he put on his
+night-gown, and went to Smithfield, the place where his relation dwelt.
+Here it was, alas! he perceived his dream too sadly fulfilled, by seeing
+his relation the young lady, big with child, who was a Protestant,
+stabbed in several places by her barbarous husband, Mr. Eustace, a
+violent Papist, only for some discourses of religion that happened the
+day before. After the wretch had stabbed her in three places, he went to
+make his escape out at a window; but she cried out, _My dear! don't
+leave me, come back, and I shall be well again_. At which he returned in
+a hellish rage, and gave her four wounds more; when, even in this
+condition, rising from her bed, she wrapped herself in her night-gown,
+and went to the Lord Bishop of Rapho's chamber door (the Bishop lodging
+at that time in the house). _My Lord_, said she, _O my Lord, make haste
+unto me_; but as soon as his Lordship came, she expired in his arms,
+resigning her precious soul into the hands of Almighty God. The cruel
+wretch her husband was shot by the pursuers; too good a death for one
+who deserved the gibbet; and the lady was universally lamented by all
+tender and religious people. And this tragical relation I have
+mentioned, upon the account of that impulse, or dream, that the
+clergyman had at the fatal time of the bloody action.
+
+It might be expected I should enter upon the subject of apparitions,
+and discourse concerning the reality of them; and whether they can
+revisit the place of their former existence, and resume those faculties
+of speech and shape as they had when living; but, as these are very
+doubtful matters, I shall only make a few observations upon them.
+
+I once heard of a man that would allow the reality of apparitions, but
+laid it all upon the devil, thinking that the souls of men departed, or
+good men, did never appear. To this very man something did appear: He
+said, he saw the shape of an ancient man pass by him in the dusk, who,
+holding up his hand in a threatening posture, cried out, _O wicked man,
+repent, repent_. Terrified with this apparition, he consulted several
+friends, who advised him to take the advice. But after all, it was not
+an apparition, but a grave and pious gentleman, who met him by mere
+accident, and had been sensible of his wickedness; and who never
+undeceived him, lest it should hinder his reformation.
+
+Some people make a very ill use of the general notion, that there are no
+apparitions nor spirits at all: which is worse than those who fancy they
+see them upon every occasion; for those carry their notions farther,
+even to annihilate the devil, and believe nothing about him, neither of
+one kind or other: the next step they come to, is to conclude, _There is
+no God_, and so atheism takes its rise in the same sink, with a
+carelessness about futurity. But there is no occasion to enter upon an
+argument to prove the being of the Almighty, or to illustrate his power
+by words, who has so many undeniable testimonies in the breasts of every
+rational being to prove his existence: and we have sufficient proofs
+enough to convince us of the great superintendency of Divine Providence
+in the minutest affairs of this world; the manifest existence of the
+invisible world; the reality of spirits, and intelligence between us and
+them. What I have said, I hope, will not mislead any person, or be a
+means whereby they may delude themselves; for I have spoken of these
+things with the utmost seriousness of mind, and with a sincere and
+ardent desire for the general good and benefit of the world.
+
+
+
+CHAP. V. _Of suffering Afflictions._
+
+Afflictions are common to all mankind; and whether they proceed from
+losses, disappointments, or the malice of men, they often bring their
+advantages along with them: For this shews man the vanity and
+deceitfulness of this life, and is an occasion of rectifying our
+measures, and bringing us to a more modest opinion of ourselves: It
+tells us, how necessary the assistance of divine grace is unto us, when
+life itself becomes a burden, and death even desirable: But when the
+greatest oppression comes upon us, we must have recourse to patience,
+begging of God to give us that virtue; and the more composed, we are
+under any trouble, the more commendable is our wisdom, and the larger
+will be our recompense. Let the provocation be what it will, whether
+from a good-natured and conscientious, or a wicked, perverse, and
+vexatious man; all this we should take as from the over-ruling hand of
+God, as a punishment for our sins. Many times injured innocence may be
+abused by false oaths, or the power of wicked, jealous, or malicious
+men; but we often find it, like the palm, rise the higher the more it is
+depressed; while the justice of God is eminently remarkable in punishing
+those, one way or other, who desire to endeavour to procure the downfal
+of an innocent man: Nor does God fail comforting an afflicted person,
+who with tears and prayers solicits the throne of Heaven for deliverance
+and protection. David says, _that his soul was full of trouble, and his
+life drew near unto the grave_. But certainly David's afflictions made
+him eminently remarkable, as particularly when pursued by King Saul, and
+hunted as a partridge over the mountains. But one thing which stands by
+innocence, is the love of God; for were we to suffer disgrace, nay, an
+ignominious death itself, what consolation does our innocence procure at
+our latest conflict, our last moments!
+
+
+
+CHAP. VI. _Of the immorality of conversation, and the vulgar errors of
+behaviour_.
+
+As conversation is a great part of human happiness, so it is a pleasant
+sight to behold a sweet tempered man, who is always fit for it; to see
+an air of humour and pleasantness sit ever upon his brow, and even
+something angelic in his very countenance: Whereas, if we observe a
+designing man, we shall find a mark of involuntary sadness break in upon
+his joy, and a certain insurrection in the soul, the natural concomitant
+of profligate principles.
+
+They err very much, who think religion, or a strict morality discomposes
+the mind, and renders it unfit for conversation; for it rather inspires
+us to innocent mirth, without such a counterfeit joy as vitious men
+appear with; and indeed wit is as consistent with religion, as religion
+is with good manners; nor is there any thing in the limitation of virtue
+and religion that should abate the pleasures of this world, but on the
+contrary rather serves to increase them.
+
+On the other hand, many men, by their own vice and intemperance,
+disqualify themselves for conversation. Conversation is immoral, where
+the discourse is undecent, immodest, scandalous, slanderous, and
+abusive. How great is their folly, and how much do they expose
+themselves when they affront their best friend, even God himself, who
+laughs at the fool _when his fear cometh?_
+
+The great scandal atheistical and immoral discourse gives to virtue,
+ought, methinks, to be punished by all good magistrates: Make a man once
+cease to believe a God, and he has nothing left to limit his soul. How
+incongruous is it to government, that a man shall be punished for
+drunkenness, and yet have liberty to affront, and even deny the Majesty
+of heaven? When if, even among men, one gives the lie to a gentleman in
+company, or perhaps speaks an affronting word, a quarrel will ensue, and
+a combat, and perhaps murder be the consequence: At the least, he, will
+prosecute him at law with the utmost virulence and oppression.
+
+The next thing to be refrained, is obscene discourse, which is the
+language only of proficients in debauchery, who never repent, but in a
+gaol or hospital; and whose carcases relish no better than their
+discourse, till the body becomes too nasty for the soul to stay any
+longer in it.
+
+Nor is false talking to be less avoided; for lying is the sheep's
+clothing hung upon the wolf's back: It is the Pharisee's prayer, the
+whore's buss, the hypocrite's paint, the murderer's smile, the thief's
+cloak; it is Joab's embrace, and Judah's kiss; in a word, it is
+mankind's darling sin, and the devil's distinguishing character. Some
+add lies to lies, till it not only comes to be improbable, but even
+impossible too: Others lie for gain to deceive, delude, and betray: And
+a third lies for sport, or for fun. There are other liars, who are
+personal and malicious; who foment differences, and carry tales from one
+house to another, in order to gratify their own envious tempers, without
+any regard to reverence or truth.
+
+
+
+
+THE
+
+REMARKABLE HISTORY
+
+OF
+
+ALEXANDER SELKIRK
+
+_From the voyage of Captain Woodes Rogers to the South Seas and round
+the World._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+On February 1st, 1709, we came before that island,[1] having had a good
+observation the day before, and found our latitude to be 34 degrees 10
+minutes south. In the afternoon, we hoisted out our pinnace; and Captain
+Dover, with the boat's crew, went in her to go ashore, though we could
+not be less that four leagues off. As soon as the pinnace was gone, I
+went on board the Duchess, who admired our boat attempting going ashore
+at that distance from land. It was against my inclination: but, to
+oblige Captain Dover, I let her go: As soon as it was dark, we saw a
+light ashore. Our boat was then about a league off the island, and bore
+away for the ship as soon as she saw the lights: We put our lights
+aboard for the boat, though some were of opinion, the lights we saw were
+our boat's lights: But, as night came on, it appeared too large for
+that: We fired our quarter-deck gun, and several muskets, showing lights
+in our mizen and fore-shrouds, that our boat might find us whilst we
+were in the lee of the island: About two in the morning our boat came on
+board, having been two hours on board the Duchess, that took them up
+astern of us; we were glad they got well off, because it began to blow.
+We were all convinces the light was on the shore, and designed to make
+our ships ready to engage, believing them to be French ships at anchor,
+and we must either fight them, or want water. All this stir and
+apprehension arose, as we afterwards found, from one poor naked man, who
+passed in our imagination, at present, for a Spanish garrison, a body of
+Frenchmen, or a crew of pirates. While we were under these
+apprehensions, we stood on the backside of the island, in order to fall
+in with the southerly wind, till we were past the island; and then we
+came back to it again, and ran close aboard the land that begins to make
+the north-east side.
+
+[Footnote 1: _Juan Fernandez._]
+
+We still continued to reason upon this matter; and it is in a manner
+incredible, what strange notions many of our people entertained from the
+sight of the fire upon the island. It served, however, to show people's
+tempers and spirits; and we were able to give a tolerable guess how our
+men would behave, in case there really were any enemies upon the island.
+The flaws came heavy off the shore, and we were forced to reef our
+topsails when we opened the middle bay, where we expected to have found
+our enemy; but saw all clear, & no ships, nor in the other bay next the
+north-east end. These two bays are all that ships ride in, which recruit
+on this island; but the middle bay is by much the best. We guessed there
+had been ships there, but that they were gone on sight of us. We sent
+our yawl ashore about noon, with Captain Dover, Mr. Fry, and six men,
+all armed: Mean while we and the Duchess kept turning to get in, and
+such heavy flaws came off the land, that we were forced to let go our
+top sail sheet, keeping all hands to stand by our sails, for fear of the
+winds carrying them away: But when the flaws were gone, we had little or
+no wind. These flaws proceeded from the land; which is very high in the
+middle of the island. Our boat did not return; we sent our pinnace with
+the men armed, to see what was the occasion of the yawl's stay; for we
+were afraid, that the Spaniards had a garrison there, and might have
+seized them. We put out a signal for our boat, and the Duchess showed a
+French ensign. Immediately our pinnace returned from the shore, and
+brought abundance of cry-fish, with a man clothed in goats skins, who
+looked wilder than the first owners of them. He had been on the island
+four years and four months, being left there by Captain Stradling in the
+Cinque-ports, his name was Alexander Selkirk, a Scotchman, who had been
+master of the Cinque-ports, a ship that came here last with Captain
+Dampier, who told me, that this was the best man in her. I immediately
+agreed with him to be a mate on board our ship: It was he that made the
+fire last night when he saw our ships, which he judged to be English.
+During his stay here he saw several ships pass by, but only two came in
+to anchors: As he went to view them; he found them to be Spaniards, and
+retired from them, upon which they shot at him: Had they been French, he
+would have submitted; but choose to risque his dying alone on the
+island, rather than fall into the hands of Spaniards in these parts;
+because he apprehended they would murder him, or make a slave of him in
+the mines; for he feared they would spare no stranger that might be
+capable of discovering the South Seas.
+
+The Spaniards had landed, before he knew what they were; and they came
+so near him, that he had much ado to escape; for they not only shot at
+him, but pursued him to the woods, where he climbed to the top of a
+tree, at the foot of which they made water, and killed several goats
+just by, but went off again without discovering him. He told us that he
+was born at Largo, in the county of Fife, in Scotland, and was bred a
+sailor from his youth. The reason of his being left here was difference
+between him and his captain; which together with the ship's being leaky,
+made him willing rather to stay here, than go along with him at first;
+but when he was at last willing to go, the captain would not receive
+him. He had been at the island before, to wood and water, when two of
+the ship's company were left upon it for six mouths, till the Ship
+returned, being chased thence by two French South-sea ships. He had with
+him his cloaths and bedding, with a firelock, some powder, bullets and
+tobacco, a hatchet, a knife, a kettle, a bible, some practical pieces,
+and his mathematical instruments and books. He diverted and provided for
+himself as well as he could; but for the first eight months, had much
+ado to bear up against melancholy, and the terror of being left alone in
+such a desolate place. He built two huts with pimento trees, covered
+them with long grass, & lined them with the skins of goats, which be
+killed with his gun as he wanted, so long as his powder lasted, which
+was but a pound; and that being almost spent, he got fire by rubbing two
+sticks of pimento-wood together upon his knee. In the lesser hut, at
+some distance from the other, he dressed his victuals; and in the larger
+he slept; and employed himself in reading, singing psalms, and praying;
+so that he said. He was a better Christian, while in this solitude, than
+ever he was before, or than, he was afraid, he would ever be again.
+
+At first he never ate anything till hunger constrained him, partly for
+grief, and partly for want of bread and salt: Nor did he go to bed, till
+he could watch no longer; the pimento-wood, which burnt very clear,
+served him both for fire and candle, and refreshed him with its fragrant
+smell. He might have had fish enough, but would not eat them for want of
+salt, because they occasioned a looseness, except crayfish which are as
+large as our lobsters, and very good: These he sometimes boiled, and at
+other times broiled, as he did his goat's flesh, of, which he made very
+good broth, for they are not so rank as ours: he kept an account of 500
+that he killed while there, and caught as many more, which he marked on
+the ear, and let go. When, his powder failed, he took them by speed of
+feet; for his way of living, continual exercise of walking and running
+cleared him of all gross humours; so that he ran with wonderful
+swiftness through the woods, and up the rocks and hills, as we perceived
+when we employed him to catch goats for us; We had a bull dog, which we
+lent with several of our nimblest runners, to help him in catching
+goats; but he distanced and tired both the dog and the men, caught the
+goats, and brought them to us on his back.
+
+He told us, that his agility in pursuing a goat had once like to have
+cost him his life; he pursued it with so much eagerness, that he catched
+hold of it on the brink of a precipiece, of which he was not aware, the
+bushes hiding it from him; so, that he fell with the goat down the
+precipiece; a great height, and was to stunned and bruised with the
+fall, that he narrowly escaped with his life; and, when he came to his
+senses, found the goat dead under him: He lay there about twenty-four
+hours, and was scarce able to crawl to his hut, which was about a mile
+distant, or to stir abroad again in ten days.
+
+He came at last to relish his meat well enough without salt or bread;
+and, in the season had plenty of good turreps, which had been sewed
+there by Captain Dampier's men, and have now overspread some acres of
+ground. He had enough of good cabbage from the cabbage-trees, and
+seasoned his meat with the fruit of the pimento trees, which is the same
+as Jamaica pepper, and smells deliciously: He found also a black pepper,
+called Ma'azeta, which was very good to expel wind, and against gripping
+in the guts.
+
+He soon wore out all his shoes and clothes by running in the woods; and
+at last, being forced to shift without them, his feet became so hard,
+that he ran everywhere without difficulty; and it was some time before
+he could wear shoes after we found him; for not being used to any so
+long, his feet swelled when he came first to wear them again.
+
+After he had conquered his melancholy, he diverted himself sometimes
+with cutting his name in the trees, and the time of his being left, and
+continuance there. He was at first much pestered with cats and rats,
+that bred in great numbers, from some of each species which had got
+ashore from ships that put in there to wood and water: The rats gnawed
+his feet and cloathes whilst asleep, which obliged him to cherish the
+cats with his goats flesh, by which many of them became so tame, that
+they would lie about him in hundreds, and soon delivered him from the
+rats: He likewise tamed some kids; and, to divert himself would, now and
+then, sing and dance with them, and his cats: So that by the favour of
+Providence, and vigour of his youth, being now but thirty years old, he
+came, at last, to conquer all the inconveniencies of his solitude, and
+to be very easy.
+
+When his cloathes were worn out, he made himself a coat and a cap of
+goat-skins, which he stiched together with little thongs of the same,
+that he cut with his knife, He had no other needle but a nail; and, when
+his knife was worn to the back, he made others, as well as he could, of
+some iron hoops that were left ashore, which he beat thin, and ground
+upon stones. Having some linnen cloth by him, he sewed him some shirts
+with a nail, and stiched them with the worsted of his old stockings,
+which he pulled out on purpose. He had his last shirt on, when we found
+him in the island.
+
+At his first coming on board us, he had so much forgot his language, for
+want of use, that we could scarce understand him: for he seemed to speak
+his words by halve. We offered him a dram: but he would not touch it;
+having drank nothing but water since his being there; And it was
+sometime before he could relish our victuals. He could give us an
+account of no other product of the island, than what we have mentioned,
+except some black plums, which are very good, but hard to come at, the
+trees, which bear them, growing on high mountains and rocks.
+Pimento-trees are plenty here, and we saw some of sixty feet high and
+about two yards thick; and cotton-trees higher, and near four fathoms
+round in the stock. The climate is so good that the trees and grass are
+verdant all the year round. The winter lasts no longer than June and
+July, and is not then severe, there being only a small frost, and a
+little hail: but sometimes great rains. The heat of the summer is
+equally moderate; and there is not much thunder, or tempestuous weather
+of any sort. He saw no venomous or savage creature on the island, nor
+any sort of beasts but goats, the first of which had been put ashore
+here, on purpose for a breed, by Juan Fernandez, a Spaniard, who settled
+there with some families, till the continent of Chili began to submit to
+the Spaniards; which, being more profitable; tempted them to quit this
+island, capable however, of maintaining a good number of people, and
+being made so strong, that they could hot be easily dislodged from
+thence.
+
+February 3d we got our smith's forge on shore, set our coopers to work,
+and made a little tent for me to have the benefit of the air. The
+Duchess had also a tent for their sick men; so that we had a small town
+of our own here, and every body employed. A few men supplied us all with
+fish of several sorts, all very good, in such abundance, that, in a few
+hours, we could take as many as would serve 200. There were sea-fowls in
+the bay, as large as geese: but eat fishy. The governor never failed of
+procuring us two or three goats a day for our sick men; by which, with
+the help of the greens, and the wholesome air, they recovered very soon
+of the scurvy; so that Captain Dover and I thought it a very agreeable
+seat, the weather being neither too hot nor too cold. We spent our time,
+till the 10th, in refitting our ships, taking wood on board; and laying
+in water, that which we brought from England and St. Vincent being
+spoiled by the badness of the casks. We likewise boiled up about eighty
+gallons of sea-lions oil, as we might have done several tons, had we
+been provided with vessels. We refined it for our lamps, to save
+candles. The sailors sometimes use it to fry their meat, for want of
+butter, and find it agreeable enough. The men who worked on our
+rigging, eat young seals, which they preferred to our ships victuals, &
+said it was as good as English lamb, though I should have been glad of
+such an exchange. We made what haste we could to get all the necessaries
+on board, being willing to lose no time; for we were informed at the
+Canaries, that five stout French ships were coming together to those
+seas.
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LIFE AND MOST SURPRISING
+ADVENTURES OF ROBINSON CRUSOE, OF YORK, MARINER (1801)***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 11866-8.txt or 11866-8.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/1/1/8/6/11866
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's
+eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
+compressed (zipped), HTML and others.
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over
+the old filename and etext number.  The replaced older file is renamed.
+VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
+new filenames and etext numbers.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000,
+are filed in directories based on their release date.  If you want to
+download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular
+search system you may utilize the following addresses and just
+download by the etext year.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext06
+
+    (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99,
+     98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90)
+
+EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are
+filed in a different way.  The year of a release date is no longer part
+of the directory path.  The path is based on the etext number (which is
+identical to the filename).  The path to the file is made up of single
+digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename.  For
+example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at:
+
+https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234
+
+or filename 24689 would be found at:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689
+
+An alternative method of locating eBooks:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL
+
+*** END: FULL LICENSE ***
diff --git a/old/11866-8.zip b/old/11866-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b714c37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866-8.zip
diff --git a/old/11866-8.zip.04012004 b/old/11866-8.zip.04012004
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..007c583
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866-8.zip.04012004
diff --git a/old/11866-h.zip b/old/11866-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f866c05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866-h.zip
diff --git a/old/11866-h.zip.04012004 b/old/11866-h.zip.04012004
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d86ed99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866-h.zip.04012004
diff --git a/old/11866-h/11866-h.htm b/old/11866-h/11866-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6e4a28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866-h/11866-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,11393 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Life and Most Surprising Adventures of Robinson Crusoe, of York, Mariner (1801), by Daniel Defoe</title>
+<style type="text/css">
+    * {  font-family: Times;}
+    P {  margin-top: .75em;
+         margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+         font-size: 14pt;
+         text-align: justify;
+         margin-bottom: .75em; }
+    blockquote {text-align: justify;
+         margin-left: 15%;
+         margin-right: 15%;}
+    IMG {
+         BORDER-RIGHT: 0px;
+         BORDER-TOP: 0px;
+         BORDER-LEFT: 0px;
+         BORDER-BOTTOM: 0px }
+  span.pagenum
+  {position: absolute; left: 1%; right: 91%; font-size: 8pt;}
+
+    div.note {
+      border-style: dashed;
+      border-width: 1px;
+      border-color: #000000;
+      background-color: #ccffcc;
+      font-size: .8em;
+      margin: 10px;
+    }
+
+    H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 {     text-align: center; }
+    HR { width: 33%; }
+
+    hr.full { width: 100%;
+             height: 5px; }
+	a:link {color:blue;
+			text-decoration:none}
+	link {color:blue;
+			text-decoration:none}
+	a:visited {color:blue;
+			text-decoration:none}
+	a:hover {color:red}
+	pre.gut		{font-size: 85%;}
+    .ind { MARGIN-LEFT: 10%; MARGIN-RIGHT: 10%; }
+    .ctr { TEXT-ALIGN: center; }
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Life and Most Surprising Adventures of
+Robinson Crusoe, of York, Mariner (1801), by Daniel Defoe</h1>
+
+<pre class="gut">
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at <a href = "https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>
+
+Title: The Life and Most Surprising Adventures of Robinson Crusoe, of York, Mariner (1801)
+
+Author: Daniel Defoe
+
+Release Date: April 1, 2004  [eBook #11866]
+Most recently updated September 16, 2009
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: iso-8859-1
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LIFE AND MOST SURPRISING ADVENTURES
+   OF ROBINSON CRUSOE, OF YORK, MARINER (1801)***
+</pre>
+<br>
+<br>
+<center><h3>E-text prepared by Internet Archive;<br>
+            University of Florida; and Charlie Kirschner<br>
+            and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team</h3></center>
+<br>
+<br>
+<div class="note">
+<p><span class="smallcaps">Editorial Note:</span><br>
+<br>
+Daniel Defoe's tale of Robinson Crusoe was first published in 1719.
+Numerous&mdash;almost countless&mdash;versions were published subsequently.
+Several are available in Project Gutenberg's library, including the following
+e-books:<br>
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/521">https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/521</a><br>
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/561">https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/561</a><br>
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/5902">https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/5902</a><br>
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/6328">https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/6328</a><br>
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/6936">https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/6936</a><br>
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/11239">https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/11239</a><br>
+<br>
+Various tales have been included in the different versions, usually under the
+names of "The Adventures of Robinson Crusoe," "The Further Adventures of Robinson
+Crusoe," and "Robinson Crusoe's Vision of the Angelic World." Even an account of
+the adventures of Alexander Selkirk, who was marooned for four years on an island
+in the Pacific Ocean, has been incorporated into some versions of the Robinson
+Crusoe stories. All of these tales are incorporated into this e-book taken from
+an 1801 edition.</p><br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<p><span class="smallcaps">Transcriber's Note:</span><br>
+<br>There were
+several pages unavailable for scanning (pages: <a href=
+"#page023">23</a>, <a href="#page090">90</a>, <a href=
+"#page134">134</a>, and <a href="#page224">224-226</a>) from the
+original book.  Page images of the identical text were subsequently
+made available by the University of Florida Baldwin
+Library of Historical Children's Literature and have been
+added to this e-book. The page images can be seen by the reader at
+<a href="http://www.uflib.ufl.edu/UFDC/UFDC.aspx?s=defoe&amp;m=hd1J&amp;i=53904">http://www.uflib.ufl.edu/UFDC/UFDC.aspx?s=defoe&amp;m=hd1J&amp;i=53904</a>.</p>
+</div>
+<br>
+<hr class="full" noshade>
+<br>
+<a name="Frontspiece"></a>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/I.jpg"><img src="Images/I.jpg"
+width="40%" alt=""></a><br>
+<b>I Was Wrapt Up In Contemplation And Often Lifted Up My
+Hands,<br>
+With The Profoundest Humility, To The Divine Powers,<br>
+For Saving My Life, When The<br>
+Rest Of My Companions Were All Drowned."</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.<br>
+<a href="#page018"><i>see page 18</i></a>.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<h3>THE</h3>
+<h1>LIFE</h1>
+<h3>AND MOST</h3>
+<h2>SURPRISING ADVENTURES</h2>
+<h3>OF</h3>
+<h1>ROBINSON CRUSOE,</h1>
+<h2><i>OF YORK, MARINER</i>.</h2>
+<h4>WHO LIVED EIGHT AND TWENTY YEARS IN AN UNINHABITED ISLAND, ON
+THE COAST OF<br>
+AMERICA, NEAR THE MOUTH OF THE GREAT RIVER OROONOQUE,</h4>
+<h4>Including an Account of</h4>
+<h4>HIS DELIVERANCE THENCE, AND HIS <a href=
+"#FURTHER_ADVENTURES">AFTER SURPRISING ADVENTURES</a>.</h4>
+<h4>WITH</h4>
+<h3><a href="#VISION_OF_THE_ANGELIC_WORLD">HIS VISION OF THE
+ANGELIC WORLD.</a></h3>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<h4>AN IMPROVED EDITION,</h4>
+<h5><i>Illustrated with Engravings, from Original designs</i>.</h5>
+<center>[<a href="#Frontspiece">1</a>] [<a href="#057.jpg">2</a>]
+[<a href="#077.jpg">3</a>] [<a href="#113.jpg">4</a>] [<a href=
+"#160.jpg">5</a>] [<a href="#182.jpg">6</a>] [<a href=
+"#199.jpg">7</a>]</center>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<h5>To which is annexed,</h5>
+<h4>THE REMARKABLE HISTORY OF</h4>
+<h3><a href="#ALEXANDER_SELKIRK"><i>ALEXANDER SELKIRK</i>;</a></h3>
+<h5>Who lived four years and four months in a state of Solitude, on
+the Island of <i>Juan Fernandez</i>, in the Pacific Ocean,</h5>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<h4>DUNBAR:</h4>
+<h4>PRINTED BY AND FOR G. MILLER</h4>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<h4>1801.</h4>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<h2>PREFACE.</h2>
+<p>If ever the story of any private man's adventures in the world
+were worth making public, and were acceptable when published, the
+Editor of this account thinks this will be so.</p>
+<p>The wonders of this man's life exceed all that (he thinks) is to
+be found extant; the life of one man being scarce capable of a
+greater variety.</p>
+<p>The story is told with modesty, with seriousness, and with a
+religious application of events to the uses to which wise men
+always apply them, viz. to the instruction of others by this
+example, and to justify and honour the wisdom of Providence in all
+the variety of our circumstances, let them happen how they
+will.</p>
+<p>The editor believes this narrative to be a just history of fact;
+neither is their any appearance of fiction in it: and though he is
+well aware there are many, who on account of the very singular
+preservations the author met with, will give it the name of
+romance; yet in which ever of these lights it shall be viewed, he
+imagines, that the improvement of it, as well as the diversion, as
+to the instruction of the reader, will be the same; and as such, he
+thinks, without farther compliment to the world, he does them a
+great service in the publication.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page005" id="page005"></a>[pg
+005]</span>
+<h2>THE</h2>
+<h1>LIFE AND ADVENTURES</h1>
+<h3>OF</h3>
+<h1>ROBINSON CRUSOE.</h1>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<p>I was born at York, in the year 1632, of a reputable family. My
+father was a native of Bremen, who by merchandizing at Hull for
+some time, gained a very plentiful fortune. He married my mother at
+York, who received her first breath in that country: and as her
+maiden name was Robinson, I was called <i>Robinson Kreutznaer</i>:
+which not being easily pronounced in the English tongue, we are
+commonly known by the name of Crusoe.</p>
+<p>I was the youngest of three brothers. The eldest was a
+lieutenant colonel in Lochart's regiment, but slain by the
+Spaniards: what became of the other, I could never learn.</p>
+<p>No charge or pains were wanting in my education.--My father
+designed me for the law; yet nothing would serve me but I must go
+to sea, both against the will of my father, the tears of my mother,
+and the entreaties of friends. One morning my father expostulated
+very warmly with me: What reason, says he, have you to leave your
+native country, where there must be a more certain prospect of
+content and happiness, to enter into a wandering condition of
+uneasiness and uncertainty? He recommended to me Augur's wish,
+"Neither to desire poverty nor riches:" that a middle state of life
+was the most happy, and that the high towering thoughts of raising
+our condition by wandering abroad, were surrounded with misery and
+danger, and often ended with confusion and disappointment. I
+entreat you, nay, I command you, (says he) to desist from these
+intentions. Consider your elder brother, who laid down his life for
+his honour, or rather lost it for his disobedience to my will. If
+you will go (added he) my prayers shall however be offered for your
+preservation; but a time may come, when, desolate, oppressed, or
+forsaken, you may wish you had taken your poor despised father's
+counsel.--He pronounced these words with such a moving and paternal
+eloquence, while floods of tears ran down his aged cheeks, that it
+seemed to stem the torrent of my resolutions. <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page006" id="page006"></a>[pg 006]</span> But
+this soon wore, off, and a little after I informed my mother, that
+I could not settle to any business, my resolutions were so strong
+to see the world; and begged she would gain my father's consent
+only to go one voyage; which, if I did not prove prosperous, I
+would never attempt a second. But my desire was as vain as my folly
+in making. My mother passionately expressed her dislike of this,
+proposal, telling me, "That as she saw I was bent upon my own
+destruction, contrary to their will and my duty, she would say no
+more; but leave me to do whatever I pleased."</p>
+<p>I was then, I think, nineteen years old, when one time being
+Hull; I met a school-fellow of mine, going along with his father,
+who was master of a ship, to London; and acquainted him with my
+wandering desires; he assured me of a free passage, and a plentiful
+share of what was necessary. Thus, without imploring a blessing, or
+taking farewell of my parents, I took shipping on the first of
+September 1651. We set sail soon after, and our ship had scarce
+left the Humber astern, when there arose so violent a storm, that,
+being extremely sea-sick, I concluded the judgment of God
+deservedly followed me for my disobedience to my dear parents. It
+was then I called to mind, the good advice of my father; how easy
+and comfortable was a middle state of life; and I firmly resolved,
+if it pleased God to set me on dry land once more, I would return
+to my parents, implore their forgiveness, and bid a final adieu to
+my wandering inclinations.</p>
+<p>Such were my thoughts while the storm continued: but these good
+resolutions decreased with the danger; more especially when my
+companion came to me, clapping me on the shoulder: "What, Bob!"
+said he, "sure you was not frightened last night with scarce a
+capful of wind?"--"And do you" cried I, "call such a violent storm
+a capful of wind?"--"A storm, you fool you," said he, "this is
+nothing; a good ship and sea-room always baffles such a foolish
+squall of wind as that: But you're a fresh water sailor: Come boy,
+turn out, see what fine weather we have now, and a good bowl of
+punch will drown all your past sorrows." In short, the punch was
+made, I was drunk and in one night's time drowned both my
+repentance and my good resolutions, forgetting entirely the vows
+and promises I made in my distress: and whenever any reflections
+would return on me, what by company, and what by drinking, I soon
+mastered those fits, as I deridingly called them. But this only
+made way for another trial, whereby I could not but see how much I
+was beholden to kind Providence.</p>
+<p>Upon the sixth day we came to an anchor in Harwich road, where
+we lay wind bound with some Newcastle ships; and there being good
+anchorage, and our cables found, the seamen forgot their late toil
+and danger, and spent the time as merry as if they had been on
+shore. But on the eight day there arose a brisk gale of wind, which
+prevented our tiding it up the river; and <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page007" id="page007"></a>[pg 007]</span> still
+increasing, our ship rode forecastle in, and shipped several large
+seas.</p>
+<p>It was not long before horror seized the seamen themselves, and
+I heard the master express this melancholy ejaculation, "Lord have
+mercy upon us, we shall be all, lost and undone!" For my part, sick
+unto death, I kept my cabin till the universal and terribly
+dreadful apprehensions of our speedy fate made me get upon deck;
+and there I was affrighted indeed. The sea went mountains high: I
+could see nothing but distress around us; two ships had cut their
+masts on board, and another was foundered; two more that had lost
+their anchors, were forced out to the mercy of the ocean; and to
+save our lives we were forced to cut our foremast and mainmast
+quite away.</p>
+<p>Who is their so ignorant as not to judge of my dreadful
+condition? I was but a fresh-water sailor and therefore it seemed
+more terrible. Our ship was very good, but over-loaded; which made
+the sailors often cry out, "She would founder!" Words I then was
+ignorant of. All this while the storm continuing, and rather
+increasing, the master and the most sober part of his men went to
+prayers, expecting death every moment. In the middle of the night
+one cried out, "We had sprung a leak;" another, "That there was
+four feet water in the hold." I was just ready to expire with fear,
+when immediately all hands were called to the pump; and the men
+forced me also in that extremity to share with them in their
+labour. While thus employed, the master espying some light
+colliers, fired a gun as a signal of distress; and I, not
+understanding what it meant, and thinking that either the ship
+broke, or some dreadful thing happened, fell into a swoon. Even in
+that common condition of woe, nobody minded me, excepting to thrust
+me aside with their feet, thinking me dead, and it was a great
+while before I recovered.</p>
+<p>Happy it was for us, when, upon the signal given, they ventured
+out their boats to save our lives. All our pumping had been in
+vain, and vain had all our attempts been, had they not come to our
+ship's side, and our men cast them a rope over the stern with a
+buoy to it, which after great labour they got hold of, and we
+hauling them up to us got into their boat, and left our ship which
+we perceived sink within less than a quarter of an hour; and thus I
+learned what was meant by <i>foundering at sea.</i> And now the men
+incessantly laboured to recover their, own ship; but the sea ran so
+high, and the wind blew so hard, that they thought it convenient to
+hale within shore; which, with great difficulty and danger, at last
+we happily effected landing at a place called <i>Cromer</i>, not
+far from Winterton lighthouse; from whence we all walked to
+Yarmouth, where, as objects of pity, many good people furnished us
+with necessaries to carry us either to Hull or London.</p>
+<p>Strange, after all this, like the prodigal son, I did not return
+to my father; who hearing of the ship's calamity, for a long
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page008" id="page008"></a>[pg
+008]</span> time thought me entombed in the deep. No doubt but I
+should have <i>shared on his fatted calf</i>, as the scripture
+expresseth it; but my ill fate still pusheth me on, in spite of the
+powerful convictions of reason and conscience.</p>
+<p>When we had been at Yarmouth three days, I met my old companion,
+who had given me the invitation to go on board along with his
+father. His behaviour and speech were altered, and in a melancholy
+manner asked me how I did, telling his father who I was, &amp; how
+I had made this voyage only for a trial to proceed further abroad.
+Upon which the old gentleman turning to me gravely, said, "Young
+man, you ought never to go to sea any more, but to take this for a
+certain sign that you never will prosper in a sea-faring
+condition." "Sir" answered I, "will you take the same resolution?"
+"It is a different case," said he, "it is my calling, and
+consequently my duty; but as you have made this voyage for a trial,
+you see what ill success heaven has set before your eyes; and
+perhaps our miseries have been on your account, like <i>Jonah</i>
+in the ship of <i>Tarshish</i>. But pray what are you, and on what
+account did you go to sea?" Upon which I very freely declared my
+whole story: at the end of which he made this exclamation: "Ye
+sacred powers: what had I committed, that such a wretch should
+enter into my ship to heap upon me such a deluge of miseries!" But
+soon recollecting his passion, "Young man" said he, "if you do not
+go back, depend upon it, wherever you go, you will meet with
+disasters and disappointments till your father's words are
+fulfilled upon you." And so we parted.</p>
+<p>I thought at first to return home; but shame opposed that good
+motion, as thinking I should be laughed at by my neighbours and
+acquaintance. So strange is the nature of youth, who are not
+ashamed to sin, but yet ashamed to repent; and so far from being
+ashamed of those actions for which they may be acounted fools, they
+think it folly to return to their duty, which is the principal mark
+of wisdom. In short I travelled up to London, resolving upon a
+voyage, and a voyage I soon heard of, by my acquaintance with a
+captain who took a fancy to me, to go to the coast of Guinea.
+Having some money, and appearing like a gentleman, I went on board,
+not as a common sailor or foremast man; nay, the commander agreed I
+should go that voyage with him without any expence; that I should
+be his messmate and companion, and I was very welcome to carry any
+thing with me, and make the best merchandise I could.</p>
+<p>I blessed my happy fortune, and humbly thanked my captain for
+this offer; and acquainting my friends in Yorkshire, forty pounds
+were sent me, the greatest part of which my dear father and mother
+contributed to, with which I bought toys and trifles, as the
+captain directed me. My captain also taught me navigation, how to
+keep an account of the ship's course, take an <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page009" id="page009"></a>[pg 009]</span>
+observation, and led me into the knowledge of several useful
+branches of the mathematics. And indeed this voyage made me both a
+sailor and a merchant; for I brought home five pounds nine ounces
+of gold-dust for my adventure which produced, at my return to
+London, almost three hundred pounds. But in this voyage I was
+extremely sick, being thrown into a violent calenture through the
+excessive heat, trading upon the coast from the latitude of fifteen
+degrees north, even to the line itself.</p>
+<p>But alas! my dear friend the captain soon departed this life
+after his arrival. This was a sensible grief to me; yet I resolved
+to go another with his mate, who had now got command of the ship.
+This proved a very unsuccessful one; for though I did not carry
+quite a hundred pounds of my late acquired wealth, (so that I had
+two hundred pounds left, which I reposed with the captain's widow,
+who was an honest gentlewoman) yet my misfortunes in this unhappy
+voyage were very great. For our ship sailing towards the Canary
+islands, we were chased by a Salee rover; and in spite of all the
+haste we could make by crowding as much canvas as our yards could
+spread, or our masts carry, the pirate gained upon us, to that we
+prepared ourselves to fight. They had eighteen guns, and we had but
+twelve. About three in the afternoon there was a desperate
+engagement, wherein many were killed and wounded on both sides; but
+finding ourselves overpowered with numbers, our ship disabled and
+ourselves too impotent to have the least hopes of success, we were
+forced to surrender; and accordingly were all carried prisoners
+into the port of Salee. Our men were sent to the Emperor's court to
+be sold there, but the pirate captain taking notice of me, kept me
+to be his own slave.</p>
+<p>In this condition, I thought myself the most miserable creature
+on earth, and the prophecy of my father came afresh into my
+thoughts. However, my condition was better than I thought it to be,
+as will soon appear. Some hopes indeed I had that my new patron
+would go to sea again, where he might be taken by a Spanish or
+Portuguese man of war, and then I should be set at liberty. But in
+this I was mistaken; for he never took me with him, but left me to
+look after his little garden, and do the drudgery of his house, and
+when he returned from sea, would make, me lie in the cabin, and
+look after the ship. I had no one that I could communicate my
+thoughts to, which were continually meditating my escape; no
+Englishman, Irishman, or Scotchman here but myself; and for two
+years I could see nothing practicable, but only pleased myself with
+the imagination.</p>
+<p>After some length of time, my patron, as I found, grew; so poor
+that he could not fit out his ship as usual; and then he used
+constantly, once or twice a week, if the weather was fair, to go
+out a fishing, taking me and a young Moresco Boy to row the boat;
+and to much pleased was he with me for my dexterity in catching the
+fish, that he would often send me with a Moor, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page010" id="page010"></a>[pg 010]</span> who
+was one of his kinsemen, and the Moresco youth, to catch a dish of
+fish for him.</p>
+<p>One morning, as we were at the sport, there arose such a thick
+fog that we lost sight of the shore; and rowing we knew not which
+way, we laboured all the night, and in the morning found ourselves
+in the ocean, two leagues from land. However, we attained there at
+length, and made the greater haste, because our stomachs were
+exceedingly sharp and hungry. In order to prevent such disasters
+for the future, my patron ordered a carpenter to build a little
+state room or cabin in the middle of the long-boat, with a place
+behind it to steer and hale home the main-sheet, with other
+conveniences to keep him from the weather, as also lockers to put
+in all manner of provisions, with a handsome shoulder of mutton
+sail, gibing over the cabin.</p>
+<p>In this he frequently took us out a fishing: and one time
+inviting two or three persons of distinction to go with him, made
+provision extraordinary, providing also three fusees with powder
+and shot, that they might have some sport at fowling along the
+sea-coast. The next morning the boat was made clean, her ancient
+and pendants on, and every thing ready: but their minds altering,
+my patron ordered us to go a fishing, for that his guests would
+certainly sup with him that night.</p>
+<p>And now I began to think of my deliverance indeed. In order to
+this I persuaded to Moor to get some provisions on board, as not
+daring to meddle with our patron's: and he taking my advice, we
+stored ourselves with rusk biscuit, and three jars of water.
+Besides, I privately conveyed into the boat a bottle or brandy,
+some twine, thread, a hammer, hatchet, and a saw; and, in
+particular, some bees wax, which was a great comfort to me, and
+served to make candles. I then persuaded Muley (for so was the Moor
+called) to procure some powder and shot, pretending to kill sea
+curlues, which he innocently and readily agreed to. In short, being
+provided with all things necessary, we sailed out, resolving for my
+own part to make my escape, though it should cost me my life.</p>
+<p>When we had passed the castle, we fell a fishing; but though I
+knew there was a bite, I dissembled the matter, in order to put out
+further to sea. Accordingly we ran a league further; when giving
+the boy the helm, and pretending to stoop for something, I seized
+Muley by surprise and threw him overboard. As he was an excellent
+swimmer, he soon arose and made towards the boat; upon which I took
+out a fusee, and presented at him: "Muley" said I, "I never yet
+designed to do you any harm, and seek nothing now but my
+redemption. I know you are able enough to swim to shore, and save
+your life: but if you are resolved to follow me to the endangering
+of mine, the very moment you proceed, I will shoot you through the
+head." The harmless creature at these words, turned himself from
+me, and I make no doubt got safe to land. Them turning <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page011" id="page011"></a>[pg 011]</span> to the
+boy Xury, I perceived he trembled at the action: but I put him out
+of all fear, telling him, that if he would be true and faithful to
+me, I would do well by him. "And therefore," said I, "you must
+stroke your face to be faithful: and, as the Turks have learned
+you, swear by Mahomet, and the beard of your father, or else I will
+throw you into the sea also." So innocent did the child then look,
+and with such an obliging smile consented, that I readily believed
+him, and from that day forward began to love him entirely.</p>
+<p>We then pursued our voyage: and least they should think me gone
+to the Straits' mouth, I kept to the southward to the truly
+Barbarian coast; but in the dusk of the evening, I changed my
+course, and steering directly S. and by E. that I might keep near
+the shore: and, having a fresh gale of wind, with a pleasant smooth
+sea, by three o'clock next day I was one hundred and fifty miles
+beyond the Emperor of Morocco's dominions. Yet still having the
+dreadful apprehensions of being retaken, I continued sailing for
+five days successively, till such time as the wind shifting to the
+southward, made me conclude, that if any vessel was in the chase of
+me, they would proceed no farther. After so much fatigue and
+thought, I anchored at the mouth of a little river, I knew not what
+or where: neither did I then see, any people. What I principally
+wanted was fresh water; and I was resolved about dusk to swim
+ashore. But no sooner did the gloomy clouds of night begin to
+succeed the declining day, when we heard such barking, roaring, and
+howling of wild creatures, that one might have thought the very
+strongest monsters of nature, or infernal spirits had their
+residence there. Poor Xury, almost dead with fear, entreated me not
+to go on shore that night. "Supposing I don't, Xury," said I, "and
+in the morning we should see men who are worse than those we fear,
+what then?" "O den we may give dem de shoot gun," replied Xury,
+laughing, "and de gun make dem all run away."</p>
+<p>The wit and broken English which the boy had learned among the
+captives of our nation, pleased me entirely: and, to add to his
+cheerfulness I gave him a dram of the bottle: we could get but
+little sleep all the night for those terrible howlings they made;
+and, indeed, we were both very much affrighted, when, by the
+rollings of the water, and other tokens, we justly concluded one of
+these monsters made towards our boat. I could not see till it came
+within two oars length, when taking my fusee, I let fly at him.
+Whether I hit him or no, I cannot tell; but he made towards the
+shore, and the noise of my gun increased the stupendious noise of
+the monsters.</p>
+<p>The next morning I was resolved to go on shore to get fresh
+water, and venture my life among the beasts or savages should
+either attack me. Xury said, he would take one of the jars and
+bring me some. I asked him why he would go and not I? The poor boy
+answered, "If wild mans come they eat me, you <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page012" id="page012"></a>[pg 012]</span> go
+away." A mind scarcely now to be imitated, so contrary to
+self-preservation, the most powerful law of Nature. This indeed
+increased my affection to the child. "Well, dear Xury," said I, we
+will both go ashore, both kill wild mans, and they "shall eat
+neither of us." So giving Xury a piece of rusk-bread to eat, and a
+dram, we waded ashore, carrying nothing with us but our arms, and
+two jars for water. I did not go out of sight of the boat, as
+dreading the savages coming down the river in their canoes; but the
+boy seeing a low descent or vale about a mile in the country, he
+wandered to it: and then running back to me with great
+precipitation, I thought he was pursued by some savage or wild
+beast; upon which I approached, resolving to perish or protect him
+from danger. As he came nearer to me, I saw something hanging over
+his shoulders, which was a creature he had shot like a hare, but
+different in colour, and longer legs; however, we were glad of it,
+for it proved wholesome, and nourishing meat: but what added to our
+joy was, my boy assured me there was plenty of water, and that he
+<i>see no wild mans.</i> And greater still was our comfort when we
+found fresh water in the creek where we were when the tide was out,
+without going so far up into the country.</p>
+<p>In this place I began to consider that the Canary and Cape de
+Verde islands lay not for off: but having no instrument, I knew not
+what latitude, or when to stand off to sea for them; yet my hopes
+were, I should meet some of the English trading vessels, who would
+relieve and take us in.</p>
+<p>The place I was in was no doubt that wild country, inhabited
+only by a few, that lies between the Emperor of Morocco's dominions
+and the Negroes. It is filled with wild beasts and the Moors use it
+for hunting chiefly.--From this place I thought I saw the top of
+the mountain Teneriff in the Canaries: which made me try twice to
+attain it: but as often was I drove back, and so forced to pursue
+my fortune along shore.</p>
+<p>Early one morning we came to an anchor under a little point of
+land, but pretty high; and the tide beginning to flow, we lay ready
+to go further in--But Xury, whose youthful and penetrating eyes
+were sharper then mine, in a soft tone, desired me to keep far from
+land, lest we should be devoured, "For look yonder, mayter," said
+he, "and see de dreadful monster fast asleep on de side of de
+hill." Accordingly looking where he pointed, I espied a fearful
+monster indeed. It was a terrible great lion that lay on shore,
+covered as it were by a shade of a piece of the hill. "Xury," said
+I, "you shall go on shore and kill him." But the boy looked amazed:
+"Me kill him!" says he, "he eat me at one mouth:" meaning one
+mouthful. Upon which I bid him lie still, and charging my biggest
+gun with two slugs, and a good charge of powder, I took the best
+aim I could to shoot him through the head, but his leg lying over
+his nose, the slug broke his <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page013" id="page013"></a>[pg 013]</span> knee-bone. The lion
+awaking with the pain, got up, but soon fell down, giving the most
+hideous groan I ever heard: but taking my second piece, I shot him
+through the head, and then he lay struggling for life. Upon this
+Xury took heart and desired my leave to go on shore. "Go then,"
+said I. Upon which taking a little gun in one hand, he swam to
+shore with the other, and coming close to the lion, put a period to
+his life, by shooting him again through the head.</p>
+<p>But this was spending our ammunition in vain, the flesh not
+being good to eat. Xury was like a champion, and comes on board for
+a hatchet, to cut of the head of his enemy: but not having strength
+to perform it, he cut off and brought me a foot. I bethought me,
+however, that his skin would be of use. This work cost Xury and me
+a whole day: when spreading it on the top of our cabin, the hot
+beams of the sun effectually dried it in two days time, and it
+afterwards served me for a bed to lie on.</p>
+<p>And now we sailed southerly, living sparingly on our provisions,
+and went no oftener on shore than we were obliged for fresh water.
+My design was to make the river Gambia or Senegal, or any where
+about the Cape de Verde, in hopes to meet some European ship. If
+Providence did not so favour me, my next course was to seek for the
+islands, or lose my life among the Negroes. And in a word, I put my
+whole stress upon this, "Either that I must meet with some ship or
+certainly perish."</p>
+<p>One day as we were sailing along, we saw people stand on the
+shore looking at us: we could also perceive they were black and
+stark naked. I was inclined to go on shore, but Xury cried, "No,
+no:" however, I approached nearer, and I found they run along the
+shore by me a good way. They had no weapons in their hands, except
+one, who held a long stick, which Xury told me was a lance, with
+which they could kill at a great distance. I talked to them by
+signs and made them sensible I wanted something to eat: they
+beckoned to me to stop my boat, while two of them ran up into the
+country, and in less than half an hour came back, and brought with
+them two pieces of dried flesh, and some corn, which we kindly
+accepted; and to prevent any fears on either side, they brought the
+food to the shore, laid it down, then went and stood a great way
+off till we fetched it on board, and then came close to us
+again.</p>
+<p>But while we were returning thanks to them, being all we could
+afford, two mighty creatures came from the mountains: one as it
+were pursuing the other with great fury, which we were the rather
+inclined to believe as they seldom appear but in the night: and
+both these swiftly passing by the Negroes, jumped into the sea,
+wantonly swimming about, as tho' the diversion of the waters had
+put a stop to their fierceness. At last one of them coming nearer
+to my boat than I expected or desired, I shot him directly through
+the head; upon which he sunk <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page014" id="page014"></a>[pg 014]</span> immediately, and yet
+rising again, would have willingly made the shore: but between the
+wound and the strangling of the water, he died before he could
+reach it.</p>
+<p>It is impossible to express the consternation the poor Negroes
+were in at the firing of my gun; much less can I mention their
+surprise, when they perceived the creature to be slain by it. I
+made signs to them to draw near it with a rope, and then gave it
+them to hale on shore. It was a beautiful leopard, which made me
+desire its skin: and the Negroes seeming to covet the carcase, I
+freely gave it to them. As for the other leopard, it made to shore,
+and ran with prodigious swiftness out of sight. The Negroes having
+kindly furnished me with water, and with what roots and grains
+their country afforded, I took my leave, and, after eleven days
+sail, came in sight of the Cape de Verde, and those islands called
+by its name. But the great distance I was from it, and fearing
+contrary winds would prevent my reaching them, I began to grow
+melancholy and dejected, when, upon a sudden, Xury cried out,
+"Master! Master! a ship with a sail!" and looked as affrighted as
+if it was his master's ship sent in search of us. But I soon
+discovered she was a Portuguese ship, as I thought bound to the
+coast of Guinea for Negroes. Upon which I strove for life to come
+up to them. But vain had it been, if through their perspective
+glasses they had not perceived me and shortened their sail to let
+me come up. Encouraged at this, I set up my patron's ancient, and
+fired a gun, both as signals of distress; upon which they very
+kindly lay to, so that in three hours time I came up with them.
+They spoke to me in Portuguese, Spanish, and French, but neither of
+these did I understand; till at length a Scots sailor called, and
+then I told him I was an Englishman, who had escaped from the Moors
+at Sallee: upon which they took me kindly on board, with all my
+effects.</p>
+<p>Surely none can express the inconceivable joy I felt at this
+happy deliverance! who from being a late miserable and forlorn
+creature was not only relieved, but in favour with the master of
+the ship, to whom, in return for my deliverance, I offered all I
+had. "God forbid," said he, "that I should take any thing from you.
+Every thing shall be delivered to you when you come to Brazil. If I
+have saved your life it is no more than I should expect to receive
+myself from any other, when in the same circumstances I should
+happen to meet the like deliverance. And should I take from you
+what you have, and leave you at Brazil, why, this would be only
+taking away a life I had given. My charity teaches me better. Those
+effects you have will support you there, and provide you a passage
+home again." And, indeed, he acted with the strictest justice in
+what he did, taking my things into his possession, and giving me an
+exact inventory, even to my earthen jars. He bought my boat of me
+for the ship's use, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page015" id=
+"page015"></a>[pg 015]</span> giving me a note of eighty pieces of
+eight, payable at Brazil; and if any body offered more, he would
+make it up. He also gave me 60 pieces for my boy Xury. It way with
+great reluctance I was prevailed upon to sell the child's liberty,
+who had served me so faithfully; but the boy was willing himself;
+and it was agreed, that after ten years he should be made free,
+upon his renouncing Mahometanism, and embracing Christianity.</p>
+<p>Having a pleasant voyage to the Brazils, we arrived in the Bay
+de Todos los Santos, or All Saints Bay, in twenty-two days after.
+And here I cannot forget the generous treatment of the captain. He
+would take nothing for my passage, gave me twenty ducats for the
+leopard's skin, and thirty for the lion's. Every thing he caused to
+be delivered, and what I would sell he bought. In short I made
+about 220 pieces of my cargo; and with this stock I entered once
+more, as I may say into the scene of life.</p>
+<p>Being recommended to an honest planter, I lived with him till
+such time as I was informed of the manner of their planting and
+making sugar; and seeing how well they lived, and how suddenly they
+grew rich, I was filled with a desire to settle among them, and
+resolved to get my money remitted to me, and to purchase a
+plantation.</p>
+<p>To be brief, I bought a settlement next door to an honest and
+kind neighbour, born at Lisbon, of English parents, whose
+plantation joining to mine, we improved it very amicably together.
+Both our stocks were low, and for two years we planted only for
+food: but the third year we planted some tobacco, and each of us
+dressed a large piece of ground the ensuing year for planting
+canes. But now I found how much I wanted assistance, and repented
+the loss of my dear boy Xury.</p>
+<p>Having none to assist me, my father's words came into my mind;
+and I used to ask myself, if what I sought was only a middle
+station of life, why could it not as well be obtained in England as
+here? When I pondered on this with regret, the thoughts of my late
+deliverance forsook me. I had none to converse with but my
+neighbour; no work to be done but by my own hands; it often made me
+say, my condition was like to that of a man cast upon a desolate
+island. So unhappy are we in our reflections, so forgetful of what
+good things we receive ourselves, and so unthankful for our
+deliverance from these calamities that others endure.</p>
+<p>I, was in some measure settled, before the captain who took me
+up departed from the Brazils. One day I went to him, and told him
+what stock I had in London, desiring his assistance in getting it
+remitted; to which the good gentleman readily consented, but would
+only have me send for half my money, lest it should miscarry;
+which, if it did, I might still have the remainder to support me:
+and so taking letters of procuration of me, bid me trouble myself
+no farther about it.</p>
+<p>And indeed wonderful was his kindness towards me; for he not
+only procured the money I had drawn for upon my captain's
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page016" id="page016"></a>[pg
+016]</span> widow, but sent me over a servant with a cargo
+proportionable to my condition. He also sent me over tools of all
+sorts, iron-work, and utensils necessary for my plantation, which
+proved to be of the greatest use to me in my business.</p>
+<p>Wealth now accumulating on me, and uncommon success crowning my
+prosperous labours, I might have rested happy in that middle state
+of life my father had so often recommended, yet nothing would
+content me, such was my evil genius, but I must leave this happy
+station, for a foolish ambition in rising; and thus, once more, I
+cast myself into the greatest gulph of misery that ever poor
+creature fell into. Having lived four years in Brazil, I had not
+only learned the language, but contracted acquaintance with the
+most eminent planters, and even the merchants of St. Salvadore; to
+whom, once, by way of discourse, having given account of my two
+voyages to the coast of Guinea and the manner of trading there for
+mere trifles, by which we furnish our plantations with Negroes,
+they gave such attention to what I said, that three of them came
+one morning to me, and told me they had a secret proposal to make.
+After enjoining me to secrecy (it being an infringement on the
+powers of the Kings of Portugal and Spain) they told me they had a
+mind to fit out a ship to go to Guinea, in order to stock the
+plantation with Negroes, which as they could not be publicly sold,
+they would divide among them: and if I would go their supercargo in
+the ship, to manage the trading part, I should have ah equal share
+of the Negroes, without providing any stock. The thing indeed was
+fair enough, had I been in another condition. But I, born to be my
+own destroyer, could not resist the proposal, but accepted the
+offer upon condition of their looking after my plantation. So
+making a formal will, I bequeathed my effects to my good friend the
+captain, as my universal heir; but obliged him to dispose of my
+effects as directed, one half of the produce to himself, and the
+other to be shipped to England.</p>
+<p>The ship being fitted out, and all things ready, we set sail the
+first of September, 1659, being the same day eight-years I left my
+father and, mother in Yorkshire. We sailed northward upon the
+coast, in order to gain Africa, till we made Cape Augustine; from
+whence going farther into the ocean, out of sight of land, we
+steered as though we were bound for the isle Fernand de Norenba,
+leaving the islands on the east; and then it was that we met with a
+terrible tempest, which continued for twelve days successively, so
+that the wind carried us wheresoever they pleased. In this
+perplexity one of our men died, and one man and a boy were washed
+overboard. When the weather cleared up a little, we found ourselves
+eleven degrees north latitude, upon the coast of Guinea. Upon this
+the captain gave reasons for returning; which I opposed,
+counselling him to stand away for Barbadoes, which as I supposed,
+might be attained in fifteen days. So altering our course, we
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page017" id="page017"></a>[pg
+017]</span> sailed north-west and by west, in order to reach the
+Leeward Islands; but a second storm succeeding, drove us to the
+westward; so that we were justly afraid of falling into the hands
+of cruel savages, or the paws of devouring beasts of prey.</p>
+<p>In this great distress, one of our men, early in the morning
+cried out, <i>Land, land!</i> which he had no sooner cried out, but
+our ship struck upon a sand bank, and in a moment the sea broke
+over her in such a manner that we expected we should all have
+perished immediately. We knew nothing where we were, or upon what
+land we were driven; whether an island or the main, inhabited or
+not inhabited; and we could not so much as hope that the ship would
+hold out many minutes, without breaking in pieces, except the wind
+by a miracle should turn about immediately. While we stood looking
+at one another, expecting death every moment, the mate lay a hold
+of the boat, and with the help of the rest got her flung over the
+ship's side, and getting all into her, being eleven of us,
+committed ourselves to God's mercy and the wild sea. And now we saw
+that this last effort would not be a sufficient protection from
+death; so high did the sea rise, that it was impossible the boat
+should live. As to making sail, we had none; neither if we had,
+could we make use of any. So that when we had rowed, or rather were
+driven about a league and a half, a raging wave, like a lofty
+mountain, came rolling astern of us, and took us with such fury,
+that at once it overset the boat. Thus being swallowed up in a
+moment, we had hardly time to call upon the tremendous name of God;
+much less to implore, in dying ejaculations, his infinite mercy to
+receive our departing souls.</p>
+<p>Men are generally counted insensible, when struggling in the
+pangs of death; but while I was overwhelmed with water, I had the
+most dreadful apprehensions imaginable. For the joys of heaven and
+the torments of hell, seemed to present themselves before me in
+these dying agonies, and even small space of time, as it were,
+between life and death. I was going I thought I knew not whither,
+into a dismal gulf unknown, and as yet unperceived, never to behold
+my friends, nor the light of this world any more! Could I even have
+thought of annihilation, or a total dissolution of soul as well as
+body, the gloomy thoughts of having no further being, no knowledge
+of what we hoped for, but an eternal <i>quietus</i>, without life
+or sense: even that, I say, would have been enough to strike me
+with horror and confusion! I strove, however, to the last
+extremity, while all my companions were overpowered and entombed in
+the deep: and it was with great difficulty I kept my breath till
+the wave spent itself, and retiring back, left me on the shore half
+dead with the water I had taken in. As soon as I got on my feet, I
+ran as fast as I could, lest another wave should pursue me, and
+carry me back again. But for all the haste I <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page018" id="page018"></a>[pg 018]</span> made,
+I could not avoid it: for the sea came after me like a high
+mountain, or furious enemy; so that my business was to hold my
+breath, and by raising myself on the water, preserve it by
+swimming. The next dreadful wave buried me at once twenty or thirty
+feet deep, but at the same time carried me with a mighty force and
+swiftness toward the shore: when raising myself, I held out as well
+as possible, till at length the water having spent itself, began to
+return, at which I struck forward, and feeling ground with my feet,
+I took to my heels again. Thus being served twice more, I was at
+length dashed against a piece of a rock, in such a manner as left
+me senseless; but recovering a little before the return of the
+wave, which, no doubt, would then have overwhelmed me, I held fast
+by the rock till those succeeding waves abated; and then fetching
+another run, was overtaken by a small wave, which was soon
+conquered. But before any more could overtake me, I reached the
+main land, where clambering up the cliffs of the shore, tired and
+almost spent I sat down on the grass, free from the dangers of the
+foaming ocean.</p>
+<p>No tongue can express the ecstasies and transports that my soul
+felt at the happy deliverance. It was like a reprieve to a dying
+malefactor, with a halter about his neck, and ready to be turned
+off. I was wrapt up in contemplation and often lifted up my hands,
+with the profoundest humility, to the Divine Powers, for saving, my
+life, when the rest of my companions were all drowned. And now I
+began to cast my eyes around, to behold what place I was in and
+what I had next to do. I could see no house nor people; I was wet,
+yet had no clothes to shift me; hungry and thirsty, yet had nothing
+to eat or drink; no weapon to destroy any creature for my
+sustenance; nor defend myself against devouring beasts; in short, I
+had nothing but a knife, a tobacco pipe, and a box half filled with
+tobacco. The darksome night coming on upon me, increased my fears
+of being devoured by wild creatures; my mind was plunged in
+despair, and having no prospect, as I thought, of life before me, I
+prepared for another kind of death then what I had lately escaped.
+I walked about a furlong to see if I could find any fresh water,
+which I did, to my great joy: and taking a quid of tobacco to
+prevent hunger, I got up into a thick bushy tree, and seating
+myself so that I could not fall, a deep sleep overtook me, and for
+that night buried my sorrows in a quiet repose.</p>
+<p>It was broad day the next morning before I awaked; when I not
+only perceived the tempest was ceased, but law the ship driven
+almost as far as the rock before-mentioned, which the waves had
+dashed me against, and which was about a mile from the place where
+I was. When I came down from my apartment in the tree, I perceived
+the ship's boat two miles distant on my right-hand, lying on shore,
+as the waves had cast her. I thought to have got to her; but there
+being an inlet of water of about <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page019" id="page019"></a>[pg 019]</span> half a mile's breadth
+between it and me, I returned again towards the ship, as hoping to
+find something for my more immediate subsistence. About noon, when
+the sea was calm, that I could come within a quarter of a mile of
+her, it was to my grief I perceived, that, if we had kept on board
+all our lives had been saved. These thoughts, and my solitude drew
+tears from my eyes, though all in vain. So resolving to get to the
+ship, I stripped and leapt into the water, when swimming round her,
+I was afraid I should not get any thing to lay hold of; but it was
+my good fortune to espy a small piece of rope hang down by the fore
+chains, so low that, by the help of it, though with great
+difficulty, I got into the forecastle of the ship. Here I found
+that the ship was bulged, and had a great deal of water in her
+hold: her stern was lifted up against a bank, and her head almost
+to the water. All her quarter and what was there, was free and dry.
+The provisions I found in good order, with which I crammed my
+pockets, and losing no time, ate while I was doing other things: I
+also found some rum, of which I took a hearty dram: and now I
+wanted for nothing except a boat, which indeed was all, to carry
+away what was needful for me.</p>
+<p>Necessity occasions quickness of thought. We had several spare
+yards, a spare topmast or two, and two or three large spars of
+wood. With these I fell to work, and flung as many of them
+overboard as I could manage, tying every one of them with a rope,
+that they might not drive away. This done, I went down to the
+ship's side, and tyed four of them fast together at both ends, in
+form of a raft, and laying two or three short pieces of plank upon
+them crosswise, I found it would bear me, but not any considerable
+weight. Upon which I went to work again, cutting a spare topmast
+into three lengths, adding them to my raft with a great deal of
+labour and pains. I then considered what I should load it with, it
+being not able to bear a ponderous burden. And this I soon thought
+of, first laying upon it all the planks and boards I could get;
+next I lowered down three of the seamen's chests, after I had
+filled them with bread, rice, three Dutch cheeses, five pieces of
+dried goat's flesh, and some European corn, what little the rats
+had spared: and for liquors, I found several cases of bottles
+belonging to our skipper, in which were some cordial waters, and
+four or five gallons of rack, which I stowed by themselves. By this
+time the tide beginning to flow, I perceived my coat, waistcoat,
+and shirt, swim away, which I had left on the shore; as for my
+linen breeches and stockings, I swam with them to the ship; but I
+soon found clothes enough, though I took no more than I wanted for
+the present. My eyes were chiefly on tools to work with; and after
+a long search, I found out the carpenter's chest, which I got safe
+down on my raft. I then looked for arms and ammunition, and in
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page020" id="page020"></a>[pg
+020]</span> the great cabin found two good fowling pieces, two
+pistols, several powder horns filled, a small bag of shot, and two
+old rusty swords. I likewise found three barrels of powder, two of
+which were good, but the third had taken water, also two or three
+broken oars, two saws, an ax, and a hammer. I then put to sea, and
+in getting to shore had three encouragements. 1. A smooth calm sea.
+2. The tide rising and letting in to shore. 3. The little wind
+there was blew towards the land. After I had sailed about a mile, I
+found the raft to drive a little distance from the place where I
+first landed; and then I perceived a little opening of the land,
+with a strong current of the tide running into it: upon which I
+kept the middle of the stream. But great was my concern, when on a
+sudden the fore part of my raft ran a ground, so that had I not,
+with great difficulty, for near half an hour, kept my back
+straining against the chests to keep my effects in their places,
+all I had would have gone into the sea. But after some time, the
+rising of the water caused the raft to float again, and coming up a
+little river with land on both sides, I landed in a little cove, as
+near the mouth as possible, the better to discover a sail, if any
+such providentially passed that way.</p>
+<p>Not far off, I espied a hill of stupendous height, surounded
+with lesser hills about it, and thither I was resolved to go and
+view the country that I might see what part was best, to fix my
+habitation. Accordingly, arming myself with a pistol a fowling
+piece, powder and ball, I ascended the mountain. There I perceived
+I was in an island, encompassed by the sea; no distant lands to be
+seen but scattering rocks that lay to the west: that it seemed to
+be a barren place, and, as I thought, inhabited only by wild
+beasts. I perceived abundance of fowls, but ignorant of what kind,
+or whether good for nourishment; I shot one of them at my return,
+which occasioned a confused screaming among the other birds, and I
+found it, by its colours and beak, to be a kind of a hawk, but its
+flesh was perfect carrion.</p>
+<p>When I came to my raft, I brought my effects on shore, which
+work spent that day entirely; and fearing that some cruel beasts
+might devour me in the night time while I slept, I made a kind of
+hut or barricade with the chests and boards I had brought onshore.
+That night I slept very comfortably; and the next morning my
+thoughts were employed to make a further attempt on the ship, and
+bring away what necessaries I could find, before another storm
+should break her to pieces. Accordingly I got on board as before,
+and prepared a second raft far more nice then the first, upon which
+I brought away the carpenter's stores, two or three bags full of
+nails, a great jack-screw, a dozen or two of hatchets, and a
+grind-stone. I also took away several things that belonged to the
+gunner, particularly two or three iron crows, two barels of
+musket-bullets, another fowling-piece, a small quantity of powder,
+and a large bagful of small shot. Besides <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page021" id="page021"></a>[pg 021]</span> these,
+I took all the men's clothes I could find, a spare fore topsail, a
+hammock, and some bedding; and thus completing my second cargo, I
+made all the haste to shore I could, fearing some wild beast might
+destroy what I had there already. But I only found a little wild
+cat sitting on one of the chests, which seeming not to fear me or
+the gun that I presented at her, I threw her a piece of biscuit,
+which she instantly ate, and departed.</p>
+<p>When I had gotten these effects on shore, I went to work in
+order to make me a little tent with the sail and some poles which I
+had cut for that purpose; and having finished it, what things might
+be damaged by the weather I brought in, piling all the empty chests
+and calks in a circle, the better to fortify it against any sudden
+attempt of man or beast. After this, I blocked up the doors with
+some boards, and an empty chest, turned the long way out. I then
+charged my gun and pistol, and laying my bed on the ground, slept
+as comfortably, till next morning, as though I had been in a
+christian country.</p>
+<p>Now, though I had enough to subsist me a long time, yet
+despairing of a sudden deliverance, or that both ammunition and
+provision might be spent before such a thing happened, I coveted as
+much as I could; and so long as the ship remained in that
+condition, I daily brought away one necessary or other;
+particularly the rigging, sails, and cordage, some twine, a barrel
+of wet powder, some sugar, a barrel of meal, 3 calks of rum, &amp;,
+what indeed was most welcome to me, a whole hogshead of bread.</p>
+<p>The next time I went I cut the cables in pieces, carried off a
+hawser whole, with a great deal of iron work, and made another raft
+with the mizen and sprit-sail-yard; but this being so unwieldy, by
+the too heavy burden I had upon it, and not being able so
+dextrously to guide it, as the former, both my cargo and I were
+overturned. For my part, all the damage I sustained was a wet skin;
+and, at low water, after much labour in diving, I got most of the
+cables, and some pieces of iron.</p>
+<p>Thirteen days I had now been in the island, and eleven times on
+board, bringing away all that was possible, and, I believe, had the
+weather been calm, I should have brought away the whole ship piece
+by piece. As I was going the twelfth time, the wind began to rise;
+however, I ventured at low water, and rummaging the cabin, in a
+locker I found several razors, scissors, and some dozens of knives
+and forks; and in another thirty-six pounds in pieces of eight,
+silver and gold. <i>Ah! simple vanity</i> said I <i>whom this world
+so much dotes on, where is now thy virtue, thy excellency to me?
+You cannot procure me one thing needful, nor remove me from this
+desolate island to a place of plenty. One of these knives, so
+meanly esteemed, is to me more preferable than all this heap. E'en
+therefore remain where thou art to sink in the deep as unregarded,
+even as a creature whose life is not worth preserving.</i> Yet,
+after all this exclamation, I wrapt it up in a piece of canvas,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page022" id="page022"></a>[pg
+022]</span> and began to think of making another raft, but I soon
+perceived the wind began to arise, a fresh gale blowing from the
+shore, and the sky overcast with clouds and darkness; so thinking a
+a raft to be in yaw, I let myself into the water with what things I
+had about me, and it was with much difficulty I got ashore, when
+soon after it blew a fearful storm.</p>
+<p>That night I slept very contentedly in my little tent,
+surrounded with all my effects; but when I looked out in the
+morning no more ship was to be seen. This much surprised me for the
+present; yet, when I considered I had lost no time, abated no pains
+and had got every thing useful out of her, I comforted myself in
+the best manner, and entirely submitted to the will of
+Providence.</p>
+<p>My next thoughts were, how I should defend and secure myself
+from savages and wild beasts, if any such were in the island. At
+one time I thought of digging a cave, at another I was for erecting
+a tent; and, at length, I resolved to do both: The manner or form
+of which will not, I hope, be unpleasing to describe.</p>
+<p>When I considered the ground where I was, that it was moorish,
+and had no fresh water near it, my resolutions were to search for a
+soil healthy and well watered, where I might not only be sheltered
+from the sun's scorching heat, but be more conveniently situated,
+as well to be secured from wild men and beasts of prey, as more
+easily to discover any distant sail, should it ever happen.</p>
+<p>And, indeed, it was not long before I had my desire. I found a
+little plain near a rising hill, the front towards which being as
+steep as a house side, nothing could descend on me from the top. On
+the side of this rock, was a little hollow place, resembling the
+entrance or door of a cave. Just before this place; on the circle
+of the green, I resolved my tent should stand. This plain did not
+much exceed a hundred yards broad, and about twice as long, like a
+delightful green, before my door, with a pleasing, though an
+irregular descent every way to the low grounds by the sea-side,
+lying on the N. W. side of the hill, so that it was sheltered from
+the excessive heat of the sun. After this, I drew a semi-circle,
+containing ten yards in a semi-diameter, and twenty yards in the
+whole, driving down two rows; of strong stakes, not 6 inches from
+each other. Then with the pieces of cable which I had cut on board,
+I regularly laid them in a circle between the piles up to their
+tops, which were more than five feet out of the earth, and after
+drove another row of piles looking within side against them,
+between two or three feet high, which made me conclude it a little
+impregnable castle against men and beasts. And for my better
+security I would have no door, but entered in and came out by the
+help of a ladder, which I also made.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page023" id="page023"></a>[pg
+023]</span>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/023.jpg"><img src="Images/023.jpg"
+width="40%" alt="Robinson Crusoe building his castle"></a><br>
+<b>Robinson Crusoe building his castle.</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page024" id="page024"></a>[pg
+024]</span>
+<p>Here was my fence and fortress, into which I carried all my
+riches, ammunition, and stores. After which, working on the rock,
+what with dirt and stones I dug out, I not only raised my ground
+two feet, but made a little cellar to my mansion-house; and this
+cost me many days labour and pains. One day in particular a shower
+of rain falling, thunder and lighting ensued, which put me in
+terror lest my powder should take fire, and not only hinder my
+necessary subsistence, by killing me food, but even blow up me and
+my habitation. To prevent which, I fell to making boxes and bags,
+in order to separate it, having by me near 150lb. weight. And thus
+being established as king of the island, every day I went out with
+my gun to see what I could kill that was fit to eat. I soon
+perceived numbers of goats but very shy, yet having watched them
+narrowly, and seeing I could better shoot off the rocks than when
+in the low grounds, I happened to shoot a she-goat suckling a young
+kid; which not thinking its dam slain, stood by her unconcerned;
+and when I took the dead creature up, the young one followed me
+even to the inclosure. I lifted the kid over the pales, and would
+willingly have kept it alive; but finding it could not be brought
+to eat, I was forced to slay it also for my subsistence.</p>
+<p>Thus entered into as strange a scene of life as ever any man was
+in, I had most melancholy apprehensions concerning my deplorable
+condition: and many times the tears would plentifully run down my
+face, when I considered how I was debarred from all communications
+with human kind. Yet while these disponding cogitations would seem
+to make me accuse Providence, other good thoughts would interpose
+and reprove me after this manner: Well, supposing you are desolate,
+it is not better to be so than totally perish? Why, were you
+singled out to be saved and the rest destroyed? Why should you
+complain, when not only your life is preserved, but the ship driven
+into your reach, in order to take what was necessary out of her for
+your subsistence? But to proceed, it was, by the account I kept,
+the 30th of September, when I first landed on this island. About
+twelve days after, fearing lest I should lose my reckoning of time,
+nay, even forget the Sabbath days, for want of pen, ink, and paper,
+I carved with a knife upon a large post, in great letters; and set
+it up: in the similitude of a cross, on the seashore where I
+landed, I CAME ON SHORE, <i>Sept.</i> 30 1659. Every day I cut a
+notch with my knife on the sides of the square post, and this on
+the Sabbath was as long again as the rest; and every first day of
+the month as long again as that long one. In this manner I kept my
+calendar, weekly, monthly or yearly reckoning of time. But had I
+made a more strict search (as afterwards I did) I needed not have
+set up this mark; for among the parcels belonging to the gunner,
+carpenter, and captain's mate, I found those very things I wanted;
+particularly pens, ink, and paper. <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page025" id="page025"></a>[pg 025]</span> So I found two or three
+compasses, some mathematical instruments, dials, perspective
+glasses, books of navigation, three English Bibles, and several
+other good books, which I carefully put up.--Here I cannot but call
+to mind our having a dog and two cats on board, whom I made
+inhabitants with me in my castle. Though one might think I had all
+the necessities that were desirable, yet still I found several
+things wanting. My ink was daily wasting; I wanted needles, pins,
+and thread to mend or keep my clothes together; and particularly a
+spade, pickax, or shovel, to remove the earth. It was a year before
+I finished my little bulwark; and having some intervals of
+relaxation, after my daily wandering abroad for provision, I drew
+up this plan, alternately, as creditor and debtor, to remind me of
+the miseries and blessings of my life, under so many various
+circumstances.</p>
+<blockquote><b>E V I L</b><br>
+<br>
+I am cast upon a desolate island, having no hopes, no prospects of
+a welcome deliverance.<br>
+<br>
+Thus miserably am I singled out from the enjoyment or company of
+all mankind.<br>
+<br>
+Like an hermit (rather should I say a lonely anchorite) am I forced
+from human conversation.<br>
+<br>
+My clothes after some time will be worn out; and then I shall have
+none to cover me.<br>
+<br>
+When my ammunition is wasted, then shall I remain without any
+defence against wild men and beasts.<br>
+<br>
+I have no creature, no soul to speak to; none to beg assistance
+from. Some comfort would it be to resound my woes where I am
+understood, and beg assistance where I might hope for relief.<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<b>G O O D</b><br>
+<br>
+But yet I am preserved, while my companions are perished in the
+raging ocean.<br>
+<br>
+Yet set apart to be spared from death. And he, who has so preserved
+me, can deliver me from this condition.<br>
+<br>
+However, I have food to eat, and even a happy prospect of
+subsistence while life endures.<br>
+<br>
+At present I enjoy what is absolutely needful; and the climate is
+so hot, that had I never so many, I would hardly wear them.<br>
+<br>
+Yet if it does, I see no danger of any hurt to me, as in Africa;
+And what if I had been cast away, upon that coast.<br>
+<br>
+Is there not God to converse to, and is not he able to relieve
+thee? Already has he afforded thee sustenance, and put it in thy
+power to provide for thyself till he sends thee a
+deliverance.</blockquote>
+<br>
+<br>
+<p>And now easing my mind a little by these reflections, I began to
+render my life as easy as possible.</p>
+<p>I must here add, to the description I have given of my
+habitation, that having raised a turf wall against the outside of
+it, I thatched it so close as might keep it from the inclemency of
+the weather; I also improved it within, enlarged my cave, and made
+a passage and door in the rock, which came out beyond the pale of
+my fortification. I next proceeded to make a chair and a table, and
+so began to study such mechanical arts as <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page026" id="page026"></a>[pg 026]</span> seemed
+to me practicable. When I wanted a plank or board I hewed down a
+tree with my hatchet, making it as thin with my ax as possible, and
+then smooth enough with an adz to answer my designs: yet though I
+could make no more this way than one board out of a tree, in length
+of time I got boards enough to shelter all my stores, every thing
+being regularly placed, and my guns securely hanging against the
+side of the rock. This made it a very pleasant sight to me, as
+being the result of vast labour and diligence; which leaving for a
+while, and me to the enjoyment of it, I shall give the reader an
+account of my Journal from the day of my landing, till the fixing
+and settling of my habitation, as heretofore shown.</p>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<p>JOURNAL.</p>
+<p><i>September 30, 1659</i>. I unhappy Robinson Crusoe, having
+suffered shipwreck, was driven on this desolate island, which I
+named the <i>Desolate Island of Despair</i>, my companions being
+swallowed up in the tempestous ocean. The next day I spent in
+consideration of my unhappy circumstances, having no prospect but
+of death, either to be starved with hunger, or devoured with beasts
+or merciless savages.</p>
+<p><i>Oct. 1</i>. That morning, with great comfort, I beheld the
+ship drove ashore. Some hopes I had, that when the storm was abated
+I might be able to get some food and necessaries out of her, which
+I conceived were not damaged, because the ship did stand upright.
+At this time I lamented the loss of my companions, and our
+misfortune in leaving the vessel. When I perceived the ship as it
+were lay dry, I waded through the sands, then swam aboard, the
+weather being very rainy, and with scarcely any wind.</p>
+<p>To the 14th of this month, my time was employed in making
+voyages, every tide getting what I could out of the ship. The
+weather very wet and uncertain.</p>
+<p><i>Oct. 20</i>. My raft and all the goods thereon were overset:
+yet I recovered most again at low water.</p>
+<p><i>Oct. 25</i>. It blew hard, and rained night and day, when the
+ship went in pieces, so that nothing was seen of her but the wreck
+at low water. This day I secured my goods from the inclemency of
+the weather.</p>
+<p><i>Oct. 26</i>. I wandered to see where I could find a place
+convenient for my abode. I fixed upon a rock in the evening, marked
+out a half-moon, intending to erect a wall, fortified with piles,
+lined within with pieces of cables, and covered with turf.</p>
+<p><i>Nov. 1</i>. I erected my tent under a rock, and took up my
+lodgings very contentedly in a hammock that night.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page027" id="page027"></a>[pg
+027]</span>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 2. This day I fenced myself in with timber, chests,
+and boards.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 3. I shot two wild fowl, resembling ducks, which
+were good to eat, and in the afternoon made me a table.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 4. I began to live regularly. In the morning I
+allowed myself two or three hours to walk out with my gun; I then
+worked till near eleven o'clock, and afterwards refreshed myself,
+with what I had to eat. From twelve to two I would lie down to
+sleep. Extremely sultry weather. In the evening go to work
+again.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 5. Went out with my gun and dog, shot a wild cat with
+a soft skin, but her flesh was good for nothing. The skins of those
+I killed, I preserved. In my return, I perceived many wild birds,
+and was terrified by some seals which made off to sea.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 6. Completed my table.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 7. Fair weather. I worked till the 12th, but omitted
+the 11th, which, according to my calculation, I supposed to be
+Sunday.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 13. Rain in abundance, which, however, much cooled
+the air; with thunder and lightening, caused in me a terrible
+surprise. The weather clearing, I secured my powder in separate
+parcels.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 14--16. I made little boxes for my powder, lodging
+them in several places. I also shot a large fowl, which proved
+excellent meat.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 17. I began to dig in the rock, yet was obliged to
+desist for want of a pickax, shovel, and wheel-barrow. Iron crows I
+caused to supply the place of the first; but with all my art I
+could not make a wheel-barrow.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 18. It was my fortune to find a tree, resembling
+what Brazilians call an iron tree. I had like to have spoiled my ax
+with cutting it, being very hard and exceedingly heavy; yet with
+much labour &amp; industry, I made a sort of a spade out of it.</p>
+<p><i>Nov.</i> 21. These tools being made, I daily carried on my
+business; eighteen days I allowed for enlarging my cave, that it
+might serve me, not only for a warehouse, but kitchen, parlour, and
+cellar. I commonly lay in the tent, unless the weather was rainy
+that I could not lie dry. So wet would it be at certain seasons,
+that I was obliged to cover all within the pale with long poles, in
+the form of rafters, leaning against the rock, and loaded them with
+flags and large leaves of trees, resembling a thatch.</p>
+<p><i>Dec.</i> 10. No sooner did I think my habitation finished,
+but suddenly a great deal of the top broke in, so that it was a
+mercy I was not buried in the ruins. This occasioned a great deal
+of pains and trouble to me, before I could make it firm and
+durable.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page028" id="page028"></a>[pg
+028]</span>
+<p><i>Dec</i> 17. I nailed up some shelves and drove nails and
+staples in the wall and posts to hang things out of the way.</p>
+<p><i>Dec</i> 20. Every thing I got into its place, then made a
+sort of a dresser, and another table.</p>
+<p><i>Dec.</i> 24. 25. Rain in abundance.</p>
+<p><i>Dec.</i> 26. Very fair weather.</p>
+<p><i>Dec.</i> 27. I chanced to light on some goats, shot one and
+wounded another. I led it home in a string, bound up its leg, and
+cured it in a little time; at length it became so tame and familiar
+as to feed before the door, and follow me where I pleased. This put
+me in mind to bring up tame creatures, in order to supply me with
+food after my ammunition was spent.</p>
+<p><i>Dec.</i> 28, 29, 30. The weather being excessively hot, with
+little air, obliged me for the most part, to keep within doors.</p>
+<p><i>Jan</i> 1. Still sultry, however, obliged by necessity, I
+went out with my gun, and found a great store of goats in the
+valleys; they were exceedingly shy, nor could my dog hunt them
+down.</p>
+<p><i>Jan.</i> 3 to 14. My employment this time was to finish the
+wall before described, and search the island. I discovered a kind
+of pigeons like our house-pigeons in a nest among the rocks. I
+brought them home, nursed them till they could fly, and then they
+left me. After this, I shot some, which proved excellent food. Some
+time I spent vainly in contriving to make a cask; I may well say it
+was vain, because I could neither joint the staves; nor fix the
+heads, so as to make it tight: So, leaving that, took some goat's
+tallow I had about me, and a little okum for the wick, and provided
+myself with a lamp, which served me instead of candles.</p>
+<p>But now a very strange event happened. For being in the height
+of my search, what should come into my hand, but a bag, which was
+used to hold corn (as I supposed) for the fowls; so immediately
+resolving to put gunpowder in it, I shook all the hulks and dirt
+upon one side of the rock, little expecting what the consequences
+would be. The rain had fallen plentifully a few days before; and
+about a month after, to my great amazement something began to lock
+out very green and flourishing; and when I came to view it more
+nicely, every day as it grew, I found about ten or twelve ears of
+green barley appeared in the very same shape and make as that in
+England.</p>
+<p>I can scarce express the agitations of my mind at this sight.
+Hitherto I had looked upon the actions of this life no otherwise
+than only as the events of blind chance and fortune. But now the
+appearance of this barley, flourishing in a barren soil, and my
+ignorance in not conceiving how it should come there, made me
+conclude <i>that miracles were not yet ceased:</i> nay, I even
+thought that God had appointed it to grow there without any seed,
+purely for my sustenance in this miserable and desolate island. And
+indeed such great effect this had upon me, that <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page029" id="page029"></a>[pg 029]</span> it
+often made me melt into tears, through a grateful sense of God's
+mercies; and the greater still was my thankfulness, when I
+perceived about this little field of barley some rice stalks, also
+wonderfully flourishing.</p>
+<p>While thus pleased in mind, I concluded there must be more corn
+in the island; and therefore made a diligent search narrowly among
+the rocks; but not being able to find any, on a sudden it came into
+my mind, how I had shaken the husks of corn out of the bag, and
+then my admiration ceased, with my gratitude to the Divine Being,
+<i>as thinking it was but natural</i>, and not to be conceived a
+miracle; though even the manner of its preservation might have made
+me own it as a wonderful event of God's kind providence.</p>
+<p>It was about the latter end of June when the ears of this corn
+ripened, which I laid up very carefully together with 20 or 30
+stalks of rice, expecting one day I should reap the fruit of my
+labour; yet four years were expired before I could allow myself to
+eat any barley-bread, and much longer time before I had any rice.
+After this, with indefatigable pains and industry for three or four
+months, at last I finished my wall on the 14th, of April, having no
+way to go into it, but by ladder against the wall.</p>
+<p><i>April</i> 16. I finished my ladder, and ascended it;
+afterwards pulled it up, then let it down on the other side, and
+descended into my new habitation, where I had space enough, and so
+fortified that nothing could attack me, without scaling the
+walls.</p>
+<p>But what does all human pains and industry avail, if the
+blessing of God does not crown our labours? Or who can stand before
+the Almighty, when he stretcheth forth his arm? For one time as I
+was at the entrance of my cave, there happened such a dreadful
+earthquake, that not only the roof of the cave came rumbling about
+my ears, but the posts seemed to crack terribly at the same time.
+This put me in great amazement; and running to the ladder, and
+getting over the wall, I then plainly knew it was an earthquake,
+the place I stood on sustaining three terrible shocks in less than
+three minutes. But judge of my terror when I saw the top of a great
+rock roll into the sea; I then expected the island would be
+swallowed up every moment: And what made the scene still more
+dreadful, was to see the sea thrown into the most violent
+agitations and disorders by this tremendous accident.</p>
+<p>For my part I stood like a criminal at the place of execution
+ready to expire. At the moving of the earth, I was, as it were,
+sea-sick; and very much afraid lest the rock, under which was my
+fence and habitation, should overwhelm it and myself in a lasting
+tomb.</p>
+<p>When the third dreadful shock had spent itself, my spirits began
+to revive; yet still I would not venture to ascend the <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page030" id="page030"></a>[pg 030]</span>
+ladder, but continued fitting, not knowing what I should do. So
+little grace had I then, as only to say <i>Lord have mercy upon
+me!</i> and no sooner was the earthquake over, but that pathetic
+prayer left me.</p>
+<p>It was not long after, when a horrible tempest arose, at the
+same time attended with a huricane of wind. The sea seemed
+mountains high, and the waves rolled so impetously, that nothing
+could be perceived but froth and foam. Three hours did this storm
+continue, and in so violent a manner, as to tear the very trees up
+by the roots, which was succeeded by abundance of rain. When the
+tempest was over I went to my tent: but the rain coming on in a
+furious manner, I was obliged to take shelter in the cave, where I
+was forced to cut a channel through my fortification to let the
+water out. It continued raining all that night, and some time the
+next day. These accidents made me resolve, as soon as the weather
+cleared up, to build me a little hut in some open place, walled
+round to defend me from wild creatures and savages; not doubting
+but at the next earthquake, the mountain would fall upon my
+habitation and me, and swallow up all in its bowels.</p>
+<p><i>April</i> 16--20. These days I spent in contriving how and in
+what manner I should fix my place of abode. All this while I was
+under the most dreadful apprehensions. When I looked round my
+habitation, every thing I found in its proper place. I had several
+resolutions whether I should move or not; but at length resolved to
+stay where I was, till I found out a convenient place where I might
+pitch my tent.</p>
+<p><i>April</i> 22. When I began to put my resolutions in practice,
+I was stopt for want of tools and instruments to work with. Most of
+my axes and hatchets were useless, occasioned by cutting the hard
+timber that grew on the island. It took me up a full week to make
+my grind-stone of use to me, and at last I found out a way to turn
+it about with my foot, by help of a wheel and a string.</p>
+<p><i>April</i> 28--29. These days were spent in grinding my
+tools.</p>
+<p><i>April</i> 30. My bread falling short, I allowed myself but
+one biscuit a day.</p>
+<p><i>May</i> 1. As I walked along the sea shore I found a barrel
+of gunpowder, and several pieces of the wreck, the sea had flung
+up. Having secured those, I made to the ship, whose stern was torn
+off, and washed a great distance ashore; but the rest lay in the
+sands. This I suppose was occasioned by the earthquake. I now
+resolved to keep my old place of abode; and also to go to the ship
+that day, but then found it impossible.</p>
+<p><i>May</i> 3. This day I went on board, and with my saw sawed
+off one of the beams, which kept her quarter-deck. I then cleared
+the sand till flood.</p>
+<p><i>May</i> 4. I caught some fish, but they were not wholesome,
+The same day I also catched a young dolphin.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page031" id="page031"></a>[pg
+031]</span>
+<p><i>May 5.</i> 'This day I also repaired to the wreck, and sawed
+another piece of timber, and when the flood came, I made a float of
+three great planks, which were driven ashore by the tide.</p>
+<p><i>May 6, 7, 8, 9.</i> These days I brought off the iron bolts,
+opened the deck with the iron crow, and carried two planks to land,
+having made a way into the very middle of the wreck.</p>
+<p><i>May 10, 11, 12, 13, 14.</i> All this time I spent in bringing
+off great quantities of iron and timber.</p>
+<p><i>May 15.</i> Took with me two hatchets on purpose to cut off
+some lead from the roll, but all in vain, for it lay too low under
+water.</p>
+<p><i>May 16.</i> I omitted going to the wreck this day, for
+employing myself in looking for pigeons, I outstaid my time.</p>
+<p><i>May 17.</i> I perceived several pieces of the wreck driven
+ashore, which I found belonged to the head of the ship.</p>
+<p><i>May 24.</i> To this day I worked on the wreck, and with great
+difficulty loosened some things so much with the crow, that at the
+first flowing tide several casks floated out, and many of the
+seamen's chests, yet that day nothing came to land but pieces of
+timber, and a hogshead which had some Brazil pork in it. I
+continued working to the 15th of June; (except necessary times for
+food and rest) and had I known how to have built a boat, I had
+timber and planks enough; I had also near 100 weight of sheet
+lead.</p>
+<p><i>June 16.</i> As I was wandering towards the sea-side, I found
+a large tortoise or turtle, being the first I had seen on the
+island, though, as I afterwards found, there were many on the other
+side of it.</p>
+<p><i>June 17.</i> This day I spent in cooking it, found in her
+threescore eggs, and her flesh the most savoury and pleasant I ever
+tasted in my life.</p>
+<p><i>June 18.</i> I staid within this day, there being a continual
+rain; and it was somewhat more chilly and cold than usual.</p>
+<p><i>June 19.</i> Exceedingly bad, being taken with a trembling
+and shivering.</p>
+<p><i>June 20.</i> Awake all night, my head racked with pain and
+feverish.</p>
+<p><i>June 21.</i> Sick unto death, and terrified with the dismal
+apprehensions of my condition. Prayed to God more frequently, but
+very confusedly.</p>
+<p><i>June 22.</i> Something better, but still uneasy in my
+mind.</p>
+<br>
+<p><i>June 23.</i> Again relapsed much as before.</p>
+<p><i>June 24.</i> Mended a second time.</p>
+<p><i>June 25.</i> A violent ague for seven hours, cold and hot
+fits succeeded with faint sweats.</p>
+<p><i>June 26.</i> Better, but very weak, yet I scrambled out, shot
+a she-goat, brought it home and broiled some of it; I would
+willingly have stewed it, and made some broth, but had no pod.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page032" id="page032"></a>[pg
+032]</span>
+<p><i>June 27</i> All this day I was afflicted with an ague;
+thirsty, yet I could not help myself to water: Prayed to God in
+these words: <i>Lord, in pity look upon me: Lord, have mercy upon
+me: have mercy upon me!</i> After this I fell asleep, which I found
+had much refreshed me when I awaked. I fell fast asleep a second
+time, and fell into this strange and terrible sort of dream.</p>
+<p>Methought I was sitting on the same spot of ground at the
+outside of the wall where I sat when the storm blew after the
+earthquake; and that I saw a man descending from a great black
+cloud, and alight upon the ground. He was all over as bright as a
+flash of fire that a little before surrounded him; his countenance
+inconceivably terrible; the earth as it were trembled when he stept
+upon the ground, and flashes of fire seemed to fill all the air. No
+sooner I thought him landed upon the earth, but with a long spear,
+or other weapon, he made towards me; but first ascending a rising
+ground, his voice added to my amazement, when I thought I heard him
+pronounce these dreadful words, <i>Unhappy wretch! seeing all these
+things have not brought thee to repentance, thou shalt immediately
+die.</i> In pronouncing this dreadful sentence, I thought he went
+to kill me with the spear that was in his hand.</p>
+<p>Any body may think it impossible for me to express the horrors
+of my mind at this vision: and even when I awaked, this very dream
+made a deep impression upon my mind. The little divine knowledge I
+had, I received from my father's instructions, and that was worn
+out by an uninterrupted series of sea-faring impiety for eight
+years space. Except what sickness forced from me, I do not remember
+I had one thought of lifting up my heart towards God, but rather
+had a certain stupidity of soul, not having the least sense or fear
+of the Omnipotent Being when in distress, nor of gratitude to him
+for his deliverances. Nay, when I was on the desperate expedition
+on the desert African shore, I cannot remember I had one thought of
+what would become of me, or to beg his consolation and assistance
+in my sufferings and distress. When the Portugal captain took me up
+and honorably used me, nay, farther, when I was even delivered from
+drowning by escaping to this island, I never looked upon it as a
+judgment, but only said I was an unfortunate dog, and that's all.
+Indeed some secret transports of soul I had, which was not through
+grace but only a common flight of joy, that I was yet alive, when
+my companions were all drowned, and no other joy could I conceive
+but what is common with the sailors over a bowl of punch, after
+they have escaped the greatest dangers.</p>
+<p>The likelihood of wanting for neither food nor conveniences,
+might have called upon me for a thankful acknowledgment to
+Providence. Indeed, the growth of my corn touched with some sense,
+but that soon wore off again. The terrible earthquake <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page033" id="page033"></a>[pg 033]</span>
+pointed to me, as it were, the finger of God, but my dreadful
+amazement continued no longer than its duration. But now, when my
+spirits began to sink under the burden of a strong distemper, and I
+could leisurely view the miseries of death present themselves
+before my eyes, then my awakened conscience began to reproach me
+with my past life, in which I had so wickedly provoked the justice
+of God to pour down his vengeance upon me.</p>
+<p>Such reflections as these oppressed me even in the violence of
+distemper. Some prayers I uttered, which only proceeded from the
+fear of death. But when I considered my father's advice and
+prophecy, I could not forbear weeping; for he told me, <i>That if I
+did persist in my folly, I should not only be deprived of God's
+blessing, but have time enough to reflect upon my despising his
+instructions, and this, in a wretched time, when none could help
+me</i>. And now concluding it to be fulfilled, having no soul in
+the island to administer any comfort to me, I prayed earnestly to
+the Lord, that he would help me in this great calamity. And this, I
+think, was the first time I prayed in sincerity for many years. But
+now I must return to my journal.</p>
+<p><i>June</i> 28. Something refreshed with sleep, and the fit
+quite off, I got up. My dream still occasioned in me a great
+consternation; and, fearing that the ague might return the
+succeeding day, I concluded it time to get something to comfort me.
+I filled a case bottle with water, and set it within reach of my
+bed; and, to make it more nourishing and less chilly, I put some
+rum in it. The next thing I did was to broil me a piece of goat's
+flesh, of which I ate but little. I was very weak; however, walked
+about, dreading the return of my distemper; and at night I supped
+on three of the turtle's eggs, which I roasted and ate, begging
+God's blessing therewith.</p>
+<p>After I had eaten, I attempted to walk again out of doors with
+my gun; but was so weak, that I sat down, and looked at the sea,
+which was smooth and calm. While I continued here, these thoughts
+came into my mind.</p>
+<p>In what manner is the production of the earth and sea, of which
+I have seen so much? From whence came myself, and all other
+creatures living, and of what are they made?</p>
+<p>Our beings were assuredly created by some almighty invisible
+Power, who framed the earth the sea, and air, and all therein. But
+what is that Power?</p>
+<p>Certainly it must follow that God has created it all. Yet, said
+I, if God has made all this he must be the Ruler of them all, and
+what is relating thereto; for certainly the Power that makes, must
+indisputably have a power to guide and direct them. And if this be
+so, (as certainly it must) nothing can happen without his knowledge
+and appointment. Then, surely, if nothing happens without God's
+appointment, certainly God has appointed these my sufferings to
+befal me. And here I fixed my firm belief <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page034" id="page034"></a>[pg 034]</span> that
+it was his will that it should be so; and then proceeded to
+enquire, why should God deal with me in this manner? Or what have I
+done thus to deserve his indignation.</p>
+<p>Here conscience flew in my face, reprehending me as a
+blasphemer; crying with a loud and piercing voice, <i>Unworthy
+wretch! how dare you ask what you have done? Look on your past
+life, and see what you have left undone? Ask thyself, why thou wert
+not long ago in the merciless hands of death? Why not drowned in
+Yarmouth roads, or killed in the fight, when the ship was taken by
+the Sallee man of war? Why not entombed in the bowels of wild
+beasts on the African coast, or drowned here when all thy
+companions suffered shipwreck in the ocean.</i></p>
+<p>Struck dumb with these reflections, I rose up in a pensive
+manner, being so thoughtful that I could not go to sleep; and
+fearing the dreadful return of my distemper, it caused me to
+remember, that the Brazilians use tobacco for almost all diseases.
+I then went to my chest in older to find some, where Heaven, no
+doubt, directed me to find a cure for both soul and body; for there
+I found one of the Bibles, which, till this time, I had neither
+leisure nor inclination to look into, I took both the tobacco and
+that out of the chest, and laid them on the table. Several
+experiments did I try with the tobacco: First, I took a piece or
+leaf, and chewed it; but it being very green and strong, almost
+stupified me. Next I steeped it in some rum an hour or two,
+resolving when I went to bed to take a dole of it: and, in the
+third place, I burnt some over a pan of fire, holding my nose over
+it as long as I could endure it without suffocation.</p>
+<p>In the intervals of this operation, though my head was giddy and
+disturbed by the tobacco, I took up the Bible to read. No sooner
+did I open it, but there appeared to me these words <i>Call on me
+in the day of trouble, and I will deliver thee, and thou shall
+glorify me</i>.</p>
+<p>At first this sentence made a very deep impression on my heart,
+but it soon wore off again, when I considered the word
+<i>deliver</i> was foreign to me. And as the children of Israel
+said, when they were promised flesh to eat, <i>Can God spread a
+table in the wilderness?</i> in like manner I began to say, <i>Can
+God himself deliver me from this desolate island?</i> However, the
+words would still return to my mind, and afterwards made a greater
+impression upon me. As it was now very late, and the tobacco had
+dazed my head, I was inclined to sleep: but before I would lie down
+I fell on my knees, and implored the promise that God had made to
+me in the Holy Scriptures, that <i>if I called upon him in the day
+of trouble he would deliver me.</i> With much difficulty I
+afterwards drank the rum wherein I had steeped the tobacco, which
+flying into my head, threw me into such a profound sleep, that it
+was three o'clock the next <span class="pagenum"><a name="page035"
+id="page035"></a>[pg 035]</span> day before I awaked; or rather, I
+believe, I slept two days, having certainly lost a day in my
+account, and I could never tell any other way. When I got up, my
+spirits were lively and cheerful; my stomach much better, being
+very hungry; and, in short, no fit returned the next day, which was
+the 29th, but I found myself much altered for the better.</p>
+<p>The 30th, I went abroad with my gun, but not far, and killed a
+sea-fowl or two, resembling a brand goose, which, however, I cared
+not to eat when I brought them home, but dined on two more of the
+turtle's eggs. In the evening I renewed my medicine, excepting that
+I did not take so large a quantity, neither did I chew the leaf, or
+hold my head over the smoke: but the next day, which was the 1st of
+<i>July</i>, having a little return of the cold fit, I again took
+my medicine as I did the first time.</p>
+<p><i>July</i> 3. The fit quite left me, but very weak. In this
+condition, I often thought of these words, <i>I will deliver
+thee</i>; and while, at some times, I would think of the
+impossibility of it, other thoughts would reprehend me for
+disregarding the deliverances I had received, even from the most
+forlorn and distressed condition. I asked myself, what regard have
+I had to God for his abundant mercies? Have I done my part<i>: He
+has delivered me, but I have not glorified him:</i>--as if I had
+said, I had not owned and been thankful for these as deliverances,
+and how could I expect greater? So much did this sensibly touch my
+heart, that I gave God thanks for my recovery from weakness in the
+most humble prostration.</p>
+<p><i>July</i> 4. This morning I began seriously to ponder on what
+is written in the New Testament, resolving to read a chapter every
+morning and night as long an my thoughts would engage me. As soon
+as I set about this work seriously, I found my heart deeply
+affected with the impiety of my past life; these words that I
+thought were spoken to me in my dream revived, <i>All these things
+have not brought thee to repentance.</i> After this, I begged of
+God to assist me with his Holy Spirit in returning to my duty. One
+day in perusing the Scriptures, I came to these words, <i>He is
+exalted a Prince and a Saviour, to give repentance and to give
+remission</i>: Immediately I laid down the book, and with uplifted
+hands to Heaven, loudly cried, <i>O blessed Jesus, thou son of
+David, Jesus, thou exalted Prince and Saviour, give we
+repentance!</i> And now indeed I prayed with a true sense of my
+condition, and a more certain hope, founded on the word of God. Now
+I had a different sense of these words, <i>Call on me and I will
+deliver thee</i>, that is from the dreadful load of guilt which
+oppressed my sinful soul, and not from a solitary life, which might
+rather be called, a blessing, seeing I wanted neither food nor
+raiment, when compared living amongst the human race, surrounded
+with so much oppression, misery, and affliction; in a word, I came
+to this <span class="pagenum"><a name="page036" id=
+"page036"></a>[pg 036]</span> conclusion, that a deliverance from
+sin was a much greater blessing, than a deliverance from
+affliction. But again I proceed to my journal.</p>
+<p>To the 14th of <i>July</i>, I walked about with my gun, little
+and little at a time, having been reduced to the greatest extremity
+of weakness. The applications and experiments I used were perfectly
+new: neither could I recommend them to any one's practice. For
+though it carried off the fit, it very much weakened me, and I had
+frequently convulsions in my nerves and limbs for some time. From
+this I learned, that going abroad in rainy weather, especially when
+it was attended with storms and hurricanes of wind, was most
+pernicious to health. I had now been about ten months in the
+island; and as I never had seen any of the human kind, I therefore
+accounted myself as sole monarch; and as I grew better, having
+secured my habitation to my mind, I resolved to make a tour round
+my kingdom, in order to make new discoveries.</p>
+<p>The 15th of <i>July</i>, I began my journey; I first went to the
+creek, where I had brought my rafts on shore; and travelling
+farther, found the tide went no higher than two miles up, where
+there was a little brook of running water, on the banks of which
+were many pleasant savannahs or meadows, plain, smooth, and covered
+with grass. On the rising parts, where I supposed the water did not
+reach, I perceived a great deal of tobacco growing to a very strong
+stalk. Several other plants I likewise found, the virtues of which
+I did not understand. I searched a long time for the Cassava root,
+which I knew the Indians in that climate made their bread of, but
+all in vain. There were several plants of aloes, though at that
+time I knew not what they were; likewise I saw several sugar canes,
+but imperfect for want of cultivation. With these few discoveries,
+I came back that night, and slept contentedly in my little
+castle.</p>
+<p>The next day, being the 16th, going the same way, but farther
+then the day before, I found the country more adorned with woods
+and trees. Here I perceived different fruits in great abundance.
+Melons in plenty lay on the ground, and clusters of grapes, ripe
+and very rich, spread over the trees. You may imagine I was glad of
+this discovery, yet ate very sparingly, lest I should throw myself
+into a flux or fever. The grapes I found of excellent use; for when
+I had dried them in the sun, which preserved them as dried raisins
+are kept, they proved very wholesome and nourishing, and served me
+in those seasons when no grapes were to be had.</p>
+<p>The night drawing on apace, I ascended up a tree, and slept very
+comfortably, though it was the first time I had lain out of my
+habitation. And when the morning came, I proceeded with great
+pleasure on my way, travelling about four miles, as I imagined, by
+the length of the valley, directing my course northward, there
+being a ridge of hills on the south and north side of <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page037" id="page037"></a>[pg 037]</span> me. At
+the end of this valley, I came to an opening, where the country
+seemed to descend to the west; there I found a little spring of
+fresh water, proceeding out of the side of the hill, with its
+chrystal streams running directly east. And, indeed, here my senses
+were charmed with the most beautiful landscape nature could afford;
+for the country appeared flourishing, green, and delightful, that
+to me it seemed like a planted garden. I then descended on the side
+of that delicious vale, when I found abundance of cocoa, orange,
+lemon, and citron trees, but very wild and barren at that time. As
+for the limes, they were delightful and wholesome, the juice of
+which I after used to mix in water, which made it very cooling and
+refreshing. And now I was resolved to carry home and lay up a store
+of grapes, limes, and lemons, against the approaching wet season.
+So laying them up in separate parcels, and then taking a few of
+each with me, I returned to my little castle, after having spent
+three days in this journey. Before I got home, the grapes were so
+bruised that they were utterly spoiled; the limes indeed were good,
+but of those I could bring only a few.</p>
+<p><i>July 19</i>. Having prepared two bags, I returned thither
+again, but, to my great surprise, found all the grapes spread
+about, trod to pieces, and abundance eaten, which made me conclude
+there were wild beasts thereabouts. To prevent this happening
+again, I gathered a large quantity of the grapes, and hung them
+upon the out branches of the tree, both to keep them unhurt, and
+that they might cure and dry in the sun; and having well loaded
+myself with limes and lemons, I returned once more to my old place
+of residence.</p>
+<p>And now contemplating on the fruitfulness of this valey, and
+pleasantness of its situation, its security from storms, and the
+delightfulness of the adjacent woods, I concluded I was settled in
+the worst part of the country, and therefore was thinking to remove
+my habitation.</p>
+<p>But when I considered again, that though it was pleasant, it was
+off from the sea-side, where there was a possibility, some time or
+other, a ship might either be driven or sail by; and that to
+inclose myself among hills and woods must certainly put an end to
+my hopes of deliverance; I resolved to let my castle remain where
+Providence had first assigned it. Yet so ravished was I with this
+place, that I made me a little kind of bower, surrounding it with a
+double hedge, as high as I could reach, well staked and filled with
+bullrushes: and having spent a great part of the month of
+<i>July</i>, I think it was the first of <i>August</i> before I
+began to enjoy my labour.</p>
+<p><i>Aug. 3.</i> Perceiving my grapes to be dry, I took them from
+the trees, and they proved excellent good raisins of the sun: the
+most of which I carried to my cave; and happy for me I did so; by
+which I saved the best part of my winter food.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page038" id="page038"></a>[pg
+038]</span>
+<p><i>Aug</i>. 14. This day it began to rain; and though I had made
+me a tent like the other, yet having no shelter of a hill to keep
+me from storms, nor a cave behind me to retreat to, I was obliged
+to return to my old castle. The rain continued more or less every
+day, till the middle of <i>October;</i> and sometimes so violently,
+that I could not stir out of my cave for several days. This season
+I found my family to increase; for one of my cats that ran away
+from me, and which I thought had been dead, returned about
+<i>August</i>, with three kittens at her heels, like herself, which
+I thought strange, because both my cats were females, and the wild
+cats of the island seemed to be of a different kind from our
+European cats; but from these cats proceeded such numbers, that I
+was forced to kill and destroy them as I would do wild beasts and
+vermin.</p>
+<p>To the 26th of this month, I could not stir out, it raining
+incessantly; when beginning to want food, I was compelled to
+venture twice, the first of which I shot a goat, and afterwards
+found a very large tortoise. The manner of my regulating my food
+was thus: a bunch of raisins served me for my breakfast; a piece of
+goat's flesh or turtle boiled for my dinner, and two or three
+turtle's eggs for my supper. While the rain lasted, I daily worked
+two or three hours at enlarging my cave, and by degrees worked it
+on towards one side, till I came to the outside of the hill, and
+made a door or way out, which came beyond my fence or wall, and so
+I came in and out this way. But after I had done this, I was
+troubled to see myself thus exposed; though I could not perceive
+any thing to fear, a goat being the biggest creature I had seen
+upon this island.</p>
+<p><i>Sept</i>. 30. Casting up my notches on my post, which
+amounted to 365, I concluded this to be the anniversary of my
+landing; and, therefore, humbly prostrating myself on the ground,
+confessing my sins, acknowledging God's righteous judgments upon
+me, and praying to Jesus Christ to have mercy upon me, I fasted for
+twelve hours till the going down of the sun; and then eating a
+biscuit and a bunch of grapes, laid me on the bed, and with great
+comfort took my night's repose. Till this time I never had
+distinguished the Sabbath-day; but now made a longer notch than
+ordinary for the days of rest, and divided the weeks as well as I
+could, though I found I had lost a day or two in my account. My ink
+failing soon after, I omitted in my daily memorandum things of an
+indifferent nature, &amp; contented myself to write down only the
+most remarkable events of my life. The rainy and dry seasons
+appeared now regular to me, and experience taught me how to provide
+for them; yet, in one thing I am going to relate, my experience
+very much failed me. You may call to mind what I have mentioned of
+some barley and rice which I had saved; about thirty stalks of the
+former, and twenty of the latter; and at that time, the sun being
+in its southern position, going <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page039" id="page039"></a>[pg 039]</span> from me, together with
+the rains, made me conclude it a very proper season to sow it.
+Accordingly I dug up a piece of ground, with my wooden spade, and
+dividing it into two parts, sowed about two thirds of my seed,
+preserving by me about a handful of each. And happy it was I did
+so; for no rains falling, it was choaked up, and never appeared
+above the earth till the wet season came again, and then part of it
+grew, as if it had been newly sown.</p>
+<p>I was resolved all to make another trial; and seeking for a
+moister piece of ground near my bower, I there sowed the rest of my
+seed in February, a little before the vernal equinox; which having
+the rainy months of March and April to water it, yielded a noble
+crop, and sprang up very pleasantly. I had still saved part of the
+seed, not daring to venture all; and by the time I found out the
+proper seasons to sow it in, and that I might expect every year two
+seed-times and two harvests, my stock amounted to above half a peck
+of each sort of grain.</p>
+<p>No sooner were the rains over, but the stakes which I had cut
+from the trees, shot out like willows the first year after lopping
+their heads. I was ignorant of the tree I cut them from; but they
+grew so regularly beautiful, that they made a most lively
+appearance, and so flourished in three year's time, that I resolved
+to cut more of them; and these soon growing made a glorious fence,
+as afterwards I shall observe.</p>
+<p>And now I perceived that the seasons of the year might generally
+be divided, not into summer and winter, as in Europe, but into wet
+and dry seasons, as in this manner:</p>
+<blockquote><br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;/ February,\<br>
+Half&lt; March, &gt;&gt; Rainy, sun coming near the Equinox.<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;\ April,&nbsp;&nbsp; /<br>
+<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; / April,&nbsp;&nbsp;\<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;|&nbsp;&nbsp;May,&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+|<br>
+Half&lt; June, &gt;&gt; Dry, sun getting north of the Line.<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;|&nbsp;&nbsp;July,&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;|<br>
+
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; \ August, /<br>
+<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;/ August,&nbsp;&nbsp; \<br>
+Half&lt; September, &gt;&gt; Wet, the sun being then come back.<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;\ October,&nbsp;&nbsp;/<br>
+<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; / October,&nbsp;&nbsp;\<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;|&nbsp;&nbsp;November,&nbsp;&nbsp;|<br>
+
+Half&lt; December, &gt;&gt; Dry, sun running south of the Line.<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;|&nbsp;&nbsp;January,&nbsp;&nbsp;
+|<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; \ February, /</blockquote>
+<br>
+<p>The wet seasons would continue longer or shorter, as the winds
+happened to blow. But having found the ill consequences of being
+abroad in the rain, I took care beforehand to <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page040" id="page040"></a>[pg 040]</span>
+furnish myself with provisions; and during the wet months sat
+within doors as much as possible. At this time I contrived to make
+many things that I wanted, though it cost me much labour and pains,
+before I could accomplish them. The first I tried was to make a
+basket; but all the twigs I could get proved so brittle, that I
+could not then perform it. It now proved of great advantage to me
+that when a boy, I took great delight in standing at a
+basket-maker's in the same town where my father lived, to view them
+at work; and like other boys, curious to see the manner of their
+working these things and very officious to assist, I perfectly
+learned the method of it, and wanted nothing but the tools. And it
+coming into my mind that the twigs of that tree of which I made my
+stakes, might be as tough as a fallow willow, or osiers, growing in
+England, I resolved to make an experiment, and went the next day to
+my country-seat, and found some fit for my turn; and after cutting
+down a quantity with my hatchet, I dried them in my pale, and, when
+fit to work with, carried them to my cave, where I employed myself
+in making several sorts of baskets, insomuch that I could put in
+whatsoever I pleased. It is true, they were not cleverly made, yet
+they served my turn upon all occasions.</p>
+<p>But still I wanted two necessary things. I had no cask to hold
+my liquor, except two rundlets almost full of rum, a few bottles of
+an ordinary size, and some square case bottles, neither had I a pot
+to boil any thing in, only a large kettle unfit to make broth, or
+stew a bit of meat: I wanted, likewise at the beginning of this dry
+season a tobacco pipe; but for this I afterwards found an
+expedient.</p>
+<p>I kept myself employed in planting my second row of stakes, But
+remembering that when I travelled up to the brook, I had a mind to
+see the whole island, I now resumed my intention, and taking my
+dog, gun, hatchet, two biscuit cakes, a great bunch of raisins,
+with a larger quantity of powder and shot than usual, I began my
+journey. Having passed the vale where my bower stood, I came within
+view of the sea lying to the west when it being a clear day, I
+fairly descried land, extending from the W. to the S.W. about ten
+or fifteen leagues, as I concluded; but could not say whether it
+was an island or a continent.--Neither could I tell what this place
+might be; only thought it was part of America, &amp; where I might
+have been in a miserable condition, had I landed. Again I
+considered that if this was the Spanish coast, certainly, one time
+or other, I should see some ship pass by; and if it was not, then
+it must be the savage coast, between the Spanish country and
+Brazil, which abounds with cannibals or man-eaters.</p>
+<p>As I proceeded forward I found this side of the island much more
+pleasant than mine; the fields fragrant adorned with sweet flowers
+&amp; verdant grass, together with several very, fine woods. There
+were parrots in plenty, which made me long for one to <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page041" id="page041"></a>[pg 041]</span> be my
+companion; but it was with great difficulty I could knock one down
+with my stick; and I kept him at home some years before I could get
+him to call me by my name.</p>
+<p>In the low grounds, I found various sorts of hares and foxes, as
+I took them to be, but much different from those in England.
+Several of these I killed, but never ate them; neither indeed had I
+any occasion; for abounding with goats, pigeons, turtle, and
+grapes, I could defy Leadenhall market to furnish me a better
+table. In this journey I did not travel above two miles a-day,
+because I took several turns and windings, to see what discoveries
+I could make, returning weary enough to the place where I designed
+to rest all night, which was either in a tree, or in a place which
+I surrounded with stakes, that no wild creature might suddenly
+surprise me. When I came to the sea shore, I was amazed to see the
+splendour of it. Its strand was covered with shells of the most
+beautiful fish, and constantly abounding with innumerable turtles,
+and fowls of many kinds, which I was ignorant of, except those
+called penguins. I might have shot as many as I pleased, but was
+sparing of my ammunition, rather choosing to kill a she-goat, which
+I did with much difficulty, on account of the flatness of the
+country.</p>
+<p>Now though this journey produced me the most pleasing
+satisfaction, yet my habitation was so much to my liking, that I
+did not repine at my being seated on the worst part of the island.
+I continued my journey, travelling about twelve miles further
+towards the east, where I set a great pile on the shore for a mark,
+concluding that my next journey should bring me to the other side
+of the island, east from my castle, and so round till I came to my
+post again. As I had a constant view of the country, I thought I
+could not miss my way; but scarce had I travelled three miles, when
+I descended into a very large valley, so surrounded with hills
+covered with wood, that I having no guide but the sun, nor even
+this, unless I knew will the position of the sun at the time of
+day; and to add to my misfortune, the weather proving very hazy, I
+was obliged to return to my post by the sea-side, and so backwards
+the same way I came. In this journey my dog surprised a kid and
+would have killed it, had I not prevented him. As I had often been
+thinking of getting a kid or two, and so raising a breed of tame
+goats to supply me after my ammunition was spent, I took this
+opportunity of beginning: and having made a collar for this little
+creature, with a string made of rope-yarn, I brought it to my
+bower, and there inclosed and left him; and, having spent a month
+in this journey, at length I returned to my habitation.</p>
+<p>Nobody can doubt of my satisfaction, when I returned to my
+little castle, and reposed myself in my hammock. After my journey I
+rested myself a week, which time I employed <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page042" id="page042"></a>[pg 042]</span> in,
+making a cage for my pretty Poll. I now began to consider the poor
+kid I had left in the bower, and I immediately went to fetch it
+home. When I came there I found the young creature almost starved;
+I gave it some food, and tied it as before: but there was no
+occasion, for it followed me like a dog; and, as I constantly fed
+it, it became so loving, gentle, and fond, that it commenced one of
+my domestics, and would never leave me.</p>
+<p>The rainy season of the autumnal equinox being now come, I kept
+the 30th of September in the most solemn manner, as usual, it being
+the third year of my abode in the island. I spent the whole day in
+acknowledging God's mercies, in giving him thanks for making this
+solitary life as agreeable, and less sinful, than that of human
+society; and for the communications of his grace to my soul, in
+supporting, comforting, and encouraging me to depend, upon his
+Providence, and hope for his eternal presence in the world to
+come.</p>
+<p>Indeed, I often did consider how much more happy I was in this
+fate of life, than in that accursed manner of living formerly used;
+and sometimes when hunting, or viewing the country, the anguish of
+my soul would break out upon me, and my very heart would sink
+within me, to think of the woods, the mountains, the desarts I was
+in; and how I was a prisoner locked up within the eternal bars and
+bolts of the ocean, in an uninhabited wilderness, without hopes,
+and without redemption: In this condition I would often wring my
+hands, and weep like a child: And even sometimes, in the middle of
+my work, this fit would take me; and then I would sit down and
+sigh, looking on the ground for an hour or two together, till such
+time as my grief got vent in a flood of tears.</p>
+<p>One morning as I was sadly employed in this manner, I opened my
+Bible, when I immediately fixed my eyes upon these words, <i>I will
+never leave thee, nor forsake thee!</i> Surely, thought I, these
+words are directed to me, or else why should they appear just at a
+moment when I am bemoaning my forlorn condition? and if God does
+not forsake, what matters it, since he can me more happy in this
+state of life, than if I enjoyed the greatest splendour in the
+world? But while I was going to return God thanks for my present
+state, something seemed to shock my mind, as if it had thus said:
+<i>Unworthy wretch; can you pretend to be thankful for a condition,
+from which you would pray to be delivered</i>? Therefore I stopt:--
+and tho' I could not say, I thanked the Divine Majesty for being
+there, yet I gave God thanks for placing in my view my former
+course of life, and granting me a true knowledge of repentance. And
+whenever I opened or read the Bible, I blessed kind Providence,
+that directed my good friend in England <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page043" id="page043"></a>[pg 043]</span> to
+send it among my goods without any order, and for assisting me to
+save it from the power of the raging ocean.</p>
+<p>And now beginning my third year, my several daily employments
+were these: <i>First</i>, My duty to Heaven, and diligently reading
+the Holy Scriptures, which I did twice or thrice every day:
+<i>Secondly</i>, Seeking provision with my gun, which commonly took
+me up, when it did not rain, three hours every morning:
+<i>Thirdly</i>, The ordering, curing, preserving, and cooking what
+I killed, or catched for my supply which took me up great part of
+the day: for, in the middle of the day, the sun being in its
+height, it was so hot, that I could not stir out; so that I had
+only but four hours in the evening to work in: and then the want of
+tools, of assistance, and skill, wasted a great deal of time to
+little purpose. I was no less than two and forty days making a
+board fit for a long shelf, which two sawyers with their tools and
+saw-pit, would have cut off the same tree in half a day. It was a
+large tree, as my board was to be broad. I was three days in
+cutting it down and two more in lopping off the boughs, and
+reducing it to a piece of timber. This I hacked and hewed off each
+side, till it became light to move; then I turned it, made one side
+of is smooth and flat as a board from end to end, then turned it
+downward, cutting the other side, till I brouht the plank to be
+about three inches thick, and smooth on both sides. Any body may
+judge my great labour and fatigue in such a piece of work; but this
+I went through with patience, as also many other things that my
+circumstances made necessary for me to do.</p>
+<p>The harvest months, November and December, were now at hand, in
+which I had the pleasing prospect of a very good crop. But here I
+met with a new problem; for the goats and hares, having tasted of
+the outshoot of the blade, kept it to short that it had not
+strengthen to shoot up into a stalk. To prevent this, I enclosed it
+with a hedge, and by day shot some of its devourers; and my dog
+which I had tied to the field-gate, keeping barking all night; so
+frightened those creatures, that I got entirely rid of them.</p>
+<p>But no sooner did I get rid of these, than other enemies
+appeared, to wit, whole flocks of several sorts of birds, who only
+waited till my back was turned, to ruin me: so much did this
+provoke me, that I let fly, and killed three of the malefactors;
+and afterwards served them as they do notorious thieves in England,
+hung them up in chains as a terror to others. And, indeed, to good
+an effect had this that they not only forsook the corn, but all
+that part of the island, so long as these criminals hung there.</p>
+<p>My corn having ripened apace, the latter end of December, which
+was my second harvest, I reaped it with a scythe, made of one of my
+broad swords. I had no fatigue in cutting down <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page044" id="page044"></a>[pg 044]</span> my
+first crop it was so slender. The ears I carried home in a basket,
+rubbing it with my hands, instead of threshing it: and when the
+harvest was over, found my half peck of seed produced near two
+bushels of rice, and two bushels and a half of barley. And now I
+plainly foresaw, that by God's goodness, I should be furnished with
+bread; but yet I was concerned, because I knew not how to grind or
+make meal of my corn, nor bread, neither knew how to bake it. I
+would not however, taste any of the crop, but resolved to preserve
+it against next season, and, in the mean while, use my best
+endeavours to provide myself with other food.</p>
+<p>But where were my labours to end? The want of a plough to turn
+up the earth, or shovel to dig it, I conquered by making me a
+wooden spade. The want of a harrow I supplied myself, with dragging
+over the corn a great bough of a tree. When it was growing I was
+forced to fence it; when ripe to mow it, carry it home, thrash it,
+part it from the chaff, and save it. And, after all, I wanted a
+mill to grind it, sieve to dress it, yest and salt to make it into
+bread, and an oven to bake it. This set my brains to work to find
+some expedient for every one of these necessaries against the next
+harvest.</p>
+<p>And now having more seed, my first care was to prepare me more
+land. I pitched upon two large flat pieces of ground near my
+castle, for that purpose, in which sowed my seed, and fenced it
+with a good hedge. This took me up three months: by which time the
+wet season coming on, and the rain keeping me within doors, I found
+several occasions to employ myself; and, while at work, used to
+divert myself in talking to my parrot, learning him to know and
+speak his own name <i>Poll</i> the first welcome word I ever heard
+spoke in the island. I had been a long time in contriving how to
+make earthen vessels, which I wanted extremely; and when I
+considered the heat of the climate, I did not doubt but if I could
+find any such clay, I might botch up a pot, strong enough, when
+dried in the sun, to bear handling, and to hold any thing that was
+dry, as corn, meal, and other things.</p>
+<p>To be short, the clay I found; but it would occasion the most
+serious person to smile, to see what aukward ways I took, and what
+ugly misshapen things I made; how many either fell out or cracked
+by the violent heat of the sun, and fell in pieces when they were
+removed; so that I think it was two months time before I could
+perfect any thing: and even then but two clumsy things in imitation
+of earthen jars. These, however, I very gently placed in wicker
+baskets, made on purpose for them, and between the pot and the
+baskets, stuffed it full of rice and barley straw, and these I
+presume would hold my dried corn, and perhaps the meal when the
+corn was bruised. As for the smaller thing, I made them with better
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page045" id="page045"></a>[pg
+045]</span> success, such as little round pots, flat dishes,
+pitchers, and pipkins, the fun baking them very hard.</p>
+<p>Yet still I wanted one thing absolutely necessary, and that was
+an earthen pot, not only to hold my liquid, but also to bear the
+fire, which none of these could do. It once happened that as I was
+putting out my fire, I found therein a broken piece of one of my
+vessels burnt as hard as a rock, and red as a tile. This made me
+think of burning some pots; and having no notion of a kiln, or of
+glazing them with leaf, I fixed three large pipkins, and two or
+three pots in a pile one upon another. The fire I piled round the
+outside, and dry wood on the top, till I saw the pots in the inside
+red hot, and found out that, they were net crackt at all: and when
+I perceived them perfectly red, I let one of them stand in the fire
+about five or six hours, till the clay melted by the extremity of
+the heat, and would have run to glass, had I suffered it; upon
+which I slacked my fire by degrees, till the redness abated; and
+watching them till the morning, I found I had three very good
+pipkins, and two earthen pots, as well burnt and fit for my turn as
+I could desire.</p>
+<p>No joy could be greater than mine at this discovery. For after
+this, I may say, I wanted for no fort of earthen ware. I filled one
+of my pipkins with water to boil me some meat, which it did
+admirably well, and with a piece of kid I made me some good broth,
+as well as my circumstances would afford me at that time.</p>
+<p>The next concern I had was to get me a stone-morter to beat some
+corn in, instead of a mill to grind it. Here indeed I was at a
+great loss, as not being fit for a stone-cutter; and many days I
+spent to find out a great stone big enough to cut hollow and make
+fit for a morter, and strong enough to bear the weight of a pestil,
+and that would break the corn without filling it with sand. But all
+the stones of the island being of a mouldering nature, rendered my
+search fruitless; and then I resolved to look out for a great block
+of hard wood, which having found, I formed it with my ax and
+hammer, and then, with infinite labour, made a hollow in it, just
+as the Indians of Brazil make their canoes. When I had finished
+this, I made a great pestil of iron wood, and then laid them up
+against my succeeding harvest.</p>
+<p>My next business was to make me a sieve, to sift my meal and
+part it from the bran and husk. Having no fine thin canvas to
+search the meal through, I could not tell what to do. What linen I
+had was reduced to rags: I had goat's hair, enough, but neither
+tools to work it, nor did I know how to spin it: At length I
+remembered I had some neckcloths of calico or muslin of the
+sailors, which I had brought out of the ship, and with these I made
+three small sieves proper enough for the work.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page046" id="page046"></a>[pg
+046]</span>
+<p>I come now to consider the baking part. The want of an oven I
+supplied by making some earthen pans very broad but not deep. When
+I had a mind to bake, I made a great fire upon the hearth, the
+tiles of which I had made myself; and when the wood was burnt into
+live coals, I spread them over it, till it became very hot; then
+sweeping them away, I set down my loaves, and whelming down the
+earthen pots upon them, drew the ashes and coals all around the
+outsides of the pots to continue the heat; and in this manner I
+baked my barley loaves, as well as if I had been a complete
+pastry-cook, and also made of the rice several cakes and
+puddings.</p>
+<p>It is no wonder that these things took me up the best part of a
+year, since what intermediate time I had was bestowed in managing
+my new harvest and husbandry; for in the proper season I reaped my
+corn, carried it home, and laid it up in the ear in my large
+baskets, til I had time to rub, instead of thrashing it. And now,
+indeed, my corn increased so much, that it produced me twenty
+bushels of barley, and as much rice, that I not only began to use
+it freely, but was thinking how to enlarge my barns, and resolved
+to sow as much at a time as would be sufficient for me for a whole
+year.</p>
+<p>All this while, the prospect of land, which I had seen from the
+other side of the island, ran in my mind. I still meditated a
+deliverance from this place, though the fear of greater misfortunes
+might have deterred me from it.--For, allowing that I had attained
+that place, I run the hazard of being killed and eaten by the
+devouring cannibals: and if they were not so, yet I might be slain,
+as other Europeans had been, who fell into their hands.
+Notwithstanding all this, my thoughts ran continually upon that
+shore. I now wished for my boy Xury, and the long boat, with the
+shoulder of mutton sail: I went to the ship's boat that had been
+cast a great way on the shore in the late storm. She was removed
+but a little; but her bottom being turned up by the impetuosity and
+fury of the waves and wind, I fell to work with all the strength I
+had, with levers and rollers I had cut from the wood, to turn her,
+and repair the damages she had sustained. This work took me up
+three or four weeks, when finding my little strength all in vain, I
+fell to undermining it by digging away the sand, and so to make it
+fall down, setting pieces of wood to thrust and guide it in the
+fall. But after this was done, I was still unable to stir it up, or
+to get under it, much less to move it forward towards the water,
+and so I was forced to give it over.</p>
+<p>This disapointment, however did not frighten me. I began to
+think whether it was not possible for me to make a canoe or
+perigua, such as the Indians make of the trunk of a tree, But here
+I lay under particular inconveniencies; want of tools to make it,
+and want of hands to move it in the water when it was made.
+However, to work I went upon it, stopping all <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page047" id="page047"></a>[pg 047]</span> the
+inquiries I could make, with this very simple answer I made to
+myself, <i>Let's first make it, I'll warrant I'll find some way or
+other to get it along when it is done</i>.</p>
+<p>I first cut down a cedar tree, which was five feet ten inches
+diameter at the lower part next the stump, and four feet eleven
+inches diameter at the end of twenty-two feet, after which it
+lessened for a space, and then parted into branches. Twenty days
+was I a hacking and hewing this tree at the bottom, fourteen more
+in cutting off the branches and limbs, and a whole month in shaping
+it like the bottom of the boat. As for the inside, I was three
+weeks with a mallet and chissel, clearing it in such a manner, as
+that it was big enough to carry twenty-six men, much bigger than
+any canoe I ever saw in my life, and consequently sufficient to
+transport me and all my effects to that wished-for shore I so
+ardently desired.</p>
+<p>Nothing remained now, but, indeed, the greatest difficulty to
+get it into the water, it lying about one hundred yards from it. To
+remedy the first inconvenience, which was a rising hill between the
+boat and the creek, with wonderful pains and labour I dug into the
+bowels of the earth, and made a declivity. But when this was done,
+all the strength I had was as insufficient to remove it, as it was
+when I attempted to remove the boat. I then proceeded to measure
+the difference of ground, resolving to make a canal, in order to
+bring the water to the canoe, since I could not bring the canoe to
+the water. But as this seemed to be impracticable to myself alone,
+under the space of eleven or twelve years, it brought me into some
+sort of consideration: so that I concluded this also to be
+impossible, and the attempt altogether vain. I now saw, and not
+before, <i>what stupidity it is to begin a work before we reckon
+its costs, or judge rightly our own abilities to go through with
+its performance</i>.</p>
+<p>In the height of this work my fourth year expired, from the time
+I was cast on this island, At this time I did not forget my
+anniversary; but kept it with rather greater devotion than before.
+For now my hopes being frustrated, I looked upon this world as a
+thing had nothing to do with; and very well might I say as Father
+Abraham said unto Dives, <i>Between thee and me there is a gulph
+fixed.</i> And indeed I was separated from its wickedness too,
+having neither the lust of the flesh, the lust of the eye, nor the
+pride of life; I had nothing to covet, being lord, king and emperor
+over the whole country I had in possession, without dispute and
+without control: I had loadings of corn, plenty of turtles, timber
+in abundance, and grapes above measure. What was all the rest to
+me? the money I had lay by me as despicable dross, which I would
+freely have given for a gross of tobacco pipes, or a hard mill to
+grind my corn: in a word the-nature and experience of these things
+dictated to me this just reflection: <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page048" id="page048"></a>[pg 048]</span> <i>That the good things
+of this world are no farther good to us, than they are for our use;
+and that whatever we may heap up to give to others, we can but
+enjoy as much as we use, and no more.</i></p>
+<p>These thoughts rendered my mind more easy than usual. Every time
+I sat down to meat, I did it with thankfulness, admiring the
+providential hand of God, who in this wilderness had spread a table
+to me. And now I considered what I enjoyed, rather than what I
+wanted, compared my present condition with what I at first expected
+it should be; <i>how I should have done, if I had got nothing out
+of the ship, that I must have perished before I had caught fish or
+turtles; or lived, had I found them, like a mere savage, by eating
+them raw, and pulling them in pieces with my claws, like a
+beast</i>. I next compared my station to that which I deserved:
+<i>how undutiful I had been to my parents; how destitute of the
+fear of God; bow void of every thing that was good; and how
+ungrateful for those abundant mercies I had received from Heaven,
+being fed as it were, by a miracle, even as great as Elijah's being
+fed by ravens; and cast on a place where there is no venomous
+creatures to poison or devour me</i>; in short making God's tender
+mercies matter of great consolation, I relinquished all sadness,
+and gave way to contentment.</p>
+<p>As long as my ink continued, which with water I made last as
+long as I could, I used to minute down the days of the month on
+which any remarkable event happened.--And,</p>
+<p>First, I observed, <i>that the same day I forsook my parents and
+friends, and ran away to Hull, in order to go to sea, the same day
+afterwards in the next year, I was taken and made a slave by the
+Sallee rovers</i>.</p>
+<p><i>That the very day I escaped out of the wreck of the ship in
+Yarmouth roads, a year after on the same day, I made my escape from
+Sallee in my patron' fishing boat</i>.</p>
+<p><i>And on the 30th of September, being the day of the year I was
+born on, on that day twenty-six years after, was I miraculously
+saved, and cast ashore on this island</i>.</p>
+<p>The next thing that wasted after my ink, was the biscuit which I
+had brought out of the ship, and though I allowed myself but one
+cake a day, for above a twelvemonth, yet I was quite out of bread
+for near a year, before I got any corn of my own.</p>
+<p>In the next place, my clothes began to decay, and my linen had
+been gone long before. However, I had preserved about three dozen
+of the sailors chequered shirts, which proved a great refreshment
+to me, when the violent beams of the sun would not suffer me to
+bear any of the seamen's heavy watch coats, which made me turn
+taylor, and, after a miserable botching manner, convert them to
+jackets. To preserve <span class="pagenum"><a name="page049" id=
+"page049"></a>[pg 049]</span> my head, I made me a cap of
+goat-skins, with the hair outwards to keep out the rain; which
+indeed served me so well, that afterwards I made me a waistcoat and
+opened-kneed breeches of the fame: And then I contrived a sort of
+an umbrella, covering it with skins, which not only kept out the
+heat of the sun, but rain also. Thus being easy, and settled in my
+mind, my chief happiness was to converse with God, in most heavenly
+and comfortable ejaculations.</p>
+<p>For five years after this I cannot say any extraordinary thing
+occured to me. My chief employment was to cure my raisins, and
+plant my barley and rice, of both which I had a year's provision
+beforehand. But though I was disapointed in my first canoe, I made
+it, at intermediate times, my business to make a second, of much
+inferior size; and it was two-years before I had finished it. But
+as I perceived it would no way answer my design of sailing to the
+other shore, my thoughts were consigned to take a tour round the
+island, to see what further discoveries I could make. To this
+intent, after having moved her to the water, and tried how she
+would sail, I fitted up a little raft to my boat, and made a sail
+of the ships sail that by me. I then made lockers or boxes at the
+end of it, to put in necessaries, provision, and ammunition, which
+would preserve them dry, either from rain or the spray of the sea;
+and in the inside of the boat, I cut me a long hollow place to lay
+my gun in, and to keep it dry made a flag to hang over it. My
+umbrella I fixed in a step in the stern, like a mast, to keep the
+heat of the sun off me. And now resolving to see the circumference
+of my little kingdom, I victualled my ship for the voyage, putting
+in two dozen of my barley-bread loaves, an earthen pot-full of
+parched rice, a little bottle of rum, half a goat, powder and shot,
+and two watch coats. It was the <i>6th</i> of November, in the
+<i>6th</i> year of my reign, or captivity, that I set out in this
+voyage; which was much longer than I expected, being obliged to put
+further out, by reason of the rocks that lay a great way in the
+sea. And indeed so much did these rocks surprise me, that I was for
+putting back, fearing that if I ventured farther it would be out of
+my power to return in this uncertainty I came to an anchor just off
+shore, to which I waded with my gun on my shoulder, and then
+climbing up a hill, which overlooked that point, I saw the full
+extent of it, and so resolved to run all hazards.</p>
+<p>In this prospect from the hill, I perceived a violent current
+running to the east, coming very close to the point; which I the
+more carefully observed, thinking it dangerous, and that when I
+came to it, I might be drove into the sea by its force, and not
+able to return to the island; and certainly it must have been so,
+had I not made this observation; for on the other side was the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page050" id="page050"></a>[pg
+050]</span> like current, with this difference, that it set off at
+a greater distance; and I perceived there was a strong eddy under
+the land; so that my chief business was to work out of the first
+current, and conveniently get into the eddy. Two days I staid here,
+the wind blowing very briskly E.S.E. which being contrary to the
+current, leaves a great breach of the sea upon the point; so it was
+neither fit for me to keep too near the shore, on account of the
+breach; nor stand at too great a distance, for fear of the streams.
+That night the wind abating, it grew so calm, that I ventured out;
+&amp; here I may be a monument to all rash and ignorant pilots; for
+I was no sooner come to the point and not above the boat's length
+from shore, but I was going into a deep water, with a current like
+a mill, which drove my boat along so violently, that it was
+impossible for me to keep near the edge of it, but forced me more
+and more out from the eddy to the left of me; and all I could do
+with my paddle were useless, there being no wind to help me.</p>
+<p>Now I began to look upon myself as quite lost, since as, the
+current ran on both sides of the island, I was very certain they
+must join again, and then I had no hope but of perishing for want
+in the sea, after what provision I had was spent, or before, if a
+storm should happen to arise.</p>
+<p>Who can conceive the present anguish of my mind at this
+calamity? with longing eyes did I look upon my little kingdom, and
+thought the island the pleasantest place in the universe. <i>Happy,
+thrice happy desert</i>, said I, <i>shall I never see thee
+more?</i> <i>Wretched creature! wither am I going? Why did I murmur
+at my lonesome condition, when now I would give the whole world to
+be thither again?</i> While I was thus complaining, I found myself
+to be driven about two leagues into the sea; however, I laboured
+till my strength was far spent, to keep my boat as far north as
+possibly I could, to that side of the current where the eddy lay
+on. About noon I perceived a little breeze of wind spring up from
+the S.S.E. which overjoyed my heart; and was still more elated,
+when, in about half an hour it blew a gentle fine gale. Had any
+thick weather sprung up, I had been left another way; for having no
+compass onboard, I should never have found the way to steer towards
+the island, if once it had disappeared; but it proving the
+contrary, I set up my mast again, spread my sail, and stood away
+northward, as much as I could, to get rid of the current. And no
+sooner did the boat begin to stretch away, but I perceived by the
+clearness of the water, a change of the current was near; for,
+where it was strong, the water was foul; and where it was clear the
+current abated. To the east, I soon saw about half a mile, a breach
+of the sea upon, some rocks, which caused it again to separate; and
+as the main force of it drove away more southwardly, leaving the
+rocks to the north-east, so the other came back by the repulse
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page051" id="page051"></a>[pg
+051]</span> of the rocks making a sharp eddy, which returned back
+again to the north-west with a very swift stream.</p>
+<p>They who have experienced what it is to be reprieved upon the
+ladder, or to be saved from thieves, just going to take away their
+lives, or such as have been in the like calamities with my own, may
+guess my present excess of joy, how heartily I ran my boat into the
+stream of this eddy, and how joyfully I spread my sail to the
+refreshing wind, standing cheerfully before it, with a smart tide
+under foot. By the assistance of this eddy, I was carried above a
+league home again, when being in the wake of the island, betwixt
+the two currents, I found the water to be in a sort of a stand.
+About four o'clock in the afternoon, I reached within a league of
+the island, and perceived the points of the rock, which caused this
+disaster, stretching out, as I observed before, to the southward,
+which throwing off the current more southwardly had occasioned
+another eddy to the north. But having a fair brisk gale, I
+stretched across this eddy, and in an hour came within a mile of
+the shore, where I soon landed to my unspeakable comfort; and after
+an humble prostration, thanking God for my deliverance, with a
+resolution to lay all thoughts of escaping aside, I brought my boat
+safe to a little cove, and laid me down to take a welcome repose.
+When I awoke I was considering how I might get my boat home; and
+coasting along the shore, I came to a good bay, which ran up to a
+rivulet or brook, where finding a safe harbour, I stowed her as
+safe as if she had been in a dry-dock made on purpose for her.</p>
+<p>I now perceived myself not far from the place where before I had
+travelled on foot; so taking nothing with me except my gun and
+umbrella, I began my journey, and in the evening came to my bower,
+where I again laid me down to rest. I had not slept long before I
+was awakened in great surprise, by a strange voice that called me
+several times. <i>Robin, Robin, Robinson Crusoe, poor Robin! Where
+are you, Robinson Crusoe? Where are you? Where have you
+been</i>?</p>
+<p>So fast was I asleep at first, that I did not awake thoroughly:
+but half asleep and half awake, I thought I dreamed that somebody
+spoke to me. But, as the voice repeated <i>Robinson Crusoe</i>
+several times, being terribly affrighted, I started up in utmost
+confusion; and, no sooner were my eyes fully open, but I beheld my
+pretty Poll sitting on the top of the hedge, and soon knew that it
+was he that called me; for just in such bewailing language I used
+to talk and teach him; which he so exactly learned that he would
+sit upon my finger and lay his bill close to my face, and cry,
+<i>Poor Robinson Crusoe, where are you? where have you been? how
+came you here</i>? and such like prattle I had constantly taught
+him. But even though I knew it to be the parrot, it was a great
+while before I could adjust myself; being amazed how the creature
+got thither, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page052" id=
+"page052"></a>[pg 052]</span> and that he should fix about that
+place; and no where else. But now being assured it could be no
+other than my honest Poll, my wonder ceased, and reaching out my
+hand, and calling familiarly Poll, the creature came to me, and
+perched upon my thumb as he was wont, constantly prating to me with
+<i>Poor Robinson Crusoe, and how did I come here, and where had I
+been?</i> as if the bird was overjoyed to see me; and so I took him
+home along with me.</p>
+<p>I was now pretty well cured of my rambling to sea; yet I could
+wish my boat, which had cost me so much trouble and pains, on this
+side the island once more, but which indeed was impracticable. I
+therefore began to lead a very retired life, living near a
+twelvemonth in a very contented manner, wanting for nothing except
+conversation. As to mechanic labours, which my necessities obliged
+me to, I fancied I could, upon occasion, make a tolerable carpenter
+were the poor tools I had to work withal but good. Besides, as I
+improved in my earthen ware, I contrived to make them with a wheel,
+which I found much easier and better, making my work shapely, which
+before was rude and ugly. But I think I was never so elevated with
+my own performance or project, than for being able to make a
+tobacco-pipe, which though it proved an awkward clumsy thing, yet
+it was very sound, and carried the smoke perfectly well, to my
+great satisfaction.</p>
+<p>I also improved my wicker ware, making me abundance of necessary
+baskets, which though not very handsome, were very handy and
+convenient to fetch things home in, as also for holding my stores,
+barley, rice, and other provisions.</p>
+<p>My powder beginning to fail, made me examine after what manner I
+should kill the goats or birds to live on after it was all gone.
+Upon which I contrived many ways to ensnare the goats, and see if I
+could catch them alive, particularly a she-goat with young. At last
+I had my desire, for making pitfalls and traps baited with barley
+and rice, I found one morning, in one of them, an old he-goat, and
+in the other three kids, one male, the other two females.</p>
+<p>So boisterous was the old one, that I could not bring him away.
+But I forgot the old proverb, <i>That hunger will tame a lion</i>:
+For had I kept him three or four days without provisions, and then
+given him some water, with a little corn, he would have been as
+tame as a young kid. The other creatures I bound with strings
+together; but I had great difficulty before I could bring them to
+my habitation. It was some time before they would feed; but
+throwing them sweet corn it so much tempted them, that they began
+to be tamer. From hence I concluded, that if I designed to furnish
+myself with goat's flesh, when my ammunition was spent, the tamely
+breeding them up, like a flock of sheep, about my settlement, was
+the only method I could take. I concluded also I must <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page053" id="page053"></a>[pg 053]</span>
+separate the wild from the tame, or else they would always run wild
+as they grew up; and the best way for this, was to have some
+inclosed piece of ground, well fenced, either with a hedge or pale,
+to keep them so effectually, that those within might not break out,
+or those without break in. Such an undertaking was very great for
+one pair of hands; but as there was an absolute necessity for doing
+it, my first care was to find a convenient piece of ground where
+there was likely to be herbage for them to eat, water to drink, and
+cover to keep them from the sun.</p>
+<p>Here again, I gave another instance of my ignorance and
+inexperience, pitching upon a piece of meadow land so large, that
+had I inclosed it, the hedge or pale must have been at least two
+miles about. Indeed had it been ten miles, I had time enough to do
+it in; but then I did not consider that my goats would be as wild
+in so much compass, as if they had had the whole island, and
+consequently as difficult for me to catch them. This thought came
+into my head, after I had carried it on, I believe, about fifty
+yards; I therefore altered my scheme, and resolved to inclose a
+piece of ground about one hundred and fifty yards in length, and
+one hundred in breadth, sufficient enough for as many as would
+maintain me, till such time as my flock increased, and then I could
+add more ground. I now vigorously prosecuted my work, and it took
+me about three months in hedging the first piece; in which time I
+tethered the three kids in the best part of it, feeding them as
+near me as possible, to make them familiar: and indeed I very often
+would carry some ears of barley or a handful of rice, and feed them
+out of my hands; by which they grew so tame, that when my inclosure
+was finished, and I had let them loose they would run after me for
+a handful of corn. This indeed answered my end; and in a year and
+half's time I had a flock of about twelve goats, kids and all; and
+in two years after, they amounted to forty-three, besides what I
+had taken and killed for my sustenance. After which I inclosed five
+several pieces of ground to feed them in, with pens to drive them
+into, that I might take them as I had occasion.</p>
+<p>In this project I likewise found additional blessings; for I not
+only had plenty of goat's flesh, but milk too, which in my
+beginning I did not so much as think of. And, indeed, though I had
+never milked a cow, much less a goat, or seen butter or cheese
+made, yet, after some essays and miscarriages, I made the both, and
+never afterwards wanted.</p>
+<p>How mercifully can the omnipotent Power comfort his creatures,
+even in the midst of their greatest calamities? How can be sweeten
+the bitterest providences, and give us reason to magnify him in
+dungeons and prisons? what a bounteous table <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page054" id="page054"></a>[pg 054]</span> was
+here spread in a wilderness for me, where I expected nothing thing
+at first but to perish for hunger.</p>
+<p>Certainly a Stoic would have smiled to see me at dinner. There
+sat my royal majesty, and absolute prince and ruler of my kingdom,
+attended by my dutiful subjects, whom, if I pleased, I could either
+hang, draw, quarter, give them liberty, or take it away. When I
+dined, I seemed a king eating alone, none daring to presume to do
+so till I had done. <i>Poll</i>, as if he had been my principal
+court favorite, was the only person, permitted to talk with me. My
+old but faithful dog, now grown exceedingly crazy, and who had no
+species to multiply his kind upon, continually sat on my right
+hand; while my two cats sat on each side of the table, expecting a
+bit from my hand, as a principal mark of my royal favour. These
+were not the cats I had brought from the ship; they had been dead
+long before, and interred near my habitation by mine own hand. But
+one of them, as I suppose, generating with a wild cat, a couple of
+their young I had made tame; the rest ran wild into the woods, and
+in time grew so impudent as to return and plunder me of my stores,
+till such time as I shot a great many, and the rest left me without
+troubling me any more. In this plentiful manner did I live, wanting
+for nothing but conversation. One thing indeed concerned me, the
+want of my boat; I knew not which way to get her round the island.
+One time I resolved to go along the shore by land to her; but had
+any one in England met such a figure, it would either have
+affrighted them, or made them burst into laughter; nay, I could not
+but smile myself at my habit, which I think in this place will be
+very proper to describe.</p>
+<p>The cap I wore on my head, was great, high, and shapeless, made
+of a goat's skin, with a flap of pent-house hanging down behind,
+not only to keep the sun from me, but to shoot the rain off from
+running into my neck, nothing being more pernicious than the rain
+falling upon the flesh in these climates. I had a short jacket of
+goat's skin, whose hair hung down such a length on each side, that
+it reached down to the calves of my legs. As for shoes and
+stockings, I had none, but made a semblance of something, I know
+not what to call them; they were made like buskins, and laced on
+the sides like spatterdashes, Barbarously shaped like the rest of
+my habit. I had a broad belt of goat's skin dried, girt round me
+with a couple of thongs, instead of buckles; on each of which, to
+supply the deficiency of sword and dagger, hung my hatchet and saw.
+I had another belt, not so broad, yet fastened in the same manner,
+which hung over my shoulder, and at the end of it, under my left
+arm, hung two pouches, made of goat's skin, to hold my powder and
+shot. My basket I carried on my back, and my gun on my shoulder;
+and over my head a great clumsy ugly goat's skin umbrella; which,
+however, next to my gun, was the most <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page055" id="page055"></a>[pg 055]</span>
+necessary thing about me. As for my face, the colour was not so
+swarthy as the Mulattoes, or might have been expected from one who
+took to little care of it, in a climate within nine or ten degrees
+of the equinox. At one time my beard grew so long that it hung down
+about a quarter of a yard; but as I had both razors scissors in
+store, I cut it all off, and suffered none to grow, except a large
+pair of Mahometan whiskers, the like of which I had seen wore by
+some Turks at Sallee, not long enough indeed to hang a hat upon,
+but of such a monstrous size, as would have amazed any in England
+to have seen.</p>
+<p>But all this was of no consequence here, there being none to
+observe my behavior or habit. And so, without fear and without
+controul, I proceeded on my journey, the prosecution of which took
+me up five or six days. I first travelled along the sea shore,
+directly to the place where I first brought my boat to an anchor,
+to get upon the rocks; but now having no boat to take care of, I
+went overland a nearer way to the same height that I was before
+upon; when looking forward to the point of the rock, which lay out,
+and which I was forced to double with my boat, I was amazed to see
+the sea so smooth and quiet, there being no ripling motion, nor
+current, any more than in other places. This made me ponder some
+time to guess the reason of it, when at last I was convinced that
+the ebb setting from the west, and joining with the current of
+water from some great river on shore, must be the occasion of these
+rapid streams; &amp; that, consequently, as the winds blew more
+westwardly, or more southwardly, so the current came he nearer, or
+went the farther from the shore. To satisfy my curiosity, I waited
+there till evening, when the time of ebb being made, I plainly
+perceived from the rock the current again as before, with the
+difference that it ran farther off, near half a league from the
+shore, whereas in my expedition, it set close upon it, furiously
+hurrying me and my canoe along with it, which at another time would
+not have done. And now I was convinced, that, by observing the
+ebbing and flowing of the tide I might easily bring my boat round
+the island again. But when I began to think of putting it in
+practice, the remembrance of the late danger, struck me with such
+horror, that I changed my resolution, and formed another, which was
+more safe, though more laborious; and this was to make another
+canoe, and to have one for one side of the island, and one for the
+other.</p>
+<p>I had now two plantations in the island; the first my little
+fortification, fort, or castle, with many large and spacious
+improvements; for by this time I had enlarged the cave behind me
+with several little caves, one with another, to hold my baskets,
+corn, and straw. The piles with which I made my wall were grown so
+lofty and great as obscured my habitation. And near this commodious
+and pleasant settlement, lay my well cultivated <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page056" id="page056"></a>[pg 056]</span> and
+improved corn-fields, which kindly yielded me their fruit in the
+proper season. My second plantation was that near my country seat,
+or little bower, where my grapes flourished, and where, having
+planted many stakes, I made inclosures for my goats, so strongly
+fortified by labour and time, that it was much stronger than a
+wall, and consequently impossible for them to break through. As for
+my bower itself, I kept it constantly in repair, and cut the trees
+in such a manner, as made them grow thick and wild, and form a most
+delightful shade. In the centre of this stood my tent, thus
+erected. I had driven four piles in the ground, spreading over it a
+piece of the ship's sail; beneath which I made a sort of couch with
+the skins of the creatures I had slain, and other things; and
+having laid thereon one of the sailor's blankets, which I had saved
+from the wreck of the ship, and covering myself with a great
+watch-coat, I took up this place for my country retreat.</p>
+<p>Very frequently from this settlement did I use to visit my boat,
+and keep her in very good order. And sometimes I would venture in
+her a cast or two from shore, but no further, lest either a strong
+current, a sudden stormy wind, or some unlucky accident should
+hurry me from the island as before. But now I entreat your
+attention, whilst I proceed to inform you of a new, but most
+surprising scent of life which there befel me.</p>
+<p>You may easily suppose, that, after having been here so long,
+nothing could be more amazing than to see a human creature. One day
+it happened, that going to my boat I saw the print of a man's naked
+foot on the shore, very evident on the sand, as the toes, heel, and
+every part of it. Had I seen an apparition in the most frightful
+shape, I could not have been more confounded. My willing ears gave
+the strictest attention. I cast my eyes around, but could satisfy
+neither the one nor the other, I proceeded alternately in every
+part of the shore, but with equal effect; neither could I see any
+other mark, though the sand about it was as susceptible to take
+impression, as that which was so plainly stamped. Thus struck with
+confusion and horror, I returned to my habitation, frightened at
+every bush and tree, taking every thing for men; and possessed with
+the wildest ideas. That night my eyes never closed. I formed
+nothing but the most dismal imaginations, concluding it must be the
+mark of the devil's foot which I had seen. For otherwise how could
+any mortal come to this island? where was the ship that transported
+them? &amp; what signs of any other footsteps? Though these seemed
+very strong reasons for such a supposition, yet (thought I) why
+should the devil make the print of his foot to no purpose, as I can
+see, when he might have taken other ways to have terrified me? why
+should he leave his mark on the other side of the island, and that
+too on the sand, where the surging waves of the ocean might
+soon</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page057" id="page057"></a>[pg
+057]</span> <a name="057.jpg"></a>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/057.jpg"><img src="Images/057.jpg"
+width="40%" alt=""></a><br>
+<b>Robinson Crusoe struck with confusion and horror,<br>
+at seeing the print of a man's foot upon the sand.</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page058" id="page058"></a>[pg
+058]</span>
+<p>have erased the impression. Surely this action is not consistent
+with the subtility of Satan, said I to myself; but rather must be
+some dangerous creature, some wild savage of the main land over
+against me, that venturing too far in the ocean, has been driven
+here, either by the violent currents or contrary winds; and not
+caring to stay on this desolate island, has gone back to sea
+again.</p>
+<p>Happy, indeed, said I to myself, that none of the savages had
+seen me in that place: yet I was not altogether without fear, lest,
+having found my boar, they should return in numbers and devour me;
+or at least carry away all my corn, and destroy my flock of tame
+goats. In a word, all my religious hopes vanished, as though I
+thought God would not now protect me by his power, who had so
+wonderfully preserved me so long.</p>
+<p>What various chains of Providence are there in the life of man!
+How changeable are our affections, according to different
+circumstances! We love to-day, what we hate to-morrow; we shun one
+hour, what we seek the next. This was evident in me in the most
+conspicous manner: For I, who before had so much lamented my
+condition, in being banished from all human kind, was now even
+ready to expire, when I considered that a man had set his foot on
+this desolate island. But when I considered my station of life
+decreed by the infinitely wise and good providence of God, that I
+ought not to dispute my Creator's sovereignty, who has an unbounded
+right to govern and dispose of his creatures as he thinks
+convenient; and that his justice and mercy could either punish or
+deliver me: I say when I considered all this, I comfortably found
+it my duty to trust sincerely in him, pray ardently to him, and
+humbly resign myself to his divine will.</p>
+<p>One morning, lying on my bed, these words of the sacred writings
+came into my mind, <i>Call upon me in the day of trouble, and I
+will deliver thee, and thou shalt glorify me.</i> Upon this
+sentence, rising more cheerfully from my bed, I offered up my
+prayers in the most heavenly manner; and when I had done, taking up
+my Bible to read, these words appeared first in my sight:--<i>Wait
+on the Lord, and be of good cheer, and he shall strengthen thy
+heart: Wait, I say, on the Lord.</i> Such divine comfort did this
+give me, as to remove all cause of sadness upon that occasion.</p>
+<p>Thus, after a world of apprehensions and fears, for three days
+and nights, I at last ventured out of my castle, and milked my
+goats, one of which was almost spoiled for want of it. I next
+(though in great fear) visited my bower, and milked my flocks there
+also; when, growing bolder, I went down to the shore again, and
+measuring the print of the foot to mine, to see, perhaps, whether I
+myself had not occasioned that mark, I found it much superior in
+largeness; and so returned home, now absolutely convinced that
+either some men had been ashore, <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page059" id="page059"></a>[pg 059]</span> or that the island must
+be inhabited, and therefore that I might be surprised before I was
+aware.</p>
+<p>I now began to think of providing for my security, and resolved
+in my mind many different schemes for that purpose. I first
+proposed to cut down my inclosures; and turn my tame cattle wild
+into the woods that the enemy might not find them, and frequent the
+island in hopes of killing the same. Secondly, I was for digging up
+my corn fields for the very same reason. An, lastly, I concluded to
+demolish my bower, lest, seeing a place of human contrivance, they
+might come farther and find out and attack me in my little
+castle.</p>
+<p>Such notions did the fear of danger suggest to me; and I looked
+I thought like the unfortunate king Saul, when not only oppressed
+by the Philistines, but also forsaken by God himself. And, it is
+strange, that a little before, having entirely resigned myself to
+the will of God, I should now have little confidence in him,
+fearing those more who could kill this fading body, than him who
+could destroy my immortal soul.</p>
+<p>Sleep was an utter stranger to my eyes that night: yet nature,
+spent and tired, submitted to a silent repose the next morning, and
+then joining reason with fear, I considered that this delightful
+and pleasant island might not be to entirely forsaken as I might
+think; but that the inhabitants from the other shore might fail,
+either with design or from necessity, by cross winds; and if the
+latter circumstance. I had reason to believe they would depart the
+first opportunity. However, my fear made me think of a place for
+retreat upon an attack. I now repented that I had made my door to
+come out beyond my fortification; to remedy which, I resolved to
+make me a second one: I fell to work, therefore, and drove betwixt
+that double row of trees, which I planted above twelve years
+before, several strong piles, thickening it with pieces of timber
+and old cables, and strengthening the foot of it with earth which I
+dug out of my cave; I also made me seven holes, wherein I planted
+my muskets like cannon, fitting them into frames resembling
+carriages. This being finished with indefatigable industry, for a
+great way every where, I planted sticks of osier like a wood, about
+twenty thousand of them, leaving a large space between them and my
+wall, that I might have room to see an enemy, and that they might
+not be sheltered among the young trees, if they offered to approach
+the outer wall. And, indeed, scarce two years had passed over my
+head, when there appeared a lovely shady grove, and in six years it
+became a thick wood perfectly impassable. For my safety, I left no
+avenue to go in or out: instead of which I set two ladders, one to
+a part of a rock which was low, and then broke in, leaving room to
+place another ladder upon that; so that when I took these down, it
+was impossible for any man to descend without hurting himself; and
+if they had, they would still be at the outside of my outer wall.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page060" id="page060"></a>[pg
+060]</span> But while I took all these measures of human prudence
+for my own preservation I was not altogether unmindful of other
+affairs. To preserve my stock of tame goats, that the enemy should
+not take all at once, I looked out for the most retired part of the
+island, which was the place where I had lost myself
+before-mentioned; and there finding a clear piece of land,
+containing three acres, surrounded with thick woods, I wrought so
+hard, that in less than a month's time, I fenced it so well round,
+that my flocks were very well secured in it, and I put therein two
+he-goats and ten she ones.</p>
+<p>All this labour was occasioned purely by fearful apprehensions,
+on account of seeing the print of a man's foot. And not contented
+yet with what I had done, I searched for another place towards the
+west point of the island, where I might also retain another flock.
+Then wandering on this errand more to the west of the island than
+ever I had yet done, and casting my eyes towards the sea, methought
+I perceived a boat at a great distance; but could not possibly tell
+what it was for want of my perspective glass. I considered then it
+was no strange thing to see the print of a man's foot; and
+concluding them cannibals, blessed God for being cast on the other
+side of the island, where none of the savages, as I thought, ever
+came. But when I came down the hill to the shore, which was the
+S.W. point of the island, I was soon confirmed in my opinion; nor
+can any one describe my horror and amazement, when I saw the ground
+spread with sculls, hands, feet, and bones of human bodies; and
+particularly, I perceived a space like a circle, in the midst of
+which had been a fire, about which I conjectured these wretches
+sat, and unnaturally sacrificed and devoured their fellow
+creatures.</p>
+<p>The horror and loathsomeness of this dreadful spectacle, both
+confounded my senses, and made me discharge from my stomach in an
+excessive manner. I then returned towards my habitation; and, in my
+way thither, shedding floods of tears, and falling down on my
+bended knees, gave God thanks for making my nature contrary to
+these wretches, and delivering me so long out of their hands.</p>
+<p>Though reason and my long residence here had assured me, that
+these savages never came up to the thick woody parts of the
+country, and that I had no reason to be apprehensive of a
+discovery; yet such an abhorence did I still retain, that, for two
+years after, I confined myself only to my three plantation: I mean
+my castle, country-seat, and inclosure in the woods. And though in
+process of time, my dreadful apprehensions began to wear away, yet
+my eyes were more vigilant for fear of being heard by those
+creatures, they should proceed to attack me. I resolved, however,
+manfully to lose my life if they did, and went armed with three
+pistols stuck in my girdle, which added <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page061" id="page061"></a>[pg 061]</span> to the
+description I have given of myself before, made me look with a very
+formidable appearance.</p>
+<p>Thus my circumstances for some time remained very calm and
+undisturbed; and when I compared my condition to others, I found it
+far from being miserable. And, indeed, would all persons compare
+their circumstances, not with those above them, but with those
+innumerable unhappy objects beneath them, I am sure we should not
+hear these daily murmurings and complainings that are in the world.
+For my part, I wanted but few things. Indeed, the terror which the
+savages had put me in, spoiled some inventions for my own
+conveniences. One of my projects was to brew me some beer; a very
+whimsical one indeed, when it is considered that I had neither
+casks sufficient; nor could I make any to preserve it in; neither
+had I hops to make it keep, yest to make it work, nor a copper or
+kettle to make it boil. Perhaps, indeed, after some years, I might
+bring this to bear, as I had done other things. But now my
+inventions were placed another way; and day and night I could think
+of nothing but how I might destroy some of these cannibals, when
+proceeding to their bloody entertainments; and so saving a victim
+from being sacrificed, that he might after become my servant. Many
+were my contrivances after this purpose, and as many more
+objections occurred after I hatched them. I once contrived to dig a
+hole under the place where they made their fire, and put therein
+five or six pounds of gunpowder, which would consequently blow up
+all those that were near it: but then I was loth to spend so much
+upon them, lest it should not do that certain execution I could
+desire, &amp; but only affright &amp; not kill them. Having laid
+this design aside, I again proposed to myself to lie privately in
+ambush, in some convenient place, with my three guns double loaded,
+and let fly at them in the midst of their dreadful ceremony: and
+having killed two or three of them at every shot, fall upon the
+rest suddenly with my three pistols, &amp; not let one mother's son
+escape. Thus imagination pleased my fancy so much that I used to
+dream of it in the night time. To put my design in execution, I was
+not long in seeking for a place convenient for my purpose, where
+unseen I might behold every action of the savages. Here I placed my
+two muskets, each of which was loaded with a brace of slugs, and
+four or five smaller bullets about the size of pistol bullets; the
+fowling-piece was charged with near a handful of the largest
+swan-shot, and in every pistol were about four bullets. And thus
+all things being prepared, no sooner would the welcome light spread
+over the element, but, <i>like a giant refreshed with wine</i>, as
+the Scripture has it, would I issue forth from my castle, and from
+a lofty hill, three miles distant, view if I could see any invaders
+approach unlawfully to my kingdom. But having waited in vain two or
+three months, it not only grew very <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page062" id="page062"></a>[pg 062]</span> tiresome to me, but
+brought me to some consideration, and made me examine myself, what
+right I had to kill these creatures in this manner.</p>
+<p>If (argued I to myself) this unnatural custom of theirs be a sin
+offensive to Heaven, it belongs to the Divine Being, who alone has
+the vindictive power in his hands, to shower down his vengeance
+upon them. And perhaps he does so, in making them become one
+another's executioners. Or, if not, if God thinks these doings
+just, according to the knowledge they conceive, what authority have
+I to pretend to thwart the decrees of Providence, which has
+permitted these actions for so many ages, perhaps from almost the
+beginning of the creation? They never offended me, what right have
+I then to concern myself in their shedding one another's blood:
+And, indeed, I have since known, they value no more to kill and
+devour a captive taken in war, than we do to kill an ox or eat
+mutton. I then concluded it necessarily followed, that these people
+were no more murderers than Christians, who many times put whole
+troops to the sword, after throwing down their arms.--Again I
+considered, that if I fell upon them, I should be as much in the
+wrong as the Spaniards, who had committed the greatest barbarities
+upon these people who had never offended them in their whole lives;
+as if the kingdom of Spain was eminent for a race of men without
+common compassion to the miserable, a principal sign of the most
+generous temper: these considerations made me pause, and made me
+think I had taken wrong measures in my resolution: I now argued
+with myself, it was better for me never to attack, but to remain
+undiscovered as long as I possibly could; that an opposite conduct
+would certainly prove destructive; for as it was scarcely to be
+supposed I could kill them all, I might either be overpowered by
+the remaining, or that some escaping, might bring thousands to my
+certain destruction. And, indeed, religion took their part so much
+as to convince me how contrary it was to my duty to be guilty of
+shedding human blood, innocent as to my particular, whatever they
+are to one another: that I had nothing to do with it, but leave it
+to the God of all power and dominion, as I said before, to do
+therein what seemed convenient to his heavenly wisdom. And,
+therefore, on my knees I thanked the Almighty for delivering me
+from blood guiltiness, and begged his protection that I might never
+fall into their hands.</p>
+<p>Thus giving over an attempt which I had rashly begun, I never
+ascended the hill on that occasion afterwards: I only re-removed my
+boat, which lay on the other side of the island, and every thing
+that belonged to her, towards the east, into a little cove; that
+there might not be the least shadow of any boat near, or habitation
+upon the island.--My castle then became my cell, keeping always
+retired in it, except when I went out to milk my she-goats, and
+order my little flock in the <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page063" id="page063"></a>[pg 063]</span> wood, which was quite
+out of danger: for sure I was that these savages never came here
+with expectations to find any thing, consequently never wandered
+from the coast; however, as they might have several times been on
+shore, as well before as after my dreadful apprehensions, I looked
+back with horror to think in what state I might have been, had I
+suddenly met them slenderly armed; with one gun only loaded with
+small shot; and how great would have been my amazement, if, instead
+of seeing the print of one man's foot, I had perceived fifteen, or
+twenty savages, who having once set their eyes upon me, by the
+swiftness of their feet would have left me no possibility of
+escaping? These thoughts would sink my very soul, so that I would
+fall into a deep melancholy, till such time as the consideration of
+my gratitude to the Divine Being moved it from my heart. I then
+fell into a contemplation of the secret springs of Providence, and
+how wonderfully we are delivered, when insensible of it; and when
+intricated in uncertain mazes or labyrinths of doubt or hesitation,
+what secret hint directs us in the right way, when we intended to
+go out of it, nay, perhaps contrary to our business, sense or
+inclination. Upon which, I fixed within me this as a certain rule,
+never to disobey those secret impressions of the mind, to the
+acting or not acting any thing that offered, for which I yet could
+assign no reason. But let it be how it will, the advantage of this
+conduct very eminently appeared in the latter part of my abode on
+this island; I am, a stranger in determining whence these secret
+intimations of Providence derive; yet methinks they are not only
+some proof of the converse of spirits, but also of the secret
+communications they are supposed to have with those that have not
+passed through the gloomy vale of death.</p>
+<p>These anxieties of mind, and the care of my preservation, put a
+period to all future inventions and contrivances, either for
+accommodation or convenience. I now cared not to drive a nail, chop
+a stick, fire a gun or make a fire, lest either the noise should be
+heard, or the smoke discover me. And on this account I used to burn
+my earthen ware privately in a cave which I found in the wood, and
+which I made convenient for that purpose; the principal cause that
+brought me here was to make charcoal, so that I might bake and
+dress my bread and meat without any danger. At that time a curious
+accident happened me, which I shall now relate.</p>
+<p>While I was cutting down some wood for making my charcoal, I
+perceived a cavity behind a very thick branch of underwood. Curious
+to look into it, I attained its month, and perceived it sufficient
+for me to stand upright in. But when I had entered, and took a
+further view, two rolling shining eyes like flaming stars seemed to
+dart themselves at me; so that I made all the haste out that I
+could, as not knowing whither it was the devil or a monster that
+had taken his residence in <span class="pagenum"><a name="page064"
+id="page064"></a>[pg 064]</span> that place. When I recovered a
+little from my surprise, I called myself a thousand fools, for
+being afraid to see the devil one moment, who had now lived almost
+twenty years in the most retired solitude. And therefore resuming
+all the courage I had, I took a flaming firebrand, and in I rushed
+again. I had not proceeded above three steps, when I was more
+affrighted than before; for then I heard a very loud sigh, like
+that of a human creature in the greatest agony, succeeded with a
+broken noise, resembling words half expressed, and then a broken
+sigh again. Stepping back, <i>Lord!</i> (thought I to myself)
+<i>where am I got, into what enchanted place have I plunged myself,
+such as are reported to contain miserable captives, till death puts
+an end to their sorrow</i>? And, indeed, in such great amazement
+was I, that it struck me into a cold sweat; and had my hat been on
+my head, I believe my hair would have moved it off. But again
+encouraging myself with the hopes of God's protection, I proceeded
+forward, and, by the light of my firebrand, perceived it to be a
+monstrous he-goat, lying on the ground, gasping for life, and dying
+of mere old age. At first, I stirred him, thinking to drive him
+out, but the poor ancient creature strove to get upon his feet, but
+was not able; so I e'en let him lie still to affright the savages,
+should they venture into this cave. I now looked round me and found
+the place but small and shapeless. At the farther side of it, I
+perceived a sort of an entrance, yet so low, as must oblige me to
+creep upon my hands and knees to it; so, having no candle, I
+suspended my enterprise till the next day, and then I came provided
+with two large ones of my own making.</p>
+<p>Having crept upon my hands and feet, through this strait, I
+found the roof higher up, I think about twenty feet. But surely
+mortal never saw such a glorious sight before! The roof and walls
+of this cave reflected a hundred thousand lights to me from my two
+candles, as though they were indented with mining gold, precious
+stones, or sparkling diamonds. And indeed it was the most
+delightful cavity or grotto of its kind that could be desired,
+though entirely dark. The floor was dry and level, and had a kind
+of gravel upon it: no nauseous venomous creatures to be seen there,
+neither any damp or wet about it. I could find no fault but in the
+entrance, and I began to think that even this might be very
+necessary for my defence, and therefore resolved to make it my most
+principal magazine. I brought hither two fowling-pieces, and three
+muskets, leaving only five pieces at my castle, planted in the
+nature of cannon. Of the barrel of gunpowder, which I took up out
+of the sea, I brought away about sixty pounds powder, which was not
+damaged, and this with a great quantity of lead for bullets, I
+removed for my castle to this retreat, now fortified both by art
+and nature.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page065" id="page065"></a>[pg
+065]</span>
+<p>I fancied myself now like one of the giants of old, who were
+said to live in caves and holes among the rocks, inaccessible to
+any but themselves, or, at lest, a most dangerous to attempt. And
+now I despised both the cunning and strength of the savages, either
+to find me out or to hurt me.</p>
+<p>But I must not forget the old goat, which caused my late
+dreadful amazement. The poor creature gave up the ghost the day
+after my discovery; &amp; it being difficult to drag him out, I dug
+his grave, and honourably entombed him in the same place where is
+departed, with as much ceremony as any Welch goat that has been
+interred about the high mountain Penmanmawn.</p>
+<p>I think I was now in the twenty-third year of my reign, and my
+thoughts much easier than formerly, having contrived several pretty
+amusements and diversions to pass away the time in a pleasant
+manner. By this time my pretty Poll had learned to speak English,
+and pronounce his words very articulately and plain; so that for
+many hours we used to chat together after a familiar manner, and he
+lived with me no less than twenty-six years. My dog which was
+nineteen years old, sixteen of which he lived with me, died some
+time ago of mere old age. As for my cats, they multiplied so fast,
+that I was forced to kill or drive them into the woods, except two
+or three which became my particular favourites. Besides these, I
+continually kept two or three household kids about me, which I
+learned to feed out of my hand, and two more parrots which could
+talk indifferently, and call <i>Robinson Crusoe</i>, but not so
+excellently as the first, as not taking that pains with them. I had
+also several sea-owls which I had wounded and cut their wings; and
+growing tame, they used to breed among the low trees about my
+castle walls, all which made my abode very agreeable.</p>
+<p>But what unforeseen events suddenly destroy the enjoyment, of
+this uncertain state of life, when we least expect them! it was now
+the month of December, in the southern solstice, and particular
+time of my harvest, which required my attendance in the fields;
+when going out pretty early one morning, before it was day-light,
+there appeared to me, from the sea shore, a flaming light, about
+two miles from me at the east end of the island, where I had
+observed some savages had been before, not on the other side, but
+to my great affliction, it was on my side the island.</p>
+<p>Struck with a terrible surprise, and my usual apprehensions,
+that the savages would perceive my improvements, I returned
+directly to my castle, pulled the ladder after me, making all
+things look as wild and natural as I possibly could. In the next
+place, I put myself into a posture of defence, loading my muskets
+and pistols, and committing myself to God's protection, I resolved
+to defend myself till my last breath. Two hours after, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page066" id="page066"></a>[pg 066]</span>
+impatient for intelligence, I set my ladder up to the side of the
+hill, where there was a flat place, and then pulling the ladder
+after me ascended to the top, where laying myself on my belly, with
+my perspective glass, I perceived no less than nine naked savages,
+sitting round a small fire, eating, as I supposed human flesh, with
+their two canoes haled on shore, waiting for the flood to carry
+them off again. You cannot easily express the consternation I was
+in at this sight, especially seeing them near me; but when I
+perceived their coming must be always with the current of the ebb,
+I became more easy in my thoughts, being fully convinced that I
+might go abroad with security all the time of flood, if they were
+not before landed. And, indeed, this proved just as I imagined; for
+no sooner did they all take boat and paddle away, but the tide made
+N.W. Before they went off they danced, making ridiculous postures
+and gestures for above an hour, all stark naked; but whether men or
+women, or both, I could not perceive. When I saw them gone, I took
+two guns upon my shoulders, and placing a couple of pistols in my
+belt, with my great sword hanging by my side, I went to the hill,
+where at first I made a discovery of these cannibals, and then saw
+there had been three canoes more of the savages on shore at that
+place, which with the rest were making over to the main land.</p>
+<p>But nothing could be more horrid to me, when going to the place
+of sacrifice, the blood, the bones, and other mangled parts of
+human bodies appeared in my sight; and so fired was I with
+indignation, that I was fully resolved to be revenged on the first
+that came there, though I lost my life in the execution. It then
+appeared to me, that the visits which they make to this island are
+not very frequent, it being fifteen months before they came again;
+but still I was very uneasy, by reason of the dismal apprehensions
+of their surprising me unawares; nor dared I offer to fire a gun on
+that side of the island where they used to appear, lest, taking the
+alarm, the savages might return with many hundred canoes, and then
+God knows in what manner I should have made my end. Thus was I a
+year or more before I saw any of these devouring cannibals
+again.</p>
+<p>But to wave this, the following accident, which demands
+attention, for a while eluded the force of my thoughts in revenging
+myself on those Heathens.</p>
+<p>On the 16th of May (according to my wooden calendar) the wind
+blew exceedingly hard, accompanied with abundance of lightning and
+thunder all day, and succeeded by a very stormy night. The seeming
+anger of the Heavens made me have recourse to my Bible. While I was
+seriously pondering upon it, I was suddenly alarmed with the noise
+of a gun, which I conjectured was fired upon the ocean. Such an
+unusual surprise made me start up in a minute, when, with my
+ladder, ascending the mountain as before, that very moment a flash
+of <span class="pagenum"><a name="page067" id="page067"></a>[pg
+067]</span> fire presaged the report of another gun which I
+presently heard, and found it was from that part of the sea where
+the current drove me away. I could not but then think, that this
+must be a ship in distress, and that there were the melancholy
+signals for a speedy deliverance. Great, indeed, was my sorrow upon
+this occasion; but my labours to assist them must have proved
+altogether vain &amp; fruitless. However, I brought together all
+the dry wood that was at hand, and making a pretty large pile, set
+it on fire on the hill. I was certain they plainly perceived it, by
+their firing another gun as soon as it began to blaze, and after
+that several more from the same quarter. All night long I kept up
+my fire: and when the air cleared up, I perceived something a great
+way at sea, directly E. but could not distinguish what it was, even
+with my glass, by reason that the weather was so very foggy out at
+sea. However, keeping my eyes directly fixed upon it, and
+perceiving it did not stir, I presently concluded it must be a ship
+at anchor, and so very hasty I was to be satisfied, that taking the
+gun, I went to the S.E. part of the island, to the same rocks where
+I had been formerly drove away by the current, in which time the
+weather being perfectly cleared up, to my great sorrow, I perceived
+the wreck of a ship cast away upon those hidden rocks I found when
+I was out with my boat; and which, by making a kind of an eddy,
+were the occasion of my preservation.</p>
+<p>Thus, <i>what is one man's safety is another's ruin</i>; for
+undoubtedly this ship had been driven on them in the night, the
+wind blowing strong at E.N.E. Had they perceived the island, as I
+now guessed they had not, certainly, instead of firing there guns
+for help, they would rather have ventured in their boat and saved
+themselves that way. I then thought, that perhaps they had done so,
+upon seeing my fire, and were cast away in the attempt: for I
+perceived no boat in the ship. But then I again imagined, that,
+perhaps, they had another vessel in company, which, upon signal,
+saved their lives, and took the boat up: or that the boat might be
+driven into the main ocean, where these poor creatures might be in
+the most miserable condition. But as all these conjectures were
+very uncertain, I could do no more than commiserate there distress,
+and thank God for delivering me, in particular, when so many
+perished in the raging ocean.</p>
+<p>When I considered seriously every thing concerning this wreck,
+and could perceive no room to suppose any of them saved, I cannot
+explain, by any possible force of words, what longings my soul felt
+on this occasion, often breaking out in this manner: <i>O that
+there had been but two or three, nay even one person saved, that we
+might have lived together, conversed with, and comforted one
+another!</i> and so much were my desires moved, that when I
+repeated these words, <i>Oh! that there had been but one!</i> my
+hands would clench together, and my fingers press the palms of my
+hands to close, that, had any soft thing been <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page068" id="page068"></a>[pg 068]</span>
+between, it would have crushed it involuntarily, while my teeth
+would strike together, and set against each other so strong that it
+required some time for me to part them.</p>
+<p>Till the last year of my being on this island, I never knew
+whether or not any had been saved out of this ship. I had the
+affliction, some time after, to see the corpse of a drowned boy
+come on shore, at the end of the island which was next the
+shipwreck; there was nothing on him but a seaman's waistcoat, a
+pair of opened kneed linen drawers, and a blue linen shirt, but no
+particular mark to guess what nation he was of. In his pocket were
+two pieces of eight, and a tobacco-pipe, the last of which I
+preferred much more than I did the first. And now the calmness of
+the sea tempted me to venture out in my boat to this wreck, not
+only to get something necessary out of the ship, but perhaps, some
+living creature might be on board, whose life I might preserve.
+This had such an influence upon my mind, that immediately I went
+home, and prepared every thing necessary for the voyage, carrying
+on board my boat provisions of all sorts, with a good quantity of
+rum, fresh water, and a compass: so putting off, I paddled the
+canoe along the shore, till I came at last to the north-east part
+of the island, from whence I was to launch into the ocean; but here
+the currents ran so violently, and appeared so terrible, that my
+heart began to fail me; foreseeing that if I was driven into any of
+these currents, I might be carried not only out of reach or sight
+of the island, but even inevitably lost in the boiling surges of
+the ocean.</p>
+<p>So oppressed was I at these troubles, that I gave over my
+enterprize, sailing to a little creek on the shore, where stepping
+out, I set me down on a rising hill, very pensive and thoughtful. I
+then perceived that the tide was turned; and the flood came on,
+which made it impracticable for me to go out for so many hours. To
+be more certain how the sets of the tides or currents lay when the
+flood came in, I ascended a higher piece of ground, which
+overlooked the sea both ways; and here I found that as the current
+of the ebb set out close by the south point of the island, so the
+current of the flood set in close by the shore of the north side;
+and all that I had to do was to keep to the north of the island in
+my return.</p>
+<p>That night I reposed myself in my canoe, covered with my watch
+coat, instead of a blanket, the heavens being my tester. I set out
+with the first of the tide full north, till I felt the benefit of
+the current, which carried me at a great rate eastward, yet not
+with such impetuosity as before, as to take from me all government
+of my canoe; so that in two hours time I came up to the wreck,
+which appeared to me a most melancholy sight. It seemed to be a
+Spanish vessel by its building, stuck fast between two rocks; her
+stern and quarter beaten to pieces by the sea; her mainmast and
+foremast were brought off by the board, that is broken off short.
+As I approached near, I perceived a dog on <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page069" id="page069"></a>[pg 069]</span> board,
+who seeing me coming, yelped and cried, and no sooner did I call
+him, but the poor creature jumped into the sea, out of which I took
+him up, almost famished with hunger and thirst; so that when I gave
+him a cake of bread, no ravenous wolf could devour it more
+greedily; and he drank to that degree of fresh water, that he would
+have burst himself, had I suffered him.</p>
+<p>The first sight I met with in the ship, were two men drowned in
+the cook-room or forecastle, inclosed in one another's arms: hence
+I very probably supposed, that <i>when the vessel struck in the
+storm, so high and incessantly did the waters break in and over
+her, that the men not being able to bear it, were strangled by the
+constant rushing in of the waves</i>. There were several casks of
+liquor, whether wine of brandy, I could not be positive, which lay
+in the lower hold, as were plainly perceptible by the ebbing out of
+the water, yet were too large for me to pretend to meddle with;
+likewise I perceived several chests, which I supposed to belong to
+the seamen, two of which I got into my boat, without examining what
+was in them. Had the stern of the ship been fixed, and the forepart
+broken off, I should have made a very prosperous voyage; since by
+what I after found in these two chests, I could not otherwise
+conclude, but that the ship must have abundance of wealth on board;
+nay, if I must guess by the course she steered, she must have been
+bound from the Buenos Ayres, or the Rio de la Plata, in the
+southern parts of America, beyond the Brazils, to the Havannah, in
+the gulf of Mexico, and so perhaps to Spain. What became of the
+rest of the sailors, I could not certainly tell; and all her riches
+signified nothing at that time to any body.</p>
+<p>Searching farther, I found a cask containing about twenty
+gallons, full of liquor, which, with some labour, I got into my
+boat; in her cabin were several muskets, which I let remain there;
+but took away with me a great powder horn, with about four pounds
+of powder in it. I took also a fire-shovel and tongs, two brass
+kettles, a copper pot to make chocolate, and a gridiron; all which
+were extremely necessary to me, especially the fire-shovel and
+tongs. And so with this cargo, accompanied with my dog, I came
+away, the tide serving for that purpose; and the same evening,
+about an hour within night, I attained the island, after the
+greatest toil and fatigue imaginable.</p>
+<p>That night I reposed my wearied limbs in the boat, resolving the
+next morning to harbour what I had gotten in my new-found
+subterraneous grotto; &amp; not to carry my cargo home to my
+ancient castle. Having refreshed myself, and got all my effects on
+shore I next proceeded to examine the particulars; and so tapping
+the cask, I found the liquor to be a kind of rum, but not like what
+we had at the Brazils, nor indeed near so good. At the opening
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page070" id="page070"></a>[pg
+070]</span> of the chest, several things appeared very useful to
+me; for instance, I found in one a very fine case of bottles,
+containing the finest and best sorts of cordial waters; each bottle
+held about three pints, curiously tip with silver. I found also two
+pots full of the choicest sweetmeats, and two more which the water
+had utterly spoiled. There were likewise several good shirts
+exceedingly welcome to me, and about one dozen and a half white
+linen handkerchiefs and coloured neckcloths, the former of which
+was absolutely necessary for wiping my face in a hot day; and, in
+the till, I found three bags of pieces of eight, about eleven
+hundred in all, in one of which, decently wrapped up in a piece of
+paper, were six doubloons of gold, and some small bars and wedges
+of the same metal, which I believe might weigh near a pound. In the
+other chest, which I guessed to belong to the gunner's mate, by the
+mean circumstances which attended it, I found only some clothes of
+very little value, except about two pounds of fine glazed powder,
+in three flasks, kept, as I believe, for charging their fowling
+pieces on any occasion; so that, on the whole, I had no great
+advantage by this voyage. The money was indeed as mere dirt to me,
+useless and unprofitable, all which I would freely have parted with
+for two or three pair of English shoes and stockings; things that
+for many years I had not worn, except lately those which I had
+taken of the feet of those unfortunate men I found drowned in the
+wreck, yet not so good as English shoes either for ease or service.
+I also found in the seaman's chest about fifty pieces of eight in
+royals, but no gold; so concluded that what I took from the first
+belonged to an officer, the latter appearing to have a much
+inferior person for its owner. However, as despicable as the money
+seemed, I likewise lugged it to my cave, laying it up securely, as
+I did the rest of my cargo; and after I had done all this, I
+returned back to my boat, rowing and paddling her along till I came
+to my old harbour, where I carefully laid her up, and so made the
+best of my way to my castle. When I arrived there, every thing
+seemed safe and quiet: so that now my only business was to repose
+myself after my wonted manner, and take care of my domestic
+affairs. But though I might have lived very easy, as wanting
+nothing absolutely needful, yet still I was more vigilant than
+usual upon account of the savages, never going much abroad; or, if
+I did, it was to the east part of the island, where I was well
+assured that the savages never came, and where I might not be
+troubled to carry that heavy load of weapons for my defence, as I
+was obliged to do if I went the other way.</p>
+<p>Two years did I live in this anxious condition, in all which
+time, contrary to my former resolutions, my head was filled with
+nothing but projects and designs, how I might escape from this
+island; and so much were my wandering thoughts bent upon a rambling
+disposition that had I had the same boat that I went <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page071" id="page071"></a>[pg 071]</span> from
+Sallee in, I should have ventured once more to the uncertainty of
+the raging ocean.</p>
+<p>I cannot, however, but consider myself as one of the unhappy
+persons, who make themselves wretched by there dissatisfaction with
+the stations which God has placed them in; for, not to take a
+review of my primitive condition, and my father's excellent advice,
+the going contrary to which was, as I may say, my original sin, the
+following mistakes of the same nature certainly had been the means
+of my present unhappy station. What business had I to leave a
+settled fortune, and well stocked plantation, improving and
+increasing, where, by this time, I might have been worth a hundred
+thousand moidores, to turn supercargo to Guinea, to fetch Negroes,
+when time and patience would so much enlarge my stock at home, as
+to be able to employ those whose more immediate business it was to
+fetch them home even to my door?</p>
+<p>But as this is commonly the fate of young heads, so a serious
+reflection upon the folly of it ordinarily attends the exercise of
+future years, when the dear bought experience of time teaches us
+repentance. Thus was it with me; but not withstanding the thoughts
+of my deliverance ran so strongly in my mind, that is seemed to
+check all the dictates of reason and philosophy. And now to usher
+in my kind reader with greater pleasure to the remaining part of my
+relation, I flatter myself it will not be taken amiss, to give him
+an account of my first conceptions of the manner of escaping, and
+upon what foundation I laid my foolish schemes.</p>
+<p>Having retired to my castle, after my late voyage to the ship,
+my frigate laid up and secured, as usual, and my condition the same
+as before, except being richer, though I had as little occasion for
+riches as the Indians of Peru had for gold, before the cruel
+Spaniards came among them: One night in March, being the rainy
+season in the four and twentieth year of my solitude, I lay down to
+sleep, very well in health, without distemper pain, or uncommon
+uneasiness, either of body or mind; yet notwithstanding, I could
+not compose myself to sleep all the night long. All this tedious
+while, it is impossible to express what innumerable thoughts came
+into my head. <i>I traced quite over the whole history of my life
+in miniature, from my utmost remembrance of things till I came to
+this island, and then proceeded to examine every action and passage
+that had occurred since I had taken possession of my kingdom.</i>
+In my reflections upon the latter, I was <i>comparing the happy
+posture of my affairs from the beginning of my reign, to this life
+of anxiety, fear, and concern, since I had discovered a print of a
+foot in the sand; that while I continued without apprehension, I
+was incapable of feeling the dread and terror I now suffered.</i>
+How thankful rather ought I to have been for the knowledge of my
+danger, since the greatest happiness one can be possessed of is to
+have <span class="pagenum"><a name="page072" id="page072"></a>[pg
+072]</span> sufficient time to provide against it? How stupendous
+is the goodness of Providence, which sets such narrow bounds to the
+sight and knowledge of human nature, that while men walk in the
+midst of so many dangers they are kept serene and calm, by having
+the events of things hid from their eyes and knowing nothing of
+those many dangers that surround them, till perhaps they are
+dissipated and vanish away.</p>
+<p>When I came more particularly to considerer of <i>the real
+danger I had for so many years escaped; how I had walked about in
+the greatest security and tranquility, at a time, perhaps, when
+even nothing but the brow of a hill, a great tree, or the common
+approach of night, had interposed between me and the destructive
+hands of the cannibals, who would devour me with as good an
+appetite, as I would a pigeon or curlew;</i> surely all this, I
+say, could not but make me sincerely thankful to my great
+Preserver, whose singular protection I acknowledge with the
+greatest humility, and without which I must inevitably have fallen
+into the cruel hands of those devourers.</p>
+<p>Having thus discussed my thoughts in the clearest manner,
+according to my weak understanding, I next proceeded to consider
+<i>the wretched nature of those destroying savages, by seeming,
+though with great reverence,</i> to enquire <i>why God should give
+up any of his creatures to such inhumanity, even to brutality
+itself, to devour its own kind?</i> but as this was rather matter
+of obstruse speculation, and as my miserable situation made me
+think this of mine the most uncomfortable situation in the world, I
+then began rather to inquire <i>what part of the world these
+wretches lived in; how far off the coast was from whence they came;
+why they ventured over so far from home; what kind of boats
+conveyed them hither; and why I could not order myself and my
+business so, that I might be able to attack their country, as they
+were to come to my kingdom</i>.</p>
+<p><i>But then</i> thought I, <i>how shall I manage myself when I
+come thither? what will become of me if I fall into the hands of
+the savages? or how shall I escape from them if they make an
+attempt upon me? and supposing I should not fall into their power,
+what shall I do for provisions, or which way shall I bend my
+course?</i> These counter thoughts threw me into the greatest
+horror and confusion imaginable; but then I still looked upon my
+present condition to be the most miserable that possibly could be,
+and that nothing could be worse, except death <i>For</i> (thought
+I) <i>could I but attain the shore of the main, I might perhaps
+meet with some reliefs, or coast it along, as I did with my boy
+Xury, on the African shore, till I came to some inhabited country,
+where I might meet with some relief, or fall in with some Christian
+ship that might take me in; and if I failed, why then I could but
+meet with death, which would put an end to all my miseries.</i>
+These thoughts, I must confess, were the fruit of a distempered
+mind and impatient temper made desperate, as it were, by long
+continuance of the troubles and disappointments <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page073" id="page073"></a>[pg 073]</span> I had
+met with in the wreck; where I hoped to have found some living
+person to speak to, by whom I might have known in what place I was,
+and of the probable means of my deliverance. Thus, while my
+thoughts were agitated, my resignation to the will of heaven was
+entirely suspended; to that I had no power to fix my mind to any
+thing, but to the project of a voyage to the main land. And indeed
+so much was I inflamed upon this account, that it set my blood into
+a ferment, and my pulse beat high, as though I had been in a fever;
+till nature being, as it were, fatigued and exhausted with the
+thoughts of it, made me submit myself to a silent repose.</p>
+<p>In such a situation, it is very strange, that I did not dream of
+what I was so intent upon; but, instead of it, my mind roved on a
+quite different thing, altogether foreign. I dreamed, that as I was
+issuing from my castle one morning, as customary, when I perceived
+upon the shore two canoes, and eleven savages coming to land, who
+had brought with them another Indian, whom they designed to make a
+sacrifice of, in order to devour; but just as they were going to
+give the fatal blow, methought the poor designed victim jumped
+away, and ran directly into my little thick grove before my
+fortification, to abscond from his enemies, when perceiving that
+the others did not follow him that way, I appeared to him; that he
+humbly kneeled down before me, seeming to pray for my assistance;
+upon which I showed him my ladder, made him ascend, carried him to
+my cave, and he became my servant; and when I had gotten this man,
+I said to myself, <i>now surely I may have some hopes to attain the
+main land; for this fellow will serve me as a pilot, tell me what
+to do, and where I must go for provisions, what places to shun,
+what to venture to, and what to escape.</i> But when I awaked, and
+found all these inexpressible impressions of joy entirely vanished,
+I fell into the greatest dejection of spirit imaginable.</p>
+<p>Yet this dream brought me to reflect, that one sure way of
+escaping was to get a savage; that after I had ventured my life to
+deliver him from the bloody jaws of his devourers, the natural
+sense he might have of such a preservation, might inspire him with
+a lasting gratitude and most sincere affection. But then this
+objection reasonably interposed: <i>how can I effect this,</i>
+thought I, <i>without I attack a whole company of them, and kill
+them all? why should I proceed on such a desperate attempt, which
+my scruples before had suggested to be unlawful?</i> and indeed my
+heart trembled at the thoughts of so much blood, though it were a
+means to procure my deliverance. 'Tis true, I might reasonably
+enough suppose these men to be real enemies to my life, men who
+would devour me, was it in their power, so that it was self
+preservation in the highest degree to free myself, by attacking
+them in my own defence, as lawfully as if they were actually
+assaulting me: though all <span class="pagenum"><a name="page074"
+id="page074"></a>[pg 074]</span> these things, I say, seemed to me
+to be of the greatest weight, yet, as I just said before, the
+dreadful thoughts of shedding human blood, struck such a terror to
+my soul, that it was a long time before I could reconcile myself to
+it.</p>
+<p>But how far will the ardency of desire prompt us on? For
+notwithstanding the many disputes and perplexities I had with
+myself, I at length resolved, right or wrong, to get one of these
+savages into my hands, cost what it would, or even though I should
+lose my life in the attempt. Inspired with this firm resolution, I
+set all my wits at work, to find out what methods I should take to
+answer my design: this, indeed, was so difficult a task, that I
+could not pitch upon any probable means to execute it: I,
+therefore, resolved continually to be in a vigilant posture, to
+perceive when the savages came on shore and to leave the rest to
+the event, let the opportunities offer as they would.</p>
+<p>Such was my fixed resolutions; and accordingly I set myself upon
+the scout, as often as I could, till such time as I was heartily
+tired of it. I waited for above a year and a half, the greatest
+part of which I went out to the west, and south-west corner of the
+island, almost every day, to look for canoes, but none appeared.
+This was a very great discouragement; yet, though I was very much
+concerned, the edge of my design was as keen as ever, and the
+longer it seemed to be delayed, the more eager was I for it: in a
+word, I never before was so careful to shun the loathing sight of
+these savages, as I was now eager to be with them; and I thought
+myself sufficiently able to manage one, two, or three savages if I
+had them, so as to make them my entire slaves, to do whatsoever I
+should direct them, and prevent their being able at any time to do
+me any mischief. Many times did I used to please myself with these
+thoughts, with long and ardent expectations; but nothing
+presenting, all my deep projected schemes and numerous fancies
+vanished away, as though, while I retained such thoughts, the
+decrees of Providence was such, that no savages were to come near
+me.</p>
+<p>About a year and a half after, when I was seriously musing of
+sundry other ways how I should attain my end, one morning early I
+was very much surprised by seeing no less than five canoes all on
+shore together, on my side the island, and the savages that
+belonged to them all landed, and out of my sight. Such a number of
+them disconcerted all my measures; for, seeing so many boats, each
+of which would contain six, and sometimes more, I could not tell
+what to think of it, or how to order my measures, to attack twenty
+or thirty men single-handed; upon which, much dispirited and
+perplexed, I lay still in my castle; which, however, I put in a
+proper posture for an attack: and, having formerly provided all
+that <span class="pagenum"><a name="page075" id="page075"></a>[pg
+075]</span> was necessary, was soon ready to enter upon an
+engagement, should they attempt. Having waited for some time, my
+impatient temper would let me bear it no longer; I set my guns at
+the foot of my ladder, and, as usual, ascended up to the top of the
+hill at two stages, standing, however, in such a manner, that my
+head did not appear above the hill, so that they could easily
+perceive me; and here, by the assistance of my perspective glass, I
+observed no less than thirty in number around a fire, feasting upon
+what meat they had dressed: how they cooked it, or what it was, I
+could not then perfectly tell; but they were all dancing and
+capering about the flames, using many frightful and barbarous
+gestures.</p>
+<p>But while, with a curious eye, I was beholding these wretches,
+my spirits sunk within me, when I perceived them drag two miserable
+creatures from the boats, to act afresh the dreadful tragedy, as I
+supposed they had done before. It was not long before one of them
+fell upon the ground, knocked down, as I suppose, with a club or
+wooden sword, for that was their manner; while two or three others
+went immediately to work, cutting him open for their cookery, and
+then fell to devour him as they had done the former, while the last
+unhappy captive was left by himself, till such time as they were
+ready for him. The poor creature looked round him with a wishful
+eye, trembling at the thoughts of death; yet, seeing himself a
+little at liberty, nature, that very moment, as it were, inspired
+him with hopes of life: He started away from them, and ran, with
+incredible swiftness along the sands, directly to that part of the
+coast where my ancient and venerable castle stood.</p>
+<p>You may well imagine, I was dreadfully affrighted upon this
+occasion, when, as I thought, they pursued him in a whole body, all
+running towards my palace. And now, indeed, I expected that part of
+my dream was going to be fulfilled, and that he would certainly fly
+to my grove for protection; but, for the rest of my dream, I could
+depend nothing on it; that the savages would pursue him thither,
+and find him there. However my spirits, beginning to recover, I
+still kept upon my guard; and I now plainly perceived, there were
+but three men out of the number that pursued him. I was infinitely
+pleased with what swiftness the poor creature ran from his
+pursuers, gaining so much ground upon them, that I plainly
+perceived, could he thus hold out for half an hour, there was not
+the least doubt but he would save his life from the power of his
+enemies.</p>
+<p>Between them and my castle there was a creek, that very same
+which I sailed into with all my effects from the wreck of the ship
+on the steep banks of which I very much feared the poor victim
+would be taken, if he could not swim for his escape: but soon was I
+out of pain for him, when I perceived he made nothing of it, though
+at full tide, but with an <span class="pagenum"><a name="page076"
+id="page076"></a>[pg 076]</span> intrepid courage, spurred on by
+the sense of danger, he plunged into the flood, swimming over in
+about thirty strokes, and then landing, ran with the same
+incredible strength and swiftness as before. When the three
+pursuers came to the creek, one of them, who I perceived could not
+swim, happily for his part, returned to his company, while the
+others, with equal courage, but much less swiftness attained the
+other side, as though they were resolved never to give over the
+pursuit. And now or or never I thought was the time for me to
+procure me a servant, companion, or assistant; and that I was
+decreed by Providence to be the instrument to save this poor
+creature's life. I immediately descended my two ladders with the
+greatest expedition: I took up my two guns, which, I said before,
+were at the bottom of them, and getting up again with the same
+haste towards the hill, I made nearer the sea. In a word, taking a
+short cut down the hill, I interposed between the pursuers and
+pursued, hallooing aloud to the latter, who, venturing to look
+back, was, no doubt, as much terrified at me as I at them. I
+beckoned to him with my hand, to return back, in the mean time
+advancing towards the pursuers, and rushing on the foremost, I
+knocked him down with the stock of my piece, and laid him flat on
+the ground. I was very unwilling to fire lest the rest should hear,
+though at a distance, I question whether they could or no; and
+being out of sight of the smoke, they could not easily have known
+what to make of it. The other savage seeing his fellow fall,
+stopped as if he had been amazed; when advancing towards him, I
+could perceive him take his bow from his back, and, fixing and
+arrow to it, was preparing to shoot at me, and, without dispute,
+might have lodged the arrow in my breast; but, in this absolutely
+necessary case of self preservation, I immediately fired at him,
+and shot him dead, just as his hand was going to draw the fatal
+string. All this while, the savage who had fled before stood still,
+and had the satisfaction to see his enemies killed, as he thought,
+who designed to take away his life; so affrighted was he with the
+fire and noise of my piece, <i>that he stood as it were like Lot's
+wife, fixed and immoveable, without either sense or motion</i>.
+This obliged me to halloo to him again, making the plainest signs I
+could to him to draw nearer. I perceived he understood those tokens
+by his approaching to me a little way, when, as is afraid I should
+kill him too, he stopped again. Several times did he advance, as
+often stop in this manner, till coming more, to my view, I
+perceived him trembling, as if he was to undergo the same fate.
+Upon which I looked upon him with a smiling countenance, and still
+beckoning to him, at length he came close to me and kneeled down,
+kissed my hand, laid his head upon it, and taking me by the foot,
+placed it upon his head; and this, as I understood afterwards, was
+in token of swearing to be my slave for ever. I took him up,
+and,</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page077" id="page077"></a>[pg
+077]</span> <a name="077.jpg"></a>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/077.jpg"><img src="Images/077.jpg"
+width="60%" alt=""></a><br>
+<b>ROBINSON CRUSOE rescuing FRIDAY from his pursuers.</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page078" id="page078"></a>[pg
+078]</span>
+<p>making much of him, encouraged him in the best manner I could.
+But my work was not yet finished; for I perceived the savage whom I
+knocked down, was not killed, but stunned with the blow, and began
+to come to himself, Upon which I pointed to my new servant, and
+shewed him that his enemy was not yet expired, he spoke some words
+to me, but which I could not understand; yet being the first sound
+of a man's voice I had heard for above twenty-five years, they were
+very pleasing to me. But there was no time for reflection now, the
+wounded savage recovering himself so far as to sit upon the ground,
+which made my poor prisoner as much afraid as before; to put him
+out of which fear, I presented my other gun at the man, with an
+intent to shoot him; but my savage, for so I must now call him,
+prevented my firing, by making a motion to me, to lend him my
+sword, which hung naked in my belt by my side. No sooner did I
+grant his request, but away he runs to his enemy, and at one blow
+cut off his head as dextrously as the most accomplished executioner
+in Germany could have done; for, it seems, these creatures make use
+of wooden swords made of hard wood which will bear edge enough to
+cut off heads and arms at one blow. When this valorous exploit was
+done, he comes to me laughing, as a token of triumph, delivered me
+my sword again, with abundance of suprising gestures, laying it,
+along with the bleeding and ghastly head of the Indian, at my
+feet.</p>
+<p>The greatest astonishment that my new servant conceived was the
+manner of killing the savage at such a distance, without a bow and
+arrow; and such was his longing desire to know it, that he first
+pointed to the dead carcase, and then made signs to me to grant him
+leave to go up to him. Upon which I bid him go, and, as well as I
+could, made him sensible I granted his request. But when he came
+there, how wonderfully was he struck with amazement! First, he
+turned him on one side, then on another, wondering he could
+perceive no quantity of blood, he bleeding inwardly; and after
+sufficiently admiring the wound the bullet had made in his breast,
+he took up his bow and arrows, and came back again; upon which I
+turned to go away, making signs to him to follow, left the rest
+missing their companions, might come in pursuit of them, and this I
+found he understood very well, by his making me understand that his
+design was to bury them, that they might not be seen if it
+happened; and which by signs again I made him sensible I very much
+approved of. Immediately he fell to work, and never was a
+grave-digger more dextrous in the world than he was; for in an
+instant, as I might say, he scraped a large hole in the sand with
+his hands, sufficient to bury the first in; there he dragged him;
+and without any ceremony he covered him over; in like manner he
+saved the other; so that I am sure no undertaker could be more
+expert in his business, for all <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page079" id="page079"></a>[pg 079]</span> this was done in less
+than a quarter of an hour. I then called him away, and instead of
+carrying him directly to my castle at first, I conveyed him to my
+cave on the farther part of the island; and so my dream was now
+fulfilled in that particular, that my grove should prove an asylum
+or sanctuary to him.</p>
+<p>Weary and faint, hungry and thirsty, undoubtedly must this poor
+creature be, supported chiefly by the vivacity of spirit, and,
+uncommon transports of joy that his deliverance occasioned. Here I
+gave him bread and a bunch of raisins to eat, and water to drink,
+on which he fed very cheerfully, to his exceeding refreshment. I
+then made him a convenient bed with a parcel of rice straw, and a
+blanket upon it, (a bed which I used myself sometimes) and then
+pointing to it, made signs for him to lie down to sleep, upon which
+the poor creature went to take a welcome repose.</p>
+<p>Indeed he was a very comely, handsome, young fellow, extremely
+well made, with straight long limbs, not too large, but tall and
+well shaped, and, as near as I could reckon, about twenty-six years
+of age. His countenance had nothing in it fierce or surly, but
+rather a sort of majesty in his face; and yet, especially when he
+smiled, he had all the sweetness and softness of an European. His
+hair was not curled like wool, as many of the blacks are, but long
+and black, with the most beautiful, yet careless tresses spreading
+over his shoulders. He had a very high and large forehead, with a
+great vivacity and sparkling sharpness in his eyes. His skin was
+not so tawney, as the Virginians, Brazilians, or other Americans;
+but rather of a bright dun, olive colour, that had something
+agreeable in it, though not very easy to give a description of. His
+face was round and plump, with a small nose, very different from
+the flatness of the negroes, a pretty small mouth, thin lips, fine
+teeth, very well set, and white as the driven snow. In a word, such
+handsome features, and exact symmetry in every part, made me
+consider that I had saved the life of an Indian prince, no less
+graceful and accomplished than the great <i>Oroonoko</i> whose
+memorable behavior and unhappy contingencies of life have charmed
+the world, both to admiration of his person, and compassion to his
+sufferings.</p>
+<p>But let him be either prince or peasant, all my happiness
+centered in this, that I had now got a good servant or companion,
+to whom, as he deserved, I was resolved to prove a kind master and
+a lasting friend. He had not, I think, slept above an hour when he
+awakened again, and while I was milking my goats hard by, out he
+runs from the cave towards me in my inclosure, and laying himself
+down on the ground, in the lowest prostration, made all the antic
+gestures imaginable, to express his thankfulness to me for being
+his deliverer. I confess though the manner of his behaviour seemed
+to be ludicrous enough to <span class="pagenum"><a name="page080"
+id="page080"></a>[pg 080]</span> occasion, laughter, yet I was very
+much moved at his affection, so that my heart melted within me,
+fearing he might die away in excess of joy, like reprieved
+malefactors, especially as I was incapable either to let him blood,
+or administer physic. It were to be wished, that Christians would
+take example by this Heathen, to have received by the kind
+mediation and powerful interposition of their benefactors and
+deliverers; and it would be likewise happy for mankind, were there
+no occasion to blame many, who, instead of thankfully acknowledging
+favours and benefits, rather abuse and condemn those who have been
+the instruments to save them from destruction.</p>
+<p>But, leaving these just reflections, I return to the object that
+occasioned them; for my man, to conclude the last ceremony of
+obedience, laid down his head again on the ground, close to my
+foot, and set my other foot upon is head, as he had done before,
+making all the signs of subjection, servitude, and submission
+imaginable, and let me understand he would serve me as long as his
+life endured. As I understood him in many things, I made him
+sensible I was very well pleased with him; and, in a little time, I
+began to speak to him, and learn him to talk to me again. In the
+first place, I made him understand his name was to be
+<i>Friday</i>, because it was upon that day I saved his life; then
+I taught him to say <i>Master</i>, which I made him sensible was to
+be my name. I likewise taught him to say <i>Yes</i> and <i>No</i>,
+and to know what they meant. I gave him some milk in an earthen
+pot, making him view me while I drank it before him, and soaked my
+bread in it; I gave him a cake of bread, and caused him to soak it
+likewise, to which he readily consented, making signs of the
+greatest satisfaction imaginable.</p>
+<p>All that night did I keep him there; but no sooner did the
+morning light appear, when I ordered him to arise, and come along
+with me, with certain tokens that I would give him some clothes
+like mine, at which he seemed very glad, being stark naked, without
+the least covering whatever. As we passed by the place where the
+two men had been interred, my man pointed directly to their graves,
+showing me the marks that he had made to find them again, giving me
+to understand, by signs, that we should dig them up, and devour
+them. At this I appeared extremely displeased, expressed my utmost
+abhorrence, as if I would vomit at the apprehensions of it,
+beckoning with my hand to come away, which he did with the greatest
+reverence and submission. After this I conducted him to the top of
+the hill, to view if the rest of the savages were yet remaining
+there; but when I looked through my perspective glass, I could see
+no appearance of them, nor of their canoes; so that it was evident
+they never minded their <span class="pagenum"><a name="page081" id=
+"page081"></a>[pg 081]</span> deceased companions whom we had
+slain: which if they had, they would surely have searched for, or
+left one boat behind for them to follow, after they returned from
+their pursuit.</p>
+<p>Curiosity, and a desire of satisfaction, animating me with
+courage to see this scene of barbarity, I took my man Friday with
+me, putting a sword into his hand, with the bow and arrows at his
+back, which I perceived he could use very dexterously, causing him
+to carry one gun for me, and I two for myself; and thus equipped
+against all attacks, away we marched directly to the place of their
+bloody entertainment. But when I came there, I was struck with the
+utmost horror at so dreadful a spectacle, whilst Friday was no way
+concerned about it, being no doubt in his turn one of these
+devourers. Here lay several human bones, there several pieces of
+mangled flesh, half eaten, mangled, and scorched, whilst streams of
+blood ran promiscuously as waters from a fountain. As I was musing
+on this dreadful sight, Friday took all the pains he could, by
+particular signs, to make me understand, that they had brought over
+four prisoners to feast upon, three of whom they had eaten up, and
+that he was the fourth, pointing to himself; that there having been
+a bloody battle between them and his great king, in the just
+defence of whom he was taken prisoner, with many others; all of
+these were carried off to different places to be devoured by their
+conquerors; and that it was his misfortune to be brought hither by
+these wretches for the same purpose.</p>
+<p>After I was made sensible of these things, I caused Friday to
+gather those horrid remains, and lay them together upon a heap,
+which I ordered to be set on fire, and burnt them to ashes: My man,
+however, still retained the nature of a cannibal, having a
+hankering stomach after some of the flesh; but such an extreme
+abhorrence did I express at the least appearance of it, that he
+durst not but conceal it; for I made him very sensible, that if he
+offered any such thing, I would certainly shoot him.</p>
+<p>This being done, I carried my man with me to my castle, and gave
+him a pair of linen drawers, which I had taken out of the poor
+gunner's chest before mentioned; and which, with a little
+alteration, fitted him very well; in the next place I made him a
+jerkin of goat's skin, such as my skill was able to manage, and
+indeed I thought myself then a tolerable good tailor. I gave him
+also a cap which I made of a hare's skin, very convenient and
+fashionable. Thus being clothed tolerably well, my man was no less
+proud of his habit, than I was at seeing him in it. Indeed he went
+very aukwardly at first, the drawers being too heavy on his thighs
+not used to bear any weight, and the sleeves of the waistcoat
+galled his shoulders and the inside of his arms; but by a little
+easing where he complained they <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page082" id="page082"></a>[pg 082]</span> hurt him, and by using
+himself to them, at length he took to them very well.</p>
+<p>My next concern was, where I should lodge him; and that I might
+do well by him, and yet be perfectly easy myself, I erected a tent
+for him in the vacant place between my two fortifications, in the
+inside of the last, and the outside of the first; and, as there was
+an entrance or door into my cave, I made a formal framed door-case,
+and a door to open on the inside; I barred it up in the night time,
+taking in my ladders too, so that, was my man to prove treacherous,
+there could be no way to come at me in the inside of my innermost
+wall, without making so much noise in getting over, that it must
+needs waken me; for my first wall had now a complete roof over it
+of long poles, spreading over my tent, and leaning up to the side
+of the mountain, which was again laid cross with smaller sticks
+instead of laths, and thatched over a great thickness with the rice
+straw, which was as strong as reeds; and at the hole of the place,
+left on purpose to go in or out by the ladder, had placed a kind of
+trap-door, which, if it had been attempted on the outside, would
+not have opened at all, but have fallen down, and made a great
+noise; and as to my weapons, every night I took them all to my bed
+side.</p>
+<p>But there was no occasion for this precaution; for surely never
+master had a more sincere, faithful, and loving servant, than
+Friday proved to me. Without passion, sullenness, or design,
+perfectly obliging and engaging, his affections were as much tied
+to me, as those of a child to its parents; &amp; I might venture to
+say, he would have sacrificed his life for the saving mine, upon
+any occasion whatsoever. And indeed the many testimonies he gave me
+of this, sufficiently convinced me that I had no occasion to use
+these precautions. And here I could not but reflect with great
+wonder, that however it hath pleased the Almighty in his
+providence, and in the government of the creation, to take from so
+great a part of the world of his creatures, the noblest uses to
+which their faculties, and the powers of their souls are adapted;
+yet that he has bestowed upon them the same reason, affections,
+sentiments of kindness and obligation, passions of resentment,
+sincerity, fidelity, and all the capacities of doing and receiving
+good that he has given us; and that when he is graciously pleased
+to offer them occasions of exerting these, they are as ready, nay,
+more ready, to apply them to the proper uses for which they were
+bestowed, than we often are. These thoughts would make me
+melancholy, especially when I considered how mean a use we make of
+all these, even though we have these powers enlightened by the Holy
+Spirit of God, and by the knowledge of this world, as an addition
+to our understanding; and why it has pleased the heavenly Wisdom to
+conceal the life saving knowledge from so many millions of souls
+who would certainly make a much better use of <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page083" id="page083"></a>[pg 083]</span> it
+than generally mankind do at this time. These reflections would
+sometimes lead me so far, as to invade the sovereignty of
+Providence, and, as it were, arraign the justice of such an
+arbitrary disposition of things, that should obscure that light
+from some, and reveal it to others, and yet expect a like duty from
+all. But I closed it up, checking my thoughts with this conclusion;
+first, That we were ignorant of that right and law by which those
+should be condemned; but as the Almighty was necessarily, and by
+the nature of his essence, infinitely just and holy; so it could
+not be otherwise, but that if these creatures were all destined to
+absence from himself, it was on account of sinning against that
+light, <i>which</i>, as the Scripture says, <i>was a law to
+themselves</i> and by such rules as their consciences would
+acknowledge to be just, though the first foundation was not
+discovered to us. And, secondly, That still as we were the clay in
+the hand of the potter, no vessel could thus say to him, <i>Why
+hast thou fashioned me after this manner</i>?</p>
+<p>I had not been above two or three days returned to my castle,
+but my chief design was, how I should bring Friday off from this
+horrid way of feeding; and to take from him that inhuman relish he
+by nature had been accustomed to, I thought it my duty to let him
+taste other flesh, which might the rather tempt him to the same
+abhorrence I so often expressed against their accursed way of
+living. Upon which, one morning I took him out with me, with an
+intention to kill a kid out of the flock, and bring it home and
+dress it. As I was going, I perceived a she-goat lying down in the
+shade, and two young kids sitting by her. Immediately I catched
+hold of my man Friday, and bidding him stand still, and not stir, I
+presented my piece, and shot one of the kids. My poor servant, who
+had at a distance perceived me kill his adversary, and yet did not
+know by what means, or how it was done, stood trembling and
+surprised, and looked so amazed, that I thought he would have sunk
+into the earth. He did not see the kid I aimed at, or behold I had
+killed it, but ripped up his waistcoat to see if he was not
+wounded, thinking my resolution was to kill him; for coming to me,
+he fell on his knees, earnestly pronouncing many things which I did
+not understand the meaning of; which at length I perceived was,
+that I would not take away his life.</p>
+<p>Indeed I was much concerned to see him in that condition, where
+nature is upon the severest trial, when the immediate hand of death
+is ready to put for ever a period to this mortal life; and indeed
+so much compassion had I to this creature, that it was with
+difficulty I restrained from tears. But, however, as another sort
+of countenance was necessary, and to convince him that I would do
+no harm, I took him smiling by the hand, then laughed at him, and
+pointing to the kid which I had slain, made signs to him to fetch
+it, which accordingly he did. <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page084" id="page084"></a>[pg 084]</span> No less curious was he
+in viewing how the creature was killed, than he had been before in
+beholding the Indian; which, while he was admiring at, I charged my
+gun again, and presently perceived a great fowl like a hawk,
+perching upon a tree within shot; and therefore, to let Friday
+understand what I was going to do, I called him to me again,
+pointing at the fowl, which I found to be a parrot. I made him
+understand that I would shoot and kill that bird; accordingly I
+fired, and bade him look, when immediately he saw the parrot fall
+down. Again he stood like one amazed, notwithstanding all I had
+said to him: and the more confounded he was, because he did not
+perceive me put any thing into my gun. Undoubtedly a thing so
+utterly strange, carrying death along with it, far or near, either
+to man or beast, must certainly create the greatest astonishment to
+one who never had heard such a thing in his whole life; and really
+his amazement continued so long, that had I allowed it, he would
+have prostrated himself before me and my gun, with the greatest
+worship and adoration. As for the gun in particular, he would not
+so much as touch it for several days after, but would come &amp;
+communicate his thoughts to it, &amp; talk to it, as if the
+senseless piece had understood and answered him; all this I could
+perceive him do, when he thought my back was turned, the chief
+intent of which was, to desire it not to kill him, as I afterwards
+came to understand.</p>
+<p>I never strove to prevent his admiration, nor hinder him from
+those comical gestures he used on such occasions; but when his
+astonishment was a little over, I make tokens to him to run and
+fetch the parrot that I had shot; which accordingly he did, staying
+some time longer than usual, by reason the bird not being quite
+dead, had fluttered some way further from the place where she fell.
+In the mean time, as he was looking for her, I took the advantage
+of charging my gun again, that so I might be ready for any other
+mark that offered; but nothing more occurred at that time. So I
+brought home the kid, and the same evening took off the skin and
+divided the carcase as well as I could. Part of the flesh I stewed
+and boiled in a pot I had for this purpose. And then spreading my
+table, I sat down, giving my man some of it to eat, who was
+wonderfully pleased and seemed to like it very well: but what was
+the most surprising to him was to see me eat salt with it: upon
+which he made me understand, that the salt was very bad for me;
+when putting a little into his mouth, he seemed to nauseate it in
+such a manner as to spit and sputter at it, and then washed his
+mouth with fresh water: but to shew him how contrary his opinion
+was to mine, I put some meat into my mouth without salt and feigned
+to spit and sputter as much for the want of it, as he had done at
+it; yet all this proved of no signification to Friday; and it was a
+long while before he could <span class="pagenum"><a name="page085"
+id="page085"></a>[pg 085]</span> endure salt in his meat or broth,
+and even then but a small quantity.</p>
+<p>Thus having fed him sufficiently with boiled meat and broth at
+that time, the next day I was resolved to feast him with a roasted
+piece of the kid. And having no spit to fasten it, nor jack to turn
+it, I made use of that common artifice which many of the common
+people of England have, that is to let two poles upon each side of
+the fire, and one cross on top, hanging the meat thereon with a
+string, and so turning round continually, roast it, in the same
+manner as we read bloody tyrants of old cruelly roasted the holy
+martyrs. This practice caused great admiration in my man Friday,
+being quite another way than that to which the savages were
+accustomed. But when he came to taste the sweetness and tenderness
+of the flesh, he expressed his entire satisfaction above a thousand
+different ways. And as I could not but understand his meaning, you
+may be sure I was as wonderfully pleased, especially when he made
+it also very plain to me, that he would never, while he lived eat
+man's flesh more.</p>
+<p>It was now high time I should set my servant to work; so next
+day I set him to beat out some corn, and sat it in the same manner
+as I had done before. And really the fellow was very quick and
+handy in the execution of any thing I ordered him to go about. I
+made him understand that it was to make bread for us to eat, and
+afterwards let him see me make it. In short, he did every thing as
+I ordered him, and in a little time as well as I could perform it
+myself.</p>
+<p>But now considering that I had two mouths to feed instead of
+one, it was necessary that I must provide more ground for my
+harvest, and plant a larger quantity of corn than I commonly used
+to do; upon which I marked out a larger piece of land, fencing it
+in, in the same manner as I had done before; in the execution of
+which I must give Friday this good word; that no man could work,
+more hardy or with better will than he did: and when I made him
+sensible that it was for bread to serve him as well as me, he then
+very passionately made me understand that he thought I had much
+more labour on his account, than I had for myself; and that no
+pains or diligence should be wanting in him, if I would but direct
+him in those works wherein he might proceed.</p>
+<p>I must certainly own, that this was the most pleasant year I
+ever had on the island; for after some time Friday began to talk
+pretty well, and understood the names of those things which I was
+wont to call for, and the places where I used to send him. So that
+my long silent tongue, which had been useless so many years, except
+in an exclamatory manner, either for deliverance or blessings, now
+began to be occupied in teaching, and talking to my man Friday for
+indeed I had such a singular satisfaction in the fellow himself, so
+innocent <span class="pagenum"><a name="page086" id=
+"page086"></a>[pg 086]</span> did his simple and unfeigned honesty
+appear more and more to me every day, that I really began entirely
+to love him; and for his part, I believe there was no love lost,
+and that his nature had been more charmed by his exceeding
+kindness, and his affections more placed upon me, than any other
+object whatsoever among his own countrymen. I once had a great mind
+to try if he had any hankering inclination to his own country
+again; and by this time, having learned the English so well; that
+he could give me tolerable answer to any question which I demanded.
+I asked him whether that nation to which he belonged, ever
+conquered in battle? This question made Friday to smile, and to
+which he answered, <i>Yes, yes, we always fight the better;</i> as
+much as to say, they always got the better in fight. Upon which we
+proceeded on the following discourse: <i>You say</i>, said I,
+<i>that you always fight the better; why, then, Friday, how came
+you to be taken prisoner</i>?</p>
+<p>Friday. <i>But for all that my nation beat much</i>.</p>
+<p>Master. <i>How say you, beat? if your nation beat them, how came
+you to be taken</i>?</p>
+<p>Friday. <i>They more many mans than my nation in the place where
+me was; they take one, two, three, and me: my nation much over beat
+them in the yonder place where me no was, there my nation mans beat
+one, two, three, great tousand</i>.</p>
+<p>Master. <i>Then why did not your men recover you from the hands
+of your enemies?</i></p>
+<p>Friday. <i>They run one, two, or three, and me: they make all go
+in the canoe; my nation have no canoe that time</i>--</p>
+<p>Master. <i>'Tis very well, Friday; but what does your nation do
+with the prisoners they take? Do they carry them away and eat them
+as these have done</i>?</p>
+<p>Friday. <i>Yes, yes, my nation eat mans too, eat up all</i>.</p>
+<p>Master. <i>To what place do they carry them to be
+devoured</i>?</p>
+<p>Friday. <i>Go to other nations where they think</i>.</p>
+<p>Master. <i>Do they bring them hither</i>?</p>
+<p>Friday. <i>Yes, come over hither, came over other place</i>.</p>
+<p>Master. <i>And have you been with them here, Friday</i>?</p>
+<p>Friday. <i>Yes, me been here</i>, (pointing to the north-west of
+the island, being the side where they used to land.)</p>
+<p>Thus having gotten what account I could from my man, I plainly
+understood that he had been as bad as any of the rest of the
+cannibals, having been formerly among the savages who used to come
+on shore on the farthest part of the island, upon the same bloody
+occasion as he was brought hither for; and some time after I
+carried him to that place where he pointed; and no sooner did he
+come there, but he presently knew the ground, signifying to me that
+he was once there when they ate up twenty men, two women and a
+young child; but as he could not explain the number in English, he
+did <span class="pagenum"><a name="page087" id="page087"></a>[pg
+087]</span> it by so many stones in a row, making a sign to me to
+count them.</p>
+<p>This passage I have the rather mentioned, because it led to
+things more important and useful for me to know; for after I had
+this satisfactory discourse with him, my next question was, how far
+it was from the island to the shore, and whether the canoes were
+not often lost in the ocean? to which he answered, <i>there was no
+danger, that no canoes were ever lost; but that after a little way
+out to the sea, there was a strong current and a wind always one
+way in the afternoon</i>. This I thought at first to be no more
+than the sets of the tide, of going out or coming in; but I
+afterwards understood it was occasioned by the great-draught and
+reflux of the mighty river Oroonoko, in the mouth or gulf of which
+I imagined my kingdom lay: and that the land which I perceived to
+the W. and N.W. must be the great island Trinidad, on the north of
+the river. A thousand questions (if that would satisfy me) did I
+ask Friday about the nature of the country, the sea, the coasts,
+the inhabitants, and what nations were nearest them: To which
+questions the poor fellow declared all he knew with the greatest
+openness &amp; utmost sincerity. When I demanded of him the
+particular names of the various nations of his sort of people, he
+could only answer me in general that they were called
+<i>Carrabee</i>. Hence it was I considered that these must be the
+Carribees, so much taken notice of by our maps to be on that part
+of America, which reaches from the mouth of the river Oroonoko to
+Guiana, and so on to St. Martha. Then Friday proceeded to tell me,
+<i>that up a great way beyond the moon</i>, as much as to say,
+beyond the setting of the moon, which must be W. from their
+country, <i>there dwelt white-bearded men, such as I was</i>,
+pointing to my whiskers, <i>and that they kill much mans</i>. I was
+not ignorant with what barbarity the Spaniards treated these
+creatures; so that I presently concluded it must be them, whose
+cruelties had spread throughout America, to be remembered even to
+succeeding generations.</p>
+<p>Well, you may be sure, this knowledge, which the imperfect
+knowledge of my man had led me to, was very comfortable to me, and
+made me so curious as to ask him how I might depart from this
+island, &amp; get amongst those white men? He told me, <i>Yes, yes,
+I might go in two canoes</i>. In two canoes, thought I, what does
+my man mean? surely he means one for himself, and another for me;
+and if not, how must two canoes hold me without being joined, or
+one part of my body being put in one, and another in another? And
+indeed it was a long time before I understood his meaning; which
+was, that it must be a large boat, as big as two canoes, able to
+bear with the waves, and not so liable to be overwhelmed as a small
+one must be.</p>
+<p>I believe there is not a state of life but what may be happy, if
+people would but endeavour for their part to make it so. He
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page088" id="page088"></a>[pg
+088]</span> is not the happiest man that has the most riches; but
+he that is content with what he hath. Before I had my servant, I
+thought myself miserable till I had him; and now that I had enjoyed
+the happy benefits of him, I still complained, and begged a
+deliverance from a place of retirement, ease, and plenty, where
+Providence had sufficiently blessed me. In a word, from this time I
+entertained some hopes, that one time or other I might find an
+opportunity to make my escape from this island, and that this poor
+savage might be a great furtherance thereto.</p>
+<p>All the time since my man became so intelligent as to understand
+and speak to me, I spared no pain nor diligence to instruct him,
+according to my poor share of knowledge in the principles of
+religion, and the adoration that he ought to pay to the TRUE GOD.
+One time, as I very well remember, I asked him who made him? At
+first the innocent creature did not understand what I meant, but
+rather thought I asked him who was his father? upon which I took
+another way to make him sensible, by demanding from him an answer
+to this question. "Friday," I said, "who is it that made the sea,
+this ground whereon we walk, and all the hills and woods which we
+behold?" And here, indeed, I did not miss my intention; for he told
+me <i>it was Old Benamuckee</i> (the God whom I supposed these
+savages adored) <i>who lived a great way beyond all</i>. But as to
+his attributes, poor Friday was an utter stranger. He could
+describe nothing of this great person; and all that he could say
+was, <i>that he was very old, much older than the sea and land, the
+moon, or the stars</i>. "Friday," said I again, "if this great and
+old person has made all things in the world, how comes it to pass,
+that all things, as you in particular, do not adore and worship
+him? upon this looking very grave, with a perfect sweet look of
+innocence, he replied: <i>Master all things say O to him</i>," by
+which it may reasonably be supposed he meant adoration. "And
+where," said I, "do the people of your country go when they die?"
+He answered <i>to Benamuckee</i>. "What, and those people that are
+eaten up, do they go there?" <i>Benamuckee</i>, said he, <i>love
+'em dearly; me pray to Benamuckee in the canoe, and Benamuckee
+would love me when dey eat me all up</i>.</p>
+<p>Such discourses as these had I with my man, and such made me
+sensible, that the true God is worshipped, tho' under imperfect
+similitudes; and that the false adoration which the Heathens give
+to their imaginary Deity, is as great an argument of the divine
+essence, as the most learned Atheists <i>(falsely so called)</i>
+can bring against it; for God will be glorified in his works, let
+their denominations be what it will; and I cannot be of that
+opinion which some conceive, that God should decree men to be
+damned for want of a right notion of faith, in a place where the
+wisdom of the Almighty has not permitted <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page089" id="page089"></a>[pg 089]</span> it to
+be preached; and therefore cannot but conclude, that since
+obedience is the best sacrifice, these poor creatures are acting by
+that light and knowledge which they are possessed of, may
+undoubtedly obtain a happy salvation, though not that enjoyment
+with Christ, as his saints, confessors, and martyrs must enjoy.</p>
+<p>But laying these determinations aside, more fit for divines than
+me to discuss, I began to instruct my servant in the saving
+knowledge of the true Deity, in which the direction of God's Holy
+Spirit assisted me. I lifted up my hands to Heaven, and pointing
+thereto, told him "that the great Maker of Heaven and Earth lived
+there; that as his infinite power fashioned this world out of a
+confused chaos, and made it in that beautiful frame which we
+behold; so he governs and preserves it by his unbounded knowledge,
+sovereign greatness and peculiar providence; that he was
+omnipotent, could do every thing for us, give every thing to us,
+and take every thing away from us; that he was a rewarder and
+punisher of good, and evil actions; that there was nothing but what
+he knew, no thoughts so secret, but what he could bring to light;"
+and thus, by degrees, I opened his eyes, and described to him "the
+manner of the creation of the world, the situation of paradise, the
+transgression of our first parents, the wickedness of God's
+peculiar people, and the universal sins and abominations of the
+whole earth." When these things were implanted in his mind, I told
+him "that as God's justice was equal to his mercy, he resolved to
+destroy this world, till his Son Jesus Christ interposed in our
+behalf; and to procure our redemption, obtained leave of his
+heavenly Father to come down from Heaven into the world, Where he
+took human nature upon him, instructed us in our way to eternal
+life, and died as a sacrifice for our sins; that he was now
+ascended into Heaven, mediating for our pardon, delivering our
+petitions, and obtaining all those good benefits which we ask in
+his name, by humble and hearty prayers, all which were heard at the
+throne of Heaven." As frequently I used to inculcate things into
+his mind. Friday one day told me, <i>that if our great God could
+hear us beyond the sun, he must surely be a greater God than their
+Benamuckee, who lived but a little way off, yet could not hear them
+till they ascended the great mountains, where he dwelt to speak to
+him.</i> 'What' said I, 'Friday, did you go thither to speak to him
+too?' He answered, <i>No, they never went that were young men, none
+but old men, called their Oowakakee</i>, meaning the Indian
+priests, <i>who went to say O,</i> (so he called saying their
+prayers) <i>and they returned back, and told them what Benamuckee
+said.</i> From hence, I could not but observe how happy we
+Christians are, who have God's immediate revelation for our certain
+guide; and that our faith is neither misled, nor our reason imposed
+upon, by any set of men, such as these Indian impostures.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page090" id="page090"></a>[pg
+090]</span>
+
+<p>But to clear up this palpable cheat to my man Friday, I told
+him, "that the pretence of their ancient men going up to
+the mountain to say O to their God <i>Benamuckee</i> was an imposture,
+and that their bringing back an answer was all a sham, if
+not worse; for that, if there was any such thing spoken to them,
+surely it must proceed from an infernal spirit." And here I
+thought it necessary to enter into a long discourse with him,
+which I did after this manner.</p>
+
+<p>"Friday," said I, "you must know, that before the world
+was made, there was an Almighty power existing, by whose
+power all things were made, and whose Majesty shall have no
+end. To be glorified and adored by beings of a heavenly nature,
+he created angels and archangels, that is glorified spirits
+resembling himself, to encompass his throne, eternally singing
+forth his praise in the most heavenly sounds and divine harmony.
+And, among this heavenly choir, Lucifer bore a great sway, as being
+then one of the peculiar favourites of these celestial abodes;
+but he, contrary to that duty he owed his heavenly Sovereign,
+with unbounded ingratitude to his Divine Creator, not only envied
+him that adoration which was his due, but thought to usurp
+that throne, which he had neither power to keep, nor
+title to pretend to. He raised a dissention and civil war in Heaven,
+and had a number of angels to take his part. Unbounded
+folly! stupendous pride! to hope for victory, and aspire
+above his powerful Creator! The Deity, not fearful of such
+an enemy, yet justly provoked at this rebellion, commissioned
+his archangel Michael to lead forth the heavenly host, and give
+him battle; the advantage of which was quickly perceived,
+by Satan's being overthrown, and the prince of the air, for so
+was the devil called, with all his fallen angels, driven headlong
+into a dismal place, which is called <i>Hell</i>."</p>
+
+<p>The recital of this truth made my man give the greatest
+attention, and he expressed a great satisfaction by his gestures,
+that God had sent the devil into a deep hole. And then
+I desired him to give great heed to what I had further to say.</p>
+
+<p>"No sooner," proceeded I, "was God freed from, and the Heaven clear
+of this arch-traitor, but the Father speaks to the Son and Holy
+Spirit, who belonged to his essence, and were equal to him in power
+and glory, <i>Come let us make man</i>, said he <i>in our own image, after
+our own likeness</i>, Gen. i. 26. to have dominion over the creatures
+of the world which we have created. And these he intended should
+glorify him in Heaven, according to their obedience in this state of
+probation on earth, which was, as it were, to be the school to train
+them up for these heavenly mansions. Now, Satan seeing himself foiled;
+yet that God had taken the power from him as prince of the air, which
+power Heaven designed he should retain, whereby his creatures might
+be tried; in revenge for the disgrace he had received, he<span class="pagenum"><a name="page091" id="page091"></a>[pg
+091]</span> tempts Adam's wife, Eve, to taste of the tree of knowledge of
+good and evil, which God had forbidden. He appears to her in the
+shape of a serpent, then a most beautiful creature, and tells her
+that it was no better than an imposition, which God had put upon
+her and her husband not to eat of that fair fruit which he had
+created; that the taste thereof would make them immortal like God
+himself; and consequently as great and powerful as he. Upon which
+she not only eat thereof herself, but made her husband eat also,
+which brought them both under the heavenly displeasure."</p>
+
+<p>Here Friday expressed a great concern: <i>Ah, poor mans!</i>
+cried he, <i>naughty wonians! naughty devil! make God not love de
+mans, made mans like devil himself.</i></p>
+<p>'Friday,' said I, 'God still loved mankind, and though the devil
+tempted human nature so far, he would not suffer him to have an
+absolute power over them. I have told you before of his tender love
+to his people, till they, like Lucifer, disobeyed his commands and
+rebelled against him; and even then, how Jesus Christ, his only
+Son, came to save sinners. But still every man that lives in the
+world is under temptation and trial. The devil has yet a power, as
+prince of the air, to suggest evil cogitations in our minds, and
+prompt us on to wicked actions, that he might glory in our
+destruction. Whatever evil thoughts we have, proceed from him; so
+that God in this our distress, expects we should apply ourselves to
+him by fervent prayer for speedy redress. He is not like
+<i>Benamuckee,</i> to let none come near him but <i>Oowakakee</i>,
+but suffers the people as well as priests to offer themselves at
+his feet, thereby to be delivered from the power and temptation of
+the devil.</p>
+<p>But though at first my man Friday expressed some concern at the
+wickedness of Lucifer, I found it not so easy to imprint the right
+notions of him in his mind, as it was about the divine essence of
+God; for there nature assisted me in all my arguments, to show him
+plainly the necessity of a great first cause, and over-ruling,
+governing power, of a secret directing Providence, and of the
+equity and reasonableness of paying adoration to our Creator:
+whereas there appeared nothing of all this in the notion of an evil
+spirit, of his first beginning, his nature, and, above all, of his
+inclination to evil actions, and his power to tempt us to the like.
+And indeed this unlearned <i>Indian</i>, by the mere force of
+nature, puzzled me with one particular question, more than ever I
+could have expected.</p>
+<p>I had, it seems, one day, been talking to him of the omnipotent
+power of God, and his infinite abhorrence of sin, insomuch that the
+Scriptures styled him <i>a consuming fire</i> to all the workers of
+iniquity; and that it was in his power, whenever he pleased, to
+destroy all the world in a moment, the greater part of which are
+continually offending him.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page092" id="page092"></a>[pg
+092]</span>
+<p>When, with a serious attention, he had listened a great while to
+what I said, after I had been telling him how the devil was God's
+enemy in the hearts of men, and used all his malice and skill to
+defeat the good designs of Providence, and destroy the kingdom of
+Christ in the world, and so forth: <i>Very well, Master</i>, said
+Friday, <i>you say God is so strong, so great, is he not much
+strong, much mightier than the naughty devil?</i> "To be sure,
+Friday," said I, "God is more wise and stronger than the serpent:
+he is above the devil, which makes us pray to him, that he would
+tread down Satan under his feet, enable us to resist the violent
+temptations; and quench his fiery darts." <i>Why then</i>, answered
+Friday quickly, <i>if God, as you say, has much strong, much might
+as the devil, why God no kill devil, make no more tempt, no more do
+wicked.</i></p>
+<p>You may be certain, I was strangely surprised at this question
+of my man's: and, though an old man, I was but a young doctor, and
+consequently very ill qualified for a causuist, or a resolver of
+intricate doubts in religion, and as it required some time for me
+to study for an answer, I pretended not to hear him, nor to ask him
+what he said; but, to so earnest was he for an answer, as not to
+forget his question which he repeated in the very same broken words
+as above. When I had recovered myself a little, "Friday," said I,
+"God will at last punish him severely, being reserved for judgment,
+and is to be cast into the bottomless pit, to remain in fire
+everlasting." But all this did not satisfy Friday, for, returning
+upon me, he repeated my words "RESERVE AT LAST, <i>me no
+understand; but, why not kill devil now, not kill devil, great,
+great while ago</i>?" "Friday" said I "you may as well ask me why
+God does not kill you and me, when, by our wicked actions, we so
+much offend his divine Majesty? He gives us time to repent of our
+sins, that thereby we may obtain pardon." At these words <i>obtain
+pardon</i>, Friday mused a great while; and, at last, looking me
+stedfastly in the face, <i>Well, well</i>, said he, <i>that's very
+well; so you, I, devil, all wicked mans, all preserve, repent, God
+pardon all.</i></p>
+<p>Indeed, here I was ran down to the last extremity, when it
+became very evident to me; how mere natural notions will guide
+reasonable creatures to the knowledge of a Deity, and to the homage
+due to the Supreme Being of God; but, however, nothing but divine
+revelation can form the knowledge of Jesus Christ, and of a
+redemption purchased for us, of the mediator of the new covenant,
+and of an intercessor at the footstool of God's throne; and,
+therefore, the Gospel of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ; that
+is, the word and Spirit of God, promised for the guide and the
+sanctifier of his people, are the most necessary instructors of the
+souls of men, in the saving knowledge of the Almighty, and the
+means to attain eternal happiness.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page093" id="page093"></a>[pg
+093]</span>
+<p>And now I found it necessary to put an end to this discourse
+between my man and me; for which purpose I rose up hastily, and
+made as if I had some occasion to go out, sending Friday for
+something that was a good way off, I then fell on my knees, and
+beseeched God that he would inspire me so far as to guide this poor
+savage in the knowledge of Christ, to answer his questions more
+clearly, that his conscience might be convinced, his eyes opened,
+and his soul saved. When he returned again, I entered into a very
+long discourse with him, upon the subject of the world's redemption
+by the Saviour of it, and the doctrine of repentance preached from
+heaven, together with an holy faith of our blessed Redeemer Jesus
+Christ; and then I proceeded to explain to him, according to my
+weak capacity, the reason why our Saviour took not on him the
+nature of angels, but rather the seed of Abraham; and how the
+fallen angels had no benefit by that redemption; and, lastly, that
+he came only to the lost sheep of the house of Israel, and the
+like. God knows I had more sincerity than knowledge in all the ways
+I took for the poor Indian's instruction; and, I must acknowledge
+what I believe, every body that acts upon the same principle will
+find, that in laying heavenly truths open before him, I informed
+and instructed myself in many things that either I did not know, or
+had not perfectly considered before: so that, however, this poor
+creature might be improved by my instructions, certain it is, that
+I myself had great reason to be thankful to Providence for sending
+him to me. His company allayed my grief, and made my habitation
+comfortable; and when I reflected that the solitary life to which I
+had been so long confined, had made me to look further towards
+Heaven, by making me the instrument under Providence, to save the
+life, and for ought I know, the soul of this poor savage, by
+bringing him to the knowledge of Jesus Christ, it caused a secret
+joy to spread through every part of my soul; and I frequently
+rejoiced, that ever I was brought to this place, which I once
+thought the most miserable part of the world.</p>
+<p>In this thankful frame of mind did I afterwards continue, while
+I abode on the island, and for three years did my man and I live in
+the greatest enjoyment of happiness. Indeed, I believe the savage
+was as good a Christian as I; and I hope we were equally penitent;
+and such penitents as were comforted and restored by God's Holy
+Spirit; for now we had the word of the Lord to instruct us in the
+right way, as much as if we had been on the English shore.</p>
+<p>By the constant application I made to the Scriptures, as I read
+them to my man Friday, I earnestly endeavoured to make him
+understand every part of it, as much as lay in my power. He also,
+on the other hand, by his very serious questions and inquiries,
+made me a much better proficient in Scripture knowledge, than I
+should have been by my own private reading <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page094" id="page094"></a>[pg 094]</span> and
+study. I must not omit another thing, proceeding from the
+experience I had in my retirement: It was that infinite and
+inexpressible blessing, the knowledge of God through Jesus Christ,
+which was so plain and easy to be understood, as immediately to
+direct me to carry on the great work of sincere repentance for my
+sins, and laying hold of a Saviour for eternal life, to a practical
+stated reformation, and obedience to all God's institutions,
+without the assistance of a reverend and orthodox divine; and
+especially by this same instruction, so to enlighten this savage
+creature, as to make him so good a Christian, as very few could
+exceed him. And there was only this great thing wanting, that I had
+no authority to administer the Holy Sacrament, that heavenly
+participation of Christ's body and blood; yet, however, we rested
+ourselves content; that God would accept our desires, and according
+to our faith, have mercy on us.</p>
+<p>But what we wanted one way, was made up in another, and that was
+universal peace in our little church. We had no disputes and
+wrangling about the nature and equality of the holy, blessed, and
+undivided Trinity, no niceties in doctrine, or schemes of church
+government; no sour or morale dissenters to impose more sublimated
+notions upon us; no pedant sophisters to confound us with
+unintelligible mysteries: but, instead of all this, we enjoyed the
+most certain guide to Heaven; that is, the word of God: besides
+which, we had the comfortable views of his Spirit leading us to the
+truth, and making us both willing and obedient to the instruction
+of his word. As the knowledge and practice of this are the
+principal means of salvation, I cannot see what it avails any
+christian church, or man in the world, to amuse himself with
+speculations and opinions, except it be to display their particular
+vanity and affectation.</p>
+<p>You may well suppose, that, by the frequent discourse we had
+together, my man and I became most intimately acquainted, and that
+their was but very little that I could say, but what Friday
+understood; and, indeed, he spoke very fluently, though it was but
+broken English. I now took a particular pleasure in relating all my
+adventures, especially those that occurred since my being cast on
+this island. I made him understand that wonderful mystery, as he
+conceived, of gunpowder and bullet, and taught him how to shoot. I
+also presented to him a knife, which pleased him exceedingly,
+making him a belt, with a frog hanging thereto, like those in which
+we wear hangers in England; and, instead of a hanger to put in the
+frog, I gave him a hatchet, which was not only as good, but even a
+better weapon upon many occasions. In a word, my man thus
+accoutred, looked upon himself as great as Don Quixote, when that
+celebrated champion went to combat the windmill.</p>
+<p>I next gave him a very particular description of the territories
+of Europe, and in a particular manner of Old England, the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page095" id="page095"></a>[pg
+095]</span> place of my nativity. I laid, before him the manner of
+our worshipping God, our behaviour one to another, and how we trade
+in ships to every part of the universe. I then told him my
+misfortunes in being shipwrecked, showing him, as near as I could
+the place where the ship lay, which had been gone long before; but
+I brought him to the ruins of my boat which before my whole
+strength could not move, but now was a most rotten, and fallen to
+pieces. I observed my man Friday to view this boat with uncommon
+curiosity; which, when he had done, he stood pondering a great
+while, and said nothing. At last, said I, "Friday, what makes you
+ponder so much?" He replied, <i>O master, me see like boat come to
+place at my nation</i>.</p>
+<p>It was some time, indeed, before I understood what my man meant;
+but examining strictly into it, I plainly found, that such another
+boat resembling mine, had come up on the country where he dwelt:
+that is to say, by his farther explanation, that the boat was
+driven there through stress of weather. It then came into my mind
+that some European ship having been cast away, the poor distressed
+creatures were forced to have recourse to the boat to save their
+lives; and being all, as I thought drowned, I never concerned my
+self to ask any thing concerning, them, but my only inquiry was
+about the boat, and what description my man could give of it.</p>
+<p>Indeed Friday answered my demands very well; making everything
+very plain to my understanding: but beyond measure was I satisfied,
+when he told me with great warmth and ardour. <i>O master, we save
+white mans from drown;</i> upon which I immediately asked him, If
+there were any white mans, as he called them in the boat? <i>Yes,
+yes</i>, said he, <i>the boat full, very full of white mans</i>
+"How many, Friday?" said I. Hereupon he numbered his fingers, and
+counted seventeen. And when I asked him what became of them all,
+and whether they lived or not? he replied, <i>Yes master, they all
+live, they be live among my nation.</i> This information put fresh
+thoughts into my head, that these must be those very men who before
+I concluded had been swallowed up in the ocean, after they had left
+the ship that had struck upon the rocks of my kingdom, and after
+escaping the fury of the deep, landed upon the wild shore, and
+committed themselves to the fury of the devouring Indians.</p>
+<p>The manner of their cruelties to one another, which
+consequently, as I thought, must be acted with greater barbarity to
+strangers, created in me a great anxiety, and made me still more
+curious to ask Friday concerning them. He told me, he was sure they
+still lived there, having resided among them above four years, and
+that the savages gave them victuals to live upon: "But pray,
+Friday," said I, "whence proceeded all this good nature and
+generosity? How came it to pass that they did not kill and eat
+them, to please their devouring appetites, and occasion to splendid
+an entertainment among them?" <i>No, no,</i> <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page096" id="page096"></a>[pg 096]</span> said
+Friday, <i>they not kilt 'em, they make brothers with 'em</i>; by
+which I understood there was a truce between them. And then I had a
+more favourable opinion of the Indians, upon Friday uttering these
+words, <i>My nation, t'other nation no eat man, but when mans, make
+war fight:</i> as though he had said, that neither those of his
+kingdom, nor any other nations that he knew of, ever ate their
+fellow-creatures, but such as their law of arms allowed to be
+devoured; that is, those miserable captives, whose misfortune it
+should be to be made prisoners of war.</p>
+<p>Some considerable time after, upon a very pleasant day, in most
+serene weather, my man and I stood upon the top of a hill, on the
+east side of the island, whence I had once before beheld the
+continent of America. I could not tell immediately what was the
+matter, for suddenly Friday fell a jumping and dancing as if he had
+been mad, and upon my demanding the reason of his behaviour, <i>O
+joy</i>! said he, <i>O glad! there see my country, there my nation,
+there live white mans gether</i>. And indeed such a rapturous sense
+of pleasure appeared in his countenance that his eyes had an
+uncommon sparkling and brightness, and such a strange eagerness, as
+if he had a longing desire to be in his country again. This made me
+no so well satisfied with my man Friday as before; for by this
+appearance, I made no dispute, but that if he could get back
+thither again, he would not only be unmindful of what religion I
+had taught him, but likewise of the great obligation he owed me for
+his wonderful deliverance; nay, that he would not only inform his
+countrymen of me, but accompany hundreds of them to my kingdom, and
+make me a miserable sacrifice like those unhappy wretches taken in
+battle.</p>
+<p>Indeed I was very much to blame to have those cruel and unjust
+suspicions, and must freely own I wronged the poor creature very
+much, who was of a quite contrary temper. And had he had that
+discerning acuteness which many Europeans have, he would certainly
+have perceived my coldness and indifference, and also have been
+very much concerned upon that account; as I was now more
+circumspect, I had much lessened my kindness and familiarity with
+him, and while this jealousy continued, I used that artful way (now
+to much in fashion, the occasion of strife and dissention) of
+pumping him daily thereby to discover whether he was deceitful in
+his thoughts and inclinations; but certainly he had nothing in him
+but what was consistent with the best principles, both as a
+religious Christian and a grateful friend; and indeed; I found
+every thing he said was ingenuous and innocent, that I had no room
+for suspicion, and, in spite of all uneasiness, he not only made me
+entirely his own again, but also caused me much to lament that I
+ever conceived one ill thought of him.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page097" id="page097"></a>[pg
+097]</span>
+<p>As we were walking up the same hill another day, when the
+weather was so hazy at sea, that I could not perceive the
+continent, "Friday," said I "don't you wish yourself to be in your
+own country, your nation, among your old friends and
+acquaintances?" <i>Yes,</i> said he, <i>me much O glad to be at my
+own nation.</i> "And what would you do there, Friday? Would you
+turn wild again, eat man's flesh, and be a savage as you were
+formerly." <i>No, no,</i> (answered he, full of concern and making
+his head) <i>Friday now tell them to live good, tell them pray God,
+tell them to eat corn bread, cattle flesh, milk, no eat man
+again.</i> "But surely," replied I, "if you should offer to do all
+this, they will kill you; and to manifest their contempt of such
+instruction eat you up when they have done." He then put on a
+grave, yet innocent and smooth countenance, saying, <i>No, they no
+kill me, they willing love learn</i>: that is that they would be
+very willing to learn: adding withal, <i>that they had learned much
+of the bearded mans that came in the boat</i>. "Will you," said I
+"go back again, Friday?" He smiled at that, and told me, that he
+could not swim so far. But said I, I will make a canoe for you.
+<i>Yes, Master</i> said he, <i>me go if you go, me no go if you
+stay</i>. "I go, Friday! why would you have them to eat me up, and
+devour your kind master?" <i>No no</i>, said he, <i>me make them
+not eat master, and me make them much love you</i>; that is, he
+would tell them how I had slain his enemies, and thereby saved his
+life, for which reason he would make them love me: and then he
+related to me, as well as he was able, how exceedingly kind those
+his nation were to the white, or bearded men, as he called them,
+who, in their great calamity, were driven into their country.</p>
+<p>It was from this time, indeed, I had strong inclinations to
+venture over, and use my utmost efforts, if possible, to join these
+white bearded men, who undoubtedly were Spaniards or Portuguese;
+for, thought I, it must be certainly a better and safer way to
+escape when there is a good company, than for me alone, from an
+island forty miles off the shore, and without any assistance. Some
+days, after, Friday and I being at work, as usual, at the same time
+diverting ourselves with various discourses; I told him I had a
+boat which I would bestow upon him, whenever he pleased to return
+to his own nation; and to convince him of the truth of what I said,
+I took him with me to the other side of the island, where my
+frigate lay, and then taking it from under the water, (for I always
+kept it sunk for fear of a discovery) we went both into it to see
+how it would manage such an expedition.</p>
+<p>And really never could any be more dexterous in rowing than my
+faithful servant, making the boat go as fast again as I could.
+"Well now, Friday", said I, "shall we now go to your so much
+admired nation." But instead of meeting with that cheerfulness I
+expected, he looked very dull and melancholy <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page098" id="page098"></a>[pg 098]</span> at my
+saying so; which indeed at first surprised me, till he made me
+sensible, that his concern was about the boat's being too small to
+go so far a voyage. Upon which I let him understand I had a much
+bigger; and accordingly, the next day went to the place where the
+first boat lay, which I had made, when all the strength I had or
+art I could use failed me in my attempt to get it into the water:
+but now it having lain in the sun two and twenty years, and no care
+being taken of it all that while, it became in a manner rotten. My
+man told me, that such a boat would do very well for the purpose,
+sufficient to carry <i>enough vittle, drink, bread</i>, for that
+was his manner of talking. In short, my mind being strongly fixed
+upon my design of going over with him to the Continent, I very
+plainly told him that we would both go and make a boat full as big,
+and more proportionable than that, wherein he might safely return
+to his own nation.</p>
+<p>These words made Friday look so very pensive that I thought he
+would have fallen at my feet. It was some time before he could
+speak a word, which made me ask him, what was the matter with him?
+He replied in a very soft and moving tone, <i>What has poor Friday
+done? why are you angry mad with poor servant? What me done, O what
+me done?</i> "Friday," said I, "you never yet have offended me,
+what makes you think I am angry with you, when I am not angry at
+all." <i>You no angry, no angry,</i> said he several times, <i>if
+you be no angry, why den send Friday over great water to my own
+nation?</i> "Why from a mountain you beheld the place where you was
+born, and is it not to satisfy your desires that I am willing to
+give you leave to return thither?" <i>Yes, yes</i>, said Friday,
+<i>me wish to be there sure enough, but then me with master there
+too: no wish Friday there, no master there.</i> In short, he could
+not endure the thoughts of going there without me. "I go there!
+Friday," said I, "what shall I do there?" He answered very quickly,
+<i>O master you do great deal much good, you teach all de wild mans
+to be good tame mans: you learn dem to be sober, life good live, to
+know God, and pray God.</i> "Alas! poor Friday," said I, "what can
+I do against their priests of <i>Benamuckee</i>, or indeed what
+good can I make your nation sensible of, when I myself am but a
+poor ignorant man?" <i>No, no, master,</i> said he, <i>you be no
+ignorant, you teachee me good, you teachee dem good.</i> "You shall
+go without me, Friday," said I, "for I don't care to accompany you
+thither; I would rather live in this solitude than venture among
+such inhuman savages. <i>Go your way since you desire it, and leave
+me alone by myself as I was before I saved your life</i>."</p>
+<p>Never was any creature more thunderstruck than Friday was at
+these words. <i>Go me away, leave master away, (said he after a
+long silence,) no, no, Friday die, Friday live not master
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page099" id="page099"></a>[pg
+099]</span> gone</i>, as though he had said, I neither can nor will
+live, if my master sends me from him. And here I cannot but take
+notice of the strong ties of friendship, which many times surpass
+those of consanguinity: For often we find a great disagreement
+among kindred; and when there is any seeming regard for each other,
+it is very seldom true, and scarce ever lasting, if powerful
+interest does not bear the sway; and that alone is often the
+occasion of the greatest hatred in the world, which is to desire
+the death of parents and relations, for the sake of acquiring their
+fortunes. But there was no such thing between my servant and me;
+instead of which there was the greatest gratitude and the most
+sincere love; he found me not only his deliverer, but his preserver
+and comforter; not a severe and cruel tyrant, but a kind, loving,
+and affable friend. He wanted for no manner of sustenance; and when
+he was ill or out of order, I was his physician, not only for his
+body but his soul; and therefore no wonder was it, that such an
+innocent creature long since divested of his former natural
+cruelty, should have an uncommon concern at so cruel a seperation
+from me, which pierced him to the very soul, and made him desire
+even to die, rather than live without me..</p>
+<p>After I had told Friday, in a very careless manner, that he
+should be at his liberty as soon as the boat was made, the language
+of his eyes expressed all imaginable confusion; when, immediately
+running to one of his hatchets, which he used to wear as a
+defensive weapon, he gives it into my hand, with a heart so full,
+that he could scarcely speak. 'Friday,' said I, 'what is it you
+mean? What must I do with this?' <i>Only kill Friday</i>, said he,
+<i>Friday care not live long.</i>' 'But what must I kill you for?
+replied I again, <i>Ah! dear master, what made you Friday save from
+eat a me up, so keep long Friday, make Friday love God, and love
+not Benamuckee, and now Friday send away; never see Friday
+more.</i> As though the poor creature had said, Alas! my dearest
+kind master, how comes it to pass, that after having ventured your
+precious life to save me from the jaws of devouring cannibals, like
+myself, after such a tender regard to provide for me such a
+comfortable nourishment, and continuing so long a kind master, and
+a most sincere friend; and after making me forsake the false notion
+of an Indian Deity, and worship the true God in spirit and in
+truth; and after all this how comes it now, that you are willing to
+send me away to my former course of living, by which means
+undoubtedly we shall be dead to each other; but greater must be my
+misfortune, that I shall never behold my best friend I have in the
+world any more. And this undoubtedly, though he could not express
+himself so clearly, must be his sentiments; for the tears ran down
+his cheeks in such a plentiful manner, that I had much ado to
+refrain from weeping also, when I beheld the poor creature's
+affection; so that I was forced to comfort him in <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page100" id="page100"></a>[pg 100]</span> the
+best manner I could, which I did, by telling him, if he was content
+to abide with me, I should be ever willing to keep him.</p>
+<p>After Friday's grief was something abated, more fully to
+convince me of his affection, he said, <i>O master, me not care to
+be in my nation, leave you here; me desire nation learn good,
+that's all;</i> meaning, that his desire was for the conversion of
+that barbarous people. But as I had no apostolic mission, nor any
+concern about their salvation; so I had not the least intention or
+desire of undertaking it; and the strength of my inclination, in
+order to escape, proceeded chiefly from my late discourse with
+Friday, about these seventeen white bearded men, that had been
+driven upon the Barbarian coast; whom I designed to join, as the
+only means to further our escape. To which intent my man and I went
+to search for a proper tree to fell, whereof we might make a large
+perigua or canoe, to undertake the voyage; and, indeed, we were not
+long in finding one fit for our purpose, there being enough of wood
+in the island to have built a fleet of large vessels, but the thing
+we principally wanted was to get one so near the water, that we
+might launch it after it was finished, and not commit so horrid a
+mistake as I had once done before.</p>
+<p>Well, after a great search for what was best and most
+convenient, Friday, at last, whose judgment in such affairs was
+much superior to mine, pitches upon a kind of wood the most fitting
+for it. To this day I cannot tell the name of the tree, nor
+describe it any other way, than only by saying, that it is like
+what we call <i>fustic</i>, or between that and the Niacaragua
+wood, being much of the same colour and smell. But though my man
+exceeded me in the knowledge of the most proper tree, yet I shewed
+him a much better and clearer way to make a canoe than ever he knew
+before; for he was for burning the hollow or cavity of the tree, in
+order to make this boat; but I then told him how he might do it
+with tools, learning him at the same time how to use them, which
+indeed he did very dexterously; so that in a month's time we
+finished it, making it very handsome, by cutting the outside in the
+true shape of a boat. After this it took us a full fortnight before
+we could get her into the water, which we did as it were inch by
+inch, upon great rollers; but when she was in, she would have
+carried twenty men, with all the ease imaginable.</p>
+<p>As I was very well pleased, you may be sure at the launching of
+this man of war of mine, I was no less amazed to behold with what
+dexterity my man would manage her, turn her, and paddle her along.
+'Well Friday,' said I, 'what do you think of it now? Do you think
+this will carry us over? <i>Yes, master</i>, said he, <i>me venture
+over well, though great blow wind</i>. But my design was yet
+farther, which he was insensible of; and that was to make a mast
+and a sail, and to provide <span class="pagenum"><a name="page101"
+id="page101"></a>[pg 101]</span> her with an anchor and cable. As
+to a mast, that was no difficult thing at all to procure: so I
+fixed upon a strait young cedar-tree; which I found near the place,
+great plenty of it abounding in the island; and setting Friday to
+cut it down, I gave him particular directions how to shape and
+order it; but as to the sail, that I managed myself. I very well
+knew I had some old ones, or pieces of sails enough, which had lain
+six and twenty years by me; but not being careful to preserve them,
+as thinking I should have no occasion to use them any more, when I
+came to overlook them I found them almost all rotten, except two;
+and with these I went to work, and after a great deal of pains and
+aukward tedious stitching for want of needles, at length I finished
+a three-cornered ugly thing, like those which our long boats use,
+and which I very well knew how to manage, especially since it was
+like that which I had in my patron's fishing boat, when, with my
+boy Xury, I made my escape from the Barbarian shore.</p>
+<p>It was near two months, I think, before I completed this work,
+that is, the rigging and fitting my mast and sails; and indeed they
+were nicely done, having made a small stay and a sail, or a
+foresail to it, to assist, if we should turn to the westward; and
+what is still more, I fixed a rudder to the stern of her, to steer
+with; and though I was but a very indifferent shipwright, yet, as I
+was sensible of the great usefulness and absolute necessity of a
+thing like this, I applied myself to it with such a confident
+application, that at last I accomplished my design; but what with
+the many dull contrivances I had about it, and the failure of many
+things, it cost me as much pains in ordering as in making the boat.
+Besides when all this was done, I had my man to teach what belonged
+to its navigation; for though he very well understood how to paddle
+a canoe along, he was an utter stranger to a sail and a rudder, and
+was amazed when he saw me work the boat to and again in the sea, by
+them, and how the sail gibbed and filled this way or that way, as
+the course we sailed changed. After some time and a little use, I
+made all these things very familiar to him, so that he became an
+expert sailor, except in relation to the compass, and that I could
+make him understand but little of. But, as it happened, there was
+seldom occasion for it, there being but little cloudy weather, and
+scarce any fog in those parts; the stars were always visible in the
+night, and the shore perspicuous by day, except in the rainy
+season, which confined every one to his habitation. Thus entered in
+the seven and twentieth year of my reign, or captivity, which you
+please, (the last three of which blessed with the company of my man
+Friday, ought not to be reckoned) I kept the anniversary of my
+landing here with the same thankfulness to God, for his tender
+mercies, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page102" id=
+"page102"></a>[pg 102]</span> as I did before; and certainly, as I
+had great cause for a thankful acknowledgement for my deliverance
+at first, I had much greater now for such singular and additional
+testimonies of the care of Providence over me, in all my distress
+of both body and mind, and the great hopes I had of being
+effectually and speedily delivered; for I had a strong impression
+upon my mind, that I should not be another year in this island.
+But, however, I still continued on with my husbandry, digging,
+planting, and fencing, as usual; gathering and curing my grapes,
+and doing all other things that were necessary.</p>
+<p>And now the rainy season beginning to come on, obliged me to
+keep the longer within doors; but before this I brought my new
+vessel into the creek, where I had landed my rafts from the ship,
+and haling her up to the shore, I ordered my man Friday to dig a
+dock sufficient to hold her in, and deep enough to give her water,
+wherein she might float; and then when the tide was out, we made a
+strong dam cross the end of it, to keep out the water; by which
+means she lay dry, as to the tide from the sea; and to keep the
+rain from her, we thatched her over, as it were, with boughs of
+trees, like a house, so we waited for the months of November and
+December, in which I designed to venture over the ocean.</p>
+<p>No sooner did the seasonable weather begin to draw near, but so
+much was I elevated with this new designed adventure, that I daily
+prepared for the voyage. The first thing I thought on was, to lay
+by a certain quantity of provisions, as a sufficient store for such
+an expedition, intending in a week or fortnight's time to open the
+dock, and to launch out the boat for that purpose. But one morning
+as I was very busy upon something necessary for this occasion, I
+called Friday to me, and bid him go to the seashore, and see if he
+could find a turtle or tortoise, a thing which we commonly had once
+a week, as much upon account of the eggs, as for the sake of the
+flesh. He had not been long gone, but he came running back, as
+though he was pursued for life, and as if it were flew over my
+outer-wall, or fence, like one that felt not the ground, or steps
+he set his feet on; and before I had time to enquire the reason of
+this precipitation, he cries out, <i>O dear master, O sorrow,
+sorrow! Bad! O bad!</i> 'Why, what's the matter Friday,' said I.
+<i>O yonder, yonder!</i> said he; <i>there be one, two, or three
+canoes! two three!</i> Surely, thought I, there must be six, by my
+man's way of reckoning; but on a stricter inquiry, I found there
+were but three. 'Well Friday,' said I, 'don't be terrified, I
+warrant you we will not only defend ourselves against them, but
+kill the most of these cruel savages.' But though I comforted him
+in the best manner I could, the poor creature trembled so, that I
+scarce knew what to do with him:--<i>O master</i>, said he, <i>they
+come look Friday, cut pieces Friday, cut a me up</i>. 'Why Friday,'
+said I, 'they will eat me up as well as you, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page103" id="page103"></a>[pg 103]</span> and my
+danger is as great as yours. But since it is so, we must resolve to
+fight for our lives. What say you? Can you fight Friday?
+<i>Yes,(said he, very faintly) me shoot, me kill what I can, but
+there come a great many number.</i>'That's no matter,' said I
+again, 'our guns will terrify those that we do not kill: I am very
+willing to stand by you to the last drop of my blood. Now tell me
+if you will do the like by me, and, obey my orders in whatsoever I
+command?' Friday then answered, <i>O master, me loses life for you,
+me die when you bid die.</i> Thus concluding all questions
+concerning his fidelity, immediately I fetched him a good dram of
+rum, (of which I had been a very good husband) and gave it him to
+comfort his heart. After he had drank it, I ordered him to take the
+two-fowling pieces, which we always carried, and load them with
+large swan-shot, as big as small pistol bullets; then I took four
+muskets, and loaded them with two slugs and five small bullets
+each; charging my two pistols each with a brace; I hung my great
+sword, as customary, naked to my side, and gave Friday his hatchet,
+as a most excellent weapon for defence.</p>
+<p>Thus prepared, I thought as well of myself, as any knight errant
+that ever handled a sword and spear. I took my perspective glass
+and went up to the side of the hill, to see what I could discover;
+and I perceived very soon, by my glass, that there were one and
+twenty savages, three prisoners, and three canoes, and that their
+chief concern seemed to be the triumphant banquet upon the three
+poor human bodies, a thing which by this time I had observed was
+very common with them. I also remarked, that they did not land at
+that place from whence Friday made his escape, but nearer to the
+creek, where the shore was low, and where a thick wood came very
+close to the sea. My soul was then filled with indignation and
+abhorrence at such inhuman wretches, which put a period to all my
+former thoughts in their vindication, neither would I give myself
+time to consider their right of conquest, as I had done before: but
+descending from the mountain, I came down to Friday, and told him,
+I was resolved to go speedily to them, and kill them all; asking
+him again in the same breath, if he would stand by me; when by this
+time being recovered from his fright, and his spirits much cheered
+with the dram I had given him, he was very pleasant, yet seriously
+telling me, as he did before, <i>When I bid die, he would
+die.</i></p>
+<p>And now it was, having fixed my resolution in so strong a
+manner, that nothing could divest my breast of its uncommon fury. I
+immediately divided the loaded arms betwixt us. To my man Friday I
+gave a pistol to stick in his girdle, with three guns upon his
+shoulder, a weight too great, I confess, to bear but what must a
+poor king do, who has but one soldier in the world? But to show I
+made him bear no more than what I would lay on myself, I stuck the
+other pistol in my girdle, and <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page104" id="page104"></a>[pg 104]</span> the other three guns
+upon my shoulders; nay, something more, but that was like Aesop's
+burden, a small bottle of rum, which was soon lightened to our
+exceeding refreshment. Thus we marched out, under a ponderous load
+of armour, like two invincible champions, with a quantity of powder
+and bullets to stand our battle, and load again, when the pieces
+were discharged. And now my orders being to be obeyed, I charged
+Friday to keep close behind me, and not to stir, or shoot, or
+attempt anything till I commanded him; and in the interim, not to
+speak so much as one word. It was in this order I fetched a compass
+to the right hand, of near a mile, as well to get over the creek,
+as to attain the wood; and by this, I thought to come within shot
+of them before I could be discerned, as I found by my glass, would
+not be difficult to accomplish.</p>
+<p>But how fickle and wavering is the mind of man, even in our
+greatest fury and strongest inclinations. For while I was taking
+this march, my resolution began to abate, not through fear of their
+numbers, who were a parcel of naked unarmed wretches, but those
+reflections occurred to my thoughts: <i>what power was I
+commissioned with, or what occasion or necessity had I to go and
+imbrue my hands in human blood, and murder people that had neither
+done nor intended to do me any wrong? They were innocent in
+particular as to me: and their barbarous custom was not only their
+misfortune but a sign that God had left them in the most immense
+stupidity; but yet did not warrant me to be a judge of their
+actions, much less an executioner of his righteous judgments? That,
+on the contrary, whenever he thought fit, he would take vengeance
+on them himself, and punish them in a national way, according to
+their national crimes; but this was nothing at all to me, who had
+no concern with them. Indeed my man Friday might justify himself,
+because they were his declared enemies, of that very same nation
+that went to sacrifice him before; and indeed it was lawful for him
+to attack them, which I could not say was so with respect to
+me,</i>--So warmly did these things press upon my thoughts all the
+way I went, that I only resolved to place myself so as to behold
+their bloody entertainment, without falling upon them, except
+something more than ordinary, by God's special direction, should
+oblige me thereto.</p>
+<p>Thus fixed in my resolution, I entered into the thick wood, (my
+man Friday following me close behind) when with all possible
+wariness and silence, I marched till I came close to the skirt of
+it, on that side which was the nearest to them; for only one end of
+the wood interposed between me and them. Upon which I called very
+softly to Friday, and shewing him a great tree, that was just at
+the corner of the wood, I ordered him to repair thither, and bring
+me word, if he could plainly perceive their actions; accordingly he
+did as I commanded him, and came back with this melancholy story,
+<i>that they were <span class="pagenum"><a name="page105" id=
+"page105"></a>[pg 105]</span> all about their fire, eating the
+flesh of one of their prisoners; and that another lay bound upon
+the sands at a little distance from them, which they designed for
+the next sacrifice, and this, he told me was not one of their
+nation, but one of those very bearded men, who were driven by a
+storm into their country, and of whom he had so often talked to me
+about</i>--You may be sure, that upon hearing this, my soul was
+ready to sink within me: when ascending into a tree, I saw plainly,
+by my glass, a white man, who lay upon the beach of the sea, with
+his hands and feet tied with flags, or things resembling rushes,
+being covered with clothes, and seemed to be an European. From the
+tree where I took this prospect I perceived another tree and a
+thicket beyond it, about fifty yards nearer to them than where I
+was, which, by taking a small circle round, I might come at
+undiscovered, &amp; then I should be within half a shot of these
+devourers. And this consideration alone, to be more perfectly
+revenged upon them, made me withhold my passion, though I was
+enraged to the highest degree imaginable; when going back about
+twenty paces I got behind some bushes, which held all the way till
+I came to the other tree; and then I ascended to a little rising
+ground, not above eighteen yards distance, and there I had a full
+view of these creatures, and I could perceive all their
+actions.</p>
+<p>Such a fight did then appear, as obliged me not to lose a
+moment's time. No less than nineteen of these dreadful wretches sat
+upon the ground, close huddled together, expressing all the delight
+imaginable at so barbarous an entertainment; and they had just sent
+the other two to murder this poor unhappy Christian, and bring him
+limb by limb to their fire; for they were then just going to untie
+the bands from his feet, in order for death, as fetters are knocked
+off the feet of malefactors before they go to the place of
+execution. Hereupon, immediately turning to my man, 'now, Friday'
+said I 'mind what I say, fail in nothing, but do exactly as you see
+me do'. All which he promising--he would perform, I let down one of
+my muskets, and fowling-piece upon the ground, and Friday did the
+same by his; and with the other musket I took my aim at the
+savages, bidding him do the like: 'Are you ready' said I: <i>Yes,
+Master,</i> said he; 'why then fire at them,' said I; and that very
+moment I gave fire likewise.</p>
+<p>I only killed one and wounded two; but my man Friday, taking his
+aim much better than I, killed two and wounded three. You may be
+sure they were in a dreadful consternation, at, such an unexpected
+disaster, and those who had yet escaped our penetrating shot,
+immediately jumped upon their feet, but were in such a confusion,
+that they knew not which way to run or look; not knowing from
+whence their destruction came. We threw down our pieces, and took
+up others, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page106" id=
+"page106"></a>[pg 106]</span> giving a second dreadful volley; but
+as they were loaded only with swan shot, or small pistol bullets,
+we perceived only two of them fall; tho many were wounded, who run
+yelling and screaming about like mad creatures. 'Now, Friday,' said
+I, 'lay down your piece, and take up the musket, and follow me.' He
+did so, with great courage, when showing ourselves to the savages
+we give a great shout, and made directly to the poor victim, who
+would have been sacrificed, had not our first fire obliged the
+butchers, with three others, to jump into a canoe. By my order,
+Friday fired at them, at which shot I thought he had killed them
+all, by reason of their falling to the bottom of the boat; however,
+he killed two, and mortally wounded a third. In the mean time, I
+cut the flags that tied the hands and feet of the poor creature,
+and lifting him up asked him in the Portuguese tongue, <i>What he
+was?</i> He answered me in Latin, <i>Christiantis;</i> but so very
+weak and faint, that he could scarce stand or speak. Immediately I
+gave him a dram; and a piece of bread to cherish him, and asked
+him, What countryman he was? He said, <i>Hispaniola;</i> and then
+uttered all the thankfulness imaginable for his deliverance.
+'Signior,' said I, with as much Spanish as I was master of, 'let us
+talk afterwards, but fight now; here, take this sword and pistol,
+and do what you can.' And, indeed, he did so with much courage and
+intrepidity, that he cut two of them to pieces in an instant, the
+savages not having the power to fly for their lives. I ordered
+Friday to run for those pieces we had left at the tree, which he
+brought me with great swiftness, and then I gave him my musket,
+while I loaded the rest. But now their happened a fierce encounter
+between the Spaniard &amp; one of the savages who had made at him
+with one of their wooden swords; and though the former was as brave
+as could be expected, having twice wounded his enemy in the head,
+yet being weak &amp; faint, the Indian had thrown him upon the
+ground, &amp; was wrestling my sword out of his hand, which the
+Spaniard very wisely quiting, drew out his pistol, and shot him
+through the body before I could come near him, though I was running
+to his assistance.' As to Friday, he pursued the flying wretches
+with his hatchet, dispatching three, but the rest were too nimble
+for him. The Spaniard taking one of the fowling pieces, wounded
+two, who running into the wood Friday pursued and killed; but the
+other, notwithstanding his wounds, plunged himself into the sea
+&amp; swam to those who were left in the canoe; which, with one
+wounded, were all that escaped out of one and twenty. The account
+is as follows.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page107" id="page107"></a>[pg
+107]</span>
+<blockquote>
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Killed at first shot from the tree</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>At the second shot</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>By Friday in the boat</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Ditto of those first wounded</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Ditto in the wood</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;1</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>By the Spaniard</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Killed or died of their wounds</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;4</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Escaped in the boat, whereof one wounded if not
+slain</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;4</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>------</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Total</td>
+<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;21</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</blockquote>
+<p>The savages in the canoe worked very hard to get out of our
+reach, and Friday was as eager in pursuing them; and indeed I was
+no less anxious about their escape, lest after the news had been
+carried to their people, they should return in multitudes and
+destroy us. So being resolved to pursue them, I jumped into one of
+the canoes and bid Friday follow me; but no sooner was I in, than
+to my surprise, I found another poor creature bound hand and foot
+for the slaughter, just as the Spaniard had been, with very little
+life in him. Immediately I unbound him, and would have helped him
+up; but he could neither stand nor speak, but groaned so piteously,
+as thinking he was only unbound in order to be slain. Hereupon I
+bid Friday speak to him, and tell him of his deliverance; when
+pulling out my bottle I made the poor wretch drink a dram; which,
+with the joyful news he had received, so revived his heart that he
+sat up in the boat. As soon as Friday began to hear him speak, and
+look more fully in his face, it would have moved any one to tears
+to perceive his uncommon transports of joy; for he kissed, embraced
+him, hugged him, cried, laughed, hollooed, jumped about, danced,
+sung, then cried again, wrung his hands, beat his face and head,
+then sung and jumped about again, like a distracted creature; so
+that it was a great while before I could make him speak to me, or
+tell me what was the matter with him; but when he came to the
+liberty of his speech at last, he told me it was his father.</p>
+<p>Here indeed I was infinitely moved to see that dutiful and
+tender affection this poor savage had to his aged parent. He would
+sit down by him in the boat, open his breast and hold his father's
+head close to his bosom half an hour together to cherish him: then
+he took his arms &amp; ankles, which were stiff and numbed with
+binding, and chaffed and rubbed them with his hands; by which means
+perceiving what the case was, I gave him some rum, which proved of
+great benefit to him.</p>
+<p>While we were busy in this action the savages had gotten almost
+out of sight; and happy it was we did not pursue them: For there
+arose from the north-west, which continued all night long, such a
+violent storm that I could not suppose otherwise but that they were
+all drowned. After this I called Friday to me, and asked him if he
+had given his father any bread? He shook his head and said,
+<i>None, not one bit, me eat-a up all;</i> so I gave him a cake of
+bread out of a little pouch I carried for this end. I likewise gave
+him a dram for himself, &amp; two or three <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page108" id="page108"></a>[pg 108]</span>
+bunches of raisins for his father. Both these he carried to him,
+for he would make him drink the dram to comfort him.</p>
+<p>Away then he runs out of the boat as if he was bewitched, with
+such an extraordinary swiftness, that he was out of sight as it
+were in an instant; but at his return I perceived him slacken his
+pace, because he had something in his hand. And this I found to be
+as he approached nearer, an earthen jug with some water for his
+father, with two more cakes of bread, which he delivered into my
+hands. Being very thirsty myself I drank some of the water, of
+which his father had drank sufficiently, it more revived his
+spirits than all the rum I had given him.</p>
+<p>I then called Friday to me and ordered him to carry the Spaniard
+one of the cakes and some water, who was reposing himself under a
+green place under the shade of a tree, but so weak, that though he
+exerted himself he could not stand upon his feet. Upon which I
+ordered Friday to rub and bathe his ankles with rum as he did his
+father's. But every minute he was employed in this he would cast a
+wishful eye towards the boat, where he left his father sitting; who
+suddenly disappearing he flew like lightning to him, and finding he
+had only laid himself down to ease his limbs, he returned back to
+me presently; and then I spoke to the Spaniard to let Friday help
+him and lead him to the boat, in order to be conveyed to my
+dwelling where I would take care of him. Upon which Friday took him
+upon his back and so carried him to the canoe, setting him close by
+his father; and presently stepping out again, launched the boat off
+and paddled it along the shore faster than I could walk, though the
+wind blew very hard too, and having brought them safe to the creek,
+away he runs to fetch the other canoe, which he brought to the
+creek almost as soon as I got to it by land, when wafting me over,
+he took our new guests out of the boat; but so weak were they that
+I was forced to make a kind of a hand-barrow; and when I came to my
+castle, not being willing to make an entrance into my wall, we made
+them a handsome tent covered with old sails and boughs of trees,
+making two good beds of rice straw, with blankets to lie upon and
+cover them. Thus like an absolute king over subjects who owed their
+lives to me, I thought myself very considerable, especially as I
+had now three religions in my kingdom, my man Friday being a
+Protestant, his father a Pagan, and the Spaniard a Papist: but I
+gave liberty of conscience to them all.</p>
+<p>To get provisions for my poor weak subjects, I ordered Friday to
+kill me a yearling goat; which when he had done I cut off the
+hinder quarters, and chopping it into small pieces, boiled and
+stewed it, putting barley and rice into the broth. This I carried
+into their tent, set a table, dined with them myself and encouraged
+them. Friday was my interpreter to his father, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page109" id="page109"></a>[pg 109]</span> and
+indeed to the Spaniard too, who spoke the language of the savages
+pretty well. After dinner I ordered Friday to fetch home all our
+arms from the field of battle, and the next day to bury the dead
+bodies, which he did accordingly.</p>
+<p>And now I made Friday inquire of his father, whether he thought
+these savages had escaped the late storm in their canoe? and if so,
+whether they would not return with a power too great for us to
+resist? He answered, <i>that he thought it impossible they could
+outlive the storm; or, if they were driven southwardly, they would
+come to a land where they would as certainly be devoured, as if
+they were drowned in the sea. And suppose they had attained their
+own country, the strangeness of their fatal and bloody attack,
+would make them tell their people, that the rest of them were
+killed by thunder and lightning, not by the hand of man, but by two
+heavenly spirits</i> (meaning Friday and me) <i>who were sent from
+above to destroy them. And this</i>, he said, <i>he knew because he
+heard them say the same to one another</i>. And indeed he was in
+the right on't; for I have heard since, that these four men gave
+out that whoever went to that inchanted island, would be destroyed
+by fire from the gods.</p>
+<p>No canoes appearing soon after, as I expected, my apprehensions
+ceased: instead of which my former thoughts of a voyage took place,
+especially when Friday's father assured me, I should have good
+usage in his nation. As to the Spaniard, he told me, that sixteen
+more of his countrymen and Portuguese, who had been shipwrecked,
+made their escape thither; that though they were in union with the
+savages, yet they were very miserable for want of provisions and
+other necessaries. When I asked him about the particulars of his
+voyage, he answered that their ship was bound from the Rio de la
+Plata to the Havannah; that when the ship was lost, only five men
+perished in the ocean; the rest having saved themselves in the
+boat, were now landed on the main continent. 'And what do they
+intend to do there?' said I. He replied, they have concerted
+measures to escape, by building a vessel, but that they had neither
+tools nor provisions, for that all their designs came to nothing.
+'Supposing, said I, I should make a proposal, and invite them here,
+would they not carry me prisoner to New Spain?' he answered no; for
+he knew them to be such honest men, as would scorn to act such
+inhuman baseness to their deliverer: That, if I pleased, he and the
+old savage would go over to them, talk with them about it, and
+bring me an answer: That they should all swear fidelity to me as
+their leader, upon the Holy Sacrament; and for his, part he would
+not only do the same, but stand to the last drop of his blood
+should there be occasion.</p>
+<p>These solemn assurances made me resolve to grant them relief,
+and to send these two over for that purpose; but when every thing
+was ready, the Spaniard raised an objection, which carried
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page110" id="page110"></a>[pg
+110]</span> a great deal of weight in it: <i>You know, Sir, said
+he, that having been some time with you, I cannot but be sensible
+of your stock of rice and corn, sufficient, perhaps for us at
+present, but not for them, should they come over presently; much
+less to victual a vessel for an intended voyage. Want might be as
+great an occasion for them to disagree and rebel, as the children
+of Israel did against God himself, when they wanted to break bread
+in the wilderness. And therefore, my advice is to await another
+harvest and in the mean time cultivate and improve more land,
+whereby we may have plenty of provisions in order to execute our
+design</i>.</p>
+<p>This advice of the Spaniard's I approved extremely; and so
+satisfied was I of his fidelity that I esteemed him ever after. And
+thus we all four went to work upon some more land, and against seed
+time we had gotten so much cured and trimmed up sufficient to sow
+twenty-two bushels of barley on, and sixteen jars of rice, which
+was in short all the feed we had to spare. As we were four in
+number and by this time all in good health, we feared not a hundred
+Indians should they venture to attack us; and while the corn was
+growing, I pitched upon some trees, fit to build us a large vessel
+in case the Spaniards came over; which being marked, I ordered
+Friday and his father to cut them down, appointing the Spaniard,
+who was now my privy counsellor, to oversee and direct the work. I
+likewise increased my flocks of goats by shooting the wild dams and
+bringing home their kids to my inclosure. Nor did I neglect the
+grape season, but cured them as usual, though I had such a quantity
+now as would have filled eighty barrels with raisins. And thus all
+of us being employed, they in working, and I in providing for them
+till harvest came, God Almighty blessed the increase of it so much,
+that from twenty-two barrels of barley we thrashed out two hundred
+and twenty, and the like quantity of rice; sufficient to victual a
+ship fit to carry me and all the Spaniards to any part of
+America.</p>
+<p>Thus the principal objection being answered, by a sufficient
+stock of provisions, I sent my two ambassadors over to the main
+land, with a regal authority to administer the oaths of allegiance
+and fidelity, and have an instrument signed under their hands,
+though I never asked whether they had pen, ink, or paper; when
+giving each of them a musket, eight charges of powder and ball, and
+provisions enough for eight days, they sailed away with a fair gale
+on a day when the moon was at full.</p>
+<p>Scarce a fortnight had passed over my head, but impatient for
+their return, I laid me down to sleep one morning, when a strange
+accident happened, which was ushered in by Friday's coming running
+to me, and calling aloud, <i>Master, Master, they are come, they
+are come.</i> Upon which, not dreaming of any danger, out I jumped
+from my bed, put on my clothes <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page111" id="page111"></a>[pg 111]</span> and hurried through my
+little grove; when looking towards the sea, I perceived a boat
+about a league and a half distant, standing in for the shore with
+the wind fair. I beheld they did not come from the side where the
+land lay on, but from the southerhmost end of the island: So these
+being none of the people we wanted, I ordered Friday to lie still,
+till such time as I came down from the mountain, which, with my
+ladder, I now ascended in order to discover more fully what they
+were; and now, with the help of my perspective glass, I plainly
+perceived an English ship, which I concluded it to be; by the
+fashion of its long boat; and which filled me with such uncommon
+transports of joy, that I cannot tell how to describe; and yet some
+secret doubts hang about me, proceeding from I know not what cause,
+as though I had reason to be upon my guard. And, indeed, I would
+have no man contemn the secret hints and intimations of danger,
+which very often are given, when he may imagine there is no
+possibility of its being real; for had I not been warned by this
+silent admonition, I had been in a worse situation than before, and
+perhaps inevitably ruined.</p>
+<p>Not long it was, before I perceived the boat to approach the
+shore, as though they looked for a place where they might
+conveniently land; and at last they ran their boat on shore upon
+the beach, about half a mile distance; which proved so much the
+happier for me, since, had they come into the creek, they had
+landed just at my door, and might not only have forced me out of my
+castle, but plundered me of all I had in the world. Now I was fully
+convinced they were all Englishmen, three of which were unarmed and
+bound; when immediately the first four or five leaped on shore, and
+took those three out of the boat as prisoners; one of whom I could
+perceive used the most passionate gestures of entreaty, affliction,
+and despair, while the others in a lesser degree, showed abundance
+of concern.</p>
+<p>Not knowing the meaning of this, I was very much astonished, and
+I beckoned to Friday, who was below, to ascend the mountain, and
+likewise view this sight. <i>O master</i>, said he to me, <i>you
+see English mans eat prisoners as well as Savage mans</i>. 'And do
+you think they will eat them Friday?' said I. <i>Yes</i>, said
+Friday, <i>they eat all up</i>. 'No, no,' said I, 'Friday, I am
+much more concerned lest they murder them, but as for eating them
+up, that I am sure they will never do.'</p>
+<p>And now I not only lamented my misfortune in not having the
+Spaniard and Savage with me, but also that I could not come within
+shot of them unperceived, they having no fire arms among them, and
+save these three me, whom I thought they were going to kill with
+their swords. But some comfort it was to me, that I perceived they
+were set at liberty to go where they pleased, the rascally seamen
+scattering about as though they had a mind to see the place; and so
+long did they <span class="pagenum"><a name="page112" id=
+"page112"></a>[pg 112]</span> negligently ramble, that the tide had
+ebbed so low, as to leave the boat aground. Nor were the two men
+who were in her more circumspect; for having drunk a little too
+much liquor, they fell fast asleep; but one of them waking before
+the other, and perceiving the boat too fast aground for his
+strength to move it, he hallooed out to the rest, who made all
+possible expedition to come to him; but as Providence ordered it,
+all their force was ineffectual to launch her, when I could hear
+them speak to one another, <i>Why let her alone, Jack, can't ye,
+she'll float next tide</i>; by which words I was fully convinced
+they were my own countrymen. I all this while lay very quiet, as
+being fully sensible it could be no less than ten hours before the
+boat would be afloat, and then it would be so dark, that they could
+not easily perceive me, by which means I should be at more liberty
+to hear their talk, and observe all their motions: not but that I
+prepared for my defence: yet, as I had another sort of enemy to
+combat with I acted with more caution. I took two fusees on my
+shoulder, and gave Friday three muskets; besides my formidable
+goat-skin coat and monstrous cap made me look as fierce and
+terrible as Hercules of old, especially when two pistols were stuck
+in my belt, and my naked sword hanging by my side.</p>
+<p>It was my design at first not to make any attempt till it was
+dark; and it being now two o'clock, in the very heat of the day,
+the sailors were all straggling in the woods, and undoubtedly were
+lain down to sleep. The three poor distressed creatures, too
+anxious to get any repose, were however seated under the shade of a
+great tree, about a quarter of a mile from me. Upon which, without
+any more ado, I approached towards them, with my man following
+behind me, and before I was perceived, I called aloud to them in
+Spanish, <i>What are ye, Gentlemen</i>.</p>
+<p>At these words, they started up in great confusion, when they
+beheld the strange figure I made; they returned no answer, but
+seemed as if they would fly from me: 'Gentlemen,' said I, in
+English 'don't be afraid, perhaps you have a friend nearer than you
+expect.' <i>He must be from Heaven</i>, said one of them, gravely
+pulling off his hat, <i>for we are past all help in this world.</i>
+'All help is from Heaven,' said I: 'But Sir, as I have perceived
+every action between you and these brutes since your landing only
+inform me, how to assist you, and I will do it to the utmost of my
+power.'</p>
+<p><i>Am I talking with God or man</i>, said he, in melting tears.
+<i>Are you of human kind or an angel</i>? 'Sir,' said I, 'my poor
+habit will tell you I am a man, and an Englishman, willing to
+assist you, having but this servant only: here are arms and
+ammunition: tell freely your condition: Can we save you?' <i>The
+story</i>, said he, <i>is too long to relate, since our butchers
+are so near: but, Sir, I was master of that ship, my men have
+mutinied</i>,</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page113" id="page113"></a>[pg
+113]</span> <a name="113.jpg"></a>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/113.jpg"><img src="Images/113.jpg"
+width="60%" alt=""></a><br>
+<b>R. Crusoe accosting the Captain, &amp;c. set ashore by the
+Mutineers.</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page114" id="page114"></a>[pg
+114]</span>
+<p><i>and it is a favour they have put my mate, this passenger, and
+me, on shore without murdering us, though we expect nothing but
+perishing here</i>. 'Are your enemies gone?' said I. <i>No</i>,
+replied he, pointing to a thicket, <i>there they lie, while my
+heart trembles, lest having seen and heard us they should murder us
+all.</i> 'Have they fire arms?' said I. <i>They have but two
+pieces</i>, said he, <i>one of which is left in the boat.</i> He
+also told me there were two enormous villains among them, that were
+the authors of this mutiny, who, if they were killed or seized,
+might induce the rest to return to their obedience. 'Well, well,'
+said I, 'let us retire farther under the covering of the woods;'
+and there it was I made these conditions with him:</p>
+<p>I. That, while they staid in the island, they should not pretend
+to any authority; but should entirely conform to my orders, and
+return me the arms which I should put in their hands.</p>
+<p>II. That, if the ship was recovered, they should afford Friday
+and myself a passage <i>gratis</i> to England.</p>
+<p>When he had given me all the satisfaction I could desire, I gave
+him and his two companions each of them a gun, with powder and ball
+sufficient, advising them to fire upon them as they lay sleeping.
+The Captain modestly said, that he was sorry to kill them; though,
+on the other hand, to let these villains escape, who were the
+authors of his misery, might be the ruin of us all. <i>Well,</i>
+said he, <i>do as you think fit;</i> and so accordingly I fired,
+killed one of the Captain's chief enemies and wounding the other;
+who eagerly called for assistance, but the Captain who had reserved
+his piece, coming up to him, <i>Sirrah</i>, said he, <i>'tis too
+late to call for assistance, you should rather cry to God to pardon
+your villany;</i> and so knocked him down with the stock of his
+gun: three others were also slightly wounded, who at my approach
+cried out for mercy. This the Captain granted upon condition that
+they would swear to be true to him in recovering the ship, which
+they solemnly did; However I obliged the Captain to keep them
+bound. After which I sent Friday and the Captain's mate to secure
+the boat and bring away the oars and sails; when, at their return,
+three men coming back, and seeing their late distressed Captain,
+now their conqueror, submitted to be bound also. And then it was,
+that having more liberty, I related the adventures of my whole
+life, which he heard with a serious and wonderful attention. After
+this, I carried him and his two companions into my little fortified
+castle, shewed them all my conveniences, and refreshed them with
+such provisions as I could afford. When this was over, we began to
+consider about regaining the ship: he said, that there were
+twenty-six hands on board, who knowing their lives were forfeited
+by the law, for conspiracy and mutiny, were so very hardened, that
+it would be dangerous for our small company to attack them. This
+was a reasonable inference indeed; but something we must resolve
+on, and immediately, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page115" id=
+"page115"></a>[pg 115]</span> put in execution: we, therefore
+heaved the boat upon the beach so high that she could not shoot off
+at high water mark, and broke a hole in her not easily to be
+stopped; so that all the signals they gave for the boat to come on
+board were in vain. This obliged them to send another boat ashore,
+with ten men armed, whose faces the Captain plainly descried, the
+boatswain being the chief officer; but he said there were three
+honest lads among them, who were forced into the conspiracy.
+Hereupon I gave him fresh courage (for I had perceived he was in
+concern): In the mean while securing our prisoners, except two,
+whom we took to our assistance, we thought ourselves able enough to
+adventure a battle. When the sailors landed, and beheld their boat
+in that condition, they not only hallooed, but fired for their
+companions to hear, yet they received no answer. This struck them
+with horror and amazement, thinking their companions were murdered,
+they made as if they would return to the ship. I could perceive the
+Captain's countenance change at this, till of a sudden three men
+were ordered to look after the boat, while the other seven leapt on
+shore in order to search for their companions; and, indeed, they
+came to the brow of the hill, near my ancient castle, from whence
+they could see to a great distance in the woods, and there shooting
+and hallooing till tired and weary, they at length seated
+themselves under a spreading tree. My opinion was, that nothing
+could be done till night, when I might use some artifice to get
+them all out of the boat; but of a sudden they started up, and made
+to the sea-side; hereupon I ordered Friday and the Captain's mate
+to go over the creek, and halloo as loud as they could, and so
+decoying them into the woods, come round to me again. And this,
+indeed, had good effect; for they followed the noise, till coming
+westward to the creek, they called for their boat to carry them
+over, and taking one of the men out of her, left two to look after
+her, having fastened her to the stump of a little tree on shore.
+Hereupon immediately the Captain and our party passing the creek,
+out of their sight, we surprised them both, by the Captain's
+knocking down one, and ordering the other in surrender upon pain of
+death, and who being the honestest of them all, sincerely joined
+with us. By this time it was pretty late; when the rest returning
+to there boat, which they found aground in the creek, the tide out,
+and the men gone, they ran about wringing their hands, crying it
+was an enchanted island, and that they should be all murdered by
+spirits or devils. My men would willingly have fallen upon them,
+but I would not agree to hazard any of our party. But to be more
+certain, Friday &amp; the Captain crawled upon their hands &amp;
+feet, as near as possible; and when the boatswain approached in
+sight, so eager was the Captain, that he fired and killed him on
+the spot; Friday wounded the next man, and a third ran away.
+Hereupon <span class="pagenum"><a name="page116" id=
+"page116"></a>[pg 116]</span> I advanced with, my whole army: and,
+it being dark, I ordered the man we had surprised in the boat, to
+call them by their names, and to parley with them. Accordingly he
+called out aloud, <i>Tom Smith, Tom Smith!</i> He answered,
+<i>Who's that? Robinson!</i> answered the other. <i>For God's sake
+Tom, surrender immediately, or you're all dead men. Who must we
+surrender to?</i> says Smith. <i>To our captain and fifty men here,
+who have taken me prisoner, wounded Will Frye, and killed the
+boatswain. Shall we have quarter then?</i> said he. Hereupon the
+Captain calls out, <i>You Smith, you know my voice, surrender
+immediately, and you shall all have your lives granted, except Will
+Atkins</i>. Hereupon Atkins cries out, <i>What have I done Captain,
+more than the rest, who have been as bad as me?</i> But that was a
+lie, for he was the person that laid hold of him, and bound him.
+However, he was ordered to submit to the governor's mercy, for such
+was I called. And so, laying down their arms, we bound them all,
+and seized on their boat.</p>
+<p>After this, the Captain expostulated with them, telling them
+that the governor was an Englishman, who might execute them there;
+but he thought they would be sent to England, except Will Atkins,
+who was ordered to prepare for death next morning. Hereupon Atkins
+implored the Captain to intercede for his life, and the rest begged
+they might not be sent to England. This answered our project for
+seizing the ship. For after sending Atkins and two of the worst
+fast bound to the cave, and the rest being committed to my bower, I
+sent the Captain to treat with them in the, governor's name,
+offering them pardon if they would assist in recovering the ship.
+Upon which they all promised to stand by him till the last drop of
+their blood; and whoever acted treacherously, should be hanged in
+chains upon the beach. They were all released on these assurances:
+and then the Captain repaired to the other boat, making his
+passenger Captain of her, and gave him four men well armed; while
+himself, his mate, and five more, went in the other boat. By
+midnight they came within call of the ship, when the Captain
+ordered Robinson to hale her, and tell them that with great
+difficulty they had found the men at last. But while they were
+discoursing, the Captain, his mate and the rest entered, and
+knocked down the second mate and carpenter, secured those that were
+upon the deck, by putting them under hatches, while the other
+boat's crew entered and secured the forecastle; they then broke
+into the round-house, where the mate after some resistance, shot
+the pirate captain through the head, upon which all the rest
+yielded themselves prisoners. And thus the ship being recovered,
+the joyful signal was fired, which I heard with the greatest joy
+imaginable: nor was it long before he brought the ship to an anchor
+at the creek's mouth, where, coming to me unawares, <i>There</i>,
+says he <i>my dearest friend and deliverer, there is your ship, and
+we <span class="pagenum"><a name="page117" id="page117"></a>[pg
+117]</span> are your servants</i>: a comfort so unspeakable, as
+made me swoon in his arms while, with gratitude to Heaven, we were
+tenderly embracing each other.</p>
+<p>Nothing now remaining, but to consult what we should do with the
+prisoners, whom he thought it was not safe to take on board.
+Hereupon concerting with the Captain, I dressed myself in one of
+his suits, and sending for them, told them, that I was going to
+leave the island with all my people, if they would tarry there,
+their lives should be spared; if not, they should be hanged at the
+first port they came at. They agreed to stay. Hereupon I told them
+my whole story, charging them to be kind to the Spaniards that were
+expected, gave them, all my arms, and informing them of every thing
+necessary for their subsistence, I and my man Friday went on board.
+But the next morning two of the men came swimming to the ship's
+side, desiring the Captain to take them on board, though he hanged
+them afterwards, complaining mightily how barbarously the others
+used them. Upon which I prevailed with the Captain to take them in;
+and being severely whipt and pickled, they proved more honest for
+the future, and so I bid farewell to this island, carrying along
+with me my money, my parrot, umbrella, and goat-skin cap; setting
+sail December 12, 1686, after twenty-eight years, two months, and
+nineteen days residence, that same day and month that I escaped
+from Sallee; landing in England, June 11, 1687, after five and
+thirty years absence from my own country; which rendered me
+altogether a stranger there.</p>
+<p>Here I found my first Captain's widow alive, who had buried a
+second husband, but in very mean circumstances, and whom I made
+easy upon his account. Soon after I went down to Yorkshire, where
+all my family were expired, except two sisters, and as many of one
+of my brother's children. I found no provision had been made for
+me, they concluding I had been long since dead; so that I was but
+in a very slender station. Indeed the Captain did me a great
+kindness, by his report to the owners, how I had delivered their
+ship on the Desolate Island, upon which they made me a present of
+200&pound;. sterling. I next went to Lisbon, taking my man Friday
+with me, and there arriving in April, I met the Portuguese Captain
+who had taken me on board on the African coast; but, being ancient,
+he had left off the sea, and resigned all his business to his son,
+who followed the Brazil trade. So altered both of us were, that we
+did not know each other at first, till I discovered myself more
+fully to him. After a few embraces, I began to enquire of my
+concerns; and then the old gentleman told me that it was nine years
+since he had been at Brazil, where my partner was then living, but
+my trustees were both dead; that he believed I should have a good
+account of the product of my plantation; that the imagination of my
+being lost, had obliged my trustees to give <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page118" id="page118"></a>[pg 118]</span> an
+estimate of my share to the procurator fiscal, who, in case of my
+not returning, had given one third to the king &amp; the rest to
+the monastery of St. Augustine: but if I put in my claim, or any
+one for me, it would be returned, except the yearly product which
+was given to the poor. I then desired him to tell me what
+improvement he thought had been made of my plantation, and whether
+he imagined it was worth my while to look after it? he answered, he
+did not know how much it was improved; but this he was certain of,
+that my partner was grown vastly rich upon his half of it; and,
+that he had been informed, that the kind had 200 moidores per annum
+of his third part. He added, that the survivors of my trustees were
+nervous of an ingenuous character; that my partner could witness my
+title, my name being registered in the country, by which means I
+should indefensibly recover considerable sums of money, but,
+answered, I, how could my trustees dispose of my effects, when I
+made you only my heir? This, said he, was true but, there being no
+affidavit made of my death he could not act as my executor.
+However, he had ordered his don,(then at Brazil), to act by
+procuration upon my account, and he had taken possession of my
+sugar-house, having accounted himself for eight years with my
+partner and trustees for the profits, of which he would give me a
+very good account.</p>
+<p>And, indeed, this he performed very faithfully in a few days,
+making himself indebted to me 470 moidores of gold, over and above
+what had been lost at sea, after I had left the place. And then he
+recounted to me what misfortune he had gone through, which forced
+my money out of his hands, to buy part in a new ship-but says he,
+<i>you shall not want, take this; and, when my son returns, every
+farthing shall be paid you.</i> Upon which he put into my hand a
+purse of 150 moidores in gold, as likewise the instrument,
+containing the title to the ship which his son was in, and which he
+offered as security for the remainder. But really when I saw so
+much goodness, generosity, tenderness, and real honesty, I had not
+the heart to accept it, for fear he should straiten himself upon my
+account. <i>It is true,</i> said he, <i>it may be so; but then the
+money is yours, not mine, and you may have the greatest occasion
+for it.</i> However, I returned fifty of them back again, promising
+that I would freely forgive him the other hundred when I got my
+effects into my hands, and that I designed to go myself for that
+purpose. But he told me he could save me that trouble, and so
+caused me to enter my name with a public notary, as likewise my
+affidavit, with a procuration affixed to it; and this he ordered me
+to send in a letter to one of his acquaintance, a merchant in
+Brazil; and, indeed, nothing could be more faithfully and
+honourably observed; for, in seven months time, I had a very
+faithful account of all my effects, what sums of money were raised,
+what expended, and what remained for myself! In a word <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page119" id="page119"></a>[pg 119]</span> I
+found myself to be worth 5000&pound;. sterling, and 1000 per annum.
+Nor was this all, for my partner congratulated me upon my being
+alive, telling me how much my plantation was improved; what Negroes
+were at work, and how many <i>Ave Marias</i> he had said to the
+Virgin Mary for my preservation, desiring me to accept kindly some
+presents he had sent me, which I found showed the greatest
+generosity.</p>
+<p>No sooner did the ship arrive, but I rewarded my faithful
+Captain, by returning him the hundred moidores, and not only
+forgiving him all he owed me, I allowed him yearly a hundred more,
+and fifty to his son, during their lives. And now being resolved to
+go to England, I returned letters of thanks to the Prior of St.
+Augustine, and in particular to my old partner, with very suitable
+presents. By the Captain's advice, I was persuaded to go by land to
+Calais, and there take passage for England: when, as it happened, I
+got a young English gentleman, a merchant's son at Lisbon, to
+accompany me, together with two English, and two Portuguese
+gentleman: so that with a Portuguese servant, an English sailor,
+and my man Friday, there were nine of us in number.</p>
+<p>Thus armed and equipped, we set out, and came to Madrid, when
+the summer decaying, we hasted to Navarre, where we were informed
+that there was scarcely any passing, be reason of the prodigious
+quantity of snow; so that we were obliged to abide near twenty days
+at Pamoeluria, and at last to take a guide to conduct us safe
+towards Tholouse. And now twelve other gentlemen joining with us,
+together with their servants, we had a very jolly company. Away our
+guide led us by frightful mountains, and through so many intricate
+mazes and windings, that we insensibly passed them, which, as we
+travelled along, ushered us into the prospect of the fruitful and
+charming provinces of Languedoc and Galcoigne.</p>
+<p>But now came on two adventures, both tragical and comical.
+First, our guide was encountered by three wolves and a bear, who
+set upon him and his horse, and wounded him in three places; upon
+which my man, riding up to his assistance, shot one of them dead
+upon the spot, which made the others retire into the woods. But the
+pleasantest adventure was, to behold my man attack the bear. 'Tis
+such a creature, that if you let him alone, he will never meddle
+with you, and this my man very well knew, and so begging leave of
+me in broken English, he told us, <i>he would make good laugh</i>.
+'Why, you silly fool,' said I, 'he'll eat you up at a mouthful.'
+<i>Eatee me up,</i> replied he, by way of scorn, <i>me not only
+eatee him, but make much good laugh.</i> Upon which, pulling off
+his boots, he claps on his pumps, and running after the monstrous
+beast, he called out, that he wanted to discourse with him, and
+then throwing stones on purpose to incense him, the beast turns
+about in fury, and, with prodigious strides, shuffles after him.
+But though he <span class="pagenum"><a name="page120" id=
+"page120"></a>[pg 120]</span> was not swift enough to keep up pace
+with Friday, who made up to us as it were for help; yet being
+angry, 'You dog,' said I, 'immediately take horse, and let us shoot
+the creature.' But he cried, <i>Dear master, no shoot, me make you
+laugh much.</i> And so he turned about, making signs to follow,
+while the bear ran after, till coming to a great oak, he ascended
+in a minute, leaving his gun, at the bottom of it. Nor did the bear
+make any difficulty of it, but ascended like a cat, though his
+weight was very great. You must consider I was not a little amazed
+at the folly of my man, as not perceiving any thing to occasion our
+laughter, till such time as we rode up nearer, and beheld the bear
+mounted upon the oak, on the beginning of the same branch, to which
+Friday clung at the farther end, where the bear durst not come.
+Hereupon Friday cried out, <i>Now master, me make much laugh, me
+make bear dance.</i> Upon which he fell a shaking the bough, which
+made the creature look behind him, to see how he could retreat.
+Then as if the bear had understood his stammering English, <i>Why
+you no come farther, Mr. Bear</i> said he, <i>pray, Mr. Bear come
+farther</i>; and then indeed we all burst into a laughter;
+especially when we perceived Friday drop like a squirrel upon the
+ground, leaving the beast to make the best of his way down the
+tree. And now thinking it the most convenient time to shoot the
+creature, Friday cried out, <i>O dear master, no shoot, me shoot by
+and by</i>; when taking up the gun, <i>me no shoot yet</i>, said he
+<i>me make one more much laugh.</i> And accordingly he was as good
+as his word; for the creature descending backwards from the tree
+very leisurely, before he could lay one foot on the ground, Friday
+shot him through the ear, stone dead; and looking to see whether we
+were pleased, he burst out into a hearty laughter, saying, <i>So we
+kill de bear in my country, not with the gun, but with much long
+arrows.</i> Thus ended our diversion, to our great satisfaction;
+especially in a place where the terrible howlings struck us with a
+continual terror. But the snows now growing very deep, particularly
+on the mountains, the ravenous creatures were then obliged to seek
+for sustenance in the villages, were coming by surprise on the
+country people, killed several of them, besides a great number of
+their sheep and horses.</p>
+<p>Our guide told us, we had yet one more dangerous place to pass
+by; and if their were any more wolves in the country, there we
+should find them. This was a small plain encompassed with woods, to
+get through a long lane to the village where we were to lodge. When
+we entered the wood, the sun was within half an hour of setting:
+and a little after it was set, we came into the plain, which was
+not above two furlongs over, and then we perceived five great
+wolves cross the road, without taking notice of us, and so swift as
+though they were pursuing after their prey. Hereupon our guide,
+believing there were more coming, desired us to be on our guard.
+Accordingly <span class="pagenum"><a name="page121" id=
+"page121"></a>[pg 121]</span> our eyes were very circumspect, till
+about half a league farther, we perceived a dead horse, and near a
+dozen of wolves devouring its carcase. My man Friday fain would
+have fired at them, but I would not permit him; nor had we gone
+half over the plain, but we heard dreadful howlings in a wood on
+our left, when presently we saw an hundred come up against us, as
+though they had been an experienced army. This obliged us to form
+ourselves in the best manner; and then I ordered that every other
+man should fire, that those who did not, might be ready to gave a
+second volley, should they advance upon us; and then every man
+should make use of his pistols. But there was no necessity for
+this; for the enemy being terrified stopped at the noise of the
+fire; four of them were shot dead, and, several others being
+wounded; went bleeding away, as we could very plainly discover by
+the snow. And now remembering what had been often told me, that
+such was the majesty of a man's voice, as to strike terror even in
+the fiercest creatures, I ordered all our companions to halloo as
+loud as possible; and in this notion I was not altogether mistaken;
+for they immediately turned about upon the first halloo, and began
+to retire; upon which, ordering a second volley in their rear, they
+galloped into the woods with great precipitation.</p>
+<p>Thus we had some small time to load our pieces again, and then
+made all the haste we could on our way; but we had not rode far,
+before we were obliged to put ourselves in a posture of defence as
+before, being alarmed with a very dreadful noise in the same wood,
+on our left hand, the same way as we were to pass, only that it was
+at some distance from us. By this time the darksome clouds began to
+spread over the elements, and the night growing very dusky, made it
+so much the more to our disadvantage; but still the noise
+increasing, we were fully assured, that it was the howling and the
+yelling of those ravenous creatures; when presently three troops of
+wolves on our front appeared in sight, as though a great number of
+them had a design to surround us, and devour us in spite of fate.
+But as they did not fall upon us immediately, we proceeded on our
+journey in as swift a manner as the roads would permit our horses,
+which was only a large trot. It was in this manner we travelled,
+till such a time as we discovered another wood, and had the
+prospect of its entrance through which were to pass, at the
+farthest side of the plain. But surely none can express the terror
+we were in, when approaching the lane, we perceived a confused
+number of the fiercest wolves, standing, as it were guarding its
+entrance. Nor were we long in this amazement, before another
+occasion of horror presented itself; for suddenly we heard the
+report of a gun at another opening in the wood and, looking that
+way, out ran a horse bridled and saddled, flying with the greatest
+swiftness, and no less than sixteen or seventeen wolves pursuing
+after him, in order to devour <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page122" id="page122"></a>[pg 122]</span> the poor creature; and
+unquestionably they did so, after they had run him down, not being
+able to hold out that swiftness with which he at first escaped
+them.</p>
+<p>When we rode up to that entrance from whence the horse came
+forth, there lay the carcases of another horse &amp; two men,
+mangled and torn by these devouring wolves; and undoubtedly one of
+these men was the person who fired the gun which we had heard, for
+the piece lay by him; but alas! most of the upper part of his body
+and his head were entombed in the bowels of these ravenous
+creatures.</p>
+<p>What course to take, whether to proceed or retreat, we could not
+tell; but it was not long before the wolves themselves made us to
+come to a resolution; for such numbers surrounded us, every one of
+whom expected their prey, that were our bodies to be divided among
+them, there would not be half a mouthful a-piece. But happy, very
+happy it was for us, that but a little way from the entrance, there
+lay some very large timber trees, which I supposed had been cut
+down and laid there for sale: amongst which I drew my little troop,
+placing ourselves in a line behind one long tree, which served us
+for a breast work, when desiring them to alight, we stood in a
+triangle, or three fronts, closing our bodies in the centre, the
+only place where we could preserve them.</p>
+<p>Never certainly was there a more furious charge than what the
+wolves made upon us in this place: and the sight of the horses,
+which was the principal prey they aimed at, provoked their hunger,
+and added to their natural fierceness. They came on us with a most
+dreadful noise, that made the woods ring again: and beginning to
+mount the pieces of timber, I ordered every man to fire, as before
+directed: and, indeed, so well did they take their aim, that they
+killed several of the wolves at the first volley; but still we were
+obliged to keep a continual firing, by reason they came on like
+devils, pushing one another with the greatest fury. But our second
+volley something abated their courage, when stopping a little, we
+hoped they would have made the best of their way, however, it did
+not prove so, for others made a new attempt upon us; and though in
+four firings, we killed seventeen or eighteen of them, laming twice
+as many, yet they several times successively came on, as though
+they valued not their lives for the sake of their prey.</p>
+<p>Unwilling was I to spend our last shot too suddenly, and
+therefore calling my other servant, and giving him a horn of
+powder, bid him lay a large train quite along the timber, which he
+did, while Friday was charging my fusee and his own, with the
+greatest dexterity. By this time the wolves coming up the timber, I
+set fire to the train, by snapping a discharged pistol close to the
+powder. This so scorched and terrified them, that some fell down,
+and others jumped in among us: but there were <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page123" id="page123"></a>[pg 123]</span>
+immediately dispatched, when all the rest, frighted with the light,
+which the darksome night caused to appear more dreadful, began at
+length to retire; upon which ordering our last pistols to be fired
+at once, giving at the same time a great shout, the wolves were
+obliged to have recourse to their swiftness, and turn tail; and
+then we sallied out upon twenty lame ones, cutting them in pieces
+with our swords, which obliged them to howl lamentably, to the
+terror of their fellows, who resigned to us the field as victorious
+conquerors. And, indeed, I question whether Alexander king of
+Macedonia, in any of his conquests, had more occasion for triumph
+than we had; for he was but attacked with numerous armies of
+soldiers; whereas our little army was obliged to combat a legion of
+devils, as it were, worse than the cannibals, who, the same moment
+they had slain us, would have sacrificed us, to satisfy their
+voracious appetites.</p>
+<p>Thus ended our bloody battle with the beasts, having killed
+threescore of them, and saved our lives from their fury. We still
+had a league further to go, when, as we went, our ears were saluted
+with their most unwelcome howlings, and we expected every moment
+another attack. But, in an hour's time, we arrived at the town
+where we were to lodge; and here we found the place strictly
+guarded, and all in terrible confusion, as well they might, for
+fear of the bears and wolves breaking into the village, in order to
+prey upon their cattle and people. The next morning we were obliged
+to take a new guide, by reason the other fell very bad of his
+wounds, which he had received as before mentioned. After we had
+reached Tholouse, we came into a warm, pleasant, and fruitful
+country, not infested with wolves, nor any sort of ravenous
+creatures: and when we told our story there, they much blamed our
+guide, for conducting us through the forest at the foot of the
+mountains, in such a severe season, when the snow obliged the
+wolves to seek for shelter in the woods. When we informed them in
+what manner we placed ourselves, and the horses in the centre, they
+exceedingly reprehended us, and told us, it was an hundred to one,
+but we had been all destroyed; for that it was the very sight of
+the horses, their so much desired prey, that made the wolves more
+ragingly furious than they would have been, which was evident, by
+their being at other times really afraid of a gun; but then being
+exceedingly hungry and furious upon that account, their eagerness
+to come at the horses made them insensible of their danger; and
+that, if we had not, by a continual fire, and at last by the
+cunning stratagem of the train of powder, got the better of them,
+it had been great odds if their number had not overpowered us;
+besides, it was a great mercy we alighted from our horses, and
+fought them with that courage and conduct, which, had we failed to
+do, every man of us, with our beasts, had been devoured: and,
+indeed, this was nothing but truth; for never in my life was I so
+sensible <span class="pagenum"><a name="page124" id=
+"page124"></a>[pg 124]</span> of danger, as when three hundred,
+devils came roaring upon us, to shun whose unwelcome company, if I
+was sure to meet a storm every week; I would rather go a thousand
+leagues by sea.</p>
+<p>I think I have, nothing uncommon in my passage through France to
+take notice of, since other travellers of greater learning and
+ingenuity, have given more ample account than my pen is able to set
+forth. From Tholouse I travelled to Paris, from thence to Calais,
+where I took shipping, and landed at Dover the 14th of January, in
+a very cold season.</p>
+<p>Thus come to the end of my travels, I soon discovered my new
+found estate, and all the bills of exchange I had were currently
+paid. The good ancient widow, my only privy counsellor, thought no
+pains nor care too great to procure my advantage, nor had I ever
+occasion to blame her fidelity, which drew from me an ample reward.
+I was for leaving my effects in her hands, intending to set out for
+Lisbon, and so the Brazils; but as in the Desolate Island I had
+some doubt about the Romish religion, so I knew there was little
+encouragement to settle there, unless I would apostatize from the
+orthodox faith, or live in continual fear of the Inquisition. Upon
+this account I resolved to sell my plantation; and, for that
+intent, I wrote to my old friend at Lisbon, who returned to me an
+answer to my great satisfaction; which was, that he could sell it
+to good account; however, if I thought it convenient to give him
+liberty to offer it in my name to the two merchants, the survivors
+of my trustees residing at the Brazils, who consequently knew its
+intrinsic value, having lived just upon the spot, and who I was
+sensible were very rich, and therefore might be the more willing to
+purchase it: he did not in the least doubt, but that I should make
+four or five thousand pieces of eight more of it, than I could, if
+I disposed of it in any other manner whatsoever.</p>
+<p>You may be sure I could not but agree with this kind and
+ingenuous proposal; and immediately I sent him an order to offer it
+to them, which he accordingly did; so that about eight months
+after, the ship being in that time returned, he gave me a
+satisfactory account, that they not only willingly accepted the
+offer, but that they had also remitted 33,000 pieces of eight to a
+correspondence of their own at Lisbon, in order to pay for the
+purchase.</p>
+<p>Hereupon, in return, I signed the instrument of sale, according
+to form, which they had sent from Lisbon, and returned it again to
+my old friend, he having sent me, for me estate, bills of three
+hundred and twenty-eight thousand pieces of eight, reserving the
+payment of one hundred moidores per annum, which I had allowed him
+during life, likewise: fifty to his son during life also, according
+to my faithful promise, which the plantation was to make good as a
+rent charge.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page125" id="page125"></a>[pg
+125]</span>
+<p>And thus having led my reader to the knowledge of the first
+parts of my life so remarkable for the many peculiar providences
+that attended it, floating in the ocean of uncertainty and
+disappointment, of adversity and prosperity, beginning foolishly,
+and yet ending happily; methinks now that I am come to a safe &amp;
+pleasant haven, it is time to cast out my anchor, &amp;c, laying up
+my vessel, bid, for a while, adieu to foreign adventures. I had no
+other concerns to look after but the care of my brother's two sons,
+which, with the good widow's persuasions, obliged me to continue at
+home seven years. One of these children I bred up a gentleman, and
+the other an experienced sailor, remarkable for his courage and
+bravery. Besides this, I married a virtuous young gentlewoman, of a
+very good family, by whom I had two sons and one daughter. But my
+dear and tender wife leaving this earthly stage (as in the second
+part of my life you will hear) which rent my soul as it were
+asunder, my native country became weary and tiresome to me; and my
+nephew happening to come from sea, tempted me to venture another
+voyage to the East Indies, which I did in the year 1694, at which
+time I visited my island, and informed myself of every thing that
+happened since my departure.</p>
+<p>One might reasonably imagine, that what I had suffered, together
+with an advanced age, and the fear of losing not only what I had
+gotten, but my life also, might have choaked up all the seeds of
+youthful ambition and curiosity, and put a lasting period to my
+wandering inclinations. But as nothing but death can fully allay
+the active part of my life, no less remarkable for the many various
+contingencies of it, you will next perceive how I visited my little
+kingdom, saw my successors the Spaniards, had an account of the
+usage they met with from the Englishmen, agreeing and disagreeing,
+uniting and separating, till at last they were subjected to the
+Spaniards, who yet used them very honorably, together with the
+wonderful and successful battles over the Indians who invaded, and
+thought to have conquered the island, but were repelled by their
+invincible courage and bravery, having taken eleven men and five
+woman prisoners by which at my return, I found about twenty young
+children on my little kingdom. Here I staid twenty days, left them
+supplies of all necessary things, as also a carpenter and smith,
+and shared the islands into parts, reserving the whole property to
+myself. Nor will you be insensible, by the account of these things,
+of several new adventures I have been engaged in, the battles I
+have fought, the deliverances I have met with; and while, in the
+surprising relation of such remarkable occurrences, I shall
+describe many of God's kindest providences to me in particular, no
+less conspicuous in the same goodness, power, and majesty of our
+great creator, shown one way or other, over the face of the earth,
+if duly adverted to.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page126" id="page126"></a>[pg
+126]</span>
+<h2>THE <a name="FURTHER_ADVENTURES"></a>FURTHER ADVENTURES OF</h2>
+<h1>ROBINSON CRUSOE.</h1>
+<p><i>Wherein are contained several strange and surprising accounts
+of his travels, and his most remarkable transactions both by sea
+and by land; with his wonderful vision of the angelic
+world.</i></p>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<p>When we consider the puissant force of Nature and, what mighty
+influence it has many times over the temper of the mind, it will be
+no such great wonder to think, that my powerful reason should be
+overcome by a much stronger inclination. My late acquired kingdom
+ran continually in my thoughts all the day, and I dreamed of it in
+the night: nay, I made it the continual subject of my talk, even to
+impertinence, when I was awake. I had such vapours in my head, that
+I actually supposed myself at my castle; that I not only perceived
+Friday's father the old Spaniard, and the wicked sailors, but that
+I talked and discoursed with them about their manner of living;
+that I heard the things related to me, which I found afterwards to
+be true; &amp; that I executed my judgments with the greatest
+severity upon the offenders. And, indeed, this anticipating all the
+pleasing joys of my life, scarcely afforded me one pleasant hour:
+my dear and tender wife could not but take notice of it, which drew
+those affectionate speeches from her: <i>My dear,</i> said she,
+<i>I am really persuaded that some secret impulse from Heaven
+occasions in you a determination to see the island again; nor am I
+less sensible, but your being engaged to me and these dear children
+is the only hinderance of your departure. I know my dear, if I were
+in the grave, you would not long continue at home; prevent not your
+happiness on my account, whose only comfort centres in you. All
+that I can object is, that such an hazardous undertaking is no way
+consistent with a person of your years; but if you are resolved to
+go,</i> added she, weeping, <i>only permit me to bear you company,
+and that is all that I desire.</i></p>
+<p>Such endearing tenderness, graced with the most innocent and yet
+most powerful charms, brought me insensibly into my right
+understanding; and when I considered all the transactions of my
+life, and particularly my new engagement, that I had now one child
+already born, and my wife big of another; and that I had no
+occasion to seek for more riches, who already was blessed with
+sufficiency, with much struggling I altered my <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page127" id="page127"></a>[pg 127]</span>
+resolutions at last, resolving to apply myself to some business or
+other, which might put a period to such wandering inclinations.
+Hereupon I bought a little farm in the county of Bedford, with a
+resolution to move thither; upon this there was a pretty convenient
+house surrounded with land, very capable of improvement, which
+suited my temper, as to planting, managing, and cultivating. Nor
+was I long before I entered upon my new settlement, having bought
+ploughs, harrows, carts, waggons, horses, cows, and sheep; so that
+I now led the life of a country gentleman, and as happy in my
+retirement as the greatest monarch in the world. And what made me
+think my happiness the greater was, that I was in the middle state
+of life, which my father had so often recommended, much resembling
+the felicity of a rural retirement, which is elegantly described by
+the poet in these lines:</p>
+<blockquote><i>Free from all vices, free from care,<br>
+Age has no pain, and youth no snare.</i></blockquote>
+<p>But, in the midst of this my happiness, I was suddenly plunged
+in the greatest sorrow that I could possibly endure; for when I
+least expected it, my dear and tender wife was forced to submit to
+the irresistable power of Death, leaving this transitory life for a
+better. It is impossible for me to express the beauties of her
+mind, or the loveliness of her person; neither can I too much
+lament her loss, which my latest breath shall record; her influence
+was greater over me, than the powers of my own reason, the
+importunities of friends, the instructions of a father, or the
+melting tears of a tender and disconsolate mother; in a word, she
+was the spirit of all my affairs, and the centre of my enterprizes.
+But now, since the cruel hand of Death had closed my dearest's
+eyes, I seemed in my thoughts a stranger to the world; my privy
+counsellor being gone, I was like a ship without a pilot, that
+could only run before the wind. And when I looked around me in this
+busy world, one party labouring for bread, and the other
+squandering away their estates; this put me in mind how I had lived
+in my little kingdom, where both reason and religion dictated to
+me, that there was something that certainly was the reason and end
+of life, which was far superior to what could be hoped for on this
+side the grave. My country delights were now as insiped and dull,
+as music and science to those who have neither taste nor ingenuity.
+In short, resolving to leave off house-keeping, I left my farm, and
+in a few months returned to London.</p>
+<p>But neither could that great city, so famous for its variety of
+entertainment, afford me any agreeable delight; a state of idleness
+I found to be the very dregs of life, and most hurtful to body and
+soul. It was now the beginning of the year 1684, at which time my
+nephew (who as I before observed had been <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page128" id="page128"></a>[pg 128]</span>
+brought up to the sea, and advanced to be captain of a ship) was
+returned from a short voyage to Bilboz, the first he had made in
+that station. He comes to me one morning, telling me that some
+merchants of his acquaintance had proposed to him to go a voyage
+for them to the East Indies and China in the manner of private
+traders; <i>and now uncle</i>, said he, <i>if you'll accompany me
+thither, I'll engage to land you upon your old island, to visit the
+state of your little kingdom</i>.</p>
+<p>Just before he came in, my thoughts were fixed to get a patent
+for its possession, and then to fill it with inhabitants. After I
+had paused a while, and looked stedfastly on him. <i>What devil or
+spirit</i>, said I, <i>sent you with this unlucky errand</i>? He
+started at first; but recovering himself, when he perceived I was
+not offended; <i>Sir</i>, replied he, <i>what I have proposed
+cannot I hope, be styled unlucky, since certainly you must be
+desirous to see your little territory, where you reigned with more
+content, than any of your brother kings in the universe.
+Nephew</i>, said I, <i>if you will leave me there, and call for me
+as you came back, I care not if I give my consent</i>: but he
+answered, <i>that the merchants would not allow their vessel loaden
+with an infinite value, to return there again, which was a month's
+sail out of the way; besides, Sir</i> said he, <i>if I should
+miscarry, was your request granted, why then you would be locked up
+as before</i>. This indeed carried a great deal of reason in it;
+but we found out a remedy, and that was to carry a framed sloop on
+board, ready to be set up in the island, by the assistance of some
+carpenters, which we should carry with us, that might be fitted in
+a few days to go to sea. I was not long in forming my resolution,
+which overswayed my good friend the widow's persuasions, and the
+natural affection I bore to my young children. I made my will, and
+settled my estate in such manner, that I was perfectly sure my poor
+infants would have justice done them. The good widow not only
+undertook to make provision, for my voyage, but also took the
+charge of my domestic affairs, and to provide for my children's
+education; and indeed no mother could take more care, or understood
+that office better; for which I lived to reward and return her my
+hearty thanks.</p>
+<p>The beginning of January, 1694-5, my nephew being ready to sail,
+I and Friday went on board in the Downs on the 8th, having, besides
+that sloop already mentioned, a very considerable cargo for my new
+colony. First, I had some servants, whom I proposed to leave there,
+as they should appear willing; there were two carpenters, a smith,
+and a very ingenuous fellow who was Jack-of-all-trades; for he was
+not only a cooper by trade, but also he was dexterous at making
+wheels and hand-mills to grind corn, likewise a good turner, and a
+good pot-maker. I also carried a tailor, who consented to stay in
+my plantation, and proved a most necessary fellow in the island. As
+to my <span class="pagenum"><a name="page129" id="page129"></a>[pg
+129]</span> cargo, it consisted of a sufficient quantity of linen,
+and English stuffs for clothing the Spaniards that I expected to
+find there; as likewise gloves, hats, shoes, stockings; together
+with beds, bedding, and household stuff, especially kitchen
+utensils, with pots, kettles, pewter, brass, &amp;c. also nails,
+tools of all sorts, staples, hooks, hinges, and all other things
+necessary; all which, I think, cost me about three hundred pounds.
+Nor was this all for I carried an hundred spare arms, muskets,
+&amp; fusees, besides some pistols, a considerable quantity of
+several sorts of shot, two brass cannon, besides swords, cutlasses,
+and the iron part of some pikes and halberts. I made my nephew take
+with us two small quarter-deck guns, more than he had occasion for
+in his ship, to leave behind, if there was a necessity; so that we
+might build a fort there, and man it against all opposers
+whatsoever.</p>
+<p>Well, we put out to sea; and though I can't say this voyage was
+so unprosperous as my others had been, yet contrary winds drove us
+so far northward, that we were obliged to put in at Galway in
+Ireland, where we lay wind-bound two and twenty days. Here indeed
+our provisions were very cheap, and we added to our ship's stores
+by taking several live hogs, two cows and calves, which I then
+resolved to put on shore in my island, if our necessities did not
+call for them. On the 5th of February we sailed from Ireland, with
+a very fair gale, which lasted for some days; and I think it was
+about the 20th of the same month late in the evening, when the mate
+informed us, that he saw a flash of fire, and heard a gun fired:
+and when he was speaking a boy came in and told us, that the
+boatswain had heard another. Upon which we all ran to the
+quarter-deck, from whence, in a few moments, we perceived a
+terrible fire at a distance. We had immediately recourse to our
+reckonings, in which, we were all of opinion, that there could be
+no land that way, it appearing to be at N.N.W. Hereupon we
+concluded that some ship had taken fire at sea, and that it could
+not be far off by the report of the guns which we had heard. We
+made up directly to it, and in half an hour's time the wind being
+fair, we could plainly perceive a great ship on fire in the middle
+of the sea. Touched with this unhappy disaster, and considering my
+former circumstances, when the Portuguese Captain took me up, I
+immediately ordered five guns to be fired that the poor creatures,
+not seeing us, it being dark, (though we could perceive their
+flame) might be sensible there was deliverance at hand, and
+consequently might endeavor to save themselves in their boat. Nor
+was it long before the ship blew up in the air and the fire was
+extinguished in the ocean. But supposing them all to be in their
+boats, we hung out our lanterns and kept firing till eight o'clock
+in the morning; when with our perspectives, we beheld two boats
+full of people making towards us tho' the tide was against them
+then spreading <span class="pagenum"><a name="page130" id=
+"page130"></a>[pg 130]</span> out our ancient; and hanging out a
+waft, as a signal for them to come on board, in half an hour's
+time; we came up to them, and took them all in, there being no less
+than sixty-four men, women, and children. It was a French merchant
+ship of three hundred tons; homeward bound from Quebec in the river
+of Canada. The master informed me how, by the negligence of the
+steersman, the steerage was set on fire: that, at his outcry for
+help, the fire was, as we thought totally extinguished; but, that
+some sparks getting between the timber, and within the ceiling, it
+proceeded into the hold, where there was no resisting it; &amp;
+then they got into their boats, as creatures in the last extremity,
+with what provision they had, together with oars, sails, and a
+compass, intending to go back to Newfoundland, the wind blowing at
+S.E. and by E. though there were several chances against them as
+storms to overset and founder them, rains and colds to benumb and
+perish their limbs, and contrary winds to keep them back and starve
+them; <i>But</i>, said he, <i>in this our great distress we heard
+the welcome report of your guns, when with unspeakable joy, taking
+down our masts and sails, we were resolved to lie by till morning;
+but perceiving your light, we set our oars at work, to keep our
+boat a head, the sooner to attain your ship, the happy instrument
+of our deliverance</i>.</p>
+<p>Indeed no one can express the joy of these poor creatures on
+this occasion: fear and grief are easily set forth; sighs and
+tears, with a few motions of the hands and head, are all the
+demonstrations of these passions; but an excess of joy, carries in
+it a thousand extravagancies; especially, I think, among the
+French, whose temper is allowed to be more volatile, passionate,
+sprightly, and gay, than that of other nations. Some were weeping,
+tearing themselves in the greatest agonies of sorrow, and running
+stark mad about the ship, while the rest were stamping with their
+feet, wringing their hands, singing, laughing, swooning away,
+vomiting, fainting, with a few returning hearty thanks to the
+Almighty; and crossing themselves. I think, if I am not mistaken,
+our surgeon was obliged to let thirty of them blood. But among the
+passengers, there were two priests, the one an old, and the other a
+young man; but what amazed me more was, that the oldest was in the
+worst plight; for no sooner did he perceive himself freed from
+danger, but he dropt down as it were without life, and to every
+one's appearance quite dead; but the surgeon chasing and rubbing
+his arm, opened a vein, which at first dropped, and then flowing
+more freely, the old man began to open his eyes; and in a quarter
+of an hour was well again. But soon remembering this happy change,
+the joy of which whirled his blood about faster than the vessels
+could convey it, he became so feverish, as made him more fit for
+bedlam than any other place. But the surgeon giving <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page131" id="page131"></a>[pg 131]</span> him a
+sleepy dose, he was perfectly composed the next morning.</p>
+<p>Remarkable indeed was the behaviour of the young priest. At his
+entrance on board the ship, he fell on his face in the most humble
+prostration to the Almighty. I thought, indeed, he had fallen into
+a swoon, and so ran to help him up; but he modestly told me, <i>he
+was returning his thanks to the Almighty, desiring me to leave him
+a few moments, and that, next to his Creator, he would return me
+thanks also</i>. And indeed he did so about three minutes after,
+with great seriousness, and affection, while the tears stood in his
+eyes, which convinced me of the gratitude of his soul. Nor did he
+less show his piety and wisdom in applying himself to his country
+people, and labouring to compose them, by the most powerful
+reasons, arguments, and persuasions. And when, indeed, these people
+had taken their night's repose, in such lodgings as our ship would
+allow, we found nothing but the best of manners, and the most civil
+acknowledgements, for which the French are eminently remarkable.
+The next day the Captain and one of the priests desired to speak
+with me and my nephew the commander. They told us, <i>that they had
+saved some money and valuable things out of the ruined vessel,
+which was at our service; only that they desired to be set on shore
+some where in our way</i>. At the first my nephew was for accepting
+the money; but I (who knew how hard my case would have been, had
+the Portuguese Captain served me so) persuaded him to the contrary;
+and therefore told them, <i>that as we had done nothing but what we
+were obliged to do, by nature and humanity, and what we ourselves
+might expect from others in such calamity; so we took them up to
+save them, not to plunder them, or leave them naked upon the land,
+to perish for want of subsistance, and therefore would not accept
+their money: but as to landing them, that was a great difficulty;
+for being bound to the East Indies, it was impossible wilfully to
+change our voyage upon their particular account, nor could my
+nephew</i> (who was under charter party to pursue it by was of
+Brazil) <i>answer it to the freighters</i>. All that we could do,
+was to put ourselves in the way of meeting some ships homeward
+bound from the West Indies, that, if possible, they might get a
+passage to France or England. Indeed, they were very thankful for
+our first kindness; but were under great concern, especially the
+passengers, at their being carried to the East Indies. <i>They
+begged therefore, I would keep on the banks of Newfoundland, where,
+probably, they might meet with some ship, or sloop to carry them to
+Canada, whence they came.</i> As this was but a reasonable request,
+I was inclined to grant it, since it was no breach of charter
+party, and that the laws of God and nature obliged us to do what
+good we could to our fellow-creatures; and besides the danger we
+ourselves should be in for want of provisions: so we consented to
+carry them to Newfoundland, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page132"
+id="page132"></a>[pg 132]</span> if wind and weather would permit;
+if not, that we should carry them to Martinico in the West Indies.
+But, as it happened, in a week's time we made the banks of
+Newfoundland, where the French people hired a bark to carry them to
+France. But the young priest being desirous to go to the East
+Indies, I readily agreed to it, because I liked his conversation,
+and two or three of the French sailors also entered themselves on
+board our ship.</p>
+<p>Now directing our course for the West Indies, steering S. and S.
+by E. about twenty days, with little wind, another adventure
+happened to exercise our humanity. In the latitude of 27 degrees, 5
+minutes north, the 19th of March 1694-5, we perceived a sail, (our
+course S. E. and by S.) which bore upon us, and then she appeared
+to be a large vessel, having lost her main topmast and boltsprit;
+when firing a gun as a signal of distress, wind N. N.W. we soon
+came to speak with her. She was a ship from Bristol, bound home
+from Barbadoes, out of which road she had been forced in a
+hurricane to the westward, in which they lost their masts.</p>
+<p>They told us, <i>their expectations were to see the Bahama
+islands, but were driven away by a strong wind at N.N.W. and having
+no sails to work the ship with, but the main-course and a kind of
+square sail upon a jury foremast, because they could not come near
+the land, were endeavouring to stand for the Canaries: nay what was
+worse, besides all their fatigue, they were almost starved for want
+of provision, having ate nothing for eleven all that they had
+aboard, was sugar, a barrel of fresh water and seven casks of
+rum</i>. In this ship were passengers, a youth, his mother, and a
+maid-servant, who were in a most deplorable condition for want of
+food. If I had not gone on board their ship, the knowledge of their
+misery had been concealed from me, and they would have inevitably
+perished; though, indeed, their second mate who was Captain, by
+reason the true Captain was not on board when the hurricane
+happened, had before informed me that there was such persons on
+board, whom he supposed to be dead, being afraid to inquire after
+them, because he had nothing to give them for relief. Hereupon we
+resolved to let them have what we could spare, ordering the mate to
+bring some of his men on board us, which he did accordingly: as he
+and they looked like skeletons, when meat was set before them, I
+ordered them to eat sparingly. But, however they soon fell sick;
+which obliged the surgeon to mix something in their broth, which
+was to be to them both food and physic. When they were fed, we
+ordered our mate to carry them a sack of bread, and four or five
+pieces of beef; but the surgeon charged them to see it boiled, and
+to keep a guard on the cook-room, to prevent the men from eating it
+raw, and consequently killing themselves with what was designed for
+their relief. But, particularly, I desired the mate to see what
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page133" id="page133"></a>[pg
+133]</span> condition the poor passengers were in, and the surgeon
+gave him a pitcher of the same broth which he had prepared for the
+men. And being curious to see this scene of misery myself, I took
+the Captain (as we called the mate of the ship) in our own boat,
+and sailed after them.</p>
+<p>Here was a sad sight indeed! scarce were the victuals half
+boiled in the pot; but they were ready to break open the cook-room
+door. To stay their stomachs the mate gave them biscuits, which
+were dipped in and softened them with the liquor of the meat, which
+they call <i>bruise</i>; telling them, it was for their own safety,
+that he was obliged to give them but a little at a time; and so
+feeding them gradually, their bellies were comfortable filled, and
+the men did very well again. But when they came to the poor
+gentlewoman in the cabin, who for several days had continued
+without food, giving what she had to her son, they found her as it
+were in the arms of death. She was sitting upon the floor of the
+deck, with her back up against the sides, between two chairs, which
+were lashed fast, and her head shrunk, between her shoulders, like
+a senseless corpse. Nothing was wanting in my mate to revive and
+encourage her; opening her lips, and putting some broth into her
+mouth with a spoon. But not having strength to speak, she lifted up
+her head with much difficulty, intimating that it was now too late!
+at the same time pointing to the youth her son, as though she
+desired him to do what he could to save the lad; and in a little
+time after she died.</p>
+<p>The youth, indeed, was not so far gone; yet lay stretched out on
+a cabin bed, like one that had scarce any life. In his mouth was a
+piece of an old glove, the rest of which he had ate up. At first he
+vomited what the mate had given him; but at length began sensibly
+to revive, though in the greatest concern for the death of his
+tender mother.</p>
+<p>As to the poor maid, she lay by her mistress, like one in the
+last pangs of death: her limbs were distorted, one of her hands
+were clasped round the frame of a chair, which she grasped so hard,
+that it was with some difficulty we separated her from it; her
+other arm lay over her head, and her feet lay both together, set
+fast against the frame of the cabin table; not only being, starved
+with hunger, but overcome with grief at the loss of her mistress,
+whom she loved most tenderly. It was a great while before the
+surgeon could bring her to life, and a much longer time before she
+came to her senses.</p>
+<p>After we had sailed with them some days, we sent them five
+barrels of beef, one of pork, two hogsheads of biscuit, with peas,
+flour, and other things; taking three casks of sugar, some rum, and
+some pieces of eight as payment, we left them, but took the youth
+and maid with us, with all their goods. The lad was about seventeen
+years old, very handsome, modest, sensible, and well-bred, but
+mightily concerned for the loss of his<span class="pagenum"><a name="page134" id="page134"></a>[pg
+134]</span> honoured mother, having lost his father at Barbadoes but a few
+months before. He beseeched the surgeon to intercede with me to take him
+out of the ship; for that the sailors, not sparing a small sustenance,
+had starved his mother. But hunger has no bounds, no right, and consequently
+is incapable of any compassion. When the surgeon told him, our voyage
+might put him in bad circumstances, and farther from his friends, he said
+<i>he did not care, if he was delivered from that terrible crew; that as the
+Captain</i> (meaning me) <i>had saved him from death, so he was sure he would
+do him no harm; and, as for the maid, when she was restored to her
+senses, she would be no less thankful, let us carry them where we would</i>.
+And indeed the surgeon so represented their case to me, that I consented,
+and took them on board with all their goods, except eleven hogsheads of
+sugar; but the youth having a bill of lading, I made the commander oblige
+himself to deliver a letter and the deceased widow's goods to Mr. Rogers,
+a merchant in Bristol; but I believe the ship was lost at sea, for we never
+could hear what became of her afterwards. We were now in the latitude 19
+deg. 32 min. having as yet a tolerable good voyage. But, passing by several
+little incidents relating to wind and weather, I shall relate what is most
+remarkable concerning my little kingdom, to which I was then drawing near.
+I had great difficulty in finding it, for as I came to, and went from it
+before, on the south and east side of the island, as coming from the Brazils,
+so now approaching between the main and the island, not having any chart
+for the coast, nor land mark, it obliged us to go on shore on several
+islands in the mouth of the river Oroonoko, but to the purpose. Thus I
+perceived, that what I thought was a continent before, was no such thing, but
+a long island, or rather a ridge of sands. On one of these islands I found
+some Spaniards, but they belonged to the isle of Trinidad, who came hither
+in a sloop to make salt, and try to find some pearl muscles. But at length
+I came fair on the south side of my island, and there I presently knew the
+countenance of my little kingdom; so we brought the ship safe to an anchor,
+broadside within the creek, where stood my ancient and venerable castle.
+
+No sooner did I see the place, but calling for Friday, I asked him where
+he was? But when he looked a little, he clapped his hands, crying, <i>O joy,
+O there, O yes, O there!</i> pointing to our old abode, and then fell a dancing
+and capering as if he was mad, and I had much ado to keep him from jumping
+into the sea, to swim ashore. 'Friday,' said I, 'what do you think, shall
+we go to see your father?' at the mentioning his father's name, the poor
+affectionate creature fell a-weeping: <i>No, no,</i> says he, <i>me see him no
+more, never see poor father more! he long ago die, die long ago: he much
+old man.</i> 'You don't know that,' said I, 'but shall we see anybody else?'
+He looks about, and pointing to the hill above my house, cries out,
+<i>We</i><span class="pagenum"><a name="page135" id="page135"></a>[pg
+135]</span> <i>see, we see there much men and there</i>: which, though I
+could not perceive them with my perspective glass, was true, by
+what the men themselves told me the next day.</p>
+<p>When the English ancient was spread, and three guns fired, as a
+signal of friendship, we perceived a smoke rise from the creek;
+upon which I ordered the boat out, taking Friday with me, and
+hanging out a white flag of truce, I went on shore, accompanied
+also by the young friar, to whom I had related the history of the
+first part of my life; besides we had sixteen men well armed, in
+case we had met with any opposition.</p>
+<p>After we had rowed directly into the creek, the first man I
+fixed my eye upon was the Spaniard, whose life I had saved, and
+whose face I perfectly well knew. I ordered them all to stay in the
+boat for a while: but Friday, perceiving his father at a distance,
+would have jumped into the sea, had they not let the boat go. No
+sooner was he on shore, but he flew like a swift arrow out of a bow
+to embrace his aged father. Certainly it would melt a man of the
+firmest resolution into the softest tears to see with what uncommon
+transports of joy he saluted him; he first kissed him, then stroked
+his face, took him in his arms, laid him under a shady tree, sat
+down by him, then looked as earnestly at him as one could do at a
+picture, for a quarter of an hour together. After this he would lie
+upon the ground, stroke his legs and kiss them, then get up and
+stare at him, as though he was bewitched; but the next day one
+could not forbear laughter to see his behaviour, for he would walk
+several hours with his father along the shore, leading him by the
+hand as tho' he was a lady; while, every now and then, he would run
+to the boat to get something for him, as a lump of sugar, dram,
+biscuit, or something or other that was good. His frolics ran in
+another channel in the afternoon; when he set old Friday on the
+ground, he would dance round him, making comical postures and
+gestures; and all this while would be telling him one story or
+another of his travels and adventures.</p>
+<p>It was on the 10th of April, <i>anno</i> 1695, that I set my
+foot upon the island a second time. When my faithful Spaniard,
+accompanied by one more, approached the boat, he little knew who I
+was, till I discovered myself to him. <i>Seignor</i>, said I, in
+Portuguese, <i>don't you know me</i>? He spoke never a word, but
+giving his musket to his attendant, extended his arms, and saying
+something in Spanish that I did not then understand, he came
+forward &amp; embraced me, saying, <i>he was inexcusable not to
+know his deliverer: who, like an angel sent from heaven, had saved
+his life</i>; He then beckoned to the man to call out his
+companions, asking me if I would walk to my own habitation and take
+possession, where I should find some mean improvements; but indeed
+they were extraordinary ones: for they had planted so many trees so
+close together, that the place was <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page136" id="page136"></a>[pg 136]</span> like a labyrinth, which
+none could find out except themselves, who knew its intricate
+windings. I asked him the meaning of all these fortifications? he
+told me <i>he would give a large account of what had passed since
+my departure till this time, and how he had subdued some English,
+who thought to be their murderers, hoping I would not be
+displeased, since necessity compelled them to it</i>. As I knew
+they were wicked villains, so I told him, that I was not only far
+from finding fault with it, but was rather heartily glad that they
+had subdued them. While we were thus talking, the man whom he sent
+returned, accompanied by eleven more, but in such habits, that it
+was impossible to tell what nations they were of. He first turned
+to me, and pointing to them, <i>These Sir,</i> said he, <i>are some
+of the gentlemen who owe their lives to your goodness</i>, then
+turning to them, and pointing to me, he made them sensible who I
+was; and, then indeed they saluted me one by one, not as ordinary
+men, but as tho' they had been ambassadors or noblemen, and I a
+triumphant conqueror; for their behaviour not only agreed with a
+manlike, majestic gravity, but at the same time was so obliging and
+courteous, as made them agreeable to the last degree.</p>
+<p>Before I relate the history of the transactions of my kingdom,
+as I had it from the Spaniard's own mouth, I must here insert what
+I omitted in my former relation. The matter is this: Just before we
+weighed anchor and set sail, there happened a quarrel on board the
+ship, which had like to have occasioned a second mutiny, till such
+time the courageous Capitan, taking two of the most refractory
+prisoners, laid them in irons threatening, as they were concerned
+in the former disorders, so have them hanged in England for running
+away with the ship. This frightened some of the rest, as thinking
+the Captain would serve them in the same manner, though he seemed
+to give them good word for the present. But the mate having
+intelligence of this, mad me acquainted with their fears; so that
+to make them more easy, and ourselves more safe from their
+conspiracies I was obliged to go down, and pass my honour's word
+for it, that upon their good behaviour, all that was past should be
+forgiven; in testimony of which, I ordered the two men's irons to
+be taken off; &amp; themselves forgiven. But as this had brought us
+to an anchor that night, in which there was a calm; the two men
+that had been in irons stole each of them a musket, and some other
+weapons, and taking the ship's pinnace, not yet hauled up, ran away
+to their brother rogues. The next morning we sent the long-boat
+with men to pursue them, but all in vain; the mate, in revenge,
+would have demolished my little castle, burnt his furniture and
+destroyed their plantations, but having no orders for it, he did
+not put it in execution. And thus there were five Englishmen in the
+island, which caused great differences, as my faithful Spaniard
+gave me a perfect account of, in the following manner:</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page137" id="page137"></a>[pg
+137]</span>
+<p>You cannot, Sir, but remember the embassy you sent me about, and
+what a disappointment we met with, by your absence, at our return.
+There is but little variety in the relation of all our voyage,
+being blessed with calm weather and a smooth sea. Great indeed was
+the joy of my countrymen to see me alive, having acted as the
+principal man on board, the captain of the shipwrecked vessel dying
+before; nor was their surprise less, as knowing I was taken
+prisoner by the savages of another nation, they had thought me long
+since entombed in their monstrous bowels. But when I showed them
+the arms, ammunition, and provisions I had brought for them, they
+looked upon me as a second Joseph advanced in Pharoah's court, and
+immediately prepared to come along with me. Indeed they were
+obliged to trespass upon their friendly savages, by borrowing two
+of their canoes, under a pretext for fishing; and they came away
+the next morning, but without any provisions of their own, except a
+few roots which served them instead of bread. After three weeks
+absence we arrived at our habitation. Here we met with three
+English sailors, who, I confess, gave us provisions, and that
+letter of direction you had left for us, which informed us how to
+bring up tame goats, plant corn, cure grapes, make pots, and, in
+short, every thing that was necessary for our life. As, in
+particular, I knew your method best, so taking Friday's father to
+assist me, we managed all the affairs; nor were the rest of the
+Spaniards wanting in their kind offices, dressing food for the
+Englishmen, who did nothing but ramble and divert themselves in the
+woods, either shooting parrots, or catching tortoises. But we had
+not been long ashore, before we were informed of two more
+Englishmen, unnaturally turned out of their common place of
+residence, by the three others above mentioned; this made my
+Spaniards and me (whom they now looked upon as their governor in
+your absence) endeavour to persuade them to take them in, that we
+might be as one family; but all our intreaties were in vain, so
+that the poor fellows finding nothing to be done without industry,
+pitched their tents on the north side of the island, a little
+inclining to the west, for fear of savages. Here they built two
+huts, one to lodge, and the other to lay their stores in; for my
+good natured Spaniards giving them some seeds, they dug and planted
+as I had done, and began to live prettily. But while they were thus
+comfortably going on, the three unnatural brutes, their countrymen,
+in a mere bullying humour, insulted them by saying, 'the governor
+(meaning you) had given them a possession of the island, and d-mn
+'em they should build no houses upon their ground, without paying
+rent.' The two honest men (for so let me now distinguish them)
+thought their three countrymen only jested, and one of them invited
+them in, to see their fine habitations; while the other facetiously
+told them 'that since they built tenements with great improvements,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page138" id="page138"></a>[pg
+138]</span> they should, according to the custom of lords, give
+them a longer lease;' at the same time desiring them to fetch a
+scriviner to draw the writings. One of these wretches swearing
+<i>he should pay for the jest</i>, snatches up a fire brand, and
+clapping it to the outside of their hut, very fairly set it on
+fire, which would soon have consumed it, had not the honest man
+thrust him away, and trod it with his feet. Hereupon the fellow
+returns with his pole, with which he would have ended his days, had
+not the poor man avoided the blow when fetching his musket, he
+knocked down the villain that began the quarrel. The other two
+coming to assist their fellow, obliged the honest man to take his
+musket also, and both of them presenting their pieces bid the
+villains stand off; and if they did not lay down their arms, death
+should decide the dispute one way or other. This brought them to a
+parley, in which they agreed to take their wounded man and begone;
+but they were in the wrong that they did not disarm them when they
+had the power, and then make their complaint to me and my Spaniards
+for justice, which might have prevented their farther designs
+against them. And indeed so many trespass did they afterwards
+commit, by treading down their corn, shooting their young kids and
+goats, and plaguing them night and day, that they resolved to come
+to my castle, challenge all the three, and decide their right by
+one plain battle, while the Spaniards stood by to see fair play.
+One day it happened, that two of my Spaniards (one of whom
+understood English) being in the woods, were met by one of the
+honest men, who complained how barbarous their countrymen had been
+in destroying their corn, killing their milk-goat and three kids,
+which deprived them of their subsistence; and that if we did not
+grant them relief, they must be inevitably starved, and so they
+parted; but when my Spaniards came home at night, and supper being
+on the table, one of them began to reprehend the Englishmen, but in
+a very mannerly way; which they resenting, replied, <i>What
+business had their countrymen in that place without leave, when it
+was none of their ground? Why</i>, said my Spaniard, calmly,
+<i>Inglise, they must not starve:</i> but they replied, <i>Let them
+starve and be damn'd, they should neither plant nor build, and damn
+them, they should be their servants, and work for them, for the
+island was their's, and they would burn all the huts they should
+find in the island. By this rule</i>, said my Spaniard, smiling,
+<i>We shall be your servants too. Aye, by God, and so you shall</i>
+replied the impudent rascal. Upon which, starting up, Will Atkins
+cries, <i>Come Jack, let's have t'other brush with them; who dare
+to build in our dominions?</i>--Thus leaving us something heated
+with just passion, away they trooped, every man having a gun,
+pistol, and sword, muttering some threatening words, that we could
+then but imperfectly understand. That night they designed to murder
+their two companions, and slept till midnight <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page139" id="page139"></a>[pg 139]</span> in the
+bower, thinking to fall upon them in their sleep: not were the
+honest men less thoughtful concerning them; for at this juncture
+they were coming to find them out, but in a much fairer way. As
+soon as the villains came to the huts, and found nobody there, they
+concluded that I and my Spaniard had given them notice, and
+therefore swore to be revenged on us. Then they demolished the poor
+men's habitations; not by fire, as they attempted before, but
+pulled down their houses, limb from limb, not leaving stick nor
+stone on the ground where they stood, broke their household stuff
+in pieces, tore up their trees, spoiled their inclosures, and, in
+short, quite ruined them of every thing they had. Had these people
+met together, no doubt but there would have been a bloody battle;
+but Providence ordered it for the better; for just as the three
+were got together the two were at our castle; and when they left
+us, the three came back again, but in great rage, scoffingly
+telling us what they had done; when one taking hold of a Spaniard's
+hat, twirls it round, saying, <i>And you Seignor Jack Spaniard,
+shall have the same sauce, if you don't mind your manners</i>. My
+Spaniard, a grave but courageous man, knocked him down with one
+blow of his fist; at which another villain fired his pistol, and
+narrowly missed his body, but wounded him a little in the ear.
+Hereat enraged, the Spaniard takes up the fellow's musket who he
+had knocked down, and would have shot him, if I and the rest had
+not come out, and taken their arms from every one of them.</p>
+<p>"These Englishmen perceiving they had made all of us their
+enemies, began to cool; but not withstanding their better words the
+Spaniards would not return them their arms again, telling them,
+'they would do them no manner of harm, if they would live
+peaceably; but if they offered any injury to the plantation or
+castle, they would shoot them as they would do ravenous beasts.
+This made them so mad, that they went away raging like furies of
+hell. They were no sooner gone, but in came the two honest men,
+fired with the justest rage, if such can be, having been ruined as
+aforesaid. And indeed it was very hard, that nineteen of us should
+be bullied by three villains, continually offending with
+impunity.</p>
+<p>"It was a great while, Sir, before we could persuade the two
+Englishmen from pursuing, and undoubtedly killing them with their
+fire-arms; but we promised them 'justice should be done them, and,
+in the mean time, they should reside with us in our habitation.' In
+about five days after, these three vagrants, almost starved with
+hunger, drew near our grove, and perceiving me, the governor, &amp;
+two others walking by the side of the creek, they very submissively
+desired to be received into the family again. We told them of
+'their great incivility to us, and of their unnatural barbarity to
+their countrymen; but yet we would see what the rest agreed to, and
+in half an hour's time <span class="pagenum"><a name="page140" id=
+"page140"></a>[pg 140]</span> would bring them word.' After some
+debate, we called them in, where their two countrymen laid a heavy
+charge against them, for not only ruining, but designing to murder
+them, which they could not deny. But here I was forced to interpose
+as a mediator, by obliging the two Englishmen not to hurt them,
+being naked &amp; unarmed, and that the other three should make
+them restitution, by building their two huts, and fencing their
+ground in the same manner as it was before. Well, being in a
+miserable condition, they submitted to this at present, and lived
+some time regularly enough, except as to the working part, which
+they did not care for, but the Spaniards would have dispensed with
+that, had they continued easy and quiet. Their arms being given
+them again, they scarce had them a week when they became as
+troublesome as ever; but an accident happening soon after, obliged
+us to lay aside private resentments, and look to our common
+preservation.</p>
+<p>"One night, Sir, I went to bed, perfectly well in health, and
+yet by no means could I compose myself to sleep; upon which, being
+very uneasy, I got up and looked out, but it being dark, I could
+perceive nothing but the trees around the castle. I went to bed
+again, but it was all one, I could not sleep; when one of my
+Spaniards, hearing me walk about, asked who it was up? I answered,
+<i>It is I</i>. When I told him the occasion, <i>Sir</i>, said he,
+<i>such things are not to be slighted; for certainly there is some
+mischief plotting against us. Where are the Englishmen?</i> said I.
+He answered <i>In their huts</i>; for they lay separate from us,
+Sir, since the last mutiny. <i>Well,</i> said I, <i>some kind
+spirit gives this information for advantage. Come let us go abroad,
+and see if any thing offers to justify our fears.</i> Upon which I
+and some of my Spaniards went up the mountain, not by the ladder,
+but through the grove, and then we were struck with a panic fear on
+seeing a light, as though it were a fire, at a very little
+distance, and hearing the voices of several men. Hereupon we
+retreated immediately, and raised the rest of our forces, and made
+them sensible of the impending danger; but with all my authority, I
+could not make them stay where they were, so earnest were they to
+see how things went. Indeed the darkness of the night gave them
+opportunity enough to view them by the light of the fire
+undiscovered. As they were in different parties, and straggling
+over the shore, we were much afraid that they should find out our
+habitations, and destroy our flocks of goats: to prevent which, we
+sent immediately an Englishman and two Spaniards to drive the goats
+into the valley where the cave lay; or, if there was occasion, into
+the cave itself: As to ourselves, resuming our native courage and
+prudent conduct, had we not been divided, we durst venture to
+attack an hundred of them; but before it was very light, we
+resolved to send out Friday's father as a spy, who, immediately
+stripping himself naked, gets among them undiscovered, and in two
+hours <span class="pagenum"><a name="page141" id="page141"></a>[pg
+141]</span> time brings word, that 'they were two parties of two
+different nations, who lately having a bloody battle with one
+another, happened to land by mere chance on the same island, to
+devour their miserable prisoners; that they were entirely ignorant
+of any person's inhabiting here; but rather filled with rage and
+fury against one another, he believed, that as soon as day light
+appeared, there would be a terrible engagement.' Old Friday had
+scarce ended his relation, when we heard an uncommon noise, and
+perceived that there was a horrid engagement between the two
+armies.</p>
+<p>"Such was the curiosity of our party, especially the Englishmen,
+that they would not lie close, tho' Old Friday told them, 'their
+safety depended upon it; and that if we had patience, we should
+behold the savages kill one another.' However they used some
+caution, by going farther into the woods, and placing themselves in
+a convenient place to behold the battle.</p>
+<p>"Never could there be a more bloody engagement, or men of more
+invincible spirits and prudent conduct, according to their manner
+and way of fighting. It lasted near two hours, till the party which
+was nearest our castle began to decline, and at last to fly from
+their conquerors. We were undoubtedly put into a great
+consternation on this account, lest they should run into our grove,
+and consequently bring us into the like danger. Hereupon we
+resolved to kill the first that came, to prevent discovery, and
+that too with our swords, and the butt end of our muskets, for fear
+the report of our guns should be heard.</p>
+<p>"And so indeed, as we thought, it happened; for three of the
+vanquished army crossing the creek, ran directly to the place, as
+to a thick wood for shelter; nor was it long before our scout gave
+us notice of it: as also, that the victors did not think fit to
+pursue them. Upon this I would not suffer them to be slain, but had
+them surprised and taken by our party; afterwards they proved very
+good servants to us, being stout young creatures, and able to do a
+great deal of work. The remainder of the conquered savages fled to
+their canoes, and put out into the ocean, while the conquerors,
+joining together, shouted by way of triumph, and about three in the
+afternoon they also embarked for their own nation. Thus we were
+freed at once from these savages and our fears, not perceiving any
+of these creatures for some considerable time after. We found two
+and thirty men dead in the field of battle; some were slain with
+long arrows, which we found sticking in their bodies; &amp; the
+rest were killed with great unwieldy wooden swords, which denoted
+their vast strength, and of which we found seventeen, besides bows
+and arrows: but we could not find one wounded creature among them
+alive; for they either kill their enemies quite, or carry those
+wounded away with them.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page142" id="page142"></a>[pg
+142]</span>
+<p>"This terrible fight tamed the Englishmen for some time,
+considering how unfortunate they might have been had they fallen
+into their hands, who would not only kill them as enemies, but also
+for food, as we do cattle; and indeed so much did this nauseate
+their stomachs, that it not only made them very sick, but more
+tractable to the common necessary business of the whole society,
+planting, sowing, and reaping, with the greatest signs of amity and
+friendship; so, that being now all good friends, we began to
+consider of circumstances in general; and the first thing we
+thought of was, whether, as we perceived the savages haunted that
+side of the island, and there being more retired parts of it, and
+yet as well suited to our manner of living, and equally to our
+advantage, we ought not rather to move our place of residence,
+&amp; plant it in a much safer place, both for the security of our
+corn and cattle.</p>
+<p>"After a long debate on this head; it was resolved, or rather
+voted, <i>nemine comradicente</i>, not to remove our ancient
+castle, and that for this very good reason, that some time or other
+we expected to hear from our supreme governor, (meaning you, Sir)
+whose messengers not finding us there, might think the place
+demolished, and all his subjects destroyed by the savages.</p>
+<p>"As to the next concern relating to our corn and cattle, we
+consented to have them removed to the valley where the cave was,
+that being most proper and sufficient for both. But yet when we
+considered farther, we altered one part of our resolution, which
+was to remove part of our cattle thither and plant only part of our
+corn there; so that in case one part was destroyed, the other might
+be preserved. Another resolution we took, which really had a great
+deal of prudence in it; and that was, in not trusting the three
+savages whom we had taken prisoners, with any knowledge of the
+plantations we had made in the valley, of what number of cattle we
+had there, much less of the cave, wherein we kept several arms, and
+two barrels of powder you left for us at your departure from this
+island. But though we could not change our habitation, we resolved
+to make it more fortified and more secret. To this end, Sir, as you
+planted trees at some distance before the entrance of your palace;
+so we, imitating your example, planted and filled up the whole
+space of ground, even to the banks of the creek, nay, into the very
+ooze where the tide flowed, not leaving a place for landing; and
+among those I had planted, they had intermingled so many short
+ones, all of which growing wonderfully fast and thick, a little dog
+could scarcely find a passage through them. Nor was this
+sufficient, as we thought, for we did the same to all the ground,
+on the right and left hand of us, even to the top of the hill,
+without so much as leaving a passage for ourselves, except by the
+ladder; which being taken down, nothing but what had wings
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page143" id="page143"></a>[pg
+143]</span> or witchcraft could pretend to come near us. And indeed
+this was exceedingly well-contrived, especially to serve that
+occasion for which we afterwards found it necessary.</p>
+<p>"Thus we lived two years in a happy retirement, having, all this
+time, not one visit from the savages. Indeed one morning we had an
+alarm, which put us in some amazement; for a few of my Spaniards
+being out very early, perceived no less than twenty canoes, as it
+were coming on shore: upon which returning home, with great
+precipitation, they gave us the alarm, which obliged us to keep at
+home all that day and the next, going out only in the night-time to
+make our observations; but, as good luck would have it, they were
+upon another design, and did not land that time upon the
+island.</p>
+<p>"But now there happened another quarrel between the three wicked
+Englishmen, and some of my Spaniards.--- The occasion was this: One
+of them being enraged at one of the savages, whom he had taken
+prisoner, for not being able to comprehend something which he was
+showing him, snatched up a hatchet in a great fury not to correct,
+but to kill him; yet missing his head gave him such a
+barbarous--cut in the shoulder, that he had like to have struck off
+his arm; at which one of my good-natured Spaniards interposing
+between the Englishman and the savage beseeched the former, not to
+murder the poor creature, but this kindness had like to have cost
+the Spaniard his life, for the Englishman, struck at him in the
+same manner; which he nimbly and wisely avoiding, returned suddenly
+upon. him with his shovel, (being all at work about their corn
+land), and very fairly knocked the brutish creature down. Hereupon
+another Englishman coming to his fellow's assistance, laid the good
+Spaniard on the earth; when immediately two others coming to his
+relief were attacked by the third Englishman, armed with an old
+cutlass, who wounded them both. This uproar soon reached our ears,
+when we rushing out upon them, took the three Englishmen prisoners,
+and then our next question was, what would be done to such
+mutinous, and impudent fellows, so furious, desperate, and idle,
+that they were mischievious to the highest degree and consequently
+not safe for the society to let them live among them.</p>
+<p>"Now, Sir, as I was governor in your absence, so I also took the
+authority of a judge, and, having them brought before me; I told
+them, that if they had been of my country, I would have hanged
+every mother's son of them, but since it was an Englishman (meaning
+you, kind Sir,) to whom we were indebted for our preservation and
+deliverance, I would, in gratitude, use them with all possible
+mildness, but at the same time leave them to the judgment of the
+other two Englishmen who, I hoped, forgetting their resentments,
+would deal impartially by them.'</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page144" id="page144"></a>[pg
+144]</span>
+<p>"Hereupon one of his countrymen stood up: <i>Sir</i>, said he,
+<i>leave it not for us, for you may be sensible we have reason to
+sentence them to the gallows: besides, Sir, this fellow, Will
+Atkins, and the two others, proposed to us, that we might murder
+you all in your sleep, which we could not consent to: but knowing
+their inability, and your vigilance, we did not think fit to
+discover it before now</i>.</p>
+<p>"<i>How, Signor,</i> said I, <i>do you hear what is alledged
+against you? What can you say to justify so horrid an action, as to
+murder us in cold blood?</i> So far, Sir, was the wretch from
+denying it, that he swore, <i>damn him but he would do it still.
+But what have we done to you, Seignor Atkins,</i> said I, <i>or
+what will you gain by killing us? What shall we do to prevent you?
+Must we kill you, or you kill us? Why will you Seignor Atkins,</i>
+said I, smiling, <i>put us to such an unhappy dilemma, such a fatal
+necessity?</i> But so great a rage did my scoffing and yet severe
+jest put him into, that he was going to fly at me and undoubtedly
+had attempted to kill me if he had been possessed of weapons, and
+had not been prevented by three Spaniards. This unparalleled and
+villainous carriage, made us seriously consider what was to be
+done. The two Englishmen and the Spaniard, who had saved the poor
+Indian's life, mightily petitioned me to hang one of them, for an
+example to the others, which should be him that had twice attempted
+to commit murder with his hatchet, it being at that time thought
+impossible the poor slave should recover. But they could never gain
+my consent to put him to death, for the reasons above mentioned,
+since it was an Englishman (even yourself) who was my deliverer;
+and as merciful counsels are most prevailing when earnestly
+pressed, so I got them to be of the same opinion as to clemency.
+But to prevent them doing us any farther mischief; we all agreed,
+that they should have no weapons, as sword, gun, powder, or shot,
+but be expelled from the society, to live as they pleased by
+themselves; that neither the two Englishmen, nor the rest of the
+Spaniards, should have conversation with them upon any account
+whatsoever; that they should be kept from coming within a certain
+distance of our castle; and if they dared to offer us any violence,
+either by spoiling, burning, killing, or destroying any of the
+corn, plantings, buildings, fences, or cattle, belonging to the
+society, we would shoot them as freely as we would do beasts of
+prey, in whatsoever places we should find them.</p>
+<p>"This sentence seemed very just to all but themselves; when,
+like a merciful judge, I called out to the two honest Englishmen,
+saying, <i>You must consider they ought not to be starved neither:
+and since it will be some time before they can raise corn and
+cattle of their own, let us give them some corn to last them eight
+months, and for seed to sow, by which time they'll raise some for
+themselves; let us also bestow upon them six milch goats,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page145" id="page145"></a>[pg
+145]</span> four he ones, and six kids, as well for their present
+support, as for a further increase; with tools necessary for their
+work, as hatchets, an ax, saw, and other things convenient to build
+them huts:</i> all which were agreed: but before they took them
+into possession, I obliged them solemnly to swear, never to attempt
+any thing against us, or their countrymen for the future. Thus
+dismissing them from our society, They went away, sullen &amp;
+refractory, as though neither willing to go nor stay; however
+seeing no remedy, they took what provision was given them,
+proposing to choose a convenient place where they might live by
+themselves.</p>
+<p>"About five days after, they came to those limits appointed, in
+order for more victuals, and sent me word by one of my Spaniards,
+whom they called to, where they had pitched their tents; and marked
+themselves out an habitation and plantation, at the N.E. and most
+remote part of the island. And, indeed, there they built themselves
+two very handsome cottages, resembling our little castle, being
+under the side of a mountain, with some trees already growing on
+three sides of it; so that planting a few more, it would be
+obscured from sight, unless particularly sought for. When these
+huts were finished, we gave them some dry goat-skins for bedding
+and covering; &amp; upon their giving us fuller assurances of their
+good behaviour for the future, we gave them some pease, barley, and
+rice for sowing and whatever tools we could spare.</p>
+<p>"Six months did they live in this separate condition, in which
+they got their first harvest in, the quantity of which was but
+small, because they had planted but little land; for, indeed, all
+their plantations being to form, made it more difficult; especially
+as it was a thing out of their element; and when they were obliged
+to make their boards and pots, &amp;c. they could make little or
+nothing of it. But the rainy season coming on, put them into a
+greater perplexity for want of a cave to keep their corn dry, and
+prevent it from spoiling: and so much did this humble them, that
+they begged of my Spaniards to help them, to which the good-natured
+men readily consented, and in four days space, worked a great hole
+in the side of the hill for them, large enough for their purpose,
+to secure their corn and other things from the rain, though not
+comparable to ours, which had several additional appartments.</p>
+<p>"But a new whim possessed these rogues about three quarters of a
+year after, which had like to have ruined us, and themselves too:
+for it seems, being tired and weary of this sort of living, which
+made them work for themselves, without hopes of changing their
+condition, nothing would serve them, but that they would make a
+voyage to the continent, and try if they could seize upon some of
+the savages, and bring them over as slaves, to do their drudgery,
+while they lived at ease and pleasure.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page146" id="page146"></a>[pg
+146]</span>
+<p>"Indeed the project was not so preposterous, if they had not
+gone farther; but they neither did, nor proposed any thing, but
+what had mischief in the design, or the event. One morning, these
+three fellows came down to the limited station, and humbly desired
+to be admitted to talk with us, which we readily granted; they told
+us in short, that <i>being tired of their manner of living, and the
+labour of their hands in such employments, not being sufficient to
+procure the necessaries of life, they only desired one of the
+canoes we came over in, with some arms and ammunition for their
+defence, and they would seek their fortunes abroad, and never
+trouble us any more.</i> To be sure we were glad enough to get rid
+of such wretched plagues; but yet honesty made us ingenuously
+represent to them, by what we ourselves had suffered, the certain
+destruction they were running into, either of being starved to
+death or murdered by the savages. To this they very audaciously
+replied, <i>that they neither could nor would work: and
+consequently that they might as well be starved abroad as at home:
+&amp; neither had they any wives or children to cry after them:
+nay, so intent were they upon their voyage, that if the Spaniards
+had not given them arms, so they had but the canoe they would have
+gone without them.</i></p>
+<p>"Though we could not well spare our fire arms, rather than they
+should go like naked men, we let them have two muskets, a pistol, a
+cutlass, and three hatchets, which were thought very sufficient: we
+gave them also goat's flesh, a great basket full of dried grapes, a
+pot of fresh butter, a young live kid, and a large canoe sufficient
+to carry twenty men. And thus, with a mast made of a long pole, and
+a sail of six large goat-skins dried, having a fair breeze, and a
+flood-tide with them, they merrily sailed away, the Spaniards
+calling after them, <i>Bon voyaje</i>, no man ever expecting to see
+them more.</p>
+<p>"When they were gone, the Spaniards and Englishmen would often
+say to one another, <i>O how peaceably do we now live, since these
+turbulent fellows have left us!</i> Nothing could be farther from
+their thoughts than to behold their faces any more; and yet scarce
+two and twenty days had passed over their heads, but one of the
+Englishmen, being abroad a planting, perceived at a distance, three
+men well armed, approaching towards him. Away he flies with speed
+to our castle, and tells me and the rest, that we were all undone,
+for that strangers were landed upon the island, and who they were
+he could not tell; but added that they were not savages but men
+habited, bearing arms. <i>Why then,</i> said I, <i>we have the less
+occasion to be concerned, since, if they were not Indians, they
+must be friends; for I am sure there is no Christian people upon
+earth, but <span class="pagenum"><a name="page147" id=
+"page147"></a>[pg 147]</span> what will do us good rather than
+harm.</i> But while we were considering of the event, up came the
+three Englishmen, whose voices we quickly knew, and so all our
+admiration of that nature ceased at once. And our wonder was
+succeeded by another sort of inquiry, which was, what could be the
+occasion of their returning so quickly to the island, when we
+little expected, and much less desired their company? But as this
+was better to be related by themselves, I ordered them to be
+brought in, when they gave me the following relation of their
+voyage.</p>
+<p>"After two days sail, or something less, they reached land,
+where they found the people coming to give them another sort of
+reception than what they expected or desired; for, as the savages
+were armed with bows and arrows, they durst not venture on shore,
+but steered northward, six or seven hours, till they gained an
+opening, by which they plainly perceived, that the land that
+appeared from this place, was not the main land, but an island. At
+their entrance into the opening of the sea, they discovered another
+island, on the right hand northward, and several more lying to the
+westward; but being resolved to go on shore some where or other,
+they put over to one of the western islands. Here they found the
+natives very courteous to them, giving them several roots and dried
+fish; nay, even their women too were as willing to supply them with
+what they could procure them to eat, bringing it a great way to
+them upon their heads. Among these hospitable Indians they
+continued some days, inquiring by signs and tokens, what nations
+lay around them; and were informed, that there were, several fierce
+and terrible people lived every way, accustomed to eat mankind; but
+for themselves they never used such diet, except those that were
+taken in battle, and of them they made a solemn feast.</p>
+<p>"The Englishmen inquired how long it was since they had a feast
+of that kind? They answered, <i>about two moons ago</i>, pointing
+to the moon, and then two fingers; that, <i>at this time, their
+king had two hundred prisoners, which were fattening up for the
+slaughter</i>. The Englishmen were mighty desirous of seeing the
+prisoners, which the others mistaking, thought that they wanted
+some of them for their own food: upon which they beckoned to them,
+pointing to the rising, and then to the setting of the sun;
+meaning, that by the time it appeared in the east next morning,
+they would bring them some: and indeed they were as good as their
+word; for by that time they brought eleven men &amp; five women,
+just as so many cows &amp; oxen are brought to sea-port towns to
+victual a ship. But as brutish as these Englishmen were, their
+stomachs turned at the sight. What to do in this case, they could
+not tell: to refuse the prisoner, would have been the highest
+affront offered to the savage gentry; and to dispose of them, they
+knew not, in what manner; <span class="pagenum"><a name="page148"
+id="page148"></a>[pg 148]</span> however, they resolved to accept
+them, and so gave them, in return, one of their hatchets, an old
+key, a knife, and six or seven of their bullets; things which, tho'
+they were wholly ignorant of, yet of seemed entirely contented
+with; &amp; dragging the poor wretches into the boat, with their
+hands bound behind them, delivered them to the Englishmen. But this
+obliged them to put off as soon as they had these presents, lest
+the donors should have expected two or three of them to be killed,
+and to be invited to dinner the next day; and so taking leave with
+all possible respect and thanks, though neither of them understood
+what the others said, they sailed away back to the first island,
+and there set eight of the prisoners at liberty. In their voyage
+they endeavoured to comfort, and have some conversation with the
+poor captives; but it was impossible to make them sensible of any
+thing; and nothing they could say or give, or do for them, could
+make them otherwise persuaded, but that they were unbound only to
+be devoured: if they gave them any food, they thought it was only
+to fatten them for the slaughter; or looked at any one more
+particularly, the poor creature supposed itself to be the 'first
+sacrifice'; and even when we brought them to our island, and began
+to use them with the greatest humanity and kindness, yet they
+expected every day that their new masters would devour them.</p>
+<p>"And thus, Sir, did these three strange wanderers conclude their
+unaccountable relation of their voyage, which was both amazing and
+entertaining. Hereupon, I asked them, where there new family was?
+They told me <i>they had put them into one of their huts, and they
+came to beg some victuals for them</i>. This, indeed, made us all
+long to see them; and taking Friday's father with us, leaving only
+two at our castle, we came down to behold these poor creatures.</p>
+<p>"When we arrived at the hut, (they being bound again by the
+Englishmen, for fear of escaping) we found them stark naked,
+expecting their fatal tragedy: there were three lusty men, well
+shaped, with straight and good limbs, between thirty and five and
+thirty years old; and five women, two of them might be from thirty
+to forty, two more not above four and twenty; and the last, a
+comely tall maiden of about seventeen. Indeed, all the women were
+very agreeable, both in proportion and features, except that they
+were tawny, which their modest behaviour, and other graces, made
+amends for, when they afterwards came to be clothed.</p>
+<p>"This naked appearance, together with their miserable
+circumstances, was no very comfortable sight to my Spaniards, who,
+for their parts, I may venture, Sir, without flattery, to say, are
+men of the best behaviour, calmest tempers, and sweetest nature,
+that can possibly be; for they immediately ordered Friday's father
+to see if he knew any of them, or if he understood what they could
+say. No sooner did the old Indian appear, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page149" id="page149"></a>[pg 149]</span> but he
+looked at them with great seriousness; yet, as they were not of his
+nation, they were utter strangers to him, and none could understand
+his speech or signs, but one woman. This was enough to answer the
+design, which was to assure them they would not be killed, being
+fallen into the hands of Christians, who abhorred such barbarity.
+When they were fully satisfied of this, they expressed their joy by
+such strange gestures, and uncommon tones, as it is not possible
+for me to describe. But the woman their interpreter, was ordered
+next to enquire, whether they were content to be servants, and
+would work for the men who had brought them hither to save their
+lives? Hereupon, (being at this time unbound) they fell a capering
+and dancing, one taking this thing upon her shoulders, and the
+other that, intimating, that they were willing to do any thing for
+them. But now, Sir, having women among us, and dreading that it
+might occasion some strife, if not blood, I asked the three men
+'what they would do, and how they intended to use these creatures,
+whether as servants or women?' One of them very pertly and readily
+answered, 'they would use them as both,' <i>Gentlemen</i>, said I
+<i>as you are your own masters, I am not going to restrain you from
+that; but methinks, for avoiding dissentions among you, I would
+only desire you to engage, that none of you will take more than one
+for a woman or wife, and that having taken this one, none else
+should presume to touch her; for though we have not yet a priestly
+authority to marry you, yet it is but reasonable, that whoever thus
+takes a woman, should be obliged to maintain her, since nobody has
+any thing to do with her</i>; and this, indeed, appeared so just to
+all present, that it was unanimously agreed to. The Englishmen then
+asked my Spaniards, 'whether they designed to take any of them? but
+they all answered, <i>No</i>; some declaring they had already wives
+in Spain; and others that they cared not to join with infidels. On
+the reverse, the Englishmen took each of them a temporary wife, and
+so set up a new method of living. As to Friday's father, the
+Spaniards, and the three savage servants we had taken in the late
+battle, they all lived with me in our ancient castle; and indeed we
+supplied the main part of the island with food, as necessity
+required. But the most remarkable part of the story is, how these
+Englishmen, who had been so much at variance, should agree about
+the choice of those women; yet they took a way good enough to
+prevent quarreling among themselves. They let the five women in one
+of their huts, and going themselves to the other, drew lots which
+should have the first choice. Now, he that had the first lot went
+to the hut, and fetched out her he chose; and it is remarkable,
+that he took her that was the most homely and eldest of the number,
+which made the rest of the Englishmen exceedingly merry; the
+Spaniards themselves could not help but smile at it; but as it
+happened, the fellow had the <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page150" id="page150"></a>[pg 150]</span> best thought, in
+choosing one fit for application and business; and indeed she
+proved the best wife of all the parcel.</p>
+<p>"But when the poor creatures perceived themselves placed in a
+row, and separated one by one, they were again seized with an
+unspeakable terror, as now thinking they were going to be slain in
+earnest; and when the Englishmen came to take the first, the rest
+set up a lamentable cry, clasped their arms around her neck, and
+hanging about her, took their last farewell, as they thought, in
+such trembling agonies, and affectionate embraces, as would have
+softened the hardest heart in the world, and made the driest eyes
+melt into tears; nor could they be persuaded but that they were
+going to die, till such time as Friday's father made them sensible
+that the Englishmen had chosen them for their wives, which ended
+all their terror and concern upon this occasion.</p>
+<p>"Well, after this, the Englishmen went to work, and being
+assisted by my good natured Spaniards, in a few hours they, erected
+every one of them a new hut or tent for their separate lodging,
+since those they had already were, filled with tools, household
+stuff, and provision. They all continued on the north shore of the
+island, but separate as before; the three wicked ones pitching
+farther off, and the two honest men nearer our castle; so that the
+island seemed to be peopled in three places, three towns beginning
+to be built for that purpose. And here I cannot but remark, what is
+very common, that the two honest men had the worst wives, (I mean
+as to industry, cleanliness, and ingenuity) while the three
+reprobates enjoyed women of quite contrary qualities.</p>
+<p>"But another observation I made was, in favour of the two honest
+men, to show what disparity there is between a diligent application
+to business, on the one hand, and a slothful negligent, and idle
+temper, on the other. Both of them had the same parcel of ground
+laid out, and corn to sow, sufficient either in their cultivation
+or their planting. The two honest men had a multitude of young
+trees planted about their habitations, so that when you approached
+near them, nothing appeared but a wood, very pleasing and
+delightful. Every thing they did prospered and flourished: their
+grapes, planted in order, seemed as though managed in a vineyard
+and were infinitely preferable to any of the others. Nor were they
+wanting to find out a place of retreat, but dug a cave in the most
+retired part of a thick wood, to secure their wives and children,
+with their provision and chiefest goods, surrounded with
+innumerable stakes, and having a most subtle entrance, in case any
+mischief should happen either from their fellow countrymen, or the
+devouring savages.</p>
+<p>"As to the reprobates, (though I must own they were much more
+civilized than before) instead of delightful wood surrounding
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page151" id="page151"></a>[pg
+151]</span> their dwellings, we found the words of King Solomon too
+truly verified: <i>I went by the vineyard of the slothful, and it
+was all overgrown with thorns</i>. In many places their crop was
+obliterated by weeds: the hedges having several gaps in them, the
+wild goats had got in, and eaten up the corn, and here and there
+was a dead bush to stop these gaps for the present, which was no
+more than shutting the stable door after the steed was stolen away.
+But as to their wives, they (as I observed before) were more
+diligent, and cleanly enough, especially in their victuals, being
+instructed by one of the honest men, who had been a cook's mate on
+board a ship: &amp; very well it was so, for as he cooked himself,
+his companion and their families lived as well as the idle
+husbands, who did nothing but loiter about, fetch turtle's eggs,
+catch fish and birds, and do any thing but work, and lived
+accordingly; while the diligent lived very handsomely and
+plentifully, in the most comfortable manner.</p>
+<p>"And now, Sir, I come to lay before your eyes a scene quite
+different from any thing that ever happened to us before, and
+perhaps ever befel you in all the time of your residence on this
+island. I shall inform you of its original in the following
+manner.</p>
+<p>"One morning, Sir, very early, there came five or six canoes of
+Indians on shore, indisputably upon their old custom of devouring
+their prisoners. All that we had to do upon such an occasion, was
+to lie concealed, that they, not having any notice of inhabitants,
+might depart quietly after performing their bloody execution:
+whoever first discovered the savages, was to give notice to all the
+three plantations to keep within doors, and then a proper scout was
+to be placed to give intelligence of their departure. But
+notwithstanding these wise measures, an unhappy disaster discovered
+us to the savages, which was like to have caused the desolation of
+the whole island; for, after the savages were gone off in their
+canoes, some of my Spaniards and I looking abroad; and being
+inflamed with a curiosity to see what they had been doing, to our
+great amazement beheld three savages fast asleep on the ground,
+who, either being gorged, could not awake when the others went off,
+or having wandered too far into the woods, did not come back in
+time.</p>
+<p>"What to do with them as first, we could not tell; as for slaves
+we had enough of them already; and as to killing them, neither
+Christianity or humanity would suffer us to shed the blood of
+persons who never did us wrong. We perceived they had no boat left
+them to transport them to their own nation; and that, by letting
+them wander about, they might discover us, and inform the first
+savages that should happen to land upon the same bloody occasion,
+which information might entirely ruin us; and therefore I
+counselled my Spaniards to secure <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page152" id="page152"></a>[pg 152]</span> them, and set them about
+some work or other, till we could better dispose of them.</p>
+<p>"Hereupon we all went back, and making them awake, took them
+prisoners. It is impossible to express the horror they were in,
+especially when bound, as thinking they were going to be murdered
+and eaten, but we soon eased them of their fear as to that point.
+We first took them to the bower, where the chief of our country
+work lay as keeping goats, planting corn, &amp;c and then carried
+them to the two Englishmen's habitation, to help them in their
+business; but happy it was for us all we did not carry them to our
+castle, as by the sequel will appear. The Englishmen, indeed, found
+them work to do; but whether they did not guard them strictly, or
+that they thought they could not better themselves, I cannot tell;
+but certainly one of them ran away into the woods, and they could
+not hear of him for a long time after.</p>
+<p>"Undoubtedly there was reason enough to suppose he got home in
+some of the canoes, the savages returning in about four weeks time,
+and going off in the space of two days. You may be certain, Sir,
+this thought could not but terrify us exceedingly, and make us
+justly conclude, that the savage would inform his countrymen of our
+abode in the island, how few and weak we were in comparison to
+their numbers &amp; we expected it would not be long before the
+Englishmen would be attacked in their habitations; but the savages
+had not seen their places of safety in the woods, nor our castle,
+which it was a great happiness they did not know.</p>
+<p>"Nor were we mistaken in our thoughts upon this occasion: for,
+about eight months after this, six canoes, with about ten men in
+each canoe, came sailing by the north side of the island, which
+they were never accustomed to do before, and landed about an hour
+after sunrise, near a mile from the dwelling of the two Englishman,
+who, it seems, had the good fortune to discover them about a league
+off: to that it was an hour before they could come at them. And now
+being confirmed in this opinion that they were certainly betrayed,
+they immediately bound the two slaves which were left, causing two
+of the three men, whom they brought with the women, and who proved
+very faithful to lead them with their wives, and other
+conveniences, into their retired care in the wood, and there to
+bind the two fellows hand and foot till they had further orders.
+They then opened their fences, where they kept their milch goats,
+and drove them all out, giving the goats liberty to ramble in the
+woods, to make the savages believe that they were wild ones; but
+the slave had given a truer information, which made them come to
+the very inclosures. The two frighted men sent the other slave of
+the three, who had been with them by accident, to alarm the
+Spaniards, and desire their assistance; <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page153" id="page153"></a>[pg 153]</span> in the
+mean time they took their arms and ammunition, and made to the cave
+where they had sent their wives, and securing their slaves, seated
+themselves in a private place, from whence they might behold all
+the actions of the savages. Nor had they gone far, when ascending a
+rising ground, they could see a little army of Indians approach to
+their beautiful dwelling, and in a few moments more, perceive the
+same, and their furniture, to their unspeakable grief, burning in a
+consuming flame, and when this war done, they spread here and
+there, searching every bush and place for the people, of whom it
+was very evident, they had information. Upon which the two
+Englishmen, not thinking themselves secure where they stood,
+retreated about half a mile higher in the country, rightly
+concluding, that the farther the savages strolled, there would be
+less numbers together: upon which they next took their stand by the
+trunk of an old tree, very hollow and large, whence they resolved
+to see what would offer: but they had not stood long there, before
+two savages came running directly towards them, as though having
+knowledge of their being there, who seemed resolved to attack them;
+a little farther were three more, and five more behind them again,
+all running the same way. It cannot be imagined the perplexity the
+poor men were in at this sight, thinking that if assistance did not
+speedily come their cave in the wood would be discovered, and
+consequently all therein lost; so they resolved to resist them
+there, and, when overpowered, to ascend to the top of the trees,
+where they might defend themselves as long as their ammunition
+lasted, and sell their lives as dear as possible to those devouring
+savages. Thus fixed in their resolution, they next considered,
+whether they should fire at the first two, or wait for the three,
+and so take the middle party, by which the two first &amp; the five
+last would be separated. In this regulation the two savages also
+confirmed them, by turning a little to another part of the wood:
+but the three, &amp; the five after them, came directly towards the
+tree. Hereupon they resolved to take them in a direct line, as they
+approached nearer, because perhaps the first shot might hit them
+all three; and upon this occasion, the man who was to fire, charged
+his piece with three or four bullets. And thus while they were
+waiting, the savages came on, one of them was the runaway, who had
+caused all the mischief; so they resolved he should not escape, if
+they both fired at once. But, however, though they did not fire
+together, they were ready charged; when the first that let fly, was
+too good a marksman to miss his aim; for he killed the foremost
+outright, the second (<i>who was the runaway Indian</i>) fell to
+the ground, being shot through the body, but not dead and the third
+was a little wounded in the shoulder, who, sitting down on the
+ground, fell a screaming in a most fearful manner. The noise of the
+guns, which not only <span class="pagenum"><a name="page154" id=
+"page154"></a>[pg 154]</span> made the most resounding echoes, from
+one side to the other, but raised the birds of all sorts,
+fluttering with the most confused noise, so much terrified the five
+savages behind that they stood still at first, like so many
+inanimate images. But when all things were in profound silence,
+they came to the place where there companions lay; and here, not
+being sensible that they were liable to the same fate, stood over
+the wounded man, undoubtedly inquiring the occasion of this sad
+calamity; and 'tis as reasonable to suppose he told them, that it
+came by thunder and lightning from the gods, having never seen or
+heard of a gun before, in the whole course of their lives. By this
+time the Englishmen, having loaded their pieces, fired both
+together a second time, when seeing them all fall immediately on
+the ground, they thought they had killed every creature of them.
+This made them come up boldly before they had charged their guns,
+which indeed was a wrong step; for, when they came to the place,
+they found four alive, two of them very little wounded, and one not
+at all, which obliged them to fall upon them with their muskets:
+they first knocked the runaway savage on the head, and another that
+was but a little wounded in the arm, &amp; then put the other
+languishing wretches out of their pain: while he that was not hurt,
+with bended knees and uplifted hands, made piteous moans, and signs
+to them to spare his life; nor, indeed, were they unmerciful to the
+poor wretch, but pointed to him to sit down at the root of a tree
+hard by; and then, one of the Englishmen, with a piece of rope
+twine he had in his pocket, by mere chance, tying his two feet fast
+together, and his two hands behind him, they left him there, making
+all the haste they could after the other two, fearing they should
+find out their cave; but though they could not overtake them, they
+had the satisfaction to perceive them at a distance, cross a valley
+towards the sea, a quite contrary way to their retreat: upon which
+they returned to the tree, to look after their prisoner; but when
+they came there, he was gone, leaving the piece of rope-yarn,
+wherewith he was bound, behind him.</p>
+<p>"Well, now they were as much concerned as ever, as not knowing
+how near their enemies might be, or in what numbers. Immediately
+they repaired to the cave, to see if all was well there, and found
+every thing safe, except the women, who were frightened upon their
+husbands account, whom they now loved entirely. They had not been
+long here, before seven of my Spaniards came to assist them; while
+the other ten, their servants, and Friday's father, were gone to
+defend their bower, corn, and cattle, in case the savages should
+have rambled so far. There accompanied the seven Spaniards, one of
+the three savages that had formerly been taken prisoner; and with
+them also that very Indian whom the Englishmen had, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page155" id="page155"></a>[pg 155]</span> a
+little before, left under the tree; for it seems, they passed by
+that way where the slaughter was made, and so carried along with
+them that poor wretch that was left bound. But so many prisoners
+now becoming a burthen to us, and fearing the dreadful consequence
+of their escaping, most of the Spaniards and English urged the
+absolute necessity there was of killing them for our common
+preservation; but, Sir, the authority I bore, as a governor,
+over-ruled that piece of cruelty; and then I ordered them to be
+sent prisoners to the old cave in the valley, bound hands and feet,
+with two Spaniards to guard them.</p>
+<p>"So much encouraged were the Englishmen at the approach of the
+Spaniards, and so great was their fury against the savages for
+destroying their habitations, that they had not patience to stay
+any longer; but, taking five Spaniards along with them, armed with
+four muskets, a pistol, and a quarter staff, away they went in
+pursuit of their enemies. As they passed by the place where the
+savages were slain, it was very easy to be perceived that more of
+them had been there, having attempted to carry off their dead
+bodies, but found it impracticable. From a rising ground our party
+had the mortification to see the smoke that proceeded from their
+ruins; when coming farther in flight of the shore, they plainly
+perceived that the savages had embarked in their canoes, and were
+putting out to sea. This they were very sorry for, there being no
+coming at them to give them a parting salute, but however, they
+were glad enough to get clear of such unwelcome guests.</p>
+<p>"Thus the two honest, but unfortunate Englishmen, being ruined a
+second time, and their improvements quite destroyed, most of my
+good natured Spaniards helped them to rebuild, and we all assisted
+them with needful supplies; nay, what is more remarkable, their
+three mischievous countrymen, when they heard of it <i>(which was
+after all these disasters were over, they living more remote
+eastward)</i> very friendly sympathised with them, and worked for
+them several days; so that, in a little, their habitations were
+rebuilt, their necessities supplied, and themselves restored to
+their former tranquility.</p>
+<p>"Though the savages had nothing to boast of in this adventure,
+<i>(several canoes being driven ashore, followed by two drowned
+creatures, having undoubtedly met with a storm at sea that very
+night they departed)</i> yet it was natural to be supposed, that
+those whose better fortune it was to attain their native shore,
+would inflame their nation to another ruinous attempt, with a
+greater force, to carry all before them. And, indeed, so it
+happened: for about seven months after, our island was invaded with
+a most formidable navy, no less than eight and twenty canoes full
+of savages, armed with wooden swords, monstrous clubs, bows and
+arrows, and such like instruments of war, landing at the east end
+of the island.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page156" id="page156"></a>[pg
+156]</span>
+<p>"You may well, Sir, imagine what consternation our men were in
+upon this account, and how speedy they were to execute their
+resolution, having only that night's time allowed them. They knew
+that since they could not withstand their enemies, concealment was
+the only way to procure their safety; and, therefore, they took
+down the huts that were built for the two Englishmen, and drove
+their flocks of goats together with their own at the bower, to the
+old cave in the valley, leaving as little appearance of inhabitants
+as possible; and then posted themselves, with all their force, at
+the plantation of the two men. As they expected, so it happened:
+for early the next morning, the Indians, leaving their canoes at
+the east-end of the island, came running along the shore, about two
+hundred and fifty in number, as near as could be guessed. Our army
+was but little indeed; and what was our greatest misfortune, we had
+not arms sufficient for them. The account, as to the men, Sir, is
+an follows: viz. 17 <i>Spaniards</i>, 5 <i>Englishmen, Old Friday,
+the three savages, taken with the five women, who proved faithful
+servants, and three other slaves, living with the Spaniards. To arm
+these they had</i> 11 <i>muskets</i>, 5 <i>pistols</i>, 3
+<i>fowling-pieces</i>, 2 <i>swords</i>, 3 <i>old halberts</i>, 5
+<i>muskets, or fowling-pieces, taken from the sailors whom you
+reduced. As to the slaves, we gave three of them halberts, and the
+other three long staves, with great iron spikes at the end of them,
+with hatchets by their sides; we also had hatchets sticking in our
+girdles, besides the fire-arms: nay, two of the women, inspired
+with Amazonian fortitude, could not be dissuaded from fighting
+along with their dear husbands, and if they died, to die with them,
+Seeing their resolution, we gave them hatchets likewise; but what
+pleased them best, were the bows and arrows (which they dexterously
+knew how to use) that the Indians had left behind them, after their
+memorable battle one against another</i>.</p>
+<p>"Over this army, which though little, was of great intrepidity,
+I was constituted chief general and commander: and knowing Will
+Atkins, though exceedingly wicked, yet a man of invincible courage,
+I gave him the power of commanding under me: he had six men with
+their muskets loaded with six or seven bullets a-piece, and were
+planted just behind a small thicket of bushes, as an advanced
+guard, having orders to let the first pass by; and then, when he
+fired into the middle of them, making a nimble retreat round a part
+of the wood, and so come in the rear of the Spaniards, who were
+shaded by a thicket of trees: for though the savages came on with
+the fierceness of lions, yet they wanted the subtility of foxes,
+being out of all manner of order, and straggling in heaps every
+way: and, indeed, when Will Atkins, after fifty of the savages had
+passed by, had ordered three of his men to give fire, so great was
+their consternation, to see so many men killed and wounded,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page157" id="page157"></a>[pg
+157]</span> and hear such a dreadful noise, and yet knew not whence
+it came, that they were frightened to the highest degree: and when
+the second volley was given, they concluded no less but that their
+companions were slain by thunder and lightning from Heaven. In this
+notion they would have continued, had Will Atkins and his men
+retired, as soon as they fired, according to order: or had the rest
+been near them, to pour in their shot continually, their might have
+been a complete victory obtained: but staying to load their pieces
+again, discovered the whole matter. They were perceived by some of
+the scattering savages at a distance, who let fly their arrows
+among them, wounded Atkins himself, and killed his fellow
+Englishman, and one of the Indians taken with the women. Our party
+did not fail to answer them, and in their retreat killed about
+twenty savages. Here I cannot but take notice of our poor dying
+slave, who, tho' stopt from his retreat by a fatal arrow, yet with
+his staff and hatchet, desperately and gallantly assailed his
+pursuers, and killed five of the savages, before his life submitted
+to a multiplicity of wounds. Nor is the cruelty or malice of the
+Indians to be less remarked, in breaking the arms, legs, and heads
+of the two dead bodies, with their clubs and wooden swords, after a
+most wretched manner. As Atkins retreated our party advanced, to
+interpose between him and the savages: but after three vollies, we
+were obliged to retreat also: for they were so numerous and
+desperate, that they came up to our very teeth, shot their arrows
+like a cloud, and their wounded men, enraged with cruel pain,
+fought like madmen. They did not, however, think fit to follow us,
+but drawing themselves up in a circle, they gave two triumphant
+shouts in token of victory, though they had the grief to see
+several of their wounded men bleed to death before them.</p>
+<p>"After I had, Sir, drawn up our little army together, upon a
+rising ground, Atkins, wounded as he was, would have had us attack
+the whole body of the savages at once, I was extremely well pleased
+with the gallantry of the man: but, upon consideration, I replied,
+<i>You perceive, Seignor Atkins, how their wounded men fight; let
+them alone till morning, when they will be faint, stiff, and sore,
+and then we shall have fewer to combat with</i>. To which Atkins,
+smiling, replied, <i>That's very true, Seignor, so shall I too; and
+that's the reason I would fight them now I am warm</i>. We all
+answered, <i>Seignor Atkins for your part you have behaved very
+gallantly; and, if you are not able to approach the enemy in the
+morning, we will fight for you, till then we think it convenient to
+wait</i>, and so we tarried.</p>
+<p>"By the brightness of the moon that night, we perceived the
+savages in great disorder about their dead and wounded men. This
+made us change our resolution, and resolve to fall <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page158" id="page158"></a>[pg 158]</span> upon
+them in the night, if we could give them one volley undiscovered.
+This we had a fair opportunity to do, by one of the two Englishmen
+leading us round, between the woods and the sea-side westward, and
+turning short south, came privately to a place where the thickest
+of them were. Unheard and unperceived, eight of us fired among
+them, and did dreadful execution; and in half a minute after, eight
+more of us let fly, killing and wounding abundance of them; and
+then dividing ourselves into three bodies, eight persons in each
+body we marched from among the trees, to the very teeth of the
+enemy, sending forth the greatest shouts and acclamations. The
+savages hearing a different noise from three quarters at once,
+stood in the utmost confusion; but coming in sight of us, let fly a
+volley of arrows, which wounded poor old Friday, yet happily it did
+not prove mortal. We did not, however, give them a second
+opportunity; but rushing in among them, we fired three several
+ways, and then fell to work with our swords, staves, hatchets, and
+the butt-end of our muskets, with a fury not to be resisted; so
+that with the most dismal screaming and howling they had recourse
+to their feet, to save their lives by a speedy flight. Nor must we
+forget the valour of the two women; for they exposed themselves to
+the greatest dangers, killed many with their arrows, and valiantly
+destroyed several more with their hatchets.</p>
+<p>"In fighting these two battles, we were so much tired, that we
+did not then trouble ourselves to pursue them to their canoes, in
+which we thought they would presently put to the ocean; but their
+happening a dreadful storm at sea, which continuing all that night,
+it not only prevented their voyage, but dashed several of their
+boats to pieces against the beach, and drove the rest so high upon
+the shore, that it required infinite labour to get them off. After
+our men had taken some refreshment and a little repose, they
+resolved early in the morning to go towards the place of their
+landing, and see whether they were gone off, or in what posture
+they remained. This necessarily led them to the place of battle,
+where several of the savages were expiring, a sight no way pleasing
+to generous minds, to delight in misery, though obliged to conquer
+them by the law of arms; but our own Indian slaves put them out of
+their pain, by dispatching them with their hatchets. At length,
+coming in view of the remainder of the army, we found them leaning
+upon their knees, which were bended towards their mouth, and the
+head between the two hands. Hereupon, coming within musket shot of
+them, I ordered two pieces to be fired without ball, in order to
+alarm them, that we might plainly know, whether they had the
+courage to venture another battle, or were utterly dispirited from
+such an attempt, that so we might accordingly manage them. And
+indeed, the prospect took very <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page159" id="page159"></a>[pg 159]</span> well; for, no sooner did
+the savages hear the first gun, and perceive the flash of the
+second, but they suddenly started upon their feet in the greatest
+consternation; and when we approached towards them, they ran
+howling and screaming away up the hill into the country.</p>
+<p>"We could rather, at first, have wished, that the weather had
+permitted them to have gone off to the sea; but when we considered,
+that their escape might occasion the approach of multitudes, to our
+utter ruin and dissolution; we were very well pleased the contrary
+happened; and Will Atkins (who, tho' wounded, would not part from
+us all this while) advised us not to let slip this advantage, but
+clapping between them and their boats, deprive them of the capacity
+of ever returning to plague the island: <i>I know</i>, said he,
+<i>there is but on objection you can make, which is, that these
+creatures, living like beasts in the wood, may make excursions,
+rifle the plantations, and destroy the tame goats; but then,
+consider, we had better to do with an hundred men whom we can kill,
+or make slaves of at leisure, than with an hundred nations, whom it
+is impossible we should save ourselves from, much less subdue</i>.
+This advice, and these arguments being approved of, we set fire to
+their boats; and though they were so wet that we could not burn
+them entirely, yet we made them incapable for swimming in the seas.
+As soon as the Indians perceived what we were doing, many of them
+ran out of the woods, in fight of us, and kneeling down, piteously
+cried out, <i>Oa, Oa! Waramakoa</i>. Intimating, I suppose, that,
+if we would but spare their canoes, they would never trouble us
+again.</p>
+<p>"But all their complaints, submissions, and entreaties, were in
+vain; for self-preservation obliging us to the contrary, we
+destroyed every one of them that had escaped the fury of the ocean.
+When the Indians perceived this, they raised a lamentable cry, and
+ran into the woods, where they continued ranging about; making the
+woods ring with their lamentation. Here we should have considered,
+that making these creatures, thus desperate, we ought, at the same
+time to have set a sufficient guard upon the plantations: for the
+savages, in their ranging about, found out the bower, destroyed the
+fences, trod the corn down under their feet, and tore up the vines
+and grapes. It is true, we were always able to fight these
+creatures; but, as they were too swift for us, and very numerous,
+we durst not go out single, for fear of them; though that too was
+needless, they having no weapons, nor any materials to make them;
+and, indeed, their extremity appeared in a little time after.</p>
+<p>"Though the savages, as already mentioned, had destroyed our
+bower, and all our corns, grapes, &amp;c. yet we had still left our
+flock of cattle in the valley, by the cave, with some little corn
+that grew there, and the plantation of Will Atkins and</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page160" id="page160"></a>[pg
+160]</span> <a name="160.jpg"></a>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/160.jpg"><img src="Images/160.jpg"
+width="60%" alt=""></a><br>
+<b>The Spaniard, &amp;c. burning the Indian canoes.</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page161" id="page161"></a>[pg
+161]</span>
+<p>his companions, one of whom being killed by an arrow, they were
+now reduced to two: it is remarkable that this was the fellow who
+cut the poor Indian with his hatchet, and had design to murder me
+and my countrymen the Spaniards. As our condition was low, we came
+to the resolution to drive the savages up to the farther part of
+the island, where no Indians landed, to kill as many of them as we
+could, till we had reduced their number; and then to give the
+remainder some corn to plant, and to teach them how to live by
+their daily labour, accordingly we pursued them with our guns, at
+the hearing of which they were so terrified, that they would fall
+to the ground. Every day we killed and wounded some of them, and
+many were found starved to death, so that our hearts began to
+relent at the sight of such miserable objects. At last, with great
+difficulty, taking one of them alive, and using him with kindness,
+&amp; tenderness, we brought him to Old Friday, who talked to him,
+&amp; told him how good we would be to them all, giving them corn
+and land to plant and live in, and present nourishment, provided
+they should keep within such bounds as should be allotted them, and
+not do prejudice to others: <i>Go then</i>, said he, <i>and inform
+your countrymen of this; which, if they will not agree to, every
+one of them shall be slain</i>.</p>
+<p>"The poor creatures, thoroughly humbled, being reduced to about
+thirty-seven, joyfully accepted the offer, and earnestly begged for
+food; hereupon we sent twelve Spaniards and two Englishmen well
+armed, together with Old Friday, and three Indian slaves were
+loaded with a large quantity of bread and rice cakes, with three
+live goats: and the poor Indians being ordered to sit down on the
+side of the hill, they ate the victuals very thankfully, and have
+proved faithful to the last, never trespassing beyond their bounds,
+where at this day they quietly and happily remain, and where we now
+and then visit them. They are confined to a neck of land about a
+mile and a half broad, and three or four in length, on the
+south-east corner of the island, the sea being before, and lofty
+mountains behind them, free from the appearance of canoes; and
+indeed their countrymen never made any inquiry after them. We gave
+them twelve hatchets, and three or four knives; have taught them to
+build huts, make wooden spades, plant corn, make bread, breed tame
+goats and milk them, as likewise to make wicker work, in which I
+must ingenuously confess, they infinitely out do us, having made
+themselves several pretty necessaries and fancies, as baskets,
+sieves, bird-cages, and cupboards, as also stools, beds and
+couches, no less useful than delightful; and now they live the most
+innocent and inoffensive creatures that ever were subdued in the
+world, wanting nothing but wives to make them a nation.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page162" id="page162"></a>[pg
+162]</span>
+<p>"Thus, kind Sir, have I given you, according to my ability, an
+impartial account of the various transactions that have happened,
+in the island since your departure to this day; and we have great
+reason to acknowledge the kind providence of Heaven in our merciful
+deliverance. When you inspect your little kingdom, you will find in
+it some little improvement, your flocks increased, and your
+subjects augmented, so that from a desolate island, as this was
+before your wonderful deliverance upon it, here is a visible
+prospect of its becoming a populous and well governed little
+kingdom, to your immortal fame and glory."</p>
+<p>There is no doubt to suppose but that the preceeding relation of
+my faithful Spaniard was very agreeable and no less surprising to
+me, to the young priest, and to all who heard it: now were these
+people less pleased with those necessary utensils that I brought
+them, such as the knives, scissars, spades, shovels, and pick-axes,
+with which they now adorn their habitations.</p>
+<p>So much had they addicted themselves to wicker-work, prompted by
+the ingenuity of the Indians, who assisted them, that when I viewed
+the Englishmen's colonies, they seemed at a distance as though they
+had lived like bees in a hive: for Will Atkins, who was now become
+a very industrious and sober man, had made himself a tent of
+basket-work round the outside; the walls were worked in as a
+basket, in pannels or strong squares of thirty-two in number,
+standing about seven feet high: in the middle was another, not
+above twenty-two paces round, but much stronger built, being of an
+octagonal form, and in the eight corners stood eight strong poles,
+round the top of which he raised a pyramid for the roof, mighty
+pretty, I assure you, and joined very well together, with iron
+spikes, which he made himself; for he had made him a forge, with a
+pair of wooden bellows and charcoal for his work, forming an anvil
+cut of one of the iron crows, to work upon, and in the manner would
+he make himself hooks, staples, spikes, bolts, and hinges. After he
+had pitched the roof of his innermost tent, he made it so firm
+between the rafters with basket-work, thatching that over again
+with rice-straw, and over that a large leaf of a tree, that his
+house was as dry as if it had been tiled or slated. The outer
+circuit was covered as a lean-to, quite round this inner
+appartment, laying long rafters from the thirty-two angles to the
+top posts of the inner house, about twenty-feet distant, so that
+there was a space like a wall between the outer and inner wall,
+near twenty feet in breadth. The inner place he partitioned off
+with the same wicker-work, dividing it into six neat apartments
+every one of which had a door, first into the entry of the main
+tent, and another into the space and walk that was round it, not
+only convenient for retreat, but for family necessaries. Within the
+door of the outer <span class="pagenum"><a name="page163" id=
+"page163"></a>[pg 163]</span> circle, there was a passage directly
+to the door of the inner house; on either side was a wicker
+partition, and a door, by which you go into a room twenty-two feet
+wide, and about thirty long, and through that into another of a
+smaller length; so that in the outer circle were ten handsome
+rooms, six of which were only to be come at through the apartments
+of the inner tent, serving as retiring rooms to the respective
+chambers of the inner circle, and four large warehouses, which went
+in through one another, two on either hand of the passage that led
+through the outer door to the inner tent. In short, nothing could
+be built more ingeniously, kept more neat, or have better
+conveniences; and here lived the three families, Will Atkins, his
+companion, their wives and children, and the widow of the deceased.
+As to religion, the men seldom taught their wives the knowledge of
+God, any more than the sailors' custom of swearing by his name. The
+greatest improvement their wives had, was, they taught them to
+speak English, so as to be understood.</p>
+<p>None of their children were then above six years old; they were
+all fruitful enough; and I think the cook's mate's wife was big of
+her sixth child.</p>
+<p>When I inquired of the Spaniards about their circumstances while
+among the savages, they told me, <i>that they abandoned themselves
+to despair, reckoning themselves a poor and miserable people, that
+had no means put into their hands, and consequently must soon be
+starved to death.</i> They owned, however, that they were in the
+wrong to think so, and for refusing the assistance that reason
+offered for their support, as well as future deliverance,
+confessing that grief was a most insignificant passion, as it
+looked upon things as without remedy, and having no hope of things
+to come; all which verified this noted proverb,</p>
+<blockquote><i>In trouble to be troubled,<br>
+Is to have your trouble doubled.</i></blockquote>
+<p>Nor did his remarks end here, for, making observations upon my
+improvement, and on my condition at first, infinitely worse than
+theirs, he told me that Englishmen had, in their distress, greater
+presence of mind than those of any other country that he had met
+with; and that they and the Portuguese were the worst men in the
+world to struggle under misfortunes. When they landed among the
+savages, they found but little provision except they would turn
+cannibals, there being but a few roots and herbs, with little
+substance in them, and of which the natives gave them but very
+sparingly. Many were the ways they took to civilize and teach the
+savages, but in vain; for they would not own them to be their
+instructors, whose lives were owing to their bounty. Their
+extremities were very great <span class="pagenum"><a name="page164"
+id="page164"></a>[pg 164]</span> and many days being entirely
+without food, the savages there being more indolent and less
+devouring than those who had better supplies. When they went out to
+battle they were obliged to assist these people, in one of which my
+faithful Spaniard being taken, had like to have been devoured. They
+had lost their ammunition, which rendered their fire-arms useless;
+nor could they use the bows and arrows that were given them, so
+that while the armies were at a distance, they had no chance but
+when close, then they could be of service with halberts, &amp;
+sharpened sticks put into the muzzles of their muskets. They made
+themselves targets of wood covered with the skins of wild beasts;
+and when one happened to be knocked down, the rest of the company
+fought over him till he recovered; and then standing close in a
+line, they would make their way through a thousand savages. At the
+return of their friend, who they thought had been entombed in the
+bowels of their enemies, their joy was inconceivable. Nor were they
+less surprised at the sight of the loaves of bread I had sent them,
+things that they had not seen for several years, at the same time
+crossing and blessing it, as though it was manna sent from Heaven:
+but when they knew the errand, and perceived the boat which was to
+carry them back to the person and place from whence such relief
+came, this struck them with such a surprise of joy as made some of
+them faint away, and others burst out into tears.</p>
+<p>This was the summary account that I had from them. I shall now
+inform the reader what I next did for them, and in what condition I
+left them. As we were all of opinion that the savages would scarce
+trouble them any more, so we had no apprehensions on the score. I
+told them I was come purely to establish, and not to remove them;
+and upon that occasion, had not only brought them necessaries for
+convenience and defence, but also artificers, and other persons,
+both for their necessary employments, and to add to their number.
+They were altogether when I thus talked to them; and before I
+delivered to them the stores I brought, I asked them, one by one,
+if they had entirely forgot their first animosities, would engage
+in the strictest friendship; and shake hands with one another? On
+this Will Atkins, with abundance of good humour, said, <i>they had
+afflictions enough to make them all sober, and enemies enough to
+make them all friends: as for himself, he would live and die among
+them, owning that what the Spaniards had done to him, his own mad
+humour had made necessary for them to do</i>. Nor had the Spaniards
+occasion to justify their proceeding to me; but they told me,
+<i>that since Will Atkins had behaved himself so valiantly in
+fight, and at other times showed such a regard to the common
+interest of them all, they had not only forgotten all that was
+past, but thought he ought as much to be trusted with arms and
+necessaries as any of them, which they testified by making
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page165" id="page165"></a>[pg
+165]</span> him next in command to the governor: and they most
+heartily embraced the occasion of giving me this solemn assurance,
+that they would never separate their interest again, as long as
+they lived</i>.</p>
+<p>After these kind declarations of friendship, we appointed all of
+us to dine together the next day; upon this I caused the ship's
+cook and his mate to come on shore for that purpose, to assist in
+dressing our dinner. We brought from the ship six pieces of beef,
+and four of pork, together with our punch bowl, and materials to
+fill it; and in particular I gave them ten bottles of French
+claret, and ten of English beer, which was very acceptable to them.
+The Spaniards added to our feast, five. whose kids, which being
+roasted, three of them were sent as fresh meat to the sailors on
+board, and the other two we ate ourselves. After our merry and
+innocent feast was over, I began to distribute my cargo among them.
+First, I gave them linen sufficient to make every one four shirts,
+and at the Spaniard's request made them up six. The thin English
+stuffs I allotted to make every one a light coat like a frock,
+agreeable to the climate, and left them such a quantity as to make
+more upon their decay; as also pumps, shoes, hats, and stockings.
+It is not to be expressed the pleasing satisfaction which sat upon
+the countenances of these poor men, when they perceived what care I
+took of them, as if I had been a common father to them all; and
+they all engaged never to leave the island, till I gave my consent
+for their departure. I then presented to them the people I brought,
+viz. the tailor, smith, and the two carpenters; but my
+Jack-of-all-trades was the most acceptable present I could make
+them. My tailor fell immediately to work, and made every one of
+them a shirt; after which, he learned the women how to sew and
+stitch, thereby to become the more helpful to their husbands.
+Neither were the carpenters less useful, taking in pieces their
+clumsy things; instead of which they made convenient and handsome
+tables, stools, bedsteads, cupboards, lockers, and shelves. But
+when I carried them to see Will Atkins's basket-house, they owned
+they never saw such a piece of natural ingenuity before: <i>I am
+sure,</i> said one of the carpenters, <i>the man that built this
+has no need of us; you need, Sir, do nothing but give him
+tools.</i></p>
+<p>I divided the tools among them in this manner: to every man I
+gave a digging spade, a shovel, and a rake, as having no harrows or
+ploughs; and to every separate place a pickax, a crow, a broad ax,
+and a saw, with a store for a general supply, should any be broken
+or worn out. I left them also nails, staples, hinges, hammers,
+chisels, knives, scissors, and all sorts of tools and iron work;
+&amp; for the use of the smith, gave them three tons of unwrought
+iron, for a supply; and as to arms and <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page166" id="page166"></a>[pg 166]</span>
+ammunition, I stored them even to profusion; or at least to equip a
+sufficient little army against all opposers whatsoever.</p>
+<p>The young man (whose mother was unfortunately starved to death)
+together with the maid, a pious and well educated young woman,
+seeing things so well ordered on shore (for I made them accompany
+me) and considering they had no occasion to go so far a voyage as
+to the East Indies, they both desired of me, that I would leave
+them there, and enter them among my subjects. This I readily agreed
+to, ordering them a plat of ground, on which were three little
+houses erected, environed with basket-work, pallisadoed like
+Atkins's and adjoining to his plantation. So contrived were their
+tents that each of them had a room apart to lodge in, while the
+middle tent was not only their store-house, but their place for
+eating and drinking. At this time the two Englishmen removed their
+habitation to their former place; in that now the island was
+divided into three colonies: first, Those I have just now
+mentioned; secondly That of Will Atkins, where there were four
+families of Englishmen, with their wives and children, the widow
+and her children; the young man and the maid, who, by the way, we
+made a wife of before our departure; three savages, who were
+slaves; the tailor, smith, (who served also as a gunsmith) and my
+other celebrated person called Jack-of-all-trades. Thirdly, my
+chief colony, which consisted of the Spaniards, with Old Friday,
+who still remained at my old habitation, which was my capital city,
+and surely never was there such a metropolis, it now being hid in
+so obscure a grove, that a thousand men might have ranged the
+island a month, and looked purposely for it, without being able to
+find it, though the Spaniards had enlarged its boundaries, both
+without and within, in a most surprising manner.</p>
+<p>But now I think it high time to speak of the young French priest
+of the order of St. Benedict, whose judicious and pious discourses,
+upon sundry occasions, merit an extraordinary observation; nor can
+his being a French Papist priest, I presume, give offence to any of
+my readers, when they have this assurance from me, that he was a
+person of the most courteous disposition, extensive charity, and
+exalted piety. His arguments were always agreeable to reason, and
+his conversation the most acceptable of any person that I had ever
+yet met with in my life.</p>
+<p><i>Sir,</i> said he, to me, one day, <i>since, under God,</i> at
+the same time crossing his breast, <i>you have not only saved my
+life; but, by permitting me to go this voyage, have granted me the
+happiness of free conversation, I think is my duty as my profession
+obliges me, to save what souls I can, by bringing them to the
+knowledge of some Catholic doctrine, necessary to salvation; and
+since these people are under your immediate government, in
+gratitude, justice, and decency, for what you have done for me, I
+shall offer no farther points in religion, that what shall merit
+your <span class="pagenum"><a name="page167" id="page167"></a>[pg
+167]</span> approbation</i>. Being a-pleased with the modesty of
+his carriage, I told him he should not be worse used for being of a
+different persuasion, if upon that very account, we did not differ
+in points of faith, not decent in a part of the country where the
+poor Indians ought to be instructed in the knowledge of the true
+God, and his Son Jesus Christ. To this he replied, that
+conversation might easily be separated from disputes; that he would
+discourse with me rather as a gentleman than a religious: but that,
+if we did enter upon religious argument, upon my desiring the same,
+I would give him liberty to defend his own principles. He farther
+added, that he would do all that became him in his office, as a
+priest as well as a Christian, to procure the happiness of all that
+were in the ship: that though he could not pray with, he would pray
+for us on all occasions; and then he told me several extraordinary
+events of his life, within a few years past; but particularly in
+this last, which was the most remarkable: that, in this voyage, he
+had the misfortune to be five times shipped and unshipped: his
+first design was to have gone to Martinico; for which, taking ship
+at St. Malos, he was forced into Lisbon by bad weather, the vessel
+running aground in the mouth of the Tagus; that from thence he went
+on board a Portuguese ship, bound to the Madeiras, whose master
+being but an indifferent mariner, and out of his reckoning, they
+were drove to Fial, where selling their commodity, which was corn,
+they resolved to take in their loading at the Isle of May, and to
+sail to Newfoundland; at the banks of which, meeting a French ship
+bound to Quebec, in the river of Canada, and from thence to
+Martinico, in this ship he embarked; the master of which dying at
+Quebec, that voyage was suspended; and lastly, shipping himself for
+France, this last ship was destroyed by fire, as before has been
+related.</p>
+<p>At this time we talked no further; but another morning he comes
+to me, just as I was going to visit the Englishman's colony, and
+tells me, that as he knew; the prosperity of the island, was my
+principal desire, he had something to communicate agreeable to my
+design, by which perhaps he might put it, more than he yet thought
+it was, in the way of the benediction of heaven. <i>How, Sir,</i>
+said I, in a surprise, <i>are we not yet in the way of God's
+blessings, after all these signal providences and deliverances, of
+which you have had such an ample relation?</i> He replied, <i>Nope,
+Sir, you are in the way, and that your good design will prosper:
+but still there are some among you that are not equally right in
+their actions; and remember, I beseech you, Sir, that Achan, by his
+crime, removed God's blessing from the camp of the children of
+Israel; that though six and thirty were entirely innocent, yet
+they became the object of divine vengeance, and bore the weight of
+his punishment accordingly.</i></p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page168" id="page168"></a>[pg
+168]</span>
+<p>So sensibly was I touched with this discourse, and so satisfied
+with that ardent piety that inflamed his soul, that I desired him
+to accompany me to the Englishman's plantations, which he was very
+glad of, by reason they were the subject of what he designed to
+discourse with me about: and while we walked on together, he began
+in the following manner:</p>
+<p>"Sir, said he, I must confess it as a great unhappiness that we
+disagree in several doctrinal articles of religion; but surely both
+of us acknowledge this, that there is a God, who having given us
+some stated rules for our service and obedience, we ought not
+willingly and knowingly to offend him; either by neglecting what he
+has commanded, or by doing what he has forbidden. This truth every
+Christian owns, that when any one presumptuously sins against God's
+command, the Almighty then withdraws his blessing from him; every
+good man therefore ought certainly to prevent such neglect of, or
+sin against, God and his commands." I thanked the young priest for
+expressing so great a concern for us, and desired him to explain
+the particulars of what he had observed, that according to the
+parable of Achan, I <i>might remove the accursed thing from among
+us</i> "Why then, Sir, said he, in the first place, you have four
+Englishmen, who have taken savage women to their wives, by whom
+they have several children, though none of them are legally
+married, as the law of God and man requires; they, I say, Sir, are
+no less than adulterers, and as they still live in adultery, are
+liable to the curse of God. I know, Sir, you may object the want of
+a priest or clergyman of any kind; as also, pen, ink and paper, to
+write down a contract of marriage, and have it signed between them.
+But neither this, nor what the Spanish governor has told you of
+their choosing by consent, can be reckoned a marriage, nor any more
+than an agreement to keep them from quarrelling among themselves;
+for, Sir, the essence or sacrament of matrimony (so he called it)
+not only consists in mutual consent, but in the legal obligation,
+which compels them to own and acknowledge one another, to abstain
+from other persons, the men to provide for their wives and
+children, and the woman to the same and like conditions, <i>nutatis
+mutandis,</i> on their side: whereas, Sir, these men, upon their
+own pleasure, on any occasion, may forsake those women and marry
+others, and by disowning their children, suffer them utterly to
+perish. Now, Sir, 'added he, 'can God be honoured in such an
+unlawful liberty as this; how can a blessing succeed to the best
+endeavours, if men are allowed to live in so licentious a way?" I
+was indeed struck with the thing myself, and thought that they were
+much to blame, that no formal contract had been made, though it had
+been but breaking a stick between them, to engage them to live as
+man and wife, never to separate, but love, cherish, and comfort one
+another all their lives; <i>yet Sir,</i> said I, <i>when they took
+these wommen, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page169" id=
+"page169"></a>[pg 169]</span> I was not here, and if it is
+adultery, it is past my remedy, and I cannot help it</i>. "True,
+Sir,' answered the young priest. you cannot be charged with that
+part of the crime which was done in your absence: but I beseech
+you, don't flatter yourself, that you are under no obligation now
+to put a period to it: which if you neglect to do, the guilt will
+be entirely on you alone, since it is certainly in nobody's power
+but yours, to alter their condition." I must confess, I was so
+dull, that I thought he meant, I should part them, and knowing that
+this would put the whole island in confusion, I told him, I could
+not consent to it upon any account whatsoever. "Sir,' said he, in a
+great surprise, 'I do not mean that you should separate, but marry
+them, by a written contract, signed by both man and woman, and by
+all the witnesses present, which all the European laws decree to be
+of sufficient efficacy." Amazed with such true piety and sincerity,
+and considering the validity of a written contract, I acknowledged
+all that he said to be very just and kind, and that I would
+discourse with the man about it; neither could I see what reason
+they could have not to let him marry them, whose authority in that
+affair is owned to be as authentic as if they were married by any
+of our clergymen in England.</p>
+<p>The next complaint he had to make to me was this, that though
+these English subjects of mine have lived with these women seven
+years, and though they were of good understanding, and capable of
+instruction, having learned not only to speak, but to read English,
+yet all this while they had never taught them any thing of the
+Christian religion, or the knowledge of God, much less in what
+manner he ought to be served. "And is not this an unaccountable
+neglect:' said he warmly. 'Depend upon it, God Almighty will call
+them to account for such contempt. And though I am not of your
+religion, yet I should be glad to see these people released from
+the devil's power, and be saved by the principles of the Christian
+religion, the knowledge of God, of a Redeemer, the resurrection,
+and of a future state. But as it is not too late, if you please to
+give me leave to instruct them, I doubt not but I shall supply this
+great defect, by bringing them into the great circle of
+Christianity, even while you continue in the island."</p>
+<p>I could hold no longer, but embracing him, told him, with a
+thousand thanks, I would grant whatever he requested, and desired
+him to proceed in the third article, which he did in the following
+manner;</p>
+<p>"Sir,' said he, 'it should be a maxim among all Christians, that
+Christian knowledge ought to be propagated by all possible means,
+and on all occasion. Upon this account our church sends
+missionaries into Persia, India, and China, men who are willing to
+die for the sake of God &amp; the Christian faith, in order
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page170" id="page170"></a>[pg
+170]</span> to bring poor infidels into the way of salvation. Now,
+Sir, as here is an opportunity to convert seven &amp; thirty poor
+savages, I wonder how you can pass by such an occasion of doing
+good, which is really worth the expence of a man's whole life."</p>
+<p>I must confess I was so confounded at this discourse, that I
+could not tell how to answer him. "Sir,' said he, feeling me in
+disorder, 'I shall be very sorry if I have given you offence."
+<i>No Sir,</i> said I, <i>I am rather confounded; and you know my
+circumstances, that being bound to the East Indies in a merchant
+ship, I cannot wrong the owners so much, as to detain the ship
+here, the men lying at victuals and savages on their account. If I
+stay aboard several days, I must pay 3l. sterling</i> per diem
+<i>demurage, nor must the ship stop above eight days more; so that
+I am unable to engage in this work, unless I would leave the ship,
+and be reduced to my former condition.</i> The priest, though he
+owned this was hard upon me, yet laid it to my conscience, whether
+the blessing of saving seven and thirty souls was not worth
+venturing all that I had in the world? <i>Sir,</i> said I, <i>it is
+very true; but as you are an ecclesiastic, it naturally falls into
+your profession: why, therefore, don't you rather offer to
+undertake it yourself than press me to it?</i> upon this he turned
+about, making a very low bow, "I most humbly thank God and you,
+Sir, (said he) for so blessed a call; and most willingly undertake
+so glorious an office, which will sufficiently compensate all the
+hazards and difficulties I have gone through in a long and
+uncomfortable voyage."</p>
+<p>While he was thus speaking, I could discover a rapture in his
+face, by his colour going and coming; at the same time his eyes
+sparkled like fire, and all the signs of the most zealous
+transports. And when I asked whether he was in earnest? <i>Sir,</i>
+said he, <i>it was to preach to the Indians I consented to come
+along with you; these infidels, even in this little island, are
+infinitely of more worth than my poor life: if so that I should
+prove the happy instrument of saving these poor creatures' souls, I
+care not if I never see my native country again. One thing I only
+beg of you more is, that you would leave Friday with me, to be my
+interpreter, without whose assistance neither of us will understand
+each other.</i></p>
+<p>This request very sensibly troubled me; first, upon Friday's
+being bred a Protestant; and secondly, for the affection I bore to
+him for his fidelity: But, immediately the remembrance of Friday's
+father coming into my head, I recommended him to him as having
+learned Spanish, which the priest also understood; and so was
+thoroughly satisfied with him.</p>
+<p>When we came to the Englishmen, after I had told them what
+necessary things I had done for them, I talked to them of the
+scandalous life they led, told them what notice the clergyman had
+taken of it, and asked them if they were married <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page171" id="page171"></a>[pg 171]</span> men or
+bachelors? They answered, two of them were widowers, and the other
+three single men. But, said I, with what conscience can you call
+these your wives, by whom you have so many children, and yet are
+not lawfully married? They all said that they took them before the
+governor as such, having nobody else to marry them, which they
+thought as legal, as if they had had a parson. No doubt, said I,
+but in the eye of God it is so: but unless I am assured of your
+honest intent, never to desert these poor creatures, I can do
+nothing more for you, neither can you expect God's blessing while
+you live in such an open course of adultery. Hereupon, Will Atkins,
+who spoke for the rest, told me 'That they believed their wives the
+most innocent and virtuous creatures in the world; that they would
+never forsake them while they had breath; and that, if there was a
+clergyman in the ship, they would be married to them with all their
+hearts.' I told you before, said I, that I have a minister with me,
+who shall marry you to-morrow morning, if you are willing; so I
+would have you consult to-night with the rest about it. I told him
+the clergyman was a Frenchman, and knew not a word of English, but
+that I would act as clerk between them. And indeed this business
+met with such speedy success, that they all told me, in a few
+minutes after, 'that they were ready to be formally married as soon
+as I pleased;' with which informing the priest, he was exceedingly
+rejoiced.</p>
+<p>Nothing now remained, but that the women should be made sensible
+of the meaning of the thing; with which being well satisfied, they
+with their husbands attended at my apartment the next morning;
+there was my priest, habited in a black vest, something like a
+cassock, with a sash round it; much resembling a minister, and I
+was his interpreter. But the seriousness of his behaviour, and the
+scruples he made of marrying the women, who were not baptized, gave
+them, an exceeding reverence for his person: nor indeed would he
+marry them at all, till he obtained my liberty to discourse both
+with the men and women, and then he told them, 'That in the sight
+of all indifferent men, and in the sense of the laws of society,
+they had lived in open adultery, which nothing new, but their
+consent to marry, or final separation, could put an end to; and
+even here was a difficulty with respect to the laws of Christian
+matrimony, in marrying a professed Christian to a heathen idolater,
+unbaptized; but yet there was time enough to make them profess the
+name of Christ, without which nothing could be done; that, besides,
+he believed themselves very indifferent Christians; and
+consequently had not discoursed with their wives upon that subject;
+and that unless they promised him to do so, he could not marry
+them, as being expressly forbidden by the laws of God.'</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page172" id="page172"></a>[pg
+172]</span>
+<p>All this they heard attentively, and owned readily.</p>
+<p><i>But, Lord, Sir,</i> said Will Atkins to me <i>how could we
+teach them religion, who know nothing of it ourselves? How can we
+talk to our wives of God, Jesus Christ, heaven, and hell? Why they
+would only laugh at us, who never yet have practiced religion, but
+on the contrary all manner of wickedness. Will Atkins,</i> said I,
+<i>cannot you tell your wife she is in the wrong, and that her gods
+are idols, which can neither speak nor understand; but that our
+God, who has made, can destroy all things; that he rewards the good
+and punishes the wicked; and at last will bring us to judgment;
+cannot you tell her these things? That's true,</i> said Atkins,
+<i>but then she'll tell me it is utterly false, since I am not
+punished and sent to the devil, who hath been such a wicked
+creature.</i> These words I interpreted to the priest. "Oh!" said
+he, "tell him, his repentance will make him a very good minister to
+his spouse, and qualify him to preach on the mercy and long
+suffering of a merciful Being, who desires not the death of a
+sinner, and even defers damnation to the last judgment; this will
+lead him to the doctrine of the resurrection and will make him an
+excellent preacher to his wife." I repeated this to Atkins, who
+being more than ordinary affected with it, replied, <i>I know all
+this, Sir, and a great deal more; but how can I have the impudence
+to talk thus to my wife, given my conscience witnesses against me?
+Alas!</i> said he (with tears in his eye, and giving a great sigh)
+<i>as for repenting, that is for ever past me. Past you!
+Atkins,</i> said I, <i>what do you mean? You know well enough,</i>
+said he, <i>what I mean, I mean it is too late.</i></p>
+<p>When I told the priest what he said, the poor affectionate man
+could not refrain from weeping; but recovering himself "Pray, Sir,"
+said he, "ask him if he is contented that it is too late; or is he
+concerned, and wishes it were not so?" This question I put fairly
+to Atkins, who replied in a passion, <i>How can I be easy in a
+state which I know must terminate in my ruin? for I really believe,
+some time or other, I shall cut my threat, to put a period both to
+my life, and to the terrors of my conscience.</i></p>
+<p>At this, the clergyman shook his head, "Sir," said he, "pray
+tell him it is not too late; Christ will give him repentance, if he
+has recourse to the merit of his passion. Does he think he is
+beyond the power of Divine mercy? There may indeed be a time when
+provoked mercy will no longer strive, but never too late for men to
+repent in this world." I told Atkins every word the priest had
+said, who then parted from us to walk with his wife, while we
+discoursed with the rest. But these were very stupid in religious
+matters; yet all of them promised to do their endeavours to make
+their wives turn Christians; and upon which promises the priest
+married the three couple. But as Atkins was the only sincere
+convert and of more sense than the rest, my clergyman was earnestly
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page173" id="page173"></a>[pg
+173]</span> inquiring after him: "Sir," said he, "let us walk out
+of this labyrinth, &amp; I dare say we shall find this poor man
+preaching to his wife already." And indeed we found it true; for
+coming to the edge of the wood, we perceived Atkins and his savage
+wife sitting under the shade of a bush, in very earnest discourse;
+he pointed to the sun, to the quarters of the earth, to himself, to
+her, the woods, and the trees. Immediately we could perceive him
+start upon his feet, fall down upon his knees, and lift up both his
+hands; at which the tears ran down my clergyman's cheeks; but our
+great misfortune was, we could not hear one word that passed
+between them. Another time he would embrace her, wiping the tears
+from her eyes, kissing her with the greatest transports, and then
+both kneel down for some minutes together. Such raptures of joy did
+this confirm in my young priest, that he could scarcely contain
+himself: And a little after this, we observed by her motion, as
+frequently lifting up her hands, and laying them on her breast,
+that she was mightily affected with his discourse, and so they
+withdrew from our sight.</p>
+<p>When we came back, we found them both waiting to be called in;
+upon which he agreed to examine him alone, and so I began thus to
+discourse him. "Prithee, Will Atkins," said I, "what education have
+you? What was your father?"</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> A better man than ever I shall be; he was, Sir, a
+clergyman, who gave me good instruction, or correction, which I
+despised like a brute as I was, and murdered my poor father.</p>
+<p><i>Pr.</i> Ha! a murderer!</p>
+<p>[<i>Here the priest started and looked pale, as thinking he had
+really killed his father</i>.]</p>
+<p><i>R.C.</i> What, did you kill him with your hands?</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> No, Sir, I cut not his throat, but broke his heart
+by the most unnatural turn of disobedience to the tenderest and
+best of fathers.</p>
+<p><i>R.C.</i> Well, I pray God grant you repentance: I did not ask
+you to exhort a confession; but I asked you because I see you have
+more knowledge of what is good than your companions.</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> O Sir, whenever I look back upon my past life,
+conscience upbraids me with my father: the sins against our parents
+make the deepest wounds, and their weight lies the heaviest upon
+the mind.</p>
+<p><i>R.C.</i> You talk, Will, too feelingly and sensibly for me; I
+am not able to bear it.</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> You bear it, Sir! you know nothing of it.</p>
+<p><i>R.C.</i> But yes, Atkins, I do; and every shore, valley, and
+tree in this island, witness the anguish of my soul for my
+undutifulness to my kind father, whom I have murdered likewise; yet
+my repentance falls infinitely short of yours. But, Will, how comes
+the sense of this matter to touch you just now?</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> Sir, the work you have set me about, has occasioned
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page174" id="page174"></a>[pg
+174]</span> it; for talking to my wife about God and religion, she
+has preached me such a sermon, that I shall retain it in lasting
+remembrance.</p>
+<p><i>R.C.</i> No, no, it is your own moving pious arguments to
+her, has made conscience fling them back upon you. But pray,
+Atkins, inform us what passed between you and your wife, and in
+what manner you did begin.</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> I talked to her of the laws of marriage, the reason
+of such compacts, whereby order and justice is maintained; without
+which men would run from their wives and children, to the
+dissolution of families or inheritances.</p>
+<p><i>R.C.</i> Well, and what did she say to all this?</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> Sir, we began our discourse in the following manner,
+which I shall exactly repeat according to my mean capacity, if you
+think it worth you while to honour it with your attention.</p>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<p><i>The DIALOGUE between WILL ATKINS and his Wife in the
+wood.</i></p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> You tell me marriage God appoint, have you God in
+your country?</p>
+<p><i>W.A.</i> Yes, child, God is in every nation.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> No; great old Benamuckee God is in my country, not
+yours.</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> My dear, God is in heaven, which he made; he also made
+the earth, the sea and all that is therein.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Why you no tell me much long ago?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> My dear I have been a wicked wretch, having a long
+time lived without the knowledge of God in the world.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> What, not know great God in own nation? No do good
+ting? No say O to him? that's strange!</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> But, my dear, many live as if there was no God in
+heaven for all that.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Why God suffer them? why makee not live well?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> It is our own faults, child.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> But if he is much great, can makee kill, why no
+makee kill when no serve him? No be good mans, no cry O to him?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> That's true, my dear, he may strike us dead, but his
+abundant mercy spareth us.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Did not you tell God thanked for that?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> No, I have neither thanked him for his mercy, nor
+feared him for his power.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Then me not believe your God be good, nor makee
+kill, when you makee him angry.</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> Alas! must my wicked life hinder you from believing in
+him?</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page175" id="page175"></a>[pg
+175]</span>
+<p><i>Wife</i>. How can me tink your God lives there? (<i>pointing
+to heaven</i>.) Sure he no ken what you do here.</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> Yes, my dear, he hears us speak, sees what we do, and
+knows what we even think.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Where then makee power strong, when he hears you
+curse, swear de great damn?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> My dear, this shows indeed he is a God and not a man
+who has such tender mercy.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Mercy I what you call mercy?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> He pities and spares us: as he is our great Creator,
+so he is also our tender Father.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> So God never angry, never kill wicked, then he no
+good, no great mighty.</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> O my dear, don't say so, he is both; and many times he
+shows terrible examples of his judgment and vengeance.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Then you makee de bargain with him; you do bad
+ting, he no hurt you, he hurt other mans.</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> No, indeed, my lips are all presumptions upon his
+goodness.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Well, and yet no makee you dead; and you give him
+no tankee neither?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> It is true, I an ungrateful, unthankful dog, that I
+am.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Why, you say, he makee you, why makee you no much
+better then?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> It is I alone that have deformed myself, and abused
+his goodness.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> Pray makee God know me, me no makee him angry, no
+do bad ting.</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> You mean, my dear, that you desire I would teach you
+to know God: alas! poor dear creature, he must teach thee, and not
+I. But I'll pray earnestly to him to direct thee, and to forgive
+me, a miserable sinner. <i>(Hereupon he went a little distance, and
+kneeling down, prayed earnestly to God to enlighten her mind, and
+to pardon his sins; when this was done, they continued their
+discourse thus.)</i></p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> What you put down knee for? For what hold up hand?
+Who you speak to?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> My dear, I bowed in token of submission to him that
+made me, and prayed that he would open your eyes and
+understanding.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> And can he do that too? And will he hear what you
+say?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> Yes, my dear, he bids us pray, and has given us
+promise that he will hear us.</p>
+<p><i>Wife.</i> When did he bid you pray? What I do you hear him
+speak?</p>
+<p><i>A.</i> No, my dear, but God has spoken formerly to good men
+from heaven; and by divine revelation they have written all his
+laws down in a book.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page176" id="page176"></a>[pg
+176]</span>
+<p><i>Wife</i>. O where dat good book?</p>
+<p><i>A</i>. I have it not now by me; but one time or other I shall
+get it for you to read. <i>Then he embraced her with great
+affection</i>.</p>
+<p><i>Wife</i>. Pray tell a mee, did God, teachee them write that
+book?</p>
+<p><i>A</i>. Yes, and by that rule we know him to be God.</p>
+<p><i>Wife</i>. What way, what rule you know him?</p>
+<p><i>A</i>. Because he teaches what is good, just, and holy; and
+forbids all wicked and abominable actions that incur his
+displeasure.</p>
+<p><i>Wife</i>. O me fain understand that, and if he do all things
+you say he do, surely he hear me say O to him; he makee me good if
+I wish to be good, he no kill me if I love him; me tink, believe
+him great God; me say O to him, along with you, my dear.</p>
+<p><i>Here the poor man fell upon his knees, and made her kneel
+down by him praying with the greatest fervency, that God would
+instruct her by his Holy Spirit; and that God by his providence
+would send them a Bible for both their instructions. And such was
+the early piety of this new convert, that she made him promise
+never to forsake God any more, lest being</i> made dead, <i>as she
+called it; she should not only want her instructor, but himself be
+miserable in a long eternity</i>.</p>
+<p>Such a surprising account as this was, proved very affecting to
+us both, but particularly to the young clergyman, who was mightily
+concerned he could not talk to her himself. "Sir," said he, "there,
+is something more to be done to this woman then to marry her; I
+mean that she ought to be baptized." To this, I presently agreed:
+"Pray," said he, "ask her husband, whether he has ever talked to
+her of Jesus Christ, the salvation of sinners, the nature of faith,
+and redemption in and by him, of the Holy Spirit, the resurection,
+last judgment, and a future state;" but the poor fellow melted into
+tears at this question, saying, that he had said something to her
+of these things, but his inability to talk of them, made him
+afraid, lest her knowledge of them should rather make her contemn
+religion, than be benefited by it; but that if I would discourse
+with her, it would be very evident my labour would not be in vain.
+Accordingly I called her in, and placing myself as interpreter
+between the religious priest and the woman, I entreated him to go
+on; but surely never was such a sermon preached by any clergyman in
+these latter days, with so much zeal, knowledge, and sincerity; in
+short, he brought the woman to embrace the knowledge of Christ, and
+of redemption by him, with so surprising a degree of understanding,
+that she made it her own request to be baptized.</p>
+<p>He than performed his office in the sacrament of baptism, first,
+by saying some words over to himself in Latin, and then
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page177" id="page177"></a>[pg
+177]</span> asking me to give her a name, as being her godfather,
+and pouring a whole dish-full of water upon the woman's head, he
+said, "<i>Mary</i>, I baptize thee in the name of the Father, and
+of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost;" so that none could know of what
+religion he was. After this he pronounced the benediction in Latin.
+Thus the woman being made a Christian, he married her to Will
+Atkins; which being finished, he affectionately exhorted him to
+lead a holy life for the future; and since the Almighty, for the
+convictions of his conscience, had honoured him to be the
+instrument or his wife's conversion, he should not dishonor the
+grace of God, that while the savage was converted, the instrument
+should be cast away. Thus ended a ceremony, to me the most pleasant
+and agreeable I ever passed in my life.</p>
+<p>The affairs of the island being settled, I was preparing to go
+on board, when the young man (whose mother was starved) came to me,
+saying, that as he understood I had a clergyman with me, who had
+married the Englishmen with savages, he had a match to make between
+two Christians, which he desired might be finished before I
+departed. Thinking that it was he himself that had courted his
+mother's maid, I persuaded him not to do any thing rashly upon the
+account of his solitary circumstances; that the maid was an unequal
+match for him, both in respect to substance and years; and that it
+was very probable he would live to return to his own country, where
+he might have a far better choice. At these words, smiling, he
+interrupted me, thanking me for my good-advice; that as he had
+nothing to beg of me but a small settlement, with a servant or two,
+or some new necessaries, so he hoped I would not be unmindful of
+him when I returned to England, but give his letter to his friends;
+and that when he was redeemed, the plantation, and all its
+improvements, however valuable, should be returned to me again. But
+as for the marriage he proposed, that it was not himself, but that
+it was between my Jack-of-all-trades and the maid Susan.</p>
+<p>I was indeed agreeably surprised at the mentioning this match,
+which seemed very suitable, the one being a very ingenious fellow,
+and the other an excellent, dexterous, and sensible housewife, fit
+to be governess of the whole island; so we married them the same
+day; and as I was her father, and gave her away, so I gave her a
+handsome portion, appointing her and her husband a convenient large
+space of ground for their plantation. The sharing out of the land I
+left to Will Atkins, who really divided if very justly, to every
+person's satisfaction; they only desired one general writing under
+my hand for the whole, which I caused to be drawn up, signed, and
+sealed to them, setting out their bounds, and giving them a right
+to the whole possession of their respective plantations, with their
+improvements, to them and their heirs, reserving all the rest
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page178" id="page178"></a>[pg
+178]</span> of the island as my own property, and a certain rent
+for every particular plantation, after eleven years. As to their
+laws and government, I exhorted them to love one another; and as to
+the Indians who lived in a nook by themselves, I allotted three or
+four of them plantations, and the rest willingly chose to become
+servants to the other families, by which means they were employed
+in useful labour, and fared much better than they did before.
+Besides the savages thus mixed with the Christians, the work of
+their conversion might be set on foot by the latter, in the
+clergyman's absence, to our equal satisfaction. The young priest,
+however, was a little anxious lest the Christians should not be
+willing to do their parts in instructing these poor Indians; I
+therefore told him we should call them all together; that he should
+speak to the Spaniards who were Papists, and I to the English, who
+were Protestants, and make them promise that they would never make
+any distinction in religion, but teach the general true knowledge
+of God, and his son Jesus Christ, in order to convert the poor
+savages. And this, indeed, they all promised us accordingly.</p>
+<p>When I came to Will Atkins's house, I found his baptized wife,
+and the young woman newly married to my Jack-of-all-trades, were
+become great intimates, and discoursing of religion together. <i>O,
+Sir,</i> says Will Atkins, <i>when God has sinners to reconcile to
+himself, he never wants an instructor; I knew I was unworthy of so
+good a work, and therefore this young woman has been sent hither as
+it were from heaven, who is sufficient to convert a whole nation of
+savages</i>. The young woman blushed, and was going to rise; but I
+desired her to sit still, and hoped that God would bless her in so
+good a work; and then pulling out a Bible (which I brought on
+purpose in my pocket for him.) <i>Here Atkins</i>, said I, <i>here
+is an assistant that perhaps you had not before</i>. So confounded
+was the poor man, that is was some time before he could speak; at
+last turning to his wife, <i>My dear</i>, he said, <i>did I not
+tell you that God could hear what we said? Here's the book I prayed
+for, when you and I kneeled under the bush: God then heard us, and
+now has sent it</i>. The woman was surprised, and thought really
+God had sent that individual book from heaven; but I turned to the
+young woman, and desired her to explain to the young convert, that
+God may properly be said to answer our petitions, when, in the
+course of his providence, such particular things came to pass as we
+petitioned for. This the young woman did effectually; but surely
+Will Atkins's joy cannot be expressed; no man being more thankful
+for any thing in the world, than he was for his Bible, nor desired
+it from a better principle.</p>
+<p>After several religious discourses, I desired the young woman to
+give me an account of the anguish she felt when she was starving to
+death with hunger; to which she readily consented, and began in the
+following manner:</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page179" id="page179"></a>[pg
+179]</span>
+<p>"Sir," said she, "all our victuals being gone, after I had
+fasted one day, my stomach was very sickly, and, at the approach,
+of night, I was inclined to yawning and sleepy. When I slept upon
+the couch three hours, I awaked a little refreshed: three hours
+after, my stomach being more and more sickly, I lay down again, but
+could not sleep, being very faint and ill. Thus I passed the second
+day with a strange variety, first hungry, then sick again, with
+reachings to vomit: that night I dreamed I was at Barbadoes, buying
+plenty of provisions; and dined heartily. But when I awaked, my
+spirits were exceedingly sunk, to find myself in the extremity of
+famine. There was but one glass of wine, which being mixed with
+sugar, I drank up; but for want of substance to digest upon, the
+fumes of it got into my head, &amp; made me senseless for some
+time. The third day I was so ravenous and furious, that I could
+have eaten a little child if it had come in my way; during which
+time, I was as mad as any creature in Bedlam. In one of these fits
+I fell down, and struck my face against the corner of a pallet bed,
+where my mistress lay; the blood gushed out of my nose, but by my
+excessive bleeding, both the violence of the fever, and the
+ravenous part of the hunger abated. After this, I grew sick again,
+strove to vomit, but could not; then bleeding a second time, I
+swooned away as dead; when I came to myself, I had a dreadful
+gnawing pain in my stomach, which went of towards night, with a
+longing desire for food. I took a draught of water and sugar, but
+it came up again; then I drank water without sugar, and that staid
+with me. I laid me down on the bed, praying God would take me away:
+after I had slumbered, I thought myself a-dying, therefore
+recommended my soul to God, and wished somebody would throw me into
+the sea. All this while my departing mistress lay by me: the last
+bit of bread she had, she gave to her dear child my young master.
+The morning after, I fell into a violent passion of crying, and
+after that into hunger. I espied the blood that came from my nose
+in a basin, which I immediately swallowed up. At night I had the
+usual variations, as the pain in the stomach, sick, sleepy, and
+ravenous: and I had no thought but that I should die before
+morning. In the morning came on terrible gripings in my bowels. At
+this time I heard my young master's lamentations, by which I
+understood his mother was dead. Soon after this, the sailors cried,
+<i>A sail! A sail!</i> hallooing as if they were distracted for joy
+of that relief, which afterwards we received from your hands."</p>
+<p>Surely never was a more distinct account of starving to death
+than this. But to return to the disposition of things among my
+people, I did not take any notice to them of the sloop that I had
+framed, neither would I leave them the two pieces of brass cannon,
+or the two quarter-deck guns that I had on board, lest, upon any
+disgust, they should have separated, or turned pirates,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page180" id="page180"></a>[pg
+180]</span> and so made the island a den of thieves, instead of a
+plantation of sober pious people: but leaving them in a flourishing
+condition, with a promise to send them further relief, from Brazil,
+as sheep, hogs, and cows (being obliged to kill the latter at sea,
+having no hay to feed them) I went on board the ship again, the
+first of May, 1695, after having been twenty days among them: and
+next morning, giving them a salute of five guns at parting, we set
+sail for the Brazils. The third day, towards evening, there
+happening a calm, and the current being very strong, we were drove
+to the N.N.E. towards the land. Some hours after, we perceived the
+sea covered as it were with something very black, not easily at
+first to be discovered: upon which our chief mate ascending the
+shrouds a little way, and taking a view with a perspective glass,
+he cries out, <i>An army! An army! You fool</i>, said I, <i>what do
+you mean? Nay, Sir</i>, said he, <i>don't be angry. I assure you,
+it is not only an army, but a fleet, too, for I believe there are a
+thousand canoes paddling along, and making with great haste towards
+us</i>.</p>
+<p>Indeed every one of us were surprised at this relation; and my
+nephew the captain could not tell what to think of it, but thought
+we should all be devoured. Nor was I free from concern, when I
+considered how much we were becalmed, and what a strong current set
+towards the shore; however, I encouraged him not to be afraid, but
+bring the ship to an anchor as soon as we were certain that we must
+engage them. Accordingly we did so, and furled all our sails, as to
+the savages we feared nothing, but only that they might se the ship
+on fire; to prevent which, I ordered them to get their boats out,
+and fasten them, one close by the head, and the other by the stern,
+well manned, with skeets and buckets to extinguish the flames,
+should it so happen. The savages soon came up with us, but there
+were not so many as the mate had said, for instead of a thousand
+canoes there were only one hundred and twenty; too many indeed for
+us, several of their canoes containing about sixteen or seventeen
+men.</p>
+<p>As they approached us, they seemed to be in the greatest
+amazement, not knowing what to make of us. They rowed round the
+ship, which occasioned us to call to the men in the boats, not to
+suffer them to come near them. Hereupon they beckoned to the
+savages to keep back, which they accordingly did; but at their
+retreat they let fly about fifty arrows among us, and very much
+wounded one of our men in the long-boat. I called to them not to
+fire upon any account, but handing them down some deal boards, the
+carpenters made them a kind of fence to shield them from the
+arrows. In half an hour after they came so near astern of us, that
+we had a perfect sight of them; then they rowed a little farther
+out, till they came directly along-side of us, and then approached
+so near, that they could hear us speak; this made me order all our
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page181" id="page181"></a>[pg
+181]</span> men to keep close, and get their guns ready. In the
+mean time I ordered Friday to go out upon deck, and ask them in his
+language what they meant. No sooner did he do so, but six of the
+savages, who were in the foremost canoes, stooping down, showed us
+their naked backsides, as much as to say in English, <i>Kiss
+our</i>----: but Friday quickly knew what this meant, by
+immediately crying out they were going to shoot; unfortunately for
+him, poor creature, who fell under the cloud of three hundred
+arrows, no less than seven piercing through his body, killing one
+of the best servants, and faithfullest of companions in all my
+solitudes and afflictions.</p>
+<p>So enraged was I at the death of poor Friday, that the guns,
+which before were charged only with powder, to frighten them, I
+ordered to be loaded with small shot; nor did the gunners fail in
+their aim, but at this broadside split and overset thirteen or
+fourteen of their canoes, which killed numbers of them, and set the
+rest a swimming, the others, frightened out of their wits, little
+regarding their fellows drowning, scoured away as fast as they
+could. One poor wretch our people took up, swimming for his life,
+an hour after. He was very sullen at first, to that he would
+neither eat nor speak; but I took a way to cure him, by ordering
+them to throw him into the sea, which they did, and then he came
+swimming back like a cork, calling in his tongue, as I suppose, to
+save him. So we took him on board, but it was a long time before we
+could make him speak or understand English; yet when we had taught
+him, he told us, 'they were going with their kings to fight a great
+battle;' and when we asked him, what made them come up to us? he
+said, <i>to makee de great wonder look</i>; where it is to be
+noted, that those natives, and those of Africa, always add to
+<i>e</i>'s at the end of English words, as <i>makee, takee</i>, and
+the like, from which it is very difficult thing to make them break
+off.</p>
+<p>Being now under sail, we took our last farewell of poor honest
+Friday, and interred him with all possible decency and solemnity,
+putting him in a coffin, and committing him to the deep, at the
+same time cauling eleven guns to be fired at him. Thus ended the
+life of one of the most grateful, faithful, honest, and
+affectionate servants, that ever any man was blessed with in the
+world.</p>
+<p>Having now a fair wind for Brazil, in about twelve days time we
+made land in the latitude of five degrees south of the line. Four
+days we kept on S. by E. in sight of shore, when we made Cape St.
+Augustin, and in three days we came up to an anchor off the Bay of
+all Saints. I had great difficulty here to get leave to hold
+correspondence on shore; for neither the figure of my partner, my
+two merchant trustees, nor the fame of my wonderful preservation in
+the island, could procure me the favour, till such time as the
+prior of the monastery of the</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page182" id="page182"></a>[pg
+182]</span> <a name="182.jpg"></a>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/182.jpg"><img src="Images/182.jpg"
+width="60%" alt=""></a><br>
+<b>Revenging the death of Friday.</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page183" id="page183"></a>[pg
+183]</span>
+<p>Augustines (to whom I had given 500 moidores) obtained leave
+from the Governor, for me personally, with the Captain &amp; one
+more, together with eight sailors, to come on shore; upon this
+condition, that we should not land any goods out of the ship, nor
+carry any person away without licence; I found means, however, to
+get on shore three bales of English goods, such as fine broad
+cloths, stuffs, and some linen, which I brought as a present for my
+partner, who had sent me on board a present of fresh provisions,
+wine and sweetmeats, worth about thirty moidores, including some
+tobacco, and three or four fine gold medals.</p>
+<p>Here I delivered my partner in goods to the value of 100 &pound;
+sterling, and obliged him to fit up the sloop I bought for the use
+of my island, in order to send them refreshments; and so active was
+he in this matter, that he had the vessel finished in a few days,
+to the master of which I gave particular instructions to find the
+place. I soon loaded him with a small cargo; and one of our sailors
+offered to settle there, upon my letter to the Spanish governor, if
+I would allot him tools and a plantation. This I willingly granted,
+and gave him the savage we had taken prisoner to be his slave. All
+things being ready for the voyage, my old partner told me there was
+an acquaintance of his, a Brazil planter, who having fallen under
+the displeasure of the church, &amp; in fear of the Inquisition
+which obliged him to be concealed, would be glad of such an
+opportunity to make his escape, with his wife &amp; two daughters;
+&amp; if I would allot them a plantation in my island, he would
+give them a small stock to begin with, for that the officers had
+already seized his effects and estate, and left him nothing but a
+little household stuff and two slaves. This request I presently
+granted, concealing him and his family on board our ship, till such
+time as the sloop (where all the effects were) was gone out of the
+bay, and then we put them on board, who carried some materials, and
+plants for planting sugar-canes, along with them. By this sloop,
+among other things, I sent my subjects three milch cows and five
+calves, about 22 hogs, three sows big with pig, two mares and a
+stone horse. I also engaged three Portugal women to go for sake of
+the Spaniards, which, with the persecuted man's two daughters, were
+sufficient, since the rest had wives of their own, though in
+another country; all which cargo arrived safe, no doubt to their
+exceeding comfort, who, with this addition, were about sixty or
+seventy people, besides children.</p>
+<p>At this place, my truly honest and pious clergyman left me; for
+a ship being ready to set sail for Lisbon, he asked me leave to go
+thither, but I assure you it was with the greatest reluctance I
+parted from a person, whose virtue and piety merited the greatest
+esteem.</p>
+<p>From the Brazils, we made directly over the Atlantic Ocean to
+the Cape of Good Hope, having a tolerable good voyage, steering for
+the most part S.E. We were on a trading voyage, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page184" id="page184"></a>[pg 184]</span> and
+had a supercargo on board, who was to direct all the ship's motions
+after she arrived at the Cape, only being limited to a certain
+number of days, for stay, by charter party, at the several ports
+she was to go to. At the Cape we only took in fresh water, and then
+sailed for the coast of Coromandel; we were there informed, that a
+French man of war of 50 guns, and two large merchant ships were
+sailed for the Indies, but we heard no more of them.</p>
+<p>In our passage, we touched at the island of Madagascar, where,
+though the inhabitants are naturally fierce and treacherous, &amp;
+go constantly armed with bows &amp; lances, yet for some time they
+treated us civily enough; and, in exchange for knives, scisors, and
+other trifles, they brought us eleven good fat bullocks, which we
+took partly for present victuals, and the remainder to salt for the
+ship's use.</p>
+<p>So curious was I to view every corner of the world where I came
+to, that I went on shore as often as I could. One evening when on
+shore, we observed numbers of the people stand gazing at us at a
+distance. We thought ourselves in no danger, as they had hitherto
+used us kindly. However, we cut three boughs cut of a tree,
+sticking them at a distance from us, which it seems, in that
+country, is not only a token of truce and amity, but when poles or
+boughs are set up on the other side, it is a sign the truce is
+accepted. In these treaties, however, there is one principal thing
+to be regarded, that neither party come beyond one another's three
+poles or boughs; so that the middle space is not only secure, but
+is also allowed as a market for traffic and commerce. When the
+truce is thus accepted, they stick up their javelins and lances at
+the first poles, and come on unarmed; but if any violence is
+offered, away they run to their poles, take up their weapons, and
+then the truce is at an end. This evening it happened that a
+greater number of people than usual, both men and women, traded
+among us for such toys as we had, with such great civility, that we
+made us a little tent, of large boughs of trees, some of the men
+resolving to lie on shore all night; but, for my part, I and some
+others took our lodging in the boat, with boughs of trees spread
+over it, having a sail spread at the bottom to lie upon. About two
+o'clock in the morning we were awakened by the firing of muskets,
+and our men crying out for help, or else they would all be
+murdered. Scarce had we time to get the boat ashore, when our men
+came plunging themselves into the water, with about four hundred of
+the islanders at their heels. We took up seven of the men, three of
+them very much wounded, and one left behind killed, while the enemy
+poured their arrows so thick among us, that we were forced to make
+a barricade, with boards lying at the side of the boat, to shield
+us from danger: and, having got ready our fire-arms, we returned
+them a volley, which wounded several of them, as we could
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page185" id="page185"></a>[pg
+185]</span> hear by their cries. In this condition we lay till
+break of day, and then making signals of distress to the ship,
+which my nephew the captain heard and understood, he weighed
+anchor, &amp; stood as near the shore as possible, and then sent
+another boat with ten hands in her to assist us; but we called to
+them not to come near, informing them of our unhappy condition.
+However they ventured; when one of the men taking the end of a
+tow-line in one hand, and keeping our boat between him and our
+adversaries, swam to us, and slipping our cables, they towed us,
+out of reach of their arrows, and quickly after a broadside was
+given them from the ship, which made a most dreadful havoc among
+them. When we got on board, we examined into the occasion of this
+fray. The men who fled informed us that an old woman who sold milk
+within the poles, had brought a young woman with her, who carried
+roots or herbs, the sight of whom so much tempted our men, that
+they offered rudeness to the maid, at which the old woman set up a
+great cry: nor would the sailors part with the prize, but carried
+her among the trees, while the old woman went, and brought a whole
+army down upon them. At the beginning of the attack, one of our men
+was killed with a lance, and the fellow who began the mischief,
+paid dear enough for his mistress, though as yet we did not know
+what had become of him; the rest luckily escaped. The third night
+after the action, being curious to understand how affairs stood, I
+took the supercargo and twenty stout fellows with me, and landed
+about two hours before midnight, at the same place where those
+Indians stood the night before, and there we divided our men into
+two bodies, the boatswain commanding one, and I another. It was so
+dark, that we could see nobody, neither did we hear any voice near
+us: but by &amp; bye the boatswain falling over a dead body, we
+agreed to halt till the moon should rise, which he knew would be in
+an hour after. We perceived here no fewer than two and thirty
+bodies upon the ground, whereof two were not quite dead. Satisfied
+with this discovery I was for going on board again; but the
+boatswain and the rest told me, they would make a visit to the
+Indian town, where these dogs (so they called them) resided, asking
+me at the same time to go along with them; for they did not doubt,
+besides getting a good booty, but they should find Tom Jeffery
+there, for that was the unhappy man we missed. But I utterly
+refused to go, and commanded them back, being unwilling to hazard
+their lives, as the safety of the ship wholly depended upon them.
+Notwithstanding all I could say to them, they all left me but one,
+and the supercargo; so we three returned to the boat, where a boy
+was left, resolving to stay till they returned. At parting I told
+them I supposed most of them would run the same fate with Tom
+Jeffery. To this they replied, <i>Come boys, come along, we'll
+warrant we'll come off safe enough</i>; and so away <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page186" id="page186"></a>[pg 186]</span> they
+went, notwithstanding all my admonitions, either concerning their
+own safety or the preservation of the ship. Indeed they were
+gallantly armed, every man having a musket, bayonet, and a pistol,
+besides cutlasses, hangers, pole-axes, and hand granades. They came
+to a few Indian houses at first, which not being the town they
+expected they went farther, &amp; finding a cow tied to a tree,
+they concluded that she would be a sufficient guide, and so it
+proved; for, after they untied her, she led them directly to the
+town, which consisted of above two hundred houses, several families
+living in some of the huts together. At their arrival, all being in
+a profound sleep, the sailors agreed to divide themselves into
+three bodies, and set three parts of the town on fire at once, to
+kill those that were escaping, and plunder the rest of the houses.
+Thus desperately resolved, they went to work; but the first party
+had not gone far, before they called out to the rest, that they had
+found Tom Jeffery; whereupon they all ran up to the place, and
+found the poor fellow indeed hanging up naked by one arm, and his
+throat almost cut from ear to ear. In a house that was hard by the
+tree, they found sixteen or seventeen Indians, who had been
+concerned in the fray, two or three of them being wounded, were not
+gone to sleep: this house they set on fire first, and in a few
+minutes after, five or six places more in the town appeared in
+flames. The conflagration spread like wild-fire, their housing
+being all of wood, and covered with flags or rushes. The poor
+affrighted inhabitants endeavoured to run out to save their lives,
+but they were driven back into the flames by the sailors, and
+killed without mercy. At the first house above mentioned, after the
+boatswain had slain two with his pole-ax, he threw a hand-granade
+into the house, which bursting, made a terrible havoc, killing and
+wounding most of them; and their king and most of his train, who
+were then in that house, fell victims to their fury, every creature
+of them being either smothered or burnt. All this while they never
+fired a gun, lest the people should awaken faster than they could
+overpower them. But the fire awakened them fast enough, which
+obliged our fellows to keep together in bodies. By this time the
+whole town was in a flame, yet their fury rather increased, calling
+out to one another to remember Tom Jeffery. The terrible light of
+this conflagration made me very uneasy, and roused my nephew the
+captain, and the rest of his men, who knew nothing of the matter.
+When he perceived the dreadful smoke, and heard the guns go off, he
+readily concluded his men were in danger; he therefore takes
+another boat, and comes ashore himself, with thirteen men well
+armed. He was greatly surprised to see me and only two men in the
+boat, but more so when I told him the story: but though I argued
+with him, as I did with the men, about the danger of <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page187" id="page187"></a>[pg 187]</span> the
+voyage, the interests of the merchants and owners, and the safety
+of the ship, yet my nephew, like the rest, declared, that he would
+rather lose the ship, his voyage, his life and all, than his men
+should be lost for want of help; and so away he went. For my part,
+seeing him resolved to go, I had not power to stay behind. He
+ordered the pinnace back again for twelve men more, and then we
+marched directly as the flame guided us. But surely never was such
+a scene of horror beheld, or more dismal cries heard, except when
+Oliver Cromwell took Drogheda in Ireland, where he neither spared
+man, woman, nor child.</p>
+<p>The first object, I think, we met with, was the ruins of one of
+their habitations, before which lay four men and three woman
+killed, and two more burnt to death among the fire, which was now
+decaying. Nothing could appear more barbarous than this revenge;
+none more cruel than the authors of it. As we went on, the fire
+increased, and the cry proceeded in proportion. We had not gone
+much farther, when we beheld three naked women, followed by sixteen
+or seventeen men, flying with the greatest swiftness from our men,
+who shot one of them in our sight. When they perceived us, whom
+they supposed also their murderers, they set up a most dreadful
+shriek, and both of them swooned away in the fright. This was a
+sight which might have softened the hardest heart; and in pity we
+took some ways to let them know we would not hurt them, while the
+poor creatures with bended knees, and lifted up hands, made piteous
+lamentations to us to save their lives. I ordered our men not to
+hunt any of the poor creatures whatsoever; but being willing to
+understand the occasion of all this, I went among these unhappy
+wretches, who neither understood me, nor the good I meant them.
+However being resolved to put an end to this barbarity, I ordered
+the men to follow me. We had not gone fifty yards before we came up
+with the boatswain, with four of our men at his heels, all of them
+covered with blood and dust, and in search of more people to
+satiate their vengeance. As soon as we saw them, we called out, and
+made them understand who we were; upon which they came up to us,
+setting up a holloo of triumph, in token that more help was come.
+<i>Noble Captain</i>, said he to my nephew, <i>I'm glad your come:
+we have not half done with these villainous hell-hound dogs; wee'll
+root out the very nation of them from the earth, and kill more than
+poor Tom has hairs upon his head:</i> and thus he went on till I
+interrupted him.--"Blood-thirsty dog," said I, "will your cruelty
+never end? I charge you touch not one creature more; stop your
+hands and stand still, or you're a dead man this moment." <i>Why
+Sir</i>, said he, <i>you neither know whom you are protecting, nor
+what they have done: but pray come hither, and behold an instance
+of compassion, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page188" id=
+"page188"></a>[pg 188]</span> if such can merit your clemency</i>;
+and with that he shewed me the poor fellow with his throat cut,
+hanging upon the tree.</p>
+<p>Indeed, here was enough to fill their breasts with rage, which,
+however, I thought had gone too far, agreeable to these words of
+Jacob to his sons Simeon and Levi: <i>Cursed be their anger for it
+was fierce; and their wrath; for it was cruel.</i> But this sight
+made my nephew and the rest as bad as they: nay, my nephew
+declared, his concern was only for his men; as for the people, not
+a soul of them ought to live. Upon this, the boatswain and eight
+more directly turned about, and went to finish the intended
+tragedy; which being out of my power to prevent, I returned back
+from the dismal sight, &amp; the piteous cries of those unfortunate
+creatures, who were made victims to their fury. Indeed, it was an
+egregious piece of folly in me to return to the boat with but one
+attendant; and I had very near paid for it, having narrowly escaped
+forty armed Indians, who had been alarmed by the conflagration; but
+having passed the place where they stood, I got to the boat
+accompanied with the supercargo, and so went on board, sending the
+pinnace back again, to assist the men in what might happen. When I
+had got to the boat, the fire was almost extinguished, and the
+noise abated; but I had scarce been half an hour on board the ship,
+when I heard another volley given by our sailors, and a great
+smoke, which, as I afterwards found, was our men falling upon those
+houses and persons that stood between them and the sea; but here
+they spared the wives and children, and killed only the men, to the
+number of about sixteen or seventeen. By the time they got to the
+shore, the pinnace and the ship's boat were ready to receive them,
+and they all got safe on board, not a man of them having received
+the least hurt, except two, one of whom strained his foot, and the
+other burnt his hand a little; for they met with no resistance, the
+poor Indians being unprepared, amazed, and confounded.</p>
+<p>I was extremely angry with every one of them, but particularly
+with the captain, who instead of cooling the rage of the men, had
+prompted them on to further mischief: nor could he make me any
+other excuse, but that as he was a man, he could not master his
+passions at the sight of one of his men so cruelly murdered. As for
+the rest, knowing they were not under my command, they took no
+notice of any anger, but rather boasted of their revenge. According
+to all their accounts, they killed or destroyed about 150 men,
+women, and children, besides burning the town to ashes. They took
+their companion Tom Jeffery from the tree, covered him with some of
+the ruins, and so left him. But however this action of our men
+might seem to them justifiable, yet I always openly condemned it
+with the appellation, of the Massacre of Madagascar. <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page189" id="page189"></a>[pg 189]</span> For
+tho' the natives had slain this Jeffery, yet certainly he was the
+first aggressor, by attempting to violate the chastity of a young
+innocent woman, who ventured down to them, on the faith of the
+public capitulation, which was so treacherously broken.</p>
+<p>While we were under sail, the boatswain would often defend this
+bloody action, by saying, that the Indians had broke the truce the
+night before, by shooting one of our men without just provocation:
+and what if the poor fellow had taken a little liberty with the
+wench, he ought not to have been murdered in so villainous a
+manner: and that they had acted nothing but what the divine laws
+commissioned to be done to such homicides. However I was in the
+same mind as before, telling them that they were murderers, and bid
+them depend upon it that God would blast their voyage, for such an
+unparalleled piece of barbarity.</p>
+<p>When we came to the Gulph of Persia, five of our men, who
+ventured on shore, were either killed or made slaves by the
+Arabians, the rest of them having scarce time to escape to their
+boat. This made me upbraid them afresh with the just retribution of
+Heaven for such actions; upon which the boatswain very warmly asked
+me, <i>Whether those men on whom the tower of Siloam fell, were
+greater sinners than the rest of the Galileans? and besides,
+Sir</i>, said he, <i>none of these five poor men that are lost,
+were with us at the Massacre of Madagascar, as you call it, and
+therefore your representation is very unjust, and your application
+improper. Besides</i>, added he, <i>you are continually using the
+men very ill upon this account, and, being but a passenger
+yourself, we are not obliged to bear it; nor can we tell what evil
+designs you may have to bring us to judgment for it in England:
+and, therefore, if you do not leave this discourse, as also not
+concern yourself with any of our affairs, I will leave the ship,
+and not sail among such dangerous company.</i></p>
+<p>All this I heard very patiently; but, it being often repeated, I
+at length told him, the concern I had on board was none of his
+business; that I was a considerable owner in the ship, and
+therefore had a right to speak in common, and that I was no way
+accountable to him, nor to any body else. As no more passed for
+some time after, I thought all had been over. At this time we were
+in the road of Bengal, where, going on shore with the supercargo
+one day, in the evening, as I was preparing to go on board, one of
+the men came to me, and told me, I need not trouble myself to come
+to the boat, for that the cockswain and others had ordered him not
+to carry me on board any more. This insulent message much surprised
+me; yet I gave him no answer to it, but went directly and
+acquainted the supercargo, entreating him to go on board, and, by
+acquainting the Captain with it, prevent the mutiny which I
+perceived would happen. But before I had spoken this, the matter
+was <span class="pagenum"><a name="page190" id="page190"></a>[pg
+190]</span> effected on board; for no sooner was he gone off in the
+boat, but the boatswain, gunner, carpenter, and all the inferior
+officers, came to the quarter-deck, desiring to speak with the
+Captain; &amp; there the boatswain made a long harangue, exclaiming
+against me, as before mentioned, that, if I had not gone on shore
+peaceably, for my own diversion, they, by violence would have
+compelled me, for their satisfaction: that as they had shipped with
+the Captain, so they would faithfully serve him; but if I did not
+quit the ship, or the Captain oblige me to it, they would leave the
+ship immediately: hereupon, turning his face about by way of
+signal, they all cried out, "ONE and ALL! ONE and ALL!"</p>
+<p>You may be sure, that though my nephew was a man of great
+courage, yet he could not but be surprised at their sudden and
+unexpected behaviour; and though he talked stoutly to them, and
+afterwards expostulated with them, that in common justice to me,
+who was a considerable owner in the ship, they could not turn me as
+it were out of mine own house, which might bring their lives in
+danger should they ever be taken in England; nay, though he invited
+the boatswain on shore to accomodate matters with me, yet all this
+I say, signified nothing; they would have nothing to do with me;
+and they were resolved to go on shore if I came on board.
+<i>Well,</i> said my nephew, <i>if you are so resolved, permit me
+to talk with him, and then I have done; and so he came to me,
+giving me an account of their resolution, how one and all designed
+to forsake the ship when I came on board, for which he was mightily
+concerned.</i> "I am glad to see you, nephew," said I, "and rejoice
+it is no worse, since they have not rebelled against you; I only
+desire you to send my necessary things on shore, with a sufficient
+sum of money, and I will find my way to England as well as I can."
+Though this grieved my nephew to the heart, yet there was no remedy
+but complience; in short, all my necessaries were sent me, and so
+this matter was over in a few hours.</p>
+<p>I think I was now near a thousand leagues farther off England by
+sea, than at my little kingdom, except this difference, that I
+might travel by land over the Great Mogul's country to Surat, from
+thence to Baffora, by sea up the Persian Gulph, then take the way
+of the caravans over the Arabian desert to Alleppo and Scanderoon,
+there take shipping to Italy, and so travel by land into France,
+and from thence cross the sea to England.</p>
+<p>My nephew left me two persons to attend me; one of them was his
+servant, and the other clerk to the purser, who engaged to be mine.
+I took lodging in an English woman's house, where several French,
+one English, and two Italian merchants resided. The handsome
+entertainment I met with here, occasioned me to stay nine months,
+considering what <span class="pagenum"><a name="page191" id=
+"page191"></a>[pg 191]</span> course I should take. Some English
+goods I had with me of great value, besides a thousand pieces of
+eight, and a letter for more, if there was such necessity. The
+goods I soon disposed of to advantage, and bought here several good
+diamonds, which I could easily carry about with me. One morning the
+English merchant came to me, as being very intimate together,
+<i>countryman</i>, said he, <i>I have a project to communicate to
+you, which I hope will suit to both our advantage. To be short,
+Sir, we are both in a remote part of the world from our country;
+but yet in a place where men of business may get a great deal of
+money. Now, if you will put a thousand pounds to my thousand
+pounds, we will hire a ship to our satisfaction; you shall be
+Captain, I will be merchant: and we'll go a trading voyage to
+China, for why should we lie still like drones, while the whole
+world is in a continual motion</i>.</p>
+<p>This proposal soon got my consent, being very agreeable to my
+rambling genius; and the more so, because I looked upon my
+countryman to be a very sincere person; it required some time
+before we could get a vessel to our mind, and sailors to man it
+accordingly; at length we bought a ship, and got an English mate,
+boatswain, and gunner, a Dutch carpenter, and three Portuguese
+foremast men; and, for want of others, made shift with Indian
+seamen. We first sailed to Achin, in the island of Sumatra, and
+then to Siam, where we bartered our wares for some arrack and
+opium, the last of which bore a great price among the Chinese; in a
+word, we went up to Suskan, making a very great voyage; &amp;,
+after eight months time, I returned to Bengal, very well satisfied
+with this adventure, having not only got a sufficient quantity of
+money, but an insight of getting a great deal more.</p>
+<p>The next voyage my friend proposed to me, was to go among the
+spice islands, and bring home a load of cloves from the Manillas,
+or thereabouts; islands belonging partly to Spain, but where the
+Dutch trade very considerably. We were not long in preparing for
+this voyage, which we made no less successful than the last,
+touching at Borneo, and several other places which I do not
+perfectly remember, and returning home in about five months time.
+We soon sold our spices, which were chiefly cloves and some
+nutmegs, to the Persian merchants, who carried them away to the
+gulph; and, in short, making five to one advantage, we were loaded
+with money.</p>
+<p>Not long after my friend and I had made up our accounts, to our
+entire satisfaction, there came in a Dutch coaster from Batavia of
+about two hundred tons. The crew of this vessel pretended
+themselves so sickly, that there were not hands sufficient to
+undertake a voyage; and the Captain having given out that he
+intended to go to Europe, public notice was given <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page192" id="page192"></a>[pg 192]</span> that
+the ship was to be sold. No sooner did this come to our ears, but
+we bought the ship, paid the master, and took possession. We would
+also have very willingly entertained some of the men; but they
+having received their share of booty, were not to be found, being
+altogether fled to Agra, the great city of the Mogul's residence;
+and from thence went to travel to Surat, and so by the sea to the
+Persian Gulph. And indeed they had reason to fly in this manner;
+for the truth of it was the pretended Captain was the gunner only,
+and not the commander; that having been on a trading voyage, they
+were attacked on shore by the Malayans, who killed three men and
+the Captain; after whose death the other eleven men ran away with
+the ship to the Bay of Bengal, and left the mate and five men more
+on shore: but of this affair we shall have occasion to speak more
+at length hereafter.</p>
+<p>However they came by the ship, we thought we bought it honestly;
+neither did we suspect any thing of the matter, when the man showed
+us a bill of sale for the ship (undoubtedly forged) to one Emanuel
+Clostershoven, which name he went by. And so without any more to
+do, we picked up some Dutch and English seamen, resolving for
+another voyage for cloves among the Phillippine and Molucca
+Islands: in short, we continued thus five or six years, trading
+from port to port with extraordinary success. In the seventh year,
+we undertook a voyage to China, designing to touch at Siam, and buy
+some rice by the way. In this voyage, contrary winds beat us up and
+down for a considerable time among the islands in the Straits of
+Molucca. No sooner were we clear of those rugged seas, but we
+perceived our ship had sprung a leak, which obliged us to put into
+the river Cambodia, which lies northward of the Gulph, and goes up
+to Siam.</p>
+<p>One day, as I was on shore refreshing myself, there comes to me
+an Englishman, who was gunner's mate on board an English East India
+ship, riding up the river near the city of Cambodia. <i>Sir</i>,
+said he, <i>you may wonder at my business, having never seen me in
+your life; but tho' I am a stranger, I have something to tell you
+that very nearly concerns you: &amp; indeed it is the imminent
+danger you are in has moved me to give you this timely notice</i>.
+"Danger!" said I, "what danger? I know of none, except my ship
+being leaky, for which I design to have her run aground to-morrow
+morning" <i>I hope you will be better employed when you shall hear
+what I have to say to you. You know the town of Cambodia is about
+fifteen leagues up this river; about three leagues on this side of
+it, there lie two Dutch and three English ships. And would you
+venture here without considering what strength you have to engage
+them</i>? I knew not what he meant by this discourse, and turning
+short upon him, "Sir," said I, "I know no reason I have to be
+afraid either of any Dutch or English ships. I am no interloper,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page193" id="page193"></a>[pg
+193]</span> and what business have they with me?" <i>Well, Sir,</i>
+said the man, <i>if you do think yourselves secure, all as I can
+say, you must take your chance; however, I am very sorry you are so
+deaf to good advice; but I assure you; if you do not put to sea
+immediately, you will be attacked by five long-boats full of men,
+hanged yourself for a pirate, if you are taken, and the particulars
+examined afterwards. I thought, Sir</i>, added he, <i>I might have
+met a better reception for such a singular piece of service</i>.
+"Sir," said I, "I was never ungrateful to any man; but pray explain
+yourself and I'll go on board this minute, whether the leak be
+stopped or no." <i>Why, Sir,</i> said he, <i>to be short, because
+time is precious, the matter is this: You know well enough that you
+was with the ship at Sumatra, when your Captain was murdered by the
+Malayans, with three of his sailors; and that either you, or some
+who were on board you, ran away with the ship, and are since turned
+pirates at sea. Now, Sir, this is the sum of what I had to say: and
+I can positively assure you, that if you are taken, you will be
+executed without much ceremony, for undoubtedly you cannot but be
+sensible what little law merchant ships show to pirates, whenever
+they fall into their hands</i>.</p>
+<p>"Sir,' said I, 'I thank you for your kind information; and
+though I am sure no man could come more honestly by the ship than I
+have done, yet knowing their enterprize, and being satisfied of
+your honest intention, I'll be upon my defence. <i>Pr'ythee,
+Sir,</i> said the man, <i>don't talk of being upon your defence,
+the best that you can make is to be out of danger; and therefore,
+if you have any regard for your life, &amp; the lives of your men,
+take the advantage, without fail, of putting out to sea at
+high-water: by which means, as you have a whole tide before you,
+you will be gone too far out of their reach before they can come
+down.</i></p>
+<p>"I am mighty well satisfied," said I, "in this particular, and
+for your kindness, which merits my great esteem; pray, Sir, what
+amends shall I make you?" He replied, "I know not what amends you
+are willing to make, because you may have some doubts of its
+certainty: but, to convince you of the truth of what I say, I have
+one offer to make to you. On board one of the English ships, I have
+nineteen months pay due to me, and this Dutchman that is with me
+has seven months pay due to him, which if you will make good to us,
+we will go along with you. If you shall find that there is nothing
+in what we have said, then we shall desire nothing; but when you
+are convinced that we have saved the ship, your life, and the lives
+of the men, we will leave the whole to your generosity."</p>
+<p>So reasonable did this every way appear, that I immediately
+consented, and we went directly on board. As soon as we came on
+board, my partner calls joyfully out, <i>That they had stopped the
+leak?</i> "Well, thank God," said I, "but pray let us weigh anchor
+forthwith."--<i>Weigh,</i> said he, <i>what is the <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page194" id="page194"></a>[pg 194]</span>
+meaning of this hurry</i>? "Pray ask no questions," said I, "but
+all hands to work, without losing a moment's time." Upon which, in
+great surprise, the Captain was called, who immediately ordered the
+anchor to be got up; and though the tide was not quite down, yet
+being assisted with a little land breeze, we stood to sea. I then
+called my partner into the cabin, and related the story at large,
+which was confirmed and more amplified by the two men I had brought
+on board. Scarce had we finished our discourse upon this head, but
+a sailor came to the cabin door, with a message from the Captain,
+that we were chased by five sloops full of armed men. "Very well,"
+said I, "it is plain now there is something in it." And so, going
+upon deck, I told all the men there was a design for seizing the
+ship, and of executing us for pirates; and asked them whether they
+would faithfully stand by us, and by one another? To which they
+unanimously replied, "That they would fight to their last drop of
+blood." I then asked the Captain, which way he thought best for us
+to manage the battle? <i>Sir</i>, said he, <i>the only method is to
+keep them off with our great shot as long as we are able, and then
+have recourse to our small arms: and when both these fail us, then
+retire to close quarters, when perhaps the enemy wanting materials,
+can neither break open our bulk heads, nor get in upon us</i>.
+Meantime, the gunner was ordered to bring two guns to bear fore and
+aft out of the steerage, and so load them with musket-bullets and
+small pieces of old iron; and the deck being cleared, we prepared
+for the engagement, still, however, keeping out at sea. The boats
+followed us, with all the sail they could make, and we could
+perceive the two foremost were English, which out-sailed the rest
+by two leagues, and which we found would come up with us: hereupon,
+we fired a gun without a ball, intimating that they should bring
+to, and we put out a flag of truce, as a signal for parley; but
+finding them crowding after us, till they came within shot, we took
+in our white, and hanging out the red flap, immediately fired at
+them with ball: we then called to them with a speaking trumpet,
+bidding them at their peril keep off.</p>
+<p>But all this signified nothing; for depending upon the strength
+that followed them, they were resolutely bent for mischief:
+hereupon I ordered them to bring the ship to, by which means, they
+lying upon our broadside, we let fly at them at once, one of whom
+carried away the stern of the hindermost boat, and obliged them not
+only to take down their sail, but made them all run to the head of
+the boat, to keep them from sinking, and so she lay by, having
+enough of it. In the meantime, we prepared to welcome the foremost
+boat in the same manner. While we were doing this, one of the three
+hindermost boats came up to the relief of that which was disabled,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page195" id="page195"></a>[pg
+195]</span> and took the men out of her. We again called to parley
+with them; but, instead of an answer, one of the boats came close
+under our stern; whereupon our gunner let fly his two chase guns,
+but missing, the men in the boat shouted, and, waving their caps,
+came on with greater fury. To repair this seeming disgrace, the
+gunner soon got ready, and firing a second time, did a great deal
+of mischief among the enemy. We waved again, and, bringing our
+quarter to bear upon them, fired three guns more, when we found the
+boat a sinking, and several men already in the sea; hereupon,
+manning our pinnace, I gave orders to save as many as they could,
+and instantly to come on board, because the rest of their boats
+were approaching: accordingly they did so, and took up three of
+them, one of whom was almost past recovery; and then crowding all
+the sail we could, after our men came on board, we stood out
+farther to sea, so that the other three boats gave over the chase,
+when they came up to the first two. Thus delivered from imminent
+danger, we changed our course to the eastward, quite out of the
+course of all European ships.</p>
+<p>Being now at sea, and inquiring more particularly of the two
+seamen, the meaning of all this, the Dutchman at once let us into
+the secret. He told us, that the fellow who sold us the ship was an
+errant thief, who had run away with her; that the Captain was
+treacherously murdered on the coast of Molucca by the natives
+there, with three of his men; that he, the Dutchman, and four more,
+being obliged to have recourse to the woods for their safety, at
+length escaped by means of a Dutch ship in its way to China, which
+had sent their boat on shore for fresh water: That, after this, he
+went to Batavia, where two of the seamen belonging to the ship (who
+had deserted the rest in their travels) arrived, and there gave an
+account that the fellow who ran away with the ship had sold her at
+Bengal to a set of pirates, who went a cruising, and had already
+taken one English and two Dutch ship, richly laden.</p>
+<p>Now, tho' this was absolutely false, my partner truly said, that
+our deliverance was to be esteemed so much the more, by reason, had
+we fallen into their hands, we could have expected nothing from
+them but immediate death, considering our accusers would have been
+our judges; and, therefore, his opinion was to return directly to
+Bengal, where, being known, we could prove how honestly we came by
+the ship, of whom we bought her, and the like, and where we were
+sure of some justice; at least would not be hanged first, and
+judged afterwards. I was at first of my partner's opinion, but when
+I had more seriously considered of the matter, I told him, we ran a
+great hazard in attempting to return, being on the wrong side of
+the Straits of Molucca and that, if, upon alarm given, we should be
+taken by the Dutch at Batavia, or English elsewhere, our
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page196" id="page196"></a>[pg
+196]</span> turning away would be a sufficient evidence to condemn
+us. This danger indeed startled not only my partner, but likewise
+all the ship's company; so we changed our former resolution, and
+resolved to go to the coast of Tonquin, and so to that of China,
+where, pursuing our first design as to trade, we might likewise
+have an opportunity to dispose of the ship some way or other, and
+to return to Bengal in any country vessel we could procure. This
+being agreed to, we steered away N.N.E. about 50 leagues off the
+usual course to the east; which put us to some inconveniences. As
+the wind blew steadily against us, our voyage became more tedious,
+and we began to be afraid of want of provision; and what was still
+worse, we apprehended, that as those ships from whose boat we had
+escaped, were bound to China, they might get before us, and have
+given fresh information, which might create another vigorous
+pursuit. Indeed, I could not help being grieved, when I considered
+that I who had never wronged or defrauded any person in my life,
+was now pursued like a common thief, and if taken to run the
+greatest danger of being executed as such; and, though innocent, I
+found myself under the necessity of flying for my safety; and
+thereby escape being brought to shame, of which I was even more
+afraid than death itself. It was easy to read my dejection in my
+countenance. My mind was oppressed, like those unhappy innocent
+persons, who being overpowered by blasphemous and perjured
+evidences, wickedly resolved to take away their lives, or ruin
+their reputation, have no other recourse in this world to ease
+their sorrow, but sighs, prayers, and tears. My partner seeing me
+so concerned, encouraged me as well as he could; and, after
+describing to me the several ports of that coast, he told me, he
+would either put me in on the coast of Cochinchina, or else in the
+bay of Tonquin, from whence we might go to Macao, a town once
+possessed by the Portuguese, and where still many European families
+resided.</p>
+<p>To this place we steered, and, early next morning, came in sight
+of the coast; but thought it advisable to put into a small river
+where we could, either over land, or by the ship's pinnace, know
+what vessels were in any ports thereabouts. This happy step proved
+our deliverance; for, next morning, there came to the bay of
+Tonquin two Dutch ships, and a third without any colours; and in
+the evening, two English ships steered the same course. The river
+where we were was but small, and ran but a few leagues up the
+country northward; the country was wild and barbarous, and the
+people thieves, having no correspondence with any other nation;
+dealing only in fish, oil, and such gross commodities: and one
+barbarous custom they still retained, that when any vessel was
+unhappily shipwrecked upon their coast, they make the men prisoners
+or slaves, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page197" id=
+"page197"></a>[pg 197]</span> so that now we might fairly say we
+were surrounded by enemies both by sea and land.</p>
+<p>As the ship had been leaky, we took the opportunity, in this
+place to search her, and to stop up the places which let in the
+water. We accordingly lightened her, and bringing our guns and
+other moveable things to one side, we essayed to bring her down,
+that we might come to her bottom: but, upon second consideration,
+we did not think it safe to let her lie on dry ground, neither
+indeed was the place convenient for it. The inhabitants not used to
+such a sight as to see a ship lie down on one side; and heel in
+towards the shore, and not perceiving her men, who were at work on
+her bottom, with stages and boats on the off side, presently
+imagined the ship had been cast away, and lay fast on the ground.
+Agreeable to this supposition, they surrounded us with ten or
+twelve large boats, with a resolution, undoubtedly to plunder the
+ship, and to carry away those they found alive for slaves to their
+king. But when they perceived our men hard at work on the ship's
+bottom and side, washing, graving, and stopping her, it filled them
+all with such surprise, that they stood gazing as though they were
+confounded. Nor could we imagine what their design was; however,
+for fear of danger, we handed down arms and ammunition to those at
+work, in order to defend themselves; and, indeed, this precaution
+was absolutely necessary; for, in a quarter of an hour after, the
+natives, concluding it was really a shipwreck, and that we were
+saving our lives and goods, which they thought belonged to them,
+came down upon our men as though it had been in line of battle. We
+lay at present but in a very unfit posture to fight; and before the
+stages could be got down, or the men in the boat come on board as
+they were ordered, the Cochinchinese were upon them, and two of
+their boats boarding our long boat, they began to lay hold of our
+men as prisoners. The first they seized was a stout English sailor,
+who never fired his musket, like a fool, as I imagined, but laid it
+down in the boat: but he knew what he was doing; for, by main
+force, he dragged the Pagan out of the boat into ours by the two
+ears, and knocked his brains out against the boat's gunnel; a
+Dutchman that was next him, snatched up the musket, and knocked
+down five more with the but-end of it; however, this was doing very
+little to their number; but a strange unexpected accident, which
+rather merits laughter than any thing else, gave our men a complete
+victory over them.</p>
+<p>It seems the carpenter, who was preparing to grave the outside
+of the ship, as well as to pay the seams, where he caulked to stop
+the leaks, had gotten two kettles just let down in the boat, one
+filled with boiling pitch, and the other with rosin, tallow, oil,
+and such stuffs as the shipwrights use; the <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page198" id="page198"></a>[pg 198]</span>
+carpenter's man had a great iron ladle with which he used to supply
+the workmen with hot stuff, &amp; as two of the enemies entered the
+boat where the fellow stood, he saluted them with a full ladle of
+the hot boiling liquor; which, the poor creatures being half naked,
+made them roar out, and jump into the sea. <i>Well done, Jack</i>,
+says the carpenter, <i>give them the other dose</i>: and so
+stepping forward himself, takes a mop, and dipping it into the
+pitch-pot, he and his man so plentifully flung it among them, as
+that none escaped being scalded; upon which they all made the best
+of their way, crying and howling in such a frightful manner, that,
+in all my adventures, I never heard the like. And, indeed, never
+was I better pleased with any conquest than I was with this, there
+being so little bloodshed, and having an aversion to killing such
+savage wretches, (more than was necessary) as knowing they came on
+errands, which their laws and customs made them think were just and
+equitable. By this time, all things being in order, and the ship
+swimming, they found their mistake, so they did not venture a
+second attack. Thus ended our merry fight; and, having got rice,
+bread, roots, and sixteen good hogs on board the day before we set
+sail, not daring to go into the bay of Tonquin, but steering N.E.
+toward the isle of Formosa, or as tho' we would go to the Manillas,
+or Phillippine islands, for fear of meeting with any European
+ships; when we anchored at the isle of Formosa, the inhabitants not
+only courteously supplied us with provisions and fresh water, but
+dealt very fairly and honestly with us in their bargains and
+agreements. From this place we steered north, keeping still off the
+coast of China, till we were beyond all its ports where European
+ships usually come; and, at length, being come to the latitude of
+thirty degrees, we resolved to put into the first trading port we
+should come at; and standing for the shore, a boat came off two
+leagues to us, with an old Portuguese pilot on board, who offered
+his service; we very gladly accepted him, and sent the boat back
+again. And now, having the man on board, I talked to him of going
+to Nanquin, the most northward part of the coast of China. <i>What
+will you do there</i>? said he, smiling. I told him that we would
+sell our cargo, and purchase calicoes, raw and wrought silks, tea,
+&amp;c. and so return the same way back. <i>O</i>, said he, <i>you
+had better put in at Macao, where you may buy China wares as cheap
+as at Nanquin, and sell your opium at a greater advance</i>. "But'
+said I 'we are gentlemen as well as merchants, and design to see
+the great city of Pekin, and the magnificent court of the monarch
+of China," <i>Why then</i>, said he, <i>you should go to Ningpo,
+where is a navigable river that goes through the heart of that vast
+empire, two hundred and seventy leagues from the sea, which crosses
+all the rivers, passes considerable hills, by the help of the
+sluices and gates, and goes even up to the city of Pekin.
+You</i></p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page199" id="page199"></a>[pg
+199]</span> <a name="199.jpg"></a>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="Images/199.jpg"><img src="Images/199.jpg"
+width="60%" alt=""></a><br>
+<b>The Carpenter and his man defeats the Cochinchinese.</b><br>
+<i>Dr. and Eng. by A. Carse; Edin</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page200" id="page200"></a>[pg
+200]</span>
+<p><i>may go to Nanquin if you please, and travel to Pekin, and
+there is a Dutch ship just before bound that way</i>. At the name
+of a Dutch or English ship, I was struck with confusion; they being
+as great a terror to me in this vessel, as an Algerine man of war
+is to them in the Mediterranean. The old man finding me troubled,
+<i>Sir</i>, said he, <i>I hope the Dutch are not now at war with
+your nation</i>. "No," said I, "but God knows what liberty they may
+take when out of the reach of the law." <i>Why</i>, says he <i>what
+occasion is there for peaceable merchants to fear? For believe me,
+they never meddle with any but PIRATES.</i></p>
+<p>At the mentioning the word <i>pirates</i>, my countenance turned
+to that of scarlet; nor was it possible for me to conceal it from
+the old pilot; who was taking notice of it, <i>Sir</i>, said he
+<i>take what course you please, I'll do you all the service I
+can.</i> "Seignior," said I, "I am a little concerned at your
+mentioning pirates; I hope there are none such in these seas,
+because you see in what weak condition we are to defend ourselves."
+<i>O, Sir</i>, said he, <i>if that's all, don't be concerned, I
+don't remember one in these seas these fifteen years, except above
+a month ago one was seen in the bay of Siam, but he is gone to the
+southward; neither was she built for a privateer, but was run away
+with by a reprobate Captain, and some of his men, the right Captain
+having been murdered by the Malayans</i>.</p>
+<p>"What," said I, (as though ignorant of what had happened) "did
+they kill the Captain?" <i>No</i>, said he, <i>it is generally
+thought the Malayans murdered him; but they justly deserve hanging.
+The rogues were lately discovered in the bay of Siam, in the river
+of Cambodia, by some Dutchmen who belonged to the ship, and had
+much ado to escape the five boats that pursued them, but they have
+solemnly sworn to give no quarter to the Captain or the seamen but
+hang them every one up at the yard-arm, without any formal business
+of bringing them to a court of judicature</i>.</p>
+<p>Being sensible, that, having the old man on board, he was
+incapable of doing me any mischief, "Well, Seignior, (said I) it is
+for this very reason I would have you carry us up to Nanquin, where
+neither English nor Dutch ships come; and I must tell you, their
+Captains are a parcel of rash, proud, insolent rascals, that
+neither know what belongs to justice, nor how to behave themselves
+as the laws of God or nature direct; fellows that would prove
+murderers to punish robbers, and take upon them to adjudge innocent
+men to death, without any proof to prove them guilty, but perhaps I
+may live to call them to account for it, in a place where they may
+be taught how justice is to be executed." And so I told him all the
+story of buying the ship, and how we were saved by the means of two
+men; that the murder of the Captain by the Malayans, as also the
+running away with the ship, I believed to be true; but <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page201" id="page201"></a>[pg 201]</span> that
+we, who bought it, were turned pirates, was a mere fiction to cover
+their cowardice and foolish behaviour, when they attacked us, &amp;
+the blood of those men we killed in our own just defence, lay at
+their door, who sent to attack us by surprise.</p>
+<p>"Sir, (said the old man, amazed) you have taken the right course
+to steer to the north, and, if I might advise you, I would have you
+sell your ship in China, and buy or build another in that country;
+and I'll procure people to buy the one and sell the other." "Well,
+but, Seignior, (said I) if I sell the ship in this manner, I may
+bring some innocent persons into the same dangers I have gone
+through, perhaps worse, even death itself; whereby I should be as
+guilty of their murder as their villainous executioners." "That
+need not trouble you, (says the old man) I'll find a way to prevent
+that; for these commanders you talk of I know very well, and will
+inform them rightly of the matter as you have related, and I am
+persuaded they will not only believe me, but act more cautiously
+for the future." "And will you deliver one message from me to
+them?" "Yes, (said he) if you will give it under your hand, that I
+may prove it is not of my own production," Hereupon I wrote a large
+account of their attacking me in their long-boat, the pretended
+reason and unjust design of it; that they had done what they might
+be ashamed of, and could not answer for at any tribunal in England.
+But this letter was writ in vain. Providence ordered things another
+way. We sailed directly for Nanquin, and in about thirteen day's
+sail, came to an anchor at the south-west point of the great gulf
+of that place, where we learned, that two Dutch ships were gone the
+length before us, and that we should certainly fall into their
+hands. We were all at a great loss in this exigency, and would very
+gladly have been on shore almost any where; but our old pilot told
+me, that if I would sail to the southward about two and forty
+leagues, there was a little port called Quinchange, where no
+European ships ever came, and where we might consider what was
+further to be done. Accordingly we weighed anchor the next day,
+calling only twice on shore by the way to get fresh water. The
+country people very courteously sold us roots, tea, rice, fowls,
+and other provisions. After five days sail we came to the port, and
+landed with unspeakable joy. We resolved to dispose of ourselves
+and effects in any other way possible, than enter on board that
+ill-fated vessel more; for no state can be more miserable than a
+continued fear, which is a life of death, a confounder of our
+understandings, that sets the imagination at work to form a
+thousand frightful things that may never happen. And we scarce
+slept one night without dreaming of halters, yard-arms, or gibbets,
+of fighting, being taken, and being killed; nay, so violent were
+our apprehensions, that we would bruise our hands and heads against
+the sides <span class="pagenum"><a name="page202" id=
+"page202"></a>[pg 202]</span> of the cabin, as though actually
+engaged. The story of the Dutch cruelty at Amboyns, often came into
+our thoughts when awake; and, for my part, I thought my condition
+very hard; that after so many difficulties and such signal
+deliverances, I should be hanged in my old age, though innocent of
+any crime that deserved such punishment; but then religion would
+seem to represent to me, as though the voice of it had said;
+'consider, O man! what sins you have been formerly guilty of; which
+now thou art called to an account for, to expiate with thy blood!
+And as to thy innocence, what art thou more innocent than thy
+blessed Redeemer, Jesus Christ, who suffered for thy offences, and
+to whose providence you ought to submit, let what will happen?'
+After this, natural courage would inspire me to resist to the last
+drop of blood, and sooner die than suffer myself to be taken by
+boorish, rascally Dutchmen, who had arts to torment beyond death
+itself.</p>
+<p>But now, thank kind Heaven, being ashore; our old pilot procured
+us a lodging and a warehouse for our goods; it was a little hut
+with a large warehouse joining to it, all built with canes, and
+pallisadoed round with large ones, to keep out pilfering thieves,
+which are very numerous in that country. The magistrates allowed us
+a little guard during the night, and we employed a centinel with a
+kind of halbert for three pence a day. The fair, or mart, we found,
+had been over for some time; however, there remained in the river
+four junks and two Japan ships, the merchants of the latter being
+on shore. In the first place, our old pilot brought us acquainted
+with the missionary Roman priests, who were converting the people
+to Christianity: two of them were reserved, rigid, and austere,
+applying themselves to the work they came about with great
+earnestness, but the third, who was a Frenchman, called Father
+Simon, was of a freer conversation, not seemingly so serious and
+grave, yet no worse Christian than the other two, one of whom was a
+Portuguese, and the other a Genoese. Father Simon, it seems, was
+appointed to go to Pekin, the royal seat of the Emperor of the
+Chinese; and he only waited for another priest, who was ordered
+from Macao to accompany him. We never met together, but he was
+prompting me to accompany him in that journey: <i>Sir</i>, said he,
+<i>I will show you the glorious things of this mighty empire, and a
+city, the city of Pekin, far exceeding London and Paris, put them
+both together</i>. One day in particular, being at dinner with him,
+I showed some inclination to go; which made him press the more upon
+me and my partner, to gain our perfect consent. <i>But, Father
+Simon</i>, said my partner, <i>what satisfaction can you have in
+our company, whom you esteem as heretics, and consequently objects
+not worthy your regard? O</i>, said he, <i>you may be as good
+Catholics in time as those I hope to convert to our religion. And
+so</i>, said I, <i>we shall have you preaching to us all the way,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page203" id="page203"></a>[pg
+203]</span> instead of pleasing us with a description of the
+country. Sir</i>, said he, <i>however our religion may be villified
+by some people, it is very certain it neither divests us of good
+manners or Christian charity; and as we are gentlemen, as such we
+may converse together, without making one another uneasy</i>.</p>
+<p>But we shall leave him a while, to consider our ship and the
+merchandise which we had to dispose of. There was but very little
+trade in the place where we were; and I was once resolved to
+venture to sail to the river Kilam, and so to the city of Nanquin;
+but Providence ordered it otherwise, by our old pilot's bringing a
+Japan merchant to us, to see what goods we had. He immediately
+bought our opium, for which he gave us a very good price in gold by
+weight, some wedges of which were about ten or eleven ounces. It
+came into my head that perhaps he might buy the ship too; and I
+ordered the interpreter to propose it to him. He said nothing then,
+but shrugged up his shoulders; yet in a few days after he came
+accompanied by a missionary priest, who was his interpreter, with
+this proposal, <i>That as he had bought a great quantity of our
+goods, he had not money enough to purchase our ship; but if I
+pleased he would hire her, with all my men, to go to Japan, and
+from thence with another loading to the Philippine islands, the
+freight of both which he would very willingly pay to us before; and
+at their return to Japan, would buy the ship</i>. Upon this we
+asked the Captain and his men if they were willing to go to Japan;
+to which they unanimously agreed. While this was in agitation, the
+young man my nephew left to attend me, told me, "That as I did not
+care to accept his prospect of advantage he would manage it for me
+as I pleased, and render me a faithful account of his success,
+which would be wholly mine." Indeed I was very unwilling to part
+with him; but considering it might be for the young man's good, I
+discoursed with my partner about it, who, of his own generosity,
+gave him his share of the vessel, so that I could do no otherwise
+than give him mine: but, however, we let him have but the proper
+half of it, and preserved a power, that when we met in England, if
+he had obtained success, he should account to us for one half of
+the profit of the ship's freight and the other should be his own.
+Thus having taken a writing under his hand, away he sailed to
+Japan, where the merchant dealt very honestly by him, got him a
+licence to come on shore, sent him loaded to the Philippines with a
+Japanese supercargo, from whence he came back again loaded with
+European goods, cloves, and other spiceries. By this voyage he
+cleared a considerable sum of money, which determined him not to
+sell his ship, but to trade on his own account; so he returned to
+the Manillas, where, getting acquaintance, he made his ship free,
+was hired by the governor privately to go to Acapulco in America,
+on the <span class="pagenum"><a name="page204" id="page204"></a>[pg
+204]</span> Mexican coast, with a licence to travel to the great
+city of Mexico. This traffic turned out greatly to account, and my
+friend finding means to get to Jamaica, returned nine years after
+exceedingly rich into England.</p>
+<p>In parting with the ship, it comes in course to consider of
+those men who had saved our lives when in the river of Cambodia;
+and though, by the way, they were a couple of rogues, who thought
+to turn pirates themselves, yet we paid them what they had before
+demanded, and gave each of them a small sum of money, making the
+Englishman a gunner, and the Dutchman a boatswain, with which they
+were very well contented.</p>
+<p>We were now about 1000 leagues farther from home, than when at
+Bengal. All the comfort we could expect was, that there being
+another fair to be kept in a month's time, we might not only
+purchase all sorts of that country's manufactures, but very
+possibly find some Chinese junks, or vessels from Tonquin, to be
+sold, which would carry us and our goods wheresoever we pleased.
+Upon these hopes, we resolved to continue; and, to divert
+ourselves, we took several little journies in the country. About
+ten days after we parted with the ship, we travelled to see the
+city of Nanquin. The city lies in latitude 30 degrees north of the
+line: it is regularly built, and the streets are exactly straight,
+and cross one another in direct lines, which sets it out to the
+greatest advantage. At our return, we found the priest was come
+from Macao, that was to accompany Father Simon to Pekin. That
+Father earnestly solicited me to accompany him, &amp; I referred
+him to my partner. In short, we both agreed, and prepared
+accordingly; and we were so lucky as to have liberty to travel
+among the retinue of one of their Mandarines, who is a principal
+magistrate, and much reverenced by the people.</p>
+<p>We were five and twenty days travelling thro' this miserable
+country, infinitely populous, but as indifferently cultivated; and
+yet their pride is infinitely greater than their poverty, insomuch
+that they priests themselves derided them. As we passed by the
+house of one of their country gentlemen, two leagues off Nanquin,
+we had the honour, forsooth, to ride with the Chinese squire about
+two miles. Never was Don Quixote so exactly imitated! Never such a
+compound of pomp and poverty seen before!</p>
+<p>His habit, made of calico, was dirty, greasy, and very proper
+for a Mersy Andrew or Scaramouch, with all its tawdry trappings, as
+hanging sleeves, tassels, &amp;c. though torn and rent in almost
+every part; his vest underneath it was no less dirty, but more
+greatly; resembling the most exquisite sloven or greasy butcher;
+his horse (worse than Rosinante, or the famous steed of doughty
+Hudibras) was a poor starved decrepid thing, <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page205" id="page205"></a>[pg 205]</span> that
+would not sell for thirty shillings in England; and yet this piece
+of worshipful pomp was attended with ten or twelve slaves who
+guarded their master to his country seat. We stopped at a little
+village for refreshment; and when we came by the country seat of
+this great man, we found him sitting under a tree before his door,
+eating a mess of boiled rice, with a great piece of garlic in the
+middle, and a bag filled with green pepper by him, and another
+plant like ginger, together with a piece of lean mutton in it: this
+was his worship's repast: but pray observe the state of the food!
+two women slaves brought him his food, which being laid before him,
+two others appeared to perform their respective offices; one fed
+him with a spoon, while the other scraped off what fell upon his
+beard and taffety vest, and gave it to a particular favourite to
+eat. And thus we left the wretch pleased with the conceit of our
+admiring his magnificence, which rather merited our scorn and
+detestation.</p>
+<p>At length we arrived at the great city of Pekin, accompanied by
+two servants, and the old Portuguese pilot, whose charges we bore,
+and who served us as an interpreter by the way. We had scarce been
+a week at Pekin, but he comes laughing to us. "Ah! Seignior
+Inglise, (said he) me something tell you make your heart glad, but
+make me sorry: for your bring me here twenty-five days journey, and
+now you leave me go back alone; and which way shall I make my port
+after, without de ship, without de horse, without pecune?" so he
+called money in his broken Latin. He then informed me, that there
+was a great caravan of Muscovite and Polish merchants in the city,
+who were preparing to set out for Muscovy by land within six weeks;
+and, that he was certain we would take this opportunity, and
+consequently that he must go home by himself. Indeed this news
+infinitely surprised &amp; pleased me. "Are you certain of this?"
+said I, "Yes, Sir, (says he) me sure its true." And so he told me,
+that having met an old acquaintance of his, an Armenian, in the
+street, who was among them, and who had come from Astracan, with a
+design to go to Tonquin, but for certain reasons having altered his
+resolutions, he was now resolved to go with the caravan, and to
+return by the river Wolga to Astracan. "Well, Seignior, (said I)
+don't be discontented about your returning alone; and if, by this
+means, I can find a passage to England, it will be your own fault
+if you return to Macao at all." And so consulting with my partner
+what was best to be done, he referred it to me as I pleased, having
+our affairs so well settled at Bengal, that if he could convert the
+good voyage he had made in China silks, wrought or raw, he would be
+satisfied to go to England; and so return to Bengal in the
+Company's ships. Thus resolved, we agreed that if our pilot would
+go with us, we would bear his <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page206" id="page206"></a>[pg 206]</span> charges either to Moscow
+or England; and to give him in a present the sum of one hundred and
+seventy pounds sterling. Hereupon we called him in, and told him
+the cause of his complaint should be removed, if he would accompany
+us with the caravans; and, therefore, we desired to know his mind.
+At this he shook his head, "Great long journey, (said he) me no
+pecune carry me to Moscow, or keep me there." But we soon put him
+out of that concern, by making him sensible of what we would give
+him here to lay out the best advantage; and, as for his charges, we
+would set him safe on shore, God willing, either in Muscovy or
+England, as he pleased, at our own charge, except the carriage of
+his goods. At this proposal, he was like a man transported, telling
+us he would go with us all the world over; and we made preparations
+for our journey; but it was near four months before all the
+merchants were ready.</p>
+<p>In the mean time, my partner and the pilot went express to the
+port where we first put in, to dispose of what goods had been left
+there, while I accompanied a Chinese merchant who was going to
+Nanquin, and there bought twenty-nine pieces of damask, with about
+three hundred more of other fine silks; and, by the time my partner
+returned to Pekin, I had them all carried thither; our cargo in
+silks amounted to 45col. sterling, which, together with tea, fine
+calicoes, nutmegs, and cloves, loaded eighteen camels for our
+share, besides what we rode upon, with two or three spare horses,
+and two more loaden with provisions; the company now was very
+great, making about four hundred horse, and above one hundred and
+twenty men, well armed and provided. We were of several nations,
+among whom were five Scotch merchants, inhabiting in Moscow, and
+well experienced in trade.</p>
+<p>We set out from Pekin the beginning of February our stile; and
+in two days more, we passed through the gate of the great China
+wall, which was erected as a fortification against the Tartars,
+being one hundred English miles long. We then entered a country not
+near so populous, chiefly under the power of plundering Tartars,
+several companies of whom we perceived riding on poor starved
+horses, contemptible as themselves without order of discipline. One
+time our leader, for the day, gave us leave to go a hunting; but
+what do you think we hunted? only a parcel of sheep, which indeed
+exceeded any in the world for wildness and swiftness; but while we
+were pursuing this game, it was our chance to meet with about forty
+Tartars, who no sooner perceived us, but one of them blew a horn,
+at the sound of which there soon appeared a troop of forty or fifty
+more, at about a mile's distance. Hereupon, one of the Scots
+merchants (who knew their ways) ordered us to advance towards them,
+and attack them immediately, As <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page207" id="page207"></a>[pg 207]</span> we advanced, they let
+fly a volley of arrows, which happily fell a little short of us;
+this made us halt a little, to return the compliment with bullets;
+and then being led up by the bold Scot, we fired our pistols in
+their faces, and drew out our swords; but there was no occasion;
+for they flew like timorous sheep, &amp; only three of them
+remained, beckoning to the rest to come back. But our brave
+commander gallops up to them by himself, shot one dead, knocked
+another of his horse, while the third ran away; and thus ended our
+battle with the Tartars.</p>
+<p>We travelled a month more through the Emperor of China's
+dominions; and at length coming to one of their towns about a day
+and a half's journey from the city of Naum, I wanted to buy a
+camel. The person I spoke to would have brought me one, but, like a
+fool, I must go along with him, about two miles from the village.
+My old pilot and I walked on foot, forsooth, for some variety, when
+coming to the place where the camels were kept as in a park guarded
+by Chinese soldiers, we there agreed and bought one, which the
+Chinese man that came along with me led along the road. But we had
+not gone far, before we were attacked by five Tartars, mounted on
+horseback, two of whom seized the man, took the camel from him, and
+rode away, while the other three approached us, the first of whom
+suddenly seized me as I was drawing my sword, the second; knocked
+me down, but my old trusty Portuguese taking a pistol out of his
+pocket, which I knew nothing of, and coming up to the fellow that
+struck me, he with one hand pulled him off his horse, and then shot
+him dead upon the spot; then taking his scymitar, he struck at the
+man that stopped us, but missing him, cut off one of his horses
+ears, the pain of which made him throw his rider to the ground. The
+poor Chinese who had led the camel, seeing the Tartar down, runs to
+him, and seizing upon his pole-ax, wrenched it from his hands, and
+knocked his brains out. But there was another Tartar to deal with,
+who seeming neither inclined to fight nor fly, and my old man
+having begun to charge his pistol, the very sight of it struck such
+a terror into the wretch, that away he scoured, leaving my old
+pilot, rather my champion and defender, an absolute victory.</p>
+<p>By this time being awakened from my trance, I began to open my
+eyes, wondering where I was, having quite forgot all that passed;
+but my senses returning, and feeling a great pain in my head, and
+seeing the blood was running over my clothes, I instantly jumped
+upon my feet, and grasped my sword in my hand, with a resolution to
+take revenge: but no enemies now remained, except the dead Tartar,
+with his horse standing by him. The old man seeing me recovered,
+whom he thought slain, ran towards me, and embraced me with the
+greatest tenderness, at the same time examining into my wound,
+which <span class="pagenum"><a name="page208" id="page208"></a>[pg
+208]</span> was far from being mortal. When we returned to the
+village, the man demanded payment for his camel, which I refusing,
+we brought the cause, before a Chinese judge, who acted with great
+impartiality: Having heard both sides, he asked the Chinese man
+that went with me, whose servant he was? <i>Sir,</i> said he, <i>I
+am nobody's, but went with the stranger at his request: Why
+then</i>, said the judge, <i>you are the stranger's servant for the
+time, and the camel being delivered to his servant, it is the same
+as though delivered to himself, and accordingly he must pay for
+it.</i> Indeed the case was so fairly stated, that I had nothing to
+object to it; so, having paid for that I was robbed of, I sent for
+another, but did not go myself to fetch it, as I had enough of that
+sport before.</p>
+<p>The city of Naum is a frontier of the Chinese empire, so
+fortified, as some will tell you, that millions of Tartars cannot
+batter down their walls; by which certainly one might think one of
+our cannons would do more execution than all their legions.</p>
+<p>When we were within a day's march of that city, we had
+information that the governor had sent messengers to every part of
+the road, to inform the travellers and caravans to halt, till a
+guard was sent to protect them from the numerous bodies of Tartars
+that lately appeared about the city. This news put us into great
+consternation; but, obeying the orders, we stopt; &amp; two days
+after, there came two hundred soldiers from a garrison of the
+Chinese, and three hundred more from Naum; thus guarded both in the
+front and rear, with our own men in the flanks, we boldly advanced,
+thinking we were able to combat with ten thousand Mogul Tartars, if
+they appeared.</p>
+<p>Early next morning, in our march from a little well situated
+town called Changu, after having passed a river, and entered upon a
+desert of about fifteen or sixteen miles over, we soon beheld by a
+cloud of dust that was raised, that the enemy was approaching. This
+much dispirited the Chinese. My old pilot took notice of it, and
+called out, <i>Seignor Inglise, those fellows must be encouraged,
+or they will ruin us all, and I am afraid if the Tartars attack us,
+they will all run away</i>. "Why, Seignor, (said I), what shall be
+done in this case?" <i>Done</i>, says he, <i>why let fifty of our
+men advance, and flank them on each wing. I know the fellows will
+fight well enough in company</i>. We accordingly took his advice,
+and marched fifty to the right wing, and the same number to the
+left, and with the rest made a line of reserve, leaving the last
+two hundred men to guard the camels, or to assist us, as occasion
+required.</p>
+<p>Thus prepared, a party of the enemy came forward, viewing our
+posture, and traversing the ground on the front of our line.
+Hereupon we ordered the two wings to move on, and give them a
+salute with their shot; which accordingly <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page209" id="page209"></a>[pg 209]</span> was
+done. This put a stop to their proceedings; for immediately
+wheeling off to their left, they all marched away, and we saw no
+more of them. They had undoubtedly given an account to their
+companions of what reception they might expect, which made them to
+easily give over their enterprize.</p>
+<p>When we came to the city of Naum, we returned the governor
+hearty thanks, and distributed a hundred crowns among the soldiers
+that guarded us. We rested there one day, and then proceeded on our
+travels, passing several great rivers and deserts and on the 13th
+of April we came to the frontiers of Muscovy, the first town of
+which was called Argun.</p>
+<p>This happy occasion, as I thought, of coming into a Christian
+country, made me congratulate the Scots merchant upon it. He smiled
+at that, telling me not to rejoice too soon; <i>for</i>, said he,
+<i>except the Russian soldiers in garrison, and a few inhabitants
+of the cities upon the road, all the rest of this country, for
+above a thousand miles, is inhabited by the most ignorant and
+barbarous Pagans</i>.</p>
+<p>We advanced from the river Arguna, by moderate journies and
+found convenient garrisons on the road, filled with Christian
+soldiers for the security of commerce, and for the convenient
+lodgings of travellers: but the inhabitants of the country were
+mere Pagans, worshiping the sun, moon, and stars. We particularly
+observed this idolatry near the river Arguna, at a city inhabited
+by Tartars and Russians, called Nerisinkey. Being curious to see
+their way of living, while the caravan continued to rest themselves
+in that city, I went to one of their villages, where there was to
+be one of their solemn sacrifices.</p>
+<p>There I beheld upon the stump of an old tree, an idol of wood,
+more ugly than the representation of the devil himself: its head
+resembled no living creature; its ears were as big and as high as
+goat's horns, a crooked nose, four-cornered mouth, and horrible
+teeth: it was clothed in sheep skins, had a great Tartar bonnet,
+with two horns growing thro' it, and was eight feet high, without
+feet, legs or proportion. Before this idol their lay sixteen or
+seventeen people, who brought their offerings, and were making
+their prayers, while at a distance stood three men and one bullock,
+as victims to this ugly monster.</p>
+<p>Such stupendous sacrilege as this, in robbing the true God of
+his honour, filled me with the greatest astonishment and
+reflection: which soon turning to rage and fury, I rode up to the
+image, and cut in pieces the bonnet that was upon his head with my
+sword, so that it hung down by one of the horns, while one of my
+men that was with me pulled at it by his sheep-skin garment.
+Immediately an hideous howling and outcry ran through the village,
+and two or three hundred people coming about our ears, we were
+obliged to fly for it.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page210" id="page210"></a>[pg
+210]</span>
+<p>But I had not done with the monster; for the caravan being to
+rest three nights in the town, I told the Scots merchant what I had
+seen, and that I was resolved to take four or five men well armed
+with me, in order to destroy the idol, and show the people how
+little reason they had to trust in a god who could not save
+himself. At first he laughed at me, representing the danger of it,
+and when it was destroyed, what time had we to preach to them
+better things, whole zeal and ignorance was in the highest degree,
+and both unparalleled? that if I should be taken by them, I should
+be served as a poor ruffian, who contemned their worship; that is,
+to be stripped naked, and tied to the top of the idol, there shot
+at with arrows till my body was fall of them, and then burnt as a
+sacrifice to the monster; <i>but Sir</i>, said he, <i>since your
+zeal carries you so far, rather than you should be alone I will
+accompany you, and bring a stout fellow equal to yourself, if you
+will, to assist you in this design:</i> and accordingly he brought
+one Captain Richardson, who, hearing the story, readily consented;
+but my partner declined it, being altogether out of his way: and so
+we three, and my servant, resolved to execute this exploit about
+midnight; but upon second thoughts we deferred it to the next
+night, by reason that the caravan being to go from hence the next
+morning, we should be out of the governor's power. The better to
+effectuate my design, I procured a Tartar's sheep-skin robe, a
+bonnet, with bow and arrows, and every one of us got the like
+habits, the first night we spent in mixing combustible matter with
+aqua vitae, gunpowder, &amp;c. having a good quantity of tar in a
+little pot: next night we came up to the idol about eleven o'clock,
+the moon being up. We found none guarding it; but we perceived a
+light in the house, where we had seen the priests before. One of
+our men was for firing the hut, another for killing the people, and
+a third for making them prisoners, while the idol was destroyed. We
+agreed to the latter; so knocking at the door, we seized the first
+that opened it, and stopping his mouth and tying his feet, we left
+him. We served the other two in the like manner; and then the Scots
+merchant set fire to the composition, which frightened them so
+much, that we brought them all away prisoners to their wooden god.
+There we fell to work with him, daubing him all over with tar mixed
+with tallow and brimstone stopping his eyes, ears, and mouth full
+of gunpowder, with a great piece of wild-fire in his bonnet, and
+environed it with dry forage. All this being done, we unloosed and
+ungagged the prisoners, and set the idol on fire, which the
+gunpowder blowing up, the shape of it was deformed, rent and split,
+which the forage utterly consumed; for we staid to see its
+destruction, lest the ignorant idolatrous people should have thrown
+themselves into the flames, And thus we came <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page211" id="page211"></a>[pg 211]</span> away
+undiscovered, in the morning appearing as busy among our fellow
+travellers, as no body could have suspected any other, but that we
+had been in our beds all night.</p>
+<p>Next morning we let out, and had gone but a small distance from
+the city, when there came a multitude of people of the country to
+the gates of the city, demanding satisfaction of the Ruffian
+governor for insulting their priests, and burning their great Cham
+Cai-Thaungu, who dwelt in the sun, and no mortal would violate this
+image but some Christian miscreants; and being already no less than
+thirty thousand strong, they announced war against him and all his
+Christians.</p>
+<p>The governor assured them he was ignorant of the matter, and
+that none of his garrison had been abroad; that indeed there was a
+caravan that went away that morning, and that he would send after
+them to inquire into it; and whoever was the offender, should be
+delivered into their hands. This satisfied them for the present,
+but the governor sent to inform us, that if any of us had done it,
+we should make all the haste away possible, while he kept them in
+play as long as he could. Upon this we marched two days and two
+nights, stopping but very little, till at last we arrived at a
+village called Plothus, and hasted to Jerawena, another of the
+Czar's colonies. On the third day, having entered the desert, and
+passed the lake called Shaks Oser, we beheld a numerous body of
+horde on the other side or it to the north, who supposed we had
+passed on that side of the lake; but either having found the
+mistake, or being certainly informed of the way we took, they came
+upon us towards the dusk of the evening, just as we had pitched our
+camp between two little but very thick woods, with a little river
+running before our front and some felled trees with which we
+covered our rear; a precaution we always took, and which we had
+just finished when the enemy came up. They did not fall on us
+immediately, but sent three messengers, demanding the men who had
+insulted their priests, &amp; burnt their god, Cham Chi-Thaungu,
+that they might be burnt with fire; that if this was complied with,
+they would peaceably depart; but if not, they would destroy one and
+all of us. Our men stared at one another on receipt of this
+message, but Nobody was the word, as indeed nobody knew it, but he
+who did it. Upon which the leader of the caravan returned for
+answer, <i>That they were peaceable merchants, who meddled with
+none of their priests and gods and therefore desired, them not to
+disturb us, and put us to the necessity of defending ourselves</i>.
+But do far was this from satisfying them, that the next morning
+coming to our right, they let fly a volley of arrows among us,
+which happily did not hurt any, because we sheltered ourselves
+behind our baggage. We expected however to come to a closer
+engagement; but were happily saved by a cunning fellow, a Cossack,
+who obtaining leave of the leader to go out, mounts his horse,
+rides directly from <span class="pagenum"><a name="page212" id=
+"page212"></a>[pg 212]</span> our rear, and taking a circuit, comes
+up to the Tartars, as tho he had been sent express, and tells them
+a formal story, that the wretches who had burnt the Cham
+Chi-Thaungu, were gone to Shiheilka, with a resolution to burn the
+god Shal-Ifar, belonging to the Tongueses. Upon which, believing
+this cunning Tartar, who was servant to our Muscovites, away they
+drove to Shiheilka, and in less than three minutes were out of
+sight, nor did we ever hear of them more.</p>
+<p>When we came to the city of Jarawena, we rested five days, and
+then entered into a frightful desert, which held us twenty-three
+days march, infested with several small companies of robbers, or
+Mogul Tartars, who never had the courage to attack us. After we had
+passed over this desert, we found several garisons to defend the
+caravans from the violence of the Tartars. In particular the
+Governor of Adinskoy offered us a guard of fifty men to the next
+station, if we apprehended any danger. The people here retained the
+same paganism and barbarity, only they were not so dangerous, being
+conquered by the Muscovites. The clothing, both of men &amp; women,
+is of the skins of beasts, living under the ground in vaults &amp;
+caves, which have a communication with one another. They have idols
+almost in every family; besides, they adore the sun and stars,
+water and snow; and the least uncommon thing that happens in the
+elements, alarms them as much as thunder and lightning does the
+unbelieving Jews.</p>
+<p>Nothing remarkable occurred in our march through this country.
+When we had gone through the desert, after two days farther travel;
+we came to Jenezoy, a Muscovite city, on the great river so called,
+which we were told, parted Europe from Asia. The inhabitants here
+were very little better, though intermixed with the Muscovites, but
+the wonder will cease, when I inform my readers of what was
+observed to me, that the Czar rather converts the Tartars with
+soldiers than clergymen, and is more proud to make them faithful
+subjects, than good Christians.</p>
+<p>From this city to the river Oby, we travelled over a pleasant,
+fruitful, but very uncultivated country, for want of good
+management and people, and those few are mostly Pagans. This is the
+place where the Muscovite criminals are banished to, if they are
+not put to death. The next city we came to, was the capital city of
+Siberia, called Tobolski when having been almost seven months on
+our journey, and winter drawing on apace, my partner and I
+consulted about our particular affairs in what manner we should
+dispose of ourselves. We had been told of sledges and rein-deer to
+carry us over the snow in the winter season, the snow being frozen
+so hard, that the sledges can run upon the surface without any
+danger of going down. As I was bound to England, I now behoved
+either to go with <span class="pagenum"><a name="page213" id=
+"page213"></a>[pg 213]</span> the caravan to Jerosaw, from thence
+west to Marva, and the gulph of Finland, and so by land or sea to
+Denmark; or else I must leave the caravan at a little town on the
+Dwina, and so to Archangel, where I was certain of shipping either
+to England, Holland, or Hamburgh. One night I happened to get into
+the company of an illustrious, but banished Prince, whose company
+and virtues were such as made me to propose to him a method how he
+might obtain his liberty. <i>My dear friend</i>, said he, <i>as I
+am here happily free from my miserable greatness with all its
+attendants of pride, ambition, avarice, and luxury, if I should
+escape from this place, those pernicious seeds may again revive, to
+my lasting disquietude; therefore let me remain in a blessed
+confinement, for I am but flesh, a mere man, with passions and
+affections as such; O be not my friend and tempter too!</i> Struck
+dumb with surprise, I stood silent a-while; nor was he less in
+disorder, by which perceiving he wanted to give vent to his mind, I
+desired him to consider of it, and so withdrew. But about two hours
+after he came to my apartment: <i>Dear friend,</i> said he,
+<i>though I cannot consent to accompany you, I shall have this
+satisfaction in parting, that you leave me an honest man still: but
+as a testimony of my affection to you, be pleased to accept this
+present of sables</i>.</p>
+<p>In return for his compliment, I sent my servant next morning to
+his Lordship with a small present of tea, two pieces of China
+damask, and four little wedges of gold; but he only accepted the
+tea, one piece of damask, and one piece of gold, for the curiosity
+of the Japan stamp that was upon it. Not long after he sent for me,
+and told me, <i>that what he had refused himself, he hoped upon his
+account, I would grant to another whom he should name:</i> In short
+it was his only son, who was about two hundred miles distant from
+him, on the other side of the city, whom he said he would send for,
+if I gave my consent. This I soon complied with; upon which he sent
+his servants next day for his son, who returned in twenty days
+time, bringing seven horses loaded with valuable furs. At night the
+young Lord was conducted incognito into our apartment, where his
+father presented him to me. We then concerted the best ways for
+travelling, and after having bought a considerable quantity of
+sables, black fox-skins, fine ermines, &amp;c. (which I sold at
+Archangel at a good price) we set out from this city the beginning
+of June, making a small caravan, being about thirty-two horses and
+camels, of which I represented the head. My young Lord had with him
+a very faithful Siberian servant, well acquainted with the roads:
+We shunned the principal towns and cities, as Tumen, Soli Kamoskoi,
+and several others, by reason of their strictness in examining
+travellers, lest any of the banished persons of distinction should
+escape. Having passed the river Kama, we came to a city on the
+European <span class="pagenum"><a name="page214" id=
+"page214"></a>[pg 214]</span> side, called Soloy Kamoskoi, where we
+found the people mostly Pagans as before. We then passed a desert
+of about two hundred miles over; but in other places it is near
+seven hundred. In passing this wild place, we were beset by a troop
+of men on horseback, and about five and forty men armed with bows
+and arrows. At first they looked earnestly on us, and then placed
+themselves in our way. We were above sixteen men, and drew up a
+little line before our camels. My young Lord sent out his Siberian
+servant, to know who they were; but, when he approached them, he
+neither knew a word they said; nor would they admit him to come
+near them at his peril, but prepared to shoot him. At his return,
+he told us he believed them to be Calmuc Tartars; and that there
+were more upon the desert. This was but a small comfort to us; yet
+seeing a little grove, about a quarter of a mile's distance, we
+moved to it, by the old Portuguese pilot's advice, without meeting
+with any opposition. Here we found a marshy piece of ground, and a
+spring of water running into a little brook on one side, which
+joined another like it a little further off, and these two formed
+the head of the river called Writska. As soon as we arrived, we
+went to work, cutting great arms off the trees, and laying them
+hanging (not quite off from one tree to another). In this situation
+we waited the motion of the enemy, without perceiving any
+advancement they made towards us. About two hours before night,
+being joined by some others, in all about fourscore horse, among
+whom we fancied were some women, they came upon us with great fury.
+We fired without ball, calling to them in the Russian tongue, to
+know their business; but they, either not knowing, or seeming not
+to understand us, came directly to the wood side, nor considering
+that we were to be fortified, as that they could not break in. Our
+old pilot, the Portuguese, proved both our captain and engineer,
+and desired us not to fire, till they came within pistol shot; and
+when he gave the word of command, then to take the surest aim: but
+he did not bid us give fire, till they were within two pikes length
+of us, and then we filled fourteen of them, wounded several, as
+also their horses, having every one of us loaded our pieces with
+two or three bullets at least. So much were they surprised at our
+undauntedness, that they retired about a hundred roods from us. In
+the mean while we loaded our pieces again, and sallying out,
+secured four or five of their horses, whose riders we found were
+killed, and perceived them to be Tartars. About an hour after, they
+made another attempt, to see where they might break in; but finding
+us ready to receive them, they retired.</p>
+<p>All that night we wrought hard, in strengthening our situation,
+and barricading the entrances into the woods; but when day-light
+came, we had a very unwelcome discovery; for the <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page215" id="page215"></a>[pg 215]</span> enemy,
+being encouraged by their numbers, had set up eleven or twelve
+tents, in form of a camp, about three quarters of a mile from us. I
+must confess, I was never more concerned in my life, giving myself
+and all that I had over for lost. And my partner declared, that as
+the loss of his goods would be his ruin, before they should be
+taken from him, he would fight to the last drop of his blood. As we
+could not pretend to force our way, we had recourse to a stratagem;
+we kindled a large fire, which burnt all night; and no sooner was
+it dark, but we pursued our journey towards the pole or north star,
+and travelling all night; by six o'clock in the morning we came to
+a Russian village called Kertza, and from thence came to a large
+town named Ozonzoys, where we heard that several troops of Calmuc
+Tartars had been abroad upon the desert, but that we were past all
+danger. In five days after we came to Veuslima, upon the river
+Witzedga; from thence we came to Lawrenskoy, on the third of July,
+where, providing ourselves with two luggage boats, and a convenient
+bark, we embarked the seventh, and arrived at Archangel the
+eighteenth, after a year, five months, and three days journey,
+including the eight months and odd days at Tobolski. We came from
+Archangel the 20th of August in the same year, and arrived at
+Hamburg the 30th of September. Here my partner and I made a very
+good sale of our goods, both those of China and Siberia; when
+dividing our effects, my share came to 3475l. 17s. 3d. after all
+the losses we had sustained, and charges we had been at. Here the
+young Lord took his leave of me, in order to go to the court of
+Vienna, not only to seek protection, but to correspond with his
+father's friends. After we had staid four months in Hamburgh, I
+went from thence overland to the Hague, where embarking in the
+packet, I arrived in London the 10th of January 1705, after ten
+years and nine months absence from England.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page216" id="page216"></a>[pg
+216]</span>
+<h2><a name="VISION_OF_THE_ANGELIC_WORLD"></a><i>R O B I N S O N
+&nbsp;&nbsp;C R U S O E'S</i></h2>
+<h3>VISION OF THE ANGELIC WORLD.</h3>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<h2>CHAP. I. Of SOLITUDE.</h2>
+<br>
+<p>However solitude is looked upon as a restraint to the pleasure
+of the world, in company and conversation, yet it is a happy state
+of exemption from a sea of trouble, an inundation of vanity and
+vexation, of confusion and disappointment. While we enjoy
+ourselves, neither the joy not sorrow of other men affect us: We
+are then at liberty with the voice of our soul, to speak to God. By
+this we shun such frequent trivial discourse, as often becomes an
+obstruction to virtue: and how often do we find that we had reason
+to with we had not been in company, or said nothing when we were
+there? for either we offend God by the impiety of our discourse, or
+lay ourselves open to the violence of designing people by our
+ungarded expressions; and frequently feel the coldness and
+treachery of pretended friends, when once involved in trouble and
+affliction: of such unfaithful intimates (I should say enemies) who
+rather by false inuendoes would accumulate miseries upon us, than
+honestly assist us when under the hard hand of adversity. But in a
+state of solitude, when our tongues cannot be heard, except from
+the great Majesty of Heaven, how happy are we, in the blessed
+enjoyment of conversing with our Maker! It is then we make him our
+friend, which sets us above the envy and contempt of wicked men.
+When a man converses with himself, he is sure that he does not
+converse with an enemy. Our retreat should be to good company, and
+good books. I mean not by solitude, that a man should retire into a
+cell, a desert, or a monastry: which would be altogether an useless
+and unprofitable restraint: for as men ate formed for society, and
+have an absolute necessity and dependance upon one another; so
+there is a retirement of the soul, with which it converses in
+heaven, even in the midst of men; and indeed no man is more fit to
+speak freely, than he who can, without any violence himself,
+refrain his tongue, or keep silence altogether. As to religion, it
+is by this the foul gets acquainted with the hidden mysteries of
+the holy writings; here she finds those floods of tears, in which
+good men wash themselves day and night, and only makes a visit to
+God, and his holy angels. In this conversation the truest peace and
+most solid joy are to be found; it is a continual feast of
+contentment on earth, and the means of attaining everlasting
+happiness in heaven.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page217" id="page217"></a>[pg
+217]</span>
+<h2>CHAP. II. Of HONESTY.</h2>
+<br>
+<p>Honesty is a virtue beloved by good men, and pretended to by all
+other persons. In this there are several degrees: to pay every man
+his own is the common law of honesty: but to do good to all
+mankind, is the chancery law of honesty: and this chancery court is
+in every man's breast, where his conscience is a Lord Chancellor.
+Hence it is, that a miser, though he pays every body their own,
+cannot be an honest man, when he does not discharge the good
+offices that are incumbent on a friendly, kind, and generous
+person: for, faith the prophet Isaiah, chap. XXXII. ver. 7, 8.
+<i>The instruments of a churl are evil: he deviseth wicked devices
+to destroy the poor with lying words, even when the needy speaketh
+right. But the liberal soul deviseth liberal things, and by liberal
+things shall he stand</i>. It is certainly honest to do every thing
+the law requires; but should we throw every poor debtor into prison
+till he has paid the utmost farthing, hang every malefactor without
+mercy, exact the penalty of every bond, and the forfeiture of every
+indenture, this would be downright cruelty, and not honesty: and it
+is contrary to that general rule, <i>To do to another, that which
+you would have done unto you</i>. Sometimes necessity makes an
+honest man a knave: and a rich man a honest man, because he has no
+occasion to be a knave. The trial of honesty is this: Did you ever
+want bread, and had your neighbour's loaf in keeping, and would
+starve rather than eat it? Were you ever arrested, having in your
+custody another man's cash, and would rather go to gaol, than break
+it? if so, this indeed may be reckoned honesty. For King Solomon
+tells us, <i>That a good name is better than life, and is a
+precious ointment, and which, when a man has once lost, he has
+nothing left worth keeping</i>.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<h2>CHAP. III <i>Of the present state of Religion in the
+world</i>.</h2>
+<br>
+<p>I doubt, indeed, there is much more devotion than religion in
+the world, more adoration than supplication, and more hypocrisy
+than sincerity; and it is very melancholy to consider, what numbers
+of people there are furnished with the powers of reason and gifts
+of nature, and yet abandoned to the grossest ignorance and
+depravity. But it would be uncharitable for us to imagine (as some
+Papists, abounding with too much ill nature, the only scandal to
+religion, do) that they will certainly be in a state of damnation
+after this life; for how can we think it consistent with the mercy
+and goodness of an infinite Being, to damn those creatures, when he
+has not furnished them with the light of the gospel? or how can
+such proud, conceited and cruel bigots, prescribe rules to the
+justice and mercy of God?</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page218" id="page218"></a>[pg
+218]</span>
+<p>We are told by some people, that the great image which King
+Nebuchadnezzar set up to be adored by his people held the
+representation of the sun in it's right hand, as the principal
+object of adoration. But to wave this discourse of Heathens, how
+many self-contradicting principles are there held among Christians?
+and how do we doom one another to the devil, while all profess to
+worship the same Deity, and to expect the same salvation.</p>
+<p>When I was at Portugal, there was held at that time the court of
+justice of the Inquisition. All the criminals were carried in
+procession to the great church, where eight of them were habited in
+gowns and caps of canvass, whereon the torments of hell were
+displayed, and they were condemned and burnt for crimes against the
+Catholic faith and blessed Virgin.</p>
+<p>I am sorry to make any reflection upon Christians; but indeed,
+in Italy the Roman religion seems the most cruel and mercenary upon
+earth; and a very judicious person, who travelled through Italy
+from Turkey, tells, <i>That there is only the face and outward pomp
+of religion there; that the church protects murderers and
+assassins; and then delivers the civil magistrate over to Satan for
+doing justice; interdicts whole kingdoms, and shuts up the churches
+for want of paying a few ecclesiastical dues, and so puts a stop to
+religion for want of their money; that the court of Inquisition
+burnt two men for speaking dishonourably of the Blessed Virgin; and
+the missionaries of China tolerated the worshipping the devil by
+their new converts: that Italy was the theatre, where religion was
+the grand opera: and that the Popish clergy were no other than
+stage players</i>.</p>
+<p>As to religion in Poland, they deny Christ to be the Messiah, or
+that the Messiah has come in the flesh. And as to their
+Protestants, they are the followers of Laelius Socinus, who denied
+our Saviour's divinity; and have no concern about the divine
+inspiration of the Holy Ghost.</p>
+<p>In Muscovy their churches are built of wood, and, indeed, they
+have but wooden priests, though of the Greek church; they pray as
+much to St. Nicholas, as the Papists do to the Virgin Mary, for
+protection in all their difficulties or afflictions.</p>
+<p>As to Lutherans, they only differ from the Romans in believing
+consubstantiation, instead of transubstantiation; but like them,
+they are much pleased with the external gallantry and pomp, more
+than the true and real practice of it.</p>
+<p>In France I found a world of priests, the streets every where
+crowded with them, and the churches full of women: but surely never
+was a nation so full of blind guides, so ignorant of religion, and
+even as void of morals, as those people who confess their sins to
+them.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page219" id="page219"></a>[pg
+219]</span>
+<p>Does it not seem strange, that, while all men own the Divine
+Being, there should be so many different opinions as to the manner
+of paying him obedience in the Christian church? I know not what
+reason to assign for this, except it be their different capacities
+and faculties.</p>
+<p>And, indeed, upon this account, we have perceived, in all
+Christian countries, what mortal feuds have been about religion;
+what wars and bloodshed have molested Europe, till the general
+pacification of the German troubles at the treaty of Westphalia:
+and since those times, what persecution in the same country among
+the churches of the Lutherans; and should I take a prospect at
+home, what unhappy divisions are between Christians in this
+kingdom, about Episcopacy and Presbytery; the church of England and
+the Dissenters opposing one another like St. Paul and St. Peter,
+even to the face; that is, they carry on the dispute to the utmost
+extremity.</p>
+<p>It might be a question, why there are such differences in
+religious points, and why these breaches should be more hot and
+irreconcileable? All the answer I can give to this, is, that we
+inquire more concerning the truth of religion, than any other
+nation in the world; and the anxious concern we have about it,
+makes us jealous of every opinion, and tenacious of our own; and
+this is not because we are more furious and rash than other people;
+but the truth is, we are more concerned about them, and being
+sensible that the scripture is the great rule of faith, the
+standard for life and doctrine, we have recourse to it ourselves,
+without submitting to any pretended infallible judge upon
+earth.</p>
+<p>There is another question, pertinent to the former, and that is,
+<i>What remedy can we apply to this malady</i>? And to this I must
+negatively answer, <i>Not to be less religious, that we may differ
+the less</i>. This is striking at the very root of all religious
+differences; for, certainly, were they to be carried on with a
+peaceable spirit, willing to be informed, our variety of opinions
+would not have the name of differences; nor should we separate in
+communion of charity though we did not agree in several articles of
+religion.</p>
+<p>Nor is there a less useful question to start, namely, <i>Where
+will our unhappy religious differences end?</i> To which, I hope, I
+may answer, <i>In Heaven</i>; there we shall unchristian and
+unbrotherly differences will find a period; there we shall embrace
+many a sinner, that here we think it a dishonour to converse with;
+&amp; perceive many a heart we have broken here with censures,
+reproachings, &amp; revilings, made whole again by the balm of the
+same Redeemer's blood. Here we shall perceive there have been other
+flocks than those of our fold; that those we have excommunicated
+have been taken into that superior communion; and, in a word, that
+those contradicting notions and principles which <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page220" id="page220"></a>[pg 220]</span> we
+thought inconsistent with true religion, we shall then find
+reconcileable to themselves, to one another, and to the fountain of
+truth. If any man ask me, Why our differences cannot be ended on
+earth? I answer, <i>Were we all thoroughly convinced, that then
+they would be reconciled, we would put an end to them before; but
+this is impossible to be done: for as men's certain convictions of
+truth are not equal to one another, or the weight or significancy
+of such veracity: so neither can a general effect of this affair be
+expected on this side of time</i>.</p>
+<p>Before I conclude this chapter, I shall beg leave to discourse a
+little of the wonderful excellency of negative religion and
+negative virtue. The latter sets out, like the Pharisee, with,
+<i>God, I thank thee;</i> it is a piece of religious pageantry, the
+hypocrite's hope: and, in a word, it is positive vice: for it is
+either a mask to deceive others, or a mist to deceive ourselves. A
+man that is clothed with negatives, thus argues: <i>I am not such a
+drunkard as my landlord, such a thief as my tenant, such a rakish
+fellow, or a highwayman; No! I live a sober, regular, retired life:
+I am a good man, I go to church; God, I thank thee.</i> Now,
+through a mans boasts of his virtue in contradiction to the vices
+mentioned, yet a person had better have them altogether than the
+man himself; or he is so full of himself, so persuaded that he is
+good and religious enough already, that he has no thoughts of any
+thing, except it be to pull of his hat to God Almighty now and
+then, and thank him that he has no occasion for him; and has the
+vanity to think that his neighbours must imagine well of him
+too.</p>
+<p>The negative man, though he is no drunkard is yet intoxicated
+with the pride of his own worth; a good neighbour and peace-maker
+in other families, but a tyrant in his own; appears in church for a
+show, but never falls upon his knees in his closet; does all his
+alms before men, to be seen of them; eager in the duties of the
+second table, but regardless of the first; appears religious, to be
+taken notice of by men, but without intercourse or communication
+between God and his own soul: Pray, what is this man? or what
+comfort is there of the life he lives? he is insensible of faith,
+repentance, and a Christian mortified life: in a word, he is a
+perfectly a stranger to the essential part of religion.</p>
+<p>Let us for a while enter into the private and retired part of
+his conversation: What notions has he of his mispent hours, and of
+the progress of time to the great centre and gulph of life,
+eternity? Does he know how to put a right value on time, or esteem
+the life-blood of his soul, as it really is, and act in all the
+moments of it, as one that must account for them? if then you can
+form an equality between what he can do and what he shall receive;
+less can be founded upon his <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page221" id="page221"></a>[pg 221]</span> negative virtue, or what
+he has forborne to do: And if neither his negative nor positive
+piety can be equal to the reward, and to the eternity that reward
+is to last for, what then is to become of the Pharisee, when he is
+to be judged by the sincerity of his repentance, and rewarded,
+according to the infinite grace of God, with a state of blessedness
+to an endless eternity?</p>
+<p>When the negative man converses with the invisible world, he is
+filled with as much horror and dread as Felix, when St Paul
+reasoned to him of temperance, righteousness, and of judgment to
+come; for Felix, though a great philosopher, of great power and
+reverence, was a negative man, and he was made sensible by the
+Apostle, that, as a life of virtue and temperance was its own
+reward, by giving a healthy body, a clear head, and a composed
+life, so eternal happiness must proceed from another spring;
+namely, the infinite unbounded grace of a provoked God, who having
+erected a righteous tribunal, Jesus Christ would separate such as
+by faith and repentance he had brought home and united to himself
+by the grace of adoption, and on the foot of his having laid down
+his life as a ransom for them, had appointed them to salvation,
+when all the philosophy, temperance, and righteousness in the world
+besides had been ineffectual. And this, I say, it was, that made
+Felix, this negative man tremble.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<h2>CHAP. IV. <i>Of listening to the voice of Providence</i>.</h2>
+<br>
+<p>The magnificent and wise King Solomon bids us cry after
+knowledge, and lift up our voice for understanding; by which is
+meant, religious knowledge, for it follows: <i>Then shalt thou
+understand the fear of the Lord, and find the knowledge of God</i>.
+By which undoubtedly he meant, to enquire after every thing he has
+permitted us to know, and not to search into those ways that are
+unsearchable, and are effectually locked up from our
+knowledge.--Now, <i>as listening to the voice of Providence</i> is
+my present subject, I intend, in the first place, to write to those
+who own, 1. That there is a God, a first great moving cause of all
+things, and eternal power, prior, and consequently superior to all
+created power or being.--2. That this eternal power, which is God,
+is the sovereign creator and governor of heaven and earth.</p>
+<p>To avoid all needless distinctions, what persons in the God-head
+exercise the creating, and what the governing power, I offer that
+glorious text, Psal. xxiii. 6. where the whole Trinity is entitled
+to the whole creating work: and, therefore, in the next place, I
+shall lay down these two propositions.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page222" id="page222"></a>[pg
+222]</span>
+<blockquote>I. <i>That the eternal God guides, by his providence,
+the whole<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;universe, which was created by his power.</i><br>
+<br>
+II. <i>That this providence manifests a particular care over,
+and<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; concern in, the governing and directing man, the
+most noble<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; creature upon earth</i>.</blockquote>
+<p>It is plain, that natural religion proves the first, by
+intimating the necessity of a providence guiding and governing the
+world, from the consequence of the wisdom, justice, prescience, and
+goodness of the Almighty Creator: for otherwise it would be absurd
+to think, that God should create a world, without any care or
+providence over it, in guiding the operations of nature, so as to
+preserve the order of his creation.</p>
+<p>Revealed religion gives us a light into the care and concern of
+his providence, by the climate's being made habitable, the
+creatures subjected and made nourishing, and all vegetative life
+made medicinal; and all this for the sake of man, who is made
+viceroy to the King of the earth. The short description I shall
+give of providence is this: <i>That it is that operation of the
+power, of the wisdom, and goodness of God, by which be influences,
+governs, and directs, not only the means, but the events of all
+things, which concern us in this sublunary world; the sovereignty
+of which we ought always to reverence, obey its motions, observe
+its dictates, and listen to its voice. The prudent man forseeth the
+evil, and hideth himself; that is, as I take it, there is a secret
+providence intimates to us, that some danger threatens, if we
+strive not to shun it</i>.</p>
+<p>The same day that Sir John Hotham kept out Hull against the
+royal martyr King Charles I. the same day Sir John Hotham was put
+to death by the parliament for that very action: The same day that
+the King himself signed the warrant for the execution of the Earl
+of Stafford, the same day of the month was he barbarously murdered
+by the blood-thirsty Oliverian crew: and the same day that King
+James II. came to the crown against the bill of exclusion, the same
+day he was voted abdicated by the parliament, and the throne filled
+with King William and Queen Mary.</p>
+<p>The voice of signal deliverances from sudden dangers, is not
+only a just call to repentance, but a caution against falling into
+the like danger; but such who are utterly careless of themselves
+after, show a lethargy of the worst nature, which seems to me to be
+a kind of practical atheism or at least, a living in a contempt of
+Heaven, when he receives good at the hand of his Maker, but is
+unconcerned from whence it comes, or to thank the bountiful hand
+that gave it; neither, when he receives evil, does it alter his
+manner of life, or bring him to any state of humiliation.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page223" id="page223"></a>[pg
+223]</span>
+<p>We have a remarkable story of two soldiers being condemned to
+death in Flanders. The general being prevailed upon to spare one of
+them, ordered them to cast dice upon the drumhead for their lives;
+the first having thrown two sixes, the second fell a wringing his
+hands, having so poor a chance to escape; however, having thrown,
+he was surprised when he also threw other two sixes. The officer
+appointed to see the execution, ordered them to throw again; they
+did so, and each of them threw fives; at which the soldiers that
+stood round, shouted, and said, neither of them was to die. Upon
+this, the officer acquainted the council of war, who ordered them
+to throw a third time, when they threw two fours: the general being
+acquainted with it, sent for the men, and pardoned them. <i>I
+love,</i> said he, <i>in such extraordinary cases, to listen to the
+voice of Providence.</i></p>
+<p>We read in the holy writings, how God speaks to men by
+appearance of angels, or by dreams and visions of the night. As God
+appeared to Abraham, Lot, and Jacob: so angels have appeared to
+many in other cases, as to Manoah and his wife, Zechariah, the
+Virgin Mary, and to the apostles; other have been warned in a dream
+as king Abimelech, the false prophet Balaam, and many others.</p>
+<p>It is certainly a very great and noble inquiry, <i>What we shall
+be after this life?</i> for there is scarce a doubt, that there is
+a place reserved for the reception of our souls after death: for if
+we are to be, we must have a where, which the scriptures assert by
+the examples of Dives and Lazarus. The doctrine of spirits was long
+believed before our Saviour's time; for when the disciples of the
+blessed Jesus perceived our Saviour walking on the sea, they were
+as much surprised as though they had seen a spirit. Nay, in those
+ages of the world, it was believed that spirits intermeddled in the
+affairs of mankind; and, throughout the Old Testament, I do not
+find any thing that in the least contradicts is. All the pains and
+labour that some learned men have taken, to confute the story of
+the witch of Endor, and the appearance of an old man personating
+Samuel, cannot make such apparitions inconsistent with nature or
+religion; and it is plain, that it was either a good or bad spirit,
+that prophetically told the unfortunate king what should happen the
+next day; for, said the spirit, <i>The Lord will deliver thee into
+the hands of the Philistines; and to-morrow shalt thou and thy sons
+be with me.</i></p>
+<p>Abundance of strange notions possessed me, when I was in the
+desolate island; especially on a moonshine night, when every bush
+seemed a man, and every tree a man on horseback. When I crept into
+the dismal cave where the old goat lay expiring, whole articulate
+groans even resembled those of a man, how was I surprised I my
+blood chilled in my veins, a cold<span class="pagenum"><a name="page224" id="page224"></a>[pg
+224]</span> sweaty dew sat on my forehead, my hair stood upright, and my
+joints, like Belshazzar's knees, struck against one another. And, indeed,
+though I afterwards found what it was, the remains of this surprise did
+not wear off for a great while; and I had frequently returns of those
+vapours on different occasions, and sometimes without any occasion at all.</p>
+
+<p>One night, after having seen some appearance in the air, as I had just
+lain down in my bed, one of my feet pained me; after that came a
+numbness, succeeded with a tingling in my blood; when on a sudden I
+thought something alive lay upon me, from my knee to above half my leg.
+Upon this I flung myself out of bed where I thought the creature lay;
+but finding nothing, <i>Lord deliver me from evil spirits</i>, said I, <i>what
+can this be?</i> When I lighted a candle, I could perceive no living
+creature in the place with me, but the poor parrot, who, being frighted,
+cried out, <i>Hold your tongue</i>, and <i>What's the matter with you</i>, which
+words I had taught him, by saying so to him, when he made such screaming
+noises as I did not like. <i>Lord</i>, said I aloud, <i>surely the devil has
+been here.</i> <i>Hold your tongue</i>, says Poll. I was then mad at the bird,
+and putting on my clothes, cried, <i>I am terribly frighted.</i> <i>What's the
+matter with you</i>? says Poll. <i>You toad</i>, said I, <i>I'll knock your brains
+out.</i> <i>Hold you tongue</i>, cried he again, and so fell a chattering, and
+calling Robinson Crusoe, as he did before. But after I had composed
+myself, and went to bed again, I began plainly to see it was a distemper
+that affected my nerves, and so my terrors vanished at once.</p>
+
+<p>How intelligences are given or received, we do not know; nor are we
+sensible how they are conveyed from spirits embodied to ours that are
+in life; or, on the contrary, from us to them; the latter is certainly
+done without help of the organs, and the former is conveyed by the
+understanding, and the retired faculties of the soul.</p>
+
+<p>The spirits, without the help of voices, converse, and the more
+particular discoveries of converse of the spirits, seem to me as
+follow: to wit, dreams, voices, noises, impulses, hints, apprehensions,
+involuntary sadness, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>Dreams of old were the ways by which God himself was pleased to warn
+men what services to perform, and what to shun. Joseph was directed of
+God in a dream to go to Egypt; and so were the wise men warned in a
+dream to depart into their own country another way, to avoid the fury
+of Herod. I am not like those who think dreams are the mere designs of
+a delirious head, or the relics of a day's perplexities or pleasures;
+but, on the contrary, I must beg leave to say, I never met with any
+capital mischief in my life, but I had some notice of it by a dream;
+and had I not been a thoughtless unbelieving creature,<span class="pagenum"><a name="page225" id=
+"page225"></a>[pg 225]</span> I might have
+taken many a warning, and avoided many of the evils I afterwards fell
+into, merely by total neglect of those dreams.</p>
+
+<p>I was once present at a dispute between a layman and a clergyman, upon
+the subject of dreams. The first thought no regard should be given unto
+them; that their communication from the invisible to the visible world
+was a mere chimera, without any solid foundation. For, first, said he,
+if dreams were from the agency of any prescient being, the motives would
+be more direct, and the discoveries more plain, and not by allegories
+and emblematic fancies, expressing things imperfect and obscure. 2.
+Since, with the notice of evil, there was not a power given to avoid it,
+it is not likely to proceed from a spirit, but merely fortuitious. 3.
+That the inconstancy of such notices, in cases equally important, proves
+they did not proceed from any such agent. 4. That as our most distinct
+dreams had nothing in them of any significancy, it would be irrational
+and vain to think that they came from heaven. And, 5. That as men were
+not always thus warned or supplied with notice of good or evil, so all
+men are not alike supplied with them; and what reason could we give,
+why one man or one woman should not have the same hints as another.</p>
+
+<p>To all this the clergyman gave answer: 1. That as to the signification of
+dreams, &amp; the objections against them, as being dark and doubtful, they are
+expressed generally by hierogliphical representations, similies, allusions,
+and figurative emblematic ways, by which means, for want of interpretation,
+the thing was not understood, and, consequently, the evil not shunned. 2.
+That we charge God foolishly, to say, that he has given the notice of evil,
+without the power to avoid it; for, if any one had not power to avoid the
+evil, it was no notice to him; and it was want of giving due head to that
+notice, that men first neglected themselves, and then charged the Judge of
+all the earth with injustice. 3. That we ought not to find fault with the
+inconstancy of these notices; but rather with our weak understandings, by
+pretending dreams were not to be regarded, and negligent when the voice
+really spoke to us for our good. It is a mistake to say, dreams have no
+import at all: we might, with more reason, have said, none that we could
+perceive the reason of, owing to our blindness and supine negligence, too
+secure at one time, and too much alarmed at another; so that the spirit,
+which we might be said to be conversing with in a dream, was constantly
+and equally kind and careful; but our powers are not always in the same
+state of action, not equally attentive too, or retentive of the hints
+that were given. And, 5. To answer the last question, Why people are not
+equally supplied? This seemed to be no question; for Providence itself
+might have some share in the<span class="pagenum"><a name="page226" id="page226"></a>[pg
+226]</span>
+direction of it, and then that Providence
+might be limited by a superior direction; that as to the converse of
+spirits, he could not call it a stated converse: such a thing there was,
+but why there was so much of it, and no more, was none of his business,
+and that no such discovery had ever yet been made to mankind. Nor were
+we to imagine less of waking dreams, trances, visions, noises, hints,
+impulses, and all the waking testimonies of an invisible world, and of
+the communication that there is between us and them, which commonly
+entertain us with our open eyes.</p>
+
+<p>One time my fancy soared on high, to see what discoveries I could make
+in those clearer regions. I found that such immense bodies as the sun,
+stars, planets, and moon, in the great circle of the lower heaven, are
+far from being found in the study of nature on the surface of the earth.
+Here I saw many things that we can entertain little or no notion of, in
+a state of common life, and the emptiness of our notion, that the
+planets are habitable worlds; that is, created like ours, for the
+subsistence and existence of man and beast, and the preservation of the
+vegitative and sensitive life: No, no, this is, I assure you, a world of
+spirits; for here I saw a clear demonstration of Satan being the <i>prince
+of the power of the air</i>, keeping his court or camp, with innumerable
+angels to attend him; but his power is not so great as we imagine, he
+can tempt us to the crime, but cannot force us to commit: <i>Humanium est
+peccare</i>. Neither has the devil power to force the world into a
+rebellion against heaven, though his legions are employed among savage
+nations, to set up their master for a god, who make the heathens either
+worship him in person, or by his representatives, idols and monsters,
+with the cruel sacrifices of human blood. Now, as to the limitations of
+the devil's power, you must understand, that as there are numbers of
+evil spirits employed in mischief, so there are numbers of good angels
+sent from the higher and blessed abodes to disconcert and oppose their
+measures; and this every Christian, I hope, believes, when he prays to
+God, the father of spirits, to give his angels charge over him while he
+slumbereth and sleepeth. For if by these preventing powers the devil was
+not restrained, the earth would be subjected to dearth, droughts, and
+famine; the air infected with noxious fumes; and, in a word, mankind
+would be utterly destroyed, which might oblige our Maker (if I may be
+allowed the expression) to the necessity of a new <i>fiat</i>, or else have
+no more creatures to honour and worship him.</p>
+
+<p>As the devil never wanted insinuators, I shall observe, that I learned a
+way how to make a man dream of what I pleased. For instance, let us suppose
+one to be found asleep; let another lay his mouth close to his ear, and
+whisper any thing so softly<span class="pagenum"><a name="page227" id=
+"page227"></a>[pg 227]</span>
+as not to awake him, the sleeping man shall dream of what has
+been so whispered in his ear; nay, I can assure you, those
+insinuating devils can do this even when we are awake, which I call
+impulses of the mind: for from whence, but from these insinuators,
+come our causeless passions, involuntary wickedness, or sinful
+desires? Who else form ideas in the mind of man when he is asleep,
+or present terrible or, beautiful figures to his, fancy: Mr. Milton
+represents the devil tempting Eve in the shape of a toad, lying
+just at her ear, when in her bower she lay fast asleep; and brings
+in Eve telling Adam what an uneasy night's rest she had, and
+relating her dream to him. And likewise I believe that good spirits
+have the same intercourse with us, in warning us against those
+things that are evil, and prompting us to that which is good.</p>
+<p>Were we to have the eyes of our souls opened, through the eyes
+of our bodies, we should see this very immediate region or air
+which we breath in, thronged with spirits now invisible, and which
+otherwise would be the most terrible; we should view the secret
+transactions of those messengers who are employed when the parting
+soul takes it's leave of the reluctant body, and perhaps see things
+nature would shrink back from with the utmost terror and amazement.
+In a word, the curtain of Providence for the disposition of things
+here, and the curtain of judgment for the determination of the
+state of souls hereafter, would be alike drawn back; and what heart
+could support here its future state in life; much less that, of its
+future state after life, even good or bad.</p>
+<p>A gentleman of my acquaintance, being about seven miles distant
+from London, a friend that came to dine with him, solicited him to
+go to the city. <i>What</i>, said the gentleman, <i>is there any
+occasion for me? No, Sir</i>, said the other, <i>nothing at all
+except the enjoyment of your good company</i>: and so gave over
+importuning him. Just then a strong impulse of mind urged the
+gentleman and pursued him like a voice, with, <i>Go to London, Go
+to London. Hark ye</i>, says he to his friend, <i>is all well at
+London? Am I wanted there? Or did you ask me to go with you on any
+particular account? Are all my family well? Yes, indeed, Sir</i>,
+said he, <i>I perceived them all very hearty; and I did not ask you
+to go to London upon any particular account whatsoever, except it
+was for the sake of your good company</i>. Again, he put off his
+resolution: but still the impulse suggested to him, <i>Go to
+London</i>; and at length he did so. When he came there, he found a
+letter and a messenger had been there to seek him, and to tell him
+of a particular business, which was at first and last above a
+thousand pounds to him, and which might inevitably have been lost,
+had he hot gone to London that night.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page228" id="page228"></a>[pg
+228]</span>
+<p>The obeying of several hints, of secret impulses, argues great
+wisdom. I knew a man that was under misfortunes, being guilty of
+misdemeanors against the goverment; when, absconding for fear of
+his ruin, all his friends advising him not to put himself in the
+hands of the law, one morning as he awaked, he felt a strong
+impulse darting into his mind thus, <i>Write a letter to them;</i>
+and this was repeated several times to his mind, and at last he
+answered to it, as if it had been a voice, <i>Whom shall I write
+to?</i> Immediately it replied, <i>Write to the judge:</i> and this
+impulse pursued him for several days, till at length he took pen,
+ink, and paper, and sat down to write to him: when immediately
+words flowed from his pen, like streams from a fair fountain, that
+charmed even himself with hopes of success. In short, the letter
+was so strenuous in argument, so pathetic in its eloquence, and so
+persuasively moving, that when the judge had read it, he sent him
+an answer he might be easy, he would endeavour to make that matter
+light to him; and, indeed, never left exerting himself, till he had
+stopt the prosecution, and restored him to his liberty and
+family.</p>
+<p>I know a person who had so strong an impression upon her mind,
+that the house she was in would be burnt that very night, that she
+could not sleep; the impulse she had upon her mind pressed her not
+to go to bed, which, however, she got over, and went to bed; but
+was so terrified with the thought, which run in her mind, that the
+house would be burnt, that she could not go to sleep; but
+communicating her apprehensions to another in the family, they were
+both in such a fright, that they applied themselves to search from
+the top of the house to the bottom, &amp; to see every fire and
+candle safe out, so that, as they all said, it was impossible that
+any thing could happen then, and they sent to the neighbours on
+both sides to do the like. Thus far they did well: But had she
+obeyed the hint which pressed upon her strangely, not to go to bed,
+she had done much better; for the fire was actually kindled at that
+very time, though not broken out. About an hour after the whole
+family was in bed, the house just over the way, directly opposite,
+was all in flames, and the wind, which was very high, blowing the
+flame upon the house this gentlewoman lived in, so filled it with
+smoke and fire, in a few minutes, the street being narrow, that
+they had not air to breathe, or time to do any thing, but jump out
+of their beds, and save their lives. Had she obeyed the hint given,
+and not gone to bed, she might have saved several things; but the
+few moments she had spared to her, were but just sufficient to leap
+out of bed, put some cloathes on, and get down stairs, for the
+house was on fire in half a quarter of an hour.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page229" id="page229"></a>[pg
+229]</span>
+<p>While I am mentioning these things, methinks it is very hard
+that we should obey the whispers of evil spirits, and not much
+rather receive the notices which good ones are pleased to give. We
+never perceive the misfortune of this, but when in real danger; and
+then we cry, <i>My mind misgave me when I was going about it</i>;
+but if so, why do you fight the caution? Why not listen to it as to
+a voice? and then there had been no reason to make this
+complaint.</p>
+<p>I remember about fourteen or fifteen years ago (as to time I
+cannot be very positive) there was a young clergyman in the city of
+Dublin, in Ireland, who dreamed a very uncommon dream, that a
+gentleman had killed his wife, a relation of his, by stabbing her
+in several places; the fright of this awaked him, but finding it a
+dream, he composed himself again to sleep, when he dreamed a second
+time the same dream. This made him a little uneasy; but thinking it
+proceeded from the impression made on his mind by the former, he
+went to sleep again, and dreamed the same dream a third time also.
+So troubled was he at this, that he arose, and knocked at his
+mother's chamber, told his concern, and his apprehensions that all
+was not right at his relation's house. <i>Dear son</i>, says the
+good old gentlewoman, <i>do not mind these foolish dreams; and I
+very much wonder, that you, being a person in holy orders, should
+have regard to such illusions</i>. Upon this he went to bed again,
+fell asleep, and dreamed a fourth time as before. And then indeed
+he put on his night-gown, and went to Smithfield, the place where
+his relation dwelt. Here it was, alas! he perceived his dream too
+sadly fulfilled, by seeing his relation the young lady, big with
+child, who was a Protestant, stabbed in several places by her
+barbarous husband, Mr. Eustace, a violent Papist, only for some
+discourses of religion that happened the day before. After the
+wretch had stabbed her in three places, he went to make his escape
+out at a window; but she cried out, <i>My dear! don't leave me,
+come back, and I shall be well again</i>. At which he returned in a
+hellish rage, and gave her four wounds more; when, even in this
+condition, rising from her bed, she wrapped herself in her
+night-gown, and went to the Lord Bishop of Rapho's chamber door
+(the Bishop lodging at that time in the house). <i>My Lord</i>,
+said she, <i>O my Lord, make haste unto me</i>; but as soon as his
+Lordship came, she expired in his arms, resigning her precious soul
+into the hands of Almighty God. The cruel wretch her husband was
+shot by the pursuers; too good a death for one who deserved the
+gibbet; and the lady was universally lamented by all tender and
+religious people. And this tragical relation I have mentioned, upon
+the account of that impulse, or dream, that the clergyman had at
+the fatal time of the bloody action.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page230" id="page230"></a>[pg
+230]</span>
+<p>It might be expected I should enter upon the subject of
+apparitions, and discourse concerning the reality of them; and
+whether they can revisit the place of their former existence, and
+resume those faculties of speech and shape as they had when living;
+but, as these are very doubtful matters, I shall only make a few
+observations upon them.</p>
+<p>I once heard of a man that would allow the reality of
+apparitions, but laid it all upon the devil, thinking that the
+souls of men departed, or good men, did never appear. To this very
+man something did appear: He said, he saw the shape of an ancient
+man pass by him in the dusk, who, holding up his hand in a
+threatening posture, cried out, <i>O wicked man, repent,
+repent</i>. Terrified with this apparition, he consulted several
+friends, who advised him to take the advice. But after all, it was
+not an apparition, but a grave and pious gentleman, who met him by
+mere accident, and had been sensible of his wickedness; and who
+never undeceived him, lest it should hinder his reformation.</p>
+<p>Some people make a very ill use of the general notion, that
+there are no apparitions nor spirits at all: which is worse than
+those who fancy they see them upon every occasion; for those carry
+their notions farther, even to annihilate the devil, and believe
+nothing about him, neither of one kind or other: the next step they
+come to, is to conclude, <i>There is no God</i>, and so atheism
+takes its rise in the same sink, with a carelessness about
+futurity. But there is no occasion to enter upon an argument to
+prove the being of the Almighty, or to illustrate his power by
+words, who has so many undeniable testimonies in the breasts of
+every rational being to prove his existence: and we have sufficient
+proofs enough to convince us of the great superintendency of Divine
+Providence in the minutest affairs of this world; the manifest
+existence of the invisible world; the reality of spirits, and
+intelligence between us and them. What I have said, I hope, will
+not mislead any person, or be a means whereby they may delude
+themselves; for I have spoken of these things with the utmost
+seriousness of mind, and with a sincere and ardent desire for the
+general good and benefit of the world.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<h2>CHAP. V. <i>Of suffering Afflictions.</i></h2>
+<br>
+<p>Afflictions are common to all mankind; and whether they proceed
+from losses, disappointments, or the malice of men, they often
+bring their advantages along with them: For this shews man the
+vanity and deceitfulness of this life, and is an occasion of
+rectifying our measures, and bringing us to a more modest opinion
+of ourselves: It tells us, how necessary <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page231" id="page231"></a>[pg 231]</span> the
+assistance of divine grace is unto us, when life itself becomes a
+burden, and death even desirable: But when the greatest oppression
+comes upon us, we must have recourse to patience, begging of God to
+give us that virtue; and the more composed, we are under any
+trouble, the more commendable is our wisdom, and the larger will be
+our recompense. Let the provocation be what it will, whether from a
+good-natured and conscientious, or a wicked, perverse, and
+vexatious man; all this we should take as from the over-ruling hand
+of God, as a punishment for our sins. Many times injured innocence
+may be abused by false oaths, or the power of wicked, jealous, or
+malicious men; but we often find it, like the palm, rise the higher
+the more it is depressed; while the justice of God is eminently
+remarkable in punishing those, one way or other, who desire to
+endeavour to procure the downfal of an innocent man: Nor does God
+fail comforting an afflicted person, who with tears and prayers
+solicits the throne of Heaven for deliverance and protection. David
+says, <i>that his soul was full of trouble, and his life drew near
+unto the grave</i>. But certainly David's afflictions made him
+eminently remarkable, as particularly when pursued by King Saul,
+and hunted as a partridge over the mountains. But one thing which
+stands by innocence, is the love of God; for were we to suffer
+disgrace, nay, an ignominious death itself, what consolation does
+our innocence procure at our latest conflict, our last moments!</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<h2>CHAP. VI. <i>Of the immorality of conversation, and the vulgar
+errors of behaviour</i>.</h2>
+<br>
+<p>As conversation is a great part of human happiness, so it is a
+pleasant sight to behold a sweet tempered man, who is always fit
+for it; to see an air of humour and pleasantness sit ever upon his
+brow, and even something angelic in his very countenance: Whereas,
+if we observe a designing man, we shall find a mark of involuntary
+sadness break in upon his joy, and a certain insurrection in the
+soul, the natural concomitant of profligate principles.</p>
+<p>They err very much, who think religion, or a strict morality
+discomposes the mind, and renders it unfit for conversation; for it
+rather inspires us to innocent mirth, without such a counterfeit
+joy as vitious men appear with; and indeed wit is as consistent
+with religion, as religion is with good manners; nor is there any
+thing in the limitation of virtue and religion that should abate
+the pleasures of this world, but on the contrary rather serves to
+increase them.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page232" id="page232"></a>[pg
+232]</span>
+<p>On the other hand, many men, by their own vice and intemperance,
+disqualify themselves for conversation. Conversation is immoral,
+where the discourse is undecent, immodest, scandalous, slanderous,
+and abusive. How great is their folly, and how much do they expose
+themselves when they affront their best friend, even God himself,
+who laughs at the fool <i>when his fear cometh?</i></p>
+<p>The great scandal atheistical and immoral discourse gives to
+virtue, ought, methinks, to be punished by all good magistrates:
+Make a man once cease to believe a God, and he has nothing left to
+limit his soul. How incongruous is it to government, that a man
+shall be punished for drunkenness, and yet have liberty to affront,
+and even deny the Majesty of heaven? When if, even among men, one
+gives the lie to a gentleman in company, or perhaps speaks an
+affronting word, a quarrel will ensue, and a combat, and perhaps
+murder be the consequence: At the least, he, will prosecute him at
+law with the utmost virulence and oppression.</p>
+<p>The next thing to be refrained, is obscene discourse, which is
+the language only of proficients in debauchery, who never repent,
+but in a gaol or hospital; and whose carcases relish no better than
+their discourse, till the body becomes too nasty for the soul to
+stay any longer in it.</p>
+<p>Nor is false talking to be less avoided; for lying is the
+sheep's clothing hung upon the wolf's back: It is the Pharisee's
+prayer, the whore's buss, the hypocrite's paint, the murderer's
+smile, the thief's cloak; it is Joab's embrace, and Judah's kiss;
+in a word, it is mankind's darling sin, and the devil's
+distinguishing character. Some add lies to lies, till it not only
+comes to be improbable, but even impossible too: Others lie for
+gain to deceive, delude, and betray: And a third lies for sport, or
+for fun. There are other liars, who are personal and malicious; who
+foment differences, and carry tales from one house to another, in
+order to gratify their own envious tempers, without any regard to
+reverence or truth.</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<hr style="width: 35%;">
+<br>
+<br>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page233" id="page233"></a>[pg
+233]</span>
+<h3>THE</h3>
+<h2><a name="ALEXANDER_SELKIRK"></a>REMARKABLE HISTORY</h2>
+<h4>OF</h4>
+<h1>ALEXANDER SELKIRK</h1>
+<br>
+<h3><i>From the voyage of Captain Woodes Rogers to the South Seas
+and round the World.</i></h3>
+<hr style="width: 25%;">
+<p>On February 1st, 1709, we came before that island<a name=
+"FNanchor1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1">[1]</a>, having had a good
+observation the day before, and found our latitude to be 34 degrees
+10 minutes south. In the afternoon, we hoisted out our pinnace; and
+Captain Dover, with the boat's crew, went in her to go ashore,
+though we could not be less that four leagues off. As soon as the
+pinnace was gone, I went on board the Duchess, who admired our boat
+attempting going ashore at that distance from land. It was against
+my inclination: but, to oblige Captain Dover, I let her go: As soon
+as it was dark, we saw a light ashore. Our boat was then about a
+league off the island, and bore away for the ship as soon as she
+saw the lights: We put our lights aboard for the boat, though some
+were of opinion, the lights we saw were our boat's lights: But, as
+night came on, it appeared too large for that: We fired our
+quarter-deck gun, and several muskets, showing lights in our mizen
+and fore-shrouds, that our boat might find us whilst we were in the
+lee of the island: About two in the morning our boat came on board,
+having been two hours on board the Duchess, that took them up
+astern of us; we were glad they got well off, because it began to
+blow. We were all convinces the light was on the shore, and
+designed to make our ships ready to engage, believing them to be
+French ships at anchor, and we must either fight them, or want
+water. All this stir and apprehension arose, as we afterwards
+found, from one poor naked man, who passed in our imagination, at
+present, for a Spanish garrison, a body of Frenchmen, or a crew of
+pirates. While we were under these apprehensions, we stood on the
+backside of the island, in order to fall in with the southerly
+wind, till we were past the island; and then we came back to it
+again, and ran close aboard the land that begins to make the
+north-east side.</p>
+<blockquote><a name="Footnote_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor1">[1]</a>
+<i>Juan Fernandez.</i></blockquote>
+<p>We still continued to reason upon this matter; and it is in a
+manner incredible, what strange notions many of our people
+entertained from the sight of the fire upon the island. It
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page234" id="page234"></a>[pg
+234]</span> served, however, to show people's tempers and spirits;
+and we were able to give a tolerable guess how our men would
+behave, in case there really were any enemies upon the island. The
+flaws came heavy off the shore, and we were forced to reef our
+topsails when we opened the middle bay, where we expected to have
+found our enemy; but saw all clear, &amp; no ships, nor in the
+other bay next the north-east end. These two bays are all that
+ships ride in, which recruit on this island; but the middle bay is
+by much the best. We guessed there had been ships there, but that
+they were gone on sight of us. We sent our yawl ashore about noon,
+with Captain Dover, Mr. Fry, and six men, all armed: Mean while we
+and the Duchess kept turning to get in, and such heavy flaws came
+off the land, that we were forced to let go our top sail sheet,
+keeping all hands to stand by our sails, for fear of the winds
+carrying them away: But when the flaws were gone, we had little or
+no wind. These flaws proceeded from the land; which is very high in
+the middle of the island. Our boat did not return; we sent our
+pinnace with the men armed, to see what was the occasion of the
+yawl's stay; for we were afraid, that the Spaniards had a garrison
+there, and might have seized them. We put out a signal for our
+boat, and the Duchess showed a French ensign. Immediately our
+pinnace returned from the shore, and brought abundance of cry-fish,
+with a man clothed in goats skins, who looked wilder than the first
+owners of them. He had been on the island four years and four
+months, being left there by Captain Stradling in the Cinque-ports,
+his name was Alexander Selkirk, a Scotchman, who had been master of
+the Cinque-ports, a ship that came here last with Captain Dampier,
+who told me, that this was the best man in her. I immediately
+agreed with him to be a mate on board our ship: It was he that made
+the fire last night when he saw our ships, which he judged to be
+English. During his stay here he saw several ships pass by, but
+only two came in to anchors: As he went to view them; he found them
+to be Spaniards, and retired from them, upon which they shot at
+him: Had they been French, he would have submitted; but choose to
+risque his dying alone on the island, rather than fall into the
+hands of Spaniards in these parts; because he apprehended they
+would murder him, or make a slave of him in the mines; for he
+feared they would spare no stranger that might be capable of
+discovering the South Seas.</p>
+<p>The Spaniards had landed, before he knew what they were; and
+they came so near him, that he had much ado to escape; for they not
+only shot at him, but pursued him to the woods, where he climbed to
+the top of a tree, at the foot of which they made water, and killed
+several goats just by, but went off again without discovering him.
+He told us that he <span class="pagenum"><a name="page235" id=
+"page235"></a>[pg 235]</span> was born at Largo, in the county of
+Fife, in Scotland, and was bred a sailor from his youth. The reason
+of his being left here was difference between him and his captain;
+which together with the ship's being leaky, made him willing rather
+to stay here, than go along with him at first; but when he was at
+last willing to go, the captain would not receive him. He had been
+at the island before, to wood and water, when two of the ship's
+company were left upon it for six mouths, till the Ship returned,
+being chased thence by two French South-sea ships. He had with him
+his cloaths and bedding, with a firelock, some powder, bullets and
+tobacco, a hatchet, a knife, a kettle, a bible, some practical
+pieces, and his mathematical instruments and books. He diverted and
+provided for himself as well as he could; but for the first eight
+months, had much ado to bear up against melancholy, and the terror
+of being left alone in such a desolate place. He built two huts
+with pimento trees, covered them with long grass, &amp; lined them
+with the skins of goats, which be killed with his gun as he wanted,
+so long as his powder lasted, which was but a pound; and that being
+almost spent, he got fire by rubbing two sticks of pimento-wood
+together upon his knee. In the lesser hut, at some distance from
+the other, he dressed his victuals; and in the larger he slept; and
+employed himself in reading, singing psalms, and praying; so that
+he said. He was a better Christian, while in this solitude, than
+ever he was before, or than, he was afraid, he would ever be
+again.</p>
+<p>At first he never ate anything till hunger constrained him,
+partly for grief, and partly for want of bread and salt: Nor did he
+go to bed, till he could watch no longer; the pimento-wood, which
+burnt very clear, served him both for fire and candle, and
+refreshed him with its fragrant smell. He might have had fish
+enough, but would not eat them for want of salt, because they
+occasioned a looseness, except crayfish which are as large as our
+lobsters, and very good: These he sometimes boiled, and at other
+times broiled, as he did his goat's flesh, of, which he made very
+good broth, for they are not so rank. as ours: he kept an account
+of 500 that he killed while there, and caught as many more, which
+he marked on the ear, and let go. When, his powder failed, he took
+them by speed of feet; for his way of living, continual exercise of
+walking and running cleared him of all gross humours; so that he
+ran with wonderful swiftness through the woods, and up the rocks
+and hills, as we perceived when we employed him to catch goats for
+us; We had a bull dog, which we lent with several of our nimblest
+runners, to help him in catching goats; but he distanced and tired
+both the dog and the men, caught the goats, and brought them to us
+on his back.</p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page236" id="page236"></a>[pg
+236]</span>
+<p>He told us, that his agility in pursuing a goat had once like to
+have cost him his life; he pursued it with so much eagerness, that
+he catched hold of it on the brink of a precipiece, of which he was
+not aware, the bushes hiding it from him; so, that he fell with the
+goat down the precipiece; a great height, and was to stunned and
+bruised with the fall, that he narrowly escaped with his life; and,
+when he came to his senses, found the goat dead under him: He lay
+there about twenty-four hours, and was scarce able to crawl to his
+hut, which was about a mile distant, or to stir abroad again in ten
+days.</p>
+<p>He came at last to relish his meat well enough without salt or
+bread; and, in the season had plenty of good turreps, which had
+been sewed there by Captain Dampier's men, and have now overspread
+some acres of ground. He had enough of good cabbage from the
+cabbage-trees, and seasoned his meat with the fruit of the pimento
+trees, which is the same as Jamaica pepper, and smells deliciously:
+He found also a black pepper, called Ma'azeta, which was very good
+to expel wind, and against gripping in the guts.</p>
+<p>He soon wore out all his shoes and clothes by running in the
+woods; and at last, being forced to shift without them, his feet
+became so hard, that he ran everywhere without difficulty; and it
+was some time before he could wear shoes after we found him; for
+not being used to any so long, his feet swelled when he came first
+to wear them again.</p>
+<p>After he had conquered his melancholy, he diverted himself
+sometimes with cutting his name in the trees, and the time of his
+being left, and continuance there. He was at first much pestered
+with cats and rats, that bred in great numbers, from some of each
+species which had got ashore from ships that put in there to wood
+and water: The rats gnawed his feet and cloathes whilst asleep,
+which obliged him to cherish the cats with his goats flesh, by
+which many of them became so tame, that they would lie about him in
+hundreds, and soon delivered him from the rats: He likewise tamed
+some kids; and, to divert himself would, now and then, sing and
+dance with them, and his cats: So that by the favour of Providence,
+and vigour of his youth, being now but thirty years old, he came,
+at last, to conquer all the inconveniencies of his solitude, and to
+be very easy.</p>
+<p>When his cloathes were worn out, he made himself a coat and a
+cap of goat-skins, which he stiched together with little thongs of
+the same, that he cut with his knife, He had no other needle but a
+nail; and, when his knife was worn to the back, he made others, as
+well as he could, of some iron hoops that were left ashore, which
+he beat thin, and ground upon stones. Having some linnen cloth by
+him, he sewed him some shirts with a nail, and stiched them with
+the worsted of his old stockings, <span class="pagenum"><a name=
+"page237" id="page237"></a>[pg 237]</span> which he pulled out on
+purpose. He had his last shirt on, when we found him in the
+island.</p>
+<p>At his first coming on board us, he had so much forgot his
+language, for want of use, that we could scarce understand him: for
+he seemed to speak his words by halve. We offered him a dram: but
+he would not touch it; having drank nothing but water since his
+being there; And it was sometime before he could relish our
+victuals. He could give us an account of no other product of the
+island, than what we have mentioned, except some black plums, which
+are very good, but hard to come at, the trees, which bear them,
+growing on high mountains and rocks. Pimento-trees are plenty here,
+and we saw some of sixty feet high and about two yards thick; and
+cotton-trees higher, and near four fathoms round in the stock. The
+climate is so good that the trees and grass are verdant all the
+year round. The winter lasts no longer than June and July, and is
+not then severe, there being only a small frost, and a little hail:
+but sometimes great rains. The heat of the summer is equally
+moderate; and there is not much thunder, or tempestuous weather of
+any sort. He saw no venomous or savage creature on the island, nor
+any sort of beasts but goats, the first of which had been put
+ashore here, on purpose for a breed, by Juan Fernandez, a Spaniard,
+who settled there with some families, till the continent of Chili
+began to submit to the Spaniards; which, being more profitable;
+tempted them to quit this island, capable however, of maintaining a
+good number of people, and being made so strong, that they could
+hot be easily dislodged from thence.</p>
+<p>February 3d we got our smith's forge on shore, set our coopers
+to work, and made a little tent for me to have the benefit of the
+air. The Duchess had also a tent for their sick men; so that we had
+a small town of our own here, and every body employed. A few men
+supplied us all with fish of several sorts, all very good, in such
+abundance, that, in a few hours, we could take as many as would
+serve 200. There were sea-fowls in the bay, as large as geese: but
+eat fishy. The governor never failed of procuring us two or three
+goats a day for our sick men; by which, with the help of the
+greens, and the wholesome air, they recovered very soon of the
+scurvy; so that Captain Dover and I thought it a very agreeable
+seat, the weather being neither too hot nor too cold. We spent our
+time, till the 10th, in refitting our ships, taking wood on board;
+and laying in water, that which we brought from England and St.
+Vincent being spoiled by the badness of the casks. We likewise
+boiled up about eighty gallons of sea-lions oil, as we might have
+done several tons, had we been provided with vessels. We refined it
+for our lamps, to save candles. The sailors sometimes use it to fry
+their meat, for want of butter, and find <span class=
+"pagenum"><a name="page238" id="page238"></a>[pg 238]</span> it
+agreeable enough. The men who worked on our rigging, eat young
+seals, which they preferred to our ships victuals, &amp; said it
+was as good as English lamb, though I should have been glad of such
+an exchange. We made what haste we could to get all the necessaries
+on board, being willing to lose no time; for we were informed at
+the Canaries, that five stout French ships were coming together to
+those seas.</p>
+<br>
+<hr class="full" noshade>
+<pre class="gut">
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LIFE AND MOST SURPRISING ADVENTURES
+   OF ROBINSON CRUSOE, OF YORK, MARINER (1801)***
+
+******* This file should be named 11866-h.txt or 11866-h.zip *******
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br>
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/1/1/8/6/11866">https://www.gutenberg.org/1/1/8/6/11866</a>
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+<a href="https://gutenberg.org/license">https://gutenberg.org/license)</a>.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's
+eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
+compressed (zipped), HTML and others.
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over
+the old filename and etext number.  The replaced older file is renamed.
+VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
+new filenames and etext numbers.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">https://www.gutenberg.org</a>
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000,
+are filed in directories based on their release date.  If you want to
+download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular
+search system you may utilize the following addresses and just
+download by the etext year.
+
+<a href="http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext06">http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext06</a>
+
+    (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99,
+     98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90)
+
+EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are
+filed in a different way.  The year of a release date is no longer part
+of the directory path.  The path is based on the etext number (which is
+identical to the filename).  The path to the file is made up of single
+digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename.  For
+example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at:
+
+https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234
+
+or filename 24689 would be found at:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689
+
+An alternative method of locating eBooks:
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL">https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL</a>
+
+*** END: FULL LICENSE ***
+</pre>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/old/11866-h/Images/023.jpg b/old/11866-h/Images/023.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3da473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866-h/Images/023.jpg
diff --git a/old/11866-h/Images/057.jpg b/old/11866-h/Images/057.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2060d47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866-h/Images/057.jpg
diff --git a/old/11866-h/Images/077.jpg b/old/11866-h/Images/077.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..036d120
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866-h/Images/077.jpg
diff --git a/old/11866-h/Images/113.jpg b/old/11866-h/Images/113.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..671769e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866-h/Images/113.jpg
diff --git a/old/11866-h/Images/160.jpg b/old/11866-h/Images/160.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fce904
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866-h/Images/160.jpg
diff --git a/old/11866-h/Images/182.jpg b/old/11866-h/Images/182.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33a26d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866-h/Images/182.jpg
diff --git a/old/11866-h/Images/199.jpg b/old/11866-h/Images/199.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e65c2a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866-h/Images/199.jpg
diff --git a/old/11866-h/Images/I.jpg b/old/11866-h/Images/I.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2fbc94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866-h/Images/I.jpg
diff --git a/old/11866.zip.04012004 b/old/11866.zip.04012004
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93f9a11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/11866.zip.04012004
diff --git a/old/old/11866-8.zip.04012004 b/old/old/11866-8.zip.04012004
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..007c583
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/old/11866-8.zip.04012004
diff --git a/old/old/11866-h.zip.04012004 b/old/old/11866-h.zip.04012004
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d86ed99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/old/11866-h.zip.04012004
diff --git a/old/old/11866.zip.04012004 b/old/old/11866.zip.04012004
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93f9a11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/old/11866.zip.04012004